485BPOS 1 d485bpos.htm WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST POST EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 83 Wells Fargo Funds Trust Post Effective Amendment No. 83
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission

On April 11, 2005

Registration No. 333-74295; 811-09253


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM N-1A

 

    REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933    ¨  
    Pre-Effective Amendment No.         ¨  
    Post-Effective Amendment No. 83    x  
    And       
    REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940    ¨  
    Amendment No. 84    x  

 


 

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in Charter)

 


 

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (800) 643-9691

 


 

C. David Messman

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street, 12th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 


 

With a copy to:

 

Robert M. Kurucza, Esq.

Marco E. Adelfio, Esq.

Morrison & Foerster LLP

2000 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W.

Washington, D.C. 20006

 


 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

 

  x Immediately upon filing pursuant to Rule 485(b), or

 

  ¨ 60 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485(a)(1), or

 

  ¨ on                      pursuant to Rule 485(a)(1)

 

  ¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to Rule 485(a)(2), or

 

  ¨ on                      pursuant to Rule 485(a)(2)

 

If appropriate, check the following box:

 

  ¨ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

 



Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

This Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 is being filed to add to the Registration Statement of Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), the audited financial statements and certain related financial information for certain Funds, and to make certain other non-material changes to the Trust’s Registration Statement.


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Cross Reference Sheet

 

Form N-1A Item Number

 

Part A

 

Prospectus Captions

1

 

Front and Back Cover Pages

2

 

Objectives

   

Principal Strategies

   

Summary of Important Risks

3

 

Summary of Expenses

   

Example of Expenses

4

 

Objectives

   

Principal Strategies

   

Summary of Important Risks

   

See Individual Fund Summaries

   

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks

5

 

Organization and Management of the Funds

6

 

Your Account

   

How to Buy Shares

   

How to Sell Shares

   

Exchanges

   

Income and Gain Distributions

   

Taxes

7

 

A Choice of Share Classes

   

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Chargers

8

 

See Individual Fund Summaries

Part B

 

Statement of Additional Information Captions

9

 

Cover Page and Table of Contents

10

 

Historical Fund Information

11

 

Investment Policies

   

Additional Permitted Investment Activities and Associated Risks

   

Policies and Procedures for Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings

12

 

Management

13

 

Capital Stock

14

 

Management

   

Additional Purchase and Redemption Information

15

 

Management

16

 

Management

17

 

Capital Stock

18

 

Determination of Net Asset Value

   

Additional Purchase and Redemption Information

19

 

Taxes

20

 

Management

21

 

Performance Calculations

22

 

Financial Information

Part C

 

Other Information

23-30

  Information required to be included in Part C is set forth under the appropriate Item, so numbered, in Part C of this Document.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Stock Funds – Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Large Cap FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Index Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   17

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund

   20
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Large
Cap Fund

   23
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select Fund

   27
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Index Fund

   31
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

   34
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company
Core Fund

   37
      

Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund

   41
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   45
       
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   48

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

A Choice of Share Classes

   51
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   54
    

Exchanges

   58
    

Your Account

   60
      

How to Buy Shares

   63
      

How to Sell Shares

   66

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   68
    

Portfolio Managers

   72
    

Glossary

   75

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Large Cap FundSM is referred to as the “Endeavor Large Cap Fund”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select FundSM is referred to as the “Endeavor Select Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

(Class A: (CBTTX)

(Class B: (CBTBX)

(Class C: (CBTCX)

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term, after-tax total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

(Class A: STALX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Endeavor Select Fund

(Class A: STAEX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Equity Index Fund

(Class A: SFCSX)

(Class B: SQIBX)

  

 

Seeks to approximate the total rate of return of substantially all common stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index before fees and expenses.

 

 

Growth Fund

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Company Core Fund

(Class A: SLGAX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

U.S. Value Fund

  

 

Seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We emphasize investments in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions. We attempt to minimize adverse federal income tax consequences for the Fund’s shareholders by managing the amount of realized gains through reduced portfolio turnover.

 

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in equity securities and up to 25% of its assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments. Because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund is also considered to be non-diversified.
We invest in common stocks to replicate the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (S&P 500 Index), before fees and expenses. We invest in each company comprising the S&P 500 Index in proportion to its weighting in the S&P 500 Index. Regardless of market conditions, we attempt to achieve at least a 95% correlation between the performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Fund’s investment results, before expenses.
We invest principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow or asset value. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in U.S. securities that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on discounted cash flows, earnings and asset value. We also invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 20;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Foreign investments are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

6   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund is managed with a focus on after-tax returns; therefore, it may not provide as high a return before taxes as other funds, and as a result may not be suitable for investors who are not subject to current income tax (for example, those investing through tax-deferred retirement accounts, such as an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) or a 401(k) Plan).

 

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Endeavor Select Fund

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund is considered to be non-diversified because it invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Equity Index Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We attempt to match as closely as possible the performance of the S&P 500 Index. Funds that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls. Our ability to track the performance of the S&P 500 Index may be affected by, among other things, transaction costs and shareholder purchases and redemptions.

 

Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Large Company Core Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

U.S. Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Large Cap Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Strong Advisor Endeavor Large Cap Fund and Strong Advisor Select Fund, respectively. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth Fund and the Strong Growth 20 Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund and the Strong Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund and the Strong Strategic Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for the period prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  19.60%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (14.88)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

8   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”). After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)1

  11.84%   9.88%   10.64%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.31%   9.13%   9.97%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.08%   8.23%   9.04%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  11.84%   9.88%   10.64%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  11.84%   9.88%   10.64%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   7.24%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   9.62%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be, because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted February 12, 1997.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Endeavor Large Cap Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  14.80%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02   •  (14.37)%

 

* Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A shares reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Endeavor Large Cap Fund. Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/28/01)1

  8.79%   3.61%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.79%   3.32%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.72%   2.90%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/28/01)1

  9.44%   4.06%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/28/01)1

  13.44%   4.90%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   4.26%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   6.58%
1   Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares reflects the performance of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares, respectively, of the predecessor Strong Advisor Endeavor Large Cap Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 Index is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

10   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Endeavor Select Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘01  •  13.49%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (21.52)%

 

* Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A shares reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Select Fund. Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life
of Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/29/00)1

  10.09%   (2.01)%

Class A Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  9.07%   (2.25)%

Class A Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.85%   (1.72)%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/29/00)1
on Distribution and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.82%   (1.82)%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/29/00)1
on Distribution and Sale of Fund Shares

  14.82%   (1.29)%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (5.68)%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (0.52)%
1   Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares reflects the performance of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares, respectively, of the predecessor Strong Advisor Select Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 Index is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Equity Index Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  21.00%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02   •  (17.38)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A and Class B shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns2

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/25/84)1

  3.82%   (4.07)%   10.52%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  2.76%   (5.62)%   9.04%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.21%   (3.90)%   8.78%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 2/17/98)3

  4.33%   (4.11)%   10.39%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)4, 5

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to December 15, 1997 reflects performance of the Stagecoach Corporate Stock Fund, a predecessor portfolio with the same investment objective and policies as the Fund.
2   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
3   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
4   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.
5   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

12   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Growth Fund Class C Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  54.49%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (27.66)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Growth Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund. Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Class C shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns3

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class C Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/26/02)1

  10.57%   (9.31)%   10.04%

Class C Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  10.57%   (10.12)%   8.13%

Class C Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.87%   (7.88)%   7.95%

Russell 3000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   12.01%

S&P 500 Index4 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.57%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Growth Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Investor Class shares incepted on December 31, 1993.
2   The Growth Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.
3   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
4   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Large Company Core Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  19.95%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (13.18)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the Rockhaven Fund. Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns2

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life
of Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/3/97)1

  4.32%   (0.71)%   4.69%

Class A Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.63%   (1.87)%   3.59%

Class A Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.08%   (1.09)%   3.53%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/30/02)3

  4.67%   (0.85)%   4.57%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/30/02)4

  8.57%   (0.46)%   4.56%

S&P 500 Index5 (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.19%

 

1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges for this Class. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the Rockhaven fund.
2   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
3   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class B shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges for this Class. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses, and prior to September 30, 2002, reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the Rockhaven Fund.
4   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges for this Class. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses, and prior to September 30, 2002, reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the Rockhaven Fund.
5   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

14   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

U.S. Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  19.92%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (17.94)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund. Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns2

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)1

  7.50%   0.18%   10.01%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  5.30%   (0.76)%   9.04%

Class A Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.58%   (0.25)%   8.36%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)3

  8.20%   0.28%   10.10%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)4

  12.15%   0.67%   10.00%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   11.38%

S&P 500 Index5 (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   9.55%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges of this Class. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses.
2   Returns reflect applicable sales charges. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 29, 1995.
3   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class B shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges of this Class. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 29, 1995.
4   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund, adjusted to reflect the applicable sales charges of this Class. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 29, 1995.
5   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
   

All Funds

(except C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund)

   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  5.75%   None   None    
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None1   5.00%   1.00%    
Redemption Fee2   None   None   None    

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    C&B Tax-Managed Value
Fund
  Endeavor Large Cap
Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees3   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses4   0.85%   0.85%   0.85%   0.88%   0.88%   0.88%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.60%   2.35%   2.35%   1.63%   2.38%   2.38%    
Fee Waivers   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.38%   0.38%   0.38%    
NET EXPENSES5   1.20%   1.95%   1.95%   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%    
    U.S. Value
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees3   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses4   0.64%   0.64%   0.64%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.39%   2.14%   2.14%
Fee Waivers   0.14%   0.14%   0.14%
NET EXPENSES5   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%
1   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information.  
2   Deducted from the net proceeds if shares redeemed (or exchanged) within one year of purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 62 for further information.  

 

16   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 
    C&B Tax-Managed Value
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    5.75%   None   None
    None1   5.00%   1.00%
    1.00%   1.00%   1.00%

 

 
    Endeavor Select
Fund
  Equity Index
Fund
  Growth
Fund
  Large Company
Core Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.10%   0.10%   0.69%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.72%   0.72%   0.65%   0.69%   0.69%   0.69%
    1.50%   2.25%   2.25%   0.82%   1.57%   2.09%   1.44%   2.19%   2.19%
    0.25%   0.25%   0.25%   0.18%   0.18%   0.04%   0.19%   0.19%   0.19%
    1.25%   2.00%   2.00%   0.64%   1.39%   2.05%   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%
  3   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds, except the Equity Index Fund, is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Equity Index Fund is as follows: 0.10% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.075% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.05% for assets $5 billion and higher.
  4   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, Endeavor Large Cap Fund, Endeavor Select Fund, Growth Fund, Large Company Core Fund and U.S. Value Fund are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. Other expenses for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense ratio for Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund would have been 1.54%, 2.29% and 2.29%, respectively.
  5   For all the Funds, except the Equity Index and C&B Tax-Managed Funds, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the Equity Index Fund, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, the adviser has committed through February 28, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund
  Endeavor Large Cap
Fund
  Endeavor Select
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 790   $ 798   $ 398   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303
  3 YEARS   $ 1,014   $ 995   $ 695   $ 988   $ 968   $ 668   $ 974   $ 954   $ 654
  5 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 1,341   $ 1,400   $ 1,200   $ 1,301   $ 1,358   $ 1,158
10 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 2,335   $ 2,381   $ 2,656   $ 2,221   $ 2,266   $ 2,545
    Equity Index
Fund
  Growth
Fund
  Large Company
Core Fund
  U.S. Value
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 737   $ 642   $ 308   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303
  3 YEARS   $ 805   $ 778   $ 647   $ 968   $ 948   $ 648   $ 963   $ 942   $ 642
  5 YEARS   $ 987   $ 1,038   $ 1,116   $ 1,282   $ 1,339   $ 1,139   $ 1,266   $ 1,323   $ 1,123
10 YEARS   $ 1,514   $ 1,555   $ 2,414   $ 2,168   $ 2,213   $ 2,493   $ 2,124   $ 2,169   $ 2,450

 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund
  Endeavor Large Cap
Fund
  Endeavor Select
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 690   $ 198   $ 198   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203
  3 YEARS   $ 1,014   $ 695   $ 695   $ 988   $ 668   $ 668   $ 974   $ 654   $ 654
  5 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 1,341   $ 1,200   $ 1,200   $ 1,301   $ 1,158   $ 1,158
10 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 2,335   $ 2,381   $ 2,656   $ 2,221   $ 2,266   $ 2,545
    Equity Index
Fund
  Growth
Fund
  Large Company
Core Fund
  U.S. Value
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 637   $ 142   $ 208   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203
  3 YEARS   $ 805   $ 478   $ 647   $ 968   $ 648   $ 648   $ 963   $ 642   $ 642
  5 YEARS   $ 987   $ 838   $ 1,116   $ 1,282   $ 1,139   $ 1,139   $ 1,266   $ 1,123   $ 1,123
10 YEARS   $ 1,514   $ 1,555   $ 2,414   $ 2,168   $ 2,213   $ 2,493   $ 2,124   $ 2,169   $ 2,450

 

18   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investment activities and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund seeks maximum long-term, after-tax total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We emphasize investment in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions. We attempt to minimize adverse federal income tax consequences for the Fund’s shareholders by managing the amount of realized gains, through reduced portfolio turnover. We cannot predict the impact of this strategy on the realization of gains or losses for the Fund. We intend to balance these tax considerations with the pursuit of the Fund’s objective, and we reserve the right to engage in short-term investing if market conditions warrant such trading.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of total assets in equity securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund is managed with a focus on after-tax returns; therefore, it may not provide as high a return before taxes as other funds, and as a result may not be suitable for investors who are not subject to current income tax (for example, those investing through a tax-deferred retirement account, such as an IRA or a 401(k) Plan).

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

20   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS A SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
    CLASS B SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
    CLASS C SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.06     $17.06     $17.06  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     (0.01 )   0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.66     0.60     0.60  

Total from investment operations

  0.67     0.59     0.60  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $17.73     $17.65     $17.66  

Total return1

  3.93 %   3.46 %   3.52 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,438     $395     $174  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.20 %   1.95 %   1.95 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.34 %   (0.49 )%   (0.33 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  25 %   25 %   25 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  2.03 %   2.78 %   2.86 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Large Cap Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; Erik J. Voss, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Endeavor Large Cap Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies that we believe offer the potential for capital growth. We define large-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We seek to identify companies that have the prospect for improving sales and earnings growth rates, enjoy a competitive advantage (for example, dominant market share) and have effective management with a history of making investments that are in the best interests of shareholders (for example, companies with a history of earnings and sales growth that are in excess of total asset growth). We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may utilize an active trading approach. We may choose to sell a holding when it no longer offers attractive growth prospects or to take advantage of a better investment opportunity.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Large Cap Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 year (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter) . Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2001
     
For the period ended:  

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

2002

   

Dec. 31,

20012

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.08     $7.55     $10.59     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.10 )   (0.07 )   (0.10 )   (0.01 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.65     2.60     (2.94 )   0.86      

Total from investment operations

  1.55     2.53     (3.04 )   0.85      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.26 )    

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.26 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.63     $10.08     $7.55     $10.59      

Total return1

  15.38 %   33.51 %   (28.71 )%   8.45 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $43     $37     $28     $28      

Ratios to average net assets4:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.7 %   1.6 %   2.0 %   2.4 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.9 )%   (0.9 )%   (1.2 )%   (1.1 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  168 %   234 %   420 %   54 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4,5

  1.7 %   1.7 %   2.0 %   2.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from September 28, 2001 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2001.
3   Amount is less than $500,000.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

24   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2001
       
 
   

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

2002

   

Dec. 31,

20012

 
    $9.97     $7.51     $10.57     $10.00  
                         
    (0.17 )   (0.12 )   (0.12 )   (0.04 )
        
1.61
 
 
  2.58     (2.94 )   0.87  
    1.44     2.46     (3.06 )   0.83  
                         
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.26 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.26 )
    $11.41     $9.97     $7.51     $10.57  
    14.44 %   32.76 %   (28.95 )%   8.25 %
                         
    $1     $1     $03     $03  
                         
    2.4 %   2.1 %   2.2 %   2.6 %
        
(1.7
 
)%
  (1.3 )%   (1.4 )%   (1.6 )%
    168 %   234 %   420 %   54 %
        
    
2.5
 
 
%
  2.5 %   4.7 %   2.7 %

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2001
       
For the period ended:       DEC. 31,
  2004
        DEC. 31,
  2003
        DEC. 31,
  2002
        DEC. 31
  20012
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.97     $7.51     $10.57     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.18 )   (0.12 )5   (0.13 )   (0.04 )

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  1.62     2.585     (2.93 )   (0.87 )

Total from investment operations

  1.44     2.46     (3.06 )   0.83  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.26 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.26 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.41     $9.97     $7.51     $10.57  

Total return1

  14.44 %   32.76 %   (28.95 )%   8.25 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $03     $03     $03     $03  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.50 %   2.1 %   2.3 %   2.6 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.70 )%   (1.4 )%   (1.5 )%   (1.6 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  168 %   234 %   420 %   54 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4, 5

  2.6 %   2.6 %   4.2 %   2.7 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from September 28, 2001 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2001.
3   Amount is less than $500,000.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

26   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Select Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; Erik J. Voss, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Endeavor Select Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in the equity securities of 30 to 40 companies that we believe have above-average earnings growth prospects. We select equity securities of companies of any size that have attractive growth prospects (for example, companies that have the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy), accelerating sales and earnings and positive fundamentals (for example, companies showing a growth trend or that are well positioned in a growth industry). We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may utilize an active trading approach. We may sell a holding when the company’s growth prospects become less attractive or to take advantage of a better opportunity.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Fund is considered to be non-diversified because it invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27


Table of Contents

Endeavor Select Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 year (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 2000
For the period ended:  

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

2002

   

Dec. 31,

2001

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.36     $6.10     $7.99     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.09 )   (0.07 )   (0.07 )   (0.01 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.47     2.33     (1.81 )   (2.00 )    

Total from investment operations

  1.38     2.26     (1.88 )   (2.01 )    

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.58 )   0.00     (0.01 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   0.00     (0.01 )   0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.16     $8.36     $6.10     $7.99      

Total return1

  16.80 %   37.05 %   (23.52 )%   (20.10 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $95     $81     $56     $57      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.7 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.0 )%   (1.0 )%   (1.1 )%   (0.8 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  169 %   244 %   437 %   360 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,4

  1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   4.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Amount is less than $500,000.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

28   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 2000
 
 
   

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

2002

   

Dec. 31,

2001

 
    $8.18     $6.02     $7.94     $10.00  
                         
    (0.15 )   (0.12 )   (0.12 )   (0.09 )
        
1.42
 
 
  2.28     (1.79 )   (1.97 )
    1.27     2.16     (1.91 )   (2.06 )
                         
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.58 )   0.00     (0.01 )   0.00  
    (0.58 )   0.00     (0.01 )   0.00  
    $8.87     $8.18     $6.02     $7.94  
    15.82 %   35.88 %   (24.04 )%   (20.60 )%
                         
    $2     $1     $02     $02  
                         
    2.4 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.5 %
        
(1.7
 
)%
  (1.8 )%   (1.9 )%   (1.7 )%
    169 %   244 %   437 %   340 %
    2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   12.4 %

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Select Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 year (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 2000
       
For the period ended:       Dec. 31,
  2004
        Dec. 31,
  2003
        Dec. 31,
  2002
        Dec. 31,
  2001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.18     $6.02     $7.93     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.16 )   (0.13 )   (0.12 )   (0.10 )

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  1.43     2.29     (1.78 )   (1.97 )

Total from investment operations

  1.27     2.16     (1.90 )   (2.07 )

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.58 )   0.00     (0.01 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   0.00     (0.01 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.87     $8.18     $6.02     $7.93  

Total return1

  15.82 %   35.88 %   (23.95 )%   (20.70 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1     $02     $02     $02  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.4 %   2.4 %   2.3 %   2.5 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.8 )%   (1.8 )%   (1.8 )%   (1.7 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  169 %   244 %   437 %   360 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,4

  2.4 %   2.5 %   2.3 %   12.8 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Amount is less than $500,000.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

30   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Equity Index Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Gregory T. Genung, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Equity Index Fund seeks to approximate to the extent practicable the total rate of return of substantially all common stocks composing the S&P 500 Index before fees and expenses.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in common stocks to replicate the S&P 500 Index. We do not individually select common stocks based on the basis of traditional investment analysis. Instead, we invest in each company comprising the S&P 500 Index in proportion to its weighting in the S&P 500 Index. We attempt to achieve at least a 95% correlation between the performance of the S&P 500 Index and our investment results, before expenses. This correlation is sought regardless of market conditions.

 

A precise duplication of the performance of the S&P 500 Index would mean that the NAV of Fund shares, including dividends and capital gains would increase or decrease in exact proportion to changes in the S&P 500 Index. Such a 100% correlation is not feasible. We continuously monitor the performance and composition of the S&P 500 Index and adjust the Fund’s portfolio as necessary to reflect any changes to the S&P 500 Index and to maintain a 95% or better performance correlation before fees and expenses.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in a diversified portfolio of equity securities designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks listed in the S&P 500 Index;

 

·   in stock index futures and options on stock indexes as a substitute for a comparable position in the underlying securities; and

 

·   in interest-rate futures contracts, options or interest-rate swaps and index swaps.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We attempt to match as closely as possible the performance of the S&P 500 Index. Funds that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls. Our ability to track the performance of the S&P 500 Index may be affected by, among other things, transaction costs and shareholder purchases and redemptions.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Equity Index Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 25, 1984
                       
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $44.55     $38.09     $54.20     $84.54     $78.14      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.52     0.47     0.41     0.43     0.33      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  5.25     8.23     (9.85 )   (21.00 )       
9.36
 
 
   

Total from investment operations

  5.77     8.70     (9.44 )   (20.57 )   9.69      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.50 )   (0.51 )   (0.43 )   (0.35 )   (0.10 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.31 )   (1.73 )   (6.24 )   (9.42 )   (3.19 )    

Total distributions

  (1.81 )   (2.24 )   (6.67 )   (9.77 )   (3.29 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $48.51     $44.55     $38.09     $54.20     $84.54      

Total return1

  13.13 %   23.59 %   (20.99 )%   (27.03 )%   12.43 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $341,142     $312,974     $271,640     $382,462     $596,083      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.65 %   0.67 %   0.67 %   0.67 %   0.71 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.09 %   1.14 %   0.86 %   0.67 %       
0.54
 
%
   

Portfolio turnover rate

  2 %   2 %   4 %   4 %   8 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  0.82 %   1.03 %   0.99 %   0.88 %       
    
0.85
 
 
%
   
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

32   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

                               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 17, 1998
             
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $44.32     $37.80     $53.78     $84.06     $78.19  
                               
    0.12     0.16     0.06     (0.02 )   (0.16 )
    5.27     8.20     (9.84 )   (20.91 )   9.22  
    5.39     8.36     (9.78 )   (20.93 )   9.06  
                               
    (0.18 )   (0.12 )   (0.02 )   0.00     0.00  
    (1.31 )   (1.72 )   (6.18 )   (9.35 )   (3.19 )
    (1.49 )   (1.84 )   (6.20 )   (9.35 )   (3.19 )
    $48.22     $44.32     $37.80     $53.78     $84.06  
    12.26 %   22.71 %   (21.60 )%   (27.57 )%   11.58 %
                               
    $51,644     $57,505     $50,635     $71,450     $96,378  
                               
    1.40 %   1.41 %   1.41 %   1.41 %   1.46 %
    0.34 %   0.40 %   0.11 %   (0.07 )%   (0.21 )%
    2 %   2 %   4 %   4 %   8 %
        
    
1.57
 
 
%
  1.88 %   1.97 %   1.63 %   1.72 %

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Ognar, CFA; Brandon M. Nelson, CFA; Bruce C. Olson, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow, or asset value. We focus on companies that dominate their market, are establishing a new market, or are undergoing dynamic change. The portfolio can include stocks of any size. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

34   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years or for the life of the Fund, if shorter. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 26, 2002
 
For the period ended:       Dec. 31,
  2004
        Dec. 31,
  2003
        Dec. 31,
  20022
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.03     $13.21     $13.44  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.30 )   (0.32 )   0.003  

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  2.27     4.14     (0.23 )

Total from investment operations

  1.97     3.82     (0.23 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.00     $17.03     $13.21  

Total return1

  11.57 %   28.92 %   (1.71 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $06     $1     $06  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.4 %   2.5 %   2.3 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.7 )%   (2.0 )%   0.0 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  92 %   139 %   249 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4,5

  3.4 %   4.3 %   2.3 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from December 26, 2002 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2002.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005 or 0.05%.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Amount is less than $500,000.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Core Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    David A. Katz, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Core Fund seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We select companies that we believe are financially strong and meet specific valuation criteria as compared to the overall market and the companies’ own valuation histories. The valuation criteria evaluates a company’s financial position as measured by balance sheet data and a company’s stock market valuation in comparison to investment value based on historic and current earnings, dividends, return on equity and book value. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Core Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 3, 1997
For the period ended:  

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

20022

   

Sept. 30,

2002

   

Sept. 30,

2001

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.81     $8.81     $8.24     $9.65     $14.67      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.01 )   0.004     0.01     0.07     0.12      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.12     2.02     0.57     (1.10 )   (3.79 )    

Total from investment operations

  1.11     2.02     0.58     (1.03 )   (3.67 )    

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.05 )   (0.12 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.95 )   (0.01 )   0.00     (0.33 )   (1.23 )    

Total distributions

  (0.95 )   (0.02 )   (0.01 )   (0.38 )   (1.35 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.97     $10.81     $8.81     $8.24     $9.65      

Total return1

  10.69 %   22.93 %   6.99 %   (11.47 )%   (26.39 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $55     $67     $9     $6     $4      

Ratios to average net assets6:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.1 )%   (0.0 )%   0.1 %   0.8 %   1.0 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  191 %   148 %   36 %   190 %   222 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
6,7

  1.6 %   1.7 %   3.1 %   3.7 %   4.7 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2002, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from September to December.
3   For the period from September 30, 2002 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Amount calculated is less than $0.005 or 0.05%
5   Amount is less than $500,000.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
7   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

38   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2002
 
 
   

Sept. 30,

2000

   

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

20023

 
    $11.72     $10.69     $8.79     $8.21  
                         
    0.14     (0.09 )   (0.10 )   (0.02 )
    3.26         
1.08
 
 
  2.01     0.60  
    3.40     0.99     1.91     0.58  
                         
        
(0.14
 
)
  0.00     (0.00 )4   0.00  
    (0.31 )   (0.95 )   (0.01 )   0.00  
    (0.45 )   (0.95 )   (0.01 )   0.00  
    $14.67     $10.73     $10.69     $8.79  
    29.48 %   9.67 %   21.74 %   7.06 %
                         
    $5     $9     $8     $05  
                         
    1.5 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.5 %
    1.1 %       
(0.9
 
)%
  (1.0 )%   (0.2 )%
    143 %   191 %   148 %   36 %
    3.8 %       
    
2.4
 
 
%
  2.5 %   4.2 %

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Core Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2002
 
For the period ended:       Dec. 31,
  2004
        Dec. 31,
  2003
        Dec. 31,
  20022
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.69     $8.79     $8.21  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.11 )   (0.10 )   (0.02 )

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  1.09     2.01     0.60  

Total from investment operations

  0.98     1.91     0.58  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.00 )3

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.95 )   (0.01 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.95 )   (0.01 )   (0.00 )3

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.72     $10.69     $8.79  

Total return1

  9.57 %   21.73 %   7.09 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $7     $6     $04  

Ratios to average net assets5:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.4 %   2.4 %   2.5 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.0 )%   (1.0 )%   (0.2 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  191 %   148 %   36 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
5, 6

  2.5 %   2.5 %   4.2 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from September 30, 2002 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2002.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
4   Amount is less than $500,000.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

40   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Value Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The U.S. Value Fund seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in U.S. securities that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on discounted cash flows, earnings and asset value. We also invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Our philosophy is that improving returns on invested capital drive improving valuations. We select securities by screening for undervalued securities and utilizing fundamental analysis, such as management interviews and financial statement analysis, to select those securities with improving returns on capital. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may use a risk management tool to attempt to limit the difference between the Fund’s return and the return of a style-specific benchmark.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. securities; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies, which we define as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risk described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6 .

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 45. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
For the period ended:  

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

2002

   

Dec. 31,

2001

   

Dec. 31,

20002

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.65     $13.66     $17.83     $20.65     $19.99      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.20     0.14     0.12     0.05     0.00      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.22     4.00     (2.77 )   (2.56 )   0.68      

Total from investment operations

  2.42     4.14     (2.65 )   (2.51 )   0.68      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.18 )   (0.15 )   (0.16 )   (0.06 )   (0.02 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.34 )   0.00     (1.36 )   (0.25 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (1.52 )   (0.15 )   (1.52 )   (0.31 )   (0.02 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.55     $17.56     $13.66     $17.83     $20.65      

Total return1

  14.08 %   30.48 %   (16.34 )%   (12.17 )%   3.45 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $5     $5     $3     $3     $03      

Ratios to average net assets5:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.3 %   1.8 %   1.3 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.0 %   0.9 %   0.1 %   0.1 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  47 %   53 %   90 %   116 %   14 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
5,6

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.3 %   1.8 %   1.3 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2000.
3   Amount is less than $500,000.
4   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

42   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
 
 
   

Dec. 31,

2004

   

Dec. 31,

2003

   

Dec. 31,

2002

   

Dec. 31,

2001

   

Dec. 31,

20002

 
    $17.64     $13.67     $17.81     $20.66     $19.99  
                               
    0.07     0.03     0.02     (0.00 )4   (0.01 )
        
2.21
 
 
  3.98     (2.78 )   (2.60 )   0.69  
    2.28     4.01     (2.76 )   (2.60 )   0.68  
                               
        
(0.06
 
)
  (0.04 )   (0.02 )   0.00     (0.01 )
    (1.34 )   0.00     (1.36 )   (0.25 )   0.00  
    (1.40 )   (0.04 )   (1.38 )   (0.25 )   (0.01 )
    $18.52     $17.64     $13.67     $17.81     $20.66  
    13.20 %   29.37 %   (17.01 )%   (12.60 )%   3.43 %
                               
    $6     $5     $3     $2     $03  
                               
    2.1 %   2.2 %   2.1 %   2.3 %   2.0 %
        
0.4
 
%
  0.2 %   0.1 %   (0.4 )%   (0.5 )%
    47 %   53 %   90 %   116 %   14 %
        
    
2.2
 
 
%
  2.2 %   2.2 %   2.9 %   2.0 %

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Value Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
             
For the period ended:       Dec. 31,
  2004
        Dec. 31,
  2003
        Dec. 31,
  2002
        Dec. 31,
  2001
        Dec. 31,
  20002
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.56     $13.61     $17.82     $20.66     $19.99  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.06     0.03     0.02     (0.00 )3   (0.01 )

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  2.20     3.97     (2.78 )   (2.59 )   0.69  

Total from investment operations

  2.26     4.00     (2.76 )   (2.59 )   0.68  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.04 )   (0.05 )   (0.09 )   0.00     0.01  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.34 )   0.00     (1.36 )   (0.25 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (1.38 )   (0.05 )   (1.45 )   (0.25 )   (0.01 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.44     $17.56     $13.61     $17.82     $20.66  

Total return1

  13.15 %   29.42 %   (17.05 )%   (12.55 )%   3.42 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $4     $4     $1     $1     04  

Ratios to average net assets5:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.2 %   2.2 %   2.2 %   2.2 %   2.0 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.3 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   (0.3 )%   (0.5 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  47 %   53 %   90 %   116 %   14 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
5, 6

  2.2 %   2.2 %   2.2 %   2.4 %   2.0 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2000.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
4   Amount is less than $500,000.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

44   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Endeavor Large Cap Fund, Endeavor Select Fund and Growth Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and/or in foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer).

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

46   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        C&B TAX-MANAGED VALUE   ENDEAVOR LARGE CAP   ENDEAVOR SELECT   EQUITY INDEX   GROWTH   LARGE COMPANY CORE   U.S. VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk       l   l       l   l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l       l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk               l   l       l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company, Investment, Market, and Liquidity Risk           l       l        

 

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th St. & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

48   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund, except the Equity Index Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Endeavor Large Cap, Endeavor Select, Equity Index, Growth, and U.S. Value Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”), located at 747 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Core Fund. Matrix is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Matrix Advisors Value Fund, individuals, endowments, and pension accounts. As of December 31, 2004, Matrix managed over $1.5 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

50   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus except the Growth Fund. Class C shares are available for all Funds except the Equity Index Fund. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   5.75%      6.10%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75%      4.99%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75%      3.90%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75%      2.83%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

52   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after seven years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
MAY 18, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Strong Funds in exchange for Strong Fund shares purchased prior to April 11, 2005 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after eight years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STRONG FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
APRIL 11, 2005 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS   9 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   4.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the distribution or transfer was from a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

54   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with the Funds’ distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.75% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 5.75% on the first $49,999, then 4.75% on the next $50,000!

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

56   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

C&B Tax-Managed Value

   0.75%      0.75%

Endeavor Large Cap

   0.75%      0.75%

Endeavor Select

   0.75%      0.75%

Equity Index

   0.75%      N/A

Growth

   N/A      0.75%

Large Company Core

   0.75%      0.75%

U.S. Value

   0.75%      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

·   The C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund imposes a 1.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within one year of purchase. See page 62 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering

 

58   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

60   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus -like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to,

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, a 1.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within one year after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for the Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized net capital gain, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70½ according to IRS guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   due to participation in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

 

·   Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of Funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Fund generally will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

62   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds
(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

64   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 63.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 63. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a Medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

66   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders with account balances in excess of $100,000. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds, except the U.S. Value Fund, make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. The U.S. Value Fund makes distributions of any net investment income quarterly and realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

68   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees charged by institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all

 

70   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

U.S. Value Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Mr. Costomiris joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to that he was a portfolio manager with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 2001. Prior to joining SCM, he served as the Director of Research at Thomson Horstmann & Bryant, a United Asset Management affiliate that specializes in value investing, from 1997 to 2001. In addition, he specialized in managing small cap value stocks. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Costomiris served as Senior Investment Consultant with Hewitt Associates. He earned his B.S. degree in chemical engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and his M.B.A. degree, specializing in Finance and Accounting, from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

Equity Index Fund since 2001

Mr. Genung manages certain of the Wells Fargo index mutual funds, private accounts and collective trust funds. Before joining Wells Capital Management in 2001, he was a securities trader at Norwest Investment Services, Inc. since 1994. Earlier, he worked with Piper Capital Management, where he became senior advisor account administrator, specializing in mortgage-backed derivative products, Mr. Genung earned bachelor’s degrees in Finance and Economics from the University of Minnesota, Duluth.

 

David A. Katz, CFA

Large Company Core Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Katz is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Matrix. Mr. Katz chairs the Investment Policy Committee and is also a portfolio manager and research analyst. He has managed the Matrix Advisors Value Fund from 1996 until the present. After initially working at Management Asset Corporation (Westport, CT), Mr. Katz co-founded Value Matrix Management with John M. Gates in 1986. He served as the firm’s Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer and was Head of the Investment Policy Committee. In 1990 he merged Value Matrix Management into Matrix Asset Advisors. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics, summa cum laude, from Union College and his M.B.A. degree, with a concentration in Finance, from New York University Graduate School of Business.

 

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Nelson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that, he was with SCM since 1996 and since October 2000, he has managed equity accounts. From July 1996 to October 2000, Mr. Nelson was an equity research analyst. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and a M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and was selected to participate in the Applied Security Analysis Program.

 

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Ognar joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Ognar was with SCM since January 1998, where he was a senior equity research analyst from October 1998 to 2002. Prior to joining SCM, he was a research analyst at M&I Investment Management Corp., and he was a trader at Republic Securities, Inc. Mr. Ognar earned his B.A. degree in Finance from Miami University and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.

 

72   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Olson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that he was with SCM since 1994, where he managed separate and institutional accounts since January 1998. In May 2002, he was named as a co-portfolio manager of the Strong Large Cap Growth Fund and sole portfolio manager of the Fund on June 30, 2003. Prior to joining SCM, he was a managing partner at Olson Brothers, Inc. from 1989 to 1993. Prior to joining Olson Brothers Inc., he was with The Travelers Corporation, American National Bank and Trust Co. of Chicago, and Minton Investment Corporation. Mr. Olson earned a B.A. degree in Finance and History from Gustavus Adolphus College.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Endeavor Large Cap Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Endeavor Select Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of Conseco Capital Management (“CCM”). While at CCM, he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds within the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Erik J. Voss, CFA

Endeavor Large Cap Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Endeavor Select Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Voss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. From January 1997 to October 2000, Mr. Voss was employed at CCM as a portfolio manager. Mr. Voss received his B.S. degree in Mathematics in 1989 and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin in 1993.

 

C&B Tax Managed Value Fund

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and an M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from The Wharton School of Business.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   73

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

James R. Norris

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

74   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the Distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   75

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

76   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   77

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045LCR/P101 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Stock Funds – Class Z

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   13

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   14
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company
Core Fund

   15
    

Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund

   19
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   22
    

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   26

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   29
    

How to Buy Shares

   33
    

How to Sell Shares

   35
    

Exchanges

   37

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   39
    

Portfolio Managers

   43
    

Glossary

   44

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Large Company Core Fund

 

  

 

Seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

U.S. Value Fund

(SEQIX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in U.S. securities that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on discounted cash flows, earnings and asset value. We also invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 15;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

6   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Large Company Core Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund makes foreign investments through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Foreign investments are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

U.S. Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund and the Strong Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund and the Strong Strategic Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Large Company Core Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  19.95%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’02  •  (13.18)%

 

*   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

8   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 04/11/05)1

  4.32%   (0.71)%   4.69%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  2.63%   (1.87)%   3.59%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.08%   (1.09)%   3.53%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.19%
1   Performance shown for the Class Z shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of the Class Z shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class Z shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Class A shares incepted on November 3,1997.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

U.S. Value Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  20.02%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (18.08)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class Z shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/29/95)1

  14.11%   1.40%   10.93%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.76%   0.41%   9.92%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  9.91%   0.79%   9.20%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   11.38%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   9.55%
1   Performance shown for this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

10   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)    
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Large Company
Core Fund
  U.S. Value
Fund
Management Fees1   0.75%   0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.86%   0.81%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.61%   1.56%
Fee Waivers   0.19%   0.24%
NET EXPENSES3   1.42%   1.32%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

12   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Large Company
Core Fund
  U.S. Value
Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 145   $ 134
  3 YEARS   $ 470   $ 444
  5 YEARS   $   $ 803
10 YEARS   $   $ 1,815

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Fund offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

14   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Core Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    David A. Katz, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Core Fund seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We select companies that we believe are financially strong and meet specific valuation criteria as compared to the overall market and the companies’ own valuation histories. The valuation criteria evaluates a company’s financial position as measured by balance sheet data, and a company’s stock market valuation in comparison to investment value based on historic and current earnings, dividends, return on equity and book value. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund makes foreign investments through ADRs. Foreign investments which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Core Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 3, 1997
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.81     $8.81      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.01 )   (0.00 )3    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.12     2.02      

Total from investment operations

  1.11     2.02      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.95 )   (0.01 )    

Total distributions

  (0.95 )   (0.02 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.97     $10.81      

Total return1

  10.69 %   22.93 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $55     $67      

Ratios to average net assets4:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.5 %   1.5 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.1 )%   (0.0 )3%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  191 %   148 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses4, 5

  1.6 %   1.7 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2002, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from September to December.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005 or 0.05%.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

16   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
20022
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $8.24     $9.65     $14.67     $11.72  
                         
    0.01     0.07     0.12     0.14  
    0.57     (1.10 )   (3.79 )   3.26  
    0.58     (1.03 )   (3.67 )   3.40  
                         
    (0.01 )   (0.05 )   (0.12 )   (0.14 )
    0.00     (0.33 )   (1.23 )   (0.31 )
    (0.01 )   (0.38 )   (1.35 )   (0.45 )
    $8.81     $8.24     $9.65     $14.67  
    6.99 %   (11.47 )%   (26.39 )%   29.48 %
                         
    $9     $6     $4     $5  
                         
    1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %
    0.1 %   0.8 %   1.0 %   1.1 %
    36 %   190 %   222 %   143 %
    3.1 %   3.7 %   4.7 %   3.8 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Value Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The U.S. Value Fund seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in U.S. securities that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on discounted cash flows, earnings and asset value. We also invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Our philosophy is that improving returns on invested capital drives improving valuations. We select securities by screening for undervalued securities and utilizing fundamental analysis, such as management interviews and financial statement analysis, to select those securities with improving returns on capital. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may use a risk management tool to attempt to limit the difference between the Fund’s return and the return of a style-specific benchmark.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. securities; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies, which we define as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    CLASS Z SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 1995
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.77     $13.74      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.20     0.15      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  2.24     3.99      

Total from investment operations

  2.44     4.14      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.19 )   (0.11 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.34 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (1.53 )   (0.11 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.68     $17.77      

Total return1

  14.11 %   30.23 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $252     $159      

Ratios to average net assets:3

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.3 %   1.6 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.2 %   0.8 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  47 %   53 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3

  1.4 %4   1.6 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20002
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $17.87     $20.65     $21.63     $20.58  
                         
    0.05     0.11     0.03     0.05  
    (2.79 )   (2.53 )   (0.52 )   1.53  
    (2.74 )   (2.42 )   (0.49 )   1.58  
                         
    (0.03 )   (0.11 )   (0.03 )   (0.05 )
    (1.36 )   (0.25 )   (0.46 )   (0.48 )
    (1.39 )   (0.36 )   (0.49 )   (0.53 )
    $13.74     $17.87     $20.65     $21.63  
    (16.86 )%   (11.72 )%   (2.17 )%   7.72 %
                         
    $197     $186     $251     $252  
                         
    1.9 %   1.2 %   1.1 %   1.0 %
    0.3 %   0.6 %   0.8 %   0.3 %
    90 %   116 %   14 %   47 %
    1.9 %   1.2 %   1.1 %   1.0 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds that invest in foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

22   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

       

LARGE COMPANY CORE

 

U.S. VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company
which may be in the form of an
ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed
of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined by the
Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made
up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l

 

 

24   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

       

LARGE COMPANY CORE

 

U.S. VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed
upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l

 

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette,

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the
Funds’ business
activities
 

Maintains records
of shares and

supervises the payment
of dividends

  Provide
services to
customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

26   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the U.S. Value Fund, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”), located at 747 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Core Fund. Matrix is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Matrix Advisors Value Fund, individuals, endowments, and pension accounts. As of December 31, 2004, Matrix managed over $1.5 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each of the Funds pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

28   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable, and if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) at 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Qualified Investors

 

You may purchase Class Z shares only under limited circumstances, at the NAV on the day of purchase. The following types of investors may qualify to purchase Class Z shares of the Funds:

 

·   Investors who received Class Z shares in the reorganization of the Strong Funds into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds;

 

·   Investors who previously held Class Z shares of any Fund, upon providing adequate proof of prior ownership;

 

·   Officers, directors and employees of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, Funds Management, and affiliates of these entities, and each of their immediate family members (grandparent, parent, sibling, child, grandchild, and spouse) who live in the same household;

 

·   Employer-sponsored retirement plans, and their participants, for which Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, has entered into an agreement to provide document or administrative services, and other retirement plans whose administrators or dealers have entered into an agreement with Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, to perform services;

 

·   Certain institutional investors purchasing more than $1 million of Class Z shares;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Any Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Any accounts in a fee-based advisory program managed by Funds Management; and

 

·   Registered investment advisers holding Class Z shares of a Strong Fund on November 30, 2000.

 

For more information on the purchase of Class Z shares, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Class Z shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

30   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with for the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:   

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:   

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

32   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund, Class Z.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use our Automated Voice Response service to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) service to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

Class Z shares are not available for purchase on the internet if you do not have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 32.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 32. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

34   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion Guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances i) if the request is over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares”, below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through ACH or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

36   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Class Z shares may also be exchanged for Investor Class shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

38   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The U.S. Value Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any net capital gains at least annually. The Large Company Core Fund makes distributions of any net investment income and realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in the stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

40   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

42   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

U.S. Value Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Mr. Costomiris joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to that he was a portfolio manager with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 2001. Prior to joining SCM, he served as the Director of Research at Thomson Horstmann & Bryant, a United Asset Management affiliate that specializes in value investing, from 1997 to 2001. In addition, he specialized in managing small cap value stocks. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Costomiris served as Senior Investment Consultant with Hewitt Associates. He received his B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and his M.B.A. degree, specializing in Finance and Accounting, from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

David A. Katz, CFA

Large Company Core Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Katz is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Matrix. Mr. Katz chairs the Investment Policy Committee and is also a portfolio manager and research analyst. He has managed the Matrix Advisors Value Fund from 1996 until the present. After initially working at Management Asset Corporation (Westport, CT), Mr. Katz co-founded Value Matrix Management with John M. Gates in 1986. He served as the firm’s Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer and was Head of the Investment Policy Committee. In 1990, he merged Value Matrix Management into Matrix Asset Advisors. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics, summa cum laude, from Union College and his M.B.A. degree, with a concentration in Finance, from New York University Graduate School of Business.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

44   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including any capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

045LCZ/P102 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Stock Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Dividend Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are not insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   9
    

Summary of Expenses

   19

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund

   22
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Dividend Income Fund

   27
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select Fund

   31
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

   35
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund

   39
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company
Core Fund

   43
      

Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund

   47
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   50
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   54

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   57
    

How to Buy Shares

   59
    

How to Sell Shares

   60
    

Exchanges

   61

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   63
    

Portfolio Managers

   65
    

Glossary

   68

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select Fund SM is referred to as the “Endeavor Select Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

(CBTIX)

 

  

Seeks maximum long-term, after-tax total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Capital Growth Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Dividend Income Fund

 

  

 

Seeks above-average dividend income and long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Endeavor Select Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Growth Fund
(SGRKX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

 

Growth and Income Fund
(SGIKX)

 

  

Seeks total return, comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

Large Company Core Fund
(SLCKX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

U.S. Value Fund
(SEQKX)

 

  

Seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We emphasize investments in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions. We attempt to minimize adverse federal income tax consequences for the Fund’s shareholders by managing the amount of realized gains, through reduced portfolio turnover.

 

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in dividend-paying securities. Specifically, we seek to invest primarily in securities with dividend yields that are at least 25% higher than the yield of the S&P Industrials Index. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in equity securities and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments. Because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund is also considered to be non-diversified.

 

We invest principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow or asset value. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

 

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

 

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

 

We invest principally in U.S. securities that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on discounted cash flows, earnings and asset value. We also invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 22;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Foreign investments are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

6   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund is managed with a focus on after-tax returns; therefore, it may not provide as high a return before taxes as other funds, and as a result may not be suitable for investors who are not subject to current income tax (for example, those investing through tax-deferred retirement accounts, such as an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) or a 401(k) Plan).

 

Capital Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Dividend Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest changes than other stocks.

 

Endeavor Select Fund

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund is considered to be non-diversified because it invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Growth Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Growth and Income Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

Large Company Core Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

U.S. Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risk described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

8   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Large Company Growth Fund and the Strong Endeavor Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Dividend Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Dividend Income Fund, the Strong Energy Fund and the Strong Dow 30 Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Select Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth Fund and the Strong Growth 20 Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth and Income Fund and the Strong Large Cap Core Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund and the Strong Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage U.S. Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund and the Strong Strategic Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for the period prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  19.60%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (14.88)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax- deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 7/26/2004)

  11.84%   9.88%   10.64%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.31%   9.13%   9.97%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.08%   8.23%   9.04%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   7.24%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   9.62%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be, because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted on February 12, 1997.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

10   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

Capital Growth Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  29.98%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’02  •  (13.18)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 6/30/03)1

  18.06%   2.73%   10.32%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  18.06%   1.43%   9.04%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.74%   1.54%   8.26%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (9.29)%   2.52%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.57%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Large Company Growth Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, and prior to September 16, 2002, reflects the performance of the Rockhaven Premier Dividend Fund which incepted on 11/3/97, adjusted to remove the load previously charged on the Rockhaven Premier Fund.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Dividend Income Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ’00  •  15.92%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (17.43)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/01)1

  14.49%   5.45%   11.57%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  13.74%   4.40%   9.75%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  9.38%   4.13%   9.22%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Dividend Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 7/1/93.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

12   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Endeavor Select Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’01  •  13.49%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’01  •  (21.52)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  10.09%   (2.01)%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  9.07%   (2.25)%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.85%   (1.72)%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (5.68)%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (0.52)%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Class A shares incepted on December 29, 2000.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  54.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  (27.43)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/30/02)1

  13.23%   (7.89)%   11.45%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  13.23%   (8.90)%   9.52%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.60%   (6.93)%   9.19%

Russell 3000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   12.01%

S&P 500 Index3 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Growth Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 12/31/93.
2   The Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.
3   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

14   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Growth and Income Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  23.35%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  (17.78)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/01)1

  9.35%   (5.11)%   9.83%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  9.04%   (5.32)%   9.44%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.07%   (4.37)%   (8.48)%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   9.55%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Growth and Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 12/29/95.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Large Company Core Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  19.95%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’02  •  (13.18)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 9/30/02)1

  11.32%   0.79%   5.79%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  9.53%   (0.41)%   4.66%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.70%   0.15%   4.48%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.19%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to September 16, 2002, reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the Rockhaven Fund which incepted on 11/3/97.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

16   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

U.S. Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  20.02%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (17.89)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/01)1

  14.53%   1.81%   11.18%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  12.01%   0.59%   10.03%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.19%   0.99%   9.33%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   11.38%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   9.55%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to December 31, 2001, reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 12/29/95.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
   

All Funds

(except C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund)

 

C&B Tax-Managed

Value Fund

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None   None
Redemption Fee1   None   1.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)    
   

C&B Tax-Managed

Value Fund

 

Capital Growth

Fund

 

Dividend Income

Fund

   
Management Fees2   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses3   1.05%   0.53%   0.50%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.95%   1.28%   1.25%    
Fee Waivers   1.00%   0.34%   0.29%    
NET EXPENSES4   0.95%   0.94%   0.96%    
1   Deducted from the net proceeds if shares redeemed (or exchanged) within one year of purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 59 for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for all Funds, except the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Fund’s most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses and include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses the Gross Operating Expense ratio for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund would be 1.21%.
4   For all the Funds except the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, adviser has committed through February 28, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

18   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 
   

Endeavor Select

Fund

 

Growth

Fund

 

Growth and

Income Fund

 

Large Company

Core Fund

 

U.S. Value

Fund

    0.75%   0.69%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.57%   0.47%   0.49%   0.51%   0.51%
    1.32%   1.16%   1.24%   1.26%   1.26%
    0.32%   0.20%   0.28%   0.31%   0.30%
    1.00%   0.96%   0.96%   0.95%   0.96%

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund
  Capital Growth
Fund
  Dividend Income
Fund
  Endeavor Select
Fund
  Growth
Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 197   $ 96   $ 98   $ 102   $ 98
  3 YEARS   $ 515   $ 337   $ 338   $ 387   $ 328
  5 YEARS   $   $ 635   $ 629   $   $ 599
10 YEARS   $   $ 1,484   $ 1,459   $   $ 1,372

 

    Growth and
Income Fund
  Large Company
Core Fund
  U.S. Value
Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 98   $ 97   $ 98
  3 YEARS   $ 336   $ 337   $ 339
  5 YEARS   $ 654   $ 630   $ 632
10 YEARS   $ 1,475   $ 1,466   $ 1,468

 

 

20   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris;

Edward W.O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund seeks maximum long-term, after-tax total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We emphasize investment in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions. We attempt to minimize adverse federal income tax consequences for the Fund’s shareholders by managing the amount of realized gains, through reduced portfolio turnover. We cannot predict the impact of this strategy on the realization of gains or losses for the Fund. We intend to balance these tax considerations with the pursuit of the Fund’s objective, and we reserve the right to engage in short-term investing if market conditions warrant such trading.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of total assets in equity securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risk described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund is managed with a focus on after-tax returns; therefore, it may not provide as high a return before taxes as other funds, and as a result may not be suitable for investors who are not subject to current income tax (for example, those investing through a tax-deferred retirement account, such as an IRA or a 401(K) Plan).

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information, which along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    ADMINISTRATOR
CLASS SHARES4
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.06  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.03  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.62  

Total from investment operations

  0.65  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $17.71  

Total return1

  3.81 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,201  

Ratios to average net assets:2

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.95 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.77 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  25 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses.
2,3

  1.80 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Capital Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; Erik J. Voss, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Capital Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies that we believe offer the potential for above-average earnings growth. We define large-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

To identify stocks that offer the opportunity for growth, we look for stocks that have attractive growth prospects, (e.g., the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy), accelerating sales and earnings, and positive fundamentals (e.g., showing a growth trend or that are well positioned in a growth industry).

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
20032
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.40     $11.96  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.01 )   (0.00 )3

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.43     1.444  

Total from investment operations

  2.42     1.44  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $15.82     $13.40  

Total return1

  18.06 %   12.04 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $5     $1  

Ratios to average net assets5:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.9 %   0.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.1 )%   (0.0 )3%

Portfolio turnover rate

  239 %   229 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
5, 6

  1.3 %   2.1 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from June 30, 2003 (commencement of Class) through December 31, 2003.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005 or 0.05%.
4   Includes $0.02 in redemption fees.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Dividend Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jennifer C. Newell, CFA; Roger D. Newell

 


 

Investment Objective

The Dividend Income Fund seeks above-average dividend income and long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in the common stocks of well-established companies that have demonstrated the willingness and ability to pay dividends. Specifically, we seek to invest primarily in securities with dividend yields that are at least 25% higher than the yield of the S&P Industrials Index. We will typically tend to buy a stock when its yield relative to the market is historically high and sell a stock when its yield relative to the market is historically low. We may invest in any sector and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in dividend-paying securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Dividend Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 2001
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $14.39     $11.71      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.27     0.19      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.79     2.71      

Total from investment operations

  2.06     2.90      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.28 )   (0.22 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.00 )    

Total distributions

  (0.28 )   (0.22 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $16.17     $14.39      

Total return1

  14.49 %   24.99 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $4     $5      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.8 %   1.6 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  49 %   92 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  1.4 %   1.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

28   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

       
       
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
 
    $15.19  
       
    0.25  
    (3.13 )
    (2.88 )
       
    (0.35 )
    (0.25 )
    (0.60 )
    $11.71  
    (19.42 )%
       
    $1  
       
    1.0 %
    1.6 %
    114 %
    2.1 %
       

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Select Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; Erik J. Voss, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Endeavor Select Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in the equity securities of 30 to 40 companies that we believe have above-average earnings growth prospects. We select equity securities of companies of any size that have attractive growth prospects (for example, companies that have the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy), accelerating sales and earnings and positive fundamentals (for example, companies showing a growth trend or that are well positioned in a growth industry). We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may utilize an active trading approach. We may sell a holding when the company’s growth prospects become less attractive or to take advantage of a better opportunity.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Fund is considered to be non-diversified because it invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Select Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.36     $6.10      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.09 )   (0.07 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.47     2.33      

Total from investment operations

  1.38     2.26      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.58 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.16     $8.36      

Total return1

  16.80 %   37.05 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $95     $81      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.6 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.0 )%   (1.0 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  169 %   244 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.6 %   1.6 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

32   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

             
             
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
 
    $7.99     $10.00  
             
    (0.07 )   (0.01 )
    (1.81 )   (2.00 )
    (1.88 )   (2.01 )
             
    0.00     0.00  
    (0.01 )   0.00  
    (0.01 )   0.00  
    $6.10     $7.99  
    (23.52 )%   (20.10 )%
             
    $56     $57  
             
    1.6 %   1.7 %
    (1.1 )%   (0.8 )%
    437 %   360 %
    1.6 %   4.4 %2
             

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Ognar, CFA; Brandon M. Nelson, CFA; Bruce C. Olson, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow, or asset value. We focus on companies that dominate their market, are establishing a new market, or are undergoing dynamic change. The portfolio can include stocks of any size. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 30, 2002
     
For the period ended:   Dec.31,
2004
    Dec.31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.38     $13.29      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.03 )   (0.08 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.33     4.17      

Total from investment operations

  2.30     4.09      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.68     $17.38      

Total return1

  13.23 %   30.78 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $67     $56      

Ratios to average net assets3:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.2 )%   (0.5 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  92 %   139 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  1.3 %   1.2 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from August 30, 2002 (commencement of Class) through December 31, 2002
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

36   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

       
       
 
    Dec. 31,
20022
 
    $13.53  
       
    (0.01 )
    (0.23 )
    (0.24 )
       
    0.00  
    0.00  
    0.00  
    $13.29  
    (1.77 )%
       
    $13  
       
    1.0 %
    (0.7 )%
    249 %
    1.3 %
       

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    David A. Katz, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth and Income Fund seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We select companies that we believe are financially strong and meet specific valuation criteria as compared to the overall market and the companies’ own valuation histories. The valuation criteria evaluate a company’s financial position as measured by balance sheet data and a company’s stock market valuation in comparison to investment value based on historic and current earnings, dividends, return on equity and book value. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 2001
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.52     $15.75      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.19     0.11      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.63     3.79      

Total from investment operations

  1.82     3.90      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.17 )   (0.13 )    

Total distributions

  (0.17 )   (0.13 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.17     $19.52      

Total return1

  9.35 %   24.90 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $20     $30      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.9 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.8 %   0.6 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  136 %   199 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  1.1 %   1.1 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

40   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

       
       
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
 
    $20.28  
       
    0.11  
    (4.46 )
    (4.35 )
       
    0.00  
    (0.18 )
    (0.18 )
    $15.75  
    (21.47 )%
       
    $19  
       
    1.0 %
    0.7 %
    188 %
    1.1 %
       

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Core Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    David A. Katz, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Core Fund seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We select companies that we believe are financially strong and meet specific valuation criteria as compared to the overall market and the companies’ own valuation histories. The valuation criteria evaluate a company’s financial position as measured by balance sheet data and a company’s stock market valuation in comparison to investment value based on historic and current earnings, dividends, return on equity and book value. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Core Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2002
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.84     $8.80      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.06     0.05      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.12     2.03      

Total from investment operations

  1.18     2.08      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.03 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.95 )   (0.01 )    

Total distributions

  (0.95 )   (0.04 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.07     $10.84      

Total return1

  11.32 %   23.66 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $24     $35      

Ratios to average net assets3:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.4 %   0.5 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  191 %   148 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  1.3 %   1.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Amount is less than $500,000.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

44   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

       
       
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
 
    $8.21  
       
    0.02  
    0.59  
    0.61  
       
    (0.02 )
    0.00  
    (0.02 )
    $8.80  
    7.38 %
       
    $02  
       
    1.0 %
    1.1 %
    36 %
    2.9 %
       

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Value Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The U.S. Value Fund seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in U.S. securities that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on discounted cash flows, earnings and asset value. We also invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Our philosophy is that improving returns on invested capital drive improving valuations. We select securities by screening for undervalued securities and utilizing fundamental analysis, such as management interviews and financial statement analysis, to select those securities with improving returns on capital. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may use a risk management tool to attempt to limit the difference between the Fund’s return and the return of a style-specific benchmark.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. securities; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies, which we define as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risk described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 50. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

U.S. Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 2001
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.52     $13.56      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.27     0.16      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.21     4.02      

Total from investment operations

  2.48     4.18      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.26 )   (0.22 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.34 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (1.60 )   (0.22 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.40     $17.52      

Total return1

  14.53 %   31.03 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $92     $87      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.5 %   1.3 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  47 %   53 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.1 %   1.1 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

48   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

       
       
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
 
    $17.87  
       
    0.22  
    (2.81 )
    (2.59 )
       
    (0.36 )
    (1.36 )
    (1.72 )
    $13.56  
    (15.98 )%
       
    $11  
       
    1.0 %
    1.6 %
    90 %
    1.1 %
       

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Capital Growth Fund, Endeavor Select Fund and Growth Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

50   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer).

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        C&B TAX-MANAGED VALUE   CAPITAL GROWTH   DIVIDEND INCOME   ENDEAVOR SELECT   GROWTH   GROWTH AND INCOME   LARGE COMPANY CORE   U.S. VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for
temporary purposes (e.g. to meet
shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S.
company which may be in the form
of an
ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
      l   l   l   l   l   l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or
disposed of in the ordinary course of
business within seven days at the
value determined by the Fund. Limited
to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to
brokers, dealers and financial
institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to
1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based
on an agreed upon price at a specific
time. Types of
options used may include:
options
on securities,options on a stock
index and
options on stock index futures
to protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and
Liquidity Risk
                  l           l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses,
in addition to the expenses paid by
the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

52   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

        C&B TAX-MANAGED VALUE   CAPITAL GROWTH   DIVIDEND INCOME   ENDEAVOR SELECT   GROWTH   GROWTH AND INCOME   LARGE COMPANY CORE   U.S. VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed
upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which
may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company
Investment, Market,
and Liquidity Risk
              l   l            

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   53


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

    

    

 

Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

54   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Capital Growth, Dividend Income, Endeavor Select, Growth, and U.S. Value Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”), located at 747 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017, is the investment sub-adviser for the Growth and Income and Large Company Core Funds. Matrix is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Matrix Advisors Value Fund, individuals, endowments, and pension accounts. As of December 31, 2004, Matrix managed over $1.5 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and dividend distribution services to the Funds.

 

56   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM );

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in

 

58   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, a 1.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within one year after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for the Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to IRS guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of Funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Fund generally will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at the Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times listed in the “Pricing Fund Shares” section are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

60   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   The C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund imposes a 1.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within one year of purchase. See page 59 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

62   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Dividend Income Fund, Growth and Income Fund and U.S. Value Fund make distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. All other Funds in this Prospectus make such distributions at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are require to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), number and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

64   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

U.S. Value Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Mr. Costomiris joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to that he was a portfolio manager with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 2001. Prior to joining SCM, he served as the Director of Research at Thomson Horstmann & Bryant, a United Asset Management affiliate that specializes in value investing, from 1997 to 2001. In addition, he specialized in managing small cap value stocks. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Costomiris served as Senior Investment Consultant with Hewitt Associates. He earned his B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and his M.B.A. degree, specializing in Finance and Accounting, from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

David A. Katz, CFA

Growth and Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Large Company Core Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Katz is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Matrix. Mr. Katz chairs the Investment Policy Committee and is also a portfolio manager and research analyst. He has managed the Matrix Advisors Value Fund from 1996 until the present. After initially working at Management Asset Corporation (Westport, CT), Mr. Katz co-founded Value Matrix Management with John M. Gates in 1986. He served as the firm’s Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer and was Head of the Investment Policy Committee. In 1990 he merged Value Matrix Management into Matrix Asset Advisors. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics, summa cum laude, from Union College and his M.B.A. degree, with a concentration in Finance, from New York University Graduate School of Business.

 

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Nelson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that, he was with SCM since 1996 and since October 2000, he has managed equity accounts. From July 1996 to October 2000, Mr. Nelson was an equity research analyst. He received a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and a M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and was selected to participate in the Applied Security Analysis Program.

 

Jennifer C. Newell, CFA

Dividend Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Ms. Newell joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as the senior portfolio manager of the Relative Yield Strategy managing institutional portfolios and mutual funds. Prior to Wells Capital Management, Ms. Newell served as president of Newell Associates from 1992 until 2003, where she managed portfolios for institutional and private clients and publicly-offered mutual funds. Previously, Ms. Newell worked at Putnam Investments as assistant vice president. She received her M.B.A. degree from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley, and her B.A. degree in Economics from Wheaton College, Massachusetts.

 

Roger D. Newell

Dividend Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Newell joined Wells Capital Management in 2003, as senior strategist for the Relative Yield Strategy. He came to Wells Capital Management after serving as chairman and chief investment officer at Newell Associates, which he founded, from 1986 until 2003, where he managed portfolios for institutional and private clients and publicly-offered mutual funds. Mr. Newell’s professional career includes tenure at the Bank of California where he served from 1958 until his departure in 1986 to form Newell Associates. While at the Bank of California he held various portfolio

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

management positions including vice president and associate chief investment officer, chairman of the Investment Policy Committee, chairman of the Trust Commingled Fund Committee, and head of Coastwide Portfolio Management. Mr. Newell holds a JD degree from Harvard Law School. He obtained his B.A. degree and an M.A. in Economics and Finance degree from the University of Minnesota.

 

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Ognar joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Ognar was with SCM since January 1998, where he was a senior equity research analyst from October 1998 to 2002. Prior to joining SCM, he was a research analyst at M&I Investment Management Corp., and he was a trader at Republic Securities, Inc. Mr. Ognar received his B.A. degree in Finance from Miami University and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.

 

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Olson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that he was with SCM since 1994, where he managed separate and institutional accounts since January 1998. In May 2002, he was named as a co-portfolio manager of the Strong Large Cap Growth Fund and sole portfolio manager of the Fund on June 30, 2003. Prior to joining SCM, he was a managing partner at Olson Brothers, Inc. from 1989 to 1993. Prior to joining Olson Brothers Inc., he was with The Travelers Corporation, American National Bank and Trust Co. of Chicago, and Minton Investment Corporation. Mr. Olson earned a B.A. degree in Finance and History from Gustavus Adolphus College.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Capital Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Endeavor Select Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of Conseco Capital Management (“CCM”). While at CCM, he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds within the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Erik J. Voss, CFA

Capital Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Endeavor Select Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Voss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. From January 1997 to October 2000, Mr. Voss was employed at Conseco Capital Management, Inc. as a portfolio manager. Mr. Voss received his B.S. degree in Mathematics in 1989 and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin in 1993.

 

66   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and an M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from The Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

68   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

70   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please Find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE: Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045LCAM/P103 (4/05) ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

APRIL 11, 2005

Prospectus

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LARGE CAP STOCK FUNDS – INSTITUTIONAL CLASS

Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   14

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   15
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select Fund

   21
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

   25
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund

   29
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   32
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   35

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   38
    

How to Buy Shares

   39
    

How to Sell Shares

   41
    

Exchanges

   42

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Other Information

   44
    

Portfolio Managers

   46
    

Glossary

   48

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select FundSM is referred to as the “Endeavor Select Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Capital Growth Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Endeavor Select Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Growth Fund

(SGRNX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Growth and Income Fund

(SGNIX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return, comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 

4   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY
We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in equity securities and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments. Because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund is also considered to be non-diversified.
We invest principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow or asset value. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 17;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Foreign investments are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

6   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Capital Growth Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Endeavor Select Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund is considered to be non-diversified because it invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Growth Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Growth and Income Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Large Company Growth Fund and the Strong Endeavor Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Endeavor Select Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Select Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth Fund and the Strong Growth 20 Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth and Income Fund and the Strong Large Cap Core Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Capital Growth Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  29.98%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (13.18)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

8   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before
Taxes (Incept. 04/11/05)1

  17.51%   2.58%   10.21%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  17.51%   1.28%   8.92%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.38%   1.41%   8.15%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (9.29)%   2.52%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.57%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on November 3, 1997.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Endeavor Select Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO



                                        

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘01  •  13.49%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (21.52)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  10.09%   (2.01)%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  9.07%   (2.25)%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.85%   (1.72)%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (5.68)%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.77%   (0.52)%
1 Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Class A shares incepted on December 29, 2000.
2 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

10   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Growth Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  54.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (27.35)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/24/00)1

  13.26%   (7.62)%   11.62%

Institutional Class Returns After
Taxes on Distributions

  13.26%   (8.63)%   9.69%

Institutional Class Returns After
Taxes on Distributions and Sale
of Fund Shares

  8.62%   (6.71)%   9.34%

Russell 3000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   12.01%

S&P 500 Index3 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Growth Fund. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 12/31/93.
2   The Growth Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.
3   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth and Income Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  23.35%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  (17.67)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/29/00)1

  9.59%   (4.75)%   10.06%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  9.23%   (5.00)%   9.64%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.22%   (4.10)%   8.68%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   9.55%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Growth and Income Fund. Performance shown for the periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 12/29/95.
2 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

12   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
     Capital Growth
Fund
   Endeavor Select
Fund
Management Fees1    0.75%    0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees    0.00%    0.00%
Other Expenses2    0.26%    0.30%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES    1.01%    1.05%
Fee Waivers    0.21%    0.25%
NET EXPENSES3    0.80%    0.80%
           
    

Growth

Fund

   Growth and
Income Fund
Management Fees1    0.69%    0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees    0.00%    0.00%
Other Expenses2    0.20%    0.22%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES    0.89%    0.97%
Fee Waivers    0.04%    0.31%
NET EXPENSES3    0.85%    0.66%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

   

Capital Growth

Fund

  Endeavor Select
Fund
 

Growth

Fund

  Growth and
Income Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 82   $ 82   $ 87   $ 67
  3 YEARS   $ 301   $ 309   $ 276   $ 278
  5 YEARS   $   $   $ 485   $ 506
10 YEARS   $   $   $ 1,089   $ 1,161

 

14   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Capital Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; Erik J. Voss, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Capital Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies that we believe offer the potential for above-average earnings growth. We define large-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

To identify stocks that offer the opportunity for growth, we look for stocks that have attractive growth prospects, (e.g., the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy), accelerating sales and earnings, and positive fundamentals (e.g., showing a growth trend or that are well positioned in a growth industry).

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Capital Growth Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 3, 1997
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.36     $10.66      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.06 )   (0.04 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  2.40     2.75      

Total from investment operations

  2.34     2.71      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $15.70     $13.36      

Total return1

  17.51 %   25.41 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $99     $71      

Ratios to average net assets4:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.5 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.5 )%   (0.5 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  239 %   229 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses4, 5

  1.8 %   1.8 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2002, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from September 30 to December 31.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005 or 0.05%.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

18   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
20022
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30
2000
 
    $10.25     $12.17     $19.15     $13.12  
                         
    (0.00 ) 3   0.31     0.32     0.29  
    0.45     (1.93 )   (5.09 )   6.26  
    0.45     (1.62 )   (4.77 )   6.55  
                         
    (0.04 )   (0.27 )   (0.32 )   (0.27 )
    0.00     (0.03 )   (1.89 )   (0.25 )
    (0.04 )   (0.30 )   (2.21 )   (0.52 )
    $10.66     $10.25     $12.17     $19.15  
    4.38 %   (13.69 )%   (26.22 )%   50.67 %
                         
    $21     $18     $33     $37  
                         
    1.3 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %
    0.2 %   2.3 %   2.2 %   1.8 %
    72 %   311 %   285 %   181 %
    1.9 %   1.7 %   1.6 %   1.6 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Select Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; Erik J. Voss, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Endeavor Select Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in the equity securities of 30 to 40 companies that we believe have above- average earnings growth prospects. We select equity securities of companies of any size that have attractive growth prospects (for example, companies that have the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy), accelerating sales and earnings and positive fundamentals (for example, companies showing a growth trend or that are well positioned in a growth industry). We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors. We may utilize an active trading approach. We may sell a holding when the company’s growth prospects become less attractive or to take advantage of a better opportunity.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Fund is considered to be non-diversified because it invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Endeavor Select Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.36     $6.10      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.09 )   (0.07 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.47     2.33      

Total from investment operations

  1.38     2.26      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.58 )   0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.16     $8.36      

Total return1

  16.80 %   37.05 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $95     $81      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.6 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (1.0 )%   (1.0 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  169 %   244 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses

  1.6 %   1.6 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

22   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

             
             
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
 
    $7.99     $10.00  
             
    (0.07 )   (0.01 )
    (1.81 )   (2.00 )
    (1.88 )   (2.01 )
             
    0.00     0.00  
    (0.01 )   0.00  
    (0.01 )   0.00  
    $6.10     $7.99  
    (23.52 )%   (20.10 )%
             
    $56     $57  
             
    1.6 %   1.7 %
    (1.1 )%   (0.8 )%
    437 %   360 %
    1.6 %   4.4 %2
             

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Ognar, CFA; Brandon M. Nelson, CFA; Bruce C. Olson, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow, or asset value. We focus on companies that dominate their market, are establishing a new market, or are undergoing dynamic change. The portfolio can include stocks of any size. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 24, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.65     $13.48      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.03 )   (0.07 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  2.37     4.24      

Total from investment operations

  2.34     4.17      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.99     $17.65      

Total return1

  13.26 %   30.93 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $295     $311      

Ratios to average net assets3:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.9 %   0.9 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.2 )%   (0.5 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  92 %   139 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3

  0.9 %   0.9 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

26   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 
    $17.91     $27.17     $43.74  
                   
    (0.08 )   (0.02 )   (0.01 )
    (4.35 )   (9.17 )   (11.33 )
    (4.43 )   (9.19 )   (11.34 )
                   
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (0.07 )   (5.23 )
    0.00     (0.07 )   (5.23 )
    $13.48     $17.91     $27.17  
    (24.73 )%   (33.84 )%   (25.72 )%
                   
    $195     $73     $18  
                   
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.8 %
    (0.5 )%   (0.3 )%   (0.1 )%
    249 %   400 %   366 %
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.8 %
                   

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    David A. Katz, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth and Income Fund seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We select companies that we believe are financially strong and meet specific valuation criteria as compared to the overall market and the companies’ own valuation histories. The valuation criteria evaluate a company’s financial position as measured by balance sheet data and a company’s stock market valuation in comparison to investment value based on historic and current earnings, dividends, return on equity and book value. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended to December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 29, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.72     $15.92      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.26     0.16      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.62     3.83      

Total from investment operations

  1.88     3.99      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.19 )   (0.19 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.19 )   (0.19 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.41     $19.72      

Total return1

  9.59 %   25.26 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $37     $84      

Ratios to average net assets5:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.7 %   0.7 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.9 %   0.9 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  136 %   199 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses5

  0.8 %6   0.7 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
3   For the period from February 29, 2000 (commencement of class) to October 31, 2000.
4   Amount calculated is less than $0.005 or 0.05%.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

30   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20002
    Oct. 31,
20003
 
    $20.49     $25.46     $28.41     $29.15  
                         
    0.15     0.08     (0.00 )4   0.01  
    (4.49 )   (5.05 )   (2.63 )   (0.75 )
    (4.34 )   (4.97 )   (2.63 )   (0.74 )
                         
    (0.23 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     (0.32 )   0.00  
    (0.23 )   0.00     (0.32 )   0.00  
    $15.92     $20.49     $25.46     $28.41  
    (21.22 )%   (19.52 )%   (9.24 )%   (2.54 )%
                         
    $67     $47     $31     $1  
                         
    0.7 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %
    0.9 %   0.6 %   0.1 %   0.1 %
    188 %   172 %   23 %   122 %
    0.7 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Certain risks of the particular Funds are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds, except for the Growth and Income Fund, employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds assets in cash or money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of the shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and/or in foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

32   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party RiskThe risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists, and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested on the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer).

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price tending to make prices of these securities fall under dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CAPITAL GROWTH   ENDEAVOR SELECT   GROWTH   GROWTH AND INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet
shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be in the form of
an
ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of
business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to
15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions
to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to the limits
imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) (currently
one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund
shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition
to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy and sell a security based on price at a specific time. Types of

options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and

options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and
Liquidity Risk
            l     

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold
in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security
at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more
volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market
and Liquidity Risk
       l   l     
34   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER
AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and
supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Capital Growth, Endeavor Select and Growth Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals, As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”), located at 747 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017, is the investment sub-adviser for the Growth and Income Fund. Matrix is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Matrix Advisors Value Fund, individuals, endowments, and pension accounts. As of December 31, 2004, Matrix managed over $1.5 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

36   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of the Funds’ operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Funds, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Funds’ business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid price. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

38   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record for Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Institutional Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $100 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $5 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus -like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

40   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

42   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Growth and Income Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and realized net capital gains at least annually. All other Funds in this Prospectus make such distributions at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in the stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy Fund shares shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

44   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

David A. Katz, CFA

Growth and Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Katz is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Matrix. Mr. Katz chairs the Investment Policy Committee and is also a portfolio manager and research analyst. He has managed the Matrix Advisors Value Fund from 1996 until the present. After initially working at Management Asset Corporation (Westport, CT), Mr. Katz co-founded Value Matrix Management with John M. Gates in 1986. He served as the firm’s Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer and was Head of the Investment Policy Committee. In 1990 he merged Value Matrix Management into Matrix Asset Advisors. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics, summa cum laude, from Union College and his M.B.A. degree , with a concentration in Finance, from New York University Graduate School of Business.

 

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA

Growth Fund since and its predecessor 2005

Mr. Nelson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that, he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1996 and since October 2000, he has managed equity accounts. From July 1996 to October 2000, Mr. Nelson was an equity research analyst. He received a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and a master’s of science degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and was selected to participate in the Applied Security Analysis Program.

 

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Ognar joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Ognar was with SCM since January 1998, where he was a senior equity research analyst from October 1998 to 2002. Prior to joining SCM, he was a research analyst at M&I Investment Management Corp. and he was a trader at Republic Securities, Inc. Mr. Ognar earned his B.A. degree in Finance from Miami University and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.

 

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Olson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that he was with SCM since 1994, where he managed separate and institutional accounts since January 1998. In May 2002, he was named as a co-portfolio manager of the Strong Large Cap Growth Fund and sole portfolio manager of the Fund on June 30, 2003. Prior to joining SCM, he was a managing partner at Olson Brothers, Inc. from 1989 to 1993. Prior to joining Olson Brothers Inc., he was with The Travelers Corporation, American National Bank and Trust Co. of Chicago and Minton Investment Corporation. Mr. Olson earned a B.A. degree in Finance and History from Gustavus Adolphus College.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Capital Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Endeavor Select Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of Conseco Capital Management (“CCM”). While at CCM, he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds within the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

46   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Erik J. Voss, CFA

Capital Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Endeavor Select Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Voss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. From January 1997 to October 2000, Mr. Voss was employed at CCM as a portfolio manager. Mr. Voss received his B.S. degree in Mathematics in 1989 and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin in 1993.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, institutional trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the Distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

48   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266 Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275 Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765 0778 Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE: Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO: SEC Public Reference Room Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Printed on Recycled paper

045LCIT/P104 (4/05) ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FUNDS

ADVANTAGE FARGO

APRIL II, 2005

Prospectus

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LARGE CAP STOCK FUNDS – ADVISOR CLASS

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   13

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   14
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

   15
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and
Income Fund

   19
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   22
    

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   25

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   27
    

How to Buy Shares

   28
    

How to Sell Shares

   30
    

Exchanges

   31

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   33
    

Portfolio Managers

   35
    

Glossary

   36

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Growth Fund
(SGRAX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Growth and Income Fund (SGNAX)

 

 

  

Seeks total return, comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

4   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow or asset value. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

 

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 15;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Foreign investments are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

6   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Growth Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Growth and Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth Fund and the Strong Growth 20 Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth and Income Fund and the Strong Large Cap Core Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

8   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  54.82%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (27.49)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Advisor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/24/00)1

  12.46%   (8.33)%   11.02%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  12.46%   (9.34)%   9.10%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.10%   (7.26)%   8.81%

Russell 3000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   12.01%

S&P 500 Index3 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Growth Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 12/31/93.
2   The Growth Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.
3   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

10   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Growth and Income Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  23.28%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (17.81)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Advisor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life
of Fund

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/29/00)1

  8.85%   (5.40)%   9.53%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  8.69%   (5.51)%   9.20%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.75%   (4.55)%   8.25%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   9.55%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Growth and Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 12/29/95.
2 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Growth Fund   Growth and
Income Fund
Management Fees1   0.69%   0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.65%   0.62%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.34%   1.37%
Fee Waivers   0.04%   0.23%
NET EXPENSES3   1.30%   1.14%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

12   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Growth Fund   Growth and
Income Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 132   $ 116
  3 YEARS   $ 416   $ 411
  5 YEARS   $ 726   $ 728
10 YEARS   $ 1,606   $ 1,626

 

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Fund offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

14   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Ognar, CFA; Brandon M. Nelson, CFA; Bruce C. Olson, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow, or asset value. We focus on companies that dominate their market, are establishing a new market, or are undergoing dynamic change. The portfolio can include stocks of any size. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 24, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.09     $13.14      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.15 )   (0.16 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  2.28     4.11      

Total from investment operations

  2.13     3.95      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.22     $17.09      

Total return1

  12.46 %   30.06 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $6     $9      

Ratios to average net assets2:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.5 %   1.6 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.9 )%   (1.1 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  92 %   139 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.6 %   1.6 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.

 

16   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
 
    $17.58     $26.96     $43.74  
                   
    (0.17 )   (0.15 )   (0.02 )
    (4.27 )   (9.16 )   (11.53 )
    (4.44 )   (9.31 )   (11.55 )
                   
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (0.07 )   (5.23 )
    0.00     (0.07 )   (5.23 )
    $13.14     $17.58     $26.96  
    (25.26 )%   (34.54 )%   (26.21 )%
                   
    $10     $14     $4  
                   
    1.6 %   1.6 %   1.9 %
    (1.2 )%   (1.0 )%   (0.9 )%
    249 %   400 %   366 %
    1.6 %   1.6 %   2.0 %
                   

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    David A. Katz, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth and Income Fund seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We select companies that we believe are financially strong and meet specific valuation criteria as compared to the overall market and the companies’ own valuation histories. The valuation criteria evaluates a company’s financial position as measured by balance sheet data and a company’s stock market valuation in comparison to investment value based on historic and current earnings, dividends, return on equity and book value. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 29, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.57     $15.77      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.08     0.05      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.65     3.80      

Total from investment operations

  1.73     3.85      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.09 )   (0.05 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.09 )   (0.05 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.21     $19.57      

Total return1

  8.85 %   24.42 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $6     $9      

Ratios to average net assets6:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.3 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.3 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  136 %   199 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses6

  1.4 %   1.4 %7    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
3   For the period from February 29, 2000 (commencement of class) to October 31, 2000.
4   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
5   Amount is less than $500,000.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
7   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20002
   

Oct. 31,

20003

 
    $20.20     $25.32     $28.29     $29.15  
                         
    0.04     (0.04 )   (0.00 )4   (0.05 )
    (4.41 )   (5.08 )   (2.65 )   (0.81 )
    (4.37 )   (5.12 )   (2.65 )   (0.86 )
                         
    (0.06 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     (0.32 )   0.00  
    (0.06 )   0.00     (0.32 )   0.00  
    $15.77     $20.20     $25.32     $28.29  
    (21.67 )%   (20.22 )%   (9.35 )%   (2.95 )%
                         
    $10     $14     $5     $05  
                         
    1.3 %   1.5 %   1.3 %   1.3 %
    0.2 %   (0.3 )%   (0.2 )%   (0.7 )%
    188 %   172 %   23 %   122 %
    1.3 %   1.5 %   1.3 %   1.3 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Growth Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Funds that invest in foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

22   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

       

GROWTH

 

GROWTH AND INCOME

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk   l    

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market, and Liquidity Risk   l    

 

24   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Growth Fund, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”), located at 747 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017, is the investment sub-adviser for the Growth and Income Fund. Matrix is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Matrix Advisors Value Fund, individuals, endowments, and pension accounts. As of December 31, 2004, Matrix managed over $1.5 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

26   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Advisor Class shares are bought and held by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Advisor Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Advisor Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Minimum Investments

Investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, or $250 for a retirement account, and $100 for each investment after the initial investment. Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

28   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

30   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

32   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Growth and Income Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. The Growth Fund makes such distributions at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming the transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call investor services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

34   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

David A. Katz, CFA

Growth and Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Katz is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Matrix. Mr. Katz chairs the Investment Policy Committee and is also a portfolio manager and research analyst. He has managed the Matrix Advisors Value Fund from 1996 until the present. After initially working at Management Asset Corporation (Westport, CT), Mr. Katz co-founded Value Matrix Management with John M. Gates in 1986. He served as the firm’s Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer and was Head of the Investment Policy Committee. In 1990 he merged Value Matrix Management into Matrix Asset Advisors. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics, summa cum laude, from Union College and his M.B.A. degree with a concentration in Finance from New York University Graduate School of Business.

 

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Nelson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that, he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1996 and since October 2000, he has managed equity accounts. From July 1996 to October 2000, Mr. Nelson was an equity research analyst. He received a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and a M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and was selected to participate in the Applied Security Analysis Program.

 

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Ognar joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Ognar was with SCM since January 1998, where he was a senior equity research analyst from October 1998 to 2002. Prior to joining SCM, he was a research analyst at M&I Investment Management Corp. and he was a trader at Republic Securities, Inc. Mr. Ognar earned his B.A. degree in Finance from Miami University and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.

 

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Olson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that he was with SCM since 1994, where he managed separate and institutional accounts since January 1998. In May 2002, he was named as a co-portfolio manager of the Strong Large Cap Growth Fund and sole portfolio manager of the Fund on June 30, 2003. Prior to joining SCM, he was a managing partner at Olson Brothers, Inc. from 1989 to 1993. Prior to joining Olson Brothers Inc., he was with The Travelers Corporation, American National Bank and Trust Co. of Chicago, and Minton Investment Corporation. Mr. Olson earned a B.A. degree in Finance and History from Gustavus Adolphus College.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

36   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FARGO

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275 Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778 Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE: Call: 1 -800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1 -202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

I 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

©www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045LCAV/P105 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Stock Funds – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Dividend Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Growth Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Dividend Income Fund

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund

   25
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund

   29
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Growth Fund

   33
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   36
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   40

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   43
    

How to Buy Shares

   47
    

How to Sell Shares

   49
    

Exchanges

   51

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   53
Additional information and term definitions.     

Portfolio Managers

   57
    

Glossary

   59

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Capital Growth Fund (SLGIX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Dividend Income Fund (SDVIX)

 

  

 

Seeks above-average dividend income and long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Growth Fund

(SGROX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Growth and Income Fund (SGRIX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return, comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

Large Cap Growth Fund (STRFX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in dividend-paying securities. Specifically, we seek to invest primarily in securities with dividend yields that are at least 25% higher than the yield of the S&P Industrials Index. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow or asset value. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 17;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Foreign investments are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

6   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Capital Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Dividend Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks.

 

Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Growth and Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

Large Cap Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Capital Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Large Company Growth Fund and the Strong Endeavor Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Dividend Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Dividend Income Fund, the Strong Energy Fund and the Strong Dow 30 Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth Fund and the Strong Growth 20 Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Growth and Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Growth and Income Fund and the Strong Large Cap Core Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Large Cap Growth Fund. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

8   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Capital Growth Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  29.98%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (13.18)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/03/97)1

  17.51%   2.58%   10.21%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  17.51%   1.28%   8.92%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.38%   1.41%   8.15%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (9.29)%   2.52%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deductions for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.57%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Large Company Growth Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to September 16, 2002, reflects the performance of the Rockhaven Premier Dividend Fund which incepted on 11/3/97, adjusted to reflect Investor Class expenses.
2 S&P is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Dividend Income Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘00  •  15.92%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (17.53)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 7/1/93)1

  14.04%   5.19%   11.43%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  13.47%   4.32%   9.71%

lnvestor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  9.10%   4.02%   9.17%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Dividend Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to December 8, 2001, is based on the Fund’s previous investment strategy as a non-diversified utilities fund.
2 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

10   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Growth Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  54.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (27.43)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/93)1

  12.57%   (8.21)%   11.26%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  12.57%   (9.21)%   9.34%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.17%   (7.17)%   9.03%

Russell 3000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   12.01%

S&P 500 Index3 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Growth Fund.
2 The Growth Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.
3 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth and Income Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  23.35%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  (17.78)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/29/95)1

  8.88%   (5.35)%   9.68%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  8.71%   (5.43)%   9.36%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.77%   (4.49)%   8.40%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses
or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   9.55%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Growth and Income Fund.

 

12   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Large Cap Growth Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  42.22%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  (26.52)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/30/81)1

  8.64%   (10.74)%   7.95%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  8.64%   (11.65)%   5.21%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.62%   (9.11)%   5.55%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (9.29)%   9.59%

S&P 500 Index3 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Large Cap Growth Fund.
2 The Large Cap Growth Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.
3 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Capital Growth
Fund
  Dividend Income
Fund
  Growth
Fund
Management Fees1   0.75%   0.75%   0.69%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.88%   0.77%   0.82%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.63%   1.52%   1.51%
Fee Waivers   0.21%   0.15%   0.04%
NET EXPENSES3   1.42%   1.37%   1.47%

 

    Growth and Income
Fund
  Large Cap Growth
Fund
Management Fees1   0.75%   0.74%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.79%   0.76%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.54%   1.50%
Fee Waivers   0.23%   0.31%
NET EXPENSES3   1.31%   1.19%
         
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

14   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Capital Growth
Fund
  Dividend Income
Fund
  Growth
Fund
  Growth and
Income Fund
  Large Cap
Growth Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 145   $ 139   $ 150   $ 133   $ 121
  3 YEARS   $ 472   $ 450   $ 469   $ 464   $ 412
  5 YEARS   $ 846   $ 800   $ 816   $ 818   $ 758
10 YEARS   $ 1,896   $ 1,786   $ 1,795   $ 1,815   $ 1,736

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

16   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Capital Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; Erik J. Voss, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Capital Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies that we believe offer the potential for above-average earnings growth. We define large-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

To identify stocks that offer the opportunity for growth, we look for stocks that have attractive growth prospects, (e.g., the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy), accelerating sales and earnings, and positive fundamentals (e.g., showing a growth trend or that are well positioned in a growth industry).

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Capital Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 3, 1997
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.36     $10.66      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.06 )   (0.04 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  2.405     2.755      

Total from investment operations

  2.34     2.71      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $15.70     $13.36      

Total return1

  17.51 %   25.41 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $99     $71      

Ratios to average net assets3:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.5 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.5 )%   (0.5 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  239 %   229 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3, 4

  1.8 %   1.8 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2002, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from September to December.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Includes $0.01 in redemption fees.

 

18   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
20022
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $10.25     $12.17     $19.15     $13.12  
                         
    0.00     0.31     0.32     0.29  
    0.45     (1.93 )   (5.09 )   6.26  
    0.45     (1.62 )   (4.77 )   6.55  
                         
    (0.04 )   (0.27 )   (0.32 )   (0.27 )
    0.00     (0.03 )   (1.89 )   (0.25 )
    (0.04 )   (0.30 )   (2.21 )   (0.52 )
    $10.66     $10.25     $12.17     $19.15  
    4.38 %   (13.69 )%   26.22 %   50.67 %
                         
    $21     $18     $33     $37  
                         
    1.3 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %
    0.2 %   2.3 %   2.2 %   1.8 %
    72 %   311 %   285 %   181 %
    1.9 %   1.7 %   1.6 %   1.6 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Dividend Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jennifer C. Newell, CFA; Roger D. Newell

 


 

Investment Objective

The Dividend Income Fund seeks above-average dividend income and long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in the common stocks of well-established companies that have demonstrated the willingness and ability to pay dividends. Specifically, we seek to invest primarily in securities with dividend yields that are at least 25% higher than the yield of the S&P Industrials Index. We will typically tend to buy a stock when its yield relative to the market is historically high and sell a stock when its yield relative to the market is historically low. We may invest in any sector and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in dividend-paying securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Dividend Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 1, 1993
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $14.57     $11.85      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.16      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.81     2.72      

Total from investment operations

  2.03     2.88      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.22 )   (0.16 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.22 )   (0.16 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $16.38     $14.57      

Total return1

  14.04 %   24.50 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $123     $141      

Ratios to average net assets3:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.2 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  49 %   92 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3

  1.4 %   1.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

22   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20002
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $15.19     $17.49     $17.31     $17.18  
                         
    0.15     0.35     0.07     0.37  
    (3.09 )   (2.30 )   1.01     1.88  
    (2.94 )   (1.95 )   1.08     2.25  
                         
    (0.15 )   (0.35 )   (0.08 )   (0.36 )
    (0.25 )   0.00     (0.82 )   (1.76 )
    (0.40 )   (0.35 )   (0.90 )   (2.12 )
    $11.85     $15.19     $17.49     $17.31  
    (19.77 )%   (11.20 )%   6.60 %   15.36 %
                         
    $151     $234     $298     $260  
                         
    1.4 %   1.1 %   1.0 %   1.0 %
    1.0 %   2.1 %   2.5 %   2.3 %
    114 %   77 %   7 %   107 %
    1.4 %   1.1 %   1.0 %   1.0 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Ognar, CFA; Brandon M. Nelson, CFA; Bruce C. Olson, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of companies that we believe have superior prospects for dynamic growth of revenues and/or earnings relative to earnings, cash flow, or asset value. We focus on companies that dominate their market, are establishing a new market, or are undergoing dynamic change. The portfolio can include stocks of any size. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information , along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1993
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.19     $13.21      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.13 )2   (0.16 )2    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  2.29     4.14      

Total from investment operations

  2.16     3.98      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.35     $17.19      

Total return1

  12.57 %   30.13 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1,146     $1,366      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.5 %   1.5 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.8 )%   (1.1 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  92 %   139 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses

  1.5 %   1.5 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Net investment income (loss) per share represents net investment income (loss) divided by average shares outstanding throughout the year.

 

26   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 
    $17.68     $27.05     $35.66  
                   
    (0.18 )2   (0.15 )   (0.17 )
    (4.29 )   (9.15 )   (3.21 )
    (4.47 )   (9.30 )   (3.38 )
                   
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (0.07 )   (5.23 )
    0.00     (0.07 )   (5.23 )
    $13.21     $17.68     $27.05  
    (25.28 )%   (34.39 )%   (9.23 )%
                   
    $1,256     $2,022     $3,411  
                   
    1.6 %   1.4 %   1.2 %
    (1.2 )%   (0.7 )%   (0.6 )%
    249 %   400 %   366 %
    1.6 %   1.4 %   1.2 %
                   

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:     David A. Katz, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth and Income Fund seeks total return comprised of long-term capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in large-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We select companies that we believe are financially strong and meet specific valuation criteria as compared to the overall market and the companies’ own valuation histories. The valuation criteria evaluates a company’s financial position as measured by balance sheet data and a company’s stock market valuation in comparison to investment value based on historic and current earnings, dividends, return or equity and book value. The Fund tends to invest in large, established companies, the majority of which pay dividends.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

In the part, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Growth and Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 1995
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.68     $15.85      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.09     0.04      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.66     3.83      

Total from investment operations

  1.75     3.87      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.10 )   (0.04 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.10 )   (0.04 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.33     $19.68      

Total return1

  8.88 %   24.44 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $465     $633      

Ratios to average net assets4:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.2 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  136 %   199 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses4

  1.4 %   1.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005 or 0.05%
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

30   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20002
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $20.28     $25.37     $28.34     $25.26  
                         
    0.02     (0.02 )   (0.00 )3   (0.09 )
    (4.45 )   (5.07 )   (2.65 )   3.19  
    (4.43 )   (5.09 )   (2.65 )   3.10  
                         
    (0.00 )3   0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     (0.32 )   (0.02 )
    (0.00 )3   0.00     (0.32 )   (0.02 )
    $15.85     $20.28     $25.37     $28.34  
    (21.83 )%   (20.06 )%   (9.33 )%   12.29 %
                         
    $582     $886     $1,109     $1,228  
                         
    1.4 %   1.3 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
    0.1 %   (0.1 )%   (0.0 )%3   (0.4 )%
    188 %   172 %   23 %   122 %
    1.4 %   1.3 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Brandon M. Nelson, CFA, Thomas C. Ognar, CFA, Bruce C. Olson, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in securities of large-capitalization companies that we believe offer the potential for capital growth. We define large-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

We seek to identify companies that have superior sales and earnings, enjoy a competitive advantage (e.g., dominant market share), and have effective management (e.g., high return on invested capital). We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of large-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 30, 1981
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $20.94     $16.51      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.07 )   (0.10 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.88     4.53      

Total from investment operations

  1.81     4.43      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $22.75     $20.94      

Total return1

  8.64 %   26.83 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $518     $644      

Ratios to average net assets4:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.2 %   1.3 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.3 )%   (0.5 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  89 %   253 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses4

  1.2 %   1.3 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

34   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20002
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $23.55     $34.77     $45.49     $41.52  
                         
    (0.08 )   (0.02 )   0.01     (0.16 )
    (6.96 )   (11.20 )   (4.81 )   12.01  
    (7.04 )   (11.22 )   (4.80 )   11.85  
                         
    0.00     (0.00 )3   0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     (5.92 )   (7.88 )
    0.00     (0.00 )3   (5.92 )   (7.88 )
    $16.51     $23.55     $34.77     $45.49  
    (29.89 )%   (32.27 )%   (10.34 )%   28.12 %
                         
    $589     $976     $1,574     $1,769  
                         
    1.2 %   1.1 %   1.0 %   1.0 %
    (0.4 )%   (0.1 )%   0.1 %   (0.4 )%
    443 %   469 %   69 %   455 %
    1.2 %   1.1 %   1.0 %   1.0 %
                         

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Capital Growth Fund, Growth Fund and Large Cap Growth Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and/or foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

36   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

       

CAPITAL

GROWTH

 

DIVIDEND

INCOME

  GROWTH  

GROWTH

AND

INCOME

 

LARGE CAP

GROWTH

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company
which may be in the form of an
ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed
of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined by the
Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made
up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

 

38   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

       

CAPITAL

GROWTH

 

DIVIDEND

INCOME

  GROWTH  

GROWTH

AND

INCOME

 

LARGE CAP

GROWTH

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based
in an agreed upon price at a specific time.
Types of
options used may include: options
on securities,
options on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

 

Leverage and

Liquidity Risk

          l        

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed
upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which
may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company
Investment, Market,
and Liquidity Risk
          l        

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette,
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’
business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

40   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Capital Growth, Dividend Income, Growth and Large Cap Growth Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”), located at 747 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, NY 10017, is the investment sub-adviser for the Growth and Income Fund. Matrix is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to the Matrix Advisors Value Fund, individuals, endowments, and pension accounts. As of December 31, 2004, Matrix managed over $1.5 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

42   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·  

The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

 

When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or

 

44   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds
(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name
of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

46   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Dividend Income Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 46.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 46. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

48   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

 

50   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

52   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

 

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your program if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Dividend Income Fund and Growth and Income Fund make distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. All other Funds in this Prospectus make such distributions at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and certain foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding.

 

54   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

56   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

David A. Katz, CFA

Growth and Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Katz is the President and Chief Investment Officer of Matrix. Mr. Katz chairs the Investment Policy Committee and is also a portfolio manager and research analyst. He has managed the Matrix Advisors Value Fund from 1996 until the present. After initially working at Management Asset Corporation (Westport, CT), Mr. Katz co-founded Value Matrix Management with John M. Gates in 1986. He served as the firm’s Senior Vice President and Chief Investment Officer and was Head of the Investment Policy Committee. In 1990, he merged Value Matrix Management into Matrix Asset Advisors. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics, summa cum laude, from Union College and his M.B.A. degree, with a concentration in Finance, from New York University Graduate School of Business.

 

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA

Growth Fund since and its predecessor since 2005

Large Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Nelson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that, he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1996 and since October 2000, he has managed equity accounts. From July 1996 to October 2000, Mr. Nelson was an equity research analyst. He received a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and a master’s of science degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison, and was selected to participate in the Applied Security Analysis Program.

 

Jennifer Newell, CFA

Dividend Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Ms. Newell joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as the senior portfolio manager of the Relative Yield Strategy managing institutional portfolios and mutual funds. Prior to Wells Capital Management, Ms. Newell served as president of Newell Associates from 1992 until 2003, where she managed portfolios for institutional and private clients and publicly-offered mutual funds. Previously, Ms. Newell worked at Putnam Investments as assistant vice president. She received her M.B.A. degree from the Haas School of Business at the University of California, Berkeley, and her B.A. degree in Economics from Wheaton College, Massachusetts.

 

Roger D. Newell

Dividend Income Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Newell joined Wells Capital Management in 2003, as senior strategist for the Relative Yield Strategy. He came to Wells Capital Management after serving as chairman and chief investment officer at Newell Associates, which he founded, from 1986 until 2003, where he managed portfolios for institutional and private clients and publicly-offered mutual funds. Mr. Newell’s professional career includes tenure at the Bank of California where he served from 1958 until his departure in 1986 to form Newell Associates. While at the Bank of California, he held various portfolio management positions including vice president and associate chief investment officer, chairman of the Investment Policy Committee, chairman of the Trust Commingled Fund Committee, and head of Coastwide Portfolio Management. Mr. Newell holds a JD degree from Harvard Law School. He obtained his B.A. degree and an M.A. degree in Economics and Finance from the University of Minnesota.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Large Cap Growth and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Ognar joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Ognar was with SCM since January 1998, where he was a senior equity research analyst from October 1998 to 2002. Prior to joining SCM, he was a research analyst at M&I Investment Management Corp., and he was a trader at Republic Securities, Inc. Mr. Ognar earned his B.A. degree in Finance from Miami University and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin, Madison.

 

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Large Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Olson joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to that he was with SCM since 1994, where he managed separate and institutional accounts since January 1998. In May 2002, he was also named as a co-portfolio manager of the Strong Large Cap Growth Fund and sole portfolio manager of the Fund on June 30, 2003. Prior to joining SCM, he was a managing partner at Olson Brothers, Inc. from 1989 to 1993. Prior to joining Olson Brothers Inc., he was with The Travelers Corporation, American National Bank and Trust Co. of Chicago, and Minton Investment Corporation. Mr. Olson earned a B.A. degree in Finance and History from Gustavus Adolphus College.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Capital Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of Conseco Capital Management (“CCM”). While at CCM, he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds within the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Erik J. Voss, CFA

Capital Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Voss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at SCM since October 2000. From January 1997 to October 2000, Mr. Voss was employed at Conseco Capital Management, Inc. as a portfolio manager. Mr. Voss received his B.S. degree in Mathematics in 1989 and his M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin in 1993.

 

 

58   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

60   Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Large Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045LCIV/P106 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

APRIL 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Stock Funds – Class D

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information

about the Fund.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Funds

 

Important information about
the Fund.

    

Key Information

   12
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund

   13
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   16
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   19

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   22
    

How to Buy Shares

   23
    

How to Sell Shares

   25
    

Exchanges

   26

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   28
    

Portfolio Managers

   30
    

Glossary

   31
             

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund
(CBTAX)

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term, after-tax total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

4   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We emphasize investment in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions. We attempt to minimize adverse federal income tax consequences for the Fund’s shareholders by managing the amount of realized gains, through reduced portfolio turnover.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund description beginning on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

After-tax Returns

The Fund is managed with a focus on after-tax returns; therefore, it may not provide as high a return before taxes as other funds, and as a result may not be suitable for investors who are not subject to current income tax (for example, those investing through a tax-deferred retirement account, such as an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”) or a 401(k) Plan).

 

Equity Securities

The Fund invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as undervalued using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, stocks of larger companies tend to be less volatile and more liquid than stocks of smaller companies. Because the Fund typically invests in 30 to 50 companies, the value of an investment in the Fund will vary more in response to developments or changes affecting the market value of particular stocks than an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly diversified.

 

6   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for periods prior to reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund Class D Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  19.60%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (14.88)%

 

8   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class D shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Investment Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class D Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 2/12/1997)

  11.84%   9.88%   10.64%

Class D Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.31%   9.13%   9.97%

Class D Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.08%   8.23%   9.04%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   7.24%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   9.62%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s single class of shares.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   9

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None
Redemption Fee1   1.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund
Management Fees2   0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.74%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.49%
Fee Waivers   0.29%
NET EXPENSES4   1.20%
1   Deducted from the net proceeds of shares redeemed or exchanged within one year after purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 25 for further information.
2   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year and include various start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense ratio for the Fund would be 1.54%. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through February 28, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

10   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

The example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3 years example. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    C&B Tax-Managed
Value Fund
1 YEAR   $ 222
3 YEARS   $ 443
5 YEARS   $
10 YEARS   $

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund seeks maximum long-term, after-tax total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We emphasize investment in common stocks of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions. We attempt to minimize adverse federal income tax consequences for the Fund’s shareholders by managing the amount of realized gains, through reduced portfolio turnover. We cannot predict the impact of this strategy on the realization of gains or losses for the Fund. We intend to balance these tax considerations with the pursuit of the Fund’s objective, and we reserve the right to engage in short-term trading if market conditions warrant such trading.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of total assets in equity securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6. The Fund is managed with a focus on after-tax returns; therefore, it may not provide as high a return before taxes as other funds, and as a result may not be suitable for investors who are not subject to current income tax (for example, those investing through a tax-deferred retirement account, such as an IRA or a 401(k) Plan).

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   13

 


Table of Contents

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information provided for the fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 has been audited by KPMG LLP; the information for prior periods has been audited by a predecessor independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements and the independent auditor’s report are included in the annual report of the Funds, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    CLASS D SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 12, 1997
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $15.97     $12.94      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.07     0.09      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.71     3.05      

Total from investment operations

  1.78     3.14      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.05 )   (0.10 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Total from distributions

  (0.05 )   (0.11 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $17.70     $15.97      

Total return1

  11.19 %   24.42 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $19,913     $9,147      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.22 %   1.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.39 %   0.65 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  25 %   31 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  1.51 %   1.76 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

14   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
   

Oct. 31,

2000

 
    $13.63     $15.33     $12.87  
                   
    0.09     0.13     0.15  
    (0.69 )   (0.39 )   2.45  
    (0.60 )   (0.26 )   2.60  
                   
    (0.09 )   (0.14 )   (0.14 )
    0.00     (1.30 )   0.00  
    (0.09 )   (1.44 )   (0.14 )
    $12.94     $13.63     $15.33  
    (4.45 )%   (1.96 )%   20.32 %
                   
    $4,799     $2,623     $2,253  
                   
    1.19 %   1.00 %   1.00 %
    0.66 %   0.94 %   0.96 %
    32 %   16 %   9 %
    2.63 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments to maintain liquidity. The Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Fund may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

16   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks, ”you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

        
INVESTMENT PRACTICE      PRINCIPAL RISK(S) 

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

     Leverage Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase return on those securities.
Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third
of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

     Credit, Counter-Party
and Leverage Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

     Credit and
Counter-Party Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds,
which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of other fund’s expenses, in addition to the
expenses paid by the Fund.

     Market Risk

 

 

18   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Cooke & Bieler, L.P.
1700 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

 

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Fund. Under this structure, the Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires the Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi- manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the Fund, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed over $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Cooke & Bieler is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

20   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid price. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. The Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

22   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

This section provides information on how to open an account, and how to purchase, sell and exchange Fund shares. Former Cooke & Bieler Portfolio shareholders who received Class D shares in the reorganization and do not hold their shares through an Institution should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for assistance with purchasing, selling or exchanging Fund shares.

 

Class D shares are available for purchase by or through Institutions. Individuals interested in purchasing Class D shares of the Fund should contact a customer service representative at an Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a customer account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the customer account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Class D shares held through customer accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Fund and for delivering required payment on a timely basis; and

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Fund, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Fund.

 

·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Investors who are interested in purchasing shares directly from the Fund should refer to information on other share classes offered by the Fund.

 

All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund’s, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages of services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Minimum Investments

Investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $100 for each investment after the initial investment. An Institution may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult a customer service representative from your Institution for details.

 

24   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Class D shares held through an Institution must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your customer account at such firm. Please read the account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING FUND SHARES:

 

·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of the Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules. Contact your account representative for further details.

 

Redemption Fees

For the Fund, a 1.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within one year after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized net capital gain, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals made after age 70 1/2 according to IRS guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   due to participation in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

 

·   Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of Funds transactions.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   25

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Fund generally will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

Exchanges

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class D shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of a money market fund;

 

  ·   Class D shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of a non-money market fund; you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) for the new shares, unless you are otherwise eligible to buy such shares at NAV.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   The Fund imposes a 1.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within one year of purchase. See page 25 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among

 

26   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   27

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in the stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

28   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   29

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and an M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from The Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris,

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since its inception in 1997

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

30   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your Investment Professional.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. securities are securities (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   31

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

made or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Fund’s distributors allowing the agent to sell the Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

32   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Adavantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE: Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds P.O. Box 8266 Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO: SEC Public Reference Room Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Managements, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045LCD/P107 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds –

Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Common Stock Fund

   21
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Mid Cap Growth Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small Cap Growth Fund

   29
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small Cap Value Fund

   33
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   36
       
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   40

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

A Choice of Share Classes

   43
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   46
    

Exchanges

   50
    

Your Account

   52
      

How to Buy Shares

   55
      

How to Sell Shares

   59

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   60
    

Portfolio Managers

   64
    

Glossary

   66

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

(Class A: CBMAX)

(Class B: CBMBX)

(Class C: CBMCX)

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Common Stock Fund

(Class A: SCSAX)

(Class B: SCSKX)

(Class C: STSAX)

 

  

 

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Mid Cap Growth Fund)

(Class A: WFMCX)

(Class B: WFMBX)

(Class C: WFMHX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Small Cap Fund)

(Class A: MNSCX)

(Class B: WMNBX)

(Class C: WMNCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Cap Value Fund

(Class A: SMVAX)

(Class B: SMVBX)

(Class C: SMVCX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion and expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.
We invest principally in common stocks of small- and medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations falling between the ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap® Index. The ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap® Index were $59 million to $3.6 billion and $631 million to $33.8 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2004, and are expected to change frequently. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities.

 

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. Generally, such companies will have a market capitalization within the range of the Russell Midcap Index, which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004 and is expected to change frequently.

 

 

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase.

 

We invest principally in securities of small-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2500TM Index at the time of purchase; and up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. The company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2500TM Index was $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. As a hedging strategy, the Fund may write put and call options.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 19;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

The Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Common Stock Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small Cap Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund and the Strong Multi Cap Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Montgomery Small Cap Fund. The Montgomery Mid Cap Fund was reorganized into and became the accounting survivor for the Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Growth Fund. The predecessor Montgomery funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘99  •  20.78%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.75)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

8   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  10.98%   19.77%   14.11%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.42%   18.57%   13.05%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.67%   16.75%   11.82%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  10.98%   19.77%   14.11%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  10.98%   19.77%   14.11%

Russell Midcap Value Index (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  23.71%   13.48%   9.75%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   8.75%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be, because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted on February 18, 1998.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Common Stock Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  25.16%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’01  •  (20.12)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns3            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)1

  3.37%   2.14%   12.44%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  2.27%   1.90%   10.07%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
of Fund Shares

  3.58%   1.80%   9.59%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)4

  3.89%   2.32%   12.66%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)5

  7.84%   2.68%   12.48%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for
fees, expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   14.50%

Russell 2500 Index (reflects no deduction for
fees, expenses or taxes)

  18.29%   8.35%   13.75%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund. Performance for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 29, 1989.
2 The Common Stock Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.
3 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
4 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class B shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund. Performance for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 29, 1989.
5 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund. Performance for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 29, 1989.

 

10   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  32.68%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (21.96)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/30/94)2

  14.50%   (0.31)%   9.42%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  13.24%   (2.82)%   7.22%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.73%   (1.18)%   7.44%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 06/09/03)3

  15.71%   (0.25)%   9.26%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 06/09/03)3

  19.71%   0.15%   9.26%

Russell Midcap Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   11.23%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for the Class A shares reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares adjusted for the applicable sales charges.
3   Performance shown for periods prior to inception of this Class reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small Cap Growth Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  47.31%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (32.37)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares and after-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 07/13/90)2

  7.10%   (6.10)%   7.60%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  6.84%   (7.42)%   5.28%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.93%   (5.40)%   5.66%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 06/09/03)3

  7.76%   (6.21)%   7.43%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 06/09/03)3

  11.75%   (5.68)%   7.44%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for
fees, expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  14.31%   (3.57)%   7.12%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for the Class A shares reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares adjusted for the applicable sales charges. The predecessor fund’s Class R is the accounting survivor of the reorganization of the Montgomery Small Cap Fund’s Class P and Class R into the Fund’s Class A.
3   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.

 

12   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Cap Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  25.73%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’98  •  (24.61)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns2            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)1

  13.00%   18.47%   17.83%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.85%   17.91%   17.43%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
of Fund Shares

  10.54%   16.24%   15.93%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)3

  13.99%   18.89%   18.13%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)4

  18.00%   19.13%   18.15%

Russell 2000 Value Index

(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   17.23%   10.73%

Russell 2000 Index

  18.33%   6.61%   7.20%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund. Performance for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 31, 1997.
2 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
3 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class B shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund. Performance for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 31, 1997.
4 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund. Performance for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on December 31, 1997.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  5.75%   None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None1   5.00%   1.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    C&B Mid Cap Value Fund   Common Stock Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees2   0.74%   0.74%   0.74%   0.70%   0.70%   0.70%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses3   0.67%   0.67%   0.67%   0.63%   0.63%   0.63%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.41%   2.16%   2.16%   1.33%   2.08%   2.08%
Fee Waivers   0.01%   0.01%   0.01%   0.02%   0.02%   0.02%
NET EXPENSES4   1.40%   2.15%   2.15%   1.31%   2.06%   2.06%
    Mid Cap Growth Fund   Small Cap Growth Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees2   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.90%   0.90%   0.90%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses3   0.75%   0.76%   0.76%   0.72%   0.72%   0.72%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.50%   2.26%   2.26%   1.67%   2.37%   2.37%
Fee Waivers   0.10%   0.11%   0.11%   0.27%   0.22%   0.22%
NET EXPENSES4   1.40%   2.15%   2.15%   1.40%   2.15%   2.15%
1   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the C&B Mid Cap Value, Common Stock, and Mid Cap Growth Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Small Cap Growth and Small Cap Value Funds is as follows: 0.90% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.85% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.80% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.775% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.75% for assets $5 billion and higher.

 

14   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Small Cap Value Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees2   0.83%   0.83%   0.83%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses3   0.63%   0.63%   0.63%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.46%   2.21%   2.21%
Fee Waivers   0.02%   0.02%   0.02%
NET EXPENSES4   1.44%   2.19%   2.19%
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, Common Stock Fund and Small Cap Value Fund are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year. Other expenses for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense ratio for the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund would be 1.38%, 2.13% and 2.13%, respectively.
4   For all the Funds, except the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, the adviser has committed through February 28, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents
Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds    Summary of Expenses

 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the Table of Annual Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    C&B Mid Cap Value Fund   Common Stock Fund   Mid Cap Growth Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 708   $ 717   $ 317   $ 701   $ 709   $ 309   $ 709   $ 718   $ 318
  3 YEARS   $ 990   $ 970   $ 670   $ 968   $ 948   $ 648   $ 997   $ 978   $ 678
  5 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 1,258   $ 1,315   $ 1,115   $ 1,310   $ 1,368   $ 1,168
10 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 2,081   $ 2,125   $ 2,407   $ 2,196   $ 2,241   $ 2,519
    Small Cap Growth Fund   Small Cap Value Fund            
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C            
  1 YEAR   $ 709   $ 718   $ 318   $ 713   $ 722   $ 322                  
  3 YEARS   $ 1,009   $ 989   $ 706   $ 1,006   $ 987   $ 687                  
  5 YEARS   $ 1,345   $ 1,404   $ 1,221   $ 1,323   $ 1,381   $ 1,181                  
10 YEARS   $ 2,294   $ 2,340   $ 2,633   $ 2,218   $ 2,263   $ 2,541                  

 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    C&B Mid Cap Value Fund   Common Stock Fund   Mid Cap Growth Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 708   $ 217   $ 217   $ 701   $ 209   $ 209   $ 709   $ 218   $ 218
  3 YEARS   $ 990   $ 670   $ 670   $ 968   $ 648   $ 648   $ 997   $ 678   $ 678
  5 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 1,258   $ 1,115   $ 1,115   $ 1,310   $ 1,168   $ 1,168
10 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 2,081   $ 2,125   $ 2,407   $ 2,196   $ 2,241   $ 2,519
    Small Cap Growth Fund   Small Cap Value Fund            
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C            
  1 YEAR   $ 709   $ 218   $ 218   $ 713   $ 222   $ 222                  
  3 YEARS   $ 1,009   $ 689   $ 706   $ 1,006   $ 687   $ 687                  
  5 YEARS   $ 1,345   $ 1,204   $ 1,221   $ 1,323   $ 1,181   $ 1,181                  
10 YEARS   $ 2,294   $ 2,340   $ 2,633   $ 2,218   $ 2,263   $ 2,541                  

 

16   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

Some of the Funds in this Prospectus have the potential to become gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objectives and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administration and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s).

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investment activities and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:     Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Mid Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion, and is expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS A SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
    CLASS B SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
    CLASS C SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $18.52     $18.52     $18.52  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     (0.02 )   (0.02 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.37     0.36     0.36  

Total from investment operations

  0.37     0.34     0.34  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.89     $18.86     $18.86  

Total return1

  2.00 %   1.84 %   1.84 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $4,938     $2,613     $1,081  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.40 %   2.15 %   2.15 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.18 )%   (0.95 )%   (0.98 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  31 %   31 %   31 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.41 %   2.16 %   2.16 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Small and MidCap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Common Stock Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Ann M. Miletti; Richard T. Weiss

 


 

Investment Objective

The Common Stock Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in common stocks of small- and medium-capitalization companies that we believe are underpriced yet have attractive growth prospects. We define small- and medium- capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations falling between the ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap Index. The ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap Index were $59 million to $3.6 billion and $631 million to $33.8 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2004, and are expected to change frequently. We select companies based on their “private market value”—the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company given its management strength, financial health and growth potential. We determine a company’s private market value based on a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive standing and other factors we deem relevant to each industry. We may sell a stock when its price no longer compares favorably with the company’s private market value.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in common stocks; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Common Stock Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.98     $15.87     $19.71     $20.15     $18.90      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.14 )   (0.10 )   (0.08 )   (0.04 )   (0.00 )3    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.21     6.21     (3.76 )   (0.36 )   1.28      

Total from investment operations

  2.07     6.11     (3.84 )   (0.40 )   1.28      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.03 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   (0.03 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $22.40     $21.98     $15.87     $19.71     $20.15      

Total return1

  9.67 %   38.50 %   (19.48 )%   (1.99 )%   6.78 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $74     $81     $46     $28     $05      

Ratios to average net assets6:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.5 %   1.5 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.6 )%   (0.6 )%   (0.5 )%   (0.5 )%   (0.2 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  42 %   42 %   65 %   89 %   95 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,6

  1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
4   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2000.
5   Amount is less than $500,000.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

22   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                                             
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
 
 
    Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
    Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
 
    $21.53     $15.67     $19.62     $20.16     $18.90     $21.53     $15.68     $19.62     $20.16     $18.90  
                                                             
    (0.29 )   (0.24 )   (0.22 )   (0.09 )   (0.01 )   (0.30 )   (0.25 )   (0.22 )   (0.09 )   (0.01 )
        
2.15
 
 
  6.10     (3.73 )   (0.41 )   1.28     2.15     6.10     (3.72 )   (0.41 )   1.28  
    1.86     5.86     (3.95 )   (0.50 )   1.27     1.85     5.85     (3.94 )   (0.50 )   1.27  
                                                             
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )
    (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   0.00     (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  
    (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   (0.01 )   (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   (0.01 )
    $21.74     $21.53     $15.67     $19.62     $20.16     $21.73     $21.53     $15.68     $19.62     $20.16  
    8.89 %   37.40 %   (20.13 )%   (2.48 )%   6.76 %   8.84 %   37.31 %   (20.08 )%   (2.48 )%   6.76 %
                                                             
    $38     $39     $24     $16     $05     $26     $34     $23     $15     $05  
                                                             
    2.3 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.3 %   2.0 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.2 %   2.0 %
        
(1.4
 
)%
  (1.4 )%   (1.3 )%   (1.1 )%   (0.6 )%   (1.4 )%   (1.4 )%   (1.3 )%   (1.1 )%   (0.6 )%
    42 %   42 %   65 %   89 %   95 %   42 %   42 %   65 %   89 %   95 %
        
    
2.3
 
 
%
  2.4 %   2.4 %   2.5 %   2.0 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.0 %

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA; Stuart Roberts

 


 

Investment Objective

The Mid Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We focus our investment strategy on identifying and investing in medium-sized companies that are relatively established but that we believe continue to provide consistent growth potential. Generally, such companies will have a total stock market value (market capitalization) within the range of the Russell Midcap Index, which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004 and is expected to change frequently.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in mid-capitalization securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors and Other Considerations

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. In particular, medium-sized companies may have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Some of the medium-sized companies in which we invest may have more aggressive capital structures, including higher debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries, and/or new technologies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

At the discretion of the Board of Trustees, the Fund may become a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. Although shareholder approval is not required to make this change, we will notify you if the Board elects this structure. See the “Master/GatewaySM Structure” description on the “Key Information” on page 17 for further information.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all other periods ended June 30. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 30, 1994
                   
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
   2004
        Sept. 30,
  20032
        June 30,
  2003
        June 30,
  20021
        June 30,
  20011
        June 30,
  20001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $5.09     $4.77     $4.82     $7.27     $12.36     $9.85  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.02     (0.05 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.09 )   (0.17 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.73     0.37     (0.03 )   (1.78 )   (0.80 )   4.01  

Total from investment operations

  0.75     0.32     (0.05 )   (1.83 )   (0.89 )   3.84  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.62 )   (4.20 )   (1.33 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.62 )   (4.20 )   (1.33 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $5.84     $5.09     $4.77     $4.82     $7.27     $12.36  

Total return3

  14.73 %   6.71 %   (1.04 )%   (26.49 )%   (11.76 )%   42.46 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $93,024     $87,980     $85,320     $98,526     $164,497     $224,944  

Ratios to average net assets:5

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.43 %   1.42 %   1.49 %   1.50 %   1.51 %   1.55 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.44 )%   (1.03 )%   (0.65 )%   (0.80 )%   (1.13 )%   (1.19 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  180 %   55 %   142 %   143 %   68 %   63 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4, 5

  1.50 %   1.42 %   1.86 %   3.10 %   2.32 %   1.92 %
1   Per share numbers have been adjusted to reflect a 2.0103 to 1 stock split.
2   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
3   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 9, 2003
       

For the period ended:

  Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
    June 30,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $4.99     $4.68     $4.67  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.06     (0.06 )   0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.63     0.37     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.69     0.31     0.01  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $5.68     $4.99     $4.68  

Total return2

  13.83 %   6.62 %   0.21 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $6,877     $5,216     $4,599  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.18 %   2.17 %   2.14 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.64 )%   (1.78 )%   3.82 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  180 %   55 %   142 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.26 %   2.17 %   2.22 %
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

26   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 9, 2003
       

For the period ended:

  Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
    June 30,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $4.98     $4.68     $4.67  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.07     (0.06 )   0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.63     0.36     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.70     0.30     0.01  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $5.68     $4.98     $4.68  

Total return2

  14.06 %   6.41 %   0.21 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,034     $607     $493  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.18 %   2.17 %   2.12 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.70 )%   (1.78 )%   4.05 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  180 %   55 %   142 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.26 %   2.17 %   2.22 %

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA; Stuart Roberts

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We principally invest in small-sized companies that have a market capitalization of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase. We focus our investment strategy on identifying and investing in rapidly growing small-sized companies that are in an early or transitional stage of their development, before their potential is discovered by the market.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small capitalization securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all other periods ended June 30. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 13, 1990
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
 2004
      Sept. 30,
 20031
      June 30,
 2003
      June 30,
 2002
      June 30,
 2001
      June 30,
 2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.44     $8.93     $8.61     $11.85     $22.20     $16.58  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.23 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )   (0.07 )   (0.13 )   (0.28 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.46     0.53     0.39     (3.08 )   (4.43 )   5.90  

Total from investment operations

  1.23     0.51     0.32     (3.15 )   (4.56 )   5.62  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (5.79 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (5.79 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.67     $9.44     $8.93     $8.61     $11.85     $22.20  

Total return2

  13.03 %   5.71 %   3.72 %   (26.68 )%   (21.71 )%   34.12 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $43,192     $83,152     $52,891     $46,707     $74,297     $102,622  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.40 %   1.40 %   1.40 %   1.40 %   1.36 %   1.35 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.08 )%   (1.13 )%   (1.06 )%   (0.68 )%   (0.85 )%   (1.14 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   47 %   169 %   152 %   117 %   93 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  1.69 %   1.69 %   1.53 %   1.51 %   1.36 %   1.35 %
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods less than one year are not annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

30   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 9, 2003
       
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
    June 30,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.41     $8.93     $8.88  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.25 )   (0.04 )   (0.01 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.41     0.52     0.06  

Total from investment operations

  1.16     0.48     0.05  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.57     $9.41     $8.93  

Total return2

  12.22 %   5.38 %   0.56 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $702     $114     $30  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.15 %   2.15 %   2.15 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.86 )%   (1.88 )%   (1.06 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   47 %   169 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.48 %   2.43 %   2.28 %

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Growth Fund

Financial Highlights


 

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 9, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
    June 30,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.42     $8.93     $8.88  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.22 )   (0.02 )   (0.01 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.38     0.51     0.06  

Total from investment operations

  1.16     0.49     0.05  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.58     $9.42     $8.93  

Total return2

  12.31 %   5.49 %   0.56 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $201     $82     $11  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.15 %   2.15 %   2.15 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.86 )%   (1.91 )%   (1.06 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   47 %   169 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.48 %   2.47 %   2.28 %
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods less than one year are not annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

32   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Value Fund


(The Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares are closed to new investors. Please refer to the “Your Account” section for additional details.)

 

Portfolio Manager:    I. Charles Rinaldi

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in small-capitalization companies that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on earnings, cash flow, or asset value. We define small-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations at the time of purchase equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2500TM Index which was $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently.

 

We specifically look for companies whose stock prices may benefit from a positive dynamic of change, such as a new management team, a new product or service, a corporate restructuring, an improved business plan, or a change in the political, economic or social environment. As a hedging strategy, the Fund may write put and call options, meaning that the Fund sells an option to another party giving that party the right to either sell a stock to (put) or buy a stock from (call) the Fund at a predetermined price in the future. Whether or not this hedging strategy is successful depends on a variety of factors, particularly our ability to predict movements of the price of the hedged stock. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of small-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in foreign securities.

 

As part of our investment strategy, we may enter into options and futures contracts for hedging purposes.

 

At the discretion of the Board of Trustees, the Fund may become a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. Although shareholder approval is not required to make this change, we will notify you if the Board elects this structure.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $27.40     $18.92     $20.17     $17.17     $15.36      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.27 )   (0.12 )   0.03     (0.14 )   (0.00 )3    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  5.51     9.26     (1.28 )   3.18     1.81      

Total from investment operations

  5.24     9.14     (1.25 )   3.04     1.81      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  (3.45 )   (0.65 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (3.45 )   (0.66 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $29.19     $27.40     $18.92     $20.17     $17.17      

Total return1

  19.89 %   48.49 %   (6.20 )%   17.70 %   11.78 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $598     $674     $335     $169     $1      

Ratios to average net assets6:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.5 %   1.5 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.0 )%   (0.5 )%   0.1 %   (0.7 )%   (0.8 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  34 %   30 %   28 %   42 %   60 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,6

  1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
4   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2000.
5   Amount is less than $500,000.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

34   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                                             
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
 
 
    Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
    Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
 
    $26.79     $18.66     $20.05     $17.16     $15.36     $26.83     $18.68     $20.07     $17.17     $15.36  
                                                             
    (0.47 )   (0.29 )   (0.14 )   (0.25 )   (0.01 )   (0.47 )   (0.28 )   (0.13 )   (0.24 )   (0.01 )
        
5.34
 
 
  9.08     (1.25 )   3.18     1.81     5.36     9.09     (1.26 )   3.18     1.82  
    4.87     8.79     (1.39 )   2.93     1.80     4.89     8.81     (1.39 )   2.94     1.81  
                                                             
    0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (3.45 )   (0.65 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00     (3.45 )   (0.65 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  
    (3.45 )   (0.66 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00     (3.45 )   (0.66 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  
    $28.21     $26.79     $18.66     $20.05     $17.16     $28.27     $26.83     $18.68     $20.07     $17.17  
    18.95 %   47.28 %   (6.93 )%   17.07 %   11.72 %   19.00 %   47.34 %   (6.93 )%   17.12 %   11.78 %
                                                             
    $137     $126     $76     $40     $05     $157     $159     $98     $38     $05  
                                                             
    2.3 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.3 %   1.8 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.2 %   1.8 %
        
(1.7
 
)%
  (1.4 )%   (0.7 )%   (1.4 )%   (0.8 )%   (1.7 )%   (1.3 )%   (0.6 )%   (1.4 )%   (0.7 )%
    34 %   30 %   28 %   42 %   60 %   34 %   30 %   28 %   42 %   60 %
        
    
2.3
 
 
%
  2.4 %   2.4 %   2.5 %   2.0 %   2.3 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.0 %

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Mid Cap Growth Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that may result in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

36   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Sector Risk—To the extent the Fund invests in a particular sector, it is subject to the risks of that sector. Returns in an economic sector may trail returns from other economic sectors. As a group, sectors tend to go through cycles of doing better or worse than the securities markets in general. These periods may last several years. In addition, the sectors that dominate the market will change over time.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

38   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        C&B MID CAP VALUE   COMMON STOCK   MID CAP GROWTH   SMALL CAP GROWTH   SMALL CAP VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type of risks as foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investments, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk                   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk       l           l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l    

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk           l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th St. & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB–ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends

 

Various Agents
            
            

 

Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

40   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Common Stock, Mid Cap Growth, Small Cap Growth, and Small Cap Value Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

42   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B shares and Class C shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   5.75%      6.10%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75%      4.99%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75%      3.90%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75%      2.83%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

44   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after seven years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
MAY 18, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Strong Funds in exchange for Strong Fund shares purchased prior to April 11, 2005 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after eight years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STRONG FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
APRIL 11, 2005 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS   9 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   4.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the account previously held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

46   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with Funds Distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.75% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 5.75% on the first $49,999, then 4.75% on the next $50,000!

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

48   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

C&B Mid Cap Value

   0.75%      0.75%

Common Stock

   0.75%      0.75%

Mid Cap Growth

   0.75%      0.75%

Small Cap Growth

   0.75%      0.75%

Small Cap Value

   0.75%      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two

 

50   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·  

The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

 

52   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with for the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Fund Closed to New Investors

The Small Cap Value Fund is closed to new investors, however, you may purchase Class A, B, and C shares under limited circumstances. The following types of investors may qualify to purchase Class A, B, or C shares of the Small Cap Value Fund:

 

·   Officers, directors and employees of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, Funds Management, and affiliates of these entities, and each of their immediate family members (grandparent, parent, sibling, child, grandchild, and spouse) who live in the same household;

 

·   Employer-sponsored retirement plans, and their participants, for which Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, has entered into an agreement to provide document of administrative services, and other retirement plans whose administrators or dealers have entered into an agreement with Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, to perform services;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM); and

 

·   Any Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

54   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
     How to Buy Shares

 

 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

    

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account

Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our website at Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request an investment slip booklet, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

56   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 55.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 55. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   57


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a Medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

58   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

60   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fess charged by Institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

62   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Ann M. Miletti

Common Stock Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Ms. Miletti joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1991. From August 1998 to September 2001, Ms. Miletti was an associate manager of equity accounts. In October 2001, she was named co-portfolio manager of the Strong Common Stock Fund, the Fund’s predecessor fund. Ms. Miletti earned her B.A. degree in Education from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

Mid Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Philpott joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Philpott was a portfolio manager with Montgomery Asset Management, (“Montgomery”) which he joined in 1991 as an analyst for the Small Cap Equity team. He has co-managed the Mid Cap Growth Fund since 2001. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Philpott served as a securities analyst with Boettcher & Company and a general securities analyst at Berger Associates, Inc., an investment management firm. Mr. Philpott earned his M.B.A. degree from the Darden School at the University of Virginia and his B.A. degree in Economics from Washington and Lee University.

 

I. Charles Rinaldi

Small Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Rinaldi joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1997. Prior to joining SCM, he was with Mutual of America Capital Management Corporation where he was senior vice president and portfolio manager. He began his investment career at Merrill Lynch Capital Markets where he was a security analyst. He has also been employed by Glickenhaus & Company, Lehman Management Co., Arnold and S. Bleichroeder, and Gintel & Co., as a portfolio manager. Mr. Rinaldi earned a B.A. degree in Biology from St. Michael’s College and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from Babson College.

 

Stuart Roberts

Mid Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Roberts joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Roberts was a senior portfolio manager with Montgomery for the Small Cap Growth Fund since its inception in 1990. In 2001, he became a co-portfolio manager for the Mid Cap Growth Fund. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Roberts was vice president and portfolio manager at Founders Asset Management, where he was responsible for three separate growth-oriented small-cap mutual funds. He earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Colorado and a B.A. degree in Economics from Bowdoin College.

 

Richard T. Weiss

Common Stock Fund and its predecessor since 1991

Mr. Weiss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991 and Vice Chairman of Strong Financial Corporation, SCM’s parent corporation since 2001. Prior to joining SCM he was a partner with Stein Roe & Farnham, where he began his investment career as a research analyst in 1975, and served as a portfolio manager of the Special Fund from 1981 to 1991. He earned a B.S. degree in Business Administration at the University of Southern California and his M.B.A. degree in Business Administration with distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

 

 

64   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and an M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Co-Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging Market Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

Emerging Markets

Financial markets associated with a country that are considered by the international financial community and international financial organizations, such as the International Financial Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, to have an “emerging” stock market. These financial markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

66   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its securities in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Hedge, Hedging

Strategy used to offset investment risk. A perfect hedge is one eliminating the possibility of future gain or loss.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   67


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2500™ Index

Measures the performance of the 2500 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 17% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index.

 

Russell Midcap® Index

An index that measures the performance of the 800 smallest companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 26% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

 

Russell Midcap Value Index

The Russell Mid-Cap Value Index measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The stocks are also members of the Russell 1000 Value Index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed to the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

 

68   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into

this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

045SCR/P201 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds – Class Z

Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Growth Fund

   20
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund

   22
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Value Fund

   24
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   26
       
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   30

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   32
    

How to Buy Shares

   35
    

How to Sell Shares

   39
    

Exchanges

   40

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   42
    

Portfolio Managers

   46
    

Glossary

   47

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Common Stock Fund
(STCSX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Mid Cap Growth Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Mid Cap Growth Fund)   

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Small Cap Fund)   

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Cap Value Fund
(SSMVX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

4   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in common stocks of small- and medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations falling between the ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap® Index. The ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap® Index were $59 million to $3.6 billion and $631 million to $33.8 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2004, and are expected to change frequently. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities.
We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of medium-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. Generally, such companies will have a market capitalization within the range of the Russell Midcap Index, which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004 and is expected to change frequently.

 

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase.

We invest principally in securities of small-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2500TM Index at the time of purchase; and up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. The company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2500 Index was $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. As a hedging strategy, the Fund may write put and call options.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 18;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

The Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Common Stock Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

 

 

 

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small Cap Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Common Stock Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund and the Strong Multi Cap Value Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Montgomery Small Cap Fund. The Montgomery Mid Cap Fund was reorganized into and became the accounting survivor for the Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Growth Fund. The predecessor Montgomery funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Common Stock Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  25.27%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’01  •  (20.06)%

 

* The Common Stock Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.

 

8   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/29/89)1

  9.96%   3.64%   13.47%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.80%   2.30%   10.48%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
of Fund Shares

  7.94%   2.51%   10.19%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   14.50%

Russell 2500 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.29%   8.35%   13.75%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Mid Cap Growth Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  32.68%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (21.96)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 04/11/05)

  14.50%   (0.31)%   9.42%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  13.24%   (2.82)%   7.22%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.73%   (1.18)%   7.44%

Russell Midcap Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   11.23%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%
1   Performance shown for the Class Z shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of the Class Z shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class Z shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses.

 

10   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Cap Growth Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  47.31%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (32.37)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, for both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 04/11/05)2

  7.10%   (6.10)%   7.60%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  6.84%   (7.42)%   5.28%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.93%   (5.40)%   5.66%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  14.31%   (3.57)%   7.12%
1   Performance shown for Class Z shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and lower than those of the Class Z shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class Z shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small Cap Value Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  25.82%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (24.55)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/31/97)

  20.09%   20.10%   19.08%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  17.82%   19.54%   18.68%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  15.26%   17.73%   17.10%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   17.23%   10.73%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   7.20%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund.

 

12   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage
of the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Common
Stock Fund
  Mid Cap
Growth Fund
  Small Cap
Growth Fund
  Small Cap
Value Fund
Management Fees1   0.70%   0.75%   0.90%   0.83%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.80%   0.86%   0.72%   0.80%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.50%   1.61%   1.62%   1.63%
Fee Waivers   0.21%   0.04%   0.05%   0.27%
NET EXPENSES3   1.29%   1.57%   1.57%   1.36%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Common Stock and Mid Cap Growth Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Small Cap Growth and Small Cap Value Funds is as follows: 0.90% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.85% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.80% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.775% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.75% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

14   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Common Stock
Fund
  Mid Cap
Growth Fund
  Small Cap
Growth Fund
  Small Cap
Value Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 131   $ 160   $ 160   $ 138
  3 YEARS   $ 432   $ 500   $ 512   $ 460
  5 YEARS   $ 778   $   $   $ 834
10 YEARS   $ 1,754   $   $   $ 1,886

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

Some of the Funds in this Prospectus have the potential to become gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objectives and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administration and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s).

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investment activities and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

16   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Common Stock Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Ann M. Miletti; Richard T. Weiss

 


 

Investment Objective

The Common Stock Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in common stocks of small- and medium-capitalization companies that we believe are underpriced yet have attractive growth prospects. We define small- and medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations falling between the ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap Index. The ranges of the Russell 2000 Index and Russell Midcap Index were $59 million to $3.6 billion and $631 million to $33.8 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2004, and are expected to change frequently. We select companies based on their “private market value”—the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company given its management strength, financial health and growth potential. We determine a company’s private market value based on a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive standing and other factors we deem relevant to each industry. We may sell a stock when its price no longer compares favorably with the company’s private market value.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in common stocks; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

18   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING              
    CLASS Z SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 29, 1989
             
For the period ended:       Dec. 31,
  2004
        Dec. 31,
  2003
        Dec. 31,
  2002
        Dec. 31,
  2001
        Dec. 31,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $22.15     $15.97     $19.78     $20.16     $25.21  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.08 )   (0.09 )   (0.05 )   (0.02 )   0.04  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.23     6.27     (3.76 )   (0.32 )   (0.59 )

Total from investment operations

  2.15     6.18     (3.81 )   (0.34 )   (0.55 )

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.04 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   (4.46 )

Total distributions

  (1.65 )   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   (4.50 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $22.65     $22.15     $15.97     $19.78     $20.16  

Total return1

  9.96 %   38.70 %   (19.26 )%   (1.70 )%   (1.20 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1,162     $1,437     $1,363     $1,703     $1,719  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.3 %   1.4 %   1.3 %   1.3 %   1.2 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.4 )%   (0.4 )%   (0.3 )%   (0.1 )%   0.2 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  42 %   42 %   65 %   89 %   95 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.3 %   1.4 %   1.3 %   1.3 %   1.2 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA; Stuart Roberts

 


 

Investment Objective

The Mid Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We focus our investment strategy on identifying and investing in medium-sized companies that are relatively established but that we believe continue to provide consistent growth potential. Generally, such companies will have a total stock market value (market capitalization) within the range of the Russell Midcap Index, which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004 and is expected to change frequently.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in mid-capitalization securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors and Other Considerations

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. In particular, medium-sized companies may have limited product lines, markets and financial resources, and may depend upon a relatively small management group. Some of the medium-sized companies in which we invest may have more aggressive capital structures, including higher debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries, and/or new technologies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

At the discretion of the Board of Trustees, the Fund may become a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. Although shareholder approval is not required to make this change, we will notify you if the Board elects this structure. See the “Master/GatewaySM Structure” description on the “Key Information” on page 16 for further information.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

20   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all other periods ended June 30. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 30, 1994
                   
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
  2004
        Sept. 30,
  20032
        June 30,
  2003
        June 30,
  20021
        June 30,
  20011
        June 30,
  20001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $5.09     $4.77     $4.82     $7.27     $12.36     $9.85  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.02     (0.05 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.09 )   (0.17 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.73     0.37     (0.03 )   (1.78 )   (0.80 )   4.01  

Total from investment operations

  0.75     0.32     (0.05 )   (1.83 )   (0.89 )   3.84  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.62 )   (4.20 )   (1.33 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.62 )   (4.20 )   (1.33 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $5.84     $5.09     $4.77     $4.82     $7.27     $12.36  

Total return3

  14.73 %   6.71 %   (1.04 )%   (26.49 )%   (11.76 )%   42.46 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $93,024     $87,980     $85,320     $98,526     $164,497     $224,944  

Ratios to average net assets:5

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.43 %   1.42 %   1.49 %   1.50 %   1.51 %   1.55 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.44 )%   (1.03 )%   (0.65 )%   (0.80 )%   (1.13 )%   (1.19 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  180 %   55 %   142 %   143 %   68 %   63 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses4, 5

  1.50 %   1.42 %   1.86 %   3.10 %   2.32 %   1.92 %
1   Per share numbers have been adjusted to reflect a 2.0103 to 1 stock split.
2   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
3   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA; Stuart Roberts

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We principally invest in small-sized companies that have a market capitalization of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase. We focus our investment strategy on identifying and investing in rapidly growing small-sized companies that are in an early or transitional stage of their development, before their potential is discovered by the market.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small cap securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all other periods ended June 30. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 13, 1990
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
 2004
      Sept. 30,
 20031
      June 30,
 2003
      June 30,
 2002
      June 30,
 2001
      June 30,
 2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.44     $8.93     $8.61     $11.85     $22.20     $16.58  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.23 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )   (0.07 )   (0.13 )   (0.28 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.46     0.53     0.39     (3.08 )   (4.43 )   5.90  

Total from investment operations

  1.23     0.51     0.32     (3.15 )   (4.56 )   5.62  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (5.79 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (5.79 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.67     $9.44     $8.93     $8.61     $11.85     $22.20  

Total return2

  13.03 %   5.71 %   3.72 %   (26.68 )%   (21.71 )%   34.12 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $43,192     $83,152     $52,891     $46,707     $74,297     $102,622  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.40 %   1.40 %   1.40 %   1.40 %   1.36 %   1.35 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (1.08 )%   (1.13 )%   (1.06 )%   (0.68 )%   (0.85 )%   (1.14 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   47 %   169 %   152 %   117 %   93 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3, 4

  1.69 %   1.69 %   1.53 %   1.51 %   1.36 %   1.35 %
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods less than one year are not annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    I. Charles Rinaldi

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in small-capitalization companies that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on earnings, cash flow, or asset value. We define small-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations at the time of purchase equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2500™ Index, which was $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently.

 

We specifically look for companies whose stock prices may benefit from a positive dynamic of change, such as a new management team, a new product or service, a corporate restructuring, an improved business plan, or a change in the political, economic or social environment. As a hedging strategy, the Fund may write put and call options, meaning that the Fund sells an option to another party giving that party the right to either sell a stock to (put) or buy a stock from (call) the Fund at a predetermined price in the future. Whether or not this hedging strategy is successful depends on a variety of factors, particularly our ability to predict movements of the price of the hedged stock. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of small-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in foreign securities.

 

As part of our investment strategy, we may enter into options and futures contracts for hedging purposes.

 

At the discretion of the Board of Trustees, the Fund may become a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. Although shareholder approval is not required to make this change, we will notify you if the Board elects this structure.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    CLASS Z SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1997
                   
For the period ended:       Dec. 31,
  2004
        Dec. 31,
  2003
        Dec. 31,
  2002
        Dec. 31,
  2001
        Dec. 31,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $27.53     $18.98     $20.22     $17.17     $13.59  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.22 )   (0.09 )   0.04     (0.08 )   0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  5.54     9.30     (1.28 )   3.17     3.58  

Total from investment operations

  5.32     9.21     (1.24 )   3.09     3.58  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (3.45 )   (0.65 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (3.45 )   (0.66 )   0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $29.40     $27.53     $18.98     $20.22     $17.17  

Total return1

  20.09 %   48.70 %   (6.13 )%   17.99 %   26.34 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1,359     $1,167     $659     $541     $249  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.5 %   1.4 %   1.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.8 )%   (0.4 )%   0.2 %   (0.5 )%   0.0 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  34 %   30 %   28 %   42 %   60 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.5 %   1.4 %   1.4 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Mid Cap Growth Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign companies may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

26   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Sector Risk— To the extent the Fund invests in a particular sector, it is subject to the risks of that sector. Returns in an economic sector may trail returns from other economic sectors. As a group, sectors tend to go through cycles of doing better or worse than the securities markets in general. These periods may last several years. In addition, the sectors that dominate the market will change over time. For more information on sector risk, consult the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

28   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        COMMON STOCK   MID CAP GROWTH   SMALL CAP GROWTH   SMALL CAP VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type of risks as foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk               l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l           l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l    

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk       l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th St. & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB–ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

30   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, the Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable, and if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) at 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

32   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Qualified Investors

 

You may purchase Class Z shares only under limited circumstances, at the NAV on the day of purchase. The following types of investors may qualify to purchase Class Z shares of the Funds:

 

·   Investors who received Class Z shares in the reorganization of the Strong Funds into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds;

 

·   Investors who previously held Class Z shares of any Fund, upon providing adequate proof of prior ownership;

 

·   Officers, directors and employees of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, Funds Management, and affiliates of these entities, and each of their immediate family members (grandparent, parent, sibling, child, grandchild, and spouse) who live in the same household;

 

·   Employer-sponsored retirement plans, and their participants, for which Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, has entered into an agreement to provide document or administrative services, and other retirement plans whose administrators or dealers have entered into an agreement with Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, to perform services;

 

·   Certain institutional investors purchasing more than $1 million of Class Z shares;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Any Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Any accounts in a fee-based advisory program managed by Funds Management; and

 

·   Registered investment advisers holding Class Z shares of a Strong Fund on November 30, 2000.

 

For more information on the purchase of Class Z shares, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Class Z shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus–like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

34   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds
(Name

of Fund, Account Number,

and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund, Class Z.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least to $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 or ($1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

 

36   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

Class Z shares are not available for purchase on the internet if you do not have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 35.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 35. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion Guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances i) if the request is over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and taxpayer identification number (usually your social security number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares”, below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

38   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

An exchange between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Class Z shares may also be exchanged for Investor Class shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has

 

40   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income and any net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

42   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you with respect to your Fund shares and by the Fund with respect to its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

44   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Ann M. Miletti

Common Stock Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Ms. Miletti joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1991. From August 1998 to September 2001, Ms. Miletti was an associate manager of equity accounts. In October 2001, she was named co-portfolio manager of the Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund, the Fund’s predecessor fund. Ms. Miletti earned her B.A. degree in Education from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

Mid Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Philpott joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Philpott was a portfolio manager with Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”), which he joined in 1991 as an analyst for the Small Cap Equity team. He has co-managed the Mid Cap Growth Fund since 2001. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Philpott served as a securities analyst with Boettcher & Company and a general securities analyst at Berger Associates, Inc., an investment management firm. Mr. Philpott earned his M.B.A. degree from the Darden School at the University of Virginia and his B.A. degree in Economics from Washington and Lee University.

 

I. Charles Rinaldi

Small Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Rinaldi joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1997. Prior to joining SCM, he was with Mutual of America Capital Management Corporation where he was senior vice president and portfolio manager. He began his investment career at Merrill Lynch Capital Markets where he was a security analyst. He has also been employed by Glickenhaus & Company, Lehman Management Co., Arnold and S. Bleichroeder, and Gintel & Co., as a portfolio manager. Mr. Rinaldi earned a B.A. degree in Biology from St. Michael’s College and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from Babson College.

 

Stuart Roberts

Mid Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Roberts joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Roberts was a senior portfolio manager with Montgomery for the Small Cap Growth Fund since its inception in 1990. In 2001, he became a co-portfolio manager for the Mid Cap Growth Fund. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Roberts was vice president and portfolio manager at Founders Asset Management, where he was responsible for three separate growth-oriented small-cap mutual funds. He earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Colorado and a B.A. degree in Economics from Bowdoin College.

 

Richard T. Weiss

Common Stock Fund and its predecessor since 1991

Mr. Weiss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991 and Vice Chairman of Strong Financial Corporation, the parent company of SCM since 2001. Prior to joining SCM he was a partner with Stein Roe & Farnham, where he began his investment career as a research analyst in 1975, and served as a portfolio manager for the Special Fund from 1981 to 1991. He earned a B.S. degree in Business Administration at the University of Southern California and his M.B.A. degree in Business Administration with distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

 

46   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging Market Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

Emerging Markets

Financial markets associated with a country that are considered by the international financial community and international financial organizations, such as the International Financial Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, to have an “emerging” stock market. These financial markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its securities in one or more master portfolios or other Fund of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Hedge, Hedging

Strategy used to offset investment risk. A perfect hedge is one eliminating the possibility of future gain or loss.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

48   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2500™ Index

Measures the performance of the 2500 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 17% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index.

 

Russell 2000 Index

An index comprised of the 2000 smallest firms listed on the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index is a listing of 3000 corporations by the Frank Russell Company that is intended to be representative of the U.S. economy. The Russell 2000 is considered a small cap index.

 

Russell Midcap® Index

An index that measures the performance of the 800 smallest companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 26% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045SCZ/P202 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap

Disciplined Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap

Opportunities Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a crimnal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” ) or any of its affliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   9
    

Summary of Expenses

   21

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   23
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Discovery Fund

   26
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Enterprise Fund

   28
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

   30
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Opportunity Fund

   32
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small Cap Disciplined Fund

   34
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small Cap Growth Fund

   36
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small Cap Opportunities Fund

   38
      

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

   40
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   42
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   46

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   49
    

How to Buy Shares

   50
    

How to Sell Shares

   52
    

Exchanges

   53

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   55
    

Portfolio Managers

   57
    

Glossary

   60

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery FundSM is referred to as the “Discovery Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM is referred to as the “Enterprise Fund”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity FundSM is referred to as the “Opportunity Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

(CBMIX)

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Discovery Fund

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Enterprise Fund

(SEPKX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Opportunity Fund

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly named Montgomery Small Cap Fund)

(WMNIX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Cap Opportunities Fund

(NVSOX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion and expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.
We invest principally in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index (which had a range of $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently), at the time of investment. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest in equity securities of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations within the range of the companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index (which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define “medium-capitalization companies” as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell Midcap® Index (which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently) at the time of investment. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. Although we can invest in any economic sector, at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.
We invest principally in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe are under-priced yet have attractive growth prospects. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities.
We invest principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies that the Fund’s manager believes present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define “small-capitalization companies” as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell 2500TM Index at the time of investment. The range of the Russell 2500TM Index was $59 million to $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase.

 

We buy stocks of companies that we believe can generate above-average earnings growth and sell at favorable prices in relation to book values and earnings. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less.
We invest principally in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index (which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently) at the time of purchase. We may invest up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 24;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more volatile to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Discovery Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Enterprise Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Opportunity Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

 

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Small Cap Opportunities Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

8   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Value Fund were organized as successor funds to the Strong Discovery Fund, Strong Enterprise Fund, Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Strong Opportunity Fund, Strong Small Company Value Fund and Strong Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, respectively. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Value Fund reflect the historical information for their predecessor fund.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown for the successor fund for periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization date reflects the historical information for its predecessor. In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Administrator Class shares were named the Institutional Class shares.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Montgomery Small Cap Fund. The predecessor Montgomery Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘99  •  20.78%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.75)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 7/26/2004)1

  10.98%   19.77%   14.11%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.42%   18.57%   13.05%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.67%   16.75%   11.82%

Russell Midcap Value Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  23.71%   13.48%   9.75%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   8.75%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Administrator Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted on February 18, 1998.

 

10   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Discovery Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  25.78%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (18.90)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the predecessor Strong Discovery Fund’s Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  15.69%   8.78%   10.04%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  14.37%   7.46%   7.91%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.08%   6.96%   7.50%

Russell Midcap Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   11.23%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on December 31, 1987.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Enterprise Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  71.27%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  (24.29)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/30/02)1

  15.38%   (8.89)%   16.97%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  15.38%   (9.02)%   16.62%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.00%   (7.39)%   14.93%

Russell Midcap Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   7.95%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   11.90%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Enterprise Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflect performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on September 30, 1998.
2   The Enterprise Fund’s calendar total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such a favorable return can be consistently achieved.

 

12   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘01  •  23.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (16.94)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the predecessor Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund’s Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  21.18%   15.73%   18.77%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  17.70%   13.87%   17.18%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.68%   12.57%   15.63%

Russell Midcap Value Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  23.71%   13.48%   11.09%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   11.90%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on December 31, 1998.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Opportunity Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  21.48%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.50)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/30/02)1

  17.86%   4.18%   13.38%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  17.86%   3.42%   11.13%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.61%   3.25%   10.61%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   14.50%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class K shares of the predecessor Strong Opportunity Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on December 31, 1985.

 

14   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  34.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘03  •  (7.57%)

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the predecessor Strong Small Company Value Fund’s Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns        
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   Life of Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  27.04%   25.76%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  24.64%   23.94%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  17.52%   21.31%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   14.26%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   11.00%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on March 28, 2002.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small Cap Growth Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  47.31%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (32.37)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 06/09/03)1

  13.80%   (4.93)%   8.27%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  13.35%   (6.27)%   5.93%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  9.31%   (4.45)%   6.26%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  14.31%   (3.57)%   7.12%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Class A shares, which incepted on July 13, 1990, adjusted to reflect the expenses of this Class.

 

16   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Cap Opportunities Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘97  •  18.65%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (23.27)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/15/96)1

  25.83%   15.60%   17.37%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  21.64%   13.48%   15.68%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  17.85%   12.55%   14.72%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of a predecessor class of shares that was substantially similar to this Class of shares and has been adjusted to reflect the expenses of this Class. The predecessor class of shares incepted on August 1, 1993.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  24.45%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘03  •  (3.96)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the predecessor Strong Small/Mid Cap Value Fund’s Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns        
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   Life of Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  19.37%   13.93%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  18.74%   13.71%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.38%   12.01%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   3.81%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   14.26%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   11.64%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on March 28, 2002.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

18   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    C&B Mid Cap
Value Fund
  Discovery Fund   Enterprise Fund    
Management Fees1   0.74%   0.75%   0.75%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses2   0.58%   0.50%   0.53%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.32%   1.25%   1.28%    
Fee Waivers   0.17%   0.10%   0.13%    
NET EXPENSES3   1.15%   1.15%   1.15%    
                 
    Small Cap
Growth Fund
  Small Cap
Opportunities Fund
  Small/Mid Cap
Value Fund
   
Management Fees1   0.90%   0.90%   0.90%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses2   0.79%   0.55%   0.98%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.69%   1.45%   1.88%    
Fee Waivers   0.49%   0.25%   0.68%    
NET EXPENSES3   1.20%   1.20%   1.20%    
                 
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the C&B Mid Cap Value, Discovery, Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined and Opportunity Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Small Cap Growth, Small Cap Disciplined, Small Cap Opportunities and Small/Mid Cap Value Funds is as follows: 0.90% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.85% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.80% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.775% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.75% for assets $5 billion and higher.

 

20   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

             
    Mid Cap
Disciplined Fund
  Opportunity Fund   Small Cap
Disciplined Fund
    0.74%   0.68%   0.90%
    0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.47%   0.45%   0.56%
    1.21%   1.13%   1.46%
    0.06%   0.09%   0.26%
    1.15%   1.04%   1.20%

 

  2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the Discovery, Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined, Opportunity, Small Cap Disciplined and Small/Mid Cap Value Funds are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses for the C&B Mid Cap Value, Small Cap Growth and Small Cap Opportunities Funds have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses, and may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense ratio for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund would be 1.15%.
  3   For the Small Cap Opportunities Fund, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the net operating expense ratio shown. For the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund the adviser has committed through February 28, 2007 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Funds’ net operating expense ratio shown. For the other Funds shown, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    C&B Mid Cap
Value Fund
  Discovery
Fund
  Enterprise
Fund
  Mid Cap
Disciplined
Fund
  Opportunity
Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 117   $ 117   $ 117   $ 117   $ 106
  3 YEARS   $ 399   $ 387   $ 393   $ 378   $ 341
  5 YEARS   $ 703   $   $ 690   $   $ 604
10 YEARS   $ 1,565   $   $ 1,534   $   $ 1,358
                               
    Small Cap
Disciplined
Fund
  Small Cap
Growth
Fund
  Small Cap
Opportunities
Fund
  Small/Mid
Cap Value
Fund
   
  1 YEAR   $ 122   $ 122   $ 122   $ 122      
  3 YEARS   $ 536   $ 430   $ 434   $ 525      
  5 YEARS   $   $ 760   $ 768   $      
10 YEARS   $   $ 1,693   $ 1,714   $      

 

22   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward

W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Mid Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion, and is expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund shares. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information, which along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    ADMINISTRATOR
CLASS4 SHARES—
COMMENCED
ON JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $18.52  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)7

  0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.38  

Total from investment operations

  0.38  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain7

  0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.90  

Total return1

  2.05 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $81,232  

Ratios to average net assets:2

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.15 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.03 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  31 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses.
2,3

  1.17 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ration in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Discovery Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; James M. Leach, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Discovery Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies that we believe offer attractive opportunities for growth. We define small- and medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations at the time of purchase equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index, which was $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. We analyze potential investment opportunities by using a disciplined investment process that emphasizes in-depth fundamental analysis across multiple dimensions such as visits with company management, suppliers/distributors, competitors and customers as well as detailed analysis of a company’s financial statements. We select securities that exhibit the strongest sustainable growth characteristics such as earnings growth, returns on invested capital and competitive positioning. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1987
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.73     $14.42     $16.84     $16.39     $18.64  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.21 )   (0.12 )   (0.06 )   (0.08 )   0.06  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.22     5.64     (1.91 )   0.76     0.51  

Total from investment operations

  3.01     5.52     (1.97 )   0.68     0.57  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.00 )3   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.21 )   (0.21 )   (0.45 )   (0.23 )   (2.78 )

Total distributions

  (1.21 )   (0.21 )   (0.45 )   (0.23 )   (2.82 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.53     $19.73     $14.42     $16.84     $16.39  

Total return1

  15.69 %   38.34 %   (12.12 )%   4.17 %   3.97 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $191     $167     $133     $158     $165  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (1.1 )%   (0.7 )%   (0.4 )%   (0.5 )%   0.3 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   302 %   420 %   502 %   482 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.4 %   1.5 %2   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Enterprise Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Enterprise Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing in a portfolio consisting of equity securities of companies of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies. We define medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently.

 

We strive to identify companies that are positioned for rapid growth of revenue and earnings, and that are leaders in rapidly growing industries such as business services, computer and digital products, financial services, health care services, Internet-related companies, medical technology, retail and telecommunications. Companies that have the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy also may be attractive candidates for the portfolio. We may invest in any economic sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

28   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 30, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
20023
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.98     $15.94     $16.32  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.19 )   (0.10 )   (0.04 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.57     6.14     (0.34 )

Total from investment operations

  3.38     6.04     (0.38 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $25.36     $21.98     $15.94  

Total return1

  15.38 %   37.89 %   (2.33 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $12     $34     $4  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.2 %   1.1 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.8 )%   (0.8 )%   (0.6 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  185 %   261 %   377 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.3 %   1.3 %   1.3 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period from August 30, 2002 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Mid Cap Disciplined Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies.

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in medium-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. To identify these companies, we engage in in-depth, first-hand research. The goal of our research is to identify companies that are undervalued or have growth potential not currently reflected in their stock prices. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

30   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $20.13     $14.85     $17.42     $15.50     $13.52  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.06     0.02     0.01     (0.02 )   (0.00 )3

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.00     5.99     (2.06 )   1.94     3.00  

Total from investment operations

  4.06     6.01     (2.05 )   1.92     3.00  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.05 )   (0.02 )   0.00     0.00     (0.06 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.80 )   (0.71 )   (0.52 )   (0.00 )3   (0.96 )

Total distributions

  (1.85 )   (0.73 )   (0.52 )   (0.00 )3   (1.02 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $22.34     $20.13     $14.85     $17.42     $15.50  

Total return1

  21.18 %   40.66 %   (11.78 )%   12.41 %   22.80 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $676     $315     $155     $92     $18  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.3 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.4 %   0.1 %   0.1 %   (0.2 )%   (0.1 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  62 %   252 %   431 %   648 %   301 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.4 %2   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.9 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Opportunity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Ann M. Miletti, Richard T. Weiss

 


 

Investment Objective

The Opportunity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe are under-priced, yet have attractive growth prospects. We base the analysis on a comparison between the company’s public value, based on market quotations, and its “private market value”—the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company given its management strength, financial health and growth potential. We determine a company’s private market value based on a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive situation, and franchise value.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

32   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 30, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
20023
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $39.58     $28.73     $29.48  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.14 )   (0.06 )   0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  7.21     10.91     (0.77 )

Total from investment operations

  7.07     10.85     (0.75 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $46.65     $39.58     $28.73  

Total return1

  17.86 %   37.77 %   (2.54 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1     $04     $1  

Ratios to average net assets5:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.2 %   1.2 %   1.2 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.4 )%   (0.2 )%   0.2 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  42 %   60 %   71 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,5

  1.3 %   1.6 %   1.2 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period from August 30, 2002 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Amount is less than $500,000.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   Formerly named Class K.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Disciplined Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Disciplined Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in securities of small-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define small-capitalization companies as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell 2500TM Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell 2500TM Index was $59 million to $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004 and is expected to change frequently. We aim to take advantage of the market’s attention on short-term prospects by focusing on indicators of a company’s long-term success, such as balance sheets and underlying assets. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of small-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

34   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 28, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
20023
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.91     $9.12     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.06 )   (0.05 )   (0.05 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.75     5.71     (0.83 )

Total from investment operations

  3.69     5.66     (0.88 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.90 )   (0.87 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.90 )   (0.87 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $16.70     $13.91     $9.12  

Total return1

  27.04 %   62.53 %   (8.80 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $135     $40     $8  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.7 %   2.0 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.5 )%   (0.9 )%   (1.0 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  41 %   156 %   201 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  1.7 %   1.9 %   2.6 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period from March 28, 2002 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA; Stuart Roberts

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We invest principally in small-sized companies that have a market capitalization of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase. We focus our investment strategy on identifying and investing in rapidly growing small-sized companies that are in an early or transitional stage of their development, before their potential is discovered by the market.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small cap securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

36   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 9, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20034
    June 30,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.44     $8.94     $8.88  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.21 )   (0.02 )   0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.47     0.52     0.06  

Total from investment operations

  1.26     0.50     0.06  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.70     $9.44     $8.94  

Total return1

  13.35 %   5.59 %   0.67 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $33,309     $335     $14  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.20 %   1.20 %   1.20 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.20 )%   (0.99 )%   (1.06 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   47 %   169 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.54 %   1.46 %   1.28 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   The Fund changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to September 30.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Opportunities Fund


(The Fund is closed to new investors.)

 

Portfolio Manager:    Jenny B. Jones

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Opportunities Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of securities of companies that we believe can generate above-average earnings growth and reasonable valuations relative to the company’s historical position and competitive peer group. We focus the Fund’s investment strategy on small-capitalization securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less. We invest principally in small-capitalization equity securities, including common stocks, securities convertible into common stocks, and, subject to special limitations, rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase common stocks. We also may invest to a limited degree in non-convertible debt securities and preferred stocks.

 

We may use options and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

38   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS3 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 15, 1996
       
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $27.57     $22.70     $26.49     $29.97     $20.50  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.08 )   (0.13 )   (0.22 )   (0.10 )   (0.11 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  6.93     6.32     (2.05 )   (0.91 )   9.58  

Total from investment operations

  6.85     6.19     (2.27 )   (1.01 )   9.47  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.96 )   (1.32 )   (1.52 )   (2.47 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.96 )   (1.32 )   (1.52 )   (2.47 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $33.46     $27.57     $22.70     $26.49     $29.97  

Total return1

  25.25 %   28.47 %   (9.81 )%   (3.46 )%   46.20 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets at end of period (000s)

  $534,600     $381,786     $294,880     $283,154     $271,936  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.20 %   1.20 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.27 )%   (0.57 )%   (0.81 )%   (0.37 )%   (0.45 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  113 %   152 %   97 %   117 %   165 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  1.30 %   1.31 %   1.27 %   1.33 %   1.28 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    I. Charles Rinaldi

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small/Mid Cap Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in securities of small- and medium- capitalization companies that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on earnings, cash flows or asset value. We define small- and medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

· at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies; and

 

· up to 30% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

40   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior period. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 28, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
20023
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.01     $7.58     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.13 )   (0.03 )   (0.04 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.43     4.46     (2.38 )

Total from investment operations

  2.30     4.43     (2.42 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.48 )   0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.48 )   0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.83     $12.01     $7.58  

Total return1

  19.37 %   58.44 %   (24.20 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $18     $9     $3  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.8 %   1.8 %   1.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.3 )%   (0.6 )%   (0.7 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   132 %   108 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  2.1 %   2.9 %   3.6 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period from March 28, 2002 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Opportunities Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that may result in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

42   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Sector Risk—To the extent a Fund invests in a particular sector, it is subject to the risks of that sector. Returns in an economic sector may trail returns from other economic sectors. As a group, sectors tend to go through cycles of doing better or worse than the securities markets in general. These periods may last several years. In addition, the sectors that dominate the market will change over time.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        C&B MID CAP VALUE  

DISCOVERY

 

ENTERPRISE

 

MID CAP DISCIPLINED

 

OPPORTUNITY

 

SMALL CAP DISCIPLINED

  SMALL CAP GROWTH  

SMALL CAP OPPORTUNITIES

 

SMALL/MID CAP VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                    

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company,
which may be in the form of an
ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
      l   l   l   l   l           l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed
of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined for it by the
Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made
up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of collateral
received).

  Credit, Counter- Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l    

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on
an agreed upon price at a specific time.
Types of
options used may include: options
on securities,
options on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to protect
liquidity and portfolio values.

  Credit, Leverage and Liquidity Risk               l   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro-rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

44   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

        C&B MID CAP VALUE  

DISCOVERY

 

ENTERPRISE

 

MID CAP DISCIPLINED

 

OPPORTUNITY

  SMALL CAP GROWTH  

SMALL CAP DISCIPLINED

 

SMALL CAP OPPORTUNITIES

 

SMALL/MID CAP VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                    

Privately Issued Securities

Securities which are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed-upon
time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter- Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which
may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment and
Liquidity risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities  

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

 

Provide services

to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

46   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund, except the Small Cap Opportunities Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Discovery, Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined, Opportunity, Small Cap Disciplined, Small Cap Growth and Small/Mid Cap Value Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (“Schroder”), located at 875 Third Avenue, 22nd Floor, New York, NY 10019, is the investment sub-adviser for the Small Cap Opportunities Fund. Schroder provides investment management services to company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Schroder and its affiliate, Schroder Investment Management North America Limited, managed over $28.2 billion in assets.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

48   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plans that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset-based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset-based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options

 

50   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents
Your Account    How to Sell Shares

 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at the Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

52   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

54   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

56   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Small Cap Disciplined Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Costomiris joined Wells Capital Management as a portfolio manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since April 2001. Prior to joining SCM, he served as the Director of Research at Thomson Horstmann & Bryant, a United Asset Management affiliate that specializes in value investing, from 1997 to 2001. In addition, he specialized in managing small cap value stocks. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Costomiris served as Senior Investment Consultant with Hewitt Associates. He earned his B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and his M.B.A. degree, specializing in Finance and Accounting, from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

Jenny B. Jones

Small Cap Opportunities Fund since 2003

Ms. Jones joined Schroder in 2002 from Morgan Stanley Investment Management, where she began in 1996 and was an Executive Director responsible for the management of several Small Cap and Small-Mid Special Value funds. Prior to Morgan Stanley, Ms. Jones worked for Oppenheimer Capital, Mutual of America, Drexel Burnham Lambert, and Shearson/American Express. She earned her bachelor’s degree from Yale University and an M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University.

 

James M. Leach, CFA

Discovery Fund and its predecessor since 2003

Mr. Leach joined Wells Capital Management as a portfolio manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since October 2000, first as a portfolio manager of institutional mid-cap equity accounts and beginning in October 2003, a co-portfolio manager for the Discovery Fund. From April 1999 to October 2000, Mr. Leach was responsible for assisting in the portfolio management and research effort for Conseco Capital Management’s equity portfolios. From 1997 to 1999, he was an equity analyst at Bankers Trust in New York. Mr. Leach earned his bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of California, at Santa Barbara and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University’s Stern School of Business.

 

Ann M. Miletti

Opportunity Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Ms. Miletti joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was with SCM since 1991. From August 1998 to September 2001, Ms. Miletti was an associate manager of equity accounts. In October 2001, she was named co- portfolio manager of the Strong Opportunity Fund, the Fund’s predecessor fund. Ms. Miletti earned her B.A. degree in Education from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Discovery Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Enterprise Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of Conseco Capital Management where he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds with the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining Conseco Capital Management in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Philpott joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Philpott was a portfolio manager with Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”), which he joined in 1991 as an analyst for the Small Cap Equity team. He has co-managed the Mid Cap Growth Fund since 2001. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Philpott served as a securities analyst with Boettcher & Company and a general securities analyst at Berger Associates, Inc., an investment management firm. Mr. Philpott earned his B.A. degree in Economics from Washington and Lee University and his M.B.A. degree from the Darden School at the University of Virginia.

 

I. Charles Rinaldi

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Rinaldi joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1997. Prior to joining SCM, he was with Mutual of America Capital Management Corporation where he was senior vice president and portfolio manager. He began his investment career at Merrill Lynch Capital Markets where he was a security analyst. He has also been employed by Glickenhaus & Company, Lehman Management Co., Arnold and S. Bleichroeder, and Gintel & Co. as a portfolio manager. Mr. Rinaldi earned a B.A. degree in Biology from St. Michael’s College and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from Babson College.

 

Stuart Roberts

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Roberts joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Roberts was a senior portfolio manager with Montgomery where he managed the Small Cap Growth Fund since its inception in 1990. He has specialized in small-cap growth investments since 1983. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Roberts was vice president and portfolio manager at Founders Asset Management, where he was responsible for three separate growth-oriented small-cap mutual funds. He earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Colorado and his B.A. degree in Economics from Bowdoin College.

 

Richard T. Weiss

Opportunity Fund and its predecessor since 1991

Mr. Weiss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991 and Vice Chairman of Strong Financial Corporation, SCM’s parent corporation since 2001. Prior to joining SCM he was a partner with Stein Roe & Farnham, where he began his investment career as a research analyst in 1975, and served as a portfolio manager for the Special Fund from 1981 to 1991. He earned a B.S. degree in Business Administration at the University of Southern California and his M.B.A. degree in Business Administration with distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and an M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

58   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a

 

60   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of the securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2500 Index

Measures the performance of the 2500 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 17% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index.

 

Russell Midcap® Index

Measures the performance of the 800 smallest companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 26% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

 

Russell Midcap Value Index

The Russell Mid-Cap Value Index measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The stocks are also members of the Russell 1000 Value Index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Warrants

The right to buy a stock at a set price for a set time.

 

62   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into

this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045SCAM/P203 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds –

Institutional Class

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Enterprise Fund

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small Cap Disciplined Fund

   23
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Small Cap Growth Fund

   25
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   27
    

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   31

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   34
    

How to Buy Shares

   35
    

How to Sell Shares

   37
    

Exchanges

   38

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   40
    

Portfolio Managers

   42
    

Glossary

   44

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM is referred to as the “Enterprise Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Overview


 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund (CBMSX)

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

 

Enterprise Fund

  

 

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Small Cap Fund)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

4   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion and is expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.
We invest in equity securities of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations within the range of the companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index (which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define “medium-capitalization companies” as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell Midcap® Index (which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently) at the time of investment. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. Although we can invest in any economic sector, at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.
We invest principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies that the Fund’s manager believes present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define “small-capitalization companies” as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell 2500TM Index at the time of investment. The range of the Russell 2500TM Index was $59 million to $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above- average growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 17;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 27; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Companies Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more volatile to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Enterprise Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small Cap Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund were reorganized as the successor funds to the Strong Enterprise Fund, Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund and Strong Small Company Value Fund, respectively. The predecessor Strong Funds were organized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund reflects the historical information of the predecessor funds.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Montgomery Small Cap Fund. The predecessor Montgomery fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Growth Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization the historical information for its predecessor.

 

In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Institutional Class shares of the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund were named the Select Class shares.

 

8   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘99  •  20.78%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.75)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)1

  10.98%   19.77%   14.11%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.42%   18.57%   13.05%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.67%   16.75%   11.82%

Russell Midcap Value Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  23.71%   13.48%   9.75%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   8.75%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be, because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted on February 18, 1998.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Enterprise Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  71.27%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  (24.29)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 6/30/03)

  15.68%   (8.94)%   16.92%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  15.68%   (9.06)%   16.58%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.19%   (7.43)%   14.89%

Russell Midcap Growth Fund (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   7.95%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   11.90%
1   Performance  shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Enterprise Fund. Performance shown for the period prior to the inception of this Class reflects performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on September 30, 1998.
2   The  Enterprise Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.

 

10   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘01  •  23.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (16.94)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/11/05)1

  21.18%   15.73%   18.77%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  17.70%   13.87%   17.18%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.68%   12.57%   15.63%

Russell Midcap Value Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  23.71%   13.48%   11.09%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   9.30%
1   Performance  shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on December 31, 1998.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  34.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘03  •  (7.57)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  27.04%   25.76%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  24.64%   23.94%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  17.52%   21.31%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   14.26%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   11.00%
1   Performance  shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on March 28, 2002.

 

12   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Cap Growth Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  47.31%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (32.37)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  7.10%   (6.10)%   7.60%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  6.84%   (7.42)%   5.28%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.93%   (5.40)%   5.66%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  14.31%   (3.57)%   7.12%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    C&B Mid Cap
Value Fund
  Enterprise
Fund
  Mid Cap
Disciplined Fund
Management Fees1   0.74%   0.75%   0.74%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.20%   0.26%   0.20%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.94%   1.01%   0.94%
Fee Waivers   0.04%   0.11%   0.04%
NET EXPENSES3   0.90%   0.90%   0.90%

 

    Small Cap
Disciplined Fund
  Small Cap
Growth Fund
Management Fees1   0.90%   0.90%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.29%   0.21%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.19%   1.11%
Fee Waivers   0.19%   0.21%
NET EXPENSES3   1.00%   0.90%
1   The  Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds, except the Small Cap Disciplined Fund and the Small Cap Growth Fund, is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Small Cap Disciplined Fund and the Small Cap Growth Fund is as follows: 0.90% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.85% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.80% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.775% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.75% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other  expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the Funds are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense ratio for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund would be 0.95%.
3   For   the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, the adviser has committed through February 28, 2007 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the other Funds in this prospectus, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratios shown.

 

14   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    C&B
Mid Cap
Value Fund
  Enterprise
Fund
  Mid Cap
Disciplined
Fund
  Small Cap
Disciplined
Fund
  Small Cap
Growth Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 92   $ 92   $ 92   $ 164   $ 122
  3 YEARS   $ 292   $ 299   $ 296   $ 530   $ 436
  5 YEARS   $   $ 536   $   $   $
10 YEARS   $   $ 1,216   $   $   $

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

16   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund


 

 Portfolio Managers:      Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Mid Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion, and is expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Companies Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 27. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information, which along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS4 SHARES—
COMMENCED ON JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $18.52  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)7

  0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.37  

Total from investment operations

  0.39  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain7

  0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.91  

Total return1

  2.11 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $17,376  

Ratios to average net assets2:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.90 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.40 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  31 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses.2, 3

  0.96 %
1   Total  returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios  shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During  each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ration in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Formerly  named the Select Class.

 

18   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Enterprise Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Enterprise Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing in a portfolio consisting of equity securities of companies of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies. We define medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently.

 

We strive to identify companies that are positioned for rapid growth of revenue and earnings, and that are leaders in rapidly growing industries such as business services, computer and digital products, financial services, healthcare services, Internet-related companies, medical technology, retail and telecommunications. Companies that have the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy also may be attractive candidates for the portfolio. We may invest in any economic sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 27. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Enterprise Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period beginning December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditors report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2003
 
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
    December 31,
20033
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.87     $18.34  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.11 )   (0.06 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.54     3.59  

Total from investment operations

  3.43     3.53  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $25.30     $21.87  

Total return1

  15.68 %   19.25 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $7     $2  

Ratios to average net assets4:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.8 %   1.0 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.5 )%   (0.7 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  185 %   261 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  0.9 %   1.2 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period from June 30, 2003 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2003.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

20   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Mid Cap Disciplined Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in medium-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. To identify these companies, we engage in in-depth, first-hand research. The goal of our research is to identify companies that are undervalued or have growth potential not currently reflected in their stock prices. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of large, more established companies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 27. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ending December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1998
 
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
    December 31,
2003
    December 31,
2002
    December 31,
2001
    December 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $20.13     $14.85     $17.42     $15.50     $13.52  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.06     0.02     0.01     (0.02 )   (0.00 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.00     5.99     (2.06 )   1.94     3.00  

Total from investment operations

  4.06     6.01     (2.05 )   1.92     3.00  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.05 )   (0.02 )   0.00     0.00     (0.06 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.80 )   (0.71 )   (0.52 )   (0.00 )3   (0.96 )

Total distributions

  (1.85 )   (0.73 )   (0.52 )   (0.00 )3   (1.02 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $22.34     $20.13     $14.85     $17.42     $15.50  

Total return1

  21.18 %   40.66 %   (11.78 )%   12.41 %   22.80 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $676     $315     $155     $92     $18  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.3 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.1 %   0.1 %   (0.2 )%   (0.1 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  62 %   252 %   431 %   648 %   301 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.4 %2   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.9 %
1   Total  returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During  this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount  calculated is less than $0.005.

 

22   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Disciplined Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Disciplined Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in securities of small-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define small-capitalization companies as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell 2500 Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell 2500 Index was $59 million to $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004 and is expected to change frequently. We aim to take advantage of the market’s attention on short-term prospects by focusing on indicators of a company’s long-term success, such as balance sheets and underlying assets. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of small-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 27. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ending December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    INVESTOR SHARE CLASS—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 28, 2002
       
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
    December 31,
2003
    December 31,
20023
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.91     $9.12     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.06 )   (0.05 )   (0.05 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.75     5.71     (0.83 )

Total from investment operations

  3.69     5.66     (0.88 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.90 )   (0.87 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.90 )   (0.87 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $16.70     $13.91     $9.12  

Total return1

  27.04 %   62.53 %   (8.80 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $135     $40     $8  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.7 %   2.0 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.5 )%   (0.9 )%   (1.0 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  41 %   156 %   201 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  1.7 %   1.9 %   2.6 %
1   Total  returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During  each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For  the period from March 28, 2002 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Ratios  shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

24   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA; Stuart Roberts

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of common stocks of small-sized U.S. companies that we believe have above-average growth potential. We invest principally in small-sized companies that have a market capitalization of less than $2 billion at the time of purchase. We focus our investment strategy on identifying and investing in rapidly growing small-sized companies that are in an early or transitional stage of their development, before their potential is discovered by the market.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small cap securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 27. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Growth Fund

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, 2004, September 30, 2003 and June 30, 2003, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all other periods ended June 30. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 13, 1990
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
 2004
      Sept. 30,
 20031
      June 30,
 2003
      June 30,
 2002
      June 30,
 2001
      June 30,
 2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.44     $8.93     $8.61     $11.85     $22.20     $16.58  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.23 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )   (0.07 )   (0.13 )   (0.28 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.46     0.53     0.39     (3.08 )   (4.43 )   5.90  

Total from investment operations

  1.23     0.51     0.32     (3.15 )   (4.56 )   5.62  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (5.79 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (5.79 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.67     $9.44     $8.93     $8.61     $11.85     $22.20  

Total return2

  13.03 %   5.71 %   3.72 %   (26.68 )%   (21.71 )%   34.12 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $43,192     $83,152     $52,891     $46,707     $74,297     $102,622  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.40 %   1.40 %   1.40 %   1.40 %   1.36 %   1.35 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (1.08 )%   (1.13 )%   (1.06 )%   (0.68 )%   (0.85 )%   (1.14 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   47 %   169 %   152 %   117 %   93 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3, 4

  1.69 %   1.69 %   1.53 %   1.51 %   1.36 %   1.35 %
1   The  Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total  returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods less than one year are not annualized.
3   During  certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios  shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

26   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined, Small Cap Disciplined and Small Cap Growth Funds employ an active trading investment strategy that may result in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Sector Risk—To the extent a Fund invests in a particular sector, it is subject to the risks of that sector. Returns in an economic sector may trail returns from other economic sectors. As a group, sectors tend to go through cycles of doing better or worse than the securities markets in general. These periods may last several years. In addition, the sectors that dominate the market will change over time.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

28   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        C&B MID CAP VALUE   ENTERPRISE   MID CAP DISCIPLINED   SMALL CAP DISCIPLINED   SMALL CAP GROWTH
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be in the form of an ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
      l   l   l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time.
Types of
options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk           l   l   l

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

       

C&B MID CAP VALUE

 

ENTERPRISE

 

MID CAP DISCIPLINED

 

SMALL CAP DISCIPLINED

 

SMALL CAP GROWTH

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market, and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

 

30   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined, Small Cap Disciplined and Small Cap Growth Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

32   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

34   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record for Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Institutional Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plans that have at least $100 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset-based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset-based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage LifeStage PortfolioSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $5 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

36   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

38   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

40   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage to the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Small Cap Disciplined Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Costomiris joined Wells Capital Management as a portfolio manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since April 2001. Prior to joining SCM, he served as the Director of Research at Thomson Horstmann & Bryant, a United Asset Management affiliate that specializes in value investing, from 1997 to 2001. In addition, he specialized in managing small cap value stocks. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Costomiris served as Senior Investment Consultant with Hewitt Associates. He earned his B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and his M.B.A. degree, specializing in Finance and Accounting, from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Enterprise Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of Conseco Capital Management (“CCM”) where he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds with the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Philpott joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Philpott was a portfolio manager with Montgomery Asset Management, (“Montgomery”) which he joined in 1991 as an analyst for the Small Cap Equity team. He has co-managed the Mid Cap Growth Fund since 2001. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Philpott served as a securities analyst with Boettcher & Company and a general securities analyst at Berger Associates, Inc., an investment management firm. Mr. Philpott earned his B.A. degree in Economics from Washington and Lee University and his M.B.A. degree from the Darden School at the University of Virginia.

 

Stuart Roberts

Small Cap Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Roberts joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Roberts was a senior portfolio manager with Montgomery for the Small Cap Growth Fund since its inception in 1990. He has specialized in small-cap growth investments since 1983. Prior to joining Montgomery, Mr. Roberts was vice president and portfolio manager at Founders Asset Management, where he was responsible for three separate growth-oriented small-cap mutual funds. He earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Colorado and his B.A. degree in Economics from Bowdoin College.

 

42   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals of Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and an M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

44   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2500 Index

Measures the performance of the 2500 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 17% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index.

 

Russell Midcap® Index

An index that measures the performance of the 800 smallest companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 26% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

 

Russell Midcap Value Index

The Russell Midcap Value Index measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The stocks are also members of the Russell 1000 Value Index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

46   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into

this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED – NO BANK GUARANTEE-MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045SCIT/P204 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds – Advisor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity FundSM

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   13

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   14
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Enterprise Fund

   15
    

Wells Fargo Advantage
Opportunity Fund

   17
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   19
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   22

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   24
    

How to Buy Shares

   25
    

How to Sell Shares

   27
    

Exchanges

   28

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Other Information

   30
    

Portfolio Managers

   32
    

Glossary

   33

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM is referred to as the “Enterprise Fund”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity FundSM is referred to as the “Opportunity Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Enterprise Fund

(SENAX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Opportunity Fund

(SOPVX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest in equity securities of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations within the range of the companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index (which was $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

We invest principally in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe are under-priced yet have attractive growth prospects. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 15;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 19; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

The Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

 

6   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Enterprise Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Opportunity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Strong Enterprise Fund and Strong Opportunity Fund, respectively. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund reflects the historical information for their predecessors.

 

Enterprise Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  71.14%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  (24.36)%

 

* The Enterprise Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.

 

8   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Advisor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/24/00)1

  14.92%   (9.13)%   16.65%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  14.92%   (9.26)%   16.31%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  9.69%   (7.58)%   14.63%

Russell Midcap Growth Index
(reflects no deduction for expenses
or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   7.95%

Russell Midcap Index
(reflects no deduction for expenses
or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   11.90%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Enterprise Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on September, 30, 1998, adjusted to reflect Advisor Class expenses.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

 

Opportunity Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  21.37%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.54)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Advisor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/24/00)1

  17.39%   3.82%   13.01%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  17.39%   3.04%   10.75%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.30%   2.93%   10.27%

Russell Midcap Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses
or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   14.50%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Opportunity Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on December 31, 1985, adjusted to reflect Advisor Class expenses.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

 
ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Enterprise Fund   Opportunity Fund
Management Fees1   0.75%   0.68%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.71%   0.63%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.46%   1.31%
Fee Waivers   0.06%   0.02%
NET EXPENSES3   1.40%   1.29%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

12   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Enterprise Fund   Opportunity Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 143   $ 131
  3 YEARS   $ 450   $ 411
  5 YEARS   $ 786   $ 714
10 YEARS   $ 1,736   $ 1,575

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Fund offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

14   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Enterprise Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Enterprise Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing in a portfolio consisting of equity securities of companies of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies. We define medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently.

 

We strive to identify companies that are positioned for rapid growth of revenue and earnings, and that are leaders in rapidly growing industries such as business services, computer and digital products, financial services, healthcare services, Internet-related companies, medical technology, retail and telecommunications. Companies that have the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy also may be attractive candidates for the portfolio. We may invest in any economic sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 19. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Enterprise Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 24, 2000
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.79     $15.86     $22.04     $28.31     $51.32  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.27 )   (0.23 )   (0.24 )   (0.21 )   (0.03 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.52     6.16     (5.94 )   (6.06 )   (22.43 )

Total from investment operations

  3.25     5.93     (6.18 )   (6.27 )   (22.46 )

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.55 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.55 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $25.04     $21.79     $15.86     $22.04     $28.31  

Total return1

  14.92 %   37.39 %   (28.04 )%   (22.15 )%   (43.68 )

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $2     $2     $1     $1     $0 3

Ratios to average net assets5:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.5 %   1.8 %   2.1 %   1.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.2 )%   (1.1 )%   (1.3 )%   (1.6 )%   (1.2 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  185 %   261 %   377 %   630 %   474 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
5

  1.6 %   1.5 %   1.8 %   2.1 %   2.0 %2
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount is less than $500,000.
4   For the period from February 24, 2000 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2000.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

16   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Opportunity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Ann M. Miletti, Richard T. Weiss

 


 

Investment Objective

The Opportunity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe are under-priced, yet have attractive growth prospects. We base the analysis on a comparison between the company’s public value, based on market quotations, and its “private market value”—the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company given its management strength, financial health and growth potential. We determine a company’s private market value based on a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive situation, and franchise value.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of large, more established companies.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 19. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Opportunity Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    ADVISOR SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 24, 2000
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
20002
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $38.94     $28.37     $38.92     $42.10     $43.16  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.34 )   (0.19 )   (0.11 )   (0.06 )   0.03  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  7.11     10.76     (10.44 )   (2.08 )   4.83  

Total from investment operations

  6.77     10.57     (10.55 )   (2.14 )   4.86  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (0.28 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.95 )   (5.64 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (1.04 )   (5.92 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $45.71     $38.94     $28.37     $38.92     $42.10  

Total return1

  17.39 %   37.26 %   (27.11 )%   (5.08 )%   12.10 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $137     $141     $104     $89     $3  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.7 %   1.6 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.8 )%   (0.6 )%   (0.4 )%   (0.3 )%   0.1 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  42 %   60 %   71 %   88 %   87 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  1.6 %   1.6 %   1.6 %   1.7 %   1.6 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from February 24, 2000 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2000.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

18   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Enterprise Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that may result in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

20   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        ENTERPRISE   OPPORTUNITY
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based in an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk       l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro-rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities which are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed-upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-Party Risk   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment and Liquidity risk   l   l

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

 

 

Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

22   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

24   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Advisor Class shares are bought and held by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Advisor Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Advisor Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds;

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks; and

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Minimum Investments

Investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, or $250 for a retirement account, and $100 for each investment after the initial investment. Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

In addition to payments received from the Funds, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents as compensation for the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders. These amounts may be fixed dollar amounts or a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or all of the above, and may be up-front, ongoing payments or both. Agents may agree to provide marketing or servicing advantages to the Funds in return for the payments including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. These payments may be a fixed dollar amount, based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling agent, and may differ between selling agents.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your AccountHow to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

26   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times listed in the “Pricing Fund Shares” section are processed on the same business day, and the proceeds distributed the next business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

28   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

30   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming the transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call investor services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Ann M. Miletti

Opportunity Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Ms. Miletti joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1991. From August 1998 to September 2001, Ms. Miletti was an associate manager of equity accounts. In October 2001, she was named co-portfolio manager of the Strong Opportunity Fund, the Fund’s predecessor fund. Ms. Miletti earned her B.A. degree in Education from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Enterprise Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of Conseco Capital Management (“CCM”) where he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds in the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

Richard T. Weiss

Opportunity Fund and its predecessor since 1991

Mr. Weiss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991 and Vice Chairman of Strong Financial Corporation, SCM’s parent corporation since 2001. Prior to joining SCM he was a partner with Stein Roe & Farnham, where he began his investment career as a research analyst in 1975, and served as a portfolio manager for the Special Fund from 1981 to 1991. He earned a B.S. degree in Business Administration at the University of Southern California and his M.B.A. degree in Business Administration with distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

 

32   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Banks, pension funds, insurance companies, trusts or other similar entities. Institutions usually aggregate transactions with the Funds on behalf of groups of investors.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell Midcap® Index

An index that measures the performance of the 800 smallest companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 26% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Funds’ shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

34   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

045SCAV/P205 (04/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   17

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Fund

   20
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund

   22
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund

   26
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund

   28
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

   30
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   32
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   35

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   37
    

How to Buy Shares

   41
    

How to Sell Shares

   43
    

Exchanges

   45

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   47
    

Portfolio Managers

   51
    

Glossary

   53

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery FundSM is referred to as the “Discovery Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise FundSM is referred to as the “Enterprise Fund”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity FundSM is referred to as the “Opportunity Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Discovery Fund

(STDIX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Enterprise Fund

(SENTX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

(SMCDX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Opportunity Fund

(SOPFX)

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

(SCOVX)

 

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

(SMMVX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index (which had a range of $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently), at the time of investment. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest in equity securities of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations within the range of the companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index (which had a range of $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.
We invest principally in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define “medium-capitalization companies” as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell Midcap® Index (which had a range of $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently) at the time of investment. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. Although we can invest in any economic sector, at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 

We invest principally in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe are under-priced yet have attractive growth prospects. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities.

 

We invest principally in equity securities of small-capitalization companies that the Fund’s manager believes present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define “small-capitalization companies” as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell 2500 Index at the time of investment. The range of the Russell 2500 Index was $59 million to $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.
We invest principally in securities of small- and medium- capitalization companies, which are defined as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index (which had a range of $631 million to $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently) at the time of purchase. We may invest up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 20;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

The Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Discovery Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Enterprise Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Opportunity Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Value Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Strong Discovery Fund, Strong Enterprise Fund, Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Strong Opportunity Fund, Strong Small Company Value Fund and Strong Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, respectively. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Enterprise Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Opportunity Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Small Cap Disciplined Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Small/Mid Cap Value Fund reflects the historical information of their predecessor funds.

 

8   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Discovery Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  25.78%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (18.90)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/87)1

  15.69%   8.78%   10.04%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  14.37%   7.46%   7.91%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.08%   6.96%   7.50%

Russell Midcap Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   11.23%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Discovery Fund.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Enterprise Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  71.27%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  (24.29)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 9/30/98)1

  14.55%   (9.19)%   16.66%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  14.55%   (9.32)%   16.32%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  9.46%   (7.63)%   14.65%

Russell Midcap Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  15.48%   (3.36)%   7.95%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deductions for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   11.90%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Enterprise Fund.
2   The Enterprise Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such favorable returns can be consistently achieved.

 

10   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘01  •  23.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (16.94)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/98)1

  21.18%   15.73%   18.77%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  17.70%   13.87%   17.18%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.68%   12.57%   15.63%

Russell Midcap Value Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  23.71%   13.48%   11.09%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deductions for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   9.30%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Opportunity Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  21.41%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.53)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/85)1

  17.62%   4.07%   13.31%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  17.62%   3.31%   11.07%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.45%   3.15%   10.56%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   14.50%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Opportunity Fund.

 

12   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Cap Disciplined Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  34.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘03  •  (7.57)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns        
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 3/28/02)1

  27.04%   25.76%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  24.64%   23.94%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  17.52%   21.31%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   14.26%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   11.00%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Small Company Value Fund.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  24.45%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘03  •  (3.96)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1        
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 3/28/02)1

  19.37%   13.93%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  18.74%   13.71%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.38%   12.01%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   3.81%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   14.26%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   11.64%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Small/Mid Cap Value Fund.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

14   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)    
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Discovery Fund   Enterprise Fund   Mid Cap
Disciplined Fund
Management Fees1   0.75%   0.75%   0.74%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.85%   0.88%   0.83%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.60%   1.63%   1.57%
Fee Waivers   0.22%   0.06%   0.26%
NET EXPENSES3   1.38%   1.57%   1.31%
    Opportunity Fund   Small Cap
Disciplined Fund
  Small/Mid Cap
Value Fund
Management Fees1   0.68%   0.90%   0.90%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.80%   0.91%   1.33%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.48%   1.81%   2.23%
Fee Waivers   0.13%   0.20%   0.61%
NET EXPENSES3   1.35%   1.61%   1.62%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Discovery, Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined and Opportunity Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Small/Mid Cap Value and Small Cap Disciplined Funds is as follows: 0.90% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.85% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.80% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.775% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.75% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

16   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the investment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Discovery Fund   Enterprise Fund   Mid Cap
Disciplined Fund
  Opportunity Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 140   $ 160   $ 133   $ 137
  3 YEARS   $ 461   $ 502   $ 443   $ 442
  5 YEARS   $ 828   $ 875   $ 805   $ 783
10 YEARS   $ 1,862   $ 1,922   $ 1,822   $ 1,746

 

    Small Cap
Disciplined Fund
  Small/Mid Cap
Value Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 164   $ 165
  3 YEARS   $ 530   $ 577
  5 YEARS   $ 942   $ 1,080
10 YEARS   $ 2,093   $ 2,466

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

18   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Discovery Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA; James M. Leach, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Discovery Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies that we believe offer attractive opportunities for growth. We define small- and medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations at the time of purchase equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index, which was $33.8 billion as of December 31, 2004 and is expected to change frequently. We analyze potential investment opportunities by using a disciplined investment process that emphasizes in-depth fundamental analysis across multiple dimensions such as visits with company management, suppliers/distributors, competitors and customers as well as detailed analysis of a company’s financial statements. We select securities that exhibit the strongest sustainable growth characteristics such as earnings growth, returns on invested capital and competitive positioning. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

20   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1987
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.73     $14.42     $16.84     $16.39     $18.64  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.21 )   (0.12 )   (0.06 )   (0.08 )   0.06  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.22     5.64     (1.91 )   0.76     0.51  

Total from investment operations

  3.01     5.52     (1.97 )   0.68     0.57  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.00 )3   0.00     0.00     (0.04 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.21 )   (0.21 )   (0.45 )   (0.23 )   (2.78 )

Total distributions

  (1.21 )   (0.21 )   (0.45 )   (0.23 )   (2.82 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.53     $19.73     $14.42     $16.84     $16.39  

Total return1

  15.69 %   38.34 %   (12.12 )%   4.17 %   3.97 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $191     $167     $133     $158     $165  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.1 )%   (0.7 )%   (0.4 )%   (0.5 )%   0.3 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  171 %   302 %   420 %   502 %   482 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.4 %   1.5 %2   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Enterprise Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas J. Pence, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Enterprise Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing in a portfolio consisting of equity securities of companies of any size, although we invest principally in medium-capitalization companies. We define medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently.

 

We strive to identify companies that are positioned for rapid growth of revenue and earnings, and that are leaders in rapidly growing industries such as business services, computer and digital products, financial services, healthcare services, Internet-related companies, medical technology, retail and telecommunications. Companies that have the potential for accelerated earnings growth because of management changes, new products, or changes in the economy also may be attractive candidates for the portfolio. We may invest in any economic sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.78     $15.90     $22.14     $28.37     $41.24  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.34 )   (0.30 )   (0.28 )   (0.31 )   (0.28 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.51     6.18     (5.96 )   (5.92 )   (12.04 )

Total from investment operations

  3.17     5.88     (6.24 )   (6.23 )   (12.32 )

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.55 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.55 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $24.95     $21.78     $15.90     $22.14     $28.37  

Total return1

  14.55 %   36.98 %   (28.18 )%   (21.96 )%   (29.77 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $260     $249     $224     $372     $575  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.9 %   1.8 %   2.0 %   1.8 %   1.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.5 )%   (1.4 )%   (1.5 )%   (1.2 )%   (0.7 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  185 %   261 %   377 %   630 %   474 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.9 %   2.0 %2   2.0 %   1.8 %   1.4 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Mid Cap Disciplined Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in medium-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $33.8 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. To identify these companies, we engage in in-depth, first-hand research. The goal of our research is to identify companies that are undervalued or have growth potential not currently reflected in their stock prices. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Investor Share Class. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1998
             
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $20.13     $14.85     $17.42     $15.50     $13.52  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.06     0.02     0.01     (0.02 )   (0.00 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.00     5.99     (2.06 )   1.94     3.00  

Total from investment operations

  4.06     6.01     (2.05 )   1.92     3.00  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.05 )   (0.02 )   0.00     0.00     (0.06 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.80 )   (0.71 )   (0.52 )   (0.00 )3   (0.96 )

Total distributions

  (1.85 )   (0.73 )   (0.52 )   (0.00 )3   (1.02 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $22.34     $20.13     $14.85     $17.42     $15.50  

Total return1

  21.18 %   40.66 %   (11.78 )%   12.41 %   22.80 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $676     $315     $155     $92     $18  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.3 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.4 %   0.1 %   0.1 %   (0.2 )%   (0.1 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  62 %   252 %   431 %   648 %   301 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.4 %2   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.5 %   1.9 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Opportunity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Ann M. Miletti, Richard T. Weiss

 


 

Investment Objective

The Opportunity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in equity securities of medium-capitalization companies that we believe are under-priced, yet have attractive growth prospects. We base the analysis on a comparison between the company’s public value, based on market quotations, with its “private market value”—the price an investor would be willing to pay for the entire company given its management strength, financial health and growth potential. We determine a company’s private market value based on a fundamental analysis of a company’s cash flows, asset valuations, competitive situation, and franchise value.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in equity securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1985
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $39.45     $28.70     $39.29     $42.35     $44.69  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.26 )   (0.14 )   (0.08 )   0.07     0.17  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  7.21     10.89     (10.51 )   (2.11 )   3.30  

Total from investment operations

  6.95     10.75     (10.59 )   (2.04 )   3.47  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.07 )   (0.17 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.95 )   (5.64 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (1.02 )   (5.81 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $46.40     $39.45     $28.70     $39.29     $42.35  

Total return1

  17.62 %   37.46 %   (26.95 )%   (4.80 )%   8.57 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $2,389     $2,709     $2,507     $3,664     $3,337  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.4 %   1.3 %   1.2 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.6 )%   (0.4 )%   (0.2 )%   0.2 %   0.5 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  42 %   60 %   71 %   88 %   87 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.4 %   1.4 %   1.4 %   1.3 %   1.2 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Small Cap Disciplined Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Cap Disciplined Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in securities of small-capitalization companies that we believe present attractive opportunities but have not been widely recognized by investment analysts or the financial press. We define small-capitalization companies as companies whose market capitalization is substantially similar to that of companies in the Russell 2500 Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell 2500 Index was $59 million to $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. We aim to take advantage of the market’s attention on short-term prospects by focusing on indicators of a company’s long-term success, such as balance sheets and underlying assets. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of small-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

28   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 28,2002
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
20023
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.91     $9.12     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.06 )   (0.05 )   (0.05 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.75     5.71     (0.83 )

Total from investment operations

  3.69     5.66     (0.88 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.90 )   (0.87 )   0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.90 )   (0.87 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $16.70     $13.91     $9.12  

Total return1

  27.04 %   62.53 %   (8.80 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $135     $40     $8  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.6 %   1.7 %   2.0 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.5 )%   (0.9 )%   (1.0 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  41 %   156 %   201 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.7 %   1.9 %   2.6 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period from March 28, 2002 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    I. Charles Rinaldi

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small/Mid Cap Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies that we believe are undervalued relative to the market based on earnings, cash flows or asset value. We define small- and medium-capitalization companies as those with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell Midcap® Index, at the time of purchase. The range of the Russell Midcap® Index was $631 million to $9.5 billion, as of December 31, 2004, and is expected to change frequently. We may invest in any sector, and at times we may emphasize one or more particular sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of small- and medium-capitalization companies; and

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in foreign securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

We may focus our investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. The Fund may be more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industries in which it invests than funds that do not focus on particular sectors.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

30   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004 and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 28, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
20023
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.01     $7.58     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.13 )   (0.03 )   (0.04 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.43     4.46     (2.38 )

Total from investment operations

  2.30     4.43     (2.42 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.48 )   0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.48 )   0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.83     $12.01     $7.58  

Total return1

  19.37 %   58.44 %   (24.20 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $18     $9     $3  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.8 %   1.8 %   1.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.3 )%   (0.6 )%   (0.7 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   132 %   108 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  2.1 %   2.9 %   3.6 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period from March 28, 2002 (commencement of class) to December 31, 2002.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, employ an active trading investment strategy that may result in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

32   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Sector Risk—To the extent a Fund invests in a particular sector, it is subject to the risks of that sector. Returns in an economic sector may trail returns from other economic sectors. As a group, sectors tend to go through cycles of doing better or worse than the securities markets in general. These periods may last several years. In addition, the sectors that dominate the market will change over time.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

 

        DISCOVERY   ENTERPRISE   MID CAP DISCIPLINED   OPPORTUNITY   SMALL CAP DISCIPLINED   SMALL/MID CAP VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l    

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio values.

  Credit, Leverage and Liquidity Risk           l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro-rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities which are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed-upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

34   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities  

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

  Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management is the sub-adviser for the Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

36   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus –like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by,

 

38   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds
ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

40   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Discovery Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (as $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either;

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (as $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 40.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 40. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

42   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

 

44   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

46   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and certain foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares, and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding.

 

48   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

  ·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

  ·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

50   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Small Cap Disciplined Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Costomiris joined Wells Capital Management as a portfolio manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager at Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since April 2001. Prior to joining SCM, he served as the Director of Research at Thomson Horstmann & Bryant, a United Asset Management affiliate that specializes in value investing, from 1997 to 2001. In addition, he specialized in managing small cap value stocks. From 1993 to 1997, Mr. Costomiris served as Senior Investment Consultant with Hewitt Associates. He earned his B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and his M.B.A. degree, specializing in Finance and Accounting, from the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business.

 

James M. Leach, CFA

Discovery Fund and its predecessor since 2003

Mr. Leach joined Wells Capital Management as a portfolio manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since October 2000, first as a portfolio manager of institutional mid-cap equity accounts and beginning in October 2003, a co-portfolio manager for the Discovery Fund. From April 1999 to October 2000, Mr. Leach was responsible for assisting in the portfolio management and research effort for Conseco Capital Management’s (“CCM”) equity portfolios. From 1997 to 1999, he was an equity analyst at Bankers Trust in New York. Mr. Leach earned his bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of California, Santa Barbara and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University’s Stern School of Business.

 

Ann M. Miletti

Opportunity Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Ms. Miletti joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was with SCM since 1991. From August 1998 to September 2001, Ms. Miletti was an associate manager of equity accounts. In October 2001, she was named co-portfolio manager of the Strong Opportunity Fund, the Fund’s predecessor fund. Ms. Miletti earned her B.A. degree in Education from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Discovery Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Enterprise Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Pence joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since October 2000. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. Pence served as Senior Vice President and Chief Equity Investment Officer of CCM where he was responsible for managing all tax-exempt and taxable equity portfolios as well as various mutual funds in the Conseco Fund Group. Prior to joining CCM in 1991, Mr. Pence worked for the Forum Group, where he oversaw several transactions as part of the firm’s development and acquisition team. Before joining the Forum Group, Mr. Pence was a financial consultant with Peterson & Company in Chicago. Mr. Pence earned a B.S. degree in Business from Indiana University and his M.B.A. degree in Finance with honors from the University of Notre Dame.

 

I. Charles Rinaldi

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Rinaldi joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1997. Prior to joining SCM, he was with Mutual of America Capital Management Corporation where he was senior vice president and portfolio manager. He began his investment career at Merrill Lynch Capital Markets where he was a

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

security analyst. He has also been employed by Glickenhaus & Company, Lehman Management Co., Arnold and S. Bleichroeder, and Gintel & Co., as a portfolio manager. Mr. Rinaldi earned a B.A. degree in Biology from St. Michael’s College and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from Babson College.

 

Richard T. Weiss

Opportunity Fund and its predecessor since 1991

Mr. Weiss joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991 and Vice Chairman of Strong Financial Corporation, SCM’s parent corporation since 2001. Prior to joining SCM he was a partner with Stein Roe & Farnham, where he began his investment career as a research analyst in 1975, and served as a portfolio manager for the Special Fund from 1981 to 1991. He earned a B.S. degree in Business Administration at the University of Southern California and his M.B.A. degree in Business Administration with distinction from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

 

52   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a

 

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2500™ Index

Measures the performance of the 2500 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index, which represents approximately 17% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000 Index.

 

Russell Midcap® Index

An index that measures the performance of the 800 smallest companies in the Russell 1000 Index, which represent approximately 26% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 Index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Funds’ shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

54   Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

Printed on Recycled paper

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045SCIV/P206 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds – Class D

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Small and Mid Cap Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information

about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   12
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   13
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   16
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   19

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   22
    

How to Buy Shares

   23
    

How to Sell Shares

   24
    

Exchanges

   25

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   27
    

Portfolio Managers

   29
    

Glossary

   30
           

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund (CBMDX)

 

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

4   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion and is expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund description beginning on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16; and

 

·   the Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

Equity Securities

The Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as undervalued using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, stocks of larger companies tend to be less volatile and more liquid than stocks of smaller companies. Because the Fund typically invests in 30 to 50 companies, the value of an investment in the Fund will vary more in response to developments or changes affecting the market value of particular stocks than an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly diversified.

 

Small Company Securities

The Fund invests in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Stocks of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Class D Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  20.78%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (20.75)%

 

8   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-tax returns, for the Class D shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class D Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 2/18/1998)

  10.98%   19.77%   14.11%

Class D Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.42%   18.57%   13.05%

Class D Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.67%   16.75%   11.82%

Russell Midcap Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  23.71%   13.48%   9.75%

Russell Midcap Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.22%   7.59%   8.75%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s single class of shares.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund


 

 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
   

C&B Mid Cap

Value Fund

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    C&B Mid Cap
Value Fund
Management Fees1   0.74%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.55%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.29%
Fee Waivers   0.04%
NET EXPENSES3   1.25%
1   The management fee charged to the Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for further details.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year and include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense ratio for the Fund would be 1.38%. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through February 28, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

10   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

The example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3 year example. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    C&B Mid Cap
Value Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 127
  3 YEARS   $ 410
  5 YEARS   $
10 YEARS   $

 

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund


 

 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Mid Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $631 million to $33.8 billion, and is expected to change frequently. We seek total return by selecting companies that we believe are undervalued and possess strong financial positions.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in mid-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations within the range of companies comprising the Russell Midcap Value Index.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6. Stocks of medium-sized companies may be more volatile and less liquid, in part because the issuers may be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic events, than the stocks of larger, more established companies.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information provided for the fiscal years 2004, 2003 and 2002 has been audited by KPMG LLP; the information for prior periods has been audited by a predecessor independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements and the independent auditor’s report are included in the annual report of the Funds, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS D SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 18, 1998
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.96     $13.15      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.01 )   0.00      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.11     4.83      

Total from investment operations

  1.10     4.83      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.02 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.17 )   0.00      

Total from distributions

  (0.17 )   (0.02 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.89     $17.96      

Total return1

  6.18 %   36.76 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $498,623     $301,513      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.15 %   1.27 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.08 )%   0.01 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  31 %   18 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
2

  1.19 %   1.27 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

14   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $14.19     $12.78     $9.84  
                   
    (0.01 )   0.08     0.07  
    (0.19 )   2.12     3.16  
    (0.20 )   2.20     3.23  
                   
    (0.04 )   (0.09 )   (0.08 )
    (0.80 )   (0.70 )   (0.21 )
    (0.84 )   (0.79 )   (0.29 )
    $13.15     $14.19     $12.78  
    (2.09 )%   18.14 %   33.78 %
                   
    $81,390     $5,934     $1,520  
                   
    1.37 %   1.00 %   1.00 %
    (0.07 )%   0.68 %   0.66 %
    30 %   44 %   101 %
    1.54 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments to maintain liquidity. The Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Fund may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

16   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks, ”you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE      PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

     Leverage Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at the value
determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

     Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase return on those securities.
Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third
of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

     Credit, Counter-Party
and Leverage Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds,
which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro-rata portion
of the other fund’s expenses in addition to the expenses paid
by the Fund.

     Market Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

     Credit and
Counter-Party Risk

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

     Small Company, Investment and Liquidity Risk

 

18   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Cooke & Bieler, L.P.
1700 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

    

    

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Fund. Under this structure, the Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires the Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the Fund, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed over $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Cooke & Bieler is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

20   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid price. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. The Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

22   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

This section provides information on how to open an account, and how to purchase, sell and exchange Fund shares. Former Cooke & Bieler Portfolio shareholders who received Class D shares in the reorganization and do not hold their shares through an Institution should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for assistance with purchasing, selling or exchanging Fund shares.

 

How to Buy Shares

Class D shares are available for purchase by or through Institutions. Individuals interested in purchasing Class D shares of the Fund should contact a customer service representative at an Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a customer account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the customer account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Class D shares held through customer accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Fund and for delivering required payment on a timely basis; and

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Fund, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Fund.

 

·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Investors who are interested in purchasing shares directly from the Fund should refer to information on other share classes offered by the Fund.

 

All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Minimum Investments

Investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $100 for each investment after the initial investment. An Institution may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult a customer service representative from your Institution for details.

 

How to Sell Shares

Class D shares held through an Institution must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your customer account at such firm. Please read the account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING FUND SHARES:

 

·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of the Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

24   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class D shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of a money market fund;

 

  ·   Class D shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of a non-money market fund; you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) for the new shares, unless you are otherwise eligible to buy such shares at NAV.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

26   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and certain foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in the stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Fund generally requires Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming the transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call investor services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

28   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s Portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned his B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and an M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your Investment Professional

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension fund’s, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

 

30   C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell Midcap Value Index

The Russell Midcap Value Index measures the performance of those Russell Mid-Cap companies with lower price-to-book ratios and lower forecasted growth values. The stocks are also members of the Russell 1000 Value Index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

Printed on Recycled paper

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045SCD/P207 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage International Stock Funds – Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging Markets Focus Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage International Core Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage International Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage International Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

International Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   14

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging
Markets Focus Fund

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage International
Core Fund

   22
    

Wells Fargo Advantage International
Equity Fund

   28
    

Wells Fargo Advantage International
Value Fund

   36
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   39
    

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   43

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

 

    

A Choice of Share Classes

   46
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   49
    

Exchanges

   53
    

Your Account

   55
    

How to Buy Shares

   58
    

How to Sell Shares

   61

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   63
    

Description of Master Portfolio

   68
    

Portfolio Managers

   70
    

Glossary

   72

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Emerging Markets Focus Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund)

(Class A: MFFAX)

(Class B: MFFBX)

(Class C: MFFCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

International Core Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

International Equity Fund

(Class A: SILAX)

(Class B: SILBX)

(Class C: WFECX)

  

 

Seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

International Value Fund (formerly named the Overseas Fund)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in a focused portfolio consisting of equity securities of 20 to 40 companies that are tied

economically to emerging market countries.

 

 

We invest principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.

 

We invest principally in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies through the use of three different styles of international equity management: an international value style, sub-advised by LSV Asset Management; an international blend style, sub-advised by New Star Institutional Managers Limited; and an international growth style, sub-advised by Artisan Partners Limited Partnership.

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Fund by using a quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $400 million or more.

 

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 18;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 39; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Emerging Market Securities

The Funds may invest in emerging market securities. The risks of investing in such markets are considerable because these investments typically present even greater exposure to the risks of foreign investing, and can present additional risks—such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval—that can make these investments extremely volatile. Stock markets in emerging market countries tend to be much more volatile than the U.S. stock market due to their relative immaturity and periods of instability. In the past, many emerging markets restricted the flow of money into or out of their stock markets and some continue to impose restrictions on foreign investors. Also, the economies of emerging market countries may be predominantly based on only a few industries or on revenue from particular commodities and international aid, making them more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting these industries or changes to the aid arrangements.

 

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

6   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Emerging Markets Focus Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Because the Fund may invest a large percentage of its assets in a single emerging market country, the value of an investment in the Fund may be more volatile and subject to greater risks than will an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly defined. Because the Fund typically invests in 20 to 40 companies, the value of an investment in the Fund will vary more in response to developments or changes in the market value affecting particular stocks than will an investment in a mutual fund investing in a greater number of securities. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

International Core Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

International Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipated that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

International Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage International Core Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor International Core Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage International Core Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor fund.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging Markets Focus Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Montgomery Emerging Markets Fund and the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund, with the latter being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Montgomery Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, for periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Emerging Markets Focus Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  44.10%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (22.82)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

8   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”). After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/31/01)2

  5.83%   6.34%   13.13%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  5.83%   6.25%   12.84%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.79%   5.41%   11.44%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/31/01)2

  6.46%   6.94%   13.79%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/31/01)2

  10.47%   6.70%   13.02%

MSCI Emerging Markets Free Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3

  25.95%   4.62%   6.18%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares reflects the performance of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the predecessor Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund, adjusted to reflect applicable sales charges. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of each class reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares, adjusted to reflect the applicable fees and expenses of the respective class. The predecessor fund incepted on December 31, 1997.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Free Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

International Core Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  15.21%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (15.81)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/28/01)2

  12.51%   8.56%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.42%   8.17%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.56%   7.23%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/28/01)2

  14.41%   9.80%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/28/01)2

  18.44%   10.53%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)3

  20.25%   13.25%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares reflects the performance of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor International Core Fund, adjusted to reflect applicable sales charges.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.

 

10   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

International Equity Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  33.55%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (21.81)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/24/97)

  4.41%   (6.06)%   3.01%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.40%   (6.18)%   2.86%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.87%   (5.09)%   2.54%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/24/97)

  5.01%   (6.20)%   3.08%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/1/98)2

  9.03%   (5.70)%   3.08%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)3

  20.25%   (1.13)%   3.97%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class B shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

International Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘04  •  14.57%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘04  •  1.02%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/31/03)

  18.50%   24.32%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  16.61%   22.62%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.99%   19.73%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/11/05)2

  19.80%   26.53%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/11/05)2

  23.80%   29.82%

MSCI/EAFE3 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   27.30%

MSCI/EAFE Value Index4 (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

  24.88%   32.36%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
4   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Value Index.

 

12   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

International Stock FundsSummary of Expenses


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  5.75%   None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None2   5.00%   1.00%
Redemption Fee1   2.00%   2.00%   2.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Emerging Markets
Focus Fund
  International
Core Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees3   1.10%   1.10%   1.10%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses4   0.91%   0.92%   0.92%   6.82%   6.82%   6.82%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   2.01%   2.77%   2.77%   7.77%   8.52%   8.52%
Fee Waivers   0.11%   0.12%   0.12%   6.27%   6.27%   6.27%
NET EXPENSES5   1.90%   2.65%   2.65%   1.50%   2.25%   2.25%
    International
Equity Fund
  International
Value Fund6,7
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees3   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses4   0.76%   0.76%   0.75%   0.80%   0.74%   0.74%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.71%   2.46%   2.45%   1.75%   2.44%   2.44%
Fee Waivers   0.21%   0.21%   0.20%   0.25%   0.19%   0.19%
NET EXPENSES5   1.50%   2.25%   2.25%   1.50%   2.25%   2.25%

 

14   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

1   Deducted from the net proceeds of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 57 for further information.
2   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information.
3   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for each Fund’s management fees, except the International Value Fund’s, and the master portfolio in which the International Value Fund invests. The management fees charged to the Funds/master portfolio’s will decline as a Fund’s/master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s/master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund is as follows: 1.10% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 1.05% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 1.00% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.975% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.95% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the International Core Fund, International Equity Fund and master portfolio in which the International Value Fund invests substantially all its assets is as follows: 0.95% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.90% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.85% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.825% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.80% for assets $5 billion and higher.
4   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the International Core Fund and the Class B and Class C shares of the International Value Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
5   For the Emerging Markets Focus Fund and International Equity Fund, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the International Core Fund and International Value Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
6   Expenses for the International Value Fund include expenses allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests.
7   The Fund, with eleven months of operating history, has nominal assets due to it being distributed on a very limited basis (only to the following individuals who are residents of the state of California: current employees, directors, trustees and officers of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, and Wells Fargo & Company; and the family members of same). Due to the expected expansion of the distribution of the Fund during its second year of operations, the Fund’s Adviser has determined to treat the Fund as a New Fund and has made certain assumptions as to its anticipated asset size in calculating the annual fund operating expenses referenced above. If such assumptions were not made, the annual fund operating expenses would be as follows:

 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Emerging Markets Focus Fund   International Core Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 957   $ 968   $ 568   $ 919   $ 928   $ 528
  3 YEARS   $ 1,159   $ 1,148   $ 848   $ 2,193   $ 2,218   $ 1,918
  5 YEARS   $ 1,586   $ 1,654   $ 1,454   $ 3,587   $ 3,691   $ 3,491
10 YEARS   $ 2,770   $ 2,824   $ 3,091   $ 6,747   $ 6,808   $ 6,963
    International Equity Fund   International Value Fund1
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 919   $ 928   $ 528   $ 919   $ 728   $ 528
  3 YEARS   $ 1,064   $ 1,047   $ 744   $ 1,071   $ 1,042   $ 742
  5 YEARS   $ 1,431   $ 1,492   $ 1,288   $ 1,447   $   $
10 YEARS   $ 2,462   $ 2,508   $ 2,771   $ 2,499   $   $

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds

Summary of Expenses


 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Emerging Markets Focus Fund   International Core Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 757   $ 268   $ 268   $ 719   $ 228   $ 228
  3 YEARS   $ 1,159   $ 848   $ 848   $ 2,193   $ 1,918   $ 1,918
  5 YEARS   $ 1,586   $ 1,454   $ 1,454   $ 3,587   $ 3,491   $ 3,491
10 YEARS   $ 2,770   $ 2,824   $ 3,091   $ 6,747   $ 6,808   $ 6,963
    International Equity Fund   International Value Fund1
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 719   $ 228   $ 228   $ 719   $ 228   $ 228
  3 YEARS   $ 1,064   $ 747   $ 744   $ 1,071   $ 742   $ 742
  5 YEARS   $ 1,431   $ 1,292   $ 1,288   $ 1,447   $   $
10 YEARS   $ 2,462   $ 2,508   $ 2,771   $ 2,499   $   $
1   The Fund, with eleven months of operating history, has nominal assets due to it being distributed on a very limited basis (only to the following individuals who are residents of the state of California: current employees, directors, trustees and officers of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, and Wells Fargo & Company; and the family members of same). Due to the expected expansion of the distribution of the Fund during its second year of operations, the Fund’s Adviser has determined to treat the Fund as a New Fund and has made certain assumptions as to its anticipated asset size in calculating the annual fund operating expenses referenced above. If such assumptions were not made, the annual fund operating expenses would be as follows:

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem shares at the end of each period:

 

    Overseas Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 753   $ 753   $ 353
  3 YEARS   $ 10,654   $ 10,951   $ 10,651
  5 YEARS   $ 10,694   $ 10,891   $ 10,691
10 YEARS   $ 10,694   $ 10,691   $ 10,691

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Overseas Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 753   $ 253   $ 253
  3 YEARS   $ 10,654   $ 10,651   $ 10,651
  5 YEARS   $ 10,694   $ 10,691   $ 10,691
10 YEARS   $ 10,694   $ 10,691   $ 10,691

 

16   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The International Value Fund is a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Focus Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Josephine Jiménez, CFA; Frank Chiang

 


 

Investment Objective

The Emerging Markets Focus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a focused equity portfolio of companies tied economically to emerging market countries. We combine in-depth financial review with on-site analysis of companies, countries and regions to identify potential investments. We travel to emerging market countries to gain firsthand insight into the economic, political and social trends that affect investment in those countries. We allocate the Fund’s assets among emerging markets with stable or improving macroeconomic environments and invest in companies within those countries that we believe have high capital appreciation potential without excessive risks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in emerging market securities;

 

·   in a minimum of three but no more than ten emerging market countries in Latin America, Asia, Europe, Africa and the Middle East; and

 

·   in 20 to 40 companies.

 

As part of our investment strategy, we may invest up to 50% of total assets in a single emerging market country.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Because the Fund may invest a large percentage of its assets in a single emerging market country, the value of an investment in the Fund may be more volatile and subject to greater risks than will an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly diversified.

 

Because the Fund typically invests in 20 to 40 companies, the value of an investment in the Fund will vary more in response to developments or changes in the market value affecting particular stocks than will an investment in a mutual fund investing in a greater number of securities.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 39. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

18   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Focus Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for the period ended June 30, 2002, and KPMG LLP audited this information for all other subsequent periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2001
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.76     $15.27     $14.50     $11.37      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.005     0.024     0.00     0.29      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.86     2.47     0.77     2.94      

Total from investment operations

  2.86     2.49     0.77     3.23      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.10 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.10 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $20.62     $17.76     $15.27     $14.50      

Total return2

  16.04 %   16.37 %   5.33 %   28.57 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $139,880     $117,842     $105,512     $23      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.90 %   1.88 %   2.18 %   2.20 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.00 %   0.42 %   (1.65 )%   0.43 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  225 %   49 %   210 %   206 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,4

  2.01 %   2.03 %   2.18 %   5.27 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

20   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2001
          CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2001
       
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
 
    $17.62     $15.18     $14.52     $11.37     $17.56     $15.12     $14.48     $11.37  
                                                 
    (0.13 )4   (0.02 )4   0.10     0.08     (0.14 )4   (0.02 )4   0.02     0.05  
    2.85     2.46     0.56     3.17     2.82     2.46     0.62     3.16  
    2.72     2.44     0.66     3.25     2.68     2.44     0.64     3.21  
                                                 
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.10 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.10 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.10 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.10 )
    $20.34     $17.62     $15.18     $14.52     $20.24     $17.56     $15.12     $14.48  
    15.37 %   16.06 %   4.64 %   28.65 %   15.26 %   16.14 %   4.37 %   28.39 %
                                                 
    $2,781     $290     $28     $11     $2,449     $519     $59     $13  
                                                 
    2.65 %   2.64 %   2.33 %   2.31 %   2.65 %   2.64 %   3.39 %   3.44 %
    (0.64 )%       
(0.45
 
)%
  1.59 %   0.10 %   (0.71 )%   (0.39 )%   (3.00 )%   0.10 %
    225 %   49 %   210 %   206 %   225 %   49 %   210 %   206 %
    2.77 %       
    
2.79
 
 
%
  2.78 %   5.38 %   2.77 %   2.79 %   3.53 %   6.51 %

 

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

International Core Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Mark Beale; Richard Lewis

 


 

Investment Objective

The International Core Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential and that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital, and a potential for positive earnings surprises. We invest primarily in developed countries, but may invest in emerging markets.

 

We invest in non-U.S. securities by following a two-phase investment process. In the first phase, we conduct bottom-up research on international growth and value stocks using a combination of company visits, broker research, analyst meetings and financial databases. All stocks considered for purchase are analyzed using an “Economic Value Added” (“EVA”) methodology, which seeks to identify the factors driving company profitability, such as cost of capital and net operating margin. EVA is a performance measure that estimates the economic profit of a company by measuring the amount by which earnings exceed or fall short of the required minimum rate of return that could be generated by investing in other securities of comparable risk. In the second phase of the investment process, investment recommendations are combined with sector and country considerations for final stock selections.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in non-U.S. securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 39. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

International Core Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2001
           
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.47     $8.84     $10.41      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.28     0.18     (0.06 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.93     2.59     (1.51 )    

Total from investment operations

  2.21     2.77     (1.57 )    

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.14 )   0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.27 )   0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.52 )   (0.14 )   0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.16     $11.47     $8.84      

Total return1

  19.38 %   31.38 %   (15.08 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1     $1     $04      

Ratios to average net assets6:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.0 %5   0.0 %5   2.2 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.3 %   1.8 %   (0.6 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  28 %   88 %   47 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 6

  4.8 %   7.7 %   52.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period of September 28, 2001 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2001.
4   Amount is less than $500,000.
5   Amount calculated is less than 0.05%.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

24   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

                               
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2001
             
 
    Dec. 31,
20013
    Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
20013
 
    $10.00     $11.45     $8.82     $10.40     $10.00  
                               
    (0.03 )   0.28     0.20     (0.08 )   (0.04 )
    0.44         
1.92
 
 
  2.58     (1.50 )   0.44  
    0.41     2.20     2.78     (1.58 )   0.40  
                               
    0.00     (0.25 )   (0.15 )   0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (0.27 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (0.52 )   (0.15 )   0.00     0.00  
    $10.41     $13.13     $11.45     $8.82     $10.40  
    4.10 %   19.32 %   31.58 %   (15.19 )%   4.00 %
                               
    $04     $1     $1     $04     $04  
                               
    2.2 %   0.0 %5   0.0 %5   2.4 %   2.7 %
    (1.1 )%       
2.3
 
%
  2.0 %   (0.8 )%   (1.6 )%
    4 %   28 %   88 %   47 %   4 %
    2.2 %       
    
5.5
 
 
%
  8.6 %   52.0 %   3.0 %

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

International Core Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2001
             
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
20013
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.43     $8.82     $10.40     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.28     0.21     (0.06 )   (0.04 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.93     2.57     (1.52 )   0.44  

Total from investment operations

  2.21     2.78     (1.58 )   0.40  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.17 )   0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.27 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.52 )   (0.17 )   0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.12     $11.43     $8.82     $10.40  

Total return1

  19.44 %   31.52 %   (15.19 )%   4.00 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $04     $04     $04     $04  

Ratios to average net assets6:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.0 %5   0.0 %5   2.40 %   2.70 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.3 %   2.1 %   (0.7 )%   (1.6 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  28 %   88 %   47 %   4 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 6

  5.5 %   8.4 %   52.5 %   3.0 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period of September 28, 2001 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2001.
4   Amount is less than $500,000.
5   Amount calculated is less than 0.05%.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

26   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

International Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:   Mark Beale; Josef Lakonishok; Richard Lewis; Menno Vermeulen, CFA; Robert W. Vishny and Mark L. Yockey, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The International Equity Fund seeks total return, with an emphasis on capital appreciation, over the long term, by investing primarily in equity securities of non-U.S. companies.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies through the use of three different styles of international equity management: an international value style, sub-advised by LSV Asset Management; an international blend style, sub-advised by New Star Institutional Managers Limited; and an international growth style, sub-advised by Artisan Partners Limited Partnership.

 

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership

Artisan invests in non-U.S. securities by using a bottom-up investment process to seek international growth companies, focusing on industries or themes that Artisan believes present accelerating growth prospects. Company visits are a key component of Artisan’s investment process, providing an opportunity to develop an understanding of a company, its management and its current and future strategic plans. Company visits also provide an opportunity to identify, validate or disprove an investment theme. Particular emphasis is placed on researching well-managed companies with dominant or increasing market shares that Artisan believes may lead to sustained earnings growth. Artisan pays careful attention to valuation relative to a company’s market or global industry in choosing investments. Securities purchased are generally those believed to offer the most compelling potential earnings growth relative to their valuation.

 

LSV Asset Management

LSV invests in non-U.S. securities believed to be undervalued in the marketplace at the time of purchase and believed to show recent positive signals, such as an appreciation in prices and increase in earnings. In making investment decisions, LSV applies a quantitative investment model. The investment model is designed to take advantage of judgmental biases that influence the decisions of many investors, such as the tendency to develop a “mindset” about a company or to wrongly equate a good company with a good investment irrespective of price. The investment model ranks securities based on fundamental measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation).

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited

New Star invests in non-U.S. securities by following a two-phase investment process. In the first phase, New Star conducts bottom-up research on international growth and value stocks using a combination of company visits, broker research, analyst meetings and financial databases. All stocks considered for purchase are analyzed using an “Economic Value Added” (“EVA”) methodology, which seeks to identify the factors driving company profitability, such as cost of capital and net operating margin. EVA is a performance measure that estimates the economic profit of a company by measuring the amount by which earnings exceed or fall short of the required minimum rate of return that could be generated by investing in other securities of comparable risk. In the second phase of the investment process, investment recommendations are combined with sector and country considerations for final stock selections.

 

28   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities;

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in non-U.S. securities;

 

·   in a minimum of five countries exclusive of the U.S.;

 

·   up to 50% of total assets in any one country;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in emerging markets; and

 

·   in equity securities including common stocks and preferred stocks, and in warrants, convertible debt securities, ADRs (and similar investments) and shares of other mutual funds.

 

We expect that the Fund’s portfolio will maintain an average market capitalization of $10 billion or more, although we may invest in equity securities of issuers with market capitalizations as low as $250 million. We also expect that the securities we hold will be traded on a stock exchange or other market in the country in which the issuer is based, but they also may be traded in other countries, including the U.S.

 

Although it is not our intention to do so, we reserve the right to hedge the portfolio’s foreign currency exposure by purchasing or selling foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 39. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of registered mutual funds and all discretionary accounts managed by Artisan with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the International Equity Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  48.52%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (21.41)%

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Artisan Composite Performance (incept. 01/01/96)

  17.41%   (1.79)%   13.05%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.01%

MSCI/EAFE Growth Index2

  16.12%   (6.03)%   2.20%
1   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Growth Index.

 

30   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of a registered mutual fund and all discretionary accounts managed by LSV with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the International Equity Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’03  •  20.86%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’98  •  (17.23)%

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

LSV Composite Performance (incept. 12/31/97)

  27.36%   11.04%   12.29%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.34%

MSCI/EAFE Value Index2

  24.33%   3.69%   8.30%

 

1   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Value Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of all discretionary accounts managed by New Star with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the International Equity Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  30.30%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (19.73)%

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

New Star Composite Performance

  17.39%   (0.62)%   6.77%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.62%
1   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.

 

32   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

International Equity Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 24, 1997
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.88     $8.46     $10.50     $15.24     $12.70      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.043     0.043     (0.01 )3   0.01     0.11      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.23     1.38     (2.03 )   (4.44 )   2.64      

Total from investment operations

  1.27     1.42     (2.04 )   (4.43 )   2.75      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.06 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.13 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.31 )   (0.08 )    

Total distributions

  (0.06 )   0.00     0.00     (0.31 )   (0.21 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.09     $9.88     $8.46     $10.50     $15.24      

Total return1

  12.89 %   16.78 %   (19.43 )%   (29.59 )%   21.65 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $56,108     $52,762     $22,806     $30,727     $43,659      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.50 %   1.50 %   1.72 %   1.75 %   1.75 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.36 %   0.42 %   (0.08 )%   0.05 %   (0.31 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  112 %   73 %   52 %   36 %   26 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  1.71 %   1.76 %   1.96 %   1.81 %   2.00 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

34   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                                             
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 24, 1997
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON APRIL 1, 1998
 
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $9.48     $8.19     $10.25     $14.99     $12.54     $9.47     $8.18     $10.24     $14.98     $12.54  
                                                             
    (0.05 )3   (0.03 )3   (0.09 )3   (0.11 )   0.06     (0.04 )3   (0.02 )3   (0.09 )3   (0.07 )   0.07  
        
1.19
 
 
      
1.32
 
 
  (1.97 )   (4.32 )   2.54     1.17     1.31     (1.97 )   (4.36 )   2.54  
    1.14     1.29     (2.06 )   (4.43 )   2.60     1.13     1.29     (2.06 )   (4.43 )   2.61  
                                                             
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.07 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.09 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.31 )   (0.08 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.31 )   (0.08 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.31 )   (0.15 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.31 )   (0.17 )
    $10.62     $9.48     $8.19     $10.25     $14.99     $10.60     $9.47     $8.18     $10.24     $14.98  
    12.03 %   15.75 %   (20.10 )%   (30.12 )%   20.65 %   11.93 %   15.77 %   (20.12 )%   (30.14 )%   20.72 %
                                                             
    $14,796     $20,149     $29,107     $41,122     $63,019     $1,618     $2,530     $2,167     $2,704     $2,857  
                                                             
    2.25 %   2.25 %   2.47 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.25 %   2.25 %   2.47 %   2.50 %   2.50 %
    (0.43 )%   (0.31 )%   (0.83 )%   (0.72 )%   (1.01 )%   (0.39 )%   (0.27 )%   (0.78 )%   (0.69 )%   (0.86 )%
    112 %   73 %   52 %   36 %   26 %   112 %   73 %   52 %   36 %   26 %
        

2.46
 
 
%
      

2.82
 
 
%
  3.06 %   2.70 %   2.95 %   2.45 %   2.70 %   2.96 %   2.50 %   3.02 %

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

International Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Josef Lakonishok; Robert W. Vishny; Menno Vermeulen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The International Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We invest in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies which we believe are undervalued in the marketplace at the time of purchase and show recent positive signals, such as an appreciation in prices and increase in earnings. We believe that these securities have the potential to produce superior future returns if their future growth exceeds the market’s low expectations.

 

We use a strictly quantitative investment model to make investment decisions for the Fund. The investment model is designed to take advantage of judgmental biases that influence the decisions of many investors, such as the tendency to develop a “mindset” about a company or to wrongly equate a good company with a good investment irrespective of price. The investment model ranks securities based on fundamental measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). This investment strategy seeks to control overall portfolio risk while maximizing the expected return. The Fund is expected to experience a low level of portfolio turnover.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in non-U.S. securities. We invest in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $400 million or more, but primarily invest in those with medium to large market capitalizations. We expect to maintain diversification among the countries represented in the industry benchmark, the MSCI/EAFE index. Generally, the non-U.S. securities we hold will be traded on a stock exchange or other market in the country in which the issuer has its principal place of business or principal office, but they also may be traded in other countries, including the U.S.

 

We may invest in additional master portfolios and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Funds” on page 43.

 

Although it is not our intention to do so, we reserve the right to hedge the portfolio’s foreign currency exposure by purchasing or selling foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 39. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

36   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

LSV Asset Management (“LSV”) is the sub-adviser for the Fund and for the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. As the sub-adviser, LSV is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolio. The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of all discretionary accounts managed by LSV with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  20.86%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  (17.23)%

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   3 years   5 years

Sub-adviser’s Composite Performance

(Incepted 12/31/97)

  27.36%   22.95%   11.04%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   11.89%   (1.13)%
1 Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

International Value Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2003
 
 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
    2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.21  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  1.73  

Total from investment operations

  1.94  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.94  

Total return1

  19.40 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $23  

Ratios to average net assets2:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.50 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.46 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

  24 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3, 5

  282.28 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

38   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Emerging Markets Focus Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

40   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

       

EMERGING MARKETS FOCUS

 

INTERNATIONAL CORE

 

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY

 

INTERNATIONAL VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries
considered developing or to have
“emerging” stock markets. Generally, these
securities have the same type of risks as
foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company
which may be in the form of an
ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed
of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined by the
Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made
up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on
an agreed upon price at a specified time.
Types of
options used may include: options
on securities,
options on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk   l       l   l

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

       

EMERGING MARKETS FOCUS

 

INTERNATIONAL CORE

 

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY

 

INTERNATIONAL VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed
upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which
may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market, and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

 

42   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the
Funds’ business
activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records
of shares and

supervises the payment
of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

    

    

 

Provide
services to
customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the International Value Fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If the Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for the International Value Fund, Funds Management acts as an investment adviser for Fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as the Fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If the Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the Fund for the management of those assets.

 

The Fund has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. Under these arrangements, if the Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund, International Core Fund and International Value Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval.

 

44   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202, a Milwaukee-based registered investment adviser, co-sub advises the International Equity Fund. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the investment sub-adviser to the International Value Portfolio in which the International Value Fund invests and co-sub advises the International Equity Fund. In this capacity, the sub-adviser is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolio and the Fund. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As or December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser, sub-advises the International Core Fund, and co-sub advises the International Equity Fund. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), and affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B shares and Class C shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

46   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   5.75%      6.10%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75%      4.99%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75%      3.90%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75%      2.83%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after seven years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
MAY 18, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Strong Funds in exchange for Strong Fund shares purchased prior to April 11, 2005 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after eight years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STRONG FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
APRIL 11, 2005 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS   9 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   4.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

48   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the previous account held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and that such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase; and

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.75% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 5.75% on the first $49,999, then 4.75% on the next $50,000!

 

50   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with Funds Distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

Emerging Markets Focus

   0.75%      0.75%

International Core

   0.75%      0.75%

International Equity

   0.75%      0.75%

International Value

   0.75%      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

52   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

·   The Funds impose a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 57 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

54   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, in person by visiting our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, WI, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in the connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling

 

56   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For each Fund in this Prospectus, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized net capital gain, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70½ according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   due to participation in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo fund of funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Fund generally will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Your AccountHow to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

· Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

· The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

58   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo International Equity Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request an investment slip booklet, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 58.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 58. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

60   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

62   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consist of securities of non-U.S. companies, the Fund can file an election with the IRS which requires you to include a pro rata-portion amount of the Fund’s foreign withholding taxes in your gross income, and treat such amount as foreign taxes paid by you. In general, you can either deduct such taxes in computing your taxable income or claim such amount as a foreign tax credit against your federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. We expect that the Funds in this Prospectus may be eligible for this election, but we can’t assure you that any Fund will make the election for any year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid)

 

64   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the appropriate number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees changed by institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

 

 

66   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolio


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

International Value Portfolio (formerly named the Overseas Portfolio)

  

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

68   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a
quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market
capitalizations of $400 million or more.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Portfolio Managers identified below in connection with the International Value Fund manage the Portfolio that the Fund currently invests in, and not the Fund itself. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Mark Beale

International Core Fund and its predecessor since 2005

International Equity Fund since 2004

Mr. Beale joined New Star in 1982 and is the lead portfolio manager for New Star’s international equity product. He has 22 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s research and stock selection within the U.S. market. He earned a B.A. degree in Economic History from the University of Sussex, England.

 

Frank Chiang

Emerging Markets Focus Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Mr. Chiang joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Chiang was a portfolio manager with Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”), which he joined in 1996 to co-manage the Montgomery Emerging Markets Funds. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Chiang was with TCW Asia Ltd., Hong Kong, where he was a managing director and portfolio manager responsible for TCW’s Asian equity strategy. Prior to that, he was associate director and portfolio manager for Wardley Investment Services, Hong Kong, where he created and managed three dedicated China funds. He is fluent in three Chinese dialects: Mandarin, Shanghainese and Cantonese. Mr. Chiang has his B.S. degree in Physics and Mathematics from McGill University in Montreal, Canada, and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University.

 

Josephine Jiménez, CFA

Emerging Markets Focus Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Ms. Jiménez joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Ms. Jiménez was a senior portfolio manager with Montgomery, which she joined in 1991 to launch and manage the firm’s emerging markets funds. In addition to managing the emerging markets strategies at Montgomery since 1992, Ms. Jiménez co-managed the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund since its inception in 1997. Prior to joining Montgomery, Ms. Jiménez was a portfolio manager at Emerging Markets Investors Corporation. From 1981 through 1988, she analyzed U.S. equity securities, first at Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, then at Shawmut Corporation. Ms. Jiménez received her M.S. degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and her B.S. degree from New York University.

 

Josef Lakonishok

International Equity Fund since 2004

International Value Fund since 2003

Dr. Lakonishok has served as CEO, Partner and Portfolio Manager for LSV since its founding in 1994. Dr. Lakonishok has more than 24 years of investment and research experience. Dr. Lakonishok earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Statistics and his M.B.A. degree from Tel Aviv University and earned his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Business Administration from Cornell University.

 

Richard Lewis

International Core Fund and its predecessor since 2005

International Equity Fund since 2004

Mr. Lewis joined New Star in 1989. He has 20 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s European Equity group. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Lewis was with Capel-Cure Myers Capital Management Ltd. in London where he was an equity investment manager and strategist. He earned a B. Sc. degree in Economics and Statistics from Bristol University, England.

 

70   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Menno Vermeulen, CFA

International Equity Fund since 2004

International Value Fund since 2003

Mr. Vermeulen has served as a Portfolio Manager and Senior Quantitative Analyst for LSV since 1995 and as a Partner for LSV since 1998. Mr. Vermeulen has more than 12 years of investment experience. Mr. Vermeulen earned his M.S. degree in Econometrics at Erasmus University at Rotterdam.

 

Robert W. Vishny

International Equity Fund since 2004

International Value Fund since 2003

Dr. Vishny has served as Partner and Portfolio Manager for LSV since its founding in 1994. Dr. Vishny has more than 17 years of investment and research experience. Dr. Vishny earned his B.A. degree with the highest distinction in Economics, Mathematics, and Philosophy from the University of Michigan and his Ph.D. degree in Economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Mark L. Yockey, CFA

International Equity Fund since 2004

Mr. Yockey is a managing director of Artisan and Portfolio Manager for Artisan’s diversified international growth equity portfolios. He has over 20 years of investment experience. Before joining Artisan in 1995, Mr. Yockey was the Portfolio Manager of the United International Growth Fund and Vice President of Waddell & Reed from January 1990 to December 1995. Mr. Yockey earned his B.A and M.B.A. degrees in Finance from Michigan State University.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods

 

72   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Hedge

Strategy used to offset investment risk. A perfect hedge is one eliminating the possibility of future gain or loss.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   73

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Warrants

The right to buy a stock at a set price for a set time.

 

74   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045IER/P207 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage International Stock Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging Markets Focus Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage International Core Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage International Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage International Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

International Stock Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging Markets
Focus Fund

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage International Core Fund

   22
    

Wells Fargo Advantage International Equity Fund

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage International Value Fund

   30
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   33
    

Organization and Management of the Funds

   37

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   40
    

How to Buy Shares

   42
    

How to Sell Shares

   43
    

Exchanges

   44

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Other Information

   46
    

Description of Master Portfolio

   48
    

Portfolio Managers

   50
    

Glossary

   52

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Emerging Markets Focus Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund)

(MNEFX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

 

International Core Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

International Equity Fund

(WFIEX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return with an emphasis on long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

International Value Fund (formerly named the Overseas Fund)

 

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in a focused portfolio consisting of equity securities of 20 to 40 companies that are tied

economically to emerging market countries.

 

We invest principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.

We invest principally in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies through the use of three different styles of international equity management: an international value style, sub-advised by LSV Asset Management; an international blend style, sub-advised by New Star Institutional Managers Limited; and an international growth style, sub-advised by Artisan Partners Limited Partnership.

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Fund by using a quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $400 million or more.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 18;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 33; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Emerging Market Securities

The Funds may invest in emerging market securities. The risks of investing in such markets are considerable because these investments typically present even greater exposure to the risks of foreign investing, and can present additional risks—such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval—that can make these investments extremely volatile. Stock markets in emerging market countries tend to be much more volatile than the U.S. stock market due to their relative immaturity and periods of instability. In the past, many emerging markets restricted the flow of money into or out of their stock markets and some continue to impose restrictions on foreign investors. Also, the economies of emerging market countries may be predominantly based on only a few industries or on revenue from particular commodities and international aid, making them more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting these industries or changes to the aid arrangements.

 

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS
Emerging Markets Focus Fund    The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Because the Fund may invest a large percentage of its assets in a single emerging market country, the value of an investment in the Fund may be more volatile and subject to greater risks than will an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly defined. Because the Fund typically invests in 20 to 40 companies, the value of an investment in the Fund will vary more in response to developments or changes in the market value affecting particular stocks than will an investment in a mutual fund investing in a greater number of securities. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

International Core Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

International Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. In the past, the Fund’s active trading investment strategy resulted in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses. Going forward, we do not anticipate that the Fund will employ an active trading investment strategy.

 

International Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage International Core Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor International Core Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage International Core Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor fund.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Emerging Markets Focus Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Montgomery Emerging Markets Fund and the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund, with the latter being the accounting survivor. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this prospectus for the successor fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor. In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Administrator Class shares of all of the Funds in this Prospectus except the International Core Fund were named the Institutional Class shares.

 

8   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Emerging Markets Focus Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  44.29%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (22.71)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/97)1

  12.58%   7.89%   14.47%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  12.58%   7.75%   14.15%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.18%   6.75%   12.65%

MSCI Emerging Markets Free Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  25.95%   4.62%   6.53%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Class R shares of the predecessor Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Free Markets Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

International Core Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  15.21%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3 ‘02  •  (15.81)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A Shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  12.51%   8.56%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.42%   8.17%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.56%   7.23%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2

  20.25%   13.25%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Fund’s Class A shares incepted on September 28, 2001.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.

 

10   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

International Equity Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  33.85%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3 ‘02  •  (21.81)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/8/99)1

  11.06%   (4.75)%   4.03%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.94%   (4.91)%   3.85%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.19%   (4.04)%   3.41%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2

  20.25%   (1.13)%   3.97%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Class A shares, which incepted on September 24, 1997, adjusted to reflect the expenses of the Administrator Class shares.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

International Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘04  •  14.57%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3 ‘04  •  1.02%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A Shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  18.50%   24.32%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  16.61%   22.62%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.99%   19.73%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   27.30%

MSCI/EAFE Value Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  24.88%   32.36%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Fund’s Class A shares incepted on October 31, 2003.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Value Index.

 

12   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None
Redemption Fee1   2.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Emerging Markets
Focus Fund
  International
Core Fund
  International
Equity Fund
  International
Value Fund5
Management Fees2   1.10%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.74%   6.69%   0.58%   0.56%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.84%   7.64%   1.53%   1.51%
Fee Waivers   0.24%   6.39%   0.28%   0.26%
NET EXPENSES4   1.60%   1.25%   1.25%   1.25%
1   Deducted from the net proceeds of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 42 for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for each Fund’s, except the International Value Fund’s, management fees and the master portfolio in which the International Value Fund Invests. The management fees charged to the Funds/master portfolio will decline as a Fund’s/master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s/master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund is as follows: 1.10% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 1.05% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 1.00% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.975% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.95% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the International Core Fund, International Equity Fund and the master portfolio in which the International Value Fund invests substantially all its assets is as follows: 0.95% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.90% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.85% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.825% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.80% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the International Core Fund and the International Value Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses for the Emerging Markets Focus and International Equity Funds have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses, and may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   For the Emerging Markets Focus Fund and International Equity Fund, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the International Core Fund and the International Value Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
5   Expenses for the International Value Fund include expenses allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests.

 

14   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Emerging Markets
Focus Fund
  International
Core Fund
  International
Equity Fund
  International
Value Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 363   $ 327   $ 327   $ 327
  3 YEARS   $ 555   $ 1,671   $ 456   $ 452
  5 YEARS   $ 973   $   $ 808   $
10 YEARS   $ 2,139   $   $ 1,800   $

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The International Value Fund is a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

16   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Focus Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Josephine Jiménez, CFA; Frank Chiang

 


 

Investment Objective

The Emerging Markets Focus Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a focused equity portfolio of companies tied economically to emerging market countries. We combine in-depth financial review with on-site analysis of companies, countries and regions to identify potential investments. We travel to emerging market countries to gain firsthand insight into the economic, political and social trends that affect investment in those countries. We allocate the Fund’s assets among emerging markets with stable or improving macroeconomic environments and invest in companies within those countries that we believe have high capital appreciation potential without excessive risks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in emerging market securities;

 

·   in a minimum of three but no more than ten emerging market countries in Latin America, Asia, Europe, Africa and the Middle East; and

 

·   in 20 to 40 companies.

 

As part of our investment strategy, we may invest up to 50% of total assets in a single emerging market country.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Because the Fund may invest a large percentage of its assets in a single emerging market country, the value of an investment in the Fund may be more volatile and subject to greater risks than will an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly diversified.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Because the Fund typically invests in 20 to 40 companies, the value of an investment in the Fund will vary more in response to developments or changes in the market value affecting particular stocks than will an investment in a mutual fund investing in a greater number of securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 33. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

18   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Focus Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended June 30, 2003, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR SHARE6 CLASS—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1997
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
20031
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.64     $15.16      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.065     0.035      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.85     2.45      

Total from investment operations

  2.91     2.48      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $20.55     $17.64      

Total return2

  16.43 %   16.42 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets at end of period (000s)

  $50,376     $29,273      

Ratios to average net assets3:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.60 %   1.55 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.30 %   0.73 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  225 %   49 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,4

  1.69 %   1.70 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

20   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $14.41     $14.00     $16.57     $13.15  
                         
    0.30     0.07     0.20     0.19  
    0.54     0.44     (2.73 )   3.47  
    0.84     0.51     (2.53 )   3.66  
                         
    (0.09 )   (0.10 )   (0.04 )   (0.16 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.08 )
    (0.09 )   (0.10 )   (0.04 )   (0.24 )
    $15.16     $14.41     $14.00     $16.57  
    5.79 %   3.80 %   (15.26 )%   27.91 %
                         
    $25,784     $22,974     $10,156     $4,725  
                         
    1.52 %   1.59 %   1.72 %   1.62 %
    2.43 %   0.60 %   1.68 %   0.66 %
    210 %   206 %   182 %   264 %
   

2.16

 

%

  4.66 %   4.37 %   6.15 %
                         

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

International Core Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Mark Beale; Richard Lewis

 


 

Investment Objective

The International Core Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential and that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital, and a potential for positive earnings surprises. We invest primarily in developed countries, but may invest in emerging markets.

 

We invest in non-U.S. securities by following a two-phase investment process. In the first phase, we conduct bottom-up research on international growth and value stocks using a combination of company visits, broker research, analyst meetings and financial databases. All stocks considered for purchase are analyzed using an “Economic Value Added” (“EVA”) methodology, which seeks to identify the factors driving company profitability, such as cost of capital and net operating margin. EVA is a performance measure that estimates the economic profit of a company by measuring the amount by which earnings exceed or fall short of the required minimum rate of return that could be generated by investing in other securities of comparable risk. In the second phase of the investment process, investment recommendations are combined with sector and country considerations for final stock selections.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in non-U.S. securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on

page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 33. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2001
             
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
    December 31,
2003
    December 31,
2002
    December 31,
20013
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.47     $8.84     $10.41     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.28     0.18     (0.06 )   (0.03 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.93     2.59     (1.51 )   0.44  

Total from investment operations

  2.21     2.77     (1.57 )   0.41  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.14 )   0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.27 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.52 )   (0.14 )   0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.16     $11.47     $8.84     $10.41  

Total return1

  19.38 %   31.38 %   (15.08 )%   4.10 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1     $1     $04     $04  

Ratios to average net assets:6

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.0 %5   0.0 %5   2.2 %   2.2 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.3 %   1.8 %   (0.6 )%   (1.1 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  28 %   88 %   47 %   4 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,6

  4.8 %   7.7 %   52.4 %   2.2 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   For the period of September 28, 2001 (commencement of Class) to December 31, 2001.
4   Amount is less than $500,000.
5   Amount calculated is less than 0.05%.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

International Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Mark Beale; Josef Lakonishok; Richard Lewis; Menno Vermeulen, CFA;

Robert W. Vishny and Mark L. Yockey, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The International Equity Fund seeks total return, with an emphasis on capital appreciation, over the long term, by investing primarily in equity securities of non-U.S. companies.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies through the use of three different styles of international equity management: an international value style, sub-advised by LSV Asset Management; an international blend style, sub-advised by New Star Institutional Managers Limited; and an international growth style, sub-advised by Artisan Partners Limited Partnership.

 

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership

 

Artisan invests in non-U.S. securities by using a bottom-up investment process to seek international growth companies, focusing on industries or themes that Artisan believes present accelerating growth prospects. Company visits are a key component of Artisan’s investment process, providing an opportunity to develop an understanding of a company, its management and its current and future strategic plans. Company visits also provide an opportunity to identify, validate or disprove an investment theme. Particular emphasis is placed on researching well-managed companies with dominant or increasing market shares that Artisan believes may lead to sustained earnings growth. Artisan pays careful attention to valuation relative to a company’s market or global industry in choosing investments. Securities purchased are generally those believed to offer the most compelling potential earnings growth relative to their valuation.

 

LSV Asset Management

LSV invests in non-U.S. securities believed to be undervalued in the marketplace at the time of purchase and believed to show recent positive signals, such as an appreciation in prices and increase in earnings. In making investment decisions, LSV applies a quantitative investment model. The investment model is designed to take advantage of judgmental biases that influence the decisions of many investors, such as the tendency to develop a “mindset” about a company or to wrongly equate a good company with a good investment irrespective of price. The investment model ranks securities based on fundamental measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation).

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited

New Star invests in non-U.S. securities by following a two-phase investment process. In the first phase, New Star conducts bottom-up research on international growth and value stocks using a combination of company visits, broker research, analyst meetings and financial databases. All stocks considered for purchase are analyzed using an “Economic Value Added” (“EVA”) methodology, which seeks to identify the factors driving company profitability, such as cost of capital and net operating margin. EVA is a performance measure that estimates the economic profit of a company by measuring the amount by which earnings exceed or fall short of the required minimum rate of return that could be generated by investing in other securities of comparable risk. In the second phase of the investment process, investment recommendations are combined with sector and country considerations for final stock selections.

 

24   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities;

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in non-U.S. securities;

 

·   in a minimum of five countries exclusive of the U.S.;

 

·   up to 50% of total assets in any one country;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in emerging markets; and

 

·   in equity securities including common stocks and preferred stocks, and in warrants, convertible debt securities, ADRs (and similar investments) and shares of other mutual funds.

 

We expect that the Fund’s portfolio will maintain an average market capitalization of $10 billion or more, although we may invest in equity securities of issuers with market capitalizations as low as $250 million. We also expect that the securities we hold will be traded on a stock exchange or other market in the country in which the issuer is based, but they also may be traded in other countries, including the U.S.

 

Although it is not our intention to do so, we reserve the right to hedge the portfolio’s foreign currency exposure by purchasing or selling foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 33. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of registered mutual funds and all discretionary accounts managed by Artisan with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the International Equity Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  48.61%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (21.36)%

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Artisan Composite Performance (incept. 01/01/96)

  17.70%   (1.55)%   13.32%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.01%

MSCI/EAFE Growth Index2

  16.12%   (6.03)%   2.20%
1   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Growth Index.

 

26   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of a registered mutual fund and all discretionary accounts managed by LSV with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the International Equity Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  20.94%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (17.18)%

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

LSV Composite Performance (incept. 12/31/97)

  27.68%   11.32%   12.57%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.34%

MSCI/EAFE Value Index2

  24.33%   3.69%   8.30%
1   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Value Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of all discretionary accounts managed by New Star with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the International Equity Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  30.38%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (19.69)%

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

New Star Composite Performance

  17.68%   (0.37)%   7.04%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.62%
1   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.

 

28   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

International Equity Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    ADMINISTRATOR SHARE5 CLASS—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.87     $8.46     $10.47     $15.17     $13.61  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.073     0.083     0.023     0.01     0.12  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.22     1.343     (2.03 )   (4.40 )   1.66  

Total from investment operations

  1.29     1.42     (2.01 )   (4.39 )   1.78  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.08 )   (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     (0.14 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.31 )   (0.08 )

Total distributions

  (0.08 )   (0.01 )   0.00     (0.31 )   (0.22 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.08     $9.87     $8.46     $10.47     $15.17  

Total return1

  13.11 %   16.83 %   (19.20 )%   (29.47 )%   13.01 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $394,649     $266,099     $372,380     $108,796     $122,397  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.25 %   1.25 %   1.44 %   1.50 %   1.50 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.64 %   0.76 %   0.31 %   0.31 %   0.32 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  112 %   73 %   52 %   36 %   26 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.38 %   1.34 %   1.46 %   1.53 %   1.92 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

International Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Josef Lakonishok; Robert W. Vishny; Menno Vermeulen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The International Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We invest in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies which we believe are undervalued in the marketplace at the time of purchase and show recent positive signals, such as an appreciation in prices and increase in earnings. We believe that these securities have the potential to produce superior future returns if their future growth exceeds the market’s low expectations.

 

We use a strictly quantitative investment model to make investment decisions for the Fund. The investment model is designed to take advantage of judgmental biases that influence the decisions of many investors, such as the tendency to develop a “mindset” about a company or to wrongly equate a good company with a good investment irrespective of price. The investment model ranks securities based on fundamental measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). This investment strategy seeks to control overall portfolio risk while maximizing the expected return. The Fund is expected to experience a low level of portfolio turnover.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in non-U.S. securities. We invest in the equity securities of non-U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $400 million or more, but primarily invest in those with medium to large market capitalizations. We expect to maintain diversification among the countries represented in the industry benchmark, the MSCI/EAFE index. Generally, the non-U.S. securities we hold will be traded on a stock exchange or other market in the country in which the issuer has its principal place of business or principal office, but they also may be traded in other countries, including the U.S.

 

We may invest in additional master portfolios and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Funds” on page 37.

 

Although it is not our intention to do so, we reserve the right to hedge the portfolio’s foreign currency exposure by purchasing or selling foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 33. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

30   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance for the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2003
 
 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
    2004.
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.21  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.73  

Total from investment operations

  1.94  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.94  

Total return1

  19.40 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $23  

Ratios to average net assets2,3:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.50 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.46 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

  24 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
    prior to waived fees and reimbursed
    expenses
2, 3, 5

  282.28 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

LSV Asset Management (“LSV”) is the sub-adviser for the Fund and for the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. As the sub-adviser, LSV is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolio. The performance information shown below represents a composite of the prior performance of all discretionary accounts managed by LSV with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Fund. The discretionary accounts are not registered mutual funds and were not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the composite. The composite performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Fund. The composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  20.86%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  (17.23)%

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years  

Life of

Fund

Sub-adviser’s Composite Performance

(Incepted 12/31/97)

  27.36%   22.95%   11.04%

MSCI/EAFE Index1

  20.25%   11.89%   (1.13)%
1 Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.

 

32   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Emerging Markets Focus Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets and are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

34   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

       

EMERGING

MARKETS

FOCUS

 

INTERNATIONAL

CORE

 

INTERNATIONAL

EQUITY

 

INTERNAITONAL

VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries
considered developing or to have
“emerging” stock markets. Generally, these
securities have the same type of risks as
foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market,
Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company
which may be in the form of an
ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed
of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined by the
Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made
up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on
an agreed upon price at a specified time.
Types of
options used may include: options
on securities,
options on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and
Liquidity Risk
  l       l   l

 

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   35


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

       

EMERGING

MARKETS

FOCUS

 

INTERNATIONAL

CORE

 

INTERNATIONAL

EQUITY

 

INTERNATIONAL

VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed
upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which
may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

 

Small Company Investment,

Market, and Liquidity Risk

  l   l   l   l

 

 

36   International Stock Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the
Funds’ business
activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records
of shares and

supervises the payment
of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

    

    

 

Provide
services to
customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the International Value Fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If the Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for the gateway Fund, Funds Management acts as an investment adviser for gateway fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as the gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the gateway fund for the management of those assets.

 

The gateway fund has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio(s) in which a gateway fund invests. Under these arrangements, if a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund, International Core Fund and International Value Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

38   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Sub-Advisers

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202, a Milwaukee-based registered investment adviser, co-sub advises the International Equity Fund. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the investment sub-adviser to the International Value Portfolio in which the International Value Fund invests and co-sub advises the International Equity Fund. In this capacity, the sub-adviser is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolio and the Fund. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As or December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser, sub-advises the International Core Fund, and co-sub advises the International Equity Fund. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each of these Funds pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

40   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Your Account How to Buy Shares


 

certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For each Fund in this Prospectus, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized net capital gain, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo fund of funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Fund generally will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

42   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at the Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times listed in the “Pricing Fund Shares” section are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for an Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Each Fund imposes a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 42 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from

 

44   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consist of securities of non-U.S. companies, the Fund can file an election with the IRS which requires you to include a pro rata-portion amount of the Fund’s foreign withholding taxes in your gross income, and treat such amount as foreign taxes paid by you. In general, you can either deduct such taxes in computing your taxable income or claim such amount as a foreign tax credit against your federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. We expect that the Funds in this Prospectus may be eligible for this election, but we can’t assure you that any Fund will make the election for any year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or

 

46   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming the transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are require to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolio


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

International Value Portfolio (formerly named the Overseas Portfolio)

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

48   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a
quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market
capitalizations of $400 million or more.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Portfolio Managers identified below in connection with the International Value Fund manage the Portfolio that the Fund currently invests in, and not the Fund itself. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Mark Beale

International Core Fund and its predecessor since 2005

International Equity Fund since 2004

Mr. Beale joined New Star in 1982 and is the lead portfolio manager for New Star’s international equity product. He has 22 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s research and stock selection within the U.S. market. He earned a B.A. degree in Economic History from the University of Sussex, England.

 

Frank Chiang

Emerging Markets Focus Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Mr. Chiang joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Chiang was a portfolio manager with Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”), which he joined in 1996 to co-manage the Montgomery Emerging Markets Funds. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Chiang was with TCW Asia Ltd., Hong Kong, where he was a managing director and portfolio manager responsible for TCW’s Asian equity strategy. Prior to that, he was associate director and portfolio manager for Wardley Investment Services, Hong Kong, where he created and managed three dedicated China funds. He is fluent in three Chinese dialects: Mandarin, Shanghainese and Cantonese. Mr. Chiang has his B.S. degree in Physics and Mathematics from McGill University in Montreal, Canada, and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University.

 

Josephine Jiménez, CFA

Emerging Markets Focus Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Ms. Jiménez joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Ms. Jiménez was a senior portfolio manager with Montgomery, which she joined in 1991 to launch and manage the firm’s emerging markets funds. In addition to managing the emerging markets strategies at Montgomery since 1992, Ms. Jiménez co-managed the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund since its inception in 1997. Prior to joining Montgomery, Ms. Jiménez was a portfolio manager at Emerging Markets Investors Corporation. From 1981 through 1988, she analyzed U.S. equity securities, first at Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, then at Shawmut Corporation. Ms. Jiménez received her M.S. degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and her B.S. degree from New York University.

 

Josef Lakonishok

International Equity Fund since 2004

International Value Fund since 2003

Dr. Lakonishok has served as CEO, Partner and Portfolio Manager for LSV since its founding in 1994. Dr. Lakonishok has more than 24 years of investment and research experience. Dr. Lakonishok earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Statistics and his M.B.A. degree from Tel Aviv University and earned his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Business Administration from Cornell University.

 

Richard Lewis

International Core Fund and its predecessor since 2005

International Equity Fund since 2004

Mr. Lewis joined New Star in 1989. He has 20 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s European Equity group. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Lewis was with Capel-Cure Myers Capital Management Ltd. in London where he was an equity investment manager and strategist. He earned a B. Sc. degree in Economics and Statistics from Bristol University, England.

 

50   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Menno Vermeulen, CFA

International Equity Fund since 2004

International Value Fund since 2003

Mr. Vermeulen has served as a Portfolio Manager and Senior Quantitative Analyst for LSV since 1995 and as a Partner for LSV since 1998. Mr. Vermeulen has more than 12 years of investment experience. Mr. Vermeulen earned his M.S. degree in Econometrics at Erasmus University at Rotterdam.

 

Robert W. Vishny

International Equity Fund since 2004

International Value Fund since 2003

Dr. Vishny has served as Partner and Portfolio Manager for LSV since its founding in 1994. Dr. Vishny has more than 17 years of investment and research experience. Dr. Vishny earned his B.A. degree with the highest distinction in Economics, Mathematics, and Philosophy from the University of Michigan and his Ph.D. degree in Economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

 

Mark L. Yockey, CFA

International Equity Fund since 2004

Mr. Yockey is a managing director of Artisan and Portfolio Manager for Artisan’s diversified international growth equity portfolios. He has over 20 years of investment experience. Before joining Artisan in 1995, Mr. Yockey was the Portfolio Manager of the United International Growth Fund and Vice President of Waddell & Reed from January 1990 to December 1995. Mr. Yockey earned his B.A. and M.B.A degrees in Finance from Michigan State University.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

52   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Hedge

Strategy used to offset investment risk. A perfect hedge is one eliminating the possibility of future gain or loss.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the Distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Warrants

The right to buy a stock at a set price for a set time.

 

54   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT

FDICINSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045IEAM/P303 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage International Stock Funds – Institutional Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Institutional Emerging Markets Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

International Stock Funds


 

Overview     

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
Important summary information about the Fund.     

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   13

The Fund     

Key Information

   14

Important information about

the Fund.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage Institutional Emerging Markets Fund

   15
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund

   18
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   20
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   23

Your Investment     

Your Account

   25
How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.     

How to Buy Shares

   26
    

How to Sell Shares

   28
    

Exchanges

   29

Reference     

Other Information

   31
Additional information and term definitions.     

Portfolio Managers

   33
    

Glossary

   34

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Institutional Emerging Markets Fund)

(MIEMX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Overseas Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY

 

We invest in a diversified portfolio of equity securities of companies tied economically to emerging market countries.

 

We invest principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential and that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund Descriptions beginning on page 15;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 20; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Emerging Market Securities

The Funds may invest in emerging market securities. The risks of investing in such markets are considerable because these investments typically present even greater exposure to the risks of foreign investing, and can present additional risks—such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval—that can make these investments extremely volatile. Stock markets in emerging market countries tend to be much more volatile than the U.S. stock market due to their relative immaturity and periods of instability. In the past, many emerging markets restricted the flow of money into or out of their stock markets and some continue to impose restrictions on foreign investors. Also, the economies of emerging market countries may be predominantly based on only a few industries or on revenue from particular commodities and international aid, making them more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting these industries or changes to the aid arrangements.

 

Equity Securities

Each Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Each Fund invests in foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depository Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Each Fund invests in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Overseas Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Overseas Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor fund.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Institutional Emerging Markets Fund became the successor fund to the Montgomery Institutional Series: Emerging Markets Portfolio effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Institutional Emerging Markets Fund, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, reflects the historical information for the predecessor fund.

 

In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Institutional Class shares of the Institutional Emerging Markets Fund were named the Select Class shares.

 

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  35.21%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (23.67)%

 

8   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/17/93)1

  22.16%   4.82%   3.52%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  21.83%   4.57%   3.32%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  14.39%   3.99%   2.93%

MSCI Emerging Markets Free Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  25.95%   4.62%   3.30%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s single class of shares.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International Emerging Markets Free Index.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Overseas Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  53.44%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (19.59)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/02)1

  19.26%   (7.38)%   5.30%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  18.47%   (7.65)%   5.06%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  12.52%   (6.26)%   4.45%

MSC EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2

  20.25%   (1.13)%   3.38%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Overseas Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of the predecessor fund’s Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
3   The Overseas Fund’s calendar year total return for 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such a favorable return can be consistently achieved.

 

10   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)    
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None
Redemption Fee1   2.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Institutional Emerging
Markets Fund
  Overseas Fund
Management Fees2   1.10%   0.95%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.53%   0.28%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.63%   1.23%
Fee Waivers   0.38%   0.28%
NET EXPENSES4   1.25%   0.95%
1   Deducted from the net proceeds of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 27 for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Institutional Emerging Markets Fund is as follows: 1.10% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 1.05% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 1.00% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.975% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.95% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Overseas Fund is as follows: 0.95% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.90% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.85% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.825% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.80% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses for the Overseas Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   For the Institutional Emerging Markets Fund, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Funds’ net operating expense ratio shown. For the Overseas Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

12   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Institutional Emerging
Markets Fund
  Overseas Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 327   $ 297
  3 YEARS   $ 477   $ 363
  5 YEARS   $ 851   $ 649
10 YEARS   $ 1,901   $ 1,464

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous page is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Funds in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Fund offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

14   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Josephine Jiménez, CFA; Frank Chiang

 


 

Investment Objective

The Institutional Emerging Markets Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a diversified equity portfolio of companies tied economically to emerging market countries. We combine in-depth financial review with on-site analysis of companies, countries and regions to identify potential investments. We travel to emerging market countries to gain firsthand insight into the economic, political and social trends that affect investment in those countries. We allocate the Fund’s assets among emerging markets with stable or improving macroeconomic environments and invest in companies within those countries that we believe have high capital appreciation potential without excessive risks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in emerging market securities; and

 

·   in a minimum of six emerging market countries in Latin America, Asia, Europe, Africa and the Middle East.

 

As part of our investment strategy, we may invest up to 35% of total assets in a single emerging market country.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Fund invests principally in emerging market securities. The risks of investing in such markets are considerable because these investments typically present even greater exposure to the risks of foreign investing, and can present additional risks—such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval—that can make these investments extremely volatile. Stock markets in emerging market countries tend to be much more volatile than the U.S. stock market due to their relative immaturity and periods of instability. In the past, many emerging markets restricted the flow of money into or out of their stock markets and some continue to impose restrictions on foreign investors. Also, the economies of emerging market countries may be predominantly based on only a few industries or on revenue from particular commodities and international aid, making them more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting these industries or changes to the aid arrangements. Because the Fund may invest a large percentage of its assets in a single emerging market country, the value of an investment in the Fund may be more volatile and subject to greater risks than will an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly diversified.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 20. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended June 30, 2003, September 30, 2003 and September 30, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all other periods ended June 30. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS5 SHARE —
COMMENCED ON DECEMBER 17, 1993
     

For the period ended:

 

Sept. 30,

2004

   

Sept. 30,

20031

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $42.29     $36.91      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.71     0.07      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  10.45     5.31      

Total from investment operations

  11.16     5.38      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.62 )   0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.62 )   0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $52.83     $42.29      

Total return2

  26.09 %   14.96 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $101,260     $82,432      

Ratios to average net assets4:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.25 %   1.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.45 %   0.66 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  104 %   19 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3, 4

  1.63 %   1.63 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   Formerly named the Select Class.

 

16   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

                         
                         
   

June 30,

2003

   

June 30,

2002

   

June 30,

2001

   

June 30,

2000

 
    $34.41     $35.30     $47.07     $39.05  
                         
    0.54     0.28     0.67     (0.45 )
    2.08     (0.82 )   (12.44 )   8.47  
    2.62     (0.54 )   (11.77 )   8.02  
                         
    (0.12 )   (0.35 )   0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.12 )   (0.35 )   0.00     0.00  
    $36.91     $34.41     $35.30     $47.07  
    7.71 %   (1.56 )%   (24.97 )%   20.42 %
                         
    $73,127     $66,511     $66,761     $104,553  
                         
    1.25 %   1.30 %   1.31 %   2.15 %
    1.69 %   0.85 %   1.17 %   (0.77 )%
    80 %   99 %   171 %   116 %
    1.63 %   4.80 %   3.18 %   3.74 %
                         

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Overseas Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Mark Beale; Richard Lewis

 


 

Investment Objective

The Overseas Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential and that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital, and a potential for positive earnings surprises. We invest primarily in developed countries, but may invest in emerging markets.

 

We invest in non-U.S. securities by following a two-phase investment process. In the first phase, we conduct bottom-up research on international growth and value stocks using a combination of company visits, broker research, analyst meetings and financial databases. All stocks considered for purchase are analyzed using an “Economic Value Added” (“EVA”) methodology, which seeks to identify the factors driving company profitability, such as cost of capital and net operating margin. EVA is a performance measure that estimates the economic profit of a company by measuring the amount by which earnings exceed or fall short of the required minimum rate of return that could be generated by investing in other securities of comparable risk. In the second phase of the investment process, investment recommendations are combined with sector and country considerations for final stock selections.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in non-U.S. securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 20. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

18   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—
COMMENCED ON DECEMBER 31, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.41     $8.69  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.24     0.11  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.96     2.74  

Total from investment operations

  2.20     2.85  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.26 )   (0.13 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.26 )   (0.13 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.35     $11.41  

Total return1

  19.26 %   32.77 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $03     $03  

Ratios to average net assets:4

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.9 %   0.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.9 %   1.2 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  22 %   41 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4

  0.9 %   7.6 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During the period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount is less than $500,000.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain risks of a Fund are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Institutional Emerging Markets Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of the shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term ”derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

20   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Funds and a table showing some of the additional investment practices the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets as defined in the Glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity, greater price volatility and those risks related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists, and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportional effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

 

        INSTITUTIONAL EMERGING MARKETS   OVERSEAS
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type of risks as foreign, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk.   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to the limits imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk   l    

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment and Liquidity Risk   l   l

 

22   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER
AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and
supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Institutional Emerging Markets Fund and Overseas Fund. Under this structure, the Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day and Overseas Fund investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires the Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Institutional Emerging Markets Fund. In this capacity it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, is a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser. New Star sub-advises the Overseas Fund. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of the Funds’ operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Funds’ business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

24   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record for Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Institutional Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $100 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $5 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive

 

26   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the Institutional Emerging Markets Fund and the Overseas Fund, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized net capital gain, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order the meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   to effect a non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo fund of funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Funds will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

28   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   The Funds impose a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 27 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

30   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as its direct investment in certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. companies, the Fund can file an election with the IRS which requires you to include a pro-rata portion of the Fund’s foreign withholding taxes in your gross income, and treat such amount as foreign taxes paid by you. In general, you can either deduct such taxes in computing your taxable income or claim such amount as a foreign tax credit against your federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. We expect the Funds in this Prospectus may be eligible for this election, but we can’t assure you that either Fund will make the election for any year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage to the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

32   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Mark Beale

Overseas Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Beale joined New Star in 1982 and is the lead portfolio manager for New Star’s international equity product. He has 22 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s research and stock selection within the U.S. market. He earned a B.A. degree in Economic History from the University of Sussex, England.

 

Frank Chiang

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund and its predecessor since 1996

Mr. Chiang joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Chiang was a portfolio manager with Montgomery, which he joined in 1996 to co-manage the Montgomery Emerging Markets Portfolio. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. Chiang was with TCW Asia Ltd., Hong Kong, where he was a managing director and portfolio manager responsible for TCW’s Asian equity strategy. Prior to that, he was associate director and portfolio manager for Wardley Investment Services, Hong Kong, where he created and managed three dedicated China funds. He is fluent in three Chinese dialects: Mandarin, Shanghainese and Cantonese. Mr. Chiang has his B.S. degree in Physics and Mathematics from McGill University in Montreal, Canada, and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University.

 

Josephine Jiménez, CFA

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund and its predecessor since 1993.

Ms. Jiménez joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Ms. Jiménez was a senior portfolio manager with Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”), which she joined in 1991 to launch and manage the firm’s emerging markets funds. In addition to managing the emerging markets strategies at Montgomery since 1992, Ms. Jiménez managed the Montgomery Emerging Markets Portfolio since 1993. Prior to joining Montgomery, Ms. Jiménez was a portfolio manager at Emerging Markets Investors Corporation. From 1981 through 1988, she analyzed U.S. equity securities, first at Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company, then at Shawmut Corporation. Ms. Jiménez received her M.S. degree from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and her B.S. degree from New York University.

 

Richard Lewis

Overseas Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Lewis joined New Star in 1989. He has 20 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s European Equity group. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Lewis was with Capel-Cure Myers Capital Management Ltd. in London where he was an equity investment manager and strategist. He earned a B. S. degree in Economics and Statistics from Bristol University, England.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends.

ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Fund.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Financial markets associated with a country that is considered by the international financial community and international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, to have an “emerging” stock market. These financial markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

34   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of the Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Money Market Instruments

High quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED-NO BANK GUARANTEE-MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045IET/P304 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage International Stock Funds – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Asia Pacific Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

International Stock Funds


 

Overview     

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
Important summary information about the Fund.     

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Fund     

Key Information

   12

Important information about

the Fund.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage Asia Pacific Fund

   13
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund

   15
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   17
    

Organization and Management of the Funds

   20

Your Investment     

Your Account

   23
How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.     

How to Buy Shares

   27
    

How to Sell Shares

   29
    

Exchanges

   31

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   33
Additional information and term definitions.     

Portfolio Managers

   37
    

Glossary

   38

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Asia Pacific Fund
(SASPX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Overseas Fund
(SOVRX)

 

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY

 

We invest principally in equity securities from companies incorporated in Asia or the Pacific Basin (excluding the U.S.). We look for companies with the potential for above-average sales and earnings growth, overall financial strength, competitive advantages, and capable management.

 

We invest principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential and that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund Descriptions beginning on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 17; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Emerging Market Securities

The Funds may invest in emerging market securities. The risks of investing in such markets are considerable because these investments typically present even greater exposure to the risks of foreign investing, and can present additional risks—such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval—that can make these investments extremely volatile. Stock markets in emerging market countries tend to be much more volatile than the U.S. stock market due to their relative immaturity and periods of instability. In the past, many emerging markets restricted the flow of money into or out of their stock markets and some continue to impose restrictions on foreign investors. Also, the economies of emerging market countries may be predominantly based on only a few industries or on revenue from particular commodities and international aid, making them more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting these industries or changes to the aid arrangements.

 

Equity Securities

Each Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Each Fund invests in foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depository Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

The Funds may invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Asia Pacific Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains. In addition, because the Fund’s investments are focused on a single region, its shares are likely to fluctuate more than funds that invest in a broader range of countries.

 

Overseas Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Asia Pacific Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Strong Asia Pacific Fund and Strong Overseas Fund, respectively. The predecessor funds were reorganized into the corresponding Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Asia Pacific Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Overseas Fund reflects the historical information for each Fund’s predecessor.

 

Asia Pacific Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘99  •  37.39%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘97  •  (22.45)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/93)1

  20.45%   (0.36)%   3.36%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  18.30%   (1.28)%   2.45%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.39%   (0.88)%   2.30%

MSCI/AC Pacific Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2

  18.59%   (2.77)%   (0.37)%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Asia Pacific Fund.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/All Country Pacific Index.
3   The Asia Pacific Fund’s calendar year total return for the period ending 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such a favorable return can be consistently achieved.

 

8   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Overseas Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  53.44%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (19.59)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 6/30/98)1

  18.29%   (7.62)%   5.10%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  17.84%   (7.82)%   4.91%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.89%   (6.42)%   4.30%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2

  20.25%   (1.13)%   3.38%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Overseas Fund.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe Australasia, and Far East Index.
3   The Overseas Fund’s calendar year total return for the period ending 1999 was primarily achieved during favorable conditions in the market, particularly for technology companies. You should not expect that such a favorable return can be consistently achieved.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

International Stock Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)    
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None
Redemption Fee1   2.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Asia Pacific
Fund
  Overseas
Fund
Management Fees2   1.10%   0.95%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.90%   0.85%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   2.00%   1.80%
Fee Waivers   0.35%   0.34%
NET EXPENSES4   1.65%   1.46%
1   Deducted from the net proceeds of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 25 for further information.
2   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Asia Pacific Fund is as follows: 1.10% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 1.05% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 1.00% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.975% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.95% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Overseas Fund is as follows: 0.95% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.90% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.85% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.825% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.80% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

10   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Asia Pacific
Fund
  Overseas
Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 368   $ 349
  3 YEARS   $ 594   $ 533
  5 YEARS   $ 1,045   $ 943
10 YEARS   $ 2,299   $ 2,088

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous page is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Funds in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Fund offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Anthony L. T. Cragg

 


 

Investment Objective

The Asia Pacific Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in Asia Pacific Basin securities that we believe have the potential for above average sales and earnings growth, overall financial strength, competitive advantages and capable management. We define Asia Pacific Basin securities as securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in the Asia Pacific Basin; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is the Asia Pacific Basin; (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in the Asia Pacific Basin or that have at least 50% of their assets in the Asia Pacific Basin; or (4) issued by Asia Pacific Basin governmental issuers.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in Asia Pacific Basin securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains. In addition, because the Fund’s investments are focused on a single region, its shares are likely to fluctuate more than funds that invest in a broader range of countries.

 

You should consider these risks, along with The “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 17. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    INVESTOR SHARE CLASS—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1993
             
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
   

Dec. 31,

20004

    Oct. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.98     $5.66     $6.18     $7.13     $9.62     $9.62  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.05     0.03     (0.00 )3   (0.06 )   (0.00 )3   (0.19 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.75     3.38     (0.48 )   (0.83 )   (0.30 )   (1.24 )

Total from investment operations

  1.80     3.41     (0.48 )   (0.89 )   (0.30 )   (1.43 )

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.03 )   (0.09 )   (0.04 )   (0.06 )   (0.36 )   (0.40 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.53 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.56 )   (0.09 )   (0.04 )   (0.06 )   (0.36 )   (0.40 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.22     $8.98     $5.66     $6.18     $7.13     $7.79  

Total return1

  20.45 %   60.25 %   (7.78 )%   (12.50 )%   (3.84 )%   (16.22 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $126     $93     $57     $38     $56     $57  

Ratios to average net assets5:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.7 %   1.7 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   1.7 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.6 %   0.5 %   (0.4 )%   (0.2 )%   (0.3 )%   (0.3 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  153 %   286 %   159 %   166 %   23 %   182 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,5

  1.8 %   2.0 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.0 %   1.7 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
4   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

14   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Overseas Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Mark Beale; Richard Lewis

 


 

Investment Objective

The Overseas Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential and that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital, and a potential for positive earnings surprises. We invest primarily in developed countries, but may invest in emerging markets.

 

We invest in non-U.S. securities by following a two-phase investment process. In the first phase, we conduct bottom-up research on international growth and value stocks using a combination of company visits, broker research, analyst meetings and financial databases. All stocks considered for purchase are analyzed using an “Economic Value Added” (“EVA”) methodology, which seeks to identify the factors driving company profitability, such as cost of capital and net operating margin. EVA is a performance measure that estimates the economic profit of a company by measuring the amount by which earnings exceed or fall short of the required minimum rate of return that could be generated by investing in other securities of comparable risk. In the second phase of the investment process, investment recommendations are combined with sector and country considerations for final stock selections.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in non-U.S. securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 17. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Overseas Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARE—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 1998
             
For the period ended:       Dec. 31,
  2004
        Dec. 31,
  2003
        Dec. 31,
  2002
        Dec. 31,
  2001
   

    Dec. 31,

  20003

        Oct. 31,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.41     $8.69     $10.86     $13.66     $15.17     $14.37  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.14     0.07     (0.01 )   0.01     (0.03 )   (0.04 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.95     2.72     (2.16 )   (2.63 )   (1.48 )   0.84  

Total from investment operations

  2.09     2.79     (2.17 )   (2.62 )   (1.51 )   0.80  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.15 )   (0.07 )   0.00     (0.18 )   0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.15 )   (0.07 )   0.00     (0.18 )   0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.35     $11.41     $8.69     $10.86     $13.66     $15.17  

Total return1

  18.29 %   32.16 %   (19.98 )%   (19.15 )%   (9.95 )%   5.57 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $120     $156     $84     $25     $41     $45  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.4 %   1.5 %   1.8 %   1.9 %   1.9 %   1.7 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.0 %   0.8 %   (0.1 )%   0.1 %   (1.3 )%   (0.3 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  22 %   41 %   46 %   169 %   13 %   117 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses2

  1.9 %   1.9 %   2.1 %   2.5 %   1.9 %   1.8 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   In 2000, the Fund change its fiscal year-end from October to December.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

16   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain risks of a Fund are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Asia Pacific Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of the shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term ”derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Funds and a table showing some of the additional investment practices the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets as defined in the Glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity, greater price volatility and those risks related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists, and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportional effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

18   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

 

             
        ASIA PACIFIC   OVERSEAS
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to
meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have
“emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type
of risks as foreign, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market,
Foreign Investment, Regulatory,
Liquidity and Currency Risk.
  l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be in the form of
an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory,
Liquidity and Currency Risk
  l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of
business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to
15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions
to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to the limits
imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) (currently
one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund
shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition
to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold
in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security
at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more
volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment
and Liquidity Risk
  l   l

 

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   19


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Funds’ activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER

SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and
supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

    

    

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

20   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Asia Pacific Fund. In this capacity it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, is a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser. New Star sub-advises the Overseas Fund. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of the Funds’ operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Funds’ business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

22   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

24   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the Funds, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized net capital gain, and the will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 ½ according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (see your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability’ is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   due to participation in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   to effect a non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo fund of funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underling shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Funds will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds
ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

(Name of Fund, Account
Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

26   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Asia Pacific Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 26.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 26. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

28   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

30   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   The Funds impose a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 25 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

32   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this program, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will automatically be reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·  

Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

 

day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. It is not expected that corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investments in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you with respect to your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. companies, the Fund can file an election with the IRS which requires you to include a pro-rata portion of the Fund’s foreign withholding taxes in your gross income, and treat such amount as foreign taxes paid by you. In general, you can either deduct such taxes in computing your taxable income or claim such amount as a foreign tax credit against your federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. We expect the Funds in this Prospectus may be eligible for this election, but we can’t assure you that any Fund will make the election for any year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and realizes and distributes the gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or

 

34   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

36   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Mark Beale

Overseas Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Beale joined New Star in 1982 and is the lead portfolio manager for New Star’s international equity product. He has 22 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s research and stock selection within the U.S. market. He earned a B.A. degree in Economic History from the University of Sussex, England.

 

Anthony L. T. Cragg

Asia Pacific Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Cragg joined Wells Capital Management in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since April 1993 and developed SCM’s international investment activities. During the prior seven years, he helped establish Dillon, Read International Asset Management, where he was in charge of Japanese, Asian, and Australian investments. He began his investment career in 1980 at Gartmore, Ltd., as an international investment manager, where his tenure included assignments in London, Hong Kong, and Tokyo. He received his M.A. degree in English Literature from Christ Church, Oxford University.

 

Richard Lewis

Overseas Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Lewis joined New Star in 1989. He has 20 years of investment experience. He is a member of the Investment Policy and Currency Group, and is responsible for New Star’s European Equity group. Prior to joining the firm, Mr. Lewis was with Capel-Cure Myers Capital Management Ltd. in London where he was an equity investment manager and strategist. He earned a B. S. degree In Economics and Statistics from Bristol University, England.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends.

ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Fund.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Financial markets associated with a country that is considered by the international financial community and international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, to have an “emerging” stock market. These financial markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the Distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

38   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of the Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

International Stock Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

40   International Stock Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045IEIV/P306 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialty Funds – Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Health Sciences Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Technology Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Specialty Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   13

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   15
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services Fund

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Health Sciences Fund

   21
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Technology Fund

   24
      

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks

   28
       
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   32

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

A Choice of Share Classes

   34
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   37
    

Exchanges

   41
    

Your Account

   43
      

How to Buy Shares

   47
      

How to Sell Shares

   49

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   51
    

Portfolio Managers

   55
    

Glossary

   56

 


Table of Contents

Specialty Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear this way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Specialized Financial Services Fund (formerly named the SIFE Specialized Financial Services Fund)

(Class A: SIFEX)

(Class B: SIFBX)

(Class C: SIFCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Specialized Health Sciences Fund

(Class A: WFHAX)

(Class B: WFHBX)

(Class C: WFHCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Specialized Technology Fund

(Class A: WFSTX)

(Class B: WFTBX)

(Class C: WFTCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in equity securities of financial services companies (such as financial services holding companies, bank holding companies, commercial banks, savings and loan associations, brokerage companies, insurance companies, real-estate related companies, leasing companies, and consumer and industrial finance companies). In researching potential investments, we focus on companies that have capital growth potential because of favorable overall business prospects, the development of and demand for new products and services, undervalued assets and/or earnings potential, and favorable operating ratios such as default rates, credit quality, and interest rate spreads.
We invest principally in equity securities of health sciences companies based in at least three countries, including the United States. We define health sciences companies as those with revenues primarily generated by health care, medicine, and life sciences products and services. This would include pharmaceutical, biochemical, biotechnology, health care facilities, health care service and medical device companies. We currently expect the majority of the Fund’s foreign investments to be in companies organized or headquartered in countries of Western Europe and Japan. We concentrate the Fund’s investments in the health sciences sector, and because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund also is considered to be non-diversified.
We invest principally in equity securities of technology companies worldwide. We define technology companies as those with revenues primarily generated by technology products and services, such as computer, software, communications equipment and services, semi-conductor, healthcare, biotechnology, defense and aerospace, energy equipment and services, nanotechnology, electronic manufacturing services and others. We concentrate the Fund’s investments in the technology sector, and because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund also is considered to be non-diversified.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 17;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 28; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Specialized Financial Services Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Because of the Fund’s focus in the financial services sector, it will be more susceptible than funds that do not concentrate their investments to market and other conditions affecting a single group of industries. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Specialized Health Sciences Fund and Specialized Technology Fund

   The Funds are primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Funds are considered to be non-diversified because they invest a relatively high percentage of their assets in a limited number of issuers. The Funds also concentrate their investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. Non-diversified and concentrated funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services Fund was organized as the successor fund to the SIFE Trust Fund, which was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on February 22, 2002. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown for the successor fund for periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization date reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Specialized Financial Services Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

                                    [CHART]

                                        

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  19.60%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (18.15)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

8   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”). After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares and after-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/2/62)2

  1.15%   5.78%   13.42%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.97)%   3.03%   10.07%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.45%   3.94%   10.26%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/1/97)3

  1.43%   5.78%   13.08%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/1/97)3

  5.57%   6.09%   13.05%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for the Class A shares reflects the performance of the predecessor portfolio’s Class A-I shares. The predecessor Class A-I is the accounting survivor of the reorganization of the SIFE Trust Fund Class A-I and Class A-II into the Fund’s Class A. The Fund’s inception date was July 2, 1962.
3   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
4   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Specialized Health Sciences Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  18.78%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (16.96)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/2/01)

  5.71%   1.87%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  5.64%   1.85%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.71%   1.58%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/2/01)

  6.31%   1.95%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/2/01)

  10.30%   2.73%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   2.85%

MSCI/World Health Care Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3,4

  6.40%   0.48%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/World Health Care Index.
4   The Fund has selected the Morgan Stanley Capital International World Health Care Index to replace the S&P 500 Index going forward because the former is more representative of the Fund’s holdings.

 

10   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Specialized Technology Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘01  •  39.40%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (32.80)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/18/00)

  11.28%   (15.99)%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.28%   (15.99)%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.33%   (12.91)%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/18/00)

  12.07%   (16.28)%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 9/18/00)

  15.83%   (15.50)%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   (6.13)%

Goldman Sachs Technology Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3

  2.92%   (17.51)%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
3   The Fund has selected the Goldman Sachs Technology Index to replace the S&P 500 Index going forward because the former is more representative of the Fund’s holdings.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Specialty Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)    
    All Funds    
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  5.75%   None   None    
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None1   5.00%   1.00%    

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)    
   

Specialized Financial

Services Fund

  Specialized Health
Sciences Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees2   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%   0.95%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses3   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.89%   0.89%   0.89%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.60%   2.35%   2.35%   1.84%   2.59%   2.59%    
Fee Waivers   0.25%   0.25%   0.25%   0.19%   0.19%   0.19%    
NET EXPENSES4   1.35%   2.10%   2.10%   1.65%   2.40%   2.40%    
1   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Specialized Financial Services and Specialized Health Sciences Funds is as follows: 0.95% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.90% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.85% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.825% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.80% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Specialized Technology Fund is as follows: 1.05% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 1.00% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.95% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.925% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.90% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through January 31, 2006 for the Specialized Financial Services Fund and Specialized Health Sciences Fund, and through April 30, 2007 for the Specialized Technology Fund, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

12   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 
    Specialized
Technology Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    1.05%   1.05%   1.05%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.75%   0.75%   0.74%
    1.80%   2.55%   2.54%
    0.05%   0.05%   0.04%
    1.75%   2.50%   2.50%

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Specialty Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Specialized Financial
Services Fund
  Specialized Health
Sciences Fund
  Specialized
Technology Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 705   $ 713   $ 313   $ 733   $ 743   $ 343   $ 743   $ 753   $ 353
  3 YEARS   $ 1,028   $ 1,030   $ 751   $ 1,184   $ 1,183   $ 908   $ 1,098   $ 1,197   $ 862
  5 YEARS   $ 1,374   $ 1,479   $ 1,315   $ 1,659   $ 1,749   $ 1,596   $ 1,479   $ 1,765   $ 1,497
10 YEARS   $ 2,346   $ 2,447   $ 2,852   $ 2,967   $ 3,050   $ 3,431   $ 2,546   $ 2,974   $ 3,204

 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Specialized Financial
Services Fund
  Specialized Health
Sciences Fund
  Specialized
Technology Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 705   $ 213   $ 213   $ 733   $ 243   $ 243   $ 743   $ 223   $ 253
  3 YEARS   $ 1,028   $ 730   $ 751   $ 1,184   $ 883   $ 908   $ 1,098   $ 897   $ 862
  5 YEARS   $ 1,374   $ 1,274   $ 1,315   $ 1,659   $ 1,549   $ 1,596   $ 1,479   $ 1,565   $ 1,497
10 YEARS   $ 2,346   $ 2,447   $ 2,852   $ 2,967   $ 3,056   $ 3,431   $ 2,546   $ 2,974   $ 3,204

 

14   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investment activities and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Financial Services Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Allen J. Ayvazian, Allen Wisniewski, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Specialized Financial Services Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in equity securities of financial services companies (such as financial services holding companies, bank holding companies, commercial banks, savings and loan associations, brokerage companies, insurance companies, real estate-related companies, leasing companies, and consumer and industrial finance companies).

 

In researching potential investments, we focus on companies that have capital growth potential because of favorable overall business prospects, the development of and demand for new products and services, undervalued assets and/or earnings potential, and favorable operating ratios, such as default rates, credit quality, and interest rate spreads.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities of financial services companies; and

 

·   in equity securities including common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, convertible debt securities, ADRs (and similar investments) and shares of other mutual funds.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Because of the Fund’s focus in the financial services sector, it will be more susceptible than funds that do not concentrate their investments to market and other conditions affecting a single group of industries.

 

Financial services companies may be more greatly impacted by changing interest rates and/or economic conditions than the overall stock markets. Certain financial services companies are subject to greater regulation than other industries in the overall stock markets. For example, industries like banking, securities, and insurance are subject to special regulatory schemes not shared by other industries. Additionally, tighter government regulation of certain financial services companies in which the Fund invests may adversely affect the Fund by preventing such investments from realizing their growth potential. The increased sensitivity of the Fund’s holdings, and therefore the Fund’s NAV, to market and economic factors affecting the financial services sector may make the Fund more suitable for long-term investors. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 28. They are all important to your investment choice.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Financial Services Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, and Deloitte & Touche LLP audited this information for the periods ended December 31. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 2, 1962
                 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
  2004
        Sept. 30,
  2003
        Sept. 30,
  20021
        Dec. 31,
  2001
        Dec. 31,
  2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $4.26     $3.71     $5.38     $5.80     $5.21      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.03     0.03     0.04     0.06     0.08      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.42     0.56     (0.71 )   (0.24 )   0.96      

Total from investment operations

  0.45     0.59     (0.67 )   (0.18 )   1.04      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.03 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.06 )   (0.08 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.85 )   0.00     (0.96 )   (0.18 )   (0.37 )    

Total distributions

  (0.88 )   (0.04 )   (1.00 )   (0.24 )   (0.45 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $3.83     $4.26     $3.71     $5.38     $5.80      

Total return2

  11.11 %   16.12 %   (12.95 )%   (2.9 )%   21.0 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $481,182     $512,466     $509,614     $679,747     $780,213      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.35 %   1.35 %   1.34 %   1.25 %   1.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.71 %   0.82 %   0.98 %   1.15 %   1.48 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  221 %   356 %   187 %   11 %   16 %    

Ratios of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  1.60 %   1.59 %   1.46 %   1.25 %   1.25 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from December 31 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

18   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

 

 

   
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 1, 1997
 
        Dec. 31,
  1999
    Sept. 30,
2004
      Sept. 30,
  2003
      Sept. 30,
  20021
      Dec. 31,
  2001
      Dec. 31,
  2000
      Dec. 31,
  1999
 
    $6.26     $4.25     $3.71     $5.38     $5.80     $5.21     $6.26  
                                           
    0.07     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.01     0.03     0.00  
    (0.56 )   0.43     0.56     (0.71 )   (0.24 )   0.96     (0.56 )
    (0.49 )   0.42     0.56     (0.71 )   (0.23 )   0.99     (0.56 )
                                           
    (0.07 )   0.00     (0.02 )   0.00     (0.01 )   (0.03 )   0.00  
    (0.49 )   (0.85 )   0.00     (0.96 )   (0.18 )   (0.37 )   (0.49 )
    (0.56 )   (0.85 )   (0.02 )   (0.96 )   (0.19 )   (0.40 )   (0.49 )
    $5.21     $3.82     $4.25     $3.71     $5.38     $5.80     $5.21  
    (8.5 )%   10.41 %   15.21 %   (13.51 )%   (3.9 )%   19.8 %   (9.4 )%
                                           
    $862,539     $10,612     $20,465     $20,986     $24,732     $26,965     $31,250  
                                           
    1.25 %   2.10 %   2.10 %   2.13 %   2.25 %   2.25 %   2.25 %
        
1.07
 
%
  (0.02 )%   0.07 %   0.17 %   0.16 %   0.50 %   0.06 %
    25 %   221 %   356 %   187 %   11 %   16 %   25 %
        
1.25
 
%
  2.35 %   2.45 %   2.48 %   2.25 %   2.25 %   2.25 %

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Financial Services Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended September 30, and Deloitte & Touche LLP audited this information for the periods ended December 31. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 1, 1997
                   
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
      Sept. 30,
 2003
      Sept. 30,
 20021
      Dec. 31,
 2001
      Dec. 31,
 2000
      Dec. 31,
 1999
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $4.23     $3.69     $5.37     $5.79     $5.20     $6.24  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02     0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.42     0.56     (0.72 )   (0.24 )   0.96     (0.55 )

Total from investment operations

  0.42     0.56     (0.72 )   (0.23 )   0.98     (0.55 )

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.02 )   0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )   0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.85 )   0.00     (0.96 )   (0.18 )   (0.37 )   (0.49 )

Total distributions

  (0.85 )   (0.02 )   (0.96 )   (0.19 )   (0.39 )   (0.49 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $3.80     $4.23     $3.69     $5.37     $5.79     $5.20  

Total return2

  10.45 %   15.30 %   (13.77 )%   (3.9 )%   19.8 %   (9.3 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,857     $1,937     $1,793     $2,071     $2,139     $3,197  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.10 %   2.10 %   2.13 %   2.25 %   2.25 %   2.25 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.04 )%   0.07 %   0.17 %   0.16 %   0.50 %   0.06 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  221 %   356 %   187 %   11 %   16 %   25 %

Ratios of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.35 %   2.55 %   2.74 %   2.25 %   2.25 %   2.25 %
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from December 31 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Health Sciences Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Selena A. Chaisson M.D.

 


 

Investment Objective

The Specialized Health Sciences Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek long-term capital appreciation by investing principally in equity securities of U.S. and foreign health sciences companies. We invest in equity securities of health sciences companies based in at least three countries, including the U. S. We define health sciences companies as those with revenues primarily generated by health care, medicine and life sciences products and services. This would include pharmaceutical, biochemical, biotechnology, health care facilities, health care service and medical device companies. We currently expect the majority of the Fund’s foreign investments to be in companies organized or headquartered in countries of Western Europe and Japan. The Fund concentrates its investments in the health sciences sector, and because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund also is considered to be non-diversified.

 

We evaluate the fundamental value and prospects for growth of individual companies and focus on health care companies that we expect will have higher than average rates of growth and strong potential for capital appreciation. We develop forecasts of economic growth, inflation, and interest rates that we use to identify regions and individual countries that are likely to offer the best investment opportunities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of health sciences companies;

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in foreign investments;

 

·   up to 15% of total assets in equity securities of issuers with market capitalizations below $100 million at the time of purchase; and

 

·   principally in equity securities including common stocks, and preferred stocks, and in warrants, convertible debt securities, ADRs (and similar investments), shares of other mutual funds, and regular shares of foreign companies traded and settled on U.S. exchanges and over-the-counter markets.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund concentrates its investments in the health sciences sector. Because of its focus in the health sciences sector, it will be more susceptible than funds that do not concentrate their investments to market and other conditions affecting a single group of industries. The health sciences sector is rapidly changing and may be impacted by such factors as government regulation, uncertain demand and the risk that products may become obsolete. Such changes may negatively affect the performance of Fund investments. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers in which they invest than diversified funds. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 28. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Health Sciences Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON APRIL 2, 2001
           
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.51     $7.81     $9.70     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.09 )   (0.08 )   (0.10 )   (0.03 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.07     1.78     (1.79 )   (0.27 )    

Total from investment operations

  0.98     1.70     (1.89 )   (0.30 )    

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.49     $9.51     $7.81     $9.70      

Total return1

  10.30 %   21.77 %   (19.48 )%   (3.00 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $12,891     $12,805     $12,217     $12,331      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.65 %   1.65 %   1.65 %   1.65 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.87 )%   (1.02 )%   (1.07 )%   (0.95 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  266 %   150 %   138 %   48 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.84 %   2.25 %   1.92 %   2.66 %    
1 Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized
2 Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3 During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

22   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON APRIL 2, 2001
          CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON APRIL 2, 2001
       
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
 
    $9.32     $7.72     $9.66     $10.00     $9.33     $7.73     $9.66     $10.00  
                                                 
    (0.18 )   (0.16 )   (0.17 )   (0.06 )   (0.19 )   (0.16 )   (0.18 )   (0.06 )
    1.07         
1.76
 
 
  (1.77 )   (0.28 )   1.08     1.76     (1.75 )   (0.28 )
    0.89     1.60     (1.84 )   (0.34 )   0.89     1.60     (1.93 )   (0.34 )
                                                 
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    $10.21     $9.32     $7.72     $9.66     $10.22     $9.33     $7.73     $9.66  
    9.55 %   20.73 %   (20.08 )%   (3.40 )%   9.54 %   20.70 %   (19.98 )%   (3.40 )%
                                                 
    $17,140     $17,150     $15,576     $16,320     $2,249     $2,323     $2,051     $2,277  
                                                 
    2.40 %   2.40 %   2.40 %   2.40 %   2.40 %   2.40 %   2.40 %   2.40 %
    (1.62 )%       
(1.77
 
)%
  (1.82 )%   (1.67 )%   (1.63 )%   (1.77 )%   (1.82 )%   (1.71 )%
    266 %   150 %   138 %   48 %   266 %   150 %   138 %   48 %
    2.59 %       

3.06
 
 
%
  2.87 %   3.46 %   2.59 %   3.18 %   3.03 %   3.99 %

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Technology Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA; Huachen Chen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Specialized Technology Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in domestic and foreign equity securities of technology companies.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in equity securities of technology companies worldwide. We define technology companies as those with revenues primarily generated by technology products and services, such as computer, software, communications equipment and services, semi-conductor, healthcare, biotechnology, defense and aerospace, energy equipment and services, nanotechnology, electronic manufacturing services and others. We concentrate the Fund’s investments in the technology sector, and because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund is also considered to be non-diversified.

 

We evaluate the fundamental value and prospects for growth of individual companies and focus on technology companies that we expect will have higher than average rates of growth and strong potential for capital appreciation. We develop forecasts of economic growth, inflation, and interest rates that we use to identify regions and individual countries that are likely to offer the best investment opportunities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of technology companies;

 

·   up to 50% of total assets in foreign securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in any one foreign country, although investments in Japan may exceed this limitation;

 

·   primarily in issuers with average market capitalizations of $500 million or more, although we may invest up to 15% of total assets in equity securities of issuers with market capitalizations below $100 million; and

 

·   principally in equity securities including common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, convertible debt securities, ADRs (and similar investments), shares of other mutual funds, and regular shares of foreign companies traded and settled on U.S. exchanges and over-the-counter markets.

 

We may hedge the portfolio’s foreign currency exposure by purchasing or selling foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts.

 

24   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund concentrates its investments in securities of technology and technology-related companies. Because we focus the Fund’s investments in technology companies, the Fund will be more susceptible than funds that do not concentrate their investments to market and other conditions affecting technology companies. The technology sector is rapidly changing and may be impacted by such factors as government regulation, uncertain demand and the risk that products may become obsolete. Such changes may negatively affect the performance of Fund investments. In the past, technology common stocks have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies, and a portfolio invested in these securities has a higher degree of risk associated with it than more broadly invested equity funds. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which it invests than diversified funds. Significant losses may result from lack of depth of management, inability to generate funds necessary for growth or potential development, and competition from larger or more established companies. Smaller or newer companies may have more limited trading markets, and may be subject to wide price fluctuations.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 28. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Technology Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 18, 2000
                 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $3.93     $2.23     $3.02     $10.11     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.07 )   0.02     (0.06 )   (0.02 )   0.00      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.27     1.68     (0.73 )   (7.07 )   0.11      

Total from investment operations

  0.20     1.70     (0.79 )   (7.09 )   0.11      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $4.13     $3.93     $2.23     $3.02     $10.11      

Total return1

  5.09 %   76.23 %   (26.16 )%   (70.13 )%   1.10 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $104,033     $110,730     $13,559     $22,946     $42,626      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.44 )%   (1.45 )%   (1.37 )%   (0.47 )%   (0.13 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate

  262 %   276 %   388 %   773 %   7 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
Prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.80 %   1.98 %   2.47 %   2.00 %   2.02 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

26   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

                                                             
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 18, 2000
                CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 18, 2000
             
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $3.85     $2.19     $3.00     $10.11     $10.00     $3.84     $2.19     $3.00     $10.11     $10.00  
                                                             
    (0.10 )   (0.06 )   (0.08 )   (0.06 )   0.00     (0.10 )   (0.06 )   (0.08 )   (0.06 )   0.00  
    0.26         
1.72
 
 
  (0.73 )   (7.05 )   0.11     0.26     1.71     (0.73 )   (7.05 )   0.11  
    0.16     1.66     (0.81 )   (7.11 )   0.11     0.16     1.65     (0.81 )   (7.11 )   0.11  
                                                             
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    $4.01     $3.85     $2.19     $3.00     $10.11     $4.00     $3.84     $2.19     $3.00     $10.11  
    4.16 %   75.80 %   (27.00 )%   (70.33 )%   1.10 %   4.17 %   75.34 %   (27.00 )%   (70.33 )%   1.10 %
                                                             
    $28,648     $31,758     $20,949     $34,218     $52,958     $5,789     $7,076     $4,295     $7,320     $14,176  
                                                             
    2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %   2.50 %
    (2.19 )%       
(2.10
 
)%
  (2.12 )%   (1.24 )%   (0.88 )%   (2.19 )%   (2.10 )%   (2.12 )%   (1.22 )%   (0.90 )%
    262 %   276 %   388 %   773 %   7 %   262 %   276 %   388 %   773 %   7 %
    2.55 %       
    
3.08
 
 
%
  3.46 %   2.72 %   2.77 %   2.54 %   2.91 %   3.16 %   2.66 %   2.77 %

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Specialized Financial Services Fund, Specialized Health Sciences Fund and Specialized Technology Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

28   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Concentration Risk—The risk that investing portfolio assets in a single industry or industries exposes the portfolio to greater loss from adverse changes affecting the industry.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer).

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

30   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        SPECIALIZED FINANCIAL SERVICES   SPECIALIZED HEALTH SCIENCES   SPECIALIZED TECHNOLOGY
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type of risks as foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk       l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven day s at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th St. & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB–ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

32   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Specialized Financial Services Fund and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

RCM Capital Management, LLC (“RCM”), wholly owned by RCM US Holdings LLC (“US Holdings”), is located at 4 Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA 94111. US Holdings is a registered investment adviser and is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Dresdner Bank AG, which, in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allianz A.G. RCM is a registered investment adviser and is the sub-adviser for the Specialized Health Sciences and Specialized Technology Funds, and is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. As of December 31, 2004, RCM and its affiliates managed over $101 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B shares and Class C shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

34   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   5.75%      6.10%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75%      4.99%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75%      3.90%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75%      2.83%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after seven years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
MAY 18, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

36   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the account previously held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and that such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with the Funds’ distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.75% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 5.75% on the first $49,999, then 4.75% on the next $50,000!

 

38   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

Specialized Financial Services

   0.75%      0.75%

Specialized Health Sciences

   0.75%      0.75%

Specialized Technology

   0.75%      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

40   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

·   Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

42   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by,

 

44   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

46   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Technology Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request an investment slip booklet, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 46.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 46. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

48   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

50   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice. Simply specify an amount of at least $100.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your program if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Specialized Financial Services Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. The Specialized Health Sciences and Specialized Technology Funds make such distributions at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-368-3863.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and certain foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

52   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees charged by Institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

 

54   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Allen J. Ayvazian

Specialized Financial Services Fund since 2004

Mr. Ayvazian joined Wells Capital Management in 1989 as a Senior Portfolio Manager for Separate Accounts and is now a co-manager of the Specialized Financial Services Fund. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was the managing director for SAS Advisors from 1987 to 1989. He also served as a manager for institutional portfolios in previous positions with Citicorp and Bank of America. Mr. Ayvazian earned his B.A. degree in History from the University of California, Los Angeles.

 

Selena A. Chaisson, M.D.

Specialized Health Sciences Fund since 2004

Dr. Chaisson rejoined RCM in 2004 as Sector Leader of the Health Care Team. Dr. Chaisson worked with RCM from 1994 through 1999, beginning as a health care analyst and was later named a Partner. During this time, Dr. Chaisson helped to establish both the RCM Healthcare and Biotechnology Funds. From 1999 through 2003, she was primary manager and adviser for the health care portions of two different hedge funds, Tiger Management and Amerindo Investment Advisors. Dr. Chaisson earned her B.S. degree from Louisiana State University and her M.B.A and M.D. degrees from Stanford University.

 

Huachen Chen, CFA

Specialized Technology Fund from 2000 – April 2003 and since 2004

Mr. Chen joined RCM as a securities analyst in 1985 and became a principal with the firm in 1994. For the period from 2000 through April 2003, he co-managed the day-to-day management of the Specialized Technology Fund and was responsible for fundamental security analysis for the wireless, hardware and international technology areas. Since May 2003, Mr. Chen served as a member of the team of RCM investment professionals that provided research assistance to the Fund. Mr. Chen resumed his co-management responsibilities for the Fund in 2004. He earned his B.S. degree from Cornell University in Electrical Engineering and his M.S. degree in Materials Science and Engineering from Northwestern.

 

 

Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA

Specialized Technology Fund since 2000

Mr. Price joined RCM in 1974 as a senior securities analyst and became a principal with the firm in 1978. He is co-manager for the day-to-day management of the Specialized Technology Fund and is responsible for fundamental security analysis in the software/services and internet areas. Mr. Price earned his B.S. degree with Honors in Electrical Engineering from M.I.T. and his B.S. and M.S. degrees in Management from the Sloan School at M.I.T. He is a past president of the M.I.T. Club of Northern California and is currently a Director. He also heads the Educational Council for M.I.T. in the Bay Area. Mr. Price is a past Chairman of the AIMR Committee on Corporate Reporting for the computer and electronics industries.

 

Allen Wisniewski, CFA

Specialized Financial Services Fund since 2004

Mr. Wisniewski joined Wells Capital Management in 1997, where he is a senior portfolio manager and research analyst. He joined Wells Fargo as a portfolio manager in 1987 with the acquisition of Bank of America’s consumer trust services. His previous experience includes financial analyst positions at Tobias Kotzin and a Native American reservation. Mr. Wisniewski earned his B.S. degree in Economics and his M.B.A. degree from the University of California, Los Angeles. He is a member of the CFA Institute and the Los Angeles Society of Financial Analysts.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their

 

56   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Hedge

Strategy used to offset investment risk. A perfect hedge is one eliminating the possibility of future gain or loss.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Specialty Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Warrants

The right to buy a stock at a set price for a set time.

 

58   Specialty Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045SFR/P401 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialty Funds – Class Z

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Technology Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Specialty Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   9

The Funds

 

Important information about
the Fund.

    

Key Information

   10
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized
Technology Fund

   12
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   15
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   19

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   22
    

How to Buy Shares

   25
    

How to Sell Shares

   29
    

Exchanges

   30

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   32
    

Portfolio Managers

   36
    

Glossary

   37

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Technology Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear this way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND    OBJECTIVE

 

Specialized Technology Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

4   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in equity securities of technology companies worldwide. We define technology companies as those with revenues primarily generated by technology products and services, such as computer, software, communications equipment and services, semi-conductor, healthcare, biotechnology, defense and aerospace, energy equipment and services, nanotechnology, electronic manufacturing services and others. We concentrate the Fund’s investments in the technology sector, and because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund also is considered to be non-diversified.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund description beginning on page 12;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 15; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

Equity Securities

The Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Fund makes foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Non-diversification

The Fund is generally considered non-diversified according to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) because it invests a relatively high percentage of its assets in a limited number of issuers. The Fund also concentrates its investments in stocks of particular sectors of the economy. Non-diversified and concentrated funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds.

 

Small Company Securities

The Fund invests in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of its returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘01  •  39.40%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (32.80)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 04/11/05)

  11.28%   (15.99)%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.28%   (15.99)%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.33%   (12.91)%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   (2.38)%

Goldman Sachs Technology Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)3

  2.92%   (17.51)%
1   Performance shown for the Class Z shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of the Class Z shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class Z shares returns would have been because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
3   The Fund has chosen Goldman Sachs Technology Index to replace the S&P 500 Index going forward because the former is more representive of the Fund’s holdings.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Technology Fund


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)    
    Specialized
Technology Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Specialized
Technology Fund
Management Fees1   1.05%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.90%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.95%
Fee Waivers   0.05%
NET EXPENSES3   1.90%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 1.05% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 1.00% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.95% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.925% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.90% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

8   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3 year example. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Specialized
Technology Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 193
  3 YEARS   $ 602
  5 YEARS   $
10 YEARS   $

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investment activities and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

10   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Technology Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA; Huachen Chen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Specialized Technology Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in domestic and foreign equity securities of technology companies.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in equity securities of technology companies worldwide. We define technology companies as those with revenues primarily generated by technology products and services, such as computer, software, communications equipment and services, semi-conductor, healthcare, biotechnology, defense and aerospace, energy equipment and services, nanotechnology, electronic manufacturing services and others. We concentrate the Fund’s investments in the technology sector, and because we retain the flexibility to invest in a relatively small number of stocks, the Fund is also considered to be non-diversified.

 

We evaluate the fundamental value and prospects for growth of individual companies and focus on technology companies that we expect will have higher than average rates of growth and strong potential for capital appreciation. We develop forecasts of economic growth, inflation, and interest rates that we use to identify regions and individual countries that are likely to offer the best investment opportunities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in securities of technology companies;

 

·   up to 50% of total assets in foreign securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in any one foreign country, although investments in Japan may exceed this limitation;

 

·   primarily in issuers with average market capitalizations of $500 million or more, although we may invest up to 15% of total assets in equity securities of issuers with market capitalizations below $100 million; and

 

·   principally in equity securities including common stocks, preferred stocks, warrants, convertible debt securities, ADRs (and similar investments), shares of other mutual funds, and regular shares of foreign companies traded and settled on U.S. exchanges and over-the-counter markets.

 

We may hedge the portfolio’s foreign currency exposure by purchasing or selling foreign currency futures and foreign currency forward contracts.

 

12   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6. The Fund concentrates its investments in securities of technology and technology-related companies. Because we focus the Fund’s investments in technology companies, the Fund will be more susceptible than funds that do not concentrate their investments to market and other conditions affecting technology companies. The technology sector is rapidly changing and may be impacted by such factors as government regulation, uncertain demand and the risk that products may become obsolete. Such changes may negatively affect the performance of Fund investments. In the past, technology common stocks have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies, and a portfolio invested in these securities has a higher degree of risk associated with it than more broadly invested equity funds. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which it invests. Significant losses may result from lack of depth of management, inability to generate funds necessary for growth or potential development, and competition from larger or more established companies. Smaller or newer companies may have more limited trading markets, and may be subject to wide price fluctuations.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 15. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Specialized Technology Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 18, 2000
             
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $3.93     $2.23     $3.02     $10.11     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.07 )   0.02     (0.06 )   (0.02 )   0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.27     1.68     (0.73 )   (7.07 )   0.11  

Total from investment operations

  0.20     1.70     (0.79 )   (7.09 )   0.11  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $4.13     $3.93     $2.23     $  3.02     $10.11  

Total return1

  5.09 %   76.23 %   (26.16 )%   (70.13 )%   1.10 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $104,033     $110,730     $13,559     $22,946     $42,626  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.44 )%   (1.45 )%   (1.37 )%   (0.47 )%   (0.13 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  262 %   276 %   388 %   773 %   7 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.80 %   1.98 %   2.47 %   2.00 %   2.02 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

14   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

The Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. The Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Specialized Technology Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Common Risks for the Fund” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Specialized Technology Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   The Fund may invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) and in emerging markets and is subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. The Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   The Fund may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Concentration Risk—The risk that investing portfolio assets in a single industry or industries exposes the portfolio to greater loss from adverse changes affecting the industry.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer).

 

16   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

     
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type of risks as foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market,
Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity and
Currency Risk

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity and
Currency Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
     

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk

 

18   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th St. & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB–ADVISER

RCM Capital Management, LLC

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

RCM Capital Management, LLC (“RCM”), wholly owned by RCM US Holdings LLC (“US Holdings”), is located at 4 Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, CA 94111. US Holdings is a registered investment adviser and is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Dresdner Bank AG, which, in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allianz A.G. RCM is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to the Fund. RCM is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. As of December 31, 2004, RCM and its affiliates managed over $101 billion in assets.

 

The sub-adviser is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

20   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid price. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable, and if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) at 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. The Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

 

22   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

Qualified Investors

 

You may purchase Class Z shares only under limited circumstances, at the NAV on the day of purchase. The following types of investors may qualify to purchase Class Z shares of the Fund:

 

·   Investors who received Class Z shares in the reorganization of the Strong Funds into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM;

 

·   Officers, directors and employees of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, Funds Management, and affiliates of these entities, and each of their immediate family members (grandparent, parent, sibling, child, grandchild, and spouse) who live in the same household;

 

·   Employer-sponsored retirement plans, and their participants, for which Funds Management or the Fund’s distributor, or an affiliate, has entered into an agreement to provide document or administrative services, and other retirement plans whose administrators or dealers have entered into an agreement with Funds Management or the Fund’s distributor, or an affiliate, to perform services;

 

·   Certain institutional investors purchasing more than $1 million of Class Z shares;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Any Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Any accounts in a fee-based advisory program managed by Funds Management; and

 

·   Registered investment advisers holding Class Z shares of Strong Fund on November 30, 2000.

 

For more information on the purchase of Class Z shares, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Class Z shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   23


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

 

24   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   25


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Technology Fund, Class Z.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of the Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 or ($1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

 

26   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

Class Z shares are not available for purchase on the internet if you do not have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of the Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 25.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 25. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   27


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances i) if the request is over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

 

28   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of the Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

An exchange between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Class Z shares may also be exchanged for Investor Class shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has

 

 

30   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

32   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stocks producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all

 

34   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Huachen Chen, CFA

Specialized Technology Fund from 2000 – April 2003 and since 2004

Mr. Chen joined RCM as a securities analyst in 1985 and became a principal with the firm in 1994. For the period from 2000 through April 2003, he co-managed the day-to-day management of the Specialized Technology Fund and was responsible for fundamental security analysis for the wireless, hardware and international technology areas. Since May 2003, Mr. Chen served as a member of the team of RCM investment professionals that provided research assistance to the Fund. Mr. Chen resumed his co-management responsibilities for the Fund in 2004. He earned his B.S. degree from Cornell University in Electrical Engineering and his M.S. degree in Materials Science and Engineering from Northwestern.

 

Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA

Specialized Technology Fund since 2000

Mr. Price joined RCM in 1974 as a senior securities analyst and became a principal with the firm in 1978. He is co-manager for the day-to-day management of the Specialized Technology Fund and is responsible for fundamental security analysis in the software/services and internet areas. Mr. Price earned his B.S. degree with Honors in Electrical Engineering from M.I.T. and his B.S. and M.S. degrees in Management from the Sloan School at M.I.T. He is a past president of the M.I.T. Club of Northern California and is currently a Director. He also heads the Educational Council for M.I.T. in the Bay Area. Mr. Price is a past Chairman of the AIMR Committee on Corporate Reporting for the computer and electronics industries.

 

36   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation, Capital Growth

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Hedge

Strategy used to offset investment risk. A perfect hedge is one eliminating the possibility of future gain or loss.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

38   Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Warrants

The right to buy a stock at a set price for a set time.

 

Specialized Technology Fund Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

045SFZ/P402 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANATAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Allocation Funds – Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage Moderate Balanced Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Asset Allocation Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Balanced Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Allocation Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
Important summary information about the Funds.     

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds     

Key Information

   18

Important information about

the individual Funds.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage Moderate Balanced Fund

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Asset Allocation Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Balanced Fund

   29
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   37
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   42

Your Investment     

A Choice of Share Classes

   46
How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.     

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   49
    

Exchanges

   53
    

Your Account

   55
      

How to Buy Shares

   58
      

How to Sell Shares

   61

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   63
Additional information and term definitions.     

Description of Master Portfolios

   68
    

Portfolio Managers

   72
    

Glossary

   74

 


Table of Contents

Allocation Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Moderate Balanced Fund

(Class A: WFMAX)

(Class B: WMOBX)

(Class C: WFBCX)

  

 

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks, bonds and other fixed income securities.

 

 

Asset Allocation Fund

(Class A: SFAAX)

(Class B: SASBX)

(Class C: WFALX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term total return, consistent with reasonable risk.

 

Growth Balanced Fund

(Class A: WFGBX)

(Class B: NVGRX)

(Class C: WFGWX)

  

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks and bonds.

 

4   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on fixed income portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% fixed income securities and 40% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.
The Fund invests in equity and fixed income securities, with an emphasis on equity securities. The Fund does not select individual securities for investment, rather, it buys substantially all of the securities of various indexes to replicate such indexes. The Fund invests the equity portion of its assets in common stocks to replicate the S&P 500 Index, and invests the fixed income portion of its assets in U.S. Treasury Bonds to replicate the Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index. We seek to maintain a 95% or better performance correlation with the respective indexes, before fees and expenses, regardless of market conditions. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% equity securities and 40% fixed income securities.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on equity portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 65% equity securities and 35% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 19;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 37; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Equity Securities

Each Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

6   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

 

Moderate Balanced Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Asset Allocation Fund

   The Fund is subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Debt Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

 

Growth Balanced Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than larger company stocks. These companies may have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Moderate Balanced Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  10.19%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (9.06)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

8   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns5            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 01/30/04)1

  (0.37)%   2.98%   8.11%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (1.43)%   1.20%   5.99%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.32%   1.58%   5.86%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 01/30/04)1

  (0.08)%   3.08%   7.95%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 01/30/04)1

  3.92%   3.43%   7.95%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2, 4

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)3

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1 Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Administrator Class shares, adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class. The Fund’s Administrator Class shares incepted on November 11, 1994.
2 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
3 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
4 Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.
5 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Asset Allocation Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  16.09%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (12.39)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

10   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/13/86)

  2.95%   0.52%   9.53%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  1.43%   (0.97)%   7.19%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.89%   (0.29)%   7.18%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/1/95)2

  3.43%   0.56%   9.37%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/1/98)3

  7.43%   0.94%   9.37%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB 20+ Treasury Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)5

  8.99%   10.33%   9.81%
1 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2 Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3 Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class B shares, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
4 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
5 Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index.
6 Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500 and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth Balanced Fund Class A Shares Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  16.79%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (15.64)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

12   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/14/98)2

  1.61%   1.87%   9.86%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  1.06%   0.81%   8.33%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.17%   1.03%   7.83%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/98)2

  1.96%   1.93%   9.69%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/98)2

  5.96%   2.31%   9.71%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)3, 5

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no deductions for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2 Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Administrator Class shares, adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class.
3 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
4 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
5 Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Allocation Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service, or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds    
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  5.75%   None   None    
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None1   5.00%   1.00%    

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Moderate Balanced
Fund5
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees2   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses3   0.52%   0.52%   0.51%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.27%   2.02%   2.01%    
Fee Waivers   0.12%   0.12%   0.11%    
NET EXPENSES4   1.15%   1.90%   1.90%    
1   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information. All other Class A shares will not have a CDSC.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for the management fees of the Asset Allocation Fund and the master portfolios in which the Moderate Balanced Fund and Growth Balanced Fund invest. The management fees charged to the Funds/master portfolios will decline as a Fund’s/master portfolios assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s/master portfolios average daily net assets. Each Fund, except for the Asset Allocation Fund, invests substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios. The Asset Allocation Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities in which the investment adviser has assigned a breakpoint schedule as follows: 0.65% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.60% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.55% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.525% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.50% for assets $5 billion and higher. Management fees for the Growth Balanced Fund and the Moderate Balanced Fund are based on a blended rate of advisory fees charged to the master portfolios in which the Funds invest.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through January 31, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
5   Expenses for the Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund include expenses allocated from the master portfolios in which each such Fund invests.

 

14   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

                         
    Asset Allocation
Fund
  Growth Balanced
Fund5
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    0.62%   0.62%   0.62%   0.78%   0.78%   0.78%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.72%   0.72%   0.72%   0.50%   0.49%   0.49%
    1.34%   2.09%   2.09%   1.28%   2.02%   2.02%
    0.19%   0.19%   0.19%   0.08%   0.07%   0.07%
    1.15%   1.90%   1.90%   1.20%   1.95%   1.95%

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Allocation Funds


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Moderate
Balanced Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 685   $ 693   $ 293    
  3 YEARS   $ 1,003   $ 984   $ 684    
  5 YEARS   $ 1,344   $ 1,402   $ 1,202    
10 YEARS   $ 2,301   $ 2,347   $ 2,624    

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Moderate
Balanced Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 685   $ 193   $ 193    
  3 YEARS   $ 1,003   $ 684   $ 684    
  5 YEARS   $ 1,344   $ 1,202   $ 1,202    
10 YEARS   $ 2,301   $ 2,347   $ 2,624    

 

16   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 

    Asset
Allocation Fund
  Growth Balanced
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 685   $ 693   $ 293   $ 690   $ 698   $ 298
    $ 979   $ 974   $ 666   $ 990   $ 1,041   $ 741
    $ 1,295   $ 1,381   $ 1,165   $ 1,311   $ 1,510   $ 1,310
    $ 2,186   $ 2,273   $ 2,539   $ 2,219   $ 2,464   $ 2,859

 

 

    Asset
Allocation Fund
  Growth Balanced
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 685   $ 193   $ 193   $ 690   $ 198   $ 198
    $ 979   $ 674   $ 666   $ 990   $ 741   $ 741
    $ 1,295   $ 1,181   $ 1,165   $ 1,311   $ 1,310   $ 1,310
    $ 2,186   $ 2,273   $ 2,539   $ 2,219   $ 2,464   $ 2,859

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Growth Balanced Fund and the Moderate Balanced Fund are gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolio(s). Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined terms. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

18   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA;

Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Moderate Balanced Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks, bonds and other fixed income securities.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on fixed income portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% fixed income securities and 40% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 18 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. The fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different styles may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 25% of the Fund’s total assets in fixed income securities. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

    Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges    

Equity Styles

  40%    30–50%    

Fixed Income Styles

  60%    50–70%    

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation        

Diversified Bond Style

  60%            

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

          22.5%    

Stable Income Portfolio

          15.0%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          7.5%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          15.0%    

Diversified Equity Style

  40%            

Large Cap Blend Style

      10%        

Index Portfolio

          10%    

Large Cap Value Style

      10%        

Equity Income Portfolio

          3.34%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          3.33%    

Equity Value Portfolio

          3.33%    

Large Cap Growth Style

      10%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          2%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          1%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          7%    

Small Cap Style

      4%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          1.33%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          1.33%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

          1.34%    

International Style

      6%        

International Value Portfolio

          1.5%    

International Core Portfolio

          1.5%    

International Index Portfolio

          1.5%    

International Growth Portfolio

          1.5%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%            

 

20   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies of these portfolios.

 

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser
C&B Large Cap Value    Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

   Smith Group
Equity Income    Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

   Systematic
Index    Wells Capital Management

International Core

   New Star
International Growth    Artisan

International Index

   Barclays
International Value    LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

   Cadence
Large Company Growth    Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

   Galliard
Small Cap Index    Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine
Small Company Value    Peregrine

Stable Income

   Galliard
Strategic Value Bond    Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

   Peregrine

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 37. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS A SHARES
COMMENCED ON
JANUARY 30, 2004
    CLASS B SHARES
COMMENCED ON
JANUARY 30, 2004
    CLASS C SHARES
COMMENCED ON
JANUARY 30, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.79     $21.79     $21.79  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.13     0.06     0.08  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.20 )   (0.23 )   (0.25 )

Total from investment operations

  (0.07 )   (0.17 )   (0.17 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.72     $21.62     $21.62  

Total return1

  (0.32 )%   (0.78 )%   (0.78 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $2,576     $2,304     $693  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.15 %   1.90 %   1.90 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.14 %   0.65 %   0.65 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

  62 %   62 %   62 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3, 5

  1.27 %   2.02 %   2.01 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Asset Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

The Asset Allocation Fund seeks long-term total return, consistent with reasonable risk.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund invests in equity and fixed income securities with an emphasis on equity securities. The Fund does not select individual securities for investment, rather, it buys substantially all of the securities of various indexes to replicate such indexes. The Fund invests the equity portion of its assets in common stocks to replicate the S&P 500 Index, and invests the fixed income portion of its assets in U.S. Treasury Bonds to replicate the Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% equity securities and 40% fixed income securities.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The asset classes we invest in are:

 

·   Stock Investments—We invest this portion of the Fund in common stocks to replicate the S&P 500 Index. We do not individually select common stocks on the basis of traditional investment analysis. Instead, we invest in each company comprising the S&P 500 Index in proportion to its weighting in the S&P 500 Index; and

 

·   Bond Investments—We invest this portion of the Fund in U.S. Treasury Bonds to replicate the Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index. Bonds in this index have remaining maturities of twenty years or more.

 

We seek to maintain a 95% or better performance correlation with the respective indexes, before fees and expenses, regardless of market conditions. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different asset classes may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Debt Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 37. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Asset Allocation Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 13, 1986
                       
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.50     $14.97     $18.72     $24.36     $25.84      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.363     0.30     0.32     0.36     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.57     2.53     (2.52 )   (3.87 )   2.21      

Total from investment operations

  1.93     2.83     (2.20 )   (3.51 )   2.76      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.36 )   (0.30 )   (0.32 )   (0.36 )   (0.55 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.27 )   0.00     (1.23 )   (1.77 )   (3.69 )    

Total distributions

  (0.63 )   (0.30 )   (1.55 )   (2.13 )   (4.24 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.80     $17.50     $14.97     $18.72     $24.36      

Total return1

  11.12 %   19.04 %   (13.20 )%   (15.52 )%   11.96 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $864,857     $838,683     $763,925     $989,513     $1,266,358      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.15 %   1.15 %   1.09 %   0.99 %   0.99 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.90 %   1.80 %   1.76 %   1.71 %   2.20 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  4 %   15 %   23 %   54 %   37 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
2

  1.34 %   1.45 %   1.34 %   1.20 %   1.18 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

26   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

                               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 1, 1995
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $10.63     $9.09     $11.36     $14.78     $15.63  
                               
    0.133     0.10     0.11     0.13     0.22  
    0.95     1.54     (1.53 )   (2.35 )   1.35  
    1.08     1.64     (1.42 )   (2.22 )   1.57  
                               
    (0.13 )   (0.10 )   (0.11 )   (0.13 )   (0.19 )
    (0.16 )   0.00     (0.74 )   (1.07 )   (2.23 )
    (0.29 )   (0.10 )   (0.85 )   (1.20 )   (2.42 )
    $11.42     $10.63     $  9.09     $11.36     $14.78  
    10.24 %   18.10 %   (13.83 )%   (16.18 )%   11.21 %
                               
    $208,029     $280,220     $325,790     $479,035     $577,526  
                               
    1.90 %   1.90 %   1.84 %   1.74 %   1.74 %
    1.15 %   1.05 %   1.00 %   0.96 %   1.45 %
    4 %   15 %   23 %   54 %   37 %
    2.09 %   2.27 %   2.15 %   1.93 %   1.97 %

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Asset Allocation Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING              
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON APRIL 1, 1998
 
         
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.65     $9.11     $11.39     $14.82     $15.68  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.133     0.11     0.11     0.13     0.21  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.95     1.54     (1.53 )   (2.35 )   1.36  

Total from investment operations

  1.08     1.65     (1.42 )   (2.22 )   1.57  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.13 )   (0.11 )   (0.11 )   (0.13 )   (0.19 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.16 )   0.00     (0.75 )   (1.08 )   (2.24 )

Total distributions

  (0.29 )   (0.11 )   (0.86 )   (1.21 )   (2.43 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.44     $10.65     $9.11     $11.39     $14.82  

Total return1

  10.25 %   18.14 %   (13.86 )%   (16.16 )%   11.17 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $25,268     $27,345     $23,466     $31,536     $32,911  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.90 %   1.90 %   1.84 %   1.74 %   1.74 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.15 %   1.05 %   1.01 %   0.96 %   1.42 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  4 %   15 %   23 %   54 %   37 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  2.09 %   2.23 %   2.11 %   1.89 %   1.91 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

28   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA;

Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Balanced Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks and bonds.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on equity portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 65% equity securities and 35% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 17 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

We invest the equity portion of the portfolio in different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. We invest the fixed income portion of the portfolio in different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund’s investments.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different master portfolios may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 25% of the Fund’s total assets in fixed income securities. When market conditions are not “normal,” as determined by the model, the Fund’s target allocation may be as low as 20% in fixed income securities, and these conditions may last for extended periods of time. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

    Neutral Target Allocations   Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

  65%   50-80%

Fixed Income Styles

  35%   20-50%

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation        

Diversified Equity Style

  65%            

Large Cap Blend Style

      16.25%        

Index Portfolio

          16.25%    

Large Cap Value Style

      16.25%        

Equity Income Portfolio

          5.42%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          5.42%    

Equity Value Portfolio

          5.41%    

Large Cap Growth Style

      16.25%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          3.25%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          1.625%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          11.375%    

Small Cap Style

      6.5%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          2.17%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          2.165%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

          2.165%    

International Style

      9.75%        

International Value Portfolio

          2.44%    

International Core Portfolio

          2.44%    

International Index Portfolio

          2.44%    

International Growth Portfolio

          2.43%    

Diversified Bond Style

  35%            

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

          17.5%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          5.85%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          11.65%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%            

 

30   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

   Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

   Smith Group

Equity Income

   Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

   Systematic

Index

   Wells Capital Management

International Core

   New Star

International Growth

   Artisan

International Index

   Barclays

International Value

   LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

   Cadence

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

   Galliard

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine

Small Company Value

   Peregrine

Strategic Value Bond

   Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

   Peregrine

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than larger company stocks. These companies may have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 37. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

32   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 14, 1998
                       
           
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $28.27     $24.27     $29.18     $34.96     $32.69      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.415     0.34     0.38     0.59     0.62      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.41     4.05     (3.88 )   (3.72 )   4.05      

Total from investment operations

  2.82     4.39     (3.50 )   (3.13 )   4.67      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.58 )   (0.39 )   (0.23 )   (0.62 )   (0.59 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (1.18 )   (2.03 )   (1.81 )    

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   (0.39 )   (1.41 )   (2.65 )   (2.40 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $30.51     $28.27     $24.27     $29.18     $34.96      

Total return1

  10.02 %   18.25 %   (12.99 )%   (9.78 )%   14.86 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $56,566     $43,509     $32,370     $25,049     $17,976      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.20 %   1.20 %   1.15 %   1.15 %   1.15 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.33 %   1.43 %   1.60 %   1.93 %   2.05 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  51 %   53 %   48 %   60 %   56 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.28 %   1.48 %   1.18 %   1.30 %   1.37 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

34   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

                               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1998
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $25.89     $22.22     $26.92     $32.50     $30.59  
                               
    0.165     0.16     0.19     0.39     0.42  
        
2.22
 
 
  3.68     (3.59 )   (3.50 )   3.71  
    2.38     3.84     (3.40 )   (3.11 )   4.13  
                               
    (0.44 )   (0.17 )   (0.12 )   (0.44 )   (0.41 )
    0.00     0.00     (1.18 )   (2.03 )   (1.81 )
    (0.44 )   (0.17 )   (1.30 )   (2.47 )   (2.22 )
    $27.83     $25.89     $22.22     $26.92     $32.50  
    9.17 %   17.40 %   (13.68 )%   (10.45 )%   14.04 %
                               
    $89,783     $81,511     $66,337     $48,487     $20,198  
                               
    1.95 %   1.95 %   1.90 %   1.90 %   1.90 %
        
0.58
 
%
  0.69 %   0.85 %   1.16 %   1.28 %
    51 %   53 %   48 %   60 %   56 %
        
    
2.02
 
 
%
  2.57 %   2.13 %   2.16 %   2.15 %

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1998
             
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $25.88     $22.22     $26.91     $32.50     $30.65  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.165     0.15     0.17     0.39     0.48  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.21     3.69     (3.57 )   (3.50 )   3.66  

Total from investment operations

  2.37     3.84     (3.40 )   (3.11 )   4.14  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.44 )   (0.18 )   (0.11 )   (0.45 )   (0.48 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (1.18 )   (2.03 )   (1.81 )

Total distributions

  (0.44 )   (0.18 )   (1.29 )   (2.48 )   (2.29 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $27.81     $25.88     $22.22     $26.91     $32.50  

Total return1

  9.18 %   17.35 %   (13.67 )%   (10.46 )%   14.06 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $20,799     $24,958     $18,484     $11,265     $6,564  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.95 %   1.95 %   1.90 %   1.90 %   1.90 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.58 %   0.69 %   0.85 %   1.18 %   1.31 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  51 %   53 %   48 %   60 %   56 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  2.02 %   2.57 %   2.17 %   2.06 %   2.12 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based on average shares outstanding.

 

36   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund are subject to leverage risk, which is the risk that some relatively smaller transactions may multiply smaller market movements into larger changes in the Funds’ NAV. This risk may occur when a Fund makes investments in derivatives, such as options or futures contracts.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets which are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   The Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·  

The Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

 

the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

38   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of those securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        MODERATE BALANCED   ASSET ALLOCATION   GROWTH BALANCED
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l

Emerging Markets

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally these securities have the same type of risks as foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l       l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk   l       l

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory and Liquidity Risk   l       l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l       l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”, tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions, more volatile, less liquid and are subject to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk   l        

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

 

 

40   Allocation Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

        MODERATE BALANCED   ASSET ALLOCATION   GROWTH BALANCED
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and Prepayment/Extension Risk   l       l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security at an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Credit, Leverage and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk.           l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments of interest or a future payment of principal, but not both. These securities tend to have greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk           l

 

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   41


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER

SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA
  Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA
  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends   Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHARE HOLDERS

 

 

42   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund are gateway funds that invest in various master portfolios. Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets for providing advisory services to each Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Funds Management also acts as the adviser to, and is entitled to receive a fee from, each master portfolio. The total amount of investment advisory fees paid to Funds Management as a result of a Fund’s investments varies depending on the Fund’s allocation of assets among the various master portfolios.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund, Funds Management acts as investment adviser for each Fund’s assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as each Fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If a Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the Fund for the management of those assets.

 

The Growth Balanced Fund and Moderate Balanced Fund have a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio(s) in which each such Fund invests. Under this arrangement, if a gateway fund Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management also is the sub-adviser for the Equity Income, Index, and Small Cap Index Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202, is a Milwaukee-based registered investment adviser. Artisan sub-advises the International Growth Portfolio. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

Barclays Global Fund Advisors “Barclays”, a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the sub-adviser for the International Index Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”), a subsidiary of Allianz A.G., located at 265 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. Cadence is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to pension plans, endowments, mutual funds, and individual investors. As of December 31, 2004, Cadence managed approximately $6.0 billion in assets.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Funds. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”), located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, is the investment sub-adviser for the Managed Fixed Income, Stable Income and Strategic Value Bond Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of these portfolios. Galliard is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to bank and thrift institutions, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts and charitable organizations and corporate and other business entities. As of December 31, 2004, Galliard managed approximately $18.3 billion in assets.

 

LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the investment sub-adviser for the International Value Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, is a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser. New Star sub-advises the International Core Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth, Small Company Value and Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of these portfolios. Peregrine is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans, 401(k) plans,

 

44   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004, Peregrine managed approximately $13.4 billion in assets.

 

Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. (“Smith Group”), located at 200 Crescent Court, Suite 850, Dallas, Texas 75201, is the investment sub-adviser for the Disciplined Growth Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. Smith Group is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals using a disciplined equity style. As of December 31, 2004, Smith Group managed over $1.6 billion in assets.

 

Systematic Financial Management, L.P. (“Systematic”), located at 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Glenpointe East, Teaneck, NJ 07666 is the investment sub-adviser for the Equity Value Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. Systematic is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, Systematic managed over $7.0 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund class. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B shares and Class C shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

46   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   5.75%      6.10%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75%      4.99%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75%      3.90%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75%      2.83%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after seven years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
MAY 18, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

48   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the account previously held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and that such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.75% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 5.75% on the first $49,999, then 4.75% on the next $50,000!

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with Funds’ distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

50   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM ).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

Moderate Balanced

   0.75%      0.75%

Asset Allocation

   0.75%      0.75%

Growth Balanced

   0.75%      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

52   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

54   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·  

The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

 

When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets

 

56   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

58   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo Advantage Asset Allocation Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request an investment slip booklet, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 58.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 58. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

60   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a Medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfer. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

62   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Asset Allocation Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. The Growth Balanced and Moderate Balanced Funds make such distributions annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

64   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees charged by Institutions may vary if you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

66   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal,

 

 

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in common stocks of larger companies.

 

 

Equity Income Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

 

Equity Value Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Index Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

 

International Core Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long term capital appreciation.

 

International Growth Portfolio    The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation, by investing primarily in equity securities.

 

International Index Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks to match as closely as practicable the performance of an international portfolio of common stocks represented by the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East Index (the “MSCI EAFE Index,” or the “Index”).

 

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Company Growth Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, high-quality domestic companies that the adviser believes have superior growth potential.

 

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks consistent fixed-income returns.

 

 

68   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Portfolio invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies. We select securities that we believe have strong fundamentals, compelling value characteristics (such as low price-to-earnings or price-to-book ratios), and demonstrate the potential for improved performance. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of companies that, in the view of the adviser, possess above-average potential for growth. We invest in companies with average market capitalizations greater than $5 billion.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of large, high-quality domestic companies that have above-average return potential based on current market valuations and above-average dividend income. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Portfolio invests principally in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests substantially in common stocks designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index.

 

The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities, including emerging market securities.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities comprising the MSCI EAFE Index.

 

We invest in the common stocks of large U.S. companies selected on the basis of superior growth characteristics combined with reasonable valuation. We invest principally in securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

The Portfolio invests primarily in large companies that have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

The Portfolio invests in a diversified Portfolio of fixed- and variable-rate U.S. dollar-denominated, fixed-income securities of a broad spectrum of U.S. and foreign issuers including U.S. Government obligations, and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

FUND    OBJECTIVE

International Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Cap Index Portfolio    The Portfolio seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index with minimum tracking error and to minimize transaction costs.

 

Small Company Growth Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 

 

Small Company Value Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 

 

Stable Income Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 

 

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks total return by investing principally in income-producing securities.

 

 

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks positive total return each calendar year regardless of general bond market performance.

 

 

70   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $400 million or more.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities representing the capitalization-weighted market value and composition of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of small domestic companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of significant change. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less.
In making investment decisions for the Portfolio, we focus on securities that are conservatively valued in the marketplace relative to the stock of comparable companies, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows, or other measures. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization index whose range is expected to change frequently.
The Portfolio invests in short-term investment-grade securities which include mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government Obligations. We invest in fixed and variable rate U.S. dollar-denominated fixed income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions.
The Portfolio invests in a broad range of debt securities in order to create a strategically diversified portfolio of fixed-income investments. These investments include corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, U.S. Government obligations, preferred stock, convertible bonds, and foreign bonds.
The Portfolio’s assets are divided into two components, “short” bonds with maturities (or average life) of 2 years or less, and “long” bonds with maturities of 20 years or more. The Portfolio invests in U.S. Government obligations and corporate fixed-income investments rated, at the time of purchase, within 1 of the 2 highest long-term rating categories, or that are unrated and determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality. During periods of falling prices, long bonds are sold to protect capital and limit losses. Conversely, when bond prices rise, long bonds are purchased. The dollar-weighted average maturity of the Portfolio may vary between 1 and 30 years.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has served as a Portfolio Manager and member of Funds Management’s asset allocation team since 2005. Mr. Biwer participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

Asset Allocation Fund since 2002

Growth Balanced Fund since 1989

Moderate Balanced Fund since 1989

Mr. Blomster is a Principal with Wells Capital Management. He joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as Vice President and Director of Research and simultaneously held his position as a portfolio manager at Norwest Investment Management until Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Blomster manages numerous portfolios for Wells Capital Management using asset allocation models that he developed, including the models used in managing the Asset Allocation Fund. Mr. Blomster is responsible for implementing target allocation changes for the Funds as recommended by the asset allocation model. He has worked in an investment management capacity for Norwest or its affiliates since 1977. Mr. Blomster earned his B.S. degree in Dairy and Food Sciences from the University of Minnesota and his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Applied Economics from Purdue University.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from University of California at Los Angeles.

 

 

Jeffrey P. Mellas

Asset Allocation Fund since 2003

Growth Balanced Fund since 2003

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2003

Mr. Mellas joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Managing Director of Quantitative Asset Management and Portfolio Manager, with over 16 years of investment management experience. Mr. Mellas is responsible for implementing target allocation changes as recommended by the asset allocation model. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Mellas was with Alliance Capital Management since 1995, as Vice President and Global Portfolio Strategist responsible for managing over $300 million in international pension assets. He was also the primary spokesperson for Alliance’s domestic and international equity and fixed income strategies. Prior to joining Alliance, he was an associate group manager at Prudential Insurance. Mr. Mellas earned his B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Minnesota and his M.B.A. degree in Finance and International Business from New York University. He also completed the International Management Program at Hâute Etudes Commerçiales, Paris, France.

 

72   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Wells Fargo Funds Management since 1996. Mr. Owen participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   73

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund on its shares.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

74   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging Market Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally, these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   75

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2000 Index

An index comprised of the 2000 smallest firms listed on the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index is a listing of 3000 corporations by the Frank Russell Company that is intended to be representative of the U.S. economy. The Russell 2000 is considered a “small cap” index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

76   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

S&P Small Cap 600 Index

A market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the daily stock total return performance of an investable universe of domestic small-capitalization stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, and the NASDAQ.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   77

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANATAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into

this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045AFR/P501 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Allocation Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Conservative Allocation Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Moderate Balanced Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Asset Allocation Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Balanced Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Aggressive Allocation Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Allocation Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds

 

Important information about the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Conservative
Allocation Fund

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Moderate Balanced Fund

   22
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Asset Allocation Fund

   26
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Balanced Fund

   28
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Aggressive
Allocation Fund

   32
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   36
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   41

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   45
    

How to Buy Shares

   47
    

How to Sell Shares

   48
    

Exchanges

   49

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   51
    

Description of Master Portfolios

   54
    

Portfolio Managers

   58
      

Glossary

   60

 


Table of Contents

Allocation Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Conservative Allocation Fund (formerly named the Strategic Income Fund)

(NVCBX)

  

 

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in bonds, other fixed income investments and stocks.

 

 

Moderate Balanced Fund

(NVMBX)

 

  

 

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks, bonds and other fixed income securities.

 

 

Asset Allocation Fund

(WFIX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term total return, consistent with reasonable risk.

 

 

Growth Balanced Fund

(NVGBX)

 

  

 

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks and bonds.

 

Aggressive Allocation Fund (formerly named the Strategic Growth Allocation Fund)

(NWBEX)

  

 

Seeks capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 

 

4   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in fixed income securities with limited exposure to equity securities. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 80% fixed income securities and 20% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on fixed income portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% fixed income securities and 40% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.
The Fund invests in equity and fixed income securities with an emphasis on equity securities. The Fund does not select individual securities for investment, rather, it buys substantially all of the securities of various indexes to replicate such indexes. The Fund invests the equity portion of its assets in common stocks to replicate the S&P 500 Index, and invests the fixed income portion of its assets in U.S. Treasury Bonds to replicate the Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index. We seek to maintain a 95% or better performance correlation with the respective indexes, before fees and expenses, regardless of market conditions. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% equity securities and 40% fixed income securities.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on equity portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 65% equity securities and 35% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.
The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in equity securities with limited exposure to fixed income securities. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 80% equity securities and 20% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 18;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

 

6   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

Conservative Allocation Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

 

 

Moderate Balanced Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Asset Allocation Fund

   The Fund is subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Growth Balanced Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Aggressive Allocation Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Administrator Class Shares, prior to April 11, 2005, were named the Institutional Class Shares.

 

Conservative Allocation Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’97  •  6.21%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (3.36)%

 

8   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”)

 

Average annual total returns
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  4.24%   5.03%   7.76%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.29%   3.36%   5.67%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.99%   3.33%   5.48%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1, 3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Moderate Balanced Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  10.19%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (9.06)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  5.99%   4.47%   9.02%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.85%   2.67%   6.89%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.48%   2.85%   6.67%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1, 3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

10   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Asset Allocation Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  16.09%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02   •  (12.38)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/8/99)1

  9.52%   1.85%   10.25%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  7.80%   0.30%   7.88%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.15%   0.81%   7.81%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2,4

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB 20+ Treasury Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)3

  8.99%   10.33%   9.81%
1 Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Administrator Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares, adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Administrator Class.
2 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
3 Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index.
4 Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500 and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth Balanced Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  16.86%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (15.61)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/11/94)

  8.07%   3.32%   10.66%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  7.33%   2.07%   9.01%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.39%   2.17%   8.51%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1, 3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

12   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Aggressive Allocation Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  20.01%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (18.70)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/2/97)

  9.21%   2.03%   6.77%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.77%   1.36%   6.17%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.98%   1.35%   5.54%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1, 3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   4.96%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   6.66%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Allocation Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service, or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
   

 

All Funds

 

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of

the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)

  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)1
    Conservative
Allocation
Fund
  Moderate
Balanced
Fund
  Asset
Allocation
Fund
  Growth
Balanced
Fund
Management Fees2   0.72%   0.75%   0.62%   0.78%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.33%   0.32%   0.63%   0.32%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.05%   1.07%   1.25%   1.10%
Fee Waivers   0.20%   0.17%   0.35%   0.15%
NET EXPENSES3   0.85%   0.90%   0.90%   0.95%
     
    Aggressive
Allocation
Fund
Management Fees   0.80%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses4   0.37%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.17%
Fee Waivers   0.17%
NET EXPENSES3   1.00%
1   Expenses for gateway funds include expenses allocated from the master portfolios in which each such Fund invests.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for the management fees of the Asset Allocation Fund and the master portfolios in which the other Funds invest. The management fees charged to the Fund/master portfolio will decline as a Fund’s/master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s/master portfolio’s average daily net assets. Each Fund, except for the Asset Allocation Fund, invests substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios. The Asset Allocation Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities in which the investment adviser has assigned a breakpoint schedule as follows: 0.65% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.60% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.55% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.525% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.50% for assets $5 billion and higher. Management fees for each Fund, except the Asset Allocation Fund, are based on a blended rate of the advisory fees charged to the master portfolios in which the Funds invest.
3   Other expenses have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses, and may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through January 31, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

14   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Conservative
Allocation Fund
  Moderate
Balanced Fund
  Asset
Allocation Fund
  Growth
Balanced Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 87   $ 92   $ 92   $ 97
  3 YEARS   $ 336   $ 368   $ 364   $ 356
  5 YEARS   $ 604   $ 666   $ 657   $ 636
10 YEARS   $ 1,371   $ 1,512   $ 1,491   $ 1,432
     
    Aggressive
Allocation Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 102
  3 YEARS   $ 378
  5 YEARS   $ 675
10 YEARS   $ 1,521

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

Some of the Funds in this Prospectus are gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolio(s). Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

16   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Conservative Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA;

Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Conservative Allocation Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in bonds, other fixed income investments, and stocks.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in fixed income securities with limited exposure to equity securities. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 80% fixed income securities and 20% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 18 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund’s investments. The equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income producing securities.

 

The percentage of the Fund’s assets that we invest in different styles may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

     Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

   20%    15–25%

Fixed Income Styles

   80%    75–85%

 

18   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Diversified Bond Style

  80%            

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

          27.5%    

Stable Income Portfolio

          25.0%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          9.18%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          18.32%    

Diversified Equity Style

  20%            

Large Cap Blend Style

      5%        

Index Portfolio

          5%    

Large Cap Value Style

      5%        

Equity Income Portfolio

          1.67%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          1.67%    

Equity Value Portfolio

          1.66%    

Large Cap Growth Style

      5%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          1.00%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          0.50%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          3.50%    

Small Cap Style

      2%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          0.67%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          0.67%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

          0.66%    

International Style

      3%        

International Value Portfolio

          0.75%    

International Core Portfolio

          0.75%    

International Index Portfolio

          0.75%    

International Growth Portfolio

          0.75%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%            

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Conservative Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 54 for the objective and principal strategies for each Fund.

 

Master Portfolio   Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

  Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

  Smith Group

Equity Income

  Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

  Systematic

Index

  Wells Capital Management

International Core

  New Star

International Growth

  Artisan

International Index

  Barclays

International Value

  LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

  Cadence

Large Company Growth

  Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

  Galliard

Small Cap Index

  Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

  Peregrine

Small Company Value

  Peregrine

Stable Income

  Galliard

Strategic Value Bond

  Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

  Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

20   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
  2004
      Sept. 30,
  2003
      Sept. 30,
  2002
      Sept. 30,
  2001
      Sept. 30,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.23     $18.42     $19.92     $20.44     $20.06  

Income form investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.44     0.46     0.61     0.84     0.95  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.46     1.00     (0.75 )   (0.06 )   0.86  

Total from investment operations

  0.90     1.46     (0.14 )   0.78     1.81  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.51 )   (0.60 )   (0.78 )   (0.93 )   (0.88 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.14 )   (0.05 )   (0.58 )   (0.37 )   (0.55 )

Total distributions

  (0.65 )   (0.65 )   (1.36 )   (1.30 )   (1.43 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.48     $19.23     $18.42     $19.92     $20.44  

Total return1

  4.74 %   8.17 %   (0.89 )%   3.89 %   9.52 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $412,341     $381,254     $288,610     $301,041     $268,386  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.85 %   0.82 %   0.80 %   0.80 %   0.80 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.32 %   2.78 %   3.23 %   4.34 %   4.69 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  72 %   73 %   71 %   77 %   62 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.90 %   0.97 %   1.00 %   0.90 %   0.94 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA;

Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Moderate Balanced Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks, bonds and other fixed income securities.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on fixed income portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% fixed income securities and 40% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 18 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. The fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different styles may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 25% of the Fund’s total assets in fixed income securities. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

     Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

   40%    30–50%

Fixed Income Styles

   60%    50–70%

 

22   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Diversified Bond Style

  60%            

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

          22.5%    

Stable Income Portfolio

          15.0%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          7.5%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          15.0%    

Diversified Equity Style

  40%            

Large Cap Blend Style

      10%        

Index Portfolio

          10%    

Large Cap Value Style

      10%        

Equity Income Portfolio

          3.34%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          3.33%    

Equity Value Portfolio

          3.33%    

Large Cap Growth Style

      10%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          2%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          1%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          7%    

Small Cap Style

      4%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          1.33%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          1.33%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

          1.34%    

International Style

      6%        

International Value Portfolio

          1.5%    

International Core Portfolio

          1.5%    

International Index Portfolio

          1.5%    

International Growth Portfolio

          1.5%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%            

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 54 for the objective and principal strategies of these portfolios.

 

Master Portfolio   Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

  Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

  Smith Group

Equity Income

  Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

  Systematic

Index

  Wells Capital Management

International Core

  New Star

International Growth

  Artisan

International Index

  Barclays

International Value

  LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

  Cadence

Large Company Growth

  Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

  Galliard

Small Cap Index

  Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

  Peregrine

Small Company Value

  Peregrine

Stable Income

  Galliard

Strategic Value Bond

  Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

  Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
  2004
      Sept. 30,
  2003
      Sept. 30,
  2002
      Sept. 30,
  2001
      Sept. 30,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.09     $19.47     $22.29     $24.83     $24.18  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.42     0.44     0.56     0.76     0.94  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.10     2.02     (1.80 )   (1.17 )   1.79  

Total from investment operations

  1.52     2.46     (1.24 )   (0.41 )   2.73  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.64 )   (0.64 )   (0.54 )   (0.87 )   (0.83 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.21 )   (0.20 )   (1.04 )   (1.26 )   (1.25 )

Total distributions

  (0.85 )   (0.84 )   (1.58 )   (2.13 )   (2.08 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.76     $21.09     $19.47     $22.29     $24.83  

Total return1

  7.28 %   12.99 %   (6.35 )%   (1.98 )%   11.98 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $544,698     $512,460     $459,248     $519,931     $524,214  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.90 %   0.89 %   0.88 %   0.88 %   0.88 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net asset

  1.97 %   2.25 %   2.55 %   3.37 %   3.58 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  62 %   64 %   61 %   69 %   58 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  0.92 %   1.03 %   1.02 %   0.93 %   0.96 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Asset Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

The Asset Allocation Fund seeks long-term total return, consistent with reasonable risk.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund invests in equity and fixed income securities with an emphasis on equity securities. The Fund does not select individual securities for investment, rather, it buys substantially all of the securities of various indexes to replicate such indexes. The Fund invests the equity portion of its assets in common stocks to replicate the S&P 500 Index, and invests the fixed income portion of its assets in U.S. Treasury Bonds to replicate the Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% equity securities and 40% fixed income securities.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The asset classes we invest in are:

 

·   Stock Investments—We invest this portion of the Fund in common stocks to replicate the S&P 500 Index. We do not individually select common stocks on the basis of traditional investment analysis. Instead, we invest in each company comprising the S&P 500 Index in proportion to its weighting in the S&P 500 Index; and

 

·   Bond Investments—We invest this portion of the Fund in U.S. Treasury Bonds to replicate the Lehman Brothers 20+ Treasury Index. Bonds in this index have remaining maturities of twenty years or more.

 

We seek to maintain a 95% or better performance correlation with the respective indexes, before fees and expenses, regardless of market conditions. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different asset classes may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Debt Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
   

Sept. 30,

2003

   

Sept. 30,

2002

   

Sept. 30,

2001

   

Sept. 30,

2000

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $17.53     $14.99     $18.72     $24.37     $23.18  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.404     0.33     0.32     0.46     0.50  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.57     2.56     (2.50 )   (3.98 )   1.15  

Total from investment operations

  1.97     2.89     (2.18 )   (3.52 )   1.65  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.41 )   (0.35 )   (0.32 )   (0.36 )   (0.46 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.27 )   0.00     (1.23 )   (1.77 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.68 )   (0.35 )   (1.55 )   (2.13 )   (0.46 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $18.82     $17.53     $14.99     $18.72     $24.37  

Total return1

  11.33 %   19.38 %   (13.09 )%   (15.57 )%   7.14 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $37,794     $18,214     $14,529     $17,515     $20,822  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.90 %   0.91 %   0.97 %   1.00 %   0.99 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.16 %   2.04 %   1.89 %   1.70 %   2.21 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  4 %   15 %   23 %   54 %   37 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
2, 3

  1.10 %   1.22 %   1.15 %   1.12 %   1.03 %
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA;

Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Balanced Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks and bonds.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on equity portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 65% equity securities and 35% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 17 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

We invest the equity portion of the portfolio in different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. We invest the fixed income portion of the portfolio in different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund’s investments.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different master portfolios may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 25% of the Fund’s total assets in fixed income securities. When market conditions are not “normal”, as determined by the model, the Fund’s target allocation may be as low as 20% in fixed income securities, and these conditions may last for extended periods of time. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

    Neutral Target Allocation   Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

  65%   50–80%

Fixed Income Styles

  35%   20–50%

 

28   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Diversified Equity Style

  65%            

Large Cap Blend Style

      16.25%        

Index Portfolio

          16.25%    

Large Cap Value Style

      16.25%        

Equity Income Portfolio

          5.42%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          5.42%    

Equity Value Portfolio

          5.41%    

Large Cap Growth Style

      16.25%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          3.25%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          1.625%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          11.375%    

Small Cap Style

      6.5%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          2.17%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          2.165%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

          2.165%    

International Style

      9.75%        

International Value Portfolio

          2.44%    

International Core Portfolio

          2.44%    

International Index Portfolio

          2.44%    

International Growth Portfolio

          2.43%    

Diversified Bond Style

  35%            

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

          17.5%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          5.85%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          11.65%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%            

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 54 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio   Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

  Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

  Smith Group

Equity Income

  Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

  Systematic

Index

  Wells Capital Management

International Core

  New Star

International Growth

  Artisan

International Index

  Barclays

International Value

  LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

  Cadence

Large Company Growth

  Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

  Galliard

Small Cap Index

  Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

  Peregrine

Small Company Value

  Peregrine

Strategic Value Bond

  Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

  Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

30   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
  2004
   

Sept. 30,

  2003

   

    Sept. 30,

  2002

   

    Sept. 30,

  2001

   

    Sept. 30,

  2000

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $26.34     $22.65     $27.33     $32.91     $30.86  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.455     0.35     0.44     0.57     0.69  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.25     3.80     (3.65 )   (3.43 )   3.79  

Total from investment operations

  2.70     4.15     (3.21 )   (2.86 )   4.48  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.63 )   (0.46 )   (0.29 )   (0.69 )   (0.62 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (1.18 )   (2.03 )   (1.81 )

Total distributions

  (0.63 )   (0.46 )   (1.47 )   (2.72 )   (2.43 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $28.41     $26.34     $22.65     $27.33     $32.91  

Total return1

  10.31 %   18.53 %   (12.85 )%   (9.59 )%   15.14 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,738,782     $1,415,216     $1,075,256     $1,164,850     $1,065,362  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.94 %   0.94 %   0.93 %   0.93 %   0.93 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.59 %   1.69 %   1.80 %   2.16 %   2.23 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  51 %   53 %   48 %   60 %   56 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.95 %   1.05 %   1.05 %   0.97 %   1.01 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based on average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Aggressive Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA;

Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Aggressive Allocation Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in equity securities with limited exposure to fixed income securities. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 80% equity securities and 20% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 17 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. The fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund.

 

The percentage of the Fund’s assets that we invest in different styles may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

     Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

   80%    65–95%

Fixed Income Styles

   20%    5–35%

 

32   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Diversified Equity Style

  80%            

Large Cap Blend Style

      20%        

Index Portfolio

          20%    

Large Cap Value Style

      20%        

Equity Income Portfolio

          6.67%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          6.67%    

Equity Value Portfolio

          6.66%    

Large Cap Growth Style

      20%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          4%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          2%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          14%    

Small Cap Style

      8%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          2.67%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          2.67%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

          2.66%    

International Style

      12%        

International Value Portfolio

          3%    

International Core Portfolio

          3%    

International Index Portfolio

          3%    

International Growth Portfolio

          3%    

Diversified Bond Style

  20%            

Managed Fixed-Income Portfolio

          10.0%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          3.33%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          6.67%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%            

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Aggressive Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 54 for the objective and principal strategies for each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio   Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

  Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

  Smith Group

Equity Income

  Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

  Systematic

Index

  Wells Capital Management

International Core

  New Star

International Growth

  Artisan

International Index

  Barclays

International Value

  LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

  Cadence

Large Company Growth

  Peregrine

Managed Fixed-Income

  Galliard

Small Cap Index

  Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

  Peregrine

Small Company Value

  Peregrine

Strategic Value Bond

  Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

  Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 36. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

34   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 2, 1997
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
  2004
      Sept. 30,
  2003
      Sept. 30,
  2002
      Sept. 30,
  2001
      Sept. 30,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.85     $9.91     $12.02     $14.78     $12.89  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.14     0.10     0.13     0.17     0.18  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.26     2.00     (2.03 )   (2.29 )   1.85  

Total from investment operations

  1.40     2.10     (1.90 )   (2.12 )   $2.03  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.16 )   (0.16 )   (0.11 )   (0.17 )   (0.12 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.10 )   (0.47 )   (0.02 )

Total distributions

  (0.16 )   (0.16 )   (0.21 )   (0.64 )   (0.14 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.09     $11.85     $9.91     $12.02     $14.78  

Total return1

  11.82 %   21.36 %   (16.22 )%   (14.97 )%   15.82 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $170,383     $131,760     $78,673     $82,908     $90,334  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.00 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.14 %   1.20 %   1.20 %   1.37 %   1.40 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  42 %   43 %   40 %   49 %   48 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.02 %   1.13 %   1.08 %   1.03 %   1.17 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Aggressive Allocation, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced and Moderate Balanced Funds are subject to leverage risk, which is the risk that some relatively smaller transactions may multiply smaller market movements into larger changes in a Fund’s NAV. This risk may occur when a Fund makes investments in derivatives, such as options or futures contracts.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   The Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   The Funds, except the Asset Allocation Fund, may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

36   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely effect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

38   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION   MODERATE BALANCED   ASSET ALLOCATION   GROWTH BALANCED  

AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary

purposes (eg. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Emerging Markets

Securities of companies based in countries considered

developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally,

these securities have the same type of risks as foreign

securities, but to a higher degree.

 

Emerging Market,

Foreign Investment,

Regulatory, Liquidity

and Currency Risk

      l       l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either

on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

 

Interest Rate and

Credit Risk

  l   l       l   l

Foreign Obligations

Debt Securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks,

foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

 

Foreign Investment, Regulatory and

Liquidity Risk

      l       l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which

may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

 

Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity

and Currency Risk

      l       l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued

and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date

or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

Interest Rate, Leverage
and Credit Risk

  l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt Securities of lower quality that produce generally higher

rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as

“junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions,

more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to greater

risk of default.

 

Interest Rate and

Credit Risk

  l   l            

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary

course of business within seven days at the value determined

by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

        CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION   MODERATE BALANCED   ASSET ALLOCATION   GROWTH BALANCED   AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Loan Participations

Debt obligations that represent a portion of a larger loan made by a bank.

Generally sold without guarantee or recourse, some participations

sell at a discount because of the borrower’s credit problems.

  Credit Risk   l                

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial

institutions to increase return on those securities. Loans may be

made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including

the value of collateral received).

 

Credit, Counter-Party

and Leverage Risk

  l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in

pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car

loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

 

Interest Rate, Credit

and Prepayment/ Extension Risk

  l   l       l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security at an agreed upon price at a

specified time. Types of options used may include: options on

securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index

futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Credit, Leverage and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which

will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other

fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not

be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back

a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

 

Credit and

Counter-Party Risk

  l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more

volatile than investments in larger companies.

 

Small Company Investment,

Market and Liquidity Risk

              l   l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments of interest

or a future payment of principal, but not both. These securities tend

to have greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk   l           l    

 

40   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how their service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated
525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Aggressive Allocation, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced, Moderate Balanced Funds are gateway funds that invest in various master portfolios. Funds Management is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee of 0.25% on an annual basis of each Fund’s average daily net assets for providing advisory services to each Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios. Funds Management also acts as the adviser to, and is entitled to receive a fee from, the master portfolios. The total amount of investment advisory fees paid to Funds Management as a result of a Fund’s investments varies depending on the Fund’s allocation of assets among the various master portfolios.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the Funds, Funds Management acts as investment adviser for gateway fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, in a portfolio, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the gateway fund for the management of those assets.

 

Each gateway fund has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio(s) in which a gateway fund invests. Under these arrangements, if a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for all the Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of these Funds. Wells Capital Management also is the sub-adviser for the Equity Income, Index and Small Cap Index Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202, a Milwaukee-based registered investment adviser, sub advises the International Growth Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

42   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“Barclays”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the sub-adviser for the International Index Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”), a subsidiary of Allianz A.G., located at 265 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. Cadence is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to pension plans, endowments, mutual funds and individual investors. As of December 31, 2004, Cadence managed approximately $6.0 billion in assets.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Funds. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”), located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, is the investment sub-adviser for the Managed Fixed Income, Stable Income and Strategic Value Bond Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to- day investment management of these portfolios. Galliard is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to bank and thrift institutions, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts and charitable organizations and corporate and other business entities. As of December 31, 2004, Galliard managed approximately $18.3 billion in assets.

 

LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), located at One Walker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the investment sub-adviser for the International Value Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser, sub-advises the International Core Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth, Small Company Value and Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of these portfolios. Peregrine is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans, 401(k) plans,

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004, Peregrine managed approximately $13.4 billion in assets.

 

Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. (“Smith Group”), located at 200 Crescent Court, Suite 850, Dallas, Texas 75201, is the investment sub-adviser for the Disciplined Growth Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of this portfolio. Smith Group is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals using a disciplined equity style. As of December 31, 2004, the Smith Group managed over $1.6 million in assets.

 

Systematic Financial Management, L.P. (“Systematic”), located at 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Glenpointe East, Teaneck, NJ 07666 is the sub-investment adviser for the Equity Value Portfolio in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. Systematic is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, Systematic managed over $7.0 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

44   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

46   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times listed in the “Pricing Fund Shares” section are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments of redemptions also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

48   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

50   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Asset Allocation Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. All other Funds in this Prospectus make such distributions at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investments in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

52   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value

Portfolio

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in common stocks of larger companies.

 

 

Equity Income Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average

dividend income.

 

 

Equity Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Index Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

International Core

Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks total return, with an emphasis on capital appreciation, over the long-term by investing in equity securities of non-U.S. companies.
International Growth Portfolio    The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation, by investing primarily in equity securities.

 

International Index Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks to match as closely as practicable the performance of an international portfolio of common stocks represented by the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East Index (the “MSCI EAFE Index,” or the “Index”).
International Value Portfolio   

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Large Cap Appreciation

Portfolio

  

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Company Growth

Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks long-term capitaI appreciation by investing primarily in large, high-quality domestic companies that the adviser believes have superior growth potential.

 

54   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of companies that, in the view of the adviser, possess above-average potential for growth. We invest in companies with average market capitalizations greater than $5 billion.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of large, high-quality domestic companies that have above-average return potential based on current market valuations and above-average dividend income. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Portfolio invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies. We select securities that we believe have strong fundamentals, compelling value characteristics (such as low price-to-earnings or price-to-book ratios), and demonstrate the potential for improved performance. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests substantially in common stocks designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index.
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential and that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities, including emerging market securities.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities comprising the MSCI EAFE Index.

 

The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. Securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the divided yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market capitalization of $400 million or more.
The Portfolio invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies selected on the basis of superior growth characteristics combined with reasonable valuation. We invest principally in securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Portfolio invests primarily in large companies that have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

Managed Fixed Income

Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks consistent fixed-income returns.

 

Small Cap Index Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index with minimum tracking error and to minimize transaction costs.

 

Small Company Growth

Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in

smaller domestic companies.

 

 

Small Company Value

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Stable Income Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 

 

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks total return by investing principally in income-producing securities.

 

 

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks positive total return each calendar year regardless of general bond market performance.

 

 

56   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Portfolio invests in a diversified portfolio of fixed- and variable-rate U.S. dollar-denominated, fixed-income securities of a broad spectrum of U.S. and foreign issuers including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities representing the capitalization-weighted market value and composition of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stock of small domestic companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of significant change. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less.
In making investment decisions for the Portfolio, we focus on securities that are conservatively valued in the marketplace relative to the stock of comparable companies, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows or other measures. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization index whose range is expected to change frequently.
The Portfolio invests in short-term, investment-grade securities which include mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. We invest in fixed and variable rate U.S. dollar-denominated fixed-income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations, and others.
The Portfolio invests in a broad range of debt securities in order to create a strategically diversified portfolio of fixed income investments. These investments include corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, U.S. Government obligations, preferred stock, convertible bonds, and foreign bonds.
The Portfolio’s assets are divided into two components, “short” bonds with maturities (or average life) of 2 years or less, and “long” bonds with maturities of 20 years or more. The Portfolio invests in U.S. Government obligations and corporate fixed income investments rated, at the time of purchase, within 1 of the 2 highest long-term rating categories, or that are unrated and determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality. During periods of falling prices, long bonds are sold to protect capital and limit losses. Conversely, when bond prices rise, long bonds are purchased. The dollar-weighted average maturity of the Portfolio may vary between 1 and 30 years.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2005

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2005

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has served as a Portfolio Manager and a member of Funds Management‘s asset allocation team since 2005. Mr. Biwer participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 1997

Asset Allocation Fund since 2002

Conservative Allocation Fund since 1989

Growth Balanced Fund since 1989

Moderate Balanced Fund since 1989

Mr. Blomster is a Principal with Wells Capital Management. He joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as a Vice President and Director of Research and simultaneously held his position as a portfolio manager at Norwest Investment Management until Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Blomster manages numerous portfolios for Wells Capital Management using asset allocation models that he developed, including the models used in managing the Asset Allocation Fund. Mr. Blomster is responsible for implementing target allocation changes for the Funds as recommended by the asset allocation model. He has worked in an investment management capacity for Norwest or its affiliates since 1977. Mr. Blomster earned his B.S. degree in Dairy and Food Sciences from the University of Minnesota and his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Applied Economics from Purdue University.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2005

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2005

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from University of California at Los Angeles.

 

58   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Jeffrey P. Mellas

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2003

Asset Allocation Fund since 2003

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2003

Growth Balanced Fund since 2003

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2003

Mr. Mellas joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Managing Director of Quantitative Asset Management and Portfolio Manager, with over 16 years of investment management experience. Mr. Mellas is responsible for implementing target allocation changes for the Funds as recommended by the asset allocation model. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Mellas was with Alliance Capital Management since 1995, as Vice President and Global Portfolio Strategist responsible for managing over $300 million in international pension assets. He was also the primary spokesperson for Alliance’s domestic and international equity and fixed income strategies. Prior to joining Alliance, he was an associate group manager at Prudential Insurance. Mr. Mellas earned his B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Minnesota and his M.B.A. degree in Finance and International Business from New York University. He also completed the International Management Program at Hâute Etudes Commerçiales, Paris, France.

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2005

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2005

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Wells Fargo Funds Management since 1996. Mr. Owen participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk”.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund on its shares.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

60   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally, these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2000 Index

An index comprised of the 2000 smallest firms listed on the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index is a listing of 3000 corporations by the Frank Russell Company that is intended to be representative of the U.S. economy. The Russell 2000 is considered a “small cap” index.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

S&P Small Cap 600 Index

A market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the daily stock total return performance of an investable universe of domestic small-capitalization stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, and the NASDAQ.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

62   Allocation Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Allocation Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

Printed on Recycled paper

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045AFAM/P503 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Allocation Funds – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Balanced Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Allocation Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Fund

 

Important information about the Fund.

    

Key Information

   12
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Balanced Fund

   13
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   15
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   19

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   21
    

How to Buy Shares

   24
    

How to Sell Shares

   27
    

Exchanges

   29

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   31
    

Portfolio Managers

   34
    

Glossary

   35

 


Table of Contents

Balanced Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Balanced Fund

(STAAX)

  

 

Seeks a combination of capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

4   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest 60% of the Fund’s assets in stocks and 40% of the Fund’s assets in bonds. We may invest up to 10% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund description beginning on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 15; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

Debt Securities

The Fund invests in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in the Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in the Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment. Debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities) have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning to principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity.

 

Equity Securities

The Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Fund makes foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments are made through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

6   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance H istory


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five-, and ten-year periods are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Balanced Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Balanced Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was organized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Balanced Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor fund.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Balanced Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  15.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (9.36)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/30/81)1

  6.86%   (1.81)%   7.23%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  6.36%   (2.84)%   4.97%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.45%   (2.06)%   4.90%

S&P 5002 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Balanced Fund.
2   S&P 500 is an registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.
3   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

8   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Balanced Fund


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
   

 

Balanced
Fund

 

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of

the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)

  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Balanced
Fund
Management Fees1   0.65%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.84%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.49%
Fee Waivers   0.24%
NET EXPENSES3   1.25%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.65% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.60% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.55% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.525% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.50% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

10   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

The example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Balanced
Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 127
  3 YEARS   $ 423
  5 YEARS   $ 766
10 YEARS   $ 1,737

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Balanc ed Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Gary J. Dunn, CFA; W. Frank Koster; David L. Roberts, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Balanced Fund seeks a combination of capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Fund’s investment objective by investing in both equity and fixed income securities. We primarily invest the equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio in securities, including common and preferred stocks and convertible securities, of large-capitalization, dividend-paying, U.S. companies that offer the potential for capital growth, and attempt to balance an investment’s prospects for growth and income with its potential risks. We primarily invest the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio in investment-grade bonds of intermediate duration, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate securities and mortgage-backed securities.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   60% of total assets in stocks;

 

·   40% of total assets in bonds;

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in foreign securities through ADRs and similar investments.

 

The percentage of Fund assets invested in stocks or bonds may temporarily deviate from the percentages indicated above due to the changes in market values. We rebalance the Fund when the Fund’s assets deviate by a significant percentage from these percentages.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 15. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Balanced Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    INVESTOR SHARE CLASS—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 30, 1981
       
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
   

Dec. 31,

20001

    Oct. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $18.62     $16.06     $18.84     $21.83     $24.77     $24.92  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.25     0.19     0.40     0.58     0.12     0.82  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.02     2.58     (2.77 )   (2.99 )   (1.53 )   0.61  

Total from investment operations

  1.27     2.77     (2.37 )   (2.41 )   (1.41 )   1.43  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.26 )   (0.21 )   (0.41 )   (0.58 )   (0.20 )   (0.83 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (1.33 )   (0.75 )

Total distributions

  (0.26 )   (0.21 )   (0.41 )   (0.58 )   (1.53 )   (1.58 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.63     $18.62     $16.06     $18.84     $21.83     $24.77  

Total return2

  6.86 %   17.36 %   (12.65 )%   (11.03 )%   (5.60 )%   5.66 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $155     $209     $218     $300     $347     $372  

Ratios to average net assets:3

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.3 %   1.3 %   1.3 %   1.2 %   1.1 %   1.1 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.3 %   1.1 %   2.3 %   2.9 %   3.3 %   3.2 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  148 %   205 %   226 %   234 %   45 %   151 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  1.3 %   1.3 %   1.3 %   1.2 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
1   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from October to December.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

14   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Balanced Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   The Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. The Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Fund is subject to leverage risk, which is the risk that some relatively smaller transactions may multiply smaller market movements into larger changes in the Fund’s NAV. This risk may occur when the Fund makes investments in derivatives, such as options or futures contracts.

 

·   The Fund invests in foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) which are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. The Fund’s investment in foreign securities may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   The Fund may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·  

The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk,

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

  which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Fund itself.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

16   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely effect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary

purposes (e.g., to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which

may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

 

Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity

and Currency Risk

High Yield Securities

Debt Securities of lower quality that produce generally higher

rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as

“junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions,

more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to greater

risk of default.

 

Interest Rate and

Credit Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary

course of business within seven days at the value determined

by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial

institutions to increase return on those securities. Loans may be

made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including

the value of collateral received).

 

Credit, Counter-Party

and Leverage Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which

will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other

fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not

be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back

a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

 

Credit and

Counter-Party Risk

 

18   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how their service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated
525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

Provide services
to customers

 

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services,

Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Fund, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

20   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with for the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

22   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds
P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds
ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

9905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

24   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Balanced Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of the Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of the Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by Internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 24.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 24. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

26   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of the Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

 

28   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Fund’s policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed. Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

30   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income quarterly and realized any net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·  

Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

  account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you with respect to your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stocks producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

32   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Dunn joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as Principal for its Equity Income Team. Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Dunn formerly was the Director of Institutional Investments of Norwest Investment Management. He has been associated with Norwest Bank or its affiliates as a Financial Analyst and Portfolio Manager since 1979. Mr. Dunn earned his B.A. degree in Economics from Carroll College.

 

W. Frank Koster

Balanced Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Koster joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Koster was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since March 1999, first as a Senior Vice President of SCM’s Institutional Business Group, Inc. From December 2000 to March 2001, he was a fixed-income product specialist at SCM, and from March 2001 through 2004, a portfolio manager for SCM’s institutional fixed-income accounts. Mr. Koster received his bachelor’s degree in Economics from the College of Wooster in 1979.

 

David L. Roberts, CFA

Balanced Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Roberts joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as the Equity Income Managing Director and simultaneously held this position at Norwest Investment Management until Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Roberts joined Norwest Corporation in 1972 as a Securities Analyst. He became Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager in 1980 and was promoted to Vice President in 1982. He earned his B.A. degree in Mathematics from Carroll College.

 

 

34   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk”.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Fund.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund on its shares.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally, these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods

 

36   Balanced Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification number of a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Balanced Fund Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BEANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045AFIV/P506 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook FundsSM – Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 FundSM

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information

about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   19

The Funds

 

Important information about

the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   23
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund

   24
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   38
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   44

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and

how to buy, sell and exchange

Fund shares.

    

A Choice of Share Classes

   46
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   49
    

Exchanges

   53
    

Your Account

   55
      

How to Buy Shares

   58
      

How to Sell Shares

   61

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   63
Additional information and
term definitions.
    

Portfolio Managers

   67
    

Glossary

   68

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook Today Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2010 Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2020 Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2030 Fund”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2040 Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds Overview


See the Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

The Outlook Funds all have the same objective. They are designed to maximize assets for retirement or for other purposes consistent with the quantitatively measured risk investors may be willing to accept given their stated investment time horizons. Each Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or to begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the Fund’s target year.

 

In buying securities for each Fund, Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), the Funds’ investment sub-adviser, does not select individual companies. Instead, BGFA focuses on selecting a mix of indexes by measuring their risk level and expected returns based on a proprietary set of criteria. The Funds then allocate a portion of their assets to the indexes appropriate for each Fund. Where practicable, the Funds buy all the securities that comprise a recommended index; otherwise, the Funds buy a representative sample in an effort to match an index’s return as closely as possible. This investment model focuses on the selection of indexes or asset classes rather than the expected performance of individual securities, and does not try to avoid individual underperforming securities, nor does it try to pick individual investments that might outperform the indexes. This strategy stems from the belief that asset allocation decisions—which investment categories you choose—matter more to overall investment performance than individual security selection—which stock or bond you choose.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Outlook Today Fund

(Class A: STWRX)

(Class B: WFOKX)

(Class C: WFODX)

 

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors who have retired, are planning to retire or will begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the near future.

 

 

Outlook 2010 Fund

(Class A: STNRX)

(Class B: SPTBX)

(Class C: WFOCX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2010.

 

 

Outlook 2020 Fund

(Class A: STTRX)

(Class B: STPBX)

(Class C: WFLAX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2020.

 

 

Outlook 2030 Fund

(Class A: STHRX)

(Class B: SGPBX)

(Class C: WFDMX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2030.

 

 

Outlook 2040 Fund

(Class A: STFRX)

(Class B: SLPBX)

(Class C: WFOFX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2040.

 

 

4   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Outlook Funds pursue a strategy of allocating and reallocating investments among indexes representing stocks and bonds, and money market instruments to capture returns and reduce risk consistent with a stated investment time horizon. Funds with longer time horizons invest more of their assets in stocks to provide capital appreciation over the long term. Funds with shorter time horizons replace some of their stock holdings with bonds and money market instruments to reduce risk and price volatility. Funds with shorter time horizons generally have lower expected returns than Funds with longer time horizons.

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy that is designed to maintain the lowest risk profile of all the Outlook Funds. The Outlook Today Fund continues to allocate a significant portion of its assets to stocks and bonds in addition to money market instruments. On average, we expect that we will invest about 35% of the Fund’s assets in stocks, with the rest in bonds and money market instruments. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook Today Fund held about 35% of its assets in stocks, 64% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2010. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2010 Fund held about 48% of its assets in stocks, 51% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the Fund will increasingly resemble the Outlook Today Fund.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2020. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2020 Fund held about 65% of its assets in stocks, 34% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2030. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2030 Fund held about 78% of its assets in stocks, 21% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2040. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2040 Fund held about 89% of its assets in stocks, 10% of its assets in bonds, and a small portion of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund descriptions beginning on page 24;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds; the shorter time horizon Funds, such as the Outlook Today and Outlook 2010 Funds, typically invest a majority of their assets in debt securities, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities; the longer time horizon Funds, such as the Outlook 2030 and Outlook 2040 Funds, typically invest a majority of their assets in equity securities. Equity securities are subject to market risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company, the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial, and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts)

 

6   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS (Continued)

are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The Funds in this Prospectus were formerly “feeder” funds in a master/feeder arrangement, whereby each Fund invested all of its assets in a corresponding “master” fund with a substantially identical investment objective and investment strategies. As of June 23, 2001, the Funds became stand-alone funds that invest directly in a portfolio of securities. The information shown below and in the financial highlights for each of the Funds includes the activity of the Fund when it was a feeder in a master/feeder arrangement.

 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five-and ten-year periods is compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Outlook Today Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  7.24%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (4.40)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

8   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”). After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares and after-tax returns for the Class B and C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/94)

  (0.96)%   2.68%   6.07%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (1.57)%   1.39%   4.20%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (0.58)%   1.56%   4.18%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/1/98)2

  (0.71)%   2.96%   6.14%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/1/98)2

  3.32%   3.34%   6.14%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Returns shown reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.
4   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

 

Outlook 2010 Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  9.99%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (8.62)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

10   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares and after-tax returns for the Class B and C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/94)

  0.48%   0.93%   7.69%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.02)%   (0.03)%   6.06%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.30%   0.26%   5.83%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/97)2

  0.77%   1.15%   7.72%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/1/98)2

  4.77%   1.54%   7.72%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)3

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.62%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  2.31%   7.03%   7.11%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Returns shown reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
4   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2020 Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  14.48%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (11.79)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

12   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares and after-tax returns for the Class B and C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/94)

  2.01%   (1.20)%   8.34%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  1.59%   (1.91)%   6.82%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.29%   (1.37)%   6.56%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/97)2

  2.43%   (1.03)%   8.38%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/1/98)2

  6.45%   (0.61)%   8.38%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.62%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  2.31%   7.03%   7.11%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Returns shown reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
4   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2030 Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  17.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (14.08)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

14   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares and after-tax returns for the Class B and C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/94)

  3.55%   (2.16)%   9.11%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.16%   (3.01)%   7.63%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.30%   (2.21)%   7.35%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/97)2

  4.09%   (2.00)%   9.14%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/1/98)2

  8.14%   (1.55)%   9.14%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.62%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  2.31%   7.03%   7.11%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Returns shown reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
4   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2040 Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  21.54%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (16.20)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

16   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares and after-tax returns for the Class B and C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/94)

  4.78%   (3.75)%   9.50%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.46%   (4.28)%   8.16%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.10%   (3.34)%   7.84%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/1/97)2

  5.28%   (3.63)%   9.51%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/1/98)2

  9.21%   (3.18)%   9.51%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.62%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)4

  2.31%   7.03%   7.11%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Returns shown reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
4   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
    All Funds
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  5.75%   None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None1   5.00%   1.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
   

Outlook

Today Fund

 

Outlook

2010 Fund

   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees2   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses3   0.66%   0.66%   0.65%   0.63%   0.64%   0.63%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.31%   2.06%   2.05%   1.28%   2.04%   2.03%    
Fee Waivers   0.06%   0.06%   0.05%   0.03%   0.04%   0.03%    
NET EXPENSES4   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%    
1   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information. All other Class A shares will not have a CDSC.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for each Fund’s management fee. The management fee charged to a Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for each Fund is as follows: 0.65% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.60% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.55% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.525% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.50% for assets $5 billion and higher. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for further details.
3   Other expenses have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Fund’s most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The Adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

18   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 
   

Outlook

2020 Fund

 

Outlook

2030 Fund

 

Outlook

2040 Fund

    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.62%   0.63%   0.62%   0.63%   0.64%   0.63%   0.63%   0.64%   0.63%
    1.27%   2.03%   2.02%   1.28%   2.04%   2.03%   1.28%   2.04%   2.03%
    0.02%   0.03%   0.02%   0.03%   0.04%   0.03%   0.03%   0.04%   0.03%
    1.25%   2.00%   2.00%   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Outlook
Today Fund
  Outlook
2010 Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303    
  3 YEARS   $ 961   $ 940   $ 638   $ 955   $ 936   $ 634    
  5 YEARS   $ 1,246   $ 1,303   $ 1,099   $ 1,234   $ 1,295   $ 1,090    
10 YEARS   $ 2,058   $ 2,102   $ 2,375   $ 2,029   $ 2,079   $ 2,356    

 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Outlook
Today Fund
  Outlook
2010 Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203    
  3 YEARS   $ 961   $ 640   $ 638   $ 955   $ 636   $ 634    
  5 YEARS   $ 1,246   $ 1,103   $ 1,099   $ 1,234   $ 1,095   $ 1,090    
10 YEARS   $ 2,058   $ 2,102   $ 2,375   $ 2,029   $ 2,079   $ 2,356    

 

20   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

    Outlook
2020 Fund
  Outlook
2030 Fund
  Outlook
2040 Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 695   $ 703   $ 303   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303
    $ 953   $ 934   $ 632   $ 955   $ 936   $ 634   $ 955   $ 936   $ 634
    $ 1,230   $ 1,290   $ 1,086   $ 1,234   $ 1,295   $ 1,090   $ 1,234   $ 1,295   $ 1,090
    $ 2,019   $ 2,069   $ 2,346   $ 2,029   $ 2,079   $ 2,356   $ 2,029   $ 2,079   $ 2,356

 


 

    Outlook
2020 Fund
  Outlook
2030 Fund
  Outlook
2040 Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 695   $ 203   $ 203   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203
    $ 953   $ 634   $ 632   $ 955   $ 636   $ 634   $ 955   $ 636   $ 634
    $ 1,230   $ 1,090   $ 1,086   $ 1,234   $ 1,095   $ 1,090   $ 1,234   $ 1,095   $ 1,090
    $ 2,019   $ 2,069   $ 2,346   $ 2,029   $ 2,079   $ 2,356   $ 2,029   $ 2,079   $ 2,356

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

Key Terms

An “asset class” is a broad category of investments such as “bonds” or “equities.” “Allocation” refers to the distribution of portfolio assets among two or more asset classes and among indexes within each asset class. The Funds offered in this Prospectus are managed using a computer model that recommends the allocation of assets according to a Fund’s investment objective and risk tolerance.

 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

Portfolio Managers:    David Burkart, CFA; Mariana Egan, CFA

 


 

Investment Objectives

Each Fund seeks to provide investors with an asset allocation strategy designed to maximize total return for retirement or for other purposes consistent with the quantitatively measured risk that investors, on average, may be willing to accept given their investment time horizons. Investors are encouraged to select a particular Outlook Fund based on their investment time horizon. Specifically:

 

·   Outlook Today Fund is managed for investors who have retired, are planning to retire or will begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the near future.

 

·   Outlook 2010 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2010.

 

·   Outlook 2020 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2020.

 

·   Outlook 2030 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2030.

 

·   Outlook 2040 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2040.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Funds were the first funds of their kind to offer a flexible investment strategy designed to change over specific time horizons. Typically, long-term investment goals are pursued with a more aggressive mix of equities and fixed income securities than short-term investment goals. The allocation of each Fund gradually grows more conservative as the target year indicated in the Fund’s title approaches. You are encouraged to choose the Fund whose title year most closely matches the year during which you expect to begin regularly redeeming shares.

 

Keep in mind, however, that the target year also serves as a guide to the relative risk exposure of each Fund, where the Outlook 2040 Fund has the most aggressive asset allocation and the Outlook Today Fund has the least aggressive asset allocation. If you have a low risk tolerance, you may not wish to invest in the Outlook 2040 Fund, for example, even if you do not expect to retire for another forty years. Conversely, you may feel comfortable choosing a more aggressive Outlook Fund for a near-term investment goal.

 

Each Fund follows an asset allocation strategy among three broad investment classes: equities of domestic and foreign issuers, debt securities and cash in the form of money market instruments. We allocate and reallocate assets among a wide range of indexes representing U.S. and foreign common stocks, fixed income securities and money market instruments according to the recommended mix suitable for each Fund’s risk level. Under normal circumstances, the Outlook Today Fund will typically invest 65% of its assets in a mix of fixed income securities and money market instruments and 35% of its assets in equity securities as it seeks stable income production and reduced volatility. The longer time horizon Funds may invest up to 100% of their assets in stocks, but as their target year approaches, their allocation will increasingly resemble the current allocation of the Outlook Today Fund.

 

24   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Outlook Today Fund seeks to maximize total return consistent with assuming the lowest risk of any Outlook series. However, unlike the remaining Outlook Funds with target dates, the Outlook Today Fund does not reduce its investment risk through time. Instead, the Fund is expected to maintain its asset allocation as mentioned on the previous page. When one of the other Outlook Funds reaches its target year, it is expected that shareholders will be asked to approve combining such Funds with the Outlook Today Fund.

 


 

Model-Driven Decisions

The Funds’ assets are allocated across investment groups according to a sophisticated mathematical model that was developed in 1993 and is continually refined. BGFA’s investment professionals conduct ongoing research to enhance the model and to ensure that it is keeping pace with the world’s constantly changing financial markets. Using this model, BGFA gains a consistent and objective structure for making investment decisions. Unlike traditional investment funds that employ individual portfolio managers who make decisions on a more subjective basis, BGFA applies a scientific approach to investing through the use of such a model.

 


 

Asset Allocation Decisions

In buying securities for each Fund, the investment model does not select individual companies. Instead, the model selects a mix of indexes by measuring their risk levels and expected returns based on a proprietary set of criteria that analyzes extensive financial and economic data (such as market interest rates and inflation data), as well as risk correlation and expected return statistics. The model then allocates a portion of each Fund’s assets to each index appropriate for each Fund. Where practicable, each Fund buys all the securities that comprise a recommended index; otherwise, the Fund buys a representative sample in an effort to match an index’s return as closely as possible. The model focuses on the selection of indexes or asset classes rather than the expected performance of individual securities.

 

This strategy stems from the belief that asset allocation decisions—which investment categories you choose—matter more to overall investment performance than individual security selection—which stock or bond you choose.

 


 

Risk Tolerance

Two general rules of investing have shaped the Funds’ strategies:

 

·   Higher investment returns usually go hand-in-hand with higher risk. Put another way, the greater an investment’s potential return, the greater its potential for loss. Historically, for example, stocks have outperformed bonds, but the worst year for stocks on record was much worse than the worst year for bonds.

 

·   Generally, the longer an investor’s investment time horizon, the greater the investor’s risk tolerance. The investor’s investments have more time to recoup their losses.

 

The Funds with longer time horizons are subject to more risk. This normally gives investors the potential for greater returns than the Funds with shorter time horizons. As a Fund approaches its target year, and its investors have less time to recover from market declines, the Fund systematically reduces the level of risk. This systematic shift toward more stable investments should help secure the value of your Outlook investment as the time nears for you to begin drawing on it.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

BGFA does not limit its analysis to long-term expectations. The investment model also takes into account short-term market conditions. If conditions in a market have increased risk levels of an investment type or index to a point that its risk outweighs its expected returns, the model will not allocate as much of a Fund’s assets to it as it otherwise might. Conversely, the model may reduce a Fund’s allocation, even when risks have not increased, because the expected return of an investment type or index has fallen. This usually happens because prices in a market have risen so high that the potential for further gain appears limited.

 


 

After a Fund Reaches its Target Year

By the time a Fund reaches the decade identified by its name, it has reached its least aggressive state in terms of building capital. This does not mean that it invests exclusively in money market instruments. Rather, because BGFA believes that most investors are still willing to take some risks in pursuing returns even while drawing on their investments, the Fund continues to allocate a significant portion of its assets to stocks and bonds, in addition to money market instruments. On average, BGFA expects that about 35% of the Fund’s assets will be invested in stocks, with the remainder in debt securities and money market instruments.

 


 

Permitted Investments

All of the Funds seek exposure to U.S. and foreign equity markets by investing in securities of the following stock indexes:

 

·   The Russell 1000 Growth Index, which consists primarily of large-capitalization U.S.stocks with higher than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 1000 Value Index, which consists primarily of large-capitalization U.S.stocks with lower than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 2000 Growth Index, which consists primarily of small-capitalization U.S.stocks with higher than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 2000 Value Index, which consists primarily of small-capitalization U.S.stocks with lower than average price-to-book ratios; and

 

·   The Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index, which consists primarily of foreign stocks.

 

We seek exposure to the U.S. fixed income markets by investing in securities representative of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index, which consists primarily of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury with a maturity from 3 up to (but not including) 5 years.

 

We also invest in high-quality money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, obligations of foreign and domestic banks, short-term corporate debt securities and repurchase agreements. In addition, under normal market circumstances, we may invest in call and put options on stock indexes, stock index futures, options on stock index futures, interest rate and interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in stocks.

 

We are not required to keep a minimum investment in any of the indexes, nor are we prohibited from investing substantially all of our assets in a single asset class. The asset allocation may shift at any time.

 

26   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocations

As of February 29, 2004, the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, each Fund’s asset weighting was as follows:

 

                     
ASSET CLASS   OUTLOOK
TODAY
FUND
  OUTLOOK
2010 FUND
  OUTLOOK
2020 FUND
  OUTLOOK
2030 FUND
  OUTLOOK
2040 FUND

Money Market Instruments

  1%   1%   1%   1%   1%

Bonds

  64%   51%   34%   21%   10%

Domestic Large Cap Equity

  22%   32%   43%   53%   64%

Domestic Small Cap Equity

  4%   4%   5%   5%   6%

Foreign Equity

  9%   12%   17%   20%   19%

 

Portfolio Management

BGFA applies a scientific approach to investing through the use of an asset allocation model. BGFA’s Portfolio Managers conduct ongoing research to enhance the model.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Funds are primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The value of investments in options on stock indexes is affected by price level movements for a particular index, rather than price movements for an individual issue.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    OUTLOOK TODAY FUND CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1994
For the period ended:   Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    Feb. 29,
2004
    Feb. 28,
2003
    Feb. 28,
2002
    Feb. 28,
2001
    Feb. 29,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.17     $8.96     $9.79     $9.94     $10.30     $10.52      

Income from investment operations:

                                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.08     0.15     0.21     0.29     0.38     0.38      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.20 )   1.22     (0.66 )   (0.09 )   0.21     0.09      

Total from investment operations

  (0.12 )   1.37     (0.45 )   0.20     0.59     0.47      

Less distributions:

                                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.07 )   (0.16 )   (0.22 )   (0.29 )   (0.39 )   (0.36 )    

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.16 )   (0.06 )   (0.56 )   (0.33 )    

Total from distributions

  (0.07 )   (0.16 )   (0.38 )   (0.35 )   (0.95 )   (0.69 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.98     $10.17     $8.96     $9.79     $9.94     $10.30      

Total return1

  (1.18 )%   15.41 %   (4.63 )%   2.06 %   5.79 %   4.47 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $38,759     $39,856     $33,299     $41,543     $46,316     $44,801      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.28 %   1.28 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.61 %   1.58 %   2.12 %   2.85 %   3.66 %   3.29 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  73 %   33 %   53 %   51 %   58 %   55 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior
to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  1.36 %   1.36 %   1.60 %   1.63 %   1.51 %   1.45 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

28   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 1, 1998
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 1, 1998
 
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

 
    $10.35     $9.12     $9.96     $10.11     $10.44     $10.61     $10.33     $9.11     $9.94     $10.09     $10.44     $10.62  
                                                                         
    0.04     0.09     0.15     0.23     0.31     0.27     0.04     0.08     0.16     0.23     0.34     0.29  
    (0.20 )   1.24     (0.66 )   (0.08 )   0.24     0.14     (0.20 )   1.24     (0.66 )   (0.08 )   0.21     0.12  
    (0.16 )   1.33     (0.51 )   0.15     0.55     0.41     (0.16 )   1.32     (0.50 )   0.15     0.55     0.41  
                                                                         
    (0.03 )   (0.10 )   (0.17 )   (0.24 )   (0.32 )   (0.25 )   (0.03 )   (0.10 )   (0.17 )   (0.24 )   (0.34 )   (0.26 )
    0.00     0.00     (0.16 )   (0.06 )   (0.56 )   (0.33 )   0.00     0.00     (0.16 )   (0.06 )   (0.56 )   (0.33 )
    (0.03 )   (0.10 )   (0.33 )   (0.30 )   (0.88 )   (0.58 )   (0.03 )   (0.10 )   (0.33 )   (0.30 )   (0.90 )   (0.59 )
    $10.16     $10.35     $9.12     $9.96     $10.11     $10.44     $10.14     $10.33     $9.11     $9.94     $10.09     $10.44  
    (1.53 )%   14.65 %   (5.15 )%   1.54 %   5.30 %   3.87 %   (1.51 )%   14.61 %   (5.06 )%   1.52 %   5.36 %   3.91 %
                                                                         
    $21,314     $22,616     $19,428     $16,678     $11,425     $6,457     $14,622     $13,800     $7,822     $7,678     $5,972     $7,243  
                                                                         
    2.03 %   1.95 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   2.03 %   1.96 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %
    0.86 %   0.91 %   1.60 %   2.31 %   3.15 %   2.76 %   0.86 %   0.88 %   1.61 %   2.32 %   3.19 %   2.77 %
    73 %   33 %   53 %   51 %   58 %   55 %   73 %   33 %   53 %   51 %   58 %   55 %
    2.11 %   2.11 %   2.28 %   2.26 %   2.00 %   2.17 %   2.11 %   2.10 %   2.23 %   2.26 %   1.97 %   2.13 %

 

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    OUTLOOK 2010 FUND CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1994
For the period ended:   Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.22     $10.25     $11.65     $12.22     $12.88     $13.27      

Income from investment operations:

                                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.09     0.15     0.19     0.28     0.35     0.34      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.29 )   1.98     (1.33 )   (0.45 )   (0.15 )   0.66      

Total from investment operations

  (0.20 )   2.13     (1.14 )   (0.17 )   0.20     1.00      

Less distributions:

                                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.07 )   (0.16 )   (0.20 )   (0.27 )   (0.35 )   (0.34 )    

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.06 )   (0.13 )   (0.51 )   (1.05 )    

Total from distributions

  (0.07 )   (0.16 )   (0.26 )   (0.40 )   (0.86 )   (1.39 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.95     $12.22     $10.25     $11.65     $12.22     $12.88      

Total return1

  (1.63 )%   20.94 %   (9.86 )%   (1.43 )%   1.41 %   7.50 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $83,716     $88,910     $68,977     $89,878     $107,161     $89,056      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.28 %   1.28 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.44 %   1.36 %   1.69 %   2.25 %   2.74 %   2.45 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  53 %   31 %   65 %   39 %   54 %   49 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior
to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  1.32 %   1.33 %   1.44 %   1.53 %   1.43 %   1.39 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

30   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1997
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 1, 1998
 
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

 
    $12.23     $10.26     $11.66     $12.23     $12.88     $13.25     $12.33     $10.35     $11.75     $12.32     $12.97     $13.29  
                                                                         
    0.04     0.08     0.13     0.20     0.28     0.25     0.05     0.07     0.13     0.20     0.29     0.21  
    (0.30 )   1.98     (1.33 )   (0.43 )   (0.14 )   0.68     (0.30 )   2.00     (1.33 )   (0.43 )   (0.16 )   0.72  
    (0.26 )   2.06     (1.20 )   (0.23 )   0.14     0.93     (0.25 )   2.07     (1.20 )   (0.23 )   0.13     0.93  
                                                                         
    (0.02 )   (0.09 )   (0.14 )   (0.21 )   (0.28 )   (0.25 )   (0.03 )   (0.09 )   (0.14 )   (0.21 )   (0.27 )   (0.20 )
    0.00     0.00     (0.06 )   (0.13 )   (0.51 )   (1.05 )   0.00     0.00     (0.06 )   (0.13 )   (0.51 )   (1.05 )
    (0.02 )   (0.09 )   (0.20 )   (0.34 )   (0.79 )   (1.30 )   (0.03 )   (0.09 )   (0.20 )   (0.34 )   (0.78 )   (1.25 )
    $11.95     $12.23     $10.26     $11.66     $12.23     $12.88     $12.05     $12.33     $10.35     $11.75     $12.32     $12.97  
    (2.08 )%   20.16 %   (10.34 )%   (1.92 )%   0.93 %   6.96 %   (2.06 )%   20.13 %   (10.29 )%   (1.90 )%   0.89 %   6.91 %
                                                                         
    $29,806     $34,284     $32,831     $41,166     $36,727     $29,937     $6,819     $8,190     $5,631     $5,919     $5,850     $5,364  
                                                                         
    2.03 %   1.95 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   2.03 %   1.96 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %
    0.68 %   0.70 %   1.19 %   1.73 %   2.23 %   1.93 %   0.68 %   0.67 %   1.18 %   1.74 %   2.24 %   1.88 %
    53 %   31 %   65 %   39 %   54 %   49 %   53 %   31 %   65 %   39 %   54 %   49 %
    2.07 %   2.09 %   2.13 %   2.12 %   1.95 %   1.94 %   2.07 %   2.08 %   2.21 %   2.12 %   1.96 %   2.52 %

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    OUTLOOK 2020 FUND CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1994
For the period ended:   Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.96     $10.36     $12.29     $13.28     $14.78     $14.91      

Income from investment operations:

                                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.08     0.14     0.14     0.13     0.24     0.24      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.40 )   2.60     (1.93 )   (0.87 )   (0.75 )   1.33      

Total from investment operations

  (0.32 )   2.74     (1.79 )   (0.74 )   (0.51 )   1.57      

Less distributions:

                                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.07 )   (0.14 )   (0.14 )   (0.14 )   (0.23 )   (0.24 )    

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.11 )   (0.74 )   (1.46 )    

Total from distributions

  (0.07 )   (0.14 )   (0.14 )   (0.25 )   (0.99 )   (1.70 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $12.57     $12.96     $10.36     $12.29     $13.28     $14.78      

Total return1

  (2.51 )%   26.58 %   (14.65 )%   (5.57 )%   (3.79 )%   10.45 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $137,835     $139,981     $105,206     $137,265     $154,871     $176,460      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.28 %   1.28 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.28 %   1.16 %   1.16 %   1.35 %   1.63 %   1.52 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  38 %   31 %   62 %   29 %   39 %   43 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior
to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  1.33 %   1.32 %   1.42 %   1.50 %   1.39 %   1.33 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

32   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1997
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 1, 1998
 
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

   

Aug. 31,
2004

(unaudited)

   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

 
    $12.85     $10.28     $12.18     $13.17     $14.66     $14.79     $12.93     $10.34     $12.26     $13.25     $14.74     $14.82  
                                                                         
    0.04     0.06     0.07     0.07     0.16     0.15     0.04     0.06     0.07     0.07     0.16     0.11  
    (0.41 )   2.57     (1.90 )   (0.87 )   (0.74 )   1.33     (0.41 )   2.60     (1.92 )   (0.87 )   (0.74 )   1.37  
    (0.37 )   2.63     (1.83 )   (0.80 )   (0.58 )   1.48     (0.37 )   2.66     (1.85 )   (0.80 )   (0.58 )   1.48  
                                                                         
    (0.02 )   (0.06 )   (0.07 )   (0.08 )   (0.16 )   (0.15 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )   (0.07 )   (0.08 )   (0.16 )   (0.10 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.11 )   (0.74 )   (1.46 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.11 )   (0.74 )   (1.46 )
    (0.02 )   (0.06 )   (0.07 )   (0.19 )   (0.91 )   (1.61 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )   (0.07 )   (0.19 )   (0.91 )   (1.56 )
    $12.46     $12.85     $10.28     $12.18     $13.17     $14.66     $12.54     $12.93     $10.34     $12.26     $13.25     $14.74  
    (2.90 )%   25.71 %   (15.04 )%   (6.09 )%   (4.25 )%   9.90 %   (2.88 )%   25.79 %   (15.12 )%   (6.06 )%   (4.26 )%   9.87 %
                                                                         
    $27,531     $32,803     $31,052     $43,280     $47,591     $47,472     $5,638     $8,040     $5,330     $6,767     $6,308     $3,009  
                                                                         
    2.03 %   1.95 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   2.03 %   1.96 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %
    0.53 %   0.51 %   0.66 %   0.85 %   1.12 %   1.02 %   0.53 %   0.47 %   0.66 %   0.83 %   1.15 %   0.92 %
    38 %   31 %   62 %   29 %   39 %   43 %   38 %   31 %   62 %   29 %   39 %   43 %
    2.08 %   2.08 %   2.13 %   2.08 %   1.94 %   1.95 %   2.08 %   2.07 %   2.20 %   2.08 %   1.96 %   3.28 %

 

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    OUTLOOK 2030 FUND CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1994
For the period ended:   Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.53     $10.48     $13.34     $15.13     $16.96     $17.15      

Income from investment operations:

                                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.08     0.13     0.11     0.12     0.17     0.17      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.49 )   3.17     (2.40 )   (1.43 )   (1.17 )   2.03      

Total from investment operations

  (0.41 )   3.30     (2.29 )   (1.31 )   (1.00 )   2.20      

Less distributions:

                                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.07 )   (0.13 )   (0.12 )   (0.12 )   (0.16 )   (0.17 )    

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.45 )   (0.36 )   (0.67 )   (2.22 )    

Total from distributions

  (0.07 )   (0.25 )   (0.57 )   (0.48 )   (0.83 )   (2.39 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.05     $13.53     $10.48     $13.34     $15.13     $16.96      

Total return1

  (3.05 )%   31.73 %   (17.40 )%   (8.68 )%   (6.29 )%   12.63 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $100,637     $106,449     $75,953     $100,884     $133,569     $140,867      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.28 %   1.28 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.19 %   1.15 %   0.88 %   0.81 %   0.97 %   0.96 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  29 %   27 %   68 %   27 %   27 %   26 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior
to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  1.34 %   1.33 %   1.52 %   1.57 %   1.41 %   1.37 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

34   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1997
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 1, 1998
 
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

 
    $13.31     $10.32     $13.13     $14.88     $16.72     $16.93     $13.32     $10.33     $13.14     $14.90     $16.74     $16.94  
                                                                         
    0.03     0.06     0.04     0.05     0.07     0.08     0.03     0.06     0.05     0.04     0.08     0.06  
    (0.49 )   3.11     (2.35 )   (1.39 )   (1.16 )   2.01     (0.49 )   3.12     (2.36 )   (1.39 )   (1.17 )   2.01  
    (0.46 )   3.17     (2.31 )   (1.34 )   (1.09 )   2.09     (0.46 )   3.18     (2.31 )   (1.35 )   (1.09 )   2.07  
                                                                         
    (0.02 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )   (0.05 )   (0.08 )   (0.08 )   (0.02 )   (0.07 )   (0.05 )   (0.05 )   (0.08 )   (0.05 )
    0.00     (0.12 )   (0.45 )   (0.36 )   (0.67 )   (2.22 )   0.00     (0.12 )   (0.45 )   (0.36 )   (0.67 )   (2.22 )
    (0.02 )   (0.18 )   (0.50 )   (0.41 )   (0.75 )   (2.30 )   (0.02 )   (0.19 )   (0.50 )   (0.41 )   (0.75 )   (2.27 )
    $12.83     $13.31     $10.32     $13.13     $14.88     $16.72     $12.84     $13.32     $10.33     $13.14     $14.90     $16.74  
    (3.46 )%   30.82 %   (17.76 )%   (9.10 )%   (6.79 )%   12.13 %   (3.46 )%   30.88 %   (17.78 )%   (9.12 )%   (6.79 )%   12.05 %
                                                                         
    $17,687     $21,131     $20,319     $27,913     $34,570     $36,406     $4,625     $5,559     $2,791     $3,412     $3,467     $1,293  
                                                                         
    2.03 %   1.94 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   2.03 %   1.96 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %
    0.45 %   0.50 %   0.38 %   0.30 %   0.47 %   0.44 %   0.45 %   0.45 %   0.39 %   0.29 %   0.49 %   0.36 %
    29 %   27 %   68 %   27 %   27 %   26 %   29 %   27 %   68 %   27 %   27 %   26 %
    2.09 %   2.09 %   2.21 %   2.17 %   2.00 %   1.98 %   2.09 %   2.08 %   2.44 %   2.17 %   2.16 %   5.37 %

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    OUTLOOK 2040 FUND CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1994
For the period ended:   Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $14.40     $10.65     $13.55     $15.50     $18.78     $17.87      

Income from investment operations:

                                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.076     0.126     0.086     0.03     0.02     0.05      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.59 )   3.75     (2.81 )   (1.80 )   (1.98 )   2.78      

Total from investment operations

  (0.52 )   3.87     (2.73 )   (1.77 )   (1.96 )   2.83      

Less distributions:

                                       

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.08 )   0.00     (0.03 )   (0.05 )    

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (0.18 )   (1.29 )   (1.87 )    

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.17 )   (0.18 )   (1.32 )   (1.92 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.88     $14.40     $10.65     $13.55     $15.50     $18.78      

Total return1

  (3.61 )%   36.52 %   (20.24 )%   (11.45 )%   (11.09 )%   15.65 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $152,396     $156,806     $111,546     $169,829     $218,085     $306,002      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.28 %   1.27 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %   1.30 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.02 %   0.95 %   0.65 %   0.24 %   0.15 %   0.24 %    

Portfolio turnover rate4

  19 %   18 %   54 %   14 %   20 %   29 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior
to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 5

  1.30 %   1.33 %   1.49 %   1.55 %   1.41 %   1.36 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Distribution was less than $.01 per share.
4   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

36   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 1, 1997
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 1, 1998
 
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

 
    $13.86     $10.28     $13.08     $15.05     $18.34     $17.52     $13.86     $10.28     $13.09     $15.06     $18.34     $17.53  
                                                                         
    0.02     0.046     0.026     (0.05 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )   0.026     0.036     0.026     (0.04 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )
    (0.57 )   3.61     (2.70 )   (1.74 )   (1.95 )   2.73     (0.58 )   3.62     (2.71 )   (1.75 )   (1.94 )   2.72  
    (0.55 )   3.65     (2.68 )   (1.79 )   (2.00 )   2.69     (0.56 )   3.65     (2.69 )   (1.79 )   (1.99 )   2.68  
                                                                         
    0.00     (0.07 )   (0.03 )   0.00     0.003     0.00     0.00     (0.07 )   (0.03 )   0.00     0.003     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (0.18 )   (1.29 )   (1.87 )   0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (0.18 )   (1.29 )   (1.87 )
    0.00     (0.07 )   (0.12 )   (0.18 )   (1.29 )   (1.87 )   0.00     (0.07 )   (0.12 )   (0.18 )   (1.29 )   (1.87 )
    $13.31     $13.86     $10.28     $13.08     $15.05     $18.34     $13.30     $13.86     $10.28     $13.09     $15.06     $18.34  
    (3.97 )%   35.58 %   (20.60 )%   (11.93 )%   (11.53 )%   15.07 %   (4.04 )%   35.62 %   (20.66 )%   (11.92 )%   (11.52 )%   15.07 %
                                                                         
    $31,358     $42,603     $43,980     $67,290     $84,993     $93,757     $4,151     $5,146     $3,767     $5,432     $6,349     $6,095  
                                                                         
    2.03 %   1.94 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   2.03 %   1.94 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %   1.80 %
    0.27 %   0.31 %   0.15 %   (0.27 )%   (0.35 )%   (0.28 )%   0.27 %   0.28 %   0.15 %   (0.27 )%   (0.35 )%   (0.30 )%
    19 %   18 %   54 %   14 %   20 %   29 %   19 %   18 %   54 %   14 %   20 %   29 %
    2.05 %   2.09 %   2.23 %   2.14 %   2.05 %   1.95 %   2.05 %   2.08 %   2.31 %   2.14 %   1.96 %   2.55 %

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivative” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U. S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

38   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial, and other operational risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitments or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest-rate risk, and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section on page 27 for additional information. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

40   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g., to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory and Liquidity Risk

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought and sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and Prepayment/Extension Risk

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio values.

  Credit, Leverage and Liquidity Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-Party Risk

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment and Liquidity Risk

 

42   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the adviser, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Barclays Global Fund Advisors

45 Fremont Street, San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER

SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

44   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. In this capacity, BGFA invests the Funds’ assets according to an asset allocation model. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

BGFA is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B shares and Class C shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

46   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   5.75%      6.10%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75%      4.99%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75%      3.90%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75%      2.83%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

48   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the account previously held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and that such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.75% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 5.75% on the first $49,999, then 4.75% on the next $50,000!

 

50   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with the Funds’ distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

Outlook Today

   0.75%      0.75%

Outlook 2010

   0.75%      0.75%

Outlook 2020

   0.75%      0.75%

Outlook 2030

   0.75%      0.75%

Outlook 2040

   0.75%      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

52   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

54   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by,

 

56   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents
Your Account  
How to Buy Shares

 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

58   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, ”Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

  ·   To request an investment slip booklet, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have an existing account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

 

Your Account  
How to Buy Shares

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 58.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 58. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

60   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a Medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents
Your Account  
How to Sell Shares

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

62   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a Plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Then select the Fund and Class you would like to purchase and specify an amount of at least $50. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and certain foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and realizes and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

64   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees charged by Institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

66   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

David Burkart, CFA

Outlook Today Fund since 2000

Outlook 2010 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2020 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2030 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2040 Fund since 2000

Mr. Burkart joined Barclays as a portfolio manager within the Asset Allocation Group in August 2000. Mr. Burkart is senior portfolio manager and team leader for the Asset Allocation Group, focusing on derivative overlays, customized risk-return strategies and commingled international funds. Prior to joining Barclays, David worked at Gap Inc. in international treasury and corporate finance. Mr. Burkart earned his B.A. degree in Economics from University of California at Santa Barbara, his M.A. degree in Foreign Affairs from the University of Virginia and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Mariana Egan, CFA

Outlook Today Fund since 2001

Outlook 2010 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2020 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2030 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2040 Fund since 2001

Ms. Egan is a portfolio manager for the Asset Allocation Group, which she has served since January 2001. Ms. Egan is responsible for the management of fund-of-fund strategies invested across US equity, international equity, fixed income and derivative securities. Prior to joining BGI, Ms. Egan was a mutual fund manager and financial analyst at HSBC in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Ms. Egan earners her B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Catolrea Argentina, her M.A. degree in Finance from Universidad del CEMA and her M.B.A degree from University of California at Berkeley.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your Investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

The increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment have been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the fund.

 

68   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Quantitatively Measured Risk

Risk that gauges both the frequency and degree to which an asset class will perform below the long-term expected average.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a fund’s shares.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Time Horizon

An investment time horizon marks the point when investors plan to start making net withdrawals. As a general rule, investors with a longer time horizon have a greater tolerance for risk than investors with shorter time horizons. Long-term investors are more likely to accept a greater risk of short-term loss for the opportunity of achieving greater long-term gains.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

70   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELL FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

Printed on Recycled paper

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

0450FR/P601 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook FundsSM – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 FundSM

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information

about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   19

The Funds

 

Important information about

the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   23
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund

   24
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   34
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   39

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and

how to buy, sell and exchange

Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   41
    

How to Buy Shares

   43
    

How to Sell Shares

   44
    

Exchanges

   45

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Other Information

   47
    

Portfolio Managers

   49
    

Glossary

   50

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook Today Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2010 Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2020 Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2030 Fund”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2040 Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds Overview


See the Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

The Outlook Funds all have the same objective. They are designed to maximize assets for retirement or for other purposes consistent with the quantitatively measured risk investors may be willing to accept given their stated investment time horizons. Each Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or to begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the Fund’s target year.

 

In buying securities for each Fund, Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), the Funds’ investment sub-adviser, does not select individual companies. Instead, BGFA focuses on selecting a mix of indexes by measuring their risk level and expected returns based on a proprietary set of criteria. The Funds then allocate a portion of their assets to the indexes appropriate for each Fund. Where practicable, the Funds buy all the securities that comprise a recommended index; otherwise, the Funds buy a representative sample in an effort to match an index’s return as closely as possible. This investment model focuses on the selection of indexes or asset classes rather than the expected performance of individual securities, and does not try to avoid individual underperforming securities, nor does it try to pick individual investments that might outperform the indexes. This strategy stems from the belief that asset allocation decisions—which investment categories you choose—matter more to overall investment performance than individual security selection—which stock or bond you choose.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Outlook Today Fund (WFLOX)

 

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors who have retired, are planning to retire or will begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the near future.

 

 

Outlook 2010 Fund (WFLGX)

 

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2010.

 

 

Outlook 2020 Fund (WFLPX)

 

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2020.

 

 

Outlook 2030 Fund
(WFLIX)

 

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2030.

 

 

Outlook 2040 Fund (WFLWX)

 

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2040.

 

 

4   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Outlook Funds pursue a strategy of allocating and reallocating investments among indexes representing stocks and bonds and money market instruments to capture returns and reduce risk consistent with a stated investment time horizon. Funds with longer time horizons invest more of their assets in stocks to provide capital appreciation over the long term. Funds with shorter time horizons replace some of their stock holdings with bonds and money market instruments to reduce risk and price volatility. Funds with shorter time horizons generally have lower expected returns than Funds with longer time horizons.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy that is designed to maintain the lowest risk profile of all the Outlook Funds. The Outlook Today Fund continues to allocate a significant portion of its assets to stocks and bonds in addition to money market instruments. On average, we expect that we will invest about 35% of the Fund’s assets in stocks, with the rest in bonds and money market instruments. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook Today Fund held about 35% of its assets in stocks, 64% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments.

We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2010. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2010 Fund held about 48% of its assets in stocks, 51% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon, approaches, the Fund will increasingly resemble the Outlook Today Fund.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2020. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2020 Fund held about 65% of its assets in stocks, 34% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2030. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2030 Fund held about 78% of its assets in stocks, 21% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2040. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2040 Fund held about 89% of its assets in stocks, 10% of its assets in bonds, and a small portion of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund descriptions beginning on page 24;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 34; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds; the shorter time horizon Funds, such as the Outlook Today and Outlook 2010 Funds, typically invest a majority of their assets in debt securities, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities; the longer time horizon Funds, such as the Outlook 2030 and Outlook 2040 Funds, typically invest a majority of their assets in equity securities. Equity securities are subject to market risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company, the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial, and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts)

 

 

6   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS (Continued)

are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than larger company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The Funds in this Prospectus were formerly “feeder” funds in a master/feeder arrangement, whereby each Fund invested all of its assets in a corresponding “master” fund with a substantially identical investment objective and investment strategies. As of June 23, 2001, the Funds became stand-alone funds that invest directly in a portfolio of securities. The information shown below and in the financial highlights for each of the Funds includes the activity of the Fund when it was a feeder in a master/feeder arrangement. In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class.

 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Outlook Today Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  7.21%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (4.36)%

 

* Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares and does not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

8   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/8/99)1

  5.33%   4.21%   6.84%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.59%   2.87%   4.73%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.51%   2.85%   4.64%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1 Returns shown for periods prior to inception reflect the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Administrator Class shares. Class A shares incepted March 1, 1994.
2 Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3 Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2010 Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  9.99%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (8.55)%

 

* Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares and does not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

10   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/8/99)1

  6.90%   2.38%   8.44%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  6.25%   1.32%   6.55%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.47%   1.44%   6.26%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1 Returns shown for periods prior to inception reflect the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Administrator Class shares. Class A shares incepted March 1, 1994.
2 Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3 Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2020 Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  14.48%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (11.76)%

 

* Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares and does not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

12   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/8/99)1

  8.61%   0.26%   9.14%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.07%   (0.54)%   7.28%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.59%   (0.20)%   6.95%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1 Returns shown for periods prior to inception reflect the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Administrator Class shares. Class A shares incepted March 1, 1994.
2 Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3 Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2030 Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  17.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (13.98)%

 

* Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares and does not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

14   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/8/99)1

  10.27%   (0.71)%   9.91%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  9.74%   (1.65)%   8.10%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.66%   (1.06)%   7.76%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1 Returns shown for periods prior to inception reflect the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Administrator Class shares. Class A shares incepted March 1, 1994.
2 Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3 Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2040 Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  21.54%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (16.08)%

 

* Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares and does not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

16   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/8/99)1

  11.44%   (2.30)%   10.32%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.98%   (2.91)%   8.53%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.43%   (2.18)%   8.13%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1 Returns shown for periods prior to inception reflect the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Administrator Class shares. Class A shares incepted March 1, 1994.
2 Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3 Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)    
             
    Outlook
Today Fund
  Outlook 2010 Fund    
Management Fees1   0.65%   0.65%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses2   0.48%   0.45%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.13%   1.10%    
Fee Waivers   0.18%   0.15%    
NET EXPENSES3   0.95%   0.95%    
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for each Fund’s management fee. The management fee charged to a Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for each Fund is as follows: 0.65% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.60% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.55% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.525% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.50% for assets $5 billion and higher. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for further details.
2   Other expenses have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Fund’s most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio can only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

18   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

             
             
   

Outlook 2020 Fund

  Outlook 2030 Fund   Outlook 2040 Fund
    0.65%   0.65%   0.65%
    0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.45%   0.45%   0.46%
    1.10%   1.10%   1.11%
    0.15%   0.15%   0.16%
    0.95%   0.95%   0.95%

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Outlook
Today Fund
  Outlook 2010 Fund    
  1 YEAR   $ 97   $ 97    
  3 YEARS   $ 341   $ 335    
  5 YEARS   $ 605   $ 592    
10 YEARS   $ 1,359   $ 1,327    

 

20   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 

 

   

Outlook 2020 Fund

  Outlook 2030 Fund   Outlook 2040 Fund
    $ 97   $ 97   $ 97
    $ 335   $ 335   $ 337
    $ 592   $ 592   $ 596
    $ 1,327   $ 1,327   $ 1,337

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

Key Terms

An “asset class” is a broad category of investments such as “bonds” or “equities.” “Allocation” refers to the distribution of portfolio assets among two or more asset classes and among indexes within each asset class. The Outlook Funds offered in this Prospectus are managed using a computer model that recommends the allocation of assets according to a Fund’s investment objective and risk tolerance.

 

In this Prospectus,” we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

Portfolio Managers:    David Burkart; Mariana Egan

 


 

Investment Objectives

Each Fund seeks to provide investors with an asset allocation strategy designed to maximize total return for retirement or for other purposes consistent with the quantitatively measured risk that investors, on average, may be willing to accept given their investment time horizons. Investors are encouraged to select a particular Outlook Fund based on their investment time horizon.

 

Specifically:

 

·   Outlook Today Fund is managed for investors who have retired, are planning to retire or will begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the near future.

 

·   Outlook 2010 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2010.

 

·   Outlook 2020 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2020.

 

·   Outlook 2030 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2030.

 

·   Outlook 2040 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2040.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Funds were the first funds of their kind to offer a flexible investment strategy designed to change over specific time horizons. Typically, long-term investment goals are pursued with a more aggressive mix of equities and fixed income securities than short-term investment goals. The allocation of each Fund gradually grows more conservative as the target year indicated in the Fund’s title approaches. You are encouraged to choose the Fund whose title year most closely matches the year during which you expect to begin regularly redeeming shares.

 

Keep in mind, however, that the target year also serves as a guide to the relative risk exposure of each Fund, where the Outlook 2040 Fund has the most aggressive asset allocation and the Outlook Today Fund has the least aggressive asset allocation. If you have a low risk tolerance, you may not wish to invest in the Outlook 2040 Fund, for example, even if you do not expect to retire for another forty years. Conversely, you may feel comfortable choosing a more aggressive Outlook Fund for a near-term investment goal.

 

Each Fund follows an asset allocation strategy among three broad investment classes: equities of domestic and foreign issuers, debt securities and cash in the form of money market instruments. We allocate and reallocate assets among a wide range of indexes representing U.S. and foreign common stocks, fixed income securities and money market instruments according to the recommended mix suitable for each Fund’s risk level. Under normal circumstances, the Outlook Today Fund will typically invest 65% of its assets in a mix of fixed income securities and money market instruments and 35% of its assets in equity securities as it seeks stable income production and reduced volatility. The longer time horizon Funds may invest up to 100% of their assets in stocks, but as their target year approaches, their allocation will increasingly resemble the current allocation of the Outlook Today Fund.

 

24   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Outlook Today Fund seeks to maximize total return consistent with assuming the lowest risk of any Outlook series. However, unlike the remaining Outlook Funds with target dates, the Outlook Today Fund does not reduce its investment risk through time. Instead, the Fund is expected to maintain its asset allocation as mentioned on the previous page. When one of the other Outlook Funds reaches its target year, it is expected that shareholders will be asked to approve combining such Funds with the Outlook Today Fund.

 


 

Model-Driven Decisions

The Funds’ assets are allocated across investment groups according to a sophisticated mathematical model that was developed in 1993 and is continually refined. BGFA’s investment professionals conduct ongoing research to enhance the model and to ensure that it is keeping pace with the world’s constantly changing financial markets. Using this model, BGFA gains a consistent and objective structure for making investment decisions. Unlike traditional investment funds that employ individual portfolio managers who make decisions on a more subjective basis, BGFA applies a scientific approach to investing through the use of such a model.

 


 

Asset Allocation Decisions

In buying securities for each Fund, the investment model does not select individual companies. Instead, the model selects a mix of indexes by measuring their risk levels and expected returns based on a proprietary set of criteria that analyzes extensive financial and economic data (such as market interest rates and inflation data), as well as risk correlation and expected return statistics. The model then allocates a portion of each Fund’s assets to each index appropriate for each Fund. Where practicable, each Fund buys all the securities that comprise a recommended index; otherwise, the Fund buys a representative sample in an effort to match an index’s return as closely as possible. The model focuses on the selection of indexes or asset classes rather than the expected performance of individual securities.

 

This strategy stems from the belief that asset allocation decisions—which investment categories you choose—matter more to overall investment performance than individual security selection—which stock or bond you choose.

 


 

Risk Tolerance

Two general rules of investing have shaped the Funds’ strategies:

 

·   Higher investment returns usually go hand-in-hand with higher risk. Put another way, the greater an investment’s potential return, the greater its potential for loss. Historically, for example, stocks have outperformed bonds, but the worst year for stocks on record was much worse than the worst year for bonds.

 

·   Generally, the longer an investor’s investment time horizon, the greater the investor’s risk tolerance. The investor’s investments have more time to recoup their losses.

 

The Funds with longer time horizons are subject to more risk. This normally gives investors the potential for greater returns than the Funds with shorter time horizons. As a Fund approaches its target year, and its investors have less time to recover from market declines, the Fund

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

systematically reduces the level of risk. This systematic shift toward more stable investments should help secure the value of your Outlook investment as the time nears for you to begin drawing on it.

 

BGFA does not limit its analysis to long-term expectations. The investment model also takes into account short-term market conditions. If conditions in a market have increased risk levels of an investment type or index to a point that its risk outweighs its expected returns, the model will not allocate as much of a Fund’s assets to it as it otherwise might. Conversely, the model may reduce a Fund’s allocation, even when risks have not increased, because the expected return of an investment type or index has fallen. This usually happens because prices in a market have risen so high that the potential for further gain appears limited.

 


 

After a Fund Reaches its Target Year

By the time a Fund reaches the decade identified by its name, it has reached its least aggressive state in terms of building capital. This does not mean that it invests exclusively in money market instruments. Rather, because BGFA believes that most investors are still willing to take some risks in pursuing returns even while drawing on their investments, the Fund continues to allocate a significant portion of its assets to stocks and bonds, in addition to money market instruments. On average, BGFA expects that about 35% of the Fund’s assets will be invested in stocks, with the remainder in debt securities and money market instruments.

 


 

Permitted Investments

All of the Funds seek exposure to U.S. and foreign equity markets by investing in securities of the following stock indexes:

 

·   The Russell 1000 Growth Index, which consists primarily of large-capitalization U.S. stocks with higher than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 1000 Value Index, which consists primarily of large-capitalization U.S. stocks with lower than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 2000 Growth Index, which consists primarily of small-capitalization U.S. stocks with higher than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 2000 Value Index, which consists primarily of small-capitalization U.S. stocks with lower than average price-to-book ratios; and

 

·   The Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index, which consists primarily of foreign stocks.

 

We seek exposure to the U.S. fixed income markets by investing in securities representative of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index, which consists primarily of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury with a maturity from 3 up to (but not including) 5 years.

 

We also invest in high-quality money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, obligations of foreign and domestic banks, short-term corporate debt securities and repurchase agreements. In addition, under normal market circumstances, we may invest in call and put options on stock indexes, stock index futures, options on stock index futures, interest rate and interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in stocks.

 

We are not required to keep a minimum investment in any of the indexes, nor are we prohibited from investing substantially all of our assets in a single asset class. The asset allocation may shift at any time.

 

26   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocations

As of February 29, 2004, the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, each Fund’s asset weighting was as follows:

 

                     
ASSET CLASS   OUTLOOK
TODAY
FUND
  OUTLOOK
2010 FUND
  OUTLOOK
2020 FUND
  OUTLOOK
2030 FUND
  OUTLOOK
2040 FUND
Money Market Instruments   1%   1%   1%   1%   1%
Bonds   64%   51%   34%   21%   10%
Domestic Large Cap Equity   22%   32%   43%   53%   64%
Domestic Small Cap Equity   4%   4%   5%   5%   6%
Foreign Equity   9%   12%   17%   20%   19%

 


 

Portfolio Management

BGFA applies a scientific approach to investing through the use of an asset allocation model. BGFA’s Portfolio Managers conduct ongoing research to enhance the model.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Funds are primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The value of investments in options on stock indexes is affected by price level movements for a particular index, rather than price movements for an individual issue.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 34. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s Administrator class financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with their report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    OUTLOOK TODAY FUND ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOV. 8, 1999
For the period ended:  

August 31,

2004
(unaudited)

   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.33     $9.10     $9.94     $10.08     $10.36      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.09     0.19     0.23     0.30     0.36      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.20 )   1.23     (0.66 )   (0.07 )   0.25      

Total from investment operations

  (0.11 )   1.42     (0.43 )   0.23     0.61      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.08 )   (0.19 )   (0.25 )   (0.31 )   (0.33 )    

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.16 )   (0.06 )   (0.56 )    

Return of capital

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  (0.08 )   (0.19 )   (0.41 )   (0.37 )   (0.89 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.14     $10.33     $9.10     $9.94     $10.08      

Total return1

  (1.02 )%   15.73 %   (4.32 )%   2.40 %   5.94 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $16,267     $12,410     $8,732     $9,052     $3,954      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.98 %   0.97 %   1.00 %   1.03 %   1.04 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.92 %   1.89 %   2.42 %   3.06 %   3.88 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  73 %   33 %   53 %   51 %   58 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.03 %   1.03 %   1.17 %   1.29 %   1.16 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

28   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

               
          OUTLOOK 2010 FUND ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOV. 8, 1999
 
   

Feb. 29,

2000

    August 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

 
    $10.66     $12.32     $10.33     $11.75     $12.32     $12.95     $13.83  
                                           
    0.08     0.11     0.19     0.21     0.29     0.33     0.07  
    0.00     (0.30 )   1.99     (1.33 )   (0.43 )   (0.12 )   0.13  
    0.08     (0.19 )   2.18     (1.12 )   (0.14 )   0.21     0.20  
                                           
    (0.05 )   (0.09 )   (0.19 )   (0.24 )   (0.30 )   (0.33 )   (0.03 )
    (0.33 )   0.00     0.00     (0.06 )   (0.13 )   (0.51 )   (1.05 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.38 )   (0.09 )   (0.19 )   (0.30 )   (0.43 )   (0.84 )   (1.08 )
    $10.36     $12.04     $12.32     $10.33     $11.75     $12.32     $12.95  
    0.53 %   (1.55 )%   21.33 %   (9.60 )%   (1.14 )%   1.52 %   1.08 %
                                           
    $134     $70,612     $63,530     $42,649     $36,548     $22,299     $1,661  
                                           
    1.00 %   0.98 %   0.96 %   1.00 %   1.03 %   1.04 %   1.00 %
    3.56 %   1.74 %   1.66 %   1.98 %   2.48 %   3.03 %   2.72 %
    55 %   53 %   31 %   65 %   39 %   54 %   49 %
    1.05 %   0.99 %   1.00 %   1.05 %   1.21 %   1.08 %   1.01 %

 

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s Administrator class financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with their report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    OUTLOOK 2020 FUND ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOV. 8, 1999
 
For the period ended:  

Aug. 31,

2004
(unaudited)

   

Feb. 29,

2004

   

Feb. 28,

2003

   

Feb. 28,

2002

   

Feb. 28,

2001

   

Feb. 29,

2000

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.10     $10.47     $12.42     $13.42     $14.89     $16.01  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.10     0.18     0.17     0.16     0.24     0.06  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  (0.42 )   2.62     (1.94 )   (0.87 )   (0.72 )   0.30  

Total from investment operations

  (0.32 )   2.80     (1.77 )   (0.71 )   (0.48 )   0.36  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.09 )   (0.17 )   (0.18 )   (0.18 )   (0.23 )   (0.02 )

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.11 )   (0.74 )   (1.46 )

Return of capital

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.02 )   0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.09 )   (0.17 )   (0.18 )   (0.29 )   (0.99 )   (1.48 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $12.70     $13.10     $10.47     $12.42     $13.42     $14.89  

Total return1

  (2.41 )%   26.96 %   (14.35 )%   (5.30 )%   (3.58 )%   1.74 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $135,053     $116,214     $89,948     $94,895     $64,541     $3,879  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.98 %   0.96 %   1.00 %   1.03 %   1.04 %   1.00 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.59 %   1.48 %   1.46 %   1.60 %   1.93 %   1.69 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  38 %   31 %   62 %   29 %   39 %   43 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  1.00 %   0.99 %   1.01 %   1.18 %   1.04 %   1.01 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

30   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s Administrator class financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with their report and each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    OUTLOOK 2030 FUND ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOV. 8, 1999
     
For the period ended:   August 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    Feb. 29,
2004
    Feb. 28,
2003
    Feb. 28,
2002
    Feb. 28,
2001
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $13.65     $10.57     $13.45     $15.24     $17.07      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.10     0.18     0.14     0.15     0.17      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.50 )   3.19     (2.41 )   (1.42 )   (1.16 )    

Total from investment operations

  (0.40 )   3.37     (2.27 )   (1.27 )   (0.99 )    

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.09 )   (0.17 )   (0.16 )   (0.16 )   (0.17 )    

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.45 )   (0.36 )   (0.67 )    

Return of capital

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  (0.09 )   (0.29 )   (0.61 )   (0.52 )   (0.84 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.16     $13.65     $10.57     $13.45     $15.24      

Total return1

  (2.95 )%   32.13 %   (17.10 )%   (8.47 )%   (6.08 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $68,972     $56,586     $35,203     $30,749     $19,156      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.98 %   0.96 %   1.00 %   1.03 %   1.05 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.48 %   1.46 %   1.17 %   1.05 %   1.27 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  29 %   27 %   68 %   27 %   27 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.01 %   1.00 %   1.07 %   1.24 %   1.05 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, ratios include income earned and expenses charged to the master portfolio. Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For activity prior to June 23, 2001, the portfolio turnover rate reflects activity by the master portfolio.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

32   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

 

         
          OUTLOOK 2040 FUND ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOV. 8, 1999
             
    Feb. 29,
2000
    August 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    Feb. 29,
2004
    Feb. 28,
2003
    Feb. 28,
2002
    Feb. 28,
2001
    Feb. 29,
2000
 
    $18.73     $14.59     $10.77     $13.71     $15.64     $18.90     $19.97  
                                           
    0.03     0.095     0.165     0.125     0.07     0.07     0.00  
    0.54     (0.60 )   3.81     (2.85 )   (1.82 )   (1.99 )   0.80  
    0.57     (0.51 )   3.97     (2.73 )   (1.75 )   (1.92 )   0.80  
                                           
    (0.01 )   0.00     (0.15 )   (0.12 )   0.00     (0.05 )   0.00  
    (2.22 )   0.00     0.00     (0.09 )   (0.18 )   (1.29 )   (1.87 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (2.23 )   0.00     (0.15 )   (0.21 )   (0.18 )   (1.34 )   (1.87 )
    $17.07     $14.08     $14.59     $10.77     $13.71     $15.64     $18.90  
    2.39 %   (3.50 )%   37.06 %   (20.02 )%   (11.22 )%   (10.80 )%   3.27 %
                                           
    $1,203     $41,767     $33,396     $29,829     $33,976     $31,613     $1,069  
                                           
    1.00 %   0.97 %   0.96 %   1.00 %   1.02 %   1.04 %   1.00 %
    1.06 %   1.33 %   1.29 %   0.96 %   0.54 %   0.46 %   0.24 %
    26 %   19 %   18 %   54 %   14 %   20 %   29 %
    1.02 %   0.97 %   1.01 %   1.03 %   1.22 %   1.07 %   1.01 %

 

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivative” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

34   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial, and other operational risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitments or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower or greater than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest-rate risk, and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section on page 27 for additional information. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

36   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g., to meet shareholder
redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or
when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign
governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory and
Liquidity Risk

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form
of an
ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory,
Liquidity and Currency Risk

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought and sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for
a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage,
and Credit Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of
business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund.
Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions
to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one-third of total assets, including the value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party
and Leverage Risk

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of consumer
loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt, or receivables
held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time.
Types of
options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index
and
options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Credit, Leverage and
Liquidity Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund
shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to
the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security
at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment and
Liquidity Risk

 

38   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the adviser, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Barclays Global Fund Advisors

45 Fremont Street, San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER
AGENT
     SHAREHOLDER SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

    

Various Agents

 

    

    

 

Provide services to customers

 

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. In this capacity, BGFA invests the Funds’ assets according to an asset allocation model. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

BGFA is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each of the Funds pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

40   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

42   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front, ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times listed in the “Pricing Fund Shares” section are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

44   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

46   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

48   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

David Burkart, CFA

Outlook Today Fund since 2000

Outlook 2010 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2020 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2030 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2040 Fund since 2000

Mr. Burkart joined Barclays as a portfolio manager within the Asset Allocation Group in August 2000. Mr. Burkart is senior portfolio manager and team leader for the Asset Allocation Group, focusing on derivative overlays, customized risk-return strategies and commingled international funds. Prior to joining Barclays, David worked at Gap Inc. in international treasury and corporate finance. Mr. Burkart earned his B.A. degree in Economics from University of California at Santa Barbara, his M.A. degree in Foreign Affairs from the University of Virginia and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Mariana Egan, CFA

Outlook Today Fund since 2001

Outlook 2010 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2020 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2030 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2040 Fund since 2001

Ms. Egan is a portfolio manager for the Asset Allocation Group, which she has served since January 2001. Ms. Egan is responsible for the management of fund-of-fund strategies invested across US equity, international equity, fixed income and derivative securities. Prior to joining BGI, Ms. Egan was a mutual fund manager and financial analyst at HSBC in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Ms. Egan earners her B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Catolrea Argentina, her M.A. degree in Finance from Universidad del CEMA and her M.B.A degree from University of California at Berkeley.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

The increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment have been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

50   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Quantitatively Measured Risk

Risk that gauges both the frequency and degree to which an asset class will perform below the long-term expected average.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Time Horizon

An investment time horizon marks the point when investors plan to start making net withdrawals. As a general rule, investors with a longer time horizon have a greater tolerance for risk than investors with shorter time horizons. Long-term investors are more likely to accept a greater risk of short-term loss for the opportunity of achieving greater long-term gains.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

52   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

0450FAM/P603 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook FundsSM – Institutional Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 FundSM

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information
about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   19

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   23
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund

   24
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   30
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   35

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   37
    

How to Buy Shares

   38
    

How to Sell Shares

   40
    

Exchanges

   41

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Other Information

   43
    

Portfolio Managers

   45
    

Glossary

   46

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook Today Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2010 Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2020 Fund”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2030 Fund”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 FundSM is referred to as the “Outlook 2040 Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds Overview


See the Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

The Outlook Funds all have the same objective. They are designed to maximize assets for retirement or for other purposes consistent with the quantitatively measured risk investors may be willing to accept given their stated investment time horizons. Each Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or to begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the Fund’s target year.

 

In buying securities for each Fund, Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), the Funds’ investment sub-adviser, does not select individual companies. Instead, BGFA focuses on selecting a mix of indexes by measuring their risk level and expected returns based on a proprietary set of criteria. The Funds then allocate a portion of their assets to the indexes appropriate for each Fund. Where practicable, the Funds buy all the securities that comprise a recommended index; otherwise, the Funds buy a representative sample in an effort to match an index’s return as closely as possible. This investment model focuses on the selection of indexes or asset classes rather than the expected performance of individual securities, and does not try to avoid individual underperforming securities, nor does it try to pick individual investments that might outperform the indexes. This strategy stems from the belief that asset allocation decisions—which investment categories you choose—matter more to overall investment performance than individual security selection—which stock or bond you choose.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Outlook Today Fund (WOTDX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors who have retired, are planning to retire or will begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the near future.

 

 

Outlook 2010 Fund (WFOAX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2010.

 

 

Outlook 2020 Fund (WFOBX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2020.

 

 

Outlook 2030 Fund (WFOOX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2030.

 

 

Outlook 2040 Fund (WFOSX)

  

 

The Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2040.

 

 

4   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Outlook Funds pursue a strategy of allocating and reallocating investments among indexes representing stocks and bonds and money market instruments to capture returns and reduce risk consistent with a stated investment time horizon. Funds with longer time horizons invest more of their assets in stocks to provide capital appreciation over the long term. Funds with shorter time horizons replace some of their stock holdings with bonds and money market instruments to reduce risk and price volatility. Funds with shorter time horizons generally have lower expected returns than Funds with longer time horizons.

 

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy that is designed to maintain the lowest risk profile of all the Outlook Funds. The Outlook Today Fund continues to allocate a significant portion of its assets to stocks and bonds in addition to money market instruments. On average, we expect that we will invest about 35% of the Fund’s assets in stocks, with the rest in bonds and money market instruments. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook Today Fund held about 35% of its assets in stocks, 64% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2010. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2010 Fund held about 48% of its assets in stocks, 51% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the Fund will increasingly resemble the Outlook Today Fund.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2020. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2020 Fund held about 65% of its assets in stocks, 34% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2030. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2030 Fund held about 78% of its assets in stocks, 21% of its assets in bonds, and the rest of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.
We invest in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, and money market instruments using an asset allocation strategy designed to produce total return for investors expecting to retire or to begin to withdraw a substantial portion of their investment around the year 2040. As of the end of the Fund’s last fiscal year, the Outlook 2040 Fund held about 89% of its assets in stocks, 10% of its assets in bonds, and a small portion of its assets in money market instruments. As the stated time horizon approaches, the allocation will become less risky and have lower expected returns.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund descriptions beginning on page 24;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds; the shorter time horizon Funds, such as the Outlook Today and Outlook 2010 Funds, typically invest a majority of their assets in debt securities, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities; the longer time horizon Funds, such as the Outlook 2030 and Outlook 2040 Funds, typically invest a majority of their assets in equity securities. Equity securities are subject to market risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company, the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency,

 

6   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

custodial, and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than larger company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

 

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The Funds in this Prospectus were formerly “feeder” funds in a master/feeder arrangement, whereby each Fund invested all of its assets in a corresponding “master” fund with a substantially identical investment objective and investment strategies. As of June 23, 2001, the Funds became stand-alone funds that invest directly in a portfolio of securities. The information shown below and in the financial highlights for each of the Funds includes the activity of the Fund when it was a feeder in a master/feeder arrangement. In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Institutional Class shares were named the Select Class shares.

 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Outlook Today Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  7.21%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (4.36)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

8   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional1 Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 06/30/04)1

  5.33%   4.21%   6.84%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.59%   2.87%   4.73%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.51%   2.85%   4.63%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2010 Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  9.99%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (8.55)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

10   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional1 Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 06/30/04)1

  6.90%   2.38%   8.44%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  6.25%   1.32%   6.55%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.47%   1.44%   6.26%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2020 Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  14.48%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (11.76)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

12   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional1 Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 06/30/04)1

  8.61%   0.26%   9.14%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.07%   (0.54)%   7.28%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.59%   (0.20)%   6.95%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2030 Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  17.93%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (13.98)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

14   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional1 Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 06/30/04)1

  10.27%   (0.71)%   9.91%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  9.74%   (1.65)%   8.10%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.66%   (1.06)%   7.76%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Outlook 2040 Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  21.54%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (16.08)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

16   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional1 Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 06/30/04)1

  11.44%   (2.30)%   10.32%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.98%   (2.91)%   8.53%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.43%   (2.18)%   8.13%

Russell 3000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  11.95%   (1.16)%   10.99%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   5.14%

LB Treasury 3-5 Year Index3 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  2.31%   7.03%   6.32%

iMoneyNet All Taxable Money Fund Average
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.82%   2.55%   4.52%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australasia and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Outlook
Today Fund
  Outlook
2010 Fund
   
Management Fees1   0.65%   0.65%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses2   0.21%   0.21%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.86%   0.86%    
Fee Waivers   0.11%   0.11%    
NET EXPENSES3   0.75%   0.75%    
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for each Fund’s management fee. The management fee charged to a Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for each Fund is as follows: 0.65% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.60% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.55% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.525% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.50% for assets $5 billion and higher. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for further details.
2   Other expenses are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year and may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio can only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

18   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
    Outlook
2020 Fund
  Outlook
2030 Fund
  Outlook
2040 Fund
    0.65%   0.65%   0.65%
    0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.21%   0.21%   0.21%
    0.86%   0.86%   0.86%
    0.11%   0.11%   0.11%
    0.75%   0.75%   0.75%

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

   

Outlook

Today Fund

  Outlook
2010 Fund
   
  1 YEAR   $ 77   $ 77    
  3 YEARS   $ 263   $ 263    
  5 YEARS   $ 466   $ 466    
10 YEARS   $ 1,051   $ 1,051    

 

20   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

    Outlook
2020 Fund
  Outlook
2030 Fund
  Outlook
2040 Fund
    $ 77   $ 77   $ 77
    $ 263   $ 263   $ 263
    $ 466   $ 466   $ 466
    $ 1,051   $ 1,051   $ 1,051

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

Key Terms

An “asset class” is a broad category of investments such as “bonds” or “equities.” “Allocation” refers to the distribution of portfolio assets among two or more asset classes and among indexes within each asset class. The Outlook Funds offered in this Prospectus are managed using a computer model that recommends the allocation of assets according to a Fund’s investment objective and risk tolerance.

 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

Portfolio Managers:    David Burkart, CFA; Mariana Egan, CFA

 


 

Investment Objectives

Each Fund seeks to provide investors with an asset allocation strategy designed to maximize total return for retirement or for other purposes consistent with the quantitatively measured risk that investors, on average, may be willing to accept given their investment time horizons. Investors are encouraged to select a particular Outlook Fund based on their investment time horizon.

 

Specifically:

 

·   Outlook Today Fund is managed for investors who have retired, are planning to retire or will begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the near future.

 

·   Outlook 2010 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2010.

 

·   Outlook 2020 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2020.

 

·   Outlook 2030 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2030.

 

·   Outlook 2040 Fund is managed for investors planning to retire or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year 2040.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Funds were the first funds of their kind to offer a flexible investment strategy designed to change over specific time horizons. Typically, long-term investment goals are pursued with a more aggressive mix of equities and fixed income securities than short-term investment goals. The allocation of each Fund gradually grows more conservative as the target year indicated in the Fund’s title approaches. You are encouraged to choose the Fund whose title year most closely matches the year during which you expect to begin regularly redeeming shares.

 

Keep in mind, however, that the target year also serves as a guide to the relative risk exposure of each Fund, where the Outlook 2040 Fund has the most aggressive asset allocation and the Outlook Today Fund has the least aggressive asset allocation. If you have a low risk tolerance, you may not wish to invest in the Outlook 2040 Fund, for example, even if you do not expect to retire for another forty years. Conversely, you may feel comfortable choosing a more aggressive Outlook Fund for a near-term investment goal.

 

Each Fund follows an asset allocation strategy among three broad investment classes: equities of domestic and foreign issuers, debt securities and cash in the form of money market instruments. We allocate and reallocate assets among a wide range of indexes representing U.S. and foreign common stocks, fixed income securities and money market instruments according to the recommended mix suitable for each Fund’s risk level. Under normal circumstances, the Outlook Today Fund will typically invest 65% of its assets in a mix of fixed income securities and money market instruments and 35% of its assets in equity securities as it seeks stable income production and reduced volatility. The longer time horizon Funds may invest up to 100% of their assets in stocks, but as their target year approaches, their allocation will increasingly resemble the current allocation of the Outlook Today Fund.

 

The Outlook Today Fund seeks to maximize total return consistent with assuming the lowest risk of any Outlook series. However, unlike the remaining Outlook Funds with target dates, the Outlook Today Fund does not reduce its investment risk through time. Instead, the Fund is expected to maintain its asset allocation as mentioned above. When one of the other Outlook Funds reaches its target year, it is expected that shareholders will be asked to approve combining such Funds with the Outlook Today Fund.

 

24   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Model-Driven Decisions

The Funds’ assets are allocated across investment groups according to a sophisticated mathematical model that was developed in 1993 and is continually refined. BGFA’s investment professionals conduct ongoing research to enhance the model and to ensure that it is keeping pace with the world’s constantly changing financial markets. Using this model, BGFA gains a consistent and objective structure for making investment decisions. Unlike traditional investment funds that employ individual portfolio managers who make decisions on a more subjective basis, BGFA applies a scientific approach to investing through the use of such a model.

 


 

Asset Allocation Decisions

In buying securities for each Fund, the investment model does not select individual companies. Instead, the model selects a mix of indexes by measuring their risk levels and expected returns based on a proprietary set of criteria that analyzes extensive financial and economic data (such as market interest rates and inflation data), as well as risk correlation and expected return statistics. The model then allocates a portion of each Fund’s assets to each index appropriate for each Fund. Where practicable, each Fund buys all the securities that comprise a recommended index; otherwise, the Fund buys a representative sample in an effort to match an index’s return as closely as possible. The model focuses on the selection of indexes or asset classes rather than the expected performance of individual securities.

 

This strategy stems from the belief that asset allocation decisions—which investment categories you choose—matter more to overall investment performance than individual security selection—which stock or bond you choose.

 


 

Risk Tolerance

Two general rules of investing have shaped the Funds’ strategies:

 

·   Higher investment returns usually go hand-in-hand with higher risk. Put another way, the greater an investment’s potential return, the greater its potential for loss. Historically, for example, stocks have outperformed bonds, but the worst year for stocks on record was much worse than the worst year for bonds.

 

·   Generally, the longer an investor’s investment time horizon, the greater the investor’s risk tolerance. The investor’s investments have more time to recoup their losses.

 

The Funds with longer time horizons are subject to more risk. This normally gives investors the potential for greater returns than the Funds with shorter time horizons. As a Fund approaches its target year, and its investors have less time to recover from market declines, the Fund systematically reduces the level of risk. This systematic shift toward more stable investments should help secure the value of your Outlook investment as the time nears for you to begin drawing on it.

 

BGFA does not limit its analysis to long-term expectations. The investment model also takes into account short-term market conditions. If conditions in a market have increased risk levels of an investment type or index to a point that its risk outweighs its expected returns, the model will not allocate as much of a Fund’s assets to it as it otherwise might. Conversely, the model may reduce a Fund’s allocation, even when risks have not increased, because the expected return of an investment type or index has fallen. This usually happens because prices in a market have risen so high that the potential for further gain appears limited.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

After a Fund Reaches its Target Year

By the time a Fund reaches the decade identified by its name, it has reached its least aggressive state in terms of building capital. This does not mean that it invests exclusively in money market instruments. Rather, because BGFA believes that most investors are still willing to take some risks in pursuing returns even while drawing on their investments, the Fund continues to allocate a significant portion of its assets to stocks and bonds, in addition to money market instruments. On average, BGFA expects that about 35% of the Fund’s assets will be invested in stocks, with the remainder in debt securities and money market instruments.

 


 

Permitted Investments

All of the Funds seek exposure to U.S. and foreign equity markets by investing in securities of the following stock indexes:

 

·   The Russell 1000 Growth Index, which consists primarily of large-capitalization U.S. stocks with higher than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 1000 Value Index, which consists primarily of large-capitalization U.S. stocks with lower than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 2000 Growth Index, which consists primarily of small-capitalization U.S. stocks with higher than average price-to-book ratios;

 

·   The Russell 2000 Value Index, which consists primarily of small-capitalization U.S. stocks with lower than average price-to-book ratios; and

 

·   The Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia and Far East Index, which consists primarily of foreign stocks.

 

We seek exposure to the U.S. fixed income markets by investing in securities representative of the Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury 3-5 Year Index, which consists primarily of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury with a maturity from 3 up to (but not including) 5 years.

 

We also invest in high-quality money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, obligations of foreign and domestic banks, short-term corporate debt securities and repurchase agreements. In addition, under normal market circumstances, we may invest in call and put options on stock indexes, stock index futures, options on stock index futures, interest rate and interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in stocks.

 

We are not required to keep a minimum investment in any of the indexes, nor are we prohibited from investing substantially all of our assets in a single asset class. The asset allocation may shift at any time.

 

26   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocations

As of February 29, 2004, the Fund’s most recent fiscal year end, each Fund’s asset weighting was as follows:

 

                     
ASSET CLASS  

OUTLOOK

TODAY FUND

 

OUTLOOK

2010 FUND

 

OUTLOOK

2020 FUND

 

OUTLOOK

2030 FUND

 

OUTLOOK

2040 FUND

Money Market Instruments

  1%   1%   1%   1%   1%

Bonds

  64%   51%   34%   21%   10%

Domestic Large Cap Equity

  22%   32%   43%   53%   64%

Domestic Small Cap Equity

  4%   4%   5%   5%   6%

Foreign Equity

  9%   12%   17%   20%   19%

 

Portfolio Management

BGFA applies a scientific approach to investing through the use of an asset allocation model. BGFA’s Portfolio Managers conduct ongoing research to enhance the model.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Funds are primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The value of investments in options on stock indexes is affected by price level movements for a particular index, rather than price movements for an individual issue.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Outlook Funds


 

The table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). This information, along with each Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                     
    OUTLOOK TODAY FUND
INSTITUTIONAL CLASS3
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2004
    OUTLOOK 2010 FUND
INSTITUTIONAL CLASS3
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2004
   OUTLOOK 2020 FUND
INSTITUTIONAL CLASS3
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2004
     
For the period ended:   Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
   Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.12     $12.12    $12.92      

Income from investment operations:

                    

Net investment income (loss)

  0.04     0.04    0.03      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.02 )   (0.12)    (0.24 )    

Total from investment operations

  0.02     (0.08)    (0.21 )    

Less distributions:

                    

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00    0.00      

Distributions from net realized capital gain

  0.00     0.00    0.00      

Return of capital

  0.00     0.00    0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00    0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.14     $12.04    $12.71      

Total return1

  0.20 %   (0.58)%    (1.63 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                    

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $10     $10    $14      

Ratios to average net assets:

                    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.75 %   0.75%    0.75 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.14 %   0.66%    1.80 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  73 %   53%    38 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  0.88 %   0.86%    0.89 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
.2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Select Class.

 

28   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

             
    OUTLOOK 2030 FUND
INSTITUTIONAL CLASS3
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2004
    OUTLOOK 2040 FUND
INSTITUTIONAL CLASS3
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2004
 
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    Aug. 31,
2004
(unaudited)
 
    $13.48     $14.53  
             
    0.03     0.032  
        
(0.35
 
)
  (0.47 )
    (0.32 )   (0.44 )
             
    0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00  
    $13.16     $14.09  
    (2.37 )%   (3.03 )%
             
    $10     $10  
             
    0.75 %   0.75 %
        
1.43
 
%
  1.18 %
    29 %   19 %
        
    
0.87
 
 
%
  0.83 %

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivative” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

30   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial, and other operational risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitments or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower or greater than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest-rate risk, and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section on page 27 for additional information. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

32   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g., to meet shareholder
redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or
when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign
governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory and
Liquidity Risk

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form
of an
ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory,
Liquidity and Currency Risk

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought and sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for
a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage,
and Credit Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of
business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund.
Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions
to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one-third of total assets, including the value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party
and Leverage Risk

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of consumer
loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt, or receivables
held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon a price at a specified time.
Types of
options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index
and
options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Credit, Leverage and
Liquidity Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund
shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to
the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security
at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment and
Liquidity Risk

 

34   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the adviser, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Barclays Global Fund Advisors
45 Fremont Street, San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER
AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. In this capacity, BGFA invests the Funds’ assets according to an asset allocation model. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

BGFA is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

36   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record for Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Institutional Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $100 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $5 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

38   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

40   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

An exchange between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents
 

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

42   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you with respect to your Fund shares, and by the Fund with respect to the stocks it holds that are producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy Fund shares shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

44   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

David Burkart, CFA

Outlook Today Fund since 2000

Outlook 2010 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2020 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2030 Fund since 2000

Outlook 2040 Fund since 2000

Mr. Burkart joined Barclays as a portfolio manager within the Asset Allocation Group in August 2000. Mr. Burkart is senior portfolio manager and team leader for the Asset Allocation Group, focusing on derivative overlays, customized risk-return strategies and commingled international funds. Prior to joining Barclays, David worked at Gap Inc. in international treasury and corporate finance. Mr. Burkart earned his B.A. degree in Economics from University of California at Santa Barbara, his M.A. degree in Foreign Affairs from the University of Virginia and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Mariana Egan, CFA

Outlook Today Fund since 2001

Outlook 2010 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2020 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2030 Fund since 2001

Outlook 2040 Fund since 2001

Ms. Egan is a portfolio manager for the Asset Allocation Group, which she has served since January 2001. Ms. Egan is responsible for the management of fund-of-fund strategies invested across US equity, international equity, fixed income and derivative securities. Prior to joining BGI, Ms. Egan was a mutual fund manager and financial analyst at HSBC in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Ms. Egan earners her B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Catolrea Argentina, her M.A. degree in Finance from Universidad del CEMA and her M.B.A degree from University of California at Berkeley.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

The increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment have been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors

 

46   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Quantitatively Measured Risk

Risk that gauges both the frequency and degree to which an asset class will perform below the long-term expected average.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Time Horizon

An investment time horizon marks the point when investors plan to start making net withdrawals. As a general rule, investors with a longer time horizon have a greater tolerance for risk than investors with shorter time horizons. Long-term investors are more likely to accept a greater risk of short-term loss for the opportunity of achieving greater long-term gains.

 

Outlook Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

48   Outlook Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 0450FIT/P604 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Aggressive PortfolioSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Conservative PortfolioSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Moderate PortfolioSM

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Portfolios.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   9
      

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Portfolios

 

Important information about
the individual Portfolios.

    

Key Information

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio

   23
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio

   27
      

The Underlying Funds

   30
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   31
      

Organization and Management
of the Portfolios

   36

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Portfolio shares.

    

Your Account

   38
    

How to Buy Shares

   41
    

How to Sell Shares

   45
    

Exchanges

   46

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   48
    

Portfolio Managers

   52
    

Glossary

   53

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Aggressive PortfolioSM is referred to as the “Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio”; the Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Conservative PortfolioSM is referred to as the “Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Moderate PortfolioSM is referred to as the “Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio”.

 


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage Portfolios Overview


See the individual Portfolio descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus

 

PORTFOLIO (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Aggressive Portfolio

(SAGGX)

  

Seeks capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 

Conservative Portfolio

(SCONX)

  

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation.

 

Moderate Portfolio

(SMDPX)

  

Seeks a combination of capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

4   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest the Portfolio’s assets in affiliated mutual funds. We invest 80% of the Portfolio’s assets in stock funds and 20% of its assets in bond funds.
We invest the Portfolio’s assets in affiliated mutual funds. We invest 40% of the Portfolio’s assets in stock funds and 60% of its assets in bond funds.
We invest the Portfolio’s assets in affiliated mutual funds. We invest 60% of the Portfolio’s assets in stock funds and 40% of its assets in bond funds.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Portfolios. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Portfolio descriptions beginning on page 19;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 31; and

 

·   the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Portfolio is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Portfolio.

 

The risks associated with each Portfolio are the risks related to each underlying investment company or fund of the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund Family (the “Underlying Fund”) in which the Portfolio invests. Thus, the indirect risks of the Portfolios are the direct risks of the Underlying Funds, which will be discussed in this Prospectus. References in this Prospectus to the investment activities of the Portfolios also refer to the Underlying Funds in which they invest.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE PORTFOLIOS

Investments in Underlying Funds within Wells Fargo Advantage Fund Family

We seek to reduce the risk of your investment by diversifying among a select group of mutual funds in the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund Family that invest in stocks and bonds and among different fund managers. Investing in a mutual fund that holds a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds provides a wider range of investment management talent and investment diversification than is available in a single mutual fund. The Portfolios are each designed to provide you with a single investment vehicle that offers diverse asset classes, fund management, and fund categories. You still have, however, the risks of investing in various asset classes, such as market risks related to stocks and bonds, as well as the risks of investing in a particular Underlying Fund, such as risks related to the particular investment management style and that the Underlying Fund may underperform other similarly managed funds. There can be no assurance that any mutual fund will achieve its objective.

 

Investments in a Portfolio may result in your incurring greater expenses than if you were to invest directly in the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests.

 

Debt Securities

The Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in an Underlying Fund, unless the instruments have adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

6   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Equity Securities

The Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Portfolio’s investment. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for an Underlying Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style

stocks selected by the Underlying Funds are based in part on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that invest in securities/obligations of foreign issuers, which are subject to more risks than U.S. domestic investments. These additional risks include potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility and those risks related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; withholding or other taxes; trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks; and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

High Yield Securities

The Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Small Company Securities

The Portfolios invest in Underlying Funds that invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than larger company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

 

U.S. Government Obligations

The Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that invest some of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

 

8   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Portfolio has performed and illustrates the variability of a Portfolio’s returns over time. Each Portfolio’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Portfolio, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio, Wells Fargo Advantage Life StageConservative Portfolio and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio were organized as the successor portfolios to the Strong Life Stage Series—Aggressive Portfolio, Strong Life Stage Series—Conservative Portfolio and Strong Life Stage Series—Moderate Portfolio. The predecessor Strong portfolio was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Portfolios effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio, Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio reflects the historical information of the predecessor portfolios.

 

Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  25.02%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (14.85)%

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Portfolio’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/98)1

  9.60%   (2.03)%   3.70%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.86%   (2.84)%   2.72%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.23%   (2.14)%   2.67%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   3.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   6.24%

S&P 500 Index4 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   1.25%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Life Stage Series—Aggressive Portfolio.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
4   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.

 

10   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  12.83%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (7.24)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Portfolio’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/98)1

  5.99%   1.08%   4.06%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  5.07%   (0.37)%   2.52%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.88%   (0.06)%   2.57%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   3.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   6.24%

S&P 500 Index4 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   1.25%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Life Stage Series—Conservative Portfolio.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
4   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  18.81%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  (10.87)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Portfolio’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/98)1

  7.71%   (0.19)%   3.85%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  6.81%   (1.28)%   2.65%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.01%   (0.80)%   2.61%

MSCI/EAFE Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  20.25%   (1.13)%   3.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   6.24%

S&P 500 Index4 (reflects no deduction for expenses
or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   1.25%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Life Stage Series—Moderate Portfolio.
2   Morgan Stanley Capital International/Europe, Australasia, and Far East Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
4   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.

 

12   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage Portfolios


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Portfolio. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Portfolio shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Portfolio shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Portfolio shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)    
    All Portfolios
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from portfolio assets)
    Aggressive
Portfolio
  Conservative
Portfolio
  Moderate
Portfolio
Management Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses1   1.05%   1.20%   0.94%
Underlying Fund Expenses2   1.14%   1.19%   1.01%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   2.19%   2.39%   1.95%
Fee Waivers   0.74%   1.14%   0.60%
Net Expenses3   1.45%   1.25%   1.35%
1   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year and may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
2   Underlying Fund expenses are estimated. Underlying Fund expenses may be affected by a change in Underlying Funds, fund allocations, and expense ratios at the Underlying Fund level.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Portfolio’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

14   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that portfolio operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Life Stage—Aggressive
Portfolio
  Life Stage—Conservative
Portfolio
  Life Stage—Moderate
Portfolio
  1 YEAR   $ 148   $ 127   $ 137
  3 YEARS   $ 614   $ 636   $ 554
  5 YEARS   $ 1,107   $ 1,172   $ 997
10 YEARS   $ 2,466   $ 2,639   $ 2,226

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Portfolios’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Portfolios’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage Portfolios

Each Portfolio is a separate investment portfolio designed to offer you access to an array of mutual funds we manage. Each Portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by allocating its assets across both stock and bond investment styles through investment in a number of Underlying Funds. Each Underlying Fund invests its assets pursuant to a different investment objective and a different investment style. Each Portfolio holds an investment portfolio of stock funds, for growth potential, and an investment portfolio of bond funds, for income production, decreased volatility and increased price stability. The Portfolios’ investment adviser may select from a wide range of proprietary mutual funds based upon changing markets and risk/return characteristics of the asset classes. Each Portfolio provides a different level of risk exposure by allocating its investments in different proportions among various equity and bond investment styles. In addition to its own expenses, each Portfolio bears a pro rata portion of the expenses of the Underlying Funds in which it invests. Investments in a Portfolio may result in your incurring greater expenses than if you were to invest directly in the mutual funds in which the Portfolio invests. The Portfolios are diversified series of the Trust, an open-end, management investment company.

 


 

Asset Allocation Strategy

The adviser allocates each Portfolio’s investments in accordance with the Portfolio’s investment objective among Underlying Funds that represent a broad spectrum of investment options. As a result of target allocation changes, appreciation or depreciation or other circumstances, the percentages of a Portfolio’s assets invested in various Underlying Funds will vary over time. When the Portfolio’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations, the adviser rebalances a Portfolio primarily through the use of daily cash flows.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Portfolio:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Portfolio. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Portfolio.

 

16   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Portfolio in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Portfolio tells you:

 

·   what the Portfolio is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Portfolio different from the other Portfolios offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Portfolio’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Portfolio, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Aggressive Portfolio seeks capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating 80% of its assets to affiliated stock funds and 20% of its assets to affiliated bond funds (the “Underlying Funds”). By investing in several Underlying Funds, the Portfolio achieves diversification as the stock funds offer greater long-term capital appreciation potential, and the bond funds help to decrease risk while providing income.

 

Stock holdings are diversified across several investment styles. These styles may include, but are not limited to, large company and international. Bond holdings are also diversified across a range of short to intermediate term, income-producing securities, which may include, but are not limited to, U.S. Government obligations and corporate bonds. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating assets across various classes of stocks and bonds of a number of Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   80% of total assets in stock funds; and

 

·   20% of total assets in bond funds.

 

The percentage of the Portfolio’s assets invested in stock or bond funds may temporarily deviate from the percentages indicated above due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Portfolio when the Portfolio’s assets deviate by a specified percentage from these percentages primarily through the use of daily cash flows.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the allocations for the Portfolio are generally as follows:

 

Investment Style   Allocation    

Large Cap

      45%    

Mid Cap

      25%    

International

      10%    

Money Market

      1%    

Ultra Short-Term and Short-Term Bond

      14%    

Intermediate Bond

      5%    
       
   

TOTAL

      100%    

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 31. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Portfolio’s financial statements, is also contained in the Portfolio’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1998
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.61     $7.69      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.11     0.07      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.81     1.94      

Total from investment operations

  0.92     2.01      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.20 )   (0.09 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.20 )   (0.09 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.33     $9.61      

Total return1

  9.60 %   26.10 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $26,514     $35,394      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.1 %   0.2 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.9 %   0.8 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  61 %   30 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3

  0.5 %   0.5 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Expense ratios do not include the expenses of the underlying funds.
3   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 
    $9.50     $11.85     $13.08  
                   
    0.08     0.07     0.12  
        
(1.84
 
)
  (1.89 )   (0.81 )
    (1.76 )   (1.82 )   (0.69 )
                   
    (0.05 )   (0.07 )   (0.52 )
    0.00     (0.46 )   (0.02 )
    (0.05 )   (0.53 )   (0.54 )
    $7.69     $9.50     $11.85  
    (18.54 )%   (15.38 )%   (5.26 )%
                   
    $26,997     $26,433     $25,321  
                   
    0.3 %   0.3 %   0.3 %
        
1.1
 
%
  0.7 %   1.1 %
    78 %   16 %   14 %
    0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %
                   

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Conservative Portfolio seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating 60% of its assets to affiliated bond funds and 40% of its assets to affiliated stock funds (the “Underlying Funds”). By investing in several Underlying Funds, the Portfolio achieves diversification as the bond funds help to decrease risk while providing income, and the stock funds offer greater long-term capital appreciation potential.

 

Bond holdings are diversified across a range of short to intermediate term, income-producing securities, which may include, but are not limited to, U.S. Government obligations and corporate bonds. Stock holdings are diversified across several investment styles. These styles may include, but are not limited to, large company and international. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating assets across various classes of bonds and stocks of a number of Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   60% of total assets in bond funds; and

 

·   40% of total assets in stock funds.

 

The percentage of the Portfolio’s assets invested in stock or bond funds may temporarily deviate from the percentages indicated above due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Portfolio when the Portfolio’s assets deviate by a specified percentage from these percentages primarily through the use of daily cash flows.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the allocations for the Portfolio are generally as follows:

 

Investment Style   Allocation    

Large Cap

      26%    

Mid Cap

      11%    

International

      5%    

Money Market

      1%    

Ultra Short-Term and Short-Term Bond

      43%    

Intermediate Bond

      14%    
       
   

TOTAL

      100%    

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 31. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Portfolio’s financial statements, is also contained in the Portfolio’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1998
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.54     $8.59      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.21     0.19      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.36     1.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.57     1.19      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.24 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.25 )   (0.24 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.86     $9.54      

Total return1

  5.99 %   13.99 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $18,227     $33,915      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.1 %   0.2 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.0 %   2.0 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  70 %   47 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3

  0.6 %   0.5 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Expense ratios do not include the expenses of the underlying funds.
3   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

24   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 
    $9.69     $10.78     $11.46  
                   
    0.24     0.31     0.41  
    (1.06 )   (0.87 )   (0.32 )
    (0.82 )   (0.56 )   0.09  
                   
    (0.28 )   (0.32 )   (0.57 )
    0.00     (0.21 )   (0.20 )
    (0.28 )   (0.53 )   (0.77 )
    $8.59     $9.69     $10.78  
    (8.53 )%   (5.13 )%   0.66 %
                   
    $27,939     $26,835     $17,892  
                   
    0.3 %   0.2 %   0.3 %
    2.7 %   3.1 %   3.7 %
    64 %   35 %   33 %
    0.4 %   0.4 %   0.5 %
                   

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Moderate Portfolio seeks a combination of capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating 60% of its assets to affiliated stock funds and 40% of its assets to affiliated bond funds (the “Underlying Funds”). By investing in several Underlying Funds, the Portfolio achieves diversification as the stock funds offer greater long-term capital appreciation potential, and the bond funds help to decrease risk while providing income.

 

Stock holdings are diversified across several investment styles. These styles may include, but are not limited to, large company and international. Bond holdings are also diversified across a range of short to intermediate term, income-producing securities, which may include, but are not limited to, U.S. Government obligations and corporate bonds. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating assets across various classes of stocks and bonds of a number of Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   60% of total assets in stock funds; and

 

·   40% of total assets in bond funds.

 

The percentage of the Portfolio’s assets invested in stock or bond funds may temporarily deviate from the percentages indicated above due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Portfolio when the Portfolio’s assets deviate by a specified percentage from these percentages primarily through the use of daily cash flows.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the allocations for the Portfolio are generally as follows:

 

Investment Style   Allocation    

Large Cap

      36%    

Mid Cap

      21%    

International

      5%    

Money Market

      1%    

Ultra Short-Term and Short-Term Bond

      28%    

Intermediate Bond

      9%    
       
   

TOTAL

      100%    

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 31. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information for the period ended December 31, 2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Portfolio’s financial statements, is also contained in the Portfolio’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1998
     
For the period ended:   Dec. 31,
2004
    Dec. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.69     $8.19      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.18     0.12      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.57     1.53      

Total from investment operations

  0.75     1.65      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.15 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.25 )   (0.15 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.19     $9.69      

Total return1

  7.71 %   20.18 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $49,742     $72,629      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.1 %   0.2 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.4 %   1.4 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  58 %   20 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3

  0.5 %   0.4 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Expense ratios do not include the expenses of the underlying funds.
3   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

28   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Dec. 31,
2002
    Dec. 31,
2001
    Dec. 31,
2000
 
    $9.64     $11.25     $12.08  
                   
    0.16     0.17     0.26  
    (1.44 )   (1.31 )   (0.47 )
    (1.28 )   (1.14 )   (0.21 )
                   
    (0.17 )   (0.18 )   (0.53 )
    0.00     (0.29 )   (0.09 )
    (0.17 )   (0.47 )   (0.62 )
    $8.19     $9.64     $11.25  
    (13.27 )%   (10.20 )%   (1.75 )%
                   
    $57,046     $61,845     $51,915  
                   
    0.3 %   0.2 %   0.3 %
    1.8 %   1.9 %   2.4 %
    63 %   23 %   18 %
    0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %
                   

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

The Underlying Funds


 

The Portfolios invest in affiliated open-end management investment companies with the investment styles listed below. All of these investments are referred to as the Underlying Funds.

 

(1) Stock Funds. Stock funds invest primarily in domestic or foreign common stocks or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock. The Underlying Funds may include stock funds holding large company stocks, small company stocks, and international stocks.

 

(2) Bond Funds. Bond funds invest primarily in debt securities issued by companies, governments, or government agencies. The issuer of a bond is required to pay the bond holder the amount of the loan (or par value) at a specified maturity and to make scheduled interest payments.

 

The risks associated with each Portfolio are the risks related to each Underlying Fund in which the Portfolio invests, which passes through to the Portfolios. Thus, the indirect risks of the Portfolios are the direct risks for the Underlying Funds, as discussed below.

 


 

Important Risk Factors for the Underlying Funds

We seek to reduce the risk of your investment by diversifying among mutual funds that invest in stocks and/or bonds and among different fund managers. Investing in a mutual fund that holds a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds provides a wider range of investment management talent and investment diversification than is available in a single mutual fund. The Portfolios are each designed to provide you with a single investment vehicle that offers diverse asset classes, fund management, and fund categories. You still have, however, the risks of investing in various asset classes, such as market risks related to stocks and/or bonds, as well as the risks of investing in a particular Underlying Fund, such as risks related to the particular investment management style and that the Underlying Fund may underperform other similarly managed funds. There can be no assurance that any mutual fund will achieve its investment objective.

 

Investments in a Portfolio may result in your incurring greater expenses than if you were to invest directly in the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests.

 

The Portfolios are primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section beginning on page 6. You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 31. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

30   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Portfolio remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage Portfolios. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Portfolio will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Portfolio or an Underlying Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Portfolio, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Underlying Funds may continue to hold debt securities that cease to be rated by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Portfolio, provided Funds Management deems the security to be of comparable quality to rated or higher-rated instruments. Unrated or downgraded instruments may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment-grade bonds.

 

·   Underlying Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. An Underlying Fund’s investment in foreign markets also may be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Underlying Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S.Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Underlying Funds or Portfolios themselves.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

·   The Portfolios and certain Underlying Funds in each Portfolio may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality in which the Underlying Funds of the Portfolios may invest tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities in the lowest category of investment-grade securities rated “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s ratings, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Portfolio (and its Underlying Funds) and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Portfolio may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; withholding and other taxes; trade settlement, custodial, and other

 

32   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

operational risks; and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Portfolio’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk, and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—Investments in small companies are subject to additional risks, including the risk that such investments generally may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, resulting in increased price volatility.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Portfolio. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Portfolio.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Portfolios, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Portfolio’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Portfolio is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO   CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO   MODERATE PORTFOLIO
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes
(e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk   l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks,
foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l   l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be
in the form of an
ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk

  l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to
as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to
greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary
course of business within seven days at approximately the
value determined by the Portfolio. Limited to 15%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

 

 

34   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

        AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO   CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO   MODERATE PORTFOLIO
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers
and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities.
Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently,
one-third of total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party
and Leverage Risk
  l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of
consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,
credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and Prepayment/Extension Risk   l   l   l

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based
on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of

options
used may include: options on securities, options
on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to
protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage, Credit and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Portfolio in shares of other mutual funds,
which will cause Portfolio shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the Underlying Fund’s expenses, in addition to the
expenses paid by the Portfolio.

  Market Risk   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or
may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and
more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

 

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   35


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Portfolios


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Portfolios. This section shows how the Portfolios are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Portfolios.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Portfolio’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Portfolios’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Portfolios’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the adviser, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Portfolios’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Portfolios’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Portfolios’ assets

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents

Manages the Portfolios’ business activities

 

  Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Portfolio investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

36   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Portfolios and is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Portfolios. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Portfolios’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Portfolios. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Portfolio. Under this structure, a Portfolio and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Portfolio’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Portfolio: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Portfolio to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Portfolios will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Portfolio’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Portfolios will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

Fees and Expenses from Underlying Funds

As shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses, the Portfolios’ shareholders will bear indirectly a pro-rata portion of the expenses of the Underlying Funds in which they invest. In addition, Funds Management, its affiliates and the Portfolios’ distributor, may receive fees from the Underlying Funds for providing various services to the Underlying Funds. For example, Funds Management may receive advisory fees from the Underlying Funds and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., may receive fees for providing custody services to the Underlying Funds. These fees are separate from and in addition to fees received by Funds Management and its affiliates for providing services to the Portfolios. These fees may differ among the Underlying Funds.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Portfolios with administrative services, including general supervision of each Portfolio’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Portfolio, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Portfolio’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Portfolios. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Portfolio pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Portfolios.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Portfolio shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Portfolio shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Portfolio Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form. The price of Portfolio shares is based on a Portfolio’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Portfolio’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Portfolio calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Portfolio calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Portfolio’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Portfolio’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Portfolio invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of the Portfolios’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Portfolio’s liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Portfolios each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Portfolios will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests we receive in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests we receive after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Portfolios are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

38   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Notes on Managing Your Account


 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Portfolio, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Portfolio for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Portfolio—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Portfolio name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ between selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

40   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Portfolios held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING PORTFOLIO SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

   

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Portfolio designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Portfolios, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Portfolio reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Portfolio’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Portfolio.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Portfolio name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Portfolio. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Portfolio. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Portfolio by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Portfolio, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

42   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Portfolio via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Portfolio, you must indicate the Portfolio name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds to either:

 

  ·   cash transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Portfolio by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 41.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 41. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Portfolio shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Portfolio you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

44   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Portfolio and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Portfolio and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Portfolio into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Portfolio shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Portfolio through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Portfolio, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Portfolios you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Portfolios involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Portfolio shareholders can negatively impact a Portfolio and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Portfolio investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Portfolio shares can negatively impact a Portfolio’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Portfolios may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Portfolios that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Portfolios to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Portfolios that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Portfolios to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Portfolios also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Portfolios actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Portfolio shareholders. The Board has approved the Portfolios’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Portfolio by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Portfolios take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Portfolio shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Portfolios on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Portfolio. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative

 

46   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

to the size of the Portfolio and the type of Portfolio involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Portfolios’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Portfolios’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

 

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Portfolio account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your program if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Conservative Portfolio makes distributions of net investment income quarterly and any net capital gains at least annually. The Aggressive and Moderate Portfolios make such distributions at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the Portfolio that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written Medallion Guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

48   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund/Portfolio and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund/Portfolio and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Fund/Portfolio prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Portfolio and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Portfolio shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Portfolio’s shareholders substantially all of the Portfolio’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Portfolio’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gains, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Portfolio’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Portfolio’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Portfolio’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Portfolio shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Portfolio from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. Absent further legislation, these reduced tax rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Portfolio normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Portfolio shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Portfolio shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Portfolio shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Portfolio sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Portfolios have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Portfolio shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Portfolio shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Portfolio shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Portfolio shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Portfolio expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all

 

50   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Portfolios reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Portfolios.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio since 2005

Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio since 2005

Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio since 2005

Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio since 2005

Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from University of California, Los Angeles.

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Life Stage—Aggressive Portfolio since 2005

Life Stage—Conservative Portfolio since 2005

Life Stage—Moderate Portfolio since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Wells Fargo Funds Management since 1996. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

52   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or distributions. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Portfolios.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. Together with “Current Income” (see below), constitutes total return.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. Together, current income and capital growth constitute total return.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Portfolio to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Portfolios’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with such investment policies.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Portfolio.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

54   Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Portfolio’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Portfolios’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Portfolio’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Portfolio to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Life Stage Portfolios Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write,

email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

045LSIV/P706 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation PortfolioSM

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced PortfolioSM

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Growth Balanced PortfolioSM

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Growth Allocation PortfolioSM

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Equity PortfolioSM

(formerly named the Growth and Income Portfolio)

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Tactical Equity PortfolioSM

(formerly named the Growth Portfolio)

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Portfolios.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   8
    

Performance History

   12
      

Summary of Expenses

   17

The Portfolios

 

Important information about
the individual Portfolios.

    

Key Information

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio

   20
    

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio

   28
      

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio

   32
      

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio

   35
      

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio

   37
      

The Underlying Funds

   39
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   40
      

Organization and Management
of the Portfolios

   45

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Portfolio shares.

    

Your Account

   48
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   51
    

Exchanges

   54
    

How to Buy Shares

   57
      

How to Sell Shares

   59

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   61
    

Portfolio Managers

   65
    

Glossary

   66

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation PortfolioSM is referred to as the “WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio”; the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Equity PortfolioSM is referred to as the “WealthBuilder Equity PortfolioSM; the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Growth Allocation PortfolioSM is referred to as the “WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio”; the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Growth Balanced PortfolioSM is referred to as the “WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio”; the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced PortfolioSM is referred to as the “WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio”; and the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Tactical Equity PortfolioSM is referred to as the “WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio”.

 


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolios Overview


See the individual Portfolio descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

PORTFOLIO (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio

(WBCAX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income with a secondary emphasis on capital appreciation.

 

 

WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio

(WBBBX)

 

  

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation.

 

 

WealthBuilder
Growth Balanced Portfolio

(WBGBX)

 

  

Seeks a combination of capital appreciation and current income.

 

 

WealthBuilder
Growth Allocation Portfolio

(WBGGX)

 

  

Seeks capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 

 

WealthBuilder
Equity Portfolio
(formerly named the Growth and Income Portfolio)

(WBGIX)

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with no emphasis on income.

 

 

 

4   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio is a highly diversified investment consisting of both bond and stock mutual funds, with an emphasis on bonds. Bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, while stocks offer long-term growth potential, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio. The bond holdings are diversified across a wide range of short to intermediate term income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. The stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company and international. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of bonds and stocks of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated funds. Under normal circumstances, we invest 80% of total assets in bond funds and 20% of total assets in stock funds.
The WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio is a highly diversified investment consisting of both bond and stock mutual funds, with an emphasis on bonds. Bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, while stocks offer long- term growth potential, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio. The bond holdings are diversified across a wide range of short to intermediate term income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. The stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company and international. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of bonds and stocks of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated funds. Under normal circumstances, we invest 60% of total assets in bond funds and 40% of total assets in stock funds.
The WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio is a highly diversified investment consisting of both stock and bond mutual funds, with an emphasis on stocks. Stocks offer long-term growth potential, while bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio. The stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company and international. The bond holdings are also diversified across a wide range of intermediate term income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of stocks and bonds of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated funds. Under normal circumstances, we invest 65% of total assets in stock funds and 35% of total assets in bond funds.
The WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio is a highly diversified investment consisting of both stock and bond mutual funds, with an emphasis on stocks. Stocks offer long-term growth potential, while bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio. The stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company and international. The bond holdings are also diversified across a wide range of intermediate term income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of stocks and bonds of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated funds. Under normal circumstances, we invest 80% of total assets in stock funds and 20% of total assets in bond funds.
The WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio is a diversified equity investment consisting of mutual funds that employ different and complementary investment styles to provide potential for growth. These styles include: large company growth stocks—for their strong earnings growth potential; large company value stocks—representing out-of-favor companies with relatively higher distributions for greater total return potential; small company stocks—for their dramatic growth potential; and international stocks—for increased diversification and global growth opportunities. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets among the equity styles of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated funds. Under normal circumstances, we invest 100% of total assets in stock funds.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolios Overview


See the individual Portfolio descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

PORTFOLIO (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

WealthBuilder
Tactical Equity Portfolio (formerly named the Growth Portfolio)

(WBGAX)

 

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with no emphasis on income.

 

 

 

 

6   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio is a diversified equity investment consisting of mutual funds that employ different and complementary investment styles to provide potential for growth. These styles include: large company growth stocks—for their strong earnings growth potential; large company value stocks—representing out-of-favor companies with relatively higher distributions for greater total return potential; small company stocks—for their dramatic growth potential; and international stocks—for increased diversification and foreign growth opportunities. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets among the equity styles of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated funds. Under normal circumstances, we invest 100% of total assets in stock funds.

 

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Portfolios. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Portfolio descriptions beginning on page 20;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40; and

 

·   the Portfolios’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Portfolio is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Portfolio.

 

The risks associated with each Portfolio are the risks related to each underlying investment company or fund (the “Underlying Fund”) in which the Portfolio invests. Thus, the indirect risks of the Portfolios are the direct risks of the Underlying Funds, which will be discussed in this Prospectus. References in this Prospectus to the investment activities of the Portfolios also refer to the Underlying Funds in which they invest.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE PORTFOLIOS

Investments in Underlying Funds

We seek to reduce the risk of your investment by diversifying among mutual funds that invest in stocks and, in some cases, bonds and among different fund managers. Investing in a mutual fund that holds a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds provides a wider range of investment management talent and investment diversification than is available in a single mutual fund. The Portfolios are each designed to provide you with a single investment vehicle that offers diverse asset classes, fund management, and fund categories. You still have, however, the risks of investing in various asset classes, such as market risks related to stocks and, in some cases, bonds, as well as the risks of investing in a particular Underlying Fund, such as risks related to the particular investment management style and that the Underlying Fund may underperform other similarly managed funds. There can be no assurance that any mutual fund will achieve its objective.

 

Investments in a Portfolio may result in your incurring greater expenses than if you were to invest directly in the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests.

 

Equity Securities

We invest in certain Underlying Funds which in turn invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Portfolio’s investment. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for an Underlying Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks selected by the Underlying Funds are based in part on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected.

 

8   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Foreign Investments

The Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that invest in securities/obligations of foreign issuers, which are subject to more risks than U.S. domestic investments. These additional risks include potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility and those risks related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; withholding or other taxes; trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks; and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Underlying Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than larger company stocks. These companies may have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

 

PORTFOLIO-SPECIFIC RISKS

Debt Securities

The WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Balanced and WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that in turn invest some of their assets in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in an Underlying Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in an Underlying Fund, unless the instruments have adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

High Yield Securities

The WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Balanced and WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolios invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

U.S. Government Obligations

The Portfolios invest in certain Underlying Funds that invest some of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

 

10   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Portfolio has performed and illustrates the variability of a Portfolio’s returns over time. Each Portfolio’s average annual returns for one- and five-year periods (or the life of the Portfolio, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

The WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced and WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolios have been in operation for less than one year; therefore, no performance information is shown for these Portfolios.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  17.55%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (15.98)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

12   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Portfolio’s shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Portfolio

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio Returns
Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/97)

  8.03%   1.00%   4.69%

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio Returns
After Taxes on Distributions

  7.72%   0.16%   3.93%

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio Returns After Taxes On Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.22%   0.36%   3.61%

S&P 500 Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.01%

LB U.S. Gov’t./Credit Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.19%   8.00%   6.92%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Government/Credit Index.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  20.03%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.53)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Portfolio’s shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Portfolio

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio Returns
Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/97)

  10.95%   (2.78)%   3.15%

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio Returns
After Taxes on Distributions

  10.95%   (3.23)%   2.79%

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio Returns
After Taxes on Distributions and Sale
of Fund Shares

  7.12%   (2.59)%   2.52%

S&P 500 Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.01%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

14   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  23.73%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (21.66)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Portfolio’s shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Portfolio shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Portfolio

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/97)

  15.74%   (2.22)%   4.41%

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  15.38%   (2.39)%   4.28%

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  10.23%   (1.95)%   3.75%

S&P 500 Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   5.01%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolios


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Portfolio. The tables do not reflect the investment advisory fees and other operating expenses of the Underlying Funds. Fees and expenses of the Underlying Funds are reflected in those funds’ performance and thus indirectly in the Portfolio’s performance. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Portfolio shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Portfolio shares may charge separate account, service, or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Portfolio shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
    All Portfolios
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  1.50%
Maximum deferred sales charge (load)
(as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None1

 

ANNUAL PORTFOLIO OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from portfolio assets)2
    WealthBuilder
Conservative Allocation
Portfolio
 

WealthBuilder

Moderate Balanced
Portfolio

 

WealthBuilder

Growth Balanced
Portfolio

Management Fees3   0.20%   0.20%   0.20%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses4   0.67%   0.67%   0.61%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.62%   1.62%   1.56%
Fee Waivers   0.12%   0.12%   0.06%
NET EXPENSES5, 6   1.50%   1.50%   1.50%
             
   

WealthBuilder

Growth Allocation
Portfolio

 

WealthBuilder

Equity
Portfolio

 

WealthBuilder

Tactical Equity
Portfolio

Management Fees3   0.20%   0.20%   0.20%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses4   0.67%   0.64%   0.63%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.62%   1.59%   1.58%
Fee Waivers   0.12%   0.09%   0.08%
NET EXPENSES5, 6   1.50%   1.50%   1.50%
1   Shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges,” beginning on page 51, for additional information.
2   These expense ratios do not include expenses of the Underlying Funds.
3   The Portfolios’ investment adviser implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Portfolios’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Portfolios will decline as a Portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Portfolios is as follows: 0.20% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.175% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.15% for assets $5 billion and higher.

 

16   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Portfolio with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that Portfolio operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    WealthBuilder
Conservative Allocation
Portfolio
 

WealthBuilder

Moderate Balanced
Portfolio

 

WealthBuilder

Growth Balanced
Portfolio

  1 YEAR   $ 300   $ 300   $ 300
  3 YEARS   $ 642   $ 642   $ 629
  5 YEARS   $   $   $ 982
10 YEARS   $   $   $ 1,974
             
   

WealthBuilder

Growth Allocation
Portfolio

 

WealthBuilder

Equity
Portfolio

 

WealthBuilder

Tactical Equity
Portfolio

  1 YEAR   $ 300   $ 300   $ 300
  3 YEARS   $ 642   $ 636   $ 634
  5 YEARS   $   $ 994   $ 990
10 YEARS   $   $ 2,003   $ 1,993

 

 

4   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company for the Growth Balanced, Equity and Tactical Equity Portfolios and have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during each Portfolio’s most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses. Other expenses for the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Growth Allocation and WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolios are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.
5   The adviser has committed through September 30, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Portfolio’s net operating expense ratio shown. Fees and expenses of the Underlying Funds are not covered by these waiver/reimbursement arrangements.
6   In addition to the Total Annual Operating Expenses which the Portfolios bear directly, the Portfolios’ shareholders indirectly bear a pro-rata portion of the expenses of the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolios invest. Based on the Portfolios’ estimated target allocations, the Portfolios’ indirect expenses from investing in the Underlying Funds are estimated to be as follows: 0.68% for the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio, 0.75% for the WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio, 0.84% for the WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio, 0.89% for the WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio, 0.93% for the WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio, and 1.05% for the WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio. Several factors may affect the estimated indirect expenses, including the following: 1) changes in the Underlying Funds’ expense ratios, 2) changes in the Underlying Funds, and 3) changes in the target allocations of the Underlying Funds.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Portfolios’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Portfolios’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolios

Each Portfolio is a separate investment portfolio designed to offer you access to professionally managed mutual funds from well-known fund families. Each Portfolio seeks to achieve its objective by allocating its assets across either various stock investment styles or across both stock and bond investment styles through investment in a number of affiliated and unaffiliated Underlying Funds. Each Underlying Fund invests its assets pursuant to a different investment objective and a different investment style. Each Portfolio holds an investment portfolio of stock funds, for growth potential, and the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Balanced and WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolios hold an investment portfolio of bond funds, for income production, decreased volatility and increased price stability. The Portfolios’ investment adviser may select from a wide range of mutual funds based upon changing markets and risk/return characteristics of the asset classes. Each Portfolio provides a different level of risk exposure by allocating its investments in different proportions among either various equity investment styles, or various equity and bond investment styles. In addition to its own expenses, each Portfolio bears a pro rata portion of the expenses of the Underlying Funds in which it invests. Investments in a Portfolio may result in your incurring greater expenses than if you were to invest directly in the mutual funds in which the Portfolio invests. The Portfolios are diversified series of the Trust, an open-end, management investment company.

 


 

Asset Allocation Strategy

The adviser allocates each Portfolio’s investments in accordance with the Portfolio’s investment objective among Underlying Funds that represent a broad spectrum of investment options. The adviser uses various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures to assess the relative attractiveness of these investment options and to determine target allocations. The target allocations for the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Allocation and WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolios are determined using tactical allocation models, and thus change from time to time pursuant to market, economic and other factors. The target allocation for the Equity Portfolio is not model-driven, and remains constant. As a result of target allocation changes, appreciation or depreciation or other circumstances, the percentages of a Portfolio’s assets invested in various Underlying Funds will vary over time. When the Portfolio’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations, the adviser rebalances a Portfolio primarily through the use of daily cash flows.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Portfolio:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Portfolio. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Portfolio.

 

18   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Portfolio in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Portfolio tells you:

 

·   what the Portfolio is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Portfolio different from the other Portfolios offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Portfolio’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Portfolio, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

The WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio seeks current income with a secondary emphasis on capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating 20% of its assets to stock funds and 80% of its assets to bond funds. Certain research indicates that the greatest impact on investment returns may be due to the asset allocation decision (the mix of stocks, bonds and cash-equivalents) rather than market timing or the selection of individual stocks and bonds. Under normal circumstances, we use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation (TAA) Model. We use futures contracts to implement a TAA shift toward stocks or bonds in an effort to enhance the Portfolio’s return. The Portfolio does not physically reallocate its assets among investment styles when it uses futures contracts. Until the Portfolio attains a sufficient asset level, the Portfolio will invest in certain Underlying Funds to implement TAA shifts by physically reallocating its assets among the Underlying Funds.

 

The Portfolio is a highly diversified investment, consisting of both bond and stock mutual funds, with an emphasis on bonds. Bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, while stocks offer long-term growth potential, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio.

 

Bond holdings are diversified across a wide range of short to long-term, income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. Stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company, and international. The Portfolio’s emphasis on diversification helps to moderate volatility by limiting the effect of one asset class that is underperforming while increasing the likelihood of participation when one asset class is outperforming through an active stock/bond asset allocation approach. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of bonds and stocks of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest 80% of total assets in bond funds and 20% of total assets in stock funds. However, the Portfolio uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation Model.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

We seek to enhance performance by emphasizing investments in stocks or bonds when market conditions reveal opportunities.

 

Potential Asset Allocation Ranges

     Neutral Position      Effective Investment
Target Range

Bonds Funds

   80%      75 - 85%

Stock Funds

   20%      15 - 25%

 

20   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Target Allocations    

Stock Fund Styles:

  20%        

Large Company Growth Style

      6%    

Large Company Value Style

      6%    

Small Company Style

      4%    

International Style

      4%    

Bond Fund Styles:

  80%        

Short Term U.S. Treasury, Government, Agency and Mortgage-Related Securities

      30%    

Intermediate and Long Term U.S. Treasury, Government, Agency and Mortgage- Related Securities

      20%    

Investment Grade Bonds

      20%    

High-Yield Corporate Bond

      5%    

International Obligation

      5%    

TOTAL PORTFOLIO ASSETS

  100%        
Effective Allocation as of 9/30/04    

Stock Fund Styles:

  25%        

Bond Fund Styles:

  75%        
   
     
    100%        

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. The Portfolio may also invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase. Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Portfolio, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information for the period ended November 30, 2004 is unaudited and is contained in the semi-annual report of the Portfolios, also available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    PORTFOLIO COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
20044
(unaudited)
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.17  

Total from investment operations

  0.19  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.19  

Total return1

  1.90 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,207  

Ratios to average net assets2,5:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.50 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.28 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  3.0 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3,5

  14.85 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   These ratios do not include expenses of any Underlying Fund.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   For the period from September 30, 2004 (inception of Portfolio) through November 30, 2004.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

22   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating 60% of its assets to bond funds and 40% of its assets to stock funds. Certain research indicates that the greatest impact on investment returns may be due to the asset allocation decision (the mix of stocks, bonds and cash-equivalents) rather than market timing or the selection of individual stocks and bonds. Under normal circumstances, we use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation (TAA) Model. We use futures contracts to implement a TAA shift toward stocks or bonds in an effort to enhance the Portfolio’s return. The Portfolio does not physically reallocate its assets among investment styles when it uses futures contracts. Until the Portfolio attains a sufficient asset level, the Portfolio will invest in certain Underlying Funds to implement TAA shifts by physically reallocating its assets among the Underlying Funds.

 

The Portfolio is a highly diversified investment, consisting of both bond and stock mutual funds, with an emphasis on bonds. Bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, while stocks offer long-term growth potential, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio.

 

Bond holdings are diversified across a wide range of short to long-term, income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. Stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company, and international. The Portfolio’s emphasis on diversification helps to moderate volatility by limiting the effect of one asset class that is underperforming while increasing the likelihood of participation when one asset class is outperforming through an active stock/bond asset allocation approach. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of bonds and stocks of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest 60% of total assets in bond funds and 40% of total assets in stock funds. However, the Portfolio uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation Model.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

We seek to enhance performance by emphasizing investments in stocks or bonds when market conditions reveal opportunities.

 

Potential Asset Allocation Ranges

     Neutral Position      Effective Investment
Target Range

Bonds Funds

   60%      50 - 70%

Stock Funds

   40%      30 - 50%

 

24   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Target Allocations    

Stock Fund Styles:

  40%        

Large Company Growth Style

      12%    

Large Company Value Style

      12%    

Small Company Style

      8%    

International Style

      8%    

Bond Fund Styles:

  60%        

Short Term U.S. Treasury, Government, Agency
and Mortgage-Related Securities

      20%    

Intermediate and Long Term U.S. Treasury, Government, Agency and Mortgage- Related Securities

      15%    

Investment Grade Bonds

      15%    

High-Yield Corporate Bond

      5%    

International Obligation

      5%    

TOTAL PORTFOLIO ASSETS

  100%        
Effective Allocation as of 9/30/04    

Stock Fund Styles:

  50%        

Bond Fund Styles:

  50%        
   
     
    100%        

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. The Portfolio may also invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase. Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Portfolio, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information for the period ended November 30, 2004 is unaudited and is contained in the semi-annual report of the Portfolios, also available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    PORTFOLIO COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
20044
(unaudited)
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.33  

Total from investment operations

  0.35  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.35  

Total return1

  3.50 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $2,370  

Ratios to average net assets2,5:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.50 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.79 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  6.0 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3,5

  9.33 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   These ratios do not include expenses of any Underlying Fund.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   For the period from September 30, 2004 (inception of Portfolio) through November 30, 2004.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

26   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio seeks a combination of capital appreciation and current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating 65% of its assets to stock funds and 35% of its assets to bond funds. Certain research indicates that the greatest impact on investment returns may be due to the asset allocation decision (the mix of stocks, bonds and cash-equivalents) rather than market timing or the selection of individual stocks and bonds. Under normal circumstances, we use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation (TAA) Model. We use futures contracts to implement a TAA shift toward stocks or bonds in an effort to enhance the Portfolio’s return. The Portfolio does not physically reallocate its assets among investment styles when it uses futures contracts.

 

The Portfolio is a highly diversified investment, consisting of both stock and bond mutual funds, with an emphasis on stocks. Stocks offer long-term growth potential, while bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio.

 

Stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company, and international. Bond holdings are also diversified across a wide range of intermediate to long-term, income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. The Portfolio’s emphasis on diversification helps to moderate volatility by limiting the effect of one asset class that is underperforming while increasing the likelihood of participation when one asset class is outperforming through an active stock/bond asset allocation approach. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of stocks and bonds of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest 65% of total assets in stock funds and 35% of total assets in bond funds. However, the Portfolio uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation Model.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

We seek to enhance performance by emphasizing investments in stocks or bonds when market conditions reveal opportunities.

 

Potential Asset Allocation Ranges

     Neutral Position      Effective Investment
Target Range
Using Futures

Stock Funds

   65%      50 - 80%

Bonds Funds

   35%      20 - 50%

 

28   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Allocation as of May 31, 2004    

Stock Fund Styles:

  65%        

Large Company Growth Style

      19%    

Large Company Value Style

      20%    

Small Company Style

      13%    

International Style

      13%    

Bond Fund Styles:

  35%        

U.S. Treasury, Government, Agency and
Mortgage-Related Securities

      13%    

Investment Grade Bonds

      12%    

High-Yield Corporate Bonds

      5%    

International Obligations

      5%    

TOTAL PORTFOLIO ASSETS

  100%        
Effective Allocation Using Futures as of May 31, 2004    

Stock Fund Styles:

  80%        

Bond Fund Styles:

  20%        
   
     
    100%        

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. The Portfolio may also invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase. Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Portfolio’s financial statements, is also contained in the Portfolio’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request. The information for the six-month period ended November 30, 2004, is unaudited and is contained in the semi-annual report of the Portfolios, also available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING              
    PORTFOLIO COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1997
 
For the period ended:  

    Nov. 30,

  2004
  (unaudited)

       May 31,
  2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.15     $9.68     $10.63     $11.69     $12.72     $11.83  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.07     0.08     0.08     0.00     0.07     0.21  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.62     1.52     (0.95 )   (0.83 )   (0.20 )   1.05  

Total from investment operations

  0.69     1.60     (0.87 )   (0.83 )   (0.13 )   1.26  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.13 )   (0.08 )   (0.16 )   (0.11 )   (0.14 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.07 )   (0.79 )   (0.23 )

Total distributions

  0.00     (0.13 )   (0.08 )   (0.23 )   (0.90 )   (0.37 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.84     $11.15     $9.68     $10.63     $11.69     $12.72  

Total return1

  6.19 %   16.52 %   (8.10 )%   (7.09 )%   (1.28 )%   10.72 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $312,424     $260,922     $162,229     $159,693     $78,469     $33,749  

Ratios to average net assets2,4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.31 %   1.21 %   1.14 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.39 %   0.75 %   0.93 %   1.04 %   1.51 %   1.95 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  88 %   96 %   48 %   28 %   29 %   70 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3,4

  1.33 %   1.21 %   1.14 %   1.27 %   1.52 %   1.76 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived/reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   These ratios do not include expenses of any Underlying Fund.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

30   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio seeks capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating 80% of its assets to stock funds and 20% of its assets to bond funds. Certain research indicates that the greatest impact on investment returns may be due to the asset allocation decision (the mix of stocks, bonds and cash-equivalents) rather than market timing or the selection of individual stocks and bonds. Under normal circumstances, we use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation (TAA) Model. We use futures contracts to implement a TAA shift toward stocks or bonds in an effort to enhance the Portfolio’s return. The Portfolio does not physically reallocate its assets among investment styles when it uses futures contracts. Until the Portfolio attains a sufficient asset level, the Portfolio will invest in certain Underlying Funds to implement TAA shifts by physically reallocating its assets among the Underlying Funds.

 

The Portfolio is a highly diversified investment, consisting of both stock and bond mutual funds, with an emphasis on stocks. Stocks offer long-term growth potential, while bonds help to decrease risk and provide income, making this investment appropriate for long-term investors who desire less volatility than an all-stock portfolio.

 

Stock holdings are diversified across many investment styles. These styles include: large company growth, large company value, small company, and international. Bond holdings are also diversified across a wide range of intermediate to long-term, income-producing securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, below investment-grade bonds and foreign issues. The Portfolio’s emphasis on diversification helps to moderate volatility by limiting the effect of one asset class that is underperforming while increasing the likelihood of participation when one asset class is outperforming through an active stock/bond asset allocation approach. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets across various classes of stocks and bonds of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest 80% of total assets in stock funds and 20% of total assets in bond funds. However, the Portfolio uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the Tactical Asset Allocation Model.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

We seek to enhance performance by emphasizing investments in stocks or bonds when market conditions reveal opportunities.

 

Potential Asset Allocation Ranges

     Neutral Position      Effective Investment
Target Range

Stock Funds

   80%      65 - 95%

Bonds Funds

   20%        5 - 35%

 

32   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Target Allocations    

Stock Fund Styles:

  80%        

Large Company Growth Style

      24%    

Large Company Value Style

      24%    

Small Company Style

      16%    

International Style

      16%    

Bond Fund Styles:

  20%        

U.S. Treasury, Government, Agency and
Mortgage-Related Securities

      7%    

Investment Grade Bonds

      7%    

High-Yield Corporate Bond

      3%    

International Obligation

      3%    

TOTAL PORTFOLIO ASSETS

  100%        
Effective Allocation as of 9/30/04    

Stock Fund Styles:

  95%        

Bond Fund Styles:

  5%        
   
     
    100%        

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. The Portfolio may also invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase. Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Portfolio, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information for the period ended November 30, 2004 is unaudited and is contained in the semi-annual report of the Portfolios, also available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    PORTFOLIO COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 30, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
20044
(unaudited)
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.04  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.56  

Total from investment operations

  0.60  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.60  

Total return1

  6.00 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,451  

Ratios to average net assets2,5:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.50 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.41 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  11 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3,5

  13.40 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   These ratios do not include expenses of any Underlying Fund.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   For the period from September 30, 2004 (inception of Portfolio) through November 30, 2004.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

34   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation with no emphasis on income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its investments among stock funds. The Portfolio is a diversified equity investment that consists of mutual funds that employ different and complementary investment styles to provide potential for growth. These styles include: large company growth stocks—for their strong earnings growth potential; large company value stocks—representing out-of-favor companies with relatively higher distributions for greater total return potential; small company stocks—for their dramatic growth potential; and international stocks—for increased diversification and global growth opportunities.

 

The Portfolio’s emphasis on diversification helps to moderate volatility by limiting the effect of one style that is underperforming, while also increasing the likelihood of participation when one style is outperforming. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets among the equity styles of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in stock funds.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

We seek to enhance performance with reduced volatility through broad diversification among different equity investment styles.

 

Allocation as of May 31, 2004

Large Company Growth Style

  30%        

Large Company Value Style

  30%        

Small Company Style

  20%        

International Style

  20%        

TOTAL PORTFOLIO ASSETS

  100%        

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Portfolio’s financial statements, is also contained in the Portfolio’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request. The information for the six-month period ended November 30, 2004, is unaudited and is contained in the semi-annual report of the Portfolios, also available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    PORTFOLIO COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1997
 
For the period ended:      Nov. 30,
  2004
   (unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.56     $8.79     $10.12     $12.03     $14.10     $11.96  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.03     (0.06 )   (0.08 )   (0.10 )   (0.06 )   (0.06 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.77     1.83     (1.25 )   (1.62 )   (1.33 )   2.33  

Total from investment operations

  0.80     1.77     (1.33 )   (1.72 )   (1.39 )   2.27  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.19 )   0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.68 )   (0.13 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.19 )   (0.68 )   (0.13 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.36     $10.56     $8.79     $10.12     $12.03     $14.10  

Total return1

  7.58 %   20.14 %   (13.14 )%   (14.36 )%   (10.38 )%   19.02 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $109,490     $87,885     $46,370     $54,218     $43,550     $21,109  

Ratios to average net assets2,4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.34 %   1.23 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.53 %   (0.74 )%   (0.90 )%   (0.83 )%   (0.63 )%   (0.59 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  76 %   101 %   30 %   30 %   14 %   63 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3,4

  1.37 %   1.24 %   1.29 %   1.32 %   1.78 %   2.12 %
1   Total returns do not include sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived/reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   These ratios do not include expenses of any Underlying Fund.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

36   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio


 

Portfolio Managers:    Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas

 


 

Investment Objective

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation with no emphasis on income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its investments among stock funds. The Portfolio is a diversified equity investment that consists of mutual funds that employ different and complementary investment styles to provide potential for growth. These styles include: large company growth stocks—for their strong earnings growth potential; large company value stocks—representing out-of-favor companies with relatively higher distributions for greater return potential; small company stocks—for their dramatic growth potential; and international stocks—for increased diversification and global growth opportunities. The target allocation among the four equity styles is determined by the Tactical Equity Allocation model.

 

The Portfolio’s emphasis on diversification helps to moderate volatility by limiting the effect of one style that is underperforming, while also increasing the likelihood of participation when one style is outperforming through the active asset allocation approach. We seek to achieve the Portfolio’s investment objective by allocating its assets among the equity styles of a number of affiliated and non-affiliated Underlying Funds.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in stock funds.

 


 

Portfolio Asset Allocation

We seek to enhance performance by shifting assets between equity styles according to market conditions.

 

Potential Asset Allocation Ranges

     Neutral Position   Investment Target
Range

Large Company Stocks

   50%   25 - 80%

Small Company Stocks

   20%     5 - 45%

International Stocks

   30%   10 - 50%

Allocation as of May 31, 2004

Large Company Growth Style

     5%    

Large Company Value Style

     20%    

Small Company Style

     25%    

International Style

     50%    

TOTAL PORTFOLIO ASSETS

   100%    

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Portfolio is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Portfolio’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Portfolio share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Portfolio (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Portfolio’s financial statements, is also contained in the Portfolio’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request. The information for the six-month period ended November 30, 2004, is unaudited and is contained in the semi-annual report of the Portfolios, also available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    PORTFOLIO COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1997
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.84     $9.42     $11.14     $12.76     $14.97     $12.63  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.13     (0.04 )   (0.08 )   (0.07 )   (0.10 )   (0.08 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.11     2.46     (1.64 )   (1.52 )   (1.87 )   2.42  

Total from investment operations

  1.24     2.42     (1.72 )   (1.59 )   (1.97 )   2.34  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.03 )   0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.24 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.03 )   (0.24 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.08     $11.84     $9.42     $11.14     $12.76     $14.97  

Total return1

  10.47 %   25.69 %   (15.44 )%   (12.46 )%   (13.35 )%   18.53 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $133,974     $105,829     $72,450     $100,476     $81,403     $41,496  

Ratios to average net assets2,4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.33 %   1.22 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.38 %   (0.42 )%   (0.82 )%   (0.69 )%   (1.00 )%   (0.99 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  87 %   121 %   7 %   73 %   49 %   32 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to Waived fees and reimbursed expenses2,3,4

  1.35 %   1.23 %   1.26 %   1.30 %   1.69 %   1.98 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived/reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   These ratios do not include expenses of any Underlying Fund.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

38   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

The Underlying Funds


 

The Portfolios normally invest in affiliated and unaffiliated open-end management investment companies or series thereof with the investment styles listed below. The Portfolios may also invest in closed-end management investment companies and/or unit investment trusts. All of these investments are referred to as the Underlying Funds. Each Portfolio may hold certain securities directly.

 

(1) Stock Funds. Stock funds invest primarily in domestic or foreign common stocks or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock. The Underlying Funds may include stock funds holding large company stocks, small company stocks, and international stocks.

 

(2) Bond Funds. Bond funds invest primarily in debt securities issued by companies, governments, or government agencies. The issuer of a bond is required to pay the bond holder the amount of the loan (or par value) at a specified maturity and to make scheduled interest payments. Under normal circumstances, only the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Balanced, and WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolios invest in bond funds.

 

The risks associated with each Portfolio are the risks related to each Underlying Fund in which the Portfolio invests, which passes through to the Portfolios. Thus, the indirect risks of the Portfolios are the direct risks for the Underlying Funds, as discussed below.

 


 

Important Risk Factors for the Underlying Funds

We seek to reduce the risk of your investment by diversifying among mutual funds that invest in stocks and, in some cases, bonds and among different fund managers. Investing in a mutual fund that holds a diversified portfolio of other mutual funds provides a wider range of investment management talent and investment diversification than is available in a single mutual fund. The Portfolios are each designed to provide you with a single investment vehicle that offers diverse asset classes, fund management, and fund categories. You still have, however, the risks of investing in various asset classes, such as market risks related to stocks and, in some cases, bonds, as well as the risks of investing in a particular Underlying Fund, such as risks related to the particular investment management style and that the Underlying Fund may underperform other similarly managed funds. There can be no assurance that any mutual fund will achieve its investment objective.

 

Investments in a Portfolio may result in your incurring greater expenses than if you were to invest directly in the Underlying Funds in which the Portfolio invests.

 

The Portfolios are primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section beginning on page 8. You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 40. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Portfolio remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolios. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Portfolio will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Portfolio or an Underlying Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Portfolio, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Underlying Funds may continue to hold debt securities that cease to be rated by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Portfolio, provided Funds Management deems the security to be of comparable quality to rated or higher-rated instruments. Unrated or downgraded instruments may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment-grade bonds.

 

·   Underlying Funds that invest in smaller companies and foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. An Underlying Fund’s investment in foreign markets also may be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Underlying Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S.Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Underlying Funds or Portfolios themselves.

 

40   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   The WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Balanced and WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolios and certain Underlying Funds in each Portfolio may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality in which the Underlying Funds of the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced, WealthBuilder Growth Balanced and WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolios may invest tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominately speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities in the lowest category of investment-grade securities rated “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s ratings, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Portfolio (and its Underlying Funds) and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Portfolio may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign securities may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates; withholding and other taxes; trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks; and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Portfolio’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk, and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—Investments in small companies are subject to additional risks, including the risk that such investments generally may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, resulting in increased price volatility.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Portfolio. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Portfolio.

 

42   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Portfolios, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Portfolio’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Portfolio is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        WEALTHBUILDER CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER MODERATE BALANCED PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER GROWTH BALANCED PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER GROWTH ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER EQUITY PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER TACTICAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
INVESTMENT
PRACTICE
  PRINCIPAL
RISK(S)
                       

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes
(e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered
developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally,
these securities have the same type of risks as foreign
securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market,
Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
                  l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l        

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks,
foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l   l   l   l        

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be
in the form of an
ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage
and Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to
as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to
greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l        

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary
course of business within seven days at approximately the
value determined by the Portfolio. Limited to 15%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

 

        WEALTHBUILDER CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER MODERATE BALANCED PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER GROWTH BALANCED PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER GROWTH ALLOCATION PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER EQUITY PORTFOLIO   WEALTHBUILDER TACTICAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO
INVESTMENT
PRACTICE
  PRINCIPAL
RISK(S)
                       

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers
and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities.
Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently,
one-third of total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-
Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of
consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,
credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate,
Credit and
Prepayment/
Extension Risk
  l   l   l   l        

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based
on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of

options
used may include: options on securities, options
on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to
protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage, Credit
and Liquidity Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Portfolio in shares of other mutual funds,
which will cause Portfolio shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the Underlying Fund’s expenses, in addition to the
expenses paid by the Portfolio.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or
may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and
more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company
Investment, Market
and Liquidity Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

 

44   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Portfolios


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Portfolios. This section shows how the Portfolios are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Portfolios.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Portfolio’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Portfolios’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Portfolios’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the adviser, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Portfolios’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Portfolios’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Portfolios’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

Responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

    

 

Manages the Portfolios’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

    

    

 

Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Portfolio investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Portfolios


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Portfolios. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Portfolios’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Portfolios. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation, WealthBuilder Growth Allocation and WealthBuilder Moderate Allocation Portfolios. Under this structure, a Portfolio and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Portfolio’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-adviser(s) and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Portfolio: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Portfolio to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Portfolio will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Portfolio’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Portfolio will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for each of the Portfolios. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Portfolios. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed over $129 billion in assets. Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

Fees and Expenses from Underlying Funds

The Portfolios’ shareholders will bear indirectly a pro-rata portion of the expenses of the Underlying Funds in which they invest. In addition, Funds Management, Wells Capital Management, their affiliates and the Portfolios’ distributor, may receive fees from the Underlying Funds for providing various services to the Underlying Funds. For example, Funds Management may receive advisory fees and Wells Capital Management may receive sub-advisory fees from the Underlying Funds and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., may receive fees for providing custody services to the Underlying Funds. These fees are separate from and in addition to fees received by Funds Management and its affiliates for providing services to the Portfolios. These fees may differ among the Underlying Funds.

 

46   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Portfolios with administrative services, including general supervision of each Portfolio’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Portfolio, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Portfolio’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Portfolios. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Portfolio pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Portfolios.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Portfolio shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Portfolio shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Portfolio shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Portfolio shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Portfolio’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Portfolio calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Portfolio calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Portfolio’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Portfolio’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Portfolio invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Portfolios each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Portfolio’s liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Portfolios each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Portfolios will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·  

The Portfolios are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday,

 

48   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Portfolio, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Portfolio if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Portfolio for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which an investor may purchase Portfolio shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Portfolio – Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Portfolio name into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

50   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Sales Charge Schedule

 

AMOUNT

OF PURCHASE

  

FRONT-END SALES CHARGE

AS A PERCENTAGE OF

PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE

    

FRONT-END SALES CHARGE

AS A PERCENTAGE OF

NET AMOUNT INVESTED

Less than $250,000

   1.50%      1.52%

$250,000 to $499,999

   1.25%      1.27%

$500,000 to $999,999

   1.00%      1.01%

$1,000,000 and up*

   0.00%      0.00%
*   We will assess share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Portfolio’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” and “Waivers for Certain Parties”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charge on Portfolio shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the schedule above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Wells Fargo WealthBuilder Portfolio shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption from a Wells Fargo WealthBuilder Portfolio or with the proceeds of a redemption of Class A or Class B shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Portfolio with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee, provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You also may buy Portfolio shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, or pension plans with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Portfolio by a broker/dealer.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $500,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolio in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 1.00% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 1.50% on the first $249,999, then 1.25% on the next $250,000!

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase; and

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

Waivers for Certain Parties

The following people can buy Portfolio shares at NAV.

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

52   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

  ·   The families of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   broker/dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

Contact your selling agent for further details.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders. If you own Portfolio shares as part of another account or package such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supercede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for Portfolio shares. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. Under this Plan, each Portfolio may pay an annual fee not to exceed 0.75% of its average daily net assets and not to exceed regulatory limitations on asset-backed sales charges. These fees are paid out of the Portfolios’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolios involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Portfolio and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   You may exchange Portfolio shares for any of the Wells Fargo WealthBuilder Portfolios or for Wells Fargo Money Market Fund Class A shares.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Portfolio into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Portfolio shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Portfolio through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Portfolio, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Portfolios you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Portfolios involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Portfolio shareholders can negatively impact a Portfolio and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Portfolio investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Portfolio shares can negatively impact a Portfolio’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Portfolios may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Portfolios that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Portfolios to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Portfolios that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Portfolios to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Portfolios also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Portfolios actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Portfolio shareholders. The Board has approved the Portfolios’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Portfolio by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Portfolios take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Portfolio shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Portfolios on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Portfolio. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Portfolio and the type of Portfolio involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Portfolios’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

54   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Portfolios’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Portfolios held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING PORTFOLIO SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000 or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Portfolio designation, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund (“Money Market Fund”). We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Portfolio reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Portfolio’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Portfolio.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

56   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Portfolio name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Portfolio. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name of your Portfolio for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Portfolio by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have an existing account and want to buy into a new Portfolio, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

IN PERSON

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To buy into a new Portfolio, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Portfolio by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing instructions on page 56.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 50. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

58   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Portfolio shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Portfolio you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

60   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Portfolio account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With the Payroll Direct Deposit Plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Portfolio of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Portfolios, except the WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio and WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio, make distributions of any net investment income annually. The Conservative Allocation Portfolio and Moderate Balanced Portfolio make distributions of any net investment income monthly and quarterly, respectively. Each Portfolio makes distributions of net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the Portfolio that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Portfolio. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Portfolio and account the distributions are coming from, and the Portfolio and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Portfolios prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Portfolio and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Portfolio shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Portfolio’s shareholders substantially all of a Portfolio’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Portfolio’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Portfolio’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Portfolio’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Portfolio’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Portfolio from its direct investment in certain U.S. and certain foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Portfolio normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Portfolio shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Portfolio shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Portfolio shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Portfolio sells the appreciated securities and realizes and distributes the gain. The Portfolios have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Portfolio shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Portfolio shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Portfolio shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Portfolio shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

62   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Portfolio expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

64   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Portfolios.

 

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio since 2004

WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio since 2004

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio and its predecessor since 1997

WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio since 2004

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio and its predecessors since 1997

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio and its predecessors since 1997

Mr. Blomster is associated with Wells Fargo Bank and joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as a vice president and Director of Research and simultaneously held this position at Norwest Investment Management (“NIM”) until Wells Capital Management and NIM combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Blomster is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management and asset allocation services and has been since the inception of the Portfolios. He also may perform portfolio management and other services for the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Wells Fargo Bank or its predecessors have employed him since 1977. Mr. Blomster earned his B.S. degree in Dairy/Food Science and Economics from the University of Minnesota; and his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Purdue University.

 

Jeffrey P. Mellas

WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio since 2004

WealthBuilder Moderate Balanced Portfolio since 2004

WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio and its predecessor since 2003

WealthBuilder Growth Allocation Portfolio since 2004

WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio and its predecessor since 2003

WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio and its predecessor since 2003

Mr. Mellas joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Managing Director of Quantitative Asset Management and portfolio manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Mellas was with Alliance Capital Management (“Alliance”) since 1995, as vice president and Global Portfolio Strategist responsible for managing fixed income assets. He was also the primary spokesperson for Alliance’s domestic and international equity and fixed income strategies. Prior to joining Alliance, he was an associate group manager at Prudential Insurance. Mr. Mellas earned his B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Minnesota and his M.B.A. degree in Finance and International Business from New York University. He also completed the International Management Program at Hâute Etudes Commerçiales, Paris, France.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or distributions. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Portfolios.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. Together with “Current Income” (see below), constitutes total return.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. Together, current income and capital growth constitute total return.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Portfolio to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Portfolios’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with such investment policies.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

 

66   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Portfolio.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Portfolio’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Portfolios’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Portfolio’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Portfolio to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

68   WealthBuilder Portfolios Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS: STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

045WBP/P810 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Gateway Funds – Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   19

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   25
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Equity Fund

   28
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund

   33
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Value Fund

   37
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Equity Fund

   40
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Fund

   45
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund

   49
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Growth Fund

   53
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Value Fund

   55
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   58
       
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   62

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

A Choice of Share Classes

   66
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   69
    

Exchanges

   73
    

Your Account

   75
      

How to Buy Shares

   79
      

How to Sell Shares

   81

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   83
    

Description of Master Portfolios

   88
    

Portfolio Managers

   90
      

Glossary

   94

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

(Class A: CBEAX)

(Class B: CBEBX)

(Class C: CBECX)

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

Diversified Equity Fund

(Class A: NVDAX)

(Class B: NVDBX)

(Class C: WFDEX)

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

 

Equity Income Fund

(Class A: NVAEX)

(Class B: NVBEX)

(Class C: WFEEX)

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

Equity Value Fund (formerly named the Large Cap Value Fund)

(Class A: WLVAX)

(Class B: WLVBX)

(Class C: WLVCX)

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Growth Equity Fund

(Class A: NVEAX)

(Class B: NVEBX)

(Class C: WFGGX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

Large Cap Appreciation Fund

(Class A: WFAPX)

(Class B: WFABX)

(Class C: WFACX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Large Company Growth Fund

(Class A: NVLAX)

(Class B: NVLOX)

(Class C: WFLCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Company Growth Fund

(Class A: WFSAX)

(Class B: WFSBX)

(Class C: WSMCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Company Value Fund

(Class A: SCVAX)

(Class B: SCVBX)

(Class C: SCVFX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

4   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in five different equity investment styles—large cap blend, large cap value, large cap growth, small cap, and international—to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. We currently invest in 14 master portfolios.

 

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies with strong return potential and above-average dividend income. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies. We select securities that we believe have strong fundamentals, compelling value characteristics (such as low price-to-earnings or price-to-book ratios), and demonstrate the potential for improved performance. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in three different equity investment styles—large cap growth, small cap, and international—to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. We currently invest in 9 master portfolios.

 

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies selected on the basis of superior growth characteristics combined with reasonable valuation. We invest principally in securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies that we believe have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of small companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of dramatic change. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less.

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in small U.S. companies selected based on a value-oriented analysis. We use a proprietary, quantitative screening process to emphasize companies exhibiting traditional value characteristics and to rank stocks within each sector based on this criteria. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization range that is expected to change frequently.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 25;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Diversified Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Equity Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend yields may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks.

 

Equity Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Growth Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Large Cap Appreciation Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Large Company Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Small Company Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

Small Company Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad- based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Large Cap Value Fund effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown for the successor fund for periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization date reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’03  •  20.94%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (17.54)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

8   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  12.50%   11.25%   14.32%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  12.16%   9.29%   10.24%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.29%   8.83%   10.48%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  12.50%   11.25%   14.32%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/26/2004)

  12.50%   11.25%   14.32%

Russell 1000 Value Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%

S&P 500 Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be, because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted May 15, 1990.
2 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Diversified Equity Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  19.88%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (19.40)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/2/96)2

  4.14%   (2.15)%   10.11%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  2.43%   (3.10)%   8.98%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.92%   (2.17)%   8.48%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/6/96)2

  4.67%   (2.17)%   9.94%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/98)2

  8.65%   (1.74)%   9.96%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)3, 4

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2 Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Institutional Class shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class.
3 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.
4 Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500 and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

10   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Equity Income Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  16.67%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.85)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/2/96)2

  4.74%   0.27%   10.67%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.31%   (1.09)%   9.43%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.18%   (0.30)%   8.91%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/2/96)2

  5.29%   0.31%   10.49%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/98)2

  9.31%   0.72%   10.49%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Institutional Class shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class.
3   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Equity Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘04  •  10.82%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘04  •  0.00%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/29/03)

  8.31%   14.55%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.10%   14.37%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.40%   12.30%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/29/03)

  9.12%   16.07%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/29/03)

  13.22%   18.98%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   22.56%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   16.83%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

12   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Growth Equity Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  19.99%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.25)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/2/96)2

  5.23%   (1.25)%   9.37%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.41%   (2.46)%   7.57%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.45%   (1.54)%   7.43%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/6/96)2

  5.79%   (1.26)%   (9.19)%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/98)2

  9.78%   (0.84)%   (9.27)%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Institutional Class shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class.
3   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Large Cap Appreciation Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  12.50%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (16.05)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/31/01)

  5.44%   0.93%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  5.13%   0.84%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.77%   0.77%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/31/01)

  5.95%   1.07%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/31/01)

  10.05%   1.97%

Russell 1000 Growth Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   0.92%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   3.76%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

14   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Large Company Growth Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  31.61%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (22.88)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/98)2

  (2.93)%   (7.89)%   10.89%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (2.93)%   (7.94)%   10.54%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (1.90)%   (6.53)%   9.62%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/1/98)2

  (2.77)%   (7.93)%   10.82%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/8/99)3

  1.20%   (7.37)%   10.83%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (9.29)%   9.59%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for fees,
expenses or taxes)4

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Institutional Class shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class.
3   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class B shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
4   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard and Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small Company Growth Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  21.58%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (24.68)%

 

* Returns do no reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/30/04)2

  6.52%   2.83%   9.64%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  6.42%   1.36%   7.46%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.35%   1.58%   7.19%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/30/04)2

  7.25%   2.94%   9.48%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/30/04)2

  11.91%   3.41%   9.54%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  14.31%   (3.57)%   7.12%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares, adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class. The Fund’s Institutional Class shares incepted on November 11, 1994.

 

16   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Company Value Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  22.94%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (24.93)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/31/02)2

  16.18%   17.33%   13.01%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  14.82%   16.81%   12.68%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  11.46%   15.10%   11.46%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/31/02)2

  17.36%   17.62%   13.04%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/30/02)2

  21.36%   17.83%   13.04%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   7.20%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   17.23%   12.61%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to inception of this Class reflects performance of the Small Company Value Master Portfolio, a master portfolio in which the Fund invests, adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class. The Small Company Value Master Portfolio, which incepted on June 1, 1997, has a substantially identical investment objective and investment strategy as the Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  5.75%   None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None1   5.00%   1.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)2    
    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
 

Diversified Equity

Fund

   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees3   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.83%   0.83%   0.83%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses4   0.85%   0.85%   0.85%   0.54%   0.54%   0.54%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.60%   2.35%   2.35%   1.37%   2.12%   2.12%    
Fee Waivers   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.12%   0.12%   0.12%    
NET EXPENSES5   1.20%   1.95%   1.95%   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%    
   

Large Cap

Appreciation Fund

 

Large Company

Growth Fund

    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees3   0.70%   0.70%   0.70%   0.67%   0.67%   0.67%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses4   0.72%   0.71%   0.71%   0.61%   0.61%   0.61%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.42%   2.16%   2.16%   1.28%   2.03%   2.03%
Fee Waivers   0.17%   0.16%   0.16%   0.08%   0.08%   0.08%
NET EXPENSES5   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%   1.20%   1.95%   1.95%
1   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information. All other Class A shares will not have a CDSC.
2   Expenses for gateway funds include expenses allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which each such Fund invests.
3   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for the management fees of the master portfolios in which the Funds invest. The management fees charged to the master portfolios will decline as a master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. Each Fund, except for the Diversified Equity Fund and Growth Equity Fund, invests substantially all of its assets in one master portfolio. The breakpoint schedule for the C&B Large Cap Value, Equity Income, Equity Value, and Large Company Growth Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Large Cap Appreciation Fund is as follows: 0.70% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. Management fees for the Diversified Equity and Growth Equity Funds are based on a blended rate of the advisory fees charged to the master portfolios in which the Funds invest.

 

18   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 

 

                                     
   

Equity Income

Fund

 

Equity Value

Fund

 

Growth Equity

Fund

    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    0.69%   0.69%   0.69%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   1.00%   1.00%   1.00%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.49%   0.49%   0.49%   10.15%   9.70%   9.61%   0.60%   0.59%   0.59%
    1.18%   1.93%   1.93%   10.90%   11.20%   11.11%   1.60%   2.34%   2.34%
    0.08%   0.08%   0.08%   9.65%   9.20%   9.11%   0.10%   0.09%   0.09%
    1.10%   1.85%   1.85%   1.25%   2.00%   2.00%   1.50%   2.25%   2.25%

 

 

  4   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year and include various Fund start-up expenses which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense Ratios for the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the C&B Large Cap Value Fund are 1.52%, 2.27% and 2.27%, respectively.
  5   For the Diversified Equity Fund, Equity Value Fund, Growth Equity Fund and Large Cap Appreciation Fund, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the net operating expense ratio shown for the Large Company Growth Fund and the Equity Income Fund. The adviser has committed through February 28, 2007 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the net operating expense ratio shown for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (EXPENSES THAT ARE DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)1
                         
    Small Company
Growth Fund
  Small Company
Value Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
Management Fees2   0.90%   0.90%   0.90%   0.90%   0.90%   0.90%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
Other Expenses3   0.65%   0.64%   0.62%   0.68%   0.71%   0.70%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.55%   2.29%   2.27%   1.58%   2.36%   2.35%
Fee Waivers   0.10%   0.09%   0.07%   0.13%   0.10%   0.15%
NET EXPENSES4   1.45%   2.20%   2.20%   1.45%   2.20%   2.20%
1   Expenses for gateway funds include expenses allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which each such Fund invests.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the management fees of the master portfolios in which the Funds invest. The management fees charged to the master portfolios will decline as a master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Funds is as follows: 0.90% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.85% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.80% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.775% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.75% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through January 31, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

20   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
  Diversified Equity
Fund
  Equity Income
Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 690   $ 698   $ 298   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303   $ 681   $ 688   $ 288    
  3 YEARS   $ 1,014   $ 995   $ 695   $ 973   $ 952   $ 652   $ 921   $ 898   $ 598    
  5 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 1,271   $ 1,328   $ 1,128   $ 1,179   $ 1,234   $ 1,034    
10 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 2,117   $ 2,161   $ 2,442   $ 1,918   $ 1,961   $ 2,247    

 

    Large Company
Growth Fund
  Small Company
Growth Fund
  Small Company
Value Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 690   $ 698   $ 298   $ 714   $ 723   $ 323   $ 714   $ 723   $ 323
  3 YEARS   $ 950   $ 929   $ 629   $ 1,027   $ 1,007   $ 703   $ 1,033   $ 1,021   $ 719
  5 YEARS   $ 1,230   $ 1,286   $ 1,086   $ 1,362   $ 1,417   $ 1,209   $ 1,374   $ 1,446   $ 1,242
10 YEARS   $ 2,025   $ 2,069   $ 2,352   $ 2,306   $ 2,346   $ 2,600   $ 2,335   $ 2,398   $ 2,675

 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
  Diversified Equity
Fund
  Equity Income
Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 690   $ 198   $ 198   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203   $ 681   $ 188   $ 188    
  3 YEARS   $ 1,014   $ 695   $ 695   $ 973   $ 652   $ 652   $ 921   $ 598   $ 598    
  5 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 1,271   $ 1,128   $ 1,128   $ 1,179   $ 1,034   $ 1,034    
10 YEARS   $   $   $   $ 2,117   $ 2,161   $ 2,442   $ 1,918   $ 1,961   $ 2,247    

 

    Large Company
Growth Fund
  Small Company
Growth Fund
  Small Company
Value Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
  1 YEAR   $ 690   $ 198   $ 198   $ 714   $ 223   $ 223   $ 714   $ 223   $ 223
  3 YEARS   $ 950   $ 629   $ 629   $ 1,027   $ 707   $ 703   $ 1,033   $ 721   $ 719
  5 YEARS   $ 1,230   $ 1,086   $ 1,086   $ 1,362   $ 1,217   $ 1,209   $ 1,374   $ 1,246   $ 1,242
10 YEARS   $ 2,025   $ 2,069   $ 2,352   $ 2,306   $ 2,346   $ 2,600   $ 2,335   $ 2,398   $ 2,675

 

22   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

    Equity Value
Fund
  Growth Equity
Fund
  Large Cap
Appreciation Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 695   $ 703   $ 303   $ 719   $ 728   $ 328   $ 695   $ 703   $ 303
    $ 2,703   $ 2,669   $ 2,354   $ 1,042   $ 1,022   $ 722   $ 983   $ 961   $ 661
    $ 4,481   $ 4,475   $ 4,250   $ 1,387   $ 1,442   $ 1,242   $ 1,291   $ 1,345   $ 1,145
    $ 8,085   $ 8,050   $ 8,065   $ 2,358   $ 2,398   $ 2,669   $ 2,165   $ 2,204   $ 2,480

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 


 

 

    Equity Value
Fund
  Growth Equity
Fund
  Large Cap
Appreciation Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 695   $ 203   $ 203   $ 719   $ 228   $ 228   $ 695   $ 203   $ 203
    $ 2,703   $ 2,369   $ 2,354   $ 1,042   $ 722   $ 722   $ 983   $ 661   $ 661
    $ 4,481   $ 4,275   $ 4,250   $ 1,387   $ 1,242   $ 1,242   $ 1,291   $ 1,145   $ 1,145
    $ 8,085   $ 8,050   $ 8,065   $ 2,358   $ 2,398   $ 2,669   $ 2,165   $ 2,204   $ 2,480

 

 
 
 
 
 
 

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Funds in this Prospectus are gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investment activities and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

24   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

C&B Large Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris;

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Large Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We invest principally in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We may invest in additional master portfolios, and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Fund” on page 63.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS A SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
    CLASS B SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
    CLASS C SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.01     $8.01     $8.01  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.26     0.26     0.26  

Total from investment operations

  0.26     0.25     0.25  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.27     $8.26     $8.26  

Total return1

  3.25 %   3.12 %   3.12 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $11,408     $5,790     $2,732  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.20 %   1.95 %   1.95 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.18 %   (0.60 )%   (0.58 )%

Portfolio turnover rate

  30 %   30 %   30 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.60 %   2.35 %   2.35 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

26   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Diversified Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments among different equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” equity investment approach designed to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. ”Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment that is selected for a Fund. We currently invest in 14 master portfolios. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We also may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities, using a combination of 5 different equity investment styles—large cap blend, large cap value, large cap growth, small cap, and international—for the Fund’s investments. We currently allocate the assets dedicated to large cap blend investments to 1 Portfolio, the assets allocated to large cap growth investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets allocated to small cap investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets allocated to large cap value to 3 Portfolios and the assets allocated to international investments to 4 Portfolios.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio allocations for the Fund are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Large Cap Value Style

  25%        

Equity Income Portfolio

      8.33%    

Equity Value Portfolio

      8.34%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

      8.33%    

Large Cap Blend Style

  25%        

Index Portfolio

      25%    

Large Cap Growth Style

  25%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

      5.0%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

      2.5%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

      17.5%    

Small Cap Style

  10%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

      3.34%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

      3.33%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

      3.33%    

International Style

  15%        

International Core Portfolio

      3.75%    

International Growth Portfolio

      3.75%    

International Index Portfolio

      3.75%    

International Value Portfolio

      3.75%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%        

 

28   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 88 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser     

C&B Large Cap Value

   Cooke & Bieler     

Disciplined Growth

   Smith Group     

Equity Income

   Wells Capital Management     

Equity Value

   Systematic     

Index

   Wells Capital Management     

International Core

   New Star     

International Growth

   Artisan     

International Index

   Barclays     

International Value

   LSV     

Large Cap Appreciation

   Cadence     

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital Management     

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Company Value

   Peregrine     

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks. Stocks of small and medium-sized companies purchased for this Fund may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large company stocks. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Equity Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 2, 1996
For the period ended:  

Sept. 30,

2004

   

Sept. 30,

2003

   

Sept. 30,

2002

   

Sept. 30,

2001

   

Sept. 30,

2000

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $35.61     $29.00     $36.33     $52.73     $48.01      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.15     0.13     0.095     0.09     0.16      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.41     6.59     (6.85 )   (11.70 )   7.39      

Total from investment operations

  4.56     6.72     (6.76 )   (11.61 )   7.55      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.26 )   (0.11 )   (0.15 )   (0.17 )   (0.16 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.42 )   (4.62 )   (2.67 )    

Total distributions

  (0.26 )   (0.11 )   (0.57 )   (4.79 )   (2.83 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $39.91     $35.61     $29.00     $36.33     $52.73      

Total return1

  12.82 %   23.21 %   (19.04 )%   (24.07 )%   15.99 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $101,649     $76,292     $57,876     $74,038     $95,646      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.15 %   1.00 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.37 %   0.42 %   0.22 %   0.23 %   0.31 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  32 %   32 %   30 %   34 %   38 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
2, 4

  1.37 %   1.54 %   1.58 %   1.61 %   1.51 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

30   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                               
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 6, 1996
 
 
   

Sept. 30,

2004

   

Sept. 30,

2003

   

Sept. 30,

2002

   

Sept. 30,

2001

   

Sept. 30,

2000

 
    $34.43     $28.15     $35.41     $51.70     $47.33  
                               
    (0.40 )   (0.19 )   (0.20 )5   (0.17 )   (0.18 )
        
4.52
 
 
  6.47     (6.64 )   (11.50 )   7.22  
    4.12     6.28     (6.84 )   (11.67 )   7.04  
                               
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     (0.42 )   (4.62 )   (2.67 )
    0.00     0.00     (0.42 )   (4.62 )   (2.67 )
    $38.55     $34.43     $28.15     $35.41     $51.70  
    11.97 %   22.31 %   (19.64 )%   (24.65 )%   15.10 %
                               
    $81,966     $92,300     $85,035     $111,956     $143,472  
                               
    2.00 %   2.00 %   2.00 %   1.90 %   1.75 %
        
(0.40
 
)%
  (0.33 )%   (0.53 )%   (0.52 )%   (0.44 )%
    32 %   32 %   30 %   34 %   38 %
        
    
2.12
 
 
%
  2.31 %   2.39 %   2.41 %   2.28 %

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Equity Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1998
             
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $34.90     $28.56     $35.91     $52.36     $47.90  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.37 )   (0.05 )   (0.20 )5   (0.16 )   (0.07 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.54     6.39     (6.73 )   (11.67 )   7.20  

Total from investment operations

  4.17     6.34     (6.93 )   (11.83 )   7.13  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.03 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.42 )   (4.62 )   (2.67 )

Total distributions

  (0.03 )   0.00     (0.42 )   (4.62 )   (2.67 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $39.04     $34.90     $28.56     $35.91     $52.36  

Total return1

  11.92 %   22.23 %   (19.62 )%   (24.64 )%   15.11 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $7,798     $9,463     $6,730     $7,693     $8,526  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  2.00 %   2.00 %   2.00 %   1.90 %   1.75 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.38 )%   (0.33 )%   (0.52 )%   (0.52 )%   (0.40 )%

Portfolio turnover rate3

  32 %   32 %   30 %   34 %   38 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  2.12 %   2.28 %   2.13 %   2.01 %   2.95 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

32   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Equity Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    David L. Roberts, CFA; Gary J. Dunn, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Equity Income Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and investment strategies. We invest primarily in common stocks of large U.S. companies with strong return potential based on current market valuations. We emphasize investment primarily in securities of companies with above-average dividend income. We use various valuation measures when selecting securities for the portfolio, including above-average dividend yields and below industry average price-to-earnings, price-to-book and price-to-sales ratios. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing equity securities; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

We may invest in preferred stocks, convertible debt securities, and securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments. We will normally limit our investment in a single issuer to 10% or less of total assets. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend yields may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Equity Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 2, 1996
     
For the period ended:  

Sept. 30,

2004

   

Sept. 30,

2003

   

Sept. 30,

2002

   

Sept. 30,

2001

   

Sept. 30,

2000

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $31.32     $28.74     $37.23     $41.28     $44.20      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.45     0.46     0.44     0.36     0.44      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.59     5.04     (7.51 )   (4.05 )   0.10      

Total from investment operations

  5.04     5.50     (7.07 )   (3.69 )   0.54      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.47 )   (0.46 )   (0.43 )   (0.36 )   (0.42 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.40 )   (2.46 )   (0.99 )   0.00     (3.04 )    

Total distributions

  (1.87 )   (2.92 )   (1.42 )   (0.36 )   (3.46 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $34.49     $31.32     $28.74     $37.23     $41.28      

Total return1

  16.43 %   20.12 %   (19.84 )%   (8.97 )%   1.17 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $186,501     $161,962     $124,015     $165,304     $196,314      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.10 %   1.10 %   1.10 %   1.10 %   1.10 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.32 %   1.57 %   1.19 %   0.86 %   1.07 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  11 %   9 %   12 %   3 %   9 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.18 %   1.33 %   1.36 %   1.51 %   1.28 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

34   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 2, 1996
 
 
   

Sept. 30,

2004

   

Sept. 30,

2003

   

Sept. 30,

2002

   

Sept. 30,

2001

   

Sept. 30,

2000

 
    $31.31     $28.72     $37.18     $41.22     $44.17  
                               
    0.21     0.25     0.16     0.05     0.11  
        
4.57
 
 
  5.02     (7.49 )   (4.03 )   0.11  
    4.78     5.27     (7.33 )   (3.98 )   0.22  
                               
    (0.20 )   (0.22 )   (0.14 )   (0.06 )   (0.13 )
    (1.40 )   (2.46 )   (0.99 )   0.00     (3.04 )
    (1.60 )   (2.68 )   (1.13 )   (0.06 )   (3.17 )
    $34.49     $31.31     $28.72     $37.18     $41.22  
    15.56 %   19.22 %   (20.43 )%   (9.67 )%   0.41 %
                               
    $80,298     $98,690     $91,889     $134,403     $152,682  
                               
    1.85 %   1.85 %   1.85 %   1.85 %   1.85 %
        
0.57
 
%
  0.82 %   0.43 %   0.12 %   0.28 %
    11 %   9 %   12 %   3 %   9 %
        
    
1.93
 
 
%
  2.13 %   2.18 %   2.20 %   2.03 %

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Equity Income Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1998
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
   

Sept. 30,

2003

   

Sept. 30,

2002

   

Sept. 30,

2001

   

Sept. 30,

2000

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $32.26     $29.52     $38.18     $42.32     $45.30  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.25     0.18     0.05     0.19  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.70     5.19     (7.70 )   (4.14 )   0.03  

Total from investment operations

  4.92     5.44     (7.52 )   (4.09 )   0.22  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.17 )   (0.24 )   (0.15 )   (0.05 )   (0.16 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.40 )   (2.46 )   (0.99 )   0.00     (3.04 )

Total distributions

  (1.57 )   (2.70 )   (1.14 )   (0.05 )   (3.20 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $35.61     $32.26     $29.52     $38.18     $42.32  

Total return1

  15.54 %   19.27 %   (20.41 )%   (9.66 )%   0.41 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $9,083     $10,689     $7,415     $7,508     $7,115  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.85 %   1.85 %   1.85 %   1.85 %   1.85 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.58 %   0.82 %   0.46 %   0.14 %   0.29 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  11 %   9 %   12 %   3 %   9 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
2, 4

  1.93 %   2.07 %   2.12 %   2.02 %   1.96 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

36   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Equity Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA; Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Equity Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We focus our investment strategy on domestic large-capitalization stocks.

 

In making investment decisions for the Fund, we apply a fundamentals-driven, company-specific analysis. As part of the analysis, we evaluate criteria such as price-to-earnings, price-to-book, and price-to-sales ratios, and cash flow. We also evaluate the companies’ sales and expense trends, changes in earnings estimates and market position, as well as the industry outlook. We look for catalysts that could positively, or negatively, affect prices of current and potential companies for the Fund. Additionally, we seek confirmation of earnings potential before investing in a security.

 

We also apply a rigorous screening process to manage the portfolio’s overall risk profile. We generally consider selling stocks when they have achieved their valuation targets, when the issuer’s business fundamentals have deteriorated, or if the potential for positive change is no longer evident.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

We may invest in additional master portfolios and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Fund” on page 63.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Equity Value Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS A SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
AUGUST 29, 2003
    CLASS B SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
AUGUST 29, 2003
    CLASS C SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
AUGUST 29, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.82     $10.00     $9.81     $10.00     $9.81     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.05     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     (0.01 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.62     (0.18 )   1.59     (0.18 )   1.59     (0.18 )

Total from investment operations

  1.67     (0.18 )   1.59     (0.19 )   1.59     (0.19 )

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.48     $9.82     $11.40     $9.81     $11.40     $9.81  

Total return1

  16.96 %   (1.80 )%   16.21 %   (1.90 )%   16.21 %   (1.90 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,645     $06     $1,142     $06     $06     $06  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.25 %   1.25 %   2.00 %   2.00 %   2.00 %   2.00 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.54 %   (0.26 )%   (0.19 )%   (1.08 )%   (0.19 )%   (0.64 )%

Portfolio turnover rate4

  122 %   3 %   122 %   3 %   122 %   3 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3, 5

  10.90 %   196.38 %   11.20 %   189.72 %   11.11 %   209.42 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Amount is less than $500,000.

 

38   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Growth Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Equity Fund seeks a high level of long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments among different equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” approach designed to reduce the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments or a type of investment that is selected for a Fund. We currently invest in 9 master portfolios. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We also may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities, selected across a combination of 3 different equity investment styles—large cap growth, small cap, and international. We currently allocate the assets dedicated to small cap investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets dedicated to large cap growth investments to 2 Portfolios and the assets dedicated to international investments to 4 Portfolios.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio allocations for the Fund are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation        

Large Cap Growth Style

  35%                                                               

Large Company Growth Portfolio

  30%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

  5%        

Small Cap Style

  35%                   

Small Cap Index Portfolio

  11.67%        

Small Company Growth Portfolio

  11.67%        

Small Company Value Portfolio

  11.66%        

International Style

  30%                   

International Core Portfolio

  7.5%        

International Growth Portfolio

  7.5%        

International Index Portfolio

  7.5%        

International Value Portfolio

  7.5%        

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%                   

 

40   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 88 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser     

Disciplined Growth

   Smith Group     

International Core

   New Star     

International Growth

   Artisan     

International Index

   Barclays     

International Value

   LSV     

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital Management     

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Company Value

   Peregrine     

 


 

Important Risk Factors

This Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls. Stocks of small and medium-sized companies purchased for the Fund may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large company stocks.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Growth Equity Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 2, 1996
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $24.64     $19.50     $23.87     $39.89     $36.83      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.08 )5   (0.08 )5   (0.10 )   (0.07 )   (0.21 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  3.14     5.22     (3.34 )   (9.86 )   8.90      

Total from investment operations

  3.06     5.14     (3.44 )   (9.93 )   8.69      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.92 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )    

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.93 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $27.70     $24.64     $19.50     $23.87     $39.89      

Total return1

  12.38 %   26.36 %   (15.46 )%   (28.93 )%   25.01 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $18,742     $15,576     $11,210     $12,473     $17,726      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.50 %   1.50 %   1.47 %   1.50 %   1.50 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.28 )%   (0.38 )%   (0.43 )%   (0.31 )%   (0.48 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  44 %   58 %   40 %   75 %   78 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.60 %   1.82 %   1.88 %   1.93 %   1.72 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

42   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 6, 1996
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2004
   

Sept. 30,

2003

    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $23.02     $18.37     $22.69     $38.48     $35.93  
                               
    (0.28 )5   (0.23 )5   (0.31 )   (0.19 )   (0.35 )
        
2.95
 
 
  4.885     (3.09 )   (9.51 )   8.53  
    2.67     4.65     (3.40 )   (9.70 )   8.18  
                               
    0.00     0.00     (0.00 )   0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     (0.92 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )
    0.00     0.00     (0.92 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )
    $25.69     $23.02     $18.37     $22.69     $38.48  
    11.60 %   25.31 %   (16.09 )%   (29.46 )%   24.11 %
                               
    $11,700     $14,379     $13,670     $17,319     $25,124  
                               
    2.25 %   2.25 %   2.22 %   2.25 %   2.25 %
        
(1.08
 
)%
  (1.13 )%   (1.18 )%   (1.06 )%   (1.20 )%
    44 %   58 %   40 %   75 %   78 %
        
    
2.34
 
 
%
  2.59 %   2.63 %   2.65 %   2.58 %

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Growth Equity Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1998
             
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
  2004
        Sept. 30,
  2003
        Sept. 30,
  2002
        Sept. 30,
  2001
        Sept. 30,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $23.87     $19.04     $23.49     $39.61     $36.84  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.28 )5   (0.25 )5   (0.25 )   (0.22 )   (0.15 )

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  3.02     5.085     (3.28 )   (9.81 )   8.55  

Total from investment operations

  2.74     4.83     (3.53 )   (10.03 )   8.40  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.92 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.92 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $26.61     $23.87     $19.04     $23.49     $39.61  

Total return1

  11.52 %   25.37 %   (16.10 )%   (29.46 )%   24.11 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,097     $2,980     $1,721     $1,799     $2,240  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  2.25 %   2.25 %   2.22 %   2.25 %   2.25 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.05 )%   (1.11 )%   (1.17 )%   (1.06 )%   (1.16 )%

Portfolio turnover rate3

  44 %   58 %   40 %   75 %   78 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  2.34 %   2.68 %   2.74 %   2.32 %   2.75 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

44   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Appreciation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    William B. Bannick, CFA; Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Cap Appreciation Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 

In making investment decisions for the Fund, we consider the 1,000 largest publicly traded companies in the U.S. We screen the stocks in this universe for a series of growth criteria, such as dividend growth, earnings growth, relative growth of earnings over time (earnings momentum) and the company’s history of meeting earnings targets (earnings surprise). Stocks are also evaluated based on certain valuation criteria, such as price-to-earnings, price-to-book and price-to-cash flow ratios. The top 10% of the stocks in the screened universe are then subjected to an in-depth analysis of each company’s current business and future prospects. In selecting portfolio holdings, we rigorously analyze company fundamentals, such as management strength, competitive industry position, business prospects, and evidence of sustainable business momentum, including improving revenue and margin trends, cash flows and profitability.

 

We rescreen the universe frequently in an effort to consistently achieve a favorable balance of growth and valuation characteristics for the Fund. We consider selling stocks of companies with poor price performance relative to peers, earnings disappointment, or deteriorating business fundamentals. As a risk control measure, our allocation to a particular stock may also be reduced if its weighting in the portfolio exceeds 2%. The result is a portfolio that is well diversified and comprised of holdings across a broad range of sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Appreciation Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 2001
                 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.92     $7.53     $9.53     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.006     (0.01 )   (0.01 )   0.00      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.88     1.40     (1.99 )   (0.47 )    

Total from investment operations

  0.88     1.39     (2.00 )   (0.47 )    

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.80     $8.92     $7.53     $9.53      

Total return1

  9.87 %   18.46 %   (20.99 )%   (4.70 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $20,393     $1,033     $898     $07      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.25 %   1.21 %   1.20 %   0.95 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.11 )%   (0.19 )%   (0.15 )%   1.17 %    

Portfolio turnover rate4

  149 %   153 %   123 %   10 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3, 5

  1.42 %   2.45 %   6.48 %   1.24 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
7   Amount is less than $500,000.

 

46   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

                         
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 2001
                CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 2001
             
    Sept. 30,
2004
   

Sept. 30,

2003

    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
 
    $8.78     $7.47     $9.52     $10.00     $8.79     $7.47     $9.53     $10.00  
                                                 
    (0.21 )6   (0.06 )   (0.07 )   0.00     (0.15 )6   (0.03 )   (0.05 )   0.00  
    1.00         
1.37
 
 
  (1.98 )   (0.48 )   0.94     1.35     (2.01 )   (0.47 )
    0.79     1.31     (2.05 )   (0.48 )   0.79     1.32     (2.06 )   (0.47 )
                                                 
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    $9.57     $8.78     $7.47     $9.52     $9.58     $8.79     $7.47     $9.53  
    9.00 %   17.54 %   (21.53 )%   (4.80 )%   8.99 %   17.67 %   (21.62 )%   (4.70 )%
                                                 
    $1,509     $1,449     $1,041     $07     $699     $07     $07     $07  
                                                 
    2.00 %   1.95 %   1.95 %   1.78 %   2.00 %   1.95 %   1.95 %   1.83 %
    (0.88 )%       
(0.95
 
)%
  (0.90 )%   (0.24 )%   (0.88 )%   (0.94 )%   (0.93 )%   0.00 %
    149 %   153 %   123 %   10 %   149 %   153 %   123 %   10 %
    2.16 %       
    
3.11
 
 
%
  8.45 %   1.78 %   2.16 %   3.96 %   8.37 %   1.83 %

 

Equity Growth Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    John S. Dale, CFA; Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, domestic companies that we believe have superior growth potential.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

In selecting securities for the Fund, we seek companies whose stock we believe is attractively valued and also exhibit strong fundamental characteristics, such as higher earnings and revenue growth, higher return on equity, and lower debt to capitalization. We may invest in the securities of companies whose growth potential we believe is generally unrecognized or misperceived by the market. We focus our investment strategy on large- capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more; and

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments.

 

We will not invest more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of a single issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1998
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $43.96     $34.52     $44.57     $75.03     $57.96      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.28 )5   (0.46 )   (0.34 )   (0.37 )   (0.49 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.29     9.90     (9.71 )   (29.21 )   19.16      

Total from investment operations

  1.01     9.44     (10.05 )   (29.58 )   18.67      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.84 )   (1.60 )    

Distributions in excess of realized gains

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.88 )   (1.60 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $44.97     $43.96     $34.52     $44.57     $75.03      

Total return1

  2.28 %   27.35 %   (22.55 )%   (39.85 )%   32.50 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $454,499     $364,406     $141,774     $202,514     $303,948      

Ratios to average net assets:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.20 %   1.20 %   1.20 %   1.20 %   1.20 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.61 )%   (0.69 )%   (0.76 )%   (0.71 )%   (0.73 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  14 %   13 %   18 %   13 %   9 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.28 %   1.41 %   1.45 %   1.36 %   1.31 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

50   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1998
                   
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $40.11     $31.72     $41.18     $69.77     $54.29  
                               
    (0.58 )5   (0.68 )   (0.69 )   (0.62 )   (0.72 )
    1.19     9.07     (8.77 )   (27.09 )   17.80  
    0.61     8.39     (9.46 )   (27.71 )   17.08  
                               
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.84 )   (1.60 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.88 )   (1.60 )
    $40.72     $40.11     $31.72     $41.18     $69.77  
    1.52 %   26.45 %   (22.97 )%   (40.18 )%   31.75 %
                               
    $220,657     $246,894     $218,625     $307,706     $461,918  
                               
    1.95 %   1.88 %   1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %
    (1.36 )%   (1.35 )%   (1.31 )%   (1.26 )%   (1.28 )%
    14 %   13 %   18 %   13 %   9 %
   

2.03

 

%

  2.33 %   2.46 %   2.19 %   2.15 %

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
       
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
20001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $40.18     $31.76     $41.22     $69.85     $59.32  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.58 )7   (0.62 )   (0.89 )   (0.43 )   (0.40 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.20     9.04     (8.57 )   (27.32 )   12.53  

Total from investment operations

  0.62     8.42     (9.46 )   (27.75 )   12.13  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.84 )   (1.60 )

Distributions in excess of realized gains

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.88 )   (1.60 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $40.80     $40.18     $31.76     $41.22     $69.85  

Total return2

  1.54 %   26.51 %   (22.95 )%   (40.19 )%   20.72 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $31,937     $40,436     $27,092     $27,189     $25,463  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets4

  1.95 %   1.86 %   1.75 %   1.75 %   1.75 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (1.36 )%   (1.34 )%   (1.31 )%   (1.26 )%   (1.29 )%

Portfolio turnover rate5

  14 %   13 %   18 %   13 %   9 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4, 6

  2.03 %   2.16 %   2.28 %   2.15 %   2.16 %
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from May 31 to September 30.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio in which the Fund invests.
5   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
6   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
7   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

52   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Small Company Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Robert B. Mersky, CFA; Paul E. von Kuster, CFA; Daniel J. Hagen, CFA;

William A. Grierson; James P. Ross, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Company Growth Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. In selecting securities for the Fund, we seek to identify companies that either are rapidly growing (usually with relatively short operating histories) or emerging from a period of dramatic change. These changes may involve a sharp increase in earnings, the hiring of new management or other measures taken to narrow the gap between share price and takeover/asset value. We focus the Fund’s investment strategy on small-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities of companies considered to be mid-capitalization; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments.

 

We will not invest more than 10% of total assets in the securities of a single issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Small Company Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    CLASS A SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JANUARY 30, 2004
    CLASS B SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JANUARY 30, 2004
    CLASS C SHARES—
COMMENCED ON
JANUARY 30, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $28.42     $28.42     $28.42  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.21 )6   (0.34 )6   (0.34 )6

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (1.43 )   (1.42 )   (1.26 )

Total from investment operations

  (1.64 )   (1.76 )   (1.60 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $26.78     $26.66     $26.82  

Total return1

  (5.77 )%   (6.19 )%   (5.59 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $832     $07     $07  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.45 %   2.20 %   2.20 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.80 )%   (1.29 )%   (1.29 )%

Portfolio turnover rate4

  145 %   145 %   145 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3, 5

  1.55 %   2.29 %   2.27 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
7   Amount is less than $500,000.

 

54   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Small Company Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA; Douglas G. Pugh, CFA; Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Company Value Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We focus the Fund’s investment strategy on small-capitalization stocks.

 

In making investment decisions for the Fund, we identify the least expensive small cap stocks across different sectors. To narrow the universe of possible candidates, we use a proprietary, quantitative screening process to emphasize companies exhibiting traditional value characteristics and to rank stocks within each sector based on these criteria. The valuation analysis allows us to focus our fundamental research efforts on the stocks that we believe are the most undervalued relative to their respective small cap peer group. We analyze each company’s fundamental operating characteristics (such as price/earnings ratios, cash flows, company operations including company prospects and profitability) to identify those companies that are the most promising within their peer group based on factors that have historically determined subsequent outperformance for a given sector. Fundamental research is primarily conducted through financial statement analysis and meetings with company management, however, third-party research is also used for due diligence purposes. The portfolio seeks capital appreciation through stock selection, while minimizing volatility by maintaining broad exposure to the sectors represented by the Russell 2000 Value Index.

 

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization index whose range is expected to change frequently. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 58. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Small Company Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 31, 2002
     
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
 2004
      Sept. 30,
 2003
      Sept. 30,
 2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.56     $8.43     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.01 )   0.00     0.00      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.63     3.13     (1.57 )    

Total from investment operations

  1.62     3.13     (1.57 )    

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.48     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.48     0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.66     $11.56     $8.43      

Total return1

  22.75 %   37.20 %   (15.70 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $31,068     $8,783     $4,276      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.45 %   1.43 %   1.38 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.06 )%   0.06 %   0.00 %    

Portfolio turnover rate4

  64 %   80 %   98 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3, 5

  1.58 %   1.43 %   2.32 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Amount is less than $500,000.

 

56   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

 

   
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 31, 2002
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 30, 2002
 
 
      Sept. 30,
 2004
      Sept. 30,
 2003
      Sept. 30,
 2002
      Sept. 30,
 2004
      Sept. 30,
 2003
      Sept. 30,
 2002
 
    $11.41     8.38 %   $10.00     $11.41     $8.38     $9.05  
                                     
    (0.08 )   (0.06 )   (0.03 )   (0.08 )   (0.04 )   0.00  
        
1.57
 
 
  3.09     (1.59 )   1.56     3.07     (0.67 )
    1.49     3.03     (1.62 )   1.48     3.03     (0.67 )
                                     
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.48     0.00     0.00     0.48     0.00     0.00  
    0.48     0.00     0.00     0.48     0.00     0.00  
    $13.38     $11.41     $8.38     $13.37     $11.41     $8.38  
    21.89 %   36.23 %   (16.20 )%   21.80 %   36.23 %   (7.40 )%
                                     
    $11,571     $7,520     $4,860     $2,769     $1,497     $06  
                                     
    2.20 %   2.18 %   2.14 %   2.20 %   2.18 %   2.20 %
        
(0.85
 
)%
  (0.67 )%   (0.74 )%   (0.84 )%   (0.80 )%   0.68 %
    64 %   80 %   98 %   64 %   80 %   98 %
        
    
2.36
 
 
%
  2.18 %   3.46 %   2.35 %   2.18 %   7.48 %

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Equity Value Fund, Large Cap Appreciation Fund and the Small Company Growth Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments) and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

 

58   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        C&B LARGE CAP VALUE   DIVERSIFIED EQUITY   EQUITY INCOME   EQUITY VALUE   GROWTH EQUITY   LARGE CAP APPRECIATION   LARGE COMPANY GROWTH   SMALL COMPANY GROWTH   SMALL COMPANY VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                    

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type of risks as foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk       l           l                

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company, which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk       l       l   l       l   l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l       l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

60   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

 

        C&B LARGE CAP VALUE   DIVERSIFIED EQUITY   EQUITY INCOME   EQUITY VALUE   GROWTH EQUITY   LARGE CAP APPRECIATION   LARGE COMPANY GROWTH   SMALL COMPANY GROWTH   SMALL COMPANY VALUE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                    

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specific time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk       l   l                        

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l       l   l   l       l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk   l   l           l           l   l

 

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   61


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th St. & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB–ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

  Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

62   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Diversified Equity and Growth Equity Funds are gateway funds that invest in various master portfolios. Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets for providing services to each Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios. Funds Management also acts as the adviser to, and is entitled to receive a fee from, each master portfolio. The total amount of investment advisory fees paid to Funds Management as a result of a Fund’s investments varies depending on the Fund’s allocation of assets among the various master portfolios.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the C&B Large Cap Value, Equity Income, Equity Value, Large Cap Appreciation, Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Funds, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Funds as long as the Funds continue to invest, as they do today, substantially all of their assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If a Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for all of the gateway Funds noted in this section and the Diversified Equity and Growth Equity Funds, Funds Management acts as investment adviser for gateway fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this agreement as long as a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the gateway fund for the management of those assets.

 

Each gateway fund noted in this section and the Diversified Equity and Growth Equity Funds have a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio(s) in which a gateway fund invests. Under these arrangements, if a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Equity Value Fund and the C&B Large Cap Value Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“Barclays”), Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”), Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. (“Smith Group”), Systematic Financial Management, L.P. (“Systematic”), and Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) are investment sub-advisers to the master portfolios in which the gateway funds invest. In this capacity, the sub-advisers are responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolios.

 

Artisan, located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee WI 53202, is the sub-adviser to the International Growth Portfolio. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

Barclays, a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the investment sub-adviser for the International Index Portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

Cadence, a wholly owned subsidiary of Allianz A.G., located at 265 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio. Cadence is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to pension plans, endowments, mutual funds and individual investors. As of December 31, 2004, Cadence managed approximately $6.0 billion in assets.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P., a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the sub-adviser for the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio in which the C&B Large Cap Value Fund invests, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Master Portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

LSV, located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the investment sub-adviser for the International Value Portfolio. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

New Star, located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser, sub-advises the International Core Portfolio. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Peregrine, a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, MN 55402, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Portfolios. Peregrine is a registered investment advisor that provides investment advisory

 

64   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans, 401(k) plans, foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004, Peregrine managed approximately $13.4 billion in assets.

 

Smith Group, located at 100 Crescent Court, Suite 1150, Dallas, TX 75201, is the investment sub-adviser for the Disciplined Growth Portfolio. Smith Group is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals using a disciplined equity style. As of December 31, 2004, the Smith Group managed over $1.6 million in assets.

 

Systematic, located at 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Glenpointe East, Teaneck, NJ 07666 is the investment sub-adviser for the Equity Value Portfolio. Systematic is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi- employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, Systematic managed over $7.0 billion in assets.

 

Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Equity Income, Index and Small Cap Index Portfolios. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B shares and Class C shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

66   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   5.75%      6.10%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75%      4.99%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75%      3.90%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75%      2.83%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after seven years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
MAY 18, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Strong Funds in exchange for Strong Fund shares purchased prior to April 11, 2005 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after eight years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STRONG FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
APRIL 11, 2005 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS   9 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   4.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

68   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the account previously held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and that such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.75% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 5.75% on the first $49,999, then 4.75% on the next $50,000!

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

70   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with the Funds’ distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. For these services, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds pay 0.75% of their average daily net assets on an annual basis.

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

72   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   73

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

74   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these generally valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   75

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which investors may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus -like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by,

 

76   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   77

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

   

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

9905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

78   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Equity, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

  ·   To request an investment slip booklet, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have an existing account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   79

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 78.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 78. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

80   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   81

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

82   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice. Simply specify an amount of at least $100.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Equity Income Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any net capital gains at least annually. All other funds in this Prospectus make such distributions at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, signature guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written signature guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   83

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and certain foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

84   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the appropriate number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees charged by Institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   85

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

86   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in common stocks of larger companies.

 

Equity Income Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

 

Equity Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Index Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

International Core Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

International Growth Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation, by investing in equity securities.

 

International Index Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks to match as closely as possible the performance of an international portfolio of common stocks represented by the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East Index (“MSCI EAFE Index”).

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Large Company Growth Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, high-quality domestic companies that the adviser believes have superior growth potential.

 

International Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Cap Index Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index with minimum tracking error and to minimize transaction costs.

 

Small Company Growth Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 

 

 

Small Company Value Portfolio

  

 

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

88   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of companies that, in the view of the adviser, possess above average potential for growth. We invest in companies with market capitalizations greater than $5 billion.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of large, high-quality domestic companies that have above-average return potential based on current market valuations and above average dividend income. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Portfolio invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies. We select securities that we believe have strong fundamentals, compelling value characteristics (such as low price-to-earnings or price-to-book ratios), and demonstrate the potential for improved performance. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests substantially in common stocks designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index.
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprises. We may invest in emerging markets.
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a bottom-up investment process to construct a diversified portfolio of international growth companies regardless of the market capitalization.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in the securities comprising of the MSCI EAFE Index. We attempt to achieve a correlation of at lease 95% between the performance of the MSCI EAFE Index and the Portfolio’s investment results, before expense.
The Portfolio invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies selected on the basis of superior growth characteristics combined with reasonable valuation. We invest principally in securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
We principally invest in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

The Portfolio invests primarily in large companies that have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $400 million or more.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities representing the capitalization-weighted market value and composition of the S&P 600 Small Cap Index.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of small domestic companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of significant change. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less.
In making investment decisions for the Portfolio, we focus on securities that are conservatively valued in the marketplace relative to the stock of comparable companies, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows, or other measures. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization index whose range is expected to change frequently.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   89

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Portfolio Managers identified below, except in connection with the Diversified Equity and Growth Equity Funds, manage the Portfolio in which the Fund currently invests, and not the Fund itself. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

Small Company Value Fund since 2005

Mr. Ballsrud is a research analyst for the Small Cap Value style and shares responsibility for industry research stock selection and client communications with his team. Mr. Ballsrud joined Peregrine in 1997. Prior to joining Peregrine, he worked for American Express Asset Management’s Equity Group. Mr. Ballsrud earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees in Finance from the Carlson School of Management at the University of Minnesota.

 

William B. Bannick, CFA

Large Cap Appreciation Fund since 2003

Mr. Bannick is Chief Investment Officer at Cadence, jointly responsible for managing all client portfolios. He joined Cadence in 1992 as a Senior Portfolio Manager and was later promoted to Managing Director. He has 18 years of investment experience , having worked at Bjurman Associates in Los Angeles and Trinity Investment Management in Boston. Mr. Bannick earned his B.S. degree in Physics from the University of Massachusetts and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from Boston University.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has served as a Portfolio Manager and as a member of Funds Management’s asset allocation team since 2005. Mr. Biwer participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from the University of California, Los Angeles.

 

Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA

Small Company Value Fund since 2002

Mr. Coin joined Peregrine in 1995 as a Senior Vice President. His responsibilities include co-managing the Small Company Value Portfolio. Prior to 1995, Mr. Coin was a research officer at Lord Asset Management. Mr. Coin earned his B.A. degree in Economics from Loyola University of Chicago.

 

John S. Dale, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1983

Mr. Dale joined Peregrine in 1987 as a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. He founded this strategy in 1983 and has managed large company growth portfolios since 1971. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Dale had been associated with Norwest Bank and its affiliates since 1968, including

 

90   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

serving as head of both the portfolio management group and equity strategy. Mr. Dale earned his B.A. degree in Marketing from the University of Minnesota.

 

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

Equity Income Fund and its predecessor since 1989

Mr. Dunn joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as Principal for its Equity Income Team. Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Dunn formerly was the Director of Institutional Investments of Norwest Investment Management. He had been associated with Norwest Bank or its affiliates as a Financial Analyst and Portfolio Manager since 1979. Mr. Dunn earned his B.A. degree in Economics from Carroll College.

 

Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

Large Cap Appreciation Fund since 2004

Mr. Fitzpatrick joined Cadence in 1999 as a Senior Analyst covering the computer hardware side of the Technology industry. He was promoted in 2004 to Portfolio Manager, jointly managing all client portfolios. Prior to joining Cadence, Mr. Fitzpatrick worked at Husic Capital Management in San Francisco. Earlier in his career he worked at Morgan Stanley in equity research. Mr. Fitzpatrick earned his B.A. degree in Psychology and Government at Dartmouth College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

William A. Grierson

Small Company Growth Fund since 2005

Mr. Grierson joined Peregrine in 2000 as a securities analyst on the Small Cap Equity team. In 2005, he became a member of the portfolio management team responsible for the Small Company Growth Portfolio. Prior to Peregrine, Mr. Grierson spent over six years with Kopp Investment Advisors where he worked as a Senior Research Analyst and Portfolio Manager. He began his career at Northern Trust as a reporting Analyst. Mr. Grierson earned his B.A. degree from Lawrence University.

 

Daniel J. Hagen, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund since 2003

Mr. Hagen joined Peregrine in 1996 as a securities analyst on the Small Cap Equity team and became a member of the portfolio management team in 2001. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Hagen was a managing director and analyst at Piper Jaffray, where he was employed since 1983. Mr. Hagen earned his B.S. degree in Finance from the University of Minnesota.

 

D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA

Equity Value Fund since 2003

Mr. McCreesh joined Systematic in 1996. He is a senior portfolio manager and co-manages the firm’s large and small/mid cap portfolios. Prior to joining Systematic, Mr. McCreesh served as equity portfolio manager at Mitchell Hutchins. Mr. McCreesh earned his B.S. degree in Geology from the University of Delaware and his M.B.A. degree from Drexel University. He is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research (AIMR) and the New York Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA).

 

Robert B. Mersky, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1984

Mr. Mersky is founder, President and a Portfolio Manager at Peregrine. In 1984, Mr. Mersky and five other Senior Portfolio Managers founded Peregrine. Mr. Mersky is responsible for Peregrine’s Small Cap Equity style and oversees the Small Company Growth Portfolio. Mr. Mersky has actively managed small cap stocks since 1973. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Mersky had been associated with Norwest Bank since 1968; and his responsibilities included Senior Research Analyst, Portfolio Manager, Director of Research and Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Mersky earned his B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of Minnesota.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   91

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

Equity Value Fund since 2003

Mr. Mushock joined Systematic in 1997 as an equity analyst and was promoted to portfolio manager in 2000. He currently co-manages the firm’s large cap portfolios and maintains portfolio management responsibility for all mid and small/mid cap portfolios. Prior to joining Systematic, Mr. Mushock was an equity analyst with Standard and Poor’s Equity Group. Mr. Mushock earned his B.S. degree in finance from Seton Hall University and his M.B.A. degree from New York University. He is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research (AIMR) and the New York Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA).

 

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Nussbaum joined Peregrine in 1990 as a Vice President and Portfolio Manager where he has managed large company growth portfolios. Mr. Nussbaum earned his B.A. degree in Finance and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Wells Fargo Funds Management since 1996. Mr. Owen participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

Douglas G. Pugh, CFA

Small Company Value Fund since 2002

Mr. Pugh joined Peregrine in 1997 as a Senior Vice President. Mr. Pugh currently co-manages the Small Company Value Portfolio. Prior to 1997, Mr. Pugh was a Senior Equity Analyst and Portfolio Manager for Advantus Capital Management, an investment advisory firm. Mr. Pugh earned his B.S.B.A. degree from Drake University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Minnesota.

 

David L. Roberts, CFA

Equity Income Fund and its predecessor since 1989

Mr. Roberts joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as the Equity Income Managing Director and simultaneously held this position at Norwest Investment Management until Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Roberts joined Norwest Corporation in 1972 as a Securities Analyst. He became Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager in 1980 and was promoted to Vice President in 1982. He earned his B.A. degree in Mathematics from Carroll College.

 

James P. Ross, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund since 2005

Mr. Ross joined Peregrine in 1996 as a Senior Portfolio Advisor on the Small Cap Equity team, which is responsible for the Small Company Growth Portfolio. He shares responsibility for the client service communication, handles special projects and works on compliance-related issues. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Ross spent six years at Norwest Investment Management (now Wells Capital Management), where he held various positions, including Chief Investment Officer and Product Manager for the Norwest Advantage Funds and investment analyst and oversight for the corporation’s benefit plans. Mr. Ross began his career as a treasury analyst with Ecolab, Inc. Mr. Ross earned his B.B.A. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Iowa.

 

92   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Paul E. von Kuster, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1984

Mr. von Kuster joined Peregrine in 1984 as a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. He currently co-manages the Small Company Growth Portfolio. Mr. von Kuster earned his B.A. degree in Philosophy from Princeton University.

 

C & B Large Cap Value Fund

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1992

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned a B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and his M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar's 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   93

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from

 

94   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   95

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2000 Index

An index comprised of the 2000 smallest firms listed on the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index is a listing of 3000 corporations by the Frank Russell Company that is intended to be representative of the U.S. economy. The Russell 2000 is considered a small cap index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

S&P Small Cap 600 Index

A market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the daily stock total return performance of an investable universe of domestic small-capitalization stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, and the NASDAQ.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

96   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

Printed on Recycled paper

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045EGR/P901 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Gateway Funds – Class Z

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

Overview     

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
    

Summary of Expenses

   9

The Fund     

Key Information

   10

 

Important information about
the Fund.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company
Growth Fund

   11
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   14
    

Organization and Management of the Fund

   18

Your Investment     

Your Account

   22

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

How to Buy Shares

   25
    

How to Sell Shares

   29
    

Exchanges

   30

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   32

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Portfolio Managers

   36
    

Glossary

   37

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND    OBJECTIVE

 

Large Company Growth Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies that we believe have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund Description beginning on page 11;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

Equity Securities

The Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Fund makes foreign investments through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Foreign investments are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial, and other operational risks.

 

6   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Large Company Growth Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  31.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  (22.83)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z1 shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 04/11/05)1

  3.26%   (6.59)%   11.70%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.20%   (6.65)%   11.33%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
of Fund Shares

  2.12%   (5.48)%   10.37%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (9.29)%   9.59%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown for the Class Z shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of the Class Z shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Class Z returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
    Large Company
Growth Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)1
    Large Company
Growth Fund
Management Fees2   0.66%
Distribution (12b-1) fees   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.79%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.45%
Fee Waivers   0.08%
NET EXPENSES4   1.37%
1   Expenses for the Fund include expenses allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests.
2   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for the management fees of the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. The management fees charged to the master portfolio will decline as the master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the master portfolio in which the Large Company Growth Fund invests is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo and Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
4   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

8   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3 year example. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Large Company
Growth Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 139
  3 YEARS   $ 443
  5 YEARS   $
10 YEARS   $

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Fund in this Prospectus is a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

10   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    John S. Dale, CFA; Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, domestic companies that we believe have superior growth potential.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

In selecting securities for the Fund, we seek companies whose stock we believe is attractively valued and also exhibit strong fundamental characteristics, such as higher earnings and revenue growth, higher return on equity, and lower debt to capitalization. We may invest in the securities of companies whose growth potential we believe is generally unrecognized or misperceived by the market. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more; and

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments.

 

We will not invest more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of a single issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class Shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $41.67     $32.65     $42.06     $70.71     $54.60  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.16 )5   (0.16 )   (0.21 )   (0.24 )   (0.30 )

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.22     9.18     (9.20 )   (27.53 )   18.01  

Total from investment operations

  1.06     9.02     (9.41 )   (27.77 )   17.71  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.84 )   (1.60 )

Distributions in excess of realized gains

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.88 )   (1.60 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $42.73     $41.67     $32.65     $42.06     $70.71  

Total return1

  2.57 %   27.60 %   (22.37 )%   (39.73 )%   32.74 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,975,616     $1,761,429     $1,038,491     $1,066,607     $1,532,428  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.94 %   0.96 %   1.00 %   0.97 %   1.00 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.35 )%   (0.44 )%   (0.56 )%   (0.48 )%   (0.53 )%

Portfolio turnover rate3

  14 %   13 %   18 %   13 %   9 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.95 %   1.05 %   1.03 %   0.97 %   1.02 %
1   Total  returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes  expenses allocated from the Portfolio in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio  turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During  certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated  based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly  named the Institutional Class.

 

12   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund. Certain risks of this particular Fund are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund holds assets in cash or money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments, to maintain liquidity. The Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of the shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Fund may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

14   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party RiskThe risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency RiskThe risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment RiskThe additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Foreign companies also may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists, and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet
shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be in the form of
an
ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory,
Liquidity and Currency Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of
business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to
15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions
to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to the limits
imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) (currently
one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund
shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition
to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold
in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security
at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk

 

16   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Peregrine Capital Management, Inc.

800 La Salle Ave.

Minneapolis, MN

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER
AGENT
    

SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

    

Various Agents

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

     Maintains records of shares and
supervises the payment of dividends
    

Provides services to customers

 

 

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

18   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As noted, the fees shown for the Fund include fees allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the Fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If the Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing services to the Fund including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios. If the Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the Fund for the management of those assets.

 

The Fund, as a gateway fund, has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with the sub-adviser that advises the master portfolio in which it invests. Under this arrangement, if the Fund redeems assets from the master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, located at La Salle Avenue, Suite 850, Minneapolis, MN 55402, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Growth Portfolio in which the Fund invests. Peregrine is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans and 401(k) Plans, foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004 Peregrine managed over $13.4 billion in assets.

 

Peregrine is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the master portfolio.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

20   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid price. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable, and if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) at 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. The Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

22   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Qualified Investors

 

You may purchase Class Z shares only under limited circumstances, at the NAV on the day of purchase. The following types of investors may qualify to purchase Class Z shares of the Fund:

 

·   Investors who received Class Z shares in the reorganization of the Strong Funds into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds;

 

·   Investors who previously held Class Z shares of any Fund, upon providing adequate proof of prior ownership;

 

·   Officers, directors and employees of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, Funds Management, and affiliates of these entities, and each of their immediate family members (grandparent, parent, sibling, child, grandchild, and spouse) who live in the same household;

 

·   Employer-sponsored retirement plans, and their participants, for which Funds Management or the Fund’s distributor, or an affiliate, has entered into an agreement to provide document or administrative services, and other retirement plans whose administrators or dealers have entered into an agreement with Funds Management or the Fund’s distributor, or an affiliate, to perform services;

 

·   Certain institutional investors purchasing more than $1 million of Class Z shares;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Any Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Any accounts in a fee-based advisory program managed by Funds Management; and

 

·   Registered investment advisers holding Class Z shares of a Strong Fund on November 30, 2000.

 

For more information on the purchase of Class Z shares, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Class Z shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by the Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

24   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth, Class Z.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of the Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

26   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

Class Z shares are not available for purchase on the internet if you do not have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 25.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 25. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion Guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances i) if the request is over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares”, below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

28   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

An exchange between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Class Z shares may also be exchanged for Investor Class shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has

 

30   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a Plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund in this Prospectus makes distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

32   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stocks producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and realizes and distributes the gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

34   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

John S. Dale, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1983

Mr. Dale joined Peregrine in 1987 as a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. He founded this strategy in 1983 and has managed large company growth portfolios since 1971. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Dale had been associated with Norwest Bank and its affiliates since 1968, including serving as head of both the portfolio management group and equity strategy. Mr. Dale earned his B.A. degree in Marketing from the University of Minnesota.

 

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Nussbaum joined Peregrine in 1990 as a Vice President and Portfolio Manager where he has managed large company growth portfolios. Mr. Nussbaum earned his B.A. degree in Finance and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Wisconsin.

 

36   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Fund.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security.

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of larger pool of assets.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of the Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

38   Equity Gateway Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045E62/P902(4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

APRIL 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Gateway Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Small Cap Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Index Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents
Table of Contents   Equity Gateway Funds

 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   8
    

Performance History

   10
    

Summary of Expenses

   23

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   25
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   26
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified
Equity Fund

   28
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Small Cap Fund

   32
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund

   36
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Value Fund

   40
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Equity Fund

   42
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Index Fund

   47
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Cap Appreciation Fund

   50
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund

   53
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Growth Fund

   57
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Small Company Value Fund

   60
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   62
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   66

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   70
    

How to Buy Shares

   71
    

How to Sell Shares

   73
    

Exchanges

   74

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   76
    

Description of Master Portfolios

   78
    

Portfolio Managers

   80
      

Glossary

   85

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund (CBLLX)

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Diversified Equity Fund (NVDEX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

 

 

Diversified Small Cap Fund (NVDSX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

 

 

Equity Income Fund (NVIEX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

Equity Value Fund (formerly named the Large Cap Value Fund) (WLVIX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Growth Equity Fund (NVGEX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

 

 

 

Index Fund (NVINX)

  

 

 

Seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

 

Large Cap Appreciation Fund (WFAKX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in five different equity investment styles—large cap blend, large cap value, large cap growth, small cap and international—to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. We currently invest in 14 master portfolios.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in several different small-capitalization equity styles in order to reduce the risk of price and return volatility associated with reliance on a single equity investment style. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $59 million to $3.6 billion and is expected to change frequently. We currently invest in 3 master portfolios.

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies with strong return potential and above-average dividend income. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies. We select securities that we believe have strong fundamentals, compelling value characteristics (such as low price-to-earnings or price-to-book ratios), and demonstrate the potential for improved performance. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in three different equity investment styles—large cap growth, small cap, and international—to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. We currently invest in 9 master portfolios.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in common stocks to replicate the total rate of return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (the “S&P 500 Index”), before fees and expenses. We invest in each company comprising the S&P 500 Index in proportion to its weighting in the S&P 500 Index. Regardless of market conditions, we attempt to achieve at least a 95% correlation between the performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Fund’s investment results, before fees and expenses.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies selected on the basis of superior growth characteristics combined with reasonable valuation. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds Overview


 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Large Company Growth Fund (NVLCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Company Growth Fund (NVSCX)

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Small Company Value Fund (SCVIX)

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

6   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies that we believe have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of small companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of dramatic change. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in small U.S. companies selected based on a value-oriented analysis. We use a proprietary, quantitative screening process to emphasize companies exhibiting traditional value characteristics and to rank stocks within each sector based on this criteria. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $59 million to $3.6 billion and is expected to change frequently.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 26;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

8   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Diversified Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Diversified Small Cap Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Equity Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Stocks selected for their dividend yields may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks.

 

Equity Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Growth Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Index Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Funds that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Large Cap Appreciation Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Large Company Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Small Company Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Small Company Value Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Large Cap Value Fund effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown for the successor fund for periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Administrator Class shares were named the Institutional Class shares.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  20.94%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (17.54)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

10   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax- deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 7/26/2004)1

  12.50%   11.25%   14.32%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  12.16%   9.29%   10.24%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.29%   8.83%   10.48%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be, because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted on May 15, 1990.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Diversified Equity Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  19.88%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (19.36)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  10.76%   (0.80)%   10.87%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.87%   (1.83)%   9.69%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.31%   (1.08)%   9.14%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1,2

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500 and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

12   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Diversified Small Cap Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  21.57%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (23.73)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years  

Life of

Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/97)

  19.11%   10.81%   7.67%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  17.75%   10.04%   7.14%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.92%   9.10%   6.47%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   7.20%

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Equity Income Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  16.74%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.82)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  11.42%   1.72%   11.47%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  9.81%   0.24%   10.16%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.59%   0.86%   9.60%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

14   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Equity Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘03  •  12.91%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘04  •  0.00%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 08/29/03)

  15.27%   20.10%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  15.23%   20.05%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  9.93%   17.13%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   22.56%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1

  10.87%   16.83%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth Equity Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  20.08%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.19)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do no reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  11.93%   0.17%   10.16%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.03%   (1.09)%   8.33%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.86%   (0.37)%   8.13%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

16   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Index Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  21.32%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3 ‘02  •  (17.20)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  10.60%   (2.42)%   11.73%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  9.96%   (3.04)%   10.75%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.88%   (2.37)%   9.95%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1,2

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500 and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Large Cap Appreciation Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  12.58%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (15.92)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 08/31/01)

  12.13%   2.96%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  11.80%   2.87%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.13%   2.51%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   0.92%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1

  10.87%   3.76%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

18   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Large Company Growth Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  31.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (22.83)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  3.26%   (6.59)%   11.70%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.20%   (6.65)%   11.33%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.12%   (5.48)%   10.37%

Russell 1000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.30%   (9.29)%   9.59%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Small Company Growth Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  21.66%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  (24.63)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  13.29%   4.31%   10.56%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  13.19%   2.82%   8.37%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.76%   2.85%   8.02%

Russell 2000 Growth Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  14.31%   (3.57)%   7.12%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   11.54%

 

20   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Company Value Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  23.00%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (24.84)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 1/31/02)1

  23.49%   18.95%   14.09%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions

  22.06%   18.42%   13.76%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  16.26%   16.56%   12.45%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   12.23%

Russell 2000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  22.25%   17.23%   12.61%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to inception of the Administrator Class shares reflects performance of the Small Company Value Master Portfolio, a master portfolio in which the Fund invests adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class. The Small Company Value Master Portfolio, which incepted on June 1, 1997, has a substantially identical investment objective and investment strategy as the Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)1    
    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
  Diversified
Equity Fund
  Diversified
Small Cap Fund
   
Management Fees2   0.75%   0.83%   0.91%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses3   0.79%   0.36%   0.45%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.54%   1.19%   1.36%    
Fee Waivers   0.59%   0.19%   0.16%    
NET EXPENSES4   0.95%   1.00%   1.20%    
                 
    Large Company
Growth Fund
  Small Company
Growth Fund
  Small Company
Value Fund
   
Management Fees2   0.67%   0.90%   0.90%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses3   0.43%   0.50%   0.63%    
       
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.10%   1.40%   1.53%    
Fee Waivers   0.15%   0.20%   0.33%    
       
NET EXPENSES4   0.95%   1.20%   1.20%    
1   Expenses for gateway funds include expenses allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which each such Fund invests.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for the management fees of the master portfolios in which the Funds invest. The management fees charged to the master portfolios will decline as a master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. Each Fund, except for the Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds, invests substantially all of its assets in one master portfolio. The breakpoint schedule for the C&B Large Cap Value, Equity Income, Equity Value and Large Company Growth Funds is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. The schedule for the Index Fund is as follows: 0.10% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.075% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.05% for assets $5 billion and higher; The schedule for the Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Funds is as follows: 0.90% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.85% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.80% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.775% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.75% for assets $5 billion and higher. The schedule for the Large Cap Appreciation Fund is as follows: 0.70% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. Management fees for the Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds are based on a blended rate of the advisory fees charged to the master portfolios in which the Funds invest.

 

22   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 

                     
    Equity
Income Fund
  Equity
Value Fund
  Growth
Equity Fund
  Index
Fund
  Large Cap
Appreciation Fund
    0.69%   0.75%   1.00%   0.09%   0.70%
    0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.31%   8.62%   0.42%   0.37%   0.53%
    1.00%   9.37%   1.42%   0.46%   1.23%
    0.15%   8.37%   0.17%   0.21%   0.23%
    0.85%   1.00%   1.25%   0.25%   1.00%

 

 

  3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company and have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses. Other expenses for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year and include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense Ratio for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund would be 1.29%.
  4   For the C&B Large Cap Value Fund, the adviser has committed through February 28, 2007, and for the Equity Income Fund the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratios shown. For all other Funds in the Prospectus, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
  Diversified
Equity Fund
  Diversified
Small Cap
Fund
  Equity
Income Fund
  Equity
Value Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 97   $ 102   $ 122   $ 87   $ 102
  3 YEARS   $ 429   $ 359   $ 415   $ 303   $ 1,967
  5 YEARS   $   $ 636   $ 729   $ 538   $ 3,672
10 YEARS   $   $ 1,426   $ 1,621   $ 1,211   $ 7,324
                     
    Growth
Equity Fund
  Index
Fund
  Large Cap
Appreciation
Fund
  Large
Company
Growth Fund
  Small
Company
Growth Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 127     $  26   $ 102   $ 97   $ 122
  3 YEARS   $ 433     $126   $ 368   $ 335   $ 423
  5 YEARS   $ 760     $237   $ 654   $ 592   $ 747
10 YEARS   $ 1,687     $559   $ 1,468   $ 1,327   $ 1,662
                     
    Small
Company
Value Fund
               
  1 YEAR   $ 122                        
  3 YEARS   $ 451                        
  5 YEARS   $ 803                        
10 YEARS   $ 1,795                        

 

24   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Funds in this Prospectus are gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

C&B Large Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W.

O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Large Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We principally invest in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We may invest in additional master portfolios and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Funds” on page 66.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information, which along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    ADMINISTRATOR
CLASS4 SHARES
COMMENCED ON
JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.01  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.25  

Total from investment operations

  0.26  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.27  

Total return1

  3.37 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $9,627  

Ratios to average net assets2:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.95 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.47 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  30 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3

  1.39 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Diversified Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments among different equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” equity investment approach designed to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment that is selected for a Fund. We currently invest in 14 master portfolios. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We also may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities, using a combination of 5 different equity investment styles—large cap blend, large cap value, large cap growth, small cap, and international—for the Fund’s investments. We currently allocate the assets dedicated to large cap blend investments to 1 Portfolio, the assets allocated to large cap growth investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets allocated to small cap investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets allocated to large cap value to 3 Portfolios and the assets allocated to international investments to 4 Portfolios.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio allocations for the Fund are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Large Cap Value Style

  25%           

Equity Income Portfolio

         8.33%    

Equity Value Portfolio

         8.34%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

         8.33%    

Large Cap Blend Style

  25%           

Index Portfolio

         25%    

Large Cap Growth Style

  25%           

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

         5.0%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

         2.5%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

         17.5%    

Small Cap Style

  10%           

Small Cap Index Portfolio

         3.34%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

         3.33%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

         3.33%    

International Style

  15%           

International Core Portfolio

         3.75%    

International Growth Portfolio

         3.75%    

International Index Portfolio

         3.75%    

International Value Portfolio

         3.75%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%           

 

28   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 78 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser     

C&B Large Cap Value

   Cooke & Bieler     

Disciplined Growth

   Smith Group     

Equity Income

   Wells Capital Management     

Equity Value

   Systematic     

Index

   Wells Capital Management     

International Core

   New Star     

International Growth

   Artisan     

International Index

   Barclays     

International Value

   LSV     

Large Cap Appreciation

   Cadence     

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital Management     

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Company Value

   Peregrine     

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate charges than other stocks. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls. Stocks of small and medium-sized companies purchased for the Fund may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large company stocks.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Equity Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $35.64     $29.04      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.26     0.24      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.39     6.57      

Total from investment operations

  4.65     6.81      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.33 )   (0.21 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.33 )   (0.21 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $39.96     $35.64      

Total return1

  13.08 %   23.55 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,178,146     $1,152,692      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.00 %   1.00 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.61 %   0.67 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  32 %   32 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  1.04 %   1.17 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

30   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

               
               
       
    Sept. 30,
2002
  Sept. 30,
2001
  Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $36.38   $52.72   $48.00  
               
    0.185   0.15   0.18  
    (6.87)   ( 11.70)   7.37  
    (6.69)   (11.55)   7.55  
               
    (0.23)   (0.17)   (0.16 )
    (0.42)   (4.62)   (2.67 )
    (0.65)   (4.79)   (2.83 )
    $29.04   $36.38   $52.72  
    (18.86)%   (23.95)%   15.99 %
               
    $1,014,998   $1,398,810   $1,938,206  
               
    1.00%   1.00%   1.00 %
    0.47%   0.38%   0.31 %
    30%   34%   38 %
    1.14%   1.07%   1.10 %
               

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Small Cap Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Diversified Small Cap Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments across different small-capitalization equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in small-capitalization equity securities. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment that is selected for a portfolio.

 

We use several different small-capitalization equity styles in order to reduce the risk of price and return volatility associated with reliance on a single investment style. We currently invest in 3 master portfolios.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $59 million to $3.6 billion and is expected to change frequently. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio allocations for the Fund are as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Small Cap Index Portfolio

  33.33%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

  33.33%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

  33.34%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%    

 

32   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 78 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio, and the “Portfolio Managers” section on page 80 for the professional summaries for these managers.

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser     

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital Management     

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Company Value

   Peregrine     

 


 

Important Risk Factors

This Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Small Cap Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1997
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.32     $8.70      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.04 )   (0.01 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)

on investments

  2.21     2.71      

Total from investment operations

  2.17     2.70      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.08 )   (0.08 )    

Total distributions

  (0.08 )   (0.08 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.41     $11.32      

Total return1

  19.23 %   31.32 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $441,080     $285,650      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.20 %   1.17 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to

average net assets

  (0.33 )%   (0.13 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate4

  75 %   84 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3

  1.21 %   1.27 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

34   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $9.18     $11.18     $9.02  
                   
    (0.02 )   0.01     0.00  
    (0.34 )   (1.34 )   2.16  
    (0.36 )   (1.33 )   2.16  
                   
    0.00     (0.01 )   0.00  
    (0.12 )   (0.66 )   0.00  
    (0.12 )   (0.67 )   0.00  
    $8.70     $9.18     $11.18  
    (4.17 )%   (12.52 )%   23.95 %
                   
    $192,987     $138,795     $115,700  
                   
    1.20 %   1.20 %   1.20 %
    (0.24 )%   0.13 %   0.05 %
    93 %   113 %   121 %
    1.38 %   1.28 %   1.39 %
                   

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Equity Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    David L. Roberts, CFA; Gary J. Dunn, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Equity Income Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We invest primarily in the common stocks of large U.S. companies with strong return potential based on current market valuations. We emphasize investment primarily in securities of companies with above-average dividend income. We use various valuation measures when selecting securities for the portfolio, including above-average dividend yields and below industry average price-to-earnings, price-to-book and price-to-sales ratios. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing equity securities; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

We may invest in preferred stocks, convertible debt securities, and securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments. We will normally limit our investment in a single issuer to 10% or less of total assets. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Stocks selected for their dividend yields may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

36   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Equity Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $31.28     $28.72      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.54     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.59     5.02      

Total from investment operations

  5.13     5.57      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.56 )   (0.55 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (1.40 )   (2.46 )    

Total distributions

  (1.96 )   (3.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $34.45     $31.28      

Total return1

  16.74 %   20.42 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $853,843     $907,662      

Ratios to average net assets2:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.84 %   0.85 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.58 %   1.83 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  11 %   9 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.85 %   0.94 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.                            
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

38   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $37.21     $41.27     $44.19  
                   
    0.54     0.46     0.52  
    (7.51 )   (4.05 )   0.12  
    (6.97 )   (3.59 )   0.64  
                   
    (0.53 )   (0.47 )   (0.52 )
    (0.99 )   (0.00 )   (3.04 )
    (1.52 )   (0.47 )   (3.56 )
    $28.72     $37.21     $41.27  
    (19.64 )%   (8.75 )%   1.39 %
                   
    $902,521     $1,163,331     $1,403,624  
                   
    0.85 %   0.85 %   0.85 %
    1.44 %   1.11 %   1.21 %
    12 %   3 %   9 %
    0.91 %   0.85 %   0.87 %
                   

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Equity Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA; Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Equity Value Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We focus our investment strategy on domestic large-capitalization stocks.

 

In making investment decisions for the Fund, we apply a fundamentals-driven, company-specific analysis. As part of the analysis, we evaluate criteria such as price-to-earnings, price-to-book and price-to-sales ratios, and cash flow. We also evaluate the companies’ sales and expense trends, changes in earnings estimates and market position, as well as the industry outlook. We look for catalysts that could positively, or negatively, affect prices of current and potential companies for the Fund. Additionally, we seek confirmation of earnings potential before investing in a security.

 

We also apply a rigorous screening process to manage the portfolio’s overall risk profile. We generally consider selling stocks when they have achieved their valuation targets, when the issuer’s business fundamentals have deteriorated, or if the potential for positive change is no longer evident.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

We may invest in additional master portfolios and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Fund” on page 66.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

40   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 29, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.82     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.05     0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.65     (0.18 )

Total from investment operations

  1.70     (0.18 )

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.01 )   0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.51     $9.82  

Total return1

  17.30 %   (1.80 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $07     $07  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.00 %   1.00 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.77 %   (0.33 )%

Portfolio turnover rate4

  122 %   3 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3,5

  9.22 %   211.67 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
7   Amount is less than $500,000.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Growth Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Equity Fund seeks a high level of long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments among different equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” approach designed to reduce the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments or a type of investment that is selected for a Fund. We currently invest in 9 master portfolios. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities, selected across a combination of 3 different equity investment styles—large cap growth, small cap, and international. We currently allocate the assets dedicated to small cap investments to 3 Portfolios and the assets dedicated to large cap growth investments to 2 Portfolios and assets dedicated to international investments to 4 Portfolios.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio/fund allocations for the Fund are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Large Cap Growth Style

  35%         

Large Company Growth Portfolio

       30%    

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

       5%    

Small Cap Style

  35%         

Small Cap Index Portfolio

       11.67%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

       11.67%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

       11.66%    

International Style

  30%         

International Core Portfolio

       7.5%    

International Growth Portfolio

       7.5%    

International Index Portfolio

       7.5%    

International Value Portfolio

       7.5%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%         

 

42   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 78 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser     

Disciplined Growth

   Smith Group     

International Core

   New Star     

International Growth

   Artisan     

International Index

   Barclays     

International Value

   LSV     

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital Management     

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine     

Small Company Value

   Peregrine     

 


 

Important Risk Factors

This Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Stocks of small- and medium-sized companies purchased for the Fund may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large companies. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Growth Equity Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $24.82     $19.61      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.01 )5   (0.03 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.16     5.25      

Total from investment operations

  3.15     5.22      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $27.97     $24.82      

Total return1

  12.69 %   26.62 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $493,899     $450,480      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.24 %   1.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.04 )%   (0.12 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  44 %   58 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.27 %   1.45 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

44   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $24.00     $39.98     $36.82  
                   
    (0.05 )   (0.02 )   (0.09 )
    (3.35 )   (9.87 )   8.88  
    (3.40 )   (9.89 )   8.79  
                   
    (0.07 )   0.00     0.00  
    (0.92 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )
    (0.99 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )
    $19.61     $24.00     $39.98  
    (15.25 )%   (28.74 )%   25.32 %
                   
    $363,946     $476,031     $751,174  
                   
    1.22 %   1.25 %   1.25 %
    (0.19 )%   (0.06 )%   (0.23 )%
    40 %   75 %   78 %
    1.41 %   1.29 %   1.34 %
                   

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Index Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Gregory T. Genung, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Index Fund seeks to replicate the total rate of return of the S&P 500 Index, before fees and expenses.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We invest in substantially all of the common stocks listed on the S&P 500 Index and attempt to achieve at least a 95% correlation between the performance of the S&P 500 Index and our investment results, before expenses. This correlation is sought regardless of market conditions.

 

A precise duplication of the performance of the S&P 500 Index would mean that the NAV of Fund shares, including dividends and capital gains, would increase or decrease in exact proportion to changes in the S&P 500 Index. Such a 100% correlation is not feasible. Our ability to track the performance of the S&P 500 Index may be affected by, among other things, transaction costs and shareholder purchases and redemptions. We continuously monitor the performance and composition of the S&P 500 Index and adjust the Fund’s portfolio as necessary to reflect any changes to the S&P 500 Index and to maintain a 95% or better performance correlation before fees and expenses.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in a diversified portfolio of equity securities designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks listed in the S&P 500 Index;

 

·   in stock index futures and options on stock indexes as a substitute for comparable positions in the underlying securities; and

 

·   in interest rate futures contracts, options or interest rate swaps and index swaps.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risk described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Funds that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Index Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $40.33     $32.98      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.65     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.81     7.37      

Total from investment operations

  5.46     7.92      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.58 )   (0.57 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   (0.57 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $45.21     $40.33      

Total return1

  13.57 %   24.22 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,087,212     $839,581      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.25 %   0.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.49 %   1.58 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  3 %   3 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  0.31 %   0.44 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

48   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $42.00     $59.73     $53.67  
                   
    0.51     0.54     0.59  
    (8.99 )   (15.94 )   6.42  
    (8.48 )   (15.40 )   7.01  
                   
    (0.54 )   (0.60 )   (0.26 )
    0.00     (1.73 )   (0.69 )
    (0.54 )   (2.33 )   (0.95 )
    $32.98     $42.00     $59.73  
    (20.54 )%   (26.63 )%   13.06 %
                   
    $596,168     $733,380     $982,975  
                   
    0.25 %   0.25 %   0.25 %
    1.28 %   1.11 %   1.02 %
    4 %   2 %   8 %
    0.39 %   0.30 %   0.33 %
                   

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Large Cap Appreciation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    William B. Bannick, CFA; Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Cap Appreciation Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 

In making investment decisions for the Fund, we consider the 1,000 largest publicly traded companies in the U.S. We screen the stocks in this universe for a series of growth criteria, such as dividend growth, earnings growth, relative growth of earnings over time (earnings momentum) and the company’s history of meeting earnings targets (earnings surprise). Stocks are also evaluated based on certain valuation criteria, such as price-to-earnings, price-to-book and price-to-cash flow ratios. The top 10% of the stocks in the screened universe are then subjected to an in-depth analysis of each company’s current business and future prospects. In selecting portfolio holdings, we rigorously analyze company fundamentals, such as management strength, competitive industry position, business prospects, and evidence of sustainable business momentum, including improving revenue and margin trends, cash flows and profitability.

 

We rescreen the universe frequently in an effort to consistently achieve a favorable balance of growth and valuation characteristics for the Fund. We consider selling stocks of companies with poor price performance relative to peers, earnings disappointment, or deteriorating business fundamentals. As a risk control measure, our allocation to a particular stock may also be reduced if its weighting in the portfolio exceeds 2%. The result is a portfolio that is well diversified and comprised of holdings across a broad range of sectors.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

50   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
Large Cap Appreciation Fund  
Financial Highlights

 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS7 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 2001
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.96     $7.55     $9.53     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.026     0.00     0.00     0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.89     1.41     (1.98 )   (0.48 )

Total from investment operations

  0.91     1.41     (1.98 )   (0.47 )

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.87     $8.96     $7.55     $9.53  

Total return1

  10.16 %   18.68 %   (20.78 )%   (4.70 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $14,830     $16,905     $4,155     $10  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets5

  1.00 %   0.95 %   0.95 %   0.86 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.12 %   (0.06 )%   0.05 %   1.00 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

  149 %   153 %   123 %   10 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3,5

  1.08 %   1.61 %   5.81 %   0.86 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
6   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
7   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    John S. Dale, CFA; Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, domestic companies that we believe have superior growth potential.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

In selecting securities for the Fund, we seek companies whose stock we believe is attractively valued and also exhibit strong fundamental characteristics, such as higher earnings and revenue growth, higher return on equity, and lower debt to capitalization. We may invest in the securities of companies whose growth potential we believe is generally unrecognized or misperceived by the market. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more; and

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments.

 

We will not invest more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of a single issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $41.67     $32.65      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.16 )5   (0.16 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.22     9.18      

Total from investment operations

  1.06     9.02      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions in excess of realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $42.73     $41.67      

Total return1

  2.57 %   27.60 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,975,616     $1,761,429      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.94 %   0.96 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.35 )%   (0.44 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  14 %   13 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  0.95 %   1.05 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

54   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $42.06     $70.71     $54.60  
                   
    (0.21 )   (0.24 )   (0.30 )
    (9.20 )   (27.53 )   18.01  
    (9.41 )   (27.77 )   17.71  
                   
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (0.84 )   (1.60 )
    0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  
    0.00     (0.88 )   (1.60 )
    $32.65     $42.06     $70.71  
    (22.37 )%   (39.73 )%   32.74 %
                   
    $1,038,491     $1,066,607     $1,532,428  
                   
    1.00 %   0.97 %   1.00 %
    (0.56 )%   (0.48 )%   (0.53 )%
    18 %   13 %   9 %
    1.03 %   0.97 %   1.02 %
                   

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Small Company Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Robert B. Mersky, CFA; Paul E. von Kuster, CFA; Daniel J. Hagen, CFA;

William A. Grierson; James P. Ross, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Company Growth Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. In selecting securities for the Fund, we seek to identify companies that either are rapidly growing (usually with relatively short operating histories) or emerging from a period of dramatic change. These changes may involve a sharp increase in earnings, the hiring of new management or other measures taken to narrow the gap between share price and takeover/asset value. We focus the Fund’s investment strategy on small-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities of companies considered to be mid-capitalization; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments.

 

We will not invest more than 10% of total assets in the securities of a single issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Small Company Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $23.87     $17.35      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.26 )5   (0.13 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  3.22     6.65      

Total from investment operations

  2.96     6.52      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $26.83     $23.87      

Total return1

  12.40 %   37.58 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $486,285     $432,328      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.20 %   1.21 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.97 )%   (0.65 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  145 %   163 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  1.25 %   1.34 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

58   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $21.73     $36.22     $27.03  
                   
    (0.16 )   (0.10 )   (0.22 )
    (4.22 )   (7.26 )   9.41  
    (4.38 )   (7.36 )   9.19  
                   
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (7.13 )   0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    $17.35     $21.73     $36.22  
    (20.16 )%   (23.33 )%   34.00 %
                   
    $329,964     $431,695     $603,584  
                   
    1.22 %   1.21 %   1.25 %
    (0.68 )%   (0.44 )%   (0.59 )%
    169 %   206 %   203 %
    1.25 %   1.21 %   1.27 %
                   

 

Stock Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Small Company Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA; Douglas G. Pugh, CFA; Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Small Company Value Fund seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We focus the Fund’s investment strategy on small-capitalization stocks.

 

In making investment decisions for the Fund, we identify the least expensive small cap stocks across different sectors. To narrow the universe of possible candidates, we use a proprietary, quantitative screening process to emphasize companies exhibiting traditional value characteristics and to rank stocks within each sector based on these criteria. The valuation analysis allows us to focus our fundamental research efforts on the stocks that we believe are the most undervalued relative to their respective small cap peer group. We analyze each company’s fundamental operating characteristics (such as price/earnings ratios, cash flows, company operations including company prospects and profitability) to identify those companies that are the most promising within their peer group based on factors that have historically determined subsequent outperformance for a given sector. Fundamental research is primarily conducted through financial statement analysis and meetings with company management, however, third-party research is also used for due diligence purposes. The portfolio seeks capital appreciation through stock selection, while minimizing volatility by maintaining broad exposure to the sectors represented by the Russell 2000 Value Index.

 

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $59 million to $3.6 billion and is expected to change frequently. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 62. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

60   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 31, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
    Sept. 30,
2002
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.60     $8.44     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.65     3.15     (1.57 )

Total from investment operations

  1.66     3.16     (1.56 )

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.48     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  0.48     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.74     $11.60     $8.44  

Total return1

  23.05 %   37.51 %   (15.60 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $59,797     $33,583     $5,465  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.20 %   1.21 %   1.23 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.15 %   0.21 %   0.34 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

  64 %   80 %   98 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2,3,5

  1.38 %   1.21 %   3.58 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
5   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

Stock Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Equity Value Fund, Large Cap Appreciation Fund and the Small Company Growth Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

62   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

       

C&B LARGE CAP VALUE

 

DIVERSIFIED EQUITY

 

DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP

 

EQUITY

INCOME

  EQUITY VALUE  

GROWTH

EQUITY

  INDEX  

LARGE CAP

APPRECIATION

 

LARGE

COMPANY

GROWTH

 

SMALL

COMPANY

GROWTH

 

SMALL COMPANY VALUE

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL
RISK(S)
                                           

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l     l     l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries
considered developing or to have
“emerging” stock markets. Generally, these
securities have the same type of risks as
foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market,
Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
          l               l                    

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company
which may be in the form of an
ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
          l   l           l           l   l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed
of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined by the
Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk           l   l   l       l       l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made
up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
    l     l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on
an agreed upon price at a specified time.
Types of
options used may include: options
on securities,
options on a stock index and
options on stock index futures to protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and
Liquidity Risk
          l       l           l                

 

64   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

       

C&B LARGE CAP VALUE

 

DIVERSIFIED

EQUITY

 

DIVERSIFIED

SMALL CAP

 

EQUITY

INCOME

  EQUITY VALUE  

GROWTH

EQUITY

  INDEX  

LARGE CAP

APPRECIATION

 

LARGE

COMPANY

GROWTH

 

SMALL

COMPANY

GROWTH

 

SMALL

COMPANY

VALUE

INVESTMENT
PRACTICE
  PRINCIPAL
RISK(S)
                                           

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l       l   l   l   l       l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed
upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which
may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company
Investment, Market,
and Liquidity Risk
  l   l   l           l               l   l

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities  

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

  Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

66   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds are gateway funds that invest in various master portfolios. Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets for providing advisory services to each Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Funds Management also acts as the adviser to, and is entitled to receive a fee from, each master portfolio. The total amount of investment advisory fees paid to Funds Management as a result of a Fund’s investments varies depending on the Fund’s allocation of assets among the various master portfolios.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the C&B Large Cap Value, Equity Income, Equity Value, Index, Large Cap Appreciation, Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Funds, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Funds as long as the Funds continue to invest, as they do today, substantially all of their assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If a Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for all of the gateway Funds noted in this section and the Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds, Funds Management acts as an investment adviser for gateway fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the gateway fund for the management of those assets.

 

Each gateway fund noted in this section and the Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio(s) in which a gateway fund invests. Under these arrangements, if a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Equity Value Fund and C&B Large Cap Value Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“Barclays”), Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”), Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. (“Smith Group”), Systematic Financial Management, L.P. (“Systematic”) and Wells Capital Management Incorporated are investment sub-advisers to the master portfolios in which the gateway Funds invest. In this capacity, the sub-advisers are responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolios.

 

Artisan, located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202, is the sub-adviser to the International Growth Portfolio. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

Barclays, a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A., (“BGI”) and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the investment sub-adviser for the International Index Portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

Cadence, a wholly owned subsidiary of Allianz A.G., located at 265 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio. Cadence is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to pension plans, endowments, mutual funds and individual investors. As of December 31, 2004, Cadence managed approximately $6.0 billion in assets.

 

Cooke & Bieler, a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the investment sub-adviser for the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio in which the C&B Large Cap Value Fund invests, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the master portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

LSV, located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the investment sub-adviser for the International Value Portfolio. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

68   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

New Star, located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser sub-advises the International Core Portfolio. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Peregrine, a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, MN 55402, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Portfolios. Peregrine is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans, 401(k) Plans, foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004, Peregrine managed approximately $13.4 billion in assets.

 

Smith Group, located at 100 Crescent Court, Suite 1150, Dallas, TX 75201, is the investment sub-adviser for the Disciplined Growth Portfolio. Smith Group is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals using a disciplined equity style. As of December 31, 2004, the Smith Group managed over $1.6 million in assets.

 

Systematic, located at 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Glenpointe East, Teaneck, NJ 07666 is the investment sub-adviser for the Equity Value Portfolio in which the Equity Value Fund invests. Systematic is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, Systematic managed over $7.0 billion in assets.

 

Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Equity Income, Index and Small Cap Index Portfolios, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolios. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each of these Funds pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

70   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus -like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

72   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times listed in the “Pricing Fund Shares” section are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   73


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

74   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   75

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Equity Income Fund makes distributions of any net investment income at least quarterly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. All other Funds in this Prospectus make such distributions at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders will generally qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Funds shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to

 

76   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   77

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

 

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in common stocks of larger companies.

 

Equity Income Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

 

Equity Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Index Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

International Core

Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

International Growth Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in equity securities.

 

 

International Index Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks to match as closely as practicable the performance of an international portfolio of common stocks represented by the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East Index (“MSCI EAFE Index”).

 

International Value Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Company Growth

Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, high-quality domestic companies that the adviser believes have superior growth potential.

 

Small Cap Index Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index with minimum tracking error and to minimize transaction costs.

 

Small Company Growth

Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 

 

Small Company Value

Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

78   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of companies that, in the view of adviser, possess above average potential for growth. We invest in companies with market capitalizations greater than $5 billion.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of large, high-quality domestic companies that have
above-average return potential based on current market valuations and above-average dividend income. We invest principally in securities of companies with market
capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Portfolio invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies. We select securities that we believe have strong fundamentals, compelling value characteristics (such as low price-to-earnings or price-to-book ratios), and demonstrate the potential for improved performance. We invest principally in securities of companies
with market
capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests substantially in common stocks designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index.
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. Securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a bottom-up investment process to construct a diversified portfolio of international growth companies regardless of market capitalization.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in the securities comprising the MSCI EAFE Index. We attempt to achieve a correlation of at least 95% between the performance of the MSCI EAFE Index and the Portfolio’s investment results, before expenses.
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a
quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market
capitalizations of $400 million or more.

We invest in common stocks of large U.S. companies selected on the basis of superior growth characteristics combined with reasonable valuation. We invest principally in securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

The Portfolio invests primarily in large companies that have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities representing the capitalization- weighted market value and composition of the S&P 600 Small Cap Index.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of small domestic companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of significant change. We invest principally in securities of companies with
market
capitalizations of $3 billion or less.
In making investment decisions for the Portfolio, we focus on securities that are conservatively valued in the marketplace relative to the stock of comparable companies, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows, or other measures. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization index whose range is expected to change frequently.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   79

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Portfolio Managers identified below, except in connection with the Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds, manage portfolios that those Funds currently invest in, and not the Funds themselves. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

Small Company Value Fund since 2005

Mr. Ballsrud is a research analyst for the Small Cap Value style and shares responsibility for industry research stock selection and client communications with his team. Mr. Ballsrud joined Peregrine in 1997. Prior to joining Peregrine, he worked for American Express Asset Management’s Equity Group. Mr. Ballsrud earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees in Finance from the Carlson School of Management at the University of Minnesota.

 

William B. Bannick, CFA

Large Cap Appreciation Fund since 2003

Mr. Bannick is Chief Investment Officer at Cadence, jointly responsible for managing all client portfolios. He joined Cadence in 1992 as a Senior Portfolio Manager and was later promoted to Managing Director. He has 18 years of investment experience, having worked at Bjurman Associates in Los Angeles and Trinity Investment Management in Boston. Mr. Bannick earned his B.S. degree in Physics from the University of Massachusetts and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from Boston University.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Diversified Small Cap Fund since 2005

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has served as a Portfolio Manager and a member of Funds management’s asset allocation team since 2005. Mr. Biwer participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Diversified Small Cap Fund since 2005

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from the University of California, Los Angeles.

 

Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA

Small Company Value Fund since 2002

Mr. Coin joined Peregrine in 1995 as a Senior Vice President. His responsibilities include co-managing the Small Company Value Portfolio. Prior to 1995, Mr. Coin was a research officer at Lord Asset Management. Mr. Coin earned his B.A. degree in Economics from Loyola University of Chicago.

 

John S. Dale, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1983

Mr. Dale joined Peregrine in 1987 as a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. He founded this strategy in 1983 and has managed large company growth portfolios since 1971. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Dale had been associated with Norwest Bank and its affiliates since 1968, including serving as head of both the portfolio management group and equity strategy. Mr. Dale earned his B.A. degree in Marketing from the University of Minnesota.

 

80   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

Equity Income Fund and its predecessor since 1989

Mr. Dunn joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as Principal for its Equity Income Team. Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Dunn formerly was the Director of Institutional Investments of Norwest Investment Management. He has been associated with Norwest Bank or its affiliates as a Financial Analyst and Portfolio Manager since 1979. Mr. Dunn earned his B.A. degree in Economics from Carroll College.

 

Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

Large Cap Appreciation Fund since 2004

Mr. Fitzpatrick joined Cadence in 1999 as a Senior Analyst covering the computer hardware side of the Technology industry. He was promoted in 2004 to Portfolio Manager jointly managing all client portfolios. Prior to joining Cadence, Mr. Fitzpatrick worked at Husic Capital Management in San Francisco. Earlier in his career he worked at Morgan Stanley in equity research. Mr. Fitzpatrick earned his B.A. degree in Psychology and Government at Dartmouth College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

Index Fund since 2002

Mr. Genung co-manages certain of the Wells Fargo Advantage index mutual funds, private accounts and collective trust funds. Before joining the firm in 2001, he was a securities trader at Norwest Investment Services, Inc. since 1994. Earlier, he worked with Piper Capital Management, where he became senior advisory account administrator, specializing in mortgage-backed derivative products. Mr. Genung earned his bachelor’s degrees in Finance and Economics from the University of Minnesota, Duluth.

 

William A. Grierson

Small Company Growth Fund since 2005

Mr. Grierson joined Peregrine in 2000 as a securities analyst on the Small Cap Equity team. In 2005, he became a member of the portfolio management team responsible for the Small Company Growth Portfolio. Prior to Peregrine, Mr. Grierson spent over six years with Kopp Investment Advisors where he worked as a Senior Research Analyst and Portfolio Manager. He began his career at Northern Trust as a reporting Analyst. Mr. Grierson earned his B.A. degree from Lawrence University.

 

Daniel J. Hagen, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund since 2003

Mr. Hagen joined Peregrine in 1996 as a securities analyst on the Small Cap Equity team and became a member of the portfolio management team in 2001. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Hagen was a managing director and analyst at Piper Jaffray, where he was employed since 1983. Mr. Hagen earned his B.S. degree in Finance from the University of Minnesota.

 

D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA

Equity Value Fund since 2003

Mr. McCreesh joined Systematic in 1996. He is a senior portfolio manager and co-manages the firm’s large and small/mid cap portfolios. Prior to joining Systematic, Mr. McCreesh served as equity portfolio manager at Mitchell Hutchins. Mr. McCreesh earned his B.S. degree in Geology from the University of Delaware and his M.B.A. degree from Drexel University. He is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research (AIMR) and the New York Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA).

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   81

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

Robert B. Mersky, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1984

Mr. Mersky is founder, President and a Portfolio Manager at Peregrine. In 1984, Mr. Mersky and five other Senior Portfolio Managers founded Peregrine. Mr. Mersky is responsible for Peregrine’s Small Cap Equity style and oversees the Small Company Growth Portfolio. Mr. Mersky had actively managed small cap stocks since 1973. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Mersky had been associated with Norwest Bank since 1968; and his responsibilities included Senior Research Analyst, Portfolio Manager, Director of Research and Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Mersky earned his B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of Minnesota.

 

Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

Equity Value Fund since 2003

Mr. Mushock joined Systematic in 1997 as an equity analyst and was promoted to portfolio manager in 2000. He currently co-manages the firm’s large cap portfolios and maintains portfolio management responsibility for all mid and small/mid cap portfolios. Prior to joining Systematic, Mr. Mushock was an equity analyst with Standard and Poor’s Equity Group. Mr. Mushock earned his B.S. degree in Finance from Seton Hall University and his M.B.A. degree from New York University. He is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research (AIMR) and the New York Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA).

 

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Nussbaum joined Peregrine in 1990 as a Vice President and Portfolio Manager where he has managed large company growth portfolios. Mr. Nussbaum earned his B.A. degree in Finance and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Diversified Small Cap Fund since 2005

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Wells Fargo Funds Management since 1996. Mr. Owen participates in determining the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

Douglas G. Pugh, CFA

Small Company Value Fund since 2002

Mr. Pugh joined Peregrine in 1997 as a Senior Vice President. Mr. Pugh currently co-manages the Small Company Value Portfolio. Prior to 1997, Mr. Pugh was a Senior Equity Analyst and Portfolio Manager for Advantus Capital Management, an investment advisory firm. Mr. Pugh earned his B.S.B.A. degree from Drake University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Minnesota.

 

David L. Roberts, CFA

Equity Income Fund and its predecessor since 1989

Mr. Roberts joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as the Equity Income Managing Director and simultaneously held this position at Norwest Investment Management until Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Roberts joined Norwest Corporation in 1972 as a Securities Analyst. He became Assistant Vice President and Portfolio Manager in 1980 and was promoted to Vice President in 1982. He earned his B.A. degree in Mathematics from Carroll College.

 

82   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

James P. Ross, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund since 2005

Mr. Ross joined Peregrine in 1996 as a Senior Portfolio Advisor on the Small Cap Equity team, which is responsible for the Small Company Growth Portfolio. He shares responsibility for the client service communication, handles special projects and works on compliance-related issues. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Ross spent six years at Norwest Investment Management (now Wells Capital Management), where he held various positions, including Chief Investment Officer and Product Manager for the Norwest Advantage Funds and investment analyst and oversight for the corporation’s benefit plans. Mr. Ross began his career as a treasury analyst with Ecolab, Inc. Mr. Ross earned his B.B.A. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Iowa.

 

Paul E. von Kuster, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1984

Mr. von Kuster joined Peregrine in 1984 as a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. He currently co-manages the Small Company Growth Portfolio. Mr. von Kuster earned his B.A. degree in Philosophy from Princeton University.

 

C & B Large Cap Value Fund

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1992

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned his B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and his M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   83

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

 

 

 

84   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   85

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

86   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2000 Index

An index comprised of the 2000 smallest firms listed on the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index is a listing of 3000 corporations by the Frank Russell Company that is intended to be representative of the U.S. economy. The Russell 2000 is considered a small cap index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

S&P Small Cap 600 Index

A market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the daily stock total return performance of an investable universe of domestic small-capitalization stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, and the NASDAQ.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including any capital appreciation and dividends. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   87

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045EGAM/P903 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Gateway Funds – Institutional Class

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   13

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   14
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap
Value Fund

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Equity Fund

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company
Growth Fund

   22
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   24
    

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   28

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   32
    

How to Buy Shares

   33
    

How to Sell Shares

   35
    

Exchanges

   36

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   38
    

Description of Master Portfolios

   40
    

Portfolio Managers

   42
    

Glossary

   44

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

(CBLSX)

 

  

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

Growth Equity Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

 

Large Company Growth Fund

(WLCSX)

  

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

4   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in three different equity investment styles—large cap growth, small cap, and international—to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. We currently invest in 9 master portfolios.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies that we believe have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 16;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 24; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

Certain Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

6   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

Growth Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Large Company Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad- based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown for the successor fund for periods prior to the fund’s reorganization date reflects the historical information for its predecessor. In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Institutional Class shares were named the Select Class shares.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’03  •  20.94%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (17.54)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares. The Class D shares do not have sales charges.

 

8   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 04/11/05)1

  12.50%   11.25%   14.32%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  12.16%   9.29%   10.24%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.29%   8.83%   10.48%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of this Class. The annual returns of the Class D shares are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Fund’s Class D shares incepted May 15, 1990.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Growth Equity Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  20.08%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (20.19)%

 

*   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 04/11/05)1

  11.93%   0.17%   10.16%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  11.03%   (1.09)%   8.33%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.86%   (0.37)%   8.13%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the classes do not have the same expenses.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

10   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Large Company Growth Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  31.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  (22.83)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 06/30/04)1

  3.26%   (6.59)%   11.70%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.20%   (6.65)%   11.33%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.12%   (5.48)%   10.37%

Russell 1000 Growth Index

  6.30%   (9.29)%   9.59%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)2

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)1
    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
  Growth
Equity Fund
  Large Company
Growth Fund
Management Fees2   0.75%   1.05%   0.67%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.45%   0.20%   0.16%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.20%   1.25%   0.83%
Fee Waivers   0.50%   0.20%   0.08%
NET EXPENSES4   0.70%   1.05%   0.75%
1   Expenses for gateway funds include expenses allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which each such Fund invests.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for the management fees of the master portfolios in which the Funds invest. The management fees charged to the master portfolios will decline as a master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. Each Fund, except for the Growth Equity Fund, invests substantially all of its assets in one master portfolio. The breakpoint schedule for the master portfolio in which the C&B Large Cap Value Fund and the Large Company Growth Fund invests is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. For the Growth Equity Fund, management fees are based on a blended fee rate of the advisory fees charged by the master portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund and Growth Equity Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses for the C&B Large Cap Value include various start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expenses ratio for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund would be 1.09%.
4   For the Growth Equity Fund and the Large Company Growth Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the C&B Large Cap Value Fund, the adviser has committed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses through February 28, 2007, to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expenses ratio shown.

 

12   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return and, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
  Growth
Equity Fund
  Large Company
Growth Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 72   $ 107   $ 77
  3 YEARS   $ 331   $ 377   $ 257
  5 YEARS   $   $ 667   $ 453
10 YEARS   $   $ 1,494   $ 1,018

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Funds in this Prospectus are gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

14   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

C&B Large Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Large Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We invest principally in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved valuations targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We may invest in additional master portfolios and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Funds” on page 28.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 24. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

16   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund Share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information, which along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS4
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 26, 2004
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.01  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.25  

Total from investment operations

  0.27  

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.28  

Total return1

  3.37 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $15,030  

Ratios to average net assets2:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.70 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.91 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  30 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses.2, 3

  1.22 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Formerly named the Select Class.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Growth Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Equity Fund seeks a high level of long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments among different equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” approach designed to reduce the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments or a type of investment that is selected for a Fund. We currently invest in 9 master portfolios. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities, selected across a combination of 3 different equity investment styles—large cap growth, small cap, and international. We currently allocate the assets dedicated to small cap investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets dedicated to large cap growth investments to 2 Portfolios and the assets dedicated to international investments to 4 Portfolios.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio/fund allocations for the Fund are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Large Cap Growth Style

  35%         

Large Company Growth Portfolio

       30%    

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

       5%    

Small Cap Style

  35%         

Small Cap Index Portfolio

       11.67%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

       11.67%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

       11.66%    

International Style

  30%         

International Core Portfolio

       7.5%    

International Growth Portfolio

       7.5%    

International Index Portfolio

       7.5%    

International Value Portfolio

       7.5%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%         

 

18   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 40 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser

Disciplined Growth

   Smith Group

International Growth

   Artisan

International Core

   New Star

International Index

   Barclays

International Value

   LSV

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine

Small Company Value

   Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

This Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks of small- and medium-sized companies purchased for the Fund may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large companies. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 24. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Growth Equity Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $24.82     $19.61      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.01 )5   (0.03 )6    

Net realized and unrealized gain
on investments

  3.16     5.25      

Total from investment operations

  3.15     5.22      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $27.97     $24.82      

Total return1

  12.69 %   26.62 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $493,899     $450,480      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.24 %   1.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  (0.04 )%   (0.12 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  44 %   58 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.27 %   1.45 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
6   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.

 

20   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $24.00     $39.98     $36.82  
                   
    (0.05 )   (0.02 )   (0.09 )
        
(3.35
 
)
  (9.87 )   8.88  
    (3.40 )   (9.89 )   8.79  
                   
    (0.07 )   0.00     0.00  
    (0.92 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )
    (0.99 )   (6.09 )   (5.63 )
    $19.61     $24.00     $39.98  
    (15.25 )%   (28.74 )%   25.32 %
                   
    $363,946     $476,031     $751,174  
                   
    1.22 %   1.25 %   1.25 %
    (0.19 )%   (0.06 )%   (0.23 )%
    40 %   75 %   78 %
    1.41 %   1.29 %   1.34 %

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    John S. Dale, CFA; Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, domestic companies that we believe have superior growth potential.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

In selecting securities for the Fund, we seek companies whose stock we believe is attractively valued and also exhibit fundamental characteristics, such as higher earnings and revenue growth, higher return on equity, and lower debt to capitalization. We may invest in the securities of companies whose growth potential we believe is generally unrecognized or misperceived by the market. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more; and

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments.

 

We will not invest more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of a single issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 24. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund if shorter). Certain financial information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS6
SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2004
 
 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
    2004.
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $44.93  

Income from investment operations:

     

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.02 )5

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  (2.16 )

Total from investment operations

  (2.18 )

Less distributions:

     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00  

Distributions in excess of realized gain

  0.00  

Total distributions

  0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $42.75  

Total return2

  (4.85 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $52,884  

Ratios to average net assets4,7:

     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.75 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.04 )%

Portfolio turnover rate1

  14 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3,4,7

  0.85 %
1   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Select Class.
7   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio in which the Fund invests.

 

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative investments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example,

 

24   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

       

C&B LARGE CAP VALUE

 

GROWTH EQUITY

 

LARGE

COMPANY

GROWTH

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l

Emerging Market Securities

Securities of companies based in countries
considered developing or to have
“emerging” stock markets. Generally, these
securities have the same type of risks as
foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
      l    

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company
which may be in the form of an
ADR or similar
investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity
and Currency Risk
      l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed
of in the ordinary course of business within
seven days at the value determined by the
Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
returns on those securities. Loans may be made
up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of
total assets, including the value of the
collateral received).

  Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l

 

26   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

       

C&B LARGE CAP VALUE

 

GROWTH EQUITY

 

LARGE

COMPANY

GROWTH

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of
other mutual funds, which will cause
Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but
which may or may not be resold in accordance
with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back a security at an agreed
upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which
may be less liquid and more volatile
than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market, and Liquidity Risk   l   l    

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the
Funds’ business
activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records
of shares and

supervises the payment
of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

28   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Growth Equity Fund is a gateway funds that invest in various master portfolios. Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Funds Management also acts as the adviser to, and is entitled to receive a fee from, each master portfolio. The total amount of investment advisory fees paid to Funds Management as a result of the Fund’s investments varies depending on the Fund’s allocation of assets among the various master portfolios.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the C&B Large Cap Value and Large Company Growth Funds, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If a Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for the Growth Equity and Large Company Growth Funds, Funds Management acts as an investment adviser for gateway fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the gateway fund for the management of those assets.

 

The Growth Equity and Large Company Growth Funds have a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio(s) in which a gateway fund invests. Under these arrangements, if a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

 

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“Barclays”), Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. (“Smith Group”), and Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) are investment sub-advisers to the master portfolios in which the gateway Funds invest. In this capacity, the sub-advisers are responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolios.

 

Artisan located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202, is a Milwaukee-based registered investment adviser. Artisan is the sub-adviser for the International Growth Portfolio. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

Barclays, a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A.(“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the investment sub-adviser for the International Index Portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of 1.3 trillion.

 

Cooke & Bieler, a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the investment sub-adviser for the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio in which the C&B Large Cap Value Fund invests and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the master portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed approximately $5.4 billion in assets.

 

LSV, located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the investment sub-adviser for the International Value Portfolio. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

New Star, located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England, is a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser. New Star sub-advises the International Core Portfolio. New Star provides investment advisory services to foreign- and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Peregrine, a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, MN 55402, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Portfolios. Peregrine is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans, 401(k) plans, foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004, Peregrine managed approximately $13.4 billion in assets.

 

30   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Smith Group, located at 100 Crescent Court, Suite 1150 Dallas, TX 75201, is the investment sub-adviser for the Disciplined Growth Portfolio. Smith Group is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals using a disciplined equity style. As of December 31, 2004, Smith Group managed over $1.6 million in assets.

 

Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Small Cap Index Portfolio and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

32   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record for Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Institutional Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $100 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $5 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front, ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

34   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

An exchange between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from

 

36   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares, and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy Fund shares shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

38   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in common stocks of larger companies.

 

International Core

Portfolio

  

The Portfolio seeks total return, with an emphasis on capital appreciation over the long term by investing in equity securities of non-U.S. companies.

International Growth Portfolio

  

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation, by investing in equity securities.

International Index Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks to match as closely as possible the performance of an international portfolio of common stocks represented by the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East Index (“MSCI EAFE Index”).

 

International Value Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Company Growth

Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, high-quality domestic companies that the adviser believes have superior growth potential.

 

Small Cap Index Portfolio

 

   The Portfolio seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index with minimum tracking error and to minimize transaction costs.

 

Small Company Growth

Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 

 

Small Company Value

Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

40   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We principally invest in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of companies that, in the view of adviser, possess above average potential for growth. We invest in companies with market capitalizations greater than $5 billion.

The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.

 

The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a bottom-up investment process to construct a diversified portfolio of international growth companies regardless of the market capitalization.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in the securities comprising of the MSCI EAFE Index. We attempt to achieve a correlation of at lease 95% between the performance of the MSCI EAFE Index and the Portfolio’s investment results, before expense.

 

The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a
quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market
capitalizations of $400 million or more.
We invest in common stocks of large U.S. companies selected on the basis of superior growth characteristics combined with reasonable valuation. We invest principally in securities of U.S. companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

The Portfolio invests primarily in large companies that have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities representing the capitalization- weighted market value and composition of the S&P 600 Small Cap Index.
The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of small domestic companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of significant change. We invest principally in securities of companies with
market
capitalizations of $3 billion or less.
In making investment decisions for the Portfolio, we focus on securities that are conservatively valued in the marketplace relative to the stock of comparable companies, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows, or other measures. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization index whose range is expected to change frequently.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Portfolio Managers identified below in connection with the C&B Large Cap Value Fund and Large Company Growth Fund manage Portfolios that those Funds currently invest in, and not the Funds themselves. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from the University of California, Los Angeles.

 

John S. Dale, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1983

Mr. Dale joined Peregrine in 1987 as a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. He founded this strategy in 1983 and has managed large company growth portfolios since 1971. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Dale had been associated with Norwest Bank and its affiliates since 1968, including serving as head of both the portfolio management group and equity strategy. Mr. Dale earned his B.A. degree in Marketing from the University of Minnesota.

 

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Nussbaum joined Peregrine in 1990 as a Vice President and Portfolio Manager where he has managed large company growth portfolios. Mr. Nussbaum earned his B.A. degree in Finance and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Growth Equity Fund since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Wells Fargo Funds Management since 1996. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

The Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1992

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned his B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and his M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

42   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

44   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Russell 2000 Index

An index comprised of the 2000 smallest firms listed on the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index is a listing of 3000 corporations by the Frank Russell Company that is intended to be representative of the U.S. economy. The Russell 2000 is considered a “small cap” index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

S&P Small Cap 600 Index

A market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the daily stock total return performance of an investable universe of domestic small-capitalization stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, and the NASDAQ.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

 

46   Equity Gateway Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045EGIT/P904 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANATAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Gateway Funds – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Index Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Funds

 

Important information about the Fund.

    

Key Information

   12
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Index Fund

   13
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   16
      

Organization and Management
of the Fund

   20

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   23
    

How to Buy Shares

   27
    

How to Sell Shares

   29
    

Exchanges

   31

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   33
    

Description of Master Portfolio

   38
    

Portfolio Manager

   40
    

Glossary

   41

 


Table of Contents

Index Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND    OBJECTIVE

 

Index Fund

 

  

 

Seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

4   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in common stocks to replicate the total rate of return of the
Standard & Poor’s 500 Composite Stock Index (the
S&P 500 Index), before fees and expenses. We invest in each company comprising the S&P 500 Index in proportion to its weighting in the S&P 500 Index. Regardless of market conditions, we attempt to achieve at least a 95% correlation between the performance of the S&P 500 Index and the Fund’s investment results, before fees and expenses.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund description on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16; and

 

·   the Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

Equity Securities

The Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as undervalued using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, stocks of larger companies tend to be less volatile and more liquid than stocks of smaller companies. In addition, funds that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

6   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of its returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Index Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘98  •  21.32%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3 ‘02  •  (17.20)%

 

*   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not reflect sales charges.

 

8   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 04/11/05)1

  10.60%   (2.42)%   11.73%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  9.96%   (3.04)%   10.75%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.88%   (2.37)%   9.95%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)2, 3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   Performance shown for the Investor Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of the Investor Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Investor Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the classes do not have the same expenses.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500 and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Index Fund


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    Index Fund

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases

(as a percentage of offering price)

  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load)
(as a percentage of the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)4
    Index Fund
Management Fees1   0.09%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.79%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.88%
Fee Waivers   0.43%
NET EXPENSES3   0.45%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the management fees of the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. The management fees charged to the master portfolio will decline as the master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the master portfolio is as follows: 0.10% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.075% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.05% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
4   Includes expenses allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests.

 

10   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3 year example. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Index Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 46
  3 YEARS   $ 238
  5 YEARS   $
10 YEARS   $

 

Index Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. ”We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Fund in this Prospectus is a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fess charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waved to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Index Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Gregory T. Genung, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Index Fund seeks to replicate the total rate of return of the S&P 500 Index, before fees and expenses.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies. We invest in substantially all of the common stocks listed on the S&P 500 Index and attempt to achieve at least a 95% correlation between the performance of the S&P 500 Index and our investment results, before expenses. This correlation is sought regardless of market conditions.

 

A precise duplication of the performance of the S&P 500 Index would mean that the NAV of Fund shares, including dividends and capital gains, would increase or decrease in exact proportion to changes in the S&P 500 Index. Such a 100% correlation is not feasible. Our ability to track the performance of the S&P 500 Index may be affected by, among other things, transaction costs and shareholder purchases and redemptions. We continuously monitor the performance and composition of the S&P 500 Index and adjust the Fund’s portfolio as necessary to reflect any changes to the S&P 500 Index and to maintain a 95% or better performance correlation before fees and expenses.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in a diversified portfolio of equity securities designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks listed in the S&P 500 Index;

 

·   in stock index futures and options on stock indexes as a substitute for comparable positions in the underlying securities; and

 

·   in interest rate futures contracts, options or interest rate swaps and index swaps.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6. Funds that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Index Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $40.33     $32.98      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.65     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  4.81     7.37      

Total from investment operations

  5.46     7.92      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.58 )   (0.57 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   (0.57 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $45.21     $40.33      

Total return1

  13.57 %   24.22 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,087,212     $839,581      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.25 %   0.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.49 %   1.58 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  3 %   3 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2,4

  0.31 %   0.44 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

 

14   Index Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $42.00     $59.73     $53.67  
                   
    0.51     0.54     0.59  
    (8.99 )   (15.94 )   6.42  
    (8.48 )   (15.40 )   7.01  
                   
    (0.54 )   (0.60 )   (0.26 )
    0.00     (1.73 )   (0.69 )
    (0.54 )   (2.33 )   (0.95 )
    $32.98     $42.00     $59.73  
    (20.54 )%   (26.63 )%   13.06 %
                   
    $596,168     $733,380     $982,975  
                   
    0.25 %   0.25 %   0.25 %
    1.28 %   1.11 %   1.02 %
    4 %   2 %   8 %
    0.39 %   0.30 %   0.33 %
                   

 

Index Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Index Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments to maintain liquidity. The Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Fund may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

16   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that applies to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks”, you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, the Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

     
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,
dealers and financial institutions to increase
return on those securities. Loans may be made up
to 1940 Act limits (currently one third of total
assets, including the value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options used may include options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and
Liquidity Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fun in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-
Party Risk

 

 

18   Index Fund Prospectus


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated
525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

  Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA
  Various Agents
Manages the Fund’s business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends   Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

20   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contact for the Fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. Of the Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments on the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for the Fund, Funds Management acts as an investment advisor for Fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and investment directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as the Fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolio of securities. If the Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the Fund for the management of those assets.

 

The Fund has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with the sub-adviser that advise the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. Under this arrangement, if the Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the same sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA, 94105, is the sub-adviser of the Index Portfolio in which the Fund invests. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as advisor to the master portfolio.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

22   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class Shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by the Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

24   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds
ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:
ABA011000028

 

Attention:
Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

                 
        Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1
 

Account Name:

(Registration Name
of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

26   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Index Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of the Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of the Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 26.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 26. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

28   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your social security number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of the Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

30   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the

 

Index Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Fund’s policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

32   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

 

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your program if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-368-3863.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of their distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you with for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stocks producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from its direct investment in the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding.

 

34   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

 

36   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolio


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

Index Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

38   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests substantially in common stocks designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager


 

The Portfolio Manager identified below in connection with the Index Fund manages the Portfolio in which the Fund currently invests, and not the Fund itself. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager, and the Portfolio Manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

Index Fund since 2002

Mr. Genung manages certain of the Wells Fargo Advantage index mutual funds, private accounts and collective trust funds. Before joining the firm in 2001, he was a securities trader at Norwest Investment Services, Inc. since 1994. Earlier, he worked with Piper Capital Management, where he became senior advisory account administrator, specializing in mortgage-backed derivative products. Mr. Genung earned his bachelor’s degrees in Finance and Economics from the University of Minnesota, Duluth.

 

40   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway Funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Index Fund Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index, such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

42   Index Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANATAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING

DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into

this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED – NO BANK GUARANTEE – MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045EGIV/P906 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Gateway Funds – Class D

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information

about the Fund.

    

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Fund.

    

Key Information

   12
    

Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   13
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   16
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   19

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy, sell and exchange
Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   22
    

How to Buy Shares

   23
    

How to Sell Shares

   24
    

Exchanges

   25

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   27
    

Description of Master Portfolio

   30
    

Portfolio Managers

   32
    

Glossary

   33

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund (CBEQX)

 

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

4   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests principally in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund description on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

Equity Securities

The Fund invests in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as undervalued using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, stocks of larger companies tend to be less volatile and more liquid than stocks of smaller companies. Because the Fund typically invests in 30 to 50 companies, the value of an investment in the Fund will vary more in response to developments or changes affecting the market value of particular stocks than an investment in a mutual fund that is more broadly diversified.

 

 

6   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Effective at the close of business on July 23, 2004, the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund was organized as the successor fund to the C&B Large Cap Value Fund. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown for the successor fund for periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization date reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Class D Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  20.94%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (17.54)%

 

8   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class D shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class D shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class D Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/15/90)

  12.50%   11.25%   14.32%

Class D Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  12.16%   9.29%   10.24%

Class D Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.29%   8.83%   10.48%

S&P 500 Index2 (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

Russell 1000 Value Index (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  16.49%   5.27%   13.83%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s single class of shares.
2   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Equity Gateway Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
   

C&B Large Cap

Value Fund

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund4
Management Fees1   0.75%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.59%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.34%
Fee Waivers   0.14%
NET EXPENSES3   1.20%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the management fee of the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. The management fee charged to the master portfolio will decline as the master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the master portfolio is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year and include various Fund start-up expenses, which will only be incurred in the first year of the Fund’s operation. Without including these first year expenses, the Gross Operating Expense ratio for the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund would be 1.52%. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through February 28, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
4   Includes expenses allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests.

 

10   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    C&B Large Cap
Value Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 122
  3 YEARS   $ 411
  5 YEARS   $ 721
10 YEARS   $ 1,600

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The C&B Large Cap Value Fund is a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolios. The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolios in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and,

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

C&B Large Cap Value Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Kermit S. Eck, CFA; Michael M. Meyer, CFA; James R. Norris; Edward W. O’Connor, CFA; R. James O’Neil, CFA and Mehul Trivedi, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The C&B Large Cap Value Fund seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We invest principally in large capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

We select securities for the portfolio based on an analysis of a company’s financial characteristics, an assessment of the quality of a company’s management and the implementation of a valuation discipline. In selecting a company, we consider criteria such as return on equity, balance sheet strength, industry leadership position and cash flow projections. We further narrow the universe of acceptable investments by undertaking intensive research including interviews with a company’s top management, customers and suppliers. We regularly review the investments of the portfolio and sell a portfolio holding when it has achieved its valuation targets, a change in the underlying company’s outlook has occurred or more attractive investment alternatives are available.

 

We hold a smaller number of securities in the portfolio, usually 30 to 50 companies. This strategy enables us to provide adequate diversification while allowing the composition and performance of the portfolio to behave differently than the market. We believe our assessment of business quality and emphasis on valuation will protect the portfolio’s assets in down markets, while our insistence on strength in leadership, financial condition and cash flow position will produce competitive results in all but the most speculative markets.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We may invest in addition master portfolios and other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or invest directly in a portfolio of securities. If the Fund invests directly in a portfolio of securities, it may implement a “multi-manager” structure as described under “Organization and Management of the Fund” on page 20.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

C&B Large Cap Value Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). The information provided for the periods ended 2004, 2003 and 2002 has been audited by KPMG LLP; the information for prior periods has been audited by a predecessor independent registered public accounting firm. The financial statements and the independent auditor’s report are included in the annual report of the Funds, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS D SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 15, 1990
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $7.42     $6.49      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.03     0.05      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.85     1.61      

Total from investment operations

  0.88     1.66      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.03 )   (0.05 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.68 )    

Total from distributions

  (0.03 )   (0.73 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.27     $7.42      

Total return1

  11.88 %   28.34 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $50,790     $20,419      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.16 %   1.16 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.40 %   0.76 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  30 %   26 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  1.30 %   1.20 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

14   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $7.13     $8.71     $12.06  
                   
    0.05     0.07     0.12  
    (0.38 )   0.27     0.54  
    (0.33 )   0.34     0.66  
                   
    (0.05 )   (0.11 )   (0.09 )
    (0.26 )   (1.81 )   (3.92 )
    (0.31 )   (1.92 )   (4.01 )
    $6.49     $7.13     $8.71  
    (5.14 )%   4.50 %   10.89 %
                   
    $14,383     $38,850     $35,251  
                   
    1.14 %   1.00 %   1.00 %
    0.59 %   0.91 %   1.16 %
    39 %   41 %   48 %
    1.60 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or makes other short-term investments to maintain liquidity. The Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Fund may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

16   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that a Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks, ”you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE      PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

     Leverage Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase return on those securities.
Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third
of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

     Credit, Counter-Party
and Leverage Risk

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds,
which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion
of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid
by the Fund.

     Market Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

     Credit and
Counter-Party Risk

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and
more volatile than investments in larger companies.

     Small Company Investment, Market and Liquidity Risk

 

18   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Cooke & Bieler, L.P.
1700 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Drive
Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

 

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers;

(ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires the Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-

manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the investment sub-adviser for the C&B Large Cap Value Master Portfolio in which the Fund invests, and thereby responsible for the day-to-day investment management responsibilities of the Master Portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed over $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Cooke & Bieler is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

20   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid price. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. The Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

22   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

This section provides information on how to open an account, and how to purchase, sell and exchange Fund shares. Former Cooke & Bieler Portfolio shareholders who received Class D shares in the reorganization and do not hold their shares through an Institution should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for assistance with purchasing, selling or exchanging Fund shares.

 

How to Buy Shares

Class D shares are available for purchase by or through Institutions. Individuals interested in purchasing Class D shares of the Fund should contact a customer service representative at an Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a customer account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the customer account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Class D shares held through customer accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Fund and for delivering required payment on a timely basis; and

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Fund, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Fund.

 

·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Investors who are interested in purchasing shares directly from the Fund should refer to information on other share classes offered by the Fund.

 

All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Minimum Investments

Investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $100 for each investment after the initial investment. An Institution may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult a customer service representative from your Institution for details.

 

How to Sell Shares

Class D shares held through an Institution must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your customer account at such firm. Please read the account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING FUND SHARES:

 

·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfer. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of the Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

24   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class D shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of a money market fund;

 

  ·   Class D shares may be exchanged for Class A shares of a non-money market fund; you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) for the new shares, unless you are otherwise eligible to buy such shares at NAV.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

26   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders may be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stocks producing such dividends. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

28   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

 

  

 

Seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

 

30   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We principally invest in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

This Fund is managed by a team of investment professionals at Cooke & Bieler. The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund’s portfolio. No member of the team has any limitations on their role. The Portfolio Managers identified below in connection with the C&B Large Cap Value Fund manage the Portfolio in which the Fund currently invests, and not the Fund itself.

 

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1992

Mr. Eck joined Cooke & Bieler in 1980 and left in 1984 to become Director of Product Marketing for Eczel Corp. From 1987 to 1992, he served as Executive Vice President of Keystone Natural Water. He rejoined Cooke & Bieler in 1992 and currently is a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Eck earned his B.S. degree in Computer Science from Montana State University and his M.B.A. degree from Stanford University.

 

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1993

Mr. Meyer began his career at Sterling Capital Management (“Sterling”) as an equity analyst and head equity trader. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1993 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Meyer earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Davidson College and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

James R. Norris

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Norris spent nearly ten years with Sterling as Senior Vice President of Equity Portfolio Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Norris earned his B.S. degree in Management at Guilford College and his M.B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina.

 

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. O’Connor spent three years at Cambiar Investors (“Cambiar”) in Denver, Colorado where he served as an equity analyst and portfolio manager and participated in Cambiar’s 2001 management buyout. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 2002 where he is currently a Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Connor earned his B.A. degree in Economics and Philosophy at Colgate University and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Chicago.

 

R. James O’Neil, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. O’Neil served as an Investment Officer in the Capital Markets Department at Mellon Bank beginning in 1984. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1988 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. O’Neil earned his B.A. degree in Economics at Colby College and his M.B.A. degree from the Harvard School of Business.

 

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

C&B Large Cap Value Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Mr. Trivedi was a fixed income analyst at Blackrock Financial Management and then a product manager at PNC Asset Management. He joined Cooke & Bieler in 1998 where he is currently a Partner, Portfolio Manager and Research Analyst. Mr. Trivedi earned his B.A. degree in International Relations at the University of Pennsylvania, a B.S. degree in Economics at the Wharton School of Business and his M.B.A. degree from the Wharton School of Business.

 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

32   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your Investment Professional.

 


Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers, and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

34   C&B Large Cap Value Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045EGD/P907 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

APRIL II, 2005

Prospectus

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME FUNDS – CLASS A, CLASS B, CLASS C

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage High Yield Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Income Plus Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Intermediate Government Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Stable Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Strategic Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
Important summary information about the Funds.     

Summary of Important Risks

   8
    

Performance History

   12
    

Summary of Expenses

   25

The Funds     

Key Information

   28
Important information about
the individual Funds.
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

   29
    

Wells Fargo Advantage High Yield Bond Fund

   32
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Income Plus Fund

   38
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

   45
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Intermediate Government Income Fund

   49
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   53
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Stable Income Fund

   57
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Strategic Income Fund

   61
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

   65
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   69
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   74
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   79

Your Investment     

A Choice of Share Classes

   82
How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.     

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   87
    

Exchanges

   91
    

Your Account

   93
      

How to Buy Shares

   96
      

How to Sell Shares

   99

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   101
Additional information and
term definitions.
    

Description of Master Portfolio

   106
    

Portfolio Managers

   108
      

Glossary

   111

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Government Securities Fund

 

  

 

Seeks current income.

 

High Yield Bond Fund

(Class A: HYBAX)

(Class B: HYBBX)

(Class C: HYBCX)

  

 

Seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 

 

Income Plus Fund

(Class A: STYAX)

(Class B: STYBX)

(Class C: WFIPX)

 

  

 

Seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

(Class A: IPBAX)

(Class B: IPBBX)

(Class C: IPBCX)

  

 

Seeks to provide total return while providing protection against inflation.

 

Intermediate Government Income Fund

(Class A: NVGAX)

(Class B: NVBGX)

(Class C: WFGCX)

  

 

Seeks current income, consistent with safety of principal.

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund)

(Class A: MSDAX)

(Class B: MSDBX)

(Class C: MSDCX)

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

Stable Income Fund

(Class A: NVSAX)

(Class B: NVSBX)

(Class C: WSICX)

  

 

Seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 

 

4   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations. The Fund invests principally in investment-grade (e.g., rated BBB and higher by S&P) U.S. Government obligations. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and fifteen years.
We invest principally in below investment-grade debt securities (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). We invest in corporate debt securities and may buy preferred and other convertible securities. We focus on individual security selection and seek to identify high yield securities that appear comparatively undervalued. We do not manage the Fund’s portfolio to a specific maturity or duration.
We invest in corporate and government debt securities and income-producing equity securities selected with particular consideration for their potential to generate current income. We may buy debt securities that are below investment-grade (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”), as well as debt rated in the lower investment-grade categories. Our equity focus will be on securities issued by companies in industries that tend to pay higher ongoing dividends, such as utilities. We may also buy preferred stock and other convertible securities, as well as the common stock of any size company.

 

We invest principally in inflation-protected debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government other than the U.S. Treasury. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity between 5 and 20 years.

 

We invest in fixed and variable rate U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average duration will range from 3 to 5 years. We also may invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations.

 

 

We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations. Generally, the portfolio’s overall effective duration is less than that of a 3-year U.S. Treasury note.

 

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in short-term investment-grade securities, which include mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. We invest in fixed and variable rate dollar-denominated fixed income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds Overview


 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Strategic Income Fund

(Class A: SASAX)

(Class B: SASIX)

(Class C: SASCX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 

Total Return Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund)

(Class A: MBFAX)

(Class B: MBFBX)

(Class C: MBFCX)

  

 

Seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

(Class A: STSDX)

(Class B: SSDKX)

(Class C: SSHCX)

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

6   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in income-producing securities. We also invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase and up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in common stocks and convertible securities and up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in obligations of foreign issuers. We may invest all of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BBB to C by S&P). The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be maintained between three and ten years.

 

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, which include U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 

 

We invest principally in debt securities and up to 35% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s duration is generally maintained at one year or less.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 29;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Foreign Obligations

Certain Funds invest in securities of foreign issuers. Investments in such securities are subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility, as well as various additional risks, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

High Yield Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Certain Funds invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities which may not be guaranteed by the U.S. Government. Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk and extension risk, either of which can reduce the rate of return on a Fund’s portfolio. Asset-backed securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying assets, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

 

8   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Stripped Securities

Certain Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which have greater interest rate risk than mortgage-backed securities with like maturities and/or stripped treasury securities which have greater interest rate risk than traditional government securities with identical credit ratings and like maturities.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Certain Funds invest in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Government Securities Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

High Yield Bond Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “High Yield Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Income Plus Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations” and “High Yield Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Inflation-Protected

Bond Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. The Fund invests in inflation-protected debt securities that are structured to provide protection against the negative effects of inflation. Inflation is a general rise in the prices of goods and services which can erode an investor’s purchasing power. Unlike traditional debt securities whose return is based on the payment of interest on a fixed principal amount, the principal value of inflation-protected debt securities is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation and as a result, interest payments will vary. For example, if the index measuring the rate of inflation falls, the principal value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall and the amount of interest payable on such security will consequently be reduced. Conversely, if the index measuring the rate of inflation rises, the principal value on such securities will rise and the amount of interest payable will also increase. The value of inflation-protected debt securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall when real interest rates rise and inversely, rise when real interest rates fall. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

10   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

 

Intermediate Government Income Fund

 

 

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. We may invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

Stable Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Strategic Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Total Return Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. We may invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Strategic Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Strong Government Securities Fund, Strong Advisor Strategic Income Fund and Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund, respectively. The predecessor Strong Funds were organized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Strategic Income Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund reflects the historical information of the predecessor funds.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund, respectively. The predecessor Montgomery funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each successor fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information of its predecessor.

 

12   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Government Securities Fund Class C Calendar Year Returns 1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  6.15%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (3.03)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Class C shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns2

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/26/02)1

  1.12%   6.13%   6.26%

Class C Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.11)%   4.33%   4.27%

Class C Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.72%   4.17%   4.15%

LB Intermediate Government Index3 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%

LB Aggregate Bond Index4 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.17%   7.72%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Government Securities Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on October 29, 1986, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses.
2 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
3 Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.
4 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

High Yield Bond Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  7.30%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (0.40)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1        
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/29/02)

  4.33%   8.92%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  1.35%   6.19%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.95%   6.04%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/29/02)

  3.33%   9.20%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/29/02)

  7.43%   10.53%

Merrill Lynch High Yield Master II Index
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  10.87%   19.19%
1 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.

 

14   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Income Plus Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  4.16%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (1.96)%

 

Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/13/98)

  1.79%   5.57%   4.26%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.13)%   3.02%   1.69%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.12%   3.14%   1.98%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/13/98)

  0.67%   5.41%   4.23%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/13/98)

  4.76%   5.74%   4.23%

LB Aggregate Bond Index2 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   6.48%

LB Universal Index3 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.97%   7.88%   6.59%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Universal Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund Class A Calendar Year Return*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’04  •  4.70%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (3.32)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 2/28/03)

  2.48%   3.21%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  1.17%   1.82%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.60%   1.92%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 2/28/03)

  1.41%   2.83%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 2/28/03)

  5.51%   4.99%

LB U.S. Treasury Inflation Note Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  8.46%   6.62%
1 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2 Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury Inflation Note Index.

 

16   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Intermediate Government Income Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  5.91%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.51)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B, and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/2/96)2

  (2.70)%   5.11%   5.78%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (4.06)%   3.06%   3.28%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (1.77)%   3.10%   3.35%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/17/96)3

  (3.98)%   4.93%   5.47%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/8/99)3

  0.11%   5.28%   5.47%

LB Intermediate U.S. Gov’t Index4
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to May 2, 1996 reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Class A shares.
3   Performance shown prior to inception reflects the performance shown for the Class A shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class.
4   Lehman Brothers Intermediate U.S. Government Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  3.34%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (1.31)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 3/11/96)2

  (1.87)%   4.22%   5.30%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (2.70)%   2.50%   3.26%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (1.22)%   2.53%   3.24%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/31/02)2

  (2.69)%   4.34%   5.37%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/31/02)2

  (0.59)%   4.34%   5.37%

LB 1-3 Year Gov’t Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  1.07%   5.11%   5.79%

LB Intermediate Government Index4 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares reflects the performance of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the predecessor fund adjusted for applicable sales charges. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of each Class reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares, adjusted for applicable fees and expenses of the respective Class. The predecessor fund incepted on December 18, 1992.
3   Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Government Bond Index.
4   Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.

 

18   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Stable Income Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns2*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  2.32%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (0.44)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/2/96)2

  (0.95)%   3.15%   4.48%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (1.38)%   1.90%   2.74%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (0.62)%   1.91%   2.73%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 5/17/96)2

  (1.19)%   2.77%   3.89%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 6/30/03)2

  (0.68)%   2.76%   3.77%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Months Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Administrator Class shares incepted on November 11, 1994.
3   Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9-12 Months Index. Performance figures do not reflect any deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Strategic Income Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns 1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  12.13%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (8.11)%

 

*Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns2

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)1

  6.90%   10.48%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.41%   6.59%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.39%   6.46%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)1

  5.71%   10.02%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)1

  9.67%   10.35%

LB U.S. High Yield Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  9.61%   9.98%

 

1 Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares reflects the performance of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Strategic Income Fund adjusted to reflect applicable sales charges.
2 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
3 Lehman Brothers U.S. High Yield Index.

 

20   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Total Return Bond Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  4.86%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2   ‘04   •   (2.44)%

 

Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

   1 year    5 years    Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/31/01)2

   (0.69)%    6.84%    6.38%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

   (1.87)%    4.73%    3.90%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

   (0.46)%    4.54%    3.89%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/31/01)2

   (1.71)%    6.98%    6.71%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/31/01)2

   2.32%    7.17%    6.60%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

   4.34%    7.71%    7.01%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares reflects the performance of the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the predecessor fund adjusted for applicable sales charges. Performance shown for periods prior to inception of each class reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares, adjusted to reflect the applicable fees and expenses of the respective class. The predecessor fund incepted on June 30, 1997.
3   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns 1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  3.77%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘02  •  (0.66)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

22   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns2

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)1

  (1.30)%   2.73%   5.03%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (2.21)%   1.11%   2.76%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (0.85)%   1.33%   2.86%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)3

  (4.87)%   1.88%   4.50%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/30/00)4

  (0.85)%   2.28%   4.34%

Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index5 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.74%   3.90%   4.94%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index6
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class A shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund, adjusted to reflect applicable sales charges. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the Fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on March 31, 1994.
2 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
3 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class B shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund, adjusted to reflect applicable sales charges. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the Fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on March 31, 1994.
4 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund, adjusted to reflect applicable sales charges. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the Fund, adjusted to reflect this Class’s sales charges and expenses. The predecessor fund’s Class Z shares incepted on March 31, 1994.
5 The Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index is an unmanaged index generally representative of the average return on the one-year Treasury bills.
6 Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)                
   

All Funds,

(except High Yield Bond,

Strategic Income, Short Duration Government
Bond, Stable Income and Ultra-Short Duration
Bond Funds)

 

High Yield Bond Fund and
Strategic Income Fund

   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases

(as a percentage of the offering price)

  4.50%   None   None   4.50%   None   None    

Maximum deferred sales charge (load)

(as a percentage of the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)

  None1   5.00%   1.00%   None   5.00%   1.00%    
Redemption Fee2   None   None   None   2.00%   2.00%   2.00%    

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Government Securities Fund  

High Yield Bond Fund

   
    CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees3   0.39%   0.55%   0.55%   0.55%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses4   0.64%   0.64%   0.64%   0.64%    
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   1.78%   1.19%   1.94%   1.94%    
Fee Waivers   0.08%   0.04%   0.04%   0.04%    
Net Expenses5   1.70%   1.15%   1.90%   1.90%    
   

Short Duration

Government Bond Fund

  Stable Income Fund6    
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees3   0.45%   0.45%   0.45%   0.43%   0.43%   0.43%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses4   0.84%   0.84%   0.84%   0.56%   0.58%   0.58%    
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   1.29%   2.04%   2.04%   0.99%   1.76%   1.76%    
Fee Waivers   0.44%   0.44%   0.44%   0.09%   0.11%   0.11%    
Net Expenses5   0.85%   1.60%   1.60%   0.90%   1.65%   1.65%    
1   Class A shares for all Funds, except the Short Duration Government Bond, Stable Income and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Funds, that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from date of purchase. For the Short Duration Government Bond, Stable Income and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Funds, such share purchases may be assessed a 0.50% CDSC. See “A Choice of Share Classes” on page 82 for additional information. All other Class A shares will not have a CDSC.
2   Deducted from the net proceeds if shares redeemed (or exchanged) within 30 days after purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fee” on page 95 for further information.
3   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for each Fund’s, except the Stable Income Fund’s, management fees and for the management fees of the master portfolio in which the Stable Income Fund invests. The management fees charged to the Funds/master portfolio will decline as a Fund’s/master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s/master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the High Yield Bond, Income Plus and Strategic Income Funds and for the master portfolio in which the Stable Income Fund invests substantially all its assets is as follows: 0.55% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.50% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.45% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion;

 

24   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

                              
   

Short Duration Government
Bond Fund

   Stable Income Fund and
Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund
    CLASS A    CLASS B    CLASS C    CLASS A    CLASS B    CLASS C
    3.00%    None    None    2.00%    None    None
    None    3.00%    1.00%    None    1.50%    1.00%
    None    None    None    None    None    None

 

                                     
    Income Plus Fund   Inflation-Protected Bond Fund  

Intermediate Government

Income Fund

    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    0.55%   0.55%   0.55%   0.45%   0.45%   0.45%   0.44%   0.44%   0.44%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.71%   0.70%   0.70%   0.94%   0.94%   0.94%   0.62%   0.62%   0.62%
    1.26%   2.00%   2.00%   1.39%   2.14%   2.14%   1.06%   1.81%   1.81%
    0.26%   0.25%   0.25%   0.54%   0.54%   0.54%   0.11%   0.11%   0.11%
    1.00%   1.75%   1.75%   0.85%   1.60%   1.60%   0.95%   1.70%   1.70%
        
Strategic Income Fund
  Total Return Bond Fund   Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    0.55%   0.55%   0.55%   0.45%   0.45%   0.45%   0.45%   0.45%   0.45%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    1.02%   1.02%   1.02%   0.66%   0.66%   0.66%   0.88%   0.88%   0.88%
        
1.57%
  2.32%   2.32%   1.11%   1.86%   1.86%   1.33%   2.08%   2.08%
    0.47%   0.47%   0.47%   0.21%   0.21%   0.21%   0.53%   0.53%   0.53%
    1.10%   1.85%   1.85%   0.90%   1.65%   1.65%   0.80%   1.55%   1.55%
      0.425% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.40% for assets $5 billion and higher. For the Government Securities, Inflation-Protected Bond, Intermediate Government Income, Short Duration Government Bond, Stable Income, Total Return Bond and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Funds the breakpoint schedule is as follows: 0.45% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.40% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.35% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.325% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.30% for assets $5 billion and higher.
  4   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the Government Securities, Strategic Income and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Funds are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
  5   For the Government Securities, Strategic Income, Total Return Bond and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Funds, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’ net operating expense ratio shown. For all other Funds in this Prospectus, the adviser has committed through September 30, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’ net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
  6   Includes expenses allocated from the Master Portfolio in which the Fund invests.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Government
Securities Fund
  High Yield
Bond Fund
   
    Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C    
  1 YEAR   $ 273   $ 762   $ 893   $ 493    
  3 YEARS   $ 552   $ 807   $ 905   $ 605    
  5 YEARS   $ 957   $ 1,071   $ 1,243   $ 1,043    
10 YEARS   $ 2,088   $ 1,825   $ 1,975   $ 2,261    
                     
    Short Duration
Government Bond Fund
  Stable
Income Fund
   
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C    
  1 YEAR   $ 533   $ 463   $ 263   $ 290   $ 318   $ 268    
  3 YEARS   $ 789   $ 697   $ 597   $ 500   $ 543   $ 543    
  5 YEARS   $ 1,085   $ 1,058   $ 1,058   $ 728   $ 944   $ 944    
10 YEARS   $ 1,900   $ 2,050   $ 2,334   $ 1,381   $ 1,765   $ 2,064    

 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Government
Securities Fund
  High Yield
Bond Fund
   
    Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C    
  1 YEAR   $ 173   $ 562   $ 193   $ 193    
  3 YEARS   $ 552   $ 807   $ 605   $ 605    
  5 YEARS   $ 957   $ 1,071   $ 1,043   $ 1,043    
10 YEARS   $ 2,088   $ 1,825   $ 1,975   $ 2,261    
                     
    Short Duration
Government Bond Fund
  Stable
Income Fund
   
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C    
  1 YEAR   $ 533   $ 163   $ 163   $ 290   $ 168   $ 168    
  3 YEARS   $ 789   $ 597   $ 597   $ 500   $ 543   $ 543    
  5 YEARS   $ 1,085   $ 1,058   $ 1,058   $ 728   $ 944   $ 944    
10 YEARS   $ 1,900   $ 2,050   $ 2,334   $ 1,381   $ 1,765   $ 2,064    

 

26   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

    Income
Plus Fund
  Inflation-Protected
Bond Fund
  Intermediate Government
Income Fund
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C
    $ 547   $ 678   $ 278   $ 533   $ 663   $ 263   $ 543   $ 673   $ 273
    $ 807   $ 903   $ 603   $ 819   $ 918   $ 618   $ 762   $ 859   $ 559
    $ 1,087   $ 1,255   $ 1,055   $ 1,127   $ 1,300   $ 1,100   $ 998   $ 1,170   $ 970
    $ 1,882   $ 2,026   $ 2,307   $ 1,999   $ 2,148   $ 2,430   $ 1,676   $ 1,828   $ 2,118
                                     
    Strategic
Income Fund
  Total Return
Bond Fund
  Ultra-Short Duration
Bond Fund
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C
    $ 557   $ 688   $ 288   $ 538   $ 668   $ 268   $ 528   $ 308   $ 258
    $ 833   $ 932   $ 632   $ 767   $ 864   $ 564   $ 803   $ 601   $ 601
    $ 1,179   $ 1,353   $ 1,153   $ 1,015   $ 1,186   $ 986   $ 1,098   $ 1,070   $ 1,070
    $ 2,155   $ 2,303   $ 2,581   $ 1,723   $ 1,874   $ 2,163   $ 1,935   $ 2,085   $ 2,368

 

    Income
Plus Fund
  Inflation-Protected
Bond Fund
  Intermediate Government
Income Fund
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C
    $ 547   $ 178   $ 178   $ 533   $ 163   $ 163   $ 543   $ 173   $ 173
    $ 807   $ 603   $ 603   $ 819   $ 618   $ 618   $ 762   $ 559   $ 559
    $ 1,087   $ 1,055   $ 1,055   $ 1,127   $ 1,100   $ 1,100   $ 998   $ 970   $ 970
    $ 1,882   $ 2,026   $ 2,307   $ 1,999   $ 2,148   $ 2,430   $ 1,676   $ 1,828   $ 2,118
                                     
    Strategic
Income Fund
  Total Return
Bond Fund
  Ultra-Short Duration
Bond Fund
    Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C   Class A   Class B   Class C
    $ 557   $ 188   $ 188   $ 538   $ 168   $ 168   $ 528   $ 158   $ 158
    $ 833   $ 632   $ 632   $ 767   $ 564   $ 564   $ 803   $ 601   $ 601
    $ 1,179   $ 1,153   $ 1,153   $ 1,015   $ 986   $ 986   $ 1,098   $ 1,070   $ 1,070
    $ 2,155   $ 2,303   $ 2,581   $ 1,723   $ 1,874   $ 2,163   $ 1,935   $ 2,085   $ 2,368

 

Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Stable Income Fund is a gateway fund in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

28   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    W. Frank Koster; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Government Securities Fund seeks current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of investment-grade U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and fifteen years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in non-government debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our policy to invest in U.S. Government obligations, we may invest in U.S. securities that are enhanced as to credit quality or liquidity by foreign issuers without regard to the foreign investment limitation.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 26, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
20032
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.05     $11.14  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.15     0.19  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.20     (0.06 )

Total from investment operations

  0.35     0.13  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.22 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.23 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.48 )   (0.22 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.92     $11.05  

Total return1

  3.20 %   1.18 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $3     $3  

Ratios to average net assets3:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.1 %   2.1 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.6 %   1.3 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  390 %   531 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.1 %   2.2 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from December 26, 2002 (commencement of Class) to October 31, 2003.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

30   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

High Yield Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Chris M. Lee; Roger Wittlin; Phil Susser

 


 

Investment Objective

The High Yield Bond Fund seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of below investment-grade debt securities (often called “junk bonds” or high yield securities). We do not manage the Fund’s portfolio to a specific maturity or duration. We focus on individual security selection (primarily using a “bottom-up” approach) and seek to identify high yield securities that appear comparatively undervalued. We use our knowledge of various industries to assess the risk/return tradeoff among issuers within particular industries, in seeking to identify compelling relative value investments. We analyze the issuers’ long-term prospects and focus on characteristics such as management, asset coverage, free cash flow generation, liquidity and business risk. Our research and analysis highlights industry drivers, competitive position and operating trends with an emphasis on cash flow. We also talk to management, and consult industry contacts, debt and equity analysts, and rating agencies.

 

We purchase securities when attractive risk/reward ideas are identified and sell securities when either the securities become overvalued or circumstances change in a way that adversely affects this risk/return profile. Rigorous credit analysis of individual issuers is an integral part of the selection process. We attempt to invest in high yield securities of issuers who we believe have ample asset coverage for their debt securities in comparison to other high yield security issuers in an effort to minimize default risk and maximize risk-adjusted returns. Our strategy is focused on selecting investments that can capture the significant current income and capital appreciation potential of the high yield market while also managing downside risk. The total return sought by the Fund consists of income earned on the Fund’s investments, together with the appreciation that may result from decreases in interest rates or improving credit fundamentals for a particular industry or issuer.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in corporate debt securities that are below investment-grade, including preferred and other convertible securities;

 

·   up to 15% of total assets in any one industry; and

 

·   up to 5% of total assets in any one issuer.

 

We will generally invest in below investment-grade debt securities that are rated at least “Caa” by Moody’s or “CCC” by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality. The average credit quality of this Fund’s portfolio securities is expected to be at least B- as rated by S&P.

 

32   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “High Yield Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

High Yield Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    CLASS A SHARES— COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 29, 2002
     
For the period ended:  

Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)

   

May 31,

2004

   

May 31,

2003

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.45     $10.28     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.38     0.75     0.26      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.38     0.18     0.27      

Total from investment operations

  0.76     0.93     0.53      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.39 )   (0.74 )   (0.25 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.02 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.39 )   (0.76 )   (0.25 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.82     $10.45     $10.28      

Total return1

  7.43 %   9.24 %   5.40 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $256,521     $243,511     $120,168      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.15 %   1.15 %   1.15 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss)
to average net assets

  7.16 %   7.08 %   5.86 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  39 %   39 %   29 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3

  1.29 %   1.24 %   1.32 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

34   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                     
    CLASS B SHARES— COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 29, 2002
    CLASS C SHARES— COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 29, 2002
 
    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
   

May 31,

2004

   

May 31,

2003

   

Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)

   

May 31,

2004

   

May 31,

2003

 
    $10.45     $10.28     $10.00     $10.46     $10.29     $10.00  
                                     
    0.34     0.67     0.22     0.34     0.67     0.22  
    0.38     0.18     0.28     0.37     0.18     0.29  
    0.72     0.85     0.50     0.71     0.85     0.51  
                                     
    (0.35 )   (0.66 )   (0.22 )   (0.35 )   (0.66 )   (0.22 )
    0.00     (0.02 )   0.00     0.00     (0.02 )   0.00  
    (0.35 )   (0.68 )   (0.22 )   (0.35 )   (0.68 )   (0.22 )
    $10.82     $10.45     $10.28     $10.82     $10.46     $10.29  
    7.04 %   8.43 %   5.05 %   7.03 %   8.42 %   5.12 %
                                     
    $29,013     $27,428     $11,563     $25,235     $26,221     $12,220  
                                     
    1.90 %   1.90 %   1.90 %   1.90 %   1.90 %   1.90 %
    6.42 %   6.35 %   6.49 %   6.41 %   6.34 %   6.53 %
    39 %   39 %   29 %   39 %   39 %   29 %
    2.04 %   1.99 %   2.13 %   2.05 %   1.99 %   2.15 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser’s Prior Performance History


 

Sutter Advisors LLC (“Sutter”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, is the sub-adviser for the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. As the sub-adviser, Sutter is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolio. The performance information shown below represents prior performance of the Sutter High Yield Composite (the “Composite”) which includes all fully discretionary accounts managed by Sutter with substantially similar investment objectives, policies and strategies as the Fund. The Composite is not a registered mutual fund and was not subject to certain investment limitations and other restrictions imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results of the Composite. The Composite’s performance presented below is net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Class A Shares of the Fund. The Composite performance does not represent the historical performance of the Fund and should not be interpreted as indicative of the future performance of the Fund.

 

Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  8.08%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  (2.42)%

 

Average annual total return1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Portfolio

Sutter High Yield Composite (Incept. 07/01/96)

  9.97%   9.69%   9.41%

ML U.S. High Yield Master II Index2

  10.87%   6.68%   7.07%
1 The Composite returns are presented net of the fees and expenses that will be charged to the Class A Shares of the Fund.
2 Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Master II Index.

 

36   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Income Plus Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    W. Frank Koster; Thomas M. Price, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Income Plus Fund seeks to maximize income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a diversified portfolio of debt securities and income-producing equity securities selected with particular consideration for their potential to generate current income. We shift assets between such debt and equity securities based on our assessment of the potential income available. We may buy debt securities that are below investment-grade (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”), as well as debt rated in the lower investment-grade categories. Our equity focus will be on securities issued by companies in industries that tend to pay higher ongoing dividends, such as utilities. We may buy preferred stock and other convertible securities, as well as the common stock of any size company. Any capital appreciation will come primarily from the income-producing equity portion of the portfolio.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing securities;

 

·   at least 25% of total assets in corporate debt securities and U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 15% of total assets in a wide range of income-producing equity securities;

 

·   up to 50% of total assets in debt securities that are below investment-grade, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of foreign issuers.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “Caa” by Moody’s or “CCC” by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality. We will maintain an average credit quality for this portion of the Fund’s portfolio of “B- or higher” as rated by S&P. In addition, we may invest in the Wells Fargo High Yield Bond Fund. Such an investment will not cause an increase in the Fund’s net operating expense ratio.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 

38   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations” and “High Yield Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities) have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. The portion of the portfolio held in below investment-grade debt securities may at times exceed the 50% investment limitation, if such increase is the result of market and/or rating fluctuations.

 

Equity securities are subject to equity market risk, which is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of the Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for the Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Income Plus Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 13, 1998
     
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.84     $11.31     $10.81     $10.80      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.28     0.55     0.59     0.66      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.31     (0.39 )   0.61     0.02      

Total from investment operations

  0.59     0.16     1.20     0.68      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.31 )   (0.63 )   (0.70 )   (0.67 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.31 )   (0.63 )   (0.70 )   (0.67 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.12     $10.84     $11.31     $10.81      

Total return2

  5.46 %   1.43 %   11.53 %   6.48 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $38,888     $28,898     $20,815     $20,188      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.55 %   0.68 %   1.00 %   1.10 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  5.45 %   4.92 %   5.42 %   6.05 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  66 %   185 %   130 %   63 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses3, 4

  1.25 %   1.31 %   1.32 %   1.47 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

40   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                                             
                      CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 13, 1998
                   
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
20001
    June 30,
1999
   

Nov. 30,
2004

(unaudited)

    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
20001
    June 30,
1999
 
    $10.60     $ 12.04     $12.50     $10.84     $11.31     $10.82     $10.80     $10.61     $12.05     $12.50  
                                                               
    0.72       0.79     0.77     0.22     0.45     0.50     0.58     0.65     0.72     0.68  
    0.31       (1.44 )   (0.46 )   0.33     (0.37 )   0.60     0.03     0.29     (1.44 )   (0.45 )
    1.03       (0.65 )   0.31     0.55     0.08     1.10     0.61     0.94     (0.72 )   0.23  
                                                               
    (0.83 )     (0.79 )   (0.77 )   (0.26 )   (0.55 )   (0.61 )   (0.59 )   (0.75 )   (0.72 )   (0.68 )
    0.00       0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.83 )     (0.79 )   (0.77 )   (0.26 )   (0.55 )   (0.61 )   (0.59 )   (0.75 )   (0.72 )   (0.68 )
    $10.80     $ 10.60     $12.04     $11.13     $10.84     $11.31     $10.82     $10.80     $10.61     $12.05  
    10.06 %     (5.56 %)   2.52 %   5.16 %   0.68 %   10.60 %   5.78 %   9.14 %   (6.19 %)   1.87 %
                                                               
    $12,468     $ 8,371     $11,223     $26,905     $38,486     $47,516     $46,760     $34,203     $28,336     $36,892  
                                                               
    1.10 %     1.08 %   0.66 %   1.30 %   1.45 %   1.75 %   1.85 %   1.85 %   1.86 %   1.50 %
    6.97 %     7.56 %   6.95 %   4.68 %   4.13 %   4.68 %   5.29 %   6.26 %   6.77 %   6.25 %
    63 %     95 %   176 %   66 %   185 %   130 %   63 %   63 %   95 %   176 %
        
    
1.44
 
 
%
    1.41 %   1.62 %   2.00 %   2.05 %   2.12 %   2.32 %   2.21 %   2.18 %   2.14 %
                                                               

 

Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Income Plus Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 13, 1998
     
For the period ended:  

Nov. 30,
2004

(unaudited)

   

May 31,

2004

   

May 31,

2003

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.84     $11.31     $10.82      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.25     0.44     0.52      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.29     (0.36 )   0.58      

Total from investment operations

  0.54     0.08     1.10      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.26 )   (0.55 )   (0.61 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.26 )   (0.55 )   (0.61 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.12     $10.84     $11.31      

Total return2

  5.07 %   0.68 %   10.60 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $6,900     $7,955     $10,945      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.30 %   1.46 %   1.75 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.68 %   4.12 %   4.63 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  66 %   185 %   130 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.00 %   2.05 %   2.07 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

42   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

                          
                          
     May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
20001
    June 30,
1999
 
     $10.80     $10.61     $12.05     $12.50  
                          
     0.58     0.65     0.72     0.68  
     0.03     0.29     (1.44 )   (0.45 )
     0.61     0.94     (0.72 )   0.23  
                          
     (0.59 )   (0.75 )   (0.72 )   (0.68 )
     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
     (0.59 )   (0.75 )   (0.72 )   (0.68 )
     $10.82     $10.80     $10.61     $12.05  
     5.78 %   9.14 %   (6.19 %)   1.87 %
                          
     $7,328     $3,253     $2,550     $3,037  
                          
     1.85 %   1.85 %   1.83 %   1.47 %
     5.31 %   6.26 %   6.80 %   6.23 %
     63 %   63 %   95 %   176 %
     2.34 %   2.27 %   2.27 %   2.49 %
                          

 

Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Inflation-Protected Bond Fund seeks total return while providing protection against inflation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by actively managing a diversified portfolio consisting principally of inflation-protected debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government other than the U.S. Treasury. Although we can invest in securities of any maturity, we expect to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity between 5 and 20 years. We generally will purchase securities that we believe have strong relative value based on an analysis of a security’s characteristics (such as its principal value, coupon rate, maturity, duration and yield) in light of the current market environment.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in inflation-protected debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government other than the U.S. Treasury; and

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in adjustable or variable rate debt securities, including mortgage- and other asset-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may enter into dollar rolls. We will purchase only securities that are rated, at the time of purchase, within the two highest rating categories assigned by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, are determined by us to be of comparable quality.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars, and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. The Fund invests in inflation-protected debt securities that are structured to provide protection against the negative effects of inflation. Inflation is a general rise in the prices of goods and services which can erode an investor’s purchasing power. Unlike traditional debt securities whose return is based on the payment of interest on a fixed principal amount, the principal value of inflation-protected debt securities is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation and as a result, interest payments will vary. For example, if the index measuring the rate of inflation falls, the principal value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall and the amount of interest payable on such security will consequently be reduced. Conversely, if the index measuring the rate of inflation rises, the principal value on such securities will rise and the amount of interest payable will also increase. The value of inflation-protected debt securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall when real interest rates rise and inversely, rise when real interest rates fall.

 

On February 8, 2005, the Board approved the conversion of the Inflation-Protected Bond Fund from a stand-alone fund into a Gateway Fund. Under the Gateway Fund structure, the Fund will invest substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust with a substantially similar objective and substantially similar investment strategies. The Fund expects to convert to this structure in the second half of this year.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    CLASS A SHARES— COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 28, 2003
     
For the period ended:  

Nov. 30,
2004

(unaudited)

    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.04     $10.14     $10.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.17     0.29     0.15      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.25     (0.13 )   0.14      

Total from investment operations

  0.42     0.16     0.29      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.18 )   (0.23 )   (0.15 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.03 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.18 )   (0.26 )   (0.15 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.28     $10.04     $10.14      

Total return1

  4.18 %   1.65 %   2.94 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $22,788     $20,087     $5,136      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.88 %   0.90 %   0.90 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.28 %   3.18 %   8.55 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  64 %   155 %   115 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.27 %   1.44 %   1.82 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

46   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                     
    CLASS B SHARES— COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 28, 2003
    CLASS C SHARES— COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 28, 2003
 
   

Nov. 30,
2004

(unaudited)

    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
   

Nov. 30,
2004

(unaudited)

    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
 
    $10.03     $10.13     $10.00     $10.04     $10.13     $10.00  
                                     
    0.13     0.20     0.13     0.13     0.21     0.13  
    0.25     (0.12 )   0.13     0.25     (0.12 )   0.13  
    0.38     0.08     0.26     0.38     0.09     0.26  
                                     
    (0.14 )   (0.15 )   (0.13 )   (0.14 )   (0.15 )   (0.13 )
    0.00     (0.03 )   0.00     0.00     (0.03 )   0.00  
    (0.14 )   (0.18 )   (0.13 )   (0.14 )   (0.18 )   (0.13 )
    $10.27     $10.03     $10.13     $10.28     $10.04     $10.13  
    3.80 %   0.89 %   2.65 %   3.79 %   0.99 %   2.65 %
                                     
    $11,435     $10,645     $5,034     $12,528     $11,813     $4,441  
                                     
    1.63 %   1.65 %   1.65 %   1.63 %   1.65 %   1.65 %
    2.57 %   2.14 %   7.33 %   2.56 %   2.22 %   7.81 %
    64 %   155 %   115 %   64 %   155 %   115 %
    2.02 %   2.19 %   2.72 %   2.02 %   2.19 %   2.65 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Intermediate Government Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert N. Daviduk, CFA; William Stevens

 


 

Investment Objective

The Intermediate Government Income Fund seeks current income, consistent with safety of principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a diversified portfolio consisting of fixed and variable rate U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average duration will range from 3 to 5 years. As a result, the dollar-weighted average maturity of the Fund generally ranges from 4 to 10 years. We emphasize the use of intermediate maturity securities to manage interest rate risk and use mortgage-backed securities to enhance yield.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations, including repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 65% of total assets in mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations and (subject to the 20% non-government investment limit) commercial mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in other asset-backed securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped treasury securities, including zero coupon securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may enter into dollar rolls. We will purchase only securities that are rated, at the time of purchase, within the two highest rating categories assigned by an NRSRO or, if unrated, are determined by us to be of comparable quality.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Zero coupon securities also generate ordinary income, which must be distributed to shareholders, even when they do not generate funds to pay such distributions.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Intermediate Government Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 2, 1996
                 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.94     $11.70     $11.19     $11.02     $10.56     $11.04      

Income from investment operations:

                                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.15     0.36     0.41     0.51     0.66     0.64      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.10     (0.60 )   0.68     0.28     0.47     (0.44 )    

Total from investment operations

  0.25     (0.24 )   1.09     0.79     1.13     0.20      

Less distributions:

                                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.21 )   (0.52 )   (0.58 )   (0.62 )   (0.67 )   (0.68 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.21 )   (0.52 )   (0.58 )   (0.62 )   (0.67 )   (0.68 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.98     $10.94     $11.70     $11.19     $11.02     $10.56      

Total return1

  2.32 %   (2.10 )%   9.95 %   7.34 %   10.94 %   1.92 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $150,403     $192,976     $196,203     $195,062     $185,638     $193,615      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.95 %   0.95 %   0.95 %   0.96 %   0.96 %   0.94 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.06 %   2.98 %   3.57 %   4.57 %   6.06 %   6.29 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  114 %   178 %   139 %   102 %   57 %   139 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.08 %   1.12 %   1.13 %   1.16 %   1.22 %   1.16 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

50   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                     
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 17, 1996
       
    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 
    $10.93     $11.68     $11.18     $11.01     $10.55     $11.04  
                                     
    0.07     0.08     0.33     0.43     0.58     0.62  
    0.13     (0.40 )   0.67     0.28     0.47     (0.51 )
    0.20     (0.32 )   1.00     0.71     1.05     0.11  
                                     
    (0.17 )   (0.43 )   (0.50 )   (0.54 )   (0.59 )   (0.60 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.17 )   (0.43 )   (0.50 )   (0.54 )   (0.59 )   (0.60 )
    $10.96     $10.93     $11.68     $11.18     $11.01     $10.55  
    1.84 %   (2.76 )%   9.08 %   6.55 %   10.12 %   1.06 %
                                     
    $38,355     $47,821     $80,989     $67,256     $61,482     $51,495  
                                     
    1.70 %   1.70 %   1.70 %   1.71 %   1.71 %   1.68 %
    2.32 %   2.22 %   2.72 %   3.81 %   5.30 %   5.55 %
    114 %   178 %   139 %   102 %   57 %   139 %
    1.83 %   1.87 %   1.86 %   1.82 %   1.84 %   1.83 %
                                     

 

Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Intermediate Government Income Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOV. 8, 1999
       
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.90     $11.66     $11.17     $11.01     $10.55     $10.86  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.08     0.12     0.39     0.46     0.58     0.32  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.13     (0.45 )   0.61     0.24     0.47     (0.31 )

Total from investment operations

  0.21     (0.33 )   1.00     0.70     1.05     0.01  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.17 )   (0.43 )   (0.51 )   (0.54 )   (0.59 )   (0.32 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.17 )   (0.43 )   (0.51 )   (0.54 )   (0.59 )   (0.32 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.94     $10.90     $11.66     $11.17     $11.01     $10.55  

Total return1

  1.94 %   (2.85 )%   9.11 %   6.48 %   10.16 %   1.07 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $16,439     $21,520     $34,133     $18,078     $8,386     $4,348  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.70 %   1.70 %   1.70 %   1.71 %   1.71 %   1.71 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.32 %   2.23 %   2.68 %   3.79 %   5.28 %   5.54 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  114 %   178 %   139 %   102 %   57 %   139 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.83 %   1.87 %   1.79 %   1.78 %   1.85 %   1.90 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

52   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Short Duration Government Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Marie Chandoha; William Stevens; Thomas O’Connor, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short Duration Government Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by actively managing a portfolio consisting mostly of short-term U.S. Government obligations. Generally, the portfolio’s overall effective duration is less than that of a 3-year U.S. Treasury note. We invest in debt securities that we believe offer attractive yields and are undervalued relative to issues of similar credit quality and interest rate sensitivity.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may invest in dollar rolls. We may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Short Duration Government Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended 2004 and 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 11, 1996
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20041
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
20012
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.13     $10.28     $10.24     $10.19     $9.88      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.11     0.17     0.41     0.43     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.01 )   (0.12 )   0.10     0.22     0.31      

Total from investment operations

  0.10     0.05     0.51     0.65     0.86      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.14 )8   (0.17 )   (0.39 )   (0.47 )   (0.55 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.03 )   (0.08 )   (0.13 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.14 )   (0.20 )   (0.47 )   (0.60 )   (0.55 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.09     $10.13     $10.28     $10.24     $10.19      

Total return3

  0.98 %   0.49 %   4.69 %   6.45 %   8.93 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $46,196     $47,304     $55,807     $6,034     $4,550      

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.91 %6   0.90 %   1.06 %6   1.12 %   1.91 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.08 %   1.83 %   3.51 %   4.16 %   5.43 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  120 %   615 %   331 %   400 %   245 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4, 5

  1.33 %   1.14 %   1.51 %   1.78 %   2.70 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
2   Per-share numbers have been calculated using the average share method, which more appropriately represents the per-share data for the period, because the use of the undistributed income method did not accord with results of operations.
3   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Returns for periods less than one year are not annualized.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

54   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                                             
                CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 31, 2002
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 31, 2002
 
    June 30,
2000
    June 30,
1999
    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20041
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20041
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
 
    $10.03     $10.15     $10.13     $10.29     $10.25     $10.22     $10.14     $10.30     $10.25     $10.22  
                                                             
    0.56     0.41     0.07     0.11     0.28     0.00     0.07     0.11     0.27     0.00  
    (0.15 )   (0.06 )   0.00     (0.14 )   0.10     0.03     (0.01 )   (0.14 )   0.11     0.03  
    0.41     0.35     0.07     (0.03 )   0.38     0.03     0.06     (0.03 )   0.38     0.03  
                                                             
    (0.56 )   (0.42 )   (0.10 )8   (0.10 )   (0.26 )   0.00     (0.10 )8   (0.10 )   (0.25 )   0.00  
    0.00     (0.05 )   0.00     (0.03 )   (0.08 )   0.00     0.00     (0.03 )   (0.08 )   0.00  
    (0.56 )   (0.47 )   (0.10 )   (0.13 )   (0.34 )   0.00     (0.10 )   (0.13 )   (0.33 )   0.00  
    $9.88     $10.03     $10.10     $10.13     $10.29     $10.25     $10.10     $10.14     $10.30     $10.25  
    4.18 %   4.47 %   0.70 %   (0.30 )%   3.76 %   0.29 %   0.60 %   (0.30 )%   3.79 %   0.29 %
                                                             
    $4,087     $3,887     $9,901     $9,734     $5,576     $07     $26,511     $34,410     $32,818     $07  
                                                             
    1.36 %   1.60 %   1.66 %6   1.65 %   1.80 %6   0.00 %   1.66 %6   1.65 %   1.81 %6   0.00 %
    5.60 %   4.96 %   1.33 %   1.12 %   2.75 %   0.00 %   1.32 %   1.10 %   2.73 %   0.00 %
    188 %   199 %   120 %   615 %   331 %   400 %   120 %   615 %   331 %   400 %
    1.86 %   2.10 %   2.09 %   1.89 %   2.27 %   0.45 %   2.09 %   1.89 %   2.27 %   0.45 %
  5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
  6   Includes interest expense.
  7   Amount represents less than $1,000.
  8   Effective June 1, 2004 for income accrued on taxable instruments held by the Fund after that date the Fund received permission to revoke its election to amortize bond premium currently for tax purposes. As a result of this change in tax accounting policy, ordinary taxable income and required distributions will increase in future years and any loss on retirement of such debt instrument will result in capital loss.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Stable Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Richard Merriam, CFA; Ajay Mirza, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Stable Income Fund seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially identical investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We invest in a diversified portfolio of fixed and variable rate dollar-denominated fixed income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others. We invest in short-term investment-grade securities. Under normal circumstances, the expected average duration of the portfolio will range from 0.7 to 1.2 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing debt securities;

 

·   up to 65% of total assets in mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in mortgage-backed securities that are not U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 50% of total assets in U.S. Government obligations; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in fixed or variable rate dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers.

 

We may not invest more than 30% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities issued or guaranteed by any single agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, except the U.S. Treasury, and may not invest more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of any other issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 

We only purchase investment-grade securities. We invest in debt securities with maturities (or average life in the case of mortgage-backed and similar securities) ranging from overnight to 8 years and seek to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity between 1 and 5 years.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars, and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Stable Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 2, 1996
     
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.33     $10.44     $10.38     $10.36      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.07     0.16     0.25     0.34      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.01     (0.10 )   0.06     0.02      

Total from investment operations

  0.08     0.06     0.31     0.36      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.06 )   (0.16 )   (0.25 )   (0.34 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Return of capital

  0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.06 )   (0.17 )   (0.25 )   (0.34 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.35     $10.33     $10.44     $10.38      

Total return1

  0.77 %   0.45 %   3.01 %   3.53 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $135,927     $166,484     $175,249     $79,555      

Ratios to average net assets6:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.90 %   0.90 %   0.82 %   0.90 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.27 %   1.52 %   2.32 %   3.02 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  26 %   92 %   45 %   81 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4, 6

  0.99 %   0.99 %   1.04 %   1.04 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a master portfolio.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Return of capital was less than $0.01 per share.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

58   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                                 
                CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MAY 17, 1996
 
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 
    $10.15     $10.26     $10.32     $10.43     $10.37     $10.35     $10.14     $10.26  
                                                 
    0.57     0.54     0.03     0.08     0.17     0.28     0.49     0.46  
        
0.22
 
 
  (0.11 )   0.00     (0.10 )   0.06     0.01     0.23     (0.12 )
    0.79     0.43     0.03     (0.02 )   0.23     0.29     0.72     0.34  
                                                 
    (0.58 )   (0.54 )   (0.02 )   (0.08 )   (0.17 )   (0.27 )   (0.51 )   (0.46 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   0.005     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.58 )   (0.54 )   (0.02 )   (0.09 )   (0.17 )   (0.27 )   (0.51 )   (0.46 )
    $10.36     $10.15     $10.33     $10.32     $10.43     $10.37     $10.35     $10.14  
    7.98 %   4.28 %   0.29 %   (0.29 )%   2.24 %   2.79 %   7.22 %   3.40 %
                                                 
    $19,054     $8,912     $27,795     $35,552     $48,045     $20,318     $7,598     $2,449  
                                                 
    0.90 %   0.79 %   1.65 %   1.65 %   1.63 %   1.65 %   1.65 %   1.54 %
        
5.44
 
%
  5.29 %   0.52 %   0.81 %   1.51 %   2.41 %   4.65 %   4.54 %
    37 %   40 %   26 %   92 %   45 %   81 %   37 %   40 %
    1.09 %   0.96 %   1.74 %   1.75 %   1.81 %   1.87 %   2.00 %   1.95 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Stable Income Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

   
FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.30     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.02     0.06  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.02     0.33  

Total from investment operations

  0.04     0.39  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.02 )   (0.08 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Return of capital

  0.00     (0.01 )

Total distributions

  (0.02 )   (0.09 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.32     $10.30  

Total return1

  0.39 %   (0.29 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $9,375     $12,225  

Ratios to average net assets4:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.65 %   1.65 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.52 %   0.54 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  26 %   92 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.74 %   1.73 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a master portfolio.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

60   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Strategic Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas M. Price, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Strategic Income Fund seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing primarily in a portfolio of debt securities that are rated BBB through C by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality. We invest in a diversified portfolio of corporate obligations, convertible securities, and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s portfolio to maintain an average effective maturity between three and ten years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing securities;

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in obligations of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in common stocks and convertible securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

The Fund may invest all of its assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Strategic Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING          
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.90     $7.67     $9.53      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.71     0.70     0.96      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.51     2.22     (1.64 )    

Total from investment operations

  1.22     2.92     (0.68 )    

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.71 )   (0.69 )   (0.97 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.21 )    

Total distributions

  (0.71 )   (0.69 )   (1.18 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.41     $9.90     $7.67      

Total return1

  12.70 %   39.38 %   (8.35 )%    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $14     $11     $8      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  6.9 %   7.8 %   10.6 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  141 %   155 %   235 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,4

  1.5 %   1.6 %   1.6 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of Class) to October 31, 2001.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

62   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                               
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
 
   

Oct. 31,

20012

   

Oct. 31,

2004

   

Oct. 31,

2003

   

Oct. 31,

2002

   

Oct. 31,

2001

 
    $10.00     $9.90     $7.68     $9.53     $10.00  
                               
    1.14     0.59     0.59     0.84     1.02  
    (0.47 )   0.52     2.21     (1.63 )   (0.47 )
    0.67     1.11     2.80     (0.79 )   0.55  
                               
    (1.14 )   (0.59 )   (0.58 )   (0.85 )   (1.02 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.21 )   0.00  
    (1.14 )   (0.59 )   (0.58 )   (1.06 )   (1.02 )
    $9.53     $10.42     $9.90     $7.68     $9.53  
    6.04 %   11.55 %   37.55 %   (9.44 )%   4.87 %
                               
    $6     $10     $9     $4     $2  
                               
    1.1 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %
    12.1 %   5.8 %   6.4 %   9.1 %   10.9 %
    424 %   141 %   155 %   235 %   424 %
    3.9 %   2.3 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   4.0 %
                               

 

Income Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Strategic Income Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
 
For the period ended:  

Oct. 31,

2004

   

Oct. 31,

2003

   

Oct. 31,

2002

   

Oct. 31,

2001

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.89     $7.66     $9.52     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.59     0.59     0.84     1.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.51     2.22     (1.63 )   (0.48 )

Total from investment operations

  1.10     2.81     (0.79 )   0.54  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.59 )   (0.58 )   (0.86 )   (1.02 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.21 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.59 )   (0.58 )   (1.07 )   (1.02 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.40     $9.89     $7.66     $9.52  

Total return1

  11.40 %   37.73 %   (9.56 )%   4.77 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $5     $6     $5     $2  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.3 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   2.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  5.8 %   6.6 %   9.0 %   10.9 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  141 %   155 %   235 %   424 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  2.3 %   2.4 %   2.4 %   4.1 %4
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of class) to October 31, 2001.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

64   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Total Return Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:     William Stevens; Marie Chandoha; Thomas O’Connor, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Total Return Bond Fund seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. We invest in debt securities that we believe offer attractive yields and are undervalued relative to issues of similar credit quality and interest rate sensitivity. From time to time, the Fund may also invest in unrated bonds that we believe are comparable to investment-grade debt securities. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in bonds;

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may enter into dollar rolls. We may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

On February 8, 2005, the Board approved the conversion of the Total Return Bond Fund from a stand-alone fund into a Gateway Fund. Under the Gateway Fund structure, the Fund will invest substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust with a substantially similar objective and substantially similar investment strategies. The Fund expects to convert to this structure in the second half of this year.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Total Return Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended 2004 and 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2001
     
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
   

May 31,

20041

    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.32     $12.79     $12.17     $12.45      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.21     0.34     0.63     0.32      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.22     (0.35 )   0.69     (0.06 )    

Total from investment operations

  0.43     (0.01 )   1.32     0.26      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.21 )   (0.34 )   (0.62 )   (0.32 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.08 )   (0.22 )    

Total distributions

  (0.21 )   (0.46 )   (0.70 )   (0.54 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $12.54     $12.32     $12.79     $12.17      

Total return2

  3.48 %   (0.09 )%   10.95 %   2.21 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $38,848     $45,670     $2,691     $117      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                           

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.90 %   0.90 %   0.97 %5   0.96 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.33 %   3.07 %   3.78 %   5.78 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  297 %   918 %   544 %   193 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  1.16 %   1.16 %   1.61 %   1.95 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
2   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Includes interest expense.

 

66   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                                 
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2001
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2001
 
    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20041
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20041
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
 
    $12.33     $12.80     $12.18     $12.45     $12.26     $12.73     $12.12     $12.45  
                                                 
    0.16     0.25     0.56     0.23     0.16     0.25     0.57     0.25  
    0.23     (0.35 )   0.69     (0.05 )   0.23     (0.35 )   0.67     (0.11 )
    0.39     (0.10 )   1.25     0.18     0.39     (0.10 )   1.24     0.14  
                                                 
    (0.16 )   (0.25 )   (0.55 )   (0.23 )   (0.16 )   (0.25 )   (0.55 )   (0.25 )
    0.00     (0.12 )   (0.08 )   (0.22 )   0.00     (0.12 )   (0.08 )   (0.22 )
    (0.16 )   (0.37 )   (0.63 )   (0.45 )   (0.16 )   (0.37 )   (0.63 )   (0.47 )
    $12.56     $12.33     $12.80     $12.18     $12.49     $12.26     $12.73     $12.12  
    3.10 %   (0.79 )%   9.85 %   1.52 %   3.20 %   (0.79 )%   9.78 %   1.12 %
                                                 
    $7,943     $8,031     $3,868     $87     $6,034     $6,248     $4,425     $27  
                                                 
    1.65 %   1.65 %   1.71 %5   0.83 %   1.65 %   1.65 %   1.71 %5   0.95 %
    2.60 %   2.19 %   2.81 %   4.93 %   2.62 %   2.20 %   2.88 %   5.14 %
    297 %   918 %   544 %   193 %   297 %   918 %   544 %   193 %
    1.91 %   1.91 %   2.31 %   1.94 %   1.92 %   1.91 %   2.32 %   1.93 %
                                                 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers. We may invest a significant amount in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities. Under normal circumstances, we expect the average duration of the Fund’s portfolio to be one year or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities;

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 8.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 74. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
     
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.83     $9.90     $10.24      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.15     0.18     0.35      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.02 )   0.06     (0.34 )    

Total from investment operations

  0.13     0.24     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.31 )   (0.35 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.25 )   (0.31 )   (0.35 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.71     $9.83     $9.90      

Total return1

  1.35 %   2.45 %   0.15 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $19     $31     $22      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.7 %   1.8 %   3.5 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  28 %   90 %   204 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  1.3 %   1.3 %   1.3 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of Class) to October 31, 2001.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

70   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                               
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
 
   

Oct. 31,

20012

   

Oct. 31,

2004

   

Oct. 31,

2003

   

Oct. 31,

2002

   

Oct. 31,

20012

 
    $10.10     $9.81     $9.88     $10.22     $10.10  
                               
    0.52     0.07     0.09     0.26     0.44  
        
0.16
 
 
  (0.03 )   0.06     (0.34 )   0.14  
    0.68     0.04     0.15     (0.08 )   0.58  
                               
    (0.54 )   (0.17 )   (0.22 )   (0.26 )   (0.46 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.54 )   (0.17 )   (0.22 )   (0.26 )   (0.46 )
    $10.24     $9.68     $9.81     $9.88     $10.22  
    6.90 %   0.37 %   1.56 %   (0.74 )%   5.82 %
                               
    $10     $10     $14     $13     $4  
                               
    1.1 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.2 %
        
4.6
 
%
  0.8 %   0.9 %   2.5 %   3.6 %
    221 %   28 %   90 %   204 %   221 %
    1.5 %   2.1 %   2.1 %   2.0 %   2.4 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 2000
             
For the period ended:  

Oct. 31,

2004

   

Oct. 31,

2003

   

Oct. 31,

2002

   

Oct. 31,

20012

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.83     $9.90     $10.23     $10.10  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.06     0.10     0.26     0.44  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.02 )   0.05     (0.32 )   0.15  

Total from investment operations

  0.04     0.15     (0.06 )   0.59  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.17 )   (0.22 )   (0.27 )   (0.46 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.17 )   (0.22 )   (0.27 )   (0.46 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.70     $9.83     $9.90     $10.23  

Total return1

  0.37 %   1.56 %   (0.63 )%   5.90 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $10     $16     $9     $3  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %   2.0 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.8 %   0.9 %       
2.5
 
%
  3.6 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  28 %   90 %   204 %   221 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  2.1 %   2.0 %       
2.0
 
%
  2.3 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from November 30, 2000 (commencement of Class) to October 31, 2001.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

72   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 8. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Government Securities Fund, Income Plus Fund, Inflation-Protected Bond Fund, Intermediate Government Income Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund, Strategic Income Fund and Total Return Bond Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Certain Funds may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Each Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

74   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality that the Income, Income Plus and High Yield Bond Funds may invest in tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities rated in the lowest category of investment-grade securities, “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

·   Certain Funds may purchase bonds at a price less than a bond’s principal amount. In such case, the Fund generally will be required to include a portion of such discount in its income and make distributions to shareholders representing such discount, taxable to them as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   75

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks”, you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

76   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH YIELD BOND   INCOME PLUS   INFLATION-PROTECTED BOND   INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT INCOME   SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND   STABLE INCOME   STATEGIC INCOME   TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND
 
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, And other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Currency and Liquidity Risk           l               l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk       l   l                   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l       l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

Income Funds Prospectus   77

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

        GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH YIELD BOND   INCOME PLUS   INFLATION-PROTECTED BOND   INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT INCOME   SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND   STABLE INCOME   STRATEGIC INCOME   TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                        

Loan Participations

Debt obligations that represent a portion of a larger loan made by a bank. Generally sold without guarantee or recourse, some participations sell at a discount because of the borrower’s credit problems.

  Credit Risk   l   l   l           l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit
And Prepayment/ Extension Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage, Credit and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk       l   l   l           l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments of interest or a future payment of principal, but not both. These securities tend to have greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

78   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

 

Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Income Funds Prospectus   79

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers, who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As noted in this table, the fees shown for the Stable Income Fund include fees allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the Stable Income Fund, a gateway fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this structure, Funds Management receives only an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If the Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

The Stable Income Fund has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with the sub-adviser that advises the master portfolio in which the Fund invests. Under this arrangement, if the Stable Income Fund redeems assets from the master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Stable Income Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Government Securities Fund, High Yield Bond, Inflation-Protected Bond, Short Duration Government Bond, Strategic Income, Total Return Bond and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Funds. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day to day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-adviser(s) and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

80   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds, except the High Yield Bond Fund and Stable Income Fund. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Sutter, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and a direct subsidiary of Wells Capital Management, located at 550 California Street, San Francisco, CA 94104, is the sub-adviser for the High Yield Bond Fund. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activity of the Fund. Sutter also provides investment advisory services for collateralized bond obligations and Wells Fargo & Company’s proprietary portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, Sutter managed assets in excess of $378.4 million.

 

Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”), an investment adviser subsidiary of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) located at 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, MN 55479, is the investment sub-adviser for the master portfolio in which the Stable Income Fund invests substantially all of its assets. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the master portfolio. Galliard provides investment advisory services to bank and thrift institutions, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts and charitable organizations and corporate and other business entities. As of December 31, 2004, Galliard managed assets in excess of $18.3 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management and Sutter are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the respective Funds. Galliard is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the master portfolio in which the Stable Income Fund invests.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   81

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class B and Class C shares are available for all the Funds except the Government Securities Fund. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

82   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

CLASS A SHARES, EXCEPT FOR THE SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND FUND, THE STABLE INCOME
FUND AND THE ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND FUND HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   4.50%      4.71%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.00%      4.17%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.50%      3.63%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.50%      2.56%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND FUND CLASS A SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES
CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   3.00%      3.09%

$50,000 to $99,999

   2.50%      2.56%

$100,000 to $249,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$250,000 to $499,999

   1.50%      1.52%

$500,000 to $999,999

   1.00%      1.01%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 0.50% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   83

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

CLASS A SHARES FOR THE STABLE INCOME FUND AND ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND FUND HAVE THE
FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   2.00%      2.04%

$50,000 to $99,999

   1.50%      1.52%

$100,000 to $249,999

   1.00%      1.01%

$250,000 to $499,999

   0.75%      0.76%

$500,000 to $999,999

   0.50%      0.50%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 0.50% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with the Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, within three years for the Short Duration Government Bond Fund, and within two years for the Stable Income Fund, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedules are as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES, EXCEPT FOR THE SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND FUND, THE STABLE INCOME FUND
AND ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND FUND HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A Shares

 

CLASS B SHARES FOR THE SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND FUND HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC
SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS

CDSC

  3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A Shares

 

CLASS B SHARES FOR THE STABLE INCOME FUND AND ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND FUND HAVE THE
FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS

CDSC

  1.50%   0.75%   0.00%   0.00%   A Shares

 

84   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, three years for the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and two years for the Stable Income Fund and the Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, four years for the Short Duration Government Bond Fund, the Stable Income Fund and the Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above applicable CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997, are subject to the following CDSC schedule, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER MARCH 3, 1997,
BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A Shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, except for the Stable Income Fund, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES, EXCEPT FOR STABLE
INCOME FUND, PURCHASED PRIOR TO MAY 18, 1999 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A Shares

 

Income Funds Prospectus   85

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Strong Funds in exchange for Strong Fund shares purchased prior to April 11, 2005 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after eight years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STRONG FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
APRIL 11, 2005 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS   9 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   4.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in a reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to pay the higher ongoing expenses.

 

86   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution or transfer from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the account previously held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and that such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

Income Funds Prospectus   87

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase; and

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.50% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 4.50% on the first $49,999, then 4.00% on the next $50,000!

 

88   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with the Funds’ distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

Income Funds Prospectus   89

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

Government Securities

   N/A      0.75%

High Yield Bond

   0.75%      0.75%

Income Plus

   0.75%      0.75%

Inflation-Protected Bond

   0.75%      0.75%

Intermediate Government Income

   0.75%      0.75%

Short Duration Government Bond

   0.75%      0.75%

Stable Income

   0.75%      0.75%

Strategic Income

   0.75%      0.75%

Total Return Bond

   0.75%      0.75%

Ultra-Short Duration Bond

   0.75%      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

90   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

·   The High Yield Bond Fund and the Strategic Income Fund each impose a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 95 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering

 

Income Funds Prospectus   91

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Except as noted below for the Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund (“Short-Term Fund”), Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern.

 

Because the Short-Term Fund is often used for short-term investments, it is designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term income funds. As a result, the Short-Term Fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the Short-Term Fund or its shareholders. Although the policies adopted by the Short-Term Fund do not prohibit frequent trading in the Short-Term Fund, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing the Short-Term Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in long-term Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the long-term Funds.

 

In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

92   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   93

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front, or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by,

 

94   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the High Yield Bond Fund and the Strategic Income Fund, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

To determine whether the redemption fee applies, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized net capital gain, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first).

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70½ according to IRS guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   due to participation in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of Fund transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Fund generally will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   95

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

96   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo Advantage High Yield Bond Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check as well.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request an investment slip booklet, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 ($250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   97

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 96.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 96. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

98   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   99

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

100   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income at least monthly, and any realized capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Fund Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written Medallion Guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·  

Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the

 

Income Funds Prospectus   101

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

 

day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. If the principal value of an inflation-protected debt security is adjusted downward due to deflation, amounts previously distributed in the taxable year may be characterized in some circumstances as return of capital. Estimates of inflation may be used in the determination of monthly income distribution rates. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct a portion of their distributions from the Funds when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. The Funds, however, generally do not expect to realize a material amount of such dividend income. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

102   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the appropriate number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees changed by Institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all

 

Income Funds Prospectus   103

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

104   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolio


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

Stable Income Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 

 

106   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY
The Portfolio invests in short-term investment-grade securities, which include mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. We invest in fixed and variable rate dollar-denominated debt securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   107

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Portfolio Managers identified below in connection with the Stable Income Fund manage the Portfolio in which the Fund currently invests, and not the Fund itself. The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Marie Chandoha

Short Duration Government Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Ms. Chandoha joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Senior Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Ms. Chandoha was a portfolio manager and co-head of the Fixed Income Fund Group at Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”) since joining the firm in 1999. From 1996 to 1999, she was chief bond strategist at Goldman Sachs, where she advised institutional clients on optimal asset allocation strategies in the U.S. bond market. From 1994 to 1996, she was managing director of global fixed income and economics research at Credit Suisse First Boston, where she managed the global bond and economics research department. Ms. Chandoha is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Harvard University, with a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund since 2003

Intermediate Government Income Fund since 2002

Mr. Daviduk joined Wells Capital Management in 2002 as Managing Director of Intermediate Fixed Income investing. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Daviduk was a Senior Vice President and Director of Taxable Fixed Income with Banc of America Capital Management since 1997. Mr. Daviduk earned his B.S. degree in Business Administration/Accounting from Bucknell University, and his M.B.A. degree in Finance/International Business from New York University.

 

W. Frank Koster

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Income Plus Fund since 2005

Mr. Koster joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Koster was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since March 1999, first as a Senior Vice President of SCM’s Institutional Business Group. From December 2000 to March 2001, he was a fixed-income product specialist at SCM, and from March 2001 through 2004, a portfolio manager for SCM’s institutional fixed-income accounts. Mr. Koster received his B.S. degree in Economics from the College of Wooster in 1979.

 

Chris M. Lee

High Yield Bond Fund since 2005

Mr. Lee Joined Sutter in 2002 as an analyst specializing in diversified financials and food and beverage sectors. Prior to joining Sutter, Mr. Lee worked at the Wells Fargo Financial Sponsors Group and graduated from the Wells Fargo Credit Management Training Program. He earned his B.A. degree in Political Science from the University of California at Irvine and his M.B.A. degree from the University of California at Davis Graduate School of Management.

 

Richard Merriam, CFA

Stable Income Fund since 2004

Mr. Merriam joined Galliard at the firm’s inception in 1995. Currently Mr. Merriam is a Managing Partner at Galliard. He is responsible for investment process and strategy. Prior to joining Galliard, Mr. Merriam was Chief Investment Officer for Insight Management. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics and English from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Minnesota.

 

108   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Ajay Mirza, CFA

Stable Income Fund since 2004

Mr. Mirza joined Galliard at the firm’s inception in 1995 as a Portfolio Manager and Mortgage Specialist. Prior to joining Galliard, Mr. Mirza was a research analyst at Insight Investment Management and at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Mirza earned his B.E. degree in Instrumentation from the Birla Institute of Technology (India), his M.A. degree in Economics from Tulane University, and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Minnesota.

 

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Mueller joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991. He also served as Director of Fixed Income for SCM from July 2002 to July 2004. Prior to joining SCM, he was a securities analyst and portfolio manager at R. Meeder & Associates. He began his investment career at Harris Trust & Savings Bank as an investment analyst. Mr. Mueller earned a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Chicago.

 

Thomas O’Connor, CFA

Short Duration Government Bond Fund since 2003

Total Return Bond Fund since 2003

Thomas O’Connor joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Portfolio Manager and is responsible for identifying value in mortgages. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. O’Connor was a portfolio manager in the Fixed Income Division of Montgomery. Prior to that time, Mr. O’Connor was a senior portfolio manager in charge of agency mortgages at Vanderbilt Capital Advisors (formerly ARM Capital Advisors). Previously, Mr. O’Connor was a senior trader of agency mortgages in both a proprietary and market-making role at the Union Bank of Switzerland. He was also a senior trader at First Boston and Smith Barney. Mr. O’Connor is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research. He earned his B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Vermont.

 

Thomas M. Price, CFA

Income Plus Fund Since 2005

Strategic Income Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Price joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since April 1996 as a fixed income research analyst and, since May 1998, as a portfolio manager. During this period, Mr. Price, managed several fixed-income funds and separate accounts. Mr. Price began his investment career at Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin as a financial analyst and later joined Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance as a high-yield bond analyst. He received his B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.

 

William Stevens

Intermediate Government Income Fund since 2005

Short Duration Government Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1992

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Mr. Stevens joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Chief Fixed Income Officer and Senior Managing Director. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Stevens directed the Fixed Income team of Montgomery from 1992. Mr. Stevens also served as Montgomery’s president and chief investment officer. Prior to Montgomery, he was responsible for starting the collateralized mortgage obligation and asset-backed securities trading department at Barclays de Zoete Wedd

 

Income Funds Prospectus   109

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

Securities. Previously, he headed the structured product department at Drexel Burnham Lambert, which included both origination and trading. Mr. Stevens has a M.B.A. degree from the Harvard Business School and he is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Wesleyan University, where he received a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

Phil Susser

High Yield Bond Fund since 2004

Mr. Susser joined Sutter as a senior analyst in September 2001 and is currently a Portfolio Manager. He began his high yield experience in 1995. Prior to joining Sutter, Mr. Susser worked at Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. as an associate research analyst. Prior to that, he evaluated venture investment opportunities for Media One Ventures and spent three years as a securities lawyer representing underwriters and issuers of high yield debt. He earned his B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania and his law degree from the University of Michigan Law School.

 

Roger Wittlin

High Yield Bond Fund since 2002

Mr. Wittlin is the Senior Managing Director of the Sutter High Yield Group . Mr. Wittlin joined Sutter in 2000 after 18 years of capital markets experience with Goldman Sachs, Deutsche Bank and Lehman Brothers. At Deutsche Bank, Mr. Wittlin was a Managing Director. At Goldman Sachs, Mr. Wittlin was Vice President of the Principal Investment Group which purchased non-performing and sub-performing assets. Mr. Wittlin earned dual Masters degrees in International Management and Business Administration from the American Graduate School of International Management and earned a B.A. degree in Journalism from Arizona State University.

 

110   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Adjustable or Variable Rate Debt Securities

A type of bond for which the interest rate is adjusted periodically according to a pre-determined formula, usually linked to an index.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Dollar Rolls

Similar to a reverse Repurchase Agreement, dollar rolls are simultaneous agreements to sell a security held in a portfolio and to purchase a similar security at a future date at an agreed-upon price.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   111

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Dollar-Weighted Average Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Effective Duration

A measure of the percentage change in the price of a bond for small changes in interest rates, taking into account the exercise of any embedded options, such as call provisions. Duration is usually expressed in years.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Inflation-Protected Debt Securities

Unlike traditional debt securities that make fixed or variable principal and interest payments, inflation-protected debt securities are structured to provide protection against the negative effects of inflation. The value of the debt securities’ principal is adjusted to track changes in an official inflation measure. For example, the U.S. Treasury currently uses the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U) as a measure of inflation for its inflation-protected debt securities. The U.S. Treasury guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest payments on inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. Other inflation-protected securities may not carry a similar guarantee by their issuer.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

112   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and/or principal.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Real Interest Rates

Refers to the current market interest rate adjusted to reflect the market’s expectations on inflation.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

A sale by a Fund of securities it holds with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same securities at an agreed-upon price and date.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   113

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Stability of Principal

The degree to which share prices for a fund remain steady.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold, individually, as securities.

 

Stripped Treasury Securities

Debt obligations in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold as securities.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

114   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275 Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778 Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE: Call: 1 -800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1 -202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED—NO BANK GUARANTEE—MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

0451FR/P1001 (4/05) ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospects

Wells Fargo Advantage Income Funds – Class Z

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra-short Duration Bond Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   12

The Fund

 

Important information about

the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   13
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

   14
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra-Short Duration
Bond Fund

   18
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   22
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   26

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and

how to buy, sell and exchange

Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   28
    

How to Buy Shares

   31
    

How to Sell Shares

   34
    

Exchanges

   36

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   38
    

Portfolio Managers

   42
    

Glossary

   43

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds Overview


See the Fund description in the Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Total Return Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund)

 

  

 

Seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 

 

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund (STGBX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

4   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY

 

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, which include U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 

We invest principally in debt securities and up to 35% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s duration is generally one year or less.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund description beginning on page 14;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in Funds portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in the Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Foreign Obligations

The Funds may invest in securities of foreign issuers. Investments in such securities are subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility, as well as various additional risks, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

The Funds may invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities which may not be guaranteed by the U.S. Government. Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk and extension risk, either of which can reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Asset-backed securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying assets, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

 

Stripped Securities

The Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which have greater interest rate risk than mortgage-backed securities with like maturities and/or stripped treasury securities which have greater interest rate risk than traditional government securities with identical credit ratings and like maturities.

 

6   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Total Return Bond Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under the “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may also invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy, results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

 

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

 

 

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in debt securities that are low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and maybe more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. In addition, our active investment trading strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratios and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra- Short Duration Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra- Short Duration Bond Fund reflects the historical information of the predecessor fund.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund, which was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for the predecessor fund.

 

Total Return Bond Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  4.91%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.35)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

8   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class Z Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 04/11/05)1

  4.28%   7.93%   7.17%

Class Z Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.94%   5.66%   4.58%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on
Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.77%   5.39%   4.52%

LB Aggregate Bond Index2

  4.34%   7.71%   7.01%
1   Performance shown for the Class Z shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are lower than those of the Class Z shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Class Z shares would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’95  •  3.77%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’02  •  (0.68)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Class Z Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 03/31/94)1

  0.97%   3.18%   5.26%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  0.05%   1.53%   2.97%

Class Z Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.63%   1.70%   3.06%

Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.74%   3.90%   4.94%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index3 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class Z shares of the predecessor Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund.
2   The Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index is an unmanaged index generally representative of the average return on the one-year Treasury bills.
3   Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index.

 

10   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Total Return
Bond Fund
  Ultra-Short Duration
Bond Fund
Management Fees1   0.43%   0.45%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.81%   1.05%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.24%   1.50%
Fee Waivers   0.29%   0.53%
NET EXPENSES3   0.95%   0.97%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.45% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.40% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.35% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.325% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.30% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Total Return
Bond Fund
  Ultra-Short Duration
Bond Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 97   $ 99
  3 YEARS   $ 365   $ 422
  5 YEARS   $   $ 768
10 YEARS   $   $ 1,745

 

 

12   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Fund offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Total Return Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    William Stevens; Marie Chandoha; Thomas O’Connor, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Total Return Bond Fund seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. We invest in debt securities that we believe offer attractive yields and are undervalued relative to issues of similar credit quality and interest rate sensitivity. From time to time, the Fund may also invest in unrated bonds that we believe are comparable to investment-grade debt securities. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in bonds;

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may enter into dollar rolls. We may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may also invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

On February 8, 2005, the Board approved the conversion of the Inflation-Protected Bond Fund from a stand-alone fund into a Gateway Fund. Under the Gateway Fund structure, the Fund will invest substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust with a substantially similar objective and substantially similar investment strategies. The Fund expects to convert to this structure in the second half of this year.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

14   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Total Return Bond Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Administrator Class shares of the Fund. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended 2004 and 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS1 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 1997
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20042
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.11     $12.57     $11.97     $11.85      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.36     0.64     0.43      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.22     (0.34 )   0.68     0.36      

Total income from investment operations

  0.44     0.02     1.32     0.79      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.22 )   (0.36 )   (0.64 )   (0.45 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.08 )   (0.22 )    

Total distributions

  (0.22 )   (0.48 )   (0.72 )   (0.67 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $12.33     $12.11     $12.57     $11.97      

Total return3

  3.66 %   (0.20 )   11.01 %   8.81 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $350,642     $202,187     $91,244     $38,841      

Ratios to average net assets5:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

                           

Ratio of expenses excluding interest and
taxes to average net assets

  0.70 %   0.70 %   0.60 %6   0.71 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.60 %   3.25 %   4.56 %   5.38 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  297 %   918 %   544 %   193 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses4, 5

  0.99 %   0.99 %   1.19 %   1.42 %    
1   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
2   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
3   Total return calculations do not include sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   Includes interest expense.

 

16   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
    June 30,
1999
 
    $11.33     $11.66     $12.44  
                   
    0.70     0.77     0.73  
        
0.52
 
 
  (0.20 )   (0.35 )
    1.22     0.57     0.38  
                   
    (0.70 )   (0.75 )   (0.74 )
    0.00     (0.15 )   (0.42 )
    (0.70 )   (0.90 )   (1.16 )
    $11.85     $11.33     $11.66  
    11.06 %   4.96 %   3.20 %
                   
    $31,788     $28,112     $38,476  
                   
                   
                   
    0.95 %   0.80 %   1.16 %
        
6.02
 
%
  6.78 %   5.88 %
    449 %   176 %   158 %
        
    
1.59
 
 
%
  1.13 %   1.25 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers. We may invest a significant amount in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities. Under normal circumstances, we expect the average duration of the Fund’s portfolio to be one year or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities;

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Fund” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains. We may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 22. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

18   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING          
    CLASS Z SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 31, 1994
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
20041
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.80     $9.86      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.15     0.18      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.03 )   0.08      

Total from investment operations

  0.12     0.26      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.32 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.25 )   (0.32 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.67     $9.80      

Total return1

  1.25 %   2.62 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $16     $27      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.7 %   1.9 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  28 %   90 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.2 %2   1.1 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $10.19     $10.14     $10.21  
                   
    0.35     0.54     0.56  
        
(0.34
 
)
  0.14     0.02  
    0.01     0.68     0.58  
                   
    (0.34 )   (0.63 )   (0.65 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.34 )   (0.63 )   (0.65 )
    $9.86     $10.19     $10.14  
    0.15 %   6.84 %   5.83 %
                   
    $30     $47     $51  
                   
    1.2 %   1.2 %   1.1 %
        
3.5
 
%
  5.3 %   5.6 %
    204 %   221 %   59 %
        
    
1.2
 
 
%
  1.2 %   1.1 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Total Return Bond Fund and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   The Funds may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   The Funds may invest a portion of its assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of those U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Fund itself.

 

·  

The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality that the Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund may invest in tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also

 

22   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities rated in the lowest category of investment-grade securities, “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Funds and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that a Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities, or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

 

        TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes
(e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt-securities of non-U.S.
companies, foreign banks, foreign governments,
and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory and
Liquidity Risk
  l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

 

Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

  l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rate of return. These securities, sometime referred
to as “junk bonds”, tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are
subject to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at
approximately the value determined for it by the Fund.
Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one-third of total assets, including the value of
the collateral received).

  Credit Risk   l   l

 

24   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

        TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Loan Participations

Debt obligations that represent a position of a longer loan
made by a bank. Generally sold without guarantee or
recourse, some participants sell at a discount because of the
borrower’s credit problem.

  Credit Risk   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional
interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage
loans, car loans, credit card debt or receivables held
in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk
  l   l

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on
an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of
options
used may include:
options on securities, options on a stock
index and
options on stock index futures to protect
liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage, Credit and
Liquidity Risk
  l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds,
which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata
portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the
expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities which are not publicly traded but which may or
may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A of
the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments
of interest or a future payment of principal, but not both.
These securities tend to have greater interest rate
sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk   l   l

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street,

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

Provide services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

26   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for each Fund, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of each Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Total Return Bond Fund and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund. Under this structure, the Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day to day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-adviser(s) and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires the Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of each Fund. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable, and if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) at 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

28   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Qualified Investors

 

You may purchase Class Z shares only under limited circumstances, at the NAV on the day of purchase. The following types of investors may qualify to purchase Class Z shares of the Funds:

 

·   Investors who received Class Z shares in the reorganization of the Strong Funds into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds;

 

·   Investors who previously held Class Z shares of any Fund, upon providing adequate proof of prior ownership;

 

·   Officers, directors and employees of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, Funds Management, and affiliates of these entities, and each of their immediate family members (grandparent, parent, sibling, child, grandchild, and spouse) who live in the same household;

 

·   Employer-sponsored retirement plans, and their participants, for which Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, has entered into an agreement to provide document or administrative services, and other retirement plans whose administrators or dealers have entered into an agreement with Funds Management or the Funds’ distributor, or an affiliate, to perform services;

 

·   Certain institutional investors purchasing more than $1 million of Class Z shares;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Any Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Any accounts in a fee-based advisory program managed by Funds Management; and

 

·   Registered investment advisers holding Class Z shares of a Strong Fund on November 30, 2000.

 

For more information on the purchase of Class Z shares, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Class Z shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

30   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:   

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attn:

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund, Class Z.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

32   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

Class Z shares are not available for purchase on the internet if you do not have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 31.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 31. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion Guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances i) if the request is over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system, to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares”, below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

  ·   Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

34   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Class Z shares may also be exchanged for Investor Class shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Except as noted below for the Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund (“Short-Term Fund”), Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern.

 

Because the Short-Term Fund is often used for short-term investments, it is designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term income funds. As a result, the Short-Term Fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the Short-Term Fund or its

 

36   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

shareholders. Although the policies adopted by the Short-Term Fund do not prohibit frequent trading in the Short-Term Fund, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing the Short-Term Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in long-term Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the long-term Funds.

 

In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income at least monthly, and any net and realized capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

38   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized capital net gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct a portion of distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you are an individual Fund shareholder, the portion of your distributions attributable to dividends received by a Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you with respect to your Fund shares, and by the Fund with respect to the stocks it holds that are producing such dividends. The Funds, however, generally do not expect to realize a material amount of such dividend income. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and realizes and distributes the gain. The Funds have built up, or the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Check Writing

Check writing is offered on the Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund’s Class Z shares. Checks written on your account are subject to the Fund’s Prospectus and the terms and conditions found in the front of the book of checks. Sign up for free check writing when you open your account or call 1-800-222-8222 to add it to an existing account. Check redemptions must be for a minimum of $500. Checks will only be honored if written against purchases made more than ten days before the check is presented for payment. Checks may not be written to close an account.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect

 

40   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Marie Chandoha

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Ms. Chandoha joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Senior Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Ms. Chandoha was a portfolio manager and co-head of the Fixed Income Fund Group at Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”) since joining the firm in 1999. From 1996 to 1999, she was chief bond strategist at Goldman Sachs, where she advised institutional clients on optimal asset allocation strategies in the U.S. bond market. From 1994 to 1996, she was managing director of global fixed income and economics research at Credit Suisse First Boston, where she managed the global bond and economics research department. Ms. Chandoha is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Harvard University, with a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Mueller joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1991. He also served as Director of Fixed Income for SCM from July 2002 to July 2004. Prior to joining SCM, he was a securities analyst and portfolio manager at R. Meeder & Associates. He began his investment career at Harris Trust & Savings Bank as an investment analyst. Mr. Mueller earned a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Chicago.

 

Thomas O’Connor, CFA

Total Return Bond Fund since 2003

Thomas O’Connor joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Portfolio Manager and is responsible for identifying value in mortgages. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. O’Connor was a portfolio manager in the Fixed Income Division of Montgomery. Prior to that time, Mr. O’Connor was a senior portfolio manager in charge of agency mortgages at Vanderbilt Capital Advisors (formerly ARM Capital Advisors). Previously, Mr. O’Connor was a senior trader of agency mortgages in both a proprietary and market-making role at the Union Bank of Switzerland. He was also a senior trader at First Boston and Smith Barney. Mr. O’Connor is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research. He earned his B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Vermont.

 

Thomas M. Price, CFA

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Price joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since April 1996 as a fixed income research analyst and, since May 1998, as a portfolio manager. During this period, Mr. Price managed several fixed-income funds and separate accounts. Mr. Price began his investment career at Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin as a financial analyst and later joined Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance as a high-yield bond analyst. He received his B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.

 

William Stevens

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Mr. Stevens joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Chief Fixed Income Officer and Senior Managing Director. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Stevens directed the Fixed Income team of Montgomery from 1992. Mr. Stevens also served as Montgomery’s president and chief investment officer. Prior to Montgomery he was responsible for starting the collateralized mortgage obligation and asset-backed securities trading department at Barclays de Zoete Wedd Securities. Previously, he headed the structured product department at Drexel Burnham Lambert, which included both origination and trading. Mr. Stevens has a M.B.A. degree from the Harvard Business School and he is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Wesleyan University, where he received a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

42   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Fund.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Dollar Rolls

Similar to a reverse Repurchase Agreement, dollar rolls are simultaneous agreements to sell a security held in a portfolio and to purchase a similar security at a future date at an agreed-upon price.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   43

 

We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Effective Duration

A measure of the percentage change in the price of a bond for small changes in interest rates, taking into account the exercise of any embedded options, such as call provisions. Duration is usually expressed in years.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

44   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and/or principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of the Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

A sale by a Fund of securities it holds with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same securities at an agreed-upon price and date.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosures made in the Prospectus.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold, individually, as securities.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GURANTEE -MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

0451FZ/P1002 (04/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Income Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Intermediate Government Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Stable Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   10
      

Summary of Expenses

   20

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Bond Fund

   22
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government
Securities Fund

   25
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Inflation-Protected
Bond Fund

   28
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Intermediate Government Income Fund

   30
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   33
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Stable Income Fund

   36
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

   39
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term
Income Fund

   43
      

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks

   46
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   50

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   54
    

How to Buy Shares

   55
    

How to Sell Shares

   57
    

Exchanges

   58

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   60
    

Description of Master Portfolios

   62
    

Portfolio Managers

   64
      

Glossary

   67

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Diversified Bond Fund

(NVMFX)

   Seeks total return by diversifying its investments among different fixed income investment styles.

 

Government Securities Fund

 

  

Seeks current income.

 

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

(IPBIX)

  

 

Seeks to provide total return while providing protection against inflation.

 

Intermediate Government Income Fund

(NVGIX)

  

 

Seeks current income, consistent with safety of principal.

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund)

(MNSGX)

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

Stable Income Fund

(NVSIX)

 

  

 

Seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 

Total Return Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund)

(MNTRX)

  

 

Seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

 

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

4   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in investment-grade U.S. and foreign debt securities using a “multi-style” approach designed to reduce the price and return volatility of the Fund and to provide more consistent returns.
We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations. The Fund invests principally in investment-grade (e.g., rated BBB and higher by S&P) U.S. Government obligations. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and fifteen years.
We invest principally in inflation-protected debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government other than the U.S. Treasury. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity between 5 and 20 years.
We invest in fixed and variable rate U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average duration will range from 3 to 5 years. We also may invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations.

 

We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations. Generally, the portfolio’s overall effective duration is less than that of a 3-year U.S. Treasury note.

 

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in short-term investment-grade securities, which include mortgage- backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. We invest in fixed and variable rate dollar-denominated fixed income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.

 

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, which include U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 

We invest principally in income-producing debt securities and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are below investment-grade (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s asset in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will usually be one year or less.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 22;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

Foreign Obligations

Certain Funds invest in securities of foreign issuers. Investments in such securities are subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility, as well as various additional risks, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Certain Funds invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities which may not be guaranteed by the U.S. Government. Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk and extension risk, either of which can reduce the rate of return on a Fund’s portfolio. Asset-backed securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying assets, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

Stripped Securities

Certain Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which have greater interest rate risk than mortgage-backed securities with like maturities and/or stripped treasury securities which have greater interest rate risk than traditional government securities with identical credit ratings and like maturities.

U.S. Government Obligations

The Funds principally invest in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

6   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Diversified Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

 

Government Securities Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.
Inflation-Protected Bond Fund    The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund invests in inflation-protected debt securities that are structured to provide protection against the negative effects of inflation. Inflation is a general rise in the prices of goods and services which can erode an investor’s purchasing power. Unlike traditional debt securities whose return is based on the payment of interest on a fixed principal amount, the principal value of inflation-protected debt securities is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation and as a result, interest payments will vary. For example, if the index measuring the rate of inflation falls, the principal value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall and the amount of interest payable on such security will consequently be reduced. Conversely, if the index measuring the rate of inflation rises, the principal value on such securities will rise and the amount of interest payable will also increase. The value of inflation-protected debt securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall when real interest rates rise and inversely, rise when real interest rates fall. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Intermediate Government Income Fund and

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover rate and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Stable Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

 

Total Return Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy, results in a higher than average portfolio turnover rate and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term
Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in debt securities that are low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and maybe more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

 

8   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Strong Government Securities Fund and Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund, respectively. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund reflects the historical information of the predecessor funds.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund, respectively. The predecessor Montgomery funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Administrator Class shares of the Diversified Bond, Inflation-Protected Bond, Intermediate Government Income, Short Duration Government Bond, Stable Income and Total Return Bond Funds were named the Institutional Class shares.

 

10   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Diversified Bond Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  5.30%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.23)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  3.13%   6.24%   6.49%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.71%   4.25%   4.12%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.11%   4.12%   4.10%

LB Aggregate Bond Index1
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Government Securities Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns 1*

 

LOGO

                                    [CHART]

                                        

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  6.44%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.78)%

 

* Performance shown reflects performance of the Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  3.30%   7.27%   7.40%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.67%   5.03%   4.96%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.13%   4.87%   4.84%

LB Intermediate Government Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1 Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Fund’s Investor Class shares incepted on October 29, 1986.
2 Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.
3 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

12   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  4.77%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (3.26)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year  

Life of

Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/28/03)1

  7.58%   6.04%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  6.12%   4.52%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.92%   4.26%

LB U.S. Treasury Inflation Note Index
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  8.46%   6.62%
1   Lehman Brothers U.S. Treasury Inflation Note Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Intermediate Government Income Fund Administrator Class

Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘98  •  6.00%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.45)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  2.06%   6.36%   6.41%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.54%   4.17%   3.84%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.33%   4.09%   3.86%

LB Intermediate U.S. Gov’t. Index1
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%
1 Lehman Brothers Intermediate U.S. Government Index.

 

14   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  3.50%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (1.14)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/18/92)1

  1.45%   5.15%   5.91%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.49%   3.31%   3.76%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.94%   3.26%   3.71%

LB 1-3 Year Gov’t. Bond Index2 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.07%   5.11%   5.79%

LB Intermediate Government Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares.
2   Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Government Bond Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Stable Income Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

                                    [CHART]

                                        

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  2.38%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (0.38)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  1.25%   3.78%   4.80%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.71%   2.44%   3.01%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.81%   2.40%   2.98%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Months Index1
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1   Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9–12 Months Index.

 

16   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Total Return Bond Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  4.91%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.35)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 6/30/97)1

  4.28%   7.93%   7.17%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.94%   5.66%   4.58%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.77%   5.39%   4.52%

LB Aggregate Bond Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.01%
1 Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares.
2 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns 1*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  2.20%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘02  •  (0.73)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Administrator Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/11/05)1

  1.96%   3.20%   4.66%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.89%   1.42%   2.50%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.27%   1.64%   2.62%

Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.74%   3.90%   4.94%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1 Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Fund’s Investor Class shares incepted on November 25, 1988.
2 The Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index is an unmanaged index generally representative of the average return on the one-year Treasury bills.
3 Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index.

 

18   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases

(as a percentage of the offering price)

  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Diversified
Bond Fund4
  Government
Securities Fund
  Inflation-
Protected
Bond Fund
  Intermediate
Government
Income Fund
Management Fees1   0.69%   0.40%   0.45%   0.44%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.40%   0.45%   0.77%   0.45%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.09%   0.85%   1.22%   0.89%
Fee Waivers   0.39%   0.15%   0.62%   0.19%
NET EXPENSES3   0.70%   0.70%   0.60%   0.70%
    Short Duration
Government
Bond Fund
  Stable Income
Fund4
  Total Return
Bond Fund
  Ultra
Short-Term
Income Fund
Management Fees1   0.45%   0.43%   0.43%   0.40%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.51%   0.25%   0.64%   0.45%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.96%   0.68%   1.07%   0.85%
Fee Waivers   0.36%   0.03%   0.37%   0.25%
NET EXPENSES3   0.60%   0.65%   0.70%   0.60%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for each Fund’s, except the Stable Income Fund’s and Diversified Equity Fund’s, management fees and for the management fees of the master portfolios in which the Stable Income Fund and Diversified Bond Fund invest. The management fees charged to the Funds/master portfolios will decline as the Fund’s/master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s/master portfolio’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for all Funds (except the Diversified Bond Fund) and for the master portfolio in which the Stable Income Fund invests substantially all its asserts is as follows: 0.45% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.40% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.35% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.325% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.30% for assets $5 billion and higher. For the Diversified Bond Fund, management fees are based on a blended fee rate of the advisory fees charged by the master portfolios in which the Fund invests.
2   Other expenses for the Government Securities and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   For the Government Securities, Total Return Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For all other Funds in this Prospectus, the adviser has committed through September 30, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.
4   Includes expenses allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Diversified
Bond Fund
  Government
Securities Fund
 

Inflation-
Protected

Bond Fund

  Intermediate
Government
Income Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 72   $ 72   $ 61   $ 72
  3 YEARS   $ 308   $ 256   $ 326   $ 265
  5 YEARS   $ 563   $   $ 611   $ 474
10 YEARS   $ 1,294   $   $ 1,422   $ 1,079
    Short Duration
Government
Bond Fund
  Stable Income
Fund
  Total Return
Bond Fund
  Ultra
Short-Term
Income Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 61   $ 66   $ 72   $ 61
  3 YEARS   $ 270   $ 215   $ 304   $ 246
  5 YEARS   $ 496   $ 376   $ 554   $
10 YEARS   $ 1,145   $ 884   $ 1,272   $

 

20   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus,” we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers.” You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

Some of the Funds described in this Prospectus are gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolios. Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Andrew Owen, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Diversified Bond Fund seeks total return by diversifying its investments among different fixed income investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that uses a “multi-style” fixed income investment approach designed to reduce the price and return volatility of the Fund and to provide more consistent returns. ”Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment that is selected for a portfolio. The Fund’s portfolio combines the different fixed income investment styles of 3 portfolios—Managed Fixed Income style, Strategic Value Bond style and Tactical Maturity Bond style.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities, which include U.S. Government obligations, mortgage- or other asset-backed securities and dollar-denominated debt securities of U.S. branches of foreign banks.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in each master portfolio may temporarily deviate from the current allocations due to changes in market value. We will effect transactions daily to reestablish the current allocations. We may make changes in the current allocations at any time in response to market and other conditions. We also may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 

To manage the Fund’s exposure to different types of investments, we may enter into interest rate, currency and mortgage (or other asset) swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.”

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocation

As of May 31, 2004, the master portfolio allocations for the Fund were as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

  50.0%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

  16.7%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

  33.3%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100.0%    

 


 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 62 for the objective and principal strategies of each master portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio    Sub-Adviser

Managed Fixed Income

   Galliard

Strategic Value Bond

   Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

   Peregrine

 

Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Bond Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                     
     ADMINISTRATOR CLASS1 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
       
For the period ended:    Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

   $25.58     $26.57     $25.63     $25.68     $25.22     $26.11  

Income from investment operations:

                                    

Net investment income (loss)

   0.45     0.96     1.06     1.21     1.43     1.43  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

   0.19     (0.93 )   0.97     0.16     1.44     (0.63 )

Total from investment operations

   0.64     0.03     2.03     1.37     2.87     0.80  

Less distributions:

                                    

Distributions from net investment income

   (0.45 )   (0.98 )   (1.05 )   (1.20 )   (2.41 )   (1.16 )

Distributions from net realized gain

   0.00     (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.22 )   0.00     (0.53 )

Total distributions

   (0.45 )   (1.02 )   (1.09 )   (1.42 )   (2.41 )   (1.69 )

Net asset value, end of period

   $25.77     $25.58     $26.57     $25.63     $25.68     $25.22  

Total return2

   2.53 %   0.09 %   8.11 %   5.44 %   11.74 %   3.22 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                    

Net assets, end of period (000s)

   $161,675     $191,875     $372,822     $336,184     $269,121     $190,283  

Ratios to average net assets6:

                                    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

   0.70 %   0.70 %   0.70 %   0.70 %   0.70 %   0.70 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

   3.44 %   3.65 %   4.08 %   4.74 %   5.75 %   5.80 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

   20 %   115 %   67 %   93 %   113 %   68 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
3, 5, 6

   0.86 %   0.86 %   0.89 %   0.87 %   0.83 %   0.92 %
1   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in the underlying master portfolios.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

24   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    W. Frank Koster; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Government Securities Fund seeks current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of investment-grade U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and fifteen years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in non-government debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our policy to invest in U.S. Government obligations, we may invest in U.S. securities that are enhanced as to credit quality or liquidity by foreign issuers without regard to the foreign investment limitation.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class Shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
OCTOBER 29, 1986
     
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.05     $11.36      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.26     0.28      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.21     0.05      

Total from investment operations

  0.47     0.33      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.36 )   (0.38 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.23 )   (0.26 )    

Total distributions

  (0.59 )   (0.64 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.93     $11.05      

Total return1

  4.38 %   2.99 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1,230     $2,010      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.7 %   2.5 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  390 %   531 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.1 %2   1.0 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

26   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $11.26     $10.33     $10.23  
                   
    0.43     0.55     0.59  
    0.31     0.95     0.10  
    0.74     1.50     0.69  
                   
    (0.48 )   (0.57 )   (0.59 )
    (0.16 )   0.00     0.00  
    (0.64 )   (0.57 )   (0.59 )
    $11.36     $11.26     $10.33  
    6.97 %   14.88 %   6.99 %
                   
    $2,360     $1,691     $1,283  
                   
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.9 %
    3.8 %   5.1 %   5.8 %
    519.2 %   552.2 %   373.3 %
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.9 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Inflation-Protected Bond Fund seeks total return while providing protection against inflation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by actively managing a diversified portfolio consisting principally of inflation-protected debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government other than the U.S. Treasury. Although we can invest in securities of any maturity, we expect to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity between 5 and 20 years. We generally will purchase securities that we believe have strong relative value based on an analysis of a security’s characteristics (such as its principal value, coupon rate, maturity, duration and yield) in light of the current market environment.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in inflation-protected debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury and agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government other than the U.S. Treasury; and

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in adjustable or variable rate debt securities, including mortgage-and other asset-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may enter into dollar rolls. We will purchase only securities that are rated, at the time of purchase, within the two highest rating categories assigned by a Nationally Recognized Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, are determined by us to be of comparable quality.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars, and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund invests in inflation-protected debt securities that are structured to provide protection against the negative effects of inflation. Inflation is a general rise in the prices of goods and services which can erode an investor’s purchasing power. Unlike traditional debt securities whose return is based on the payment of interest on a fixed principal amount, the principal value of inflation-protected debt securities is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation and as a result, interest payments will vary. For example, if the index measuring the rate of inflation falls, the principal value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall and the amount of interest payable on such security will consequently be reduced. Conversely, if the index measuring the rate of inflation rises, the principal value on such securities will rise and the amount of interest payable will also increase. The value of inflation-protected debt securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall when real interest rates rise and inversely, rise when real interest rates fall.

 

On February 8, 2005, the Board approved the conversion of the Inflation-Protected Bond Fund from a stand-alone fund into a Gateway Fund. Under the Gateway Fund structure, the Fund will invest substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust with a substantially similar objective and substantially similar investment strategies. The Fund expects to convert to this structure in the second half of this year.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

28   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS1 SHARES— COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 28, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.03     $10.13     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.17     0.30     0.16  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.26     (0.12 )   0.13  

Total from investment operations

  0.43     0.18     0.29  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.19 )   (0.25 )   (0.16 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.03 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.19 )   (0.28 )   (0.16 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.27     $10.03     $10.13  

Total return2

  4.32 %   1.91 %   2.90 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $32,552     $26,780     $7,188  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.63 %   0.65 %   0.65 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.53 %   3.40 %   7.70 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  64 %   155 %   115 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,4

  0.94 %   1.12 %   1.85 %
1   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Intermediate Government Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:     Robert N. Daviduk, CFA; William Stevens

 


 

Investment Objective

The Intermediate Government Income Fund seeks current income, consistent with safety of principal.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a diversified portfolio consisting of fixed and variable rate U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average duration will range from 3 to 5 years. As a result, the dollar-weighted average maturity of the Fund generally ranges from 4 to 10 years. We emphasize the use of intermediate maturity securities to manage interest rate risk and use mortgage-backed securities to enhance yield.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations, including repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 65% of total assets in mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations and (subject to the 20% non-government investment limit) commercial mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in other asset-backed securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped treasury securities, including zero coupon securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may enter into dollar rolls. We will purchase only securities that are rated, at the time of purchase, within the two highest rating categories assigned by an NRSRO or, if unrated, are determined by us to be of comparable quality.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Zero coupon securities also generate ordinary income, which must be distributed to shareholders, even when they do not generate funds to pay such distributions.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46 . These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

30   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS1 SHARES— COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.94     $11.69     $11.19     $11.02     $10.56     $11.05  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.18     0.33     0.44     0.54     0.69     0.70  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.08     (0.53 )   0.68     0.28     0.47     (0.50 )

Total from investment operations

  0.26     (0.20 )   1.12     0.82     1.16     0.20  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.23 )   (0.55 )   (0.62 )   (0.65 )   (0.70 )   (0.69 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.23 )   (0.55 )   (0.62 )   (0.65 )   (0.70 )   (0.69 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.97     $10.94     $11.69     $11.19     $11.02     $10.56  

Total return2

  2.37 %   (1.77 )%   10.20 %   7.63 %   11.25 %   1.94 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $403,649     $397,390     $472,024     $442,037     $413,846     $385,299  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.70 %   0.70 %   0.69 %   0.68 %   0.68 %   0.68 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  3.33 %   3.23 %   3.74 %   4.85 %   6.34 %   6.43 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  114 %   178 %   139 %   102 %   57 %   139 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
3, 4

  0.75 %   0.80 %   0.77 %   0.71 %   0.74 %   0.75 %
1   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Short Duration Government Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Marie Chandoha; William Stevens; Thomas O’Connor, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short Duration Government Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by actively managing a portfolio consisting mostly of short-term U.S. Government obligations. Generally, the portfolio’s overall effective duration is less than that of a 3-year U.S. Treasury Note. We invest in debt securities that we believe offer attractive yields and are undervalued relative to issues of similar credit quality and interest rate sensitivity.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may use dollar rolls. We may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Short Duration Government Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended 2004 and 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS1 SHARES—
COMMENCED ON DECEMBER 18, 1992
For the period ended:   Nov. 30
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20042
    June 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.14     $10.30     $10.26      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.12     0.20     0.43      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.01 )   (0.13 )   0.12      

Total from investment operations

  0.11     0.07     0.55      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.15 )   (0.20 )   (0.43 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.03 )   (0.08 )    

Total distributions

  (0.15 )8   (0.23 )   (0.51 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.10     $10.14     $10.30      

Total return4

  1.12 %   (0.67 )%   5.08 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $340,288     $431,942     $517,187      

Ratios to average net assets6:

                     

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.63 %7   0.60 %   0.76 %7    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.35 %   2.13 %   3.75 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  120 %   615 %   331 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
5, 6

  1.00 %   0.81 %   1.16 %    
1   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
2   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
3   Per-share numbers have been calculated using the average share method, which more appropriately represents the per-share data for the period, because the use of the undistributed income method did not accord with results of operations.
4   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
7   Includes interest expense.
8   Effective June 1, 2004 for income accrued on taxable instruments held by the Fund after that date the Fund received permission to revoke its election to amortize bond premium currently for federal tax purposes. As a result of this change in tax accounting policy, ordinary taxable income and required distributions will increase in future years and any loss on retirement of such debt instrument will result in capital loss.

 

34   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                        
                        
   
         
June 30,
2002
  June 30,
2001
    June 30,
20003
    June 30,
1999
 
     $10.20   $9.90     $10.04     $10.14  
                        
     0.46   0.58     0.58     0.53  
     0.22   0.30     (0.14 )   (0.05 )
     0.68   0.88     0.44     0.48  
                        
     (0.49)   (0.58 )   (0.58 )   (0.53 )
     (0.13)   0.00     0.00     (0.05 )
     (0.62)   (0.58 )   (0.58 )   (0.58 )
     $10.26   $10.20     $9.90     $10.04  
     6.80%   9.09 %   4.55 %   4.82 %
                        
     $449,648   $267,444     $171,879     $154,365  
                        
     0.87%   1.68 %   1.11 %   1.35 %
     4.38%   5.70 %   5.84 %   5.21 %
     400%   245 %   188 %   199 %
     1.53%   2.46 %   1.61 %   1.85 %
                        

 

Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Stable Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:     Richard Merriam, CFA ; Ajay Mirza, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Stable Income Fund seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially identical investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

We invest in a diversified portfolio of fixed and variable rate dollar-denominated fixed income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others. We invest in short-term investment-grade securities. Under normal circumstances, the expected average duration of the portfolio will range from 0.7 to 1.2 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing debt securities;

 

·   up to 65% of total assets in mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in mortgage-backed securities that are not U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 50% of total assets in U.S. Government obligations; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in fixed or variable rate dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers.

 

We may not invest more than 30% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities issued or guaranteed by any single agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, except the U.S. Treasury, and may not invest more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of any other issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 

We only purchase investment-grade securities. We invest in debt securities with maturities (or average life in the case of mortgage-backed and similar securities) ranging from overnight to 8 years and seek to maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity between 1 and 5 years.

 

We may use options, swap agreements, interest rate caps, floors, collars and futures contracts to manage risk. We also may use options to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

36   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS1 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
2004
    May 31,
2003
    May 31,
2002
    May 31,
2001
    May 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.33     $10.44     $10.39     $10.36     $10.15     $10.27  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.08     0.18     0.26     0.37     0.60     0.55  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.01     (0.10 )   0.06     0.03     0.21     (0.12 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.09     0.08     0.32     0.40     0.81     0.43  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.07 )   (0.18 )   (0.27 )   (0.37 )   (0.60 )   (0.55 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Return of capital

  0.00     (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.07 )   (0.19 )   (0.27 )   (0.37 )   (0.60 )   (0.55 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.35     $10.33     $10.44     $10.39     $10.36     $10.15  

Total return2

  0.91 %   0.71 %   3.13 %   3.87 %   8.25 %   4.32 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $496,538     $570,234     $491,771     $304,256     $200,917     $191,358  

Ratios to average net assets6:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  0.64 %   0.63 %   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.54 %   1.74 %   2.51 %   3.50 %   5.78 %   5.44 %

Portfolio turnover rate4

  26 %   92 %   45 %   81 %   37 %   40 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
3, 5, 6

  0.66 %   0.66 %   0.77 %   0.80 %   0.78 %   0.77 %
1   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the master portfolio in which the Fund invests.
4   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investments in a master portfolio.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Total Return Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    William Stevens; Marie Chandoha; Thomas O’Connor, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Total Return Bond Fund seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. We invest in debt securities that we believe offer attractive yields and are undervalued relative to issues of similar credit quality and interest rate sensitivity. From time to time, the Fund may also invest in unrated bonds that we believe are comparable to investment-grade debt securities. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in bonds;

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may use dollar rolls. We may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

On February 8, 2005, the Board approved the conversion of the Total Return Bond Fund from a stand-alone fund into a Gateway Fund. Under the Gateway Fund structure, the Fund will invest substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust with a substantially similar objective and substantially similar investment strategies. The Fund expects to convert to this structure in the second half of this year.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Total Return Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended 2004 and 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS1 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 1997
     
   
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20042
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.11     $12.57     $11.97     $11.85      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.36     0.64     0.43      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.22     (0.34 )   0.68     0.36      

Total from investment operations

  0.44     0.02     1.32     0.79      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.22 )   (0.36 )   (0.64 )   (0.45 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.08 )   (0.22 )    

Total distributions

  (0.22 )   (0.48 )   (0.72 )   (0.67 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $12.33     $12.11     $12.57     $11.97      

Total return3

  3.66 %   0.20 %   11.01 %   8.81 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $350,642     $202,187     $91,244     $38,841      

Ratios to average net assets5:

                           

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.70 %   0.70 %   0.60 %6   0.71 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.60 %   3.25 %   4.56 %   5.38 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  297 %   918 %   544 %   193 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4, 5

  0.99 %   0.99 %   1.19 %   1.42 %    
1   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
2   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
3   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.

 

40   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
   
   

June 30,
2001

    June 30,
2000
    June 30,
1999
 
    $11.33     $11.66     $12.44  
                   
    0.70     0.77     0.73  
    0.52     (0.20 )   (0.35 )
    1.22     0.57     0.38  
                   
    (0.70 )   (0.75 )   (0.74 )
    0.00     (0.15 )   (0.42 )
    (0.70 )   (0.90 )   (1.16 )
    $11.85     $11.33     $11.66  
    11.06 %   4.96 %   3.20 %
                   
    $31,788     $28,112     $38,476  
                   
    0.95 %   0.80 %   1.16 %
    6.02 %   6.78 %   5.88 %
    449 %   176 %   158 %
    1.59 %   1.13 %   1.25 %
  4   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
  5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
  6   Includes interest expense.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra Short-Term Income Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of short-term debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be one year or less. Our portfolio holdings may include U.S. Government obligations, corporate debt securities and mortgage- and other asset-backed debt securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in debt securities that are low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and maybe more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class Shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 25, 1988
     
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.34     $9.42      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.25      

Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investments

  (0.06 )   0.01      

Total from investment operations

  0.16     0.26      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.28 )   (0.34 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.28 )   (0.34 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.22     $9.34      

Total return1

  1.71 %   2.77 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1,278     $1,994      

Ratios to average net assets3:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.9 %   0.8 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.5 %   2.7 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  26 %   94 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  0.9 %   0.9 %4    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from February to October.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

44   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20002
    Feb. 29,
2000
 
    $9.82     $9.88     $9.87     $9.95  
                         
    0.35     0.58     0.43     0.59  
    (0.32 )   (0.05 )   0.01     (0.08 )
    0.03     0.53     0.44     0.51  
                         
    (0.43 )   (0.59 )   (0.43 )   (0.59 )
    (0.00 )   0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.43 )   (0.59 )   (0.43 )   (0.59 )
    $9.42     $9.82     $9.88     $9.87  
    0.33 %   5.47 %   4.58 %   5.24 %
                         
    $2,092     $2,990     $2,156     $2,208  
                         
    0.8 %   0.8 %   0.8 %   0.8 %
    3.9 %   5.8 %   6.5 %   5.9 %
    50 %   70 %   38 %   48 %
    0.8 %   0.8 %   0.8 %   0.8 %
                         

 

Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Government Securities Fund, Inflation-Protected Bond Fund, Intermediate Government Income Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund and Total Return Bond Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of those U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

·  

The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality that the Diversified Bond Fund and Ultra Short-Term Income Fund may invest in tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay

 

46   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities rated in the lowest category of investment-grade securities, “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

·   Certain Funds may purchase bonds at a price less than a bond’s principal amount. In such case, the Fund generally will be required to include a portion of such discount in its income and make distributions to shareholders representing such discount, taxable to them as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities, or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        DIVERSIFIED BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   INFLATION-PROTECTED BOND   INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT INCOME   SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND   STABLE INCOME   TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Debt-securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Currency and Liquidity Risk   l                   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued
and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
                          l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l       l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

48   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

        DIVERSIFIED BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   INFLATION-PROTECTED BOND   INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT INCOME   SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND   STABLE INCOME   TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                                

Loan Participations

Debt obligations that represent a portion of a larger loan made by a bank. Generally sold without guarantee or recourse, some participations sell at a discount because of the borrower’s credit problems.

  Credit Risk   l   l           l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and Prepayment/Extension Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage, Credit and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l           l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments of interest or a future payment of principal, but not both. These securities tend to have greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER(S)

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA
  Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA
  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’
business activities
  Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends   Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

50   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers, who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As noted in this table, the fees shown for any gateway fund include fees allocated from the master portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Diversified Bond Fund is a gateway fund that invests in various master portfolios. Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for investment advisory services, including the determination of the asset allocation of the Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Funds Management also acts as the adviser to, and is entitled to receive a fee from, each master portfolio. The total amount of investment advisory fees paid to Funds Management as a result of the Fund’s investments varies depending on the Fund’s allocation of assets among the various master portfolios.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the Stable Income Fund, a gateway fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this structure, Funds Management receives only an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If the Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for the gateway fund described above, Funds Management acts as an investment adviser for gateway fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as the gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If the gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the gateway fund for the management of those assets.

 

The gateway fund has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolios in which a gateway fund invests. Under these arrangements, if the gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the gateway fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Government Securities Fund, Inflation-Protected Bond Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund, Total Return Bond Fund and Ultra Short-Term Income Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-adviser(s) to make day to day investment decisions for the Funds’ assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Funds: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, each Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Funds’ sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105 is the sub-adviser for the Inflation-Protected Bond, Intermediate Government Income, Short Duration Government Bond, Government Securities, Total Return Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”) sub-advises the Tactical Maturity Bond Fund and Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”) sub-advises the Managed Fixed Income and Strategic Value Bond Portfolios, all master portfolios in which the Diversified Bond Fund invests. Galliard also sub-advises the Stable Income Portfolio in which the Stable Income Fund invests. In their capacities as sub-advisers, Peregrine and Galliard are responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the respective master portfolios.

 

Peregrine, which is located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, is an investment adviser subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company. Peregrine provides investment advisory services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans, 401(k) Plans, foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004, Peregrine managed assets in excess of $13.4 billion.

 

Galliard, which is located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, is also an investment adviser subsidiary of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Galliard provides investment advisory services to bank and thrift institutions, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts and charitable organizations and corporate and other business entities. As of December 31, 2004, Galliard managed assets in excess of $18.3 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the respective Funds. Galliard and Peregrine are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the master portfolios in which the Diversified Bond and Stable Income Funds invest.

 

52   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

54   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in

 

Income Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying

purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

56   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at your Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Except as noted below for the Ultra Short-Term Income Fund (“Short-Term Fund”), Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern.

 

Because the Short-Term Fund is often used for short-term investments, it is designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term income funds. As a result, the Short-Term Fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the Short-Term Fund or its shareholders. Although the policies adopted by the Short-Term Fund do not prohibit frequent trading in the Short-Term Fund, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing the Short-Term Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in long-term Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the long-term Funds.

 

58   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income at least monthly, and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. If the principal value of an inflation-protected debt security is adjusted downward due to deflation, amounts previously distributed in the taxable year may be characterized in some circumstances as return of capital. Estimates of inflation may be used in the determination of monthly income distribution rates. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct a portion of their distributions from the Funds when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. The Funds, however, generally do not expect to realize a material amount of such dividend income. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when the Fund holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

60   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks consistent fixed income returns by investing primarily in investment grade intermediate-term securities.

 

 

Stable Income Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

 

 

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks total return by investing primarily in income-producing securities.

 

 

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

 

  

The Portfolio seeks positive total return each calendar year regardless of

general bond market performance by investing in a portfolio of high quality U.S. Government securities and corporate fixed income securities.

 

62   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Portfolio invests in a diversified portfolio of fixed and variable rate dollar-denominated, fixed income securities of a broad spectrum of U.S. and foreign issuers including U.S. Government securities and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.
The Portfolio invests in short-term investment-grade securities, which include mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. We invest in fixed and variable rate dollar-denominated fixed income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.
The Portfolio invests in a broad range of debt securities in order to create a strategically diversified portfolio of fixed income investments. These investments include corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities, U.S. Government securities, preferred stock, convertible bonds and foreign bonds.

 

The Portfolio’s assets are divided into two components, “short” bonds with maturities (or average life) of two years or less, and “long” bonds with maturities of 20 years or more.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Diversified Bond Fund since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the

Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has served as a Portfolio Manager and a member of Funds Management’s asset allocation team since 2005. Mr. Biwer participates in determining the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Diversified Bond Fund since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan participates in determining the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from the University of California at Los Angeles.

 

Marie Chandoha

Short Duration Government Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Ms. Chandoha joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Senior Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Ms. Chandoha was a portfolio manager and co-head of the Fixed Income Fund Group at Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”) since joining the firm in 1999. From 1996 to 1999, she was chief bond strategist at Goldman Sachs, where she advised institutional clients on optimal asset allocation strategies in the U.S. bond market. From 1994 to 1996, she was managing director of global fixed income and economics research at Credit Suisse First Boston, where she managed the global bond and economics research department. Ms. Chandoha is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Harvard University, with a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund since 2003

Intermediate Government Income Fund since 2002

Mr. Daviduk joined Wells Capital Management in 2002 as Managing Director of Intermediate Fixed Income investing. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Daviduk was a Senior Vice President and Director of Taxable Fixed Income with Bank of America Capital Management since 1997. Mr. Daviduk earned his B.S. degree in Business Administration/Accounting from Bucknell University, and his M.B.A. degree in Finance/International Business from New York University.

 

W. Frank Koster

Co-Manager, Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Koster joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Koster was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since March 1999, first as a Senior Vice President of SCM’s Institutional Business Group. From December 2000 to March 2001, he was a fixed-income product specialist at SCM, and from March 2001 through 2004, a portfolio manager for SCM’s institutional fixed-income accounts. Mr. Koster received his B.S. degree in Economics from the College of Wooster in 1979.

 

64   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Richard Merriam, CFA

Stable Income Fund since 2004

Mr. Merriam joined Galliard at the firm’s inception in 1995. Currently, Mr. Merriam is a Managing Partner at Galliard. He is responsible for investment process and strategy. Prior to joining Galliard, Mr. Merriam was Chief Investment Officer for Insight Management. Mr. Merriam earned his B.A. degree in Economics and English from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Minnesota.

 

Ajay Mirza, CFA

Stable Income Fund since 2004

Mr. Mirza joined Galliard at the firm’s inception in 1995 as a Portfolio Manager and Mortgage Specialist. Prior to joining Galliard, Mr. Mirza was a research analyst at Insight Investment Management and at Lehman Brothers. Mr. Mirza earned his B.E. degree in Instrumentation from the Birla Institute of Technology (India), his M.A. degree in Economics from Tulane University, and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Minnesota.

 

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Mueller joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991. He also served as Director of Fixed Income for SCM from July 2002 to July 2004. Prior to joining SCM, he was a securities analyst and portfolio manager at R. Meeder & Associates. He began his investment career at Harris Trust & Savings Bank as an investment analyst. Mr. Mueller earned a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Chicago.

 

Thomas O’Connor, CFA

Short Duration Government Bond Fund since 2003

Total Return Bond Fund since 2003

Thomas O’Connor joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Portfolio Manager and is responsible for identifying value in mortgages. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. O’Connor was a portfolio manager in the Fixed Income Division of Montgomery. Prior to that time, Mr. O’Connor was a senior portfolio manager in charge of agency mortgages at Vanderbilt Capital Advisors (formerly ARM Capital Advisors). Previously, Mr. O’Connor was a senior trader of agency mortgages in both a proprietary and market-making role at the Union Bank of Switzerland. He was also a senior trader at First Boston and Smith Barney. Mr. O’Connor is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research. He earned his B.S. degree in Finance from the University of Vermont.

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Diversified Bond Fund since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Funds Management since 1996. Mr. Owen participates in determining the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

Thomas M. Price, CFA

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Price joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since April 1996 as a fixed income research analyst and, since May 1998, as a portfolio manager. During this period, Mr. Price, managed several fixed-income funds and separate accounts. Mr. Price began his investment career at Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin as a financial analyst and later joined Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance as a high-yield bond analyst. He received his B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.

 

William Stevens

Intermediate Government Income Fund since 2005

Short Duration Government Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1992

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Mr. Stevens joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Chief Fixed Income Officer and Senior Managing Director. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Stevens directed the Fixed Income team of Montgomery from 1992. Mr. Stevens also served as Montgomery’s president and chief investment officer. Prior to Montgomery, he was responsible for starting the collateralized mortgage obligation and asset-backed securities trading department at Barclays de Zoete Wedd Securities. Previously, he headed the structured product department at Drexel Burnham Lambert, which included both origination and trading. Mr. Stevens has a M.B.A. degree from the Harvard Business School and he is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Wesleyan University, where he received a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

66   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Adjustable or Variable Rate Debt Securities

A type of bond for which the interest rate is adjusted periodically according to a pre-determined formula, usually linked to an index.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-Denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Dollar Rolls

Similar to a reverse Repurchase Agreement, dollar rolls are simultaneous agreements to sell a security held in a portfolio and to purchase a similar security at a future date at an agreed-upon price.

 

Dollar-Weighted Average Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Effective Duration

A measure of the percentage change in the price of a bond for small changes in interest rates, taking into account the exercise of any embedded options, such as call provisions. Duration is usually expressed in years.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Inflation-Protected Debt Securities

Unlike traditional debt securities that make fixed or variable principal and interest payments, inflation-protected debt securities are structured to provide protection against the negative effects of inflation. The value of the debt securities’ principal is adjusted to track changes in an official inflation measure. For example, the U.S. Treasury currently uses the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (CPI-U) as a measure of inflation for its inflation-protected debt securities. The U.S. Treasury guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest payments on inflation-protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. Other inflation-protected securities may not carry a similar guarantee by their issuer.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong

 

68   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and/or principal.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Real Interest Rate

Refers to the current market interest rate adjusted to reflect the market’s expectations on inflation.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

A sale by a Fund of securities it holds with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same securities at an agreed-upon price and date.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Stability of Principal

The degree to which share prices for a fund remain steady.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosures made in the Prospectus.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold, individually, as securities.

 

Stripped Treasury Securities

Debt obligations in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold as securities.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

 

70   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

0451FAM/P1003 (4/05) ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Income Funds – Institutional Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   9
      

Summary of Expenses

   19

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   20
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund

   22
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund

   26
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   29
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund

   32
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund

   34
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

   36
      

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks

   38
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   42

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   44
    

How to Buy Shares

   45
    

How to Sell Shares

   47
    

Exchanges

   48

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   50
    

Portfolio Managers

   52
    

Glossary

   54

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Corporate Bond Fund
(SCBNX)

  

 

Seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 

Government Securities Fund
(SGVIX)
  

Seeks current income.

 

 

High Income Fund
(SHYYX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund)   

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

Short-Term Bond Fund
(SSHIX)

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

Total Return Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund)
(MBFIX)
  

 

Seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
(SADIX)

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

4   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in debt securities of corporations, and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issues. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between seven and twelve years.
We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations. The Fund invests principally in investment-grade (e.g., rated BBB and higher by S&P) U.S. Government obligations. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and fifteen years.
We invest principally in corporate debt securities that are below investment-grade (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers and up to 10% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and ten years.

 

We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations. Generally, the portfolio’s overall effective duration is less than that of a 3-year U.S. Treasury note.

 

We invest principally in debt securities. We invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be three years or less.

 

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, which include U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 

We invest principally in income-producing debt securities, and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are below investment-grade (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be one year or less.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 22;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

Foreign Obligations

Certain Funds invest in securities of foreign issuers. Investments in such securities are subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility, as well as various additional risks, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

High Yield Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Certain Funds invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities which may not be guaranteed by the U.S. Government. Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk and extension risk, either of which can reduce the rate of return on a Fund’s portfolio. Asset-backed securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying assets, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

 

6   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Stripped Securities

Certain Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which have greater interest rate risk than mortgage-backed securities with like maturities and/or stripped treasury securities which have greater interest rate risk than traditional government securities with identical credit ratings and like maturities.

U.S. Government Obligations

Certain Funds invest in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Corporate Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Government Securities Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

High Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Short-Term Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Total Return Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities,” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We may invest in reverse repurchase agreements, which involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

 

8   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Corporate Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Government Securities Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong High-Yield Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Short-Term Bond Fund and the Strong Short-Term Income Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund. The predecessor Strong funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Wells Fargo Advantage Total Return Bond Fund were organized as the successor funds to the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund, respectively. The predecessor Montgomery funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds effective at the close of business on June 6, 2003. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects, for the periods prior to the Fund’s reorganization, the historical information for its predecessor.

 

In addition, prior to April 11, 2005 the Institutional Class shares of the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Bond Funds were named the Select Class shares.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Corporate Bond Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  7.68%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (3.64)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Institutional Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investor who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/31/99)1

  6.26%   7.09%   8.36%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  4.34%   4.50%   5.58%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.02%   4.44%   5.45%

LB Aggregate Bond Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%

LB U.S. Credit BAA 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.45%   8.82%   8.65%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Corporate Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on December 12, 1985.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Credit BAA 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index.

 

10   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Government Securities Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  6.44%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.66)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Institutional Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/31/99)1

  3.74%   7.75%   7.67%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.92%   5.31%   5.12%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.42%   5.16%   5.01%

LB Intermediate Government Index2 (reflects
no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3 (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.17%   7.72%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Government Securities Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on October 29, 1986.
2   Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

High Income Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns 1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ‘96  •  8.16%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (8.73)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Institutional Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 07/31/01)1

  10.98%   3.88%   7.90%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  8.12%   0.08%   3.79%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  7.03%   0.87%   4.17%

LB U.S. High Yield Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  11.13%   6.97%   6.98%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong High-Yield Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on December 28, 1995.
2   Lehman Brothers U.S. High Yield Index.

 

12   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Short Duration Government Bond Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘01  •  3.50%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (1.14)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Administrator Class shares. The Administrator Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 04/11/05)1

  1.45%   5.15%   5.91%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.49%   3.31%   3.76%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.94%   3.26%   3.71%

LB 1-3 Year Gov’t. Bond Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.07%   5.11%   5.79%

LB Intermediate Government Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%
1   Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Institutional Class shares. The Administrator Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what the Institutional Class returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the classes do not have the same expenses.
2   Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Government Bond Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Short-Term Bond Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  4.43%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘02  •  (1.92)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Institutional Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 08/31/99)1

  2.60%   4.07%   5.54%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.20%   1.95%   3.05%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.68%   2.17%   3.17%

LB 1-3 Year Gov’t./Credit Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.28%   5.41%   5.98%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Short-Term Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on August 31, 1987.
2   Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Government/Credit Index.

 

14   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Total Return Bond Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  4.98%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.35)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life
of Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 10/31/01)1

  4.28%   7.93%   7.17%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.94%   5.66%   4.58%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.77%   5.39%   4.52%

LB Aggregate Bond Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.01%
1 Performance shown for the Institutional Class shares reflects the performance of the predecessor fund’s Class R shares, which incepted on June 30, 1997.
2 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  2.20%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘02  •  (0.73)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Institutional Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 08/31/99)1

  2.34%   3.67%   4.90%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.09%   1.71%   2.64%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.51%   1.93%   2.76%

Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.74%   3.90%   4.94%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on November 25, 1988.
2   The Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index is an unmanaged index generally representative of the average return on the one-year Treasury bills.
3   Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index.

 

16   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
   

All Funds

(except
High Income Fund)

  High Income
Fund
     
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None   None
Redemption Fee1   None   2.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Corporate
Bond Fund
  Government
Securities
Fund
  High Income
Fund
  Short Duration
Government
Bond Fund
Management Fees2   0.45%   0.41%   0.55%   0.44%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.21%   0.19%   0.22%   0.18%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   0.65%   0.60%   0.77%   0.62%
Fee Waivers   0.04%   0.12%   0.34%   0.20%
Net Expenses4   0.61%   0.48%   0.43%   0.42%
    Short-Term
Bond Fund
  Total Return
Bond Fund
  Ultra
Short-Term
Income Fund
   
Management Fees2   0.44%   0.45%   0.41%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses3   0.20%   0.24%   0.19%    
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses   0.65%   0.69%   0.60%    
Fee Waivers   0.17%   0.27%   0.25%    
Net Expenses4   0.48%   0.42%   0.35%    
1   Deducted from the net proceeds if shares redeemed (or exchanged) within 30 days of purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fee” on page 46 for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the High Income Fund is as follows: 0.55% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.50% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.45% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.425% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.40% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, Short Duration Government Bond, Short-Term Bond, Total Return Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds is as follows: 0.45% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.40% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.35% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.325% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.30% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses for the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short Duration Government Bond Fund, Short-Term Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

18   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Corporate
Bond Fund
  Government
Securities Fund
  High Income
Fund
  Short Duration
Government
Bond Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 62   $ 49   $ 244   $ 43
  3 YEARS   $ 204   $ 180   $ 212   $ 178
  5 YEARS   $ 358   $ 323   $ 394   $
10 YEARS   $ 807   $ 739   $ 922   $

 

    Short-Term
Bond Fund
  Total Return
Bond Fund
 

Ultra

Short-Term
Income Fund

   
  1 YEAR   $ 49   $ 43   $ 36    
  3 YEARS   $ 191   $ 194   $ 167    
  5 YEARS   $ 345   $ 357   $ 310    
10 YEARS   $ 794   $ 833   $ 726    

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus,” we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers.” You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

20   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Corporate Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA; Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Corporate Bond Fund seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of corporate debt securities. We begin our investment process with a top-down, macroeconomic view to guide our decision-making. Our macroeconomic view is used to determine the portfolio’s duration, yield curve positioning and industry allocation. We then employ credit analysis to determine which securities to purchase. This analysis includes an assessment of macroeconomic trends, industry fundamentals and corporate earnings. Our credit analysis also considers an issuer’s general financial condition, its competitive position and its management strategies. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between seven and twelve years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities of corporations;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB through C by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.41     $9.53     $10.79     $10.42     $10.59  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.55     0.57     0.68     0.81     0.80  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.24     0.88     (1.25 )   0.37     (0.17 )

Total from investment operations

  0.79     1.45     (0.57 )   1.18     0.63  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.55 )   (0.57 )   (0.69 )   (0.81 )   (0.80 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.55 )   (0.57 )   (0.69 )   (0.81 )   (0.80 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.65     $10.41     $9.53     $10.79     $10.42  

Total return1

  7.78 %   15.51 %   (5.35 )%   11.62 %   6.22 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $71     $77     $43     $32     $7  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                             

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.5 %   0.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  5.2 %   5.6 %   7.0 %   7.4 %   7.7 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   205 %   412 %   341 %   294 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.5 %   0.4 %
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    W. Frank Koster; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Government Securities Fund seeks current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of investment-grade U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and fifteen years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in non-government debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our policy to invest in U.S. Government obligations, we may invest in U.S. securities that are enhanced as to credit quality or liquidity by foreign issuers without regard to the foreign investment limitation.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
 
         
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.05     $11.36     $11.26     $10.34     $10.22  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.32     0.34     0.48     0.60     0.64  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.21     0.05     0.31     0.93     0.12  

Total from investment operations

  0.53     0.39     0.79     1.53     0.76  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.42 )   (0.44 )   (0.53 )   (0.61 )   (0.64 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.23 )   (0.26 )   (0.16 )   0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.65 )   (0.70 )   (0.69 )   (0.61 )   (0.64 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.93     $11.05     $11.36     $11.26     $10.34  

Total return1

  4.92 %   3.56 %   7.45 %   15.28 %   7.69 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $84     $122     $105     $76     $21  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.5 %   0.5 %   0.5 %   0.5 %   0.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.2 %   3.0 %   4.5 %   5.4 %   6.2 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  390 %   531 %   519 %   552 %   373 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  0.5 %   0.5 %   0.5 %   0.5 %   0.4 %
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

High Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas M. Price, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The High Income Fund seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of below investment-grade debt securities (often called “high-yield” securities or “junk bonds”) of corporate issuers. Below investment-grade debt securities offer the potential for higher returns, as they generally carry a higher yield to compensate for the higher risk associated with the investment. We start our investment process with a top-down, macroeconomic outlook to determine industry and credit quality allocations. Within these parameters, we then apply rigorous credit research to select individual securities that we believe can add value. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and ten years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in corporate debt securities that are below investment-grade;

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in common stocks and convertible securities;

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB+ through B- by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 31, 2001
       
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $7.53     $6.35     $7.75     $8.56  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.58     0.61     0.82     0.26  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.35     1.17     (1.40 )   (0.81 )

Total from investment operations

  0.93     1.78     (0.58 )   (0.55 )

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.58 )   (0.60 )   (0.82 )   (0.26 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   (0.60 )   (0.82 )   (0.26 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $7.88     $7.53     $6.35     $7.75  

Total return1

  12.85 %   29.11 %   (8.38 )%   (6.52 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $24     $42     $47     $14  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                       

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.5 %   0.5 %   0.5 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  7.6 %   8.6 %   11.0 %   12.9 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   172 %   120 %   114 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  0.5 %2   0.5 %   0.5 %   0.5 %
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Short Duration Government Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Marie Chandoha; William Stevens; Thomas O’Connor, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short Duration Government Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by actively managing a portfolio consisting mostly of short-term U.S. Government obligations. Generally, the portfolio’s overall effective duration is less than that of a 3-year U.S. Treasury Note. We invest in debt securities that we believe offer attractive yields and are undervalued relative to issues of similar credit quality and interest rate sensitivity.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may use dollar rolls. We may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage and Other Asset-Backed Securities”, “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Short Duration Government Bond Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Administrator Class Shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended 2004 and 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS4 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 18, 1992
     
For the period ended:  

Nov. 30,
2004

(unaudited)

    May 31,
20041
    June 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.14     $10.30     $10.26      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.12     0.20     0.43      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.01 )   (0.13 )   0.12      

Total from investment operations

  0.11     0.07     0.55      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.15 )7   (0.20 )   (0.43 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.03 )   (0.08 )    

Total distributions

  (0.15 )   (0.23 )   (0.51 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.10     $10.14     $10.30      

Total return2

  1.12 %   (0.67 )%   5.08 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $340,288     $431,942     $517,187      

Ratios to average net assets5:

                     

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.63 %6   0.60 %   0.76 %6    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.35 %   2.13 %   3.75 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  120 %   615 %   331 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,5

  1.00 %   0.81 %   1.16 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
2   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of Gross Expenses to Average Net Assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Formerly named the Select Class.

 

30   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                        
                        
   
    

June 30,
2002

  June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
    June 30,
1999
 
     $10.20   $9.90     $10.04     $10.14  
                        
     0.46   0.58     0.58     0.53  
     0.22   0.30     (0.14 )   (0.05 )
     0.68   0.88     0.44     0.48  
                        
     (0.49)   (0.58 )   (0.58 )   (0.53 )
     (0.13)   0.00     0.00     (0.05 )
     (0.62)   (0.58 )   (0.58 )   (0.58 )
     $10.26   $10.20     $9.90     $10.04  
     6.80%   9.09 %   4.55 %   4.82 %
                        
     $449,648   $267,444     $171,879     $154,365  
                        
     0.87%   1.68 %   1.11 %   1.35 %
     4.38%   5.70 %   5.84 %   5.21 %
     400%   245 %   188 %   199 %
                        
     1.53%   2.46 %   1.61 %   1.85 %
                        
  5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
  6   Includes interest expense.
  7   Effective June 1, 2004, for income accrued on taxable instruments held by the Fund after that date, the Fund received permission to revoke its election to amortize bond premium currently for federal tax purposes. As a result of this change in tax accounting policy, ordinary taxable income and required distributions will increase in future years and any loss on retirement of such debt instrument will result in a capital loss.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short-Term Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of short- to intermediate-term debt securities. We may invest in a variety of debt securities, including corporate, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and U.S. Government obligations. We employ a top-down, macroeconomic outlook to determine the portfolio’s duration, yield curve positioning and industry allocation. In combination with our top-down macroeconomic approach, we employ a bottom-up process of fundamental securities analysis to determine the specific securities for investment. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, monetary and fiscal policy, inflation, and the international economic and political environment. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be three years or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

32   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                              
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.82     $8.79     $9.40     $9.35     $9.42  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.31     0.34     0.48     0.64     0.67  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.01 )   0.08     (0.59 )   0.05     (0.07 )

Total from investment operations

  0.30     0.42     (0.11 )   0.69     0.60  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.34 )   (0.39 )   (0.50 )   (0.64 )   (0.67 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.34 )   (0.39 )   (0.50 )   (0.64 )   (0.67 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.78     $8.82     $8.79     $9.40     $9.35  

Total return1

  3.50 %   4.84 %   (1.14 )%   7.57 %   6.60 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $50     $67     $55     $71     $25  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.5 %   0.5 %5   0.5 %   0.4 %   0.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.6 %   3.8 %   5.3 %   6.6 %   7.2 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  37 %   97 %   154 %   129 %   94 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  0.5 %   0.5 %   0.5 %   0.4 %   0.4 %
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Total Return Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    William Stevens; Marie Chandoha; Thomas O’Connor, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Total Return Bond Fund seeks total return consisting of income and capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad range of investment-grade debt securities, including U.S. Government obligations, corporate bonds, mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and money market instruments. We invest in debt securities that we believe offer attractive yields and are undervalued relative to issues of similar credit quality and interest rate sensitivity. From time to time, the Fund may also invest in unrated bonds that we believe are comparable to investment-grade debt securities. Under normal circumstances, we expect to maintain an overall effective duration range between 4 and 5 1/2 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in bonds;

 

·   at least 80% of total assets in investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in asset-backed securities, other than mortgage-backed securities;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our mortgage-backed securities investment strategy, we may use dollar rolls. We may also enter into reverse repurchase agreements to enhance return.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher than average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities.

 

On February 8, 2005, the Board approved the conversion of the Total Return Bond Fund from a stand-alone fund into a Gateway Fund. Under the Gateway Fund structure, the Fund will invest substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust with a substantially similar objective and substantially similar investment strategies. The Fund expects to convert to this structure in the second half of this year.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

34   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the periods ended 2004 and 2003. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information for all prior periods. All performance information along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS1 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 31, 2001
 
For the period ended:   Nov. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    May 31,
20042
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $12.11     $12.58     $11.97     $12.45  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.24     0.39     0.73     0.47  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.22     (0.35 )   0.66     (0.25 )

Total from investment operations

  0.46     0.04     1.39     0.22  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.24 )   (0.39 )   (0.70 )   (0.48 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     (0.12 )   (0.08 )   (0.22 )

Total distributions

  (0.24 )   (0.51 )   (0.78 )   (0.70 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $12.33     $12.11     $12.58     $11.97  

Total return3

  3.80 %   0.38 %   11.05 %   1.90 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $114,207     $50,699     $51,022     $202  

Ratios to average net assets6:

                       

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.42 %   0.42 %   0.42 %5   0.47 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.88 %   3.49 %   4.66 %   5.99 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  297 %   918 %   544 %   193 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4,6

  0.74 %   0.74 %   0.99 %   1.71 %
1   Formerly named the Select Class.
2   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from June 30 to May 31. Information shown is for an 11-month period.
3   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Includes interest expense.
6   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra Short-Term Income Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of short-term debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be one year or less. Our portfolio holdings may include U.S. Government obligations, corporate debt securities and mortgage- and other asset-backed debt securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 38. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

36   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING

 

    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
 
           
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct, 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20002
    Feb. 29,
20003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.33     $9.41     $9.82     $9.87     $9.87     $9.89  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.24     0.29     0.36     0.62     0.46     0.32  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.04 )   0.01     (0.29 )   (0.04 )   0.00     (0.02 )

Total from investment operations

  0.20     0.30     0.07     0.58     0.46     0.30  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.32 )   (0.38 )   (0.48 )   (0.63 )   (0.46 )   (0.32 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.32 )   (0.38 )   (0.48 )   (0.63 )   (0.46 )   (0.32 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.21     $9.33     $9.41     $9.82     $9.87     $9.87  

Total return3

  2.19 %   3.26 %   0.71 %   6.03 %   4.76 %   3.07 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $60     $214     $302     $784     $348     $207  

Ratios to average net assets:

                                   

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  3.0 %   3.2 %   4.4 %   6.1 %   7.0 %   6.5 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  26 %   94 %   50 %   70 %   38 %   48 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
4

  0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from February to October.
3   For the period from August 31, 1999 (commencement of Class) to February 29, 2000.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Corporate Bond Fund, Government Securities Fund, High Income Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund, Short-Term Bond Fund and Total Return Bond Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of those U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

·  

The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality that the Corporate Bond, High Income, Short-Term Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds may invest in tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity

 

38   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

to pay interest and repay principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities rated in the lowest category of investment-grade securities, “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

·   Certain Funds may purchase bonds at a price less than a bond’s principal amount. In such case, the Fund generally will be required to include a portion of such discount in its income and make distributions to shareholders representing such discount, taxable to them as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities, or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices. and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CORPORATE BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH INCOME   SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND   SHORT-TERM BOND   TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Debt-securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Currency and Liquidity Risk   l       l       l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued
and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to greater risk
of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l       l       l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

 

40   Income Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

        CORPORATE BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH INCOME   SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND   SHORT-TERM BOND   TOTAL RETURN BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                            

Loan Participations

Debt obligations that represent a portion of a larger loan made by a bank. Generally sold without guarantee or recourse, some participants sell at a discount because of the borrower’s credit problems.

  Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and Prepayment/Extension Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage, Credit and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l       l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments of interest or a future payment of principal, but not both. These securities tend to have greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   41


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER
AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’
business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

42   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers, who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-adviser(s) to make day to day investment decisions for the Funds’ assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Funds: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, each Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Funds’ sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105 is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the respective Funds.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. Each Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds are processed each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

44   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record for Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Institutional Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $100 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $5 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the High Income Fund, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for the Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 ½ according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of Funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Fund will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

46   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at the Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   47


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

An exchange between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   The High Income Fund imposes a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 46 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Except as noted below for the Ultra Short-Term Income Fund (“Short-Term Fund”), Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern.

 

Because the Short-Term Fund is often used for short-term investments, it is designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term income funds. As a result, the Short-Term Fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the Short-Term Fund or its shareholders. Although the policies adopted by the Short-Term Fund do not prohibit frequent trading in the Short-Term Fund, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing

 

48   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Exchanges


 

the Short-Term Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in long-term Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the long-term Funds.

 

In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income at least monthly, and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct a portion of their distributions from the Funds when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. The Funds, however, generally do not expect to realize a material amount of such dividend income. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when the Fund holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

50   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Marie Chandoha

Short Duration Government Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Ms. Chandoha joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Senior Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Ms. Chandoha was a portfolio manager and co-head of the Fixed Income Fund Group at Montgomery Asset Management (“Montgomery”) since joining the firm in 1999. From 1996 to 1999, she was chief bond strategist at Goldman Sachs, where she advised institutional clients on optimal asset allocation strategies in the U.S. bond market. From 1994 to 1996, she was managing director of global fixed income and economics research at Credit Suisse First Boston, where she managed the global bond and economics research department. Ms. Chandoha is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Harvard University, with a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

W. Frank Koster

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Koster joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Koster was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since March 1999, first as a Senior Vice President of SCM’s Institutional Business Group. From December 2000 to March 2001, he was a fixed-income product specialist at SCM, and from March 2001 through 2004, a portfolio manager for SCM’s institutional fixed-income accounts. Mr. Koster received his B.S. degree in Economics from the College of Wooster in 1979.

 

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Short-Term Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Mueller joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991. He also served as Director of Fixed Income for SCM from July 2002 to July 2004. Prior to joining SCM, he was a securities analyst and portfolio manager at R. Meeder & Associates. He began his investment career at Harris Trust & Savings Bank as an investment analyst. Mr. Mueller earned a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Chicago.

 

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

Corporate Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Newton joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager and Senior Research Analyst. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a high-grade, fixed-income analyst with SCM since October 2002. Mr. Newton was an investment-grade credit analyst and private placement analyst at Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from July 1998 to October 2002. He received his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan and a B.A. degree in Economics from Albion College.

 

Thomas O’Connor, CFA

Short Duration Government Bond Fund since 2003

Total Return Bond Fund since 2003

Thomas O’Connor joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as a Portfolio Manager responsible for identifying value in mortgages. From 2000 to 2003, Mr. O’Connor was a portfolio manager in the Fixed Income Division of Montgomery. Prior to that time, Mr. O’Connor was a senior portfolio manager in charge of agency mortgages at Vanderbilt Capital Advisors (formerly ARM Capital Advisors). Previously, Mr. O’Connor was a senior trader of agency mortgages in both a proprietary and market-making role at the Union Bank of Switzerland. He was also a senior trader at First Boston and Smith Barney. Mr. O’Connor is a member of the Association for Investment Management and Research. He earned his B.A. degree in Business Administration from the University of Vermont.

 

52   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Thomas M. Price, CFA

High Income Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Short-Term Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Price joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since April 1996 as a fixed income research analyst and, since May 1998, as a portfolio manager. During this period, Mr. Price managed several fixed-income funds and separate accounts. Mr. Price began his investment career at Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin as a financial analyst and later joined Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance as a high-yield bond analyst. He received his B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.

 

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

Corporate Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Ms. Rilling joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was a portfolio manager with SCM since October 2000 and a research analyst at SCM since 1995. Prior to joining SCM, she was an auditor with Coopers & Lybrand for three years, specializing in the manufacturing and financial services industries. She received her B.A. degree in Accounting and Finance and her M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin.

 

William Stevens

Short Duration Government Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1992

Total Return Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1997

Mr. Stevens joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Chief Fixed Income Officer and Senior Managing Director. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Stevens directed the Fixed Income team of Montgomery from 1992. Mr. Stevens also served as Montgomery’s president and chief investment officer. Prior to Montgomery, he was responsible for starting the collateralized mortgage obligation and asset-backed securities trading department at Barclays de Zoete Wedd Securities. Previously, he headed the structured product department at Drexel Burnham Lambert, which included both origination and trading. Mr. Stevens has a M.B.A. degree from the Harvard Business School and he is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of Wesleyan University, where he received a B.A. degree in Economics.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Adjustable or Variable Rate Debt Securities

A type of bond for which the interest rate is adjusted periodically according to a pre-determined formula, usually linked to an index.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-Denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

54   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Dollar Rolls

Similar to a reverse Repurchase Agreement, dollar rolls are simultaneous agreements to sell a security held in a portfolio and to purchase a similar security at a future date at an agreed-upon price.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Effective Duration

A measure of the percentage change in the price of a bond for small changes in interest rates, taking into account the exercise of any embedded options, such as call provisions. Duration is usually expressed in years.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities, to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the Distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and/or principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

A sale by a Fund of securities it holds with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase the same securities at an agreed-upon price and date.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosures made in the Prospectus.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold, individually, as securities.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

56   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

0451FIT/P1004 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Income Funds – Advisor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra-Short Term Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   17

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate
Bond Fund

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government
Securities Fund

   25
      

Wells Fargo Advantage High
Income Fund

   29
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term
Bond Fund

   33
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term
High Yield Bond Fund

   37
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term
Income Fund

   41
      

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks

   44
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   48

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   50
    

How to Buy Shares

   51
    

How to Sell Shares

   53
    

Exchanges

   54

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   56
    

Portfolio Managers

   58
    

Glossary

   59

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Corporate Bond Fund
(SCBDX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 

Government Securities Fund
(SGVDX)
  

Seeks current income.

 

 

High Income Fund
(SHBAX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 

 

Short-Term Bond Fund
(SSTVX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund
(SSTHX)
  

 

Seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund
(SADAX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

4   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in debt securities of corporations, and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issues. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between seven and twelve years.
We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations. The Fund invests principally in investment-grade (e.g., rated BBB and higher by S&P) U.S. Government obligations. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and fifteen years.
We invest principally in corporate debt securities that are below investment grade (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers and up to 10% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and ten years.
We invest principally in debt securities. We invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be three years or less.
We invest principally in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be three years or less.
We invest principally in income-producing debt securities, and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are below investment-grade (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be one year or less.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 21;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 44; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

Foreign Obligations

Certain Funds invest in securities of foreign issuers. Investments in such securities are subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility, as well as various additional risks, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

High Yield Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Certain Funds invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities which may not be guaranteed by the U.S. Government. Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk and extension risk, either of which can reduce the rate of return on a Fund’s portfolio. Asset-backed securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying assets, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

Stripped Securities

Certain Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which have greater interest rate risk than mortgage-backed securities with like maturities and/or stripped treasury securities which have greater interest rate risk than traditional government securities with identical credit ratings and like maturities.

U.S. Government Obligations

The Funds principally invest in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

6   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Corporate Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Government Securities Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

High Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Short-Term Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund    The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Corporate Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Government Securities Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong High-Yield Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Short-Term Bond Fund and the Strong Short-Term Income Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund. The predecessor Strong funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

8   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Corporate Bond Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  7.62%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (3.79)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Advisor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Account (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/31/99)1

  5.63%   6.47%   7.92%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  3.94%   4.12%   5.32%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.62%   4.06%   5.18%

LB Aggregate Bond Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%

LB U.S. Credit BAA 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index3
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.45%   8.82%   8.65%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Corporate Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on December 12, 1985, adjusted to reflect Advisor Class expenses.
2 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3 Lehman Brothers U.S. Credit BAA 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Government Securities Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  6.36%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.81)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Advisor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/31/99)1

  3.20%   7.06%   7.14%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.61%   4.91%   4.80%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.07%   4.75%   4.68%

LB Intermediate Government Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%

LB Aggregate Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.17%   7.72%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Government Securities Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on October 29, 1986, adjusted to reflect this Class’s expenses.
2 Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.
3 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

10   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

High Income Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns 1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ‘96  •  8.09%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (9.04)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Advisor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/29/00)1

  10.11%   3.17%   7.37%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  7.52%   (0.41)%   3.44%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.48%   0.42%   3.83%

LB U.S. High Yield Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  11.13%   6.97%   6.98%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong High-Yield Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on December 28, 1995, adjusted to reflect this Class’s expenses.
2 Lehman Brothers U.S. High Yield Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Short-Term Bond Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  4.36%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘02  •  (1.98)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Advisor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/31/99)1

  1.98%   3.40%   5.02%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.80%   1.53%   2.73%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.28%   1.75%   2.85%

LB 1-3 Year Govt/Credit Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.28%   5.41%   5.98%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Short-Term Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on August 31, 1987, adjusted to reflect this Class’s expenses.
2 Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year Government/Credit Index.

 

12   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  3.69%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  (3.54)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Advisor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 2/29/00)1

  4.40%   3.43%   5.02%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.80%   0.95%   2.32%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.84%   1.38%   2.60%

ML High Yield BB 1-5 Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  9.33%   7.51%   7.10%

Short-Term High Yield Bond Index III3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  7.68%   6.99%   6.58%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on June 30, 1997, adjusted to reflect this Class’s expenses.
2 Merrill Lynch High Yield BB 1-5 Year Index.
3 The Short-Term High Yield Bond Index III is comprised of 70% Merrill Lynch High Yield U.S. Corporates, Cash Pay, BB Rated, 1-5 Years Index and the 30% Merrill Lynch High Yield U.S. Corporates, Cash Pay, B Rated, 1-5 Years Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  2.11%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘02  •  (0.81)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Advisor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Advisor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/31/99)1

  1.60%   2.87%   4.30%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.62%   1.21%   2.28%

Advisor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.03%   1.43%   2.40%

Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.74%   3.90%   4.94%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on November 25, 1988, adjusted to reflect this Class’s expenses.
2 The Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index is an unmanaged index generally representative of the average return on the one-year Treasury bills.
3 Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index.

 

14   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
   

All Funds

(except High Income
Fund and Short-Term
High Yield Bond Fund)

  High Income
Fund and
Short-Term
High Yield
Bond Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None   None
Redemption Fee1   None   2.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)        
   

Corporate
Bond Fund

  Government
Securities Fund
  High Income
Fund
  Short-Term
Bond Fund
   
Management Fees2   0.45%   0.41%   0.55%   0.44%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses3   0.67%   0.64%   0.62%   0.65%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.10%   1.05%   1.17%   1.10%    
Fee Waivers   0.10%   0.10%   0.26%   0.25%    
NET EXPENSES4   1.00%   0.95%   0.91%   0.85%    
1   Deducted from the net proceeds if shares redeemed (or exchanged) within 30 days of purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 52 for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the High Income and Short-Term High Yield Bond Funds is as follows: 0.55% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.50% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.45% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.425% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.40% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, Short-Term Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds is as follows: 0.45% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.40% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.35% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.325% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.30% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

 

16   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

         
   

Short-Term

High Yield

Bond Fund

  Ultra
Short-Term
Income Fund
    0.55%   0.41%
    0.00%   0.00%
    0.63%   0.64%
    1.18%   1.05%
    0.08%   0.25%
    1.10%   0.80%

 

Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Corporate
Bond Fund
  Government
Securities Fund
  High Income
Fund
  Short-Term
Bond Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 102   $ 97   $ 293   $ 87
  3 YEARS   $ 340   $ 324   $ 346   $ 325
  5 YEARS   $ 597   $ 570   $ 619   $ 582
10 YEARS   $ 1,331   $ 1,274   $ 1,397   $ 1,318
    Short-Term
High Yield
Bond Fund
  Ultra
Short-Term
Income Fund
       
  1 YEAR   $ 312   $ 82            
  3 YEARS   $ 367   $ 309            
  5 YEARS   $ 641   $ 555            
10 YEARS   $ 1,425   $ 1,260            

 

 

18   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Corporate Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA; Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Corporate Bond Fund seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of corporate debt securities. We begin our investment process with a “top-down”, macroeconomic view to guide our decision-making. Our macroeconomic view is used to determine the portfolio’s duration, yield curve positioning and industry allocation. We then employ credit analysis to determine which securities to purchase. This analysis includes an assessment of macroeconomic trends, industry fundamentals and corporate earnings. Our credit analysis also considers an issuer’s general financial condition, its competitive position and its management strategies. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between seven and twelve years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities of corporations;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB through C by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” section on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 44. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Corporate Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
     
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.42     $9.54      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.49     0.52      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.25     0.88      

Total from investment operations

  0.74     1.40      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.49 )   (0.52 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.49 )   (0.52 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.67     $10.42      

Total return1

  7.29 %   14.89 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $20     $29      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.7 %   5.1 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   205 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  1.2 %   1.2 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

22   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

                    
                    
     Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
     $10.80     $10.42     $10.59  
                    
     0.63     0.74     0.73  
     (1.25 )   0.38     (0.17 )
     (0.62 )   1.12     0.56  
                    
     (0.64 )   (0.74 )   (0.73 )
     0.00     0.00     0.00  
     (0.64 )   (0.74 )   (0.73 )
     $9.54     $10.80     $10.42  
     (5.84 )%   10.98 %   5.49 %
                    
     $31     $32     $7  
                    
     1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
     6.4 %   6.7 %   6.9 %
     412 %   341 %   294 %
     1.2 %   1.3 %   1.1 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    W. Frank Koster; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Government Securities Fund seeks current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of investment-grade U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and fifteen years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in non-government debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our policy to invest in U.S. Government obligations, we may invest in U.S. securities that are enhanced as to credit quality or liquidity by foreign issuers without regard to the foreign investment limitation.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 44. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
     
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.05     $11.35      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.25     0.25      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.21     0.07      

Total from investment operations

  0.46     0.32      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.35 )   (0.36 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.23 )   (0.26 )    

Total distributions

  (0.58 )   (0.62 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.93     $11.05      

Total return1

  4.27 %   2.89 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $76     $121      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.6 %   2.3 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  390 %   531 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  1.2 %   1.1 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Amount is less than $500,000.
3   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

26   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
                    
     Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
     $11.25     $10.33     $10.22  
                    
     0.42     0.54     0.56  
     0.30     0.92     0.11  
     0.72     1.46     0.67  
                    
     (0.46 )   (0.54 )   (0.56 )
     (0.16 )   0.00     0.00  
     (0.62 )   (0.54 )   (0.56 )
     $11.35     $11.25     $10.33  
     6.77 %   14.50 %   6.76 %
                    
     $107     $12     $02  
                    
     1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
     3.7 %   4.5 %   5.5 %
     519 %   552 %   373 %
     1.1 %   1.4 %   1.9 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

High Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas M. Price, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The High Income Fund seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of below investment-grade debt securities (often called “high-yield” securities or “junk bonds”) of corporate issuers. Below investment-grade debt securities offer the potential for higher returns, as they generally carry a higher yield to compensate for the higher risk associated with the investment. We start our investment process with a top-down, macroeconomic outlook to determine industry and credit quality allocations. Within these parameters, we then apply rigorous credit research to select individual securities that we believe can add value. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and ten years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in corporate debt securities that are below investment-grade;

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in common stocks and convertible debt securities;

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB+ through B- by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 44. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

High Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 29, 2000
     
   
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $7.49     $6.31      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.53     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.35     1.18      

Total from investment operations

  0.88     1.73      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.53 )   (0.55 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.53 )   (0.55 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $7.84     $7.49      

Total return1

  12.11 %   28.39 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $22     $30      

Ratios to average net assets4:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  6.9 %   7.7 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   172 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4, 5

  1.2 %   1.2 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from February 29, 2000 (commencement of Class) to October 31, 2001.
3   Amount is less than $500,000.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

30   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20002
 
    $7.74     $9.67     $10.78  
                   
    0.77     1.01     0.75  
    (1.43 )   (1.93 )   (1.11 )
    (0.66 )   (0.92 )   (0.36 )
                   
    (0.77 )   (1.01 )   (0.75 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.77 )   (1.01 )   (0.75 )
    $6.31     $7.74     $9.67  
    (9.44 )%   (10.28 )%   (3.44 )%
                   
    $17     $15     $03  
                   
    1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
    10.4 %   11.3 %   10.7 %
    120 %   114 %   104 %
    1.2 %   1.6 %   1.2 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short-Term Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of short- to intermediate-term debt securities. We may invest in a variety of debt securities, including corporate, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and U.S. Government obligations. We employ a top-down macroeconomic outlook to determine the portfolio’s duration, yield curve positioning and industry allocation. In combination with our top-down macroeconomic approach, we employ a bottom-up process of fundamental securities analysis to determine the specific securities for investment. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, monetary and fiscal policy, inflation, and the international economic and political environment. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be three years or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 44. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
     
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.81     $8.78      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.26     0.29      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.01 )   0.07      

Total from investment operations

  0.25     0.36      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.29 )   (0.33 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.29 )   (0.33 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.77     $8.81      

Total return1

  2.87 %   4.19 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $10     $14      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  3.0 %   3.1 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  37 %   97 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  1.2 %   1.2 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Amount is less than $500,000.
3   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

34   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $9.40     $9.34     $9.41  
                   
    0.42     0.58     0.60  
    (0.60 )   0.06     (0.07 )
    (0.18 )   0.64     0.53  
                   
    (0.44 )   (0.58 )   (0.60 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.44 )   (0.58 )   (0.60 )
    $8.78     $9.40     $9.34  
    (1.89 )%   6.93 %   5.81 %
                   
    $9     $10     $02  
                   
    1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
    4.7 %   5.5 %   6.5 %
    154 %   129 %   94 %
    1.2 %   1.3 %   2.0 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas M. Price, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of below investment-grade debt securities (often called “high-yield” securities or “junk bonds”) of corporate issuers. Below investment-grade debt securities offer the potential for higher returns, as they generally carry a higher-yield to compensate for the higher risk associated with the investment. We employ rigorous credit research to select individual securities based on a number of factors including industry fundamentals, management strength, competitive position as well as financial strength and liquidity. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be three years or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade corporate debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB+ through B- by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the ”Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 44. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON FEBRUARY 29, 2000
     
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.66     $8.28      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.39     0.46      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.03     0.38      

Total from investment operations

  0.42     0.84      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.39 )   (0.46 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.39 )   (0.46 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.69     $8.66      

Total return3

  4.96 %   10.35 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $56     $73      

Ratios to average net assets4:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  4.5 %   5.2 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  71 %   117 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4,5

  1.2 %   1.2 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   For the period from February 29, 2000 (commencement of Class) to October 31, 2000.
3   Amount is less than $500,000.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

38   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
                   
     
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20002
 
    $8.93     $9.88     $10.05  
                   
    0.60     0.79     0.51  
    (0.65 )   (0.95 )   (0.17 )
    (0.05 )   (0.16 )   0.34  
                   
    (0.60 )   (0.79 )   (0.51 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.60 )   (0.79 )   (0.51 )
    $8.28     $8.93     $9.88  
    (0.68 )%   (1.92 )%   3.52 %
                   
    $28     $18     $03  
                   
    1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
    6.8 %   7.9 %   7.6 %
    86 %   73 %   67 %
    1.2 %   1.3 %   1.2 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra Short-Term Income Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of short-term debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be one year or less. Our portfolio holdings may include U.S. Government obligations, corporate debt securities and mortgage- and other asset-backed debt securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 44. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund


 

 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
     
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.33     $9.41      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.20     0.24      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.07 )   (0.01 )    

Total from investment operations

  0.13     0.23      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.31 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.25 )   (0.31 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.21     $9.33      

Total return2

  1.45 %   2.49 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $88     $146      

Ratios to average net assets5:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.3 %   2.4 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  26 %   94 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
5,6

  1.2 %   1.1 %    
1   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from February to October.
2   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   For the period from August 31, 1999 (commencement of Class) to February 29, 2000.
4   Amount is less than $500,000.
5   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
6   During certain periods, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

42   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20001
    Feb. 29,
19993
 
    $9.82     $9.88     $9.87     $9.89  
                         
    0.34     0.55     0.41     0.27  
    (0.35 )   (0.05 )   0.01     (0.02 )
    (0.01 )   0.50     0.42     0.25  
                         
    (0.40 )   (0.56 )   (0.41 )   (0.27 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.40 )   (0.56 )   (0.41 )   (0.27 )
    $9.41     $9.82     $9.88     $9.87  
    (0.06 )%   5.12 %   4.35 %   2.56 %
                         
    $98     $82     $04     $04  
                         
    1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
    3.6 %   4.9 %   6.2 %   5.7 %
    50 %   70 %   38 %   48 %
    1.1 %   1.2 %   1.1 %   1.1 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds, except the Ultra Short-Term Income Fund, all employ an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of those U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

·  

The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality that the Corporate Bond, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds may invest in tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than

 

44   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities rated in the lowest category of investment-grade securities, “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

·   Certain Funds may purchase bonds at a price less than a bond’s principal amount. In such case, the Fund generally will be required to include a portion of such discount in its income and make distributions to shareholders representing such discount, taxable to them as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities, or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CORPORATE BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH INCOME   SHORT-TERM BOND   SHORT-TERM HIGH YIELD BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Debt-securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Currency and Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued
and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l       l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase returns on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of the collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

46   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

        CORPORATE BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH INCOME   SHORT-TERM BOND   SHORT-TERM HIGH YIELD BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                        

Loan Participantions

Debt obligations that represent a portion of a larger loan made by a bank. Generally sold without guarantee or recourse, some participants sell at a discount because of the borrower’s credit problems.

  Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and Prepayment/Extension Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage, Credit and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments of interest or a future payment of principal, but not both. These securities tend to have greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

Income Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’
business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

48   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers, who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the respective Funds.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

50   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Advisor Class shares are bought and held by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Advisor Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Advisor Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Minimum Investments

Investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, or $250 for a retirement account, and $100 for each investment after the initial investment. Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may also receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front, or ongoing payments or

 

Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the High Income Fund and Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 ½ according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   to effect a non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of Funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Funds will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

52   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Advisor Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account through which you hold your shares. Please read the account agreement for rules governing selling shares, and contact your selling agent or Institution with any questions.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   The High Income Fund and the Short-Term High Yield Fund each impose a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 52 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Except as noted below for the Ultra-Short Term Income Fund (”Short-Term Fund”), Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern.

 

Because the Short-Term Fund is often used for short-term investments, it is designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term income funds. As a

 

54   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

result, the Short-Term Fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the Short-Term Fund or its shareholders. Although the policies adopted by the Short-Term Fund do not prohibit frequent trading in the Short-Term Fund, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing the Short-Term Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in long-term Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the long-term Funds.

 

In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income at least monthly, and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct a portion of their distributions from the Funds when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. The Funds, however, generally do not expect to realize a material amount of such dividend income. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when the Fund holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

 

56   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

W. Frank Koster

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Koster joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Koster was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since March 1999, first as a Senior Vice President of SCM’s Institutional Business Group. From December 2000 to March 2001, he was a fixed-income product specialist at SCM, and from March 2001 through 2004, a portfolio manager for SCM’s institutional fixed-income accounts. Mr. Koster received his B.S. degree in Economics from the College of Wooster in 1979.

 

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Short-Term Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Mueller joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991. He also served as Director of Fixed Income for SCM from July 2002 to July 2004. Prior to joining SCM, he was a securities analyst and portfolio manager at R. Meeder & Associates. He began his investment career at Harris Trust & Savings Bank as an investment analyst. Mr. Mueller earned a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Chicago.

 

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

Corporate Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Newton joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager and Senior Research Analyst. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a high-grade, fixed-income analyst with SCM since October 2002. Mr. Newton was an investment-grade credit analyst and private placement analyst at Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from July 1998 to October 2002. He received his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan and a B.A. degree in Economics from Albion College.

 

Thomas M. Price, CFA

High Income Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Short-Term Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Price joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since April 1996 as a fixed-income research analyst and, since May 1998, as a portfolio manager. During this period, Mr. Price managed several fixed-income fund, and separate accounts. Mr. Price began his investment career at Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin as a financial analyst and later joined Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance as a high-yield bond analyst. He received his B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.

 

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

Corporate Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Ms. Rilling joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was a portfolio manager with SCM since October 2000 and a research analyst at SCM since 1995. Prior to joining SCM, she was an auditor with Coopers & Lybrand for three years, specializing in the manufacturing and financial services industries. She received her B.A. degree in Accounting and Finance and her M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin.

 

58   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Adjustable or Variable Rate Debt Securities

A type of bond for which the interest rate is adjusted periodically according to a pre-determined formula, usually linked to an index.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-Denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate

 

Income Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and/or principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

60   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosures made in the Prospectus.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold, individually, as securities.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO: SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045IFAV/P1005 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Income Funds – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   9
      

Summary of Expenses

   17

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   18
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund

   23
      

Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund

   27
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund

   31
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

   35
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

   39
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   42
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   47

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   50
    

How to Buy Shares

   53
    

How to Sell Shares

   56
    

Exchanges

   58

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   60
    

Portfolio Managers

   64
    

Glossary

   65

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Corporate Bond Fund

(STCBX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 

 

Government Securities Fund

(STVSX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income.

 

 

High Income Fund

(STHYX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 

 

Short-Term Bond Fund

(SSTBX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

(STHBX)

 

  

 

Seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

(STADX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

4   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest principally in debt securities of corporations, and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issues. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between seven and twelve years.

 

We invest principally in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations. The Fund invests principally in investment-grade (e.g., rated BBB and higher by S&P) U.S. Government obligations. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and fifteen years.

 

We invest principally in corporate debt securities that are below investment-grade (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 30% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers and up to 10% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between three and ten years.
We invest principally in debt securities. We invest up to 25% of the Fund’ s assets in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be three years or less.

 

We invest principally in below investment-grade debt securities (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be three years or less.

 

We invest principally in income-producing debt securities, and up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities that are below investment-grade (e.g., debt securities rated from BB to C by S&P). We may invest up to 25% of the Fund’s assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers. The Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be one year or less.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 19;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Foreign Obligations

Certain Funds invest in securities of foreign issuers. Investments in such securities are subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility, as well as various additional risks, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

High Yield Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Certain Funds invest in mortgage- and other asset-backed securities which may not be guaranteed by the U.S. Government. Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities are subject to prepayment risk and extension risk, either of which can reduce the rate of return on a Fund’s portfolio. Asset-backed securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying assets, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

 

Stripped Securities

Certain Funds may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which have greater interest rate risk than mortgage-backed securities with like maturities and/or stripped treasury securities which have greater interest rate risk than traditional government securities with identical credit ratings and like maturities.

 

6   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

U.S. Government Obligations

Certain Funds invest in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Corporate Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Government Securities Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

High Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Short-Term Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.
Ultra Short-Term Income Fund   

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

 

8   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Corporate Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Government Securities Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Government Securities Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage High Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong High-Yield Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Short-Term Bond Fund and the Strong Short-Term Income Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund. The predecessor Strong funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Corporate Bond Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  7.68%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (3.78)%

 

Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”)

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/12/85)1

  5.82%   6.63%   8.12%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  4.09%   4.23%   5.45%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.74%   4.16%   5.31%

LB Aggregate Bond Index2 (reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%

LB U.S. Credit BAA 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  6.45%   8.82%   8.65%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Corporate Bond Fund.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Lehman Brothers U.S. Credit BAA 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index.

 

10   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Government Securities Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  6.44%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (2.78)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 10/29/86)1

  3.30%   7.27%   7.40%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.67%   5.03%   4.96%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.13%   4.87%   4.84%

LB Intermediate Government Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.33%   6.57%   6.75%

LB Aggregate Bond Index(reflects no deduction
for expenses or taxes)

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Government Securities Fund.
2   Lehman Brothers Intermediate Government Index.
3   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

High Income Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’96  •  8.16%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’02  •  (8.94)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/28/95)1

  10.22%   3.44%   7.65%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  7.59%   (0.21)%   3.62%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  6.55%   0.60%   4.01%

LB U.S. High Yield Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  11.13%   6.97%   6.98%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong High-Yield Bond Fund.
2   Lehman Brothers U.S. High Yield Index.

 

12   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Short-Term Bond Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’95  •  4.43%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’02  •  (1.92)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/31/87)1

  2.15%   3.63%   5.29%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.91%   1.67%   2.89%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.39%   1.89%   3.02%

LB 1-3 year Gov’t/Credit Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.28%   5.41%   5.98%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Short-Term Bond Fund.
2   Lehman Brothers 1-3 year Government/Credit Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  3.77%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’02  •  (3.49)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 6/30/97)1

  4.46%   3.63%   5.27%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.84%   1.07%   2.47%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.87%   1.50%   2.74%

ML High Yield BB 1-5 Index2 (reflects no deduction
for fees, expenses or taxes)

  9.33%   7.51%   7.10%

Short-Term High Yield Bond Index III3 (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  7.68%   6.99%   6.58%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund.
2   Merrill Lynch High Yield BB 1-5 Year Index.
3   The Short-Term High Yield Bond Index III is comprised of 70% Merrill Lynch High Yield U.S. Corporates, Cash Pay, BB Rated, 1-5 Years Index and 30% Merrill Lynch High Yield U.S. Corporates, Cash Pay, B Rated, 1-5 Years Index.

 

14   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’95  •  2.20%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’02  •  (0.73)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes for the Fund’s Investor Class. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401 (k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/25/88)1

  1.96%   3.20%   4.66%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.89%   1.42%   2.50%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.27%   1.64%   2.62%

Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the Run Index2 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.74%   3.90%   4.94%

LB Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index3 (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  0.94%   3.70%   4.86%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund.
2   The Citigroup 1 Year Treasury Benchmark-on-the-Run Index is an unmanaged index generally representative of the average return on the one-year Treasury bills.
3   Lehman Brothers Short Treasury 9-12 Month Index.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)        
   

All Funds

(except High Income
Fund and Short-Term
High Yield Bond Fund)

  High Income Fund
and Short-Term
High Yield Bond Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None   None
Redemption Fee1   None   2.00%

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Corporate
Bond Fund
  Government
Securities Fund
  High Income
Fund
  Short-Term
Bond Fund
Management Fees2   0.45%   0.41%   0.55%   0.44%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.83%   0.81%   0.79%   0.82%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.27%   1.22%   1.34%   1.25%
Fee Waivers   0.24%   0.17%   0.48%   0.37%
NET EXPENSES4   1.03%   1.05%   0.86%   0.90%
    Short-Term
High Yield
Bond Fund
  Ultra
Short-Term
Income Fund
       
Management Fees2   0.55%   0.41%        
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%        
Other Expenses3   0.80%   0.81%        
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.35%   1.22%        
Fee Waivers   0.49%   0.38%        
NET EXPENSES4   0.86%   0.84%        

 

1   Deducted from the net proceeds if shares redeemed (or exchanged) within 30 days of purchase. This fee is retained by the Fund. Please see “Redemption Fees” on page 52 for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the High Income and Short-Term High Yield Bond Funds is as follows: 0.55% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.50% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.45% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.425% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.40% for assets $5 billion and higher. The breakpoint schedule for the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, Short-Term Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds is as follows: 0.45% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.40% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.35% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.325% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.30% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

16   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Corporate
Bond Fund
  Government
Securities Fund
  High Income
Fund
  Short-Term
Bond Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 105   $ 107   $ 288   $ 92
  3 YEARS   $ 379   $ 370   $ 377   $ 362
  5 YEARS   $ 674   $ 654   $ 688   $ 653
10 YEARS   $ 1,513   $ 1,462   $ 1,571   $ 1,480
    Short-Term
High Yield
Bond Fund
  Ultra
Short-Term
Income Fund
       
  1 YEAR   $ 288   $ 86            
  3 YEARS   $ 379   $ 350            
  5 YEARS   $ 693   $ 634            
10 YEARS   $ 1,581   $ 1,444            

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus,” we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers.” You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

18   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Corporate Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA; Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Corporate Bond Fund seeks current income while maintaining prospects for capital appreciation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of corporate debt securities. We begin our investment process with a top-down, macroeconomic view to guide our decision-making. Our macroeconomic view is used to determine the portfolio’s duration, yield curve positioning and industry allocation. We then employ credit analysis to determine which securities to purchase. This analysis includes an assessment of macroeconomic trends, industry fundamentals and corporate earnings. Our credit analysis also considers an issuer’s general financial condition, its competitive position and its management strategies. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity will normally be between seven and twelve years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities of corporations;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB through C by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Corporate Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1999
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.42     $9.54      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.50     0.53      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.25     0.88      

Total from investment operations

  0.75     1.41      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.50 )   (0.53 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.50 )   (0.53 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.67     $10.42      

Total return1

  7.39 %   15.00 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $433     $556      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.8 %   5.2 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   205 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.1 %2   1.0 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $10.80     $10.43     $10.60  
                   
    0.65     0.76     0.77  
    (1.26 )   0.37     (0.19 )
    (0.61 )   1.13     0.58  
                   
    (0.65 )   (0.76 )   (0.75 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.65 )   (0.76 )   (0.75 )
    $9.54     $10.80     $10.43  
    (5.71 )%   11.10 %   5.73 %
                   
    $683     $1,293     $921  
                   
    1.0 %   0.9 %   0.9 %
    6.6 %   7.0 %   7.3 %
    412 %   341 %   294 %
    1.0 %   0.9 %   0.9 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    W. Frank Koster; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Government Securities Fund seeks current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of investment-grade U.S. Government obligations. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and fifteen years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in non-government debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our policy to invest in U.S. Government obligations, we may invest in U.S. securities that are enhanced as to credit quality or liquidity by foreign issuers without regard to the foreign investment limitation.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities,” “Stripped Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Government Securities Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 29, 1986
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.05     $11.36      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.26     0.28      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.21     0.05      

Total from investment operations

  0.47     0.33      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.36 )   (0.38 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.23 )   (0.26 )    

Total distributions

  (0.59 )   (0.64 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.93     $11.05      

Total return1

  4.38 %   2.99 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1,230     $2,010      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.7 %   2.5 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  390 %   531 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.1 %2   1.0 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

24   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $11.26     $10.33     $10.23  
                   
    0.43     0.55     0.59  
    0.31     0.95     0.10  
    0.74     1.50     0.69  
                   
    (0.48 )   (0.57 )   (0.59 )
    (0.16 )   0.00     0.00  
    (0.64 )   (0.57 )   (0.59 )
    $11.36     $11.26     $10.33  
    6.97 %   14.88 %   6.99 %
                   
    $2,360     $1,691     $1,283  
                   
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.9 %
    3.8 %   5.1 %   5.8 %
    519 %   552 %   373 %
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.9 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

High Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas M. Price, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The High Income Fund seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of below investment-grade debt securities (often called “high-yield” securities or “junk bonds”) of corporate issuers. Below investment-grade debt securities offer the potential for higher returns, as they generally carry a higher yield to compensate for the higher risk associated with the investment. We start our investment process with a top-down, macroeconomic outlook to determine industry and credit quality allocations. Within these parameters, we then apply rigorous credit research to select individual securities that we believe can add value. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and ten years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in corporate debt securities that are below investment-grade;

 

·   up to 30% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in common stocks and convertible debt securities;

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in debt securities that are in default at the time of purchase; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB+ through C by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

High Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 28, 1995
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $7.51     $6.33      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.54     0.57      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.35     1.18      

Total from investment operations

  0.89     1.75      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.54 )   (0.57 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.54 )   (0.57 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $7.86     $7.51      

Total return1

  12.26 %   28.55 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $300     $422      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   0.9 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  7.1 %   8.1 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  133 %   172 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.0 %   0.9 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.

 

28   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $7.75     $9.68     $10.60  
                   
    0.78     1.03     1.14  
    (1.42 )   (1.93 )   (0.92 )
    (0.64 )   (0.90 )   0.22  
                   
    (0.78 )   (1.03 )   (1.14 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.78 )   (1.03 )   (1.14 )
    $6.33     $7.75     $9.68  
    (9.14 )%   (10.05 )%   1.94 %
                   
    $439     $847     $717  
                   
    1.0 %   0.9 %   0.9 %
    10.6 %   11.5 %   11.0 %
    120 %   114 %   104 %
    1.0 %   0.9 %   0.9 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short-Term Bond Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of short- to intermediate-term debt securities. We may invest in a variety of debt securities, including corporate, mortgage- and asset-backed securities, and U.S. Government obligations. We employ a top-down, macroeconomic outlook to determine a portfolio’s duration, yield curve positioning and industry allocation. In combination with our top-down, macroeconomic approach, we employ a bottom-up process of fundamental securities analysis to determine the specific securities for investment. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, monetary and fiscal policy, inflation, and the international economic and political environment. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be three years or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities,” “Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 31, 1987
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.81     $8.78      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.27     0.29      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.01 )   0.09      

Total from investment operations

  0.26     0.38      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.30 )   (0.35 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.30 )   (0.35 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.77     $8.81      

Total return1

  3.05 %   4.40 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $516     $723      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   0.9 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.1 %   3.4 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  37 %   97 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.0 %   0.9 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.

 

32   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $9.39     $9.34     $9.41  
                   
    0.44     0.60     0.63  
    (0.59 )   0.05     (0.07 )
    (0.15 )   0.65     0.56  
                   
    (0.46 )   (0.60 )   (0.63 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.46 )   (0.60 )   (0.63 )
    $8.78     $9.39     $9.34  
    (1.56 )%   7.11 %   6.16 %
                   
    $933     $1,348     $1,138  
                   
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.9 %
    4.9 %   6.2 %   6.7 %
    154 %   129 %   94 %
    0.9 %   0.9 %   0.9 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Thomas M. Price, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund seeks total return with a high level of current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek total return by investing principally in a diversified portfolio consisting of below investment-grade debt securities (often called “high-yield” securities or “junk bonds”) of corporate issuers. Below investment-grade debt securities offer the potential for higher returns, as they generally carry a higher-yield to compensate for the higher risk associated with the investment. We employ rigorous credit research to select individual securities based on a number of factors including industry fundamentals, management strength, competitive position as well as financial strength and liquidity. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be three years or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in below investment-grade corporate debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated BB+ through B- by S&P, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Foreign Obligations,” “High Yield Securities” and “Stripped Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 30, 1997
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.66     $8.29      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.40     0.47      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.03     0.37      

Total from investment operations

  0.43     0.84      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.40 )   (0.47 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.40 )   (0.47 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $8.69     $8.66      

Total return1

  5.08 %   10.38 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $165     $268      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  1.0 %   1.0 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.7 %   5.5 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  71 %   117 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  1.0 %   1.0 %    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.

 

36   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
2000
 
    $8.93     $9.88     $10.21  
                   
    0.61     0.82     0.81  
    (0.64 )   (0.95 )   (0.33 )
    (0.03 )   (0.13 )   0.48  
                   
    (0.61 )   (0.82 )   (0.81 )
    0.00     0.00     (0.00 )2
    (0.61 )   (0.82 )   (0.81 )
    $8.29     $8.93     $9.88  
    (0.42 )%   (1.64 )%   4.91 %
                   
    $200     $348     $286  
                   
    0.9 %   0.8 %   0.8 %
    7.2 %   8.5 %   8.1 %
    86 %   73 %   67 %
    0.9 %   0.8 %   0.8 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas M. Price, CFA; Jay N. Mueller, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra Short-Term Income Fund seeks current income consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a diversified portfolio consisting of short-term debt securities of domestic and foreign issuers. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be one year or less. Our portfolio holdings may include U.S. Government obligations, corporate debt securities and mortgage- and other asset-backed debt securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income-producing debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in dollar-denominated debt securities of foreign issuers;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in stripped mortgage-backed securities.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 42. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   39


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 25,1988
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.34     $9.42      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.25      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.06 )   0.01      

Total from investment operations

  0.16     0.26      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.28 )   (0.34 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.28 )   (0.34 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.22     $9.34      

Total return1

  1.71 %   2.77 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $1,278     $1,994      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratios of expenses to average net assets

  0.9 %   0.8 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.5 %   2.7 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  26 %   94 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  0.9 %   0.9 %3    
1   Total return calculations do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from February to October.
3   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

40   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20002
    Feb. 29,
2000
 
    $9.82     $9.88     $9.87     $9.95  
                         
    0.35     0.58     0.43     0.59  
        
(0.32
 
)
  (0.05 )   0.01     (0.08 )
    0.03     0.53     0.44     0.51  
                         
    (0.43 )   (0.59 )   (0.43 )   (0.59 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.43 )   (0.59 )   (0.43 )   (0.59 )
    $9.42     $9.82     $9.88     $9.87  
    0.33 %   5.47 %   4.58 %   5.24 %
                         
    $2,092     $2,990     $2,156     $2,208  
                         
    0.8 %   0.8 %   0.8 %   0.8 %
        
3.9
 
%
  5.8 %   6.5 %   5.9 %
    50 %   70 %   38 %   48 %
        
    
0.8
 
 
%
  0.8 %   0.8 %   0.8 %

 

Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds, except the Ultra Short-Term Income Fund, all employ an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund may hold some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   Certain Funds may also use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”) are securities collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities and have many of the same risks discussed above. CMOs are structured into multiple classes, and are paid according to class maturity, shortest maturities paid first. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of those U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

42   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   The market value of lower-rated debt securities and unrated securities of comparable quality that the Corporate Bond, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds may invest in tends to reflect individual developments affecting the issuer to a greater extent than the market value of higher-rated securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. Lower-rated securities also tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions than higher-rated securities. These lower-rated debt securities are considered by the rating agencies, on balance, to be predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal. These securities generally involve more credit risk than securities in higher-rating categories. Even securities rated in the lowest category of investment-grade securities, “BBB” by S&P or “Baa” by Moody’s, possess some speculative characteristics.

 

·   Certain Funds may purchase bonds at a price less than a bond’s principal amount. In such case, the Fund generally will be required to include a portion of such discount in its income and make distributions to shareholders representing such discount, taxable to them as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These risks also include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, and the potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. In addition, foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities, or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

44   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CORPORATE BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH INCOME   SHORT-TERM BOND   SHORT-TERM HIGH YIELD BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes
(e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Debt-securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks,
foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment,
Regulatory, Currency
and Liquidity Risk
  l       l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued
and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred
to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject
to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l       l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at
approximately the value determined for it by the Fund.
Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one-third of total assets, including the value of
the collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party
and Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   45


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

        CORPORATE BOND   GOVERNMENT SECURITIES   HIGH INCOME   SHORT-TERM BOND   SHORT-TERM HIGH YIELD BOND  

ULTRA

SHORT-TERM INCOME

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                        

Loan Participations

Debt obligations that represent a portion of a larger loan

made by a bank. Generally sold without guarantee or

recourse, some participants sell at a discount because of

the borrower’s credit problems.

 

Credit risk

  l   l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of fractional interests in pools

of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,

credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

 

Interest Rate, Credit and

Prepayment/Extension Risk

  l   l   l   l   l   l

Options

The right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on

an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of

options used may include: options on securities,

options on a stock index and options on stock index

futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

 

Leverage, Credit and

Liquidity Risk

  l   l   l   l   l   l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds,

which may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata

portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the

expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or

may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the

Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to

buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,

usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future

payments of interest or a future payment of

principal, but not both. These securities tend to have

greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

 

46   Income Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities  

Maintains records of shares and
supervises the payment of dividends

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Income Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers, who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”) an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser to the respective Funds.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

48   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

50   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class Shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the type of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front, or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Redemption Fees

For the High Income Fund and Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund, a 2.00% redemption fee will be assessed on the NAV of shares redeemed or exchanged within 30 days after purchase and will be deducted from the proceeds otherwise payable to the shareholder. The redemption fee for a Fund is intended to compensate the Fund for the increased expenses to longer-term shareholders and the disruptive effect on the Fund’s portfolio caused by short-term investments. This redemption fee is retained by the Fund.

 

The redemption fee will be waived on sales or exchanges of Fund shares made under the following circumstances:

 

·   shares that were purchased with reinvested distributions.

 

·   in order to meet scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 ½ according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   due to participation in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

 

·   to effect non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   to effect a non-discretionary portfolio rebalancing associated with certain wrap accounts.

 

·   Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of Funds transactions.

 

In addition, certain brokers, retirement plan administrators and/or fee-based program sponsors who maintain underlying shareholder accounts do not have the systems capability to track and assess redemption fees. Consequently, the Funds will not assess a redemption fee on redemptions of shares held through such accounts.

 

52   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds
ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

        State Street Bank & Trust
Boston, MA

Bank Routing Number:
ABA 011000028

Wire Purchase Account Number: 99905-437-1
     

Attention:
Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number and Share Class)

Account Name:

(Registration Name
of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

54   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 53.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 53. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

56   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemptions are net of any applicable redemption fee.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   The High Income Fund and the Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund each impose a 2.00% redemption fee on shares that are exchanged within 30 days of purchase. See page 52 for additional information.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Except as noted below for the Ultra Short-Term Income Fund (“Short-Term Fund”), Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern.

 

58   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Because the Short-Term Fund is often used for short-term investments, it is designed to accommodate more frequent purchases and redemptions than longer-term income funds. As a result, the Short-Term Fund does not anticipate that frequent purchases and redemptions, under normal circumstances, will have significant adverse consequences to the Short-Term Fund or its shareholders. Although the policies adopted by the Short-Term Fund do not prohibit frequent trading in the Short-Term Fund, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing the Short-Term Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in long-term Funds in contravention of the policies and procedures adopted by the long-term Funds.

 

In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income at least monthly and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

60   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct a portion of their distributions from the Funds when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Also, if you’re an individual Fund shareholder, your distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund from its direct investment in certain U.S. and foreign corporations generally will be taxed at a maximum 15% tax rate, as long as certain holding period requirements are met by you for your Fund shares and by the Fund for its investment in stock producing such dividends. The Funds, however, generally do not expect to realize a material amount of such dividend income. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when the Fund holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain instances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Check Writing

Check writing is offered on the Investor Class shares of the Short-Term Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds. Checks written on your account are subject to the Funds’ Prospectus and the terms and conditions found in the front of the book of checks. Sign up for free check writing when you open your account or call 1-800-222-8222 to add it to an existing account. Check redemptions must be for a minimum of $500. Checks will only be honored if written against purchases made more than ten days before the check is presented for payment. Checks may not be written to close an account.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the appropriate number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our

 

62   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

W. Frank Koster

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Koster joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Koster was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since March 1999, first as a Senior Vice President of SCM’s Institutional Business Group. From December 2000 to March 2001, he was a fixed-income product specialist at SCM, and from March 2001 through 2004, a portfolio manager for SCM’s institutional fixed-income accounts. Mr. Koster received his bachelor’s degree in Economics from the College of Wooster in 1979.

 

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

Government Securities Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Short-Term Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2004

Mr. Mueller joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a portfolio manager with SCM since 1991. He also served as Director of Fixed Income for SCM from July 2002 to July 2004. Prior to joining SCM, he was a securities analyst and portfolio manager at R. Meeder & Associates. He began his investment career at Harris Trust & Savings Bank as an investment analyst. Mr. Mueller earned a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Chicago.

 

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

Corporate Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. Newton joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager and Senior Research Analyst. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was a high-grade, fixed-income analyst with SCM since October 2002. Mr. Newton was an investment-grade credit analyst and private placement analyst at Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company from July 1998 to October 2002. He received his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan and a B.A. degree in Economics from Albion College.

 

Thomas M. Price, CFA

High Income Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Short-Term Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund and its predecessor since 1998

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and its predecessor since 2002

Mr. Price joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, he was with SCM since April 1996 as a fixed income research analyst and, since May 1998, as a portfolio manager. During this period, Mr. Price managed several fixed-income funds and separate accounts. Mr. Price began his investment career at Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin as a financial analyst and later joined Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance as a high-yield bond analyst. He received his B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Michigan and his M.B.A. degree in Finance from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University.

 

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

Corporate Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Ms. Rilling joined Wells Capital Management in 2005 as a Portfolio Manager. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, she was a portfolio manager with SCM since 2000 and a research analyst at SCM since 1995. Prior to joining SCM, she was an auditor with Coopers & Lybrand for three years, specializing in the manufacturing and financial services industries. She received her B.A. degree in Accounting and Finance and her M.S. degree in Finance from the University of Wisconsin.

 

64   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Adjustable or Variable Rate Debt Securities

A type of bond for which the interest rate is adjusted periodically according to a pre-determined formula, usually linked to an index.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation, Capital Growth

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Convertible Debt Securities

Bonds or notes that are exchangeable for equity securities at a set price on a set date or at the election of the holder.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-Denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

 

Income Funds Prospectus   65


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and/or principal.

 

66   Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Options

An option is the right or obligation to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosures made in the Prospectus.

 

Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities

Mortgage-backed securities in which the interest payments and the repayment of principal are separated and sold, individually, as securities.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Income Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

0451F1V/P1006 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Income Funds – Class A, Class B, Class C

Wells Fargo Advantage California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Colorado Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   10
      

Summary of Expenses

   23

The Funds

 

Important information about

the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   26
    

Wells Fargo Advantage California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   27
    

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Fund

   31
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Colorado Tax-Free Fund

   35
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   39
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund

   43
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   47
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Fund

   51
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

   55
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   57
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   60
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   64

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

A Choice of Share Classes

   67
    

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges

   71
    

Exchanges

   75
    

Your Account

   77
      

How to Buy Shares

   81
      

How to Sell Shares

   83

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   85
    

Portfolio Managers

   88
    

Glossary

   90

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

(Class A: SFCIX)

(Class C: SFCCX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax.

 

California Tax-Free Fund

(Class A: SCTAX)

(Class B: SGCBX)

(Class C: SCTCX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax.

 

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

(Class A: NWCOX)

(Class B: NWCBX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Colorado individual income tax.

 

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

(Class A: NMTFX)

(Class B: NWMBX)

 

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax.

 

 

Municipal Bond Fund

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

National Limited-Term

Tax-Free Fund

(Class A: WNLAX)

(Class B: WNLBX)

(Class C: WNLCX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

 

National Tax-Free Fund

(Class A: NWTFX)

(Class B: NWTBX)

(Class C: WFNTX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund    Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, consistent with capital preservation.

 

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

 

  

 

Seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax, without assuming undue risk.

 

 

4   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities. We may buy municipal securities of any maturity length, but we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of less than 10 years. We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity. Under normal circumstances, the expected average duration of the Fund’s portfolio will be from 1 to 5 years.
We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities of varying maturities. Under normal circumstances, we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of 2 to 10 years (intermediate-term) or 10 years or longer (long-term). We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity.
We invest in investment-grade Colorado municipal securities of varying maturities. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s average portfolio maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.
We invest in Minnesota municipal securities of varying maturities. There are no restrictions on the Fund’s average portfolio maturity. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.
We invest principally in municipal securities. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be between five and twenty years.

 

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities. Under normal circumstances, we maintain the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity between 1 and 5 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 

 

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities. Under normal circumstances, we maintain the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity between 10 and 20 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 

We invest principally in municipal securities. We seek current income with a low degree of share-price fluctuation. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be three years or less.
We invest principally in municipal securities. These securities may include debt obligations issued by (a) Wisconsin and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations, (b) U.S. territories and possessions; and (c) any other issuer whose securities are exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be between five and twenty years.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 27;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

High Yield Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Municipal Securities

The Funds invest in municipal securities that rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers or auxiliary credit enhancement features. Municipal securities may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce a portfolio’s yield. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers. Each Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal securities that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, a Fund may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although the Funds strive to invest in municipal securities and other securities with interest that is exempt from federal income taxes, including federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) for certain of the Funds, some income earned by Fund investments may be subject to such taxes.

 

The Funds take advantage of tax laws that allow the income from certain investments to be exempted from federal income tax and, in some cases, state individual income tax. Capital gains, whether declared by a Fund or realized by the shareholder through the selling of Fund shares, are generally taxable.

 

6   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Non-Diversification

Certain of the Funds are generally considered non-diversified according to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”). The majority of the issuers of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of the Municipal Bond Fund, National Limited Term Tax-Free Fund, National Tax-Free Fund and Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, are located within one state. Non-diversified, geographically concentrated funds are riskier than similar funds that are diversified or that spread their investments over several geographic areas. Default by a single security in the portfolio may have a greater negative effect than a similar default in a diversified portfolio. The Municipal Bond Fund, the National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, the National Tax-Free Fund and the Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund are considered to be diversified. All other Funds in this Prospectus are considered to be non-diversified.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Certain of the Funds invest in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

California Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund and California
Tax-Free Fund

   The Funds are primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal securities, events in California are likely to affect the Funds’ investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal securities.

 

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Colorado municipal securities, events in Colorado are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Colorado economy is based on information, professional and technical services, communications, transportation, tourism, natural resources and mining, and manufacturing. Certain obligations of Colorado state and local public entities are subject to particular economic risks, including, but not limited to, the vulnerabilities of resort economies which depend on seasonal tourism, the possibility of downturns in sales tax and other revenues, and fluctuations in the real estate market.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Minnesota municipal securities, events in Minnesota are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. For example, the state’s economy relies significantly on its agriculture and forestry natural resources. Adverse conditions affecting these areas could have a disproportionate impact on Minnesota municipal securities.

 

Municipal Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

National Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund and National Tax-Free Fund

   The Funds are primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Funds may from time to time focus on investments in certain states or geographic regions, and their performance could be disproportionately affected by political or demographic factors in such states or regions.

 

8   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Short-Term Municipal
Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund invests principally in obligations of Wisconsin issuers, and so may be subject to risks associated with the economic conditions in the State of Wisconsin, which could affect Wisconsin municipal securities. For example, the Wisconsin economy relies significantly on its dairy, manufacturing, and paper product industries, and adverse conditions affecting these industries could have a disproportionate effect on Wisconsin’s municipal securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Municipal Bond Fund and the Strong Advisor Municipal Bond Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and the Strong Short-Term High Yield Municipal Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns *

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  3.41%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  (1.57)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

10   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”). After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/18/92)

  (0.57)%   3.74%   4.21%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.62)%   3.69%   4.14%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.50%   3.62%   4.08%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/30/02)2

  0.75%   3.50%   3.65%

LB 3-Year Muni Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  1.78%   4.78%   4.97%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

California Tax-Free Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  6.19%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  (2.50)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 10/6/88)

  0.17%   5.93%   6.12%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  0.08%   5.85%   5.86%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.69%   5.76%   5.84%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 12/15/97)2

  (1.03)%   5.76%   5.80%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 7/1/93)

  3.06%   6.07%   5.81%

LB Muni Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

12   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Colorado Tax-Free Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  5.99%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  (2.30)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A and Class B shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 6/1/93)

  (0.90)%   6.49%   6.40%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.90)%   6.49%   6.39%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (0.85)%   6.29%   6.25%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/2/93)

  (2.01)%   6.34%   6.09%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  6.84%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’99  •  (2.60)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

14   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/12/88)

  (0.86)%   6.07%   5.94%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.93)%   6.06%   5.93%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  (0.88)%   5.89%   5.83%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/6/93)

  (1.96)%   5.94%   5.64%

Class C Returns Before Taxes2 (Incept. 4/11/05)

  2.04%   6.26%   5.64%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Municipal Bond Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘04  •  7.12%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  (3.59)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 04/11/05)1

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.37%   6.05%   5.59%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/11/05)

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 4/11/05)

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Performance shown for this Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable and are lower than those of this Class. The Investor Class shares’ returns are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses. The Investor Class shares incepted on October 23, 1986.
2   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

16   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’02  •  3.68%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (1.77)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares1, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/30/04)2

  (1.52)%   4.18%   4.50%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (1.52)%   4.18%   4.49%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares1

  (0.18)%   4.10%   4.42%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/30/04)2

  (2.28)%   4.02%   4.09%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/30/04)2

  (0.40)%   4.00%   4.08%

LB 3-Year Muni Index3
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.78%   4.78%   4.64%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects performance of the Administrative Class shares, adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of this Class.
3   Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

National Tax-Free Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  5.85%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (2.46)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information for the Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares, and includes both before- and after-tax returns for the Class A shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs. After-tax returns are shown only for the Class A shares. After-tax returns for the Class B and Class C shares will vary.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/1/89)

  (0.05)%   5.89%   6.11%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  (0.05)%   5.89%   6.10%

Class A Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.42%   5.77%   6.01%

Class B Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 8/6/93)

  (1.22)%   (5.75)%   5.80%

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/8/99)2

  2.79%   6.05%   5.79%

LB Muni Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.
3   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

18   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund Class C Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘95  •  2.39%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘99  •  (0.77)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class C shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class C Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 1/31/03)2

  1.03%   3.24%   3.38%

Class C Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  1.03%   3.24%   3.38%

Class C Returns After Taxes on Distributions
and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.37%   3.18%   3.36%

LB 3-Year Muni Index3
(reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)

  1.78%   4.78%   4.97%
1   Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to this Class’s inception reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on December 31, 1991.
3   Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund Class C Calendar Year Returns*2

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  4.29%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (2.03)%

 

* Returns do not reflect sales charges. If they did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class C shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life
of Fund

Class C Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/26/02)2

  2.18%   5.26%

Class C Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  1.86%   5.13%

Class C Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.70%   4.91%

LB Muni Index3

  4.48%   5.91%
1 Returns reflect applicable sales charges.
2 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Class C shares of the predecessor Strong Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to this Class’s inception reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on April 6, 2001.
3 Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

20   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
   

All Funds

(except California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund
and National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund)

   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a percentage of the offering price)   4.50%   None   None    
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)   None1   5.00%   1.00%    

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    California Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
  California Tax-Free
Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees2   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses3   0.68%   0.68%   0.63%   0.62%   0.62%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.08%   1.83%   1.03%   1.77%   1.77%    
Fee Waivers   0.23%   0.23%   0.23%   0.22%   0.22%    
NET EXPENSES4   0.85%   1.60%   0.80%   1.55%   1.55%    
                         
    Municipal Bond
Fund
      
National Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
Management Fees2   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%    
Other Expenses3   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%   0.67%   0.64%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.05%   1.80%   1.80%   1.05%   1.82%   1.79%    
Fee Waivers   0.20%   0.20%   0.20%   0.20%   0.20%   0.19%    
NET EXPENSES4   0.85%   1.60%   1.60%   0.85%   1.60%   1.60%    
1   Class A shares that are purchased at NAV in amounts of $1,000,000 or more may be assessed a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. See “A Choice of Share Classes” for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.40% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.35% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.30% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.275% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.

 

22   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

                     
        
California Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
  National Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
        
3.00%
  None   3.00%   None   None
        
None
  1.00%   None   3.00%   1.00%

 

                     
    Colorado Tax-Free
Fund
  Minnesota Tax-Free
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.00%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.66%   0.66%   0.66%   0.66%   0.66%
    1.06%   1.81%   1.06%   1.81%   1.81%
    0.21%   0.21%   0.21%   0.21%   0.21%
    0.85%   1.60%   0.85%   1.60%   1.60%

 

        
National Tax-Free
Fund
  Short-Term
Municipal
Bond Fund
  Wisconsin
Tax-Free
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS C   CLASS C
    0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.39%   0.40%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%   0.75%
    0.64%   0.64%   0.64%   0.58%   0.81%
    1.04%   1.79%   1.79%   1.72%   1.96%
    0.19%   0.19%   0.19%   0.12%   0.47%
    0.85%   1.60%   1.60%   1.60%   1.49%
  3   Other expenses for the Municipal Bond Fund, Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund and the Class C shares of the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
  4   For the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund, Municipal Bond Fund, Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For all other Funds in this Prospectus, the adviser has committed through October 31, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    California Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
  California Tax-Free Fund    
    CLASS A   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 384   $ 263   $ 528   $ 658   $ 258    
  3 YEARS   $ 605   $ 547   $ 741   $ 836   $ 536    
  5 YEARS   $ 843   $ 956   $ 972   $ 1,139   $ 939    
10 YEARS   $ 1,527   $ 2,100   $ 1,633   $ 1,779   $ 2,066    

 

    National Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
  National Tax-Free Fund    
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 384   $ 463   $ 263   $ 533   $ 663   $ 263    
  3 YEARS   $ 605   $ 651   $ 545   $ 746   $ 843   $ 543    
  5 YEARS   $ 843   $ 865   $ 952   $ 976   $ 1,148   $ 948    
10 YEARS   $ 1,527   $ 1,405   $ 2,090   $ 1,637   $ 1,789   $ 2,080    

 


You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    California Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
  California Tax-Free Fund    
    CLASS A   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 384   $ 163   $ 528   $ 158   $ 158    
  3 YEARS   $ 605   $ 547   $ 741   $ 536   $ 536    
  5 YEARS   $ 843   $ 956   $ 972   $ 939   $ 939    
10 YEARS   $ 1,527   $ 2,100   $ 1,633   $ 1,779   $ 2,066    

 

    National Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund
  National Tax-Free Fund    
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C    
  1 YEAR   $ 384   $ 163   $ 163   $ 533   $ 163   $ 163    
  3 YEARS   $ 605   $ 551   $ 545   $ 746   $ 543   $ 543    
  5 YEARS   $ 843   $ 865   $ 952   $ 976   $ 948   $ 948    
10 YEARS   $ 1,527   $ 1,405   $ 2,090   $ 1,637   $ 1,789   $ 2,080    

 

24   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

    Colorado Tax Free Fund   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund  

 

Municipal Bond Fund

    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 533   $ 663   $ 533   $ 663   $ 263   $ 533   $ 663   $ 263
    $ 752   $ 849   $ 748   $ 845   $ 528   $ 730   $ 826   $ 526
    $ 989   $ 1,160   $ 981   $ 1,152   $   $   $   $
    $ 1,668   $ 1,819   $ 1,647   $ 1,799   $   $   $   $

 

    Short-Term Municipal
Bond Fund
  Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund
    CLASS C   CLASS C
    $ 263   $ 252
    $ 518   $ 570
    $ 910   $ 1,014
    $ 2,010   $ 2,247

 


 

   

Colorado Tax Free Fund

  Minnesota Tax-Free Fund   Municipal Bond Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C   CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS C
    $ 533   $ 163   $ 533   $ 163   $ 163   $ 533   $ 163   $ 163
    $ 752   $ 549   $ 748   $ 545   $ 528   $ 730   $ 526   $ 526
    $ 989   $ 960   $ 981   $ 952   $   $   $   $
    $ 1,668   $ 1,819   $ 1,647   $ 1,799   $   $   $   $

 

    Short-Term Municipal
Bond Fund
  Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund
    CLASS C   CLASS C
    $ 163   $ 152
    $ 518   $ 570
    $ 910   $ 1,014
    $ 2,010   $ 2,247

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

26   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and California individual income tax. We may buy municipal securities of any maturity length, but we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of less than 10 years. We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity. Generally speaking, we will attempt to capture greater total return by increasing dollar-weighted average maturity when we expect interest rates to decline, and attempt to preserve capital by shortening maturity when we expect interest rates to increase. Under normal circumstances, the average expected duration of the Fund’s portfolio will be from 1 to 5 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations (“NRSRO”), and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities,” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal securities, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy that most states, in the past few years it has experienced an economic slow-down and its revenues have dropped. The State relied on borrowing in fiscal year 2004-05 to close a budget gap due to a structural deficit, and such borrowing is expected to continue in fiscal year 2005-06. The State continues to experience significant energy-related and other challenges. Adverse conditions affecting California generally could have a disproportionate impact on California municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting California municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 18, 1992
           
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.46     $10.74     $10.50     $10.33      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.14     0.23     0.25     0.31      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.18     (0.22 )   0.24     0.20      

Total income from investment operations

  0.32     0.01     0.49     0.51      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.14 )   (0.23 )   (0.25 )   (0.31 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.02 )   (0.06 )   0.00     (0.03 )    

Total distributions

  (0.16 )   (0.29 )   (0.25 )   (0.34 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.62     $10.46     $10.74     $10.50      

Total return1

  3.08 %   0.11 %   4.74 %   5.00 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $62,351     $63,231     $99,568     $70,142      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.85 %   0.85 %   0.81 %   0.75 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.62 %   2.13 %   2.35 %   2.97 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  50 %   48 %   64 %   34 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.08 %   1.05 %   0.99 %   1.24 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

28   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

             
                CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 30, 2002
 
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
   

December 31,
2004

(unaudited)

    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
 
    $10.14     $10.23     $10.46     $10.74     $10.63  
                               
    0.41     0.40     0.10     0.15     0.13  
        
0.19
 
 
  (0.04 )   0.17     (0.22 )   0.11  
        
0.60
 
 
  0.36     0.27     (0.07 )   0.24  
                               
        
(0.41
 
)
  (0.40 )   (0.10 )   (0.15 )   (0.13 )
        
0.00
 
 
  (0.05 )   (0.02 )   (0.06 )   0.00  
    (0.41 )   (0.45 )   (0.12 )   (0.21 )   (0.13 )
    $10.33     $10.14     $10.61     $10.46     $10.74  
    6.01 %   3.67 %   2.60 %   (0.64 )%   2.26 %
                               
    $46,157     $34,015     $11,769     $11,523     $11,301  
                               
        
0.75
 
%
  0.75 %   1.60 %   1.60 %   1.60 %
        
3.90
 
%
  3.98 %   1.86 %   1.41 %   1.39 %
    49 %   60 %   50 %   48 %   64 %
        
    
1.12
 
 
%
  1.31 %   1.83 %   1.80 %   1.79 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The California Tax-Free Fund seeks to provide investors with a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax while preserving capital, by investing in medium- to long-term investment-grade municipal securities.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities of varying maturities. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and California individual income tax. Under normal circumstances, we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of 2 to 10 years (intermediate term) or 10 years or longer (long term). We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity. Generally speaking, we will attempt to capture greater total return by increasing dollar-weighted average maturity when we expect interest rates to decline, and attempt to preserve capital by shortening maturity when we expect interest rates to increase.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by NRSROs, and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities,” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal securities, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy that most states, in the past few years it has experienced an economic slow-down and its revenues have dropped. The State relied on borrowing in fiscal year 2004-05 to close a budget gap due to a structural deficit, and such borrowing is expected to continue in fiscal year 2005-06. The State continues to experience significant energy-related and other challenges. Adverse conditions affecting California generally could have a disproportionate impact on California municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting California municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 6, 1988
     
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.01     $11.57     $11.29     $11.24     $10.77      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.25     0.50     0.51     0.55     0.54      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.38     (0.46 )   0.33     0.10     0.47      

Total income from investment operations

  0.63     0.04     0.84     0.65     1.01      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.50 )   (0.53 )   (0.54 )   (0.54 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.06 )   (0.10 )   (0.03 )   (0.06 )   0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.31 )   (0.60 )   (0.56 )   (0.60 )   (0.54 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.33     $11.01     $11.57     $11.29     $11.24      

Total return1

  5.72 %   0.41 %   7.77 %   5.67 %   9.53 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $367,306     $357,779     $398,186     $386,927     $379,359      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.80 %   0.80 %   0.79 %   0.77 %   0.77 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  4.45 %   4.46 %   4.60 %   4.86 %   4.82 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  14 %   41 %   34 %   31 %   52 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.05 %   1.03 %   0.95 %   0.90 %   0.90 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

32   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

                                           
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 15, 1997
 
    June 30,
2000
    December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $11.00     $11.22     $11.79     $11.51     $11.46     $10.97     $11.22  
                                           
    0.52     0.21     0.41     0.42     0.48     0.46     0.45  
    (0.20 )   0.39         
(0.46
 
)
  0.33     0.09     0.49     (0.22 )
    0.32     0.60     (0.05 )   0.75     0.57     0.95     0.23  
                                           
        
(0.52
 
)
  (0.21)     (0.41)     (0.44 )   (0.46 )   (0.46 )   (0.45 )
    (0.03 )   (0.06)     (0.11)     (0.03 )   (0.06 )   0.00     (0.03 )
    (0.55 )   (0.27 )   (0.52 )   (0.47 )   (0.52 )   (0.46 )   (0.48 )
    $10.77     $11.55     $11.22     $11.79     $11.51     $11.46     $10.97  
    3.10 %   5.31 %   (0.43 )%   6.87 %   4.88 %   8.81 %   2.21 %
                                           
    $385,746     $78,184     $91,719     $140,419     $146,487     $137,484     $116,376  
                                           
    0.77 %   1.55 %   1.55 %   1.54 %   1.52 %   1.51 %   1.50 %
    4.89 %   3.58 %       
3.60
 
%
  3.81 %   3.95 %   4.06 %   4.16 %
    35 %   14 %   41 %   34 %   31 %   52 %   35 %
    1.01 %   1.79 %       
    
1.77
 
 
%
  1.71 %   1.66 %   1.63 %   1.74 %

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 1, 1993
 
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
   

June 30,

2003

   

June 30,

2002

   

June 30,

2001

   

June 30,

2000

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.22     $11.79     $11.51     $11.46     $10.97     $11.22  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.21     0.41     0.43     0.47     0.46     0.45  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.40     (0.46 )   0.32     0.10     0.49     (0.22 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.61     (0.05 )   0.75     0.57     0.95     0.23  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.21 )   (0.41 )   (0.44 )   (0.46 )   (0.46 )   (0.45 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.06 )   (0.11 )   (0.03 )   (0.06 )   0.00     (0.03 )

Total distributions

  (0.27 )   (0.52 )   (0.47 )   (0.52 )   (0.46 )   (0.48 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.56     $11.22     $11.79     $11.51     $11.46     $10.97  

Total return1

  5.40 %   (0.43 )%   6.87 %   4.87 %   8.81 %   2.21 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $32,994     $34,089     $46,666     $46,013     $29,468     $16,959  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.55 %   1.55 %   1.54 %   1.52 %   1.52 %   1.50 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  3.59 %   3.60 %   3.80 %   3.94 %   4.04 %   4.15 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  14 %   41 %   34 %   31 %   52 %   35 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.79 %   1.77 %   1.68 %   1.64 %   1.62 %   1.73 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

34   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Colorado Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Arthur C. Evans

 


 

Investment Objective

The Colorado Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Colorado individual income tax consistent with the preservation of capital.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities issued by the state of Colorado and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations. We also invest in municipal securities issued by the territories and possessions of the United States. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and Colorado individual income tax.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s average portfolio maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. Depending on market conditions, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity could be higher or lower. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and Colorado individual income tax;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of related issuers or in securities of any one issuer;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by NRSROs, and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Colorado municipal securities, events in Colorado are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Colorado economy is based on information, professional and technical services, communications, transportation, tourism, natural resources and mining, and manufacturing. Certain obligations of Colorado state and local public entities are subject to particular economic risks, including, but not limited to, the vulnerabilities of resort economies which depend on seasonal tourism, the possibility of downturns in sales tax and other revenues, and fluctuations in the real estate market. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Colorado municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Colorado Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also included in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING:      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 1, 1993
     
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
   

June 30,

2003

    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.64     $11.01     $10.61     $10.39     $9.83      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.23     0.47     0.50     0.53     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.26     (0.37 )   0.40     0.22     0.56      

Total income from investment operations

  0.49     0.10     0.90     0.75     1.11      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.23 )   (0.47 )   (0.50 )   (0.53 )   (0.55 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.23 )   (0.47 )   (0.50 )   (0.53 )   (0.55 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.90     $10.64     $11.01     $10.61     $10.39      

Total return1

  4.65 %   0.93 %   8.62 %   7.34 %   11.54 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $54,635     $51,120     $59,877     $58,152     $48,274      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.85 %   0.85 %   0.77 %   0.60 %   0.60 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to

                                 

    average net assets

  4.31 %   4.37 %   4.60 %   5.01 %   5.36 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  10 %   31 %   37 %   28 %   37 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

                                 

prior to waived fees and reimbursed

                                 

expenses (annualized)2, 3

  1.07 %   1.06 %   0.99 %   0.96 %   0.96 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

36   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

                                           
              CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
    ON AUGUST 2, 1993
 
    June 30,
2000
    December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $10.30     $10.65     $11.02     $10.63     $10.41     $9.85     $10.31  
                                           
    0.54     0.19     0.39     0.42     0.45     0.48     0.46  
    (0.46 )   0.26     (0.37 )   0.39     0.22     0.56     (0.45 )
    0.08     0.45     0.02     0.81     0.67     1.04     0.01  
                                           
        
(0.54
 
)
  (0.19 )   (0.39 )   (0.42 )   (0.45 )   (0.48 )   (0.46 )
    (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.55 )   (0.19 )   (0.39 )   (0.42 )   (0.45 )   (0.48 )   (0.47 )
    $9.83     $10.91     $10.65     $11.02     $10.63     $10.41     $9.85  
    0.87 %   4.25 %   0.17 %   7.70 %   6.53 %   10.69 %   0.22 %
                                           
    $39,280     $10,203     $10,672     $14,368     $12,540     $10,177     $6,842  
                                           
    0.60 %   1.60 %   1.60 %   1.52 %   1.35 %   1.35 %   1.35 %
    5.43 %   3.55 %   3.62 %   3.83 %   4.25 %   4.58 %   4.65 %
    106 %   10 %   31 %   37 %   28 %   37 %   106 %
    1.03 %   1.82 %   1.81 %   1.76 %   1.77 %   1.77 %   1.89 %

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Adrian Van Poppel and Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The Minnesota Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax, without assuming undue risk.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in municipal securities issued by the state of Minnesota and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations. We also invest in municipal securities issued by the territories and possessions of the United States. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from both federal income tax (including federal AMT), and Minnesota individual income tax. While the Fund is required, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from Minnesota individual income tax we currently intend to manage the portfolio so that at least 95% of the income generated by the Fund is exempt from Minnesota individual income tax.

 

There are no restrictions on the Fund’s average portfolio maturity. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. Depending on market conditions, the Fund’s dollar- weighted average maturity could be higher or lower. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of related issuers or in securities of any one issuer;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade municipal securities, including unrated securities which we classify as below investment-grade quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Minnesota municipal securities, events in Minnesota are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. For example, the state’s economy relies significantly on its agriculture and forestry natural resources. Adverse conditions affecting these areas could have a disproportionate impact on Minnesota municipal securities.

 

We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in below investment-grade municipal securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield/high risk securities” or “junk bonds,” which are considered a more speculative investment than investment-grade municipal securities. Such municipal securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. Additionally, these lower-rated municipal securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Minnesota municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also included in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING:            
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED ON
JANUARY 12, 1988
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.89     $11.27     $10.84     $10.67     $10.18      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.46     0.47     0.52     0.54      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.27     (0.39 )   0.43     0.17     0.49      

Total income from investment operations

  0.49     0.07     0.90     0.69     1.03      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.22 )   (0.45 )   (0.47 )   (0.52 )   (0.54 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.05 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.27 )   (0.45 )   (0.47 )   (0.52 )   (0.54 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.11     $10.89     $11.27     $10.84     $10.67      

Total return1

  4.59 %   0.61 %   8.49 %   6.58 %   10.32 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $39,426     $37,468     $41,485     $40,585     $34,424      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.85 %   0.85 %   0.77 %   0.60 %   0.60 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  4.10 %   4.11 %   4.27 %   4.81 %   5.11 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  6 %   12 %   23 %   28 %   18 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.06 %   1.04 %   0.98 %   1.03 %   1.10 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

40   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                                           
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 6, 1993
 
    June 30,
2000
    December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $10.74     $10.89     $11.27     $10.84     $10.67     $10.18     $10.74  
                                           
    0.53     0.19     0.37     0.39     0.44     0.46     0.46  
    (0.55 )   0.26     (0.39 )   0.43     0.17     0.49     (0.55 )
    (0.02 )   0.45     (0.02 )   0.82     0.61     0.95     (0.09 )
                                           
        
(0.53
 
)
  (0.18 )   (0.36 )   (0.39 )   (0.44 )   (0.46 )   (0.46 )
    (0.01 )   (0.05 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.54 )   (0.23 )   (0.36 )   (0.39 )   (0.44 )   (0.46 )   (0.47 )
    $10.18     $11.11     $10.89     $11.27     $10.84     $10.67     $10.18  
    (0.02 )%   4.19 %   (0.14 )%   7.68 %   5.79 %   9.50 %   (0.76 )%
                                           
    $29,551     $13,015     $15,059     $22,012     $20,310     $19,491     $16,974  
                                           
    0.60 %   1.60 %   1.60 %   1.52 %   1.35 %   1.35 %   1.35 %
        
5.23
 
%
  3.33 %   3.36 %   3.51 %   4.05 %   4.36 %   4.47 %
    69 %   6 %   12 %   23 %   28 %   18 %   69 %
        
    
1.07
 
 
%
  1.81 %   1.79 %   1.71 %   1.75 %   1.81 %   1.93 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Fund


(The Fund’s Class A, Class B and Class C shares are closed to new investors.)

 

Portfolio Managers:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA; Duane A. McAllister, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Municipal Bond Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in municipal securities. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between five and twenty years. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. We invest in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 23, 1986
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.89     $8.73     $8.89      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.42     0.39     0.37      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.58     0.17     (0.16 )    

Total income from investment operations

  1.00     0.56     0.21      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.42 )   (0.40 )   (0.37 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.42 )   (0.40 )   (0.37 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.47     $8.89     $8.73      

Total return1

  11.52 %   6.52 %   2.44 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $186     $209     $243      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.8 %   0.8 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  4.7 %   4.4 %   4.2 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  100 %   121 %   95 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2

  0.8 %   0.8 %   1.1 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from August to October.

 

44   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    October 31,
2001
    October 31,
20004
    Aug. 31,
2000
 
    $8.58     $8.78     $9.37  
                   
    0.41     0.08     0.50  
        
0.31
 
 
  (0.20 )   (0.59 )
    0.72     (0.12 )   (0.09 )
                   
    (0.41 )   (0.08 )   (0.50 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.41 )   (0.08 )   (0.50 )
    $8.89     $8.58     $8.78  
    8.62 %   (1.41 )%   (0.86 )%
                   
    $261     $259     $274  
                   
    0.9 %   0.8 %   0.8 %
        
4.8
 
%
  5.2 %   5.6 %
    118 %   7 %   19 %
        
    
1.0
 
 
%3
  0.8 %   0.8 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Arthur C. Evans and Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income taxes.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment grade municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, including federal AMT.

 

Under normal circumstances, we maintain the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity between 1 and 5 years, but this average will vary depending on anticipated market conditions. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, including federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of issuers located in the same state or in related issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may from time to time focus on investments in certain states or geographic regions, and their performance could be disproportionately affected by political or demographic factors in such states or regions.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also included in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING:  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 30, 2004
    CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 30, 2004
 
For the period ended:  

December 31,
2004

(unaudited)

    June 30,
2004
   

December 31,
2004

(unaudited)

    June 30,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.81     $11.03     $10.80     $11.03  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.14     0.10     0.10     0.07  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.11     (0.22 )   0.11     (0.23 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.25     (0.12 )   0.21     (0.16 )

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.14 )   (0.10 )   (0.10 )   (0.07 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.14 )   (0.10 )   (0.10 )   (0.07 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.92     $10.81     $10.91     $10.80  

Total return1

  2.29 %   (1.20 )%   1.91 %   (1.57 )%

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $2,325     $1,147     $769     $628  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.85 %   0.85 %   1.60 %   1.60 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.53 %   2.15 %   1.79 %   1.52 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  8 %   24 %   8 %   24 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.12 %   1.05 %   1.87 %   1.82 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

48   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 
CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 30, 2004
     

December 31,
2004

(unaudited)

    June 30,
2004
     
$10.79     $11.03      
             
0.10     0.06      
0.11     (0.24 )    
0.21     (0.18 )    
             
(0.10 )   (0.06 )    
0.00     0.00      
(0.10 )   (0.06 )    
$10.90     $10.79      
1.92 %   (1.69 )%    
             
$711     $163      
             
1.60 %   1.60 %    
1.86 %   1.36 %    
8 %   24 %    
1.88 %   1.79 %    

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Arthur C. Evans and Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The National Tax-Free Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, including federal AMT.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be between 10 and 20 years, but may vary depending on market conditions. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by NRSROs, and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may from time to time focus on investments in certain states or regions, and its performance could be disproportionately affected by political or demographic factors in such states or regions.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also included in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING:

For the period ended:

  CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 1, 1989
     
 

December 31,
2004

(unaudited)

    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.16     $10.53     $10.29     $10.21     $9.72      

Income from investment operations:

                                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.23     0.45     0.50     0.52     0.54      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.31     (0.37 )   0.23     0.08     0.49      

Total income from investment operations

  0.54     0.08     0.73     0.60     1.03      

Less distributions:

                                 

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.23 )   (0.45 )   (0.49 )   (0.52 )   (0.54 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.23 )   (0.45 )   (0.49 )   (0.52 )   (0.54 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.47     $10.16     $10.53     $10.29     $10.21      

Total return1

  5.31 %   0.76 %   7.20 %   5.92 %   10.90 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $99,670     $103,469     $113,616     $120,439     $77,223      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.85 %   0.85 %   0.83 %   0.80 %   0.80 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  4.38 %   4.35 %   4.74 %   5.09 %   5.33 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  30 %   63 %   37 %   39 %   27 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.04 %   1.03 %   0.95 %   0.93 %   0.96 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

52   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

   
          CLASS B SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 6, 1993
 
    June 30,
2000
   

December 31,
2004

(unaudited)

    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $10.22     $10.16     $10.53     $10.29     $10.21     $9.72     $10.22  
                                           
    0.54     0.19     0.38     0.42     0.45     0.46     0.46  
    (0.50 )   0.31     (0.38 )   0.23     0.08     0.49     (0.50 )
    0.04     0.50     0.00     0.65     0.53     0.95     (0.04 )
                                           
    (0.53 )   (0.19 )   (0.37 )   (0.41 )   (0.45 )   (0.46 )   (0.45 )
    (0.01 )   0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.54 )   (0.19 )   (0.37 )   (0.41 )   (0.45 )   (0.46 )   (0.46 )
    $9.72     $10.47     $10.16     $10.53     $10.29     $10.21     $9.72  
    0.50 %   4.91 %   0.01 %   6.40 %   5.13 %   10.07 %   (0.24 )%
                                           
    $64,859     $28,273     $31,420     $48,540     $51,754     $28,271     $18,367  
                                           
    0.75 %   1.60 %   1.60 %   1.58 %   1.55 %   1.55 %   1.48 %
    5.48 %   3.61 %   3.61 %   3.98 %   4.34 %   4.56 %   4.72 %
    79 %   30 %   63 %   37 %   39 %   27 %   79 %
   

0.95

 

%

  1.79 %   1.78 %   1.70 %   1.69 %   1.72 %   1.78 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also included in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING:              
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
 
         
For the period ended:   December 3!,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.16     $10.53     $10.29     $10.21     $9.73     $9.79  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.19     0.38     0.42     0.45     0.46     0.30  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.30     (0.38 )   0.23     0.08     0.48     (0.06 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.49     0.00     0.65     0.53     0.94     0.24  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.19 )   (0.37 )   (0.41 )   (0.45 )   (0.46 )   (0.30 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.19 )   (0.37 )   (0.41 )   (0.45 )   (0.46 )   (0.30 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.46     $10.16     $10.53     $10.29     $10.21     $9.73  

Total return1

  4.81 %   0.02 %   6.40 %   5.13 %   9.96 %   2.50 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $8,988     $9,829     $15,161     $11,343     $9,319     $5,572  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.60 %   1.60 %   1.58 %   1.55 %   1.55 %   1.55 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  3.62 %   3.62 %   3.95 %   4.32 %   4.55 %   4.75 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  30 %   63 %   37 %   39 %   27 %   79 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  1.79 %   1.78 %   1.71 %   1.68 %   1.73 %   1.68 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

54   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a portfolio of short-term municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be three years or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 15% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our total assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 31, 2003
 
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.83     $9.79  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.19     0.16  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.01     0.04  

Total income from investment operations

  0.20     0.20  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.19 )   (0.16 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.19 )   (0.16 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.84     $9.83  

Total return1

  2.08 %   2.10 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $7     $3  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.8 %   1.9 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.0 %   2.0 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  69 %   84 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2

  1.8 %   1.9 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

56   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax, without assuming undue risk.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from both federal income tax (including federal AMT) and Wisconsin individual income tax. These securities may include debt obligations issued by (a) Wisconsin and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations, (b) U.S. territories and possessions; and (c) any other issuer whose securities are exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between five and twenty years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, including federal AMT, and Wisconsin individual income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in municipal leases.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “U.S. Government Obligations” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Since we invest heavily in Wisconsin municipal securities, events in Wisconsin are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Wisconsin economy relies significantly on its dairy, motor vehicle, and paper processing industries, and adverse conditions affecting these industries could have a disproportionate effect on Wisconsin municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Wisconsin municipal securities.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund


 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 60. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

58   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS C SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 26, 2002
 
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.69     $10.60  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.32     0.26  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.16     0.09  

Total income from investment operations

  0.48     0.35  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.32 )   (0.26 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.05 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.37 )   (0.26 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.80     $10.69  

Total return1

  4.54 %   3.28 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $2     $3  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.5 %   1.5 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.0 %   2.7 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  17 %   54 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  2.1 %   2.1 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Municipal Bond Fund, Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund employ an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund may continue to hold debt instruments that cease to be rated by a NRSRO or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Fund. Unrated or below investment-grade securities may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment-grade securities.

 

·   The Funds may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   We may temporarily hold assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

60   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting such issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer.)

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

                                         
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL
RISK(S)
  CALIFORNIA LIMITED TERM TAX-FREE   CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE   COLORADO TAX-FREE   MINNESOTA TAX-FREE   MUNICIPAL BOND   NATIONAL LIMITED TERM TAX-FREE FUND   NATIONAL TAX-FREE   SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND   WISCONSIN TAX-FREE

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary

purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either

on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

 

Interest Rate and

Credit Risk

  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and

Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date

or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate,
Leverage and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally

higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred

to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic

conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject

to greater risk of default.

 

Interest Rate and

Credit Risk

              l   l           l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in

the ordinary course of business within seven days

of approximately the value determined by the Fund.
Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers,

dealers and financial institutions to increase

returns on those securities. Loans may be made up

to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total

assets, including the value of the collateral

received).

  Credit, Counter-
Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests

in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans,

car loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit
and Prepayment/
Extension Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

 

62   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL
RISK(S)
  CALIFORNIA LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE   CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE   COLORADO TAX-FREE   MINNESOTA TAX-FREE   MUNICIPAL BOND   NATIONAL LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND   NATIONAL TAX-FREE   SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND   WISCONSIN TAX-FREE

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual
funds, which may cause Fund shareholders to bear
a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in
addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Private Activity Bonds

Bonds that pay interest subject to the federal
alternative minimum tax. Limited to 20% of net assets.

  Interest Rate
and Credit
Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security
agrees to buy back the security at an agreed upon
time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-
Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds
Management, LLC
525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data
Services, Inc.
Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

 

 

 

Manages the Funds’
business activities

 

 

Maintains records of
shares and supervises
the payment of dividends

 

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

64   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Municipal Bond Fund, Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

66   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

After choosing a Fund, your next most important choice is which share class to buy. The following classes of shares are available through this Prospectus:

 

·   Class A Shares—with a front-end sales charge, volume reductions and lower ongoing expenses than Class B and Class C shares.

 

·   Class B Shares—with a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

·   Class C Shares—with a 1.00% CDSC on redemptions made within one year of purchase, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares.

 

The choice among share classes is largely a matter of preference. You should consider, among other things, the different fees and sales loads assessed on each share class and the length of time you anticipate holding your investment. If you prefer to pay sales charges up front, wish to avoid higher ongoing expenses, or, more importantly, you think you may qualify for volume discounts based on the amount of your investment, then Class A shares may be the choice for you.

 

You may prefer instead to see “every dollar working” from the moment you invest. If so, then consider Class B or Class C shares. Please note that Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares. Please see “Class B Share CDSC Schedule” below for further details.

 

Class A shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus except the Short-Term Municipal Bond and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds. Class B shares are available for all the Funds in this Prospectus except the California Limited-Term Tax-Free, Short-Term Municipal Bond and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds. Class C shares are available for all Funds except the Colorado Tax-Free Fund. Class C shares are similar to Class B shares in that they have higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Unlike Class B shares, however, Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares. The higher ongoing expenses will be assessed as long as you hold the shares. The choice whether to purchase Class B or Class C shares may depend on how long you intend to hold the shares before redeeming them.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused. For Class C shares, orders of $1,000,000 or more, including orders which because of a right of accumulation or letter of intent would qualify for the purchase of Class A shares without an initial sales charge, will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for each Fund and the following sales charge schedules before making your decision. You should also review the “Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges” section of the Prospectus. All of this information is expected to be available on our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds in the second quarter of 2005. You may wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule

If you choose to buy Class A shares, you will pay the Public Offering Price (“POP”) which is the NAV plus the applicable sales charge. Since sales charges are reduced for Class A share purchases above certain dollar amounts, known as “breakpoint levels,” the POP is lower for these purchases. The dollar amount of the sales charge is the difference between the POP of the shares purchased (based on the applicable sales charge in the table below) and the net asset value of those shares. Because of rounding in the calculation of the POP, the actual sales charge you pay may be more or less than that calculated using the percentages shown below.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

CLASS A SHARES (EXCEPT THE CALIFORNIA LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND AND THE NATIONAL LIMITED-
TERM TAX-FREE FUND) HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   4.50%      4.71%

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.00%      4.17%

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.50%      3.63%

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.50%      2.56%

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

CALIFORNIA LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND AND NATIONAL LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND CLASS A
SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING SALES CHARGE SCHEDULE:
AMOUNT
OF PURCHASE
   FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE
     FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %
OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED

Less than $50,000

   3.00%      3.09%

$50,000 to $99,999

   2.50%      2.56%

$100,000 to $249,999

   2.00%      2.04%

$250,000 to $499,999

   1.50%      1.52%

$500,000 to $999,999

   1.00%      1.01%

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00%      0.00%
1   We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 0.50% CDSC if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

68   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Class B Share CDSC Schedule

If you choose Class B shares, you buy them at NAV and agree that if you redeem your shares within six years of the purchase date, and within three years for the National Limited Term Tax-Free Fund, you will pay a CDSC based on how long you have held your shares. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedules are as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES (EXCEPT THE NATIONAL LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND) HAVE THE FOLLOWING

CDSC SCHEDULE:

REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

CLASS B SHARES FOR THE NATIONAL LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND HAVE THE FOLLOWING

CDSC SCHEDULE:

REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS

CDSC

  3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions of net investment income and realized capital gain, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares purchased after July 17, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased after May 18, 1999 are also subject to the above CDSC schedule.

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Stagecoach Funds in exchange for Stagecoach Fund shares that were purchased prior to July 17, 1999, but after March 3, 1997, are subject to the following CDSC schedule, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STAGECOACH FUND SHARES PURCHASED AFTER

MARCH 3, 1997, BUT BEFORE JULY 17, 1999, HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:

REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   A shares

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

A Choice of Share Classes


 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Norwest Advantage Funds in exchange for Norwest Advantage Fund shares purchased prior to May 18, 1999 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after six years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR NORWEST ADVANTAGE FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR

TO MAY 18, 1999, HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:

REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS

CDSC

  3.00%   2.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in the reorganization of the Strong Funds in exchange for Strong Fund shares purchased prior to April 11, 2005 are subject to the following CDSC schedule on the exchanged shares, and such shares convert to Class A shares automatically after eight years:

 

CLASS B SHARES RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE FOR STRONG FUND SHARES PURCHASED PRIOR TO
APRIL 11, 2005 HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS   9 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   4.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

Class B shares received in exchange for Strong Advisor Municipal Bond Fund shares purchased prior to March 10, 2003 are subject to a different CDSC schedule. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for further details.

 

If you exchange the Class B shares received in the reorganization for Class B shares of another Fund, you will retain the CDSC schedules of your exchanged shares. Additional shares purchased will age at the currently effective higher CDSC schedule first shown above.

 

Class C Share Sales Charges

If you choose Class C shares, you buy them at NAV and if you redeem your shares within one year of the purchase date, you will pay a CDSC of 1.00%. At the time of purchase, the distributor pays sales commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price to selling agents and up to 1.00% annually thereafter. The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase. To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions, if any, and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). Class C shares do not convert to Class A shares, and therefore continue to charge higher ongoing expenses.

 

70   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Generally, we offer more sales charge reductions or waivers for Class A shares than for Class B and Class C shares, particularly if you intend to invest greater amounts. You should consider whether you are eligible for any of the potential reductions or waivers when you are deciding which share class to buy.

 

Class A Share Sales Charge Reductions

If you believe you are eligible for any of the following reductions, it is up to you to ask the selling agent or shareholder servicing agent for the reduction and to provide appropriate proof of eligibility.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you buy with reinvested distributions.

 

·   You pay a lower sales charge if you are investing an amount over a breakpoint level. See the “Class A Share Sales Charge Schedule” above.

 

·   You pay no sales charges on Fund shares you purchase with the proceeds of a redemption of either Class A or Class B shares of the same Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from a pension, retirement, benefit or similar plan for which Wells Fargo Bank acts as trustee provided the distribution occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   You may reinvest into a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with no sales charge a distribution from an account previously held by the Investment Management and Trust Departments of Wells Fargo provided that the account previously held a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and that such distribution or transfer occurred within the 60 days prior to your reinvestment.

 

·   By signing a Letter of Intent (“LOI”) prior to purchase, you pay a lower sales charge now in exchange for promising to invest an amount over a specified breakpoint within the next 13 months. We will hold in escrow shares equal to approximately 5% of the amount you intend to buy. If you do not invest the amount specified in the LOI before the expiration date, we will redeem enough escrowed shares to pay the difference between the reduced sales load you paid and the sales load you should have paid. Otherwise, we will release the escrowed shares when you have invested the agreed amount.

 

·   Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) allow you to combine Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned in order to reach breakpoint levels and to qualify for sales load discounts on subsequent purchases of Class A or WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. The purchase amount used in determining the sales charge on your purchase will be calculated by multiplying the maximum public offering price by the number of Class A, Class B, Class C and WealthBuilder Portfolio shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund already owned and adding the dollar amount of your current purchase.

 

You, or your fiduciary or trustee, also may tell us to extend volume discounts, including the reductions offered for rights of accumulation and letters of intent. You may be required to identify the existence of other accounts in which there are holdings eligible to be aggregated to qualify for a volume discount.

 

The following types of accounts (registered in the name of or held for the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner, as recognized by applicable state law, or his or her children under the age of 21) may be aggregated for the purpose of establishing eligibility under a rights of accumulation discount:

 

·   individual accounts;

 

·   joint accounts;

 

·   IRAs (including Roth IRAs and SEP IRAs) and SIMPLE IRAs that do not use a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement;

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

·   403(b) accounts; and

 

·   accounts over which the shareholder, his or her spouse or domestic partner have individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (including an UGMA/UTMA, a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in the following accounts cannot be aggregated with the account through which you are currently purchasing for the purpose of establishing volume discounts:

 

·   529 college savings plan accounts;

 

·   accounts held through different financial intermediaries other than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase;

 

·   accounts held directly in a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account on which the broker dealer is different than the broker dealer through which you are making your current purchase who will then hold the shares from your current purchase; and

 

·   accounts held through an administrator or trustee/custodian of an employer sponsored retirement plan or account (ie. 401(k) Plans) and SIMPLE IRAs established using the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds prototype agreement (but not including employer sponsored IRAs) (collectively, “Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans”).

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shares held in Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans may be aggregated at the plan level for purposes of establishing eligibility for volume discounts. When the group assets reach a breakpoint, all plan participants benefit from the reduced sales charge. Participant accounts will not be aggregated with personal accounts.

 

Class A Shares Sales Charge Waivers for Certain Parties

If you are eligible for certain waivers, we will sell you Class A shares so you can avoid higher ongoing expenses. Class A shares may be purchased at NAV in the following situations:

 

·   Current and retired employees, directors/trustees and officers of:

 

  ·   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (including any predecessor funds);

 

  ·   Wells Fargo & Company and its affiliates; and

 

  ·   family members of any of the above.

 

·   Current employees of:

 

  ·   the Funds’ distributor and its affiliates;

 

  ·   broker-dealers who act as selling agents; and

 

  ·   immediate family members (spouse, sibling, parent or child) of any of the above.

 

·   Qualified registered investment advisors who buy through a broker-dealer or service agent who has entered into an agreement with the Funds’ distributor that allows for load-waived Class A purchases.

 

How a Letter of Intent Can Save You Money!

 

If you plan to invest, for example, $100,000 in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund in installments over the next year, by signing a letter of intent you would pay only 3.50% sales load on the entire purchase. Otherwise, you might pay 4.50% on the first $49,999, then 4.00% on the next $50,000!

 

 

72   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Investment companies exchanging shares or selling assets pursuant to a reorganization, merger, acquisition, or exchange offer to which the Fund is a party.

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans.

 

·   Insurance company separate accounts—Shares acquired by insurance company separate accounts.

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM).

 

·   Investors who reinvest distributions from the Fund, annuity payments received under either an annuity option or from death benefit proceeds, and distributions from an existing retirement plan invested in the Fund, within 120 days.

 

You also may buy Class A shares at NAV if they are to be included in certain retirement, benefit, pension, trust or investment “wrap accounts” with whom Wells Fargo Advantage Funds has reached an agreement, or through an omnibus account maintained with a Fund by a broker-dealer.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details.)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management in order to, for example, complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B share CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details.)

 

·   For Class B shares purchased after May 18, 1999 for former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders and after July 17, 1999 for former Stagecoach Funds shareholders, for all Class B shares purchased after November 8, 1999, no CDSC is imposed on withdrawals that meet all of the following circumstances:

 

  ·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

  ·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) (limit for Class B shares calculated annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan).

 

·   We waive the Class C CDSC if the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval.

 

We reserve the right to enter into agreements that reduce or eliminate sales charges for groups or classes of shareholders, or for Fund shares included in other investment plans such as “wrap accounts.” If you own Fund shares as part of another account or package, such as an IRA or a sweep account, you must read the directions for that account. Those directions may supersede the terms and conditions discussed here.

 

Contact your selling agent for further information.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   73

 


Table of Contents

Reductions and Waivers of Sales Charges


 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. The fees paid under this Plan are as follows:

 

FUND    CLASS B      CLASS C

California Limited-Term Tax-Free

   N/A      0.75%

California Tax-Free

   0.75%      0.75%

Colorado Tax-Free

   0.75%      N/A

Minnesota Tax-Free

   0.75%      0.75%

Municipal Bond

   0.75%      0.75%

National Limited-Term Tax-Free

   0.75%      0.75%

National Tax-Free

   0.75%      0.75%

Short-Term Municipal Bond

   N/A      0.75%

Wisconsin Tax-Free

   N/A      0.75%

 

These fees are paid out of the Funds’ assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

74   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Class A shares of non-money market funds may also be exchanged for Service Class shares of any money market fund;

 

  ·   Class C shares of non-money market funds may be exchanged for Class A shares of the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. Such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

·   Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   75

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

76   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   77

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application;

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ between selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

78   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   79

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

    

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account

Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

80   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example,” Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund, Class C.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or enclose the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the “By Mail” section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   81

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by Internet if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the section on buying shares for the first time By Mail.

 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 80.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 80. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

82   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: (i) if the request is for over $100,000; (ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or (iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a Medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to:  Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

 P.O. Box 8266

 Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative or 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer to a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   83

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   Your redemption proceeds are net of any applicable CDSC and/or redemption fees.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

84   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of net investment income monthly, and any net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of dividends and net capital gains distributions please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, Medallion Guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   85

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal and certain state income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax advisor about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gain, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to federal AMT. Such distributions attributable to tax-exempt securities of a state and its subdivisions will also not be subject to the state’s individual income taxes if the Fund primarily invests in such securities. For example, you generally won’t be subject to Minnesota individual income tax on distributions from the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund to the extent such distributions are attributable to the Fund’s Minnesota state and municipal tax-exempt securities, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to Minnesota AMT. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income from other sources and net short-term capital gain will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a taxable distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy shares of a Fund when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

86   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees charged by Institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   87

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional additional about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Arthur C. Evans

Colorado Tax-Free Fund since 2000

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund since 2000

National Tax-Free Fund since 2001

Mr. Evans joined Wells Capital Management in 2000 managing public fixed income and municipal bond mutual funds and institutional private accounts on the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Team. Prior to joining the firm in 2000, Mr. Evans was responsible for the investment operations of PennCorp Financial Group, a $6 billion life and health insurance company, as its Chief Investment Officer from 1995 to 1999. He was also an institutional portfolio manager with Blackrock Financial Management in 1995, and a municipal trader/strategist with Conning Asset Management from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Evans earned his M.B.A. degree from the Fuqua School of Business, Duke University in 1990. He also earned his B.A. degree in Business Administration—Finance from the University of Texas at Austin in 1986.

 

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Mr. Fitterer joined Wells Capital Management as a Portfolio Manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1989 where he served as Director of Fixed Income since 2004. He served first as a mutual fund accountant and later as an analyst and trader in the fixed income department, specializing in mortgage and asset-backed securities. He has also traded equity and derivative securities for SCM’s hedge funds and equity mutual funds and was a portfolio manager from January 1996 to November 1998 and returned to portfolio management in March 2000. He joined Strong Institutional Client Services as Managing Director in November 1998, where he was responsible for overseeing the institutional and intermediary sales organization. He received his B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of North Dakota.

 

Stephen Galiani

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund since 2001

California Tax-Free Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund since 2004

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund since 2004

National Tax-Free Fund since 2000

Mr. Galiani joined Wells Capital Management in 1997 and is the firm’s Managing Director for Municipal with overall managerial responsibility for municipal strategy, portfolio management, credit research and trade execution. Prior to Wells Capital Management, he served as Director of Fixed Income from 1995 to 1997 for Qualivest Capital Management. He was President from 1990 to 1995 of Galiani Asset Management Corporation, an independent advisory practice. Mr. Galiani earned his B.A. degree in English from Manhattan College and his M.B.A. degree from Boston University.

 

Duane A. McAllister, CFA

Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. McAllister joined Wells Capital Management as a Portfolio Manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was a municipal fund portfolio manager with SCM since May 2002. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. McAllister was a portfolio manager at AAL Capital Management Corporation from November 1995 to April 2002. From May 1994 to October 1995, he was a portfolio manager for Duff & Phelps Investment Management Company. Mr. McAllister received his B.A. degree in Finance from Northern Illinois University.

 

88   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Adrian Van Poppel

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund since 2005

Mr. Van Poppel manages tax-free mutual funds, as well as separate accounts in Minnesota, Arizona and California. He joined Wells Capital Management in 1997 and was responsible for trading cash positions of repurchase agreements and sweep for all mutual funds. He has been with the firm and its parent company since he began his investment career in 1996. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and Economics from Saint Mary’s College in Moraga, California. He is a member of the California Society of Municipal Analysts and the Municipal Bond Club of San Francisco.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   89

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your Investment Professional.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the rights to receive interest and principal repayment have been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Weighted Average Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

90   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by the borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Municipal Securities

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. The funds may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal securities are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   91

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

92   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045MIR/P1101 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Income Funds – Class Z

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   9

The Funds     

Key Information

   11

 

Important information about
the Fund.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   13
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   16
    

Organization and Management of the Fund

   20

Your Investment     

Your Account

   22

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

How to Buy Shares

   25
    

How to Sell Shares

   28
    

Exchanges

   30

References     

Additional Services and Other Information

   32

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Portfolio Managers

   36
    

Glossary

   37

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND    OBJECTIVE

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax.

 

 

4   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We invest in Minnesota municipal securities of varying maturities. There are no restrictions on the Fund’s average portfolio maturity. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund description beginning on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

Debt Securities

The Fund invests in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in the Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in the Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

High Yield Securities

The Fund invests in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Municipal Securities

The Fund invests in municipal securities that rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers or ancillary credit enhancement features. Municipal securities may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce a portfolio’s yield. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers. The Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal securities that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, the Fund may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although the Fund strives to invest in municipal securities and other securities with interest that is exempt from federal income taxes, including federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”), some income earned by Fund investments may be subject to such taxes.

 

The Fund takes advantage of tax laws that allow the income from certain investments to be exempted from federal income tax and, in some cases, state individual income tax. Capital gains, whether declared by the Fund or realized by the shareholder through the selling of Fund shares, are generally taxable.

 

6   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Non-Diversification

The Fund is generally considered to be non-diversified according to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The majority of the issuers of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio are located within one state. Non-diversified, geographically concentrated funds are riskier than similar funds that are diversified or that spread their investments over several geographic areas. Default by a single security in the portfolio may have a greater negative effect than a similar default in a diversified portfolio.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Class Z Calendar Year Returns*

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  6.84%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’99  •  (2.60)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and does not reflect the applicable Class A sales charges. If it did, returns would be lower.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Class Z shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class Z Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 04/11/05)

  (0.86)%   6.07%   5.94%

Class Z Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  (0.93)%   6.06%   5.93%

Class Z Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.88%   5.89%   5.83%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1 Performance shown for the Class Z shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Class Z shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Class Z shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the classes do not have the same fees and expenses.
2 Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

8   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

Summary of Expenses


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES    
    Minnesota
Tax-Free Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
   

Minnesota

Tax-Free Fund

Management Fees1   0.40%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.83%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.23%
Fee Waivers   0.45%
NET EXPENSES3   0.78%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.40% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.35% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.30% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.275% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3 year example. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

   

Minnesota

Tax-Free Fund

  1 YEAR   $     80
  3 YEARS   $   299
  5 YEARS   $     —
10 YEARS   $     —

 

10   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Adrian Van Poppel and Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The Minnesota Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax, without assuming undue risk.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in municipal securities issued by the state of Minnesota and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations. We also invest in municipal securities issued by the territories and possessions of the United States. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and Minnesota individual income tax. While the Fund is required, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from Minnesota individual income tax, we currently intend to manage the portfolio so that at least 95% of the income generated by the Fund is exempt from Minnesota individual income tax.

 

There are no restrictions on the Fund’s average portfolio maturity. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. Depending on market conditions, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity could be higher or lower. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of related issuers or in securities of any one issuer;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade municipal securities, including unrated securities which we classify as below investment-grade quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Minnesota municipal securities, events in Minnesota are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. For example, the state’s economy relies significantly on its agriculture and forestry natural resources. Adverse conditions affecting these areas could have a disproportionate impact on Minnesota municipal securities.

 

We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in below investment-grade municipal securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield/high risk securities” or “junk bonds,” which are considered a more speculative investment than investment-grade municipal securities. Such municipal securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. Additionally, these lower-rated municipal securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Minnesota municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 16. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Class A shares of the Fund. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 12, 1988
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.89     $11.27     $10.84     $10.67      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.22     0.46     0.47     0.52      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.27     (0.39 )   0.43     0.17      

Total income from investment operations

  0.49     0.07     0.90     0.69      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.22 )   (0.45 )   (0.47 )   (0.52 )    

Distributions from net realized gains

  (0.05 )   0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.27 )   (0.45 )   (0.47 )   (0.52 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.11     $10.89     $11.27     $10.84      

Total return1

  4.59 %   0.61 %   8.49 %   6.58 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $39,426     $37,468     $41,485     $40,585      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.85 %   0.85 %   0.77 %   0.60 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.10 %   4.11 %   4.27 %   4.81 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  6 %   12 %   23 %   28 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.06 %   1.04 %   0.98 %   1.03 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

14   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

   
       
        
June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $10.18     $10.74  
             
    0.54     0.53  
        
0.49
 
 
  (0.55 )
    1.03     (0.02 )
             
        
(0.54
 
)
  (0.53 )
    0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.54 )   (0.54 )
    $10.67     $10.18  
    10.32 %   (0.02 )%
             
    $34,424     $29,551  
             
    0.60 %   0.60 %
        
5.11
 
%
  5.23 %
    18 %   69 %
        
    
1.10
 
 
%
  1.07 %

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment will—increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund may continue to hold debt instruments that cease to be rated by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”) or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Fund. Unrated or below investment-grade securities may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment grade securities.

 

·   The Fund may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   We may temporarily hold assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

16   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting such issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer.)

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks”, you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, the Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

 

Interest Rate, Leverage and
Credit Risk

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred
to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile and less liquid and are subject
to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days of approximately
the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one third of total assets, including the
value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in
pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,
credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk

 

 

18   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which
may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the
other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

Private Activity Bonds

Bonds that pay interest subject to the federal alternative
minimum tax. Limited to 20% of net assets.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-
Party Risk

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

 

SHAREHOLDER

SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

 

Various Agents
            
            

 

Provides services
to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

20   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Fund. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable, and if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) at 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. The Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

22   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Qualified Investors

 

You may purchase Class Z shares only under limited circumstances, at the NAV on the day of purchase. The following types of investors may qualify to purchase Class Z shares of the Funds:

 

·   Investors who received Class Z shares in the reorganization of the Strong Funds into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds;

 

·   Investors who previously held Class Z shares of any Fund, upon providing adequate proof of prior ownership;

 

·   Officers, directors and employees of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM, Funds Management, and affiliates of these entities, and each of their immediate family members (grandparent, parent, sibling, child, grandchild, and spouse) who live in the same household;

 

·   Employer-sponsored retirement plans, and their participants, for which Funds Management or the Fund’s distributor, or an affiliate, has entered into an agreement to provide document or administrative services, and other retirement plans whose administrators or dealers have entered into an agreement with Funds Management or the Fund’s distributor, or an affiliate, to perform services;

 

·   Certain institutional investors purchasing more than $1 million of Class Z shares;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Any Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Any accounts in a fee-based advisory program managed by Funds Management; and

 

·   Registered investment advisers holding Class Z shares of a Strong Fund on November 30, 2000.

 

For more information on the purchase of Class Z shares, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Class Z shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantage and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

24   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:   

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:   

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund, Class Z.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

26   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

Class Z shares are not available for purchase on the internet if you do not have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 25.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 25. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion Guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances i) if the request is over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption of at least $100. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

  ·   Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares”, below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

28   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

An exchange between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Class Z shares may also be exchanged for Investor Class shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund.

 

·   You should carefully read the Prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a new Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has

 

30   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a Plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund in this Prospectus makes distributions of any net investment income monthly and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

32   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax although a portion of such distributions could be subject to federal AMT. You generally won’t be subject to Minnesota individual income tax on distributions from the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund to the extent such distributions are attributable to the Fund’s Minnesota State and municipal tax-exempt securities. Distributions from the Fund’s income from other sources and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced, maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy Fund shares when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and realizes and distributes the gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

34   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Stephen Galiani

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund since 2004

Mr. Galiani joined Wells Capital Management in 1997 and is the firm’s Managing Director for Municipals with overall managerial responsibility for municipal strategy, portfolio management, credit research and trade execution. Prior to Wells Capital Management, he served as Director of Fixed Income from 1995 to 1997 for Qualivest Capital Management. He was President from 1990 to 1995 of Galiani Asset Management Corporation, an independent advisory practice. Mr. Galiani earned his B.A. degree in English from Manhattan College and his M.B.A. degree from Boston University.

 

Adrian Van Poppel

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund since 2005

Mr. Van Poppel manages tax-free mutual funds, as well as separate accounts in Minnesota, Arizona and California. He joined Wells Capital Management in 1997 and was responsible for trading cash positions of repurchase agreements and sweep for all mutual funds. He has been with the firm and its parent company since he began his investment career in 1996. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and Economics from Saint Mary’s College in Moraga, California. He is a member of the California Society of Municipal Analysts and the Municipal Bond Club of San Francisco.

 

36   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Weighted Average Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by the borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Municipal Securities

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. The funds may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal securities are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

38   Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MIZ/P1102 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Income Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Colorado Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Nebraska Tax-Free Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   11
    

Summary of Expenses

   20

The Funds     

Key Information

   23

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   24
    

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Fund

   26
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Colorado Tax-Free Fund

   29
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   33
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund

   37
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   41
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Fund

   45
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Nebraska Tax-Free Fund

   49
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   52
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   56

Your Investment     

Your Account

   58

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

How to Buy Shares

   59
    

How to Sell Shares

   61
    

Exchanges

   62

References     

Other Information

   64

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Portfolio Managers

   66
    

Glossary

   68

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

(SCTIX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax.

 

 

California Tax-Free Fund (SGCAX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax.

 

 

Colorado Tax-Free Fund (NCOTX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Colorado individual income tax.

 

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund (NWMIX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax.

 

 

Municipal Bond Fund

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

 

National Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund

(NVLIX)

 

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

 

National Tax-Free Fund (NTFTX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

 

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund (GPTFX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Nebraska individual income tax.

 

 

4   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities. We may buy municipal securities of any maturity length, but we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of less than 10 years. We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity. Under normal circumstances, the expected average duration of the Fund’s portfolio will be from 1 to 5 years.

 

We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities of varying maturities. Under normal circumstances, we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of 2 to 10 years (intermediate-term) or 10 years or longer (long-term). We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity.

 

We invest in investment-grade Colorado municipal securities of varying maturities. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s average portfolio maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 

We invest in Minnesota municipal securities of varying maturities. There are no restrictions on the Fund’s average portfolio maturity. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 

We invest principally in municipal securities. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be between five and twenty years.

 

 

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities. Under normal circumstances, we maintain the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity between 1 and 5 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 

 

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities. Under normal circumstances, we maintain the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity between 10 and 20 years. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 

We invest in investment-grade Nebraska municipal securities of varying maturities. The portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity will vary. Generally, we attempt to capture greater total return by increasing maturity when we expect interest rates to decline, and attempt to preserve capital by shortening maturity when we expect interest rates to increase.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 24;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

High Yield Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Municipal Securities

The Funds invest in municipal securities that rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers or ancillary credit enhancement features. Municipal securities may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce a portfolio’s yield. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers. Each Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal securities that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, a Fund may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although the Funds strive to invest in municipal securities and other securities with interest that is exempt from federal income taxes, including federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) for certain of the Funds, some income earned by Fund investments may be subject to such taxes.

 

The Funds take advantage of tax laws that allow the income from certain investments to be exempted from federal income tax and, in some cases, state individual income tax. Capital gains, whether declared by a Fund or realized by the shareholder through the selling of Fund shares, are generally taxable.

 

6   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

Non-Diversification

Certain of the Funds are generally considered to be non-diversified according to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The majority of the issuers of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of the Municipal Bond Fund, National Limited Term Tax-Free Fund and the National Tax-Free Fund, are located within one state. Non-diversified, geographically concentrated funds are riskier than similar funds that are diversified or that spread their investments over several geographic areas. Default by a single security in the portfolio may have a greater negative effect than a similar default in a diversified portfolio. The Municipal Bond Fund, National Limited Term Tax-Free Fund and the National Tax-Free Fund are considered to be diversified. All other Funds in this Prospectus are considered to be non-diversified.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

 

California Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund and California Tax-Free Fund

 

 

 

   The Funds are primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal securities, events in California are likely to affect the Funds’ investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal securities.

 

 

 

 

 

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

 

 

 

 

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Colorado municipal securities, events in Colorado are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Colorado economy is based on information, professional and technical services, communications, transportation, tourism, natural resources and mining, and manufacturing. Certain obligations of Colorado state and local public entities are subject to particular economic risks, including, but not limited to, the vulnerabilities of resort economies which depend on seasonal tourism, the possibility of downturns in sales tax and other revenues, and fluctuations in the real estate market.

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Minnesota municipal securities, events in Minnesota are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. For example, the state’s economy relies significantly on its agriculture and forestry natural resources. Adverse conditions affecting these areas could have a disproportionate impact on Minnesota municipal securities.

 

Municipal Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

National Limited-Term
Tax-Free Fund and National Tax-Free Fund

 

   The Funds are primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Funds may from time to time focus on investments in certain states or geographic regions, and their performance could be disproportionately affected by political or demographic factors in such states or regions.

 

8   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

 

 

 

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund

 

 

 

 

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Nebraska municipal securities, events in Nebraska are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Nebraska economy is primarily based on agriculture and agricultural processing, but has become increasingly diversified with relatively steady growth in the manufacturing, services and finance, insurance and real estate industries. While these recent trends have helped diversify the Nebraska economy, it may still be significantly impacted by changes in agricultural conditions such as the weather, fluctuations in commodity markets, world agricultural production, import and export and decreases in federal agriculture subsidy and support programs.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Municipal Bond Fund and the Strong Advisor Municipal Bond Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Administrator Class shares of the Funds, except for the Municipal Bond Fund, were named the Institutional Class shares.

 

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  3.41%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  (1.60)%

 

1 Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Class A Shares, which incepted November 18, 1992.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 9/6/96)1

  2.82%   4.59%   4.66%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.77%   4.55%   4.58%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.83%   4.40%   4.49%

LB 3-Year Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.78%   4.78%   4.97%
1 Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Class A Shares, which incepted November 18, 1992.
2 Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

12   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

California Tax-Free Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  6.19%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (2.42)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/15/97)1

  5.10%   7.10%   6.72%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  5.01%   7.01%   6.46%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.06%   6.82%   6.40%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1 Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Class A shares, which incepted October 6, 1988.
2 Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Colorado Tax-Free Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  5.89%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’99  •  (2.30)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/23/93)

  4.03%   7.57%   6.95%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  4.03%   7.57%   6.94%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.21%   7.27%   6.76%

LB Muni Index1
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

14   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  6.73%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’99  •  (2.60)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/2/93)

  4.07%   7.17%   6.48%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  4.00%   7.15%   6.47%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.24%   6.88%   6.32%

LB Muni Index1
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Municipal Bond Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ’04  •  7.12%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ’99  •  (3.59)%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. The Investor Class shares do not have sales charges.

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 04/11/05)1

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.37%   6.05%   5.59%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1 Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Investor Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what this Class’s returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses.
2 Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

16   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’02  •  3.68%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (1.77)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 10/1/96)

  1.71%   5.06%   5.13%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  1.71%   5.06%   5.13%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.03%   4.88%   4.99%

LB 3-Year Muni Index1
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.78%   4.78%   4.63%
1   Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

National Tax-Free Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ’95  •  5.85%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (2.49)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 8/2/93)

  4.82%   7.10%   6.71%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  4.82%   7.10%   6.70%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.74%   6.87%   6.57%

LB Muni Index1
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

18   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Wells Fargo Nebraska Tax-Free Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Great Plains Tax-Free Bond Fund, effective September 11, 2000. The historical information shown for the Nebraska Tax-Free Fund below and throughout this Prospectus reflects the historical information for the Great Plains Tax-Free Bond Fund.

 

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  4.72%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ’04  •  (1.87)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 9/29/97)1

  2.80%   5.86%   5.39%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  2.57%   5.74%   5.33%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.47%   5.63%   5.26%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects the performance of the predecessor common trust fund. The common trust fund was not registered under the 1940 Act and was not subject to certain investment limitations, diversification requirements, and other restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act and the Internal Revenue Code, which, if applicable, may have adversely affected the performance results. Performance shown for all periods from the inception date shown through September 10, 2000, includes the maximum sales charge applicable to the shares of the predecessor Fund. The Administrator Class shares do not impose sales charges.
2   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES    
 
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
   

California

Limited-Term

Tax-Free Fund

 

California

Tax-Free Fund

 

Colorado

Tax-Free Fund

      
Management Fees1   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%       
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%       
Other Expenses2   0.50%   0.45%   0.48%       
     
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.90%   0.85%   0.88%       
Fee Waivers   0.30%   0.30%   0.28%       
     
NET EXPENSES3   0.60%   0.55%   0.60%       
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.40% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.35% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.30% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.275% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   For the Municipal Bond Fund, other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Funds’ most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses, and may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   For the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund and Municipal Bond Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For all other Funds in this prospectus, the adviser has committed through October 31, 2006, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

20   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     
   

Minnesota

Tax-Free Fund

 

Municipal Bond
Fund

 

National Limited-Term

Tax-Free Fund

 

National

Tax-Free Fund

 

Nebraska

Tax-Free Fund

    0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%   0.40%
    0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.48%   0.47%   0.46%   0.46%   0.55%
         
    0.88%   0.87%   0.86%   0.86%   0.95%
    0.28%   0.39%   0.26%   0.26%   0.20%
         
    0.60%   0.48%   0.60%   0.60%   0.75%

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

   

California

Limited-Term

Tax-Free Fund

 

California

Tax-Free Fund

 

Colorado

Tax-Free Fund

 

Minnesota

Tax-Free Fund

  1 YEAR   $     61   $     56   $     61   $     61
  3 YEARS   $   253   $   241   $   253   $   248
  5 YEARS   $   460   $   442   $   460   $   451
10 YEARS   $1,059   $1,021   $1,059   $1,037

 

   

Municipal
Bond Fund

 

National Limited-Term

Tax-Free Fund

 

National

Tax-Free Fund

 

Nebraska

Tax-Free Fund

  1 YEAR   $     49   $     61   $     61   $     77
  3 YEARS   $   239   $   248   $   246   $   276
  5 YEARS   $     —   $   451   $   447   $   493
10 YEARS   $     —   $1,037   $1,026   $1,116

 

22   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and California individual income tax. We may buy municipal securities of any maturity length, but we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of less than 10 years. We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity. Generally speaking, we will attempt to capture greater total return by increasing dollar-weighted average maturity when we expect interest rates to decline, and attempt to preserve capital by shortening maturity when we expect interest rates to increase. Under normal circumstances, the average expected duration of the Fund’s portfolio will be from 1 to 5 years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations (“NRSRO”), and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities,” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal securities, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy that most states, in the past few years it has experienced an economic slow-down and its revenues have dropped. The State relied on borrowing in fiscal year 2004-05 to close a budget gap due to a structural deficit, and such borrowing is expected to continue in fiscal year 2005-06. The State continues to experience significant energy-related and other challenges. Adverse conditions affecting California generally could have a disproportionate impact on California municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting California municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS3 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 6, 1996
 
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.29     $10.57     $10.34     $10.17     $9.98     $10.07  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.15     0.26     0.27     0.32     0.42     0.41  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.18     (0.22 )   0.23     0.20     0.19     (0.04 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.33     0.04     0.50     0.52     0.61     0.37  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.15 )   (0.26 )   (0.27 )   (0.32 )   (0.42 )   (0.41 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.02 )   (0.06 )   0.00     (0.03 )   0.00     (0.05 )

Total distributions

  (0.17 )   (0.32 )   (0.27 )   (0.35 )   (0.42 )   (0.46 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.45     $10.29     $10.57     $10.34     $10.17     $9.98  

Total return1

  3.27 %   0.36 %   4.93 %   5.19 %   6.20 %   3.79 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $19,872     $15,425     $39,338     $12,224     $4,937     $4,474  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.63 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.93 %   2.40 %   2.49 %   3.12 %   4.12 %   4.07 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  50 %   48 %   64 %   34 %   49 %   60 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  0.76 %   0.73 %   0.72 %   0.85 %   0.76 %   1.07 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The California Tax-Free Fund seeks to provide investors with a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax while preserving capital, by investing in intermediate- to long-term investment-grade municipal securities.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade California municipal securities of varying maturities. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including Federal AMT) and California individual income tax. Under normal circumstances, we invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in securities with remaining maturities of 2 to 10 years (intermediate term) or 10 years or longer (long term). We have some flexibility in setting the portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity. Generally speaking, we will attempt to capture greater total return by increasing dollar-weighted average maturity when we expect interest rates to decline, and attempt to preserve capital by shortening maturity when we expect interest rates to increase.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by NRSROs, and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities,” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal securities, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy that most states, in the past few years it has experienced an economic slow-down and its revenues have dropped. The State relied on borrowing in fiscal year 2004-05 to close a budget gap due to a structural deficit, and such borrowing is expected to continue in fiscal year 2005-06. The State continues to experience significant energy-related and other challenges. Adverse conditions affecting California generally could have a disproportionate impact on California municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting California municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS3 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 15, 1997
 
           
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
    June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.03     $11.59     $11.32     $11.27     $10.79     $11.03  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.26     0.53     0.53     0.57     0.56     0.54  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.38     (0.46 )   0.32     0.10     0.48     (0.21 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.64     0.07     0.85     0.67     1.04     0.33  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.26 )   (0.53 )   (0.55 )   (0.56 )   (0.56 )   (0.54 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.06 )   (0.10 )   (0.03 )   (0.06 )   0.00     (0.03 )

Total distributions

  (0.32 )   (0.63 )   (0.58 )   (0.62 )   (0.56 )   (0.57 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.35     $11.03     $11.59     $11.32     $11.27     $10.79  

Total return1

  5.84 %   0.66 %   7.90 %   5.85 %   9.80 %   3.16 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $35,511     $36,408     $38,681     $42,913     $47,211     $47,263  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.55 %   0.55 %   0.57 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.63 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  4.68 %   4.69 %   4.82 %   4.88 %   4.99 %   5.02 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  14 %   41 %   34 %   31 %   52 %   35 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses (annualized)2, 4

  0.71 %   0.70 %   0.65 %   0.62 %   0.60 %   0.80 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Colorado Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Arthur C. Evans

 


 

Investment Objective

The Colorado Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Colorado individual income tax consistent with the preservation of capital.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities issued by the state of Colorado and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations. We also invest in municipal securities issued by the territories and possessions of the United States. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and Colorado individual income tax.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s average portfolio maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. Depending on market conditions, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity could be higher or lower. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and Colorado individual income tax;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of related issuers or in securities of any one issuer;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by NRSROs, and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Colorado municipal securities, events in Colorado are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Colorado economy is based on information, professional and technical services, communications, transportation, tourism, natural resources and mining, and manufacturing. Certain obligations of Colorado state and local public entities are subject to particular economic risks, including, but not limited to, the vulnerabilities of resort economies which depend on seasonal tourism, the possibility of downturns in sales tax and other revenues, and fluctuations in the real estate market. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Colorado municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Colorado Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS3 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 23, 1993
     
         
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.64     $11.01     $10.62     $10.40      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.25     0.50     0.52     0.53      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.26     (0.37 )   0.39     0.22      

Total income from investment
operations

  0.51     0.13     0.91     0.75      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.25 )   (0.50 )   (0.52 )   (0.53 )    

Distributions from net realized gains

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.25 )   (0.50 )   (0.52 )   (0.53 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.90     $10.64     $11.01     $10.62      

Total return1

  4.78 %   1.18 %   8.70 %   7.33 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $38,793     $41,196     $51,730     $50,630      

Ratios to average net assets4:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net
assets

  0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %    

Ratio of net investment income
(loss) to average net assets

  4.56 %   4.62 %   4.76 %   5.01 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  10 %   31 %   37 %   28 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  0.74 %   0.73 %   0.71 %   0.70 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

30   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

   
             
 
   

June 30,
2001

    June 30,
2000
 
    $9.84     $10.30  
             
    0.55     0.54  
        
0.56
 
 
  (0.45 )
        
1.11
 
 
  0.09  
             
        
(0.55
 
)
  (0.54 )
    0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.55 )   (0.55 )
    $10.40     $9.84  
    11.54 %   0.97 %
             
    $47,538     $44,161  
             
    0.60 %   0.60 %
        
5.38
 
%
  5.42 %
    37 %   106 %
        

0.67
 
 
%
  0.86 %

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Adrian Van Poppel and Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The Minnesota Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax, without assuming undue risk.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in municipal securities issued by the state of Minnesota and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations. We also invest in municipal securities issued by the territories and possessions of the United States. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and Minnesota individual income tax. While the Fund is required, under normal circumstances, to invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from Minnesota individual income tax, we currently intend to manage the portfolio so that at least 95% of the income generated by the Fund is exempt from Minnesota individual income tax.

 

There are no restrictions on the Fund’s average portfolio maturity. Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be greater than 10 years. The Fund’s average portfolio maturity may reach or exceed 20 years. Depending on market conditions, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity could be higher or lower. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of related issuers or in securities of any one issuer;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income taxes, including federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade municipal securities, including unrated securities which we classify as below investment-grade quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Minnesota municipal securities, events in Minnesota are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. For example, the state’s economy relies significantly on its agriculture and forestry natural resources. Adverse conditions affecting these areas could have a disproportionate impact on Minnesota municipal securities.

 

We may invest up to 25% of our total assets in below investment-grade municipal securities, sometimes referred to as “high yield/high risk securities” or “junk bonds,” which are considered a more speculative investment than investment-grade municipal securities. Such municipal securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. Additionally, these lower-rated municipal securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Minnesota municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING      
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS3 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 2, 1993
           
         
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.89     $11.27     $10.84     $10.67      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.25     0.49     0.49     0.52      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.26     (0.39 )   0.43     0.17      

Total income from investment operations

  0.51     0.10     0.92     0.69      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.24 )   (0.48 )   (0.49 )   (0.52 )    

Distributions from net realized gains

  (0.05 )   0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.29 )   (0.48 )   (0.49 )   (0.52 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.11     $10.89     $11.27     $10.84      

Total return1

  4.72 %   0.86 %   8.67 %   6.58 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $133,145     $143,410     $185,450     $193,327      

Ratios to average net assets4:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.34 %   4.35 %   4.43 %   4.78 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  6 %   12 %   23 %   28 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  0.73 %   0.71 %   0.65 %   0.65 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

34   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

   
       
        
June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $10.18     $10.74  
             
    0.54     0.53  
        
0.49
 
 
  (0.55 )
    1.03     (0.02 )
             
        
(0.54
 
)
  (0.53 )
    0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.54 )   (0.54 )
    $10.67     $10.18  
    10.32 %   (0.02 )%
             
    $24,860     $22,451  
             
    0.60 %   0.60 %
        
5.11
 
%
  5.22 %
    18 %   69 %
        
    
0.73
 
 
%
  0.91 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Fund


(The Fund’s Administrator Class shares are closed to new investors.)

 

Portfolio Managers:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA; Duane A. McAllister, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Municipal Bond Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in municipal securities. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between five and twenty years. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. We invest in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “High Yield Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 23, 1986
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.89     $8.73     $8.89      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.42     0.39     0.37      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.58     0.17     (0.16 )    

Total income from investment operations

  1.00     0.56     0.21      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.42 )   (0.40 )   (0.37 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.42 )   (0.40 )   (0.37 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.47     $8.89     $8.73      

Total return1

  11.52 %   6.52 %   2.44 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $186     $209     $243      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.8 %   0.8 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  4.7 %   4.4 %   4.2 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  100 %   121 %   95 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2

  0.8 %   0.8 %   1.1 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from August to October.

 

38   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
    October 31,
2001
    October 31,
20004
    Aug. 31,
2000
 
    $8.58     $8.78     $9.37  
                   
    0.41     0.08     0.50  
        
0.31
 
 
  (0.20 )   (0.59 )
    0.72     (0.12 )   (0.09 )
                   
    (0.41 )   (0.08 )   (0.50 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.41 )   (0.08 )   (0.50 )
    $8.89     $8.58     $8.78  
    8.62 %   (1.41 )%   (0.86 )%
                   
    $261     $259     $274  
                   
    0.9 %   0.8 %   0.8 %
        
4.8
 
%
  5.2 %   5.6 %
    118 %   7 %   19 %
        
    
1.0
 
 
%3
  0.8 %   0.8 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Arthur C. Evans and Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income taxes.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment grade municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, including federal AMT.

 

Under normal circumstances, we maintain the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity between 1 and 5 years, but this average will vary depending on anticipated market conditions. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, including federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in securities of issuers located in the same state or in related issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may from time to time focus on investments in certain states or geographic regions, and their performance could be disproportionately affected by political or demographic factors in such states or regions.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS3 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1996
           
         
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.81     $11.09     $10.73     $10.52      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.15     0.29     0.37     0.43      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.11     (0.28 )   0.36     0.21      

Total income from investment operations

  0.26     0.01     0.73     0.64      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.15 )   (0.29 )   (0.37 )   (0.43 )    

Distributions from net realized gains

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.15 )   (0.29 )   (0.37 )   (0.43 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.92     $10.81     $11.09     $10.73      

Total return1

  2.42 %   0.06 %   6.86 %   6.16 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $147,527     $170,340     $152,835     $85,371      

Ratios to average net assets4:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.77 %   2.60 %   3.29 %   3.98 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  8 %   24 %   40 %   45 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 4

  0.79 %   0.71 %   0.71 %   0.76 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

42   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

   
       
        
June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $10.19     $10.39  
             
    0.46     0.47  
        
0.33
 
 
  (0.20 )
    0.79     0.27  
             
        
(0.46
 
)
  (0.47 )
    0.00     0.00  
    (0.46 )   (0.47 )
    $10.52     $10.19  
    7.89 %   2.64 %
             
    $62,111     $62,669  
             
    0.60 %   0.61 %
        
4.39
 
%
  4.53 %
    57 %   48 %
        

0.71
 
 
%
  0.86 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Arthur C. Evans and Stephen Galiani

 


 

Investment Objective

The National Tax-Free Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, including federal AMT.

 

Under normal circumstances, the Fund’s dollar-weighted average maturity will be between 10 and 20 years, but may vary depending on market conditions. We emphasize investments in municipal securities that pay interest income.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by NRSROs, and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Municipal Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund may from time to time focus on investments in certain states or geographic regions, and its performance could be disproportionately affected by political or demographic factors in such states or regions.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also included in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                            
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS3 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 2, 1993
           
         
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.16     $10.53     $10.30     $10.22      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.24     0.47     0.52     0.55      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.31     (0.36 )   0.22     0.08      

Total income from investment operations

  0.55     0.11     0.74     0.63      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.24 )   (0.48 )   (0.51 )   (0.55 )    

Distributions from net realized gains

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.24 )   (0.48 )   (0.51 )   (0.55 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.47     $10.16     $10.53     $10.30      

Total return1

  5.44 %   1.01 %   7.34 %   6.24 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $181,078     $183,520     $260,989     $294,132      

Ratios to average net assets4:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %   0.60 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.62 %   4.60 %   4.97 %   5.30 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  30 %   63 %   37 %   39 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.71 %   0.70 %   0.67 %   0.63 %    
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Formerly named the Institutional Class.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

46   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

   
       
 
        
June 30,
2001
    June 30,
2000
 
    $9.73     $10.22  
             
    0.56     0.55  
        
0.49
 
 
  (0.49 )
    1.05     0.06  
             
        
(0.56
 
)
  (0.54 )
    0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.56 )   (0.55 )
    $10.22     $9.73  
    11.01 %   0.73 %
             
    $300,187     $244,626  
             
    0.60 %   0.60 %
        
5.53
 
%
  5.58 %
    27 %   79 %
        
    
0.61
 
 
%
  0.77 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Arthur C. Evans

 


 

Investment Objective

The Nebraska Tax-Free Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Nebraska individual income tax.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in investment-grade Nebraska municipal securities of varying maturities. The portfolio’s dollar-weighted average maturity will vary. We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from federal income tax (including federal AMT) and Nebraska individual income tax. Generally, we will attempt to capture greater total return by increasing maturity when we expect interest rates to decline, and to preserve capital by shortening maturity when we expect interest rates to increase.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and Nebraska individual income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, including federal AMT; and

 

·   in municipal securities rated in the four highest credit categories by NRSROs, and in unrated securities deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Municipal Securities” and “Non-Diversification” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Nebraska municipal securities, events in Nebraska are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Nebraska economy is primarily based on agriculture and agricultural processing, but has become increasingly diversified with relatively steady growth in the manufacturing, services, finance, insurance and real estate industries. While these recent trends have helped diversify the Nebraska economy, it may still be significantly impacted by changes in agricultural conditions such as the weather, fluctuations in commodity markets, world agricultural production, import and export and decreases in federal agriculture subsidy and support programs. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Nebraska municipal securities.

 

The State of Nebraska does not directly issue debt. The obligations issued by municipalities or political subdivisions that are permitted to issue debt are not backed by the State’s full faith and credit. Accordingly, the Fund relies on the availability of, and must individually analyze the economic condition of, securities issued by the various municipalities and public authorities in Nebraska.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 52. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information for the four periods ended June 30, and Deloitte & Touche LLP audited this information for the two periods ended August 31. All of this performance information, along with the auditor’s report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 29, 1997
           
         
For the period ended:   December 31,
2004
(unaudited)
    June 30,
2004
    June 30,
2003
    June 30,
2002
     

Net asset value beginning of period

  $10.02     $10.44     $10.16     $10.06      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.20     0.39     0.42     0.43      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.17     (0.35 )   0.37     0.13      

Total from investment operations

  0.37     0.04     0.79     0.56      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.20 )   (0.39 )   (0.42 )   (0.43 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.15 )   (0.07 )   (0.09 )   (0.03 )    

Total from distributions

  (0.35 )   (0.46 )   (0.51 )   (0.46 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.04     $10.02     $10.44     $10.16      

Total return2

  3.66 %   0.35 %   7.91 %   5.67 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $43,830     $46,253     $64,760     $66,453      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.79 %   0.83 %   0.82 %   0.83 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.87 %   3.83 %   4.06 %   4.27 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  8 %   9 %   19 %   31 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  0.81 %   0.87 %   0.87 %   0.89 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from August 31 to June 30.
2   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

50   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

 

 

   
                   
   

June 30,
20011

    August 31,
2000
    August 31,
1999
 
    $9.85     $9.76     $10.13  
                   
    0.36     0.42     0.42  
        
0.21
 
 
  0.09     (0.36 )
    0.57     0.51     0.06  
                   
        
(0.36
 
)
  (0.42 )   (0.42 )
    0.00     0.00     (0.01 )
    (0.36 )   (0.42 )   (0.43 )
    $10.06     $9.85     $9.76  
    5.97 %   5.43 %   0.54 %
                   
    $64,929     $63,305     $68,443  
                   
    0.82 %   0.88 %   0.83 %
        
4.40
 
%
  4.38 %   4.17 %
    45 %   30 %   7 %
        
    
0.91
 
 
%
  0.88 %   0.84 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment will—increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Municipal Bond Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund may continue to hold debt instruments that cease to be rated by a NRSRO or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Fund. Unrated or below investment-grade securities may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment grade securities.

 

·   The Funds may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   We may temporarily hold assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

52   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting such issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act, generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer.)

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks”, you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)   CALIFORNIA LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE   CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE   COLORADO TAX-FREE   MINNESOTA TAX-FREE   MUNICIPAL BOND   NATIONAL LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE   NATIONAL TAX-FREE   NEBRASKA TAX-FREE

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

 

Interest Rate, Leverage and
Credit Risk

  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred
to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile and less liquid and are subject
to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
              l   l            

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days of approximately
the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one third of total assets, including the
value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in
pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,
credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l    

 

 

54   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)   CALIFORNIA LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE   CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE   COLORADO TAX-FREE   MINNESOTA TAX-FREE   MUNICIPAL BOND   NATIONAL LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE   NATIONAL TAX-FREE   NEBRASKA TAX-FREE

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which
may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the
other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Private Activity Bonds

Bonds that pay interest subject to the federal alternative
minimum tax. Limited to 20% of net assets.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-
Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR  

TRANSFER

AGENT

  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities  

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

 

Provides services

to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

56   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Municipal Bond Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each of the Funds pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

58   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Administrator Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Administrator Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $10 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds managed by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $1 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

60   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Administrator Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at the Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in the Prospectus.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

62   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income monthly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal and certain state income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax advisor about your specific tax situation. Please also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to federal AMT. Such distributions attributable to tax-exempt securities of a state and its subdivisions will also not be subject to the state’s individual income taxes if the Fund primarily invests in such securities. For example, you generally won’t be subject to Minnesota individual income tax on distributions from the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund to the extent such distributions are attributable to the Fund’s Minnesota state and municipal tax-exempt securities, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to Minnesota AMT. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income from other sources and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a taxable distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy shares of a Fund when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

64   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Funds most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Arthur C. Evans

Colorado Tax-Free Fund since 2000

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund since 2000

National Tax-Free Fund since 2001

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund since 2004

Mr. Evans joined Wells Capital Management in 2000 managing public fixed income and municipal bond mutual funds and administrator private accounts on the Tax-Exempt Fixed Income Team. Prior to joining the firm in 2000, Mr. Evans was responsible for the investment operations of PennCorp Financial Group, a $6 billion life and health insurance company, as its Chief Investment Officer from 1995 to 1999. He was also an institutional portfolio manager with Blackrock Financial Management in 1995, and a municipal trader/strategist with Conning Asset Management from 1993 to 1995. Mr. Evans earned his M.B.A. degree from the Fuqua School of Business, Duke University in 1990. He also earned his B.A. degree in Business Administration—Finance from the University of Texas at Austin in 1986.

 

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Fitterer joined Wells Capital Management as a Portfolio Manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1989 where he served as Director of Fixed Income since 2004. He served first as a mutual fund accountant and later as an analyst and trader in the fixed income department, specializing in mortgage and asset-backed securities. He has also traded equity and derivative securities for SCM’s hedge funds and equity mutual funds and was a portfolio manager from January 1996 to November 1998 and returned to portfolio management in March 2000. He joined Strong Administrator Client Services as Managing Director in November 1998, where he was responsible for overseeing the institutional and intermediary sales organization. He received his B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of North Dakota.

 

Stephen Galiani

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund since 2001

California Tax-Free Fund and its predecessor since 1999

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund since 2004

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund since 2004

National Tax-Free Fund since 2000

Mr. Galiani joined Wells Capital Management in 1997 and is the firm’s Managing Director for Municipals with overall managerial responsibility for municipal strategy, portfolio management, credit research and trade execution. Prior to Wells Capital Management, he served as Director of Fixed Income from 1995 to 1997 for Qualivest Capital Management. He was President from 1990 to 1995 of Galiani Asset Management Corporation, an independent advisory practice. Mr. Galiani earned his B.A. degree in English from Manhattan College and his M.B.A. degree from Boston University.

 

Duane A. McAllister, CFA

Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. McAllister joined Wells Capital Management as a Portfolio Manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was a municipal fund portfolio manager with SCM since May 2002. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. McAllister was a portfolio manager at AAL Capital Management Corporation from November 1995 to April 2002. From May 1994 to October 1995, he was a portfolio manager for Duff & Phelps Investment Management Company. Mr. McAllister received his bachelor’s degree in Finance from Northern Illinois University.

 

66   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Adrian Van Poppel

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund since 2005

Mr. Van Poppel manages tax-free mutual funds, as well as separate accounts in Minnesota, Arizona and California. He joined Wells Capital Management in 1997 and was responsible for trading cash positions of repurchase agreements and sweep for all mutual funds. He has been with the firm and its parent company since he began his investment career in 1996. He earned a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration and Economics from Saint Mary’s College in Moraga, California. He is a member of the California Society of Municipal Analysts and the Municipal Bond Club of San Francisco.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   67

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Funds’ total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Dollar-Weighted Average Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

68   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser will charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by the borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Municipal Securities

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. The funds may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal securities are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

70   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into

this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MIAM/P1103 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Income Funds – Institutional Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Funds     

Key Information

   12

 

Important information about
the Fund.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   13
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   15
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   19

Your Investment     

Your Account

   21

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

How to Buy Shares

   23
    

How to Sell Shares

   24
    

Exchanges

   25

References     

Other Information

   27

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Portfolio Manager

   29
    

Glossary

   30

 

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

(SMAIX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

4   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest principally in very short-term municipal securities. The Fund’s average effective maturity is typically one year or less.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 15; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

Debt Securities

The Fund invests in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in the Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

High Yield Securities

The Fund invests in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Municipal Securities

The Fund invests in municipal securities that rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers or ancillary credit enhancement features. Municipal securities may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce a portfolio’s yield. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers. The Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal securities that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, the Fund may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although the Fund strives to invest in municipal securities and other securities with interest that is exempt from federal income taxes, some income earned by Fund investments may be subject to such taxes.

 

The Fund take advantage of tax laws that allow the income from certain investments to be exempted from federal income tax and, in some cases, state individual income tax. Capital gains, whether declared by the Fund or realized by the shareholder through the selling of Fund shares, are generally taxable.

 

6   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

U.S. Government Obligations

The Fund invests in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund reflects the performance of the predecessor fund.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘96  •  1.67%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  (0.14)%

 

 

8   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Institutional Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 07/31/00)1

  0.88%   2.81%   3.57%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.88%   2.81%   3.57%

Institutional Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.46%   2.93%   3.64%

LB 1-Year Muni Index2

  1.06%   3.53%   3.82%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund which incepted on 11/30/95.
2 Lehman Brothers 1-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES    
   

Ultra Short-Term

Municipal Income Fund

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
   

Ultra Short-Term

Municipal Income Fund

Management Fees1   0.38%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.20%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.57%
Fee Waivers   0.20%
NET EXPENSES3   0.37%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.40% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.35% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.30% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.275% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

10   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

The example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Ultra Short-Term
Municipal Income Fund
  1 YEAR   $  38
  3 YEARS   $162
  5 YEARS   $298
10 YEARS   $694

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing in a portfolio of short-term municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be one year or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate securities, and other short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our total assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6.

 

We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 15. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 31, 2000
 
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
    October 31,
2001
    October 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $4.87     $4.87     $4.94     $4.95     $4.95  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.12     0.13     0.17     0.22     0.06  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.04 )   0.01     (0.07 )   (0.01 )   0.00  

Total income from investment operations

  0.08     0.14     0.10     0.21     0.06  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.12 )   (0.14 )   (0.17 )   (0.22 )   (0.06 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.12 )   (0.14 )   (0.17 )   (0.22 )   (0.06 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $4.83     $4.87     $4.87     $4.94     $4.95  

Total return1

  1.65 %   2.94 %   2.13 %   4.36 %   1.26 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $290     $578     $360     $425     $422  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.3 %   0.3 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.4 %   2.7 %   3.5 %   4.5 %   5.0 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  72 %   128 %   76 %   71 %   37 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses (annualized)
2

  0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.3 %   0.3 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

14   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   The Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment will—increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund may continue to hold debt instruments that cease to be rated by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”) or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Fund. Unrated or below investment-grade securities may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment grade securities.

 

·   The Fund may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   We may temporarily hold assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks”, you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

16   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

     
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

 

Interest Rate, Leverage and
Credit Risk

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred
to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile and less liquid and are subject
to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days of approximately
the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one third of total assets, including the
value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in
pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,
credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which
may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the
other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

Private Activity Bonds

Bonds that pay interest subject to the federal alternative
minimum tax. Limited to 20% of net assets.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-
Party Risk

 

18   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR     

TRANSFER

AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Fund. Under this structure, the Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires the Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Fund. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

20   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”); and if there is no sale, based on latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. The Fund’s total assets are generally valued at current market prices. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Fund should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record for Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Fund and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Fund, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Fund; and

 

·   Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult an account representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

·   All purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

The following investors are eligible to purchase Institutional Class shares:

 

·   Employee benefit plan programs that have at least $100 million in plan assets;

 

·   Broker-dealer managed account or wrap programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Registered investment adviser account programs that charge an asset based fee, have program assets of at least $100 million and trade via omnibus accounts;

 

·   Internal Revenue Code Section 529 plans;

 

·   Fund of Funds advised by Funds Management (Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder PortfoliosSM and Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage PortfoliosSM);

 

·   Trust Department of Wells Fargo Bank purchasing shares on behalf of their clients in a fiduciary capacity;

 

·   Institutions who invest a minimum initial amount of $5 million in a Fund; and

 

·   Under certain circumstances and for certain groups as detailed in the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing

 

22   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

“shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the type of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at the Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of the Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

24   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM involves two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

26   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income monthly and any realized net capital gains distributions at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal and certain state income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax advisor about your specific tax situation. Please also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to federal AMT. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income from other sources and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a taxable distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy shares of the Fund when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Advance Notice of Large Transactions

We strongly urge you to begin all purchases and redemptions as early in the day as possible and to notify us at least one day in advance of transactions in excess of $5,000,000. This will allow us to manage the Fund most effectively. When you give us this advance notice, you must provide us with your name and account number.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Service at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Fund generally requires Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

28   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager, and the Portfolio Manager’s ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Fitterer joined Wells Capital Management as a Portfolio Manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1989 where he served as Director of Fixed Income since 2004. He served first as a mutual fund accountant and later as an analyst and trader in the fixed income department, specializing in mortgage and asset-backed securities. He has also traded equity and derivative securities for SCM’s hedge funds and equity mutual funds and was a portfolio manager from January 1996 to November 1998 and returned to portfolio management in March 2000. He joined Strong Institutional Client Services as Managing Director in November 1998, where he was responsible for overseeing the institutional and intermediary sales organization. He received his B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of North Dakota.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers

 

30   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by the borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Municipal Securities

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. The funds may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal securities are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

32   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MIIT/P1104 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Income Funds – Advisor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
    

Summary of Expenses

   9

The Funds     

Key Information

   11
Important information about
the Fund.
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   12
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   14
      

Organization and Management of the Fund

   18

Your Investment     

Your Account

   20

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

How to Buy Shares

   21
    

How to Sell Shares

   23
    

Exchanges

   24

References     

Other Information

   26

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Portfolio Manager

   28
    

Glossary

   29

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund
(SMAVX)

 

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

4   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest principally in very short-term municipal securities. The Fund’s average effective maturity is typically one year or less.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund description on page 12;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund.

 

Debt Securities

The Fund invests in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in the Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in the Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

High Yield Securities

The Fund invests in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Municipal Securities

The Fund invests in municipal securities that rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers or ancillary credit enhancement features. Municipal securities may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce a portfolio’s yield. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers. The Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal securities that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, the Fund may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although the Fund strives to invest in municipal securities and other securities with interest that is exempt from federal income taxes, including federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”), some income earned by Fund investments may be subject to such taxes.

 

The Fund takes advantage of tax laws that allow the income from certain investments to be exempted from federal income tax and, in some cases, state individual income tax. Capital gains, whether declared by the Fund or realized by the shareholder through the selling of Fund shares, are generally taxable.

 

6   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

U.S. Government Obligations

The Fund invests in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-years (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund reflects the historical information of the predecessor fund.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Advisor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ’96  •  1.55%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ’04  •  (0.12)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before- and after-taxes, for the Fund’s Advisor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. And after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Advisor Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 10/2/00)1

  0.34%   2.10%   2.95%

Advisor Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.34%   2.10%   2.95%

Advisor Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  0.85%   2.21%   3.02%

LB 1-Year Muni Index2

  1.06%   3.53%   3.82%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Advisor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on November 30, 1995, adjusted to reflect this Class’s expenses.
2 Lehman Brothers 1-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

8   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Summary of Expenses


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES     
     Ultra Short-Term
Municipal Income Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
   None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
     Ultra Short-Term
Municipal Income Fund
Management Fees1    0.38%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees    0.00%
Other Expenses2    0.65%
 
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES    1.02%
Fee Waivers    0.22%
 
NET EXPENSES3    0.80%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.40% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.35% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.30% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.275% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Ultra Short-Term
Municipal Income Fund
  1 YEAR   $     82
  3 YEARS   $   303
  5 YEARS   $   542
10 YEARS   $1,228

 

10   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing in a portfolio of short-term municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be one year or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate securities, and other short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our total assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6.

 

We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

12   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADVISOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 2, 2000
 
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
    October 31,
2001
    October 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $4.87     $4.88     $4.94     $4.94     $4.94  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.08     0.10     0.14     0.18     0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  (0.04 )   (0.01 )   (0.06 )   (0.00 )2   0.00  

Total income from investment operations

  0.04     0.09     0.08     0.18     0.02  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.08 )   (0.10 )   (0.14 )   (0.18 )   (0.02 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.08 )   (0.10 )   (0.14 )   (0.18 )   (0.02 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $4.83     $4.87     $4.88     $4.94     $4.94  

Total return1

  0.90 %   1.96 %   1.57 %   3.74 %   0.35 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $40     $70     $28     $8     $05  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %   1.0 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  1.7 %   1.9 %   2.7 %   3.1 %   4.4 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  72 %   128 %   76 %   71 %   37 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3,4

  1.2 %3   1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %   1.1 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Amount calculated is less than $0.005.
3   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   Amount is less than $500,000

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   The Fund employs an active trading investment strategy that results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment will—increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund may continue to hold debt instruments that cease to be rated by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”) or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Fund. Unrated or below investment-grade securities may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment grade securities.

 

·   The Fund may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   We may temporarily hold assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, the Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

14   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks”, you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

 

Interest Rate, Leverage and
Credit Risk

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred
to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile and less liquid and are subject
to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days of approximately
the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one third of total assets, including the
value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in
pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,
credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk

 

 

16   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which
may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the
other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk

Private Activity Bonds

Bonds that pay interest subject to the federal alternative
minimum tax. Limited to 20% of net assets.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-
Party Risk

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR     

TRANSFER

AGENT

    

SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING

AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and

supervises the payment of dividends

    

Various Agents
    

 

Provides services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

18   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Fund. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   The Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before the Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Fund’s shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Fund will close early and will value its shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Fund is open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

20   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Buy Shares


 

Typically, Advisor Class shares are bought and held by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Advisor Class shares of the Fund should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

  ·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

  ·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Advisor Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

  ·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis; and

 

  ·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Fund, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds;

 

  ·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   The Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Minimum Investments

Investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, or $250 for a retirement account, and $100 for each investment after the initial investment. Institutions may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents as compensation for the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Fund and its shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus -like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

22   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment in a fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact the Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact the Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Fund actively discourages and takes steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Fund’s policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to the Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Fund takes steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

24   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Fund’s policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund makes distributions of any net investment income monthly and any realized net capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal and certain state income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax advisor about your specific tax situation. Please also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from the Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to federal AMT. Distributions from the Fund’s ordinary income from other sources and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced maximum 15% rate of tax. The Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of the Fund shortly before it makes a taxable distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy shares of the Fund when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Fund has built up, or has the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

26   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Manager’s compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager, and the Portfolio Manager’s ownership of securities in the Fund.

 

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Mr. Fitterer joined Wells Capital Management as a portfolio manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1989 where he served as Director of Fixed Income since 2004. He served first as a mutual fund accountant and later as an analyst and trader in the fixed income department, specializing in mortgage and asset-backed securities. He has also traded equity and derivative securities for SCM’s hedge funds and equity mutual funds and was a portfolio manager from January 1996 to November 1998 and returned to portfolio management in March 2000. He joined Strong Institutional Client Services as Managing Director in November 1998, where he was responsible for overseeing the institutional and intermediary sales organization. He received his B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of North Dakota.

 

28   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 of the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements, and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by the borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Municipal Securities

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. The funds may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal securities are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

30   Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MIAV/P1105 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09523


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Income Funds – Investor Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   9
    

Summary of Expenses

   16

The Funds     

Key Information

   18

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Wells Fargo Advantage Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   26
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   28
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   30
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   34

Your Investment     

Your Account

   36

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

How to Buy Shares

   39
    

How to Sell Shares

   42
    

Exchanges

   44

References     

Additional Services and Other Information

   46
Additional information and term definitions.     

Portfolio Managers

   51
    

Glossary

   52

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

 

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

(SIMBX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

 

Municipal Bond Fund

(SXFIX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 

 

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

(STSMX)

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

(SMUAX)

 

  

 

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 

 

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

(SWFRX)

 

  

 

Seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax, without assuming undue risk.

 

 

4   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest principally in municipal securities. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be between three and ten years.

 

 

We invest principally in municipal securities. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be between five and twenty years.

 

 

We invest principally in municipal securities. We seek current income with a low degree of share-price fluctuation. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be three years or less.

 

 

We invest principally in very short-term municipal securities. The Fund’s average effective maturity is typically one year or less.

 

 

We invest principally in municipal securities. These securities may include debt obligations issued by (a) Wisconsin and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations, (b) U.S. territories and possessions; and (c) any other issuer whose securities are exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax. The Fund’s average effective maturity will typically be between five and twenty years.

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 19;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

The Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

High Yield Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds” or high yield securities). Such securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Municipal Securities

The Funds invest in municipal securities that rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers or ancillary credit enhancement features. Municipal securities may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce a portfolio’s yield. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers. Each Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal securities that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, a Fund may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although the Funds strive to invest in municipal securities and other securities with interest that is exempt from federal income taxes, including federal AMT for certain of the Funds, some income earned by Fund investments may be subject to such taxes.

 

The Funds take advantage of tax laws that allow the income from certain investments to be exempted from federal income tax and, in some cases, state individual income tax. Capital gains, whether declared by a Fund or realized by the shareholder through the selling of Fund shares, are generally taxable.

 

6   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Certain of the Funds invest in U.S. Government obligations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). The FNMA guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while the FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. However, FNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities are examples of the types of U.S. Government obligations that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The mortgages underlying securities issued by the FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages that are not insured or guaranteed, but conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. Mortgage-backed securities issued by FHLBs also are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support for U.S. Government obligations of agencies or instrumentalities that are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Municipal Bond Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

 

  

 

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Common Risks for the Funds” section on page 6. Our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

  

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Fund invests principally in obligations of Wisconsin issuers, and so may be subject to risks associated with the economic conditions in the State of Wisconsin, which could affect Wisconsin municipal securities. For example, the Wisconsin economy relies significantly on its dairy, manufacturing, and paper product industries, and adverse conditions affecting these industries could have a disproportionate effect on Wisconsin’s municipal securities.

 

In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

8   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Intermediate Tax-Free Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Municipal Bond Fund and the Strong Advisor Municipal Bond Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and the Strong Short-Term High Yield Municipal Fund, with the former being the accounting survivor. The Wells Fargo Advantage Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. The Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund. The predecessor Strong Funds were reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for each Wells Fargo Advantage Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘02  •  3.84%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (1.48)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life
of Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 7/31/01)1

  4.93%   7.12%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  4.25%   6.83%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.62%   6.55%

LB 7-Year Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  3.15%   5.65%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund.
2 Lehman Brothers 7-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

10   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Municipal Bond Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘04  •  7.12%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘99  •  (3.59)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 10/23/86)1

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  10.30%   6.27%   5.63%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.37%   6.05%   5.59%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  4.48%   7.20%   7.06%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Municipal Bond Fund.
2   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘95  •  2.39%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘99  •  (0.77)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/91)1

  3.21%   4.50%   4.63%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  3.20%   4.50%   4.63%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  3.20%   4.44%   4.62%

LB 3-Year Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.78%   4.78%   4.97%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund.
2   Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

12   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

                                    [CHART]

                                        

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘96  •  1.67%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  (0.12)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/30/95)1

  0.74%   2.55%   3.43%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  0.74%   2.55%   3.43%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  1.24%   2.66%   3.49%

LB 1-Year Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  1.06%   3.53%   3.82%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund.
2   Lehman Brothers 1-Year Municipal Bond Index.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘02  •  4.69%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  (1.76)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Investor Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or Individual Retirement Accounts.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life
of Fund

Investor Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 4/6/01)1

  4.32%   6.65%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions

  4.00%   6.51%

Investor Class Returns After Taxes
on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.49%   6.30%

LB Muni Index2
(reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  2.70%   5.91%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund.
2 Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index.

 

14   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Income Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect the charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investments)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of the offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Intermediate
Tax-Free Fund
  Municipal
Bond Fund
  Short-Term
Municipal
Bond Fund
  Ultra
Short-Term
Municipal
Income Fund
  Wisconsin
Tax-Free Fund
Management Fees1   0.40%   0.40%   0.39%   0.38%   0.40%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.94%   0.82%   0.75%   0.82%   0.98%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.34%   1.22%   1.14%   1.19%   1.38%
Fee Waivers   0.59%   0.42%   0.48%   0.47%   0.63%
NET EXPENSES3   0.75%   0.80%   0.66%   0.72%   0.75%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.40% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.35% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.30% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.275% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may be increased only with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

16   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period.

 

    Intermediate
Tax-Free Fund
  Municipal
Bond Fund
  Short-Term
Municipal
Bond Fund
  Ultra Short-Term
Municipal
Income Fund
  Wisconsin
Tax-Free Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 77   $ 82   $ 67   $ 74   $ 77
  3 YEARS   $ 305   $ 302   $ 264   $ 331   $ 375
  5 YEARS   $ 618   $   $ 532   $ 609   $ 695
10 YEARS   $ 1,506   $   $ 1,298   $ 1,401   $ 1,603

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

18   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA; Duane A. McAllister, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Intermediate Tax-Free Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in municipal securities. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between three and ten years. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving—based on improving financial trends, positive industry/sector dynamics, improving economic conditions or specific demographic trends. We invest in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from both federal income tax and the federal AMT.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, including the federal AMT, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 15% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 31, 2001
 
       
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
    October 31,
2001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.78     $10.48     $10.25     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.39     0.41     0.45     0.11  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.29     0.30     0.26     0.25  

Total income from investment operations

  0.68     0.71     0.71     0.36  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.39 )   (0.41 )   (0.45 )   (0.11 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.05 )   0.00     (0.03 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.44 )   (0.41 )   (0.48 )   (0.11 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $11.02     $10.78     $10.48     $10.25  

Total return1

  6.44 %   6.84 %   7.10 %   3.60 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $42     $51     $34     $2  

Ratios to average net assets:3

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.5 %   0.4 %   0.1 %   0.0 %4

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  3.6 %   3.8 %   4.2 %   4.3 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  95 %   190 %   225 %   115 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses (annualized)
2, 3

  1.2 %   1.2 %   1.4 %   4.5 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   Amount calculated is less than 0.05%.

 

20   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA; Duane A. McAllister, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Municipal Bond Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in municipal securities. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between five and twenty years. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. We invest in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Bond Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 23, 1986
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $8.89     $8.73     $8.89      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.42     0.39     0.37      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.58     0.17     (0.16 )    

Total income from investment operations

  1.00     0.56     0.21      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.42 )   (0.40 )   (0.37 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.42 )   (0.40 )   (0.37 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.47     $8.89     $8.73      

Total return1

  11.52 %   6.52 %   2.44 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $186     $209     $243      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.8 %   0.8 %   1.1 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.7 %   4.4 %   4.2 %    

Portfolio turnover rate

  100 %   121 %   95 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  0.8 %   0.8 %   1.1 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from August to October.

 

22   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

             
                   
    October 31,
2001
    October 31,
20004
    August 31,
2000
 
    $8.58     $8.78     $9.37  
                   
    0.41     0.08     0.50  
        
0.31
 
 
  (0.20 )   (0.59 )
    0.72     (0.12 )   (0.09 )
                   
    (0.41 )   (0.08 )   (0.50 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.41 )   (0.08 )   (0.50 )
    $8.89     $8.58     $8.78  
    8.62 %   (1.41 )%   (0.86 )%
                   
    $261     $259     $274  
                   
    0.9 %   0.8 %   0.8 %
        
4.8
 
%
  5.2 %   5.6 %
    118 %   7 %   19 %
        
1.0
 
%3
  0.8 %   0.8 %

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income consistent with capital preservation by investing in a portfolio of short-term municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be three years or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 15% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our total assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1991
 
           
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
    October 31,
2001
    October 31,
20003
    August 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $9.83     $9.72     $9.78     $9.62     $9.64     $9.76  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.31     0.35     0.40     0.44     0.08     0.46  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.02     0.11     (0.06 )   0.16     (0.02 )   (0.12 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.33     0.46     0.34     0.60     0.06     0.34  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.31 )   (0.35 )   (0.40 )   (0.44 )   (0.08 )   (0.46 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.31 )   (0.35 )   (0.40 )   (0.44 )   (0.08 )   (0.46 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $9.85     $9.83     $9.72     $9.78     $9.62     $9.64  

Total return1

  3.37 %   4.82 %   3.52 %   6.38 %   0.61 %   3.61 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $484     $644     $593     $505     $317     $307  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.7 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  3.1 %   3.6 %   4.1 %   4.5 %   4.9 %   4.8 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  69 %   84 %   68 %   74 %   9 %   49 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses
2

  0.7 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from August to October.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax consistent with capital preservation.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We seek current income by investing in a portfolio of short-term municipal securities. We invest principally in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. Under normal circumstances, we expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be one year or less.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate securities, and other short-term debt securities; and

 

·   up to 10% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our total assets in securities, including municipal securities, that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 

As part of our below investment-grade debt securities investment strategy, we will generally invest in securities that are rated at least “BB-” by S&P or “Ba-” by Moody’s, or that are unrated but deemed by us to be of comparable quality.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under the “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

We invest in debt securities that are low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are ‘high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 30, 1995
 
           
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
    October 31,
2001
    October 31,
20004
    Feb. 29,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $4.87     $4.88     $4.94     $4.95     $4.96     $5.04  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.10     0.12     0.15     0.21     0.16     0.21  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  (0.04 )   0.00     (0.06 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.08 )

Total income from investment operations

  0.06     0.12     0.09     0.20     0.15     0.13  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.10 )   (0.13 )   (0.15 )   (0.21 )   (0.16 )   (0.21 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.10 )   (0.13 )   (0.15 )   (0.21 )   (0.16 )   (0.21 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $4.83     $4.87     $4.88     $4.94     $4.95     $4.96  

Total return1

  1.30 %   2.38 %   1.99 %   4.03 %   2.97 %   2.70 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $881     $1,401     $1,256     $1,275     $1,193     $1,792  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.7 %   0.7 %   0.7 %   0.7 %   0.6%     0.6%  

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  2.1 %   2.4 %   3.1 %   4.1 %   4.7%     4.3%  

Portfolio turnover rate

  72 %   128 %   76 %   71 %   36%     35%  

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  0.8 %2   0.7 %   0.7 %   0.7 %   0.6%     0.6%  
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
4   In 2000, the Fund changed its fiscal year-end from February to October.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund


 

Portfolio Manager:    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund seeks a high level of current income exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax, without assuming undue risk.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest principally in municipal securities with interest exempt from both federal income tax (including federal AMT) and Wisconsin individual income tax. These securities may include debt obligations issued by (a) Wisconsin and its subdivisions, authorities, instrumentalities and corporations, (b) U.S. territories and possessions; and (c) any other issuer whose securities are exempt from federal income tax and Wisconsin individual income tax. We conduct intensive research on individual issuers to uncover solid investment opportunities, especially looking for bonds whose quality may be improving. Our security selection is based on several factors, including, among others, improving financial trends, positive industry and sector dynamics, improving economic conditions and specific demographic trends. We expect the Fund’s average effective maturity to be between five and twenty years.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal securities that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, including federal AMT, and Wisconsin individual income tax;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities that pay interest subject to federal income tax, such as U.S. Government obligations, bank and corporate obligations, and short-term debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in below investment-grade debt securities;

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds; and

 

·   up to 25% of total assets in municipal leases.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. We invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated. These securities are “high risk” securities and are sometimes referred to as “junk bonds.” Such securities have a much greater risk of default and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of these securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities. In addition, our active trading investment strategy results in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

Since we invest heavily in Wisconsin municipal securities, events in Wisconsin are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. The Wisconsin economy relies significantly on its dairy, motor vehicle, and paper processing industries, and adverse conditions affecting these industries could have a disproportionate effect on Wisconsin municipal securities. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Wisconsin municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 30. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

28   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information, which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                        
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON APRIL 6, 2001
 
       
For the period ended:   October 31,
2004
    October 31,
2003
    October 31,
2002
    October 31,
2001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $10.69     $10.56     $10.36     $10.00  

Income from investment operations:

                       

Net investment income (loss)

  0.44     0.44     0.48     0.27  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.16     0.13     0.21     0.36  

Total income from investment operations

  0.60     0.57     0.69     0.63  

Less distributions:

                       

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.44 )   (0.44 )   (0.48 )   (0.27 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.05 )   0.00     (0.01 )   0.00  

Total distributions

  (0.49 )   (0.44 )   (0.49 )   (0.27 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $10.80     $10.69     $10.56     $10.36  

Total return1

  5.69 %   5.45 %   6.80 %   6.36 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                       

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $48     $67     $65     $28  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                       

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.3 %   0.1 %   0.0 %3

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  4.1 %   4.1 %   4.5 %   4.7 %

Portfolio turnover rate

  17 %   54 %   95 %   54 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.2 %   1.1 %   1.1 %   1.9 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Amount calculated is less than 0.005%.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment will—increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds, except the Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, employ an active trading investment strategy that results in higher-than-average portfolio turnover ratio and increased trading expenses, and may generate higher short-term capital gains.

 

·   Each Fund may continue to hold debt instruments that cease to be rated by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”) or whose ratings fall below the levels generally permitted for such Fund. Unrated or below investment-grade securities may be more susceptible to credit and interest rate risks than investment grade securities.

 

·   The Funds may invest in various derivative instruments. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   We may temporarily hold assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity or for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

30   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that a practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected, which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest rate risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks”, you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

 

 

        INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE   MUNICIPAL BOND   SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL INCOME   WISCONSIN TAX FREE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and
Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or
bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

 

 

Interest Rate, Leverage and
Credit Risk

  l   l   l   l   l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally
higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred
to as “junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic
conditions, more volatile and less liquid and are subject
to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days of approximately
the value determined for it by the Fund. Limited to 15%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and
financial institutions to increase returns on those
securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits
(currently one third of total assets, including the
value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and
Leverage Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in
pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans,
credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and
Prepayment/Extension
Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

 

 

32   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

        INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE   MUNICIPAL BOND   SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND   ULTRA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL INCOME   WISCONSIN TAX-FREE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                    

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which
may cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the
other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l

Private Activity Bonds

Bonds that pay interest subject to the federal alternative
minimum tax. Limited to 20% of net assets.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to
buy back the security at an agreed upon time and price,
usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-
Party Risk
  l   l   l   l   l

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR     

TRANSFER

AGENT

    

SHAREHOLDER

SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Drive

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

    

Various Agents
            
            
            

 

Provides services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

34   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for each Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Funds will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of the Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

36   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative from your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

38   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds
P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
  Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds:
ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial
66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

40   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 39.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 39. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative, or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See “General Notes for Selling Shares,” below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

42   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by ACH transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the

 

44   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds make distributions of any net investment income monthly and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written Medallion Guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

46   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal and certain state income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or IRA. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax advisor about your specific tax situation. Please also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to federal AMT. Such distributions attributable to tax-exempt securities of a state and its subdivisions will also not be subject to the state’s individual income taxes if the Fund primarily invests in such securities. For example, you generally won’t be subject to Wisconsin individual income tax on distributions from the Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund to the extent such distributions are attributable to the Fund’s Wisconsin state and municipal tax-exempt securities, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to Wisconsin AMT. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income from other sources and net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain. Corporate shareholders generally will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income.

 

An individual’s net long-term capital gain is subject to a reduced maximum 15% rate of tax. A Fund’s long-term capital gain distributed to individual shareholders generally will qualify for the reduced rate of tax if attributable to the Fund’s sales and exchanges after May 5, 2003. Absent further legislation, these reduced rates of tax will expire after December 31, 2008.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

If you buy shares of a Fund shortly before it makes a taxable distribution, your distribution will, in effect, be a taxable return of part of your investment. Similarly, if you buy shares of a Fund when it holds appreciated securities, you will receive a taxable return of part of your investment if and when the Fund sells the appreciated securities and distributes the realized gain. The Funds have built up, or have the potential to build up, high levels of unrealized appreciation.

 

Your redemptions (including redemptions in-kind) and exchanges of Fund shares ordinarily will result in a taxable capital gain or loss, depending on the amount you receive for your shares (or are deemed to receive in the case of exchanges) and the amount you paid (or are deemed to have paid) for them. Such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held your redeemed or exchanged Fund shares for more than one year at the time of redemption or exchange. In certain circumstances, losses realized on the redemption or exchange of Fund shares may be disallowed.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders may be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

48   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Check Writing

Check writing is offered on the Investor Class shares of the Short-Term Municipal Bond and Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Funds. Checks written on your account are subject to the Funds’ Prospectus and the terms and conditions found in the front of the book of checks. Sign up for free check writing when you open your account or call 1-800-222-8222 to add it to an existing account. Check redemptions must be for a minimum of $500. Checks will only be honored if written against purchases made more than ten days before the check is presented for payment. Checks may not be written to close an account.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your social security number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

50   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund and its predecessor since 2000

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund and its predecessor since 2001

Mr. Fitterer joined Wells Capital Management as a Portfolio Manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was with Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”) since 1989 where he served as Director of Fixed Income since 2004. He served first as a mutual fund accountant and later as an analyst and trader in the fixed income department, specializing in mortgage and asset-backed securities. He has also traded equity and derivative securities for SCM’s hedge funds and equity mutual funds and was a portfolio manager from January 1996 to November 1998 and returned to portfolio management in March 2000. He joined Strong Institutional Client Services as Managing Director in November 1998, where he was responsible for overseeing the institutional and intermediary sales organization. He received his B.S. degree in Accounting from the University of North Dakota.

 

Duane A. McAllister, CFA

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Municipal Bond Fund and its predecessor since 2005

Mr. McAllister joined Wells Capital Management as a Portfolio Manager in 2005. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management he was a municipal fund portfolio manager with SCM since May 2002. Prior to joining SCM, Mr. McAllister was a portfolio manager at AAL Capital Management Corporation from November 1995 to April 2002. From May 1994 to October 1995, he was a portfolio manager for Duff & Phelps Investment Management Company. Mr. McAllister received his B.A. degree in Finance from Northern Illinois University.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Average Effective Maturity

The average maturity for the debt securities in a portfolio, which takes into consideration the possibility that the issuer may call the security before its maturity date.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers

 

 

52   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. Generally these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Moody’s

A nationally recognized statistical ratings organization.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by the borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Municipal Securities

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. The funds may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal securities are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”)

A company that examines the ability of a bond issuer to meet its obligations and which rates the bonds accordingly.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Municipal Income Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

S&P

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. S&P also publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distribution. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

54   Municipal Income Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045MIIV/P1106 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Overland Express Sweep FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage Overland Express Sweep FundSM

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Overland Express Sweep Fund


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   9

Your Investment

 

How to buy and sell Fund shares.

    

Key Information

   10
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Overland
Express Sweep Fund

   12
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   14
      

Organization and Management
of the Fund

   17

Your Investment

 

How to buy and sell Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   20
    

How to Buy Shares

   21
      

How to Sell Shares

   22

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Other Information

   23
    

Glossary

   24
           

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Overland Express Sweep FundSM is referred to as the “Overland Express Sweep Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Overland Express Sweep Fund Overview


See the individual Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND    OBJECTIVE
Overland Express
Sweep Fund
  

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

 

4   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund description beginning on page 12;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds that invest in longer-term instruments.

 

The Fund invests in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in the Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect the Fund’s yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by the Fund.

 

6   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on this page shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of the Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five-, and ten-year periods are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.38%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  0.02%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Overland Express Sweep Fund (Incept. 10/1/91)1

  0.39%   1.94%   3.17%

iMoneyNet First Tier Retail Money Fund Average

  0.66%   2.46%   4.40%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to December 15, 1997 reflects the performance of the predecessor Overland Express Funds, Inc. portfolio.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Overland Express Sweep Fund


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. This table does not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service, or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
     
    Overland Express Sweep
Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
     
    Overland Express Sweep
Fund
Management Fees1   0.28%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.25%
Other Expenses2   0.55%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.08%
Fee Waivers   0.00%
NET EXPENSES3   1.08%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.30% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.275% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Fund’s most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses. Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

8   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

The example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

   

Overland Express Sweep

Fund

  1 YEAR   $ 110
  3 YEARS   $ 343
  5 YEARS   $ 595
10 YEARS   $ 1,317

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of the Fund is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

10   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Overland Express Sweep Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Overland Express Sweep Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio consisting of a broad range of U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality short-term money market instruments. We may also make certain other investments including, for example, repurchase agreements.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

The Fund may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

12   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    OVERLAND EXPRESS SWEEP FUND—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1991
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
    March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.04  

Net realized gain (loss) on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.04  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.00 )   (0.00 )   (0.00 )

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.13 %   0.10 %2   0.52 %   2.26 %   5.35 %   4.32 %2

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $4,410,546     $4,477,980     $5,084,538     $6,107,675     $4,924,869     $3,863,612  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.05 %   1.07 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.26 %   0.10 %   0.52 %   2.13 %   5.21 %   4.29 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses2, 3

  1.26 %   1.35 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.25 %   1.29 %
1   Total returns would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived/reimbursed during the period shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and relative risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Overland Express Sweep Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the
  FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that the Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in the Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Fund.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

14   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

     
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes
(e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a
Schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies, foreign
banks, foreign governments and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment,
Liquidity and Regulatory Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary
course of business within seven days at the value
determined by the Fund. Limited to 10% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back
a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk

 

16   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th St. & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St. San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER AGENT  

SHAREHOLDER

SERVICING AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA

 

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

  Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends  

Provide services to customers

 

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Fund. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees that Funds Management receives for its services as the Fund’s adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

18   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) for the Fund pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the distribution plan. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of 0.25% of its average daily net assets.

 

This fee is paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, this fee will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy and sell Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form generally are processed at 3:00 p.m. (ET) on the same day. If the markets close early, the Fund may close early and may value its shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Any request we receive in proper form before this time is processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of the Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund’s liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV of the Overland Express Sweep Fund at 3:00 p.m. (ET). The Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

Minimum Investments

·   Fund shares have no minimum initial or subsequent purchase requirements.

 

20   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

How to Buy Shares

You can buy Fund shares exclusively through a shareholder servicing agent who has entered into an agreement with us to make investments in the Fund on your behalf. Share purchases are made through your Customer Account with a shareholder servicing agent and are governed in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account. Shareholder servicing agents automatically invest or “sweep” balances in your Customer Account into shares of the Fund. Please contact your shareholder servicing agent for more information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund‘s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Fund or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders also receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus -like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund‘s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund‘s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund‘s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

How to Sell Shares

Shares may be redeemed on any day your shareholder servicing agent is open for business in accordance with the terms of your Customer Account agreement. Please read your account agreement with your shareholder servicing agent. The shareholder servicing agent is responsible for the prompt transmission of your redemption order to the Fund. Proceeds of your redemption order will be credited to your Customer Account by your shareholder servicing agent. The Fund does not charge redemption fees.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We process requests to sell shares each business day. Requests we receive in proper form before 3:00 p.m. (ET) generally are processed at 3:00 p.m. (ET) on the same day.

 

  ·   Requests we receive after the above-specified time are deemed to be received and are processed the next business day at the applicable NAV.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

22   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund declares distributions of any net investment income daily and makes such distributions monthly. The Fund makes distributions of any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions of the Fund’s ordinary income, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Although the Fund does not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions of the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. In general, Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take the distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of every year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back-up withholding.

 

As long as the Fund continually maintains a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer account representative.

 

USA Patriot Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on an account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current days NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserve is closed.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market interest rates.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven business days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

24   Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of the Fund assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Fund’s distributors allowing the agent to sell the Fund shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Overland Express Sweep Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045OES/P1210 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANATAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Fund.

    

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   9

The Fund

 

Important information about the Fund.

    

Key Information

   10
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

   12
    

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   14
      

Organization and Management
of the Fund

   18

Your Investment

 

How to buy and sell Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   20
    

How to Buy Shares

   21
      

How to Sell Shares

   22

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Other Information

   23
    

Glossary

   24
           

 


Table of Contents

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE
Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund (WFLXX)   

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

 

4   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the Fund description beginning on page 12;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14; and

 

·   the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance that it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in the Fund. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds invested in longer-term instruments.

 

The Fund invests in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in the Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect the Fund’s yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by the Fund.

 

6   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how the Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. The Fund’s average annual returns for one-year and for the life of the Fund are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘04  •  0.26%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  0.03%
    To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Liquidity Reserve (Incept. 7/31/2002)

  0.44%   0.43%

iMoneyNet First Tier Retail Money Fund Average

  0.66%   1.98%

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. This table does not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    Liquidity Reserve
Money Market Fund
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Liquidity Reserve
Money Market Fund
Management Fees1   0.29%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.25%
Other Expenses2   0.59%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.13%
Fee Waivers   0.13%
NET EXPENSES3   1.00%
1   The Fund’s investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Fund’s management fees. The management fees charged to the Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Fund is as follows: 0.30% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.275% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Well Fargo & Company.
3   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

8   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

The example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Liquidity Reserve
Money Market Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 102
  3 YEARS   $ 346
  5 YEARS   $ 610
10 YEARS   $ 1,363

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Fund’s investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in the Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of the Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of the Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategy

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve; and

 

·   how we intend to invest your money.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of the Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for the Fund, including risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

10   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategy

We actively manage a portfolio of U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality, short-term money market instruments. These include bankers’ acceptances, bank notes, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We may invest without limitation in high quality, short-term, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 14. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

12   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    LIQUIDITY RESERVE MONEY MARKET FUND—
COMMENCED ON JULY 31, 2002
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004,
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                 

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net realized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Less distributions:

                 

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.001  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     1.00  

Total return2

  0.15 %   0.17 %   0.46 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                 

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,875,228     $1,734,451     $1,054,549  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                 

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.00 %   1.00 %   0.92 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.31 %   0.16 %   0.64 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,4

  1.15 %   1.19 %   1.07 %
1   Rounds to less than $0.01.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for the Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that the Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that the Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of the Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Fund itself.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

14   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies section of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Liquidity and Regulatory Risk

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in
the ordinary course of business within seven days at
the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 10%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees
to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and
price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk

 

16   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Fund


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Fund. This section shows how the Fund is organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Fund.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Fund’s activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Fund’s activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Fund’s investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Fund’s assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St. San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC 525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the Fund’s business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends   Provide services to Customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

18   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Fund. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Fund’s adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Fund, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Fund. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Fund. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as the Fund’s adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Fund with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Fund. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are characterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the distribution plan. For these services, the Fund pays an annual fee of 0.25% of its average daily net assets.

 

This fee is paid out of the Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis. Over time, this fee will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy and sell Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on the Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Fund each business day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the Fund before 3:00 p.m. (ET) generally are processed on the same day. If the markets close early, the Fund may close early and may value its shares at such earlier times under these circumstances. Any request we receive in proper form before this time is processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff time are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of the Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting the Fund’s liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the results by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV of the Fund at 3:00 p.m. (ET). The Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

Minimum Investments

·   Fund shares have no minimum initial or subsequent purchase requirements.

 

20   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

How to Buy Shares

You can buy Fund Shares exclusively through a shareholder servicing agent who has entered into an agreement with us to make investments in the Fund on your behalf. Share purchases are made through your Customer Account with a shareholder servicing agent and are governed in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account. Shareholder servicing agents automatically invest or “sweep” balances in your Customer Account into shares of the Fund. Please contact your Shareholder Servicing Agent for more information.

 

In addition to payments made by the Fund for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Fund, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Fund may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Fund on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Fund on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Fund and its shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Fund’s Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Fund’s distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Fund’s distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

How to Sell Shares

Shares may be redeemed on any day your shareholder servicing agent is open for business in accordance with the terms of your Customer Account agreement. Please read your account agreement with your shareholder servicing agent. The shareholder servicing agent is responsible for the prompt transmission of your redemption order to the Fund. Proceeds of your redemption order will be credited to your Customer Account by your shareholder servicing agent. The Fund does not charge redemption fees.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

·   We process requests to sell shares each business day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before 3:00 p.m. (ET) generally are processed at 3:00 p.m. (ET) on the same day.

 

·   Requests the transfer agent receives after the above-specified time are deemed to be received and are processed the next business day at the applicable NAV.

 

·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

22   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Fund declares distributions of any net investment income daily and makes such distributions monthly. The Fund makes distributions of any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Fund and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax advisor about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to the Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions of the Fund’s ordinary income, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Although the Fund does not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions of the Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from the Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take the distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of every year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back up withholding taxes.

 

As long as the Fund continually maintains a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

USA Patriot Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on an account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserved is close.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market interest rates.

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment have been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

24   Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A firm that has an agreement with the Fund’s distributors allowing the agent to sell the Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANATAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

is available free upon request. To obtain

literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS: STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus.

The Statement of Additional Information has been

filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into

this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information,

including a discussion of the market conditions

and investment strategies that significantly affected

Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045LRMM/P1211 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Funds – Class A, Class B

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage 100% Treasury Money Market Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   8
      

Summary of Expenses

   17

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund

   25
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Minnesota Money
Market Fund

   28
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund

   31
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   35
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

   37
      

Wells Fargo Advantage 100% Treasury Money Market Fund

   39
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   41
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   44

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   46
    

How to Buy Shares

   49
    

How to Sell Shares

   52
    

Investments in Money Market Fund
Class B Shares

   55
      

Exchanges

   56

 

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   57
    

Glossary

   61
           
           

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in the Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

(Class A: SGCXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Government Money Market Fund

(Class A: WFGXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Minnesota Money Market Fund

(Class A: WMNXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax, but not the federal Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”), while preserving capital and liquidity.

Money Market Fund

(Class A: STGXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

(Class A: NWMXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

(Class A: PIVXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

(Class A: WFTXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from most state and local individual income taxes, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

 

4   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term California municipal obligations.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term Minnesota municipal obligations.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations.

 

 

We invest in obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury and repurchase agreements.

 

 

We invest only in obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury.

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 21;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although each Fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds that invest in longer-term instruments.

 

Debt Obligations

The Funds invest in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect a Fund’s yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by a Fund.

 

The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Municipal Obligations

The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, Minnesota Money Market Fund, and National Tax-Free Money Market Fund invest in municipal obligations, which rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of a fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available about other types of securities issuers.

 

The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and the Minnesota Money Market Fund are considered to be non-diversified according to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”). The majority of the issuers of the securities in these Funds’ portfolios are located within their respective states. Non-diversified, geographically concentrated funds are riskier than similar funds that are diversified or spread their investments over several geographic areas. Default by a single security in the portfolio may have a greater effect than a similar default in a diversified portfolio. All other Funds in this Prospectus are considered to be diversified.

 

6   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

FUND-SPECIFIC RISKS

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Since we invest heavily in California municipal obligations, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in California municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects. Please see the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for further details.

 

Minnesota Money Market Fund

Since we invest heavily in Minnesota municipal obligations, events in Minnesota are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. For example, the state’s economy relies significantly on its agriculture and forestry natural resources. Adverse conditions affecting these areas could have a disproportionate impact on Minnesota municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in Minnesota municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business development affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects. Please see the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for further details.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘95  •  0.85%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.06%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A (Incept. 1/1/92)

  0.58%   1.34%   2.06%

iMoneyNet All State Specific
California Money Fund Average

  0.65%   1.48%   2.40%

 

8   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Government Money Market Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.48%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.11%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A (Incept. 11/8/99)1

  0.77%   2.33%   3.57%

iMoneyNet First Tier Retail
Money Fund Average

  0.66%   2.46%   4.28%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to inception reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of Class A shares. The Service Class shares incepted on November 16, 1987.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Minnesota Money Market Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q1  ‘01  •  0.69%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.05%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   Life of
Fund

Class A (Incept. 8/14/00)

  0.47%   1.20%

iMoneyNet All State Specific
Minnesota Retail Money Fund Average

  0.53%   1.49%

 

10   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Money Market Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.49%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  0.09%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A (Incept. 7/1/92)

  0.68%   2.31%   3.61%

Class B (Incept. 5/25/95)1

  (4.79)%   1.31%   2.95%

iMoneyNet First Tier Retail
Money Fund Average

  0.66%   2.46%   4.40%
1   Returns reflect the maximum applicable CDSC for the period shown. Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Class A shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  0.95%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.08%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A (Incept. 7/28/03)1

  0.60%   1.59%   2.34%

iMoneyNet All Tax-Free
Money Fund Average

  0.66%   1.65%   2.58%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on August 3, 1993.

 

12   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.48%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘03  •  0.10%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A (Incept. 7/28/03)1

  0.68%   2.30%   3.59%

iMoneyNet Treasury & Repo
Retail Money Fund Average

  0.59%   2.29%   4.14%

91 Day U.S. Treasury Bill

  1.29%   3.84%   4.83%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on October 1, 1985.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

100% Treasury Money Market Fund Class A Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.40%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  0.07%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Class A (Incept. 11/8/99)1

  0.62%   2.18%   3.41%

iMoneyNet Treasury Retail
Money Fund Average

  0.59%   2.38%   4.17%

91 Day U.S. Treasury Bill

  1.29%   3.84%   4.83%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on December 3, 1990.

 

14   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All
Funds
  Money Market
Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None   None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None   5.00%1

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    California Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  Government
Money Market Fund
  Minnesota
Money Market Fund
   
    CLASS A   CLASS A   CLASS A    
Management Fees2   0.29%   0.10%   0.30%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses3   0.55%   0.61%   0.60%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.84%   0.71%   0.90%    
Fee Waivers   0.19%   0.06%   0.10%    
NET EXPENSES4   0.65%   0.65%   0.80%    
1   If you exchange Class B shares of a Fund for Money Market Fund Class B shares, and then redeem your Money Market Fund shares, you will be assessed the CDSC applicable to the exchanged shares. See “Investments in Money Market Fund Class B Shares” for further information.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the management fees charged to the California Tax-Free, Minnesota, Money Market and 100% Treasury Money Market Funds. The management fees charged to each Fund will decline as the Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for these Funds is as follows: 0.30% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.275% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
3   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

16   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 
    Money
Market Fund
  National Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  Treasury Plus
Money Market Fund
  100% Treasury
Money Market Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS A   CLASS A   CLASS A
    0.27%   0.27%   0.10%   0.10%   0.28%
    0.00%   0.75%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.55%   0.55%   0.55%   0.56%   0.55%
    0.82%   1.57%   0.65%   0.66%   0.83%
    0.06%   0.06%   0.00%   0.01%   0.18%
    0.76%   1.51%   0.65%   0.65%   0.65%
                     

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    California Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  Government
Money Market Fund
  Minnesota
Money Market Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS A   CLASS A
  1 YEAR     $     66   $ 66   $ 82
  3 YEARS     $   249   $ 221   $ 277
  5 YEARS     $   447   $ 389   $ 489
10 YEARS     $1,020   $ 877   $ 1,099
             
    Money
Market Fund
  National Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  Treasury Plus
Money Market Fund
    CLASS A   CLASS B   CLASS A   CLASS A
  1 YEAR   $ 78   $ 654   $ 66     $  66
  3 YEARS   $ 256   $ 790   $ 208     $210
  5 YEARS   $ 449   $ 1,049   $ 362     $367
10 YEARS   $ 1,008   $ 1,556   $ 810     $822
             
    100% Treasury
Money Market Fund
       
    CLASS A        
  1 YEAR     $     66            
  3 YEARS     $   247            
  5 YEARS     $   443            
10 YEARS     $1,009            
                   

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you do NOT redeem your shares at the end of each period:

                   
    Money Market Fund        
    CLASS B        
  1 YEAR     $   154            
  3 YEARS     $   490            
  5 YEARS     $   849            
10 YEARS     $1,556            

 

18   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Unless otherwise indicated, percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund, except for the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, Minnesota Money Market Fund and National Tax-Free Money Market Fund, concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice. The investment policy of the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, Minnesota Money Market Fund and National Tax-Free Money Market Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio of bonds, notes and commercial paper issued by or on behalf of the state of California, its cities, municipalities, political subdivisions and other public authorities. The Fund invests in high-quality, short-term, U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments, substantially all of which are municipal obligations.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that provide income exempt from federal income tax and federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”); and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from California individual income tax.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal obligations, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in California municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most states, in the past few years it has experienced an economic slow-down and its revenues have dropped, in part due to the weak stock market, which reduced the volume of personal income taxes collected on capital gain and stock option awards. The State relied on borrowing in fiscal year 2004-05 to close a budget gap due to a structural deficit, and such borrowing is expected to continue in fiscal year 2005-06. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JANUARY 1, 1992
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
    March 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.24 %   0.36 %   0.73 %   1.54 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $2,162,436     $2,262,957     $2,357,684     $2,448,719      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.48 %   0.36 %   0.72 %   1.52 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.85 %   0.85 %   0.77 %   0.77 %    
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

22   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
             
        
March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
 
    $1.00     $1.00  
             
    0.03     0.02  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00  
    0.03     0.02  
             
    (0.03 )   (0.02 )
    0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.02 )
    $1.00     $1.00  
    2.99 %   2.51 %
             
    $2,528,345     $2,464,890  
             
    0.65 %   0.65 %
        
2.93
 
%
  2.48 %
        
    
0.77
 
 
%
  0.96 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Government Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Government Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio composed substantially of short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Neither the U.S. Government nor any U.S. Government agency either directly or indirectly insures or guarantees the performance of the Fund.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Government Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
    March 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.03      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.03      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.03 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.03 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.32 %   0.47 %   1.02 %   2.60 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $435,517     $365,169     $245,642     $144,577      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.65 %   0.67 %   0.75 %   0.75 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.64 %   0.46 %   0.97 %   2.33 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.65 %   0.71 %   0.81 %   1.00 %    
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

26   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
             
        
March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
 
    $1.00     $1.00  
             
    0.06     0.02  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00  
    0.06     0.02  
             
    (0.06 )   (0.02 )
    0.00     0.00  
    (0.06 )   (0.02 )
    $1.00     $1.00  
    5.70 %   1.99 %
             
    $72,460     $58,960  
             
    0.75 %   0.75 %
        
5.69
 
%
  4.99 %
        
    
0.81
 
 
%
  0.81 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Minnesota Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Minnesota Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax, but not the federal AMT, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in short-term Minnesota municipal securities, and we also may invest a portion of total assets in the securities of other states, or in the territories and possessions of the U.S. or their political subdivisions and financing authorities, which provide income exempt from federal income tax and Minnesota individual income tax, consistent with stability of principal.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in short-term municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from Minnesota individual income tax, although it is our intention to invest substantially all of our assets in such obligations.

 

We may invest any amount of total assets in securities that may produce income subject to the federal AMT.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Since we invest heavily in Minnesota municipal obligations, events in Minnesota are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. For example, the state’s economy relies significantly on its agriculture and forestry natural resources. Adverse conditions affecting these areas could have a disproportionate impact on Minnesota municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in Minnesota municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting Minnesota municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

28   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 14, 2000
 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
    2004
    (unaudited)
        March 31,
    2004
        March 31,
    2003
        March 31,
    2002
        March 31,
    2001
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02     0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02     0.02  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.02 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.02 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.19 %   0.28 %   0.73 %   1.75 %   2.07 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $95,063     $117,237     $127,193     $141,873     $113,871  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.80 %   0.80 %   0.80 %   0.80 %   0.51 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.34 %   0.28 %   0.72 %   1.65 %   2.03 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.90 %   0.90 %   0.83 %   0.83 %   0.56 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio of U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality, short-term money market instruments. These include bankers’ acceptances, bank notes, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

The Fund may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 1, 1992
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
    March 31,
2002
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.03      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.03      

Less distributions:

                           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.03 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.03 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.27 %   0.41 %   1.01 %   2.54 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $5,293,495     $5,694,911     $6,728,119     $7,835,864      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.76 %   0.76 %   0.76 %   0.76 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.54 %   0.41 %   1.01 %   2.58 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.91 %   0.93 %   0.97 %   0.97 %    
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

 

32   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
             
        
March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
 
    $1.00     $1.00  
             
    0.06     0.05  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00  
    0.06     0.05  
             
    (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    (0.00 )   0.00  
    (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    $1.00     $1.00  
    5.77 %   4.84 %
             
    $14,406,458     $13,441,754  
             
    0.76 %   0.75 %
        
5.60
 
%
  4.78 %
        
    
0.95
 
 
%
  1.01 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS B SHARES1—COMMENCED
ON MAY 25, 1995
 
For the period ended:      Sept. 30,
   2004
    (unaudited)
       March 31,
   2004
       March 31,
   2003
       March 31,
   2002
       March 31,
   2001
       March 31,
   2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.02     0.05     0.04  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.02     0.05     0.04  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     0.00     (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return2

  0.05 %   0.12 %   0.31 %   1.78 %   4.99 %   4.10 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,475,088     $1,591,061     $1,882,817     $2,373,287     $2,493,119     $1,736,843  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  1.20 %   1.05 %   1.46 %   1.51 %   1.51 %   1.46 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.11 %   0.12 %   0.32 %   1.76 %   4.86 %   4.06 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses3, 4

  1.66 %   1.68 %   1.61 %   1.60 %   1.69 %   1.65 %
1   This class of shares was redesignated from Class S to Class B on November 8, 1999.
2   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

34   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The National Tax-Free Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations that are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. or their political subdivisions and financing authorities. These investments may have fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest and may be zero coupon securities. We invest principally in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT. While we reserve the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT, we currently intend, under normal market conditions, to avoid investing in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations the income from which may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in issuers located in a single state.

 

We may invest more than 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds and in participation interests in these securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Increased investment in the securities of issuers in a single state increases the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with economic downturns or legislative or regulatory changes in the state.

 

Municipal obligations rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of the Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers.

 

Please remember that some securities in the portfolio may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 28, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.25 %   0.25 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $664,787     $621,663  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.65 %   0.65 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.49 %   0.37 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  0.65 %   0.65 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

36   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Treasury Plus Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in short-term obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury and we also invest in repurchase agreements and other instruments collateralized or secured by U.S. Treasury obligations. It is our intention to invest, under normal market conditions, substantially all of the Fund’s assets in such securities though the Fund reserves the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities other than those described above.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Treasury obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Treasury obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under the “Summary of Important Risks” on page 6. The U.S. Treasury does not directly or indirectly insure or guarantee the performance of the Fund. Treasury obligations have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, fluctuations in market interest rates may cause the market value of Treasury obligations in the Fund’s portfolio to fluctuate.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 28, 2003
 
 
For the period ended:         Sept. 30,
      2004
      (unaudited)
          March 31,
      2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00  

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00  

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.28 %   0.26 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $2,221,390     $2,457,864  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.65 %   0.65 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.28 %   0.39 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.66 %   0.66 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

38   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

100% Treasury Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The 100% Treasury Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from most state and local individual income taxes, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio composed of short-term obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   100% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Treasury obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. The U.S. Treasury does not directly or indirectly insure or guarantee the performance of the Fund. Treasury obligations have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, fluctuations in market interest rates may cause the market value of Treasury obligations in the Fund’s portfolio to fluctuate.

 

Any distributions of capital gains realized by the Fund generally will not be exempt from state and local taxes. For more information, see “Taxes” on page 58, and the Statement of Additional Information.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 41. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
    2004
    (unaudited)
        March 31,
    2004
        March 31,
    2003
        March 31,
    2002
        March 31,
    2001
        March 31,
    2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.02  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.00     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.02  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.02 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.02 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.26 %   0.36 %   0.96 %   2.48 %   5.39 %   1.89 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $149,760     $162,883     $209,285     $161,947     $98,260     $2,047  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.51 %   0.37 %   0.94 %   2.33 %   5.28 %   4.89 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  0.88 %   0.90 %   0.81 %   0.79 %   0.74 %   0.82 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

40   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and relative risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that a Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer.)

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

42   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE   GOVERNMENT   MINNESOTA   MONEY MARKET   NATIONAL TAX-FREE   TREASURY PLUS   100% TREASURY
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l        

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies,
foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment,
Liquidity and Regulatory Risk
              l            

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at the value
determined by the Fund. Limited to 10% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l        

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees
to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and
price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk       l       l       l    

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends   Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

44   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion. Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as the Funds’ adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day. Requests we receive in proper form for the Money Market Fund before 3:00 p.m. (ET) generally are processed on the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the Government Money Market Fund and the Treasury Plus Money Market Fund before 4:30 p.m. (ET) and for the National Tax-Free, California Tax-Free and Minnesota Money Market Funds before 12:00 noon (ET) generally are processed on the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the 100% Treasury Money Market Fund before 1:00 p.m. (ET) generally are processed on the same day. If the markets close early, the Funds may close early and may value their shares at earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before these times are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff times or via the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) by 4:00 p.m. (ET) are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting a Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the results by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV of the Money Market Fund at 3:00 p.m. (ET), of the Government Money Market Fund and the Treasury Plus Money Market Fund at 5:00 p.m. (ET), of the 100% Treasury Money Market Fund at 1:00 p.m. (ET), and of all other Funds at 12:00 noon (ET). Each Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

 

46   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Notes on Managing Your Account


 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $1,000 per Fund, and $250 for a retirement account; or

 

·   $50 monthly minimum investment per Fund if you use the Automatic Investment Plan; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

·   Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund – Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

Notes on Managing Your Account


 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

48   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000, or $250 for a retirement account; however, you may start your account with $50 if you elect the Automatic Investment Plan option on your Application.

 

·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

·   Mailing address:   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds   Overnight Mail:   Wells Fargo Advantage Funds
        P.O. Box 8266
Boston, MA 02266-8266
     

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive
Braintree, MA 02184

 

·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

        

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

     

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name of Account)

 

·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Treasury Plus Money Market Fund, Class A.”

 

·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund for at least $100. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

· transfer at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

· exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to:

 

· exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

50   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to:.

 

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000 (or $250 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 49.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 49. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET

 

Visit our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See ‘General Notes for Selling Shares,’ below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

52   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

·   Your redemption of Money Market Fund Class B shares are net of any applicable CDSC.

 

·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

All of the Funds in this Prospectus offer Class A shares. The Money Market Fund also offers Class B shares, which are available for direct purchase by shareholders wishing to exchange over time, or dollar-cost average, into Class B shares of other Funds. Class B shares have a CDSC payable upon redemption that diminishes over time, and higher ongoing expenses than Class A shares. Class B shares convert to Class A shares after seven years to avoid the higher ongoing expenses assessed against Class B shares.

 

Orders for Class B shares of $100,000 or more will be refused.

 

Please see the expenses listed for the Money Market Fund Class B shares and the CDSC schedule below before making your investment decision. You may also wish to discuss this choice with your financial consultant.

 

CDSC Schedule

Money Market Fund Class B shares purchased directly will be subject to a CDSC if redeemed, rather than exchanged, within six years of the purchase date. Certain exceptions apply (see “CDSC Waivers”). The CDSC schedule for shares purchased directly is as follows:

 

CLASS B SHARES HAVE THE FOLLOWING CDSC SCHEDULE:
REDEMPTION WITHIN   1 YEAR   2 YEARS   3 YEARS   4 YEARS   5 YEARS   6 YEARS   7 YEARS   8 YEARS

CDSC

  5.00%   4.00%   3.00%   3.00%   2.00%   1.00%   0.00%   A shares

 

The CDSC percentage you pay on shares purchased prior to June 9, 2003, is applied to the lower of NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase, or the NAV of the shares on the date of redemption. For shares purchased on or after June 9, 2003, the CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

To determine whether the CDSC applies to a redemption, the Fund will first redeem shares acquired by reinvestment of any distributions and then will redeem shares in the order in which they were purchased (such that shares held the longest are redeemed first). After shares are held for six years, the CDSC expires. After shares are held for seven years, the Class B shares are converted to Class A shares to reduce your future ongoing expenses.

 

CDSC Waivers

·   You pay no CDSC on Fund shares you purchase with reinvested distributions.

 

·   We waive the CDSC for all redemptions made because of scheduled (Internal Revenue Code Section 72(t) withdrawal schedule) or mandatory (withdrawals generally made after age 70 1/2 according to Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) guidelines) distributions from traditional IRAs and certain other retirement plans. (See your retirement plan information for details).

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made in the event of the shareholder’s death or for a disability suffered after purchasing shares. (“Disability” is defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 72(m)(7).)

 

·   We waive the CDSC for redemptions made at the direction of Funds Management, for example, in order to complete a merger.

 

·   We waive the Class B CDSC for withdrawals made by former Norwest Advantage Funds shareholders in certain qualified accounts up to certain limits. (See the Statement of Additional Information for further details).

 

CDSCs may be reduced or waived under certain circumstances and for certain groups. Please consult your financial advisor or Wells Fargo Advantage Funds for assistance.

 

54   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Investments in Money Market Fund Class B Shares


 

No CDSC is imposed on withdrawals of Class B shares that meet the following circumstances:

 

·   withdrawals are made by participating in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan; and

 

·   withdrawals may not exceed 10% of your Fund assets (including “free shares”) annually based on your anniversary date in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan.

 

Contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Distribution Plan

We have adopted a Distribution Plan (“Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act for the Class B shares of the Money Market Fund. The Plan authorizes the payment of all or part of the cost of preparing and distributing prospectuses and distribution-related services including ongoing compensation to selling agents. The Plan also provides that, if and to the extent any shareholder servicing payments are recharacterized as payments for distribution-related services, they are approved and payable under the Plan. For these services, the Class B shares of the Money Market Fund pay an annual fee of 0.75% of average daily net assets.

 

These fees are paid out of the Money Market Fund’s assets attributable to the Class B shares of an ongoing basis. Over time, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost your more than paying other types of sales charges.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. Class C shares of non-money market Funds may also be exchanged for Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund. However, such exchanged Class C shares may only be re-exchanged for Class C shares of non-money market Funds.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   If you exchange between Class A shares of a money market Fund and Class A shares of a non-money market Fund, you will buy shares at the Public Offering Price (“POP”) of the new Fund unless you are otherwise eligible to buy shares at NAV.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

·   You may exchange Money Market Fund Class B shares for Class B shares of any other Wells Fargo Advantage Fund except the Stable Income Fund and, effective October 1, 2003, the Wells Fargo Advantage Short Duration Government Bond Fund.

 

·   Class B and Class C share exchanges will not trigger the CDSC. The new shares will continue to age according to their original schedule while in the new Fund and will be charged the CDSC applicable to the original shares upon redemption.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

 

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

56   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds declare distributions of any net investment income daily and make such distributions monthly. The Funds make distributions of any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of dividends and net capital gains distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option. Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

 

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal, California and Minnesota State income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”). This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions of the California Tax-Free Money Market, Minnesota Money Market and National Tax-Free Money Market Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to the federal AMT. Distributions of the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund’s net interest income from California state and municipal tax-exempt securities will not be subject to California individual income tax. Distributions of the Minnesota Money Market Fund’s net interest income from Minnesota state and municipal tax-exempt securities will not be subject to Minnesota state individual income tax, although a portion of such distributions may be subject to the Minnesota AMT. Distributions of ordinary income from these Funds attributable to other sources and of ordinary income from all other Funds attributable to all sources, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income.

 

Although the Funds do not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions of a Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions of a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. Distributions from the 100% Treasury Money Market Fund will be exempt in most jurisdictions from state and local individual income taxes, but may not be exempt from state and local corporate income and/or franchise taxes. In general, Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Any taxable distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take the distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of every year, we will notify you of the status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

As long as a Fund continually maintains a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

58   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Check Writing

Check writing is offered on the Funds’ Class A shares. Checks written on your account are subject to the Funds’ Prospectus and the terms and conditions found in the front of the book of checks. Sign up for free check writing when you open your account or call 1-800-222-8222 to add it to an existing account. Check redemptions must be for a minimum of $500. Checks will only be honored if written against purchases made more than ten days before the check is presented for payment. Checks may not be written to close an account.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the appropriate number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. Fees charged by Institutions may vary. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our Web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

60   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserve is closed.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market interest rates.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with such investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies,

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Municipal Obligations

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. Revenues raised from the sale of such obligations may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal obligations are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing it to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment in a mutual fund, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers, and exclude sales loads.

 

62   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

Printed on Recycled paper

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

045MMR/P1201 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Funds – Institutional Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Cash Investment Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Prime Investment Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   14

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   15
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Cash Investment Money Market Fund

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund

   20
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market Fund

   22
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   24
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Prime Investment Money Market Fund

   26
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

   29
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   32
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   35

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   37
    

How to Buy Shares

   39
    

How to Sell Shares

   40
    

Exchanges

   41

Reference

 

Additional information and term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   42
    

Glossary

   44
           

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market FundSM is referred to as the “Heritage Money Market Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Cash Investment

Money Market Fund

(WFIXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Government Money

Market Fund

(GVIXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Heritage Money Market Fund

(SHIXX)

  

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

National Tax-Free

Money Market Fund

(WFNXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Prime Investment

Money Market Fund

(PIIXX)

  

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Treasury Plus

Money Market Fund

(PISXX)

  

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

 

4   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements.

 

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations.

 

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury and repurchase agreements.

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 17;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although each Fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds that invest in longer-term instruments.

 

Debt Obligations

The Funds invest in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect a Fund’s yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by a Fund.

 

The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Municipal Obligations

The National Tax-Free Money Market Fund invests in municipal obligations, which rely on the credit worthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of a fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available about other types of securities issuers.

 

6   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market Fund was reorganized as the successor fund to the Strong Heritage Money Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was organized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market Fund reflects the historical information of the predecessor fund.

 

Cash Investment Money Market Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.23%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class (Incept. 11/8/99)1

  1.26%   2.92%   4.11%

iMoneyNet First Tier Institutional

Money Fund Average

  1.03%   2.87%   4.89%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the predecessor portfolio’s Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor Service Class shares incepted on October 14, 1987.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Government Money Market Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.54%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  0.19%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class (Incept. 7/28/03)1

  1.22%   2.64%   3.86%

iMoneyNet Government Institutional

Money Fund Average

  0.93%   2.70%   4.64%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on November 16, 1987.

 

8   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Heritage Money Market Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.65%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’04  •  0.23%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Institutional Class (Incept. 3/31/00)1

  1.27%   2.92%   4.15%

Citigroup 3-Month Treasury Bill Index

  1.24%   2.79%   3.90%

iMoneyNet Government Institutional Money Fund Average

  0.93%   2.70%   4.64%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Institutional Class shares of the predecessor Strong Heritage Money Fund. Performance shown for the periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor fund, which incepted on 6/29/95.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.04%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.19%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total return

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class (Incept. 11/8/99)1

  1.05%   1.98%   2.64%

iMoneyNet Tax-Free Institutional

Money Fund Average

  0.81%   1.85%   2.83%
1   Performance shown for periods prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the predecessor portfolio’s Service Class (formerly Institutional Class) shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor Service Class incepted on January 7, 1988.

 

10   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Prime Investment Money Market Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ’00  •  1.56%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘03  •  0.18%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years  

Life of

Fund

Institutional Class (Incept. 7/28/03)1

  1.22%   2.62%   3.10%

iMoneyNet First Tier Institutional

Money Fund Average

  1.03%   2.84%   3.50%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on September 2, 1998.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund Institutional Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.58%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  0.21%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Institutional Class (Incept. 8/11/95)1

  1.14%   2.71%   3.95%

iMoneyNet Treasury & Repo Institutional

Money Fund Average

  0.88%   2.63%   4.54%

91 Day U.S. Treasury Bill

  1.29%   3.84%   4.83%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares, adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The predecessor Service Class shares incepted on October 1, 1985.

 

12   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service, or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
    All Funds

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases

(as a percentage of offering price)

  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
   

Cash Investment

Money Market Fund

 

Government

Money Market Fund

 

Heritage

Money Market Fund

Management Fees   0.10%   0.10%   0.10%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses1   0.15%   0.15%   0.21%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.25%   0.25%   0.31%
Fee Waivers   0.05%   0.05%   0.13%
NET EXPENSES2   0.20%   0.20%   0.18%

 

   

National Tax-Free

Money Market Fund

 

Prime Investment

Money Market Fund

 

Treasury Plus

Money Market Fund

Management Fees   0.10%   0.10%   0.10%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses1   0.16%   0.15%   0.16%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.26%   0.25%   0.26%
Fee Waivers   0.06%   0.05%   0.06%
NET EXPENSES2   0.20%   0.20%   0.20%
1   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the Heritage Money Market Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
2   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown, except for the Heritage Money Market Fund. For the Heritage Money Market Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Cash Investment
Money Market Fund
  Government
Money Market Fund
 

Heritage

Money Market Fund

  1 YEAR   $ 20   $ 20   $ 18
  3 YEARS   $ 75   $ 75   $ 87
  5 YEARS   $ 136   $ 136   $ 161
10 YEARS   $ 313   $ 313   $ 380
             
    National Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  Prime Investment
Money Market Fund
  Treasury Plus
Money Market Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 20   $ 20   $ 20
  3 YEARS   $ 78   $ 75   $ 78
  5 YEARS   $ 140   $ 136   $ 140
10 YEARS   $ 325   $ 313   $ 325

 

14   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Unless otherwise indicated, percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund, except for the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund, concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice. The investment policy of the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Cash Investment Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Cash Investment Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad spectrum of high-quality money market instruments. These include commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit, bank notes, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits of U.S. banks (including savings banks and savings associations), foreign branches of U.S. banks, foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches, U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, and wholly-owned banking-related subsidiaries of foreign banks. We limit our investments in obligations of financial institutions to institutions that at the time of investment have total assets in excess of $1 billion or the equivalent in other currencies.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Cash Investment Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
For the period ended:  

Sept. 30,

2004

(unaudited)

    Mar. 31,
2004
    Mar. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.02      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.02      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.56 %   0.98 %   1.54 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $4,902,453     $5,839,329     $5,175,328      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.22 %   0.25 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.55 %   0.97 %   1.52 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.26 %   0.26 %   0.28 %    
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

18   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

   
                   
 
        
Mar. 31,
2002
    Mar. 31,
2001
    Mar. 31,
2000
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                   
    0.03     0.06     0.02  
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.06     0.02  
                   
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.02 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.02 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    3.28 %   6.38 %   2.29 %
                   
    $5,478,005     $3,332,149     $2,116,276  
                   
    0.25 %   0.25 %   0.25 %
    3.14 %   6.16 %   5.77 %
    0.28 %   0.31 %   0.30 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Government Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Government Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio composed substantially of short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Neither the U.S. Government nor any U.S. Government agency either directly or indirectly insures or guarantees the performance of the Fund.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

20   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES— COMMENCED
ON JULY 28, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.54 %   0.61 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $2,828,970     $1,471,711  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.20 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.10 %   0.90 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.26 %   0.25 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Heritage Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Heritage Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad spectrum of high quality, money market instruments of domestic and foreign issuers. These include commercial paper, U.S. Government obligations, negotiable certificates of deposit, bank notes, bankers’ acceptances, and time deposits of U.S. banks (including savings banks and savings associations), foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches, U.S. branches of foreign banks, and wholly-owned banking related subsidiaries of foreign banks. Our security selection is based on several factors, including credit quality, yield and maturity, while taking into account the Fund’s overall level of liquidity and average maturity. We limit investments in obligations of financial institutions to institutions that at the time of investment have total assets in excess of $1 billion or the equivalent in other currencies.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

22   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with their report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON MARCH 31, 2000
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20003
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.04  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.04  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  1.10 %   1.16 %   1.91 %   4.96 %   3.77 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $162     $264     $1,079     $699     $235  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.1 %   1.2 %   1.9 %   4.5 %   6.5 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2

  0.3 %4   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %   0.2 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   For the period from March 31, 2000 (commencement of Class) to October 31, 2000.
4   During this period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The National Tax-Free Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations that are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. or their political subdivisions or financing authorities. These investments may have fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest and may be zero coupon securities. We invest principally in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). While we reserve the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT, we currently intend, under normal market conditions, to avoid investing in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations, the income from which may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in issuers located in a single state.

 

We may invest more than 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds and in participation interests in these securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Increased investment in the securities of issuers in a single state increases the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with economic downturns or legislative or regulatory changes in the state.

 

Municipal obligations rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of the Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers.

 

Please remember that some securities in the portfolio may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

24   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with their report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
    March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01     0.02     0.04     0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01     0.02     0.04     0.01  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.01 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.01 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.48 %   0.85 %   1.23 %   2.20 %   3.93 %   1.36 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $462,623     $302,140     $126,969     $138,179     $65,265     $23,134  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.22 %   0.29 %   0.30 %   0.30 %   0.30 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.95 %   0.82 %   1.23 %   2.05 %   3.86 %   3.43 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.26 %   0.26 %   0.29 %   0.38 %   0.37 %   0.31 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Prime Investment Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Prime Investment Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad spectrum of high-quality money market instruments of domestic and foreign issuers. These include negotiable certificates of deposit, bank notes, bankers’ acceptances, and time deposits of U.S. banks (including savings banks and savings associations), foreign branches of U.S. banks, foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches, U.S. branches of foreign banks, and wholly-owned banking related subsidiaries of foreign banks. We limit investments in obligations of financial institutions to institutions that at the time of investment have total assets in excess of $1 billion or the equivalent in other currencies.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

26   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING        
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—
COMMENCED ON JULY 28, 2003
 
For the period ended:  

Sept. 30,

2004

(unaudited)

    March 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.54 %   0.60 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,066,670     $1,085,856  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.20 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.54 %   0.89 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.26 %   0.25 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Treasury Plus Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in short-term obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury, and we also invest in repurchase agreements and other instruments collateralized or secured by U.S. Treasury obligations. It is our intention to invest, under normal market conditions, substantially all of the Fund’s assets in such securities, though the Fund reserves the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities other than those described above.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Treasury obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Treasury obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. The U.S. Treasury does not directly or indirectly insure or guarantee the performance of the Fund. Treasury obligations have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, fluctuations in market interest rates may cause the market value of Treasury obligations in the Fund’s portfolio to fluctuate.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 32. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with their report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 11, 1995
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    Mar. 31,
2004
    Mar. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.51 %   0.88 %   1.45 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $945,004     $1,964,435     $1,565,864      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.20 %   0.21 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.48 %   0.88 %   1.38 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.27 %   0.26 %   0.29 %    
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

30   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Mar. 31,
2002
    Mar. 31,
2001
    Mar. 31,
2000
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                   
    0.03     0.06     0.05  
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.06     0.05  
                   
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.97 %   6.05 %   4.98 %
                   
    $905,766     $415,965     $390,592  
                   
    0.21 %   0.25 %   0.25 %
    2.78 %   5.88 %   4.81 %
    0.29 %   0.30 %   0.40 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and relative risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that a Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

32   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above, and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with the respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CASH INVESTMENT   GOVERNMENT   HERITAGE   NATIONAL TAX-FREE   PRIME INVESTMENT   TREASURY PLUS
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes
(e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l   l    

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies,

foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Liquidity
and Regulatory Risk
  l       l       l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at the value
determined by the Fund. Limited to 10% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l    

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy
back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually
with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l       l   l

 

34   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB–ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR     

TRANSFER

AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Heritage Money Market Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as the Funds’ adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

36   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day. Requests we receive in proper form for the Cash Investment Money Market, Government Money Market, Heritage Money Market, Prime Investment Money Market and Treasury Plus Money Market Funds before 4:30 p.m. (ET) and for the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund before 12:00 noon (ET), generally are processed on the same day. If the markets close early, the Funds may close early and may value their shares at earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before these times are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff times or via the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) by 4:00 p.m. (ET) are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting a Fund class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV of the Cash Investment Money Market, Government Money Market, Heritage Money Market, Prime Investment Money Market and Treasury Plus Money Market Funds at 5:00 p.m. (ET), and of the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund at 12:00 noon (ET). Each Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are available for purchase by or through Institutions. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a customer account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the customer account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Institutional Class shares held through customer accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   Institutions may have different minimum and subsequent purchase requirements and/or earlier transaction deadlines than those stated in this prospectus.

 

All investors should understanding the following:

 

·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks;

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   For the benefit of the Fund, we request that trades be placed as early in the day as possible.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Investors who are interested in purchasing shares directly from a Fund should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

38   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Minimum Investments

Institutions and other investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $10,000,000 per Fund. There are no minimum subsequent investment requirements. The minimum initial investment may be waived or reduced in certain situations. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for details on minimum initial investment waivers.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents
Your Account   How to Sell Shares

 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the agreement for the account through which you hold your shares. Please read the account agreement for rules governing selling shares, and contact your account representative at your Institution with any questions.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING FUND SHARES:

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff times are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the same business day.

 

  ·   For all of the Funds, except the Cash Investment Money Market Fund, we can delay the payment of a redemption for up to seven days. We may delay the payment of a redemption for longer than seven days under the extraordinary circumstances discussed below.

 

  ·   For the Cash Investment Money Market Fund, we can delay the payment of a redemption for longer than one day if there is a non-routine closure of the Fedwire or Federal Reserve Banks or under the extraordinary circumstances discussed below.

 

  ·   Under the extraordinary circumstances discussed under Section 22(e) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, we may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment of a redemption for longer than one day for the Cash Investment Money Market Fund and for longer than seven days for each of the other Funds. Generally, those extraordinary circumstances are when: (i) the New York Stock Exchange is closed or trading thereon is restricted; (ii) an emergency exists which makes the disposal by a Fund of securities it owns, or the fair determination of the value of the Fund’s net assets not reasonably practical; or (iii) the SEC, by order, permits the suspension of the right of redemption for the protection of shareholders.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

40   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   Institutional Class shares may only be exchanged for Institutional Class shares.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds declare distributions of any net investment income daily and make such distributions monthly. The Funds make distributions of any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult you tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions of the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to the federal AMT. Distributions of ordinary income from the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund attributable to other sources and of all ordinary income from the other Funds attributable to all sources, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income.

 

Although the Funds do not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions of a Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions of a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take the distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of every year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

As long as each Fund continually maintains a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your customer service representative.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

42   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Funds reserve the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserve is closed.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market rates.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of the payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

44   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Municipal Obligations

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. Revenues raised from the sale of such obligations may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal obligations are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of shares.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

Printed on Recycled paper

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MMIT/P1204 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MONEY MARKET FUNDS – INVESTOR CLASS

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Money Market Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the individual Funds.

    

Objective and Principal Strategy

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   10

The Fund

 

Important information about the
individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   11
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund

   13
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Money Market Fund

   16
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   18
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   21

Your Investment

 

How to buy and sell Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   24
    

How to Buy Shares

   27
      

How to Sell Shares

   29
      

Exchanges

   31

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Additional Services and Other Information

   32
    

Glossary

   36
           

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds Overview


See the Fund description in this Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE
Money Market Fund    Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

Municipal Money Market Fund

(SXFXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

 

4   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGY
We invest in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations.

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in each Fund. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 13;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 18; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in the Funds is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although the Funds seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance that it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in the Funds. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds invested in longer-term instruments.

 

Debt Obligations

The Funds invest in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in the Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect the Funds’ yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by the Fund.

 

Municipal Obligations

The Municipal Money Market Fund invests in municipal obligations, which rely on the credit worthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of a fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available about other types of securities issuers.

 

6   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-year and for the life of the Fund are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Money Market Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Municipal Money Market Fund. The predecessor Strong Fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Municipal Money Market Fund reflects the historical information for its predecessor fund.

 

Money Market Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.49%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  0.09%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. The Class A Shares do not have Sales Charges.
  To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class (Incept. 4/11/05)

  0.68%   2.31%   3.61%

iMoneyNet First Tier Retail
Money Fund Average

  0.66%   2.46%   4.40%
1 Performance shown for the Investor Class shares reflects the performance of the Fund’s Class A shares, and includes fees and expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Investor Class shares. The Class A shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Investor Class shares returns would have been because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same fees and expenses.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Municipal Money Market Fund Investor Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘00  •  1.08%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.16%

 

  To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Investor Class (Incept. 10/23/86)

  0.90%   2.03%   2.82%

Citigroup 3-Month
Treasury Bill Index

  1.24%   2.79%   4.00%

iMoneyNet All Tax-Free
Money Fund Average

  0.66%   1.65%   2.58%
1 Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Municipal Money Market Fund.

 

8   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

This table is intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in the Fund. This table does not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Money
Market Fund
 

Municipal Money

Market Fund

Management Fees1   0.27%   0.30%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses2   0.73%   0.81%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.00%   1.11%
Fee Waivers   0.35%   0.47%
NET EXPENSES3   0.65%   0.64%
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the Funds’ management fees. The management fees charged to the Funds will decline as the Funds’ assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Funds’ average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule for the Funds is as follows: 0.30% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.275% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.
2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Well Fargo & Company. Other expenses are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
3   The adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Money
Market Fund
 

Municipal Money

Market Fund

  1 YEAR   $ 66   $ 65
  3 YEARS   $   284   $ 306
  5 YEARS   $ —     $ 566
10 YEARS   $ —     $ 1,310

 

10   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Fund’s other service providers. ”You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategy

The investment objective of the Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for the Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Fund in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. The investment policy of the Money Market Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s Assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given at least 60 days notice. The investment policy of the Municipal Money Market Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s Assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, including risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Fund


 

 

Investment Objective

The Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio of U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality, short-term money market instruments. These include bankers’ acceptances, bank notes, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

The Fund may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 18. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Class A shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    CLASS A SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JULY 1, 1992
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
     

Net asset value beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.00     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     0.00     (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.27 %   0.41 %   1.01 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $5,293,495     $5,694,911     $6,728,119      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.76 %   0.76 %   0.76 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss)
to average net assets

  0.54 %   0.41 %   1.01 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,3

  0.91 %   0.93 %   0.97 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges. Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.

 

14   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
    
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                   
    0.03     0.06     0.05  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.06     0.05  
                   
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.54 %   5.77 %   4.84 %
                   
    $7,835,864     $14,406,458     $13,441,754  
                   
    0.76 %   0.76 %   0.75 %
        
2.58
 
%
  5.60 %   4.78 %
        
    
0.97
 
 
%
  0.95 %   1.01 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Municipal Money Market Fund


 

 

Investment Objective

The Municipal Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest substantially all of our assets in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations that are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. or their political subdivisions and financing authorities. These investments may have fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest and may be zero coupon securities. Our security selection is based on several factors, including credit quality, yield and maturity, while taking into account the Fund’s overall level of liquidity and average maturity. We invest principally in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations, the income from which may be subject to federal income tax; and

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in issuers located in a single state.

 

We may invest more than 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds and in participation interests in these securities.

 

We may invest any amount of our assets in securities that may produce income that is subject to the federal AMT.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Increased investment in the securities of issuers in a single state increases the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with economic downturns or legislative or regulatory changes in the state.

 

Municipal obligations rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of the Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 18. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

16   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                                    
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 22, 1985
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
   

Oct. 31,

2003

   

Oct. 31,

2002

   

Oct. 31,

2001

    Oct. 31,
20001
    Feb. 29,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.01     0.03     0.03     0.03  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00         
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.01     0.03     0.03     0.03  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return2

  0.83 %   0.92 %   1.42 %   3.35 %   2.84 %   3.47 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $875     $1,563     $2,067     $3,002     $2,746     $2,467  

Ratios to average net assets3:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.8 %   0.9 %       
1.4
 
%
  3.3 %   4.2 %   3.4 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3

  0.7 %4   0.6 %       
    
0.6
 
 
%
  0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from February 29 to October 31.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During this period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that a Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds may invest a portion of its assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Fund itself.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to the Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that the Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase the Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk, or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

18   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in the Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for the Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to the Fund.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Fund, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies section of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

 

 

        MONEY MARKET FUND   MUNICIPAL MONEY MARKET FUND
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)        

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary
purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies,
foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign
entities.

  Foreign Investment, Liquidity and Regulatory Risk   l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in
the ordinary course of business within seven days at
the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 10%
of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees
to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and
price, usually with interest.

  Credit and
Counter-Party Risk
  l    

 

 

20   Money Market Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises the Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Fund’s operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St. San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the paying of dividends

 

Various Agents

 

 

 

Provide services
to Customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Municipal Money Market Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as the Funds’ adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of the Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to the Funds, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct the Funds’ business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service

 

22   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Fund.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the Money Market Fund before 3:00 p.m. (ET) generally are processed on the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the Municipal Money Market Fund before 12:00 noon (ET) generally are processed on the same day. If the markets close early, the Funds may close early and may value their shares at earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before these times are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff times or via the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) by 4:00 p.m. (ET) are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting a Fund class liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the results by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV of the Money Market Fund at 3:00 p.m. (ET) and of the Municipal Money Market Fund at 12:00 noon (ET). Each Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   Minimum initial investment of $2,500 per Fund, and $1,000 for a retirement account; and

 

·   $100 per Fund for all investments after your initial investment.

 

Institutions, through which investors may purchase Investor Class shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

24   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $2,500, or $1,000 for a retirement account.

 

  ·   Subsequent purchases may be made for a minimum of $100.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage
Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial 66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage

Funds

(Name of Fund, Account

Number, and Share Class)

 
 

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

 

26   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund, Investor Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to:

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To purchase shares of a Fund via the Internet, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds. If you do not have an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, follow the instructions for opening an account. Once you have an account established, in order to complete your first purchase into the Fund, you must indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $2,500 (or $1,000 for retirement accounts) worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Initial investments made on-line are limited to a maximum of $25,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100 from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account, or the remaining balance of your existing account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application or open an account by internet access as described above and follow the wire instructions on page 26.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 26. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account number and the name in which your account is registered.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

 

28   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantage funds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a minimum of $100 and a maximum of $100,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See ‘General Notes for Selling Shares,’ below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   The minimum redemption amount is $100 or the balance of your account.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds and to waive any such fee for shareholders who maintain certain minimum account balances. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

 

30   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund offered to the general public for investment. In addition, Investor Class shares may be exchanged for Class Z shares, as long as you meet the eligibility requirements for investment in Class Z shares. See the Class Z prospectus for details.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares, which may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a Plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds declare distributions of any net investment income daily and makes such distributions monthly. The Funds make distributions of any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

32   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”). This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax advisor about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions from a Fund’s ordinary income, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income. Although the Funds do not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions from a Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions from a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Distributions of the Municipal Money Market Fund’s net investment income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a significant portion of such distributions could be subject to the federal AMT. Distributions of ordinary income from the Municipal Money Market Fund attributable to other sources, if any, and of ordinary income from the other funds attributable to all sources generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income.

 

Distributions from the Funds normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take the distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of every year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back up withholding taxes.

 

As long as the Funds continually maintain a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

Check Writing

Check writing is offered on the Investor Class shares of the Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds. Checks written on your account are subject to the Funds’ Prospectus and the terms and conditions found in the front of the book of checks. Sign up for free check writing when you open your account or call 1-800-222-8222 to add it to an existing account. Check redemptions must be for a minimum of $500. Checks will only be honored if written against purchases made more than ten days before the check is presented for payment. Checks may not be written to close an account.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Retirement Accounts

We offer a wide variety of retirement accounts for individuals and institutions, including large and small businesses. Please call 1-800-222-8222 for information on:

 

·   Individual Retirement Plans, including traditional IRAs and Roth IRAs.

 

·   Qualified Retirement Plans, including Simple IRAs, SEP IRAs, 403(b)(7)s, Keoghs, Pension Plans, Profit-Sharing Plans, and 401(k) Plans.

 

There may be special distribution requirements for a retirement account. For more information, call the number listed above. You may be charged a $10 annual account maintenance fee for each retirement account up to a maximum of $30 annually, and a $25 fee for transferring assets to another custodian or for closing a retirement account. If you sell shares from a non-IRA retirement account and you are eligible to roll the proceeds into another retirement plan, we will withhold a portion of the sale proceeds for federal income tax purposes, unless you transfer all of the proceeds to an eligible retirement plan.

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

34   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserved is close.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market interest rates.

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment have been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

36   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Municipal Obligations

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. Revenues raised from the sale of such obligations may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal obligations are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A firm that has an agreement with the Fund’s distributors allowing the agent to sell the Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELL FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO: SEC Public Reference Room Washington, DC 20549-0102; or by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MMIV/P1206 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Funds – Administrator Class

Wells Fargo Advantage Cash Investment Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market FundSM

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

Overview     

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
Important summary information about the Funds.     

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
    

Summary of Expenses

   13

The Funds     

Key Information

   14
Important information about the individual Funds.     

Wells Fargo Advantage Cash Investment
Money Market Fund

   16
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Government
Money Market Fund

   18
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money
Market Fund

   21
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free
Money Market Fund

   23
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   26
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   29

Your Investment     

Your Account

   31
How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.     

How to Buy Shares

   34
    

How to Sell Shares

   37
    

Exchanges

   39

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   40
Additional information and
term definitions.
    

Glossary

   43

 

Throughout this prospectus, the Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market FundSM is referred to as the “Heritage Money Market Fund”.

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

Cash Investment Money Market Fund

(WFAXX)

  

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Government Money
Market Fund

(WGAXX)

  

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Heritage Money
Market Fund

(SHMXX)

  

 

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund    Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

4   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements.

 

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations.

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 16;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although each Fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds that invest in longer-term instruments.

 

Debt Obligations

The Funds invest in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect a Fund’s yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by a Fund.

 

The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

6   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

The Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Strong Heritage Money Fund. The predecessor Strong fund was reorganized into the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund effective at the close of business on April 8, 2005. The historical performance and financial highlight information shown below and throughout this Prospectus for the Wells Fargo Advantage Heritage Money Market Fund reflects the historical information of the predecessor fund.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

Cash Investment Money Market Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.58%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.19%

 

    To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free, 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class (Incept. 7/31/03)1

  1.11%   2.70%   4.00%

iMoneyNet First Tier Institutional
Money Fund Average

  1.03%   2.87%   4.89%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on August 3, 1993.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Government Money Market Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.54%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.18%

 

    To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class (Incept. 7/31/03)1

  1.07%   2.60%   3.84%

iMoneyNet Government Institutional
Money Fund Average

  0.93%   2.70%   4.64%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the Service Class shares adjusted to reflect this Class’s fees and expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on August 3, 1993.

 

8   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Heritage Money Market Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.60%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘04  •  0.18%

 

    To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class (Incept. 6/29/95)1

  1.04%   2.71%   4.03%

Citigroup 3-Month Treasury Bill Index

  1.24%   2.79%   3.90%

iMoneyNet Government Institutional
Money Fund Average

  0.93%   2.70%   3.72%
1   Performance shown reflects the performance of the Investor Class shares of the predecessor Strong Heritage Money Fund.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns*1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.00%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.19%

 

* Performance shown reflects the performance of the Fund’s Service Class shares. The Service Class shares do not have sales charges.
     To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total return1

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class (Incept. 4/11/05)1

  0.80%   1.79%   2.55%

iMoneyNet Tax-Free Institutional
Money Fund Average

  0.81%   1.85%   2.83%
1   Performance shown for the Administrator Class shares reflects performance of the Fund’s Service Class shares, and includes expenses that are not applicable to and are higher than those of the Administrator Class shares. The Service Class shares annual returns are substantially similar to what the Administrator Class shares returns would be because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the Classes do not have the same expenses. The Fund’s Service Class shares incepted on August 3, 1993.

 

10   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service, or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
    All Funds

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases

(as a percentage of offering price)

  None

Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of

the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)

  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
    Cash Investment
Money Market
Fund
  Government
Money Market
Fund
  Heritage
Money Market
Fund
  National Tax-Free
Money Market
Fund
Management Fees   0.10%   0.10%   0.10%   0.10%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses1   0.28%   0.27%   0.33%   0.28%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.38%   0.37%   0.43%   0.38%
Fee Waivers   0.03%   0.02%   0.05%   0.08%
NET EXPENSES2   0.35%   0.35%   0.38%   0.30%
1   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company. Other expenses for the Heritage Money Market Fund and National Tax-Free Money Market Fund are based on estimates for the current fiscal year.
2   For the Cash Investment Money Market and Government Money Market Funds, the adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For the Heritage Money Market and National Tax-Free Money Market Funds, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007, to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

12   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Cash Investment
Money Market Fund
  Government
Money Market Fund
  Heritage
Money Market Fund
  National Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 36   $ 36   $ 39   $ 31
  3 YEARS   $ 119   $ 117   $ 133   $ 114
  5 YEARS   $ 210   $ 206   $ 236   $
10 YEARS   $ 477   $ 466   $ 537   $

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund, except for the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund, concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice. The investment policy of the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

14   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Cash Investment Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Cash Investment Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad spectrum of high-quality money market instruments. These include commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit, bank notes, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits of U.S. banks (including savings banks and savings associations), foreign branches of U.S. banks, foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches, U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, and wholly-owned banking-related subsidiaries of foreign banks. We limit our investments in obligations of financial institutions to institutions that at the time of investment have total assets in excess of $1 billion or the equivalent in other currencies.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term, obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

16   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—
COMMENCED ON JULY 31, 2003
 
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.48 %   0.53 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $491,955     $281,124  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.35 %   0.35 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.49 %   0.79 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees
and reimbursed expenses
2, 3

  0.38 %   0.39 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

Government Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Government Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio composed substantially of short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Neither the U.S. Government nor any U.S. Government agency either directly or indirectly insures or guarantees the performance of the Fund.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

18   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS SHARES—
COMMENCED ON JULY 31, 2003
 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

           

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01  

Less distributions:

           

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.47 %   0.50 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

           

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $415,263     $160,507  

Ratios to average net assets2:

           

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.35 %   0.35 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.99 %   0.75 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees
and reimbursed expenses
2, 3

  0.38 %   0.37 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Heritage Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Heritage Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad spectrum of high quality, money market instruments of domestic and foreign issuers. These include commercial paper, U.S. Government obligations, negotiable certificates of deposit, bank notes, bankers’ acceptances, and time deposits of U.S. banks (including savings banks and savings associations), foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches, U.S. branches of foreign banks, and wholly-owned banking related subsidiaries of foreign banks. Our security selection is based on several factors, including credit quality, yield and maturity, while taking into account the Fund’s overall level of liquidity and average maturity. We limit investments in obligations of financial institutions to institutions that at the time of investment have total assets in excess of $1 billion or the equivalent in other currencies.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term, dollar-denominated obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Investor Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP audited this information which, along with their report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING1        
    INVESTOR CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON JUNE 29, 1995
 
For the period ended:   Oct. 31,
2004
    Oct. 31,
2003
    Oct. 31,
2002
    Oct. 31,
2001
    Oct. 31,
20002
    Feb. 29,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.04     0.05  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.02     0.05     0.04     0.05  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return3

  0.88 %   0.94 %   1.69 %   4.73 %   4.17 %   5.12 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (MM)

  $453     $706     $1,034     $1,344     $1,438     $1,434  

Ratios to average net assets4:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %   0.4 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.9 %   1.0 %   1.7 %   4.7 %   6.1 %   5.0 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses

  0.7 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %   0.6 %
1   Information presented relates to a share of capital stock of the Fund outstanding for the entire period.
2   In 2000, the Fund changed its Fiscal year-end from February 29 to October 31.
3   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

22   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The National Tax-Free Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations that are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. or their political subdivisions and financing authorities. These investments may have fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest and may be zero coupon securities. We invest principally in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT. While we reserve the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT, we currently intend, under normal market conditions, to avoid investing in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations the income from which may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in issuers located in a single state.

 

We may invest more than 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds and in participation interests in these securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Increased investment in the securities of issuers in a single state increases the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with economic downturns or legislative or regulatory changes in the state.

 

Please remember that some securities in the portfolio may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 

Municipal obligations rely on the credit worthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of a Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 26. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

The table below shows the financial performance of the Fund’s Service Class shares. This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with their report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 3, 1993
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.35 %   0.62 %   1.07 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,125,152     $1,262,512     $1,401,583      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.45 %   0.45 %   0.45 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.69 %   0.62 %   1.06 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.55 %   0.55 %   0.55 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from May 31 to March 31.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

24   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

               
                         
 
        
March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
20001
    May 31,
1999
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                         
    0.02     0.04     0.03     0.03  
          0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.02     0.04     0.03     0.03  
                         
    (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.05 %   3.78 %   2.58 %   2.97 %
                         
    $1,433,976     $1,183,279     $1,124,073     $1,019,589  
                         
    0.45
    
%
 
  0.45
    
%
 
  0.45
    
%
 
  0.45
    
%
 
    1.96 %   3.68 %   3.05 %   2.91 %
        
    
0.54
 
 
%
  0.56 %   0.57 %   0.57 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and relative risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that a Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Funds may invest a portion of its assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Fund itself.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

26   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above, and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CASH INVESTMENT   GOVERNMENT   HERITAGE   NATIONAL TAX-FREE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes
(e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either
on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies,
foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Liquidity and Regulatory Risk   l       l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at the value
determined by the Fund. Limited to 10% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l       l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy
back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually
with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l    
28   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS
Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA
  Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
Two Heritage Dr.
Quincy, MA
  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities   Maintains records of shares and
supervises the payment of dividends
  Provides services
to customers
of the Funds

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

Dormant Multi-Manager Structure

The Board has adopted a dormant “multi-manager” structure for the Heritage Money Market Fund. Under this structure, a Fund and Funds Management would engage one or more sub-advisers to make day-to-day investment decisions for the Fund’s assets. Funds Management would retain ultimate responsibility (subject to the oversight of the Board) for overseeing the sub-advisers and may, at times, recommend to the Board that the Fund: (i) change, add or terminate one or more sub-advisers; (ii) continue to retain a sub-adviser even though the sub-adviser’s ownership or corporate structure has changed; or (iii) materially change a sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser.

 

Applicable law generally requires a Fund to obtain shareholder approval of most of these types of recommendations, even if the Board approves the proposed action. Under the dormant “multi-manager” structure approved by the Board, the Fund will seek exemptive relief, if necessary, from the SEC to permit Funds Management (subject to the Board’s oversight and approval) to make decisions about the Fund’s sub-advisory arrangements without obtaining shareholder approval. The Fund will continue to submit matters to shareholders for their approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as the Funds’ adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for the Funds. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.10% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

30   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the Cash Investment Money Market, Government Money Market and Heritage Money Market Funds before 4:30 p.m. (ET) are generally processed on the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund before 12:00 noon (ET) generally are processed on the same day. If the markets close early, the Funds may close early and may value their shares at earlier times under these circumstances. Requests we receive in proper form before these times are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff times or via the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) by 4:00 p.m. (ET) are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting a Fund’s class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV of the Cash Investment Money Market, Government Money Market and Heritage Money Market Funds at 5:00 p.m. (ET) and of the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund at 12:00 noon (ET). Each Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

Administrator Class shares are available for purchase by or through Institutions. Investors interested in purchasing Administrator Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a customer account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the customer account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Administrator Class shares held through customer accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds;

 

·   Institutions may have different minimum and subsequent purchase requirements and/or earlier transaction deadlines than those stated in this prospectus.

 

All investors should understanding the following:

 

·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks;

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   For the benefit of the Fund, we request that trades be placed as early in the day as possible.

 

Administrator Class shares are also available for purchase directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Please refer to the following pages for details on how to directly purchase Administrator Class shares of the Funds.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling

 

32   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Minimum Investments

Institutions and other investors are required to make a minimum initial investment of $1,000,000 per Fund. The minimum initial investment may be waived or reduced in certain circumstances. There are no minimum subsequent investment requirements. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for details on minimum initial investment waivers.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $1,000,000.

 

  ·   There is no minimum subsequent investment requirement.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:
99905-437-1

 

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

(Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:
(Registration Name

of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

34   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund, Administrator Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $1,000,000 from a linked bank settlement account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $1,000,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to:

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   make a cash transfer from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds.com to:

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchase limits may apply. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 34.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 34. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

36   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a maximum of $500,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See ‘General Notes for Selling Shares,’ below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

38   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, Administrator Class shares may only be exchanged for Administrator Class shares, with the following exceptions:

 

  ·   Administrator Class shares of the Heritage Money Market Fund and National Tax-Free Money Market Fund may be exchanged for Investor Class shares of any money market or non-money market Fund.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   If you exchange between a money market Fund and a Fund with a sales load, you will buy shares at the Public Offering Price (“POP”) of the new Fund, which includes a sales load.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur. Then select the Fund and Class you would like to purchase and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

 

The Funds declare distributions of any net investment income daily and make such distributions monthly. The Funds make distributions of any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of net investment income monthly, and any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options:

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address which you have specified in written, Medallion Guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

40   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult you tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions of the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to the federal AMT. Distributions of ordinary income from the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund attributable to other sources and of all ordinary income from the other Funds attributable to all sources, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income.

 

Although the Funds do not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions of a Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions of a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. In general, Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

As long as each Fund continually maintains a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

Householding

To help keep fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call a customer service representative for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Fund generally requires Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your financial intermediary immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

42   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserve is closed.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market interest rates.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of the payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Municipal Obligations

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. Revenues raised from the sale of such obligations may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal obligations are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Public Offering Price (“POP”)

The NAV with the sales load added.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

44   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MMAM/P1203 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Funds – Service Class

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Cash Investment Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Prime Investment Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage 100% Treasury Money Market Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   15

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   17
    

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   19
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Cash Investment Money Market Fund

   23
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund

   27
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   31
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Prime Investment Money Market Fund

   35
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

   39
      

Wells Fargo Advantage 100% Treasury Money Market Fund

   43
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   46
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   49

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   51
    

How to Buy Shares

   53
    

How to Sell Shares

   56
    

Exchanges

   58

Reference     

Additional Services and Other Information

   59
Additional information and
term definitions.
    

Glossary

   62
           

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND (TICKER)    OBJECTIVE

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

(WFCXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Cash Investment Money Market Fund

(NWIXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Government Money Market Fund

(NWGXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

(MMIXX)

  

Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Prime Investment Money Market Fund

(NWRXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

(PRVXX)

  

Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

(NWTXX)

  

Seeks current income that is exempt from most state and local individual income taxes, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 

 

4   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term California municipal obligations.

 

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements.

 

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations.

 

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

 

We invest in obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury and repurchase agreements.

 

 

We invest only in obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury.

 

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 19;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although each Fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds that invest in longer-term instruments.

 

Debt Obligations

The Funds invest in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect a Fund’s yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by a Fund.

 

The U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of its obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

 

Municipal Obligations

The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund invest in municipal obligations, which rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of a Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available about other types of securities issuers.

 

The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund is considered to be non-diversified according to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). The majority of the issuers of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio are located within the state of California. Non-diversified, geographically concentrated funds are riskier than similar funds that are diversified or spread their investments over several geographic areas. Default by a single security in the portfolio may have a greater negative effect than a similar default in a diversified portfolio. All other Funds in the Prospectus are considered to be diversified.

 

FUND-SPECIFIC RISKS

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Since we invest heavily in California municipal obligations, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in California municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects. Please see the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for further details.

 

6   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable), are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund Service Class Calendar Year Returns1

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  0.87%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.11%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Service Class (Incept. 11/8/99)1

  0.78%   1.55%   2.17%

iMoneyNet California State Specific
Institutional Money Fund Average

  0.76%   1.69%   2.61%
1   Performance shown prior to the inception of this Class reflects the performance of the predecessor portfolio’s Class A shares adjusted to reflect the fees and expenses of the Service Class shares. The Class A shares incepted on January 1, 1992.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Cash Investment Money Market Fund Service Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.58%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  0.16%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Service Class (Incept. 10/14/87)

  0.95%   2.66%   3.98%

iMoneyNet First Tier Institutional
Money Fund Average

  1.03%   2.87%   4.89%

 

8   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Government Money Market Fund Service Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.54%   Worst Qtr.:   Q4  ‘03  •  0.15%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years
     

Service Class (Incept. 11/16/87)

  0.91%   2.55%   3.82%

iMoneyNet Government Institutional
Money Fund Average

  0.93%   2.70%   4.64%

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund Service Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.00%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ‘03  •  0.13%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Service Class (Incept. 8/3/93)

  0.80%   1.79%   2.55%

iMoneyNet Tax-Free Institutional
Money Fund Average

  0.81%   1.85%   2.83%

 

10   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Prime Investment Money Market Fund Service Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q3  ‘00  •  1.56%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  0.13%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Service Class (Incept. 9/2/98)

  0.87%   2.51%   3.02%

iMoneyNet First Tier Institutional
Money Fund Average

  1.03%   2.87%   3.50%

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund Service Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.52%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  0.13%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Service Class (Incept. 10/1/85)

  0.83%   2.45%   3.75%

iMoneyNet Treasury & Repo
Institutional Money Fund Average

  0.88%   2.63%   4.54%

91 Day U.S. Treasury Bill

  1.29%   3.84%   4.83%

 

 

12   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

100% Treasury Money Market Fund Service Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.45%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ‘04  •  0.11%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Service Class (Incept. 12/03/90)

  0.77%   2.36%   3.60%

iMoneyNet Treasury Institutional
Money Fund Average

  0.84%   2.60%   4.46%

91 Day U.S. Treasury Bill

  1.29%   3.84%   4.83%

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund Shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds

Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases

(as a percentage of offering price)

  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)    
    California Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
   
Management Fees1   0.29%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%    
Other Expenses2   0.45%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.74%    
Fee Waivers   0.29%    
NET EXPENSES3   0.45%    
         
    Prime Investment
Money Market Fund
   
Management Fees1   0.10%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%    
Other Expenses2   0.45%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.55%    
Fee Waivers   0.00%    
NET EXPENSES3   0.55%    
1   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented a breakpoint schedule for the management fees affecting the California Tax-Free and 100% Treasury Money Market Funds. The management fees charged to each of the Funds will decline as a Fund’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets. The breakpoint schedule charged to these Funds is as follows: 0.30% for assets from $0 to $999 million; 0.275% for assets from $1 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.25% for assets $5 billion and higher.

 

14   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

 

 

             
    Cash Investment
Money Market Fund
  Government
Money Market Fund
  National Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
    0.10%   0.10%   0.10%
    0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
    0.44%   0.45%   0.45%
    0.54%   0.55%   0.55%
    0.04%   0.05%   0.10%
    0.50%   0.50%   0.45%

 

    Treasury Plus
Money Market Fund
  100% Treasury
Money Market Fund
    0.10%   0.28%
    0.00%   0.00%
    0.45%   0.45%
    0.55%   0.73%
    0.05%   0.23%
    0.50%   0.50%
  2   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
  3   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Funds

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    California Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  Cash Investment
Money Market Fund
  Government
Money Market Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 46   $ 51   $ 51
  3 YEARS   $ 207   $ 169   $ 171
  5 YEARS   $ 383   $ 298   $ 302
10 YEARS   $ 891   $ 673   $ 684

 

    National Tax-Free
Money Market Fund
  Prime Investment
Money Market Fund
  Treasury Plus
Money Market Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 46   $ 56   $ 51
  3 YEARS   $ 166   $ 176   $ 171
  5 YEARS   $ 297   $ 307   $ 302
10 YEARS   $ 680   $ 689   $ 684

 

    100% Treasury
Money Market Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 51
  3 YEARS   $ 210
  5 YEARS   $ 383
10 YEARS   $ 885

 

 

16   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Unless otherwise indicated, percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund, except for the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and National Tax-Free Money Market Fund, concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice. The investment policy of the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio of bonds, notes and commercial paper issued by or on behalf of the state of California, its cities, municipalities, political subdivisions and other public authorities. The Fund invests in high-quality, short-term, U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments, substantially all of which are municipal obligations.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that provide income exempt from federal income tax and alternative minimum tax (“AMT”); and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from California individual income taxes.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal obligations, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology, and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in California municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most states, in the past few years it has experienced an economic slow-down and its revenues have dropped, in part due to the weak stock market, which reduced the volume of personal income taxes collected on capital gain and stock option awards. The State relied on borrowing in fiscal year 2004-05 to close a budget gap due to a structural deficit, and such borrowing is expected to continue in fiscal year 2005-06. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. See the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting California municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years (or for the life of the Fund, if shorter). Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 8, 1999
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30
2004
(unaudited)
    Mar. 31,
2004
    Mar. 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.34 %   0.56 %   0.93 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $311,340     $367,216     $304,422      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.45 %   0.45 %   0.45 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.68 %   0.56 %   0.90 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.58 %   0.50 %   0.50 %    
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

20   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

       
       
        
Mar. 31,
2002
    Mar. 31,
2001
    Mar. 31,
2000
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                   
    0.02     0.03     0.01  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00  
    0.02     0.03     0.01  
                   
    (0.02 )   (0.03 )   (0.01 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.02 )   (0.03 )   (0.01 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    1.75 %   3.20 %   1.10 %
                   
    $262,866     $150,149     $75,697  
                   
    0.45 %   0.45 %   0.45 %
        
1.62
 
%
  3.10 %   2.69 %
        
    
0.49
 
 
%
  0.57 %   0.51 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Cash Investment Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Cash Investment Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad spectrum of high-quality money market instruments. These include commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit, bank notes, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits of U.S. banks (including savings banks and savings associations), foreign branches of U.S. banks, foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches, U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, and wholly-owned banking-related subsidiaries of foreign banks. We limit our investments in obligations of financial institutions to institutions that at the time of investment have total assets in excess of $1 billion or the equivalent in other currencies.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

We may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Cash Investment Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 14, 1987
For the period ended:  

Sept. 30,

2004

(unaudited)

    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return2

  0.41 %   0.70 %   1.31 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $7,315,173     $8,472,548     $10,590,565      

Ratios to average net assets4:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.50 %   0.49 %   0.48 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.40 %   0.70 %   1.31 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
4, 5

  0.55 %   0.55 %   0.54 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from May 31 to March 31.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Includes expenses allocated from the affiliated Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invested prior to November 8, 1999.
4   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
5   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

24   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
        
March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
20001
    May 31,
1999
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                         
    0.03     0.06     0.04     0.05  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.06     0.04     0.05  
                         
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    3.05 %   6.14 %   4.37 %   5.04 %
                         
    $13,345,951     $12,307,775     $9,082,788     $5,481,802  
                         
    0.48 %   0.48 %   0.48 %3   0.48 %3
        
2.91
 
%
  5.94 %   5.23 %3   4.91 %3
        
    
0.54
 
 
%
  0.54 %   0.54 %3   0.57 %3

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Government Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Government Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio composed substantially of short-term U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Government obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Neither the U.S. Government nor any U.S. Government agency either directly or indirectly insures or guarantees the performance of the Fund.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Government Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING            
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 16, 1987
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return2

  0.39 %   0.65 %   1.27 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $6,790,447     $4,767,774     $4,837,603      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.50 %   0.50 %   0.50 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.80 %   0.65 %   1.24 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  0.55 %   0.55 %   0.54 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from May 31 to March 31.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

28   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                   
        
March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
20001
    May 31,
1999
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                         
    0.03     0.05     0.04     0.05  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.05     0.04     0.05  
                         
    (0.03 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )   (0.05 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.86 %   5.97 %   4.18 %   4.81 %
                         
    $5,752,411     $3,181,143     $3,433,956     $3,368,534  
                         
    0.50 %   0.50 %   0.50 %   0.50 %
        
2.67
 
%
  5.79 %   4.94 %   4.69 %
        
    
0.52
 
 
%
  0.56 %   0.54 %   0.52 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The National Tax-Free Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations that are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. or their political subdivisions and financing authorities. These investments may have fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest and may be zero coupon securities. We invest principally in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT. While we reserve the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT, we currently intend, under normal market conditions, to avoid investing in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations the income from which may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in issuers located in a single state.

 

We may invest more than 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds and in participation interests in these securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Increased investment in the securities of issuers in a single state increases the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with economic downturns or legislative or regulatory changes in the state.

 

Municipal obligations rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of the Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers.

 

Please remember that some securities in the portfolio may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON AUGUST 3, 1993
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return2

  0.35 %   0.62 %   1.07 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,125,152     $1,262,512     $1,401,583      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.45 %   0.45 %   0.45 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.69 %   0.62 %   1.06 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  0.55 %   0.55 %   0.55 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from May 31 to March 31.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

32   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

               
                         
 
        
March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
20001
    May 31,
1999
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                         
    0.02     0.04     0.03     0.03  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.02     0.04     0.03     0.03  
                         
    (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.05 %   3.78 %   2.58 %   2.97 %
                         
    $1,433,976     $1,183,279     $1,124,073     $1,019,589  
                         
    0.45 %   0.45 %   0.45 %   0.45 %
        
1.96
 
%
  3.68 %   3.05 %   2.91 %
        
    
0.54
 
 
%
  0.56 %   0.57 %   0.57 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Prime Investment Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Prime Investment Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in a broad spectrum of high-quality money market instruments of domestic and foreign issuers. These include negotiable certificates of deposit, bank notes, bankers’ acceptances, and time deposits of U.S. banks (including savings banks and savings associations), foreign branches of U.S. banks, foreign banks and their non-U.S. branches, U.S. branches of foreign banks, and wholly-owned banking related subsidiaries of foreign banks. We limit investments in obligations of financial institutions to institutions that at the time of investment have total assets in excess of $1 billion or the equivalent in other currencies.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

The Fund may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Prime Investment Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON SEPTEMBER 2, 1998
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
   

March 31,

2003

     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return2

  0.36 %   0.60 %   1.14 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,252,916     $1,466,176     $1,818,364      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.55 %   0.54 %   0.55 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.35 %   0.59 %   1.14 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3,  5

  0.55 %   0.55 %   0.55 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from May 31 to March 31.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   Includes expenses allocated from the affiliated Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invested prior to November 8, 1999.
5   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

36   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
 
   

    
March 31,

2002

   

March 31,

2001

    March 31,
20001
    May 31,
1999
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                         
    0.03     0.06     0.04     0.04  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.06     0.04     0.04  
                         
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.80 %   6.02 %   4.30 %   3.59 %
                         
    $2,006,493     $1,678,432     $222,523     $68,771  
                         
    0.55 %   0.55 %   0.55 %4   0.54 %4
        
2.64
 
%
  5.72 %   5.15 %4   4.69 %4
        
    
0.55
 
 
%
  0.63 %   0.93 %4   0.74 %4

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The Treasury Plus Money Market Fund seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in short-term obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury, and we also invest in repurchase agreements and other instruments collateralized or secured by U.S. Treasury obligations. It is our intention to invest, under normal market conditions, substantially all of the Fund’s assets in such securities, though the Fund reserves the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in securities other than those described above.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Treasury obligations and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Treasury obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. The U.S. Treasury does not directly or indirectly insure or guarantee the performance of the Fund. Treasury obligations have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, fluctuations in market interest rates may cause the market value of Treasury obligations in the Fund’s portfolio to fluctuate.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON OCTOBER 1, 1985
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on
investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return1

  0.36 %   0.60 %   1.20 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $886,028     $1,324,943     $1,207,609      

Ratios to average net assets2:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.50 %   0.49 %   0.46 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.35 %   0.60 %   1.18 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  0.56 %   0.55 %   0.55 %    
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

40   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
        
March 31,
2002
   

March 31,

2001

    March 31,
2000
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                   
    0.03     0.06     0.05  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.06     0.05  
                   
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.73 %   5.83 %   4.76 %
                   
    $1,158,202     $1,050,508     $468,150  
                   
    0.46 %   0.46 %   0.45 %
        
2.54
 
%
  5.64 %   5.04 %
        
    
0.53
 
 
%
  0.55 %   0.63 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

100% Treasury Money Market Fund


 

Investment Objective

The 100% Treasury Money Market Fund seeks current income exempt from most state and local individual income taxes, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio composed of short-term obligations issued by the U.S. Treasury.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments; and

 

·   100% of the Fund’s assets in U.S. Treasury obligations.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. The U.S. Treasury does not directly or indirectly insure or guarantee the performance of the Fund. Treasury obligations have historically involved little risk of loss of principal if held to maturity. However, fluctuations in market interest rates may cause the market value of Treasury obligations in the Fund’s portfolio to fluctuate.

 

Any distributions of capital gains realized by the Fund generally will not be exempt from state and local taxes. For more information, see “Taxes” on page 60, and the Statement of Additional Information.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 46. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

100% Treasury Money Market Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                      
    SERVICE CLASS SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 3, 1990
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Income from investment operations:

                     

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01      

Less distributions:

                     

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00      

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00      

Total return2

  0.34 %   0.53 %   1.15 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

                     

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $2,936,125     $2,978,019     $2,725,643      

Ratios to average net assets3:

                     

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.50 %   0.49 %   0.46 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.66 %   0.52 %   1.12 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
3, 4

  0.61 %   0.55 %   0.55 %    
1   The Fund changed its fiscal year-end from May 31 to March 31.
2   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
3   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

44   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                         
                         
        
March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
20001
    May 31,
1999
 
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
                         
    0.03     0.05     0.04     0.04  
        
0.00
 
 
  0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.03     0.05     0.04     0.04  
                         
    (0.03 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )
    0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  
    (0.03 )   (0.05 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )
    $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  
    2.68 %   5.59 %   3.94 %   4.49 %
                         
    $2,501,888     $2,254,618     $1,702,250     $1,548,549  
                         
    0.46 %   0.46 %   0.46 %   0.46 %
        
2.53
 
%
  5.41 %   4.67 %   4.34 %
        
    
0.55
 
 
%
  0.55 %   0.54 %   0.53 %

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and relative risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that a Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide certain services, such as selling agents or investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S.Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

46   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer).

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with the practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with the respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE   CASH INVESTMENT   GOVERNMENT   NATIONAL TAX-FREE   PRIME INVESTMENT   TREASURY PLUS   100% TREASURY
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk   l   l   l   l   l        

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Liquidity and Regulatory Risk       l           l        

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 10% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l       l   l        

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk       l   l       l   l    

 

48   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú
ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

  Various Agents
Manages the Funds’ business activities  

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

 

Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees that Funds Management receives for its services as the Fund’s adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administration services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

50   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the Cash Investment Money Market, Government Money Market, Prime Investment Money Market and Treasury Plus Money Market Funds before 4:30 p.m. (ET) generally are processed on the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the 100% Treasury Money Market Fund before 1:00 p.m. (ET) generally are processed on the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the California Tax-Free Money Market and National Tax-Free Money Market Funds before 12:00 noon (ET) generally are processed on the same day. If the markets close early, the Funds may close early and may value their shares at earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before these times are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff times or via the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) by 4:00 p.m. (ET) are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting a Fund’s class’ liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV of the Cash Investment Money Market, Government Money Market, Prime Investment Money Market and Treasury Plus Money Market Funds at 5:00 p.m. (ET), of the 100% Treasury Money Market Fund at 1:00 p.m. (ET) and of the California Tax-Free Money Market and National Tax-Free Money Market Funds at 12:00 noon (ET). Each Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

How to Open an Account

You can open a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account through any of the following means:

 

·   Directly with the Fund—Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application, which you may obtain by visiting our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent. Be sure to indicate the Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest when completing the application.

 

·   Through a brokerage account with an approved selling agent; or

 

·   Through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans or certain packaged investment products (please see the providers of the plan for instructions).

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus—like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Notes on Managing Your Account

 

Minimum Investments

·   $100,000 minimum initial investment.

 

·   No minimum subsequent investment requirement.

 

Institutions, through which an investor may purchase shares, may require different minimum investment amounts. Please consult your selling agent or a customer service representative at your Institution for specifics.

 

We may waive or reduce the minimum initial investment amount for purchases made through certain retirement, benefit and pension plans, through certain packaged investment products, or for certain classes of shareholders as permitted by the SEC. Check the specific disclosure statements and Applications for the program through which you intend to invest.

 

52   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

The following section explains how you can buy shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Funds held through brokerage and other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR PURCHASING FUND SHARES

 

  ·   The initial investment minimum is $100,000.

 

  ·   There is no minimum subsequent investment requirement.

 

  ·   When mailing your application, payment or other documentation to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, use the appropriate address below:

 

    Mailing address:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

  Overnight Mail:  

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

ATTN: CCSU-Boston Financial

66 Brooks Drive

Braintree, MA 02184

 

  ·   When wiring money to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, provide the following wire instructions to your financial institution:

 

       

State Street Bank & Trust

Boston, MA

 

Bank Routing Number:

ABA 011000028

 

Wire Purchase Account Number:

99905-437-1

     

Attention:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds (Name of Fund, Account Number, and Share Class)

 

Account Name:

(Registration Name of Account)

 

  ·   Your account will be credited on the business day that the transfer agent receives your application and payment in proper order. Failure to complete an Application properly may result in a delay in processing your request.

 

  ·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

  ·   For every check or Electronic Funds Transfer that is returned to us as unpaid you will be charged a $25 fee.

 

  ·   When all or a portion of a purchase is received for investment without a clear Fund designation or is designated for investment in one of our closed classes of Funds, we may deposit the undesignated portion or the entire amount, as applicable, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Fund. We will treat your inaction as approval of this purchase until you later direct us to sell or exchange these shares of the Money Market Fund, at the next NAV calculated after we accept your order.

 

  ·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

BY MAIL

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

  ·   Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Be sure to indicate the full Fund name and the share class into which you intend to invest. You may obtain an application on-line (visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds), by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, or from an authorized selling agent.

 

  ·   Enclose a check made out in the full name and share class of the Fund. For example, “Wells Fargo Advantage Government Money Market Fund, Service Class.”

 

  ·   Mail the Application and payment to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

  ·   Make a check payable to the full name and share class of your Fund. Be sure to write your account number on the check.

 

  ·   Complete an investment slip or the payment stub/card from your statement if available, and mail to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds with the check.

 

  ·   To request a booklet of investment slips, please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY PHONE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can only make your first purchase of a Fund by phone if you already have an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account. If you do not currently have an account, complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application. Refer to the ‘By Mail’ section, above.

 

If you have a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account and want to buy into a new Fund, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative to either:

 

  ·   transfer at least $100,000 from a linked bank settlement account, or

 

  ·   exchange at least $100,000 worth of shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to:

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222, for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to either:

 

  ·   make a cash transfer from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

54   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

BY INTERNET ACCESS

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

To buy into a new Fund, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to:

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

On-line purchases are limited to a maximum of $100,000.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

To buy additional shares, visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, to either:

 

  ·   transfer from a linked bank account, or

 

  ·   exchange shares from an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account.

 

Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

BY WIRE

IF YOU ARE BUYING SHARES FOR THE FIRST TIME:


 

You can make your first purchase of a Fund by wire. Complete a Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Application and follow the mailing and wire instructions on page 53.

 


IF YOU ARE BUYING ADDITIONAL SHARES:


 

Instruct your bank/financial institution to wire the amount you want to invest in accordance with the wire instructions on page 53. Be sure to have the wiring bank include your current account number and the name your account is registered in.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   55

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

The following section explains how you can sell shares held directly through an account with Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. For Fund shares held through brokerage or other types of accounts, please consult your selling agent.

 

BY MAIL

 

  ·   To request a redemption, write a “Letter of Instruction” stating your name, your account number, the Fund you wish to redeem and the dollar amount you wish to receive (or write “Full Redemption”).

 

  ·   Make sure all the account owners sign the request exactly as their names appear on the account application.

 

  ·   Medallion guarantees are required for mailed redemption requests under the following circumstances: i) if the request is for over $100,000; ii) if the address on your account was changed within the last 30 days, or iii) if the redemption is made payable to a third party. You can get a medallion guarantee at a financial institution, such as a bank or brokerage house. We do not accept notarized signatures.

 

  ·   Mail to: Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

 

BY PHONE

 

  ·   Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for an Investor Services Representative or call 1-800-368-7550 to use the automated phone system to request a redemption. Be prepared to provide your account number and Taxpayer Identification Number (usually your Social Security Number).

 

  ·   Unless you have instructed us otherwise, only one account owner needs to call in redemption requests.

 

  ·   Telephone privileges are automatically made available to you unless you specifically decline them on your Application or subsequently in writing.

 

  ·   Redemption requests may not be made by phone if the address on your account was changed in the last 30 days. In this event, you must request your redemption by mail, in accordance with the procedures listed above.

 

BY INTERNET

 

Visit our Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds to process your redemption request. Redemptions requested on-line are limited to a maximum of $500,000. Redemption proceeds may be remitted by check to your address of record, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a linked bank account, or by wire.

 

See ‘General Notes for Selling Shares,’ below. Further information is available by calling Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222.

 

IN PERSON

 

Visit our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin, which is near Milwaukee. Visit our Web site or call an Investor Services Representative for hours of operation and directions to our Investor Center.

 

56   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received by the transfer agent. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   You may request that redemption proceeds be sent to you by check, by Electronic Funds Transfer into a bank account, or by wire. Please call Investor Services regarding requirements for linking bank accounts or for wiring funds. We reserve the right to charge a fee for wiring funds although it is not currently our practice to do so. Please contact your bank to verify any charges that they may assess for an incoming wire transfer.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check, through Electronic Funds Transfer or the Automatic Investment Plan have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   Service Class shares may be exchanged for other Service Class shares, or for any non-money market Class A shares.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   If you exchange between a money market Fund and a Fund with a sales load, you will buy shares at the Public Offering Price (“POP”) of the new Fund, which includes a sales load.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Any exchange between Funds you already own must meet the minimum redemption and subsequent purchase amounts for the Funds involved.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

58   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

Automatic Plans

These plans help you conveniently purchase and/or redeem shares each month. Once you select a plan, tell us the day of the month you would like the transaction to occur and specify an amount of at least $50. If you do not specify a date, we will process the transaction on or about the 25th day of the month. Call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

·   Automatic Investment Plan—With this plan, you can regularly purchase shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund with money automatically transferred from a linked bank account.

 

·   Automatic Exchange Plan—With this plan, you can regularly exchange shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund you own for shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund. See the “Exchanges” section of this Prospectus for the conditions that apply to your shares. This feature may not be available for certain types of accounts.

 

·   Systematic Withdrawal Plan—With this plan, you can regularly redeem shares and receive the proceeds by check or by transfer to a linked bank account. To participate in this plan, you:

 

  ·   must have a Fund account valued at $10,000 or more;

 

  ·   must have your distributions reinvested; and

 

  ·   may not simultaneously participate in the Automatic Investment Plan.

 

·   Payroll Direct Deposit—With this plan, you may transfer all or a portion of your paycheck, Social Security check, military allotment, or annuity payment for investment into the Fund of your choice.

 

It generally takes about ten days to establish a plan once we have received your instructions. It generally takes about five days to change or cancel participation in a plan. We may automatically cancel your plan if the linked bank account you specified is closed, or for other reasons.

 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds declare distributions of any net investment income daily and make such distributions monthly. The Funds make distributions of any realized net capital net gains at least annually.

 

We offer the following distribution options. To change your current option for payment of distributions, please call 1-800-222-8222.

 

·   Automatic Reinvestment Option—Lets you buy new shares of the same class of the Fund that generated the distributions. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. This option is automatically assigned to your account unless you specify another option.

 

·   Check Payment Option—Allows you to receive checks for distributions mailed to your address of record or to another name and address that you have specified in written, medallion guaranteed instructions. If checks remain uncashed for six months or are undeliverable by the Post Office, we will reinvest the distributions at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

·   Bank Account Payment Option—Allows you to receive distributions directly in a checking or savings account through Electronic Funds Transfer. The bank account must be linked to your Wells Fargo Advantage Fund account. In order to establish a new linked bank account, you must send a written medallion guaranteed instruction along with a copy of a voided check or deposit slip. Any distribution returned to us due to an invalid banking instruction will be sent to your address of record by check at the earliest date possible, and future distributions will be automatically reinvested.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Additional Services and Other Information


 

·   Directed Distribution Purchase Option—Lets you buy shares of a different Wells Fargo Advantage Fund of the same share class. The new shares are purchased at NAV generally on the day the income is paid. In order to establish this option, you need to identify the Fund and account the distributions are coming from, and the Fund and account to which the distributions are being directed. You must meet any required minimum purchases in both Funds prior to establishing this option. Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing the NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal and California State income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult you tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a fund’s net investment income and realized capital gains, if any. Distributions of the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund’s and the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax although a portion of distributions could be subject to the federal AMT. Distributions of ordinary income from the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund attributable from other sources, if any, and of ordinary income from other funds attributable to all sources will be taxable to you as ordinary income.

 

Distributions of the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund’s net interest from California state and municipal tax-exempt securities will not be subject to California individual income tax.

 

Although the Funds do not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions of a Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions of a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. Distributions from the 100% Treasury Money Market Fund will be exempt in most jurisdictions from state and local individual income taxes, but may not be exempt from state and local corporate income and/or franchise taxes. In general, Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Any taxable distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of each year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

As long as each Fund continually maintains a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

60   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Small Account Redemptions

We reserve the right to redeem certain accounts that fall below the minimum initial investment amount as the result of shareholder redemptions (as opposed to market movement). We will notify you approximately 60 days prior to such redemption and will provide you with the opportunity to make additional investments to bring your account above the minimum investment amount. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent for further details.

 

Statement Inquiries

Contact us in writing regarding any errors or discrepancies noted on your account statement within 60 days after the date of the statement confirming a transaction. We may deny your ability to refute a transaction if we do not hear from you within those 60 days.

 

Statement Reprints

Upon your request and for the applicable fee, you may obtain a reprint of an account statement. Please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 for more information.

 

Transaction Authorizations

Telephone, electronic and clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow such instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. For transactions through the automated phone system and our web site, we will assign personal identification numbers (PINs) and/or passwords to help protect your account information. To safeguard your account, please keep your PINs and passwords confidential. Contact us immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account, PIN or password.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number) and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserve is closed.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market interest rates.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with such investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or a portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors

 

62   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the Distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Medallion Guarantee

A guarantee given by a financial institution that has verified the identity of the maker of the signature. The guarantee may be executed by an “eligible” guarantor. Eligible guarantors include Commercial Banks, Trust Companies, Savings Associations and Credit Unions, as defined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, and registered Broker-Dealers. The institution must provide a verifiable Stamp 2000 Medallion prior to submitting your signature. A guarantee from a Notary Public is not acceptable.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Municipal Obligations

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. Revenues raised from the sale of such obligations may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal obligations are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of shares.

 

Public Offering Price

The NAV with the sales load.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Money Market Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

64   Money Market Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED – NO BANK GUARANTEE-MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MMS/PI208 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Funds

Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

Wells Fargo Advantage Money Market Trust

Wells Fargo Advantage National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Money Market Trusts


 

Overview

 

Important summary information
about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   7
      

Summary of Expenses

   11

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   12
    

Wells Fargo Advantage California
Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   14
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Money
Market Trust

   16
      

Wells Fargo Advantage National
Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   18
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   20
      

Organization and Management
of the Funds

   23

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and
how to buy and sell Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   25
    

How to Buy Shares

   26
    

How to Sell Shares

   28

Reference

 

Additional information and
term definitions.

    

Other Information

   29
    

Glossary

   31
           

 


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Money Market Trusts Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND    OBJECTIVE
California Tax-Free Money Market Trust    Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.
Money Market Trust    Seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.
National Tax-Free Money Market Trust    Seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while
preserving capital and
liquidity.

 

4   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term California municipal obligations.

 

We invest in high-quality money market instruments.

 

We invest in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations.

 

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 14;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 20; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. Although each Fund seeks to maintain the value of your investment at $1.00 per share, there is no assurance it will be able to do so, and it is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund. Generally, short-term funds do not earn as high a level of income as funds that invest in longer-term instruments.

 

Debt Obligations

The Funds invest in debt obligations, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of securities in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt obligations with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates affect a Fund’s yield to the extent they affect the yield of instruments available for purchase by a Fund.

 

Municipal Obligations

The California Tax-Free Money Market Trust and the National Tax-Free Money Market Trust invest in municipal obligations, which rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of a Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available about other types of securities issuers.

 

The California Tax-Free Money Market Trust is considered to be non-diversified according to the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”). The majority of the issuers of the securities in the Fund’s portfolio are located within the state of California. Non-diversified, geographically concentrated funds are riskier than similar funds that are diversified or spread their investments over several geographic areas. Default by a single security in the portfolio may have a greater negative effect than a similar default in a diversified portfolio. All other Funds in the Prospectus are considered to be diversified.

 

FUND-SPECIFIC RISKS

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

Since we invest heavily in California municipal obligations, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology, and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in California municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects. Please see the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information for further details.

 

6   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The information on the following pages shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate money market fund average.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  0.92%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3   ‘03  •   0.17%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years  

Life of

Fund

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust
(Incept. 5/5/97)

  1.03%   1.79%   2.22%

iMoneyNet California State Specific Institutional Money Fund Average

  0.76%   1.69%   2.24%

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Money Market Trust Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ‘00  •  1.66%   Worst Qtr.:   Q2  ‘04  •  0.23%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years   10 years

Money Market Trust
(Incept. 9/17/90)

  1.26%   2.94%   4.21%

iMoneyNet First Tier Institutional
Money Fund Average

  1.03%   2.87%   4.89%

 

8   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ‘00  •  1.06%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’04  •  0.18%

 

To obtain a current 7-day yield for the Fund, call toll-free 1-800-222-8222.

 

Average annual total returns

for the period ended 12/31/04

  1 year   5 years  

Life of

Fund

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust
(Incept. 11/10/97)

  1.03%   2.02%   2.38%

iMoneyNet Tax-Free Institutional
Money Fund Average

  0.81%   1.85%   2.32%

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   9

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Trusts


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker/dealer or financial institution maintaining the account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)
   

California Tax-Free

Money Market Trust

  Money Market Trust  

National Tax-Free

Money Market Trust

Management Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses1   0.21%   0.21%   0.22%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   0.21%   0.21%   0.22%
Fee Waivers   0.01%   0.01%   0.02%
NET EXPENSES2   0.20%   0.20%   0.20%
1   Other expenses may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
2   The adviser has committed through June 30, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. After this time, the net operating expense ratio may only be increased with the approval of the Board of Trustees.

 

10   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

These examples are intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The examples assume a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

   

California Tax-Free

Money Market Trust

  Money Market Trust  

National Tax-Free

Money Market Trust

  1 YEAR   $ 20   $ 20   $ 20
  3 YEARS   $ 67   $ 67   $ 69
  5 YEARS   $ 117   $ 117   $ 122
10 YEARS   $ 267   $ 267   $ 278

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, ”we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”), or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Unless otherwise indicated, percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of the Money Market Trust concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice. The investment policy of the California Tax-Free Money Market Trust and the National Tax-Free Money Market Trust concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may only be changed with shareholder approval.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Words appearing in bold, italicized print appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

12   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust


 

Investment Objective

The California Tax-Free Money Market Trust seeks current income exempt from federal income tax and California individual income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We actively manage a portfolio of bonds, notes and commercial paper issued by or on behalf of the state of California, its cities, municipalities, political subdivisions and other public authorities. The Fund invests in high-quality, short-term U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments, substantially all of which are municipal obligations.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that provide income exempt from federal income tax and federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”); and

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from California individual income tax.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Since we invest heavily in California municipal obligations, events in California are likely to affect the Fund’s investments. Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most other states, its economy continues to be driven by, among other industries, agriculture, tourism, high technology, and manufacturing. A downturn in any one industry may have a disproportionate impact on California municipal obligations. In addition, we may invest 25% or more of total assets in California municipal obligations that are related in such a way that political, economic or business developments affecting one obligation would affect the others. For example, we may own different obligations that pay interest based on the revenue of similar projects.

 

Although California has a larger and more diverse economy than most states, in the past few years it has experienced an economic slow-down and its revenues have dropped, in part due to the weak stock market, which reduced the volume of personal income taxes collected on capital gain and stock option awards. The State relied on borrowing in fiscal year 2004-05 to close a budget gap due to a structural deficit, and such borrowing is expected to continue in fiscal year 2005-06. Non-diversified funds are more susceptible to financial, market or economic events affecting the particular issuers and industry sectors in which they invest than diversified funds. See the Statement of Additional Information for more detailed discussion of the special considerations affecting California municipal securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 20. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

14   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
   

 

COMMENCED ON MAY 5, 1997

 

 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
    March 31,
2004
    March 31,
2003
    March 31,
2002
    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.00     0.01     0.01     0.02     0.03     0.03  

Net realized and unrealized gain
(loss) on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.00     0.01     0.01     0.02     0.03     0.03  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net
investment income

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )

Distributions from net realized
gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  0.00     (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.03 )   (0.03 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.47 %   0.82 %   1.18 %   2.01 %   3.41 %   2.93 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $496,436     $501,853     $830,713     $852,775     $590,286     $540,704  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %

Ratio of net investment income
(loss) to average net assets

  0.92 %   0.81 %   1.16 %   1.92 %   3.33 %   2.89 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and
reimbursed expenses
2, 3

  0.21 %   0.21 %   0.24 %   0.25 %   0.23 %   0.67 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Money Market Trust


 

Investment Objective

The Money Market Trust seeks current income, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest in high-quality U.S. dollar-denominated high-quality, short-term money market instruments. These include banker’s acceptances, bank notes, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality,short-term money market instruments.

 

The Fund may invest without limitation in high-quality, short-term obligations of foreign issuers.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Foreign obligations may be subject to additional risks, such as those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 20. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

16   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
   

 

COMMENCED ON SEPTEMBER 17, 1990

 

 
For the period ended   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
   

March 31,

2004

   

March 31,

2003

   

March 31,

2002

   

March 31,

2001

   

March 31,

2000

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.02     0.03     0.06     0.05  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss) on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.02     0.03     0.06     0.05  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.03 )   (0.06 )   (0.05 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.56 %   1.00 %   1.58 %   3.27 %   6.44 %   5.43 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,478,813     $1,448,899     $1,823,970     $1,776,435     $1,161,092     $713,278  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.55 %   0.98 %   1.56 %   3.02 %   6.20 %   5.35 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  0.20 %   0.21 %   0.23 %   0.22 %   0.22 %   0.48 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust


 

Investment Objective

The National Tax-Free Money Market Trust seeks current income exempt from federal income tax, while preserving capital and liquidity.

 


 

Investment Strategies

We invest substantially all of the Fund’s total assets in high-quality, short-term municipal obligations that are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. or their political subdivisions and financing authorities. These investments may have fixed, variable, or floating rates of interest and may be zero coupon securities. We invest principally in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT. While we reserve the right to invest up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT, we currently intend, under normal market conditions, to avoid investing in municipal obligations that pay interest subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   100% of total assets in high-quality, short-term money market instruments;

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations that pay interest exempt from federal income tax and federal AMT;

 

·   up to 20% of the Fund’s assets in municipal obligations, the income from which may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT; and

 

·   up to 35% of total assets in issuers located in a single state.

 

We may also invest up to 25% of total assets in industrial development bonds and in participation interests in these securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Increased investment in the securities of issuers in a single state increases the Fund’s exposure to risks associated with economic downturns or legislative or regulatory changes in the state.

 

Municipal obligations rely on the creditworthiness or revenue production of their issuers. Municipal obligations may be difficult to obtain because of limited supply, which may increase the cost of such securities and effectively reduce the yield of the Fund’s portfolio. Typically, less information is available about a municipal issuer than is available for other types of securities issuers.

 

Please remember that some securities in the portfolio may be subject to federal income tax or federal AMT.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 20. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

18   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate that you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). Except as noted below, KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual or semi-annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
   

 

COMMENCED ON NOVEMBER 10, 1997

 

 
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
(unaudited)
   

March 31,

2004

   

March 31,

2003

   

March 31,

2002

    March 31,
2001
    March 31,
2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Income from investment operations:

                                   

Net investment income (loss)

  0.01     0.01     0.01     0.02     0.04     0.03  

Net realized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from investment operations

  0.01     0.01     0.01     0.02     0.04     0.03  

Less distributions:

                                   

Distributions from net
investment income

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.03 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00     0.00  

Total from distributions

  (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.01 )   (0.02 )   (0.04 )   (0.03 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00     $1.00  

Total return1

  0.47 %   0.86 %   1.30 %   2.25 %   4.01 %   3.30 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                                   

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $318,680     $563,985     $507,048     $627,773     $339,791     $269,943  

Ratios to average net assets2:

                                   

Ratio of expenses to average net assets

  0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %   0.20 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to average net assets

  0.90 %   0.86 %   1.28 %   2.08 %   3.89 %   3.27 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets prior to waived fees and reimbursed expenses2, 3

  0.22 %   0.21 %   0.22 %   0.24 %   0.25 %   0.52 %
1   Total returns for periods of less than one year are not annualized.
2   Ratios shown for periods of less than one year are annualized.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and relative risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective. In particular, we cannot guarantee that a Fund will be able to maintain a $1.00 per share NAV.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” on any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good on any such losses.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt obligation will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments. Other risks associated with investing in foreign obligations include those related to withholding and other taxes and potentially less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of a security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt obligation decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

20   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

Non-Diversification Risk—The risk that, because the percentage of a non-diversified fund’s assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer is not limited by the 1940 Act, greater investment in a single issuer makes a fund more susceptible to financial, economic or market events impacting the issuer. (A “diversified” investment company is required by the 1940 Act generally, with respect to 75% of its total assets, to invest not more than 5% of such assets in the securities of a single issuer.)

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE   MONEY MARKET   NATIONAL TAX-FREE
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet
shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or
when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and
Credit Risk
  l   l   l

Foreign Obligations

Dollar-denominated debt obligations of non-U.S. companies, foreign
banks, foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment,
Liquidity and
Regulatory Risk
      l    

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of
business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund.
Limited to 10% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a
security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Counter-Party Risk       l    

 

22   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders, it may make a change in one of these companies.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

6th & Marquette

Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISER

Wells Capital Management Incorporated

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR      TRANSFER AGENT

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ business activities

    

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends

Ú

 

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. Funds Management currently does not receive fees for its services as adviser. As of December 31, 2004, Funds Management provided advisory services for over $106 billion in mutual fund assets.

 

The Sub-Adviser

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, is the sub-adviser for the Funds. In this capacity, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of the Funds. Wells Capital Management provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion in assets. Wells Capital Management currently does not receive fees for its services as sub-adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

24   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Your Account                                        


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for each Fund, except the Money Market Trust, generally are processed at 12:00 noon (ET) on the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form for the Money Market Trust generally are processed at 3:00 p.m. (ET) on the same day. If the markets close early, the Funds may close early and may value their shares at earlier times under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before these times are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff times or via the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds automated phone system (“automated phone system”) by 4:00 p.m. (ET) are processed the next business day.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each Fund’s shares each business day. We determine the NAV by subtracting a Fund class’s liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. We determine the NAV for the Money Market Trust at 3:00 p.m. (ET), and for the other Funds at 12:00 noon (ET). Each Fund’s assets are valued using the amortized cost method, in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

How to Buy Shares

Typically, Trust Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Trust Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a customer account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the customer account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Trust Class shares held through customer accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds;

 

·   Institutions may have different minimum and subsequent purchase requirements and/or earlier transaction deadlines than those stated in this prospectus.

 

All investors should understanding the following:

 

·   All purchases must be in U.S. dollars, and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks;

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   For the benefit of the Fund, we request that trades be placed as early in the day as possible.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets

 

26   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Buy Shares


 

under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

Minimum Investments

·   Trust Class shares have no minimum initial or subsequent investment requirement, but can only be purchased within certain trust accounts.

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Sell Shares


 

How to Sell Shares

Trust Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the agreement governing your account through which you hold your shares. Please read the account agreement for rules governing selling shares, and contact your account representative at your Institution with any questions.

 

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING FUND SHARES:

 

·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that are in addition to or supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received. Requests received before the cutoff times listed in the “Pricing Fund Shares” section are processed on the same business day.

 

·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders by increasing expenses or lowering returns. However, money market funds, which are typically utilized by investors for cash management purposes and invest in highly liquid securities, are not as susceptible to these negative effects as non-money market Funds. Moreover, because all money market Funds typically maintain a $1.00 net asset value, there is no significant financial incentive for an investor to attempt to market time investments into a money market Fund.

 

Although the policies adopted by the Funds do not prohibit frequent trading between money market Funds, Funds Management will seek to prevent an investor from utilizing a money market Fund to facilitate frequent purchases and redemptions of shares in non-money market Funds. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies (as described in the prospectus for the non-money market Fund), an account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

28   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds declare distributions of any net investment income daily and make such distributions monthly. The Funds make distributions of any realized net capital gains at least annually.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income and California individual income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal and California state income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It does not apply to foreign or tax-exempt shareholders or those holding Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account such as a 401(k) Plan or Individual Retirement Account. This discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult you tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for additional federal income tax information.

 

We will pass on to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of a Fund’s net investment income and realized net capital gains, if any. Distributions of the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and National Tax-Free Money Market Trust’s net interest income from tax-exempt securities will not be subject to federal income tax, although a portion of such distributions could be subject to federal AMT. Distributions of the California Tax-Free Money Market Trust’s net interest income from California state and municipal tax-exempt securities will not be subject to California individual income tax. Distributions of ordinary income from these Funds attributable to other sources and of ordinary income from the Money Market Trust attributable to all sources generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income.

 

Although the Funds do not expect to realize any capital gain, distributions of a Fund’s net short-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as ordinary income and distributions of a Fund’s net long-term capital gain, if any, generally will be taxable to you as long-term capital gain.

 

Corporate shareholders will not be able to deduct any distributions when determining their taxable income. Fund distributions also will not qualify for reductions in federal income taxation of dividends payable to individuals from certain domestic and foreign corporations.

 

Distributions from a Fund normally will be taxable to you when paid, whether you take the distributions in cash or automatically reinvest them in additional Fund shares. Following the end of every year, we will notify you of the federal income tax status of your distributions for the year.

 

In certain circumstances, Fund shareholders will be subject to back-up withholding taxes.

 

As long as each Fund continually maintains a $1.00 NAV, you ordinarily will not recognize taxable gain or loss on the redemption or exchange of your Fund shares.

 

Householding

To help keep Fund expenses low, generally we send a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report to shareholders of the same household. If your household currently receives a single copy of a prospectus or shareholder report and you would prefer to receive multiple copies, please call Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or contact your selling agent.

 

Transaction Authorizations

The Funds generally require Institutions to transact through a registered clearing agency, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation (NSCC). Clearing agency privileges allow us to accept transaction instructions by anyone representing themselves as the shareholder and who provides reasonable confirmation of their identity. We use reasonable procedures to confirm that transactions through a clearing agency are genuine; we will not be liable for any losses incurred if we follow instructions we reasonably believe to be genuine. Contact us or your Institution

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

immediately if you believe there is a discrepancy on your confirmation statement or if you believe someone has obtained unauthorized access to your account.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) at the time an account is opened are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on the account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV. You will be responsible for any losses, taxes, expenses, fees, or other results of such a redemption.

 

30   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

Business Day

Generally, Monday through Friday with the exception of any day in which the New York Stock Exchange or Federal Reserve is closed.

 

Commercial Paper

Debt instruments issued by banks, corporations and other issuers to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper typically is of high credit quality and offers below market interest rates.

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth.

 

Debt Obligations

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Distributions

Disbursements of net investment income, realized net capital gains and/or capital made by a Fund to its shareholders.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of the Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with such investment policies.

 

Dollar-Denominated

Dollar-denominated means, with reference to a security, that all principal and interest payments on such security are payable in U.S. dollars and that the interest rate of, the principal amount to be repaid, and the timing of payments related to such security do not vary or float with the value of foreign currency, the rate of interest payable on foreign currency borrowings, or with any other interest rate or index expressed in a currency other than U.S. dollars.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or a portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits, such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be readily sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Money Market Trusts Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality, short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

Municipal Obligations

Debt obligations of a state or local government entity. Revenues raised from the sale of such obligations may support general governmental needs or special projects. Virtually all municipal obligations are exempt from federal income taxes and most are exempt from state and local income taxes, at least in the state of issue.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

Zero Coupon Securities

Bonds that make no periodic interest payments and which are usually sold at a discount of their face value. Zero coupon bonds are subject to interest rate and credit risk.

 

32   Money Market Trusts Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS ADVANTAGE FARGO FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantage funds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS

provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE: Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our

Web site at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved.

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

045MMT/P1209 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

April 11, 2005

Prospectus

Wells Fargo 401(k) plan funds

Wells Fargo Advantage Aggressive Allocation Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Conservative Allocation Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Equity Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified Small Cap Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth Balanced Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Growth Fund

Wells Fargo Advantage Moderate Balanced Fund

Please read this Prospectus and keep it for future reference. It is designed to provide you with important information and to help you decide if a Fund’s goals match your own.

These securities have not been approved or disapproved by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), nor has the SEC passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Fund shares are NOT deposits or other obligations of, or issued, endorsed or guaranteed by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”) or any of its affiliates. Fund shares are NOT insured or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) or any other government agency. AN INVESTMENT IN A FUND INVOLVES CERTAIN RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.


Table of Contents

Table of Contents

401(k) Plan Funds


 

Overview

 

Important summary information about the Funds.

    

Objectives and Principal Strategies

   4
    

Summary of Important Risks

   6
    

Performance History

   10
      

Summary of Expenses

   19

The Funds

 

Important information about
the individual Funds.

    

Key Information

   20
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Aggressive
Allocation Fund

   21
    

Wells Fargo Advantage Conservative
Allocation Fund

   25
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified
Equity Fund

   30
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Diversified
Small Cap Fund

   34
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Growth
Balanced Fund

   38
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company
Growth Fund

   43
      

Wells Fargo Advantage Moderate
Balanced Fund

   46
      

Additional Strategies and
General Investment Risks

   51
      

Organization and Management of the Funds

   56

Your Investment

 

How to open an account and how to buy, sell and exchange Fund shares.

    

Your Account

   60
    

How to Buy Shares

   61
    

How to Sell Shares

   63
    

Exchanges

   64

Reference

 

Additional information and term

definitions.

    

Other Information

   66
    

Description of Master Portfolios

   68
    

Portfolio Managers

   72
      

Glossary

   74

 


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan Funds Overview


See the individual Fund descriptions in this Prospectus for further details.

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

FUND    OBJECTIVE

 

Aggressive Allocation Fund (formerly named the Strategic Growth Allocation Fund)

 

  

 

Seeks capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 

 

Conservative Allocation Fund

(formerly named the Strategic Income Fund)

 

  

 

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in bonds, other fixed income investments
and stocks.

 

 

Diversified Equity Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

 

 

 

Diversified Small Cap Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility.

 

 

 

 

Growth Balanced Fund

 

  

 

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks and bonds.

 

 

Large Company Growth Fund

 

  

 

Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Moderate Balanced Fund

  

 

Seeks a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks, bonds and other fixed income securities.

 

4   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in equity securities with limited exposure to fixed income securities. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 80% equity securities and 20% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.
The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in fixed income securities with limited exposure to equity securities. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 80% fixed income securities and 20% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in five different equity investment styles—large cap blend, large cap value, large cap growth, small cap and international—to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. We currently invest in 14 master portfolios.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in several different small-capitalization equity styles in order to reduce the risk of price and return volatility associated with reliance on a single equity investment style. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $59 million to $3.6 billion and is expected to change frequently. We currently invest in 3 master portfolios.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on equity portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 65% equity securities and 35% fixed income securities, and it uses “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies that we believe have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on fixed income portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% fixed income securities and 40% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. The equity portion and the fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio each use various investment styles.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   5

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

This section summarizes important risks that relate to an investment in the Funds. All are important to your investment choice. Additional information about these and other risks is included in:

 

·   the individual Fund descriptions beginning on page 21;

 

·   the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 51; and

 

·   the Funds’ Statement of Additional Information.

 

An investment in a Fund is not a deposit of Wells Fargo Bank or any of its affiliates and is not insured or guaranteed by the FDIC or any other government agency. It is possible to lose money by investing in a Fund.

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Debt Securities

Certain Funds invest in debt securities, such as notes and bonds, which are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk. Credit risk is the possibility that an issuer of an instrument will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal. Changes in the financial strength of an issuer or changes in the credit rating of a security may affect its value. Interest rate risk is the risk that interest rates may increase, which will reduce the resale value of instruments in a Fund’s portfolio, including U.S. Government obligations. Debt securities with longer maturities are generally more sensitive to interest rate changes than those with shorter maturities. Changes in market interest rates do not affect the rate payable on debt instruments held in a Fund, unless the instrument has adjustable or variable rate features, which can reduce interest rate risk. Changes in market interest rates may also extend or shorten the duration of certain types of instruments, such as asset-backed securities, thereby affecting their value and the return on your investment.

 

Equity Securities

The Funds invest in equity securities, which are subject to equity market risk. This is the risk that stock prices will fluctuate and can decline and reduce the value of a Fund’s portfolio. Certain types of stocks and certain individual stocks selected for a Fund’s portfolio may underperform or decline in value more than the overall market. Growth style stocks are selected in part based on their prospects for future earnings, which may not be realized. There is no guarantee that stocks selected as “undervalued” using a value style approach will perform as expected. Generally, the larger the company the less volatile and more liquid its stock.

 

Foreign Investments

The Funds make foreign investments, which are subject to additional risks, including potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Foreign investments may be made directly through securities purchased in foreign markets, or through investments in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other similar investments. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to additional risks, including those related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs (receipts evidencing ownership of foreign stock deposited in a domestic bank or trust company) reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and

 

6   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

COMMON RISKS FOR THE FUNDS

Foreign Investments (cont’d)

settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks. Similar investments (European and Global Depositary Receipts) are receipts for stock deposited in foreign banks and trust companies, trade across foreign and domestic markets, and can involve greater risks than ADRs.

 

Small Company Securities

Certain Funds invest in small company securities. Stocks of small companies tend to be more volatile and less liquid than large company stocks. Some of these companies have no or relatively short operating histories, or are newly public companies. Some of these companies have aggressive capital structures, including high debt levels, or are involved in rapidly growing or changing industries and/or new technologies.

 

 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS

 

Aggressive Allocation Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Conservative Allocation Fund

 

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

Diversified Equity Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities”, “Foreign Investments” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Diversified Small Cap Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

Growth Balanced Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

Large Company Growth Fund

   The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   7

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Important Risks


 

FUND    SPECIFIC RISKS
Moderate Balanced Fund    The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities,” “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

8   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

The following information shows you how each Fund has performed and illustrates the variability of a Fund’s returns over time. Each Fund’s average annual returns for one-, five- and ten-year periods (or for the life of the Fund, as applicable) are compared to the performance of an appropriate broad-based index.

 

Please remember that past performance is no guarantee of future results.

 

In addition, prior to April 11, 2005, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class.

 

Aggressive Allocation Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  20.01%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (18.70)%

 

10   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”).

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/02/97)

  9.21%   2.03%   6.77%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.77%   1.36%   6.17%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.98%   1.35%   5.54%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1,3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   4.96%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   6.66%
1 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   11

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Conservative Allocation Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’97  •  6.21%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (3.36)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  4.24%   5.03%   7.76%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.29%   3.36%   5.67%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.99%   3.33%   5.48%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1,3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

12   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Diversified Equity Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  19.88%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (19.36)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes (Incept. 11/11/94)

  10.76%   (0.80)%   10.87%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  8.87%   (1.83)%   9.69%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  8.31%   (1.08)%   9.14%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)1, 2

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   13

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Diversified Small Cap Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q2  ’03  •  21.57%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’98  •  (23.73)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   Life of
Fund

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 12/31/97)

  19.11%   10.81%   7.67%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  17.75%   10.04%   7.14%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  13.92%   9.10%   6.47%

Russell 2000 Index (reflects no deduction for expenses or taxes)

  18.33%   6.61%   7.20%

 

14   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Growth Balanced Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  16.86%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (15.61)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  8.07%   3.32%   10.66%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  7.33%   2.07%   9.01%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  5.39%   2.17%   8.51%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1, 3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2   Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   15

 


Table of Contents

Performance History


 

Large Company Growth Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  31.64%   Worst Qtr.:   Q1  ’01  •  (22.83)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  3.26%   (6.59)%   11.70%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  3.20%   (6.65)%   11.33%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  2.12%   (5.48)%   10.37%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%
1   S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.

 

16   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Moderate Balanced Fund Administrator Class Calendar Year Returns

 

LOGO

 

Best Qtr.:   Q4  ’98  •  10.19%   Worst Qtr.:   Q3  ’02  •  (9.06)%

 

The table below provides average annual total return information, both before and after taxes, for the Fund’s Administrator Class shares. After-tax returns are calculated using the historical highest individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state, local or foreign taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and after-tax returns shown are not relevant to tax-exempt investors or investors who hold their Fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) Plans or IRAs.

 

Average annual total returns            
for the period ended 12/31/04   1 year   5 years   10 years

Administrator Class Returns Before Taxes
(Incept. 11/11/94)

  5.99%   4.47%   9.02%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions

  4.85%   2.67%   6.89%

Administrator Class Returns After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares

  4.48%   2.85%   6.67%

S&P 500 Index (reflects no deduction for
expenses or taxes)1,3

  10.87%   (2.30)%   12.07%

LB Aggregate Bond Index (reflects no
deduction for expenses or taxes)2

  4.34%   7.71%   7.72%
1 S&P 500 is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s.
2 Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index.
3   Standard & Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 Index, Standard & Poor’s 500, and 500 are trademarks of McGraw Hill, Inc. and have been licensed for use by the Fund. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by S&P and S&P makes no representation or warranty regarding the advisability of investing in the Fund.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   17

 


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan Funds


 

These tables are intended to help you understand the various costs and expenses you will pay as a shareholder in a Fund. These tables do not reflect charges that may be imposed in connection with an account through which you hold Fund shares. A broker-dealer or financial institution maintaining an account through which you hold Fund shares may charge separate account, service or transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares that would be in addition to the fees and expenses shown here.

 

SHAREHOLDER FEES (fees paid directly from your investment)    
    All Funds
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)
  None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load) (as a percentage of
the
Net Asset Value (“NAV”) at purchase)
  None

 

ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES (expenses that are deducted from fund assets)1
   

Aggressive

Allocation

Fund

  Conservative
Allocation
Fund
  Diversified
Equity
Fund
  Diversified
Small Cap
Fund
Management Fees2   0.80%   0.72%   0.83%   0.91%
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%
Other Expenses3   0.37%   0.33%   0.36%   0.45%
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.17%   1.05%   1.19%   1.36%
Fee Waivers   0.17%   0.20%   0.19%   0.16%
NET EXPENSES4   1.00%   0.85%   1.00%   1.20%
    Growth
Balanced
Fund
 

Large
Company
Growth Fund

  Moderate
Balanced
Fund
   
Management Fees2   0.78%   0.67%   0.75%    
Distribution (12b-1) Fees   0.00%   0.00%   0.00%    
Other Expenses3   0.32%   0.43%   0.32%    
TOTAL ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES   1.10%   1.10%   1.07%    
Fee Waivers   0.15%   0.15%   0.17%    
NET EXPENSES4   0.95%   0.95%   0.90%    
1   Expenses for gateway funds include expenses allocated from the master portfolios in which each such fund invests.
2   The Funds’ investment adviser has implemented breakpoint schedules for the management fees of the master portfolios in which the Funds invest. The management fees charged to the master portfolios will decline as a master portfolio’s assets grow and will continue to be based on a percentage of the master portfolio’s average daily net assets. Each Fund, except for the Large Company Growth Fund, invests substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios. The breakpoint schedule for the master portfolio in which the Large Company Growth Fund invests is as follows: 0.75% for assets from $0 to $499 million; 0.70% for assets from $500 million to $999 million; 0.65% for assets from $1 billion to $2.99 billion; 0.625% for assets from $3 billion to $4.99 billion; and 0.60% for assets $5 billion and higher. Management fees for each Fund, except the Large Company Growth Fund, are based on a blended rate of the advisory fees charged to the master portfolios in which the Funds invest.
3   Other expenses have been adjusted as necessary from amounts incurred during the Fund’s most recent fiscal year to reflect current fees and expenses, and may include expenses payable to affiliates of Wells Fargo & Company.
4   For the Large Company Growth Fund, the adviser has committed through April 30, 2007 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain the Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown. For each other Fund, the adviser has committed through January 31, 2006 to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to maintain each Fund’s net operating expense ratio shown.

 

18   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Summary of Expenses


 

EXAMPLE OF EXPENSES

 

 

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in a Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes a fixed rate of return, the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions, and that fund operating expenses remain the same. The fee waivers shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses are not reflected in the 3, 5 and 10 year examples. Your actual costs may be higher or lower than those shown.

 

You would pay the following expenses on a $10,000 investment assuming a 5% annual return and that you redeem your shares at the end of each period:

 

    Aggressive
Allocation
Fund
  Conservative
Allocation
Fund
  Diversified
Equity
Fund
  Diversified
Small Cap
Fund
  1 YEAR   $ 102   $ 87   $ 102   $ 122
  3 YEARS   $ 355   $ 314   $ 359   $ 415
  5 YEARS   $ 627   $ 560   $ 636   $ 729
10 YEARS   $ 1,405   $ 1,265   $ 1,426   $ 1,621
        Growth
Balanced
Fund
  Large
Company
Growth Fund
  Moderate
Balanced
Fund
  1 YEAR         $ 97   $ 97   $ 92
  3 YEARS         $ 335   $ 335   $ 323
  5 YEARS         $ 592   $ 592   $ 574
10 YEARS         $ 1,327   $ 1,327   $ 1,290
                         

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   19

 


Table of Contents

Key Information


 

In this Prospectus, “we” generally refers to Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) or Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), the Funds’ investment adviser. “We” may also refer to the Funds’ other service providers. “You” refers to the shareholder or potential investor.

 


 

Master/GatewaySM Structure

The Funds in this Prospectus are gateway funds in a Master/GatewaySM structure. In this structure, a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust or other stand-alone funds of Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM whose objectives and investment strategies are consistent with the gateway fund’s investment objective and strategies. Through this structure, gateway funds can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expenses by sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets. Master portfolios offer their shares to multiple gateway funds and other master portfolios rather than directly to the public. Certain administrative and other fees and expenses are charged to both the gateway fund and the master portfolio(s). The services provided and fees charged to a gateway fund are in addition to and not duplicative of the services provided and fees charged to the master portfolio(s). Fees relating to investments in other stand-alone funds are waived to the extent that they are duplicative, or would exceed certain defined limits. References to the investment activities of a gateway fund are intended to refer to the investment activities of the master portfolio(s) in which it invests.

 


 

Important information you should look for as you decide to invest in a Fund:

The summary information on the previous pages is designed to provide you with an overview of each Fund. The sections that follow provide more detailed information about the investments and management of each Fund.

 


 

Investment Objective and Investment Strategies

The investment objective of each Fund in this Prospectus is non-fundamental, that is, it can be changed by a vote of the Board of Trustees alone. The objective and strategies description for each Fund tells you:

 

·   what the Fund is trying to achieve;

 

·   how we intend to invest your money; and

 

·   what makes the Fund different from the other Funds offered in this Prospectus.

 


 

Permitted Investments

A summary of each Fund’s key permitted investments and practices. Unless otherwise indicated, these investment policies and practices apply on an ongoing basis. Percentages of “the Fund’s assets” are measured as percentages of net assets plus borrowings for investment purposes. The investment policy of each Fund concerning “80% of the Fund’s assets” may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, but shareholders would be given 60 days notice.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

Describes the key risk factors for each Fund, and includes risks described in the “Summary of Important Risks” and “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” sections.

 

Italicized and colored words appear that way only to denote their inclusion in the Glossary section of this Prospectus.

 

20   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Aggressive Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Aggressive Allocation Fund seeks to provide capital appreciation with a secondary emphasis on current income.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in equity securities with limited exposure to fixed income securities. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 80% equity securities and 20% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 17 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. The fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund.

 

The percentage of the Fund’s assets that we invest in different styles may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

     Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

   80%    65–95%

Fixed Income Styles

   20%    5–35%

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   21

 


Table of Contents

Aggressive Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation        

Diversified Equity Style

  80%        

Large Cap Blend Style

      20%    

Index Portfolio

          20%

Large Cap Value Style

      20%    

C & B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          6.67%

Equity Income Portfolio

          6.67%

Equity Value Portfolio

          6.66%

Large Cap Growth Style

      20%    

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          4%

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          2%

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          14%

Small Cap Style

      8%    

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          2.67%

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          2.67%

Small Company Value Portfolio

          2.66%

International Style

      12%    

International Core Portfolio

          3%

International Growth Portfolio

          3%

International Index Portfolio

          3%

International Value Portfolio

          3%

Diversified Bond Style

  20%        

Managed Fixed-Income Portfolio

          10.0%

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          3.33%

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          6.67%

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%        

 

22   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies for each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio      Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

     Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

     Smith Group

Equity Income

     Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

     Systematic

Index

     Wells Capital Management

International Core

     New Star

International Growth

     Artisan

International Index

     Barclays

International Value

     LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

     Cadence

Large Company Growth

     Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

     Galliard

Small Cap Index

     Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

     Peregrine

Small Company Value

     Peregrine

Strategic Value Bond

     Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

     Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 51. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   23

 


Table of Contents

Aggressive Allocation Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 2, 1997
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
  2004
      Sept. 30,
  2003
      Sept. 30,
  2002
      Sept. 30,
  2001
      Sept. 30,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.85     $9.91     $12.02     $14.78     $12.89  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.14     0.10     0.13     0.17     0.18  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.26     2.00     (2.03 )   (2.29 )   1.85  

Total from investment operations

  1.40     2.10     (1.90 )   (2.12 )   $2.03  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.16 )   (0.16 )   (0.11 )   (0.17 )   (0.12 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (0.10 )   (0.47 )   (0.02 )

Total distributions

  (0.16 )   (0.16 )   (0.21 )   (0.64 )   (0.14 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.09     $11.85     $9.91     $12.02     $14.78  

Total return1

  11.82 %   21.36 %   (16.22 )%   (14.97 )%   15.82 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $170,383     $131,760     $78,673     $82,908     $90,334  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.00 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   1.00 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.14 %   1.20 %   1.20 %   1.37 %   1.40 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  42 %   43 %   40 %   49 %   48 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.02 %   1.13 %   1.08 %   1.03 %   1.17 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain gross expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

24   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Conservative Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Managers: Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Conservative Allocation Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in bonds, other fixed income investments, and stocks.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that is designed for investors seeking to invest in fixed income securities with limited exposure to equity securities. The Fund’s “neutral“ target allocation is 80% fixed income securities and 20% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 18 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed-income portion of the Fund’s investments. The equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in income producing securities.

 

The percentage of the Fund’s assets that we invest in different styles may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

    Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

  20%    15–25%

Fixed Income Styles

  80%    75–85%

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   25

 


Table of Contents

Conservative Allocation Fund


 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation        

Diversified Bond Style

  80%        

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

      27.5%    

Stable Income Portfolio

      25.0%    

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

      9.18%    

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

      18.32%    

Diversified Equity Style

  20%        

Large Cap Blend Style

      5%    

Index Portfolio

          5%

Large Cap Value Style

      5%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          1.66%

Equity Income Portfolio

          1.67%

Equity Value Portfolio

          1.67%

Large Cap Growth Style

      5%    

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          1.00%

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          0.50%

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          3.50%

Small Cap Style

      2%    

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          0.67%

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          0.67%

Small Company Value Portfolio

          0.66%

International Style

      3%    

International Core Portfolio

          0.75%

International Growth Portfolio

          0.75%

International Index Portfolio

          0.75%

International Value Portfolio

          0.75%

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%        

 

26   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies for each Fund.

 

Master Portfolio      Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

     Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

     Smith Group

Equity Income

     Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

     Systematic

Index

     Wells Capital Management

International Core

     New Star

International Growth

     Artisan

International Index

     Barclays

International Value

     LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

     Cadence

Large Company Growth

     Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

     Galliard

Small Cap Index

     Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

     Peregrine

Small Company Value

     Peregrine

Stable Income

     Galliard

Strategic Value Bond

     Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

     Peregrine

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   27

 


Table of Contents

Conservative Allocation Fund


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities” and “Equity Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and may be more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” beginning on page 51. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

28   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
  2004
      Sept. 30,
  2003
      Sept. 30,
  2002
      Sept. 30,
  2001
      Sept. 30,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $19.23     $18.42     $19.92     $20.44     $20.06  

Income form investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.44     0.46     0.61     0.84     0.95  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  0.46     1.00     (0.75 )   (0.06 )   0.86  

Total from investment operations

  0.90     1.46     (0.14 )   0.78     1.81  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.51 )   (0.60 )   (0.78 )   (0.93 )   (0.88 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.14 )   (0.05 )   (0.58 )   (0.37 )   (0.55 )

Total distributions

  (0.65 )   (0.65 )   (1.36 )   (1.30 )   (1.43 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $19.48     $19.23     $18.42     $19.92     $20.44  

Total return1

  4.74 %   8.17 %   (0.89 )%   3.89 %   9.52 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $412,341     $381,254     $288,610     $301,041     $268,386  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.85 %   0.82 %   0.80 %   0.80 %   0.80 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  2.32 %   2.78 %   3.23 %   4.34 %   4.69 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  72 %   73 %   71 %   77 %   62 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.90 %   0.97 %   1.00 %   0.90 %   0.94 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   29

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Equity Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA ; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Diversified Equity Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments among different equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” equity investment approach designed to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in a single equity investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment that is selected for a Fund. We currently invest in 14 master portfolios. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We also may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in equity securities, using a combination of 5 different equity investment styles—large cap blend, large cap value, large cap growth, small cap, and international—for the Fund’s investments. We currently allocate the assets dedicated to large cap blend investments to 1 Portfolio, the assets allocated to large cap growth investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets allocated to small cap investments to 3 Portfolios, the assets allocated to large cap value to 3 Portfolios and the assets allocated to international investments to 4 Portfolios.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio allocations for the Fund are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Large Cap Value Style

  25%        

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

      8.34%    

Equity Income Portfolio

      8.33%    

Equity Value Portfolio

      8.33%    

Large Cap Blend Style

  25%        

Index Portfolio

      25%    

Large Cap Growth Style

  25%        

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

      5.0%    

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

      2.5%    

Large Company Growth Portfolio

      17.5%    

Small Cap Style

  10%        

Small Cap Index Portfolio

      3.34%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

      3.33%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

      3.33%    

International Style

  15%        

International Core Portfolio

      3.75%    

International Growth Portfolio

      3.75%    

International Index Portfolio

      3.75%    

International Value Portfolio

      3.75%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%        

 

30   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio      Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

     Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

     Smith Group

Equity Income

     Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

     Systematic

Index

     Wells Capital Management

International Core

     New Star

International Growth

     Artisan

International Index

     Barclays

International Value

     LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

     Cadence

Large Company Growth

     Peregrine

Small Cap Index

     Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

     Peregrine

Small Company Value

     Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities,” “Foreign Investments” and “Small Company Securities,” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Stocks selected for their dividend income may be more sensitive to interest rate changes than other stocks. Stocks of small and medium-sized companies purchased for this Fund may be more volatile and less liquid than those of large company stocks. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 51. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   31

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Equity Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $35.64     $29.04      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  0.26     0.24      

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  4.39     6.57      

Total from investment operations

  4.65     6.81      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.33 )   (0.21 )    

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  (0.33 )   (0.21 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $39.96     $35.64      

Total return1

  13.08 %   23.55 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,178,146     $1,152,692      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  1.00 %   1.00 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  0.61 %   0.67 %    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  32 %   32 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  1.04 %   1.17 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

32   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
       
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $36.38     $52.72     $48.00  
                   
    0.185     0.15     0.18  
        
(6.87
 
)
  ( 11.70 )   7.37  
    (6.69 )   (11.55 )   7.55  
                   
    (0.23 )   (0.17 )   (0.16 )
    (0.42 )   (4.62 )   (2.67 )
    (0.65 )   (4.79 )   (2.83 )
    $29.04     $36.38     $52.72  
    (18.86 )%   (23.95 )%   15.99 %
                   
    $1,014,998     $1,398,810     $1,938,206  
                   
    1.00 %   1.00 %   1.00 %
        
0.47
 
%
  0.38 %   0.31 %
    30 %   34 %   38 %
        
    
1.14
 
 
%
  1.07 %   1.10 %
                   

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   33

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Small Cap Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Diversified Small Cap Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation with moderate annual return volatility by diversifying its investments across different small-capitalization equity investment styles.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the volatility and risk of investing in small-capitalization equity securities. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment that is selected for a portfolio.

 

We use several different small-capitalization equity styles in order to reduce the risk of price and return volatility associated with reliance on a single investment style. We currently invest in 3 master portfolios.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in small-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index. As of December 31, 2004, this range was $59 million to $3.6 billion and is expected to change frequently. We may make changes in the asset allocation at any time in response to market and other conditions. We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Portfolio Allocation

Under normal circumstances, the master portfolio allocations for the Fund are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation    

Small Cap Index Portfolio

  33.33%    

Small Company Growth Portfolio

  33.33%    

Small Company Value Portfolio

  33.34%    

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%    

 

34   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio      Sub-Adviser

Small Cap Index

     Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

     Peregrine

Small Company Value

     Peregrine

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Small Company Securities” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6. Fund assets that track the performance of an index do so whether the index rises or falls.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 51. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   35

 


Table of Contents

Diversified Small Cap Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON DECEMBER 31, 1997
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $11.32     $8.70      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.04 )   (0.01 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.21     2.71      

Total from investment operations

  2.17     2.70      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.08 )   (0.08 )    

Total distributions

  (0.08 )   (0.08 )    

Net asset value, end of period

  $13.41     $11.32      

Total return1

  19.23 %   31.32 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $441,080     $285,650      

Ratios to average net assets2:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets3

  1.20 %   1.17 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.33 )%   (0.13 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate4

  75 %   84 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 3

  1.21 %   1.27 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
4   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

36   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $9.18     $11.18     $9.02  
                   
    (0.02 )   0.01     0.00  
        
(0.34
 
)
  (1.34 )   2.16  
    (0.36 )   (1.33 )   2.16  
                   
    0.00     (0.01 )   0.00  
    (0.12 )   (0.66 )   0.00  
    (0.12 )   (0.67 )   0.00  
    $8.70     $9.18     $11.18  
    (4.17 )%   (12.52 )%   23.95 %
                   
    $192,987     $138,795     $115,700  
                   
    1.20 %   1.20 %   1.20 %
        
(0.24
 
)%
  0.13 %   0.05 %
    93 %   113 %   121 %
        
    
1.38
 
 
%
  1.28 %   1.39 %
                   

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   37

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Growth Balanced Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks and bonds.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on equity portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 65% equity securities and 35% fixed income securities, and it uses a “multi-style approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 17 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

We invest the equity portion of the portfolio in different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. We invest the fixed income portion of the portfolio in different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed-income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund’s investments.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different master portfolios may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 25% of the Fund’s total assets in fixed income securities. When market conditions are not “normal,” as determined by the model, the Fund’s target allocation may be as low as 20% in fixed-income securities, and those conditions may last for extended periods of time. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

    Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

  65%    50–80%

Fixed Income Styles

  35%    20–50%

 

38   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation        

Diversified Equity Style

  65%        

Large Cap Blend Style

      16.25%    

Index Portfolio

          16.25%

Large Cap Value Style

      16.25%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          5.41%

Equity Income Portfolio

          5.42%

Equity Value Portfolio

          5.42%

Large Cap Growth Style

      16.25%    

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          3.25%

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          1.625%

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          11.375%

Small Cap Style

      6.5%    

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          2.17%

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          2.165%

Small Company Value Portfolio

          2.165%

International Style

      9.75%    

International Core Portfolio

          2.44%

International Growth Portfolio

          2.43%

International Index Portfolio

          2.44%

International Value Portfolio

          2.44%

Diversified Bond Style

  35%        

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

          17.5%

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          5.85%

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          11.65%

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%        

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   39

 


Table of Contents

Growth Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies of each portfolio.

 

Master Portfolio      Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

     Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

     Smith Group

Equity Income

     Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

     Systematic

Index

     Wells Capital Management

International Core

     New Star

International Growth

     Artisan

International Index

     Barclays

International Value

     LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

     Cadence

Large Company Growth

     Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

     Galliard

Small Cap Index

     Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

     Peregrine

Small Company Value

     Peregrine

Strategic Value Bond

     Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

     Peregrine

 

 


Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 51. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

40   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:       Sept. 30,
  2004
   

Sept. 30,

  2003

   

    Sept. 30,

  2002

   

    Sept. 30,

  2001

   

    Sept. 30,

  2000

 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $26.34     $22.65     $27.33     $32.91     $30.86  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.455     0.35     0.44     0.57     0.69  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  2.25     3.80     (3.65 )   (3.43 )   3.79  

Total from investment operations

  2.70     4.15     (3.21 )   (2.86 )   4.48  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.63 )   (0.46 )   (0.29 )   (0.69 )   (0.62 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00     (1.18 )   (2.03 )   (1.81 )

Total distributions

  (0.63 )   (0.46 )   (1.47 )   (2.72 )   (2.43 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $28.41     $26.34     $22.65     $27.33     $32.91  

Total return1

  10.31 %   18.53 %   (12.85 )%   (9.59 )%   15.14 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,738,782     $1,415,216     $1,075,256     $1,164,850     $1,065,362  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.94 %   0.94 %   0.93 %   0.93 %   0.93 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  1.59 %   1.69 %   1.80 %   2.16 %   2.23 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  51 %   53 %   48 %   60 %   56 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.95 %   1.05 %   1.05 %   0.97 %   1.01 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based on average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   41

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

Portfolio Managers:    John S. Dale, CFA; Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Large Company Growth Fund seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, high-quality domestic companies that we believe have superior growth potential.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests substantially all of its assets in a master portfolio with a substantially similar investment objective and substantially similar investment strategies.

 

In selecting securities for the Fund, we seek companies whose stock we believe is attractively valued and also exhibit strong fundamental characteristics, such as higher earnings and revenue growth, higher return on equity, and lower debt to capitalization. We may invest in the securities of companies whose growth potential we believe is generally unrecognized or misperceived by the market. We focus our investment strategy on large-capitalization stocks.

 


 

Permitted Investments

Under normal circumstances, we invest:

 

·   at least 80% of the Fund’s assets in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more; and

 

·   up to 20% of total assets in securities of foreign companies through ADRs and similar investments.

 

We will not invest more than 10% of the Fund’s total assets in the securities of a single issuer. We may invest in additional master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the “Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 51. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   43

 


Table of Contents

Large Company Growth Fund


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING                
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS6 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
     
For the period ended:   Sept. 30,
2004
    Sept. 30,
2003
     

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $41.67     $32.65      

Income from investment operations:

               

Net investment income (loss)

  (0.16 )5   (0.16 )    

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.22     9.18      

Total from investment operations

  1.06     9.02      

Less distributions:

               

Distributions from net investment income

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions from net realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Distributions in excess of realized gain

  0.00     0.00      

Total distributions

  0.00     0.00      

Net asset value, end of period

  $42.73     $41.67      

Total return1

  2.57 %   27.60 %    

Ratios/supplemental data:

               

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $1,975,616     $1,761,429      

Ratios to average net assets:

               

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.94 %   0.96 %    

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net assets

  (0.35 )%   (0.44 )%    

Portfolio turnover rate3

  14 %   13 %    

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2, 4

  0.95 %   1.05 %    
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate represents the activity from the Fund’s investment in a single Portfolio.
4   During certain periods, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Calculated based upon average shares outstanding.
6   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

44   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Financial Highlights


 

 

                   
                   
 
    Sept. 30,
2002
    Sept. 30,
2001
    Sept. 30,
2000
 
    $42.06     $70.71     $54.60  
                   
    (0.21 )   (0.24 )   (0.30 )
        
(9.20
 
)
  (27.53 )   18.01  
    (9.41 )   (27.77 )   17.71  
                   
    0.00     0.00     0.00  
    0.00     (0.84 )   (1.60 )
    0.00     (0.04 )   0.00  
    0.00     (0.88 )   (1.60 )
    $32.65     $42.06     $70.71  
    (22.37 )%   (39.73 )%   32.74 %
                   
    $1,038,491     $1,066,607     $1,532,428  
                   
    1.00 %   0.97 %   1.00 %
        
(0.56
 
)%
  (0.48 )%   (0.53 )%
    18 %   13 %   9 %
        
    
1.03
 
 
%
  0.97 %   1.02 %
                   

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   45

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Managers: Thomas C. Biwer, CFA; Galen G. Blomster, CFA; Christian L. Chan, CFA; Jeffrey P. Mellas; Andrew Owen, CFA

 


 

Investment Objective

The Moderate Balanced Fund seeks to provide a combination of current income and capital appreciation by diversifying investments in stocks, bonds and other fixed income securities.

 


 

Investment Strategies

The Fund is a gateway fund that invests in fixed income and equity master portfolios with an emphasis on fixed income portfolios. The Fund’s “neutral” target allocation is 60% fixed income securities and 40% equity securities, and it uses a “multi-style” approach designed to minimize the risk of investing in a single investment style. “Style” means either an approach to selecting investments, or a type of investment. We currently invest in 18 master portfolios.

 

We attempt to enhance the returns of the Fund by using an asset allocation model that employs various analytical techniques, including quantitative techniques, valuation formulas and optimization procedures, to assess the relative attractiveness of equity and fixed income investments and to recommend changes in the Fund’s target allocations. We do not anticipate making a substantial number of target allocation changes. We use futures contracts to implement target allocation changes determined by the model, rather than physically reallocating assets among investment styles.

 


 

Permitted Investments

The equity portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different equity investment styles. The blending of multiple equity investment styles is intended to reduce the risk associated with the use of a single style, which may move in and out of favor during the course of a market cycle. The fixed income portion of the Fund’s portfolio uses different fixed income investment styles. The blending of multiple fixed income investment styles is intended to reduce the price and return volatility of, and provide more consistent returns within, the fixed income portion of the Fund.

 

The percentage of Fund assets that we invest in different styles may temporarily deviate from the Fund’s target allocations due to changes in market values. The adviser rebalances the Fund when the Fund’s actual allocations deviate by a specified percentage from the target allocations. Under normal circumstances, we invest at least 25% of the Fund’s total assets in fixed income securities. The Fund uses futures contracts to implement target allocation changes recommended by the asset allocation model.

 

We may invest in more or fewer master portfolios, in other Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or directly in a portfolio of securities.

 


 

Target Allocations

 

     Neutral Target Allocation    Target Allocation Ranges

Equity Styles

   40%    30–50%

Fixed Income Styles

   60%    50–70%

 

46   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Portfolio Allocation

The Fund’s “neutral” portfolio allocations are currently as follows:

 

Investment Style/Portfolios   Allocation        

Diversified Bond Style

  60%        

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

          22.5%

Stable Income Portfolio

          15.0%

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

          7.5%

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

          15.0%

Diversified Equity Style

  40%        

Large Cap Blend Style

      10%    

Index Portfolio

          10%

Large Cap Value Style

      10%    

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

          3.33%

Equity Income Portfolio

          3.34%

Equity Value Portfolio

          3.33%

Large Cap Growth Style

      10%    

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

          2%

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

          1%

Large Company Growth Portfolio

          7%

Small Cap Style

      4%    

Small Cap Index Portfolio

          1.34%

Small Company Growth Portfolio

          1.33%

Small Company Value Portfolio

          1.33%

International Style

      6%    

International Core Portfolio

          1.5%

International Growth Portfolio

          1.5%

International Index Portfolio

          1.5%

International Value Portfolio

          1.5%

TOTAL FUND ASSETS

  100%        

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   47

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund


 

Portfolio Management

Please see the “Description of Master Portfolios” section on page 68 for the objective and principal strategies of these portfolios.

 

Master Portfolio      Sub-Adviser

C&B Large Cap Value

     Cooke & Bieler

Disciplined Growth

     Smith Group
Equity Income      Wells Capital Management

Equity Value

     Systematic

Index

     Wells Capital Management

International Core

     New Star

International Growth

     Artisan

International Index

     Barclays

International Value

     LSV

Large Cap Appreciation

     Cadence

Large Company Growth

     Peregrine

Managed Fixed Income

     Galliard
Small Cap Index      Wells Capital Management

Small Company Growth

     Peregrine
Small Company Value      Peregrine

Stable Income

     Galliard
Strategic Value Bond      Galliard

Tactical Maturity Bond

     Peregrine

 

48   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Important Risk Factors

The Fund is primarily subject to the “Debt Securities”, “Equity Securities” and “Foreign Investments” risks described under “Common Risks for the Funds” on page 6.

 

The Strategic Value Bond Portfolio in which the Fund invests may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (sometimes referred to as “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities is affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated or unrated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

You should consider these risks, along with the ”Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks” section beginning on page 51. These considerations are all important to your investment choice.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   49

 


Table of Contents

Moderate Balanced Fund

Financial Highlights


 

This table is intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past 5 years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. Total returns represent the rate you would have earned (or lost) on an investment in the Fund (assuming reinvestment of all distributions). KPMG LLP audited this information which, along with its report and the Fund’s financial statements, is also contained in the Fund’s annual report, a copy of which is available upon request.

 

FOR A SHARE OUTSTANDING  
    ADMINISTRATOR CLASS5 SHARES—COMMENCED
ON NOVEMBER 11, 1994
 
For the period ended:     Sept. 30,
  2004
      Sept. 30,
  2003
      Sept. 30,
  2002
      Sept. 30,
  2001
      Sept. 30,
  2000
 

Net asset value, beginning of period

  $21.09     $19.47     $22.29     $24.83     $24.18  

Income from investment operations:

                             

Net investment income (loss)

  0.42     0.44     0.56     0.76     0.94  

Net realized and unrealized gain (loss)
on investments

  1.10     2.02     (1.80 )   (1.17 )   1.79  

Total from investment operations

  1.52     2.46     (1.24 )   (0.41 )   2.73  

Less distributions:

                             

Distributions from net investment income

  (0.64 )   (0.64 )   (0.54 )   (0.87 )   (0.83 )

Distributions from net realized gain

  (0.21 )   (0.20 )   (1.04 )   (1.26 )   (1.25 )

Total distributions

  (0.85 )   (0.84 )   (1.58 )   (2.13 )   (2.08 )

Net asset value, end of period

  $21.76     $21.09     $19.47     $22.29     $24.83  

Total return1

  7.28 %   12.99 %   (6.35 )%   (1.98 )%   11.98 %

Ratios/supplemental data:

                             

Net assets, end of period (000s)

  $544,698     $512,460     $459,248     $519,931     $524,214  

Ratios to average net assets:

                             

Ratio of expenses to average net assets2

  0.90 %   0.89 %   0.88 %   0.88 %   0.88 %

Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
average net asset

  1.97 %   2.25 %   2.55 %   3.37 %   3.58 %

Portfolio turnover rate3

  62 %   64 %   61 %   69 %   58 %

Ratio of expenses to average net assets
prior to waived fees and reimbursed
expenses
2,4

  0.92 %   1.03 %   1.02 %   0.93 %   0.96 %
1   Total returns do not include any sales charges, and would have been lower had certain expenses not been waived or reimbursed during the periods shown.
2   Includes expenses allocated from the Portfolio(s) in which the Fund invests.
3   Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by aggregating the results of multiplying the Fund’s investment percentage in the respective Portfolio by the corresponding Portfolio’s portfolio turnover rate.
4   During each period, various fees and/or expenses were waived and/or reimbursed. The ratio of gross expenses to average net assets reflects the expense ratio in the absence of any waivers and/or reimbursements.
5   Formerly named the Institutional Class.

 

50   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment practices and risk levels are carefully monitored. Every attempt is made to ensure that the risk exposure for each Fund remains within the parameters of its objective and strategies.

 

Understanding the risks involved in mutual fund investing will help you make an informed decision that takes into account your risk tolerance and preferences. You should carefully consider the risks common to investing in all mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. Certain common risks are identified in the “Summary of Important Risks” section on page 6. Other risks of mutual fund investing include the following:

 

·   Unlike bank deposits, such as CDs or savings accounts, mutual funds are not insured by the FDIC.

 

·   We cannot guarantee that a Fund will meet its investment objective.

 

·   We do not guarantee the performance of a Fund, nor can we assure you that the market value of your investment will not decline. We will not “make good” any investment loss you may suffer, nor can anyone we contract with to provide services, such as investment advisers, offer or promise to make good any such losses.

 

·   Share prices—and therefore the value of your investment—will increase and decrease with changes in the value of the underlying securities and other investments. This is referred to as price volatility.

 

·   An investment in a single Fund, by itself, does not constitute a complete investment plan.

 

·   The Aggressive Allocation, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced and Moderate Balanced Funds are subject to leverage risk, which is the risk that some relatively smaller transactions may multiply smaller market movements into larger changes in a Fund’s NAV. This risk may occur when a Fund makes investments in derivatives, such as options or futures contracts.

 

·   Each Fund holds some of its assets in cash or in money market instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, shares of other mutual funds and repurchase agreements, or make other short-term investments, to either maintain liquidity. Each Fund may temporarily increase such holdings for short-term defensive purposes when we believe it is in the best interest of shareholders to do so. During these periods, a Fund may not achieve its objective.

 

·   The Funds that invest in smaller companies, foreign companies (including investments made through ADRs and similar investments), and in emerging markets are subject to additional risks, including less liquidity and greater price volatility. A Fund’s investment in foreign and emerging markets may also be subject to special risks associated with international trade, including currency, foreign investment, liquidity and regulatory risk.

 

·   Certain Funds may use various derivative instruments, such as options or futures contracts. The term “derivatives” covers a broad range of investments, but in general it refers to any financial instrument whose value is derived, at least in part, from the price of another security or a specified index, asset or rate. Some derivatives may be more sensitive to interest rate changes or market moves, and some may be susceptible to changes in yields or values due to their structure or contract terms.

 

·   Certain Funds may invest a portion of their assets in U.S. Government obligations, such as securities issued or guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMAs”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMAs”) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMCs”). Some of these obligations are mortgage-backed securities representing partial ownership of a pool of residential mortgage loans. Mortgage-backed securities are subject to prepayment and extension risk, which can alter the duration of the securities and also reduce the rate of return on the portfolio. It is important to recognize that the U.S. Government does not guarantee the market value or current yield of U.S. Government obligations. Not all U.S. Government obligations are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government and the U.S. Government’s guarantee does not extend to the Funds themselves.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   51

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

What follows is a general list of the types of risks (some of which have been previously described) that may apply to a given Fund and a table showing some of the additional investment practices that each Fund may use and the key risks associated with them. Additional information about these practices is available in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Counter-Party Risk—The risk that the other party in a repurchase agreement or other transaction will not fulfill its contract obligation.

 

Credit Risk—The risk that the issuer of a debt security will be unable to make interest payments or repay principal on schedule. If an issuer does default, the affected security could lose all of its value, or be renegotiated at a lower interest rate or principal amount. Affected securities might also lose liquidity. Credit risk also includes the risk that a party in a transaction may not be able to complete the transaction as agreed.

 

Currency Risk—The risk that a change in the exchange rate between U.S. dollars and a foreign currency may reduce the value of an investment made in a security denominated in that foreign currency.

 

Emerging Market Risk—The additional risks associated with emerging markets, as defined in the glossary, including that they may be more sensitive to certain economic changes. For example, emerging market countries are often dependent on international trade and are therefore often vulnerable to recessions in other countries. They may have obsolete financial systems, have volatile currencies and may be more sensitive than more mature markets to a variety of economic factors. Emerging market securities may also be less liquid than securities of more developed countries and could be difficult to sell, particularly during a market downturn.

 

Foreign Investment Risk—The additional risks associated with foreign investments, including that they may be subject to potentially less liquidity and greater price volatility. These additional risks include those related to adverse political, regulatory, market or economic developments, and foreign markets can and often do perform differently from U.S. markets. Emerging market securities typically present even greater exposure to these same risks and can present additional risks (such as those related to social unrest or political upheaval) that can make them extremely volatile. Additionally, foreign companies may be subject to significantly higher levels of taxation than U.S. companies, including potentially confiscatory levels of taxation, thereby reducing their earnings potential. In addition, amounts realized on foreign investments may be subject to high levels of foreign taxation. Direct investment in foreign securities involves exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, withholding and other taxes, trade settlement, custodial, and other operational risks, and the less stringent investor protection and disclosure standards of some foreign markets. ADRs reduce some of the risks of foreign investing, because a large, liquid market generally exists and U.S. trading and settlement practices reduce currency, custodial and other operational risks.

 

Interest Rate Risk—The risk that changes in interest rates can reduce the value of an existing security. Generally, when interest rates increase, the value of a debt security decreases. The effect is usually more pronounced for securities with longer dates to maturity.

 

Leverage Risk—The risk that an investment practice, such as lending portfolio securities or engaging in forward commitment or when-issued securities transactions, may increase a Fund’s exposure to market risk, interest rate risk or other risks by, in effect, increasing assets available for investment.

 

Liquidity Risk—The risk that a security cannot be sold at the time desired, or cannot be sold without adversely affecting the price.

 

Market Risk—The risk that the value of a security will be reduced by market activity. This is a basic risk associated with all securities.

 

52   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Prepayment/Extension Risk—The risk that prepayment rates on mortgage loans or other receivables will be higher or lower than expected which can alter the duration of a mortgage-backed security, increase interest risk and reduce rates of return.

 

Regulatory Risk—The risk that changes in government regulations will adversely affect the value of a security. Also the risk that an insufficiently regulated market might permit inappropriate practices that adversely affect an investment.

 

Small Company Investment Risk—The risk that investments in smaller companies may be more volatile and harder to sell than investments in larger companies. Smaller companies may have higher failure rates and generally have lower trading volumes than larger companies. Short-term changes in the demand for the securities of small companies may have a disproportionate effect on their market price, tending to make prices of these securities fall more dramatically in response to selling pressure.

 

In addition to the general risks discussed above and under “Summary of Important Risks,” you should carefully consider and evaluate any special risks that may apply to investing in a particular Fund. See the “Important Risk Factors” section in the summary for each Fund. You should also see the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about the investment practices and risks particular to each Fund.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   53

 


Table of Contents

Additional Strategies and General Investment Risks


 

Investment Practice/Risk

The following table lists certain regular investment practices of the Funds, including some not disclosed in the Investment Objective and Investment Strategies sections of the Prospectus. The risks indicated after the description of the practice are NOT the only potential risks associated with that practice, but are among the more prominent. Market risk is assumed for each investment practice. See the Statement of Additional Information for more information on these practices and for a description of each Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of each Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Remember, each Fund is designed to meet different investment needs and objectives.

 

 

        AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION   CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION   DIVERSIFIED EQUITY   DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP   GROWTH BALANCED   LARGE COMPANY GROWTH   MODERATE BALANCED
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                            

Borrowing Policies

The ability to borrow money for temporary purposes (e.g. to meet shareholder redemptions).

  Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Emerging Markets

Securities of companies based in countries considered developing or to have “emerging” stock markets. Generally, these securities have the same type of risks as foreign securities, but to a higher degree.

  Emerging Market, Foreign Investment Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l       l       l       l

Floating and Variable Rate Debt

Instruments with interest rates that are adjusted either on a schedule or when an index or benchmark changes.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk   l   l           l       l

Foreign Obligations

Debt securities of non-U.S. companies, foreign banks, Foreign Investment, Regulatory foreign governments, and other foreign entities.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory and Liquidity Risk   l               l       l

Foreign Securities

Equity securities issued by a non-U.S. company which may be in the form of an ADR or similar investment.

  Foreign Investment, Regulatory, Liquidity and Currency Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Transactions

Securities bought or sold for delivery at a later date or bought or sold for a fixed price at a fixed date.

  Interest Rate, Leverage and Credit Risk   l   l           l       l

High Yield Securities

Debt securities of lower quality that produce generally higher rates of return. These securities, sometimes referred to as Credit Risk ”junk bonds,” tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions, more volatile, and less liquid, and are subject to greater risk of default.

  Interest Rate and Credit Risk       l                   l

Illiquid Securities

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at the value determined by the Fund. Limited to 15% of net assets.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

 

54   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus


Table of Contents

 

                                 
        AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION   CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION   DIVERSIFIED EQUITY   DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP   GROWTH BALANCED   LARGE COMPANY GROWTH   MODERATE BALANCED
INVESTMENT PRACTICE   PRINCIPAL RISK(S)                            

Loan Participations

Debt obligations that represent a portion of a larger loan made by a bank. Generally sold without guarantee or recourse, some participations sell at a discount because of the borrower’s credit problems.

  Credit Risk       l                    

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The practice of loaning securities to brokers, dealers and financial institutions to increase return on those securities. Loans may be made up to 1940 Act limits (currently one-third of total assets, including the value of collateral received).

  Credit, Counter-Party and Leverage Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Mortgage- and Other Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans, such as mortgage loans, car loans, credit card debt or receivables held in trust.

  Interest Rate, Credit and Prepayment/Extension Risk   l   l           l       l

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. Types of options Types of options used may include: options on securities, options on a stock index and options on stock index futures to protect liquidity and portfolio value.

  Leverage and Liquidity Risk   l   l   l       l       l

Other Mutual Funds

Investments by the Fund in shares of other mutual funds, which will cause Fund shareholders to bear a pro rata portion of the other fund’s expenses, in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

  Market Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Privately Issued Securities

Securities that are not publicly traded but which may or may not be resold in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933.

  Liquidity Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Repurchase Agreements

A transaction in which the seller of a security agrees to buy back a security at an agreed upon time and price, usually with interest.

  Credit and Counter-Party Risk   l   l   l   l   l   l   l

Small Company Securities

Investments in small companies, which may be less liquid and more volatile than investments in larger companies.

  Small Company Investment, Market, and Liquidity Risk   l       l   l   l        

Stripped Obligations

Securities that give ownership to either future payments of interest or a future payment of principal, but not both. These securities tend to have greater interest rate sensitivity than conventional debt.

  Interest Rate Risk       l           l        

 

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   55


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

A number of different entities provide services to the Funds. This section shows how the Funds are organized, lists the entities that perform different services, and explains how these service providers are compensated. Further information is available in the Statement of Additional Information for the Funds.

 

About Wells Fargo Funds Trust

The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (“the Board”) supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

The Board supervises the Funds’ activities and approves the selection of various companies hired to manage the Funds’ operation. The major service providers are described in the diagram below. Except for the advisers, which generally may be changed only with shareholder approval, if the Board believes that it is in the best interests of the shareholders it may change service providers.

 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Supervises the Funds’ activities

Ú

INVESTMENT ADVISER      CUSTODIAN

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
525 Market St.
San Francisco, CA

 

Manages the Funds’ investment activities

    

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
6th & Marquette
Minneapolis, MN

 

Provides safekeeping for the Funds’ assets

Ú

INVESTMENT SUB-ADVISERS

Varies by Fund

 

Responsible for day-to-day portfolio management

Ú

ADMINISTRATOR   TRANSFER
AGENT
  SHAREHOLDER
SERVICING
AGENTS

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

525 Market St.

San Francisco, CA

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.

Two Heritage Dr.

Quincy, MA

 

Various Agents

 

Manages the Fund’s business activities

 

  Maintains records of shares and supervises the payment of dividends   Provide services to customers

Ú

FINANCIAL SERVICES FIRMS AND SELLING AGENTS
Advise current and prospective shareholders on Fund investments

Ú

SHAREHOLDERS

 

56   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

The Investment Adviser

Funds Management serves as the investment adviser for each of the Funds. Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank and is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank. Wells Fargo Bank, which was founded in 1852, is the oldest bank in the western United States and is one of the largest banks in the United States. The Funds’ adviser is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees as shown in the table of Annual Fund Operating Expenses under “Management Fees” in the front of this Prospectus. As of December 30, 2004, Funds Management managed over $106 billion in assets.

 

Each Fund in this Prospectus, except the Large Company Growth Fund, is a gateway fund that invests in various master portfolios. Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual investment advisory fee of 0.25% of each Fund’s average daily net assets for providing advisory services to each Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of each Fund’s investments in various master portfolios. Funds Management also acts as the adviser to, and is entitled to receive a fee from, each master portfolio. The total amount of investment advisory fees paid to Funds Management as a result of a Fund’s investments varies depending on the Fund’s allocation of assets among the various master portfolios.

 

Dormant Investment Advisory Arrangements

Under the investment advisory contract for the Large Company Growth Fund, Funds Management does not receive any compensation from the Fund as long as the Fund continues to invest, as it does today, substantially all of its assets in a single master portfolio. Under this current fee structure, Funds Management only receives an advisory fee from the master portfolio. If the Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios, Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including the determination of the asset allocations of the Fund’s investments in the various master portfolios.

 

Under the investment advisory contract for the Funds, Funds Management acts as investment adviser for gateway fund assets redeemed from a master portfolio and invested directly in a portfolio of securities. Funds Management does not receive any compensation under this arrangement as long as a gateway fund invests substantially all of its assets in one or more master portfolios. If a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly, in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management receives an investment advisory fee from the gateway fund for the management of those assets.

 

Each gateway fund has a similar “dormant” sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that advise the master portfolio(s) in which a gateway fund invests. Under these arrangements, if a gateway fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would receive a sub-advisory fee from Funds Management at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio.

 

The Sub-Advisers

Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, CA 94105, is the sub-adviser for the Aggressive Allocation, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced and Moderate Balanced Funds, and in this capacity is responsible for the day-to-day investment management activities of these Funds. Wells Capital Management also sub-advises the Index, Equity Income and Small Cap Index

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   57

 


Table of Contents

Organization and Management of the Funds


 

Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest a portion of their assets. Wells Capital Management is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services for registered mutual funds, company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals. As of December 31, 2004, Wells Capital Management managed assets aggregating in excess of $129 billion.

 

Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), located at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202, a Milwaukee-based registered investment adviser is the sub-adviser for the International Growth Portfolio. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day management of the portfolio. Artisan provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations and multi-employer and other public retirement plans. As of December 31, 2004, Artisan managed over $40.4 billion in assets.

 

Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“Barclays”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the sub-adviser for the International Index Portfolio. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2005, BGI and its affiliates managed or provided investment advice for assets aggregating in excess of $1.3 trillion.

 

Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), a Pennsylvania limited partnership, is located at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. Cooke & Bieler is a registered investment adviser that has provided investment management services to corporations, foundations, endowments, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts, estates and other institutions and individuals since 1951. Cooke & Bieler is the investment sub-adviser for the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2004, Cooke & Bieler managed over $5.4 billion in assets.

 

Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”), a subsidiary of Allianz A.G., located at 265 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. Cadence is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to pension plans, endowments, mutual funds and individual investors. As of December 31, 2004, Cadence managed approximately $6.0 billion in assets.

 

Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo Bank National Association located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, is the investment sub-adviser for the Stable Income, Strategic Value Bond and Managed Fixed Income Portfolios. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of these portfolios. Galliard is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to bank and thrift institutions, pension and profit sharing plans, trusts and charitable organizations and corporate and other business entities. As of December 31, 2004, Galliard managed approximately $18.3 billion in assets.

 

LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), located at 1 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, IL 60606 is the sub-investment adviser for the International Value Portfolio. In this capacity it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. LSV is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, LSV managed over $35.4 billion in assets.

 

New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), located at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X7NE, England, is a London-based U.S.-registered investment adviser. New Star is the investment sub-adviser for the International Core Portfolio. In this capacity it is responsible for the day-to-day management of the portfolio. New Star provides investment advisory services to

 

58   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

foreign-and U.S.-based corporate, endowment and foundation clients. As of December 31, 2004, New Star managed over $8.6 billion in assets.

 

Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company located at LaSalle Plaza, 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, is the investment sub-adviser for the Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth, Small Company Value and Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolios. In this capacity, it is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of these portfolios. Peregrine is a registered investment adviser that provides investment advisory services to corporate and public pension plans, profit sharing plans, savings investment plans, 401(k) plans, foundations and endowments. As of December 31, 2004, Peregrine managed approximately $13.4 billion in assets.

 

Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. (“Smith Group”), located at 200 Crescent Court, Suite 850, Dallas, Texas 75201, is the investment sub-adviser for the Disciplined Growth Portfolio and is responsible for the day-to-day investment management of the portfolio. Smith Group is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to company retirement plans, foundations, endowments, trust companies, and high net-worth individuals using a disciplined equity style. As of December 31, 2004, Smith Group managed over $1.6 billion million in assets.

 

Systematic Financial Management L.P. (“Systematic”), located at 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Glenpointe East, Teaneck, NJ 07666 is the sub-investment adviser for the Equity Value Portfolio. Systematic is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to other mutual funds, corporate clients, endowments and foundations in addition to multi-employer and public investment plans. As of December 31, 2004, Systematic managed over $7.0 billion in assets.

 

The sub-advisers are compensated for their services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

The Administrator

Funds Management provides the Funds with administrative services, including general supervision of each Fund’s operation, coordination of the other services provided to each Fund, compilation of information for reports to the SEC and the state securities commissions, preparation of proxy statements and shareholder reports, and general supervision of data compilation in connection with preparing periodic reports to the Trust’s Trustees and officers. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities to conduct each Fund’s business.

 

Shareholder Servicing Plan

We have a shareholder servicing plan for each Fund. Under this plan, we have agreements with various shareholder servicing agents to process purchase and redemption requests, to service shareholder accounts, and to provide other related services. For these services, each Fund pays an annual fee of up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets. Selling or shareholder servicing agents, in turn, may pay some or all of these amounts to their employees or registered representatives who recommend or sell Fund shares or make investment decisions on behalf of their clients.

 

The Transfer Agent

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”) provides transfer agency and distribution disbursing services to the Funds.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   59

 


Table of Contents

Your Account


 

This section tells you how Fund shares are priced, how to open an account and how to buy, sell or exchange Fund shares once your account is open.

 

Pricing Fund Shares

·   As with all mutual fund investments, the price you pay to purchase shares or the price you receive when you redeem shares is not determined until after a request has been received in proper form by the transfer agent. The price of Fund shares is based on a Fund’s NAV. The price at which a purchase or redemption of Fund shares is effected is based on the next calculation of NAV after the order is placed.

 

·   Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sale price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the values of certain investments if we believe that the latest closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when a Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We determine the NAV of each class of the Funds’ shares each business day as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). We determine the NAV by subtracting each Fund class’s liabilities from its total assets, and then dividing the result by the total number of outstanding shares of that class. See the Statement of Additional Information for further disclosure.

 

·   We process requests to buy or sell shares of the Funds each business day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, which is usually 4:00 p.m. (ET). If the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early and will value their shares at such earlier time under these circumstances. Requests the transfer agent receives in proper form before this time are processed the same day. Requests the transfer agent receives after the cutoff are processed the next business day.

 

·   The Funds are open for business on each day the NYSE is open for business. NYSE holidays generally include New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. When any holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such holiday.

 

60   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents
 

How to Buy Shares


 

Minimum Investments

Institutions are required to make a minimum initial investment of $1,000,000 per Fund. There are no minimum subsequent investment requirements so long as your Institution maintains account balances at or above the minimum initial investment amount. Minimum initial investment requirements may be waived or reduced for certain Institutions.

 

Typically, Institutional Class shares are bought and held on your behalf by the Institution through which you are investing. Investors interested in purchasing Institutional Class shares of the Funds should contact an account representative at their Institution and should understand the following:

 

·   Share purchases are made through a Customer Account at an Institution in accordance with the terms of the Customer Account involved;

 

·   Institutions are usually the holders of record of Institutional Class shares held through Customer Accounts and maintain records reflecting their customers’ beneficial ownership of the shares;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for transmitting their customers’ purchase and redemption orders to the Funds and for delivering required payment on a timely basis;

 

·   Institutions are responsible for delivering shareholder communications and voting information from the Funds, and for transmitting shareholder voting instructions to the Funds; and

 

·   All purchases must be made with U.S. dollars and all checks must be drawn on U.S. banks.

 

·   In compliance with the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions (including mutual funds) are required to obtain, verify and record the following information for all registered owners or others who may be authorized to act on an account: full name, date of birth, taxpayer identification number (usually your Social Security Number), and permanent street address. Corporate, trust and other entity accounts require additional documentation. This information will be used to verify your true identity. We will return your application if any of this information is missing, and we may request additional information from you for verification purposes. In the rare event that we are unable to verify your identity, the Fund reserves the right to redeem your account at the current day’s NAV.

 

·   Each Fund reserves the right to refuse or cancel a purchase or exchange order in cases where the acceptance of the order would, in the Fund’s determination, adversely impact the normal management or operations of the Fund.

 

·   The information provided in this Prospectus is not intended for distribution to, or use by, any person or entity in any jurisdiction or country where such distribution or use would be contrary to law or regulation, or which would subject Fund shares to any registration requirement within such jurisdiction or country.

 

In addition to payments made by the Funds for distribution and shareholder servicing, the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or their affiliates, may pay out of their own assets, and at no cost to the Funds, significant amounts to selling or shareholder servicing agents as in connection with the sale and distribution of shares of the Funds or for services to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In return for these payments, the Funds may receive certain marketing or servicing advantages including, without limitation, inclusion of the Funds on a selling agent’s “preferred list”; providing “shelf space” for the placement of the Funds on a list of mutual funds offered as investment options to its clients; granting access to a selling agent’s registered representatives; providing assistance in training and educating the selling agent’s registered representatives and furnishing marketing support and other related services. Additionally, the Funds and their shareholders may receive certain services including, but not limited to, establishing and maintaining accounts and records; answering inquiries regarding purchases, exchanges and redemptions; processing and verifying purchase, redemption and exchange transactions; furnishing account statements and confirmations

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   61

 


Table of Contents

Your Account

How to Buy Shares


 

of transactions; processing and mailing monthly statements, prospectuses, shareholder reports and other SEC-required communications; and providing the types of services that might typically be provided by a Fund’s transfer agent (e.g., the maintenance of omnibus or omnibus-like accounts, the use of the National Securities Clearing Corporation for the transmission of transaction information and the transmission of shareholder mailings).

 

 

Payments made by the Funds’ Adviser, distributor or their affiliates, for the advantages and services described above, may be fixed dollar amounts, may be based on a percentage of sales and/or assets under management or a combination of the above, and may be up-front or ongoing payments or both. Such payments may be based on the number of customer accounts maintained by the selling or shareholder servicing agent, or based on a percentage of the value of shares sold to, or held by, customers of the selling or shareholder servicing agent, and may differ among selling and shareholder servicing agents.

 

In addition, representatives of the Funds’ distributor visit selling agents on a regular basis to educate their registered representatives and to encourage the sale of Fund shares. The costs associated with such visits and any arrangement, such as sponsoring various contests and promotions to encourage the sale of Fund shares, may be paid for by the Adviser, the Funds’ distributor or its affiliates, subject to applicable NASD regulations.

 

62   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

How to Sell Shares


 

Institutional Class shares must be redeemed in accordance with the account agreement governing your Customer Account at the Institution. Please read the Customer Account agreement with your Institution for rules governing selling shares.

 

GENERAL NOTES FOR SELLING SHARES

 

  ·   We will process requests to sell shares at the first NAV calculated after a request in proper form is received. Requests received before the cutoff time are processed on the same business day.

 

  ·   Redemption proceeds are usually wired to the redeeming Institution the following business day.

 

  ·   We reserve the right to delay payment of a redemption so that we may be reasonably certain that investments made by check or through Electronic Funds Transfer have been collected. Payments may be held up to 7 days for check redemptions and for Electronic Funds Transfers. Redemption payments also may be delayed under extraordinary circumstances or as permitted by the SEC in order to protect remaining shareholders.

 

  ·   Generally, we pay redemption requests in cash, unless it is determined that the redemption request would be to the detriment of a Fund and/or its shareholders. In such case, we may pay all or part of the redemption in securities of equal value as permitted under the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder. The redeeming shareholder should expect to incur transaction costs upon the disposition of the securities received.

 

  ·   If you purchased shares through a packaged investment product or retirement plan, read the directions for selling shares provided by the product or plan. There may be special requirements that supersede the directions in this Prospectus.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   63

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Exchanges between Wells Fargo Advantage Funds involve two transactions: a sale of shares of one Fund and the purchase of shares of another. In general, the same rules and procedures that apply to sales and purchases apply to exchanges. There are, however, additional factors you should keep in mind while making or considering an exchange:

 

·   In general, exchanges may be made between like share classes of any Wells Fargo Fund offered to the general public for investments.

 

·   You should carefully read the prospectus for the Fund into which you wish to exchange.

 

·   If you are making an initial investment into a Fund through an exchange, you must exchange at least the minimum first purchase amount for the new Fund, unless your balance has fallen below that amount due to market conditions.

 

·   Every exchange involves selling Fund shares that may produce a capital gain or loss for tax purposes.

 

Generally, we will notify you at least 60 days in advance of any changes in the exchange rules.

 

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares

Excessive trading by Fund shareholders can negatively impact a Fund and its long-term shareholders in several ways, including by disrupting Fund investment strategies, increasing transaction costs, decreasing tax efficiency and diluting the value of shares held by long-term shareholders. Excessive trading in Fund shares can negatively impact a Fund’s long-term performance by requiring it to maintain more assets in cash or to liquidate portfolio holdings at a disadvantageous time. Certain Funds may be more susceptible than others to these negative effects. For example, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in non-U.S. securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities resulting from pricing variations due to time zone differences across international financial markets. Similarly, Funds that have a greater percentage of their investments in small company securities may be more susceptible than other Funds to arbitrage opportunities due to the less liquid nature of small company securities. Both types of Funds also may incur higher transaction costs in liquidating portfolio holdings to meet excessive redemption levels. Fair value pricing may reduce these arbitrage opportunities, thereby reducing the additional risk of the negative effects of excessive trading.

 

The Funds actively discourage and take steps to prevent the portfolio disruption and negative effects on long-term shareholders that can result from excessive trading activity by Fund shareholders. The Board has approved the Funds’ policy and procedures, which provide, among other things, that Funds Management may deem trading activity to be excessive if it determines that such trading activity would likely be disruptive to a Fund by increasing expenses or lowering returns. In this regard, the Funds take steps to avoid accommodating frequent purchases and redemptions of shares by Fund shareholders. Specifically, Funds Management monitors available shareholder trading information across all Funds on a daily basis and may temporarily suspend or permanently terminate purchase or exchange privileges of investors who complete more than two exchanges within a three-month period or seem to be following a timing pattern. In determining whether to suspend or terminate purchase or exchange privileges for such investors, Funds Management will consider the extent to which such trading activity is likely to be disruptive to the Fund. The extent to which trading activity may be disruptive depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, the number of trades, the size of the trades relative to the size of the Fund and the type of Fund involved. If Funds Management determines that an account has engaged in timing activities in contravention of the Funds’ policies, the account is prevented from purchasing additional shares or making further exchanges. Once the account has redeemed all of its shares, the account is closed.

 

64   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

Exchanges


 

Funds Management’s ability to monitor trades that are placed by individual shareholders of omnibus accounts, which are accounts maintained by financial intermediaries on behalf of multiple beneficial shareholders, is severely limited because Funds Management does not have access to the underlying shareholder account information. However, Funds Management monitors aggregate trades placed in omnibus accounts and seeks to work with financial intermediaries to discourage shareholders from engaging in market timing and to restrict excessive trading. There may be legal and technological limitations on the ability of financial intermediaries to restrict the trading practices of their clients, and they may follow policies that are different from the Funds’ policy. As a result, Funds Management’s ability to monitor and discourage excessive trading practices in omnibus accounts may be limited.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   65

 


Table of Contents

Other Information


 

Income and Gain Distributions

The Funds in this Prospectus make distributions of any net investment income and realized capital gains at least annually. Contact your Institution for distribution options.

 

Remember, distributions have the effect of reducing NAV per share by the amount distributed.

 

Taxes

The following discussion regarding federal income taxes is based on laws that were in effect as of the date of this Prospectus and summarizes only some of the important federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and you as a shareholder. It is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. You should consult your tax adviser about your specific tax situation. Please see the Statement of Additional Information for further income tax considerations.

 

As long as you hold Fund shares through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) Plan, you will only be taxed on your investment through such account. Ordinarily, you will not be taxed if you sell or exchange Fund shares or receive distributions from the Fund until proceeds from the sale, exchange or distribution are distributed from the account to you. Please consult with your own tax adviser regarding the tax consequences to you of holding Fund shares through such an account.

 

66   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks maximum long-term total return, consistent with minimizing risk to principal.

 

Disciplined Growth Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks capital appreciation by investing primarily in common stocks of larger companies.

 

 

Equity Income Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation and above-average dividend income.

 

 

Equity Value Portfolio

 

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Index Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks to replicate the return of the S&P 500 Index.

 

 

International Core Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks total return, with an emphasis on capital appreciation, over the long term by investing in equity securities of non-U.S. companies.

 

 

International Growth Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation, by investing primarily in equity securities.

 

 

International Index Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks to match as closely as practicable the performance of an international portfolio of common stocks represented by the Morgan Stanley Capital International Europe, Australia, Far East Index (the “MSCI EAFE Index”).

 

International Value Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

68   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES
We principally invest in large-capitalization securities, which we define as securities of companies with market capitalizations of $1 billion or more. We seek total return by targeting companies that we believe are undervalued, possess strong financial positions and have a consistency and predictability in their earnings growth.

 

The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of companies that, in the view of the adviser, possess above-average potential for growth. We invest in companies with average market capitalizations greater than $5 billion.

The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of large, high-quality domestic companies that have above-average return potential based on current market valuations and above-average dividend income. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
The Portfolio invests in the common stocks of large U.S. companies. We select securities that we believe have strong fundamentals, compelling value characteristics (such as low price-to-earnings or price-to-book ratios), and demonstrate the potential for improved performance. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests substantially in common stocks designed to replicate the holdings and weightings of the stocks comprising the S&P 500 Index.
The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. securities. We focus on companies with strong growth potential that offer good relative values. These companies typically have distinct competitive advantages, high or improving returns on invested capital and a potential for positive earnings surprise. We may invest in emerging markets.

 

We invest principally in non-U.S. securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a bottom-up investment process to construct a diversified portfolio of international growth companies regardless of market capitalization.

 

 

Under normal circumstances, we invest principally in the securities comprising the MSCI EAFE Index. We attempt to achieve a correlation of at least 95% between the performance of the MSCI EAFE Index and the Portfolio’s investment results, before expenses.

 

The Portfolio invests principally in non-U.S. Securities. We select securities for the Portfolio by using a quantitative investment model which ranks securities based on measures of value (such as the dividend yield) and indicators of near-term recovery (such as recent price appreciation). We invest in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $400 million or more.

 

In making investment decisions for the Portfolio, we consider the 1,000 largest publicly traded companies in the U.S., screening the stocks in this universe for a series of growth and value criteria. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   69

 


Table of Contents

Description of Master Portfolios


 

PORTFOLIO    OBJECTIVE

 

Large Company Growth Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing primarily in large, high-quality domestic companies that the adviser believes have superior growth potential.

 

 

Managed Fixed Income Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

Small Cap Index Portfolio

   The Portfolio seeks to replicate the total return of the S&P Small Cap 600 Index with minimum tracking error and to minimize transaction costs.

Small Company Growth Portfolio

  

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation by investing in smaller domestic companies.

 

Small Company Value Portfolio

  

 

 

The Portfolio seeks long-term capital appreciation.

 

 

Stable Income Portfolio

  

The Portfolio seeks stability of principal while providing lower volatility total return.

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio

  

The Portfolio seeks total return by investing principally in income-producing securities.

 

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

  

 

The Portfolio seeks positive total return each calendar year regardless of general bond market performance.

 

 

70   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

 

The Portfolio invests primarily in large companies that have superior growth potential. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or more.

 

The Portfolio invests in a diversified portfolio of fixed- and variable-rate U.S. dollar-denominated, fixed-income securities of a broad spectrum of U.S. and foreign issuers including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations and others.
Under normal circumstances, the Portfolio invests principally in securities representing the capitalization-weighted market value and composition of the S&P 600 Small Cap Index.

 

The Portfolio invests primarily in the common stocks of small domestic companies that are either growing rapidly or completing a period of significant change. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations of $3 billion or less.

 

In making investment decisions for the Portfolio, we focus on securities that are conservatively valued in the marketplace relative to the stock of comparable companies, determined by price/earnings ratios, cash flows, or other measures. We invest principally in securities of companies with market capitalizations equal to or lower than the company with the largest market capitalization in the Russell 2000 Index, a small-capitalization index whose range is expected to change frequently.
The Portfolio invests in short-term, investment-grade securities which include mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government obligations. We invest in fixed and variable rate U.S. dollar-denominated fixed-income securities of U.S. and foreign issuers, including U.S. Government obligations and the debt securities of financial institutions, corporations, and others.

 

The Portfolio invests in a broad range of debt securities in order to create a strategically diversified portfolio of fixed income investments. These investments include corporate bonds, mortgage and other asset-backed securities, U.S. Government obligations, preferred stock, convertible bonds, and foreign bonds.

 

The Portfolio’s assets are divided into two components, “short” bonds with maturities (or average life) of 2 years or less and “long” bonds with maturities of 20 years or more. The Portfolio invests in U.S. Government obligations and corporate fixed income investments rated, at the time of purchase, within 1 of the 2 highest long-term rating categories, or that are unrated and determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality. During periods of falling prices, long bonds are sold to protect capital and limit losses. Conversely, when bond prices rise, long bonds are purchased. The dollar-weighted average maturity of the Portfolio may vary between 1 and 30 years.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   71

 


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers


 

The Portfolio Managers identified below in connection with the Large Company Growth Fund, manage the Portfolio that the Fund currently invests in, and not the Fund itself.

 

The Statement of Additional Information provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers’ compensation, other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, and the Portfolio Managers’ ownership of securities in the Funds.

 

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2005

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2005

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Diversified Small Cap Fund since 2005

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Biwer has served as investment manager and portfolio strategist for the Wells Fargo (formerly Strong) Advisor service since 1999. Mr. Biwer has more than 22 years of investment industry experience. He earned his B.S. and M.B.A. degrees from the University of Illinois.

 

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 1997

Conservative Allocation Fund since 1989

Growth Balanced Fund since 1989

Moderate Balanced Fund since 1989

Mr. Blomster is a Principal with Wells Capital Management. He joined Wells Capital Management in 1998 as Vice President and Director of Research and simultaneously held his position as a portfolio manager at Norwest Investment Management until Wells Capital Management and Norwest Investment Management combined investment advisory services under the Wells Capital Management name in 1999. Mr. Blomster manages numerous portfolios for Wells Capital Management using asset allocation models that he developed, including the models used in managing the Asset Allocation Fund. He has worked in an investment management capacity for Norwest or its affiliates since 1977. Mr. Blomster earned his B.S. degree in Dairy and Food Sciences from the University of Minnesota and his M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Applied Economics from Purdue University.

 

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2005

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2005

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Diversified Small Cap Fund since 2005

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Chan has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and as a member of the firm’s asset allocation team and investment team since 2002. Mr. Chan has more than 8 years of investment experience. Mr. Chan earned his B.A. degree in American Studies from University of California, Los Angeles.

 

 

John S. Dale, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1983

Mr. Dale joined Peregrine in 1987 as a Senior Vice President and Portfolio Manager. He founded this strategy in 1983 and has managed large company growth portfolios since 1971. Prior to joining Peregrine, Mr. Dale had been associated with Norwest Bank and its affiliates since 1968, including serving as head of both the portfolio management group and equity strategy. Mr. Dale earned his B.A. degree in Marketing from the University of Minnesota.

 

72   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Jeffrey P. Mellas

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2003

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2003

Growth Balanced Fund since 2003

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2003

Mr. Mellas joined Wells Capital Management in 2003 as Managing Director of Quantitative Asset

Management and Portfolio Manager, with over 16 years of investment management experience. Prior to joining Wells Capital Management, Mr. Mellas was with Alliance Capital Management (“Alliance”) since 1995, as Vice President and Global Portfolio Strategist responsible for managing over $300 million in international pension assets. He was also the primary spokesperson for Alliance’s domestic and international equity and fixed income strategies. Prior to joining Alliance, he was an associate group manager at Prudential Insurance. Mr. Mellas earned his B.A. degree in Economics from the University of Minnesota and his M.B.A. degree in Finance and International Business from New York University. He also completed the International Management Program at Hâute Etudes Commerçiales, Paris, France.

 

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Moderate Balanced Fund and its predecessor since 1990

Mr. Nussbaum joined Peregrine in 1990 as a Vice President and Portfolio Manager where he has managed large company growth portfolios. Mr. Nussbaum earned his B.A. degree in Finance and his M.B.A. degree from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Andrew Owen, CFA

Aggressive Allocation Fund since 2005

Conservative Allocation Fund since 2005

Diversified Equity Fund since 2005

Diversified Small Cap Fund since 2005

Growth Balanced Fund since 2005

Moderate Balanced Fund since 2005

Mr. Owen has served as a Portfolio Manager for Funds Management since 2005, and has been a member of the asset allocation team and head of investments for Wells Fargo Funds Management since 1996. He has more than 17 years of finance and investment-related experience. Mr. Owen earned his M.B.A. degree from the University of Michigan.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   73

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


We provide the following definitions to assist you in reading this Prospectus. For a more complete understanding of these terms you should consult your investment professional.

 

American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”)

Receipts for non-U.S. company stocks. The stocks underlying ADRs are typically held in bank vaults. The ADR’s owner is entitled to any capital gains or dividends. ADRs are one way of owning an equity interest in foreign companies. Similar investments include European Depositary Receipts and Global Depositary Receipts.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

Securities consisting of an undivided fractional interest in pools of consumer loans, such as car loans or credit card debt, or receivables held in trust.

 

Below Investment-Grade

Securities rated BB or lower by S&P or Ba or lower by Moody’s Investor Services, or that may be unrated securities or securities considered to be “high risk.”

 

Business Day

Any day the New York Stock Exchange is open is a business day for the Funds.

 

Capital Appreciation

An increase in the value of a security. See also “total return.”

 

Capitalization

When referring to the size of a company, capitalization means the total number of a company’s outstanding shares of stock multiplied by the price per share. This is one accepted method of measuring a company’s size and is sometimes referred to as “market capitalization.”

 

Current Income

Earnings in the form of dividends or interest as opposed to capital growth. See also “total return.”

 

Debt Securities

Generally, a promise to pay interest and repay principal by a company sold as a security. The owner of the security is entitled to receive any such payments. Examples include bonds and mortgage- and other asset-backed securities and can include securities in which the right to receive interest and principal repayment has been sold separately.

 

Derivatives

Securities whose values are derived in part from the value of another security or index. An example is a stock option.

 

Distributions

Distributions of net investment income, realized net capital gain and/or capital made by a Fund on its shares.

 

Diversified

A diversified fund, as defined under the 1940 Act, is one that invests in cash, Government securities, other investment companies and no more than 5% of its total assets in a single issuer. These policies must apply to 75% of a Fund’s total assets. Non-diversified funds are not required to comply with these investment policies.

 

Duration

A measure of a security’s or portfolio’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Duration is usually expressed in years, with longer durations typically more sensitive to interest rate changes than shorter durations.

 

74   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Electronic Funds Transfer

A process used to transfer funds electronically, rather than by check. Also called Automated Clearing House (ACH).

 

Emerging Markets

Markets associated with a country that is considered by international financial organizations, such as the International Finance Corporation and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, and the international financial community to have an “emerging” stock market. Such markets may be under-capitalized, have less-developed legal and financial systems or may have less stable currencies than markets in the developed world.

 

Emerging Market Securities

Emerging market securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in an emerging market country; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is an emerging market country; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in emerging market countries or that have at least 50% of their assets in emerging market countries.

 

FDIC

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This is the company that provides federally sponsored insurance covering bank deposits such as savings accounts and CDs. Mutual funds are not FDIC insured.

 

Gateway Fund

A Fund that invests its assets in one or more master portfolios or other Funds of Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, instead of directly in securities to achieve its investment objective. Gateway funds investing in the same master portfolio or Fund can enhance their investment opportunities and reduce their expense ratios through sharing the costs and benefits of a larger pool of assets.

 

Illiquid Security

A security which may not be sold or disposed of in the ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the value determined by the Fund.

 

Institution

Institutional investors acting for themselves or on behalf of their customers in a fiduciary, advisory, agency, custodial or similar capacity. Institutional investors include, but are not limited to, banks, pension funds, insurance companies, foundations, trusts, etc., and broker-dealers and registered investment advisers that have an agreement with the distributor to offer a Fund’s shares through a particular investment product, program or account for which such broker-dealer or adviser may charge a fee.

 

Investment-Grade Securities

A type of bond rated in the top four investment categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization. Generally, these are bonds whose issuers are considered to have a strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, although some investment-grade bonds may have some speculative characteristics.

 

Liquidity

The ability to readily sell a security at a fair price.

 

Money Market Instruments

High-quality short-term instruments meeting the requirements of Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act, such as bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper, repurchase agreements and government obligations. In a money market fund, average portfolio maturity does not exceed 90 days, and all investments have maturities of 397 days or less at the time of purchase.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   75

 


Table of Contents

Glossary


 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

Securities that represent an ownership interest in mortgage loans made by financial institutions to finance a borrower’s real estate purchase. These loans are packaged by issuers for sale to investors. As the underlying mortgage loans are paid by borrowers, the investors receive payments of interest and principal.

 

Net Asset Value (“NAV”)

The value of a single fund share. It is determined by adding together all of a Fund’s assets, subtracting accrued expenses and other liabilities, then dividing by the total number of outstanding shares.

 

Non-U.S. Securities

Non-U.S. Securities are securities: (1) issued by companies with their principal place of business or principal office in a country other than the U.S.; (2) issued by companies for which the principal securities trading market is a country other than the U.S.; or (3) issued by companies, regardless of where their securities are traded, that derive at least 50% of their revenue or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed in a country other than the U.S. or that have at least 50% of their assets in countries other than the U.S.

 

Options

The right to buy or sell a security based on an agreed upon price at a specified time. For example, an option may give the holder of a stock the right to sell the stock to another party, allowing the seller to profit if the market price has fallen below the agreed price. Options may also be based on the movement of an index such as the S&P 500 Index.

 

Portfolio Turnover Rate, Turnover Ratio

The percentage of securities held in a Fund’s portfolio, other than short-term securities, that were bought or sold within a year.

 

Repurchase Agreement

An agreement between a buyer and seller of a security in which the seller agrees to repurchase the security at an agreed upon price and time.

 

Russell 2000 Index

An index comprised of the 2000 smallest firms listed on the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell 3000 Index is a listing of 3000 corporations by the Frank Russell Company that is intended to be representative of the U.S. economy. The Russell 2000 is considered a small cap index.

 

Selling Agent

A person who has an agreement with the Funds’ distributors allowing the agent to sell a Fund’s shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

Anyone appointed by the Fund to maintain shareholder accounts and records, assist and provide information to shareholders or perform similar functions.

 

S&P, S&P 500 Index

Standard and Poor’s, a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization, publishes various indexes or lists of companies representative of sectors of the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Index is a market capitalization-weighted, price-only index composed of 500 widely held common stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, American Stock Exchange, and Over-The-Counter market.

 

S&P Small Cap 600 Index

A market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the daily stock total return performance of an investable universe of domestic small-capitalization stocks listed on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, and the NASDAQ.

 

76   401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus

 


Table of Contents

 

Statement of Additional Information

A document that supplements the disclosure made in the Prospectus.

 

Taxpayer Identification Number

Usually the Social Security Number for an individual or the Employer Identification Number for a corporation.

 

Total Return

The annual return on an investment, including capital appreciation and distributions. Total return calculations assume reinvestment of all distributions, reflect fee waivers and exclude sales loads.

 

Undervalued

Describes a stock that is believed to be worth more than its current price.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

Obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

 

401(k) Plan Funds Prospectus   77

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

This page intentionally left blank


 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Please find Wells Fargo Advantage Funds’ Privacy Policy inside this back cover.

WELLS FARGO

ADVANTAGE FUNDS

More information about Wells Fargo Advantage Funds is available free upon request. To obtain literature, please write, email or call:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266

Email: wfaf@wellsfargo.com

Retail Investment Professionals: 888-877-9275

Institutional Investment Professionals: 888-765-0778

Web site: wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

YOU MAY WISH TO REVIEW THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION supplements the disclosures made by this Prospectus. The Statement of Additional Information has been filed with the SEC and incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and is legally part of this Prospectus.

ANNUAL/SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS provide certain financial and other important information, including a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected Fund performance over the reporting period.

THESE DOCUMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE:

Call: 1-800-222-8222, or visit our Web site at

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds

Write to:

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds

P.O. Box 8266

Boston, MA 02266-8266; or

Visit the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov

REQUEST COPIES FOR A FEE BY WRITING TO:

SEC Public Reference Room

Washington, DC 20549-0102; or

by electronic request at publicinfo@sec.gov

Call: 1-800-SEC-0330 or 1-202-942-8090 for details

ADDITIONAL SERVICES QUESTIONS CAN BE

ANSWERED BY CALLING YOUR INVESTMENT

PROFESSIONAL

NOT FDIC INSURED - NO BANK GUARANTEE - MAY LOSE VALUE

Printed on Recycled paper

© 2005 Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. All rights reserved. 045K401/P1310 (4/05)

ICA Reg. No. 811-09253

www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE C&B TAX-MANAGED VALUE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CAPITAL GROWTH FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE DIVIDEND INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ENDEAVOR LARGE CAP FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ENDEAVOR SELECT FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE EQUITY INDEX FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE GROWTH FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE GROWTH AND INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LARGE CAP GROWTH FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LARGE COMPANY CORE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE U.S. VALUE FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, Class Z,

Administrator Class, Advisor Class, Investor Class and Institutional Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about eleven funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Tax-Managed Value, Capital Growth, Dividend Income, Endeavor Large Cap, Endeavor Select, Equity Index, Growth, Growth and Income, Large Cap Growth, Large Company Core and U.S. Value Funds. Each Fund, except for the Endeavor Select Fund, is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Class Z shares are currently available only to certain qualified investors. Please see the Class Z shares prospectus for further details. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class and the Institutional Class was named the Select Class.

 

Funds


   A, B and/or C

  D

   Z

   Administrator

   Advisor

   Investor

   Institutional

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

   ·   ·         ·               

Capital Growth Fund

                 ·         ·    ·

Dividend Income Fund

                 ·         ·     

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

   ·                             

Endeavor Select Fund

   ·             ·              ·

Equity Index Fund

   ·1                             

Growth Fund

   ·2             ·    ·    ·    ·

Growth and Income Fund

                 ·    ·    ·    ·

Large Cap Growth Fund

                           ·     

Large Company Core Fund

   ·        ·    ·               

U.S. Value Fund

   ·        ·    ·               

1 Offers Class A and Class B shares only.
2 Offers Class C shares only.

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (the “Prospectuses”) dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the Equity Index Fund, for the year ended September 30, 2004, and for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, for the year ended October 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports. The audited financial statements, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios of the Capital Growth, Dividend Income, Endeavor Large Cap, Endeavor Select, Growth, Growth and Income, Large Cap Growth, Large Company Core and U.S. Value Funds, for the year ended December 31, 2004 are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports. The Prospectuses and Annual Reports may be obtained without charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds (except the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports), calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   3

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   5

MANAGEMENT

   20

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   42

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   43

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   45

FUND EXPENSES

   48

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   48

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   57

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   58

CAPITAL STOCK

   60

OTHER

   71

COUNSEL

   71

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   71

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   71

 

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization of the Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

On February 18, 2004, the Board of Trustees of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund (“AIC Trust”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor AIC Trust portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was July 26, 2004.

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of the Trust approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was April 8, 2005.

 

The Equity Index Fund described in this SAI was created as part of the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds, advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) and the Norwest Advantage family of funds, advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex. The C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund described in this SAI was created as part of the reorganization of certain of the portfolios of AIC Trust into certain Funds of the Trust. The Capital Growth Fund, Dividend Income Fund, Endeavor Large Cap Fund, Endeavor Select Fund, Growth Fund, Growth and Income Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Company Core Fund and U.S. Value Fund described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization between Stagecoach and Norwest followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. The reorganization between AIC Trust and the Trust followed the Funds’ adviser entering into an agreement with the predecessor portfolios’ adviser to “adopt”/support a reorganization of the predecessor portfolios with and into the Funds. The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Stagecoach, AIC Trust, and Strong funds that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds listed below.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


 

Predecessor Funds


Capital Growth Fund   Strong Large Company Growth Fund
Dividend Income Fund   Strong Dividend Income Fund
Endeavor Large Cap Fund   Strong Advisor Endeavor Large Cap Fund
Endeavor Select Fund   Strong Advisor Select Fund
Equity Index Fund   Stagecoach Equity Index Fund
Growth Fund   Strong Growth Fund
Growth and Income Fund   Strong Growth and Income Fund
Large Cap Growth Fund   Strong Large Cap Growth Fund
Large Company Core Fund   Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund
C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   C&B Tax Managed Value Portfolio
U.S. Value Fund   Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund

 

1


Table of Contents

The C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund commenced operations on July 26, 2004, as successor to the C&B Tax-Managed Value Portfolio. The predecessor fund was organized on November 19, 2001, as the successor-in-interest to the UAM Cooke & Bieler, Inc.’s C&B Equity Portfolio for Taxable Investors, which commenced operations on February 12, 1997.

 

The Capital Growth Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Large Company Growth Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Large Company Growth Fund commenced operations on September 16, 2002, as successor to the Rockhaven Premier Dividend Fund. The predecessor fund commenced operations on November 3, 1997.

 

The Dividend Income Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Dividend Income Fund, a series of Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Dividend Income Fund commenced operations on July 1, 1993.

 

The Endeavor Large Cap Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor Endeavor Large Cap Fund, a series of Strong Common Stock Fund, Inc. The predecessor Strong Advisor Endeavor Large Cap Fund commenced operations on September 28, 2001.

 

The Endeavor Select Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor Select Fund, a series of Strong Opportunity Fund, Inc. The predecessor Strong Advisor Select Fund commenced operations on December 29, 2000.

 

The Equity Index Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Equity Index Fund of Stagecoach. The predecessor Stagecoach Equity Index Fund commenced operations on January 1, 1992, as successor to the Corporate Stock Fund of the Wells Fargo Investment Trust for Retirement Programs. The predecessor fund commenced operations on January 25, 1984.

 

The Growth Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Growth Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Growth Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1993.

 

The Growth and Income Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Growth and Income Fund, a series of Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Growth and Income Fund commenced operations on December 29, 1995.

 

The Large Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Large Cap Growth Fund, a series of Strong Large Cap Growth Fund, Inc. The predecessor Strong Large Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on December 30, 1981.

 

The Large Company Core Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Advisor Large Company Core Fund commenced operations on September 16, 2002, as successor to the Rockhaven Fund. The predecessor fund commenced operations on November 3, 1997.

 

The U.S. Value Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund, a series of Strong Conservative Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Advisor U.S. Value Fund commenced operations on December 29, 1995.

 

2


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities of other investment companies, (iii) municipal securities, (iv) repurchase agreements, and provided further that (v) the Equity Index Fund reserves the right to concentrate in any industry in which the S&P 500 Index becomes concentrated to the same degree during the same period;

 

(2) except for the Endeavor Select Fund, purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

3


Table of Contents

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

4


Table of Contents

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds

 

5


Table of Contents

were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

Closed-End Investment Companies

 

Certain Funds may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in foreign securities. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Fund to invest in certain markets. The Funds will invest in such companies when, in the adviser’s judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment of any applicable premium or sales charge. Other investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) which refer to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities that provide current income and that have a strong earnings and credit record. The Funds may purchase convertible securities that are fixed-income debt securities or preferred stocks, and which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same issuer. Convertible securities, while usually subordinate to similar nonconvertible securities, are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure. Convertible securities offer flexibility by providing the investor with a steady income stream (which generally yield a lower amount than similar nonconvertible securities and a higher amount than common stocks) as well as the opportunity to take advantage of increases in the price of the issuer’s common stock through the conversion feature. Fluctuations in the convertible security’s price can reflect changes in the market value of the common stock or changes in market interest rates.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

6


Table of Contents

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself. In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified

 

7


Table of Contents

intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Fund’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

The Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which the Funds may invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Funds would otherwise be subject.

 

The Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Funds may enter into currency forward contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to a Fund from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date which is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Funds will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

The Funds may also invest in foreign securities through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

For temporary defensive purposes, Funds may invest in fixed-income securities of non-U.S. governmental and private issuers. Such investments may include bonds, notes, debentures and other similar debt securities, including convertible securities.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

The Funds will segregate cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. Certain Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

9


Table of Contents

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts, a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

Certain Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market

 

10


Table of Contents

value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. Certain Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

Certain Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Certain Funds may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. Certain Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock

 

11


Table of Contents

index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. Certain Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions. Certain Funds may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” above). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

 

Certain Funds may invest in foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ from futures contracts in that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The adviser considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions. Despite these differences, foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions (together, “Currency Futures”) entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

 

Because the Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, they may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within the Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.

 

12


Table of Contents

A Fund will purchase and sell Currency Futures in order to hedge its portfolio and to protect it against possible variations in foreign exchange rates pending the settlement of securities transactions. If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a Currency Future as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a Currency Future to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These Currency Futures will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of Currency Futures strategies also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of Currency Futures also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts: the risk of an illiquid market for the Currency Futures, the risk of exchange-imposed trading limits, and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its securities, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its Currency Futures investments.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. Certain Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. Certain Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

13


Table of Contents

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale. Because such securities may be less liquid than other investments, they may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. The Funds may not invest or hold more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Funds may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objective, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

14


Table of Contents

Money Market Instruments and Temporary Investments

 

The Funds may invest in the following types of high-quality money market instruments that have remaining maturities not exceeding one year: (i) U.S. Government obligations; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (iii) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “A-1” or “A-1—” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”), or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; and (iv) repurchase agreements. The Funds also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets; and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

Letters of Credit. Certain of the debt obligations (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) which the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies which, in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to issuers of other permitted investments of the Funds, may be used for letter of credit-backed investments.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company (“3% Limit”); (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

iShares. The Funds may invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each, an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

Participation Interests

 

The Funds may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Funds may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

15


Table of Contents

Privately Issued Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from a Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, a Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Board and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Funds may decline below the price at which the Funds are obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

16


Table of Contents

The value of securities of any issuer in which a fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and

 

17


Table of Contents

higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Fund that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Fund of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carry greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Fund may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Fund and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Fund may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

Unrated Investments

 

The Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S.

 

18


Table of Contents

Treasury bills and Government National Mortgage Association ((“GNMA”) certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Federal National Mortgage Association ((“FNMA”) notes). In the latter case investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Funds may invest in warrants. Warrants represent rights to purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying securities. A Fund may only purchase warrants on securities in which the Fund may invest directly. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within a specified time period.

 

Additional Information about the S&P 500 Index

 

The Trust (the “Licensee”) has entered into a license agreement with S&P authorizing the use of various S&P trademarks and trade names in connection with the marketing and/or promotion of certain of the Funds (collectively referred to, herein, as the “Products”).

 

The Products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold, or promoted by S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Products or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Products particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Licensee is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index which is determined, composed, and calculated by S&P without regard to the Licensee or the Products. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Products into consideration in determining, composing, or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of this issuance or sale of the Products or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Products are to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing, or trading of the Products.

 

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein and S&P shall have no liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions therein. S&P makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by Licensee, owners of the product, or any other person or entity from the use of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. S&P makes no express or implied warranties, and expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall S&P have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages (including lost profits).

 

19


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and

Address


 

Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


 

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Thomas S. Goho, 62  

Trustee,

since 1987

  Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.   N/A
Peter G. Gordon, 62  

Trustee,

since 1998;

(Chairman, since 2001).

  Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.   N/A
Richard M. Leach, 71  

Trustee,

since 1987

  Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).   N/A
Timothy J. Penny, 53  

Trustee,

since 1996

  Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).   N/A
Donald C. Willeke, 64  

Trustee,

since 1996

  Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.   N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE
J. Tucker Morse, 60  

Trustee,

since 1987

  Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.   N/A

 

20


Table of Contents

Name, Age and

Address


 

Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


 

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


OFFICERS
Karla M. Rabusch, 45  

President,

since 2003

  Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.   N/A
Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36  

Treasurer,

since 2003

  Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.   N/A
C. David Messman, 44  

Secretary,

since 2000

  Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.   N/A

1 Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

21


Table of Contents

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended September 30, 2004

 

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 87,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 97,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 87,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 87,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 87,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 81,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 81,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

22


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

    

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Funds


    

Trustee


  

C&B

Tax-Managed

Value


  

Capital

Growth*


  

Dividend

Income*


  

Endeavor

Large

Cap*


  

Endeavor

Select*


  

Equity

Index


   Growth*

  

Growth

and

Income *


  

Large

Cap

Growth*


   Large
Company
Core*


   U.S.
Value*


  

Aggregate

Dollar

Range of

Equity
Securities

of Fund
Complex**


Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

   0    0    0    0    0    D    0    0    0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   B    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    0    0    D    0    0    0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    0    0    D    0    0    0    0    0    D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-advisers (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, the “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the Board reviewed a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable or to be paid under the Advisory Agreements, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

For the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and Equity Index Fund, the Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the expenses of the Funds and the expenses and performance information for a “Peer Group” of the Funds, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad based index. Prior to reviewing the statistical information, the Board was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. The Board then reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the

 

23


Table of Contents

statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser(s) who make the day-to-day investment decisions for the respective Funds. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-advisers in the various asset classes and the ability to oversee a large group of sub-advisers many of whom have different investment philosophies and styles. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the advisers’ compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to their respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to each sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered each sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with each sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which each sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed each sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which each sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was a sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed each sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

24


Table of Contents

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the advisers; (ii) the scope of each adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.

 

As compensation for its advisory services, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

    Fee

 

Fund


  Prior to 8/1/04

  Effective 8/1/04

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

  N/A   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Capital Growth Fund

  N/A   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Dividend Income Fund

  N/A   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

  N/A   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Endeavor Select Fund

  N/A   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Equity Index Fund

  0.15%   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.10
0.10
0.075
0.075
0.05
%
%
%
%
%

Growth Fund

  N/A   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

 

25


Table of Contents
     Fee

 

Fund


   Prior to 8/1/04

   Effective 8/1/04

 

Growth and Income Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Large Cap Growth Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Large Company Core Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

U.S. Value Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

 

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Equity Index Fund paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived the indicated fees:

 

    

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


Fund


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

  

Fees

Waived


Equity Index Fund

   $ 24,814    $ 678,884    $ 0    $ 875,103    $ 0    $ 1,015,891

 

Former C&B Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund was created as part of the reorganization of the portfolio into the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“C&B”) was the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, and was entitled to receive an annual fee equal to 0.63% of the average daily net assets of the Fund. Therefore, the table below shows the advisory fees paid by the Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. For the periods indicated below prior to July 26, 2004, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following advisory fees to C&B and C&B waived the indicated amounts. From July 26, 2004 through October 31, 2004, fees were paid to the Adviser.

 

Fund


   7/26/04 - 10/31/04
Funds Mgmt


  

11/1/03 - 7/25/04

C&B


     Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

   $ 0    $ 45,434    $ 61,499    $ 0

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

10/31/03


   Year Ended 10/31/02

 
     Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

   $ 7,484    $ 31,269    $ 0    $ 24,060 *

* For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2002, the adviser additionally reimbursed fees of $31,239 for the Tax-Managed Value Portfolio pursuant to the terms of its waiver agreement with the Portfolio.

 

26


Table of Contents

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Capital Growth Fund, Dividend Income Fund, Endeavor Large Cap Fund, Endeavor Select Fund, Growth Fund, Growth and Income Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Company Core Fund and U.S. Value Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, SCM and Funds Management served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees payable to Funds Management were the same as those under the prior agreement with SCM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


   Asset Level

   Annual Rate

 

Capital Growth Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.75
0.725
0.70
%
%
%

Dividend Income Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.70
0.675
0.65
%
%
%

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.75
0.725
0.70
%
%
%

Endeavor Select Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.75
0.725
0.70
%
%
%

Growth Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.75
0.725
0.70
%
%
%

Growth and Income Fund

   All asset levels    0.55 %

Large Cap Growth Fund

   0-35M
>35M
   0.60
0.55
%
%

Large Company Core Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.75
0.725
0.70
%
%
%

U.S. Value Fund

   All asset levels    0.55 %

 

For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolios of these Funds paid the following advisory fees to SCM and SCM waived the indicated amounts.

 

    

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


Fund


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


Capital Growth Fund*

   $ 566,172    $ 15,769    $ 289,051    $ 41,342    $ 30,189    $ 20,247

Dividend Income Fund

   $ 765,636    $ 24,613    $ 884,619    $ 0    $ 1,102,135    $ 5,309

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

   $ 290,073    $ 8,242    $ 260,962    $ 0    $ 212,743    $ 0

Endeavor Select Fund

   $ 576,716    $ 16,371    $ 545,194    $ 0    $ 429,730    $ 0

Growth Fund

   $ 11,421,317    $ 303,336    $ 12,665,137    $ 0    $ 12,947,027    $ 0

Growth and Income Fund

   $ 3,275,868    $ 114,723    $ 4,153,648    $ 0    $ 4,512,907    $ 0

Large Cap Growth Fund

   $ 2,958,387    $ 106,173    $ 3,503,970    $ 0    $ 4,158,101    $ 0

Large Company Core Fund*

   $ 773,835    $ 19,976    $ 498,989    $ 11,004    $ 7,305    $ 11,200

U.S. Value Fund

   $ 1,744,276    $ 68,194    $ 1,205,647    $ 0    $ 1,114,762    $ 0

* Commenced operations as a Strong fund on September 16, 2002. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects fees paid from September 16, 2002 through December 31, 2002.

 

27


Table of Contents

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Advisers

 

Funds Management has engaged Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“C&B”), Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”) and Wells Capital Management Incorporated, an affiliate of Funds Management (“Wells Capital Management”), to serve as investment sub-advisers to the Funds (each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, the Sub-Advisers make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. The Sub-Advisers furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. The Sub-Advisers also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board and Officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

For providing sub-advisory services to the Funds, the Sub-Advisers are entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of each Fund’s average daily net assets. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.

 

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Fee

 

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

   C&B    0-250M
250-500M
500-750M
>750M
   0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
%
%
%
%

Capital Growth Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.35
0.30
0.25
%
%
%

Dividend Income Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.35
0.30
0.25
%
%
%

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.35
0.30
0.25
%
%
%

Endeavor Select Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.35
0.30
0.25
%
%
%

Equity Index Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
>200M
   0.02
0.01
%
%

Growth Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.35
0.30
0.25
%
%
%

Growth and Income Fund

   Matrix    0-50M
>50M
   0.20
0.16
%
%

Large Cap Growth Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.35
0.30
0.25
%
%
%

Large Company Core Fund

   Matrix    0-50M
>50M
   0.20
0.16
%
%

 

28


Table of Contents

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Fee

 

U.S. Value Fund

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.35
0.30
0.25
%
%
%

 

Unaffiliated Sub-Advisers. Listed below is the aggregate dollar amount of sub-advisory fees paid by the C& B Tax-Managed Value Fund to C&B, an unaffiliated sub-adviser, for the Fund’s fiscal year ended October 31, 2004:

 

   

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived/
Reimbursed


2004   C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund    C&B    $ 43,593    $ 0

 

Portfolio Managers.

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of January 31, 2005 for the following new portfolio managers: David A. Katz, CFA, Matrix portfolio manager, Jennifer C. Newell, CFA and Roger D. Newell, Wells Capital Management portfolio managers; as of September 30, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds (except the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund) for the Wells Capital Management portfolio managers (except for Jennifer C. Newell, CFA and Roger D. Newell), and as of October 31, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund for the C&B portfolio managers. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows.

 

Fund


 

Sub-Adviser


 

Portfolio Managers


C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund   C&B  

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

James R. Norris

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

R. James O’Neil, CFA

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

Capital Growth Fund

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

Endeavor Select Fund

  Wells Capital Management  

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Erik J. Voss, CFA

Dividend Income Fund   Wells Capital Management  

Jennifer C. Newell, CFA

Roger D. Newell

Equity Index Fund   Wells Capital Management   Gregory T. Genung, CFA

Growth Fund

Large Cap Growth Fund

  Wells Capital Management  

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

Growth and Income Fund

Large Company Core Fund

  Matrix   David A. Katz, CFA
U.S. Value Fund   Wells Capital Management   Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

 

29


Table of Contents

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Manager*


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


  

Other Accounts

Managed


     Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


C&B

                                   

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    196    $ 2.6B

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    197    $ 2.6B

James R. Norris

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    199    $ 2.6B

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    199    $ 2.6B

R. James O’Neil, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    196    $ 2.6B

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    197    $ 2.6B

Matrix

                                   

David A. Katz, CFA

   6    $ 1.2B    1    $ 6M    540    $ 943M

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

   3    $ 1.13M    1    $ 5.18M    0    $ 0

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

   12    $ 2.8B    2    $ 655M    6    $ 120M

Jennifer C. Newell, CFA

   3    $ 207M    0    $ 0    4    $ 80M

Roger D. Newell

   3    $ 207M    0    $ 0    4    $ 80M

Brandon Nelson, CFA

   3    $ 381M    2    $ 22M    6    $ 5M

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

   2    $ 1.44B    3    $ 27M    4    $ 62M

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

   2    $ 1.95B    1    $ 10M    16    $ 860M

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

   7    $ 727M    8    $ 65M    59    $ 990M

Erik J. Voss, CFA

   1    $ 81M    8    $ 65M    11    $ 1M

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts.

 

Portfolio Manager*


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


  

Other Accounts

Managed


     Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


C&B

                                   

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

   0    $     0    0    $     0    1    $ 111M

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

   0    $     0    0    $     0    1    $ 111M

James R. Norris

   0    $     0    0    $     0    1    $ 111M

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

R. James O’Neil, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Matrix

                                   

David A. Katz, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    4    $ 5.3M

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Jennifer C. Newell, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

 

30


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager*


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts
Managed


     Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


Roger D. Newell

   0    $     0    0    $     0    0    $     0

Brandon Nelson, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Erik J. Voss, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, some Sub-Advisers minimize inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, each Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

C&B. In the case of C&B, the Portfolio Managers manage accounts on a team basis. Performance and allocation of securities are closely monitored to ensure equal treatment. Accordingly, the Portfolio Managers have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Matrix. In the case of Matrix, the Portfolio Managers are prohibited from owning individual securities to minimize inherent conflicts of interest. Accordingly, the Portfolio Managers have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts (not including the registered investment companies) compared to registered investment companies such as the Funds that the Wells Capital Management Portfolio managers manage. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts.

 

31


Table of Contents

However, like other investment advisers, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Funds’ Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

C&B Compensation. The C&B Portfolio Managers are compensated using substantially identical compensation structures for all accounts managed. They each receive a fixed cash salary and an annual bonus from a bonus pool based on the pre-tax performance of individual securities selected by the Portfolio Managers. C&B measures performance of securities against the S&P 500 Index and the Russell 1000 Value Index for the Large Cap Value strategy accounts. Bonus allocations are determined by an annual peer review process conducted by the investment team. Allocations vary depending primarily on the four-year rolling investment results attributed to each individual security. The Portfolio Managers also receive a fixed deferred compensation. Partners of C&B receive a return proportionate to their investment based upon the firm’s overall success.

 

Matrix Compensation. The Portfolio Manager is compensated using a fixed cash salary, an annual incentive bonus based on individual performance and overall company revenues, rather than on account investment performance. The Portfolio Manager also participates in company profit sharing.

 

Wells Capital Management Compensation. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Manager


 

Benchmark


Robert J. Costomiris, CFA   Russell 1000 Value Index
Gregory T. Genung, CFA  

S&P 500 Index

S&P 600 Index

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA   Russell 1000 Growth Index
Jennifer C. Newell, CFA  

Lipper Equity Income Funds Average

S&P 500 Index

Roger D. Newell  

Lipper Equity Income Funds Average

S&P 500 Index

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA   Russell 1000 Growth Index
Bruce C. Olson, CFA   Russell 1000 Growth Index
Thomas J. Pence, CFA  

Russell Midcap Growth Index

Russell 2500 Growth Index

Russell 1000 Growth Index

Erik J. Voss, CFA   Russell 1000 Growth Index

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

32


Table of Contents

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

 

Portfolio Manager


   C&B
Tax-Managed
Value Fund


   Capital
Growth
Fund


   Dividend
Income
Fund


   Endeavor
Large
Cap
Fund


   Endeavor
Select
Fund


   Equity
Index
Fund


   Growth
Fund


   Growth
and
Income
Fund


   Large
Cap
Growth
Fund


   Large
Company
Core
Fund


   U.S.
Value
Fund


C&B

                                                      

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

   D    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

James R. Norris

   B    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

R. James O’Neil, CFA

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

   A    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Matrix

                                                      

David A. Katz, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —      0    —  

Wells Capital Management

                                                      

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      A

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      B    —      —      —      —      —  

Jennifer C. Newell, CFA

   —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Roger D. Newell

   —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Brandon M. Nelson, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      C    —      0    —      —  

Thomas C. Ognar, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      D    —      0    —      —  

Bruce C. Olson, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      D    —      D    —      —  

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

   —      0    —      A    0    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Erik J. Voss, CFA

   —      0    —      0    0    —      —      —      —      —      —  

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or

 

33


Table of Contents

shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

 

Class


   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective between
8/1/04 and 4/11/05


    Effective 4/11/05

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D and Advisor Class Shares1,2

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.25
0.24
0.23
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Advisor Class Shares

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares

   0.15 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

Investor Class and Class Z Shares1,2,3,4

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

1 The administration fee is reduced by 0.05% at each breakpoint level for the Class A, Class B, Class C and Class Z shares of the U.S. Value Fund.
2 The administration fee is reduced by 0.05% at each breakpoint level for the Advisor Class and Investor Class shares of the Growth and Income Fund.
3 The administration fee is reduced by 0.08% at each breakpoint level for the Investor Class shares of the Dividend Income Fund.
4 The administration fee is reduced by 0.05% at each breakpoint level for the Investor Class shares of the Large Cap Growth Fund.

 

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Equity Index Fund paid the following administrative fees:

 

    

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


Fund


   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt/Wells
Fargo


Equity Index (Fund Level)

   $ 200,680    $ 1,019,527    $ 97,868

Class A

   $ 960,303      *      *

Class B

   $ 163,505      *      *

* For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

34


Table of Contents

Former C&B Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund was created as part of the reorganization of the AIC Trust portfolio into the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization of the Fund, SEI Investments Global Funds Services (“SEI”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund, and was entitled to receive the following annual fees:

 

Average Daily Net Assets


  

Administrative Fees

(% of Average Daily Net Assets)


0-250M

   0.150%

250-500M

   0.125%

> 500M

   0.100%

 

The table below shows the administration fees paid by the Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. From July 26, 2004 through October 31, 2004, fees were paid to the Administrator.

 

Fund


   7/26/04 - 10/31/04
Funds Mgmt


   11/1/03–7/25/04
SEI


   Year Ended 10/31/03
SEI


   Year Ended 10/31/02
SEI


C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 2,725    $ 31,469    $ 10,928    $ 17,083

Class A

   $ 77      *      *      *

Class B

   $ 41      *      *      *

Class C

   $ 14      *      *      *

Class D

   $ 9,966      *      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 385      *      *      *

* For the period ended October 31, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Capital Growth Fund, Dividend Income Fund, Endeavor Large Cap Fund, Endeavor Select Fund, Growth Fund, Growth and Income Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Company Core Fund and U.S. Value Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investor Services, Inc. (“SIS”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds and was entitled to receive a fee from the predecessor portfolio at the annual rate shown below of the predecessor portfolio’s average daily net assets attributable to the predecessor classes of shares shown below:

 

Class


   Fee

 

Class A, Class B, Class C and Class Z Shares

   0.30 %

Administrator Class (formerly Class K) Shares

   0.25 %

Advisor Class

   0.30 %

Institutional Class Shares

   0.02 %

Investor Class Shares

   0.30 %

 

35


Table of Contents

The table below shows the administrative fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of the Funds to SIS.

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


    

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Capital Growth Fund

    Administrator Class (formerly Class K)

    Investor Class*

   $
$
0
208,010
   $
$
7,360
15,934
   $
$
0
131,466
   $
$
576
0
    
$
N/A
13,725
    
$
N/A
4,022

Dividend Income Fund

    Administrator Class (formerly Class K)

    Investor Class

   $
$
0
366,867
   $
$
10,809
0
   $
$
0
445,593
   $
$
9,770
0
   $
$
256
579,573
   $
$
207
0

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

    Class A

    Class B

    Class C

   $
$
$
115,573
2,466
1,288
   $
$
$
0
0
0
   $
$
$
101,753
1,661
871
   $
$
$
0
0
100
   $
$

$
84,185
274

187
   $
$
$
0
170
281

Endeavor Select Fund

    Class A

    Class B

    Class C

   $
$
$
231,919
2,809
2,506
   $
$
$
0
0
0
   $
$
$
215,675
1,371
947
   $
$
$
0
0
86
   $
$
$
170,156
1,145
586
   $
$
$
25
114
63

Growth Fund

    Investor Class

    Advisor Class

    Institutional Class

    Class C**

    Administrator Class (formerly Class K)

   $
$
$
$

$
3,626,197
22,461
57,419
1,229

0
   $
$
$
$
$
0
0
0
0
148,903
   $
$
$

$
$
4,106,875
31,471
53,110

0
1,199
   $
$
$
$
$
0
0
0
966
107,354
   $
$
$

$
$
4,738,237
35,152
26,817

4
1,359
   $
$
$
$
$
0
0
0
0
3,141

Growth and Income Fund

    Investor Class

    Advisor Class

    Institutional Class

    Administrator Class (formerly Class K)

   $
$
$
$
1,562,947
19,997
12,340
37,782
   $
$
$
$
0
0
0
30,023
   $
$
$
$
1,921,728
26,993
15,445
53,601
   $
$
$
$
0
0
0
17,509
   $
$
$
$
2,216,849
37,928
12,298
15,073
   $
$
$
$
0
0
0
3,511

Large Cap Growth Fund

    Investor Class

   $ 1,664,015    $ 0    $ 1,906,405    $ 0    $ 2,265,114    $ 0

Large Company Core Fund

    Class A ***

    Class B +

    Class C

    Administrator Class (formerly Class K)+

   $
$
$

$
182,630
25,472
21,976

0
   $
$
$
$
0
0
0
72,873
   $
$
$

$
95,928
12,131
10,139

0
   $
$

$
$
20,922
383

279
53,298
   $
$

$
$
4,658
145

133
21
   $
$

$
$
1,516
43

30
62

U.S. Value Fund

    Class A

    Class B

    Class C

   $
$
$
13,364
17,261
12,969
   $
$
$
0
0
0
   $
$
$
10,075
10,896
6,787
   $
$
$
0
0
0
   $
$
$
12,858
8,153
3,019
   $
$
$
73
0
0

 

36


Table of Contents
    

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


Fund


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Administrator Class (formerly Class K)++

   $ 143,614    $ 62,409    $ 30,795    $ 13,849    $ 6,723    $ 6,091

Class Z

   $ 697,798    $ 0    $ 577,375    $ 0    $ 568,620    $ 0

* Commenced operations on September 16, 2002. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects fees paid from September 16, 2002 through December 31, 2002.
** First offered on December 26, 2002. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects the six-day period from December 26, 2002 through December 31, 2002.
*** Commenced operations on September 16, 2002. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects fees paid for the combined periods from September 16, 2002 through September 30, 2002 and September 30 through December 31, 2002 where SIS was paid $1,599 and $3,059, respectively and waived $2 and $1,514, respectively.
+ First offered on September 30, 2002. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects fees paid from September 30, 2002 through December 31, 2002.
++ Commenced operations on July 31, 2002. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects fees paid from July 31, 2002 through December 31, 2002.

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor to the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Equity Index and C&B Tax-Managed Value Funds.

 

The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds paid Stephens and will pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Funds and classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The Distributor has entered and Stephens previously entered into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens previously assigned, certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Distribution Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

37


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Funds listed below paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


   Compensation
to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


Equity Index

                                         

Class B

   $ 437,960    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 437,960

 

Former C&B Fund. Prior to July 26, 2004, SEI Investments Distribution Co. served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and did not pay any distribution-related expenses. For the period between July 26, 2004 and October 31, 2004, the Fund paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


   Compensation
to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

                                         

Class B

   $ 315    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 315

Class C

   $ 74    $ 0    $ 0    $ 62    $ 12    $ 0

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Capital Growth Fund, Dividend Income Fund, Endeavor Large Cap Fund, Endeavor Select Fund, Growth Fund, Growth and Income Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Company Core Fund and U.S. Value Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investments, Inc. (“SII”) served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolios of those Funds. Class A, Investor Class and Advisor Class shares of the predecessor portfolios paid up to 0.25% per year of each class’s average daily net assets to SII or others. Class B and Class C shares paid SII up to 1.00% per year of the class’ average daily net assets, out of which 0.25% could be used for service fees. The 12b-1 fees could also be used to pay SII for advancing commissions to securities dealers for the initial sale of Class B and Class C shares. The table below shows the distribution fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of the Funds to SII for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Gross 12b-
1 Fees ($)


   Absorptions
($)


  

Compensation
to Unaffiliated

Broker-Dealers
($)


   12b-1 Fees
Retained by
the
Distributor
($)


   Remaining 12b-1
Fees Used to Pay
For 1) Advertising
and 2) Printing
and Mailing of
Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders ($)


Capital Growth Fund

                        

Investor Class

   186,620    186,620    59,759    120,574    6,287

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

                        

Class A

   96,310    0    2,831    93,480    0

Class B

   8,219    0    1,908    6,310    1

Class C

   4,292    266    2,304    1,963    26

Endeavor Select Fund

                        

Class A

   193,266    0    18,579    174,687    0

Class B

   9,444    0    1,848    7,575    20

Class C

   8,380    0    4,372    3,990    19

 

38


Table of Contents

Fund


   Gross 12b-
1 Fees ($)


   Absorptions
($)


  

Compensation
to Unaffiliated

Broker-Dealers
($)


   12b-1 Fees
Retained by
the
Distributor
($)


   Remaining 12b-1
Fees Used to Pay
For 1) Advertising
and 2) Printing
and Mailing of
Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders ($)


Growth Fund

                        

Advisor Class

   18,717    0    19,878    1,060    0

Class C

   4,091    3,621    1,517    2,544    30

Growth and Income Fund

                        

Advisor Class

   16,664    0    14,799    2,350    0

Large Company Core Fund

                        

Class A

   152,191    68,167    151,968    11,100    0

Class B

   84,905    0    15,340    69,308    257

Class C

   73,253    2,538    32,389    40,608    256

U.S. Value Fund

                        

Class A

   11,136    0    10,773    742    0

Class B

   57,538    0    11,909    45,486    144

Class C

   43,232    0    23,987    19,128    117

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of a Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such Non-Interested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, the Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

39


Table of Contents

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, Class Z, Administrator Class, Advisor Class, and Investor Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is

 

40


Table of Contents

entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), located at 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, serves as interim custodian for the Capital Growth, Dividend Income, Growth, Growth and Income, Large Company Core and U.S. Value Funds from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim custodian, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex

Daily Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

0-85B    0.0051%
>85B    0.0025%

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket expenses. State Street serves as interim fund accountant for the Capital Growth, Dividend Income, Growth, Growth and Income, Large Company Core and U.S. Value Funds from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim fund accountant, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.30% of the Fund’s daily net assets, a fixed fund accounting base fee and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Equity Index Fund and C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund on a continuous basis. For the past three fiscal years listed below, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the Equity Index Fund (and other Wells Fargo Advantage funds) and the amounts retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


Paid


   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

$2,015,276

   $ 340,635    $ 1,189,589    $ 235,808    $ 5,144,052    $ 292,472

 

41


Table of Contents

For the period listed below, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund and the other C&B Funds and the amounts retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

7/26/04 – 10/31/04


Total Paid


   Total Retained

$84,463

   $ 43,443

 

Prior to July 26, 2004, SEI Investments Distribution Co. acted as principal underwriter for shares of the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund. For the period from November 1, 2003 through July 26, 2004, and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003 and October 31, 2002, the predecessor portfolio did not pay any underwriting commissions.

 

Prior to April 11, 2005, SII served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Capital Growth Fund, Dividend Income Fund, Endeavor Large Cap Fund, Endeavor Select Fund, Growth Fund, Growth and Income Fund, Large Cap Growth Fund, Large Company Core Fund and U.S. Value Fund. The amount retained by SII from the predecessor portfolios of these Funds is disclosed under “Distribution Fees” above.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Fund is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest

 

42


Table of Contents

quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time, generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase Orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

43


Table of Contents

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust also may redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse a Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholders to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

The Dealer Reallowance for Class A shares is as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase


  

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Public
Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Net Amount
Invested


    Dealer
Reallowance
as % of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   5.75 %   6.10 %   5.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75 %   4.99 %   4.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75 %   3.90 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75 %   2.83 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A shares purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All shareholders, except Class D shareholders, with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of classes of Funds that they already own, and redeem existing shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Internet account access is available for institutional clients. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an IRA, Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

44


Table of Contents

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization described in “Historical Fund Information,” will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of each Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While each Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated broker-dealers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

45


Table of Contents

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, each Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that a Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, Funds Management oversees each Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

Each Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, a Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. A Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by each Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of each Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover may also result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

The portfolio turnover rate for the Endeavor Large Cap Fund and Large Cap Growth Fund varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rate was primarily due to market volatility for the Endeavor Large Cap Fund and a change in management for the Large Cap Growth Fund.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal year-ends listed below, the Fund listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

 

Fund


   Year Ended
9/30/04


   Year Ended
9/30/03


   Year Ended
9/30/02


Equity Index

   $ 9,003    $ 5,591    $ 23,031

 

46


Table of Contents

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003, and 2004, the Equity Index Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to affiliated brokers.

 

Former C&B Fund. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the Fund and predecessor portfolio of the Fund listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

 

    

Fund


   Year Ended
10/31/04


   Year Ended
10/31/03


   Year Ended
10/31/02


C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

   $ 16,668    $ 11,700    $ 9,369

 

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004, the Fund and predecessor portfolio of the Fund listed below directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on stated total amount of transactions.

 

Fund


   Commissions Paid

   Transactional Value

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

   $ 555    $ 365,231

 

For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Fund and predecessor portfolio of the Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to affiliated brokers.

 

Former Strong Funds. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

 

Fund


   Year Ended
12/31/04


   Year Ended
12/31/03


   Year Ended
12/31/02


Capital Growth Fund*

   $ 531,694    $ 316,336    $ 43,855

Dividend Income Fund**

   $ 172,666    $ 409,115    $ 672,222

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

   $ 196,826    $ 260,764    $ 316,188

Endeavor Select Fund

   $ 448,327    $ 571,663    $ 674,290

Growth Fund**

   $ 4,425,371    $ 7,651,733    $ 10,155,292

Growth and Income Fund**

   $ 2,519,137    $ 4,660,800    $ 4,349,906

Large Cap Growth Fund**

   $ 1,491,711    $ 4,650,597    $ 7,751,314

Large Company Core Fund*

   $ 585,554    $ 380,488    $ 8,226

U.S. Value Fund

   $ 578,170    $ 491,634    $ 810,741

* Commenced operations on September 16, 2002.
** Lower turnover resulted in lower brokerage commissions over the past two years.

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Sub-Adviser listed below directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on the stated total amount of transactions.

 

Sub-Adviser


   Commissions Paid

   Transactions Value

Wells Capital Management*

   $ 2,221,569    $ 1,420,953,051

* Includes all transactions executed for the Fund Complex.

 

47


Table of Contents

Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. As of September 30, 2004 for the Equity Index Fund and October 31, 2004 for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund, the following Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers as indicated in the amounts shown:

 

Fund


 

Broker Dealer


   Amount

Equity Index

 

Bear Stearns & Co., Inc.

Citigroup

J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Merrill Lynch

Lehman Brothers, Inc.

Morgan Stanley

Wachovia Corp.

Wells Fargo & Company

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
369,870
8,529,675
5,281,547
1,690,907
1,743,233
807,245
2,202,955
2,294,529
3,757,942

C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund

 

Bank of America

Bank of New York Co., Inc.

JP Morgan Chase & Co

   $
$
$
463,218
543,380
426,916

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from a Fund in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

48


Table of Contents

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a

 

49


Table of Contents

Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

 

Former Strong Funds. As of December 31, 2004, the following predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Capital Loss Carry-Forward ($)

   Expiration Date

Dividend Income Fund

   3,850,257    2011

Endeavor Large Cap Fund

   89,875    2010

Growth Fund

   386,854,731
289,195,915
   2009
2010

Growth and Income Fund

   43,975,442
96,050,822
   2008
2010

Large Cap Growth Fund

   270,735,204
203,828,512
   2008
2010

 

50


Table of Contents

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

51


Table of Contents

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to

 

52


Table of Contents

the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

53


Table of Contents

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

54


Table of Contents

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Fund shares. If less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Fund will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met, including by individual Fund shareholders to qualify for the reduced rate of taxation. Only dividends from direct investments will qualify. Payments received by the Fund derived from securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a

 

55


Table of Contents

Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and

 

56


Table of Contents

will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

57


Table of Contents
    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

58


Table of Contents

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

59


Table of Contents
  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are eleven of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters that affect one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an Advisory agreement, since it only affects one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

60


Table of Contents

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of such class the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares such class of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect directors under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to a Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below as of March 16, 2005 is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities of the Fund as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund               
Class A   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    20.14%
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    8.09%
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    12.37%

 

61


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    7.68 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.55 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.42 %

 

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    23.91 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    9.84 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    9.40 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    8.96 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P.O. BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    6.42 %
    

FIRST CLEARING, LLC

LEWIS H SHUPE JR IRA

FCC AS CUSTODIAN

10700 WHEAT FIRST DRIVE

GLEN ALLEN VA 23060-9243

   Record    5.01 %
Class D   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

REINVEST ACCOUNT

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    43.78 %
    

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERV LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 5TH FL

200 LIBERTY ST ONE WORLD FIN CEN

NEW YORK NY 10281-1003

   Record    22.17 %

 

62


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


Administrator Class   

S SANFORD SCHLITT TOD

SUBJECT TO BFDS TOD RULES

PATRICIA SCHLITT PB

491 MEADOW LARK DR

SARASOTA FL 34236-1901

   Record    91.13%
Capital Growth Fund*               
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    39.14%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

AMERICAN SHOWA 401K PS PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    31.77%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO

PERFORMANCE FIBERS 401K PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

  

 

Record

  

 

15.53%

    

WELLS FARGO BANK MN NA

EYE ASSOCIATES OF NEW MEXICO 401K

733 MARQUETTE AVE 5TH FLOOR

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    12.08%
Institutional Class    NONE    N/A    NONE

 

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    33.89%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    13.06%
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    5.98%

 

63


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


Dividend Income Fund*               

 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    47.33%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

THOR INDUST 401(K) PLAN & TRUST

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    46.41%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

THOR INDUST DEFERRED COMP PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    6.26%

 

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    21.96%
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    5.58%
Endeavor Large Cap Fund*               
Class A   

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    95.80%
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    9.02%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.93%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.65%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.64%

 

64


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.56%
Class C   

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER &

SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    12.45%
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    9.70%
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    7.19%
Endeavor Select Fund*               
Class A   

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    69.77%
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    21.91%
Class B    NONE    N/A    NONE

 

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS,

FBO

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    10.24%
Administrator Class    NONE    N/A    NONE
Institutional Class    NONE    N/A    NONE
Equity Index Fund               
Class A    NONE    N/A    NONE
Class B    NONE    N/A    NONE

 

65


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


Growth and Income Fund*               
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    40.54%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

LIFE STAGES MODERATE PORTFOLIO

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    23.00%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

LIFE STAGES AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    20.84%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

LIFE STAGES CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    9.61%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RUBY TUESDAY SAL DEFRI PLAN 401K

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.16%
Advisor Class   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    61.02%
    

MASTER ACCOUNT

FBO PARTICIPATING KEMFLEX PLANS

C/O KEMPER SERVICE COMPANY

811 MAIN ST # DEPT

KANSAS CITY MO 64105-2005

   Record    17.47%
    

UMB BANK NA

FIDUCIARY FOR TAX DEFERRED ACCOUNTS

ATTN FINANCE DEPARTMENT

1 SW SECURITY BENEFIT PL

TOPEKA KS 66636-0001

   Record    10.83%
Institutional Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

YAZAKI EMPLOYEE SAVINGS PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    55.06%

 

66


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    26.49%
Investor Class   

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    21.31%
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    6.96%
Growth Fund*               
Class C   

LPL FINANCIAL SERVICES

9785 TOWNE CENTRE DRIVE

SAN DIEGO CA 92121-1968

   Record    16.76%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    12.40%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    10.97%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    10.84%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.97%
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

525 MARKET ST FL 12

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2720

   Record    6.01%
    

LPL FINANCIAL SERVICES

9785 TOWNE CENTRE DRIVE

SAN DIEGO CA 92121-1968

   Record    5.38%
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    83.67%

 

67


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RANDSTAD NORTH AMERICA RTR/SVGS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    9.05%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

THOR INDUST 401(K) PLAN & TRUST

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.76%
Advisor Class   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    79.75%
    

DBTCO FBO GREEN PLASTICS 401K

PO BOX 747

DUBUQUE IA 52004-0747

   Record    5.41%
Institutional Class   

AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    21.59%
    

90% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    15.36%
    

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC

PO BOX 1346

BALTIMORE MD 21203-1346

   Record    12.37%
    

75% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    11.45%
    

MODERATE PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    10.88%
    

50% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    7.27%

 

68


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


    

BALANCED PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    6.32%
Investor Class   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    10.36%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO

RPS STRONG GROWTH FUND

P.O. Box 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    7.19%
Large Cap Growth Fund*               
Investor Class    NONE    N/A    NONE
Large Company Core Fund*               
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    78.29%
Class B    NONE    N/A    NONE
Class C    NONE    N/A    NONE
Class Z    NONE    N/A    NONE
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    81.00%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

AMERICAN SHOWA 401K PS PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    9.42%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

THOR INDUST 401(K) PLAN & TRUST

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    8.97%

 

69


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


U.S. Value Fund*               
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    59.96%
Class B   

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER &

SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    5.38%
Class C   

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER &

SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    8.05%
Class Z   

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    39.23%
    

90% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    17.77%
    

75% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    9.93%
    

50% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    5.60%
Administrator Class   

AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    48.28%
    

MODERATE PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    22.70%

 

70


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


    

BALANCED PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    19.77%

 


* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund for the year ended October 31, 2004 and the Equity Index Fund for the year ended September 30, 2004 are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Capital Growth, Dividend Income, Endeavor Large Cap, Endeavor Select, Growth, Growth and Income, Large Cap Growth, Large Company Core and U.S. Value

 

71


Table of Contents

Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2004, were audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios, and are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports.

 

72


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE C&B MID CAP VALUE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE COMMON STOCK FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE DISCOVERY FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ENTERPRISE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MID CAP DISCIPLINED FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MID CAP GROWTH FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OPPORTUNITY FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SMALL CAP DISCIPLINED FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SMALL CAP OPPORTUNITIES FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SMALL CAP VALUE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SMALL/MID CAP VALUE FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, Class Z,

Administrator Class, Advisor Class, Investor Class and Institutional Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about twelve funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) – the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Mid Cap Value, Common Stock, Discovery, Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined, Mid Cap Growth, Opportunity, Small Cap Disciplined, Small Cap Growth, Small Cap Opportunities, Small Cap Value and Small/Mid Cap Value Funds. The Small Cap Opportunities Fund and the Small Cap Value Fund are closed to new investors. Class Z shares are currently available only to certain qualified investors. Please see the Class Z shares prospectus for further details. Each Fund is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class and the Institutional Class was named the Select Class.

 

Funds


   A, B and/or C

   D

   Z

   Administrator

   Advisor

   Institutional

   Investor

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   •      •           •           •       

Common Stock Fund

   •           •                      

Discovery Fund

                  •                •  

Enterprise Fund

                  •      •      •      •  

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

                  •           •      •  

Mid Cap Growth Fund

   •           •                      

Opportunity Fund

                  •      •           •  

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

                  •           •      •  

Small Cap Growth Fund

   •           •      •           •       

Small Cap Opportunities Fund

                  •                 

Small Cap Value Fund

   •           •                      

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

                  •                •  

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (“Prospectuses”) dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the period of July 26, 2004 to October 31, 2004, and for the Mid Cap Growth, Small Cap Growth, and Small Cap Opportunities Fund for the year ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Common Stock Fund, Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Opportunity Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, which include the portfolios of investments and reports of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Annual Reports of those predecessor portfolios. The Prospectuses and Annual Reports may be obtained without charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds (except for the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports), calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION    1
INVESTMENT POLICIES    3
ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS    5
MANAGEMENT    20
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE    43
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION    44
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS    46
FUND EXPENSES    49
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES    50
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES    58
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS    60
CAPITAL STOCK    61
OTHER    71
COUNSEL    71
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM    71
FINANCIAL INFORMATION    71

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization of the Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

On December 16, 2002, the Board of Trustees of The Montgomery Funds and The Montgomery Funds II (“Montgomery”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Montgomery portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was June 9, 2003.

 

On February 18, 2004, the Board of Trustees of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund (“AIC Trust”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor AIC Trust portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was July 26, 2004.

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of the Trust approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was April 8, 2005.

 

The Small Cap Opportunities Fund described in this SAI was created as part of the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds, advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) and the Norwest Advantage family of funds, advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex; the Mid Cap Growth Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of certain of the funds of the Montgomery family of funds into certain of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds. The C&B Mid Cap Value Fund described in this SAI was created as part of the reorganization of the certain portfolios of AIC Trust into certain funds of the Trust. The Common Stock Fund, Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Opportunity Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization between Stagecoach and Norwest followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. The reorganization between Montgomery and the Trust followed the Funds’ adviser’s parent company purchasing certain parts of the institutional and retail investment management business of the Montgomery funds’ adviser, Montgomery Asset Management, LLC (“MAM”). The reorganization between AIC Trust and the Trust followed the Funds’ adviser entering into an agreement with the predecessor portfolio’s adviser to “adopt”/support a reorganization of the predecessor portfolio with and into the Fund. The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Stagecoach, Norwest, Montgomery, C&B and Strong funds that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds listed below.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


 

Predecessor Funds


C&B Mid Cap Value Fund   C&B Mid Cap Value Portfolio
Common Stock Fund   Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund

 

1


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


 

Predecessor Funds


Discovery Fund

  Strong Discovery Fund

Enterprise Fund

  Strong Enterprise Fund

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

  Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Mid Cap Growth Fund

  Montgomery Mid Cap Fund

Opportunity Fund

  Strong Opportunity Fund

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

  Strong Small Company Value Fund

Small Cap Growth Fund

  Montgomery Small Cap Fund

Small Cap Opportunities Fund

  Norwest Small Cap Opportunities Fund

Small Cap Value Fund

  Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

  Strong Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

 

The C&B Mid Cap Value Fund commenced operations on July 26, 2004, as successor to the C&B Mid Cap Value Portfolio. The predecessor fund was organized on November 19, 2001, as the successor-in-interest to the UAM Cooke & Bieler, Inc.’s C&B Mid Cap Equity Portfolio, which commenced operations on February 18, 1998.

 

The Common Stock Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund, a series of Strong Common Stock Fund, Inc. The predecessor Strong Advisor Common Stock Fund commenced operations on December 29, 1989.

 

The Discovery Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Discovery Fund, a series of Strong Discovery Fund, Inc. The predecessor Strong Discovery Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1987.

 

The Enterprise Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Enterprise Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Enterprise Fund commenced operations on September 30, 1998.

 

The Mid Cap Disciplined Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Mid Cap Disciplined Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1998.

 

The Mid Cap Growth Fund commenced operations on June 9, 2003 as successor to the Montgomery Mid Cap Fund and the Wells Fargo Mid Cap Growth Fund. The Montgomery Mid Cap Fund, which commenced operations on December 30, 1994, is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes. The performance history and financial highlights shown for periods prior to June 9, 2003 are the performance history and financial highlights of the Mid Cap Fund.

 

The Opportunity Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Opportunity Fund, a series of Strong Opportunity Fund, Inc. The predecessor Strong Opportunity Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1985.

 

The Small Cap Disciplined Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Small Company Value Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds II, Inc. The predecessor Strong Small Company Value Fund commenced operations on March 28, 2002.

 

The Small Cap Growth Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Small Cap Fund) commenced operations on June 9, 2003 as successor to the Montgomery Small Cap Fund. The predecessor fund commenced operations on July 13, 1990. The performance history and financial highlights shown for periods prior to June 9, 2003 are the performance history and financial highlights of the predecessor fund. The Small Cap Growth Fund changed its name from the Montgomery Small Cap Fund to the Small Cap Growth Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Small Cap Opportunities Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Small Cap Opportunities Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Small Cap Opportunities Fund commenced operations on August 1, 1993. As of May 17, 2002, the Class A and Class B shares were exchanged for Institutional Class shares and the Class A and Class B shares were no longer offered by the Fund.

 

The Small Cap Value Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds, Inc. The predecessor Strong Advisor Small Cap Value Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1997. The Small/Mid Cap Value Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, a series of Strong Equity Funds II, Inc. The predecessor Strong Small/Mid Cap Value Fund commenced operations on March 28, 2002.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

  (1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities of other investment companies, or (iii) repurchase agreements;

 

  (2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

  (3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

  (4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

  (5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

  (6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

3


Table of Contents
  (7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

  (8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

  (1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

  (2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

  (3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

  (4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

  (5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

  (6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

4


Table of Contents
  (7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

  (8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type:

 

“Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

5


Table of Contents

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

Closed-End Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in foreign securities. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Fund to invest in certain markets. The Funds will invest in such companies when, in the adviser’s judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment of any applicable premium or sales charge. Other investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) which refer to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities that provide current income and that have a strong earnings and credit record. The Funds may purchase convertible securities that are fixed-income debt securities or preferred stocks, and which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same issuer. Convertible securities, while usually subordinate to similar nonconvertible securities, are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure. Convertible securities offer flexibility by providing the investor with a steady income stream (which generally yield a lower amount than similar nonconvertible securities and a higher amount than common stocks) as well as the opportunity to take advantage of increases in the price of the issuer’s common stock through the conversion feature. Fluctuations in the convertible security’s price can reflect changes in the market value of the common stock or changes in market interest rates.

 

6


Table of Contents

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself. In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force of the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

7


Table of Contents

Emerging Market Securities

 

Certain Funds invest in equity securities of companies in “emerging markets.” The Funds consider countries with emerging markets to include the following: (i) countries with an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries with low- to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (more commonly referred to as the World Bank); and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The adviser may invest in those emerging markets that have a relatively low gross national product per capita, compared to the world’s major economies, and which exhibit potential for rapid economic growth. The adviser believes that investment in equity securities of emerging market issuers offers significant potential for long-term capital appreciation.

 

Equity securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock, preferred stocks (including convertible preferred stocks) and warrants, bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock, equity interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust securities. The Funds may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) of such issuers.

 

Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic, Columbia, Indonesia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Peru, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Taiwan and Turkey. A company is considered in a country, market or region if it conducts its principal business activities there, namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed therein or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country, market or region.

 

There are special risks involved in investing in emerging-market countries. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. The financial markets of emerging markets countries are generally less well capitalized and thus securities of issuers based in such countries may be less liquid. Most are heavily dependent on international trade, and some are especially vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Some countries may still have obsolete financial systems, economic problems or archaic legal systems. The currencies of certain emerging market countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies, may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries. In addition, many of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

8


Table of Contents

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

The Funds may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Fund’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

The Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which the Funds may invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Funds would otherwise be subject.

 

The Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

The Funds may enter into currency forward contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to a Fund from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date which is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Funds will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

9


Table of Contents

The Funds may also invest in foreign securities through ADRs, CDRs, EDRs, IDRs and GDRs or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

For temporary defensive purposes, Funds may invest in fixed-income securities of non-U.S. governmental and private issuers. Such investments may include bonds, notes, debentures and other similar debt securities, including convertible securities.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

The Funds will segregate cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. The Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

10


Table of Contents

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts, a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

11


Table of Contents

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

12


Table of Contents

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions. The Funds may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” above). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

 

The Funds may invest in foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ from futures contracts in that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The adviser considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions. Despite these differences, foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions (together, “Currency Futures”) entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

 

Because the Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, they may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within the Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.

 

A Fund will purchase and sell Currency Futures in order to hedge its portfolio and to protect it against possible variations in foreign exchange rates pending the settlement of securities transactions. If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a Currency Future as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a Currency Future to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These Currency Futures will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

13


Table of Contents

The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of Currency Futures strategies also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of Currency Futures also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts: the risk of an illiquid market for the Currency Futures, the risk of exchange-imposed trading limits, and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its securities, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its Currency Futures investments.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale. Because such securities may be less liquid than other investments, they may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. The Funds may not invest or hold more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities.

 

14


Table of Contents

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Funds may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objective, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, the Custodian is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Money Market Instruments and Temporary Investments

 

The Funds may invest in the following types of high-quality money market instruments that have remaining maturities not exceeding one year: (i) U.S. Government obligations; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (iii) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “A-1” or “A-1—” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”), or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; and (iv) repurchase agreements. The Funds also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets; and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

15


Table of Contents

Letters of Credit. Certain of the debt obligations (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) which the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies which, in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to issuers of other permitted investments of the Funds, may be used for letter of credit-backed investments.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company (“3% Limit”); (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

iShares. The Funds may invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each, an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

Participation Interests

 

The Funds may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Funds may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

16


Table of Contents

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from a Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, a Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Board and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Funds may decline below the price at which the Funds are obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the Fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the Fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the Fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

The value of securities of any issuer in which a Fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the Fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A Fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a Fund may mitigate such

 

17


Table of Contents

losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the Fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carries greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Fund that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Fund of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carries greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Fund may purchase when

 

18


Table of Contents

they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Fund and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Fund may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

Unrated Investments

 

The Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) notes). In the latter case investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Funds may invest in warrants. Warrants represent rights to purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying securities. A Fund may only purchase warrants on securities in which the Fund

 

19


Table of Contents

may invest directly. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within a specified time period.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consist of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Thomas S. Goho, 62   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A
Peter G. Gordon, 62   

Trustee,

since 1998;

(Chairman, since 2001).

   Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A
Richard M. Leach, 71   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A
Timothy J. Penny, 53   

Trustee,

since 1996

   Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A
Donald C. Willeke, 64   

Trustee,

since 1996

   Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A

 

20


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE
J. Tucker Morse, 60   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A
OFFICERS
Karla M. Rabusch, 45   

President,

since 2003

   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A
Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36   

Treasurer,

since 2003

   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A
C. David Messman, 44   

Secretary,

since 2000

   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or

 

21


Table of Contents

considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firms on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended September 30, 2004


Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 87,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 97,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 87,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 87,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 87,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 81,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 81,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustees in the Funds, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

22


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

    Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds

 

Aggregate
Dollar
Range of
Equity
Securities

of Fund
Complex**


Trustee


  C&B
Mid
Cap
ValueSM


  Common
Stock*


  Discovery*

  Enterprise*

  Mid Cap
Disciplined*


  Mid Cap
Growth


  Opportunity*

 

Small

Cap
Disciplined*


 

Small

Cap
Growth


 

Small

Cap
Opportunities


 

Small

Cap
Value*


 

Small/
Mid

Cap
Value*


 
Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Peter G. Gordon

  B   0   0   0   0   B   0   0   0   A   0   0   D

Richard M. Leach

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Timothy J. Penny

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Donald C. Willeke

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   A   0   0   0   D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   B   B   0   0   D

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, descriptions of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-adviser (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, the “advisers”), and a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the board reviewed the fees that would be payable for the new funds and a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees that are payable under the Advisory Agreements, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the advisers and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

For the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, the Mid Cap Growth Fund, the Small Cap Growth Fund, and the Small Cap Opportunities Fund, the Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the expenses of the Funds and the expenses and performance information for a “Peer Group” of the Funds, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad based index. Prior to

 

23


Table of Contents

reviewing the statistical information, the Board was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. The Board then reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed each adviser’s background and services that it would provide to the Funds. For example, the Board reviewed and discussed the investment philosophy and experience of the adviser. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and would supervise and evaluate the sub-advisers who would make the day-to-day investment decisions for the Funds. The Board recognized that the investment adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-advisers. The Board also recognized that the oversight responsibilities of the investment adviser include monitoring Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed each adviser’s compliance procedures including their internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics, policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention expected to be given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that it has the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory and marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain additional factors relating specifically to the sub-advisers. For example, the Board considered the sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board reviewed the sub-advisers’ procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the factors that the sub-advisers will consider prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor is the sub-advisers’ consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits would be sought and how any such credits would be utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts would be made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ investment portfolios. Finally, the Board reviewed the sub-advisers’ method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the Advisers; (ii) the scope of each Adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment Adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

24


Table of Contents

Investment Adviser

 

Funds Management, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. As compensation for its advisory services, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

    

Fee


 

Fund


  

Prior to 8/1/04


   Effective 8/1/04

 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Common Stock Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Discovery Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Enterprise Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Mid Cap Growth

   0.75    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Opportunity Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Small Cap Growth

   0.90    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.90
0.85
0.80
0.775
0.75
%
%
%
%
%

 

25


Table of Contents
    

Fee


 

Fund


  

Prior to 8/1/04


   Effective 8/1/04

 

Small Cap Disciplined

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.90
0.85
0.80
0.775
0.75
%
%
%
%
%

Small Cap Opportunities

   0.90    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.90
0.85
0.80
0.775
0.75
%
%
%
%
%

Small Cap Value Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.90
0.85
0.80
0.775
0.75
%
%
%
%
%

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

   N/A    0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.90
0.85
0.80
0.775
0.75
%
%
%
%
%

 

Advisory Fees Paid. Advisory fees paid by each Fund are shown in the tables below.

 

Small Cap Opportunities Fund. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Small Cap Opportunities Fund paid the following advisory fees, and Funds Management waived the indicated fees:

 

     Year Ended 9/30/04

   Year Ended 9/30/03

   Year Ended 9/30/02

Fund


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Small Cap Opportunities

   $ 3,812,874    $ 489,974    $ 2,523,917    $ 336,170    $ 3,015,140    $ 77,170

 

Former C&B Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of AIC Trust into certain Funds of Funds Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“C&B”) served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund, and was entitled to receive an annual fee equal to 0.63% of the average daily net assets of the predecessor portfolio. Therefore, the table below shows the advisory fees paid by the Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. For the fiscal year ends indicated below prior to July 26, 2004, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following advisory fees to C&B and C&B waived the indicated amounts. From July 26, 2004 through October 31, 2004, fees were paid to the Adviser.

 

    

7/26/04 - 10/31/04

Funds Mgmt


  

11/1/03 - 7/25/04

C&B


Fund


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   $ 934,668    $ 186,320    $ 2,072,844    $ 0

 

26


Table of Contents
    

Year Ended

10/31/03


  

Year Ended

10/31/02


Fund


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   $ 1,019,789    $ 0    $ 162,961    $ 61,350

 

Former Montgomery Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Mid Cap Growth and Small Cap Growth Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Montgomery into certain Funds of the Trust, which occurred on June 9, 2003. Prior to the reorganization, Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management” or “WCM”) and MAM served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds.

 

For the period from January 17, 2003 through June 8, 2003, Wells Capital Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of the Mid Cap Growth and Small Cap Growth Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 17, 2003, MAM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees were the same as those under the prior agreement with MAM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


  

Average

Daily Net Assets


  

Annual

Fee Rate


 

Mid Cap Growth

   0 –200M
>200M
   1.40
1.25
%
%

Small Cap Growth

   0 –250M
>250M
   1.00
0.80
%
%

 

The table below shows the advisory fees paid by either these Funds or their predecessor portfolios. For the periods indicated below, these Funds or their predecessor portfolios paid the following advisory fees and the respective investment adviser waived the indicated amounts:

 

Fund


   Year Ended 9/30/04
Funds Mgmt


  

Three-Month Period
Ended 9/30/03

Funds Mgmt


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


Mid Cap Growth

   $ 686,255    $ 70,572    $ 176,561    $ 0

Small Cap Growth

   $ 555,417    $ 269,751    $ 88,254    $ 41,070

 

Fund


  

1/17/03-6/30/03*

Funds Mgmt/WCM


  

7/1/02-1/16/03*

MAM


   Year Ended 6/30/02
MAM


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


Mid Cap Growth

   $ 433,850    $ 9,445    $ 345,344    $ 281,043      1,310,953    $ 0

Small Cap Growth

   $ 166,184    $ 27,408    $ 190,365    $ 25,486    $ 567,806    $ 0

* For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the predecessor portfolios to the Funds paid advisory fees to MAM for the period of July 1, 2002 through January 16, 2003, and to Wells Capital Management for the period of January 17, 2003 through June 8, 2003. The Funds paid advisory fees to Funds Management for the period of June 9, 2003 through June 30, 2003.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Common Stock Fund, Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Opportunity Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, SCM and Funds Management served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these

 

27


Table of Contents

Funds. For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees payable to Funds Management were the same as those under the prior agreement with SCM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


  

Average Daily

Net Assets


   Annual Rate (as a
percentage of net assets)


 

Common Stock Fund

Enterprise Fund

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Opportunity Fund

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

Small Cap Value Fund

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.75
0.725
0.70
%
%
%

Discovery Fund

   All Asset Levels    0.75 %

 

For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolios of these Funds paid the following advisory fees to SCM and SCM waived the indicated amounts based on the fee rate indicated above.

 

FUND


  

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Common Stock Fund

   $ 10,389,540    $ 270,153    $ 11,789,247    $ 0    $ 12,132,512    $ 0

Discovery Fund

   $ 1,247,635    $ 34,169    $ 1,126,171    $ 0    $ 1,091,236    $ 0

Enterprise Fund

   $ 2,021,316    $ 54,238    $ 1,952,745    $ 0    $ 2,224,861    $ 0

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

   $ 3,718,339    $ 123,729    $ 1,908,727    $ 0    $ 1,138,558    $ 0

Opportunity Fund

   $ 18,886,946    $ 505,321    $ 20,914,722    $ 0    $ 24,174,012    $ 0

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

   $ 607,642    $ 20,705    $ 123,814    $ 6,757    $ 12,620    $ 22,788

Small Cap Value Fund

   $ 14,993,191    $ 402,979    $ 11,574,236    $ 0    $ 8,058,301    $ 0

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

   $ 93,363    $ 2,701    $ 25,425    $ 8,106    $ 4,773    $ 8,478

* Reflects fees for the period from March 28, 2002 (commencement of operations) through December 31, 2002.

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Advisers

 

Funds Management has engaged Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“C&B”), Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (“Schroder”), and Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as investment sub-advisers to the Funds (each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, the Sub-Advisers make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. The Sub-Advisers furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. The Sub-Advisers also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board and Officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

28


Table of Contents

For providing sub-advisory services, C&B, Schroder and Wells Capital Management are entitled to receive monthly fees at the annual rate as described below. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Fee


 
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund    C&B   

    0-250M

250-500M

500-750M

    > 750M

   0.55
0.50
0.45
0.40
%
%
%
%
Common Stock Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%
Discovery Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%
Enterprise Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%
Mid Cap Growth Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.25
0.20
%
%
Opportunity Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%
Small Cap Growth Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-250M

    >250M

   0.25
0.20
%
%
Small Cap Disciplined Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%
Small Cap Opportunities Fund    Schroder   

    0-275M

    >275M

   0.50
0.45
%
%
Small Cap Value Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%
Small/Mid Cap Value Fund    Wells Capital Management   

    0-200M

    >200M

   0.35
0.30
%
%

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Common Stock Fund, Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Opportunity Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization during the Interim Period, Wells Capital Management served as the investment sub-adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment sub-advisory agreement and was entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of each predecessor fund’s average daily net assets.

 

29


Table of Contents

Fund


 

Sub-Adviser


   Fee

 

Common Stock Fund

Discovery Fund

Enterprise Fund

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Opportunity Fund

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

Small Cap Value Fund

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

  Wells Capital Management    0-200M
>200M
   0.35
0.30
%
%

 

Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM had not entered into any sub-advisory agreements with respect to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds.

 

Unaffiliated Sub-Advisers. The Funds listed below paid the following aggregate dollar amount of sub-advisory fees to the following unaffiliated sub-advisers for the past three fiscal years:

 

Period

Ended


 

Fund


  Sub-Adviser

  Fees Paid

 

Fees Waived/

Reimbursed


10/31/04

  C&B Mid Cap Value Fund   C&B   $ 1,329,297   $ 0

9/30/04

  Small Cap Opportunities Fund   Schroder   $ 2,297,925   $ 0

9/30/03

  Small Cap Opportunities Fund   Schroder   $ 1,747,309   $ 0

9/30/02

  Small Cap Opportunities Fund   Schroder   $ 2,105,560   $ 0

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of September 30, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds (except the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund) for the Schroder and Wells Capital Management portfolio managers, and as of October 31, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund for the C&B portfolio managers. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows.

 

Fund


 

Sub-Adviser


 

Portfolio Managers


C&B Mid Cap Value Fund   C&B  

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

James R. Norris

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

R. James O’Neil, CFA

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

Common Stock Fund

Opportunity Fund

  Wells Capital Management  

Ann M. Miletti

Richard T. Weiss

Discovery Fund   Wells Capital Management  

James M. Leach, CFA

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Enterprise Fund   Wells Capital Management   Thomas J. Pence, CFA

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

  Wells Capital Management   Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

Mid Cap Growth Fund

Small Cap Growth Fund

  Wells Capital Management  

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

Stuart Roberts

Small Cap Opportunities Fund   Schroder   Jenny B. Jones
Small/Mid Cap Value Fund   Wells Capital Management   I. Charles Rinaldi

 

30


Table of Contents

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts
Managed


Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


C&B

                                   

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    196    $ 2.6B

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    197    $ 2.6B

James R. Norris

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    199    $ 2.6B

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    199    $ 2.6B

R. James O’Neil, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    196    $ 2.6B

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    197    $ 2.6B

Schroder

                                   

Jenny B. Jones

   3    $ 630M    6    $ 1.12B    5    $ 58.6M

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

   3    $ 1.13M    1    $ 5.18M    0      0

James M. Leach, CFA

   2    $ 248M    8    $ 65M    6    $ 1M

Ann M. Miletti

   3    $ 4.54B    1    $ 13M    44    $ 1.1B

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

   7    $ 727M    8    $ 65M    59    $ 990M

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

   5    $ 465M    4    $ 98M    9    $ 850M

Stuart Roberts

   5    $ 465M    4    $ 98M    15    $ 890M

I. Charles Rinaldi

   5    $ 2.20B    1    $ 127M    27    $ 543M

Richard T. Weiss

   5    $ 4.64B    1    $ 13M    46    $ 1.1B

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts.

 

     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


  

Other Accounts

Managed


Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


C&B

                                   

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

   0    $     0    0    $     0    1    $ 111M

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

James R. Norris

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

R. James O’Neil, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Schroder

                                   

Jenny B. Jones

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

James M. Leach, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Ann M. Miletti

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 184M

 

31


Table of Contents
     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts
Managed


Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


Stuart Roberts

   0    $    0    0    $    0    1    $ 184M

I. Charles Rinaldi

   0    $    0    0    $    0    1    $ 68M

Richard T. Weiss

   0    $    0    0    $    0    0    $ 0

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, some Sub-Advisers minimize inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, each Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

C&B. In the case of C&B, the Portfolio Managers manage accounts on a team basis. Performance and allocation of securities are closely monitored to ensure equal treatment. Accordingly, the Portfolio Managers have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts (not including the registered investment companies) compared to registered investment companies such as the Equity Income and Index Funds. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, like other investment advisers, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Funds’ Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

C&B Compensation. The C&B Portfolio Managers are compensated using substantially identical compensation structures for all accounts managed. They each receive a fixed cash salary and an annual bonus from a bonus pool based on the pre-tax performance of individual securities selected by the

 

32


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers. C&B measures performance of securities against the Russell Mid Cap Value Index for the Mid Cap Value strategy accounts. Bonus allocations are determined by an annual peer review process conducted by the investment team. Allocations vary depending primarily on the four-year rolling investment results attributed to each individual security. The Portfolio Managers also receive a fixed deferred compensation. Partners of C&B receive a return proportionate to their investment based upon the firm’s overall success.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Manager


 

Benchmark


Ann M. Miletti

Richard T. Weiss

  Russell Midcap Index

James M. Leach, CFA

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

 

Russell Midcap Growth Index

Russell 2500 Growth Index

Thomas J. Pence, CFA   Russell 1000 Growth Index
Robert J. Costomiris, CFA   Russell 1000 Value Index

Jerome “Cam” Philpott, CFA

Stuart Roberts

 

Russell 2000 Growth Index

Russell Midcap Growth Index

I. Charles Rinaldi   Russell 2500 Value Index

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. As of the Funds’ recent fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, (October 31, 2004 for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund), the table below shows for each Portfolio Manager, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

33


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2004*

 

Portfolio Manager


  

C&B

Mid
Cap Value
Fund


   Common
Stock
Fund


   Discovery
Fund


   Enterprise
Fund


  

Mid

Cap
Disciplined
Fund


  

Mid

Cap
Growth
Fund


   Opportunity
Fund


  

Small

Cap
Disciplined
Fund


  

Small

Cap
Growth
Fund


  

Small

Cap
Opportunities
Fund


  

Small

Cap
Value
Fund


  

Small/

Mid

Cap
Value
Fund


C&B*

                                                           

Kermit S. Eck

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Michael M. Meyer

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

James R. Norris

   B    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Edward W. O’Connor

   B    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

R. James O’Neil

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Mehul Trivedi

   C    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Wells Capital Management

                                                           

Robert J. Costomiris, CFA

   —      —      —      —      A    —      —      0    —      —      —      —  

James M. Leach, CFA

   —      —      B    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Ann M. Milette

   —      E    —      —      —      —      E    —      —      —      —      —  

Thomas J. Pence, CFA

   —      —      A    A    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Jerome C. Philpott, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      B    —      —      C    —      —      —  

Stuart Roberts

   —      —      —      —      —      0    —      —      E    —      —      —  

I. Charles Rinaldi

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      F    E

Richard T. Weiss

   —      F    —      —      —      —      F    —      —      —      —      —  

* Information provided as of October 31, 2004 for the C&B portfolio managers, the C&B Large Cap Value Fund’s fiscal year end.

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for

 

34


Table of Contents

services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

 

Class


   Prior to 8/1/04

  Effective between
8/1/04 and 4/11/05


    Effective 4/11/05

 

Class A, Class B, Class C and Class D Shares

   0.33%   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25%   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.25
0.24
0.23
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Advisor Class Shares

   N/A   N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares

   0.15%   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

Investor Class and Class Z Shares

   N/A   N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

 

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds listed below paid the following administrative fees:

 

    

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


   

Year Ended

9/30/02


 

Fund


   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt

   

Funds

Mgmt/Wells
Fargo


 

Small Cap Opportunities (Fund Level)

   $ 239,100    $ 715,932     $ 515,385  

Administrator Class

   $ 956,400        *       *

* For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former Montgomery Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Mid Cap Growth and Small Cap Growth Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Montgomery into certain Funds of the Trust, which occurred on June 9, 2003. Prior to the reorganization, MAM served as administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds and was entitled to receive a fee per predecessor portfolio ranging from 0.04% to 0.07%, depending on the predecessor portfolio and level of assets. Therefore, the table below shows the administrative fees paid by either these Funds or their predecessor portfolios. For the periods indicated below, these Funds or their predecessor portfolios paid the following administrative fees:

 

Fund*


  

Year Ended
9/30/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Three-Month
Period Ended
9/30/03

Funds Mgmt


   

6/9/03 –6/30/03

Funds Mgmt


   

7/1/02 –
6/8/03

MAM


   

Year Ended
6/30/02

MAM


 

Mid Cap Growth (Fund Level)

   $ 50,455    $ 77,685     $ 6,644     $ 47,502     $ 87,341  

Class A

   $ 261,752        **       **       **       **

Class B

   $ 18,232        **       **       **       **

Class C

   $ 2,565        **       **       **       **

 

35


Table of Contents

Fund*


  

Year Ended
9/30/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Three-Month
Period Ended
9/30/03

Funds Mgmt


   

6/9/03 – 6/30/03

Funds Mgmt


   

7/1/02 –
6/8/03

MAM


   

Year Ended
6/30/02

MAM


 

Small Cap Growth (Fund Level)

   $ 45,843    $ 47,381     $ 5,687     $ 22,564     $ 44,244  

Class A

   $ 244,424        **       **       **       **

Class B

   $ 1,444        **       **       **       **

Class C

   $ 519        **       **       **       **

Administrator Class

   $ 7,380        **       **       **       **

* Class Z shares for the Funds and the Institutional Class shares for the Small Cap Growth Fund are available to investors effective April 11, 2005.
** For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former C&B Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of AIC Trust into certain Funds of Funds Trust. Prior to the reorganization of the Fund, SEI Investments Global Funds Services (“SEI”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund, and was entitled to receive the following annual fees:

 

Average Daily Net Assets


 

Administrative Fees

(% of Average Daily Net Assets)


0-250M   0.150%
250-500M   0.125%
> 500M   0.100%

 

Therefore, the table below shows the administration fees paid by the Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. For the periods indicated below prior to July 26, 2004, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following administration fees to SEI. From July 26, 2004 through October 31, 2004, fees were paid to the Administrator.

 

Fund


  

7/26/04 -

10/31/04
Funds Mgmt


  

11/1/03 –
7/25/04

SEI


   

Year Ended
10/31/03

SEI


    Year Ended
10/31/02
SEI


 

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 75,173    $ 564,777     $ 275,851     $ 125,081  

Class A

   $ 1,801        *       *       *

Class B

   $ 865        *       *       *

Class C

   $ 313        *       *       *

Class D

   $ 374,920        *       *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 21,941        *       *       *

Institutional Class

   $ 4,412        *       *       *

* For the period ended October 31, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

36


Table of Contents

Class


 

Fee


Class A, Class B, Class C, Class Z, Advisor Class and Investor Class (except for the Discovery Fund) Shares   0.30%
Administrator Class (formerly Class K) Shares   0.25%
Institutional Class Shares   0.02%
Discovery Fund — Investor Class   0.25%

 

The table below shows the administrative fees paid by the predecessor portfolios to SIS and the respective amounts waived by SIS based on the fee rates described.

 

    

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


Fund


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Common Stock Fund

                                         

Class A

   $ 228,909    $ 0    $ 185,953    $ 0    $ 120,461    $ 0

Class B

   $ 112,002    $ 0    $ 92,421    $ 0    $ 63,023    $ 0

Class C

   $ 89,390    $ 0    $ 83,696    $ 0    $ 62,105    $ 0

Class Z

   $ 3,833,576    $ 0    $ 4,357,362    $ 0    $ 4,626,000    $ 0

Discovery Fund

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 427,268    $ 0    $ 375,422    $ 0    $ 363,745    $ 0

Enterprise Fund

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 760,779    $ 0    $ 430,554    $ 284,290    $ 761,402    $ 124,046

Advisor Class

   $ 4,813    $ 0    $ 4,752    $ 0    $ 3,912    $ 0

Institutional Class*

   $ 784    $ 0    $ 0    $ 154      N/A      N/A

Administrator Class (formerly Class K)**

   $ 17,917    $ 26,136    $ 28,242    $ 21,165    $ 2,469    $ 0

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 1,536,827    $ 0    $ 760,908    $ 0    $ 456,263    $ 0

Opportunity Fund

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 7,349,226    $ 0    $ 8,005,978    $ 0    $ 9,389,611    $ 0

Advisor Class

   $ 404,271    $ 0    $ 363,721    $ 0    $ 315,933    $ 0

Administrator Class (formerly Class K)**

   $ 2,030    $ 812    $ 0    $ 1,638    $ 323    $ 87
                                           

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

                                         

Investor Class***

   $ 250,673    $ 0    $ 52,229    $ 0    $ 12,843    $ 2,589

Small Cap Value Fund

                                         

Class A

   $ 1,789,907    $ 0    $ 1,395,380    $ 0    $ 842,442    $ 0

Class B

   $ 374,862    $ 0    $ 284,393    $ 0    $ 194,010    $ 0

Class C

   $ 449,504    $ 0    $ 380,914    $ 0    $ 232,607    $ 0

Class Z

   $ 3,544,194    $ 0    $ 2,571,489    $ 0    $ 1,958,967    $ 0

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

                                         

Investor Class***

   $ 38,186    $ 0    $ 0    $ 13,412    $ 1,823    $ 3,509

* For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, reflects fees from June 30, 2003 (commencement of class operations) to December 31, 2003.
** For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects fees from August 30, 2002. (commencement of class operations) to December 31, 2002.
*** For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, reflects fees from March 28, 2002 (commencement of fund operations) to December 31, 2002.

 

37


Table of Contents

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds, except the Common Stock, Discovery, Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined, Opportunity, Small Cap Disciplined, Small Cap Value and Small/Mid Cap Value Funds.

 

The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds paid Stephens and will pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Fund is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The Distributor has entered, and Stephens previously entered, into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens previously assigned, certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Funds listed below paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


   Compensation
to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


Mid Cap Growth Fund

                                         

Class B

   $ 48,836    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 48,836

Class C

   $ 6,870    $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,824    $ 3,046    $ 0

Small Cap Growth Fund

                                         

Class B

   $ 3,868    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,868

Class C

   $ 1,391    $ 0    $ 0    $ 1,151    $ 240    $ 0

 

Former C&B Fund. Prior to July 26, 2004, SEI Investments Distribution Co. served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund. For the period between October 31, 2003 (the Fund’s fiscal year end) and July 26, 2004, the predecessor portfolio to the Fund

 

38


Table of Contents

did not pay any distribution-related expenses. For the period between July 26, 2004 and October 31, 2004, the Fund paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


   Compensation
to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

                                         

Class B

   $ 2,317    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 2,317

Class C

   $ 839    $ 0    $ 0    $ 767    $ 72    $ 0

 

Former Strong Funds. Prior to the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust as discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the predecessor portfolios of the following funds adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 for the share classes described: the Common Stock Fund and Enterprise Fund on behalf of their Class A, Class B, and Class C shares; the Enterprise Fund on behalf of its Advisor Class and Investor Class shares; the Opportunity Fund on behalf of its Advisor Class shares, and the Small Cap Disciplined Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund on behalf of their Investor Class shares. Strong Investments, Inc. (“SII”) served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Class A, Investor Class and Advisor Class shares of the predecessor portfolios paid up to 0.25% per year of each class’ average daily net assets to SII or others. Class B and Class C shares paid SII up to 1.00% per year of the class’ average daily net assets, out of which 0.25% could be used for service fees. The 12b-1 fees could also be used to pay SII for advancing commissions to securities dealers for the initial sale of Class B and Class C shares. The table below shows the distribution fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of these Funds to SII for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Fund


   Gross 12b-1
Fees


   Absorptions

   Compensation to
Unaffiliated
Broker-Dealers


   12b-1 Fees
Retained by
the
Distributor


  

Remaining 12b-1

Fees Used to Pay

For

1) Advertising

and 2) Printing
and Mailing of
Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders


Common Stock Fund

                                  

Class A

   $ 190,757    $ 0    $ 190,765    $ 7,492    $ 0

Class B

   $ 373,340    $ 0    $ 84,343    $ 288,042    $ 955

Class C

   $ 297,967    $ 0    $ 232,701    $ 65,158    $ 108

Enterprise Fund

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 4,011    $ 0    $ 4,055    $ 303    $ 0

Investor Class

   $ 53,134    $ 35,420    $ 0    $ 0    $ 53,134

Opportunity Fund

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 336,892    $ 0    $ 289,759    $ 56,814    $ 0

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

                                  

Investor Class

   $ 208,894    $ 0    $ 74,057    $ 134,492    $ 346

Small Cap Value Fund

                                  

Class A

   $ 1,491,589    $ 0    $ 1,484,373    $ 75,259    $ 0

Class B

   $ 1,249,541    $ 0    $ 282,302    $ 964,946    $ 2,293

Class C

   $ 1,498,348    $ 0    $ 1,243,333    $ 248,823    $ 6,192

 

39


Table of Contents

Fund


   Gross 12b-1
Fees


   Absorptions

   Compensation to
Unaffiliated
Broker-Dealers


   12b-1 Fees
Retained by
the
Distributor


  

Remaining 12b-1

Fees Used to Pay
For

1) Advertising

and 2) Printing
and Mailing of
Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders


Small/Mid Cap Value Fund

                                  

Investor Class

   $ 31,822    $ 8,726    $ 0    $ 0    $ 31,822

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of a Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such Non-Interested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Fund shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, the Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive

 

40


Table of Contents

significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, Class Z, Administrator Class, Advisor Class and Investor Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th & Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase, sale or maturity; collects and receives all income, other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund; and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services, the Custodian is entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), located at 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, serves as interim custodian for the Small Cap Value Fund from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim custodian, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of the Fund.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily Net Assets


 

Annual Asset-Based Fees


0-85B   0.0051%
>85B   0.0025%

 

41


Table of Contents

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket expenses. State Street serves as interim fund accountant for the Small Cap Value Fund from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim fund accountant, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.30% of the Fund’s daily net assets, a fixed fund accounting base fee, fees for multiple classes and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Growth Fund and Small Cap Opportunities Fund on a continuous basis. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the Funds (except the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund) and the amounts retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03*


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


Paid


   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

$2,015,276

   $ 340,635    $ 1,189,589    $ 235,808    $ 5,144,052    $ 292,472

* Amounts include fees paid by the Mid Cap Growth and Small Cap Growth Funds for the period from July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003.

 

Prior to June 9, 2003, Funds Distributor, Inc. served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Mid Cap Growth and Small Cap Growth Funds. For the period from July 1, 2002 through June 9, 2003, and for the year ended June 30, 2002, the predecessor portfolios of these Funds did not pay any underwriting commissions.

 

For the period from July 27, 2004 through October 31, 2004, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and other C&B Funds was as follows:

 

7/26/04 – 10/31/04

 

 

Total Paid


   Total Retained

$84,463

   $ 43,443

 

42


Table of Contents

Prior to July 26, 2004, SEI Investments Distribution Co. acted as principal underwriter for shares of the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund. For the period from November 1, 2003 through July 26, 2004, and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003 and October 31, 2002, the predecessor portfolio did not pay any underwriting commissions.

 

Prior to April 11, 2005, SII served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Common Stock, Discovery, Enterprise, Mid Cap Disciplined, Opportunity, Small Cap Disciplined, Small Cap Value and Small/Mid Cap Value Funds. The amount retained by SII from the predecessor portfolios of these Funds is disclosed under “Distribution Fees” above.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access person” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. . Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers are on public file with, and available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Fund is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after

 

43


Table of Contents

the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

For the Funds that invest directly in foreign securities, portfolio securities are generally valued on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded. However, if, in the judgment of the Board, a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or the market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign exchange or market), that security may be valued by another method that the Board believes accurately reflects fair value. A security’s valuation may differ depending on the method used to determine its value.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is generally closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Funds. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

44


Table of Contents

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. Each Fund may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Fund’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, each Fund may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund.

 

The Dealer Reallowance for Class A shares is as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase


  

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Public
Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Net Amount
Invested


   

Dealer

Reallowance as
% of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   5.75 %   6.10 %   5.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75 %   4.99 %   4.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75 %   3.90 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75 %   2.83 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A shares purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All shareholders, except Class D shareholders, with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of classes of Funds that they already own, and redeem existing shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Internet account access is available for institutional clients. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

45


Table of Contents

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization described in “Historical Fund Information,” will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Funds’ Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of each Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction; the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While each Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealers including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law affiliated brokers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

46


Table of Contents

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, each Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that a Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees each Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

Each Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, a Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. A Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by each Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of each Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover also may result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

The portfolio turnover rates for the Funds, except the Common Stock Fund, Small Cap Opportunities Fund, Opportunity Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in rates was primarily due to market volatility for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund, Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Mid Cap Growth Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund and Small Cap Growth Fund.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

     Total Commissions

Fund


  

Year-Ended

9/30/04


  

Year-Ended

9/30/03


   

Year-Ended

9/30/02


Mid Cap Growth

   $ 605,497    $ 150,226 *     N/A

Small Cap Growth

   $ 723,718    $ 141,981 *     N/A

Small Cap Opportunities

   $ 1,951,246    $ 2,508,113     $ 1,253,748

* Amounts indicate fees paid from July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003.

 

47


Table of Contents

Former C&B Fund. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following aggregate brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

     Total Commissions

Fund


   Year Ended
10/31/04


   Year Ended
10/31/03


   Year Ended
10/31/02


C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   $ 822,026    $ 475,830    $ 189,256

 

Former Montgomery Funds. For the past fiscal years ended June 30 listed below, the predecessor portfolios of the Mid Cap Growth and Small Cap Growth Funds paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Fund


   Period Ended
6/30/03*


   Year Ended
6/30/02


Mid Cap Growth

   $ 164,268    $ 197,593

Small Cap Growth

   $ 177,765    $ 125,914

* Amounts indicate fees paid from January 1, 2003 through June 30, 2003.

 

Former Strong Funds. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


Common Stock Fund

   $ 3,058,999    $ 2,792,242    $ 3,924,480

Discovery Fund

   $ 1,019,407    $ 1,628,389    $ 1,391,176

Enterprise Fund*

   $ 1,666,137    $ 2,352,564    $ 3,130,649

Mid Cap Disciplined Fund

   $ 3,388,564    $ 3,084,882    $ 2,760,619

Opportunity Fund*

   $ 4,904,955    $ 5,850,398    $ 8,368,971

Small Cap Disciplined Fund

   $ 552,835    $ 249,502    $ 70,680

Small Cap Value Fund

   $ 4,294,929    $ 3,809,202    $ 2,888,317

Small/Mid Cap Value Fund**

   $ 123,229    $ 47,125    $ 20,632

* The decrease in brokerage commissions was due to lower turnover rates.
** The increase in brokerage commissions is due to an increase in Fund assets.

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Sub-Advisers listed below directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on the stated total amount of transactions.

 

48


Table of Contents

Sub-Adviser


   Commissions Paid

   Transactions Value

Schroder

   $ 149,927    $ 70,948,350

Wells Capital Management*

   $ 2,221,569    $ 1,420,953,051

* Includes all transactions executed for the Wells Fargo Funds Complex, including Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust.

 

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004, the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and predecessor portfolio of the Fund directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on stated total amount of transactions.

 

Fund


   Commissions Paid

   Transactional Value

C&B Mid Cap Value Fund

   $ 349,496    $ 187,228,840

 

The Small Cap Opportunities Fund paid the following aggregate dollar amount of brokerage commissions to the following affiliated brokers for the following fiscal years ended September 30:

 

Year


  

Fund


  

Broker


   Commissions

  

Relationship


2004

   Small Cap Opportunities    Stephens Inc.    $ 10,527    Affiliate of the Fund
          Wells Fargo Securities    $ 3,026    Affiliate of the Fund

2003

   Small Cap Opportunities    Stephens Inc.    $ 18,255    Affiliate of the Fund
          Wells Fargo Securities    $ 15,357    Affiliate of the Fund

 

For each of the brokers listed in the chart above, the percent of aggregate commissions paid by the respective Fund to such broker and the percent of aggregate transactions involving the payment of commissions that were effected through such broker for the Fund’s most recent fiscal year are listed below:

 

Fund


  

Broker


   % Aggr. Comm.

    % Aggr. Transactions

 

Small Cap Opportunities

   Stephens Inc.    0.5473 %   0.3572 %
     Wells Fargo Securities    0.616 %   0.3411 %

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from a Fund in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of the Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against a Fund’s assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

49


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”)), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

50


Table of Contents

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As of September 30, 2004, the following Funds had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

  

Capital Loss

Carryforwards


Mid Cap Growth Fund

   2010    $ 1,438,991

Small Cap Growth Fund

   2006    $ 3,026,764
     2007    $ 1,513,382
     2010    $ 197,341,404
     2011    $ 94,078,304

 

51


Table of Contents

Former Strong Funds. As of December 31, 2004, the following predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below had carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Enterprise Fund

   2008    $ 30,684,684
     2009    $ 196,951,468
     2010    $ 64,764,000

Opportunity Fund

   2011    $ 14,397,131.76

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

52


Table of Contents

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code, which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

53


Table of Contents

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or

 

54


Table of Contents

gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government, if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax -free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. If a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

55


Table of Contents

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Fund shares. If less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Fund will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met, including by individual Fund shareholders to qualify for the reduced rate of taxation. Only dividends from direct investments will qualify. Payments received by the Fund derived from securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 

56


Table of Contents

An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the

 

57


Table of Contents

foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

58


Table of Contents

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – the Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

59


Table of Contents

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

60


Table of Contents
  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are twelve of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in a fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a Fund’s operating expenses,

 

61


Table of Contents

except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters that affect one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

As used in Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of such class the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect directors under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below as of March 16, 2005 is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities of the Fund as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

62


Table of Contents

5% Ownership as of March 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 
C&B Mid Cap Value Fund  

Class A

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    16.27 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    20.30 %

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    31.64 %

Class D

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

REINVEST ACCOUNT

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    48.73 %
    

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERV LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 5TH FL

200 LIBERTY ST ONE WORLD FIN CEN

NEW YORK NY 10281-1003

   Record    23.36 %

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

OMNIBUS ACCOUNT - REINVEST/REINVEST

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    51.66 %
    

PATTERSON & CO

HORIZON FOUNDATION OF HOWARD CNTY

1525 WEST WT HARRIS BLVD

CHARLOTTE NC 28288-0001

   Record    6.91 %

Institutional Class

  

NFSC FEBO FIIOC AS AGENT FOR

QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE BENEFIT

PLANS (401K) FINOPS-IC FUNDS

100 MAGELLAN WAY KW1C

COVINGTON KY 41015-1987

   Record    47.96 %
    

BOST & CO

MUTUAL FUNDS OPERATIONS

PO BOX 3198

PITTSBURGH PA 15230-3198

   Record    14.98 %
    

COMMUNITY FOUNDATION OF THE OZARKS

901 ST LOUIS #701

SPRINGFIELD MO 65806-2561

   Record    14.79 %

 

63


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 
    

MASSACHUSETTS AUDUBON SOCIETY INC

NON PROFIT ENVIRONMENTAL ORG 501C3

ATTN CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

208 S GREAT RD

LINCOLN MA 01773-4800

   Record    10.92 %
    

SEI PRIVATE TRUST COMPANY

C/O M&T BANK ID 337 FBO

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS ADMINISTRATOR

ONE FREEDOM VALLEY DRIVE

OAKS PA 19456

   Record    10.43 %
Common Stock Fund*                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    43.55 %
    

NATIONWIDE INSURANCE COMPANY

FBO QPVA

C/O IPO PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTING

PO BOX 182029

COLUMBUS OH 43218-2029

   Record    24.38 %
    

NATIONWIDE TRUST COMPANY FSB

C/O IPO PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTING

PO BOX 182029

COLUMBUS OH 43218-2029

   Record    9.27 %
    

WILMINGTON TRUST CO CUST

FBO SG COWEN 401K SAVINGS PLAN

C/O MUTUAL FUNDS

1100 N MARKET ST

WILMINGTON DE 19801-1243

   Record    5.49 %

Class B

  

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    8.46 %

Class C

  

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    18.63 %

Class Z

  

MITRA & CO

ATTN: EXP MUTUAL FUNDS TR14

1000 N WATER ST

MILWAUKEE WI 53202-6648

   Record    6.41 %

 

64


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    5.42 %
Discovery Fund*                 

Administrator Class

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    12.48 %
Enterprise Fund*                 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    85.45 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO

THOR INDUST 401(K) PLAN & TRUST

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    11.07 %

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    79.48 %

Institutional Class

  

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MGMNT SERVICE

FBO MUTUAL FUND CLIENTS

ATTN: PRUCHOICE UNIT

MAIL STOP 194-201

194 WOOD AVENUE SOUTH

ISELIN NJ 08830-2710

   Record    80.88 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    18.75 %

Investor Class

  

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST

MAC # A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    12.09 %

 

65


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    7.85 %
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    6.34 %
Mid Cap Disciplined Fund*                 

Administrator Class

   N/A    N/A    N/A  

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    28.59 %
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST

MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    7.93 %
    

NATIONAL INVESTOR SERVICES FBO

55 WATER STREET,32ND FLOOR

NEW YORK

55 WATER ST FL 32

NEW YORK NY 10041-3299

   Record    7.91 %
Mid Cap Growth Fund                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    21.15 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.38 %

Class C

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    7.72 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    6.51 %

 

66


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.90 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.28 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.15 %

Class Z

   N/A    N/A    N/A  
Opportunity Fund*                 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    92.49 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO RTI FRANCHISE MGMNT ASSOC 401K

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    6.36 %

Advisor Class

  

STATE STREET BANK & TRUST CO

FBO ADP DAILY VALUATION 401K

200 NEWPORT AVENUE EXT # JQ7

NORTH QUINCY MA 02171-2145

   Record    47.28 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    39.60 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    12.87 %
    

FIDELITY INVESTMENTS INSTITUTIONAL OPERATIONS CO (FIIOC) AS AGENT

FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

100 MAGELLAN WAY # KW1C

COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

   Record    6.27 %
Small Cap Disciplined Fund*                 

Administrator

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Institutional

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

 

67


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    30.13 %
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING FBO

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    10.01 %
Small Cap Growth Fund                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO BEN B CHENEY

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    9.55 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    8.28 %
    

STATE STREET BANK & TRUST CO

CUST FOR THE IRA OF ROBERT W HERB

68 CHURCHILL RD

PITTSBURGH PA 15235-5110

   Record    5.87 %

Class B

  

DIANA Y H TAO &

JOHN D HO JTWROS

ROYAL ASCOT 1 TSUN KING ROAD

SHATIN HONG KONG

   Record    9.07 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    6.91 %
    

SAM SMITH &

SHARON G SMITH JTWROS

102 CASSIN CT

FOLSOM CA 95630-8044

   Record    6.39 %

Class C

  

SOUTHWEST SECURITIES INC

FBO KAY DARLENE DAVIS

SWS SECURITIES INC

AS SEP IRA CUSTODIAN

PO BOX 509002

DALLAS TX 75250-9002

   Record    16.99 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    14.09 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    10.98 %

 

68


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

525 MARKET ST 12TH FL

MAC-A0103-121

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2720

   Record    6.50 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.47 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.33 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.18 %

Class Z

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA,

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    28.46 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA,

MONTGOMERY SMALL CAP I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

P O BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    27.69 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA,

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    24.57 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    14.16 %

Institutional Class

   NONE    N/A    NONE  
Small Cap Opportunities Fund                 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA,

SMALL CAP OPPORTUNITIES FUND I

C/O MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55485-0001

   Record    84.53 %
Small Cap Value Fund*                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    45.71 %

 

69


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of
Ownership


   Percentage
of Class


 
    

NATIONWIDE TRUST COMPANY FSB

C/O IPO PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTING

PO BOX 182029

COLUMBUS OH 43218-2029

   Record    11.28 %

Class B

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class C

  

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    11.17 %

Class Z

  

FIDELITY INVESTMENTS INSTITUTIONAL

OPERATIONS CO (FIIOC) AS AGENT

FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

100 MAGELLAN WAY # KW1C

COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

   Record    26.98 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    10.81 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RPS STRONG SMALL CAP VALUE #069

P.O. Box 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    10.65 %
    

BANK OF NEW YORK TRUSTEE

NEW YORK STATE DEFERRED COMP

1 WALL ST FL 12

NEW YORK NY 10286-0001

   Record    5.82 %
Small/Mid Cap Value Fund*                 

Administrator

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Investor

  

CHRISTINA MATTIN

PO BOX 1632

NEW CANAAN CT 06840-1632

        10.77 %
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING FBO

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

        10.47 %
    

KENTCO LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

935 CAMPUS DR

MUNDELEIN IL 60060-3830

        5.91 %

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

70


Table of Contents

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the C&B Mid Cap Value Fund for the year ended October 31, 2004, and for the Mid Cap Growth, Small Cap Growth, and Small Cap Opportunities Fund for the year ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Common Stock Fund, Discovery Fund, Enterprise Fund, Mid Cap Disciplined Fund, Opportunity Fund, Small Cap Disciplined Fund, Small Cap Value Fund and Small/Mid Cap Value Fund, which include the portfolios of investments and reports of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2004, were audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios, and are hereby incorporated by reference to the Annual Reports of those predecessor portfolios.

 

71


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ASIA PACIFIC FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE EMERGING MARKETS FOCUS FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INTERNATIONAL CORE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INTERNATIONAL EQUITY FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INTERNATIONAL VALUE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INSTITUTIONAL EMERGING MARKETS FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OVERSEAS FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Administrator Class, Institutional Class and Investor Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about seven funds in the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage Asia Pacific, Emerging Markets Focus, International Core, International Equity, International Value, Institutional Emerging Markets and Overseas Funds. Each Fund is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class and the Institutional Class was named the Select Class.

 

Funds


   A, B and/or C

   Administrator

   Institutional

   Investor

Asia Pacific Fund

                  ·

Emerging Markets Focus Fund

   ·    ·          

International Core Fund

   ·    ·          

International Equity Fund

   ·    ·          

International Value Fund

   ·    ·          

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund

             ·     

Overseas Fund

             ·    ·

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (the “Prospectuses”), dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the Emerging Markets Focus, Institutional Emerging Markets, International Equity and International Value Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Asia Pacific Fund, International Core Fund and Overseas Fund, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Annual Reports of those predecessor portfolios. The Prospectuses and Annual Reports may be obtained without charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds (except the Annual Reports for the predecessor portfolios), calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   2

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   4

MANAGEMENT

   19

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   40

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   41

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   43

FUND EXPENSES

   45

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   46

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   55

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   57

CAPITAL STOCK

   58

OTHER

   64

COUNSEL

   64

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   64

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   65

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization of the Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

On December 16, 2002, the Board of Trustees of The Montgomery Funds and The Montgomery Funds II (“Montgomery”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Montgomery portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was June 9, 2003.

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of the Trust approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was April 8, 2005.

 

The International Equity Fund described in this SAI was created as part of the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds, advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) and the Norwest Advantage family of funds, advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex. The Emerging Markets Focus Fund and Institutional Emerging Markets Fund described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization between Montgomery and the Trust. The reorganization between Montgomery and the Trust followed the Funds’ adviser’s parent company purchasing certain parts of the institutional and retail investment management business of the Montgomery funds’ adviser, Montgomery Asset Management, LLC (“MAM”). The Asia Pacific Fund, International Core Fund and Overseas Fund described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Stagecoach, Montgomery and Strong funds that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


 

Predecessor Funds


Asia Pacific Fund  

Strong Asia Pacific Fund

Emerging Markets Focus Fund  

Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund

International Core Fund  

Strong Advisor International Core Fund

International Equity Fund  

Stagecoach International Equity Fund

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund  

Montgomery Institutional Series: Emerging Markets Portfolio

Overseas Fund  

Strong Overseas Fund

 

The Asia Pacific Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Asia Pacific Fund. The predecessor Strong Asia Pacific Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1993.

 

The Emerging Markets Focus Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund) commenced operations on June 9, 2003, as successor to the Montgomery Emerging Markets

 

1


Table of Contents

Focus Fund and the Montgomery Emerging Markets Fund. The predecessor funds commenced operations on December 31, 1997 and March 1, 1992, respectively. The performance history and financial highlights shown for periods prior to June 9, 2003 are the performance history and financial highlights of the predecessor Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund, which is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes. The Emerging Markets Focus Fund changed its name from the Montgomery Emerging Markets Focus Fund to the Emerging Markets Focus Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The International Core Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor International Core Fund. The predecessor Strong Advisor International Core Fund commenced operations on September 28, 2001.

 

The International Equity Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the International Equity Fund of Stagecoach. The predecessor Stagecoach International Equity Fund commenced operations on September 24, 1997.

 

The Institutional Emerging Markets Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Institutional Emerging Markets Fund) commenced operations on June 9, 2003 as successor to the Montgomery Institutional Series: Emerging Markets Portfolio. The predecessor fund commenced operations on December 17, 1993. The performance history and financial highlights shown for periods prior to June 9, 2003 are the performance history and financial highlights of the predecessor fund. The Institutional Emerging Markets Fund changed its name from the Montgomery Institutional Emerging Markets Fund to the Institutional Emerging Markets Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The International Value Fund (formerly named the Overseas Fund) commenced operations on October 31, 2003. The International Value Fund changed its name from the Overseas Fund to the International Value Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The Overseas Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Overseas Fund. The predecessor Strong Overseas Fund commenced operations on June 30, 1998.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities of other investment companies, (iii) municipal securities, or (iv) repurchase agreements;

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

2


Table of Contents

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

3


Table of Contents

(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. The International Value Fund described in this SAI is a gateway feeder fund that invests in a single corresponding master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust (“Master Trust”). References to the activities of the gateway fund are understood to refer to the investments of the master portfolio(s) in which the gateway fund invests. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign

 

4


Table of Contents

banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

Closed-End Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in foreign securities. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Fund to invest in certain markets. The Funds will invest in such companies when, in the adviser’s judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment of any applicable premium or sales charge. Other investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) which refer to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as

 

5


Table of Contents

well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities that provide current income and that have a strong earnings and credit record. The Funds may purchase convertible securities that are fixed-income debt securities or preferred stocks, and which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same issuer. Convertible securities, while usually subordinate to similar nonconvertible securities, are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure. Convertible securities offer flexibility by providing the investor with a steady income stream (which generally yield a lower amount than similar nonconvertible securities and a higher amount than common stocks) as well as the opportunity to take advantage of increases in the price of the issuer’s common stock through the conversion feature. Fluctuations in the convertible security’s price can reflect changes in the market value of the common stock or changes in market interest rates.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself. In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

6


Table of Contents

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

The Funds may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein a Fund sells fixed-income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but a Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities from a Fund under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. The Funds will engage in dollar roll transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities for its portfolio and not for investment leverage.

 

Emerging Market Securities

 

The Funds invest in equity securities of companies in “emerging markets.” The Funds consider countries with emerging markets to include the following: (i) countries with an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries with low- to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (more commonly referred to as the World Bank); and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The adviser may invest in those emerging markets that have a relatively low gross national product per capita, compared to the world’s major economies, and which exhibit potential for rapid economic growth. The adviser believes that investment in equity securities of emerging market issuers offers significant potential for long-term capital appreciation.

 

Equity securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock, preferred stocks (including convertible preferred stocks) and warrants, bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock, equity interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust securities. The Funds may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) of such issuers.

 

Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic, Columbia, Indonesia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Peru, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Taiwan and Turkey. A company is considered in a country, market or region if it conducts its principal business activities there, namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed therein or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country, market or region.

 

7


Table of Contents

There are special risks involved in investing in emerging-market countries. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. The financial markets of emerging markets countries are generally less well capitalized and thus securities of issuers based in such countries may be less liquid. Most are heavily dependent on international trade, and some are especially vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Some countries may still have obsolete financial systems, economic problems or archaic legal systems. The currencies of certain emerging market countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies, may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries. In addition, many of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

 

The Emerging Markets Focus Fund does not intend to diversify its portfolio across a large number of emerging market countries. Instead, the Fund’s portfolio manager’s objective is to concentrate its investments in a small number of emerging market countries (although it may invest in a number of companies in each selected country). Such a heavy concentration may make the Fund’s net asset value (“NAV”) extremely volatile and, if economic downturns or other events occur that adversely affect one or more of the countries the Fund invests in, such events’ impact on the Fund will be more magnified than if the Fund did not have such a narrow concentration.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

The Funds may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Fund’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which the Funds may invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Funds would otherwise be subject.

 

The Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

The Funds may enter into currency forward contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to a Fund from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date which is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Funds will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

The Funds may also invest in foreign securities through ADRs, CDRs, EDRs, IDRs and GDRs or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

For temporary defensive purposes, Funds may invest in fixed-income securities of non-U.S. governmental and private issuers. Such investments may include bonds, notes, debentures and other similar debt securities, including convertible securities.

 

9


Table of Contents

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

The Funds will segregate cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. Certain Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to

 

10


Table of Contents

regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts, a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon

 

11


Table of Contents

conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Fund’s Custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions. The Funds may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” above). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Funds may invest in foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ from futures contracts in that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The adviser considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions. Despite these differences, foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions (together, “Currency Futures”) entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

 

Because the Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, they may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within the Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.

 

A Fund will purchase and sell Currency Futures in order to hedge its portfolio and to protect it against possible variations in foreign exchange rates pending the settlement of securities transactions. If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a Currency Future as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a Currency Future to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These Currency Futures will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of Currency Futures strategies also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of Currency Futures also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts: the risk of an illiquid market for the Currency Futures, the risk of exchange-imposed trading limits, and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its securities, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its Currency Futures investments.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments

 

13


Table of Contents

for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale. Because such securities may be less liquid than other investments, they may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. The Funds may not invest or hold more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Funds may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objective, principal investment strategies and policies of the

 

14


Table of Contents

Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Money Market Instruments and Temporary Investments

 

The Funds may invest in the following types of high-quality money market instruments that have remaining maturities not exceeding one year: (i) U.S. Government obligations; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (iii) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “A-1” or “A-1—” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”), or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; and (iv) repurchase agreements. The Funds also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets; and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

Letters of Credit. Certain of the debt obligations (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) which the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies which, in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to issuers of other permitted investments of the Funds, may be used for letter of credit-backed investments.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company (“3% Limit”); (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Gateway funds, whose policies are to invest some or all of their assets in the securities of one or more open-end management investment companies, are excepted from these limitations. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

iShares. The Funds may invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each, an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of

 

15


Table of Contents

index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

The International Equity Fund is authorized to purchase shares of an iShares Fund in excess of the 3% Limit noted above. Although the Fund may invest in an iShares Fund in excess of the 3% Limit, it may not purchase shares of any iShares Fund if, after such purchase, it would own more than 20% of the outstanding shares of the iShares Fund.

 

Participation Interests

 

The Funds may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Funds may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from a Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, a Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Board and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

16


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Funds may decline below the price at which the Funds are obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

The value of securities of any issuer in which a fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities

 

17


Table of Contents

sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Fund that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Fund of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carry greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Fund may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Fund and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Fund may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

18


Table of Contents

Unrated Investments

 

The Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and Government National Mortgage Association ((“GNMA”) certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Federal National Mortgage Association ((“FNMA”) notes). In the latter case investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Funds may invest in warrants. Warrants represent rights to purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying securities. A Fund may only purchase warrants on securities in which the Fund may invest directly. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within a specified time period.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

19


Table of Contents

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/ Length
of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Thomas S. Goho, 62   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy, .    N/A
Peter G. Gordon, 62   

Trustee,

since 1998;

(Chairman, since 2001).

   Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A
Richard M. Leach, 71   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A
Timothy J. Penny, 53   

Trustee,

since 1996

   Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A
Donald C. Willeke, 64   

Trustee,

since 1996

   Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE
J. Tucker Morse, 60   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A
OFFICERS
Karla M. Rabusch, 45   

President,

since 2003

   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

 

20


Table of Contents

Name, Age and

Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

  

Treasurer,

since 2003

   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A

C. David Messman, 44

  

Secretary,

since 2000

   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflects the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a

 

21


Table of Contents

combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended September 30, 2004

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 87,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 97,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 87,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 87,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 87,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 81,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 81,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = 50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

22


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Funds


   Aggregate
Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities of
Fund
Complex**


   Asia Pacific*

   Emerging
Markets
Focus


   International
Core*


   International
Equity


   International
Value


   Institutional
Emerging
Markets


   Overseas*

  
Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    B    0    B    0    0    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    B    0    0    0    D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-advisers (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, the “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the Board reviewed the fees that would be payable for the new Funds and a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

For the Emerging Markets Focus, International Equity, International Value and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds, the Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the expenses of the Funds and the expenses and performance information for a “Peer Group” of the Funds, the relevant

 

23


Table of Contents

Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad based index. Prior to reviewing the statistical information, the Board was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. The Board then reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it currently provides to the Emerging Markets Focus, International Equity, International Value and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds and would provide to the Asia Pacific, International Core and Overseas Funds. For example, the Board reviewed and discussed the investment philosophy and experience of the Investment Adviser. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-advisers who make the day-to-day investment decisions for the respective Funds. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-advisers in the various asset classes and the ability to oversee a large group of sub-advisers many of whom have different investment philosophies and styles. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the advisers’ compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to their respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to each sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered each sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with each sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which each sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed each sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which each sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser

 

24


Table of Contents

considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was a sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed each sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the advisers; (ii) the scope of each adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid, or to be paid as the case may be, by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the existing Funds.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. As compensation for its advisory services, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

The Funds operate under two types of advisory arrangements: (i) stand alone Funds with an investment adviser and sub-adviser; and (ii) a gateway feeder Fund that invests in a single corresponding portfolio of Master Trust and has “dormant” advisory arrangements at the gateway level.

 

     Fee

 

Fund


   Prior to 8/1/04

   

Effective 8/1/04


 

Asia Pacific Fund

   N/A    

0-499M

500-999M

1-2.99B

3-4.99B

>4.99B

   1.10
1.05
1.00
0.975
0.95
%
%
%
%
%

International Core Fund

   N/A    

0-499M

500-999M

1-2.99B

3-4.99B

>4.99B

   0.95
0.90
0.85
0.825
0.80
%
%
%
%
%

International Equity Fund

   1.00 %  

0-499M

500-999M

1-2.99B

3-4.99B

>4.99B

   0.95
0.90
0.85
0.825
0.80
%
%
%
%
%

Emerging Markets Focus Fund

   1.10 %  

0-499M

500-999M

1-2.99B

3-4.99B

>4.99B

   1.10
1.05
1.00
0.975
0.95
%
%
%
%
%

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund

   1.10 %  

0-499M

500-999M

1-2.99B

3-4.99B

>4.99B

   1.10
1.05
1.00
0.975
0.95
%
%
%
%
%

 

25


Table of Contents
     Fee

 

Fund


   Prior to 8/1/04

  

Effective 8/1/04


 

Overseas Fund

   N/A   

0-499M

500-999M

1-2.99B

3-4.99B

>4.99B

   0.95
0.90
0.85
0.825
0.80
%
%
%
%
%

 

As described in the second category above, the gateway feeder Fund invests 100% of its assets in a single respective master portfolio of Master Trust. Because the gateway feeder Fund invests all of its assets in a single portfolio, no investment advisory services are currently provided at the gateway feeder Fund level. However, in order to preserve flexibility to allow the gateway feeder Fund to either invest in more than one master portfolio of Master Trust or to convert to a stand-alone Fund with a direct advisory relationship, the gateway feeder Fund has a “dormant” advisory arrangement with Funds Management. Under the dormant advisory arrangement, Funds Management will receive no advisory fees from the gateway feeder Fund as long as the gateway feeder Fund continues to invest all (or substantially all) of its assets in a single master portfolio of Master Trust. If the gateway feeder Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios (a gateway blended Fund), Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including a determination of the asset allocation of the Fund’s investment in various master portfolios. If the gateway feeder Fund redeems all or a portion of its assets from any master portfolio and invests those assets directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management would be entitled to receive the dormant advisory rate (pass-through advisory fee) listed below which mirrors the current advisory fee charged by Funds Management to the Master Trust portfolio in which the gateway feeder Fund invests for the management of those assets.

 

Gateway Feeder Fund


   Active
Advisory
Fees


    Dormant Asset
Allocation Fees*


   

Annual Rate**

(as a percentage of net assets)


 
       Prior to 8/1/04

   

Effective 8/1/04


 

International Value Fund

   0.00 %   0.25 %   1.00 %  

0-499M

500-999M

1-2.99B

3-4.99B

>4.99B

   0.95
0.90
0.85
0.825
0.80
%
%
%
%
%

* Represents the proposed advisory fee payable to Funds Management as Adviser if the Fund converts into a gateway blended Fund.
** Represents the advisory fee payable to Funds Management as Adviser to the portfolio(s) of Master Trust in which the Fund invests. This would be the proposed advisory fee payable to Funds Management as Adviser if the Fund converts into a stand-alone Fund.

 

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds listed below paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived the indicated fees:

 

FUND


  

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

International Equity

   $ 3,091,507    $ 525,331    $ 3,699,733    $ 576,096    $ 2,431,712    $ 360,711

International Value*

     0      0      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A

* The International Value Fund commenced operations on October 31, 2003, but to date has not paid an advisory fee.

 

Former Montgomery Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Emerging Markets Focus and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Montgomery into certain Funds of the Trust, which occurred on

 

26


Table of Contents

June 9, 2003. Prior to the reorganization, Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management” or “WCM”) and MAM served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the period from January 17, 2003 through June 8, 2003, Wells Capital Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of the Emerging Markets Focus and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 17, 2003, MAM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees were the same as those under the prior agreement with MAM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


  

Avg. Daily Net Assets


   Annual Rate

 

Emerging Markets Focus

  

0 – 250M

250 – 500M

>500M

   1.10
1.00
0.90
%
%
%

Institutional Emerging Markets

  

0 – 50M

50 – 100M

>100M

   1.25
1.00
0.90
%
%
%

 

The table below shows the advisory fees paid by either these Funds or their predecessor portfolios. For the periods indicated below, these Funds or their predecessor portfolios paid the following advisory fees and the respective investment adviser waived the indicated amounts:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended 9/30/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Three-Month Period
Ended 9/30/03

Funds Mgmt


  

1/17/03-6/30/03*

Funds Mgmt/WCM


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Emerging Markets Focus

   $ 1,920,085    $ 211,910    $ 341,524    $ 53,926    $ 110,931    $ 65,813

Institutional Emerging Markets

   $ 692,759    $ 366,249    $ 143,691    $ 77,030    $ 273,921    $ 70,976

 

Fund


  

7/1/02 – 1/16/03*

MAM


   Year Ended 6/30/02 MAM

     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Emerging Markets Focus

   $ 56,998    $ 68,248    $ 0    $ 0

Institutional Emerging Markets

   $ 246,634    $ 168,524    $ 496,563    $ 0

* For the period ended June 30, 2003, the predecessor portfolios to the Funds paid advisory fees to MAM for the period between July 1, 2002 and January 16, 2003, and to Wells Capital Management for the period between January 17, 2003 and June 8, 2003. The Funds paid advisory fees to Funds Management for the period between June 9, 2003 and June 30, 2003.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Asia Pacific Fund, International Core Fund and Overseas Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, SCM and Funds Management served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of the Asia Pacific Fund, International Core Fund and Overseas Fund. For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees payable to Funds Management were the same as those under the prior agreement with SCM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


  

Avg. Daily Net Assets


   Annual Rate

 

Asia Pacific Fund

   0 – 4B    0.75 %

International Core Fund

   4 – 6B    0.725 %

Overseas Fund

   >6B    0.70 %

 

27


Table of Contents

The table below shows the advisory fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolios of these Funds paid the following advisory fees to SCM and SCM waived the indicated amounts.

 

FUND


  

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Asia Pacific

   $ 807,309    $ 16,931    $ 373,820    $ 79,049    $ 440,487    $ 32,683

International Core

     0    $ 13,184      0    $ 8,252    $ 2,194    $ 848

Overseas Fund

   $ 903,326    $ 22,692    $ 981,473      0    $ 307,238    $ 84,516

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Advisers

 

Funds Management has engaged Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”) and Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as investment sub-advisers to the stand-alone Funds (collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, the Sub-Advisers make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. The Sub-Advisers furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the stand-alone Funds. The Sub-Advisers also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

For providing investment sub-advisory services to the stand-alone Funds, the Sub-Advisers are entitled to receive monthly fees at the annual rate as described below. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.

 

Fund


 

Sub-Adviser


   Fee

 

International Equity*

  Artisan    All asset levels    0.70 %
   

LSV

   0-150M
150-500M
500-750M
750M-1B
>1B
   0.35
0.40
0.35
0.325
0.30
%
%
%
%
%
   

New Star

   0-50M
50-550M
>550M
   0.35
0.29
0.20
%
%
%

Emerging Markets Focus

  Wells Capital Management    0-200M
>200M
   0.35
0.25
%
%

 

28


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Fee


 

Institutional Emerging Markets

   Wells Capital Management   

0-200M

>200M

   0.35
0.25
%
%

* Effective September 15, 2004, Artisan, LSV and New Star each began providing sub-advisory services to a one-third portion of the assets of the International Equity Fund under an interim sub-advisory agreement subject to the sub-advisory rates referenced below. Prior to September 15, 2004, Wells Capital Management served as the Fund’s sub-adviser and was paid at the same rate as each of the new sub-advisers.

 

   

Sub-Adviser


  

Fee

(as a % of average
daily net assets)


 
International Equity Fund  

Artisan

LSV

New Star

   0-200M
> 200M
   0.35
0.25
%
%

 

Funds Management has engaged LSV to serve as investment sub-adviser to the master portfolio of Master Trust in which the International Value Fund as a gateway feeder fund invests, as listed in the charts below. Subject to the direction of the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust and Master Trust, LSV makes recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the gateway Fund’s assets. LSV furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Fund. LSV also furnishes such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards and Officers may reasonably request.

 

Similar to the “dormant” investment advisory arrangement with Funds Management, a gateway Fund has a dormant sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that sub-advise the master portfolio(s) in which the gateway Fund invests. Under such an arrangement, a sub-adviser receives no sub-advisory fee as long as a gateway Fund invests all (or substantially all) of its assets in one or more master portfolios. In the event that a gateway Fund redeems its assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would be entitled to receive a sub-advisory fee at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the gateway Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio. The sub-adviser would be compensated for its services by Funds Management from the advisory fees Funds Management receives for its services. The dormant sub-advisory fees that would be charged to the gateway Fund are identical to the sub-advisory fees currently charged to the master portfolio in which the gateway Fund invests, which are listed in the chart below.

 

Master Portfolio


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Asset Level / Fee


 

International Value Portfolio (formerly
named the Overseas Portfolio)

   LSV   

0-150M

150-500M

500-750M

750M-1B

>1B

   0.35
0.40
0.35
0.325
0.30
%
%
%
%
%

 

Unaffiliated Sub-Advisers.

 

Listed below is the aggregate dollar amount of sub-advisory fees paid by the International Equity Fund to the following unaffiliated sub-advisers for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

 

Fund/Master Portfolio


  

Sub-Adviser


   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived/
Reimbursed


International Equity Fund*

   Artisan Partners    $ 19,645    $ 0
     LSV    $ 34,936    $ 0

* Reflects sub-advisory fees paid under the interim sub-advisory agreement for the period between September 15, 2004 and September 30, 2004.

 

29


Table of Contents

Portfolio Managers.

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of December 31, 2004 for Anthony L.T. Cragg, portfolio manager of Wells Capital Management; and as of September 30, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds for the Artisan, LSV and New Star portfolio managers and Frank Chiang and Josephine S. Jimenez, CFA, portfolio managers of Wells Capital Management. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of each of the Funds’ on a day-to-day basis as follows.

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Portfolio Managers


Asia Pacific Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Anthony L.T. Cragg

Emerging Markets Focus Fund

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund

   Wells Capital Management   

Frank Chiang

Josephine S. Jimenez, CFA

International Core Fund

Overseas Fund

   New Star   

Mark Beale

Richard Lewis

International Equity Fund

   Artisan    Mark L. Yockey, CFA
    

LSV

  

Josef Lakonishok

Menno Vermeulen, CFA

Robert W. Vishny

    

New Star

  

Mark Beale

Richard Lewis

International Value Fund

   LSV   

Josef Lakonishok

Menno Vermeulen, CFA

Robert W. Vishny

 

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Manager*


   Registered Investment
Companies


  

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


Artisan

                                   

Mark L. Yockey, CFA

   7    $ 11.2B    1    $ 207B    44    $ 8.1B

LSV

                                   

Josef Lakonishok

   12    $ 3.07M    15    $ 1.41M    353    $ 24.8M

Menno Vermeulen, CFA

   12    $ 3.07M    15    $ 1.41M    353    $ 24.8M

Robert W. Vishny

   12    $ 3.07M    15    $ 1.41M    353    $ 24.8M

New Star

                                   

Mark Beale

   7    $ 490M    2    $ 53M    8    $ 1.3B

Richard Lewis

   3    $ 247M    2    $ 53M    7    $ 732M

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Anthony L.T. Cragg

   1    $ 106M    0      0    1    $ 110M

Frank Chiang

   2    $ 296M    0      0    4    $ 482M

Josephine S. Jimenez, CFA

   2    $ 296M    0      0    4    $ 482M

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts.

 

     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


Artisan                                    

Mark L. Yockey, CFA

   1    $ 288M    0    $ 0    3    $ 977M
LSV                                    

Josef Lakonishok

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    13    $ 1.7B

Menno Vermeulen, CFA

   0      0    0    $ 0    13    $ 1.7B

Robert W. Vishny

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    13    $ 1.7B
New Star                                    

Mark Beale

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Richard Lewis

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0
Wells Capital Management                                    

Anthony L.T. Cragg

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Frank Chiang

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Josephine S. Jimenez, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, some Sub-Advisers minimize inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, each Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

Artisan. Artisan’s international growth portfolio managers manage portfolios for multiple clients within two investment strategies—international growth and international small-cap growth. All investment accounts within a single investment strategy are managed to a single model with few exceptions resulting from client-directed restrictions or cash flow limitations of the account. Because of these considerations and the differences between the two strategies, Artisan’s Portfolio Managers may from time to time purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one client account but not for another client account for which that team is responsible. This may result in varying performances.

 

31


Table of Contents

LSV and New Star. None of the Portfolio Managers of LSV and New Star have experienced any material conflicts with their management of the Funds in relationship with their management of other accounts or registered investment companies as a result of the procedures in place designed to ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably over time.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts (not including the registered investment companies) compared to registered investment companies such as the Asia Pacific, Emerging Markets Focus and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, like other investment advisers, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

Artisan Compensation. The Portfolio Managers at Artisan are compensated using a fixed base salary and a subjectively determined incentive bonus that is a portion of a bonus pool the aggregate of which is tied to the firm’s fee revenues generated by all accounts included within the manager’s investment strategy, including the Fund. A Portfolio Manager is not compensated based on the performance of accounts, except to the extent that positive account performance results in increased investment management fees earned by Artisan Partners based on assets under management. Artisan bases incentive bonuses on revenues earned with respect to the investment strategy, rather than on investment performance, because the firm believes that this method aligns the Portfolio Manager’s interests more closely with the long-term interests of clients. All senior professionals, including Portfolio Managers have limited partnership interests in the firm.

 

LSV Compensation. The Portfolio Managers at LSV receive fixed cash compensation that is not linked to any specific factors such as performance or asset level. As a partner of LSV, each of the Portfolio Managers receives a portion of the overall profits of the firm.

 

New Star Compensation. The Portfolio Managers at New Star receive fixed cash compensation with a pension and retirement plan. All employees have equity ownership in the firm that is allocated over time.

 

Wells Capital Management Compensation. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Managers


 

Benchmark


Anthony L.T. Cragg   75% MSCI AC Asia ex Japan/25% MSCI Japan
Frank Chiang  

MSCI AC Asia ex Japan GrossDiv

MSCI Emerging Markets

Josephine S. Jimenez, CFA  

MSCI AC Asia ex Japan GrossDiv

MSCI Emerging Markets

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

 

Portfolio Manager        


   Asia Pacific Fund

  

Emerging Markets

Focus Fund


   International Core
Fund


   International
Equity Fund


   International
Value Fund


   Institutional Emerging
Markets Fund


   Overseas
Fund


Artisan                                   

Mark L. Yockey, CFA

   —      —      —      0    —      —      —  
LSV                                   

Josef Lakonishok

   —      —      —      0    0    —      —  

Menno Vermeulen, CFA

   —      —      —      0    0    —      —  

Robert W. Vishny

   —      —      —      0    0    —      —  
New Star                                   

Mark Beale

   —      —      0    0    —      —      0

Richard Lewis

   —      —      0    0    —      —      0

Wells Capital Management

                                  

Anthony L.T. Cragg

   D    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Frank Chiang

   —      0    —      —      —      0    —  

Josephine S. Jimenez, CFA

   —      B    —      —      —      0    —  

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’

 

33


Table of Contents

transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Class


   Fee

 
  

Prior to

8/1/04


    Effective between
8/1/04 and 4/11/05


    Effective 4/11/05

 

Class A, Class B and Class C Shares1

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.25
0.24
0.23
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares

   0.15 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

Investor Class Shares2

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5B-9.99B
> 9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

1 The administration fee is reduced by 0.05% at each breakpoint level for the Class A, Class B and Class C shares of the International Core Fund.
2 The administration fee is reduced by 0.05% at each breakpoint level for the Investor Class shares of the Overseas Fund, and by 0.20% for the Investor Class shares of the Asia Pacific Fund.

 

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds listed below paid the following administrative fees:

 

Fund


   Year Ended
9/30/04


   Year Ended
9/30/03


   Year Ended
9/30/02


     Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt/Wells Fargo

International Equity (Fund Level)

   $ 182,247    $ 1,015,079    $ 418,863

Class A

   $ 165,574      *      *

Class B

   $ 49,384      *      *

Class C

   $ 7,770      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 569,897      *      *

 

34


Table of Contents

Fund


   Year Ended
9/30/04


   Year Ended
9/30/03


   Year Ended
9/30/02


     Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt/Wells Fargo

International Value (Fund Level)**

   $ 8    N/A    N/A

Class A

   $ 45    N/A    N/A

* For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.
** The Fund commenced operations on October 31, 2003.

 

Former Montgomery Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Emerging Markets Focus and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Montgomery into certain Funds of the Trust, which occurred on June 9, 2003. Prior to the reorganization, MAM served as administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds and was entitled to receive a fee per Fund ranging from 0.04% to 0.07%, depending on the Fund and the level of assets. Therefore, the table below shows the administrative fees paid by either these Funds or their predecessor portfolios. For the periods indicated below, these Funds paid the following administrative fees:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended
9/30/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Three-Month
Period Ended
9/30/03

Funds Mgmt


  

6/9/03 – 6/30/03

Funds Mgmt


  

7/1/02 – 6/8/03

MAM


  

Year Ended
6/30/02

MAM


Emerging Markets Focus (Fund Level)

   $ 96,909    $ 112,882    $ 10,062    $ 7,554    $ 7,366

Class A

   $ 407,290      *      *      *      *

Class B

   $ 5,355      *      *      *      *

Class C

   $ 6,278      *      *      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 88,405      *      *      *      *

Institutional Emerging Markets

   $ 48,137    $ 30,099    $ 5,920    $ 25,992    $ 32,853

Institutional Class

   $ 96,273      *      *      *      *

* For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Asia Pacific Fund, International Core Fund and Overseas Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of Funds Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investor Services, Inc. (“SIS”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds and was entitled to receive a fee from the predecessor Asia Pacific and Overseas Funds at the annual rate of 0.30% of each predecessor’s average daily net assets attributable to each Fund’s predecessor Investor Class shares, from the predecessor Overseas Fund at the annual rate of 0.02% of the predecessor’s average daily net assets attributable to its predecessor Institutional Class shares, and from the predecessor International Core Fund at the annual rate of 0.30% of the predecessor’s average daily net assets attributable to its predecessor Class A, Class B, and Class C shares. The table below shows the administration fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the fiscal year-ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolios paid the following administrative fees:

 

    

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


Fund


   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Asia Pacific Fund

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 329,696    $ 0    $ 161,529    $ 19,619    $ 163,011    $ 29,564

 

35


Table of Contents
    

Year Ended

12/31/04


  

Year Ended

12/31/03


  

Year Ended

12/31/02


Fund


   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

International Core Fund

                                         

Class A

   $ 0    $ 1,867    $ 0    $ 1,240    $ 306    $ 162

Class B

   $ 0    $ 2,723    $ 0    $ 1,529    $ 170    $ 410

Class C

   $ 0    $ 683    $ 182    $ 355    $ 110    $ 334

Overseas Fund

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 0    $ 369,899    $ 0    $ 392,635    $ 113,624    $ 41,688

Institutional Class*

   $ 28    $ 6    $ 0    $ 24      N/A      N/A

* First offered on December 31, 2002.

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds, except the Asia Pacific, International Core and Overseas Fund. The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds paid Stephens, and will pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Funds and classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The Distributor has, and Stephens previously had, entered into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens previously assigned, certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Distribution Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Funds listed below paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


   Compensation
to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


International Equity Fund

                                         

Class B

   $ 132,279    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 132,279

Class C

   $ 20,812    $ 0    $ 0    $ 12,541    $ 8,271    $ 0

Emerging Markets Focus Fund

                                         

Class B

   $ 14,344    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 14,344

Class C

   $ 16,816    $ 0    $ 0    $ 15,900    $ 916    $ 0

 

36


Table of Contents

Former Strong Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the International Core Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investments, Inc. (“SII”) served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolio of the International Core Fund. Class A shares of the predecessor portfolio paid up to 0.25% per year of Class A’s average daily net assets to SII or others. Class B and Class C shares paid SII up to 1.00% per year of the class’ average daily net assets, out of which 0.25% may be used for service fees. The 12b-1 fees could also be used to pay SII for advancing commissions to securities dealers for the initial sale of Class B and Class C shares. The table below shows the distribution fees paid by the predecessor portfolio of the Fund to SII for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Fund


   Gross 12b-1
Fees


   Absorptions

  

Compensation

to Unaffiliated

Broker-Dealers


   12b-1 Fees
Retained by
the
Distributor


   Remaining 12b-1
Fees Used to Pay
For 1) Advertising
and 2) Printing
and Mailing of
Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders


International Core Fund

                                  

Class A

   $ 1,556    $ 1,556    $ 1,043    $ 511    $ 3

Class B

   $ 9,119    $ 9,119    $ 1,875    $ 7,218    $ 28

Class C

   $ 2,288    $ 2,288    $ 945    $ 1,330    $ 13

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of a Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such Non-Interested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank

 

37


Table of Contents

and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, the Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25%, of the average daily net assets of Class A, Class B, Class C, Administrator Class and Investor Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

38


Table of Contents

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Asia Pacific, Emerging Markets Focus, and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds, and 0.10% of the average daily net assets of the International Core, International Equity, International Value Funds and Overseas Funds.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund (gateway or stand-alone) and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Emerging Markets Focus, International Equity, International Value and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds on a continuous basis. For the periods listed below, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the Funds and the amounts retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03*


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

$ 2,015,276    $ 340,635    $ 1,189,589    $ 235,808    $ 5,144,052    $ 292,472

* Amounts include fees paid by the Emerging Markets Focus and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds for the period from July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003.

 

39


Table of Contents

Prior to June 9, 2003, Funds Distributor, Inc. served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Emerging Markets Focus and Institutional Emerging Markets Funds. For the period from July 1, 2002 through June 9, 2003, and for the year ended June 30, 2002, the predecessor portfolios of these Funds did not pay any underwriting commissions.

 

Prior to April 11, 2005, SII served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Asia Pacific Fund, International Core Fund and Overseas Fund. The amount retained by SII from these predecessor portfolios is disclosed under “Distribution Fees” above.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers each have adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Fund is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net

 

40


Table of Contents

asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

The Funds and the International Value Portfolio use an independent service provider to review U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets and assist with the decision whether to substitute fair values for foreign security market prices. This service provider applies a multi-factor methodology, which uses factors such as ADRs, sector indices and futures, to each foreign portfolio security as part of this process.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

The Funds invest directly in foreign securities, so portfolio securities are generally valued on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded. However, if, in the judgment of the Board, a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or the market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign exchange or market), that security may be valued by another method that the Board believes accurately reflects fair value. A security’s valuation may differ depending on the method used to determine its value.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time, generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase Orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

41


Table of Contents

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust also may redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse a Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholders to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

The dealer reallowance for Class A shares is as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase


  

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Public
Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Net Amount
Invested


   

Dealer

Reallowance
as % of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   5.75 %   6.10 %   5.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75 %   4.99 %   4.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75 %   3.90 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75 %   2.83 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A shares purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All shareholders with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of classes of Funds that they already own, and redeem existing shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an IRA, Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

42


Table of Contents

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of each Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While each Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, or affiliated broker-dealers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

43


Table of Contents

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, each Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that a Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, Funds Management oversees each Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

Each Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, a Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. A Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by each Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of each Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover may also result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

The portfolio turnover rates for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund, Institutional Emerging Markets Fund, Overseas Fund, Asia Pacific Fund and International Core Fund varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rates was primarily due to market volatility for the Emerging Markets Focus Fund, Institutional Emerging Markets Fund and Overseas Fund, cash flow volatility for the Asia Pacific Fund and fewer perceived investment opportunities by the portfolio managers for the International Core Fund.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

Fund


   Year Ended
9/30/04


   Year Ended
9/30/03


    Year Ended
9/30/02


International Equity**

   $ 484,056    $ 931,561     $ 251,855

Emerging Markets Focus

   $ 2,371,552    $ 389,215 *     N/A

Institutional Emerging Markets

   $ 613,295    $ 102,178 *     N/A

* Amounts indicate fees paid from July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003.
** The decrease in brokerage commissions is due to a decrease in fund assets.

 

44


Table of Contents

Former Montgomery Funds. For the periods listed below, the predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Fund


   Period Ended
6/30/03*


   Year Ended
6/30/02


Emerging Markets Focus

   $ 209,089    $ 82,448

Institutional Emerging Markets

   $ 165,481    $ 661,134

* Amounts indicate fees paid from January 1, 2003 through June 30, 2003.

 

Former Strong Funds. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

Fund


   Year Ended
12/31/04


   Year Ended
12/31/03


   Year Ended
12/31/02


Asia Pacific Fund

   $ 1,330,349    $ 1,373,166    $ 928,325

International Core Fund

   $ 3,367    $ 5,321    $ 1,603

Overseas Fund

   $ 261,979    $ 260,163    $ 212,832

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Sub-Advisers listed below directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on the stated total amount of transactions.

 

Sub-Adviser


   Commissions Paid

   Transactions Value

Wells Capital Management

   $ 2,221,569    $ 1,420,953,051

* Includes all transactions executed for the Fund Complex.

 

None of the other Sub-Advisers participate in such directed brokerage practices.

 

Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. As of September 30, 2004, the following Fund held securities of its regular broker-dealers as indicated in the amounts shown:

 

Fund


  

Broker-Dealer


   Amount

International Equity

  

ABN Amro Holdings

Banco Santander Central E

HSBC Holdings

   $
$
$
1,662,831
1,027,955
3,126,360

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from a Fund in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

45


Table of Contents

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

46


Table of Contents

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net

 

47


Table of Contents

investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As of September 30, 2004, the following Funds had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Emerging Markets Focus Fund

   2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
   $
$
$
$
$
$
35,239,180
199,922,247
22,895,349
1,693,484
41,422,225
14,971,904

Institutional Emerging Markets Fund

   2006
2009
2010
   $
$
$
21,855,712
13,476,505
6,538,143

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Investment through Master Portfolios. The International Value Fund seeks to continue to qualify as a RIC by investing its assets through one or more master portfolios. Each master portfolio will be treated as a non-publicly traded partnership (or, in the event that a Fund is the sole investor in the corresponding master portfolio, as disregarded from the Fund) for federal income tax purposes rather than as a regulated investment company or a corporation under the Code. Under the rules applicable to a non-publicly traded partnership (or disregarded entity), a proportionate share of any interest, dividends, gains and losses of a master portfolio will be deemed to have been realized (i.e., “passed-through”) to its

 

48


Table of Contents

investors, including the corresponding Fund, regardless of whether any amounts are actually distributed by the master portfolio. Each investor in a master portfolio will be taxed on such share, as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the particular master portfolio, the Code and Treasury Regulations, in determining such investor’s federal income tax liability. Therefore, to the extent that a master portfolio were to accrue but not distribute any income or gains, the corresponding Fund would be deemed to have realized its proportionate share of such income or gains without receipt of any corresponding distribution. However, each of the master portfolios will seek to minimize recognition by its investors (such as a corresponding Fund) of income and gains without a corresponding distribution. Furthermore, each master portfolio’s assets, income and distributions will be managed in such a way that an investor in a master portfolio will be able to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company by investing its assets through the master portfolio.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables

 

49


Table of Contents

denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest,

 

50


Table of Contents

dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

51


Table of Contents

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. The Funds may qualify for and make the election; however, even if a Fund qualifies for the election for a year, it may not make the election for such year. A Fund will notify each shareholder within 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year whether it has elected for the foreign taxes paid by the Fund to “pass-through” for that year.

 

Even if a Fund qualifies for the election, foreign income and similar taxes will only pass-through to the Fund’s shareholder if certain holding period requirements are met. Specifically, (i) the shareholder must have held the Fund shares for at least 16 days during the 31-day period beginning 15 days prior to the date upon which the shareholder became entitled to receive Fund distributions corresponding with the pass-through of such foreign taxes paid by the Fund, and (ii) with respect to dividends received by the Fund on foreign shares giving rise to such foreign taxes, the Fund must have held the shares for at least 16 days during the 31-day period beginning 15 days prior to the date upon which the Fund became entitled to the dividend. These holding periods increase for certain dividends on preferred stock. A Fund may choose not to make the election if the Fund has not satisfied its holding requirement.

 

52


Table of Contents

If a Fund makes the election, the Fund will not be permitted to claim a credit or deduction for foreign taxes paid in that year, and the Fund’s dividends paid deduction will be increased by the amount of foreign taxes paid that year. Fund shareholders that have satisfied the holding period requirements shall include their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund in their gross income and treat that amount as paid by them for the purpose of the foreign tax credit or deduction. If the shareholder claims a credit for foreign taxes paid, the credit will be limited to the extent it exceeds the shareholder’s federal income tax attributable to foreign source taxable income or the amount specified in the notice mailed to that shareholder within 60 days after the close of the year. If the credit is attributable, wholly or in part, to qualified dividend income (as defined below), special rules will be used to limit the credit in a manner that reflects any resulting dividend rate differential.

 

In general, an individual with $300 or less of creditable foreign taxes may elect to be exempt from the foreign source taxable income and qualified dividend income limitations if the individual has no foreign source income other than qualified passive income. This $300 threshold is increased to $600 for joint filers. A deduction for foreign taxes paid may only be claimed by shareholders that itemize their deductions.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Fund shares. If less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Fund will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met, including by individual Fund shareholders to qualify for the reduced rate of taxation. Only dividends from direct investments will qualify. Payments received by the Fund derived from securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reduction in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the

 

53


Table of Contents

shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange

 

54


Table of Contents

of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships. If a Fund qualifies and makes an election to pass-through foreign taxes to its shareholders, foreign shareholders of the Fund generally will be subject to increased federal income taxation without a corresponding benefit for the pass-through.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its

 

55


Table of Contents

voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote

 

56


Table of Contents

on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A.

Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the

 

57


Table of Contents
 

impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are seven of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail

 

58


Table of Contents

investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters that affect one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an Advisory agreement, since it only affects one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of such class the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares such class of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect directors under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to a Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below as of March 16, 2005 is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities of the Fund as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

59


Table of Contents

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Asia Pacific Fund*  

Investor Class

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

For Exclusive Benefit of Customers

ATTN: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    19.45 %
    

Wells Fargo Funds Management LLC

Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

Strong Advisor Program

525 Market St # A0103-122

San Francisco CA 94105-2708

   Record    16.88 %
    

ADP Clearing & Outsourcing FBO

26 Broadway

New York NY 10004-1703

   Record    5.50 %
Emerging Markets Focus Fund  

Class A

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

For Exclusive Benefit of Customers

ATTN: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    29.33 %

Class B

  

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    15.56 %

Class C

  

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    15.44 %

Administrator Class

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

For Exclusive Benefit of Customers

ATTN: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    24.70 %
International Core Fund*  

Class A

  

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    17.12 %
    

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

For Exclusive Benefit of Customers

ATTN: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    9.72 %
    

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.87 %

 

60


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.36 %
    

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.70 %

Class B

   NONE    N/A    N/A  

Class C

  

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc

Merrill Lynch Fin Data Services

Attention Service Team

4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl3

Jacksonville FL 32246-6484

   Record    26.53 %
    

A G Edwards & Sons Inc FBO

Thomas P Warren & Ruth J Warren

One North Jefferson

St Louis MO 63103-2205

   Record    14.70 %
    

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    12.08 %
    

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    10.30 %
    

LPL Financial Services

9785 Towne Center Drive

San Diego CA 92121-1968

   Record    5.73 %
    

Wells Fargo Funds Management LLC

525 Market St Fl 12

San Francisco CA 94105-2720

   Record    5.38 %
    

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.21 %

Administrator Class

   NONE    N/A    N/A  
International Equity Fund  

Class A

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

For Exclusive Benefit of Customers

ATTN: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    14.64 %
    

Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith Inc

Merrill Lynch Fin Data Services

Attention Service Team

4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl3

Jacksonville FL 32246-6484

   Record    9.29 %

 

61


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Class B

  

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    11.18 %

Class C

  

American Enterprise Invest Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    21.93 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.72 %

Administrator Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Wells Fargo Int Equity FD Cl I

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    69.66 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Wells Fargo Int Equity FD Cl I

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    28.96 %
International Value Fund  

Class A

  

Wells Fargo Funds Management LLC

525 Market St 12th Fl

MAC-A0103-121

San Francisco CA 94105-2720

   Record    45.38 %
    

Paul J. Haast

5328 Hilltop Cres

Oakland CA 94618-2602

   Record    32.14 %
    

Ryan A. Baum 7 Alice Wong JTWROS

332 Sandpiper Dr

Davis CA 95616-7536

   Record    11.40 %
    

Jill Kathleen Griebel

1343 10th Ave

San Francisco CA 94122-2303

   Record    5.63 %
    

Noel Casale

55 Hermann St #307

San Francisco CA 94102-6217

   Record    5.44 %

Class B

   NONE    N/A    N/A  

Class C

   NONE    N/A    N/A  

Administrator Class

   NONE    N/A    N/A  
Institutional Emerging Markets Fund  

Institutional Class

  

Northern Trust Co Cust FBO

Fireman’s Annuity & Benefit

Fund of Chicago

20 South Clark Street Suite 1400

Chicago IL 60603-1899

   Record    33.55 %

 

62


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

Asea Brown Bovari Master Trust

C/O Mr John Cutter

501 Merritt &

PO Box 5308

Norwalk CT 06856-5308

   Record    21.96 %
    

Middlesex County Retirement System

ATTN Namcy B Oneil

40 Thorndike St

New Superior Courthouse 3rd Level

Cambridge MA 02141-1755

   Record    17.55 %
    

The McConnell Foundation

ATTN Lee Salter

PO Box 492050

Redding CA 96049-2050

   Record    8.41 %
    

Haverhill Retirement Board

ATTN Kathleen Gallant

4 Summer St Rm 303

Maverhill MA 01830-5843

   Record    7.24 %
    

Alstom Power Inc

Alstom Master Trust

Member-Pension Fund/Mr Eric Wood

C/O Investment Solutions Inc

113 A Post Rd E

Westport CT 06880-3410

   Record    5.5 %
Overseas Fund*  

Institutional Class

  

Timothy L Birkenstock &

Cyrstal L Birkenstock JT Ten

W293N3923 Round Hill Cor

Pewaukee WI 53072-3159

   Record    43.45 %
    

Wells Fargo Funds Management LLC

525 Market St Fl 12

San Francisco CA 94105-2720

   Record    31.90 %
    

Surendra K Khera & Neelam Khera JT Ten

459 Wolf Swamp Rd

Longmeadow MA 0116-2955

   Record    19.53 %
    

Stephen P Fredrichs

DC MPP Plan

FBO Stephen P Fredrichs

1515 Parkview Ln

Port Washington WI 53074-1133

   Record    5.12 %

 

63


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Investor Class

  

Wells Fargo Funds Management LLC

Exclusive Benefit of Its Customers

Strong Advisor Program

525 Market St # A0103-122

San Francisco CA 94105-2708

   Record    22.60 %
    

Aggressive Portfolio

Edvest WI College Savings Program

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Falls WI 53051-4400

   Record    15.39 %
    

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

For Exclusive Benefit of Customers

ATTN: Mutual Funds

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    5.30 %

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.

 

64


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the Emerging Markets Focus, Institutional Emerging Markets, International Equity and International Value, Funds for the year ended September 30, 2004 are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports. The audited financial statements and the portfolios of investments for the predecessor portfolios of the Asia Pacific Fund, International Core Fund and Overseas Fund for the year ended December 31, 2004, were audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios, and are hereby incorporated by reference to the Annual Reports of the predecessor portfolios.

 

65


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SPECIALIZED FINANCIAL SERVICES FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SPECIALIZED HEALTH SCIENCES FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SPECIALIZED TECHNOLOGY FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C and Class Z

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about three funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) – the Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services, Specialized Health Sciences and Specialized Technology Funds. The Specialized Financial Services Fund is considered diversified and the Specialized Health Sciences and Specialized Technology Funds are considered non-diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Class Z shares are currently available only to certain qualified investors. Please see the Class Z shares prospectus for further details.

 

Funds


   A, B and/or C

   Z

Specialized Health Sciences Fund

   ·         

Specialized Financial Services Fund

   ·         

Specialized Technology Fund

   ·      ·  

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class Z Prospectuses (the “Prospectuses”), dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report. The Prospectuses and Annual Report may be obtained without charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   1

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   4

MANAGEMENT

   17

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   33

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   34

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   36

FUND EXPENSES

   38

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   38

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   46

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   48

CAPITAL STOCK

   50

OTHER

   52

COUNSEL

   52

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   52

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   53

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On August 29, 2001, the Board of Trustees of the SIFE Trust Fund approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of the SIFE Trust Fund into the Trust’s Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services Fund. The reorganization was effective at the close of business on February 22, 2002.

 

The Specialized Financial Services Fund described in this SAI was created as part of the reorganization of the SIFE Trust Fund, advised by SIFE, into the Wells Fargo Advantage Specialized Financial Services Fund. The reorganization between the SIFE Trust Fund and the Specialized Financial Services Fund followed the acquisition of SIFE by a subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor SIFE Trust Fund that is the accounting survivor of the Wells Fargo Advantage Fund.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


  

Predecessor Funds


Specialized Financial Services Fund

   SIFE Trust Fund

 

The Specialized Financial Services Fund (formerly named the SIFE Specialized Financial Services Fund) commenced operations on February 25, 2002 as the successor to the SIFE Trust Fund, a Delaware statutory trust. The SIFE Trust Fund was organized on February 28, 1997 as the successor-in-interest to the SIFE Trust Fund, a California trust, which was organized on September 26, 1960. The Fund, through its predecessor entities, has offered its shares to the public on a continuous basis since July 2, 1962. The predecessor fund offered Class A-I, Class A-II, Class B and Class C shares. The performance history and financial highlights shown for periods prior to February 25, 2002, are the performance history and financial highlights of the predecessor fund. The Class A-I shares are considered the accounting survivor for the Class A shares. The Specialized Financial Services Fund changed its name from the SIFE Specialized Financial Services Fund to the Specialized Financial Services Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The Specialized Health Sciences Fund commenced operations on April 2, 2001.

 

The Specialized Technology Fund commenced operations on September 18, 2000.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities of other investment companies, (iii) municipal securities, (iv) repurchase agreements, or (v) limit the Specialized Health Sciences Fund’s investments in securities of the health sciences sector, which is the group of industries that include pharmaceutical, biochemical, biotechnology, research and development, health care facilities, health care services and medical device industries, or (vi) limit the Specialized Technology Fund’s investment in

 

1


Table of Contents

securities of the technology sector, which can be a single industry or group of industries such as the computer, software, communications equipment and services, semiconductor, health care, biotechnology, or defense and aerospace industries, or (vii) limit the Specialized Financial Services Fund’s investment in securities of companies that the adviser considers to be in the “financial services” sector, which includes commercial banks, savings and loan associations, brokerage companies, insurance companies, real estate related companies, leasing companies and consumer and industrial finance companies;

 

(2) except for the Specialized Health Sciences and Specialized Technology Funds, purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

2


Table of Contents

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Fund, except the Specialized Technology Fund and the Specialized Health Sciences Fund, may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short. Short sale transactions not made “against the box” by the Specialized Technology Fund and the Specialized Health Sciences Fund may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the Fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer.

 

(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

3


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

Closed-End Investment Companies

 

Certain Funds may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in foreign securities. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Fund to invest

 

4


Table of Contents

in certain markets. The Funds will invest in such companies when, in the adviser’s judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment of any applicable premium or sales charge. Other investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) which refer to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities that provide current income and that have a strong earnings and credit record. The Funds may purchase convertible securities that are fixed-income debt securities or preferred stocks, and which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same issuer. Convertible securities, while usually subordinate to similar nonconvertible securities, are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure. Convertible securities offer flexibility by providing the investor with a steady income stream (which generally yield a lower amount than similar nonconvertible securities and a higher amount than common stocks) as well as the opportunity to take advantage of increases in the price of the issuer’s common stock through the conversion feature. Fluctuations in the convertible security’s price can reflect changes in the market value of the common stock or changes in market interest rates.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself.

 

5


Table of Contents

In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

The Funds may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein a Fund sells fixed-income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but a Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities from a Fund under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. The Funds will engage in dollar roll transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities for its portfolio and not for investment leverage.

 

Emerging Market Securities

 

Certain Funds invest in equity securities of companies in “emerging markets.” The Funds consider countries with emerging markets to include the following: (i) countries with an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries with low- to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (more commonly referred to as the World Bank); and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The

 

6


Table of Contents

adviser may invest in those emerging markets that have a relatively low gross national product per capita, compared to the world’s major economies, and which exhibit potential for rapid economic growth. The adviser believes that investment in equity securities of emerging market issuers offers significant potential for long-term capital appreciation.

 

Equity securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock, preferred stocks (including convertible preferred stocks) and warrants, bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock, equity interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust securities. The Funds may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) of such issuers.

 

Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic, Columbia, Indonesia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Peru, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Taiwan and Turkey. A company is considered in a country, market or region if it conducts its principal business activities there, namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed therein or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country, market or region.

 

There are special risks involved in investing in emerging-market countries. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. The financial markets of emerging markets countries are generally less well capitalized and thus securities of issuers based in such countries may be less liquid. Most are heavily dependent on international trade, and some are especially vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Some countries may still have obsolete financial systems, economic problems or archaic legal systems. The currencies of certain emerging market countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies, may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries. In addition, many of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate and credit risk.

 

7


Table of Contents

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Fund’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

The Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which the Funds may invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Funds would otherwise be subject.

 

The Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

The Funds may enter into currency forward contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to a Fund from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date which is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Funds will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

The Funds may also invest in foreign securities through ADRs, CDRs, EDRs, IDRs and GDRs or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution,

 

8


Table of Contents

that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

For temporary defensive purposes, Funds may invest in fixed-income securities of non-U.S. governmental and private issuers. Such investments may include bonds, notes, debentures and other similar debt securities, including convertible securities.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

The Funds will segregate cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. The Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus

 

9


Table of Contents

transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts, a Fund will be required to deposit with its custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Specialized Financial Services Fund and the Specialized Health Sciences Fund will write call options only if they are “covered.” The Specialized Technology Fund will write call options that are “covered” or “uncovered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Fund’s custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

11


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale. Because such securities may be less liquid than other investments, they may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. The Funds may not invest or hold more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Funds may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable

 

12


Table of Contents

letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objective, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Money Market Instruments and Temporary Investments

 

The Funds may invest in the following types of high-quality money market instruments that have remaining maturities not exceeding one year: (i) U.S. Government obligations; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (iii) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “A-1” or “A-1—” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”), or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; and (iv) repurchase agreements. The Funds also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets; and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

Letters of Credit. Certain of the debt obligations (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) which the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies which, in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to issuers of other permitted investments of the Funds, may be used for letter of credit-backed investments.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company (“3%

 

13


Table of Contents

Limit”); (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

iShares. The Funds may invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each, an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

Participation Interests

 

The Funds may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Funds may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from a Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, a Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into

 

14


Table of Contents

repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Board and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Funds may decline below the price at which the Funds are obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

The value of securities of any issuer in which a fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

15


Table of Contents

In view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by the Specialized Financial Services Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. The Specialized Health Sciences Fund and the Specialized Technology Fund may make short sales that are not “against the box,” however, such transactions may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the Fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Fund that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Fund of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carry greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Fund may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Fund and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Fund may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current

 

16


Table of Contents

value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) notes). In the latter case investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Funds may invest in warrants. Warrants represent rights to purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying securities. A Fund may only purchase warrants on securities in which the Fund may invest directly. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within a specified time period.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consist of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

17


Table of Contents

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with

Registrant/

Length of Service1


 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho, 62

   Trustee,
since 1987
  Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A

Peter G. Gordon, 62

   Trustee,
since 1998;
(Chairman, since
2001).
  Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A

Richard M. Leach, 71

   Trustee,
since 1987
  Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A

Timothy J. Penny, 53

   Trustee,
since 1996
  Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A

Donald C. Willeke, 64

   Trustee,
since 1996
  Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse, 60

   Trustee,
since 1987
  Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A
OFFICERS

Karla M. Rabusch, 45

   President,
since 2003
  Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

 

18


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with

Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


   Other Public Company
or Investment Company
Directorships


Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

   Treasurer,
since 2003
   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A

C. David Messman, 44

   Secretary,
since 2000
   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary and did not meet during the most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

19


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended September 30, 2004

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 87,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 97,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 87,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 87,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 87,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 81,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 81,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Funds


  

Aggregate Dollar

Range of Equity

Securities of Fund

Complex*


  

Specialized

Financial

Sciences


  

Specialized

Health

Services


  

Specialized

Technology


  
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    B    B    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    A    D
INTERESTED TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    D

* Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

20


Table of Contents

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-advisers (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, the “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an Adviser, the Board reviewed a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

The Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the expenses of the Funds and the expenses and performance information for a “Peer Group” of the Funds, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad based index. Prior to reviewing the statistical information, the Board was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. The Board then reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser(s) who make the day-to-day investment decisions for the respective Funds. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-advisers in the various asset classes and the ability to oversee a large group of sub-advisers many of whom have different investment philosophies and styles. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the advisers’ compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to their respective codes of ethics and the Advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the Advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all

 

21


Table of Contents

SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to each sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered each sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with each sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which each sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed each sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which each sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was a sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed each sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the Advisers; (ii) the scope of each Adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment Adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.

 

The Funds are stand-alone Funds with an investment adviser and sub-adviser.

 

As compensation for its advisory services for the following Funds, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

 

Fund


   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Specialized Financial Services

   0.95 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.95
0.90
0.85
0.825
0.80
%
%
%
%
%

 

22


Table of Contents
     Fee

 

Fund


   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Specialized Health Sciences

   0.95 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.95
0.90
0.85
0.825
0.80
%
%
%
%
%

Specialized Technology

   1.05 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   1.05
1.00
0.95
0.925
0.90
%
%
%
%
%

 

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds, except the Specialized Financial Services Fund, paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived the indicated fees:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


    

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


   Fees Paid

  

Fees

Waived


   Fees Paid

  

Fees

Waived


Specialized Health Sciences

   $ 259,647    $ 62,960    $ 90,630    $ 195,388    $ 198,207    $ 144,463

Specialized Technology

   $ 1,544,936    $ 70,686    $ 504,006    $ 270,209    $ 143,288    $ 571,169

 

Former SIFE Trust Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Specialized Financial Services Fund was created as part of the reorganization of the SIFE Trust Fund into the Fund, which occurred at the close of business on February 22, 2002. Prior to the reorganization, SIFE served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund, and was entitled to receive an annual fee equal to 1.25% of the average daily net assets of the predecessor portfolio.. Therefore, the table below shows the advisory fees paid by either the Fund or its predecessor portfolio. For the periods indicated below, the Fund paid the following advisory fees, and the respective investment adviser waived the indicated fees:

 

    

Year Ended

9/30/04

Funds Management


  

Year Ended

9/30/03

Funds Management


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Specialized Financial Services

   $ 3,748,141    $ 1,328,831    $ 3,669,906    $ 1,256,250

 

    

January 1, 2002 through

February 22, 2002

SIFE*


  

February 23, 2002 through

September 30, 2002

Funds Management


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Specialized Financial Services

   $ 2,732,636    $ 0    $ 1,243,494    $ 666,240

* The Fund’s previous fiscal year ended on December 31, 2001.

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

23


Table of Contents

Investment Sub-Advisers

 

Funds Management has engaged RCM Capital Management LLC (“RCM”) and Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as investment sub-advisers to the Funds (each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, the Sub-Advisers make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. The Sub-Advisers furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. The Sub-Advisers also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board and Officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

For providing sub-advisory services, RCM and Wells Capital Management are entitled to receive fees as described below. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.

 

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Fee

 

Specialized Financial Services

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.25
0.20
0.15
%
%
%

Specialized Health Sciences

   RCM    0-100M
100-500M
>500M
   0.95
0.65
0.60
%
%
%

Specialized Technology

   RCM    0-50M
50-100M
>100M
   1.00
0.70
0.55
%
%
%

 

Unaffiliated Sub-Adviser. Listed below is the aggregate dollar amount of sub-advisory fees paid by each Fund listed below to the following unaffiliated sub-adviser for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2004, 2003 and 2002:

 

    

Year Ended

9/30/04

RCM


  

Year Ended

9/30/03

RCM


  

Year Ended

9/30/02

RCM


    

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Specialized Health Sciences

   $ 323,782    $ 0    $ 286,021    $ 0    $ 342,670    $ 0

Specialized Technology

   $ 1,150,466    $ 0    $ 635,804    $ 0    $ 680,435    $ 0

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of September 30, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds. The portfolio managers listed below (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows:

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Portfolio Managers


Specialized Financial Services

   Wells Capital Management   

Allen J. Ayvazian

Allen A. Wisniewski, CFA

Specialized Health Sciences

   RCM    Selena A. Chaisson, M.D.

Specialized Technology

   RCM   

Huachen Chen, CFA

Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA

 

24


Table of Contents

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Managers*


  

Registered Investment

Companies


  

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

    

Number of

Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


  

Number of

Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


  

Number of

Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


RCM

                                   

Selena A. Chaisson M.D.

   4    $ 303M    1    $ 2.76M    2    $ 90M

Huachen Chen, CFA

   8    $ 828M    2    $ 234M    22    $ 117M

Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA

   8    $ 828M    4    $ 247M    16    $ 114M

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Allen J. Ayvazian

   1    $ 556M    4    $ 963M    35    $ 150M

Allen A. Wisniewski, CFA

   1    $ 495M    2    $ 963M    41    $ 490M

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts.

 

Portfolio Managers


  

Registered Investment

Companies


  

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

    

Number of

Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


  

Number of

Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


  

Number of

Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


RCM

                                   

Selena A. Chaisson M.D.

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Huachen Chen, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA

   0    $ 0    2    $ 12.9M    0    $ 0

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Allen J. Ayvazian

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Allen A. Wisniewski, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, some Sub-Advisers minimize inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in

 

25


Table of Contents

proportionate weightings. Furthermore, the Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

RCM. RCM’s Portfolio Managers have experienced material conflicts of interest in the accounts they manage in that some of the accounts they manage may also have some type of investment advisory relationship with Pallas Investment Partners, L.P., a registered investment adviser owned by Walter Price (“Pallas”). In particular, Pallas is the investment adviser to two unregistered investment companies that pay a management fee and an incentive fee to either Pallas or Mr. Price as the general partner.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts compared to registered investment companies such as the Specialized Financial Services Fund. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, like other investment advisers, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

RCM Compensation. RCM’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with what RCM believes to be a competitively positioned compensation program to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals. RCM compensates its portfolio managers using one of two compensation programs. The first program consists of a base salary, a variable bonus opportunity, stock appreciation right units and a benefits package (the “Bonus Program”). The other program consists of profit sharing relating to the profits generated by the mutual fund managed by a particular portfolio manager (the “Profit Program”).

 

Bonus Program. In the Bonus Program, total cash compensation, as more fully described below, is set for each Portfolio Manager relative to his or her performance and the market. The Portfolio Managers’ compensation is reviewed and modified each year as appropriate to reflect changes in the market, as well as to adjust drivers of compensation to promote good sustained performance.

 

In the Bonus Program, each Portfolio Manager’s compensation consists of the following elements as further described below: (1) base salary, (2) annual bonus, (3) stock appreciation rights, and (4) group retirement plans.

 

(1) Base salary. Each Portfolio Manager is paid a base salary, which is set at a level determined by RCM to be competitive in the market place, taking into account a particular Portfolio Manager’s experience and responsibilities. RCM reviews third party market data to ensure that salaries remain competitive within the industry

 

(2) Annual Bonus. All Portfolio Managers also receive discretionary compensation in the form of a bonus. The discretionary bonus is designed to reward investment professionals for sustained high performance by linking pay to two core elements: quantitatively measured investment results, and firm profitability. At the start of the year, each Portfolio Manager receives a target bonus. The target bonus is based on the individuals’ years of experience and level of responsibility in the organization. Third party compensation data is also consulted to ensure that the level of the target bonus is competitive. The actual bonus amount paid at year-end can be more than the target bonus by as much as 300% or less than the target bonus (to as little as no bonus) – depending on individual, team and firm performance. The portion of the bonus related to pre-tax performance of the mutual funds managed is measured against a fund’s Lipper universe over a three-year rolling period.

 

26


Table of Contents

(3) Stock Appreciation Rights. Key members of RCM’s investment staff are allocated Stock Appreciation Right units at the beginning of each year. The Stock Appreciation Rights vest over five years. Each tranche of Stock Appreciation Rights are paid-out on the fifth anniversary of their issuance – the amount of which is based on the increase in profitability of the firm during that five-year period.

 

(4) Participation in group retirement plans. Portfolio Managers are eligible to participate in a non-qualified deferred compensation plan, which affords participating employees the tax benefits of deferring the receipt of a portion of their cash compensation until such time as designated by the non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

 

Profit Program. In the Profit Program portfolio managers share in the profits generated by the mutual fund they manage. In this program, Portfolio Managers receive compensation based on the revenues produced by a mutual fund less designated expenses incurred by RCM to manage the fund. Under this program portfolio managers also are eligible to participate in the Stock Appreciation Rights program and the retirement plans referenced above.

 

Wells Capital Management Compensation. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Managers


  

Benchmark


Allen J. Ayvazian

   MSCI World Telecom Services Price Index

Allen A. Wisniewski, CFA

   MSCI World Telecom Services Price Index

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. In the table below shows for each Portfolio Manager, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = N/A

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

27


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

 

Portfolio Manager


  

Specialized

Financial

Sciences


  

Specialized

Health

Services


  

Specialized

Technology


RCM

              

Selena A. Chaisson M.D.

   —      0    —  

Huachen Chen, CFA

   —      —      0

Walter C. Price, Jr., CFA

   —      —      0

Wells Capital Management

              

Allen J. Ayvazian

   0    —      —  

Allen A. Wisniewski, CFA

   0    —      —  

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Class


   Fee

 
     Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Class A, Class B and Class C Shares

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

 

     Fee

 

Class


   Effective 4/11/05

 

Class Z Shares

   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

 

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds, except the Specialized Financial Services Fund, paid the following administrative fees.

 

28


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt/Wells Fargo

Specialized Health Sciences (Fund Level)

   $ 16,979    $ 142,776    $ 54,106

Class A

   $ 37,929      *      *

Class B

   $ 50,376      *      *

Class C

   $ 6,779      *      *

Specialized Technology (Fund Level)

   $ 76,935    $ 396,790    $ 102,065

Class A

   $ 320,573      *      *

Class B

   $ 91,473      *      *

Class C

   $ 18,787      *      *

* For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former SIFE Trust Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Specialized Financial Services Fund was created as part of the reorganization of the SIFE Trust Fund into the Specialized Financial Services Fund, which occurred at the close of business on February 22, 2002. Prior to the reorganization, SIFE served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund, but was compensated only in its role as adviser to the Fund. Therefore, the table below shows the administrative fees paid by either the Fund or its predecessor portfolio. For the periods indicated below, the Fund paid the following administrative fees.

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

09/30/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended

09/30/03

Funds Mgmt


   

Nine-Month

Period

Ended 9/30/02

Funds Mgmt


 
     Fees Paid

   Fees Paid

    Fees Paid

 

Specialized Financial Services (Fund level)*

   $ 267,213    $ 1,640,988     $ 733,005  

Class A

   $ 1,446,446      * *     * *

Class B

   $ 44,214      * *     * *

Class C

   $ 5,733      * *     * *

* Class Z shares commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds.

 

The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

29


Table of Contents

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds paid Stephens and will pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Funds and classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The Distributor has entered and Stephens previously entered into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign and Stephens previously assigned certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Distribution Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Funds listed below paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


  

Compensation

to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


Specialized Financial Services

Class B

   $ 118,431    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 118,431

Class C

   $ 15,357    $ 0    $ 0    $ 15,357    $ 0    $ 0

Specialized Health Sciences

Class B

   $ 134,936    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 134,936

Class C

   $ 18,158    $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,549    $ 14,509    $ 0

Specialized Technology

Class B

   $ 245,016    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 245,016

Class C

   $ 50,322    $ 0    $ 0    $ 6,618    $ 43,704    $ 0

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of a Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such Non-Interested Trustees.

 

30


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, the Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class Z shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

31


Table of Contents

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of the Specialized Financial Services Fund and 0.07% of the average daily net assets of the Specialized Health Sciences Fund and Specialized Technology Fund.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily

Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund. Finally, PFPC was also entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. For the Funds’ past three fiscal years, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the Funds and the amounts retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


Paid


   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

$2,015,276

   $ 340,635    $ 1,189,589    $ 235,808    $ 5,144,052    $ 292,472

 

32


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Fund is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. A Fund is required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if it is determined that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

The Specialized Health Sciences and Specialized Technology Funds use an independent service provider to review U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets and assist with the decision

 

33


Table of Contents

whether to substitute fair values for foreign security market prices. This service provider applies a multi-factor methodology, which uses factors such as ADRs, sector indices and futures, to each foreign portfolio security as part of this process.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

For the Funds that invest directly in foreign securities, portfolio securities are generally valued on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded. However, if, in the judgment of the Board, a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or the market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign exchange or market), that security may be valued by another method that the Board believes accurately reflects fair value. A security’s valuation may differ depending on the method used to determine its value.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time, generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such

 

34


Table of Contents

periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust also may redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse a Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholders to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

The dealer reallowance for Class A shares is as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase


  

Front-End Sales

Charge as%

of Public

Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales

Charge as %

of Net Amount

Invested


   

Dealer

Reallowance

as % of Public

Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   5.75 %   6.10 %   5.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75 %   4.99 %   4.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75 %   3.90 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75 %   2.83 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A shares purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All existing shareholders with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of classes of Funds that they already own, and redeem existing shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage

 

35


Table of Contents

Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds to of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of each Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While each Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated broker-dealers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, each Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that a Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, Funds Management oversees each Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

Each Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has

 

36


Table of Contents

provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, a Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. A Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by each Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of each Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover may also result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

The portfolio turnover rates for the Specialized Health Sciences Fund and Specialized Financial Services Fund varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rates was primarily due to increased market volatility for the Specialized Health Sciences Fund and fewer perceived investment opportunities by the portfolio managers and fewer shareholder redemptions for the Specialized Financial Services Fund.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the Funds paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

Fund


  

Year-Ended

9/30/04


   

Year-Ended

9/30/03


  

Year-Ended

9/30/02


Specialized Financial Services

   $ 2,820,370 *   $ 4,934,241    $ 3,273,054

Specialized Health Sciences

   $ 225,645 *   $ 144,266    $ 160,108

Specialized Technology

   $ 1,578,886 *   $ 899,950    $ 766,088

* The decrease in commissions paid by the Specialized Financial Services Fund was the result of the lower portfolio turnover rate for the Fund. However, the increased market volatility led to increased portfolio turnover rates for the Specialized Health Sciences Fund and Specialized Technology Fund.

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Sub-Advisers listed below directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on the stated total amount of transactions.

 

Sub-Adviser


   Commissions Paid

   Transactions Value

RCM

   $ 1,773,896    $ 897,313,251

Wells Capital Management*

   $ 2,221,569    $ 1,420,953,051

* Includes all transactions executed for the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds complex, including Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust.

 

37


Table of Contents

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from a Fund in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent auditors, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”)), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

38


Table of Contents

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

39


Table of Contents

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As of September 30, 2004, the following Funds had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

  

Capital Loss

Carryforwards


Specialized Technology

   2008    $ 10,300,690
     2009    $ 145,715,707
     2010    $ 56,253,017
     2011    $ 12,261,527

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID

 

40


Table of Contents

includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses

 

41


Table of Contents

realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such

 

42


Table of Contents

transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for

 

43


Table of Contents

the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Fund shares. If less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Fund will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met, including by individual Fund shareholders to qualify for the reduced rate of taxation. Only dividends from direct investments will qualify. Payments received by the Fund derived from securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds

 

44


Table of Contents

from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the

 

45


Table of Contents

U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

46


Table of Contents

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

  Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

  Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

  Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

  Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

  Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the

 

47


Table of Contents

Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

48


Table of Contents
  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

49


Table of Contents

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are three of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters that affect one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an Advisory agreement, since it only affects one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of such class the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares such class of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect directors under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to a Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below as of March 16, 2005 is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or

 

50


Table of Contents

more of the voting securities of the Fund as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Specialized Financial Services Fund

 

Class A

   NONE    N/A    N/A  

Class B

  

MFPF&S

For the Sole Benefit of It’s Customers

ATTN: Service Team

4800 Deer Lake Dr East 3rd Floor

Jacksonville FL 32246-6484

   Record    5.90 %

Class C

  

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.11 %

Specialized Health Sciences Fund

 

Class A

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusively FBO the Customers

101 California St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    21.05 %
    

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    11.69 %

Class B

  

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    11.86 %

Class C

  

MFPF&S

For the Sole Benefit of It’s Customers

ATTN: Service Team

4800 Deer Lake Dr East 3rd Floor

Jacksonville FL 32246-6484

   Record    7.08 %

Specialized Technology Fund

 

Class A

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusively FBO the Customers

101 California St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    25.13 %

Class B

   NONE    N/A    N/A  

 

51


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Class C

  

MFPF&S

For the Sole Benefit of It’s Customers

ATTN: Service Team

4800 Deer Lake Dr East 3rd Floor

Jacksonville FL 32246-6484

   Record    9.17 %
    

NFSC FEBO

Brian Herrera

9846 E Madera Drive

Scottsdale AZ 85262-2986

   Record    5.81 %

Class Z*

  

ADP Clearing & Outsourcing FBO

26 Broadway

New York NY 10004-1703

 

   Record    8.06 %
    

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusively FBO the Customers

101 California St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    5.36 %

* Class Z commenced operations on April 11, 2005.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

52


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the Funds for the year ended September 30, 2004 are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report.

 

53


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE AGGRESSIVE ALLOCATION FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ASSET ALLOCATION FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE BALANCED FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE GROWTH BALANCED FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MODERATE BALANCED FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Administrator Class and Investor Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about six funds in the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family of funds (each, a “Fund,” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage Aggressive Allocation, Asset Allocation, Balanced, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced and Moderate Balanced Funds. Each Fund is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class.

 

Funds


   A,B and/or C

   Administrator

   Investor

Aggressive Allocation Fund

            

Asset Allocation Fund

          

Balanced Fund

            

Conservative Allocation Fund

            

Growth Balanced Fund

          

Moderate Balanced Fund

          

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (“Prospectuses”), dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the Funds, except the Balanced Fund, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolio of the Balanced Fund, which include the portfolio of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolio’s Annual Report. The Prospectuses and Annual Reports may be obtained free of charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds (except for the predecessor portfolio’s Annual Report), calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   2

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   4

MANAGEMENT

   24

BENEFICIAL EQUITY OWNERSHIP IN THE FUNDS

   36

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   42

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   43

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   45

FUND EXPENSES

   47

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   48

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   56

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   58

CAPITAL STOCK

   59

OTHER

   63

COUNSEL

   63

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   63

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   63

APPENDIX

   A-1

 

 


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios to certain Funds of the Trust (the “Reorganization”). Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization of the Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of the Trust approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was April 8, 2005.

 

Except for the Balanced Fund, the Funds described in this SAI were created as part of the Reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds, advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”), and the Norwest Advantage family of funds, advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex. The Reorganization followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. The Balanced Fund described in this SAI was created as part of the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Stagecoach, Norwest and Strong Funds that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


 

Predecessor Fund


Aggressive Allocation Fund   Norwest Aggressive Balanced-Equity Fund
Asset Allocation Fund  

Stagecoach Asset Allocation Fund

Stagecoach Balanced Fund

Balanced Fund   Strong Balanced Fund
Conservative Allocation Fund   Norwest Strategic Income Fund
Growth Balanced Fund   Norwest Growth Balanced Fund
Moderate Balanced Fund   Norwest Moderate Balanced Fund

 

The Aggressive Allocation Fund (formerly named the Strategic Growth Allocation Fund) commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Aggressive Balanced-Equity Fund. The Norwest Aggressive Balanced-Equity Fund commenced operations on December 2, 1997. The Fund changed its name from Aggressive Balanced-Equity Fund to Strategic Growth Allocation Fund effective February 1, 2002. The Fund changed its name from the Strategic Growth Allocation Fund to the Aggressive Allocation Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The Asset Allocation Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Asset Allocation and Balanced Funds of Stagecoach. The predecessor Stagecoach Asset Allocation Fund, which is considered to be the surviving entity for accounting purposes, commenced operations on January 2, 1992, as successor to the Asset Allocation Fund of the Wells Fargo Investment Trust for Retirement Programs, which commenced operations on November 13, 1986.

 

The Balanced Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Balanced Fund. The predecessor Strong Balanced Fund commenced operations on December 30, 1981. The predecessor Fund changed its name from the Strong Asset Allocation Fund to the Strong Balanced Fund effective June 23, 2000.

 

1


Table of Contents

The Conservative Allocation Fund (formerly named the Strategic Income Fund) commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Strategic Income Fund. The predecessor Norwest Strategic Income Fund commenced operations on April 30, 1989. The Fund changed its name from the Strategic Income Fund to the Conservative Allocation Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The Growth Balanced Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Growth Balanced Fund. The predecessor Norwest Growth Balanced Fund commenced operations on April 30, 1989.

 

The Moderate Balanced Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Moderate Balanced Fund. The predecessor Norwest Moderate Balanced Fund commenced operations on April 30, 1989.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s: (i) investments in securities of other investment companies, (ii) investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or (iii) investments in repurchase agreements, and provided further that (iv) the Asset Allocation Fund reserves the right to concentrate in any industry in which the S&P 500 Index becomes concentrated to the same degree during the same period, and (v) the Asset Allocation Fund reserves the right to concentrate in obligations of domestic banks (to the extent permitted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or its staff and as such term is interpreted by the SEC or its staff);

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

2


Table of Contents

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies which may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust or at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

3


Table of Contents

(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. Some of the Funds described in this SAI are gateway blended Funds that invest in two or more master portfolios of Wells Fargo Master Trust (“Master Trust”). References to the activities of a gateway blended Fund are understood to refer to the investments of the master portfolios in which the gateway blended Fund invests. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in various types of asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that represent an interest in an underlying security. The asset-backed securities in which the Funds invest may consist of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables (“CARS”) and credit card receivables (“CARDS”). Payments of principal and interest on these asset-backed securities may be “passed through” on a monthly or other periodic basis to certificate holders and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer loans or receivables by individuals, and the certificate holder frequently has no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or receivables. The actual maturity and realized yield will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment. Asset-backed securities are relatively new instruments and may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other instruments. Also, the secondary market for certain asset-backed securities may not be as liquid as the market for other types of securities, which could result in a Fund experiencing difficulty in valuing or liquidating such securities. The Funds may also invest in securities backed by pools of mortgages. The investments are described under the heading “Mortgage-Related Securities.”

 

4


Table of Contents

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits which may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Bonds

 

Certain of the debt instruments purchased by the Funds may be bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company or governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate bonds will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest-rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds.

 

Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

5


Table of Contents

Closed-End Investment Companies

 

Certain Funds may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in foreign securities. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Fund to invest in certain markets. The Funds will invest in such companies when, in the adviser’s judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment of any applicable premium or sales charge. Other investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Certain Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is generally a debt obligation or preferred stock that may be converted within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer. A convertible security provides a fixed-income stream and the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation resulting from a market price advance in its underlying common stock. As with a straight fixed-income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Like a common stock, the value of a convertible security also tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises, and it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Because its value can be influenced by both interest-rate and market movements, a convertible security is not as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed-income security, nor is it as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.

 

The creditworthiness of the issuer of a convertible security may be important in determining the security’s true value. This is because the holder of a convertible security will have recourse only to the issuer. In addition, a convertible security may be subject to redemption by the issuer, but only after a specified date and under circumstances established at the time the security is issued.

 

While the Funds use the same criteria to rate a convertible debt security that it uses to rate a more conventional debt security, a convertible preferred stock is treated like a preferred stock for a Fund’s financial reporting, credit rating, and investment limitation purposes. Preferred stock is subordinated to all debt obligations in the event of insolvency, and an issuer’s failure to make a dividend payment is generally not an event of default entitling the preferred shareholder to take action. Preferred stock generally has no maturity date, so that its market value is dependent on the issuer’s business prospects for an indefinite period of time. In addition, distributions on preferred stock generally are taxable as dividend income, rather than interest payments, for federal income tax purposes.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future

 

6


Table of Contents

interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself.

 

In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell of a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the SEC rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

Certain Funds may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein the Fund sells fixed-income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but the Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into

 

7


Table of Contents

dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities from a Fund under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. The Funds will engage in dollar roll transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities for its portfolio and not for investment leverage.

 

Emerging Market Securities

 

Certain Funds invest in equity securities of companies in “emerging markets.” The Funds consider countries with emerging markets to include the following: (i) countries with an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries with low- to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (more commonly referred to as the World Bank); and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The adviser may invest in those emerging markets that have a relatively low gross national product per capita, compared to the world’s major economies, and which exhibit potential for rapid economic growth. The adviser believes that investment in equity securities of emerging market issuers offers significant potential for long-term capital appreciation.

 

Equity securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock, preferred stocks (including convertible preferred stocks) and warrants, bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock, equity interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust securities. The Funds may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) of such issuers.

 

Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic, Columbia, Indonesia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Peru, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Taiwan and Turkey. A company is considered in a country, market or region if it conducts its principal business activities there, namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed therein or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country, market or region.

 

There are special risks involved in investing in emerging-market countries. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. The financial markets of emerging markets countries are generally less well capitalized and thus securities of issuers based in such countries may be less liquid. Most are heavily dependent on international trade, and some are especially vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Some countries may still have obsolete financial systems, economic problems or archaic legal systems. The currencies of certain emerging market countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies, may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries. In addition, many of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

 

Fixed-Income Securities

 

Investors should be aware that even though interest-bearing securities are investments which promise a stable stream of income, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price fluctuations. Long-term securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of fixed-income securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities.

 

8


Table of Contents

Once the rating of a portfolio security has been changed to a rating below investment-grade, the particular Fund considers all circumstances deemed relevant in determining whether to continue to hold the security. Certain securities that may be purchased by the Fund, such as those rated “Baa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) may be subject to such risk with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher-rated fixed-income securities. Securities which are rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered medium-grade obligations; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured, and are considered by Moody’s to have speculative characteristics. Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and, while such debt securities ordinarily exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for securities in this category than in higher-rated categories. Securities rated “BBB” by Fitch are considered investment-grade and of satisfactory credit quality; however, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. If a security held by a Fund is downgraded to a rating below investment-grade, such Fund may continue to hold the security until such time as the adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Fund to sell the security.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

Certain Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate risk and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Fund’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

Certain Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain

 

9


Table of Contents

considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which the Funds may invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Funds would otherwise be subject.

 

Certain Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

Certain Funds may enter into currency forward contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to the Funds from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date which is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Funds will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

Certain Funds may also invest in foreign securities through ADRs, CDRs, EDRs, IDRs and GDRs, or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

For temporary defensive purposes, the Funds may invest in fixed-income securities of non-U.S. governmental and private issuers. Such investments may include bonds, notes, debentures and other similar debt securities, including convertible securities.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Funds will segregate cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. The Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

11


Table of Contents

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts, a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

12


Table of Contents

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions. The Funds may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” above). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

 

The Funds may invest in foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ from futures contracts in that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The adviser considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions. Despite these differences, foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions (together, “Currency Futures”) entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

 

13


Table of Contents

Because the Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, they may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within the Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.

 

A Fund will purchase and sell Currency Futures in order to hedge its portfolio and to protect it against possible variations in foreign exchange rates pending the settlement of securities transactions. If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a Currency Future as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a Currency Future to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These Currency Futures will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of Currency Futures strategies also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of Currency Futures also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts: the risk of an illiquid market for the Currency Futures, the risk of exchange-imposed trading limits, and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its securities, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its Currency Futures investments.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

14


Table of Contents

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

High Yield/Lower-Rated Debt Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (also known as high-yield securities or “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

The market values of certain high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, issuers of high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities often are highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired.

 

The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to senior indebtedness. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. The existence of limited markets for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities may diminish the Fund’s ability to: (a) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing such securities and calculating its net asset value; and (b) sell the securities at fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or in financial markets.

 

Although the general market for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities is no longer new, the market for such securities has not yet weathered a major sustained economic recession. The effect that such a recession might have on such securities is not known. Any such recession, however, could disrupt severely the market for such securities and adversely affect the value of such securities. Any such economic downturn also could severely and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale, and for which there may not be a readily available market, and which may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. The Funds may not invest or hold more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities.

 

15


Table of Contents

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Funds may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Interest Rate Protection Transactions

 

To manage its exposure to different types of investments, the Funds may enter into interest-rate, currency and mortgage (or other asset) swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest-rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.” In a typical interest-rate swap agreement, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate on a specific amount in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the same amount for a specified period. In a cap or floor, one party agrees, usually in return for a fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. A collar entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed upon range.

 

A Fund expects to enter into interest-rate protection transactions to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to protect against any increase in the price of securities it anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Funds intend to use these transactions as a hedge and not as a speculative investment.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objectives, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Money Market Instruments

 

The Funds may invest in the following types of high-quality money market instruments that have remaining maturities not exceeding one year: (i) U.S. Government obligations; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks (including

 

16


Table of Contents

foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (iii) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s or “A-1” or “A-1” by S&P, or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; and (iv) repurchase agreements. The Funds also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

Letters of Credit. Certain of the debt obligations (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) which the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies which, in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to issuers of other permitted investments of the Funds, may be used for letter of credit-backed investments.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities (also known as mortgage pass-through securities), which represent interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage-related securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities created by private issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers. Collateralized mortgage obligations, adjustable rate mortgages and mortgage participation certificates are the primary types of mortgage-related securities utilized by the Funds.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). The Funds may invest in investment-grade CMOs. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). CMOs are structured into multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity. Payments of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. A longer duration or greater sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations generally increases the risk level of the CMO.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”). The Funds may invest in ARMs issued or guaranteed by a government agency such as the GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, or by a private issuer. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on GNMA ARMs is guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FNMA also guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. FNMA and FHLMC ARMs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. However, because FNMA and FHLMC are government-sponsored enterprises, these securities are generally considered to be high-quality investments that present minimal credit risks. The mortgages underlying ARMs guaranteed by GNMA are typically insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration or the Farmers Home Administration, whereas those underlying ARMs issued by FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages which are not so insured or guaranteed, but which conform to specific

 

17


Table of Contents

underwriting, size and maturity standards. The yields provided by ARMs issued by a government agency have historically exceeded the yields on other types of U.S. Government securities with comparable maturities, although there can be no assurance that this historical performance will continue.

 

The Funds may also invest in ARMs offered by private issuers. These securities generally offer a higher rate of interest, but also involve greater credit and interest rate risk than U.S. Government agency issued ARMs because they offer no direct or indirect governmental guarantees. However, many private issuers or servicers of ARMs guarantee or provide insurance for timely payment of interest and principal.

 

Mortgage Participation Certificates. The Funds also may invest in mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”), both issued by the FHLMC. PCs resemble GNMA certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool of mortgages. GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. These instruments, however, pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. Mortgage participation certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back by the borrower over the length of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity.

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with each Fund’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of mortgage-related securities.

 

Prepayment and Extension Risk. The stated maturities of mortgage-related securities may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgages, or extended in rising interest rate environments. Therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the average maturity of a particular mortgage-related security. Variations in the maturities of mortgage-related securities will affect the Funds’ yields. Rates of repayment of principal on mortgage-related securities that are higher or lower than expected may also expose the Funds to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, in the event of prepayment, the value of the premium would be lost. Like other fixed-income securities, when interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates decline, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed-income securities.

 

Interest Rate Risk. The interest rates on the underlying mortgages of mortgage-related securities generally are readjusted at periodic intervals ranging from one year or less to several years in response to changes in a predetermined, commonly recognized interest rate index. The adjustable rate feature should reduce, but will not eliminate, price fluctuations in such securities, particularly when market interest rates fluctuate. The NAV of each Fund’s shares may fluctuate to the extent interest rates on underlying mortgages differ from prevailing market interest rates during periods between interest rate reset dates. Accordingly, investors could experience some loss if they redeem their shares of the Funds or if the Funds sell these portfolio securities before the interest rates on the underlying mortgages are adjusted to reflect prevailing market interest rates.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Gateway funds, whose policies are to invest some or all of their assets in the securities of one or more open-end management investment companies, are excepted from these limitations. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

18


Table of Contents

iShares. The Funds may invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each, an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

Participation Interests

 

Each Fund may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Fund may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Fund’s policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from the Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, the Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Board and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

19


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Funds may decline below the price at which the Funds are obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the Fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the Fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

The value of securities of any issuer in which a Fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the littlest of 5% of the value of the Fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A Fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a Fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the Fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold

 

20


Table of Contents

short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Fund that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Fund of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carries greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Fund may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Fund and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Fund may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Stripped Securities

 

Certain Funds may purchase Treasury receipts, securities of government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”), and other “stripped” securities that evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on U.S. Government and other obligations. The stripped securities certain Funds may purchase are issued by the U.S. Government (or a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality) or by private issuers such as banks, corporations and other institutions at a discount to their face value. These securities generally are structured to make a lump-sum payment at maturity and do not make periodic payments of principal or interest. Hence, the duration of these securities tends to be longer and they are therefore more sensitive to interest-rate fluctuations than similar securities that offer periodic payments over time. The stripped securities purchased by the Funds are not subject to prepayment or extension risk. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. SMBS that are structured to receive interest only are extremely sensitive to changes in the prevailing interest rates as well as the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and are therefore much more volatile than SMBS that receive principal only.

 

21


Table of Contents

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities such as TIGRs and CATS or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

Unrated Investments

 

The Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by such Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by such Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, each Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P are more fully described in the Appendix.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

Certain Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government Obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and GNMA certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with FNMA notes). In the latter case, investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government Obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

Each Fund may invest in warrants (other than those that have been acquired in units or attached to other securities). Warrants represent rights to purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The price of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying

 

22


Table of Contents

securities. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within a specified time period.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

The Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no periodic interest payments, but are instead sold at discounts from face value. The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest, they are more sensitive to interest-rate changes and are therefore more volatile. When interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security deepens and the securities decrease more rapidly in value; conversely, when interest rates fall, zero coupon securities rise more rapidly in value as the discount to face value narrows.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations

 

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality, and debt securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase by the Funds, an issue of debt securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Funds. The adviser will consider such an event in determining whether the Fund involved should continue to hold the obligation. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P are more fully described in the Appendix.

 

Additional Information about the S&P 500 Index

 

The Trust (the “Licensee”) has entered into a license agreement with S&P authorizing the use of various S&P trademarks and trade names in connection with the marketing and/or promotion of certain of the Funds (collectively referred to, herein, as the “Products”).

 

The Products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold, or promoted by S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Products or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Products particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Licensee is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index which is determined, composed, and calculated by S&P without regard to the Licensee or the Products. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Products into consideration in determining, composing, or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of this issuance or sale of the Products or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Products are to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing, or trading of the Products.

 

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein and S&P shall have no liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions therein. S&P makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by Licensee, owners of the product, or any other person or entity from the use of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. S&P makes no express or implied warranties, and expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with respect to the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall S&P have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages (including lost profits).

 

23


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho, 62

  Trustee,
since 1987
  Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A

Peter G. Gordon, 62

  Trustee,
since 1998;
(Chairman, since
2001).
  Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A

Richard M. Leach, 71

  Trustee,
since 1987
  Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A

Timothy J. Penny, 53

  Trustee,
since 1996
  Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A

Donald C. Willeke, 64

  Trustee,
since 1996
  Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse, 60

  Trustee,
since 1987
  Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A

 

24


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


 

Position Held with
Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


OFFICERS

Karla M. Rabusch, 45

  President,
since 2003
   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

  Treasurer,
since 2003
   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A

C. David Messman, 44

  Secretary,
since 2000
   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the Independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary and did not meet during the most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

25


Table of Contents

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended September 30, 2004

 

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 87,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 97,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 87,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 87,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 87,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 81,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 81,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = and over $100,000.

 

26


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds

  

Aggregate Dollar

Range of Equity

Securities of Fund

Complex**


   Aggressive
Allocation


   Asset
Allocation


   Balanced*

   Conservative
Allocation


   Growth
Balanced


   Moderate
Balanced


  
Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

   0    C    0    0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    0    0    0    A    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    0    C    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D

* The Balanced Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-advisers (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, the “advisers”), and a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the Board reviewed the fees that are or would be payable and a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreements, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

For the Funds, other than the Balanced Fund, the Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the performance and expenses of the Funds and was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. In addition to the performance information for each Fund, the Board reviewed the performance information for a “Peer Group,” a group of funds that was similar to the specific Fund, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad-based index. The Board also reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return.

 

27


Table of Contents

This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees; (ii) net expense ratio; (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g., breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser(s) who make the day-to-day investment decisions for the respective Funds. The Board recognized that the Adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-advisers in the various asset classes and the ability to oversee a large group of sub-advisers, many of whom have different investment philosophies and styles. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the advisers’ compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each Adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to each sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered each sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with the sub-adviser (e.g., float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which each sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed each sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which each sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was the sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed the sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

28


Table of Contents

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the advisers; (ii) the scope of each adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.

 

The Funds operate under two types of advisory arrangements: (i) stand-alone Funds with an investment adviser and sub-adviser; and (ii) gateway blended Funds that invest in two or more master portfolios and have both active and dormant advisory arrangements at the gateway level.

 

As compensation for its advisory services for the following stand-alone Funds, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Fund


   Fee

 
   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Asset Allocation

   0.75 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.65
0.60
0.55
0.525
0.50
%
%
%
%
%

Balanced Fund

   N/A     0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.65
0.60
0.55
0.525
0.50
%
%
%
%
%

 

As described in the second category above, the following gateway blended Funds invest their respective assets in two or more master portfolios of Master Trust. For each of these Funds, Funds Management determines the master portfolios of Master Trust in which the gateway blended Fund invests and the percentage allocation that such Fund would make to each master portfolio. For these asset allocation services, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets as indicated in the chart below. In order to preserve flexibility to convert to stand-alone funds with a direct advisory relationship, the gateway blended Funds have entered into a “dormant” advisory arrangement with Funds Management. If a gateway blended Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests these assets directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management will be entitled to receive a fee for the management of those assets that mirrors the master level dormant advisory fee indicated below.

 

Gateway Blended Funds


  

Advisory Fees

(Maximum Asset Allocation Fees)


   

Master Level

Dormant Advisory Fees*


 

Aggressive Allocation

   0.25 %   0.72 %

Conservative Allocation

   0.25 %   0.52 %

Growth Balanced

   0.25 %   0.65 %

Moderate Balanced

   0.25 %   0.60 %

* Because the gateway blended Funds invest in two or more Master Trust portfolios with varying advisory fees, the dormant advisory fees are based on a formula that reflects a blended fee rate.

 

29


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds listed below paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived the indicated fees:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Aggressive Allocation Fund

   $ 368,424    $ 29,219    $ 116,088    $ 137,270    $ 148,289    $ 78,147

Asset Allocation

   $ 6,346,299    $ 2,210,868    $ 5,411,003    $ 3,237,067    $ 7,520,916    $ 3,811,215

Growth Balanced Fund

   $ 4,307,414    $ 234,151    $ 1,451,156    $ 2,092,065    $ 1,606,663    $ 1,833,170

Moderate Balanced Fund

   $ 1,263,813    $ 100,648    $ 543,827    $ 662,411    $ 563,078    $ 758,905

Conservative Allocation Fund

   $ 793,957    $ 191,553    $ 314,685    $ 482,619    $ 147,018    $ 612,744

 

Former Strong Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Balanced Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, SCM and Funds Management served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolio of the Balanced Fund. For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees payable to Funds Management were the same as those under the prior agreement with SCM. The fees were as follows: a monthly fee at an annual rate of 0.60% on the first $35 million of assets and 0.55% on all assets thereafter of the predecessor portfolio’s average daily net assets. Therefore, the table below shows the advisory fees paid by the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following advisory fees to SCM and SCM waived the indicated amounts.

 

Fund


   Year Ended 12/31/04

   Year Ended 12/31/03

   Year Ended 12/31/02

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Balanced Fund

   $ 897,602    $ 31,547    $ 1,200,958    $ 0    $ 1,384,435    $ 0

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Adviser

 

Funds Management has engaged Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as investment sub-adviser to the stand-alone Funds. Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, Wells Capital Management makes recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. Wells Capital Management furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the stand-alone Funds. Wells Capital Management also furnishes such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

For providing investment sub-advisory services to the stand-alone Funds, Wells Capital Management is entitled to receive monthly fees at the annual rates as described below of each Fund’s

 

30


Table of Contents

average daily net assets. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.

 

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Fee

 

Asset Allocation

   Wells Capital Management    0-1B
>1B
   0.15
0.10
%
%

Balanced

   Wells Capital Management    0-1B
>1B
   0.25
0.20
%
%

 

Former Strong Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Balanced Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization during the Interim Period, Wells Capital Management served as the investment sub-adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund pursuant to an interim investment sub-advisory agreement and was entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of the predecessor fund’s average daily net assets.

 

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Fee

 

Balanced Fund

   Wells Capital Management    0-1B
>1B
   0.25
0.20
%
%

 

Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM had not entered into any sub-advisory agreements with respect to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund.

 

Investment Sub-Advisers - Master Portfolios

 

Aggressive Allocation, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced and Moderate Balanced Funds. Funds Management has engaged Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”), Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“C&B”), Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”), an affiliate of Funds Management, LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), an affiliate of Funds Management, Smith Asset Management Group (“Smith”), an affiliate of Funds Management, Systematic Financial Management, L.P. (“Systematic”) and Wells Capital Management to serve as investment sub-advisers to the master portfolios of Master Trust in which the gateway blended Funds invest, as listed in the chart below (collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards, and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management, the Trust and Master Trust, the Sub-Advisers make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the gateway blended Funds’ assets. The Sub-Advisers furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. The Sub-Advisers also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management, the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards and officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management, Galliard and Peregrine.

 

Similar to the “dormant” investment advisory arrangement with Funds Management, each gateway blended Fund has a dormant sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the Sub-Advisers that sub-advise the master portfolios in which the gateway blended Funds invest. Under such an arrangement, a Sub-Adviser receives no sub-advisory fee as long as a gateway Fund invests all (or substantially all) of its assets in one or more master portfolios. In the event that a gateway Fund redeems its assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the Sub-Adviser, the Sub-Adviser would be entitled to receive a sub-advisory fee at the same rate the Sub-Adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the gateway Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio. The Sub-Adviser would be compensated for its services by Funds Management from the advisory fees Funds Management receives for its services as Adviser. The dormant sub-advisory fees that would be charged

 

31


Table of Contents

to the gateway funds are identical to the sub-advisory fees currently charged to the master portfolios in which each gateway Fund invests, which are listed in the chart below.

 

Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

   Fees

 

C&B Large Cap Value

   C&B    0-249M
250-499M
500-749M
>750M
   0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
%
%
%
%

Disciplined Growth

   Smith    0-200M
200-500M
>500M
   0.30
0.20
0.15
%
%
%

Equity Income

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.25
0.20
0.15
%
%
%

Equity Value (formerly named Large Cap Value)

   Systematic    0-150M
150-350M
350-750M
750-1B
>1B
   0.30
0.20
0.15
0.13
0.10
%
%
%
%
%

Index

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
>200M
   0.02
0.01
%
%

International Core (formerly named International Equity)

   New Star    0-50M
50-550M
>550M
   0.35
0.29
0.20
%
%
%

International Growth

   Artisan    All asset levels    0.70 %

International Index

   BGFA    All asset levels    0.30 %

International Value (formerly named Overseas)

   LSV    0-150M
150-500M
500-750M
750M-1B
>1B
   0.35
0.40
0.35
0.325
0.30
%
%
%
%
%

Large Cap Appreciation

   Cadence    0-250M
250-500M
500M-1B
>1B
   0.30
0.20
0.15
0.10
%
%
%
%

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine    0-25M
25-50M
50-275M
>275M
   0.75
0.60
0.50
0.30
%
%
%
%

Managed Fixed Income*

   Galliard    0-500M
500M-1.5B
>1.5B
   0.10
0.05
0.03
%
%
%

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
>200M
   0.02
0.01
%
%

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine    0-50M
50-180M
180-340M
340-685M
685-735M
>735M
   0.90
0.75
0.65
0.50
0.52
0.55
%
%
%
%
%
%

Small Company Value

   Peregrine    0-175M
>175M
   0.50
0.75
%
%

 

32


Table of Contents

Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

   Fees

 

Stable Income*

   Galliard    0-500M
500M-1.5B
>1.5B
   0.10
0.05
0.03
%
%
%

Strategic Value Bond*

   Galliard    0-500M
500M-1.5B
>1.5B
   0.10
0.05
0.03
%
%
%

Tactical Maturity Bond

   Peregrine    0-10M
10-25M
25-300M
>300M
   0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
%
%
%
%

* Assets of the Managed Fixed Income Portfolio, Stable Income Portfolio and Strategic Value Bond Portfolio are combined for purposes of determining the appropriate sub-advisory fee payable to Galliard for such Portfolios, and the breakpoints set forth above are based on the combined assets of such Portfolios.

 

For providing investment sub-advisory services, including asset allocation services, to the Aggressive Allocation, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced, and Moderate Balanced Funds, Wells Capital Management also is entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.05% of the average daily net assets of each of these Funds.

 

Unaffiliated Sub-Adviser. Prior to April 2002, BGFA served as the sub-adviser for the Asset Allocation Fund. For the period indicated below, Funds Management/Wells Fargo Bank paid to BGFA, an unaffiliated sub-adviser, the following sub-advisory fees, without waivers:

 

Fund


  

Period ended

4/14/02


Asset Allocation

   $ 1,064,606

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of December 31, 2004 for the Funds Management portfolio managers and as of September 30, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds managed by the Wells Capital Management portfolio managers. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows:

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Portfolio Managers


Aggressive Allocation Fund

Conservative Allocation Fund

Growth Balanced Fund

Moderate Balanced Fund

   Funds Management   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Andrew Owen, CFA

   Wells Capital Management   

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

Jeffrey P. Mellas

Asset Allocation Fund

   Wells Capital Management   

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

Jeffrey P. Mellas

Balanced Fund

   Wells Capital Management   

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

W. Frank Koster

David L. Roberts, CFA

 

33


Table of Contents

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Manager*


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


Funds Management

                                   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    4    $ 1.9M

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 10K

Andrew Owen, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 60K

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

   9    $ 1.97B    1    $ 172M    12    $ 3B

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

   4    $ 1.95B    2    $ 308M    24    $ 19.3M

Jeffrey P. Mellas

   9    $ 1.97B    1    $ 172M    13    $ 3B

W. Frank Koster

   2    $ 1.41B    0    $ 0    30    $ 1.4B

David L. Roberts, CFA

   4    $ 1.95B    2    $ 308M    26    $ 610M

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts:

 

Portfolio Manager*


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


Funds Management

                                   

Andrew Owen, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Christian Chan, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Thomas Biwer, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    2    $ 203K

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Jeffrey P. Mellas

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    2    $ 203K

W. Frank Koster

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

David L. Roberts, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

34


Table of Contents

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, Funds Management and Wells Capital Management has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, Funds Management and Wells Capital Management minimize inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, Funds Management and Wells Capital Management have each adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

Funds Management. In the case of Funds Management, the Portfolio Managers allocate interests in mutual funds between different funds. Because of the nature of their management, they have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts compared to registered investment companies such as the Equity Income and Index Funds. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, like other investment advisers, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

Funds Management Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using a fixed cash salary, an annual bonus based in part on pre-tax performance of the mutual funds managed, as well as a pension and retirement plan. Funds Management measures fund performance against a Lipper peer group average composite benchmark over a three-year rolling period. Bonus allocations vary depending to some extent on fund performance and on discretionary subjective criteria.

 

Wells Capital Management Compensation. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Manager


 

Benchmark


Galen G. Blomster, CFA

  Tactical Equity Allocation Composite Benchmark*

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

 

Russell 1000 Value Index

Lipper Equity Income Funds Average

Jeffrey P. Mellas

  Tactical Equity Allocation Composite Benchmark*

W. Frank Koster

  Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

David L. Roberts, CFA

 

Russell 1000 Value Index

Lipper Equity Income Funds Average


* The Tactical Equity Allocation Composite Benchmark (“TEA”)is an internal benchmark consisting of 24.5% large cap value, 24.5% large cap growth, 21% small cap, and 30% international equities. This represents the neutral allocation of the portfolio. Each of these allocations is invested in a variety of actively managed funds, both by Wells Fargo Capital Management and external managers. Wells Capital Management then compares the performance of this neutral benchmark against the performance achieved in the actual portfolio, which has different sector weightings as a result of the TEA model (e.g. more international equities, less large cap growth). Then, by comparing the shifted results vs. the “unshifted” neutral benchmark, the value added by TEA is determined.

 

35


Table of Contents

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

 

Portfolio Manager


   Aggressive
Allocation
Fund


   Asset
Allocation
Fund


   Balanced
Fund


   Conservative
Allocation
Fund


   Growth
Balanced
Fund


   Moderate
Balanced
Fund


Funds Management

                             

Andrew Owen, CFA

   0          0    0    0

Christian Chan, CFA

   0          0    0    0

Thomas Biwer, CFA

   0          0    0    0

Wells Capital Management

                             

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

   0    0       0    0    0

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

         0         

Jeffrey P. Mellas

   0    0       0    0    0

W. Frank Koster

         0         

David L. Roberts, CFA

         0         

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

36


Table of Contents

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Class


   Fee

 
   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Class A, Class B and Class C Shares

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Investor Class Shares

   N/A     0-4.99B
5B-9.99B
> 9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

 

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds listed below paid the following administrative fees to Funds Management:

 

Fund


   Year Ended
9/30/04
Funds Mgmt


   Year Ended
9/30/03
Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended

9/30/02

Funds Mgmt


Aggressive Allocation (Fund Level)

   $ 79,529    $ 231,162    $ 135,862

Administrator Class

   $ 318,114      *      *

Asset Allocation (Fund Level)

   $ 587,080    $ 4,352,654    $ 2,176,497

Class A

   $ 2,438,967      *      *

Class B

   $ 703,215      *      *

Class C

   $ 81,192      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 45,912      *      *

Conservative Allocation (Fund Level)

   $ 197,102    $ 780,813    $ 455,857

Administrator Class

   $ 788,408      *      *

Growth Balanced (Fund Level)

   $ 908,313    $ 3,414,310    $ 2,063,900

Class A

   $ 148,461      *      *

Class B

   $ 254,366      *      *

Class C

   $ 75,014      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 3,291,938      *      *

Moderate Balanced (Fund Level)

   $ 272,892    $ 1,201,095    $ 793,190

Class A

   $ 2,471      *      *

Class B

   $ 1,979      *      *

Class C

   $ 773      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 1,087,838      *      *

* For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based rate to a combination of a fixed class-based rate and a Fund-based rate that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former Strong Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Balanced Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investor Services, Inc. (“SIS”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolio of the Balanced Fund and was entitled to receive a fee from the predecessor portfolio at the annual rate of 0.30% of the predecessor portfolio’s average daily net assets attributable to

 

37


Table of Contents

its Investor Class shares. For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolio paid the following administrative fees:

 

     Year Ended
12/31/04
SIS


   Year Ended
12/31/03
SIS


  

Year Ended

12/31/02

SIS


Balanced

                    

Investor Class

   $ 499,715    $ 650,632    $ 746,308

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds, except the Balanced Fund.

 

The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for such shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds paid Stephens and will pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Funds and classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The table below shows the distribution-related expenses paid to Stephens by the following Funds for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &,
Mailing


   Compensation to
Underwriters


  

Comp.

to

Br/Dlrs


   Other*

Asset Allocation

                                         

Class B

   $ 1,883,610    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 1,883,610

Class C

   $ 217,478    $ 0    $ 0    $ 61,410    $ 158,068    $ 0

Growth Balanced

                                         

Class B

   $ 681,338    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 681,338

Class C

   $ 200,928    $ 0    $ 0    $ 97,800    $ 103,128    $ 0

Moderate Balanced

                                         

Class B

   $ 5,302    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 5,302

Class C

   $ 2,070    $ 0    $ 0    $ 1,425    $ 645    $ 0

* The Distributor has entered, and Stephens previously entered, into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens previously, assigned certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Distribution Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

38


Table of Contents

Former Strong Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Balanced Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investments, Inc. (“SII”) served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. Investor Class shares of the predecessor portfolio paid up to 0.25% per year of each class’ average daily net assets to SII or others. The table below shows the distribution fees paid by the predecessor portfolio of the Balanced Fund to SII for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

 

Fund


   Gross 12b-1
Fees


   Absorptions

  

Compensation
to Unaffiliated

Broker-Dealers


   12b-1 Fees
Retained by
the Distributor


   Remaining 12b-1
Fees Used to Pay
For 1) Advertising
and 2) Printing
and Mailing of
Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders


Balanced Fund

                                  

Investor Class

   $ 520,856    $ 35,126    $ 87,652    $ 3,026    $ 640,608
           

  

  

  

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such disinterested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the adviser, the Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

39


Table of Contents

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request.

 

For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund, of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Administrator Class, and Investor Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at Norwest Center, 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as the custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund, and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund, except for the gateway blended Funds. The gateway blended Funds are not charged a custody fee at the gateway level provided that they invest in the master portfolios of Master Trust.

 

40


Table of Contents

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex

Daily Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund (gateway or stand-alone) and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent.

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions.

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds (except the Balanced Fund) on a continuous basis. For the Funds’ (except the Balanced Fund’s) past three fiscal years, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens and the amounts retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

Year Ended 9/30/04

  Year Ended 9/30/03

  Year Ended 9/30/02

Paid

  Retained

  Paid

  Retained

  Paid

  Retained

$1,025,521   $ 200,505   $ 532,935   $ 105,628   $ 2,112,646   $ 323,301

 

Prior to April 11, 2005, SII served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolio of the Balanced Fund. The amount retained by SII from the predecessor portfolio of this Fund is disclosed under “Distribution Fees” above.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to

 

41


Table of Contents

certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Fund is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

The International Core, International Growth, International Index and International Value Portfolios use an independent service provider to review U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets and assist with the decision whether to substitute fair values for foreign security market prices. This service provider applies a multi-factor methodology, which uses factors such as ADRs, sector indices and futures, to each foreign portfolio security as part of this process.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Future contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

42


Table of Contents

For the Funds that invest directly in foreign securities, portfolio securities are generally valued on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded. However, if, in the judgment of the Board, a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or the market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign exchange or market), that security may be valued by another method that the Board believes accurately reflects fair value. A security’s valuation may differ depending on the method used to determine its value.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier then their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Funds. For further information about this form of payment please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. Each Fund may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Fund’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, each Fund may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund.

 

43


Table of Contents

The dealer reallowance for Class A shares is as follows:

 

AMOUNT OF PURCHASE


  

FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %

OF PUBLIC

OFFERING PRICE


   

FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %

OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED


    DEALER
REALLOWANCE
AS % OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE


 

Less than $50,000

   5.75 %   6.10 %   5.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75 %   4.99 %   4.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75 %   3.90 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75 %   2.83 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All shareholders with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of classes of Funds that they already own, and redeem existing shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Internet account access is available for institutional clients. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

44


Table of Contents

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, a Fund’s Sub-Adviser is responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. While each Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated brokers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

Purchases and sales of non-equity securities usually will be principal transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to broker-dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each of the Funds also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and may purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, municipal obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing a Fund’s portfolio securities transactions will consist primarily of broker-dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available. The Fund may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Distributor or Funds Management is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provisions of a rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the Trustees.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, each Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are

 

45


Table of Contents

established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees each Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

Each Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. The Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, the Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by each Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of each Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a Sub -Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover also may result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

The portfolio turnover rate for the Balanced Fund varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rate was primarily due to market volatility.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal years indicated below, the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Fund


   Year Ended
9/30/04*


   Year Ended
9/30/03


   Year Ended
9/30/02


Asset Allocation

   $ 73,887    $ 39,025    $ 65,364

* The increase in brokerage commissions between the 2004 and 2003 fiscal years is due to an increase in shareholder activity.

 

Former Strong Fund. For the fiscal year ends listed below past fiscal years ended December 31, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Fund


   Year Ended
12/31/04*


   Year Ended
12/31/03


   Year Ended
12/31/02


Balanced Fund

   $ 457,192    $ 931,193    $ 810,785

* The significant decrease in brokerage commissions between the 2004 and 2003 fiscal years is due to reduced trading strategy implemented by the Portfolio Managers as well as decrease in Fund’s assets.

 

46


Table of Contents

For the past three fiscal years ended September 30, the gateway blended Funds’ Sub-Advisers did not direct brokerage transactions to a broker for research services.

 

Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. As of September 30, 2004, the following Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers as indicated in the amounts shown:

 

Fund


  

Broker-Dealer


   Amount

Asset Allocation

   Merrill Lynch & Company Incorporated    $ 2,957,992
     Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc.    $ 1,369,829
     Goldman Sachs & Co.    $ 2,869,368
     Morgan (J.P.) Securities, Inc.    $ 8,962,055
     Banc of America Securities, LLC    $ 11,161,461
     Citigroup Incorporated    $ 14,473,743
     Bear Stearns & Co., Inc.    $ 627,701
     Wachovia Corporation    $ 3,893,094
     Wells Fargo & Company    $ 6,376,713
     Morgan Stanley    $ 3,429,308

 

As of December 31, 2004, the predecessor portfolio of the Balanced Fund held securities of its regular broker-dealers as indicated in the amounts shown:

 

Fund


  

Broker-Dealer


   Amount

Balanced Fund

   Citigroup Global Markets Inc.    $ 1,121
     Goldman Sachs & Co.    $ 2,060
     J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.    $ 1,409
     Morgan Stanley    $ 1,451

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from the Funds in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any Plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, organizational expenses and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to the Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the Funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

47


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a RIC under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

48


Table of Contents

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a RIC and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a RIC in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As of September 30, 2004, the following Funds had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Aggressive Allocation Fund

   2011    $ 6,075,767

 

49


Table of Contents

Former Strong Fund. As of December 31, 2004, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund listed below had carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Balanced Fund

   2010    $ 17,848,948

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Investment through Master Portfolios. Some of the Funds seek to continue to qualify as regulated investment companies by investing their assets through one or more master portfolios. Each master portfolio will be treated as a non-publicly traded partnership (or, in the event that a Fund is the sole investor in the corresponding master portfolio, as disregarded from the Fund) for federal income tax purposes rather than as a RIC or a corporation under the Code. Under the rules applicable to a non-publicly traded partnership (or disregarded entity), a proportionate share of any interest, dividends, gains and losses of a master portfolio will be deemed to have been realized (i.e., “passed-through”) to its investors, including the corresponding Fund, regardless of whether any amounts are actually distributed by the master portfolio. Each investor in a master portfolio will be taxed on such share, as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the particular master portfolio, the Code and Treasury Regulations, in determining such investor’s federal income tax liability. Therefore, to the extent that a master portfolio were to accrue but not distribute any income or gains, the corresponding Fund would be deemed to have realized its proportionate share of such income or gains without receipt of any corresponding distribution. However, each of the master portfolios will seek to minimize recognition by its investors (such as a corresponding Fund) of income and gains without a corresponding distribution. Furthermore, each master portfolio’s assets, income and distributions will be managed in such a way that an investor in a master portfolio will be able to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company by investing its assets through the master portfolio.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash

 

50


Table of Contents

payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized

 

51


Table of Contents

by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such

 

52


Table of Contents

transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund

 

53


Table of Contents

shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Fund shares. If less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Fund will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met, including by individual Fund shareholders to qualify for the reduced rate of taxation. Only dividends from direct investments will qualify. Payments received by the Fund derived from securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the

 

54


Table of Contents

shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business

 

55


Table of Contents

or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

56


Table of Contents

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

57


Table of Contents

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each Fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each Fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the Fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B.

Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund

 

58


Table of Contents

portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are six of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s Funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s Funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

59


Table of Contents

With respect to matters affecting one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the class represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share of the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below, as of March 16, 2005, is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address  


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Aggressive Allocation Fund

                

Administrator Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO Aggressive Balanced Equity Fd (I) Distribution Option

Attn: Mutual Fund Operations

Po Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    84.26 %
    

American Express Trust Company

50534 AXP Financial Ctr.

Minneapolis MN 55474-0505

   Record    13.49 %

 

60


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Asset Allocation Fund

                

Class A

   N/A    N/A    N/A  

Class B

   N/A    N/A    N/A  

Class C

  

Asset Allocation Fund - C

MLPF&S For The Sole Benefit Of Its Customers

Attn Mutual Fund Administration

4800 Deer Lake Dr E Fl 3

Jacksonville FL 32246-6484

   Record    5.34 %

Administrator Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO Stagecoach Balanced Fd Cl I

Attn: Mutual Fund Ops

Po Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    95.17 %

Balanced Fund*

                

Investor Class

  

Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC

525 Market Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

   Record    100 %

Conservative Allocation Fund

                

Administrator Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO Strategic Income I

C/O Mutual Fund Processing

Po Box 1450 NW 8477

Minneapolis MN 55485-1450

   Record    72.69 %
    

American Express Trust Company

50534 AXP Financial Ctr.

Minneapolis MN 55474-0505

   Record    24.62 %

Growth Balanced Fund

                

Class A

  

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusively FBO The Customers

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    6.96 %
    

American Enterprise Investment Services

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.18 %

Class B

  

American Enterprise Investment Services

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.99 %

 

61


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Class C

  

American Enterprise Investment Services

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.66 %

Administrator Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA

FBO Growth Balanced Fund I

Attn: Mutual Fund Ops

Po Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    80.88 %
    

Bank of New York Customers

FBO Savings Plan for Employees and Partners of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

1 Wall St 12th Floor

New York NY 10286-0001

   Record    7.99 %

Moderate Balanced Fund

                

Class A

  

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    13.14 %

Class B

  

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    11.46 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    6.73 %

Class C

  

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.99 %
    

Roger J Bunkers TOD

Subject To BFDS TOD Rules

504 4th St

Fulda MN 56131-9697

   Record    5.47 %

Administrator Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA

FBO Moderate Balanced I

Attn: Mutual Fund Ops

Po Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    96.96 %

* The Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005 and Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC owned all of the shares of the Fund prior to that date.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

62


Table of Contents

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The audited financial statements for the Aggressive Allocation, Asset Allocation, Conservative Allocation, Growth Balanced and Moderate Balanced Funds for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report. The audited financial statements for the predecessor Balanced Fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 was audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor Fund and are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor Fund’s Annual Report.

 

 

63


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

 

The following is a description of the ratings given by S&P and Moody’s to corporate and municipal bonds and corporate and municipal commercial paper.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

S&P

 

S&P rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “AAA” to “D,” according to quality, as described below. The first four ratings denote investment-grade securities.

 

AAA - This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in a small degree.

 

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for those in higher-rated categories.

 

BB - Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

B - Debt rated B has greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

 

CCC - Debt CCC is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely interest and principal payments. Plus (+) or minus(-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

CC - Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated CC is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated C is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC-. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. Debt rated C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

D - Debt rated D is currently in default, where payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Moody’s

 

Moody’s rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “Aaa” to “C,” according to quality, as described below. The first four denote investment-grade securities.

 

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk, and interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, such bonds comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered upper to medium investment-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered medium-grade (and still investment-grade) obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not as well safeguarded during both good times and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca - Bonds rated Ca are speculative in a high degree. Such bonds are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds. Such bonds can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers (1, 2 and 3) to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds, those bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal, respectively.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (including Commercial Paper)

 

S&P:

 

A-1 - Debt rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 - Debt rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 - Debt rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B - Debt rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Moody’s:

 

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.

 

Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations, but earnings trends, while sound, will be subject to more variation.

 

Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 have acceptable credit quality and an adequate capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

Not Prime: Issuers rated Not Prime have questionable to poor credit quality and an uncertain capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OUTLOOK TODAY FUNDSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OUTLOOK 2010 FUNDSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OUTLOOK 2020 FUNDSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OUTLOOK 2030 FUNDSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OUTLOOK 2040 FUNDSM

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Administrator Class and Institutional Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about five funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo AdvantageOutlook Today, Outlook 2010, Outlook 2020, Outlook 2030 and Outlook 2040 Funds. Each Fund is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below.. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class and the Institutional Class was named the Select Class.

 

Funds


   A, B and/or C

   Administrator

   Institutional

Outlook Today Fund

   •      •      •  

Outlook 2010 Fund

   •      •      •  

Outlook 2020 Fund

   •      •      •  

Outlook 2030 Fund

   •      •      •  

Outlook 2040 Fund

   •      •      •  

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (“Prospectuses”) dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended February 28, 2004, and the unaudited financial statements for the Funds’ semi-annual period ended August 31, 2004 are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report, respectively. The Prospectuses, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, calling 1-800-222-8222 or by writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION    1
ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS    4
MANAGEMENT    22
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE    37
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION    37
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS    39
FUND EXPENSES    43
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES    43
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES    52
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS    53
CAPITAL STOCK    55
OTHER    61
COUNSEL    62
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM    62
FINANCIAL INFORMATION    62
APPENDIX    A-1


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

The Funds described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds, advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) and the Norwest Advantage family of funds, advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex following the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Stagecoach Trust and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of the predecessor Stagecoach Trust portfolios to the Funds (the “Reorganization”). Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

Effective May 1, 2001, the name of each Fund was changed as follows:

 

Prior Name


   Name Effective May 1, 2001

LifePath Opportunity Fund    Outlook Today Fund
LifePath 2010 Fund    Outlook 2010 Fund
LifePath 2020 Fund    Outlook 2020 Fund
LifePath 2030 Fund    Outlook 2030 Fund
LifePath 2040 Fund    Outlook 2040 Fund

 

Effective June 23, 2001, each Fund withdrew its investment from its respective Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”)-advised master portfolio, and converted into a stand-alone Fund investing directly in a portfolio of securities. At that time, BGFA became the direct investment adviser to each stand-alone Fund pursuant to an interim advisory agreement, and was entitled to receive fees at the same annual rates as were applicable under the advisory contract with each BGFA-advised Master Portfolio. At the special meetings of shareholders held on October 19, 2001, shareholders approved new investment advisory and sub-advisory arrangements, with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”) as adviser and BGFA as sub-adviser.

 

The Outlook Today, Outlook 2010, Outlook 2020, Outlook 2030 and Outlook 2040 Funds commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successors to the LifePath Funds of Stagecoach Trust. The predecessor Stagecoach Trust LifePath Funds offered Class A, Class B, and Class C shares. The Class B shares of the LifePath Opportunity Fund commenced operations on August 1, 1998, and the Class C shares of the LifePath 2040 Fund commenced operations on July 1, 1998. The Class B shares of all other LifePath Funds commenced operations on March 1, 1997. The Class C shares of all other LifePath Funds commenced operations on December 1, 1998. The Administrator Class shares commenced operations on November 8, 1999 and the Institutional Class shares commenced operations on June 30, 2004. Prior to June 24, 1998, the LifePath Opportunity Fund of Stagecoach Trust was named the LifePath 2000 Fund.

 

Asset Allocation Strategy — Investment Models

 

The Funds seek to provide investors with an asset allocation strategy designed to maximize assets consistent with the quantitatively measured risk such investors, on average, may be willing to accept given their investment time horizons. The Funds invest in a wide range of U.S. and foreign equity and debt securities and money market instruments. Each Fund, except the Outlook Today Fund, is managed for investors planning to retire or to begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment approximately in the year stated in the title of the Fund in which they invest (e.g., investors in the Outlook 2010 Fund plan to retire, or begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment, in the year 2010). The Outlook Today Fund is managed for investors who are retired, or are planning to retire or will begin to withdraw substantial portions of their investment in the near future.

 

1


Table of Contents

To manage the Funds, BGFA employs a proprietary investment model (the “Model”) that analyzes extensive financial and economic data, including risk correlation and expected return statistics. The Model selects indices representing segments of the global equity and debt markets and the Funds invest to create market exposure by purchasing representative samples of the indices in an attempt to replicate their performance. The Model, which is continually refined and enhanced, evaluates the risk that investors, on average, may be willing to accept given their investment time horizons. The strategic component thus determines the changing investment risk level of each Outlook Fund as time passes. The Funds may invest in a wide range of U.S. and foreign investments and market sectors and may shift their allocations among investments and sectors from time to time.

 

The Model has broad latitude to allocate the Funds’ investments among a wide range of asset classes, including, among others, equity securities, debt securities and money market instruments. The Funds are not managed as balanced portfolios and are not required to maintain a portion of their investments in each of the permitted investment categories at all times. Until a Fund attains an asset level of approximately $100 to $150 million, the Model will allocate assets across fewer of the investment categories than it otherwise would. As a Fund approaches this minimum asset level, the Model will add investment categories, thereby approaching the desired investment mix over time. The portfolio of investments of each Fund is compared from time to time to the Model’s recommended allocation. Recommended reallocations are implemented subject to BGFA’s assessment of current economic conditions and investment opportunities. BGFA may change from time to time the criteria and methods it uses to implement the recommendations of the Model. Recommended reallocations are implemented in accordance with trading policies designed to take advantage of market opportunities and reduce transaction costs. The asset allocation mix selected by the Model is a primary determinant in the respective Fund’s investment performance. BGFA manages other portfolios that also invest in accordance with the Model. The performance of each of those other portfolios is likely to vary from the performance of the Funds. Such variation in performance is primarily due to different equilibrium asset-mix assumptions used for the various portfolios, timing differences in the implementation of the Model’s recommendations and differences in expenses and liquidity requirements. The overall management of each Fund is based on the recommendation of the Model, and no person is primarily responsible for recommending the mix of asset classes in each Fund or the mix of securities within the asset classes. Decisions relating to the Model are made by BGFA’s investment committee.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s: (i) investments in securities of other investment companies, (ii) investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or (iii) investments in repurchase agreements;

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

2


Table of Contents

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies which may be changed by the Board of the Trust at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) (i) for bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the

 

3


Table of Contents

CFTC and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various types of asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that represent an interest in an underlying security. The asset-backed securities in which the Funds invest may consist of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables (“CARS”) and credit card receivables (“CARDS”). Payments of principal and interest on these asset-backed securities may be “passed through” on a monthly or other periodic basis to certificate holders and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer loans or receivables by individuals, and the certificate holder frequently has no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or receivables. The actual maturity and realized yield will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment. Asset-backed securities may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other instruments. Also, the secondary market for certain asset-backed securities may not be as liquid as the market for other types of securities, which could result in a Fund experiencing difficulty in valuing or liquidating such securities. The Funds may also invest in securities backed by pools of mortgages. The investments are described under the heading “Mortgage-Related Securities.”

 

4


Table of Contents

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such securities issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on all amounts realized on the sale of such securities, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these securities and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits which may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating- or variable-interest rates.

 

Bonds

 

Certain of the debt instruments purchased by the Funds may be bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company or governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate bonds will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed rate bonds.

 

Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest

 

5


Table of Contents

or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities that provide current income and are issued by companies that have a strong earnings and credit record. The Funds may purchase convertible securities that are fixed-income debt securities or preferred stocks, and which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same issuer. Convertible securities, while usually subordinate to similar nonconvertible securities, are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure. Convertible securities offer flexibility by providing the investor with a steady income stream (which generally yield a lower amount than similar nonconvertible securities and a higher amount than common stocks) as well as the opportunity to take advantage of increases in the price of the issuer’s common stock through the conversion feature. Fluctuations in the convertible security’s price can reflect changes in the market value of the common stock or changes in market interest rates. At most, 5% of each Fund’s net assets will be invested, at the time of purchase, in convertible securities that are not rated in the four highest rating categories by one or more NRSROs, such as Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”), or unrated but determined by the adviser to be of comparable quality.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the

 

6


Table of Contents

derivative security itself. In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

The Funds may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein the Fund sells fixed income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but the Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities from a Fund under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. The Funds will engage in dollar roll transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities for its portfolio and not for investment leverage.

 

Fixed-Income Securities

 

Investors should be aware that even though interest-bearing securities are investments which promise a stable stream of income, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price fluctuations. Long-term securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of fixed-income securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities. Once the rating of a portfolio security has been changed to a rating below investment grade, the particular Fund considers all circumstances deemed relevant in determining whether to continue to hold the

 

7


Table of Contents

security. Certain securities that may be purchased by the Fund, such as those rated “Baa” by Moody’s and “BBB” by S&P and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) may be subject to such risk with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated fixed-income securities. Securities which are rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered medium-grade obligations; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured, and are considered by Moody’s to have speculative characteristics. Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and, while such debt securities ordinarily exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for securities in this category than in higher rated categories. Securities rated “BBB” by Fitch are considered investment grade and of satisfactory credit quality; however, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. If a security held by a Fund is downgraded to a rating below investment grade, such Fund may continue to hold the security until such time as the adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Fund to sell the security.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations, such as demand notes, and bonds and certificates of participation in such obligations. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. No Fund will invest more than 15% of the value of its net assets in floating- or variable-rate demand obligations whose demand feature is not exercisable within seven days. Such obligations may be treated as liquid, if an active secondary market exists. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate risk and credit risk.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

The Funds may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Fund’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

The Funds invest in securities of foreign issuers through American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) of such issuers. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a United States bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. GDRs are

 

8


Table of Contents

receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), are receipts issued in Europe typically by non-United States banks and trust companies that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in the United States securities markets and EDRs and CDRs in bearer form are designed for use in Europe. Each Fund may invest in ADRs, EDRs, CDRs and GDRs through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities.

 

The Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governments, their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, securities of issuers located in those countries.

 

Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which a Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes that could reduce the return on these securities. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Fund would otherwise be subject.

 

The Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions. The Funds may enter into foreign currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”) to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates. A forward contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts are entered into the interbank market conducted between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Foreign currency exchange contracts may be bought or sold to protect the Funds against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar, or between foreign currencies. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

9


Table of Contents

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transaction normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

The Funds will establish a segregated account in which they will maintain cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. The Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations

 

10


Table of Contents

promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin”, to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund

 

11


Table of Contents

maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Fund’s Custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular

 

12


Table of Contents

security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Interest-Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest-Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest-rate futures contracts and options on interest-rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest-rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest-rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest-Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest-rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest-rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of its commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities. Interest-rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of a specified interest rate. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. The Funds will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with a Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. The risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

13


Table of Contents

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Fund or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale. Because such securities may be less liquid than other investments, they may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board of Trustees of the Trust to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a State, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objective, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Money Market Instruments

 

The Funds may invest in the following types of high-quality money market instruments that have remaining maturities not exceeding one year: (i) U.S. Government obligations; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (iii) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s or “A-1” or “A-1—” by S&P, or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; and (iv) repurchase agreements. The Funds also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks

 

14


Table of Contents

(including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets; and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

The Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities (also known as mortgage pass-through securities), which represent interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage-related securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities created by private issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers. Collateralized mortgage obligations, adjustable rate mortgages and mortgage participation certificates are the primary types of mortgage-related securities utilized by the Fund.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). The Fund may invest in investment-grade CMOs. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). CMOs are structured into multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity. Payments of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. A longer duration or greater sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations generally increases the risk level of the CMO.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”). The Fund may invest in ARMs issued or guaranteed by a government agency such as the GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, or by a private issuer. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on GNMA ARMs is guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FNMA also guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while-e FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. FNMA and FHLMC ARMs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. However, because FNMA and FHLMC are government-sponsored enterprises, these securities are generally considered to be high-quality investments that present minimal credit risks. The mortgages underlying ARMs guaranteed by GNMA are typically insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration or the Farmers Home Administration, whereas those underlying ARMs issued by FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages which are not so insured or guaranteed, but which conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. The yields provided by ARMs issued by a government agency have historically exceeded the yields on other types of U.S. Government securities with comparable maturities, although there can be no assurance that this historical performance will continue.

 

The Fund may also invest in ARMs offered by private issuers. These securities generally offer a higher rate of interest, but also involve greater credit and interest rate risk than U.S. Government agency issued ARMs because they offer no direct or indirect governmental guarantees. However, many private issuers or servicers of ARMs guarantee or provide insurance for timely payment of interest and principal.

 

Mortgage Participation Certificates. The Fund also may invest in mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”), both issued by the FHLMC. PCs resemble GNMA certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool of mortgages. GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in

 

15


Table of Contents

a pool of mortgages. These instruments, however, pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. Mortgage participation certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back by the borrower over the length of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity.

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of mortgage-related securities.

 

Prepayment and Extension Risk. The stated maturities of mortgage-related securities may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgages, or extended in rising interest rate environments. Therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the average maturity of a particular mortgage-related security. Variations in the maturities of mortgage-related securities will affect the yield of the Fund. Rates of repayment of principal on mortgage-related securities that are higher or lower than expected may also expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, in the event of prepayment, the value of the premium would be lost. Like other fixed-income securities, when interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates decline, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed-income securities.

 

Interest Rate Risk. The interest rates on the underlying mortgages of mortgage-related securities generally are readjusted at periodic intervals ranging from one year or less to several years in response to changes in a predetermined, commonly recognized interest rate index. The adjustable rate feature should reduce, but will not eliminate, price fluctuations in such securities, particularly when market interest rates fluctuate. The NAV of the Fund’s shares may fluctuate to the extent interest rates on underlying mortgages differ from prevailing market interest rates during periods between interest rate reset dates. Accordingly, investors could experience some loss if they redeem their shares of the Fund or if the Fund sells these portfolio securities before the interest rates on the underlying mortgages are adjusted to reflect prevailing market interest rates.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

The Funds may invest in municipal bonds. The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” and “revenue” bonds. Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Industrial development bonds are a specific type of revenue bond backed by the credit and security of a private user. Certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately-operated facilities.

 

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal obligations. For example, under federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in an investor’s alternative minimum taxable income, and corporate investors must treat all tax-exempt interest as an item of tax preference. Moreover, the Fund cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the state legislature regarding the state income tax status of interest on such obligations, or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, while pending or if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of municipal obligations generally for investment by the Fund and the liquidity and value of a Fund’s investment portfolio. In such an event, the Fund would reevaluate its investment objective and policies and consider possible changes in its structure or possible dissolution.

 

Certain of the municipal obligations held by the Fund may be insured as to the timely payment of principal and interest. The insurance policies usually are obtained by the issuer of the municipal obligation at the time of its original issuance. In the event that the issuer defaults on interest or principal payment, the insurer will be notified and will be required to make payment to the bondholders. There is, however, no guarantee that the insurer will meet its obligations. In addition, such insurance does not protect against market fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and other factors.

 

16


Table of Contents

Municipal Notes. The Fund may invest in municipal notes. Municipal notes include, but are not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“TANs”), bond anticipation notes (“BANs”), revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and construction loan notes. Notes sold as interim financing in anticipation of collection of taxes, a bond sale or receipt of other revenues are usually general obligations of the issuer.

 

TANs. An uncertainty in a municipal issuer’s capacity to raise taxes as a result of such events as a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs. Furthermore, some municipal issuers mix various tax proceeds into a general fund that is used to meet obligations other than those of the outstanding TANs. Use of such a general fund to meet various obligations could affect the likelihood of making payments on TANs.

 

BANs. The ability of a municipal issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s adequate access to the longer term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal of, and interest on, BANs.

 

RANs. A decline in the receipt of certain revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal of, and interest on, RANs.

 

The values of outstanding municipal securities will vary as a result of changing market evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet the interest and principal payments (i.e., credit risk). Such values also will change in response to changes in the interest rates payable on new issues of municipal securities (i.e., market risk).

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, generally up to the limits prescribed by Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund’s investment in such securities currently is generally limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of such Fund’s net assets with respect to any one investment company and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

Participation Interests

 

Each Fund may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Fund may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Pass-Through Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in pass-through obligations that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government (such as those issued by the GNMA) or those that are guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or government-sponsored enterprise (such as FNMA or FHLMC) or bonds collateralized by any of the foregoing.

 

17


Table of Contents

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in their evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from the Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, the Funds’ disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

The Funds may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days, restricted securities and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Board and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Funds may decline below the price at which the Funds are obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

18


Table of Contents

The value of securities of any issuer in which a fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security” as such term is defined under the1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Short-Term Corporate Debt Instruments

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes), which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding

 

19


Table of Contents

nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes.

 

The Funds also may invest in nonconvertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with no more than one year remaining to maturity at the date of settlement. The Funds will invest only in such corporate bonds and debentures that are rated at the time of purchase at least “Aa” by Moody’s or “AA” by S&P.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Fund that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Fund of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carries greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Fund may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Fund and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Fund may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

20


Table of Contents

Unrated Investments

 

The Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by such Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by such Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, each Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectuses and in this SAI. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P are more fully described in the attached Appendix.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government Obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and GNMA certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with FNMA notes). In the latter case, investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government Obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Funds each may invest in warrants (other than those that have been acquired in units or attached to other securities). Warrants represent rights to purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The price of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying securities.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

The Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no periodic interest payments, but are instead sold at discounts from face value. The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest, they are more sensitive to interest-rate changes and are therefore more volatile. When interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security deepens and the securities decrease more rapidly in value; conversely, when interest rates fall, zero coupon securities rise more rapidly in value as the discount to face value narrows.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations (“NRSROs”)

 

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality, and debt securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase by the Funds, an issue of debt securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Funds. The adviser will consider such an event in determining whether the Fund involved should continue to hold the obligation. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P are more fully described in the Appendix.

 

21


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/

Length of Service1


 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Thomas S. Goho, 62    Trustee,
since 1987
  Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A
Peter G. Gordon, 62    Trustee,
since 1998;
(Chairman, since
2001).
  Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A
Richard M. Leach, 71    Trustee,
since 1987
  Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A
Timothy J. Penny, 53    Trustee,
since 1996
  Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A
Donald C. Willeke, 64    Trustee,
since 1996
  Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE
J. Tucker Morse, 60    Trustee,
since 1987
  Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A

 

22


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


OFFICERS
Karla M. Rabusch, 45    President,
since 2003
   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A
Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36    Treasurer,
since 2003
   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A
C. David Messman, 44    Secretary,
since 2000
   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

23


Table of Contents

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2005, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended February 28, 2005

 

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 97,500

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 110,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 97,500

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 97,500

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 97,500
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 90,833

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 90,833

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

24


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds

   Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities of
Fund Complex*


     Outlook
Today


   Outlook
2010


   Outlook
2020


   Outlook
2030


   Outlook
2040


  
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES                              

Thomas S. Goho

   B    B    0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    0    0    0    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    0    0    D
INTERESTED TRUSTEE                              

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    0    0    D

* Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-adviser (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the Board reviewed a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

The Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the performance and expenses of the Funds and was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. In addition to the performance information for each Fund, the Board reviewed the performance information for a “Peer Group,” a group of funds that was similar to the specific Fund, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad-based index. The Board also reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements);

 

25


Table of Contents

and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-adviser. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the advisers compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to the sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered the sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with the sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which the sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed the sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which the sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was the sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed the sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the advisers; (ii) the scope of each adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

26


Table of Contents

Investment Adviser

 

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds. Prior to August 1, 2004, Funds Management was entitled to receive as compensation for its advisory services a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.70% of each Fund’s average daily net assets. Effective August 1, 2004, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Fund


   Fee

 

Outlook Today Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.65
0.60
0.55
0.525
0.50
%
%
%
%
%

Outlook 2010 Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.65
0.60
0.55
0.525
0.50
%
%
%
%
%

Outlook 2020 Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.65
0.60
0.55
0.525
0.50
%
%
%
%
%

Outlook 2030 Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.65
0.60
0.55
0.525
0.50
%
%
%
%
%

Outlook 2040 Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.65
0.60
0.55
0.525
0.50
%
%
%
%
%

 

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived or reimbursed the indicated fees:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

2/29/04


  

Year Ended

2/28/03


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Outlook Today Fund

   $ 472,881    $ 83,893    $ 253,741    $ 243,930

Outlook 2010 Fund

   $ 1,104,629    $ 115,451    $ 857,441    $ 277,545

Outlook 2020 Fund

   $ 1,755,631    $ 138,391    $ 1,487,175    $ 305,148

Outlook 2030 Fund

   $ 1,021,636    $ 108,409    $ 680,214    $ 332,187

Outlook 2040 Fund

   $ 1,337,570    $ 169,251    $ 1,075,896    $ 532,939

 

27


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Funds Mgmt.

(10/19/01 - 2/28/02)


  

BGFA

(6/23/01 –10/18/01)


     Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived/Reimbursed


   Fees Paid

Outlook Today Fund

   $ 80,575    $ 108,242    $ 126,964

Outlook 2010 Fund

   $ 254,304    $ 185,619    $ 302,610

Outlook 2020 Fund

   $ 460,780    $ 248,391    $ 489,667

Outlook 2030 Fund

   $ 216,263    $ 206,519    $ 302,918

Outlook 2040 Fund

   $ 417,703    $ 311,781    $ 529,666

 

Prior to June 23, 2001, the Funds were master-feeder funds that invested substantially all of their assets in corresponding master portfolios advised by BGFA with substantially similar investment objectives and strategies. For that period, BGFA was entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Fund


   Fee

Outlook Today Fund

   100M
100 – 200M
>200M
   0.25%
0.20%
0.15%

Outlook 2010 Fund

   100M
100 – 200M
>200M
   0.25%
0.20%
0.15%

Outlook 2020 Fund

   100M
100 – 200M
>200M
   0.25%
0.20%
0.15%

Outlook 2030 Fund

   100M
100 – 200M
>200M
   0.25%
0.20%
0.15%

Outlook 2040 Fund

   100M
100 – 200M
>200M
   0.25%
0.20%
0.15%

 

Accordingly, the information below shows the pro-rata portion of the advisory fees paid by the previous corresponding master portfolio to BGFA that was borne by each Fund, without waivers:

 

Master Portfolio


   Period From
3/01/01-6/22/01


LifePath Income Master Portfolio

   $ 118,096

LifePath 2010 Master Portfolio

   $ 292,440

LifePath 2020 Master Portfolio

   $ 475,252

LifePath 2030 Master Portfolio

   $ 317,899

LifePath 2040 Master Portfolio

   $ 564,170

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Adviser

 

BGFA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI” or the “Sub-Adviser”), and an indirect subsidiary of Barclays Bank, PLC, is the sub-adviser for each of the Funds. BGFA makes recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets pursuant

 

28


Table of Contents

$to an asset allocation model, furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds, and furnishes such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Trustees and Officers may reasonably request. As compensation for its sub-advisory services, BGFA is entitled to receive monthly fees at the annual rate of 0.25% on the first $100 million, 0.20% on the next $100 million, and 0.15% on all amounts in excess of $200 million.

 

Unaffiliated Sub-Adviser. For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the Funds paid to BGFA, an unaffiliated sub-adviser, the following sub-advisory fees:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

2/29/04


  

Year Ended

2/28/03


   Period From 10/19/01 –
2/28/02


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Outlook Today Fund

   $ 199,294    $ 0    $ 177,739    $ 0    $ 76,996    $ 0

Outlook 2010 Fund

   $ 399,501    $ 0    $ 374,282    $ 0    $ 163,360    $ 0

Outlook 2020 Fund

   $ 557,128    $ 0    $ 534,069    $ 0    $ 233,873    $ 0

Outlook 2030 Fund

   $ 373,710    $ 0    $ 340,097    $ 0    $ 155,937    $ 0

Outlook 2040 Fund

   $ 473,246    $ 0    $ 494,355    $ 0    $ 237,073    $ 0

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of December 31, 2004 for the portfolio managers. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows.

 

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Portfolio Managers

Outlook Today Fund

Outlook 2010 Fund

Outlook 2020 Fund

Outlook 2030 Fund

Outlook 2040 Fund

   BGFA    David Burkart, CFA
Mariana Egan, CFA

 

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Manager*


   Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number of
Accounts


   Total
Asset
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Asset
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Asset
Managed


BGFA

                                   

David Burkart, CFA

   10    $ 3.2B    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Mariana Egan, CFA

   10    $ 3.2B    3    $ 9.3B    11    $ 1.5B

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

None of the above accounts that are managed by the Portfolio Managers pay an advisory fee based on performance of such account.

 

29


Table of Contents

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, the Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, the Sub-Adviser minimizes inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, the Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

BGFA. Certain of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seek to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities that compose those indexes or sampling the securities that compose those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Certain of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management are composed of securities the identity and amount of which are selected by a computer model that is based on prescribed, objective criteria using independent third-party data to transform independently maintained indexes. The Portfolio Managers are required to manage each portfolio or account to meet those objectives. Pursuant to BGI and BGFA policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply on the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than they would have if the Portfolio Managers and BGFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

 

Like the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BGFA or BGI, as applicable, for its advisory services. None of the above accounts that are managed by the Portfolio Managers pay BGI an incentive-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with an incentive-based fee would pay BGI a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BGI more for its services than would otherwise be the case if

 

30


Table of Contents

BGI meets or exceeds specified performance targets. By their very nature, incentive-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BGI to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BGI has an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intends to do so, interestholders of the Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook Today Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2010 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2020 Fund, Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2030 Fund and Wells Fargo Advantage Outlook 2040 Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including incentive-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict-of-interest, that may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with incentive-based fee arrangements.

 

Compensation. The Funds’ portfolio managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

BGFA Compensation. Each Portfolio Manager receives a salary and is eligible to receive an annual bonus. Each Portfolio Manager’s salary is a fixed amount generally determined annually based on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the Portfolio Manager’s title, scope of responsibilities, experience and knowledge. Each Portfolio Manager’s bonus is a discretionary amount determined annually based on the overall profitability of the various BGI companies worldwide, the performance of the Portfolio Manager’s business unit, and an assessment of the Portfolio Manager’s individual performance. The Portfolio Manager’s salary and annual bonus are paid in cash. In addition, a Portfolio Manager may be paid a signing bonus or other amounts in connection with initiation of employment with BGFA. If a Portfolio Manager satisfied the requirements for being part of a “select group of management or highly compensated employees (within the meaning of ERISA section 401(a))” as so specified under the terms of BGI’s Compensation Deferral Plan, the Portfolio Manager may elect to defer a portion of his or her bonus under that Plan.

 

Portfolio Managers may be selected, on a fully discretionary basis, for awards under BGI’s Compensation Enhancement Plan (“CEP”). Under CEP, these awards are determined annually, and vest after two years. At the option of the CEP administrators, the award may be “notionally invested” in funds managed by BGI, which means that the final award amount may be increased or decreased according to the performance of the BGI-managed funds over the two-year period. If the award is not notionally invested, the original award amount is paid once vested.

 

A Portfolio Manager may be granted options to purchase shares in Barclays Global Investors UK Holdings Limited (“BGI UK Holdings”), a company organized under the laws of England and Wales that directly or indirectly owns all of the BGI companies worldwide, which options vest in three equal installments over three years and are generally exercisable during prescribed exercise windows. Shares purchased must generally be held 355 days prior to sale. For such purposes, the value of BGI UK Holdings is based on its fair value as determined by an independent public accounting firm.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

31


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

 

Portfolio Manager


   Outlook
Today Fund


   Outlook
2010 Fund


   Outlook
2020 Fund


   Outlook
2030 Fund


   Outlook
2040 Fund


BGFA

                        

David Burkart, CFA

   0    0    0    0    0

Mariana Egan, CFA

   0    0    0    0    0

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Class


   Fee

 
     Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Class A, Class B, and Class C Shares

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares

   0.15 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

 

32


Table of Contents

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the Funds paid Funds Management the following administrative fees:

 

Fund


   Year Ended
2/29/04


   Year Ended
2/28/03


   Year Ended
2/28/02


Outlook Today Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 39,769    $ 106,644    $ 0

Class A

   $ 102,341      *      *

Class B

   $ 59,837      *      *

Class C

   $ 30,688      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 21,317      *      *

Outlook 2010 Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 87,149    $ 243,211    $ 22,339

Class A

   $ 218,894      *      *

Class B

   $ 96,677      *      *

Class C

   $ 19,575      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 109,204      *      *

Outlook 2020 Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 135,287    $ 384,069    $ 105,882

Class A

   $ 350,885      *      *

Class B

   $ 90,277      *      *

Class C

   $ 18,907      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 212,529      *      *

Outlook 2030 Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 80,717    $ 216,943    $ 0

Class A

   $ 259,520      *      *

Class B

   $ 58,266      *      *

Class C

   $ 11,584      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 87,606      *      *

Outlook 2040 Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 107,630    $ 344,750    $ 0

Class A

   $ 374,803      *      *

Class B

   $ 124,528      *      *

Class C

   $ 12,085      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 65,223      *      *

* For the fiscal year ended February 29, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens, Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as Distributor for the Funds’ shares.

 

The Funds have adopted a distribution plan (“Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares pay The Distributor an annual fee of 0.75% paid monthly based on the average daily net assets attributable to the Fund, as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Funds and Classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into

 

33


Table of Contents

selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The Distributor has entered, and Stephens previously entered, into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens has assigned certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Distribution Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

For the fiscal year ended February 29, 2004, the Funds paid Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

Fund


   Total

   Printing &
Mailing


   Advertising

   Compensation
to
Underwriters


   Compensation
to Br/Dlrs.


  

Other

(B Shr. Fin.)


Outlook Today

                                     

Class B

   $ 160,277    N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 160,277

Class C

   $ 82,199    N/A    N/A    $ 41,726    $ 40,473      N/A

Outlook 2010

                                     

Class B

   $ 258,956    N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 258,956

Class C

   $ 52,433    N/A    N/A    $ 28,673    $ 23,760      N/A

Outlook 2020

                                     

Class B

   $ 241,812    N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 241,812

Class C

   $ 50,643    N/A    N/A    $ 31,354    $ 19,289      N/A

Outlook 2030

                                     

Class B

   $ 156,069    N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 156,069

Class C

   $ 31,030    N/A    N/A    $ 24,213    $ 6,817      N/A

Outlook 2040

                                     

Class B

   $ 333,557    N/A    N/A      N/A      N/A    $ 333,557

Class C

   $ 32,371    N/A    N/A    $ 12,161    $ 20,210      N/A

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan requires that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such disinterested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have indirect financial interests in the operation of the Plans. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that

 

34


Table of Contents

have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. These relationships and distribution channels are believed by the Board to provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Administrator, or Distributor in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request.

 

For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to a fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, and Administrator Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such Plan or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as Custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in

 

35


Table of Contents

the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily

Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor will serve as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Stephens previously served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. For the Funds’ past three fiscal years, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid and retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

Year Ended

2/29/04


  

Year Ended

2/28/03


  

Year Ended

2/28/02


Paid

  Retained

   Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

$ 505,439   $ 83,975    $ 211,677    $ 35,583    $ 403,876    $ 57,813

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be

 

36


Table of Contents

purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each class of the Funds is determined as of the close of regular trading at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. A Fund is required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if it is determined that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day the Funds are open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day,

 

37


Table of Contents

Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Funds. For further information about this form of payment please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and, under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by the SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust may suspend redemption rights or postpone redemption payments for such periods as are permitted under the 1940 Act. The Trust may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

The dealer reallowance for Class A shares is as follows:

 

AMOUNT

OF PURCHASE


  

FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %

OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE


   

FRONT-END SALES
CHARGE AS %

OF NET AMOUNT
INVESTED


    DEALER
REALLOWANCE
AS % OF PUBLIC
OFFERING PRICE


 

Less than $50,000

   5.75 %   6.10 %   5.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75 %   4.99 %   4.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75 %   3.90 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75 %   2.83 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of the original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All existing shareholders with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of the class of Funds that they already own, and redeem existing shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage

 

38


Table of Contents

Funds account. Redemption proceeds may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on redemptions of Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for each Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of

 

39


Table of Contents

transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction; the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealers including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated brokers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

Purchases and sales of non-equity securities usually will be principal transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to broker-dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each of the Funds also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and may purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, municipal obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing a Fund’s portfolio securities transactions will consist primarily of dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available. The Fund may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Distributor or Funds Management is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provisions of a rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the Board.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees the Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

The Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. The Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, the Sub-Adviser is

 

40


Table of Contents

able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which the Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds. BGFA does not engage in directed brokerage practices.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when the Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover also may increase a Fund’s obligations to make distributions. Portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when Funds Management deems portfolio changes appropriate.

 

The portfolio turnover rate for the Funds, except the Outlook Today Fund, varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rate was primarily due to the implementation of certain changes to the investment policies of the Funds’ as approved by the Board of Trustees.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the last three fiscal years, the Funds paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Fund


  

FYE

2/29/04*


  

FYE

2/28/03


  

Period from

(6/23/01-2/28/02)


Outlook Today

   $ 8,965.55    $ 14,546.79    $ 12,166.07

Outlook 2010

   $ 29,599.36    $ 63,464.45    $ 32,737.81

Outlook 2020

   $ 41,988.73    $ 81,710.69    $ 43,472.39

Outlook 2030

   $ 37,009.03    $ 48,840.86    $ 15,890.67

Outlook 2040

   $ 41,133.72    $ 85,069.14    $ 30,265.60

* The change in portfolio turnover rate led to the decrease in brokerage commissions for 2004.

 

For the period of March 1, 2001 through June 22, 2001, the following Master Portfolios in which the Funds invested prior to June 23, 2001, when the Funds became stand-alone funds, paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Master Portfolio


   3/01/01 – 6/22/01

LifePath Income

   $ 6,868.27

LifePath 2010

   $ 20,916.18

LifePath 2020

   $ 100,551.34

LifePath 2030

   $ 31,746.13

LifePath 2040

   $ 20,587.90

 

41


Table of Contents

Affiliated Brokers. For the fiscal years 2003 and 2004 the Funds did not effect securities transactions through an affiliated broker. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2002, the Master Portfolios (from March 1, 2001 through June 22, 2001) and each Fund (from June 23, 2001 through February 28, 2002) paid the following commissions to affiliated brokers:

 

Master Portfolio


   Broker

   Commissions

   Relationship*

   % Aggregate
Commissions


    % Aggregate
Transactions


 

LifePath Income

   BGIS    $ 3,021.00    1    43.98 %   43.65 %

LifePath 2010

   BGIS    $ 9.00    1    4.30 %   Less than 1 %

LifePath 2020

   BGIS    $ 33,240.69    1    33.05 %   30.85 %

LifePath 2030

   BGIS      N/A    N/A    N/A     N/A  

LifePath 2040

   BGIS    $ 10,266.45    1    49.86 %   6.10 %

 

Fund


   Broker

   Commissions

   Relationship*

   % Aggregate
Commissions


    % Aggregate
Transactions


 

Outlook Today

   N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A     N/A  

Outlook 2010

   BGIS    $ 1,614.00    2    4.93 %   12.08 %

Outlook 2020

   N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A     N/A  

Outlook 2030

   N/A      N/A    N/A    N/A     N/A  

Outlook 2040

   BGIS    $ 1,194.09    2    3.95 %   3.87 %

* The relationship of the broker is identified as (1) affiliated with the Master Portfolio/Fund, or is an affiliate of an affiliated broker; or (2) an affiliated person of which is an affiliate of the Fund, its investment adviser, or principal underwriter.

 

Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. As of February 29, 2004, the Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers as indicated in the amounts shown below:

 

Fund


  

Broker/Dealer


   Amount

Outlook Today   

Banc of America Securities LLC

Morgan (J.P.) Securities Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.

Credit Suisse First Boston Corp

Lehman Brothers Inc.

Bear Stearns & Co. Inc.

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
237,000
186,000
107,000
114,000
125,000
86,000
52,000
16,000
Outlook 2010   

Banc of America Securities LLC

Morgan (J.P.) Securities Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Merrill Synch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Lehman Brothers Inc.

Credit Suisse First Boston Corp.

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
719,000
527,000
304,000
358,000
239,000
161,000
193,000
68,000
Outlook 2020   

Banc of America Securities LLC

Morgan (J.P.) Securities Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Credit Suisse First Boston Corp

Lehman Brothers Inc.

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,461,000
811,000
618,000
729,000
488,000
529,000
269,000
95,000

 

42


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Broker/Dealer


   Amount

Outlook 2030   

Banc of America Securities LLC

Morgan (J.P.) Securities Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Credit Suisse First Boston Corp

Lehman Brothers Inc.

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,194,000
826,000
487,000
566,000
380,000
357,000
236,000
71,000
Outlook 2040   

Banc of America Securities LLC

Morgan (J.P.) Securities Inc.

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc.

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Credit Suisse First Boston Corp

Lehman Brothers Inc.

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,662,000
1,119,000
633,000
728,000
519,000
439,000
350,000
120,000

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from the Funds in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses of a Fund and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on such Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees, advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any Plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing Prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing Prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the net asset value per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, organizational expenses and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to the Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code or 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

43


Table of Contents

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a

 

44


Table of Contents

distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the Funds do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. All of the above capital loss carry-forward information for the year ended February 28, 2005 is presented in the Annual Report.

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

45


Table of Contents

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

46


Table of Contents

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

47


Table of Contents

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will

 

48


Table of Contents

be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Fund shares. If less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Fund will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met, including by individual Fund shareholders to qualify for the reduced rate of taxation. Only dividends from direct investments will qualify. Payments received by the Fund derived from securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

49


Table of Contents

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

50


Table of Contents

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

51


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

52


Table of Contents

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

53


Table of Contents

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

54


Table of Contents

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are five of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a contingent-deferred sales charge, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of the Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of the Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other Funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters affecting one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by Series. Approval by the shareholders of one Series is effective as to that Series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other Series to approve the proposal as to those Series.

 

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the class represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

55


Table of Contents

Set forth below, as of March 16, 2005, is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
OUTLOOK TODAY FUND                 
Class A   

First Union Bank for Various

Retirement Plans

1525 West Wt Harris Blvd. CMG-1151

Charlotte NC 28262-8522

   Record    9.22 %
    

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusiviely FBO The Customers

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    6.22 %
Class B   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.87 %
Class C   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    10.94 %
Administrator Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

WF Lifepath Opp FD R/R

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    90.77 %
Institutional Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Retirement Plan Services

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    46.79 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

NMC 401K Savings Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    26.57 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Otter Tail Corp Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    25.60 %

 

56


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
OUTLOOK 2010 FUND                 
Class A   

Wachovia Bank FBO

Various Retirement Plans

1525 West Wt Harris Blvd

Charlotte NC 28288-0001

   Record    8.70 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Retirement Plan Services

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    6.60 %
    

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusiviely FBO The Customers

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    5.70 %
Class B   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    11.40 %
Class C   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    28.78 %
Administrator Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

WF Lifepath 2010 R/R

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    90.58 %

 

57


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Institutional Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

PNF 401K Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    40.32 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Retirement Plan Services

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    29.77 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

NMC 401K Savings Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    17.80 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Otter Tail Corp Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    8.97 %
OUTLOOK 2020 FUND                 
Class A   

Wells Fargo Bank West NA

Various Fascorp Recordkept Plans

8515 E Orchard Rd 2T2

Greenwood Village CO 80111-5002

   Record    11.63 %
    

Wachovia Bank FBO

Various Retirement Plans

1525 West Wt Harris Blvd

Charlotte NC 28288-0001

   Record    8.13 %
    

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusiviely FBO The Customers

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    5.89 %
Class B   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.82 %
Class C   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    12.47 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    7.49 %

 

58


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Administrator Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

WF Lifepath 2020 FD R/R

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    95.26 %
Institutional Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Retirement Plan Services

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    41.89 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

NMC 401K Savings Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    26.60 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

PNF 401K Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    23.76 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Otter Tail Corp Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    7.69 %
OUTLOOK 2030 FUND                 
Class A   

Charles Schwab & Co Inc

Special Custody Account

Exclusiviely FBO The Customers

101 Montgomery St

San Francisco CA 94104-4122

   Record    8.71 %
    

Wachovia Bank FBO

Various Retirement Plans

1525 West Wt Harris Blvd

Charlotte NC 28288-0001

   Record    7.47 %
Class B   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.26 %

 

59


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Class C   

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    12.09 %
    

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    11.82 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    10.86 %
    

EMJAY Corporation

8515 E Orchard Rd 2T2

Greenwood Village CO 80111-5002

   Record    5.45 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.39 %
Administrator Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

WF Lifepath 2030 R/R

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    93.06 %
Institutional Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

PNF 401K Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    40.26 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Retirement Plan Services

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    27.81 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

NMC 401K Savings Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    16.54 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Otter Tail Corp Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    15.35 %
OUTLOOK 2040 FUND                 
Class A    NONE    N/A    N/A  
Class B    NONE    N/A    N/A  

 

60


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Class C   

American Enterprise Investment

Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    9.76 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    9.54 %
Administrator Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

WF Lifepath 2040 R/R

ATTN: Mutual Fund Ops

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    90.97 %
Institutional Class   

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

PNF 401K Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    31.12 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Retirement Plan Services

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    28.00 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

Otter Tail Corp Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    24.23 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA, FBO

NMC 401K Savings Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis MN 55480-1533

   Record    16.58 %

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

61


Table of Contents

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the Funds’ fiscal year ended February 28, 2004 and the unaudited financial statements for the Funds’ semi-annual period ended August 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report, respectively.

 

62


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

 

The following is a description of the ratings given by S&P and Moody’s to corporate and municipal bonds and corporate and municipal commercial paper.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

S&P

 

S&P rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “AAA” to “D,” according to quality, as described below. The first four ratings denote investment-grade securities.

 

AAA - This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in a small degree.

 

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for those in higher-rated categories.

 

BB - Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

B - Debt rated B has greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

 

CCC - Debt CCC is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

Plus (+) or minus(-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

CC - Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated CC is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated C is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC-. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. Debt rated C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D - Debt rated D is currently in default, where payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

 

Moody’s

 

Moody’s rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “Aaa” to “C,” according to quality, as described below. The first four denote investment grade securities.

 

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk, and interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, such bonds comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered upper to medium investment-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered medium-grade (and still investment-grade) obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not as well safeguarded during both good times and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca - Bonds rated Ca are speculative in a high degree. Such bonds are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds. Such bonds can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers (1, 2 and 3) to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds, those bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal, respectively.

 

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (including Commercial Paper)

 

S&P:

 

A-1 - Debt rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 - Debt rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 - Debt rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B - Debt rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Moody’s:

 

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.

 

Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations, but earnings trends, while sound, will be subject to more variation.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 have acceptable credit quality and an adequate capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

Not Prime: Issuers rated Not Prime have questionable to poor credit quality and an uncertain capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LIFE STAGE – AGGRESSIVE PORTFOLIO

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LIFE STAGE – MODERATE PORTFOLIO

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LIFE STAGE – CONSERVATIVE PORTFOLIO

 

Investor Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about three portfolios in the Trust’s family of funds — the Wells Fargo Advantage Life Stage - Aggressive Portfolio, Moderate Portfolio and Conservative Portfolio (each a “Portfolio” and collectively the “Portfolios”). Each Portfolio is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Each Portfolio offers Investor Class shares.

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus (“Prospectus”) dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectus have the meanings assigned in the Prospectus. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Portfolios, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended December 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Report. The Prospectus and Annual Report may be obtained free of charge by calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266. The Prospectus may also be obtained free of charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION    1
INVESTMENT POLICIES    1
ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS    3
MANAGEMENT    20
Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Portfolios    27
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE    30
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION    30
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS    31
PORTFOLIO EXPENSES    33
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES    34
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES    43
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS OF THE PORTFOLIOS    45
CAPITAL STOCK    46
OTHER    48
COUNSEL    48
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM    48
FINANCIAL INFORMATION    49
APPENDIX    A-1

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was April 8, 2005. The Portfolios described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Strong Portfolios that are the accounting survivors of the Portfolios.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Portfolio


 

Predecessor Portfolio


Life Stage – Aggressive Portfolio

  Strong Life Stage Series – Aggressive Portfolio

Life Stage – Moderate Portfolio

  Strong Life Stage Series – Moderate Portfolio

Life Stage – Conservative Portfolio

  Strong Life Stage Series – Conservative Portfolio

 

The Life Stage - Aggressive Portfolio commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Life Stage Series – Aggressive Portfolio. The predecessor Strong Life Stage Series– Aggressive Portfolio commenced operations on December 31, 1998.

 

The Life Stage - Moderate Portfolio commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Life Stage Series – Moderate Portfolio. The predecessor Strong Life Stage Series– Moderate Portfolio commenced operations on December 31, 1998.

 

The Life Stage – Conservative Portfolio commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Life Stage Series – Conservative Portfolio. The predecessor Strong Life Stage Series– Conservative Portfolio commenced operations on December 31, 1998.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Each Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in the securities of affiliated open-ended management investment companies or series (the “Underlying Funds”). Accordingly, the investment experience of each Portfolio will correspond directly with the investment experience of its respective Underlying Funds.

 

Information concerning each Portfolio’s investment objective is set forth in the Prospectus for the Portfolios. There can be no assurance that the Portfolios will achieve their objectives. The principal features of the Portfolios’ investment programs and the primary risks associated with those investment programs are discussed in the Prospectus. The principal features and certain risks of the Underlying Funds also are discussed in the Prospectus.

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Portfolio has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the vote of the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

 

1


Table of Contents

The Portfolios may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Portfolio’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Portfolio’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Portfolio’s investments in: (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government its agencies or instrumentalities; (ii) repurchase agreements; or (iii) securities of other investment companies;

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Portfolio’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Portfolio’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Portfolio’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Portfolio’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Portfolio’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Portfolio has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees at any time without approval of such Portfolio’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Portfolio may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Portfolio that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any

 

2


Table of Contents

Portfolio that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Portfolio may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Portfolio may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC, and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Portfolio’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Portfolio may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Portfolio may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Portfolio’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Portfolio may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Portfolio may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Portfolios may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Portfolio to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND

ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Portfolios. Not all of the Portfolios participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Portfolios (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Portfolio will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

3


Table of Contents

Each Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the securities of the Underlying Funds. Therefore, although the following discusses the additional permitted investment activities and associated risks of the Portfolios, it applies equally to the Underlying Funds, which may invest in the types of investments described. Thus, as used herein, the term “Portfolios” shall refer equally to both the Portfolios of the Trust as well as the Underlying Funds in each Portfolio.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Asset-backed securities are securities that represent an interest in an underlying security. The asset-backed securities in which a Portfolio invests may consist of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables (“CARS”) and credit card receivables (“CARDS”). Payments of principal and interest on these asset-backed securities may be “passed through” on a monthly or other periodic basis to certificate holders and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer loans or receivables by individuals, and the certificate holder frequently has no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or receivables. The actual maturity and realized yield will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment. Asset-backed securities may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other instruments. Also, the secondary market for certain asset-backed securities may not be as liquid as the market for other types of securities, which could result in the Portfolio experiencing difficulty in valuing or liquidating such securities. The Portfolios may also invest in securities backed by pools of mortgages. These investments are described under the heading “Mortgage-Related Securities.”

 

Bank Obligations

 

The Portfolios may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Portfolio may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Portfolio that invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Portfolio will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect

 

4


Table of Contents

the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Bonds

 

The Portfolios may invest in bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company or governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate bonds will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds.

 

Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).

 

Borrowing

 

The Portfolios may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Portfolio might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings but are not considered borrowings if the Portfolio maintains a segregated account.

 

Closed-End Investment Companies

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in foreign securities. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Portfolio to invest in certain markets. The Portfolios will invest in such companies when, in the adviser’s judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment of any applicable premium or sales charge. Other investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Portfolios may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes, see “Floating and Variable Rate Obligations,” below), which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations, financial institutions, and similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and typically has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Portfolios in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

5


Table of Contents

Convertible Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is generally a debt obligation or preferred stock that may be converted within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer. A convertible security provides a fixed income stream and the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation resulting from a market price advance in its underlying common stock. As with a straight fixed income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Like a common stock, the value of a convertible security also tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises, and it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Because its value can be influenced by both interest rate and market movements, a convertible security is not as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed income security, nor is it as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.

 

The creditworthiness of the issuer of a convertible security may be important in determining the security’s true value. This is because the holder of a convertible security will have recourse only to the issuer. In addition, a convertible security may be subject to redemption by the issuer, but only after a specified date and under circumstances established at the time the security is issued.

 

While a Portfolio uses the same criteria to rate a convertible debt security that it uses to rate a more conventional debt security, a convertible preferred stock is treated like a preferred stock for a Portfolio’s financial reporting, credit rating, and investment limitation purposes. Preferred stock is subordinated to all debt obligations in the event of insolvency, and an issuer’s failure to make a dividend payment is generally not an event of default entitling the preferred shareholder to take action. Preferred stock generally has no maturity date, so that its market value is dependent on the issuer’s business prospects for an indefinite period of time. In addition, distributions on preferred stock generally are taxable as dividend income, rather than interest payments, for federal income tax purposes.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Portfolios may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Portfolio often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Portfolio’s portfolio, although a Portfolio may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Portfolio’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Portfolio’s investments, but the Portfolio may also lose money on the derivative security itself.

 

6


Table of Contents

In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Portfolio to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Portfolio to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Portfolio’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Portfolio’s investment objective, does not expose a Portfolio to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Portfolio’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Portfolio may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Portfolio use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

The Portfolios may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein the Portfolio sells fixed-income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but the Portfolio assumes the risk of ownership. The Portfolio is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Portfolio may decline below the price at which the Portfolio is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Portfolio’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Portfolio’s obligation to repurchase the securities. At the time a Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets such as cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid equity or debt securities having a value equal to the purchase price for the similar security (including accrued interest) and subsequently marks the assets to market daily to ensure that full collateralization is maintained.

 

Emerging Market Securities

 

The Portfolios invest in equity securities of companies in “emerging markets.” The Portfolios consider countries with emerging markets to include the following: (i) countries with an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries with low- to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (more commonly referred to as the World Bank); and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The

 

7


Table of Contents

adviser may invest in those emerging markets that have a relatively low gross national product per capita, compared to the world’s major economies, and which exhibit potential for rapid economic growth. The adviser believes that investment in equity securities of emerging market issuers offers significant potential for long-term capital appreciation.

 

Equity securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock, preferred stocks (including convertible preferred stocks) and warrants, bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock, equity interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust securities. The Portfolios may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) of such issuers.

 

Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic, Columbia, Indonesia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Peru, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Taiwan and Turkey. A company is considered in a country, market or region if it conducts its principal business activities there, namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed therein or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country, market or region.

 

There are special risks involved in investing in emerging-market countries. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. The financial markets of emerging markets countries are generally less well capitalized and thus securities of issuers based in such countries may be less liquid. Most are heavily dependent on international trade, and some are especially vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Some countries may still have obsolete financial systems, economic problems or archaic legal systems. The currencies of certain emerging market countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies, may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries. In addition, many of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

 

Fixed-Income Securities

 

Investors should be aware that even though interest-bearing securities are investments which promise a stable stream of income, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price fluctuations. Long-term securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of fixed-income securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities. Once the rating of a portfolio security has been changed to a rating below investment-grade, the particular Fund considers all circumstances deemed relevant in determining whether to continue to hold the security. Certain securities that may be purchased by the Fund, such as those rated “Baa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) may be subject to such risk with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher-rated fixed-income securities. Securities which are rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered medium-grade obligations; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured, and are considered by Moody’s to have speculative characteristics. Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and, while such debt securities ordinarily exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for securities in this category than in higher-rated categories. Securities rated “BBB” by Fitch are considered investment-grade and of satisfactory credit quality; however, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. If a security held by a Fund is downgraded to a rating below investment-grade, such Fund may continue to hold the security until such time as the adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Fund to sell the security.

 

8


Table of Contents

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Portfolios may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit the Portfolio to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Portfolio, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, the Portfolio’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and the Portfolio may invest in obligations that are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which the Portfolio may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Portfolio, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in the Portfolio’s investment portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Portfolio may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Government Securities

 

The Portfolios may make investments in foreign government securities. Foreign government securities investments include the securities of “supranational” organizations such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the Inter-American Development Bank if the adviser believes that the securities do not present risks inconsistent with a Portfolio’s investment objective.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Portfolio’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

Each Portfolio may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Investment income on and sales proceeds payable on certain foreign securities in which a Portfolio may

 

9


Table of Contents

invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Portfolio would otherwise be subject. The Portfolios may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Portfolios may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Portfolio from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

The Portfolios may enter into forward currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to the Portfolios from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date that is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Portfolios will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

The Portfolios may also invest in foreign securities through ADRs, CDRs, EDRs, GDRs and IDRs or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Portfolios may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date. The Portfolios will establish a segregated account in which they will maintain cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Portfolio’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Portfolio will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

A Portfolio may seek to enhance its return through the writing (selling) and purchasing of exchange-traded and over-the-counter options on fixed-income securities or indices. A Portfolio may also attempt to hedge against a decline in the value of securities owned by it or an increase in the price of securities it plans to purchase through the use of those options and the purchase and sale of interest rate futures contracts and options on those futures contracts. These instruments are often referred to as “derivatives,” which may be defined as financial instruments whose performance is derived, at least in part, from the performance of another asset (such as a security, currency or an index of securities).

 

10


Table of Contents

A call option is a contract pursuant to which the purchaser of the call option, in return for a premium paid, has the right to buy the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option, who receives the premium, has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price during the option period. A put option gives its purchaser, in return for a premium, the right to sell the underlying security at a specified price during the term of the option. The writer of the put, who receives the premium, has the obligation to buy the underlying security, upon exercise at the exercise price during the option period. The amount of premium received or paid is based upon certain factors, including the market price of the underlying security or index, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security or index, the option period, supply and demand and interest rates.

 

A Portfolio’s use of options and futures contracts subjects a Portfolio to certain investment risks and transaction costs to which it might not otherwise be subject. These risks include: (1) dependence on the adviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities and fluctuations in the general securities markets; (2) imperfect correlations between movements in the prices of options or futures contracts and movements in the price of the securities hedged or used for cover which may cause a given hedge not to achieve its objective; (3) the fact that the skills and techniques needed to trade these instruments are different from those needed to select the other securities in which a Portfolio invests; (4) lack of assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular instrument at any particular time, which, among other things, may hinder a Portfolio’s ability to limit exposures by closing its positions; (5) the possible need to defer closing out of certain options, futures contracts and related options to avoid adverse tax consequences; and (6) the potential for unlimited loss when investing in futures contracts or writing options for which an offsetting position is not held.

 

Other risks include the inability of a Portfolio, as the writer of covered call options, to benefit from any appreciation of the underlying securities above the exercise price and the possible loss of the entire premium paid for options purchased by a Portfolio. In addition, the futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. A Portfolio may be forced, therefore, to liquidate or close out a futures contract position at a disadvantageous price. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Portfolio seeks to close out a futures position or that a counterparty in an over-the-counter option transaction will be able to perform its obligations.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Future Developments. The Portfolios may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Portfolios or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Portfolio’s investment objective and legally permissible for each such Portfolio.

 

Guaranteed Investment Contracts

 

The Portfolios may invest in guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such contracts, a Portfolio makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then credits to the deposit fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest at a rate based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges

 

11


Table of Contents

against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it, and these charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. A Portfolio will purchase a GIC only when the adviser has determined that the GIC presents minimal credit risks to the Portfolio and is of comparable quality to instruments in which the Portfolio may otherwise invest. Because a Portfolio may not receive the principal amount of a GIC from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less, a GIC may be considered an illiquid investment. The term of a GIC will be one year or less. The interest rate on a GIC may be tied to a specified market index and is guaranteed not to be less than a certain minimum rate.

 

High Yield/Lower-Rated Debt Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (also known as high-yield securities or “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

The market values of certain high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, issuers of high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities often are highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired.

 

The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to senior indebtedness. The Portfolio may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. The existence of limited markets for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities may diminish the Portfolio’s ability to: (a) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing such securities and calculating its net asset value (“NAV”); and (b) sell the securities at fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or in financial markets.

 

Although the general market for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities is no longer new, the market for such securities has not yet weathered a major sustained economic recession. The effect that such a recession might have on such securities is not known. Any such recession, however, could disrupt severely the market for such securities and adversely affect the value of such securities. Any such economic downturn also could severely and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Portfolios may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale, and for which there may not be a readily available market, and which may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Portfolio. Each Portfolio may not invest or hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

12


Table of Contents

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Trustees to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a State, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Portfolio may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Portfolio will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Portfolio will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objectives, principal investment strategies and policies of the Portfolio. In connection with lending securities, a Portfolio may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Portfolio could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Portfolio if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Portfolio may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Portfolios, subject to the overall supervision of the Portfolios’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, the Custodian is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in mortgage-related securities (also known as mortgage pass-through securities), which represent interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage-related securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities created by private issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers. Collateralized mortgage obligations, adjustable rate mortgages and mortgage participation certificates are the primary types of mortgage-related securities utilized by the Portfolio.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). The Portfolio may invest in investment-grade CMOs. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). CMOs are structured into multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity. Payments of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. A longer duration or greater sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations generally increases the risk level of the CMO.

 

13


Table of Contents

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”). The Portfolio may invest in ARMs issued or guaranteed by a government agency such as the GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, or by a private issuer. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on GNMA ARMs is guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FNMA also guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while-e FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. FNMA and FHLMC ARMs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. However, because FNMA and FHLMC are government-sponsored enterprises, these securities are generally considered to be high-quality investments that present minimal credit risks. The mortgages underlying ARMs guaranteed by GNMA are typically insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration or the Farmers Home Administration, whereas those underlying ARMs issued by FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages which are not so insured or guaranteed, but which conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. The yields provided by ARMs issued by a government agency have historically exceeded the yields on other types of U.S. Government securities with comparable maturities, although there can be no assurance that this historical performance will continue.

 

The Portfolio may also invest in ARMs offered by private issuers. These securities generally offer a higher rate of interest, but also involve greater credit and interest rate risk than U.S. Government agency issued ARMs because they offer no direct or indirect governmental guarantees. However, many private issuers or servicers of ARMs guarantee or provide insurance for timely payment of interest and principal.

 

Mortgage Participation Certificates. The Portfolio also may invest in mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”), both issued by the FHLMC. PCs resemble GNMA certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool of mortgages. GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. These instruments, however, pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. Mortgage participation certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back by the borrower over the length of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity.

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of mortgage-related securities.

 

Prepayment and Extension Risk. The stated maturities of mortgage-related securities may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgages, or extended in rising interest rate environments. Therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the average maturity of a particular mortgage-related security. Variations in the maturities of mortgage-related securities will affect the yield of the Portfolio. Rates of repayment of principal on mortgage-related securities that are higher or lower than expected may also expose the Portfolio to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, in the event of prepayment, the value of the premium would be lost. Like other fixed-income securities, when interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates decline, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed-income securities.

 

Interest Rate Risk. The interest rates on the underlying mortgages of mortgage-related securities generally are readjusted at periodic intervals ranging from one year or less to several years in response to changes in a predetermined, commonly recognized interest rate index. The adjustable rate feature should reduce, but will not eliminate, price fluctuations in such securities, particularly when market interest rates fluctuate. The NAV of the Portfolio’s shares may fluctuate to the extent interest rates on underlying mortgages differ from prevailing market interest rates during periods between interest rate reset dates.

 

14


Table of Contents

Accordingly, investors could experience some loss if they redeem their shares of the Portfolio or if the Portfolio sells these portfolio securities before the interest rates on the underlying mortgages are adjusted to reflect prevailing market interest rates.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

The Portfolios may invest in municipal bonds. The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” and “revenue” bonds. Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Industrial development bonds are a specific type of revenue bond backed by the credit and security of a private user. Certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately-operated facilities.

 

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal obligations. For example, under federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in an investor’s alternative minimum taxable income, and corporate investors must treat all tax-exempt interest as an item of tax preference. Moreover, the Portfolio cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the state legislature regarding the state income tax status of interest on such obligations, or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, while pending or if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of municipal obligations generally for investment by the Portfolio and the liquidity and value of a Portfolio’s investment portfolio. In such an event, the Portfolio would reevaluate its investment objective and policies and consider possible changes in its structure or possible dissolution.

 

Certain of the municipal obligations held by the Portfolio may be insured as to the timely payment of principal and interest. The insurance policies usually are obtained by the issuer of the municipal obligation at the time of its original issuance. In the event that the issuer defaults on interest or principal payment, the insurer will be notified and will be required to make payment to the bondholders. There is, however, no guarantee that the insurer will meet its obligations. In addition, such insurance does not protect against market fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and other factors.

 

Municipal Notes. The Portfolio may invest in municipal notes. Municipal notes include, but are not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“TANs”), bond anticipation notes (“BANs”), revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and construction loan notes. Notes sold as interim financing in anticipation of collection of taxes, a bond sale or receipt of other revenues are usually general obligations of the issuer.

 

TANs. An uncertainty in a municipal issuer’s capacity to raise taxes as a result of such events as a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs. Furthermore, some municipal issuers mix various tax proceeds into a general fund that is used to meet obligations other than those of the outstanding TANs. Use of such a general fund to meet various obligations could affect the likelihood of making payments on TANs.

 

BANs. The ability of a municipal issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s adequate access to the longer term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal of, and interest on, BANs.

 

RANs. A decline in the receipt of certain revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal of, and interest on, RANs.

 

The values of outstanding municipal securities will vary as a result of changing market evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet the interest and principal payments (i.e., credit risk). Such values also will change in response to changes in the interest rates payable on new issues of municipal securities (i.e., market risk).

 

15


Table of Contents

Other Investment Companies

 

The principal investment strategy of each Portfolio is to invest in shares of other affiliated open-end management investment companies (as defined previously, the “Underlying Funds”), subject to certain restrictions described below, and pursuant to the portfolio allocation percentages discussed in the Prospectus.

 

Generally, funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act. However, because the Portfolios’ principal investment strategies are to invest substantially all of their assets in shares of other affiliated open-end management investment companies (the Underlying Funds), they are excepted from these limitations pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) under the 1940 Act. Since each Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in the Underlying Funds, the investment experience of each of these Portfolios will correspond directly with the investment experience of its respective Underlying Funds. In addition, the Portfolios can be expected to charge operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be for services different from, and in addition to, such services provided at the Underlying Fund level.

 

iShares. The Portfolios, through their investment in certain Underlying Funds, may indirectly invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

Participation Interests

 

Each Portfolio may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Portfolio may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Portfolio an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Portfolio with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Portfolio may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Portfolio will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Portfolio. Privately issued or Rule 144A Securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Portfolios’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Portfolio on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in their evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

16


Table of Contents

Repurchase Agreements

 

Each Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Portfolio agrees to repurchase that security from a Portfolio at a mutually agreed upon time and price. A Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Portfolio. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Portfolio may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, the Portfolios’ disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Portfolio may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Portfolio’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Portfolio will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Trustees and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Portfolios may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Portfolios may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Portfolio sells its securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Portfolio may decline below the price at which the Portfolio is obligated to repurchase the securities.

 

Short Sales

 

The Portfolios may make short sales of securities they own or have the right to acquire at no added cost through conversion or exchange of other securities they own (referred to as short sales “against the box”). If a Portfolio makes a short sale “against the box,” the Portfolio would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A Portfolio’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the adviser believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Portfolio or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in a Portfolio’s long position would be reduced by an offsetting future gain in the short position. Short sales transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Portfolios and their shareholders.

 

Each Portfolio may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

17


Table of Contents

Securities owned by a Portfolio that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Portfolio of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Portfolio to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carries greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Portfolio may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Portfolio and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Portfolio may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Stripped Securities

 

The Portfolios may purchase Treasury receipts, securities of government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBs”) and other “stripped” securities that evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on U.S. Government, mortgage and other obligations. The stripped securities that the Portfolio may purchase are issued by the U.S. Government (or a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality) or by private issuers such as banks, corporations and other institutions at a discount to their face value. These securities generally are structured to make a lump-sum payment at maturity and do not make periodic payments of principal or interest. Hence, the duration of these securities tends to be longer and they are therefore more sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than similar securities that offer periodic payments over time. The stripped securities purchased by the Portfolio are not subject to prepayment or extension risk. SMBs are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. SMBs that are structured to receive interest only are extremely sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates as well as the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and are therefore much more volatile than SMBs that receive principal only. The Portfolio may only purchase principal-only SMBs.

 

The Portfolios may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities (such as TIGRs and CATS) or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Swap Agreements

 

To manage its exposure to different types of investments, a Portfolio may enter into interest rate, currency and mortgage (or other asset) swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.” In a typical interest rate swap agreement, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate on a specified amount (the “notional principal amount”) in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the same amount for a specified period. If a swap agreement provides for payment in different currencies, the parties may also agree to exchange the notional principal amount. Mortgage swap agreements are similar to interest rate swap agreements, except that the notional principal amount is tied to a reference pool of mortgages. In a cap or floor arrangement, one party agrees, usually in return for a fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. For example, the purchaser of an interest rate cap has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed upon level; the purchaser of an interest rate floor has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls below an agreed upon level. A collar arrangement entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed upon range.

 

18


Table of Contents

Swap agreements may involve leverage and may be highly volatile; depending on how they are used they may have a considerable impact on the Portfolio’s performance. Swap agreements involve risks depending upon the counterparties’ creditworthiness and ability to perform as well as the Portfolio’s ability to terminate its swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions. The Portfolios intend to use these agreements as a hedge and not as a speculative investment.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Portfolio may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Portfolio to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Portfolio generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Portfolio only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

Unrated Investments

 

The Portfolios may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Portfolio. After purchase by a Portfolio, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Portfolio. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Portfolio. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, a Portfolio will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in the Prospectus and in this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Portfolios may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government Obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and GNMA certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with FannieMae notes). In the latter case, investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government Obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Portfolios may invest in warrants. A warrant is an option to purchase an equity security at a specified price (usually representing a premium over the applicable market value of the underlying equity

 

19


Table of Contents

security at the time of the warrant’s issuance) and usually during the specified period of time. The price of warrants does not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities. Warrants have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Unlike convertible securities and preferred stocks, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of a speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised. To the extent that the market value of the security that may be purchased upon exercise of the warrant rises above the exercise price, the value of the warrant will tend to rise. To the extent that the exercise price equals or exceeds the market value of such security, the warrants will have little or no market value. If a warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and the Portfolio will lose the purchase price paid for the warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

The Portfolios may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no periodic interest payments, but are instead sold at discounts from face value. The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest, they are more sensitive to interest rate changes and are therefore more volatile. When interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security deepens and the securities decrease more rapidly in value; conversely, when interest rates fall, zero coupon securities rise more rapidly in value as the discount to face value narrows.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations

 

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality, and debt securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase by a Portfolio, an issue of debt securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Portfolio. The adviser will consider such an event in determining whether the Portfolio involved should continue to hold the obligation. See the Appendix regarding the ratings systems of Moody’s and S&P.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in the Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Portfolio’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

20


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company
or Investment Company
Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho, 62

   Trustee, since 1987    Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A

Peter G. Gordon, 62

   Trustee, since 1998; (Chairman, since 2001).    Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A

Richard M. Leach, 71

   Trustee, since 1987    Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A

Timothy J. Penny, 53

   Trustee, since 1996    Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A

Donald C. Willeke, 64

   Trustee, since 1996    Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse, 60

   Trustee, since 1987    Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A
OFFICERS

Karla M. Rabusch, 45

   President, since 2003    Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

 

21


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company
or Investment Company
Directorships


Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

   Treasurer, since 2003    Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A

C. David Messman, 44

   Secretary, since 2000    Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflects the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Portfolios’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Portfolios’ financial statements, and interacts with the Portfolios’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund

 

22


Table of Contents

Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended December 31, 2004

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 92,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 102,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 92,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 92,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 92,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 84,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 84,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Portfolio equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Portfolios* and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Portfolios*


   Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities of Fund
Complex**


   Aggressive
Portfolio


   Moderate
Portfolio


   Conservative
Portfolio


  
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    0    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    D
INTERESTED TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    D

* These Portfolios commenced operations as part of the Fund Complex on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

23


Table of Contents

Approval of Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Portfolios. At each quarterly meeting, the Board will review the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser. At least annually, the Board will be provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, descriptions of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser (the “Adviser”), and a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the Adviser.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, at its regular meeting, called in part for this purpose, on August 10, 2004, the board reviewed fees that would be payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Portfolios and the Adviser and its affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Portfolio’s contractual fees, including investment advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

The Board then analyzed the Adviser’s background and services that it would provide to the Portfolios. For example, the Board reviewed and discussed the investment philosophy and experience of the Adviser. The Board discussed the fact that the Adviser has established an investment program for each Portfolio and would make the day-to-day investment decisions for the Portfolios. The Board recognized that the responsibilities of the Adviser include monitoring Portfolio compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the Adviser’s compliance procedures including its internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics, policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Portfolios’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Portfolios with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Portfolios and recordkeeping systems of the Adviser, and other activities and clients of the Adviser. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of the Adviser, and the level of attention expected to be given to the Portfolios by such persons. In evaluating the Adviser, the Board recognized that it has the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory and marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain additional factors. For example, the Board considered the Adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board reviewed the Adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Portfolios. More specifically, the Board reviewed the factors that the Adviser will consider prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor is the Adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Portfolio brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits would be sought and how any such credits would be utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts would be made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Portfolios’ investment portfolios. Finally, the Board reviewed the Adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Portfolios and other advisory clients.

 

Based on the above analysis, which, in summary, included the following factors: (i) the quality of services provided by the Adviser; (ii) the scope of the Adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees expected to be paid by the Portfolios, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances.

 

24


Table of Contents

Investment Adviser

 

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Portfolios. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Portfolios. Funds Management does not receive any fees for its provision of investment advisory services to the Portfolios.

 

For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Portfolios pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM, located at 100 Heritage Reserve, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051, served as investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of the Portfolios.

 

General. Each Portfolio’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Portfolio’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Fees from Underlying Funds

 

The Portfolios’ shareholders will bear indirectly a pro-rata portion of fees of the Underlying Funds, including shareholder servicing fees, some of which are used to compensate shareholder servicing and selling agents and the Portfolios’ distributor for providing services to the Portfolios’ shareholders. In order that these fees be available to pay for such services, the Portfolios may choose not to invest in the least expensive share class of an Underlying Fund. In addition, Funds Management, its affiliates and Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), as distributor for the Portfolios, may receive fees from the Underlying Funds for providing various services to the Underlying Funds. For example, Funds Management may receive advisory fees from the Underlying Funds and Wells Fargo Bank may receive fees for providing custody services to the Underlying Funds. These fees are separate from and in addition to fees received by Funds Management, and its affiliates for providing services to the Portfolios. These fees may differ among the Underlying Funds.

 

Portfolio Managers.

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in the Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of December 31, 2004 for the portfolio managers who manage the Portfolios. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Portfolios’ on a day-to-day basis:

 

Portfolio


  

Sub-Adviser


 

Portfolio Managers


Life Stage - Aggressive Portfolio

Life Stage - Moderate Portfolio

Life Stage - Conservative Portfolio

   Funds Management  

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Andrew Owen, CFA

 

25


Table of Contents

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Manager*


  

Registered

Investment

Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


Funds Management

                                   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    4    $ 1.9M

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 10K

Andrew Owen, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 60K

 

None of the above accounts that are managed by the Portfolio Managers pay an advisory fee based on performance of such account.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Portfolios and other accounts because the Portfolios may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Portfolios, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Portfolios. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Portfolios. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, the Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, the Adviser minimizes inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, the Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain. In the case of Funds Management, the Portfolio Managers have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

Funds Management Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using a fixed cash salary, an annual bonus based in part on pre-tax performance of the mutual funds managed, as well as a pension and retirement plan. Funds Management measures fund performance against a Lipper peer group average composite benchmark over a three-year rolling period. Bonus allocations vary depending to some extent on fund performance and on discretionary subjective criteria.

 

26


Table of Contents

Beneficial Ownership in the Portfolios. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager the amount of Portfolio equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Portfolios

 

Portfolio Manager


   Life Stage - Aggressive
Portfolio


   Life Stage –Moderate
Portfolio


   Life Stage - Conservative
Portfolio


Funds Management

              

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   0    0    0

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   0    0    0

Andrew Owen, CFA

   0    0    0

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Portfolios pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Portfolios’ operations, including communication, coordination and supervision services with regard to the Portfolios’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Portfolios, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Portfolios’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Portfolios other than those services that are provided by the Portfolios’ transfer agent, custodian and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Portfolios’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Portfolios’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Portfolios’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. For providing administrative services, including paying the Portfolios’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Portfolios’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee, at the rates indicated below, of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets:

 

Asset Range


   Total Administrative
Fee


 

0-4.99B

   0.50 %

5-9.99B

   0.49 %

>9.99B

   0.48 %

 

Administrative Fees Paid.

 

As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Portfolios were created as part of the reorganization of various portfolios of Strong into certain Portfolios of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investor Services, Inc. (“SIS”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolios of the Portfolios and was entitled to receive a fee from the predecessor portfolio at the annual rate of 0.28% of the predecessor portfolio’s average daily net assets attributable to the predecessor

 

27


Table of Contents

Investor Class shares. Therefore, the table below shows the administrative fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of the Portfolios.. For the fiscal yearends shown in the table below, the predecessor portfolios paid the following administrative fees, and SIS waived the indicated fees:

 

    

Year Ended 12/31/04

SIS


  

Year Ended 12/31/03

SIS


  

Year Ended 12/31/02

SIS


Fund


   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Life Stage - Aggressive Portfolio

   $ 0    $ 91,329    $ 0    $ 85,465    $ 67,646    $ 8,118

Life Stage - Moderate Portfolio

   $ 0    $ 177,002    $ 65,714    $ 112,296    $ 150,918    $ 18,110

Life Stage - Conservative Portfolio

   $ 0    $ 76,454    $ 11,268    $ 86,235    $ 66,672    $ 8,001

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Portfolios.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Portfolios have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management), as agents for their customers, agree to perform administrative services with respect to Portfolio shares, including aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request.

 

For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Portfolio of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Investor Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Portfolio shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds (the “Non-Interested Trustees”). Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th & Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as custodian for each Portfolio. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Portfolio, receives and delivers all assets for each Portfolio upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Portfolio, and pays all expenses of each Portfolio. For its services, the Custodian is entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Portfolio.

 

28


Table of Contents

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Portfolios. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Portfolio an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily

Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>$85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Portfolio. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Portfolio, $1,500 for the third manager in each Portfolio and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Portfolio. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Portfolio’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios).

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Portfolios. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Portfolios on a continuous basis. Strong Investments, Inc., P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, served as underwriter of the predecessor Portfolios’ shares.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser and the Distributor each has adopted a code of ethics that contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Portfolio or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Mutual Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, and the Distributor are on public file with, and available from, the SEC.

 

29


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Portfolio is determined as of the close of regular trading at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Portfolios’ shares.

 

Each Portfolio’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. A Portfolio is required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if it is determined that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Portfolio calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Portfolio calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Portfolio’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Portfolio’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Portfolio invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Portfolios may be purchased on any day a Portfolio is open for business. Each Portfolio is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is generally closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

30


Table of Contents

Purchase orders for a Portfolio that are received before such Portfolio’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Portfolio’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Portfolio’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Portfolios will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Portfolios may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Portfolios. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Portfolios will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Portfolio and that such Portfolio receives satisfactory assurances that: (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Portfolio; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Portfolios reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Portfolio for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Portfolio.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders via the Internet. All existing shareholders who purchased their shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds may purchase additional shares of the Portfolio that they already own and redeem existing shares via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Internet account access is available for institutional clients; shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board, the Portfolios’ Adviser is responsible for each Portfolio’s investment decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction; the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience

 

31


Table of Contents

and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While the Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Portfolios will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealers including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated brokers. However, the Portfolios and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Portfolios from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Portfolio shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

Purchases and sales of non-equity securities usually will be principal transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to broker-dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each of the Portfolios also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and may purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, municipal obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing a Portfolio’s securities transactions will consist primarily of broker-dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available. The Portfolio may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Distributor or Funds Management is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provisions of a rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the Trustees.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Portfolio, the Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

The Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Portfolio’s investment portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. The Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, the Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition

 

32


Table of Contents

to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of the Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which the Adviser places securities transactions for a Portfolio may be used by the Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Adviser in connection with advising the Portfolios.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when the Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Portfolios whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Portfolios and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Portfolios, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover also may result in adverse tax consequences to a Portfolio’s shareholders.

 

The portfolio turnover rates for the Life Stage – Aggressive Portfolio and Life Stage – Moderate Portfolio varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rates was primarily due to increased shareholder activity for the Life Stage – Aggressive Portfolio and the Life Stage – Moderate Portfolio.

 

PORTFOLIO EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from the Portfolios in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Portfolio’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Portfolio; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Portfolio’s shares; pricing services, and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to the Portfolios are charged against a Portfolio’s assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Portfolios, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Portfolio, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

33


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectus generally describes the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Portfolios. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Portfolio shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as: insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Portfolio shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”)), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Portfolio shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Portfolios. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Portfolio qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of a Portfolio’s shareholders. Each Portfolio will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Portfolio, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Portfolio will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Portfolio must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Portfolio’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Portfolio must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more

 

34


Table of Contents

issuers the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Portfolio may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Portfolio generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Portfolio generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Portfolio generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Portfolio may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Portfolio declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Portfolio and its shareholders will be treated as if the Portfolio paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Portfolio intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Portfolio-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Portfolio will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Portfolio would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Portfolio’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Portfolio may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Portfolio to the IRS. In addition, if the Portfolio failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Portfolio may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Portfolio had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Portfolio is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Portfolio’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Portfolio-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Portfolios cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

 

As of December 31, 2004, the predecessor portfolios of the Portfolios had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Portfolio


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Aggressive Portfolio

   2010
2011
   $
$
7,698,921
181,679

Moderate Portfolio

   2010
2011
   $
$
12,145,557
261,124

 

35


Table of Contents

Portfolio


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Conservative Portfolio

   2010
2011
   $
$
2,309,344
234,933

 

If a Portfolio engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring portfolio or acquired portfolio, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other portfolios participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Portfolios have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Portfolio may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Portfolio’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Portfolio to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Portfolio’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Portfolio would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Portfolio distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Portfolios, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Portfolio’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Portfolio intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Portfolio will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Investment through Underlying Funds and Master Portfolios. The Portfolios seek to continue to qualify as regulated investment companies by investing substantially all of their assets through the Underlying Funds. Each Underlying Fund intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code as well.

 

The Portfolios may seek to continue to qualify as regulated investment companies by investing their assets through one or more master portfolios. Each master portfolio will be treated as a non-publicly traded partnership (or, in the event that a Portfolio is the sole investor in the corresponding master portfolio, as disregarded from the Portfolio) for federal income tax purposes rather than as a regulated investment company or a corporation under the Code. Under the rules applicable to a non-publicly traded partnership (or a disregarded entity), a proportionate share of any interest, dividends, gains and losses of a master or master portfolio will be deemed to have been realized (i.e., “passed-through”) to its investors, including the corresponding Portfolio, regardless of whether any amounts are actually distributed by the master portfolio. Each investor in a master portfolio will be taxed on such share, as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the particular master portfolio, the Code and Treasury Regulations, in determining such investor’s federal income tax liability. Therefore, to the extent that a master portfolio were to accrue but not distribute any income or gains, the corresponding Portfolio would be deemed to have realized its proportionate share of such income or gains without receipt of any corresponding distribution. However, each of the master portfolios will seek to minimize recognition by its investors (such as a corresponding Portfolio) of income and gains without a corresponding distribution. Furthermore, each master portfolio’s assets, income and distributions will be managed in such a way that an investor in a master portfolio will be able to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company by investing its assets through the master portfolio.

 

36


Table of Contents

Taxation of Underlying Fund Investments. In general, if an Underlying Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Underlying Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If an Underlying Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Underlying Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Underlying Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by an Underlying Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. An Underlying Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Underlying Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by an Underlying Fund which the Underlying Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by an Underlying Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Underlying Fund of the option from its holder, the Underlying Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Underlying Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by an Underlying Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Underlying Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by an Underlying Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Underlying Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by an Underlying Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” An Underlying Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by an Underlying Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Underlying Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to an Underlying Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its

 

37


Table of Contents

options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Underlying Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds an Underlying Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Underlying Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by an Underlying Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code, which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If an Underlying Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. An Underlying Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to an Underlying Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by an Underlying Fund, losses realized by the Underlying Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Underlying Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if an Underlying Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If an Underlying Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Underlying Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when an Underlying Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon an Underlying Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon an Underlying Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Underlying Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain an Underlying Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain an Underlying Fund would have had if the Underlying Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

38


Table of Contents

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If an Underlying Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Underlying Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Underlying Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

An Underlying Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require an Underlying Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Underlying Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, an Underlying Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Underlying Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of an Underlying Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Underlying Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Underlying Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which an Underlying Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Underlying Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Underlying Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Underlying Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Underlying Funds, in which case the Underlying Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Underlying Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Underlying Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Portfolio’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Portfolio’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Portfolio, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Portfolio’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Portfolio shares and then capital gain. A Portfolio may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Portfolio as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Portfolio’s actual net long-

 

39


Table of Contents

term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Portfolio shares. Each Portfolio will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Portfolio to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Portfolio earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government, if the Portfolio meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax -free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Portfolio Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Portfolio shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Portfolio shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Portfolio, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Portfolio shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Portfolio shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Portfolio or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Portfolio’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Portfolio shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Portfolio share and such Portfolio share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Portfolio share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Portfolio on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Portfolio will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Portfolio may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Portfolio, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Portfolios expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Portfolio sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

40


Table of Contents

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Portfolio shares. If less than 95% of the Portfolio’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Portfolio’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Portfolio will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met. Only dividends from direct investments from an Underlying Fund will qualify. Payments attributable to securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions generally will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Portfolio distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Portfolio shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Portfolio shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Portfolio that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Portfolios may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Portfolio shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Portfolio may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Portfolio distributions attributable to dividends received by the Portfolio attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Portfolio attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Portfolios are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

41


Table of Contents

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Portfolio as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Portfolio’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Portfolio obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Portfolio will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Portfolio to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year, although the Portfolios provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Portfolio, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Portfolio shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Portfolio obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Portfolios do not expect Portfolio shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Portfolio’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Portfolio in a written notice mailed by the Portfolio to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Portfolios provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

42


Table of Contents

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Portfolio shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Portfolio shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Portfolio’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Portfolio that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Portfolio. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Portfolio shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Portfolio shares through foreign partnerships.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Portfolios of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Portfolio shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Portfolio’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Portfolio. While the Portfolios do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by

 

43


Table of Contents

the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds’ Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Portfolios and in the best interests of Portfolio shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Portfolios’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Portfolios (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Portfolios and Portfolio shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Portfolios voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Portfolios’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

44


Table of Contents

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS OF THE PORTFOLIOS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Portfolios. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Portfolios receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Portfolio’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Portfolio’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings of the Portfolios. As required by the SEC, each Portfolio files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Portfolios’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Portfolios’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Portfolios is publicly available on the Portfolios’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Portfolio’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Portfolio’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Portfolio’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Portfolio, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Portfolio’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Portfolio(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Portfolios, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to the Portfolio’s portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Portfolio(s) that they manage.

 

45


Table of Contents
  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of the Portfolio’s portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management Incorporated, an affiliate of Funds Management, (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital sub-advises), shall have daily access to each Portfolio’s portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Portfolios for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Portfolio holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Portfolios’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Portfolios based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Portfolios; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Portfolio shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Portfolio’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Portfolio.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Portfolios are three of the portfolios in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in a fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of the Portfolio’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

All shares of a Portfolio have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one

 

46


Table of Contents

series. For example, a change in a Portfolio’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Portfolio involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Portfolio, is a matter to be determined separately by series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

As used in the Prospectus and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Portfolio, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Portfolio represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the Portfolio with each other share and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Portfolio as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Portfolio are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Portfolio that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Portfolio or investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below as of March 16, 2005 is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Portfolio or 5% or more of the voting securities of the Portfolio as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Portfolio as a whole.

 

5% Ownership as of March 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


   Type of Ownership

   Percentage of Class

 

Aggressive Portfolio*

 

Investor Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

RPS Strong Aggressive Portfolio

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    19.97 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

Randstead North America RTR/SVGS

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.20  

Moderate Portfolio*

                

Investor Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

RPS Strong Aggressive Portfolio

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    37.96 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

American Showa 401K PS Plan

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    12.68 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

Thor Indust 401(K) Plan & Trust

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.25 %

Conservative Portfolio*

                

Investor Class

  

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

RPS Strong Aggressive Portfolio

PO Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    47.92 %
    

Wells Fargo Bank NA FBO

RTI Franchise Mgmnt Assoc 401K

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.45 %

* The Portfolios commenced operations on April 11, 2005.

 

47


Table of Contents

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Portfolio), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Portfolio) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Portfolio).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectus and SAI for the Portfolios and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectus or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectus are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Portfolios’ Prospectus.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

48


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Portfolios for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 were audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios, and are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Report.

 

49


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

 

The following is a description of the ratings given by S&P and Moody’s to corporate and municipal bonds and corporate and municipal commercial paper.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

S&P

 

S&P rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “AAA” to “D,” according to quality, as described below. The first four ratings denote investment-grade securities.

 

AAA - This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in a small degree.

 

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for those in higher-rated categories.

 

BB - Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

B - Debt rated B has greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

 

CCC - Debt CCC is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

Plus (+) or minus(-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

CC - Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated CC is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated C is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC-. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. Debt rated C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

D - Debt rated D is currently in default, where payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Moody’s

 

Moody’s rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “Aaa” to “C,” according to quality, as described below. The first four denote investment grade securities.

 

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk, and interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, such bonds comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered upper to medium investment-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered medium-grade (and still investment-grade) obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not as well safeguarded during both good times and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca - Bonds rated Ca are speculative in a high degree. Such bonds are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds. Such bonds can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers (1, 2 and 3) to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds, those bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal, respectively.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (including Commercial Paper)

 

S&P:

 

A-1 - Debt rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 - Debt rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 - Debt rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B - Debt rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Moody’s:

 

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.

 

Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations, but earnings trends, while sound, will be subject to more variation.

 

Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 have acceptable credit quality and an adequate capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

Not Prime: Issuers rated Not Prime have questionable to poor credit quality and an uncertain capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE WEALTHBUILDER CONSERVATIVE ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE WEALTHBUILDER EQUITY PORTFOLIOSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE WEALTHBUILDER GROWTH ALLOCATION PORTFOLIOSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE WEALTHBUILDER GROWTH BALANCED PORTFOLIOSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE WEALTHBUILDER MODERATE BALANCED PORTFOLIOSM

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE WEALTHBUILDER TACTICAL EQUITY PORTFOLIOSM

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about six funds in the Trust’s family of funds (each a “Portfolio” and collectively the “Portfolios”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Conservative Allocation Portfolio, Equity Portfolio, Growth Allocation Portfolio, Growth Balanced Portfolio, Moderate Balanced Portfolio and Tactical Equity Portfolio. Each Portfolio is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Portfolios offer a single class of shares.

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Portfolios’ Prospectus, dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectus have the meanings assigned in the Prospectus. The audited financial statements for the Portfolios, except for the Conservative Allocation Portfolio, Growth Allocation Portfolio and Moderate Balanced Portfolio, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended May 31, 2004 and the unaudited financial statements for the Portfolios’ semi-annual period ended November 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Portfolios’ Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report, respectively. The Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained free of charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL PORTFOLIO INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   2

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   4

MANAGEMENT

   21

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   34

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   34

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   36

PORTFOLIO EXPENSES

   38

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   38

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   47

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS OF THE PORTFOLIOS

   48

CAPITAL STOCK

   50

OTHER

   51

COUNSEL

   52

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   52

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   52

APPENDIX

   A-1


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL PORTFOLIO INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest portfolios to the Portfolios (the “Reorganization”). Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the consolidation of the Portfolios and the predecessor Norwest portfolios, the Portfolios had only nominal assets.

 

The Portfolios described in this SAI, except for the Conservative Allocation, Growth Allocation and Moderate Balanced Portfolios, were created as part of the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds, advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”), and the Norwest Advantage family of funds, advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex. The Reorganization followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Norwest portfolios that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Portfolios


 

Predecessor Portfolios


Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio

  Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth and Income Portfolio

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio

  Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Balanced Portfolio

Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio

  Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Portfolio

 

The Conservative Allocation Portfolio commenced operations on September 30, 2004.

 

The Equity Portfolio (formerly named the Growth and Income Portfolio) commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth and Income Portfolio. The predecessor Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth and Income Portfolio commenced operations on October 1, 1997. The financial highlights shown for periods prior to November 8, 1999 are the financial highlights of the predecessor Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth and Income Portfolio. On October 1, 2004, the Growth and Income Portfolio changed its name to the Wells Fargo WealthBuilder Equity Portfolio.

 

The Growth Allocation Portfolio commenced operations on September 30, 2004.

 

The Growth Balanced Portfolio commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Balanced Portfolio. The predecessor Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Balanced Portfolio commenced operations on October 1, 1997. The financial highlights shown for periods prior to November 8, 1999 are the financial highlights of the predecessor Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Balanced Portfolio.

 

The Moderate Balanced Portfolio commenced operations on September 30, 2004.

 

The Tactical Equity Portfolio (formerly named the Growth Portfolio) commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Portfolio. The predecessor Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Portfolio commenced operations on October 1, 1997. The financial highlights shown for periods prior to November 8, 1999 are the financial highlights of the predecessor Norwest WealthBuilder II Growth Portfolio. On October 1, 2004, the Growth Portfolio changed its name to the Tactical Equity Portfolio.

 

1


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Each Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in the securities of affiliated and un-affiliated open-ended management investment companies or series (the “Underlying Funds”). Accordingly, the investment experience of each Portfolio will correspond directly with the investment experience of its respective Underlying Funds.

 

Information concerning each Portfolio’s investment objective is set forth in the Prospectus for the Portfolios. There can be no assurance that the Portfolios will achieve their objectives. The principal features of the Portfolios’ investment programs and the primary risks associated with those investment programs are discussed in the Prospectus. The principal features and certain risks of the Underlying Funds also are discussed in the Prospectus. However, since certain Underlying Funds are not advised by the adviser and are not affiliated with the Portfolios, there can be no assurance that the Underlying Funds will follow their stated policies.

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Portfolio has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the vote of the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Portfolio.

 

The Portfolios may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Portfolio’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Portfolio’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Portfolio’s investments in: (i) U.S. Government securities; (ii) repurchase agreements; or (iii) securities of other investment companies;

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Portfolio’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Portfolio’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Portfolio’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Portfolio’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Portfolio’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Portfolio from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

2


Table of Contents

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Portfolio has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees at any time without approval of such Portfolio’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Portfolio may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Portfolio that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Portfolio that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Portfolio may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Portfolio may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC, and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Portfolio’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Portfolio may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Portfolio may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Portfolio’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Portfolio may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Portfolio may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Portfolios may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Portfolio to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

3


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Portfolios. Not all of the Portfolios participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Portfolios (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Portfolio will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Each Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its assets in the securities of the Underlying Funds. Therefore, although the following discusses the additional permitted investment activities and associated risks of the Portfolios, it applies equally to the Underlying Funds, which may invest in the types of investments described. Thus, as used herein, the term “Portfolios” shall refer equally to both the Portfolios of the Trust as well as the Underlying Funds in each Portfolio. However, since certain Underlying Funds are non-affiliated with the adviser or the Portfolios, there can be no assurance that the Underlying Funds will continue to invest in these permitted investment activities.

 

Although each Portfolio intends to invest substantially all of its assets in the Underlying Funds, each Portfolio reserves the right to invest assets not so invested in other instruments as outlined in the Prospectus.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in various types of asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that represent an interest in an underlying security. The asset-backed securities in which the Portfolios invest may consist of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables (“CARS”) and credit card receivables (“CARDS”). Payments of principal and interest on these asset-backed securities may be “passed through” on a monthly or other periodic basis to certificate holders and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer loans or receivables by individuals, and the certificate holder frequently has no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or receivables. The actual maturity and realized yield will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment. Asset-backed securities may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other instruments. Also, the secondary market for certain asset-backed securities may not be as liquid as the market for other types of securities, which could result in the Portfolio experiencing difficulty in valuing or liquidating such securities. Certain Portfolios may also invest in securities backed by pools of mortgages. These investments are described under the heading “Mortgage-Related Securities.”

 

Bank Obligations

 

The Portfolios may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Portfolio may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Portfolio that invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of

 

4


Table of Contents

foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Portfolio will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Bonds

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company or governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate bonds will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds.

 

Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).

 

Borrowing

 

The Portfolios may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Portfolio might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings but are not considered borrowings if the Portfolio maintains a segregated account.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Portfolios may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes, see “Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations,” below), which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and typically has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Portfolios in commercial paper (including

 

5


Table of Contents

variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is generally a debt obligation or preferred stock that may be converted within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock of the same or a different user. A convertible security provides a fixed income stream and the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation resulting from a market price advance in its underlying common stock. As with a straight fixed income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Like a common stock, the value of a convertible security also tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises, and it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Because its value can be influenced by both interest rate and market movements, a convertible security is not as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed income security, nor is it as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.

 

The creditworthiness of the issuer of a convertible security may be important in determining the security’s true value. This is because the holder of a convertible security will have recourse only to the issuer. In addition, a convertible security may be subject to redemption by the issuer, but only after a specified date and under circumstances established at the time the security is issued.

 

While the Portfolios use the same criteria to rate a convertible debt security that it uses to rate a more conventional debt security, a convertible preferred stock is treated like a preferred stock for a Portfolio’s financial reporting, credit rating, and investment limitation purposes. A preferred stock is subordinated to all debt obligations in the event of insolvency, and an issuer’s failure to make a dividend payment is generally not an event of default entitling the preferred shareholder to take action. Preferred stock generally has no maturity date, so that its market value is dependent on the issuer’s business prospects for an indefinite period of time. In addition, distributions on preferred stock generally are taxable as dividend income, rather than interest payments, for federal income tax purposes.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Portfolios may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Portfolio often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Portfolio’s portfolio, although a Portfolio may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and

 

6


Table of Contents

investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Portfolio’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Portfolio’s investments, but the Portfolio may also lose money on the derivative security itself. In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Portfolio to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Portfolio to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Portfolio’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Portfolio’s investment objective, does not expose a Portfolio to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Portfolio’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Portfolio may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Portfolio use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

Certain Portfolios may enter into dollar roll transactions wherein the Portfolio sells fixed-income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but the Portfolio assumes the risk of ownership. The Portfolio is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Portfolio may decline below the price at which the Portfolio is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Portfolio’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Portfolio’s obligation to repurchase the securities. At the time a Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets such as cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid equity or debt securities having a value equal to the purchase price for the similar security (including accrued interest) and subsequently marks the assets to market daily to ensure that full collateralization is maintained.

 

7


Table of Contents

Emerging Market Securities

 

Certain Portfolios invest in equity securities of companies in “emerging markets.” The Portfolios consider countries with emerging markets to include the following: (i) countries with an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries with low- to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (more commonly referred to as the World Bank); and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The adviser may invest in those emerging markets that have a relatively low gross national product per capita, compared to the world’s major economies, and which exhibit potential for rapid economic growth. The adviser believes that investment in equity securities of emerging market issuers offers significant potential for long-term capital appreciation.

 

Equity securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock, preferred stocks (including convertible preferred stocks) and warrants, bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock, equity interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust securities. The Portfolios may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) of such issuers.

 

Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic, Columbia, Indonesia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Peru, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Taiwan and Turkey. A company is considered in a country, market or region if it conducts its principal business activities there, namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed therein or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country, market or region.

 

There are special risks involved in investing in emerging-market countries. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. The financial markets of emerging markets countries are generally less well capitalized and thus securities of issuers based in such countries may be less liquid. Most are heavily dependent on international trade, and some are especially vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Some countries may still have obsolete financial systems, economic problems or archaic legal systems. The currencies of certain emerging market countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies, may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries. In addition, many of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

 

Fixed-Income Securities

 

Investors should be aware that even though interest-bearing securities are investments which promise a stable stream of income, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price fluctuations. Long-term securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of fixed-income securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities. Once the rating of a portfolio security has been changed to a rating below investment-grade, the particular Portfolio considers all circumstances deemed relevant in determining whether to continue to hold the security. Certain securities that may be purchased by the Portfolio, such as those rated “Baa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) may be subject to such risk with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher-rated fixed-income securities. Securities which are rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered medium-grade obligations; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured, and are considered by Moody’s to have speculative characteristics. Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay

 

8


Table of Contents

principal, and, while such debt securities ordinarily exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for securities in this category than in higher-rated categories. Securities rated “BBB” by Fitch are considered investment-grade and of satisfactory credit quality; however, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. If a security held by a Portfolio is downgraded to a rating below investment-grade, such Portfolio may continue to hold the security until such time as the adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Portfolio to sell the security.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

Certain Portfolios may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit the Portfolio to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Portfolio, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, the Portfolio’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and the Portfolio may invest in obligations that are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which the Portfolio may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Portfolio, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in the Portfolio’s investment portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Portfolio may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Government Securities

 

The Portfolios may make investments in foreign government securities. Foreign government securities investments include the securities of “supranational” organizations such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the Inter-American Development Bank if the adviser believes that the securities do not present risks inconsistent with a Portfolio’s investment objective.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Investment

 

9


Table of Contents

income on and sales proceeds payable on certain foreign securities in which a Portfolio may invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Portfolio would otherwise be subject. The Portfolios may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Portfolios may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Portfolio from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

Certain Portfolios may enter into forward currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to the Portfolios from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date that is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Portfolios will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in foreign securities through ADRs, CDRs, EDRs, IDR and GDRs or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Portfolios may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date. The Portfolios will establish a segregated account in which they will maintain cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Portfolio’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Portfolio will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

A Portfolio may seek to enhance its return through the writing (selling) and purchasing of exchange-traded and over-the-counter options on fixed-income securities or indices. A Portfolio may also attempt to hedge against a decline in the value of securities owned by it or an increase in the price of securities it plans to purchase through the use of those options and the purchase and sale of interest rate

 

10


Table of Contents

futures contracts and options on those futures contracts. These instruments are often referred to as “derivatives,” which may be defined as financial instruments whose performance is derived, at least in part, from the performance of another asset (such as a security, currency or an index of securities).

 

A call option is a contract pursuant to which the purchaser of the call option, in return for a premium paid, has the right to buy the security underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option, who receives the premium, has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price during the option period. A put option gives its purchaser, in return for a premium, the right to sell the underlying security at a specified price during the term of the option. The writer of the put, who receives the premium, has the obligation to buy the underlying security, upon exercise at the exercise price during the option period. The amount of premium received or paid is based upon certain factors, including the market price of the underlying security or index, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price, the historical price volatility of the underlying security or index, the option period, supply and demand and interest rates.

 

Certain futures strategies employed by a Portfolio in making temporary allocations may not be deemed to be for bona fide hedging purposes, as defined by the CFTC.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

A Portfolio’s use of options and futures contracts subjects a Portfolio to certain investment risks and transaction costs to which it might not otherwise be subject. These risks include: (1) dependence on the adviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities and fluctuations in the general securities markets; (2) imperfect correlations between movements in the prices of options or futures contracts and movements in the price of the securities hedged or used for cover which may cause a given hedge not to achieve its objective; (3) the fact that the skills and techniques needed to trade these instruments are different from those needed to select the other securities in which a Portfolio invests; (4) lack of assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular instrument at any particular time, which, among other things, may hinder a Portfolio’s ability to limit exposures by closing its positions; (5) the possible need to defer closing out of certain options, futures contracts and related options to avoid adverse tax consequences; and (6) the potential for unlimited loss when investing in futures contracts or writing options for which an offsetting position is not held.

 

Other risks include the inability of a Portfolio, as the writer of covered call options, to benefit from any appreciation of the underlying securities above the exercise price and the possible loss of the entire premium paid for options purchased by a Portfolio. In addition, the futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. A Portfolio may be forced, therefore, to liquidate or close out a futures contract position at a disadvantageous price. There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when a Portfolio seeks to close out a futures position or that a counterparty in an over-the-counter option transaction will be able to perform its obligations.

 

Future Developments. The Portfolios may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Portfolios or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Portfolio’s investment objective and legally permissible for each such Portfolio.

 

11


Table of Contents

Guaranteed Investment Contracts

 

The Portfolios may invest in guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) issued by insurance companies. Pursuant to such contracts, a Portfolio makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then credits to the deposit fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest at a rate based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it, and these charges will be deducted from the value of the deposit fund. A Portfolio will purchase a GIC only when the adviser has determined that the GIC presents minimal credit risks to the Portfolio and is of comparable quality to instruments in which the Portfolio may otherwise invest. Because a Portfolio may not receive the principal amount of a GIC from the insurance company on seven days’ notice or less, a GIC may be considered an illiquid investment. The term of a GIC will be one year or less. The interest rate on a GIC may be tied to a specified market index and is guaranteed not to be less than a certain minimum rate.

 

High Yield/Lower-Rated Debt Securities

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (also known as high-yield securities or “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

The market values of certain high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, issuers of high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities often are highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired.

 

The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to senior indebtedness. The Portfolios may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. The existence of limited markets for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities may diminish the Portfolio’s ability to: (a) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing such securities and calculating its net asset value (“NAV”); and (b) sell the securities at fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or in financial markets.

 

Although the general market for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities is no longer new, the market for such securities has not yet weathered a major sustained economic recession. The effect that such a recession might have on such securities is not known. Any such recession, however, could disrupt severely the market for such securities and adversely affect the value of such securities. Any such economic downturn also could severely and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale, and for which there may not be a readily available market, and which may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Portfolio. Each Portfolio may not invest or hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

12


Table of Contents

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Portfolios may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Portfolio may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Trustees to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a State, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Portfolio may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Portfolio will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Portfolio will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objectives, principal investment strategies and policies of the Portfolio. In connection with lending securities, a Portfolio may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Portfolio could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Portfolio if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Portfolio may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Portfolios, subject to the overall supervision of the Portfolios’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in mortgage-related securities (also known as mortgage pass-through securities), which represent interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage-related securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities created by private issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers. Collateralized mortgage obligations, adjustable rate mortgages and mortgage participation certificates are the primary types of mortgage-related securities utilized by the Portfolios.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). Certain Portfolios may invest in investment-grade CMOs. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically

 

13


Table of Contents

collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). CMOs are structured into multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity. Payments of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. A longer duration or greater sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations generally increases the risk level of the CMO.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”). Certain Portfolios may invest in ARMs issued or guaranteed by a government agency such as the GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, or by a private issuer. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on GNMA ARMs is guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FNMA also guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. FNMA and FHLMC ARMs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. However, because FNMA and FHLMC are government-sponsored enterprises, these securities are generally considered to be high-quality investments that present minimal credit risks. The mortgages underlying ARMs guaranteed by GNMA are typically insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration or the Farmers Home Administration, whereas those underlying ARMs issued by FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages which are not so insured or guaranteed, but which conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. The yields provided by ARMs issued by a government agency have historically exceeded the yields on other types of U.S. Government securities with comparable maturities, although there can be no assurance that this historical performance will continue.

 

The Portfolios may also invest in ARMs offered by private issuers. These securities generally offer a higher rate of interest, but also involve greater credit and interest rate risk than U.S. Government agency issued ARMs because they offer no direct or indirect governmental guarantees. However, many private issuers or servicers of ARMs guarantee or provide insurance for timely payment of interest and principal.

 

Mortgage Participation Certificates. Certain Portfolios also may invest in mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”), both issued by the FHLMC. PCs resemble GNMA certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool of mortgages. GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. These instruments, however, pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. Mortgage participation certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back by the borrower over the length of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity.

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of mortgage-related securities.

 

Prepayment and Extension Risk. The stated maturities of mortgage-related securities may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgages, or extended in rising interest rate environments. Therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the average maturity of a particular mortgage-related security. Variations in the maturities of mortgage-related securities will affect the yield of the Portfolios. Rates of repayment of principal on mortgage-related securities that are higher or lower than expected may also expose the Portfolio to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, in the event of prepayment, the value of the premium would be lost. Like other fixed-income securities, when interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates decline, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed-income securities.

 

Interest Rate Risk. The interest rates on the underlying mortgages of mortgage-related securities generally are readjusted at periodic intervals ranging from one year or less to several years in response to

 

14


Table of Contents

changes in a predetermined, commonly recognized interest rate index. The adjustable rate feature should reduce, but will not eliminate, price fluctuations in such securities, particularly when market interest rates fluctuate. The NAV of the Portfolios’ shares may fluctuate to the extent interest rates on underlying mortgages differ from prevailing market interest rates during periods between interest rate reset dates. Accordingly, investors could experience some loss if they redeem their shares of the Portfolio or if the Portfolio sells these portfolio securities before the interest rates on the underlying mortgages are adjusted to reflect prevailing market interest rates.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

Certain Portfolios may invest in municipal bonds. The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” and “revenue” bonds. Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Industrial development bonds are a specific type of revenue bond backed by the credit and security of a private user. Certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately-operated facilities.

 

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal obligations. For example, under federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in an investor’s alternative minimum taxable income, and corporate investors must treat all tax-exempt interest as an item of tax preference. Moreover, the Portfolios cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the state legislature regarding the state income tax status of interest on such obligations, or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, while pending or if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of municipal obligations generally for investment by the Portfolios and the liquidity and value of a Portfolio’s investment portfolio. In such an event, the Portfolio would reevaluate its investment objective and policies and consider possible changes in its structure or possible dissolution.

 

Certain of the municipal obligations held by the Portfolios may be insured as to the timely payment of principal and interest. The insurance policies usually are obtained by the issuer of the municipal obligation at the time of its original issuance. In the event that the issuer defaults on interest or principal payment, the insurer will be notified and will be required to make payment to the bondholders. There is, however, no guarantee that the insurer will meet its obligations. In addition, such insurance does not protect against market fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and other factors.

 

Municipal Notes. Certain Portfolios may invest in municipal notes. Municipal notes include, but are not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“TANs”), bond anticipation notes (“BANs”), revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and construction loan notes. Notes sold as interim financing in anticipation of collection of taxes, a bond sale or receipt of other revenues are usually general obligations of the issuer.

 

TANs. An uncertainty in a municipal issuer’s capacity to raise taxes as a result of such events as a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs. Furthermore, some municipal issuers mix various tax proceeds into a general fund that is used to meet obligations other than those of the outstanding TANs. Use of such a general fund to meet various obligations could affect the likelihood of making payments on TANs.

 

BANs. The ability of a municipal issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s adequate access to the longer term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal of, and interest on, BANs.

 

RANs. A decline in the receipt of certain revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal of, and interest on, RANs.

 

The values of outstanding municipal securities will vary as a result of changing market evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet the interest and principal payments (i.e., credit risk). Such values also will change in response to changes in the interest rates payable on new issues of municipal securities (i.e., market risk).

 

15


Table of Contents

Other Investment Companies

 

The principal investment strategy of each Portfolio is to invest in shares of other affiliated and unaffiliated open-end management investment companies (as defined previously, the “Underlying Funds”), subject to certain restrictions described below, and pursuant to the portfolio allocation percentages discussed in the Prospectus.

 

Pursuant to exemptive relief, the Portfolios are generally permitted to purchase shares of affiliated mutual funds without regard to the restrictions established under section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, and to purchase shares of unaffiliated mutual funds subject to the restrictions of section 12(d)(1)(F) under the 1940 Act. Currently, under section 12(d)(1)(F), a Portfolio’s investment in unaffiliated mutual funds is subject to certain limitations: (i) the acquiring fund and its affiliated funds may acquire no more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of the unaffiliated fund, (ii) the acquiring fund may charge a sales load of no more than 1.50% on its shares (iii) the unaffiliated acquired fund may limit the redemption by the acquiring fund to 1% of the unaffiliated fund’s outstanding voting shares for any 30 day period; and (iv) the acquiring fund is subject to the same voting requirements contained in section 12(d)(1)(E).

 

Since each Portfolio seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing substantially all of its investable assets in the Underlying Funds, the investment experience of each of these Portfolios will correspond directly with the investment experience of its respective Underlying Funds. In addition, the Portfolios can be expected to charge operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be for services different from, and in addition to, such services provided at the Underlying Fund level.

 

iShares. The Portfolios, through their investment in certain Underlying Funds, may indirectly invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

Participation Interests

 

Each Portfolio may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Portfolio may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Portfolio an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Portfolio with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Portfolio may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Portfolio will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Portfolios may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Portfolio. Privately issued or Rule 144A Securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Portfolios’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Portfolio on a case-by-case

 

16


Table of Contents

basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in their evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Each Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Portfolio agrees to repurchase that security from a Portfolio at a mutually agreed upon time and price. A Portfolio may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Portfolio. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Portfolio may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, the Portfolios’ disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Portfolio may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Portfolio’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Portfolio will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Trustees and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Portfolios may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Portfolios may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Portfolio sells its securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Portfolio may decline below the price at which the Portfolio is obligated to repurchase the securities.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a Portfolio sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a Portfolio makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Portfolio replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the Portfolio must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the Portfolio becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the Portfolio owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

The value of securities of any issuer in which a Portfolio maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A Portfolio’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a Portfolio that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Portfolio’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a Portfolio in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the

 

17


Table of Contents

Portfolio’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a Portfolio may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a Portfolio might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a Portfolio makes a short sale “against the box,” the portfolio would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A Portfolio’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Portfolio or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Portfolio’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Portfolios and their shareholders.

 

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security” as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Portfolio’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Portfolio will be “against the box,” or the Portfolio’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Portfolio will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Portfolio that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Portfolio of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Portfolio to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

18


Table of Contents

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carries greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Portfolio may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Portfolio and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Portfolio may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Stripped Securities

 

The Growth Balanced Portfolio may purchase Treasury receipts, securities of government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”) and other “stripped” securities that evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on U.S. Government, mortgage and other obligations. The stripped securities that the Portfolio may purchase are issued by the U.S. Government (or a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality) or by private issuers such as banks, corporations and other institutions at a discount to their face value. These securities generally are structured to make a lump-sum payment at maturity and do not make periodic payments of principal or interest. Hence, the duration of these securities tends to be longer and they are therefore more sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than similar securities that offer periodic payments over time. The stripped securities purchased by the Portfolio are not subject to prepayment or extension risk. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. SMBS that are structured to receive interest only are extremely sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates as well as the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and are therefore much more volatile than SMBS that receive principal only. The Portfolio may only purchase principal-only SMBS.

 

The Portfolio may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities (such as TIGRs and CATS) or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Swap Agreements

 

To manage its exposure to different types of investments, a Portfolio may enter into interest rate, currency and mortgage (or other asset) swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.” In a typical interest rate swap agreement, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate on a specified amount (the “notional principal amount”) in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the same amount for a specified period. If a swap agreement provides for payment in different currencies, the parties may also agree to exchange the notional principal amount. Mortgage swap agreements are similar to interest rate swap agreements, except that the notional principal amount is tied to a reference pool of mortgages. In a cap or floor arrangement, one party agrees, usually in return for a fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. For example, the purchaser of an interest rate cap has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate exceeds a agreed upon level; the purchaser of an interest rate floor has the right to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls below an agreed upon level. A collar arrangement entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed upon range.

 

Swap agreements may involve leverage and may be highly volatile; depending on how they are used they may have a considerable impact on the Portfolio’s performance. Swap agreements involve risks depending upon the counterparties’ creditworthiness and ability to perform as well as the Portfolio’s ability to terminate its swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions.

 

19


Table of Contents

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Portfolios may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government Obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and GNMA certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with FNMA notes). In the latter case, investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government Obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Portfolios may invest in warrants. A warrant is an option to purchase an equity security at a specified price (usually representing a premium over the applicable market value of the underlying equity security at the time of the warrant’s issuance) and usually during the specified period of time. The price of warrants does not necessarily move parallel to the prices of the underlying securities. Warrants have no voting rights, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Unlike convertible securities and preferred stocks, warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of a speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the underlying security to reach a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised. To the extent that the market value of the security that may be purchased upon exercise of the warrant rises above the exercise price, the value of the warrant will tend to rise. To the extent that the exercise price equals or exceeds the market value of such security, the warrants will have little or no market value. If a warrant is not exercised within the specified time period, it will become worthless and the Portfolio will lose the purchase price paid for the warrant and the right to purchase the underlying security.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

The Growth Balanced Portfolio may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no periodic interest payments, but are instead sold at discounts from face value. The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest, they are more sensitive to interest rate changes and are therefore more volatile. When interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security deepens and the securities decrease more rapidly in value; conversely, when interest rates fall, zero coupon securities rise more rapidly in value as the discount to face value narrows.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations

 

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality, and debt securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase by a Portfolio, an issue of debt securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Portfolio. The adviser will consider such an event in determining whether the Portfolio involved should continue to hold the obligation. See the Appendix regarding the ratings systems of Moody’s and S&P.

 

20


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in the Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Portfolios.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Portfolio’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with

Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho, 61

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A

Peter G. Gordon, 62

  

Trustee,

since 1998;

(Chairman, since 2001).

   Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A

Richard M. Leach, 71

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A

Timothy J. Penny, 53

  

Trustee,

since 1996

   Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A

Donald C. Willeke, 64

  

Trustee,

since 1996

   Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse, 60

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A

 

21


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with

Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


OFFICERS

Karla M. Rabusch, 45

  

President,

since 2003

   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

  

Treasurer,

since 2003

   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A

C. David Messman, 44

  

Secretary,

since 2000

   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflects the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the Independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only Independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary and did not meet during the most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

22


Table of Contents

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Portfolios’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Portfolios’ financial statements, and interacts with the Portfolios’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Portfolios’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended May 31, 2004

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 80,333

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 90,333

Richard M. Leach

   $ 80,333

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 80,333

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 80,333
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 77,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 77,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Portfolio equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

23


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Portfolios and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


  

Dollar Range of

Equity Securities

in the Portfolios


  

Aggregate

Dollar Range

of Equity

Securities

of Fund

Complex*


   Conservative
Allocation
Portfolio


   Equity
Portfolio


   Growth
Allocation
Portfolio


   Growth
Balanced
Portfolio


   Moderate
Balanced
Portfolio


   Tactical
Equity
Portfolio


  
Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    0    0    0    D

* Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Portfolios. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-adviser (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the Board reviewed a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Portfolios and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Portfolio’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

The Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the performance and expenses of the Portfolios and was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. In addition to the performance information for each Portfolio, the Board reviewed the performance information for a “Peer Group,” a group of funds that was similar to the specific Portfolio, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad-based index. The Board

 

24


Table of Contents

also reviewed data relating to the risk of each Portfolio as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Portfolio’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Portfolio as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Portfolios as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Portfolios. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Portfolio and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Portfolio’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Portfolios. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Portfolio and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-adviser. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Portfolio compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the adviser’s compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Portfolios’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Portfolios with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Portfolios and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Portfolio shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Portfolios by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to the sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered the sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with the sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Portfolios). The Board analyzed the degree to which the sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed the sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Portfolios. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which the sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was the sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Portfolio brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Portfolios’ investment portfolios. The Board reviewed the sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Portfolios and other advisory clients.

 

25


Table of Contents

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the advisers; (ii) the scope of each adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Portfolios compared to other similar portfolios; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Portfolios.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Portfolios, and for supervising the sub-adviser who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Portfolios.

 

Prior to August 1, 2004, Funds Management was entitled to receive as compensation for its advisory services to the Equity Portfolio, Growth Balanced Portfolio and Tactical Equity Portfolio a monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.35% of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Effective August 1, 2004, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets:

 

Portfolio


   Fee

 
     8/1/04 to 9/30/04

    Effective 10/1/04*

 

Conservative Allocation Portfolio

   N/A     0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Equity Portfolio

   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.35
0.325
0.30
%
%
%
  0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Growth Allocation Portfolio

   N/A     0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Growth Balanced Portfolio

   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.35
0.325
0.30
%
%
%
  0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Moderate Balanced Portfolio

   N/A     0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Tactical Equity Portfolio

   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.35
0.325
0.30
%
%
%
  0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

* Effective at commencement of operations of the Conservative Allocation, Growth Allocation and Moderate Balanced Portfolios.

 

The Portfolios listed below paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived the indicated fees, for the fiscal years shown:

 

    

05/31/04

Funds Management


  

05/31/03

Funds Management


  

05/31/02

Wells Fargo/Funds

Mgmt


     Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Equity Portfolio

   $ 225,450    $ 7,574    $ 133,870    $ 18,862    $ 129,085    $ 31,926

Growth Balanced Portfolio

   $ 714,275    $ 2,293    $ 523,576    $ 992    $ 317,403    $ 64,484

Tactical Equity Portfolio

   $ 300,600    $ 6,003    $ 249,260    $ 13,052    $ 236,939    $ 61,365

 

26


Table of Contents

General. Each Portfolio’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Portfolio’s outstanding voting securities or by the Trust’s Board of Trustees and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Portfolio’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Adviser

 

Funds Management has engaged Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management” or “Sub-Adviser”), an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as the sub-adviser to the Portfolios. Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board of Trustees and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, Wells Capital Management makes recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Portfolios’ assets. Wells Capital Management furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Portfolios. Wells Capital Management also furnishes such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board of Trustees and officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

As compensation for its sub-advisory services to each Portfolio, Wells Capital Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.05% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets. Wells Capital Management is compensated for its services by Funds Management from the fees Funds Management receives for its services as adviser.

 

Portfolio Managers

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of May 31, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Portfolios. The following portfolio managers manage the investment activities of the Portfolios on a day-to-day basis: Galen G. Blomster, CFA and Jeffrey P. Mellas (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”).

 

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Portfolios. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Manager


  

Registered Investment

Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


Wells Capital Management                                    

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

   9    $ 2.01B    1    $ 195M    12    $ 150M

Jeffrey P. Mellas

   9    $ 2.01B    1    $ 195M    12    $ 150M

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

27


Table of Contents

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts:

 

Portfolio Manager


  

Registered Investment

Companies


  

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


Wells Capital Management                                    

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    3    $ 925M

Jeffrey P. Mellas

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    3    $ 925M

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Portfolios and other accounts because the Portfolios may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Portfolios, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Portfolio. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Portfolios. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, the Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, the Sub-Adviser minimizes inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, the Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

Wells Capital Management. The Portfolio Managers experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts (not including the registered investment companies) compared to mutual funds. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Portfolios and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Funds’ Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

Wells Capital Management Compensation. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Manager


  

Benchmark


Galen G. Blomster, CFA

   Tactical Equity Allocation Composite Benchmark*

Jeffrey P. Mellas

   Tactical Equity Allocation Composite Benchmark*

* The Tactical Equity Allocation Composite Benchmark (“TEA”) is an internal benchmark consisting of 24.5% large cap value, 24.5% large cap growth, 21% small cap, and 30% international equities. This represents the neutral allocation of the portfolio. Each of these allocations is invested in a variety of actively managed funds, both by Wells Fargo Capital Management and external managers. Wells Capital Management then compares the performance of this neutral benchmark against the performance achieved in the actual portfolio, which has different sector weightings as a result of the TEA model (e.g. more international equities, less large cap growth). Then, by comparing the shifted results vs. the “unshifted” neutral benchmark, the value added by TEA is determined.

 

28


Table of Contents

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the Portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Portfolios. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager the amount of Portfolio equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Portfolios

 

Portfolio Manager


  

WealthBuilder

Conservative

Allocation

Portfolio


  

WealthBuilder

Moderate

Allocation

Portfolio


  

WealthBuilder

Growth

Balanced

Portfolio


  

WealthBuilder

Equity

Portfolio


  

WealthBuilder

Tactical

Equity

Portfolio


Wells Capital                         

Galen G. Blomster, CFA

   0    0    0    0    0

Jeffrey P. Mellas

   0    0    0    0    0

 

Fees from Underlying Funds

 

The Portfolios’ shareholders will bear indirectly a pro-rata portion of fees of the Underlying Funds, which may include shareholder servicing fees and Rule 12b-1 distribution fees, some of which are used to compensate shareholder servicing and selling agents and the Portfolios’ distributor for providing services to the Portfolios’ shareholders. In order that these fees be available to pay for such services, the Portfolios may choose not to invest in the least expensive share class of an Underlying Fund. In addition, Funds Management, Wells Capital Management, their affiliates and Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (“Funds Distributor” or the “Distributor”) as distributor for the Portfolios may receive fees from the Underlying Funds for providing various services to the Underlying Funds. For example, Funds Management may receive advisory fees and Wells Capital Management may receive sub-advisory fees from the Underlying Funds and Wells Fargo Bank may receive fees for providing custody services to the Underlying Funds. These fees are separate from and in addition to fees received by Funds Management, Wells Capital Management and their affiliates for providing services to the Portfolios. These fees may differ among the Underlying Funds.

 

29


Table of Contents

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Portfolios pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Portfolios’ operations, including communication, coordination and supervision services with regard to the Portfolios’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Portfolios, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Portfolios’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Portfolios other than those services that are provided by the Portfolios’ transfer agent, custodian and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Portfolios’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Portfolios’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Portfolios’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. For providing administrative services, including paying the Portfolios’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Portfolios’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Portfolio’s average daily net assets.

 

Class


   Fee

 
     Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Single Class

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

 

For the fiscal year-ends indicated below, the Portfolios listed below paid the following administrative fees to Funds Management and/or Wells Fargo Bank:

 

Portfolio


  

05/31/04

Funds Management


   05/31/03
Funds Management


   05/31/02
Wells Fargo/Funds Mgmt.


Equity Portfolio

   $ 219,708    $ 84,496    $ 69,005

Growth Balanced Portfolio

   $ 675,622    $ 293,042    $ 163,666

Tactical Equity Portfolio

   $ 289,083    $ 143,005    $ 127,845

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Funds Distributor, located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Portfolios. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as the distributor for the Portfolios. The Portfolios have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”). The Plan was adopted by the Trust’s Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Portfolios and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, each Portfolio pays the Distributor, and previously Stephens, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of up to 0.75% of its average daily net assets, as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

30


Table of Contents

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Portfolios is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Portfolio shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, the Portfolios listed below paid Stephens the following fees for distribution-related services:

 

Portfolio


   Total

   Advertising

  

Printing &

Mailing


  

Underwriters

Compensation


  

Compensation

to

Broker/Dealers


Equity Portfolio

   $ 332,891    $ 0    $ 0    $ 322,891    $ 0

Growth Balanced Portfolio

   $ 1,023,669    $ 0    $ 0    $ 1,023,669    $ 0

Tactical Equity Portfolio

   $ 438,005    $ 0    $ 0    $ 438,005    $ 0

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan requires that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such disinterested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Portfolios’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Trustees have concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Portfolios and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Portfolios are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Portfolio assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Portfolios, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Portfolio shares.

 

31


Table of Contents

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Portfolio assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Portfolio, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Portfolios have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Portfolio of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Single Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Portfolio shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th & Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as custodian for each Portfolio. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Portfolio, receives and delivers all assets for each Portfolio upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Portfolio, and pays all expenses of each Portfolio. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Portfolio.

 

32


Table of Contents

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Portfolios. For its services as fund accountant, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Portfolio an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee, as listed in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

> 85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Portfolio. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Portfolio, $1,500 for the third manager in each Portfolio and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Portfolio. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Portfolio’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Master Trust Portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Portfolio and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Portfolios. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Portfolios on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Portfolios on a continuous basis. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, the Portfolios, except the Conservative Allocation, Growth Allocation, and Moderate Balanced Portfolios, paid (in the aggregate) $1,915,847 to Stephens in underwriting commissions, and Stephens retained $131,580. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2003, the Portfolios, except the Conservative Allocation, Growth Allocation, and Moderate Balanced Portfolios, paid (in the aggregate) $949,721 to Stephens in underwriting commissions, and Stephens retained $664. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002, the Portfolios, except the Conservative Allocation, Growth Allocation, and Moderate Balanced Portfolios, paid (in the aggregate) $2,152,973 to Stephens in underwriting commissions, and Stephens retained $628.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser each has adopted a code of ethics that contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Portfolio or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Portfolio. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser are on public file with, and available from, the SEC.

 

33


Table of Contents

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Portfolio is determined as of the close of regular trading at 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Portfolios’ shares.

 

Each Portfolio’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Portfolio calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Portfolio calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Portfolio’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Portfolio’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Portfolio invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price. Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Portfolios may be purchased on any day a Portfolio is open for business. Each Portfolio is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Portfolio received before such Portfolio’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Portfolio’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Portfolio’s NAV calculation time on the next Business

 

34


Table of Contents

Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Portfolios will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Portfolios may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Portfolios. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Portfolios will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Portfolio and that such Portfolio receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Portfolio; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Portfolios reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Portfolio for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Portfolio as provided from time to time in the Prospectus.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders via the Internet. All existing shareholders who purchased their shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds may purchase additional shares of the Portfolio that they already own and redeem existing shares via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Internet account access is available for institutional clients; shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Portfolio shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectus in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Portfolio shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Portfolio’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Sales Charge Waiver on Purchases of WealthBuilder Portfolio shares. Shareholders pay no sales charge on Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolio shares purchased with the proceeds of a redemption from a Wells Fargo Advantage WealthBuilder Portfolio or with the proceeds of a redemption of Class A, Class B or Class C shares of another Wells Fargo Advantage Fund within 120 days of the date of the redemption.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

35


Table of Contents

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Cooke & Bieler (“C&B”) Shareholders. Former C&B shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the C&B Portfolios, and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Fund and any unnamed shares of the WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase WealthBuilder Portfolio shares at NAV.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trustees and the supervision of the Adviser, the Portfolios’ Sub-Adviser is responsible for each Portfolio’s investment decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction; the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. While the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Portfolios will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of non-equity securities usually will be principal transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to broker-dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each of the Portfolios also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and may purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, municipal obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing a Portfolio’s securities transactions will consist primarily of broker-dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available. The Portfolio may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Distributor or Funds Management is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provisions of a rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the Trustees.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealers including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated brokers. However, the Portfolios and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Portfolios from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Portfolio shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated

 

36


Table of Contents

commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Portfolio, the Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees the Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

The Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Portfolio’s investment portfolio transaction, give preference to a dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. The Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, the Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which the Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Portfolio may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Portfolios.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when the Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Portfolios whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Portfolios and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Portfolio’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Portfolios, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover also may result in adverse tax consequences to a Portfolio’s shareholders.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal years ended May 31, 2004 and May 31, 2003, the Portfolios paid no brokerage commissions. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002, the Portfolios paid, except the Conservative Allocation, Growth Allocation, and Moderate Balanced Portfolios, a total of $8,865 in brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions. No commissions were paid to affiliated brokers.

 

37


Table of Contents

PORTFOLIO EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from the Portfolios in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Portfolio’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Portfolio; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Portfolio’s shares; and pricing services, organizational expenses and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to the Portfolios are charged against a Portfolio’s assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Portfolios, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Portfolio, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trustees deem equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectus generally describes the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Portfolios. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Portfolio shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Portfolio shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”)), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Portfolio shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussion in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Portfolios. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Portfolio, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Portfolio qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification

 

38


Table of Contents

is in the best interests of a Portfolio’s shareholders. Each Portfolio will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Portfolio even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Portfolio will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Portfolio must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains are directly related to a Portfolio’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Portfolio must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Portfolio’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Portfolio controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Portfolio may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Portfolio generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Portfolio generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Portfolio generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Portfolio may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Portfolio declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Portfolio and its shareholders will be treated as if the Portfolio paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Portfolio intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Portfolio-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Portfolio will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Portfolio would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Portfolio’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Portfolio may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Portfolio to the IRS. In addition, if the Portfolio failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Portfolio may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Portfolio had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

39


Table of Contents

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Portfolio’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Portfolio intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Portfolio will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Portfolio is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Portfolio’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Portfolio-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Portfolios cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As of May 31, 2004, the following Portfolios had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated: WealthBuilder Growth Balanced Portfolio, $3,351,955 (expires 2011); Equity Portfolio (formerly the WealthBuilder Growth and Income Portfolio), $93,617 (expires 2009), $946,811 (expires 2010), $3,883,025 (expires 2011) and $4,161,317 (expires 2012); and the WealthBuilder Tactical Equity Portfolio (formerly the WealthBuilder Growth Portfolio), $13,652,568 (expires 2010), $4,153,365 (expires 2011) and $5,503,398 (expires 2012).

 

If a Portfolio engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring portfolio or acquired portfolio, its own capital loss carryforwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other portfolios participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Portfolios have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Portfolio may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Portfolio’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Portfolio to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Portfolio’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Portfolio would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Portfolio distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Portfolios, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Investment through Underlying Funds. The Portfolios seek to continue to qualify as regulated investment companies by investing substantially all of their assets through the Underlying Funds. Each Underlying Fund intends to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code as well.

 

Taxation of Underlying Fund Investments. In general, if an Underlying Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Underlying Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If an Underlying Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Underlying Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Underlying Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt

 

40


Table of Contents

securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by an Underlying Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. An Underlying Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Underlying Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by an Underlying Fund which the Underlying Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by an Underlying Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Underlying Fund of the option from its holder, the Underlying Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Underlying Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by an Underlying Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Underlying Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by an Underlying Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Underlying Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by an Underlying Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” An Underlying Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by an Underlying Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Underlying Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to an Underlying Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Underlying Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds an Underlying Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Underlying Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by an Underlying Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code, which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If an Underlying Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. An Underlying Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any,

 

41


Table of Contents

the results with respect to an Underlying Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by an Underlying Fund, losses realized by the Underlying Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Underlying Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if an Underlying Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If an Underlying Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Underlying Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when an Underlying Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon an Underlying Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon an Underlying Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Underlying Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain an Underlying Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain an Underlying Fund would have had if the Underlying Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If an Underlying Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Underlying Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Underlying Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

An Underlying Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require an Underlying Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Underlying Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, an Underlying Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

42


Table of Contents

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Underlying Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of an Underlying Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Underlying Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Underlying Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which an Underlying Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Underlying Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Underlying Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Underlying Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Underlying Funds, in which case the Underlying Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Underlying Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Underlying Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Portfolio’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Portfolio’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Portfolio’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Portfolio, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Portfolio’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Portfolio shares and then capital gain. A Portfolio may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Portfolio as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Portfolio’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Portfolio shares. Each Portfolio will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Portfolio to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Portfolio earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government, if the Portfolio meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Portfolio Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Portfolio shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Portfolio shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Portfolio, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Portfolio shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

43


Table of Contents

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Portfolio shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Portfolio or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Portfolio’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Portfolio shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Portfolio share and such Portfolio share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Portfolio share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Portfolio on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Portfolio’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Portfolio will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Portfolio may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Portfolio, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Portfolios expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Portfolio sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Portfolio’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Portfolio shares. If less than 95% of the Portfolio’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Portfolio’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Portfolio will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met. Only dividends from direct investments by an Underlying Fund will qualify. Payments attributable to securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions generally will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Portfolio distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Portfolio shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a

 

44


Table of Contents

combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Portfolio shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Portfolio that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Portfolios may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Portfolio shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Portfolio may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Portfolio distributions attributable to dividends received by the Portfolio attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Portfolio attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Portfolios are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Portfolio as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Portfolio’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Portfolio obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Portfolio will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Portfolio to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year, although the Portfolios provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Portfolio, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

45


Table of Contents

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Portfolio shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Portfolio obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Portfolio beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Portfolios do not expect Portfolio shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Portfolio’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Portfolio in a written notice mailed by the Portfolio to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Portfolio’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Portfolios provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Portfolio shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Portfolio shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Portfolio’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Portfolio that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Portfolio. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Portfolio shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Portfolio shares through foreign partnerships.

 

46


Table of Contents

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Portfolios of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Portfolio shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Portfolios’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Portfolio. While the Portfolios do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted. The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Portfolios and in the best interests of Portfolio shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

47


Table of Contents

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Portfolios’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Portfolios (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Portfolios and Portfolio shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Portfolios voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Portfolios’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS OF THE PORTFOLIOS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Portfolios. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Portfolios receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Portfolio’s securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Portfolio’s securities.

 

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Portfolio (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Portfolios’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Portfolios’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Portfolios is publicly available on the Portfolios’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Portfolio’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Portfolio’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Portfolio’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Portfolio, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Portfolio’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

48


Table of Contents

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Portfolio’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Portfolio(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Portfolios, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Portfolio(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of the Portfolios’ transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Portfolios that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Portfolio holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Portfolios’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Portfolios based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Portfolios; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Portfolio shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Portfolio’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Portfolio.

 

49


Table of Contents

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Portfolios are six of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a contingent-deferred sales charge, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in a fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of the Portfolio’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

All shares of a Portfolio have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Portfolio’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Portfolio involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Portfolio, is a matter to be determined separately by series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

As used in the Prospectus and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Portfolio, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Portfolio represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a Portfolio represents an equal proportional interest in the Portfolio with each other share and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Portfolio as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Portfolio are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Portfolio that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Portfolio or investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below, as of March 16, 2005, is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a Portfolio or 5% or more of the voting securities as a whole.

 

50


Table of Contents

5% Ownership as of MARCH 16, 2005

 

Portfolio


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Portfolio


 

Conservative Allocation

  

Pershing LLC

PO Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   Record    10.71 %
    

Pershing LLC

PO Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   Record    7.97 %
    

Pershing LLC

PO Box 2052

Jersey City NJ 07303-2052

   Record    5.35 %

Equity Portfolio

  

American Enterprise Investment Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    14.00 %

Growth Allocation

  

American Enterprise Investment Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    22.98 %

Growth Balanced Portfolio

  

American Enterprise Investment Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    9.01 %

Moderate Balanced

  

American Enterprise Investment Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis MN 55440-9446

   Record    8.85 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    6.64 %

Tactical Equity Portfolio

  

American Enterprise Investment Services FBO

PO Box 9446

Minneapolis, MN 55440-9446

   Record    8.31 %

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a Portfolio, or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a Portfolio and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such Portfolio.

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectus and SAI for the Portfolios and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectus or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectus are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

51


Table of Contents

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Portfolios’ Prospectus.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the Portfolios, except for the Conservative Allocation, Growth Allocation and Moderate Balanced Portfolios, for the year ended May 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Portfolios’ Annual Report, and the unaudited financial statements for all of the Portfolios for the semi-annual period ended November 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Portfolios’ Semi-Annual Report.

 

52


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

 

The following is a description of the ratings given by S&P and Moody’s to corporate and municipal bonds and corporate and municipal commercial paper.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

S&P

 

S&P rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “AAA” to “D,” according to quality, as described below. The first four ratings denote investment-grade securities.

 

AAA - This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in a small degree.

 

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for those in higher-rated categories.

 

BB - Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

B - Debt rated B has greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

 

CCC - Debt CCC is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

Plus (+) or minus(-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

CC - Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated CC is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated C is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC-. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. Debt rated C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D - Debt rated D is currently in default, where payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

 

Moody’s

 

Moody’s rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “Aaa” to “C,” according to quality, as described below. The first four denote investment grade securities.

 

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk, and interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, such bonds comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered upper to medium investment-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered medium-grade (and still investment-grade) obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not as well safeguarded during both good times and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca - Bonds rated Ca are speculative in a high degree. Such bonds are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds. Such bonds can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers (1, 2 and 3) to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds, those bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal, respectively.

 

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (including Commercial Paper)

 

S&P:

 

A-1 - Debt rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 - Debt rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 - Debt rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B - Debt rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Moody’s:

 

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations, but earnings trends, while sound, will be subject to more variation.

 

Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 have acceptable credit quality and an adequate capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

Not Prime: Issuers rated Not Prime have questionable to poor credit quality and an uncertain capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE C&B LARGE CAP VALUE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE DIVERSIFIED EQUITY FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE EQUITY INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE EQUITY VALUE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE GROWTH EQUITY FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INDEX FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LARGE CAP APPRECIATION FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LARGE COMPANY GROWTH FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SMALL COMPANY GROWTH FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SMALL COMPANY VALUE FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, Class Z, Administrator Class,

Institutional Class and Investor Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about eleven funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage C&B Large Cap Value, Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap, Equity Income, Equity Value, Growth Equity, Index, Large Cap Appreciation, Large Company Growth, Small Company Growth and Small Company Value Funds. Each Fund is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Class Z shares are currently available only to certain qualified investors. Please see the Class Z shares prospectus for further details. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class and the Institutional Class was named the Select Class.

 

Funds


   A, B and/or C

   D

   Z

   Administrator

   Institutional

   Investor

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   •      •           •      •       

Diversified Equity Fund

   •                •            

Diversified Small Cap Fund

                  •            

Equity Income Fund

   •                •            

Equity Value Fund

   •                •            

Growth Equity Fund

   •                •      •       

Index Fund

                  •           •  

Large Cap Appreciation Fund

   •                •            

Large Company Growth Fund

   •           •      •      •       

Small Company Growth Fund

   •                •            

Small Company Value Fund

   •                •            

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses, (the “Prospectuses”) dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements, which include the portfolios of investments and reports of independent registered public accounting firm for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund for the year ended October 31, 2004 and for the other Funds for the year ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports. The Prospectuses and Annual Reports may be obtained without charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds, calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION    1
INVESTMENT POLICIES    2
ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS    4
MANAGEMENT    20
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE    43
ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION    44
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS    46
FUND EXPENSES    49
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES    49
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES    58
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS    60
CAPITAL STOCK    61
OTHER    71
COUNSEL    71
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM    71
FINANCIAL INFORMATION    72

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the Reorganization of the Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

On February 18, 2004, the Board of Trustees of The Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund (“AIC Trust”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor AIC Trust portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was July 26, 2004.

 

The Funds described in this SAI, except for the Equity Value, Large Cap Appreciation and Small Company Value Funds, were created as either a part of the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds, advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) and the Norwest Advantage family of funds, advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex; or the reorganization of certain of the portfolios of AIC Trust into certain of the Funds of the Trust. The reorganization between Stagecoach and Norwest followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. The reorganization between AIC Trust and the Trust followed the Funds’ adviser entering into an agreement with the adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Large Cap Value Fund to “adopt”/support a reorganization of the predecessor portfolio with and into the C&B Large Cap Value Fund.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Norwest and AIC Trust funds, as applicable, that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


   Predecessor Funds

C&B Large Cap Value Fund    C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio
Diversified Equity Fund    Norwest Diversified Equity Fund
Diversified Small Cap Fund    Norwest Diversified Small Cap Fund
Equity Income Fund    Norwest Income Equity Fund
Equity Value Fund    N/A
Growth Equity Fund    Norwest Growth Equity Fund
Index Fund    Norwest Index Fund
Large Cap Appreciation Fund    N/A
Large Company Growth Fund    Norwest Large Company Growth Fund
Small Company Growth Fund    Norwest Small Company Growth Fund
Small Company Value Fund    N/A

 

The C&B Large Cap Value Fund commenced operations on July 26, 2004, as successor to the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio. The predecessor fund was organized on November 19, 2001, as the successor-in-interest to the UAM Cooke & Bieler, Inc.’s C&B Equity Portfolio, which commenced operations on May 15, 1990.

 

The Diversified Equity Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Diversified Equity Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Diversified Equity Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1988.

 

1


Table of Contents

The Diversified Small Cap Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Diversified Small Cap Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Diversified Small Cap Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1997. As of November 16, 2001, the Class A and Class B shares were exchanged for Institutional Class shares and the Class A and Class B shares were no longer offered by the Fund.

 

The Equity Income Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Diversified Equity Income Fund of Stagecoach and the Income Equity Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Income Equity Fund, which is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes, commenced operations on November 11, 1994 and the financial highlights shown for periods prior to November 8, 1999 are the financial highlights of the Norwest Income Equity Fund.

 

The Equity Value Fund (formerly named the Large Cap Value Fund) commenced operations on August 29, 2003. The Fund changed its name from the Large Cap Value Fund to the Equity Value Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The Growth Equity Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Growth Equity Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Growth Equity Fund commenced operations on April 30, 1989.

 

The Index Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Index Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Index Fund commenced operations on January 31, 1987.

 

The Large Cap Appreciation Fund commenced operations on August 31, 2001.

 

The Large Company Growth Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Large Company Growth Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Large Company Growth Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1982.

 

The Small Company Growth Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Small Company Growth Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Small Company Growth Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1982.

 

The Small Company Value Fund commenced operations on January 31, 2002.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in (i) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (ii) securities of other investment companies, (iii) municipal securities, (iv) repurchase agreements, and provided further that (viii) the Index Fund reserves the right to concentrate in any industry in which the S&P 500 Index becomes concentrated to the same degree during the same period;

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the

 

2


Table of Contents

Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any orders obtained thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the

 

3


Table of Contents

CFTC and (ii) for other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. The Funds described in this SAI are either gateway feeder funds that invest in a single corresponding master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust (“Master Trust”) or gateway blended funds that invest in two or more master portfolios. References to the activities of a gateway fund are understood to refer to the investments of the master portfolio(s) in which the gateway fund invests. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

4


Table of Contents

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings, but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

Closed-End Investment Companies

 

Certain Funds may invest in the securities of closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in foreign securities. Because of restrictions on direct investment by U.S. entities in certain countries, other investment companies may provide the most practical or only way for the Fund to invest in certain markets. The Funds will invest in such companies when, in the adviser’s judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the payment of any applicable premium or sales charge. Other investment companies incur their own fees and expenses.

 

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes) which refer to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements

 

5


Table of Contents

between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities that provide current income and that have a strong earnings and credit record. The Funds may purchase convertible securities that are fixed-income debt securities or preferred stocks, and which may be converted at a stated price within a specified period of time into a certain quantity of the common stock of the same issuer. Convertible securities, while usually subordinate to similar nonconvertible securities, are senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure. Convertible securities offer flexibility by providing the investor with a steady income stream (which generally yield a lower amount than similar nonconvertible securities and a higher amount than common stocks) as well as the opportunity to take advantage of increases in the price of the issuer’s common stock through the conversion feature. Fluctuations in the convertible security’s price can reflect changes in the market value of the common stock or changes in market interest rates.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself. In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest-rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the

 

6


Table of Contents

issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

The Funds may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein a Fund sells fixed-income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but a Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities from a Fund under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. The Funds will engage in dollar roll transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities for its portfolio and not for investment leverage.

 

Emerging Market Securities

 

Certain Funds invest in equity securities of companies in “emerging markets.” The Funds consider countries with emerging markets to include the following: (i) countries with an emerging stock market as defined by the International Finance Corporation; (ii) countries with low- to middle-income economies according to the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (more commonly referred to as the World Bank); and (iii) countries listed in World Bank publications as developing. The adviser may invest in those emerging markets that have a relatively low gross national product per capita, compared to the world’s major economies, and which exhibit potential for rapid economic growth. The adviser believes that investment in equity securities of emerging market issuers offers significant potential for long-term capital appreciation.

 

Equity securities of emerging market issuers may include common stock, preferred stocks (including convertible preferred stocks) and warrants, bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock, equity interests in foreign investment funds or trusts and real estate investment trust securities. The Funds may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Canadian Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) of such issuers.

 

7


Table of Contents

Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, China, the Czech Republic, Columbia, Indonesia, India, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines, Poland, Peru, Russia, Singapore, South Africa, Thailand, Taiwan and Turkey. A company is considered in a country, market or region if it conducts its principal business activities there, namely, if it derives a significant portion (at least 50%) of its revenues or profits from goods produced or sold, investments made, or services performed therein or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country, market or region.

 

There are special risks involved in investing in emerging-market countries. Many investments in emerging markets can be considered speculative, and their prices can be much more volatile than in the more developed nations of the world. This difference reflects the greater uncertainties of investing in less established markets and economies. The financial markets of emerging markets countries are generally less well capitalized and thus securities of issuers based in such countries may be less liquid. Most are heavily dependent on international trade, and some are especially vulnerable to recessions in other countries. Many of these countries are also sensitive to world commodity prices. Some countries may still have obsolete financial systems, economic problems or archaic legal systems. The currencies of certain emerging market countries, and therefore the value of securities denominated in such currencies, may be more volatile than currencies of developed countries. In addition, many of these nations are experiencing political and social uncertainties.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in foreign company stocks which may lose value or be more difficult to trade as a result of adverse changes in currency exchange rates or other developments in the issuer’s home country. Concentrated investment in any single country, especially a less developed country, would make the Fund’s value more sensitive to economic, currency and regulatory changes within that country.

 

The Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and short-term debt obligations of foreign governmental agencies

 

8


Table of Contents

that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. Foreign issuers also are not generally subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries. Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which the Funds may invest may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Funds would otherwise be subject.

 

The Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, the Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

The Funds may enter into currency forward contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to a Fund from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date which is individually negotiated and is privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Funds will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

The Funds may also invest in foreign securities through ADRs, CDRs, EDRs, IDRs and GDRs or other similar securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs (sponsored or unsponsored) are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and traded on a U.S. stock exchange, and CDRs are receipts typically issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying foreign securities. Issuers of unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and, therefore, such information may not correlate to the market value of the unsponsored ADR. EDRs and IDRs are receipts typically issued by European banks and trust companies, and GDRs are receipts issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. banking institution, that evidence ownership of the underlying foreign securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and IDRs in bearer form are designed primarily for use in Europe.

 

For temporary defensive purposes, Funds may invest in fixed-income securities of non-U.S. governmental and private issuers. Such investments may include bonds, notes, debentures and other similar debt securities, including convertible securities.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of

 

9


Table of Contents

the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

The Funds will segregate cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. The Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

10


Table of Contents

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts, a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the

 

11


Table of Contents

same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Fund’s Custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions. The Funds may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” above). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

 

The Funds may invest in foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ from futures contracts in

 

12


Table of Contents

that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The adviser considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions. Despite these differences, foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions (together, “Currency Futures”) entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

 

Because the Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, they may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within the Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.

 

A Fund will purchase and sell Currency Futures in order to hedge its portfolio and to protect it against possible variations in foreign exchange rates pending the settlement of securities transactions. If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a Currency Future as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a Currency Future to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These Currency Futures will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of Currency Futures strategies also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of Currency Futures also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts: the risk of an illiquid market for the Currency Futures, the risk of exchange-imposed trading limits, and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its securities, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its Currency Futures investments.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually

 

13


Table of Contents

include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale. Because such securities may be less liquid than other investments, they may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. The Funds may not invest or hold more than 15% of their net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

Certain Funds may also invest in smaller companies and initial public offerings which typically have additional risks including more limited product lines, markets and financial resources than larger, more seasoned companies and their securities may trade less frequently and in more limited volume than those of larger, more mature companies.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Board to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objective, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or

 

14


Table of Contents

may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Money Market Instruments and Temporary Investments

 

The Funds may invest in the following types of high-quality money market instruments that have remaining maturities not exceeding one year: (i) U.S. Government obligations; (ii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (iii) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “A-1” or “A-1—” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”), or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; and (iv) repurchase agreements. The Funds also may invest in short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets; and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

Letters of Credit. Certain of the debt obligations (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) which the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings and loan association or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks, savings and loan associations and insurance companies which, in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to issuers of other permitted investments of the Funds, may be used for letter of credit-backed investments.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company (“3% Limit”); (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Gateway funds, whose policies are to invest some or all of their assets in the securities of one or more open-end management investment companies, are excepted from these limitations. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

iShares. The Funds may invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”) which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each, an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. iShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. iShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of a publicly held company.

 

15


Table of Contents

Participation Interests

 

The Funds may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Funds may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from a Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, a Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Board and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the

 

16


Table of Contents

market value of the securities sold by the Funds may decline below the price at which the Funds are obligated to repurchase the securities. Reverse repurchase agreements may be viewed as a form of borrowing.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the Fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the Fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

The value of securities of any issuer in which a Fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the Fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A Fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a Fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the Fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a Fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the Fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a Fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a Fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the Fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A Fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the Fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the Fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a “senior security” as such term is defined under the 1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

17


Table of Contents

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Small Company Securities

 

Investments in small capitalization companies carry greater risk than investments in larger capitalization companies. Smaller capitalization companies generally experience higher growth rates and higher failure rates than do larger capitalization companies; and the trading volume of smaller capitalization companies’ securities is normally lower than that of larger capitalization companies and, consequently, generally has a disproportionate effect on market price (tending to make prices rise more in response to buying demand and fall more in response to selling pressure).

 

Securities owned by a Fund that are traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional securities exchange may not be traded every day or in the volume typical of securities trading on a national securities exchange. As a result, disposition by a Fund of a portfolio security, to meet redemption requests by other investors or otherwise, may require the Fund to sell these securities at a discount from market prices, to sell during periods when disposition is not desirable, or to make many small sales over a lengthy period of time.

 

Investment in small, unseasoned issuers generally carry greater risk than is customarily associated with larger, more seasoned companies. Such issuers often have products and management personnel that have not been tested by time or the marketplace and their financial resources may not be as substantial as those of more established companies. Their securities (which a Fund may purchase when they are offered to the public for the first time) may have a limited trading market that can adversely affect their sale by a Fund and can result in such securities being priced lower than otherwise might be the case. If other institutional investors engaged in trading this type of security, a Fund may be forced to dispose of its holdings at prices lower than might otherwise be obtained.

 

Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in “synthetic” convertible securities, which are derivative positions composed of two or more different securities whose investment characteristics, taken together, resemble those of convertible securities. For example, a Fund may purchase a non-convertible debt security and a warrant or option, which enables a Fund to have a convertible-like position with respect to a company, group of companies or stock index. Synthetic convertible securities are typically offered by financial institutions and investment banks in private placement transactions. Upon conversion, a Fund generally receives an amount in cash equal to the difference between the conversion price and the then current value of the underlying security. Unlike a true convertible security, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the market value of a synthetic convertible is the sum of the values of its fixed-income component and its convertible component. For this reason, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations. A Fund only invests in synthetic convertibles with respect to companies whose corporate debt securities are rated “A” or higher by Moody’s or S&P and will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in such synthetic securities and other illiquid securities.

 

Unrated Investments

 

The Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of

 

18


Table of Contents

changes in such organizations or their rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and Government National Mortgage Association ((“GNMA”) certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Federal National Mortgage Association ((“FNMA”) notes). In the latter case investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

The Funds may invest in warrants. Warrants represent rights to purchase securities at a specific price valid for a specific period of time. The prices of warrants do not necessarily correlate with the prices of the underlying securities. A Fund may only purchase warrants on securities in which the Fund may invest directly. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within a specified time period.

 

Additional Information about the S&P 500 Index

 

The Trust (the “Licensee”) has entered into a license agreement with S&P authorizing the use of various S&P trademarks and trade names in connection with the marketing and/or promotion of certain of the Funds (collectively referred to, herein, as the “Products”).

 

The Products are not sponsored, endorsed, sold, or promoted by S&P, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. S&P makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the Products or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Products particularly or the ability of the S&P 500 Index to track general stock market performance. S&P’s only relationship to the Licensee is the licensing of certain trademarks and trade names of S&P and of the S&P 500 Index which is determined, composed, and calculated by S&P without regard to the Licensee or the Products. S&P has no obligation to take the needs of the Licensee or the owners of the Products into consideration in determining, composing, or calculating the S&P 500 Index. S&P is not responsible for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of this issuance or sale of the Products or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the Products are to be converted into cash. S&P has no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing, or trading of the Products.

 

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein and S&P shall have no liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions therein. S&P makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by Licensee, owners of the product, or any other person or entity from the use of the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. S&P makes no express or implied warranties, and expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a

 

19


Table of Contents

particular purpose or use with respect to the S&P 500 Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall S&P have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages (including lost profits).

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for each of the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES
Thomas S. Goho, 62   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A
Peter G. Gordon, 62   

Trustee,

since 1998;

(Chairman, since

2001).

   Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A
Richard M. Leach, 71   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A
Timothy J. Penny, 53   

Trustee,

since 1996

   Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A
Donald C. Willeke, 64   

Trustee,

since 1996

   Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE
J. Tucker Morse, 60   

Trustee,

since 1987

   Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A

 

20


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


   Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


OFFICERS
Karla M. Rabusch, 45    President,
since 2003
   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A
Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36    Treasurer,
since 2003
   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A
C. David Messman, 44    Secretary,
since 2000
   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

21


Table of Contents

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended September 30, 2004


Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES       

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 87,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 97,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 87,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 87,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 87,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES       

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 81,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 81,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

22


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

   

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Funds


  Aggregate
Dollar
Range of
Equity
Securities
of Fund
Complex*


Trustee


 

C&B Large

Cap Value


  Diversified
Equity


  Diversified
Small Cap


  Equity
Income


  Growth
Equity


  Index

  Large Cap
Appreciation


  Large
Cap Value


  Large
Company Growth


  Small
Company Growth


  Small
Company Value


 
Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Peter G. Gordon

  B   A   0   0   0   0   0   0   A   0   B   D

Richard M. Leach

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Timothy J. Penny

  0   0   0   A   0   B   0   0   0   0   0   D

Donald C. Willeke

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

* Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-advisers (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, the “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the Board reviewed a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

The Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the expenses of the Funds and the expenses and performance information for a “Peer Group” of the Funds, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad based index. Prior to reviewing the statistical information, the Board was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. The Board then reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its

 

23


Table of Contents

Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser(s) who make the day-to-day investment decisions for the respective Funds. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-advisers in the various asset classes and the ability to oversee a large group of sub-advisers many of whom have different investment philosophies and styles. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the advisers’ compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to their respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to each sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered each sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with each sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which each sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed each sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which each sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was a sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed each sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

24


Table of Contents

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the advisers; (ii) the scope of each adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.

 

The Funds operate under two types of advisory arrangements: (i) gateway feeder Funds that invest in a single corresponding master portfolio of Master Trust and have “dormant” advisory arrangements at the gateway level (except for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund); and (ii) gateway blended Funds that invest in two or more master portfolios of Master Trust and have both active and dormant advisory arrangements at the gateway level.

 

As described in the first category above, the gateway feeder Funds each invest 100% of their assets in a single respective master portfolio of Master Trust. Because the gateway feeder Funds invest all of their assets in a single portfolio, no investment advisory services are currently provided at the gateway feeder Fund level. However, in order to preserve flexibility to allow the gateway feeder Funds to either invest in more than one master portfolio of Master Trust or to convert to a stand-alone Fund with a direct advisory relationship, each gateway feeder Fund, except for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund, has a “dormant” advisory arrangement with Funds Management. Under the dormant advisory arrangement, Funds Management will receive no advisory fees from a gateway feeder Fund as long as the gateway feeder Fund continues to invest all (or substantially all) of its assets in a single master portfolio of Master Trust. If a gateway feeder Fund were to change its investment structure so that it begins to invest substantially all of its assets in two or more master portfolios (a gateway blended Fund), Funds Management would be entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for providing investment advisory services to the Fund, including a determination of the asset allocation of the Fund’s investment in various master portfolios. If a gateway feeder Fund redeems all or a portion of its assets from any master portfolio and invests those assets directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management would be entitled to receive the dormant advisory rate (pass-through advisory fee) listed below which mirrors the current advisory fee charged by Funds Management to the Master Trust portfolio in which the gateway feeder Fund invests for the management of those assets.

 

Gateway Feeder Fund


   Active
Advisory
Fees


    Dormant
Asset
Allocation
Fees*


   

Annual Rate**

(as a percentage of net assets)


 
       Prior to
8/1/04


    Effective 8/1/04

 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   0.00 %   N/A     N/A     0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Equity Income

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.75 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

 

25


Table of Contents

Gateway Feeder Fund


   Active
Advisory
Fees


    Dormant
Asset
Allocation
Fees*


   

Annual Rate**

(as a percentage of net assets)


 
       Prior to
8/1/04


 
 


  Effective 8/1/04

 

Equity Value

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.75 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Index

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.15 %   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.10
0.075
0.05
%
%
%

Large Cap Appreciation

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.70 %   0-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%

Large Company Growth

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.75 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.75
0.70
0.65
0.625
0.60
%
%
%
%
%

Small Company Growth

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.90 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.90
0.85
0.80
0.775
0.75
%
%
%
%
%

Small Company Value

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.90 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.90
0.85
0.80
0.775
0.75
%
%
%
%
%

* Represents the proposed advisory fee payable to Funds Management as Adviser if the Fund converts into a gateway blended Fund.
** Represents the advisory fee payable to Funds Management as Adviser to the portfolio(s) of Master Trust in which the Fund invests. This would be the proposed advisory fee payable to Funds Management as Adviser if the Fund converts into a stand-alone Fund.

 

As described in the second category above, the following gateway blended Funds invest their respective assets in two or more master portfolios of Master Trust. For each of these Funds, Funds Management determines the master portfolios of Master Trust in which each gateway blended Fund invests and the percentage allocation that such Fund would make to each master portfolio. For these asset allocation services, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets as indicated in the chart below. In order to preserve flexibility to convert to a stand-alone fund with a direct advisory relationship, the gateway blended Fund has entered into a “dormant” advisory arrangement with Funds Management. If a gateway blended Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests these assets directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management will be entitled to receive a fee for the management of those assets that mirrors the master level dormant advisory fee indicated below.

 

Gateway Blended Funds


  

Advisory Fees

(Maximum Asset Allocation Fees)


   

Master Level

Dormant Advisory Fees*


 

Diversified Equity

   0.25 %   0.72 %

Diversified Small Cap

   0.25 %   0.87 %

Growth Equity

   0.25 %   0.97 %

* Because the gateway blended Funds invest in two or more Master Trust portfolios with varying advisory fees, the dormant advisory fees reflect a blended fee rate.

 

26


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds listed below paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived the indicated fees:

 

    

Year Ended

9/30/04


Fund


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Equity Value

   $ 0    $ 173,498

Diversified Equity

   $ 2,826,634    $ 714,807

Diversified Small Cap

   $ 933,072    $ 49,441

Equity Income

   $ 0    $ 280,861

Growth Equity

   $ 1,168,745    $ 177,376

Index

   $ 0    $ 576,797

Large Cap Appreciation

   $ 0    $ 25,119

Large Company Growth

   $ 0    $ 674,325

Small Company Growth

   $ 0    $ 249,124

Small Company Value

   $ 0    $ 130,231

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


   

Year Ended

9/30/02


 
    

Fees

Paid


   

Fees

Waived


   

Fees

Paid


   

Fees

Waived


 

Equity Value

   $ 0 **   $ 0 **     N/A       N/A  

Diversified Equity

   $ 766,031     $ 2,332,062     $ 1,244,456     $ 2,704,181  

Diversified Small Cap

   $ 336,303     $ 225,292     $ 147,907     $ 348,352  

Equity Income

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Growth Equity

   $ 138,941     $ 927,888     $ 186,671     $ 1,112,660  

Index

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Large Cap Appreciation

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Large Company Growth

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Small Company Growth

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

Small Company Value

   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0 *   $ 0 *

* The amounts indicate fees paid from January 31, 2002, the Fund’s commencement date, through September 30, 2002.
** The amounts indicate fees paid from August 29, 2003, the Fund’s commencement date, through September 30, 2003.

 

Former AIC Trust Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the C&B Large Cap Value Fund was created as part of the reorganization of the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio of AIC Trust into the C&B Large Cap Value Fund of Funds Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“C&B”) served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund, and was entitled to receive an annual fee equal to 0.63% of the average daily net assets of the predecessor portfolio. Until December 6, 2004, the Fund, like its predecessor portfolio, was a stand-alone fund. The Fund was converted into a gateway feeder fund on December 6, 2004. The table below shows the advisory fees paid by the Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. For the periods indicated below, the Fund or the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following advisory fees to the respective adviser and the respective adviser waived the indicated amounts.

 

Fund


   7/26/04 - 10/31/04
Funds Mgmt


  

11/1/03 - 7/25/04

C&B


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   $ 48,579    $ 67,908    $ 109,202    $ 0

 

27


Table of Contents

Fund


   Year Ended 10/31/03
C&B


   Year Ended 10/31/02
C&B


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


   Fees Paid

   Fees
Waived


C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   $ 101,093    $ 7,102    $ 48,815    $ 137,795

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Advisers

 

Funds Management has engaged Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”), Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”), Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”), LSV Asset Management (“LSV”), New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”), Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), Smith Asset Management Group (“Smith”), Systematic Financial Management, L.P. (“Systematic”) and Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as investment sub-advisers to the master portfolios of Master Trust in which the gateway blended and gateway feeder Funds invest, as listed in the charts below (each a “Sub-Adviser” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management, the Trust and Master Trust, the Sub-Advisers make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. The Sub-Advisers furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. The Sub-Advisers also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards and Officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to an affiliated Sub-Adviser.

 

Similar to the “dormant” investment advisory arrangement with Funds Management, each gateway Fund, except the C&B Large Cap Value Fund, has a dormant sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the sub-advisers that sub-advise the master portfolio(s) in which the gateway Funds invest. Under such an arrangement, a sub-adviser receives no sub-advisory fee as long as a gateway Fund invests all (or substantially all) of its assets in one or more master portfolios. In the event that a gateway Fund redeems its assets from a master portfolio and invests them directly using the sub-adviser, the sub-adviser would be entitled to receive a sub-advisory fee at the same rate the sub-adviser received from the master portfolio for investing the portion of the gateway Fund’s assets formerly invested in the master portfolio. The sub-adviser would be compensated for its services by Funds Management from the advisory fees Funds Management receives for its services. The dormant sub-advisory fees that would be charged to the gateway Funds are identical to the sub-advisory fees currently charged to the master portfolios in which each gateway Fund invests, which are listed in the chart below.

 

Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

   Fees

 

C&B Large Cap Value

   Cooke & Bieler    0-250M
250-500M
500-750M
>750M
   0.45
0.40
0.35
0.30
%
%
%
%

Disciplined Growth

   Smith    0-200M
200-500M
>500M
   0.30
0.20
0.15
%
%
%

 

28


Table of Contents

Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

   Fees

 

Equity Income

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
200-400M
>400M
   0.25
0.20
0.15
%
%
%

Equity Value (formerly named the Large Cap Value Portfolio)

   Systematic    0-150M
150-350M
350-750M
750M-1B
> 1B
   0.30
0.20
0.15
0.13
0.10
%
%
%
%
%

Index

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
>200M
   0.02
0.01
%
%

International Core (formerly named the International Equity Portfolio)

   New Star    0-50M
50-550M
>550M
   0.35
0.29
0.20
%
%
%

International Growth

   Artisan Partners    All asset levels    0.70 %

International Index

   BGFA    All asset levels    0.30 %

International Value (formerly named the Overseas Portfolio)

   LSV    0-150M
150-500M
500-750M
750M-1B
>1B
   0.35
0.40
0.35
0.325
0.30
%
%
%
%
%

Large Cap Appreciation

   Cadence    0-250M
250-500M
500M-1B
>1B
   0.30
0.20
0.15
0.10
%
%
%
%

Large Company Growth

   Peregrine    0-25M
25-50M
50-275M
>275M
   0.75
0.60
0.50
0.30
%
%
%
%

Small Cap Index

   Wells Capital
Management
   0-200M
>200M
   0.02
0.01
%
%

Small Company Growth

   Peregrine    0-50M
50-180M
180-340M
340-685M
685-735M
>735M
   0.90
0.75
0.65
0.50
0.52
0.55
%
%
%
%
%
%

Small Company Value

   Peregrine    0-175M
>175M
   0.50
0.75
%
%

 

Unaffiliated Sub-Advisers. Listed below is the aggregate dollar amount of sub-advisory fees paid by each Fund to the following unaffiliated sub-advisers for the Funds’ past three fiscal years ended September 30. The International Index Portfolio and the International Growth Portfolio commenced operations on October 6, 2004, New Star became sub-adviser to the International Core Portfolio on or about October 6, 2004, and the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio commenced operations on December 6, 2004, and therefore, fee information is not shown for these Portfolios.

 

    

Fund/Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived/
Reimbursed


2004    C&B Large Cap Value Fund*    C&B    $ 181,566    $ 0
     Equity Value Portfolio    Systematic    $ 571,190    $ 0
     International Value Portfolio**    LSV    $ 581,958    $ 0
     Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio    Cadence    $ 296,774    $ 0

 

29


Table of Contents
    

Fund/Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived/
Reimbursed


2003

   Equity Value Portfolio    Systematic    $ 29,442    $ 0
     Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio    Cadence    $ 230,361    $ 0

2002

   Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio    Cadence    $ 0    $ 0

* For the period July 26, 2004 through the Fund’s fiscal year ended October 31, 2004.
** For the period October 31, 2003 (the commencement of the Portfolio) through September 30, 2004.

 

Portfolio Managers.

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of December 31, 2004 for the Funds Management portfolio managers; as of September 30, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds (except the C&B Large Cap Value Fund) for the Cadence, Systematic, Wells Capital Management and Peregrine portfolio managers, and as of October 31, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund for the C&B portfolio managers. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis. Reference to management of a Fund, except the Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds, is meant to refer to management of the corresponding master portfolio in which the Fund invests, and not to management of the Fund itself. The Diversified Equity, Diversified Small Cap and Growth Equity Funds invest in more than one master portfolio and the Portfolio Managers listed for those Funds are responsible for allocating the assets among the master portfolios.

 

Fund


  

Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

  

Portfolio Managers


C&B Large Cap Value Fund    C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio    C&B   

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

James R. Norris

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

R. James O’Neil, CFA

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

Diversified Equity Fund    Invests in multiple master portfolios    Funds Management   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Andrew Owen, CFA

Diversified Small Cap Fund    Invests in multiple master portfolios    Funds Management   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Andrew Owen, CFA

Equity Income Fund    Equity Income Portfolio    Wells Capital Management   

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

David L. Roberts, CFA

Equity Value Fund    Equity Value Portfolio    Systematic   

D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA

Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

Growth Equity Fund    Invests in multiple master portfolios    Funds Management   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Andrew Owen, CFA

Index Fund    Index Portfolio    Wells Capital Management    Gregory T. Genung, CFA
Large Cap Appreciation Fund    Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio    Cadence   

William B. Bannick, CFA

Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

Large Company Growth Fund    Large Company Growth Portfolio    Peregrine   

John S. Dale, CFA

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

Small Company Growth Fund    Small Company Growth Portfolio    Peregrine   

William A. Grierson

Daniel J. Hagen, CFA

Robert B. Mersky, CFA

James P. Ross, CFA

Paul E. von Kuster, CFA

 

30


Table of Contents

Fund


 

Master Portfolio


 

Sub-Adviser


 

Portfolio Managers


Small Company Value Fund   Small Company Value Portfolio   Peregrine  

Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA

Douglas G. Pugh, CFA

 

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

    

Registered

Investment Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager*


   Number of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


  

Number

of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


  

Number

of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


C&B                                    

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    196    $ 2.6B

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    197    $ 2.6B

James R. Norris

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    199    $ 2.6B

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    199    $ 2.6B

R. James O’Neil, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    196    $ 2.6B

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

   5    $ 821.1M    0    $ 0    197    $ 2.6B
Cadence                                    

William B. Bannick, CFA

   6    $ 2.4B    0    $ 0    104    $ 3.2B

Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

   6    $ 2.4B    0    $ 0    111    $ 3.2B
Funds Management                                    

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    4    $ 1.9M

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 10K

Andrew Owen, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 60K
Peregrine                                    

Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

   1    $ 446M    0    $ 0    22    $ 518M

Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA

   1    $ 446M    0    $ 0    22    $ 518M

John S. Dale, CFA

   10    $ 5.75B    1    $ 230M    45    $ 1.82B

William A. Grierson

   1    $ 799M    0    $ 0    39    $ 1.67B

Daniel J. Hagen, CFA

   1    $ 799M    0    $ 0    39    $ 1.67B

Robert B. Mersky, CFA

   1    $ 799M    0    $ 0    39    $ 1.67B

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

   10    $ 5.75B    1    $ 230M    45    $ 1.82B

Douglas G. Pugh, CFA

   1    $ 446M    0    $ 0    22    $ 518M

James P. Ross, CFA

   1    $ 799M    0    $ 0    39    $ 1.67B

Paul E. von Kuster, CFA

   1    $ 799M    0    $ 0    39    $ 1.67B
Systematic                                    

D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA

   2    $ 238M    3    $ 266M    53    $ 1.69B

Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

   2    $ 238M    3    $ 266M    53    $ 1.69B
Wells Capital Management                                    

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

   4    $ 1.95B    2    $ 308M    24    $ 19.3M

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

   12    $ 2.81B    2    $ 655M    6    $ 120M

David L. Roberts, CFA

   4    $ 1.95B    2    $ 308M    26    $ 610M

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

31


Table of Contents

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts.

 

     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total
Assets
Managed


C&B                                  

Kermit S. Eck

   0    0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Michael M. Meyer

   0    0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

James R. Norris

   0    0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Edward W. O’Connor

   0    0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

R. James O’Neil

   0    0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Mehul Trivedi

   0    0    0    $ 0    1    $ 111M

Cadence

                                 

William B. Bannick, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    2    $ 49.7M

Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    2    $ 49.7M
Funds Management                                  

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

Andrew Owen, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0
Peregrine                                  

Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

John S. Dale, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

William A. Grierson

   0    0    0    $ 0    3    $ 865M

Daniel J. Hagen, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    3    $ 865M

Robert B. Mersky, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    3    $ 865M

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

Douglas G. Pugh, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

James P. Ross, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    3    $ 865M

Paul E. von Kuster, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    3    $ 865M
Systematic                                  

D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0
Wells Capital Management                                  

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

David L. Roberts, CFA

   0    0    0    $ 0    0      0

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

32


Table of Contents

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, some Sub-Advisers minimize inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, each Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

C&B. In the case of C&B, the Portfolio Managers manage accounts on a team basis. Performance and allocation of securities are closely monitored to ensure equal treatment. Accordingly, the Portfolio Managers have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Cadence. None of the Portfolio Managers of Cadence have experienced any material conflicts with their management of the Funds in relationship with their management of the other accounts or registered investment companies due to procedures and systems they have in place to pro rate the shares across all accounts.

 

Funds Management. In the case of Funds Management, the Portfolio Managers allocate interests in mutual funds between different funds. Because of the nature of their management, they have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Peregrine. In the case of Peregrine, the Portfolio Managers hold the same securities in the same proportionate weightings, subject to client and float/liquidity constraints and cash flows. Performance and allocation of securities are closely monitored to ensure equal treatment. Accordingly, the Portfolio Managers have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Systematic. None of the Portfolio Managers of Systematic have experienced any material conflicts with their management of the Funds in relationship with their management of the other accounts or registered investment companies due to procedures and systems they have in place to pro rate the shares across all accounts.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts (not including the registered investment companies) compared to registered investment companies such as the Equity Income and Index Funds. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, like other investment advisers, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

C&B Compensation. The C&B Portfolio Managers are compensated using substantially identical compensation structures for all accounts managed. They each receive a fixed cash salary and an annual bonus from a bonus pool based on the pre-tax performance of individual securities selected by the Portfolio Managers. C&B measures performance of securities against the S&P 500 Index and the Russell 1000 Value Index for the Large Cap Value strategy accounts. Bonus allocations are determined

 

33


Table of Contents

by an annual peer review process conducted by the investment team. Allocations vary depending primarily on the four-year rolling investment results attributed to each individual security. The Portfolio Managers also receive a fixed deferred compensation. Partners of C&B receive a return proportionate to their investment based upon the firm’s overall success.

 

Cadence Compensation: Cadence’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with fixed cash salaries, pension and retirement plans. The Portfolio Managers receive annual incentive bonuses based on individual performance and overall company revenues, rather than on account investment performance. Portfolio Managers also have equity ownership in the firm that vests over time from which they receive quarterly dividend payments.

 

Funds Management Compensation. Funds Management Portfolio Managers are compensated using a fixed cash salary, an annual bonus based in part on pre-tax performance of the mutual funds managed, as well as a pension and retirement plan. Funds Management measures fund performance against a Lipper peer group average composite benchmark over a three-year rolling period. Bonus allocations vary depending to some extent on fund performance and on discretionary subjective criteria.

 

Peregrine Compensation: Peregrine’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary containing an incentive component. The incentive component is based on the company’s revenue generated by the firm’s investment style. Revenue reflects investment performance, client retention and asset growth, aligning interests of portfolio managers with their clients. The Portfolio Managers are limited to 25 relationships or a predetermined level of assets under management, whichever occurs first to enable the Portfolio Managers to be intimately involved in each relationship and ensure that size does not overwhelm investment opportunities. A portion of the Portfolio Managers’ incentives are tied to Peregrine’s overall profitability. Finally, a portion of the incentive compensation is tied to pre-tax investment performance relative to standard indices. Performance-based incentive compensation applies to all accounts. The strategy employed in the Small Company Growth Fund is compared to the Russell 2000 Index and the Lipper Small Cap Growth Average over one, three, and five years. The strategy employed in the Small Company Value Fund is compared to the Russell 2000 Value Index and the Lipper Small Cap Value Average over one, three, and five years. The strategy employed in the Large Company Growth Fund is compared to the Russell 1000 Growth Index and the Lipper Large Cap Growth Average over one, three, and five years.

 

Systematic Compensation. Systematic’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive bonus incentives based in part on Systematic’s overall profitability and in part on pre-tax performance of the accounts managed relative to the Russell 1000 Index and the Russell 1000 Value Index.

 

Wells Capital Management Compensation: Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Manager


  

Benchmark


Gary J. Dunn, CFA   

Russell 1000 Value Index

Lipper Equity Income Funds Average

Gregory T. Genung, CFA    S&P 500 Index
David L. Roberts, CFA   

Russell 1000 Value Index

Lipper Equity Income Funds Average

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as

 

34


Table of Contents

measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

 

Portfolio Manager


   C&B
Large Cap
Value
Fund


   Diversified
Equity
Fund


   Diversified
Small Cap
Fund


   Equity
Income
Fund


   Equity
Value
Fund


   Growth
Equity
Fund


   Index
Fund


   Large Cap
Appreciation
Fund


   Large
Company
Growth
Fund


   Small
Company
Growth
Fund


   Small
Company
Value
Fund


C&B                                                       

Kermit S. Eck, CFA

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Michael M. Meyer, CFA

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

James R. Norris

   B    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Edward W. O’Connor, CFA

   B    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

R. James O’Neil, CFA

   0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Mehul Trivedi, CFA

   C    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  
Cadence                                                       

William B. Bannick, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —  

Robert L. Fitzpatrick, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —  
Funds Management                                                       

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   —      0    0    —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —  

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   —      0    0    —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —  

Andrew Owen, CFA

   —      0    0    —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —  

 

35


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager


   C&B
Large Cap
Value
Fund


   Diversified
Equity
Fund


   Diversified
Small Cap
Fund


   Equity
Income
Fund


   Equity
Value
Fund


   Growth
Equity
Fund


   Index
Fund


   Large Cap
Appreciation
Fund


   Large
Company
Growth
Fund


   Small
Company
Growth
Fund


   Small
Company
Value
Fund


Peregrine                                                       

Jason R. Ballsrud, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      B

Tasso H. Coin, Jr., CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      D

John S. Dale, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      F    —      —  

William A. Grierson

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —  

Daniel J. Hagen, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —  

Robert B. Mersky, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      F    —  

Gary E. Nussbaum, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      D    —      —  

Douglas G. Pugh, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      D

James P. Ross, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      B    —  

Paul E. von Kuster, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      F    —  
Systematic                                                       

D. Kevin McCreesh, CFA

   —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Ronald M. Mushock, CFA

   —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —  
Wells Capital Management                                                       

Gary J. Dunn, CFA

   —      —      —      B    —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Gregory T. Genung, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      B    —      —      —      —  

David L. Roberts, CFA

   —      —      —      D    —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account

 

36


Table of Contents

servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

 

Class


   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective between
8/1/04 and 4/11/05


    Effective 4/11/05

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class D Shares

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.25
0.24
0.23
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares

   0.15 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

Investor Class and Class Z Shares

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

 

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds paid the following administrative fees:

 

    

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


   

Year Ended

9/30/02


 

Fund


   Funds Mgmt

  

Funds Mgmt


    Funds
Mgmt/Wells
Fargo


 
Diversified Equity (Fund Level)    $ 708,288    $ 3,230,299     $ 2,369,182  

Class A

   $ 263,370        *       *

Class B

   $ 258,907        *       *

Class C

   $ 30,024        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 2,438,652        *       *
Diversified Small Cap (Fund Level)    $ 196,503    $ 512,770     $ 297,755  

Administrator Class

   $ 786,010        *       *
Equity Income (Fund Level)    $ 603,079    $ 1,723,438     $ 677,568  

Class A

   $ 521,126        *       *

Class B

   $ 259,816        *       *

Class C

   $ 34,195        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 1,830,076        *       *
Equity Value (Fund Level)    $ 928    $ 0 **     N/A  

Class A

   $ 2,776        *       *

Class B

   $ 1,573        *       *

Class C

   $ 410        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 311        *       *
Growth Equity (Fund Level)    $ 269,224    $ 1,197,611     $ 783,412  

Class A

   $ 55,255        *       *

Class B

   $ 38,294        *       *

Class C

   $ 9,242        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 1,003,475        *       *
Index (Fund Level)    $ 511,646    $ 12,546     $ 43,195  

Administrator Class

   $ 2,046,586        *       *

 

37


Table of Contents
    

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03


   

Year Ended

9/30/02


 

Fund


   Funds Mgmt

   Funds Mgmt

    Funds
Mgmt/Wells
Fargo


 

Large Cap Appreciation (Fund Level)

   $ 11,909    $ 0     $ 0  

Class A

   $ 11,346        *       *

Class B

   $ 4,353        *       *

Class C

   $ 1,741        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 35,179        *       *

Large Company Growth (Fund Level)

   $ 1,361,988    $ 2,550,776     $ 0  

Class A

   $ 1,125,834        *       *

Class B

   $ 697,380        *       *

Class C

   $ 117,023        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 4,041,063        *       *

Institutional Class

   $ 10,504        *       *

Small Company Growth (Fund Level)

   $ 249,960    $ 432,607     $ 536,754  

Class A

   $ 814        *       *

Class B

   $ 140        *       *

Class C

   $ 53        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 999,122        *       *

Small Company Value (Fund Level)

   $ 40,018    $ 94,194     $ 0  

Class A

   $ 54,966        *       *

Class B

   $ 28,152        *       *

Class C

   $ 6,537        *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 96,032        *       *

* For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.
** The amounts indicate fees paid from August 29, 2003, the Fund’s commencement date, through September 30, 2003.

 

Former AIC Trust Fund. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the C&B Large Cap Value Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of AIC Trust into certain Funds of Funds Trust. Prior to the reorganization of the Funds, SEI Investments Global Funds Services (“SEI”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolio of the Fund, and was entitled to receive the following annual fees:

 

Average Daily Net Assets


  

Administrative Fees

(% of Average Daily Net Assets)


 

    0-250M

   0.150 %

250-500M

   0.125 %

    > 500M

   0.100 %

 

Therefore, the table below shows the administrative fees paid by the Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund. For the periods indicated below prior to July 26, 2004, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following administrative fees to SEI. From July 26, 2004 through October 31, 2004, the following administrative fees were paid to the Administrator.

 

38


Table of Contents

Fund


   7/26/04 -
10/31/04
Funds Mgmt


   11/1/03 –
7/25/04
SEI


    Year Ended
10/31/03
SEI


    Year Ended
10/31/02
SEI


 

C&B Large Cap Value Fund (Fund Level)

   $ 7,767    $ 47,242     $ 30,858     $ 124,907  

Class A

   $ 3,738        *       *       *

Class B

   $ 1,773        *       *       *

Class C

   $ 840        *       *       *

Class D

   $ 24,505        *       *       *

Administrator Class

   $ 4,042        *       *       *

Institutional Class

   $ 2,490        *       *       *

** For the period ended October 31, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds.

 

The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Funds and classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The Distributor has and Stephens previously entered into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens previously assigned certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Distribution Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

 

39


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Funds listed below paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


   Compensation
to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


Diversified Equity

Class B

   $ 693,500    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 693,500

Class C

   $ 80,421    $ 0    $ 0    $ 42,332    $ 38,089    $ 0

Equity Income

Class B

   $ 695,935    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 695,935

Class C

   $ 91,594    $ 0    $ 0    $ 48,523    $ 43,071    $ 0

Equity Value

Class B

   $ 4,211    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 4,211

Class C

   $ 1,099    $ 0    $ 0    $ 400    $ 699    $ 0

Growth Equity

Class B

   $ 102,574    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 102,574

Class C

   $ 24,756    $ 0    $ 0    $ 22,349    $ 2,407    $ 0

Large Cap Appreciation

Class B

   $ 11,661    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 11,661

Class C

   $ 4,664    $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,827    $ 837    $ 0

Large Company Growth

Class B

   $ 1,867,981    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 1,867,981

Class C

   $ 313,456    $ 0    $ 0    $ 158,001    $ 155,455    $ 0

Small Company Growth

Class B

   $ 376    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 376

Class C

   $ 141    $ 0    $ 0    $ 119    $ 22    $ 0

Small Company Value

Class B

   $ 75,407    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 75,407

Class C

   $ 17,511    $ 0    $ 0    $ 12,887    $ 4,624    $ 0

 

Former C&B Fund. Prior to July 26, 2004, SEI Investments Distribution Co. served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Large Cap Value Fund. For the period between October 31, 2003 (the Fund’s fiscal year end) and July 26, 2004, the predecessor portfolio of the Fund did not pay any distribution-related expenses. For the period between July 26, 2004 and the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004, the Fund paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

   Printing &
Mailing


   Compensation
to Underwriters


   Comp. to
Br/Dlrs


  

Other

(Explain)


C&B Large Cap Value Fund

Class B

   $ 4,750    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 4,750

Class C

   $ 2,251    $ 0    $ 0    $ 2,101    $ 150    $ 0

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of a Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

40


Table of Contents

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such Non-Interested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, the Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D, Class Z, Administrator Class and Investor Class shares and up to 0.10% of the average daily net assets of the Administrator Class shares of the Index Fund owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such plans or related agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by

 

41


Table of Contents

such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefore) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund and pays all expenses of each Fund. . The gateway funds are not charged a custody fee at the gateway level, provided that they remain gateway funds and Wells Fargo Bank receives custodial fees from the Master Trust portfolios.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily Net

Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. For the Funds’ past three fiscal years listed below (except the C&B Large Cap Value Fund), the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the Funds and the amounts retained by Stephens are as follows:

 

Year Ended

9/30/04


  

Year Ended

9/30/03*


  

Year Ended

9/30/02


Paid


   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

$2,015,276

   $ 340,635    $ 1,189,589    $ 235,808    $ 5,144,052    $ 292,472
* Amounts include fees paid by the Wells Fargo Montgomery Funds for the period from July 1, 2003 through September 30, 2003.

 

42


Table of Contents

For the period from July 27, 2004 through October 31, 2004, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to Stephens by the C&B Large Cap Value Fund and other C&B Funds was as follows:

 

7/26/04 – 10/31/04

Total Paid

   Total Retained

$84,463    $ 43,443

 

Prior to July 26, 2004, SEI Investments Distribution Co. acted as principal underwriter for shares of the predecessor portfolio of the C&B Large Cap Value Fund. For the period from November 1, 2003 through July 26, 2004, and for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2003 and October 31, 2002, the predecessor portfolio did not pay any underwriting commissions.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each Fund is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. A Fund is required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if it is determined that the closing price or the

 

43


Table of Contents

latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

The International Core, International Growth, International Index and International Value Portfolios use an independent service provider to review U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets and assist with the decision whether to substitute fair values for foreign security market prices. This service provider applies a multi-factor methodology, which uses factors such as ADRs, sector indices and futures, to each foreign portfolio security as part of this process.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Futures contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed-income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

For the Funds that invest directly in foreign securities, portfolio securities are generally valued on the basis of quotations from the primary market in which they are traded. However, if, in the judgment of the Board, a security’s value has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or the market on which the security is principally traded (for example, a foreign exchange or market), that security may be valued by another method that the Board believes accurately reflects fair value. A security’s valuation may differ depending on the method used to determine its value.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time, generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling

 

44


Table of Contents

Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust also may redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse a Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholders to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

The dealer reallowance for Class A shares is as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase            


  

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Public
Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Net Amount
Invested


    Dealer
Reallowance
as % of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   5.75 %   6.10 %   5.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.75 %   4.99 %   4.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.75 %   3.90 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.75 %   2.83 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A shares purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All shareholders (except Class D shareholders) with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of classes of Funds that they already own, and redeem existing shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

45


Table of Contents

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization described in “Historical Fund Information,” will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Funds’ Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of each Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction, the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm, the value and quality of the services

 

46


Table of Contents

rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While each Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of equity securities on a securities exchange are effected through broker-dealers who charge a negotiated commission for their services. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, affiliated broker-dealers. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with broker-dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the broker-dealer. In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price that includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, each Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that a Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, Funds Management oversees each Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

Each Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, a Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. A Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include: (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by each Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of each Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of a Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover may also result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

47


Table of Contents

The portfolio turnover rate for the Equity Value Fund varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rate was primarily due to a difference in the periods reported of one month (due to the Fund’s commencement of operations) versus one full year.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

Fund


   Year-Ended
9/30/04


   Year-Ended
9/30/03


   Year Ended
9/30/02


Equity Value*

   $ 633,158    $ 238,732      N/A

Large Cap Appreciation

   $ 424,639    $ 356,841    $ 267,582

Large Company Growth

   $ 1,472,439    $ 1,857,480    $ 1,776,440

Small Company Growth

   $ 6,624,409    $ 5,699,267      N/A

Small Company Value

   $ 1,421,095    $ 1,333,379      N/A

* The Fund commenced operations on August 29, 2003.

 

Former AIC Trust Fund. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the C&B Large Cap Value Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

Fund


   Year Ended
10/31/04*


   Year Ended
10/31/03


   Year Ended
10/31/02


C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   $ 65,313    $ 15,042    $ 38,839

* The increase in brokerage commissions in 2004 compared to 2003 was due to an increase in Fund assets.

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004, the Sub-Advisers listed below directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on the stated total amount of transactions.

 

Sub-Adviser


   Commissions Paid

   Transactions Value

Cadence

   $ 23,377    $ 16,043,767

Peregrine

   $ 713,223    $ 239,494,398

Systematic

   $ 82,387    $ 71,012,235

Wells Capital Management*

   $ 2,221,569    $ 1,420,953,051

* Includes all transactions executed for the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Complex, including Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust.

 

Former AIC Trust Fund. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004, the C&B Large Cap Value Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund directed brokerage transactions to a broker for research services provided, and paid the following commissions based on stated total amount of transactions.

 

Fund


   Commissions Paid

   Transactional Value

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   $ 2,830    $ 1,400,073

 

None of the other Sub-Advisers participate in such directed brokerage practices.

 

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2002, 2003 and 2004, none of the Funds paid any brokerage commission to affiliated brokers.

 

48


Table of Contents

Former AIC Trust Fund. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the C&B Large Cap Value Fund and the predecessor portfolio of the Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to affiliated brokers.

 

Securities of Regular Broker Dealers. The Funds are required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers and dealers” (as defined under the 1940 Act) that the Funds may hold at the close of their most recent fiscal year. As of October 31, 2004, the Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers as indicated in the amounts shown:

 

Fund


   Broker/Dealer

   Amount

C&B Large Cap Value Fund

   JP Morgan Chase    $ 1,748,580
     Bank of America    $ 1,899,096

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from a Fund in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent auditors, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trust’s Board deems equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions,

 

49


Table of Contents

broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

50


Table of Contents

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.

 

As of September 30, 2004, the following Funds had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Equity Income

   2011    $ 983,016

Equity Value Fund

   2012    $ 448

Index Fund

   2010    $ 12,406,176
     2011    $ 32,325,753
     2012    $ 3,784,012

Large Company Growth

   2010    $ 91,866,464
     2011    $ 244,482,638
     2012    $ 44,771,320

Small Company Growth

   2011    $ 12,464,111

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

51


Table of Contents

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Investment through Master Portfolios. Some of the Funds seek to continue to qualify as regulated investment companies by investing their assets through one or more master portfolios. Each master portfolio will be treated as a non-publicly traded partnership (or, in the event that a Fund is the sole investor in the corresponding master portfolio, as disregarded from the Fund) for federal income tax purposes rather than as a regulated investment company or a corporation under the Code. Under the rules applicable to a non-publicly traded partnership (or disregarded entity), a proportionate share of any interest, dividends, gains and losses of a master portfolio will be deemed to have been realized (i.e., “passed-through”) to its investors, including the corresponding Fund, regardless of whether any amounts are actually distributed by the master portfolio. Each investor in a master portfolio will be taxed on such share, as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the particular master portfolio, the Code and Treasury Regulations, in determining such investor’s federal income tax liability. Therefore, to the extent that a master portfolio were to accrue but not distribute any income or gains, the corresponding Fund would be deemed to have realized its proportionate share of such income or gains without receipt of any corresponding distribution. However, each of the master portfolios will seek to minimize recognition by its investors (such as a corresponding Fund) of income and gains without a corresponding distribution. Furthermore, each master portfolio’s assets, income and distributions will be managed in such a way that an investor in a master portfolio will be able to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company by investing its assets through the master portfolio.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in

 

52


Table of Contents

the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A

 

53


Table of Contents

constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

54


Table of Contents

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an

 

55


Table of Contents

annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

Current federal income tax law also provides for a maximum individual federal income tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income” of 15%. In general, “qualified dividend income” is income attributable to dividends received from certain domestic and foreign corporations on or after January 1, 2003, as long as certain holding period requirements are met. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income constitutes qualified dividend income, all of its distributions will be treated as qualified dividend income in the hands of individual shareholders, as long as they meet certain holding period requirements set forth below for their Fund shares. If less than 95% of the Fund’s income is attributable to qualified dividend income, then only the portion of the Fund’s distributions that are attributable to and designated as such in a timely manner will be so treated in the hands of individual shareholders. A Fund will only be treated as realizing qualified dividend income to the extent it receives dividends attributable to investments in certain domestic and foreign corporations and certain holding period requirements are met, including by individual Fund shareholders to qualify for the reduced rate of taxation. Only dividends from direct investments will qualify. Payments received by the Fund derived from securities lending, repurchase and other derivative transactions ordinarily will not. The rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions as qualified dividend income are complex, including the holding period requirements. Individual Fund shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

56


Table of Contents

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund

 

57


Table of Contents

shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the

 

58


Table of Contents

guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

  Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

  Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

  Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

  Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

  Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

59


Table of Contents

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C.

External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the

 

60


Table of Contents
 

Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less often than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are eleven of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a CDSC, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of a Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters that affect one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an Advisory agreement, since it only affects one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

61


Table of Contents

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of such class the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares such class of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect directors under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to a Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the relevant class of shares of the Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below as of March 16, 2005 is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities of the Fund as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
C&B Large Cap Value Fund                 
Class A   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    14.15 %
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    18.19 %
Class C   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    33.35 %
Class D   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

REINVEST ACCOUNT

ATTN MUTUAL FUND

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    67.30 %

 

62


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERV LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUST

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 5TH FL

200 LIBERTY ST ONE WORLD FIN CEN

NEW YORK NY 10281-1003

   Record    9.50 %
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO OMNIBUS ACCOUNT - REINVEST/REINVEST

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    71.97 %
    

PENFIRN & CO

PO BOX 3327

OMAHA NE 68103-0327

   Record    10.73 %
    

SUNTRUST BANK INC

FBO NORFOLK FOUNDATION

PO BOX 105870

ATLANTA GA 30348-5870

   Record    5.12 %
Institutional Class   

CENTRAL NEW YORK COMMUNITY FOUNDATION INC

500 S SALINA ST STE 428

SYRACUSE NY 13202-3314

   Record    28.02 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO WF FIN PEN TR LG CAP VAL WWF/C&B

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    25.45 %
    

WACHOVIA BANK

1525 WEST WT HARRIS BLVD

NC1151

CHARLOTTE NC 28288-0001

   Record    21.76 %
    

NATEXIS BANQUES POPULAIRES

10 RUE DES ROQUEMONTS

14099 CAEN CEDEX 9

FRANCE

   Record    13.28 %
    

SAXON & CO

PO BOX 7780-1888

PHILADELPHIA PA 19182-0001

   Record    11.45 %
Diversified Equity                 
Class A   

CITY OF HASTINGS NEBRASKA RETIREMENT PLAN

C/O GREAT WEST RECORD KEEPER

8515 E ORCHARD RD #2T2

ENGLEWOOD, CO 80111-5037

   Record    9.52 %
Class B    NONE    N/A    NONE  
Class C   

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLLC

420 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-1207

   Record    5.78 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.30 %

 

63


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK

FBO DIVERSIFIED EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

P.O. BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55480-1533

   Record    91.97 %
Diversified Small Cap                 
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    85.30 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO DIVERSIFIED SMALL CAP FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    11.63 %
Equity Income  
Class A   

PFPC BROKERAGE SERVICES

FBO WELLS FARGO

ATTN MITCH BLOOMFIELD

420 MONTGOMERY ST 5TH FL

MAC A0101-057

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-1207

   Record    6.67 %
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.54 %
Class C   

FIRST CLEARING, LLC

LOCAL 68 ENGINEERS WELFARE FUND

10700 WHEAT FIRST DRIVE

GLEN ALLEN VA 23060-9243

   Record    7.93 %

 

64


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.51 %
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO INCOME EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    52.19 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO INCOME EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    23.96 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO INCOME EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    20.13 %
Equity Value Fund                 
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    24.35 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    10.46 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

420 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-1207

   Record    5.25 %
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.73 %
Class C   

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    12.98 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    11.61 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    10.35 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    8.08 %

 

65


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.44%
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.28%
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO OMNIBUS CASH/CASH

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    78.92%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO OMNIBUS REINVEST/REINVEST

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    20.48%
Growth Equity Fund               
Class A    NONE    N/A    RECORD
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.43%
Class C   

EMJAY CORPORATION

8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2

GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

   Record    16.17%
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    14.59%
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    6.52%
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO GROWTH EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    97.55%
Institutional Class    N/A    N/A    N/A
Index Fund               
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO INDEX FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    85.39%
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO INDEX FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    8.92%

 

66


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING FBO

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    11.59 %
Investor Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO

RETIREMENT PLAN SERVICES

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    7.20 %
Large Cap Appreciation Fund                 
Class A   

WELLS FARGO BANK WEST NA

VARIOUS FASCORP RECORDKEPT PLANS

8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2

GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

   Record    90.08 %
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

P.O. BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55440-9446

   Record    18.29 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 54402-1916

   Record    5.54 %
Class C   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

P.O. BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55440-9446

   Record    40.97 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 54402-1916

   Record    6.41 %
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NA

OMNIBUS ACCOUNT R/R

C/O MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55480-1533

   Record    75.92 %
    

MII LIFE INS

1303 CORPORATE CENTER DRIVE

EAGAN, MN 55121-1204

   Record    23.85 %
Large Company Growth Fund                 
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    14.66 %
    

T ROWE PRICE RETIREMENT PLAN

SERVICES INC FBO RITE AID

4515 PAINTERS MILL ROAD

OWINGS MILLS MD 21117-4903

   Record    13.93 %
    

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK C/O

JPMORGAN RETIREMENT PLAN SERV

PEARSON INC RETIREMENT PLAN

9300 WARD PARKWAY

KANSAS CITY MO 64114-3317

   Record    6.30 %

 

67


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

STATE STREET CORP FBO

FIRST DATA CORPORATION

105 ROSEMONT AVE

WESTWOOD MA 02090-2318

   Record    5.50 %
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

P.O. BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.45 %
Class C   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

P.O. BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55440-9446

   Record    16.24 %
    

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FL

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    5.54 %
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK

FBO LARGE COMPANY GROWTH I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

P.O. BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55480-1533

   Record    61.55 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK

FBO LARGE COMPANY GROWTH I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

P.O. BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55480-1533

   Record    14.59 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    39.14 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO AMERICAN SHOWA 401K PS PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    31.77 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO PERFORMANCE FIBERS 401K PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    15.53 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK MN NA

FBO EYE ASSOCIATES OF NEW MEXICO 401K

733 MARQUETTE AVE 5TH FLOOR

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    12.08 %
Institutional Class   

STATE OF HAWAII

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

ISLAND SVGS PLAN

DEPT OF HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT

235 S BERETANIA ST

HONOLULU HI 96813-2406

   Record    76.99 %

 

68


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

COMMUNITY FOUNDATION FOR GREATER ATLANTA

50 HURT PLAZA SUITE 449

ATLANTA GA 30303-2915

   Record    21.72 %
Class Z    NONE    N/A    NONE  
Small Company Growth Fund                 
Class A   

AMVESCAP NATL TR CO TTEE

FBO LYKES BROS. INC.

RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN

PO BOX 105779

ATLANTA GA 30348-5779

   Record    30.99 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    30.82 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.29 %
    

AMVESCAP NATL TR CO TTEE FBO

LYKES BROS. INC.

MANAGEMENT DC NON-QUALIFIED PLAN

PO BOX 105779

ATLANTA GA 30348-5779

   Record    5.65 %
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    18.44 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P. O. BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    10.90 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P. O. BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    8.59 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P. O. BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    7.98 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P. O. BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    5.93 %
Class C   

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    23.22 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P O BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    22.63 %

 

69


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

525 MARKET ST 12TH FL

MAC-A0103-121

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2720

   Record    15.63 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P O BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    6.58 %
    

PERSHING LLC

P O BOX 2052

JERSEY CITY NJ 07303-2052

   Record    6.55 %
    

RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOC INC

FBO WINTEREGG IRA

880 CARILLON PKWY

ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

   Record    6.37 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.48 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.05 %
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK

FBO SMALL COMPANY GROWTH I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

P.O. BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55480-1533

   Record    59.41 %
    

VANGUARD FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY

ATTN: OUTSIDE FUNDS

PO BOX 2600

VALLEY FORGE, PA 19482-2600

   Record    15.22  
    

NFSC FEBO

FIIOC AS AGENT FOR

QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE BENEFIT

PLANS (401K) FINOPS-IC FUNDS

100 MAGELLAN WAY KW1C

COVINGTON KY 41015-1987

   Record    6.41 %
Small Company Value Fund                 
Class A   

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    45.37 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK WEST NA

VARIOUS FASCORP RECORDKEPT PLANS

8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2

GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

   Record    7.76 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.74 %

 

70


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Class B   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

P.O. BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55440-9446

   Record    18.85 %
Class C   

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SERVICES

P.O. BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55440-9446

   Record    11.50 %
Administrator Class   

WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA N.A.

FBO OMNIBUS ACCOUNT R/R

C/O MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

P.O. BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55480-1533

   Record    83.69 %
    

NFSC FEBO FIIOC AS AGENT FOR

QUALIFIED EMPLOYEE BENEFIT

PLANS (401K) FINOPS-IC FUNDS

100 MAGELLAN WAY KW1C

COVINGTON KY 41015-1987

   Record    10.44 %

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

71


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the C&B Large Cap Value Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004 and for the other Funds for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports.

 

72


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CORPORATE BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE DIVERSIFIED BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE GOVERNMENT SECURITIES FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE HIGH INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE HIGH YIELD BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INCOME PLUS FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INFLATION-PROTECTED BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INTERMEDIATE GOVERNMENT INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SHORT DURATION GOVERNMENT BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SHORT-TERM BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SHORT-TERM HIGH YIELD BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE STABLE INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE STRATEGIC INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE TOTAL RETURN BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ULTRA-SHORT DURATION BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ULTRA SHORT-TERM INCOME FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Class Z, Administrator Class, Advisor Class, Institutional Class and Investor Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about sixteen funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage Corporate Bond, Diversified Bond, Government Securities, High Income, High Yield Bond, Income Plus, Inflation-Protected Bond, Intermediate Government Income, Short Duration Government Bond, Short-Term Bond, Strategic Income, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Stable Income, Total Return Bond, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds. Each Fund is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Class Z shares are currently available only to certain qualified investors. Please see the Class Z shares prospectus for further details. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class and the Institutional Class was named the Select Class.

 

Funds


   A, B and/or C

   Z

   Administrator

   Advisor

   Institutional

   Investor

Corporate Bond Fund

                  ·    ·    ·

Diversified Bond Fund

             ·               

Government Securities Fund

   ·         ·    ·    ·    ·

High Income Fund

                  ·    ·    ·

High Yield Bond Fund

   ·                         

Income Plus Fund

   ·                         

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

   ·         ·               

Intermediate Government Income Fund

   ·         ·               

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   ·         ·         ·     

Short-Term Bond Fund

                  ·    ·    ·

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

                  ·         ·

Stable Income Fund

   ·         ·               

Strategic Income Fund

   ·                         

Total Return Bond Fund

   ·    ·    ·         ·     

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   ·    ·                    

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

             ·    ·    ·    ·

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (“Prospectuses”) dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the Diversified Bond Fund, High Yield Bond Fund, Income Plus Fund, Inflation-Protected Bond Fund, Intermediate Government Income Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund, Stable Income Fund and Total Return Bond Fund, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended May 31, 2004, and the unaudited financial statements for those Funds for the semi-annual period ended November 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report, respectively. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Strategic Income, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended October 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports. The Prospectuses, Annual Reports and Semi-Annual Reports may be obtained free of charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds (except for the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports), calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   3

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   5

MANAGEMENT

   22

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   49

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   50

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   52

FUND EXPENSES

   55

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   56

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   64

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   66

CAPITAL STOCK

   67

OTHER

   81

COUNSEL

   81

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   81

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   81

APPENDIX

   A-1

 

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the consolidation of such Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

On December 16, 2002, the Board of Trustees of The Montgomery Funds and The Montgomery Funds II (“Montgomery”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Montgomery portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the reorganization was June 9, 2003.

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of the Trust approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the Reorganization was April 8, 2005.

 

The Funds described in this SAI, except the High Yield Bond and Inflation-Protected Bond Funds were created as part of either the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”) and the Norwest Advantage family of funds advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex, the reorganization of certain of the funds of the Montgomery family of funds into certain of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, or the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization between Stagecoach and Norwest followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. The reorganization between Montgomery and the Trust followed the Funds’ adviser’s parent company purchasing certain parts of the institutional and retail investment management business of the Montgomery funds’ adviser, Montgomery Asset Management, LLC (“MAM”). The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Stagecoach, Norwest, Montgomery and Strong funds, as applicable, that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


  

Predecessor Funds


Corporate Bond Fund

   Strong Corporate Bond Fund

Diversified Bond Fund

   Norwest Diversified Bond Fund

Government Securities Fund

   Strong Government Securities Fund

High Income Fund

   Strong High-Yield Bond Fund

High Yield Bond Fund

   N/A

Income Plus Fund

   Stagecoach Strategic Income Fund

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

   N/A

Intermediate Government Income Fund

   Norwest Intermediate Government Income Fund

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund

Short-Term Bond Fund

   Strong Short-Term Bond Fund

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

   Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

Stable Income Fund

   Norwest Stable Income Fund

Strategic Income Fund

   Strong Advisor Strategic Income Fund

Total Return Bond Fund

   Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund

Ultra-Short Term Income Fund

   Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

 

1


Table of Contents

The Corporate Bond Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Corporate Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong Corporate Bond Fund commenced operations on December 12, 1985.

 

The Diversified Bond Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Diversified Bond Fund. The predecessor Norwest Diversified Bond Fund commenced operations on November 11, 1994.

 

The Government Securities Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Government Securities Fund. The predecessor Strong Government Securities Fund commenced operations on October 29, 1986.

 

The High Income Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as the successor to the Strong High-Yield Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong High-Yield Bond Fund commenced operations on December 28, 1995.

 

The High Yield Bond Fund commenced operations on November 29, 2002.

 

The Income Plus Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Stagecoach Strategic Income Fund. The predecessor Stagecoach Strategic Income Fund commenced operations on July 13, 1998.

 

The Inflation-Protected Bond Fund commenced operations on February 28, 2003.

 

The Intermediate Government Income Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Intermediate Government Income Fund and the Stagecoach U.S. Government Income and U.S. Government Allocation Funds. The predecessor Norwest Intermediate Government Income Fund commenced operations on November 11, 1994. The predecessor Stagecoach U.S. Government Income Fund commenced operations on January 1, 1992 and the predecessor Stagecoach U.S. Government Allocation Fund commenced operations on January 2, 1992 as successor to the Fixed-Income Strategy Fund of the Wells Fargo Investment Trust (“WFIT”). The predecessor WFIT Fund commenced operations on March 31, 1987. For accounting purposes, the Norwest Intermediate Government Income Fund is considered the surviving entity, and the financial highlights shown for periods prior to November 8, 1999 are the financial highlights of the Norwest Intermediate Government Income Fund.

 

The Short Duration Government Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund) commenced operations on June 9, 2003, as successor to the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund. The predecessor fund commenced operations on December 18, 1992. The performance history and financial highlights shown for periods prior to June 9, 2003 are the performance history and financial highlights of the predecessor fund. The Fund changed its name from the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund to the Short Duration Government Bond Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The Short-Term Bond Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Short-Term Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong Short-Term Bond Fund commenced operations on August 31, 1987.

 

The Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund commenced operations on June 30, 1997.

 

The Stable Income Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Stable Income Fund. The predecessor Norwest Stable Income Fund commenced operations on November 11, 1994.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Strategic Income Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor Strategic Income Fund. The predecessor Strong Advisor Strategic Income Fund commenced operations on November 30, 2000. Prior to November 30, 2002, the Fund’s name was Strong Advisor Aggressive High-Yield Bond Fund.

 

The Total Return Bond Fund (formerly named the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund) commenced operations on June 9, 2003, as successor to the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund. The predecessor fund commenced operations on June 30, 1997. The performance history and financial highlights shown for periods prior to June 9, 2003 are the performance history and financial highlights of the predecessor fund. The Fund changed its name from the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund to the Total Return Bond Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong Advisor Short Duration Bond Fund commenced operations on March 31, 1994. Prior to November 30, 2000, the Fund’s name was Strong Short-Term Global Bond Fund.

 

The Ultra Short-Term Income Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund. The predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Income Fund commenced operations on November 25, 1988.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in repurchase agreements;

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

3


Table of Contents

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business); nor

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may invest in futures or options contracts regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) for (i) bona fide hedging purposes within the meaning of the rules of the CFTC, and (ii) other purposes if, as a result, no more than 5% of the Fund’s net assets would be invested in initial margin and premiums (excluding amounts “in-the-money”) required to establish the contracts.

 

(4) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(5) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(6) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

4


Table of Contents

(7) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

(8) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. Some of the Funds described in this SAI are either gateway feeder funds that invest in a single corresponding master portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust (“Master Trust”) or gateway blended funds that invest in two or more master portfolios. References to the activities of a gateway fund are understood to refer to the investments of the master portfolio(s) in which the gateway fund invests. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various types of asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that represent an interest in an underlying security. The asset-backed securities in which the Funds invest may consist of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables (“CARS”) and credit card receivables (“CARDS”). Payments of principal and interest on these asset-backed securities may be “passed through” on a monthly or other periodic basis to certificate holders and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer loans or receivables by individuals, and the certificate holder frequently has no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or receivables. The actual maturity and realized yield will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment. Asset-backed securities may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other instruments. Also, the secondary market for certain asset-backed securities may not be as liquid as the market for other types of securities, which could result in a Fund experiencing difficulty in valuing or liquidating such securities. The Funds may also invest in securities backed by pools of mortgages. These investments are described under the heading “Mortgage-Related Securities.”

 

5


Table of Contents

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund that invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions that might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Bonds

 

Certain of the debt instruments purchased by the Funds may be bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company or governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate bonds will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds.

 

Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

6


Table of Contents

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes, see “Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations” below), which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and typically has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations that permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable rate demand notes and variable rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is generally a debt obligation or preferred stock that may be converted within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock of the same or a different user. A convertible security provides a fixed income stream and the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation resulting from a market price advance in its underlying common stock. As with a straight fixed income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Like a common stock, the value of a convertible security also tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises, and it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Because its value can be influenced by both interest rate and market movements, a convertible security is not as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed income security, nor is it as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.

 

The creditworthiness of the issuer of a convertible security may be important in determining the security’s true value. This is because the holder of a convertible security will have recourse only to the issuer. In addition, a convertible security may be subject to redemption by the issuer, but only after a specified date and under circumstances established at the time the security is issued.

 

While the Funds use the same criteria to rate a convertible debt security that it uses to rate a more conventional debt security, a convertible preferred stock is treated like a preferred stock for a Fund’s financial reporting, credit rating, and investment limitation purposes. Preferred stock is subordinated to all debt obligations in the event of insolvency, and an issuer’s failure to make a dividend payment is generally not an event of default entitling the preferred shareholder to take action. Preferred stock generally has no maturity date, so that its market value is dependent on the issuer’s business prospects for an indefinite period of time. In addition, distributions on preferred stock generally are taxable as dividend income, rather than interest payments, for federal income tax purposes.

 

Custodial Receipts for Treasury Securities

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities, such as Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”), or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

7


Table of Contents

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References.

 

Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself.

 

In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

The Funds may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein a Fund sells fixed income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but the Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the

 

8


Table of Contents

future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. At the time a Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets such as cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid equity or debt securities having a value equal to the purchase price for the similar security (including accrued interest) and subsequently marks the assets to market daily to ensure that full collateralization is maintained.

 

Fixed-Income Securities

 

Investors should be aware that even though interest-bearing securities are investments which promise a stable stream of income, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price fluctuations. Long-term securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of fixed-income securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities. Once the rating of a portfolio security has been changed to a rating below investment-grade, the particular Fund considers all circumstances deemed relevant in determining whether to continue to hold the security. Certain securities that may be purchased by the Fund, such as those rated “Baa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) may be subject to such risk with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher-rated fixed-income securities. Securities which are rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered medium-grade obligations; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured, and are considered by Moody’s to have speculative characteristics. Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and, while such debt securities ordinarily exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for securities in this category than in higher-rated categories. Securities rated “BBB” by Fitch are considered investment-grade and of satisfactory credit quality; however, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. If a security held by a Fund is downgraded to a rating below investment-grade, such Fund may continue to hold the security until such time as the adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Fund to sell the security.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations that are not so rated only if the

 

9


Table of Contents

adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Foreign Obligations and Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in debt obligations of foreign issuers, including foreign branches of U.S. banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks, foreign governmental agencies and foreign companies that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer and the available information may be less reliable. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign tax laws, and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries.

 

Certain Funds may also invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies. Therefore, these Funds may be affected favorably or unfavorably by currency exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within a Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

 

Amounts realized on certain foreign securities in which a Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes that could reduce the return on these securities. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Fund would be subject.

 

Certain Funds may enter into forward currency exchange contracts (“forward contracts”) to attempt to minimize the risk to the Funds from adverse changes in the relationship between currencies or to enhance income. A forward contract is an obligation to buy or sell a specific currency for an agreed price at a future date, and is individually negotiated and privately traded by currency traders and their customers. The Funds will either cover a position in such a transaction or maintain, in a segregated account with their custodian bank, cash or high-grade marketable money market securities having an aggregate value equal to the amount of any such commitment until payment is made.

 

Forward Commitment, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date. The Funds will establish a segregated account in which they will maintain cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

10


Table of Contents

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. The Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This

 

11


Table of Contents

amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position

 

12


Table of Contents

than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions. The Funds may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” above). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

 

The Funds may invest in foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ from futures contracts in that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The adviser considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions. Despite these differences, foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions (together, “Currency Futures”) entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

 

Because the Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, they may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within the Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.

 

13


Table of Contents

A Fund will purchase and sell Currency Futures in order to hedge its portfolio and to protect it against possible variations in foreign exchange rates pending the settlement of securities transactions. If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a Currency Future as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a Currency Future to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These Currency Futures will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of Currency Futures strategies also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of Currency Futures also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts: the risk of an illiquid market for the Currency Futures, the risk of exchange-imposed trading limits, and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its securities, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its Currency Futures investments.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of its investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

14


Table of Contents

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

High Yield/Lower-Rated Debt Securities

 

Certain Funds invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (also known as high-yield securities or “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher-rated securities.

 

The market values of certain high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, issuers of high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities often are highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired.

 

The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to senior indebtedness. The Fund may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. The existence of limited markets for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities may diminish the Fund’s ability to: (a) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing such securities and calculating its net asset value; and (b) sell the securities at fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or in financial markets.

 

Although the general market for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities is no longer new, the market for such securities has not yet weathered a major sustained economic recession. The effect that such a recession might have on such securities is not known. Any such recession, however, could disrupt severely the market for such securities and adversely affect the value of such securities. Any such economic downturn also could severely and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale, and for which there may not be a readily available market, and which may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Inflation-Protected Debt Securities

 

The Inflation-Protected Bond Fund invests primarily in, and certain other Funds invest in, inflation-protected debt securities, which are instruments whose prices are indexed to a measure of inflation such as, for example, the Consumer Price Index. The value of these securities at maturity or their coupon rate is determined by reference to the specific measure of inflation to which they are linked.

 

Each Fund’s yield will reflect both the inflation-adjusted interest income and the inflation adjustment to principal, which are features of inflation-protected debt securities. The current income generated by each Fund will vary with changes in the measure of inflation to which the inflation-protected securities held in the Fund’s portfolio are linked and may be more or less than traditional debt securities.

 

15


Table of Contents

The value of inflation-protected debt securities is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Unlike traditional debt securities whose return is based on nominal interest rates that include inflation expectations as a component, the return on these securities is based on real interest rates that already take into account the inflation expectations of the market. As a result, interest payments will vary as the security’s principal is adjusted for inflation. Inflation-protected debt securities are subject to greater risk than traditional debt securities if interest rates rise in a low inflation environment. Generally, the value of an inflation-protected debt security will fall when real interest rates rise and inversely, rise when real interest rates fall.

 

While these securities are expected to be protected from long term inflationary trends, short term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the debt securities’ inflationary measure.

 

For federal income tax purposes, both interest payments and the difference between original principal and the inflation-adjusted principal of inflation-protected debt securities will be treated as interest income subject to taxation. Interest payments are taxable when received or accrued. The inflation adjustment to principal is subject to tax in the year the adjustment is made, not at maturity of the security when the cash from the repayment of principal is received.

 

Interest Rate Protection Transactions

 

To manage its exposure to different types of investments, the Funds may enter into interest rate, currency and mortgage (or other asset) swap agreements and may purchase and sell interest rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.” In a typical interest rate swap agreement, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate on a specific amount in return for payments equal to a fixed interest rate on the same amount for a specified period. In a cap or floor, one party agrees, usually in return for a fee, to make payments under particular circumstances. A collar entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed upon range.

 

A Fund expects to enter into interest rate protection transactions to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to protect against any increase in the price of securities it anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Funds intend to use these transactions as a hedge and not as a speculative investment.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Trustees to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a State, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objectives, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may

 

16


Table of Contents

fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the SEC, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

The Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities (also known as mortgage pass-through securities), which represent interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage-related securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities created by private issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers. Collateralized mortgage obligations, adjustable rate mortgages and mortgage participation certificates are the primary types of mortgage-related securities utilized by the Funds.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). The Funds may invest in investment-grade CMOs. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). CMOs are structured into multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity. Payments of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. A longer duration or greater sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations generally increases the risk level of the CMO.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”). The Funds each may invest in ARMs issued or guaranteed by a government agency such as the GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, or by a private issuer. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on GNMA ARMs is guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FNMA also guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. FNMA and FHLMC ARMs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. However, because FNMA and FHLMC are government-sponsored enterprises, these securities are generally considered to be high-quality investments that present minimal credit risks. The mortgages underlying ARMs guaranteed by GNMA are typically insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration or the Farmers Home Administration, whereas those underlying ARMs issued by FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages which are not so insured or guaranteed, but which conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. The yields provided by ARMs issued by a government agency have historically exceeded the yields on other types of U.S. Government securities with comparable maturities, although there can be no assurance that this historical performance will continue.

 

17


Table of Contents

The Funds may also invest in ARMs offered by private issuers. These securities generally offer a higher rate of interest, but also involve greater credit and interest rate risk than U.S. Government agency issued ARMs because they offer no direct or indirect governmental guarantees. However, many private issuers or servicers of ARMs guarantee or provide insurance for timely payment of interest and principal. In addition, the Montgomery Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund may purchase some mortgage-related securities through private placements that are restricted as to further sale. The value of these securities may be more volatile than other mortgage-related securities.

 

Mortgage Participation Certificates. The Funds also may invest in mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”), both issued by the FHLMC. PCs resemble GNMA certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool of mortgages. GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. These instruments, however, pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. Mortgage participation certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back by the borrower over the length of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity.

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Fund’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of mortgage-related securities.

 

Prepayment and Extension Risk. The stated maturities of mortgage-related securities may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgages, or extended in rising interest rate environments. Therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the average maturity of a particular mortgage-related security. Variations in the maturities of mortgage-related securities will affect the yield of the Fund. Rates of repayment of principal on mortgage-related securities that are higher or lower than expected may also expose a Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, in the event of prepayment, the value of the premium would be lost. Like other fixed income securities, when interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates decline, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed income securities.

 

Interest Rate Risk. The interest rates on the underlying mortgages of mortgage-related securities generally are readjusted at periodic intervals ranging from one year or less to several years in response to changes in a predetermined, commonly recognized interest rate index. The adjustable rate feature should reduce, but will not eliminate, price fluctuations in such securities, particularly when market interest rates fluctuate. The NAV of a Fund’s shares may fluctuate to the extent interest rates on underlying mortgages differ from prevailing market interest rates during periods between interest rate reset dates. Accordingly, investors could experience some loss if they redeem their shares of a Fund or if the Fund sells these portfolio securities before the interest rates on the underlying mortgages are adjusted to reflect prevailing market interest rates.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

Certain Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) of the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Gateway funds, whose policies are to invest some or all of their assets in the securities of one or more open-end management investment companies, are excepted from these limitations. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

18


Table of Contents

iShares: Certain Funds may invest in iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. (“iShares”), which are registered investment companies that consist of numerous separate series (each an “iShares Fund”), each of which seeks investment results similar to the performance of a single stock market or of a group of stock markets in a single geographic location. IShares combine characteristics of stocks with those of index funds. Like stocks, iShares are liquid and can be traded in any number of shares; like index funds, they provide diversification and market tracking. IShares trade on the American Stock Exchange, the Chicago Board Options Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange in the same way as shares of stock of a publicly held company.

 

Participation Interests

 

Each Fund may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Fund may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued or Rule 144A Securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from a Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, the Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Trustees and that are not affiliated with the investment adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

19


Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase the securities.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in market price. When a Fund makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives are retained by the broker until the Fund replaces the borrowed security. In order to deliver the security to the buyer, the fund must arrange through a broker to borrow the security and, in so doing, the fund becomes obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. Short sales “against the box” means that the fund owns the securities, which are placed in a segregated account until the transaction is closed out.

 

The value of securities of any issuer in which a fund maintains a short position that is not “against the box” may not exceed the lesser of 5% of the value of the fund’s net assets or 5% of the securities of such class of the issuer. A fund’s ability to enter into short sales transactions is limited by the requirements of the 1940 Act.

 

Short sales by a fund that are not made “against the box” create opportunities to increase the fund’s return but, at the same time, involve special risk considerations and may be considered a speculative technique. Since a fund in effect profits from a decline in the price of the securities sold short without the need to invest the full purchase price of the securities on the date of the short sale, the fund’s NAV per share will tend to increase more when the securities it has sold short decrease in value, and to decrease more when the securities it has sold short increase in value, than would otherwise be the case if it had not engaged in such short sales. Short sales theoretically involve unlimited loss potential, as the market price of securities sold short may continuously increase, although a fund may mitigate such losses by replacing the securities sold short before the market price has increased significantly. Under adverse market conditions, a fund might have difficulty purchasing securities to meet its short sale delivery obligations, and might have to sell portfolio securities to raise the capital necessary to meet its short sale obligations at a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

 

If a fund makes a short sale “against the box,” the fund would not immediately deliver the securities sold and would not receive the proceeds from the sale. The seller is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. A fund’s decision to make a short sale “against the box” may be a technique to hedge against market risks when the investment manager believes that the price of a security may decline, causing a decline in the value of a security owned by the fund or a security convertible into or exchangeable for such security. In such case, any future losses in the fund’s long position would be reduced by a gain in the short position. Short sale transactions may have adverse tax consequences to the Funds and their shareholders.

 

In the view of the SEC, a short sale involves the creation of a senior security” as such term is defined under the1940 Act, unless the sale is “against the box” and the securities sold are placed in a segregated account (not with the broker), or unless the fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short is “covered” by segregating (not with the broker) cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid

 

20


Table of Contents

debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the difference between the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale and any cash or securities required to be deposited as collateral with a broker in connection with the sale (not including the proceeds from the short sale), which difference is adjusted daily for changes in the value of the securities sold short. The total value of the cash and securities deposited with the broker and otherwise segregated may not at any time be less than the market value of the securities sold short at the time of the short sale.

 

To avoid limitations under the 1940 Act on borrowing by investment companies, all short sales by each Fund will be “against the box,” or the Fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered” by segregating cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid debt or equity securities in an amount equal to the market value of its delivery obligation. A Fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

 

Stripped Securities

 

The Funds may purchase Treasury receipts, securities of government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”), stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”) and other “stripped” securities that evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on U.S. Government, mortgage and other obligations. The stripped securities the Funds may purchase are issued by the U.S. Government (or a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality) or by private issuers such as banks, corporations and other institutions at a discount to their face value. These securities generally are structured to make a lump-sum payment at maturity and do not make periodic payments of principal or interest. Hence, the duration of these securities tends to be longer and they are therefore more sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than similar securities that offer periodic payments over time. The stripped securities purchased by the Funds are not subject to prepayment or extension risk. SMBS are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. SMBS that are structured to receive interest only are extremely sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates as well as the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and are therefore much more volatile than SMBS that receive principal only.

 

Certain Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities (such as TIGRs and CATS) or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Unrated Investments

 

Certain Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of investment quality comparable to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by such Fund. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. Neither event will require a sale of such security by the Fund. To the extent the ratings given by Moody’s or S&P may change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, a Fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for investments in accordance with the investment policies contained in its Prospectus and in this SAI. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P are more fully described in the Appendix to this SAI.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government Obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and GNMA certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with FNMA notes). In the latter case, investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or

 

21


Table of Contents

instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government Obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

Warrants are securities, typically issued with preferred stock or bonds, that give the holder the right to purchase a given number of shares of common stock at a specified price, usually during a specified period of time. The price usually represents a premium over the applicable market value of the common stock at the time of the warrant’s issuance. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the common stock, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within the specified time period.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

Certain Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no periodic interest payments, but are instead sold at discounts from face value. The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest, they are more sensitive to interest rate changes and are therefore more volatile. When interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security deepens and the securities decrease more rapidly in value; conversely, when interest rates fall, zero coupon securities rise more rapidly in value as the discount to face value narrows.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations

 

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality, and debt securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase by the Funds, an issue of debt securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Funds. The adviser will consider such an event in determining whether the Fund involved should continue to hold the obligation. See the Appendix regarding the ratings of Moody’s and S&P.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in the Prospectuses entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Master Trust (collectively, the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

22


Table of Contents

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


   Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho, 62

   Trustee,
since 1987
  Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A

Peter G. Gordon, 62

   Trustee,
since 1998;
Chairman, since
2001).
  Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A

Richard M. Leach, 71

   Trustee,
since 1987
  Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A

Timothy J. Penny, 53

   Trustee,
since 1996
  Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A

Donald C. Willeke, 64

   Trustee,
since 1996
  Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse, 60

   Trustee,
since 1987
  Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A
OFFICERS

Karla M. Rabusch, 45

   President,
since 2003
  Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

 

23


Table of Contents

Name, Age and

Address


   Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

   Treasurer,
since 2003
   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A

C. David Messman, 44

   Secretary,
since 2000
   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1. Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2. Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a

 

24


Table of Contents

combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended May 31, 2004

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 80,333

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 90,333

Richard M. Leach

   $ 80,333

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 80,333

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 80,333
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 77,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 77,000

 


* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

25


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


  Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Funds

 

Aggregate
Dollar
Range of
Equity
Securities

of Fund
Complex**


    Corporate
Bond
Fund*


  Diversified
Bond
Fund


  Government
Securities
Fund*


  High
Income
Fund*


 

High

Yield
Bond
Fund


  Income
Plus
Fund


  Inflation-
Protected
Bond
Fund


  Intermediate
Government
Income
Fund


 

Short

Duration
Government
Bond Fund


 

Short-

Term
Bond
Fund*


 

Short-

Term
High
Yield
Bond
Fund*


  Stable
Income
Fund


  Strategic
Income
Fund*


  Total
Return
Bond
Fund


 

Ultra-

Short
Duration
Bond
Fund*


 

Ultra

Short-
Term
Income
Fund*


 
Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Peter G. Gordon

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   B   0   0   0   0   B   0   0   D

Richard M. Leach

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Timothy J. Penny

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

Donald C. Willeke

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

  0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   0   D

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-adviser (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an adviser, the Board reviewed the fees that would be payable and a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees that are payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

The Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the performance and expenses of the Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, Income Plus, Inflation-Protected Bond, Intermediate Government Income, Short Duration Government Bond, Stable Income and Total Return Bond Funds and was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. In addition to

 

26


Table of Contents

the performance information for each Fund, the Board reviewed the performance information for a “Peer Group,” a group of funds that was similar to the specific Fund, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad-based index. The Board also reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-adviser. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the advisers compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to each sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered the sub-advisers’ investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary adviser through its relationship with each sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which a sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed the sub-advisers’ procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which the sub-advisers select brokers and the factors that the sub-advisers consider prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was the sub-advisers’ consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed the sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

27


Table of Contents

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the advisers; (ii) the scope of each adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.

 

The Funds operate under three types of advisory arrangements: (i) stand-alone Funds with an investment adviser and sub-adviser; (ii) gateway feeder Funds that invest in a single corresponding master portfolio of Master Trust (“Master Portfolio”) and have “dormant” advisory arrangements at the gateway level; and (iii) gateway blended Funds that invest in two or more Master Portfolios and have both active and dormant advisory arrangements at the gateway level.

 

As compensation for its advisory services for the following stand-alone Funds, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

Fund


   Prior to
8/1/04


    Effective 8/1/04

High Yield Bond Fund

   0.60 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.55%
0.50%
0.45%
0.425%
0.40%

Income Plus Fund

   0.60 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.55%
0.50%
0.45%
0.425%
0.40%

Inflation-Protected Bond Fund

   0.50 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

Intermediate Government Income Fund

   0.50 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   0.50 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

 

28


Table of Contents
     Fee

Fund


   Prior to
8/1/04


    Effective 8/1/04

Total Return Bond Fund

   0.50 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

 

Fund


  

Fee

Effective 4/11/05


Corporate Bond Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

Government Securities Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

High Income Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.55%
0.50%
0.45%
0.425%
0.40%

Short-Term Bond Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.55%
0.50%
0.45%
0.425%
0.40%

Strategic Income Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.55%
0.50%
0.45%
0.425%
0.40%

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

 

As described in the second category above, the Stable Income Fund invests 100% of its assets in a single respective Master Portfolio. Because this Fund invests all of its assets in a single portfolio, no

 

29


Table of Contents

investment advisory services are currently provided at the gateway feeder fund level. However, in order to preserve flexibility to allow the Fund to either invest in more than one Master Portfolio or to convert to a stand-alone fund with a direct advisory relationship, the Fund has a “dormant” advisory arrangement with Funds Management. Under the dormant advisory arrangement, Funds Management will receive no advisory fees as long as the gateway feeder Fund invests all (or substantially all) of its assets in one Master Portfolio. In the event that the Fund converts into a gateway blended Fund as described above, Funds Management as adviser would be entitled to receive a fee of 0.25% for asset allocation services. The dormant advisory rate listed below mirrors the advisory fee charged by Funds Management to the Master Portfolio of Master Trust in which the gateway feeder Funds invest.

 

Gateway Feeder Fund


   Active
Advisory
Fees


    Dormant
Asset
Allocation
Fees*


   

Annual Rate**

(as a percentage of net assets)


       Prior to
8/1/04


    Effective 8/1/04

Stable Income Fund

   0.00 %   0.25 %   0.50 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.45%
0.40%
0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

* Represents the proposed advisory fee payable to Funds Management as adviser if a Fund converts into a gateway blended Fund.
** Represents the advisory fee payable to Funds Management as adviser to the Master Portfolio. This would be the proposed advisory fee payable to Funds Management as adviser if a Fund converts into a stand-alone fund.

 

As described in the third category above, the Diversified Bond Fund invests its assets in two or more Master Portfolios. Funds Management determines the Master Portfolios in which the gateway blended Fund invests and the percentage allocation that such Fund would make to each Master Portfolio. For these asset allocation services, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee of 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets as indicated in the chart below. In order to preserve flexibility to convert to a stand-alone fund with a direct advisory relationship, the gateway blended Fund has entered into a “dormant” advisory arrangement with Funds Management. If a gateway blended Fund redeems assets from a master portfolio and invests these assets directly in a portfolio of securities, Funds Management will be entitled to receive a fee for the management of those assets that mirrors the master level dormant advisory fee indicated below.

 

Gateway Blended Fund

 

Advisory Fees

(Maximum Asset Allocation Fees)


 

Master Level Dormant

Advisory Fees*


Diversified Bond Fund   0.25%   0.44%

* Because the gateway blended Fund invests in two or more Master Portfolios with varying advisory fees, the dormant advisory fees are based on a formula that reflects a blended fee rate as of May 31, 2004.

 

30


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal yearends shown in the table below, the following Funds paid the following advisory fees and the investment adviser waived the indicated amounts:

 

    

05/31/04

Funds Management


  

05/31/03

Funds Management


  

05/31/02

Funds Mgmt./Wells Fargo


Fund


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


Diversified Bond

   $ 240,610    $ 453,661    $ 217,903    $ 694,203    $ 262,542    $ 515,287

High Yield Bond1

   $ 1,254,683    $ 238,175    $ 171,276    $ 67,112      N/A      N/A

Income Plus

   $ 0    $ 477,048    $ 182,188    $ 266,202    $ 89,897    $ 229,193

Inflation-Protected Bond2

   $ 0    $ 220,529    $ 0    $ 14,347      N/A      N/A

Intermediate Government Income

   $ 2,688,815    $ 932,889    $ 2,947,032    $ 874,299    $ 2,886,678    $ 567,640

Stable Income3

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

1 The High Yield Bond Fund commenced operations on November 29, 2002.
2 The Inflation-Protected Bond Fund commenced operations on February 28, 2003.
3 Amounts allocated from the Master Portfolios.

 

Former Montgomery Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and Total Return Bond Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Montgomery into certain Funds of the Trust, which occurred on June 9, 2003. Prior to the reorganization, Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management” or “WCM”) and MAM served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the period of January 17, 2003, through June 8, 2003, Wells Capital Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Total Return Bond Fund pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 17, 2003, MAM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees were the same as those under the prior agreement with MAM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


   Average Daily Net Assets

   Annual Rate

 

Short Duration Government Bond

   0-500M
>500M
   0.50
0.40
%
%

Total Return Bond

   0-500M
>500M
   0.30
0.25
%
%

 

Therefore, the table below shows the advisory fees paid by either these Funds or their predecessor portfolios. For the fiscal yearends indicated below, these Funds or their predecessor portfolios paid the following advisory fees and the respective investment adviser waived the indicated amounts:

 

Fund


  

05/31/04

Funds Management


  

06/30/03

Funds Mgmt/

WCM/MAM*


  

06/30/02

MAM


    

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


Short Duration Government Bond

   $ 1,439,947    $ 1,076,065    $ 468,694    $ 2,336,788    $ 1,058,200    $ 0

Total Return Bond

   $ 462,733    $ 630,134    $ 0    $ 271,820    $ 8,738    $ 0

* For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the predecessor portfolios to the Funds paid advisory fees to MAM for the period of July 1, 2002, through January 16, 2003 in the amount of $361, 263 and $0 for the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Bond Funds, respectively, while MAM waived $1,133,665 and $100,170 for the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Funds, respectively. The Funds did not pay any advisory fees to WCM for the period of January 17, 2003, through June 8, 2003 but WCM waived $1,124,422 and $128,773 for the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Funds, respectively. The Funds paid advisory fees to Funds Management for the period of June 9, 2003, through June 30, 2003 in the amount of $107,431 and $0 for the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Bond Funds, respectively, while Funds Management waived $78,701 and $42, 877 for the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Funds, respectively.

 

31


Table of Contents

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Strategic Income, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, SCM and Funds Management served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees payable to Funds Management were the same as those under the prior agreement with SCM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


   Average Daily Net
Assets


   Annual Rate (as a
percentage of net assets)


Corporate Bond Fund

High Income Fund

Short-Term Bond Fund

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.375 %
0.35 %
0.325%

Government Securities Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.35%
0.325%
0.30%

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.30%
0.275%
0.25%

Strategic Income Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.50%
0.475%
0.45%

 

For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolios paid the following advisory fees to SCM and SCM waived the indicated amounts.

 

Fund


   10/31/04

   10/31/03

   10/31/02

     Fees Paid

  

Fees

Waived


   Fees Paid

  

Fees

Waived


   Fees Paid

  

Fees

Waived


Corporate Bond Fund

   $ 2,085,452    $ 79,601    $ 2,668,413    $ 0    $ 4,339,906    $ 0

Government Securities Fund

   $ 5,652,831    $ 161,142    $ 8,850,823    $ 0    $ 7,231,321    $ 0

High Income Fund

   $ 1,500,877    $ 41,161    $ 1,959,660    $ 0    $ 3,297,574    $ 0

Short-Term Bond Fund

   $ 2,385,691    $ 89,044    $ 3,318,671    $ 0    $ 4,526,177    $ 0

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

   $ 923,837    $ 32,945    $ 1,081,342    $ 0    $ 1,233,074    $ 0

Strategic Income Fund

   $ 128,816    $ 3,971    $ 103,198    $ 0    $ 84,206    $ 0

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   $ 240,525    $ 8,678    $ 321,487    $ 0    $ 259,814    $ 0

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

   $ 4,993,358    $ 225,760    $ 7,310,233    $ 0    $ 9,952,354    $ 0

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the

 

32


Table of Contents

respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Advisers

 

Funds Management has engaged Wells Capital Management, an affiliate of Funds Management and Sutter Advisors LLC (“Sutter”) to serve as investment sub-advisers to the stand-alone Funds. Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, Wells Capital Management and Sutter make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. Wells Capital Management and Sutter furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. Wells Capital Management and Sutter also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board and the Trust, and officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to a sub-adviser.

 

For providing investment sub-advisory services to the stand-alone Funds, Sutter and Wells Capital Management are entitled to receive monthly fees at the annual rates as described below. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


   Sub-Advisory Fees

 
Corporate Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%
Government Securities    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%
High Income Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%
High Yield Bond    Sutter    0-50M
50-100M
>100M
   0.50
0.40
0.30
%
%
%
Income Plus    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%
Inflation-Protected Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%
Intermediate Government Income    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%
Short Duration Government Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%
Short-Term High Yield Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%
Short-Term Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

 

33


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


   Sub-Advisory Fees

 
Strategic Income    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%
Total Return Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%
Ultra-Short Duration Bond    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%
Ultra Short-Term Income    Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Strategic Income, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization during the Interim Period, Wells Capital Management served as the investment sub-adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment sub-advisory agreement and was entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of the predecessor fund’s average daily net assets.

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


   Fee

 

Corporate Bond Fund

Government Securities Fund

High Income Fund

Short-Term Bond Fund

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

Strategic Income Fund

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   Wells Capital Management    0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.200
0.175
0.150
%
%
%

 

Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM had not entered into any sub-advisory agreements with respect to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds.

 

Funds Management has engaged Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”) and Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), both affiliates of Funds Management, to serve as investment sub-advisers to the Master Portfolios in which the gateway funds invest, as listed in the chart below (collectively, the “Sub-Advisers”). Subject to the direction of the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards, and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management, the Trust and Master Trust, the Sub-Advisers make recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the gateway funds’ assets. The Sub-Advisers furnish to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the gateway funds. The Sub-Advisers also furnish such additional reports and information as Funds Management, the Trust’s and Master Trust’s Boards and officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to an affiliated Sub-Adviser.

 

Similar to the “dormant” investment advisory arrangement with Funds Management, each gateway Fund has a dormant sub-advisory arrangement with some or all of the Sub-Advisers that sub-advise the Master Portfolios in which the Funds invest. Under such an arrangement, a Sub-Adviser receives no sub-advisory fee as long as a gateway Fund invests all (or substantially all) of its assets in one or more Master Portfolios. In the event that a gateway Fund redeems its assets from a Master Portfolio and invests them directly using the Sub-adviser, the Sub-Adviser would be entitled to receive a sub-advisory

 

34


Table of Contents

fee at the same rate the Sub-Adviser received from the Master Portfolio for investing the portion of the gateway Fund’s assets formerly invested in the Master Portfolio. The Sub-Adviser would be compensated for its services by Funds Management from the advisory fees Funds Management receives for its services. The dormant sub-advisory fees that would be charged to the gateway funds are identical to the sub-advisory fees currently charged to the Master Portfolios in which each gateway fund invests, which are listed in the chart below.

 

Fund


  

Master Portfolio


   Sub-Adviser

   Sub-Advisory Fees

 
Diversified Bond    Managed Fixed Income Portfolio*    Galliard    0-500M
500M-1.5B
>1.5B
   0.10
0.05
0.03
%
%
%
  

 

Strategic Value Bond Portfolio*

  

 

Galliard

  

 

0-500M
500M-1.5B
>1.5B

   0.10
0.05
0.03
%
%
%
  

 

Tactical Maturity Bond Portfolio

  

 

Peregrine

  

 

0-10M
10-25M
25-300M
>300M

   0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
%
%
%
%

 

Stable Income

  

 

Stable Income Portfolio*

  

 

Galliard

  

 

0-500M
500M-1.5B
>1.5B

   0.10
0.05
0.03
%
%
%

* Assets of the Managed Fixed Income Portfolio, Stable Income Fund/Portfolio and Strategic Value Bond Portfolio are combined for purposes of determining the appropriate sub-advisory fee payable to Galliard for such Portfolios, and the breakpoints set forth above are based on the combined assets of such Portfolios.

 

Portfolio Managers.

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of dates shown opposite the portfolio managers’ names in the table below. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows:

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Portfolio Managers


   Date

Corporate Bond Fund    Wells Capital Management   

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

   1/31/2005
Diversified Bond Fund    Funds Management   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

Christian L. Chan, CFA

Andrew Owen, CFA

   12/31/2004
Government Securities Fund    Wells Capital Management   

W. Frank Koster

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

   1/31/2005
Income Plus Fund    Wells Capital Management   

W. Frank Koster

Thomas M. Price, CFA

   1/31/2005

High Income Fund

Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund

Strategic Income Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Thomas M. Price, CFA    1/31/2005
High Yield Bond Fund    Sutter   

Christopher M. Lee

Phillip Susser

Roger Wittlin

   5/31/2004
Inflation-Protected Bond Fund    Wells Capital Management    Robert N. Daviduk, CFA    5/31/2004
Intermediate Government Income Fund    Wells Capital Management   

Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

William C. Stevens

   5/31/2004

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

Total Return Bond Fund

   Wells Capital Management   

Marie A. Chandoha

Thomas M. O’Connor, CFA

William C. Stevens

   5/31/2004

 

35


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


  

Portfolio Managers


   Date

Short Term Bond Fund

Ultra—Short Term Income Fund

Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund

   Wells Capital Management   

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

Thomas M. Price, CFA

   1/31/2005
Stable Income Fund    Galliard   

Richard Merriam, CFA

Ajay Mirza, CFA

   5/31/2004

 

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers listed below, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


Funds Management

                                   

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    4    $ 1.9M

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 10K

Andrew Owen, CFA

   11    $ 5.8B    0    $ 0    1    $ 60K

Galliard

                                   

Richard Merriam, CFA

   5    $ 1.87B    0    $ 0    32    $ 860M

Ajay Mirza, CFA

   5    $ 1.87B    2    $ 1.82B    14    $ 2.9B

Sutter

                                   

Christopher M. Lee

   1    $ 323M    1    $ 158M    18    $ 590M

Phillip Susser

   1    $ 323M    1    $ 158M    20    $ 590M

Roger Wittlin

   1    $ 323M    1    $ 158M    24    $ 590M

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Marie A. Chandoha

   5    $ 2.42B    7    $ 400M    34    $ 4.28B

Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

   5    $ 941M    0    $ 0    82    $ 160M

W. Frank Koster

   2    $ 1.74B    0    $ 0    40    $ 1.77B

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

   8    $ 5.82B    0    $ 0    2    $ 48M

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

   0      0    0      0    8    $ 150M

Thomas M. O’Connor, CFA

   5    $ 2.42B    7    $ 400M    36    $ 4.28B

Thomas M. Price, CFA

   8    $ 3.25B    0    $ 0    3    $ 75M

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

   1    $ 553M    0    $ 0    7    $ 150M

William C. Stevens

   5    $ 2.42B    7    $ 400M    34    $ 4.28B

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

The following table indicates the number and total assets managed of the above accounts for which the advisory fee is based on the performance of such accounts:

 

     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


Funds Management

                             

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   0    0    0    0    0    0

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   0    0    0    0    0    0

Andrew Owen, CFA

   0    0    0    0    0    0

 

36


Table of Contents
     Registered Investment
Companies


   Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

Portfolio Manager*


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number
of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


Galliard

                                   

Richard Merriam, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    2    $ 90M

Ajay Mirza, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Sutter

                                   

Christopher M. Lee

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    4    $ 755M

Phillip Susser

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    4    $ 755M

Roger Wittlin

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    4    $ 755M

Wells Capital Management

                                   

Marie A. Chandoha

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    2    $ 1.8B

Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

W. Frank Koster

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Thomas M. O’Connor, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    2    $ 1.8B

Thomas M. Price, CFA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    0    $ 0

William C. Stevens

   0    $ 0    0    $ 0    1    $ 1.5B

* If an account has one of the Portfolio Managers as a co-portfolio manager or an assistant portfolio manager, the total number of accounts and assets have been allocated to each respective Portfolio Manager. Therefore, some accounts and assets have been counted twice.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, each Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, some Sub-Advisers minimize inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, each Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

Funds Management. In the case of Funds Management, the Portfolio Managers allocate interests in mutual funds between different funds. Because of the nature of their management, they have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Galliard. In the case of Galliard, the Portfolio Managers have not experienced material conflicts of interests in managing multiple accounts.

 

Sutter. Sutter’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts (not including the registered investment

 

37


Table of Contents

companies) compared to registered investment companies such as the High Yield Bond Fund. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, like other investment advisers, Sutter has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts (not including the registered investment companies) compared to registered investment companies such as the Funds managed by Wells Capital Management. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Fund and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, like other investment advisers, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

Funds Management Compensation. Funds Management Portfolio Managers are compensated using a fixed cash salary, an annual bonus based in part on pre-tax performance of the mutual funds managed, as well as a pension and retirement plan. Funds Management measures fund performance against a Lipper peer group average composite benchmark over a three-year rolling period. Bonus allocations vary depending to some extent on fund performance and on discretionary subjective criteria.

 

Galliard Compensation. The Portfolio Managers at Galliard are compensated using a fixed base salary, pension and retirement plan. The partners and principals of Galliard also participate in a profit sharing pool which is funded based on the firm’s financial performance.

 

Sutter Compensation. Sutter’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Managers


  

Benchmark


Christopher M. Lee

   Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Master II Index

Phillip Susser

   Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Master II Index

Roger Wittlin

   Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Master II Index

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

38


Table of Contents

Wells Capital Management Compensation. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Managers


  

Benchmark


Marie A. Chandoha

  

Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year U.S. Government Index

Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

   Lehman Brothers Intermediate U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index

W. Frank Koster

  

Lehman U.S. Aggregate ex. Credit Bond Index

Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

Lehman Brothers Intermediate U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

  

Lehman Brothers U.S. 1-3 Year Government/Credit Index

Lehman U.S. Aggregate ex. Credit Bond Index

Lehman Brothers Short Treasury Index: 9-12 Months

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

   Lehman Brothers U.S. Credit Baa: 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index

Thomas M. O’Connor, CFA

  

Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year U.S. Government Index

Thomas M. Price, CFA

  

Lehman Brothers U.S. 1-3 Year Gov/Cr Index

Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

Short Term High Yield Bond Index III

Lehman Brothers Short Treasury Index: 9-12 Months

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

   Lehman Brothers U.S. Credit Baa: 3% Issuer Capped Bond Index

William C. Stevens

  

Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

Lehman Brothers 1-3 Year U.S. Government Index

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

39


Table of Contents

Portfolio Manager


  

Corporate

Bond

Fund


  

Diversified

Bond

Fund


  

Government

Securities

Fund


  

High

Income

Fund


  

High

Yield

Bond

Fund


  

Income

Plus

Fund


  

Inflation-Protected

Bond

Fund


  

Intermediate

Government
Income

Fund


  

Short

Duration

Government

Bond

Fund


  

Short-Term

Bond

Fund


   Short-Term
High Yield
Bond Fund


   Stable
Income
Fund


   Strategic
Income
Fund


   Total Return
Bond Fund


   Ultra-Short
Duration
Bond Fund


   Ultra Short-
Term Income
Fund


Funds Management

                                                                               

Thomas C. Biwer, CFA

   —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Christian L. Chan, CFA

   —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Andrew Owen, CFA

   —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Galliard

                                                                               

Richard Merriam, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —  

Ajay Mirza, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —  

Sutter

                                                                               

Christopher M. Lee

   —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Phillip Susser

   —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Roger Wittlin

   —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Wells Capital Management

                                                                               

Marie A. Chandoha

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      B    —      —      —      —      A    —      —  

Robert N. Daviduk, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      0    0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

W. Frank Koster

   —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

Jay N. Mueller, CFA

        —      C    —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      0    D

D. James Newton II, CFA, CPA

   A    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —           —      —  

Thomas M. O’Connor, CFA

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      0    —      —  

Thomas M. Price, CFA

   —      —      —      C    —      0    —      —      —      0    C    —      0    —      0    C

Janet S. Rilling, CFA, CPA

   D    —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

William C. Stevens

   —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      D    —      —      —      —      F    —      —  

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For

 

40


Table of Contents

providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

 

Class


   Prior to
8/1/04


    Effective between
8/1/04 and 4/11/05


    Effective 4/11/05

 

Class A, Class B and Class C Shares

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.25
0.24
0.3
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Advisor Class Shares1,2

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares1

   0.15 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

Investor Class and Class Z Shares2

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

1 The administration fee is reduced by 0.05% at each breakpoint level for the Advisor Class and Institutional Class shares of the Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund.
2 The administration fee is reduced by 0.05% at each breakpoint level for the Advisor Class and Investor Class shares of the High Income Fund.

 

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the following Funds paid the following administrative fees:

 

Fund


   Year Ended
5/31/04
Funds Mgmt


   Year Ended
5/31/03
Funds Mgmt


   Year Ended
5/31/02
Funds Mgmt


Diversified Bond (Fund Level)

   $ 138,854    $ 696,129    $ 466,697

Administrator Class

   $ 555,417      *      *

High Yield Bond (Fund Level)1

   $ 124,405    $ 30,985      N/A

Class A

   $ 567,934      *      *

Class B

   $ 63,977      *      *

Class C

   $ 64,756      *      *

Income Plus (Fund Level)

   $ 39,754    $ 92,842    $ 79,775

Class A

   $ 72,407      *      *

Class B

   $ 123,165      *      *

Class C

   $ 27,051      *      *

Inflation-Protected Bond (Fund Level)2

   $ 22,053    $ 0      N/A

Class A

   $ 33,242      *      *

Class B

   $ 22,004      *      *

Class C

   $ 24,534      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 31,225      *      *

Intermediate Government Income (Fund Level)

   $ 362,170    $ 952,783    $ 1,055,362

Class A

   $ 531,562      *      *

Class B

   $ 177,890      *      *

Class C

   $ 81,484      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 883,727      *      *

 

41


Table of Contents

Fund


   Year Ended
5/31/04
Funds Mgmt


   Year Ended
5/31/03
Funds Mgmt


   Year Ended
5/31/02
Funds Mgmt


Stable Income (Fund Level)

   $ 447,885    $ 0    $ 15,992

Class A

   $ 531,555      *      *

Class B

   $ 118,921      *      *

Class C

   $ 24,908      *      *

Administrator Class

   $ 1,309,121      *      *

1 The High Yield Bond Fund commenced operations on November 29, 2002.
2 The Inflation-Protected Bond Fund commenced operations on February 28, 2003.
* For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former Montgomery Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and Total Return Bond Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Montgomery into certain Funds of the Trust, which occurred on June 9, 2003. Prior to the reorganization, MAM served as administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds, and was entitled to receive a fee for the Short Duration Government Bond Fund ranging from 0.04% to 0.07%, depending on the level of assets, and a fee for the Montgomery Total Return Bond Fund at the annual rate of 0.025% of the Fund’s average daily net assets up to $500 million and 0.19% of the Fund’s average daily net assets in excess of $500 million. Therefore, the table below show the administrative fees paid by either these Funds or their predecessor portfolios. For the fiscal year-ends indicated below, these Funds or their predecessor portfolios paid the following administrative fees:

 

Fund


   Year Ended
5/31/04
Funds Mgmt


   Period Ended
6/30/03
Funds Mgmt/
MAM**


  

Year Ended

6/30/02

MAM


Short Duration Government Bond (Fund Level)

   $ 251,601    $ 0    $ 183,626

Class A

   $ 139,364    $ 44,670      *

Class B

   $ 22,655    $ 3,588      *

Class C

   $ 95,827    $ 18,115      *

Administrator Class

   $ 822,230    $ 875,790      *

Institutional Class

     N/A      N/A      *

Total Return Bond (Fund Level)

   $ 109,287    $ 0    $ 75,793

Class A

   $ 71,166    $ 3,165      *

Class B

   $ 17,273    $ 3,010      *

Class C

   $ 16,266    $ 4,212      *

Administrator Class

   $ 269,542    $ 235,171      *

Institutional Class

     N/A    $ 135,338      *

* For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.
** For the period ended June 30, 2003, the predecessor portfolios to the Funds paid administrative fees to MAM for the period of July 1, 2002, through June 8, 2003 in the amount of $18,613 and $0 for the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Bond Funds, respectively. The Funds paid administrative fees to Funds Management for the period of June 9, 2003, through June 30, 2003 in the amount of $261,940 and $0 for the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Bond Funds, respectively.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Strategic Income, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds were created as part of the reorganization certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust, which occurred on April 8, 2005. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investor Services, Inc. (“SIS”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds and was entitled to receive a fee from each predecessor portfolio at

 

42


Table of Contents

the annual rate shown below of the predecessor portfolio’s average daily net assets attributable to the classes of shares shown below:

 

All former Strong Funds (except for Ultra

Short-Term Income Fund)

Class


   Fee

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Advisor Class, Investor Class and Class Z Shares

   0.28 %

Administrator Class (formerly Class K) Shares

   0.25 %

Institutional Class Shares

   0.02 %

 

Ultra Short-Term Income Fund

 

Class


   Fee

 

Administrator Class (formerly Class K) Shares

   0.25 %

Institutional Class Shares

   0.02 %

Advisor Class and Investor Class Shares

   0.33 %

 

Therefore, the table below shows the administrative fees paid by the predecessor portfolios to SIS.

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

10/31/04

SIS


  

Year Ended

10/31/03

SIS


  

Year Ended

10/31/02

SIS


Corporate Bond

                    

Investor Class

   $ 1,331,814    $ 1,743,132    $ 3,003,122

Advisor Class

   $ 65,427    $ 77,955    $ 91,344

Institutional Class

   $ 15,824    $ 11,702    $ 8,580

Government Securities

                    

Investor Class

   $ 4,122,989    $ 6,408,043    $ 5,356,723

Advisor Class

   $ 253,270    $ 365,287    $ 143,983

Institutional Class

   $ 18,942    $ 21,684    $ 17,570

Class C1

   $ 9,730    $ 3,7682      N/A

High Income

                    

Investor Class

   $ 967,026    $ 1,288,716    $ 2,248,842

Advisor Class

   $ 69,932    $ 60,808    $ 43,821

Institutional Class

   $ 8,343    $ 7,672    $ 10,375

Short-Term Bond

                    

Investor Class

   $ 1,653,728    $ 2,274,652    $ 3,199,236

Advisor Class

   $ 32,436    $ 31,719    $ 27,098

Institutional Class

   $ 11,792    $ 12,255    $ 11,128

Short-Term High Yield Bond

                    

Investor Class

   $ 539,912    $ 674,931    $ 854,051

Advisor Class

   $ 175,979    $ 132,471    $ 61,606

Strategic Income

                    

Class A

   $ 18,853    $ 6,734    $ 6,809

Class B

   $ 26,101    $ 17,832    $ 10,718

Class C

   $ 14,981    $ 16,134    $ 12,317

Ultra-Short Duration Bond

                    

Class A

   $ 62,185    $ 78,312    $ 40,251

Class B

   $ 32,773    $ 39,805    $ 17,605

Class C

   $ 36,509    $ 36,963    $ 14,832

Class Z

   $ 55,091    $ 84,229    $ 118,446

Ultra Short-Term Income

                    

Investor Class

   $ 5,047,001    $ 6,859,784    $ 8,752,193

Advisor Class

   $ 343,963    $ 417,021    $ 316,856

Institutional Class

   $ 21,216    $ 46,330    $ 114,177

1 First offered on December 26, 2002.
2 For the ten-month fiscal period ended October 31, 2003.

 

43


Table of Contents

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds.

 

The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (the “Plan”) under Section 12(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds paid Stephens and will pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the Funds and classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The table below shows the distribution-related expenses paid to Stephens by the Funds listed below pursuant to the Plan for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004.

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund/Class


   Total

   Advertising

  

Printing

&

Mailing


  

Comp. to

Underwriters


  

Comp. to

Br./Dlrs.


   Other*

High Yield Bond

                                         

Class B

   $ 171,367    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 171,367

Class C

   $ 173,454    $ 0    $ 0    $ 4,743    $ 168,711      N/A

Income Plus

                                         

Class B

   $ 329,905    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 329,905

Class C

   $ 72,458    $ 0    $ 0    $ 41,800    $ 30,658      N/A

Inflation-Protected Bond

                                         

Class B

   $ 58,940    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 58,940

Class C

   $ 65,716    $ 0    $ 0    $ 5,009    $ 60,707      N/A

Intermediate Government Income

                                         

Class B

   $ 476,492    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 476,492

Class C

   $ 218,261    $ 0    $ 0    $ 136,688    $ 81,573      N/A

Short Duration Government Bond

                                         

Class B

   $ 60,682    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 60,682

Class C

   $ 256,678    $ 0    $ 0    $ 23,313    $ 233,365      N/A

 

44


Table of Contents

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund/Class


   Total

   Advertising

  

Printing

&

Mailing


  

Comp. to

Underwriters


  

Comp. to

Br./Dlrs.


   Other*

Total Return Bond

                                         

Class B

   $ 46,266    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 46,266

Class C

   $ 43,568    $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,399    $ 40,169      N/A

Stable Income

                                         

Class B

   $ 318,538    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 318,538

* The Distributor has, and Stephens previously entered into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens previously assigned certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Strategic Income, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investments, Inc. (“SII”) served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Class A, Investor Class and Advisor Class shares of the predecessor portfolios paid up to 0.25% per year of the Class’ average daily net assets to SII or others. Class B and Class C shares paid SII up to 1.00% per year of the class’ average daily net assets, out of which 0.25% may be used for service fees. The 12b-1 fees could also be used to pay SII for advancing commissions to securities dealers for the initial sale of Class B and Class C shares. The table below shows the distribution fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of these Funds to SII for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004.

 

Fund/Class


   Gross 12b-1
Fees


   Waiver

   Compensation
to Unaffiliated
Broker-Dealers


  

12b-1 Fees

Retained by

the Distributor


  

Remaining 12b-1

Fees Used to Pay

For 1) Advertising

and 2) Printing and

Mailing of

Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders


Corporate Bond

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 58,417    $ 11,448    $ 66,286    $ 1,076    $ 0

Investor Class

   $ 65,259    $ 65,259    $ 0    $ 0    $ 66,281

Government Securities

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 226,134    $ 26,341    $ 257,851    $ 0    $ 0

Class C

   $ 34,748    $ 0    $ 10,095    $ 24,414    $ 239

High Income

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 62,439    $ 9,246    $ 69,210    $ 772    $ 0

Short-Term Bond

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 28,960    $ 4,993    $ 32,869    $ 240    $ 0

Short-Term High Yield Bond

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 157,124    $ 30,323    $ 172,658    $ 3,662    $ 0

Strategic Income

                                  

Class A

   $ 29,714    $ 29,714    $ 26,360    $ 8,575    $ 0

Class B

   $ 93,216    $ 0    $ 20,875    $ 70,738    $ 455

Class C

   $ 53,504    $ 0    $ 45,004    $ 9,117    $ 340

Ultra-Short Duration Bond

                                  

Class A

   $ 55,522    $ 37,825    $ 62,061    $ 953    $ 0

 

45


Table of Contents

Fund/Class


  

Gross 12b-1

Fees


   Waiver

   Compensation
to Unaffiliated
Broker-Dealers


  

12b-1 Fees

Retained by

the Distributor


  

Remaining 12b-1

Fees Used to Pay

For 1) Advertising

and 2) Printing and

Mailing of

Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders


Class B

   $ 117,048    $ 10,398    $ 26,011    $ 93,223    $ 863

Class C

   $ 130,389    $ 10,273    $ 73,776    $ 59,357    $ 2,189

Ultra Short-Term Income

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 260,577    $ 15,729    $ 305,733    $ 0    $ 0

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such disinterested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Trustees have concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

46


Table of Contents

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class Z, Administrator Class, Advisor Class, and Investor Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such Plan or related Agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees, and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as the custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund, and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund, except the Diversified Bond and Stable Income Funds. The Diversified Bond and Stable Income Funds, as gateway Funds, are not charged a custody fee at the gateway level. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), located at 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, serves as interim custodian for the Short-Term Bond Fund from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim custodian, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of the Short-Term Bond Fund.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily

Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

0-85B

   0.0051%

>85B

   0.0025%

 

47


Table of Contents

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund (gateway or stand-alone) and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

State Street serves as interim fund accountant for the Short-Term Bond Fund from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim fund accountant, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.30% of the Fund’s daily net assets, a fixed fund accounting base fee, multiple class fee and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, Income Plus, Inflation-Protected Bond, Intermediate Government Income, Short Duration Government Bond, Stable Income and Total Return Bond Funds on a continuous basis. For the past three fiscal years, the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to and retained by Stephens were as follows:

 

Year Ended 05/31/04

   Year Ended 05/31/03*

   Year Ended 05/31/02

Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

   Paid

   Retained

$1,376,762    $66,123    $841,466    $89,747    $560,946    $69,537

* Includes commissions paid by the Short Duration Government Bond and Total Return Bond Funds for the period of June 9, 2003, through June 30, 2003.

 

Prior to June 9, 2003, Funds Distributor, Inc. served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Total Return Bond Fund. These predecessor portfolios did not pay any underwriting commissions for the period from July 1, 2002 through June 9, 2003, and for the years ended May 31, 2003 and May 31, 2002.

 

Prior to April 11, 2005, SII served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Strategic Income, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds. The amount retained from these predecessor portfolios is disclosed under “Distribution Fees” above.

 

48


Table of Contents

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Advisers each has adopted a code of ethics, which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and Sub-Advisers are on public file with, and available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each class of the Funds is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Future contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be

 

49


Table of Contents

determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day the Funds are open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase Orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the dividend, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier then their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Funds. For further information about this form of payment, please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust also may redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

50


Table of Contents

The dealer reallowance for purchases of Class A shares of each Fund, except the Stable Income, Short Duration Government Bond, and the Ultra-Short Duration Bond Funds, is as follows:

 

Amount

of Purchase


  

Front - End Sales
Charge as %

of Public

Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Net Amount
Invested


    Dealer Allowance
as % of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   4.50 %   4.71 %   4.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.00 %   4.17 %   3.50 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.50 %   3.63 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.50 %   2.56 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% CDSC if the shares are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

The dealer reallowance for purchases of Class A shares of the Stable Income Fund and Ultra- Short Duration Bond Fund is as follows:

 

Amount

of Purchase


  

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Public

Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Net Amount
Invested


    Dealer Allowance
as % of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   1.50 %   1.52 %   1.25 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   1.00 %   1.01 %   0.85 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   0.75 %   0.76 %   0.70 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   0.50 %   0.50 %   0.50 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.50 %

1 We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 0.50% CDSC if the shares are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with the Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

The dealer reallowance for purchases of Class A shares of the Short Duration Government Bond Fund is as follows:

 

Amount

of Purchase


  

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Public

Offering Price


   

Front-End Sales
Charge as %

of Net Amount
Invested


    Dealer Allowance as %
of Public Offering
Price


 

Less than $50,000

   3.00 %   3.09 %   2.50 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   2.50 %   2.56 %   2.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   1.50 %   1.52 %   1.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   1.00 %   1.01 %   0.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.50 %

1 We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 0.50% CDSC if the shares are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with the Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders via the Internet. All existing shareholders who purchased their shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage

 

51


Table of Contents

Funds may purchase additional shares of the class of Funds that they already own and redeem existing shares via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Internet account access is available for institutional clients; shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an IRA, Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Advisers are responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Advisers to obtain the best

 

52


Table of Contents

overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction; the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. While Sub-Advisers generally seek reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of non-equity securities usually will be principal transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to broker-dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each of the Funds also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and may purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, municipal obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing a Fund’s portfolio securities transactions will consist primarily of dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available. The Fund may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Distributor or Funds Management is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provisions of a rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the Board.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Sub-Advisers are required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Advisers will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees the Sub-Advisers’ trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

Each Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, a Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. A Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, a Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by a Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of a Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which a Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when a Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment

 

53


Table of Contents

objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover also may result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

The investment process for the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Total Return Bond Fund, may at times, result in a higher-than-average portfolio turnover rate and increased trading expenses, and may generate short-term capital gains. The portfolio turnover rate for the Total Return Bond Fund varied significantly over its past two fiscal years and the portfolio turnover rate for both of the Funds was higher-than-average over the past fiscal year due in large part to the Funds’ trading of relative value securities and holding of temporary Treasury positions. Historically, higher turnover within the Funds has often resulted in higher risk-adjusted returns, with minimal trading transaction costs.

 

The portfolio turnover rate for the Corporate Bond Fund was significantly lower in fiscal year 2004 compared to 2003 due to longer holding periods of the securities and changes in the corporate market. The portfolio turnover rates for the Diversified Bond Fund, Short Duration Government Bond Fund, Stable Income Fund and Ultra-Short Duration Bond Fund varied over the past two fiscal years due to market conditions. The portfolio turnover rates for the Ultra Short-Term Income Fund and Short Term Bond Fund varied due to market volatility and portfolio manager changes. The portfolio turnover rate for the Short-Term High Yield Bond Fund was significantly lower because of reduced cash flows.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the last three fiscal years, the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions.

 

     Brokerage Commissions Paid

Fund


   05/31/2004

   05/31/2003

   5/31/2002

Diversified Bond Fund

   $ 0    $ 3,680    $ 2,336

Income Plus Fund

   $ 0    $ 13,633    $ 1,229

Stable Income Fund

   $ 0    $ 19,765    $ 26,436

 

No commissions were paid to affiliated brokers. For the past three fiscal years ended May 31, 2004, June 30, 2003 and June 30, 2002, the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Total Return Bond Fund and their predecessor portfolios paid no brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions.

 

Former Strong Funds. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

     Total Commissions

Fund


   Year Ended
10/31/04


   Year Ended
10/31/03


   Year Ended
10/31/02


Corporate Bond*

   $ 61,261    $ 77,203    $ 158,678

Government Securities**

   $ 145,935    $ 463,957    $ 532,016

Short-Term Bond

   $ 15,416    $ 18,117    $ 70,859

Short-Term High Yield Bond

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,180

Strategic Income

   $ 4,556    $ 1,182    $ 5,344

Ultra-Short Duration Bond

   $ 1,778    $ 1,724    $ 3,763

Ultra Short-Term Income

   $ 52,349    $ 32,337    $ 41,755

* Brokerage commissions decreased in 2004 due to longer holding periods of the securities.
** The decrease in brokerage commissions over the past three fiscal years was due to a change in portfolio managers.

 

Directed Brokerage Transactions. For the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, the Funds did not direct brokerage transactions to a broker for research-related services. In addition, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2003, the Short Duration Government Bond Fund and the Total Return Bond Fund and their predecessor portfolios did not direct brokerage transactions to a broker for research-related services.

 

54


Table of Contents

Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. As of May 31, 2004, the most recent fiscal year-end for the Funds listed below, the following Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers, as shown below:

 

Fund


  

Broker/Dealer


   Share Value

High Yield Bond

   JP Morgan Chase    $ 506,525

Income Plus

  

Morgan Stanley

Goldman Sachs

Bear Stearns

Citigroup

Wachovia

Merrill Lynch
Bank of America

Lehman Brothers

Salomon Smith Barney

JP Morgan Securities

Credit Suisse First Boston

Jefferies

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,165,355
1,038,344
1,024,372
719,689
526,512
494,565
475,875
415,753
322,172
304,359
243,824
191,973

Intermediate Term Government Income

  

Bear Stearns

Bank of America

Credit Suisse First Boston

Salomon Smith Barney

   $
$
$
$
7,395,766
5,154,699
3,946,032
2,719,760

Short Duration Government Bond

   Citigroup    $ 9,300,131

Total Return Bond

  

Bear Stearns

Citigroup

JP Morgan Securities

Bank of America

Wachovia Securities

Goldman Sachs

Morgan Stanley

Merrill Lynch

   $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
13,771,000
11,905,557
3,093,672
1,519,699
1,186,491
888,412
818,322
521,937

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from the Funds in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent registered public accounting firm, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing a prospectus (except the expense of printing and mailing a prospectus used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, organizational expenses and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to the Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trustees deem equitable.

 

55


Table of Contents

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains which are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

56


Table of Contents

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As of May 31, 2004, the following Funds had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


Income Plus Fund

   2008    $ 1,519,396
     2009    $ 3,794,875
     2010    $ 1,439,682
     2011    $ 484,626

Intermediate Government Income Fund

   2005    $ 1,603,624
     2006    $ 44,683
     2007    $ 8,798,825
     2008    $ 17,842,488

 

57


Table of Contents

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


     2012    $ 8,757,525

Short Duration Government Bond Fund

   2012    $ 1,147,920

Total Return Bond Fund

   2012    $ 461,924

Stable Income Fund

   2005    $ 112,699
     2006    $ 95,212
     2007    $ 106,433
     2008    $ 185,398
     2009    $ 88,159
     2011    $ 623,902
     2012    $ 688,353

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carryforwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Investment through Master Portfolios. Some of the Funds seek to continue to qualify as regulated investment companies by investing their assets through one or more master portfolios. Each master portfolio will be treated as a non-publicly traded partnership (or, in the event that a Fund is the sole investor in the corresponding master portfolio, as disregarded from the Fund) for federal income tax purposes rather than as a regulated investment company or a corporation under the Code. Under the rules applicable to a non-publicly traded partnership (or disregarded entity), a proportionate share of any interest, dividends, gains and losses of a master portfolio will be deemed to have been realized (i.e., ”passed-through”) to its investors, including the corresponding Fund, regardless of whether any amounts are actually distributed by the master portfolio. Each investor in a master portfolio will be taxed on such share, as determined in accordance with the governing instruments of the particular master portfolio, the Code and Treasury Regulations, in determining such investor’s federal income tax liability. Therefore, to the extent that a master portfolio were to accrue but not distribute any income or gains, the corresponding Fund would be deemed to have realized its proportionate share of such income or gains

 

58


Table of Contents

without receipt of any corresponding distribution. However, each of the master portfolios will seek to minimize recognition by its investors (such as a corresponding Fund) of income and gains without a corresponding distribution. Furthermore, each master portfolio’s assets, income and distributions will be managed in such a way that an investor in a master portfolio will be able to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company by investing its assets through the master portfolio.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. In general, inflation-protection bonds can be expected to produce OID as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. For income accrued on debt instruments after May 31, 2004, the Short Duration Government Bond Fund intends (pending IRS ratification as a change not requiring permission) to revoke its election to amortize bond premium currently for federal income tax purposes. As a result, investment company taxable income and required distributions will likely increase in future tax years and any loss on retirement or sale of bonds purchased at a premium will result in capital loss. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold. It is expected that the Inflation-Protected Bond Fund will have such OID income.

 

If an option granted by a Fund lapses or is terminated through a closing transaction, such as a repurchase by the Fund of the option from its holder, the Fund will realize a short-term capital gain or loss, depending on whether the premium income is greater or less than the amount paid by the Fund in the closing transaction. Some capital losses may be deferred if they result from a position that is part of a “straddle,” discussed below. If securities are sold by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a call option granted by it, the Fund will add the premium received to the sale price of the securities delivered in determining the amount of gain or loss on the sale. If securities are purchased by a Fund pursuant to the exercise of a put option written by it, the Fund will subtract the premium received from its cost basis in the securities purchased.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity, listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables

 

59


Table of Contents

denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code, which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

“Passive foreign investment corporations” (“PFICs”) are generally defined as foreign corporations that receive at least 75% of their annual gross income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains) or that hold at least 50% of their assets in

 

60


Table of Contents

investments producing such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest (which generally includes not only stock but also an option to acquire stock such as is inherent in a convertible bond under proposed Treasury Regulations) in a PFIC, the Fund could be subject to federal income tax and IRS interest charges on “excess distributions” received from the PFIC or on gain from the sale of stock in the PFIC, even if all income or gain actually received by the Fund is timely distributed to its shareholders. Excess distributions will be characterized as ordinary income even though, absent the application of PFIC rules, some excess distributions would have been classified as capital gain.

 

A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to PFICs. Elections may be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require a Fund to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash. Investments in PFICs could also result in the treatment of associated capital gains as ordinary income. The Funds may limit and/or manage their holdings in PFICs to minimize their tax liability or maximize their returns from these investments. Because it is not always possible to identify a foreign corporation as a PFIC in advance of acquiring shares in the corporation, however, a Fund may incur the tax and interest charges described above in some instances.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. All distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government, if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities,

 

61


Table of Contents

bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax -free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. This loss disallowance rule does not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates . As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate. Reductions in individual federal income tax enacted in 2003 on “qualified dividend income” generally will not apply to Fund distributions.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder

 

62


Table of Contents

generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Corporate Shareholders. Subject to limitation and other rules, a corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends-received deduction on Fund distributions attributable to dividends received by the Fund attributable to domestic corporations, which, if received directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such deduction. In general, a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will only be eligible for the deduction if certain holding period requirements are met. These requirements are complex, and, therefore, corporate shareholders of the Funds are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before

 

63


Table of Contents

January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

64


Table of Contents

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

65


Table of Contents

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

66


Table of Contents
  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are sixteen of the Funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s Funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a contingent-deferred sales charge, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s Funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of the Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration

 

67


Table of Contents

fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters affecting one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by series. Approval by the shareholders of one series is effective as to that series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other series to approve the proposal as to those series.

 

As used in the Prospectus and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the class represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share of the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below, as of March 16, 2005, is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a Class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

68


Table of Contents

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Corporate Bond*                 

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    75.56 %
    

ORCHARD TRUST COMPANY LLC CUST

FBO EMPLOYEE BENEFIT CLIENTS

C/O GREAT-WEST LIFE

8515 E ORCHARD RD # 2T2

GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

   Record    6.91 %

Institutional Class

  

75% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    22.33 %
    

50% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    18.90 %
    

90% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    14.98 %
    

60% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    11.91 %
    

35% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    11.04 %
    

20% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    9.60 %
    

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUSTOM

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 5TH FL

ONE WORLD FINANCIAL CENTER

200 LIBERTY ST

NEW YORK NY 10281-1003

   Record    9.27 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    22.34 %

 

69


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    5.48 %
Diversified Bond                 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

DIVERSIFIED BOND FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    59.24 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

DIVERSIFIED BOND FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    31.43 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

DIVERSIFIED BOND FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    6.60 %
Government Securities*                 

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.29 %
    

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER &

SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    6.96 %

Administrator Class

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    70.07 %
    

INVESTORS BANK & TRUST CO TR

FOR VARIOUS RETIREMENT PLANS

4 MANHATTANVILLE RD

PURCHASE NY 10577-2139

   Record    12.18 %

Institutional Class

  

BALANCED PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    26.07 %

 

70


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

50% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    15.99 %
    

60% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    10.08 %
    

75% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    9.45 %
    

35% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    9.34 %
    

20% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    8.13 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    24.43 %
    

FIDELITY INVESTMENTS INSTITUTIONAL

OPERATIONS CO (FIIOC) AS AGENT

FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

100 MAGELLAN WAY, # KW1C

COVINGTON KY 41015-1999

   Record    6.38 %
    

NATIONWIDE TRUST COMPANY FSB

C/O IPO PORTFOLIO ACCOUNTING

PO BOX 182029

COLUMBUS OH 43218-2029

   Record    6.14 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA FBO

RPS STRONG GOVERNMENT SECURITIES

P.O. BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.97 %
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    5.95 %

 

71


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
High Income*                 

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    95.60 %

Institutional Class

  

MCALLEN FIREMEN’S PENSION &

RELIEF FUND

PO BOX 220

MCALLEN TX 78505-0220

   Record    87.15 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    23.17 %
    

NATIONAL INVESTOR SERVICES FBO

55 WATER STREET, 32ND FLOOR

NEW YORK

55 WATER ST FL 32

NEW YORK NY 10041-3299

   Record    5.04 %
High Yield Bond                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

WF SUTTER HIGH YIELD CB PENS PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    38.86 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

WELLS FARGO INCOME PLUS FUND

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    11.49 %
    

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

550 CALIFORNIA STREET

MAC# A0112-144

ATTN BRIAN LUM

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-1010

   Record    10.81 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    8.84 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    19.82 %

 

72


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    9.38 %
Income Plus                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

AFCTS-CALIFORNIA PRENEED FUNERAL

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    9.25 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    7.14 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.63 %

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.31 %
Inflation-Protected Bond                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    31.53 %
    

FTC & CO ACCOUNT #

DATALYNX

PO BOX 173736

DENVER CO 80217-3736

   Record    16.33 %
    

FTC & CO ACCOUNT #

DATALYNX

PO BOX 173736

DENVER CO 80217-3736

   Record    7.76 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    7.17 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    17.49 %

 

73


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    15.05 %
    

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT

OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    7.68 %

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

DIVERSIFIED EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    81.29 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

DIVERSIFIED EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    11.29 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

DIVERSIFIED EQUITY I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    7.06 %

Intermediate Government

Income

                

Class A

  

PFPC BROKERAGE SERVICES

FBO WELLS FARGO

ATTN MITCH BLOOMFIELD

420 MONTGOMERY ST 5TH FL

MAC A0101-057

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-1207

   Record    6.36 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

AFCTS-OR PRENEED AND RESERVE-FIXED

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.97 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.37 %

Class C

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

INTERM US GOVT FUND I

C/O MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

PO BOX 1450 NW 8477

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55485-1450

   Record    58.01 %

 

74


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

INTERM US GOVT FUND I

C/O MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

PO BOX 1450 NW 8477

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55485-1450

   Record    18.25 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

INTERM US GOVT FUND I

C/O MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

PO BOX 1450 NW 8477

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55485-1450

   Record    11.22 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

INTERMEDIATE US GOVT FUND

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    11.15 %

Short Duration Government

Bond

                

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    17.07 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    14.22 %
    

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT

OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    8.50 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.52 %

Class C

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Administrator Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    37.55 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

FBO OMNIBUS ACCOUNT(REINV/REINV)

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    11.75 %

 

75


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

PRUDENTIAL INVESTMENT MGMT SERV

FBO MUTUAL FUND CLIENTS

ATTN: PRUCHOICE UNIT

MAIL STOP 194-201

194 WOOD AVE S

ISELIN NJ 08830-2710

   Record    6.86 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO OMNIBUS ACCOUNT (CASH/CASH)

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.45 %

Institutional Class

   NONE    N/A    NONE  
Short-Term Bond*                 

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    87.87 %

Institutional Class

  

20% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    14.10 %
    

50% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    13.88 %
    

35% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    10.81 %
    

BALANCED PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    9.05 %
    

60% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    8.75 %
    

MUHLENBERG COLLEGE

2400 W CHEW ST

ALLENTOWN PA 18104-5586

   Record    7.86 %
    

BOND PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    6.55 %

 

76


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

CO-BANK COMPANY

C/O COUNTY NATIONAL BANK

PO BOX 42

CLEARFIELD PA 16830-0042

   Record    5.06 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    16.21 %
Short-Term High Yield Bond*                 

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    95.44 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    26.09 %
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST # A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    18.48 %
Stable Income                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    17.68 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    6.68 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    9.34 %

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.49 %

 

77


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

STABLE INCOME FUND I

C/O MUTAL FUNDS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55485-0001

   Record    48.46 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

STABLE INCOME FUND I

C/O MUTUAL FUND PROCESSING

PO BOX 1450 NW 8477

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55485-1450

   Record    36.00 %
Strategic Income*                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    75.17 %

Class B

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class C

   NONE    N/A    NONE  
Total Return Bond                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    23.11 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK WEST NA

VARIOUS FASCORP RECORDKEPT PLANS

8515 E ORCHARD RD 2T2

GREENWOOD VILLAGE CO 80111-5002

   Record    20.45 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.15 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    12.76 %

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    9.27 %

Class Z

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

RETIREMENT PLAN SVCS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    42.05 %

 

78


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

AMERICAN SHOWA 401K PS PLAN

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    15.65 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    12.31 %
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    7.13 %
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    6.50 %

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

OMNIBUS ACCOUNT(REINV/REINV)

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    86.85 %

Institutional Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    30.24 %
    

METHUEN CONTRIBUTORY RETIREMENT

SYSTEM

41 PLEASANT ST STE 303

METHUEN MA 01844-3179

   Record    13.69 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO TYRONE CCP TRUST AGREEMENT

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    13.64 %
    

JUVENILE DIABETES RESEARCH

FOUNDATION INTL

120 WALL ST FL 19

NEW YORK NY 10005-4000

   Record    12.34 %
    

CITISTREET AS CUSTODIAN

ATTN DAVID NELSON

105 ROSEMONT AVE

WESTWOOD MA 02090-2318

   Record    7.29 %
    

LOCAL 813 INSURANCE TRUST FUND

U/A 07/12/2000

MPP PLAN

45-18 COURT SQUARE SUITE 600

LONG ISLAND CITY NY 11101-4347

   Record    6.33 %

 

79


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
Ultra-Short Duration Bond*                 

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    59.68 %

Class B

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class C

  

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER & SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    12.39 %

Class Z

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    30.38 %
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    20.82 %
Ultra Short-Term Income*                 

Administrator Class

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    90.28 %

Institutional Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    17.25 %
    

NATIONAL INVESTOR SERVICES FBO

55 WATER STREET,32ND FLOOR

NEW YORK

55 WATER ST FL 32

NEW YORK NY 10041-3299

   Record    13.72 %
    

50% EQUITY PORTFOLIO

TOMORROW’S SCHOLAR CLG SVGS PLAN

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    12.72 %

 

80


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

BALANCED PORTFOLIO

EDVEST WI COLLEGE SAVINGS PROGRAM

100 HERITAGE RESERVE

MENOMONEE FALLS WI 53051-4400

   Record    8.29 %
    

CANAL SECURITIES COMPANY

PO BOX 1522

ELMIRA NY 14902-1522

   Record    5.09 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    16.30 %

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTH ER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments and audited financial statements for the Diversified Bond, High Yield Bond, Income Plus, Inflation-Protected Bond, Intermediate Government Income, Short Duration Government Bond, Stable Income and Total Return Bond Funds for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2004, and the unaudited financial statements for those Funds for the semi-annual period ended November 30,

 

81


Table of Contents

2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report, respectively. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Corporate Bond, Government Securities, High Income, Short-Term Bond, Short-Term High Yield Bond, Strategic Income, Ultra-Short Duration Bond and Ultra Short-Term Income Funds for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004 were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios, and are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports.

 

 

82


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

 

The following is a description of the ratings given by S&P and Moody’s to corporate and municipal bonds and corporate and municipal commercial paper.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

S&P

 

S&P rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “AAA” to “D,” according to quality, as described below. The first four ratings denote investment-grade securities.

 

AAA - This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in a small degree.

 

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for those in higher-rated categories.

 

BB - Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

B - Debt rated B has greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

 

CCC - Debt CCC is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

CC - Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated CC is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated C is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC-. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. Debt rated C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

D - Debt rated D is currently in default, where payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

 

Moody’s

 

Moody’s rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “Aaa” to “C,” according to quality, as described below. The first four denote investment grade securities.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk, and interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, such bonds comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered upper to medium investment-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered medium-grade (and still investment-grade) obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not as well safeguarded during both good times and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca - Bonds rated Ca are speculative in a high degree. Such bonds are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds. Such bonds can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers (1, 2 and 3) to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds, those bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal, respectively.

 

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (including Commercial Paper)

 

S&P:

 

A-1 - Debt rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

A-2 - Debt rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 - Debt rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B - Debt rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Moody’s:

 

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.

 

Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations, but earnings trends, while sound, will be subject to more variation.

 

Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 have acceptable credit quality and an adequate capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

Not Prime: Issuers rated Not Prime have questionable to poor credit quality and an uncertain capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CALIFORNIA LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE COLORADO TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE INTERMEDIATE TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MINNESOTA TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE NATIONAL LIMITED-TERM TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE NATIONAL TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE NEBRASKA TAX-FREE FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ULTRA SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL INCOME FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE WISCONSIN TAX-FREE FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Class C, Class Z, Administrator Class, Advisor Class, Institutional Class, and

Investor Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about twelve funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage California Limited-Term Tax-Free, California Tax-Free, Colorado Tax-Free, Intermediate Tax-Free, Minnesota Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, National Limited-Term Tax-Free, National Tax-Free, Nebraska Tax-Free, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds. Currently, only the Investor Class shares of the Municipal Bond Fund are available for investment to new investors. Each Fund, except the California Limited-Term Tax-Free, California Tax-Free, Colorado Tax-Free, Minnesota Tax-Free, and Nebraska Tax-Free Funds, is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares. Class Z shares are currently available only to certain qualified investors. Please see the Class Z shares prospectus for further details. Prior to the date of this SAI, the Administrator Class was named the Institutional Class and the Institutional Class was named the Select Class.

 

Fund


   A, B and/or C

  Z

   Administrator

   Advisor

   Institutional

   Investor

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   ·1        ·               

California Tax-Free Fund

   ·        ·               

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

   ·2        ·               

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

                           ·

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   ·   ·    ·               

Municipal Bond Fund

   ·        ·              ·

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   ·        ·               

National Tax-Free Fund

   ·        ·               

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund

            ·               

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

   ·3                       ·

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

                 ·    ·    ·

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   ·3                       ·

1 Offers Class A and Class C shares only.
2 Offers Class A and Class B shares only.
3 Offers Class C shares only.

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (“Prospectuses”), dated April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, California Tax-Free Fund, Colorado Tax-Free Fund, Minnesota Tax-Free Fund, National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, National Tax-Free Fund, and Nebraska Tax-Free Fund, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended June 30, 2004, and the unaudited financial statements for those Funds for the semi-annual period ended December 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report, respectively. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and reports of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended October 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports. Copies of the Prospectuses, Annual Reports and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained free of charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds (except the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports), calling 1-800-222-8222 or writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   3

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   5

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

   22

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING COLORADO MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

   31

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING MINNESOTA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

   35

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING NEBRASKA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

   36

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING WISCONSIN TAX-FREE FUND

   38

MANAGEMENT

   39

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   59

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   60

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   62

FUND EXPENSES

   64

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

   65

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   77

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   78

CAPITAL STOCK

   80

OTHER

   88

COUNSEL

   88

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   88

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   88

APPENDIX

   A-1

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (each, a “Trustee” and collectively, the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios to certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the consolidation of the Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

On May 9, 2000, the Board of Trustees of Great Plains Funds (“Great Plains”) and the Board approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of the Great Plains Tax-Free Bond Fund to the Trust’s Nebraska Tax-Free Fund. The Nebraska Tax-Free Fund was organized as the successor fund to the Great Plains Tax-Free Bond Fund, which was reorganized into the Nebraska Tax-Free Fund effective September 11, 2000.

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of the Trust approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the Reorganization was April 8, 2005.

 

The California Limited-Term Tax-Free, California Tax-Free, Colorado Tax-Free, Minnesota Tax-Free, National Limited-Term Tax-Free, and National Tax-Free Funds in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”), and the Norwest Advantage family of funds advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. The Intermediate Tax-Free Fund, Municipal Bond Fund, Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund and Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund described in this SAI were created as part of the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex. The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Stagecoach, Norwest and Great Plains Funds, as applicable, that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


  

Predecessor Funds


California Limited-Term Tax-Free

   Stagecoach California Tax-Free Income

California Tax-Free

   Stagecoach California Tax-Free Bond

Colorado Tax-Free

   Norwest Colorado Tax-Free

Intermediate Tax-Free

   Strong Intermediate Municipal Bond

Minnesota Tax-Free

   Norwest Minnesota Tax-Free

Municipal Bond

   Strong Municipal Bond

National Limited-Term Tax-Free

   Norwest Limited Term Tax-Free

National Tax-Free

   Norwest Tax-Free Income

Nebraska Tax-Free

   Great Plains Tax-Free Bond

Short-Term Municipal Bond

   Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income

   Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income

 

1


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


  

Predecessor Funds


Wisconsin Tax-Free

   Strong Wisconsin Tax-Free

 

The California Tax-Free and California Limited-Term Tax-Free Funds (formerly named the California Limited Term Tax-Free Fund) (sometimes referred to as the “California Funds”) commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successors to the Stagecoach California Tax-Free Bond and Stagecoach California Tax-Free Income Funds, respectively. The California Funds were originally organized as funds of Stagecoach. The California Tax-Free Bond Fund commenced operations on January 1, 1992 and the California Tax-Free Income Fund commenced operations on November 18, 1992. On December 12, 1997, the California Tax-Free Bond Fund of Overland Express Funds, Inc. (“Overland”) was reorganized with and into the Stagecoach California Tax-Free Bond Fund. The California Tax-Free Bond Fund of Overland commenced operations on October 6, 1988.

 

The Colorado Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Colorado Tax-Free Fund. The predecessor Norwest Fund commenced operations on June 1, 1993.

 

The Intermediate Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund commenced operations on July 13, 2001.

 

The Minnesota Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Minnesota Tax-Free Fund. The predecessor Norwest Fund commenced operations on January 12, 1988. On November 16, 2001, the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund acquired all of the net assets of the Minnesota Intermediate Tax-Free Fund.

 

The Municipal Bond Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Municipal Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong Municipal Bond Fund commenced operations on July 28, 1986.

 

The National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Norwest Limited Term Tax-Free Fund. The predecessor Norwest Fund commenced operations on October 1, 1996. The Fund changed its name from the National Limited Term Tax-Free Fund to the National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund effective April 11, 2005.

 

The National Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999, as successor to the Stagecoach National Tax-Free Fund and the Norwest Tax-Free Income Fund. For accounting purposes, the Norwest Tax-Free Income predecessor portfolio is considered the surviving entity and the financial highlights shown for periods prior to November 8, 1999 are the financial highlights of the Norwest Tax-Free Income Fund. The predecessor Norwest Tax-Free Income Fund commenced operations on August 1, 1989. On February 23, 2001, the National Tax-Free Fund acquired all of the net assets of the First Achievement Idaho Municipal Bond Fund and First Achievement Municipal Bond Fund. On May 20, 2002, the National Tax-Free Fund acquired all of the net assets of the Wells Fargo Arizona Tax-Free Fund and the Wells Fargo Oregon Tax-Free Fund.

 

The Nebraska Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on September 11, 2000, as successor to the Great Plains Tax-Free Bond Fund. The predecessor Great Plains Tax-Free Bond Fund commenced operations on September 29, 1997 as the public successor to a common trust fund that incepted on August 31, 1989.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund. The predecessor Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund commenced operations on December 28, 1990.

 

The Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund. The predecessor Strong Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund commenced operations on October 27, 1995.

 

The Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund. The predecessor Strong Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund commenced operations on March 15, 2001.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) Purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that (i) this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies, (ii) this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in municipal securities, (iii) each Fund may invest 25% or more of the current value of its total assets in private activity bonds or notes that are the ultimate responsibility of non-government issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry; and (iv) each Fund may invest 25% or more of the current value of its total assets in securities whose issuers are located in the same state or securities the interest and principal on which are paid from revenues of similar type projects;

 

(2) except for the California Limited-Term Tax-Free, California Tax-Free, Colorado Tax-Free, Minnesota Tax-Free, and Nebraska Tax-Free Funds, purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

3


Table of Contents

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business);

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments;

 

(9) with respect to the California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, California Tax-Free Fund, Colorado Tax-Free Fund, Intermediate Tax-Free Fund, Minnesota Tax-Free Fund, National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, National Tax-Free Fund, Nebraska Tax-Free Fund and Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund, invest less than 80% of net assets plus investment borrowings, under normal circumstances, in investments the income from which (i) is exempt from federal income tax (including federal alternative minimum tax), and (ii) for the state-specific Funds, in investments the income from which is also exempt from such state’s income tax; nor

 

(10) with respect to the Municipal Bond Fund, Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund and Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund, invest less than 80% of net assets plus investment borrowings, under normal circumstances, in investments the income from which is exempt from federal income tax, but not necessarily the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies, which may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions

 

4


Table of Contents

thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

(4) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(5) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(6) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in various types of asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that represent an interest in an underlying security. The asset-backed securities in which the Funds invest may consist of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables (“CARS”) and credit card receivables (“CARDS”). Payments of principal and interest on these asset-backed securities may be “passed through” on a monthly or other periodic basis to certificate holders and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the consumer loans or receivables by individuals, and the certificate holder frequently has no recourse to the entity that originated the loans or receivables. The actual maturity and realized yield will vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment. Asset-backed securities may be subject to greater risk of default during periods of economic downturn than other instruments. Also, the secondary market for certain asset-backed securities may not be as liquid as the market for other types of securities, which could result in a Fund experiencing difficulty in valuing or liquidating such securities. The Funds may also invest in securities backed by pools of mortgages. The investments are described under the heading “Mortgage-Related Securities.”

 

5


Table of Contents

Bank Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits that may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating or variable interest rates.

 

Bonds

 

Certain of the debt instruments purchased by the Funds may be bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a company or governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the investor may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. The value of fixed-rate bonds will tend to fall when interest rates rise and rise when interest rates fall. The value of “floating-rate” or “variable-rate” bonds, on the other hand, fluctuate much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds.

 

Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated debt. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (also backed by specified collateral).

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

6


Table of Contents

Commercial Paper

 

The Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes, see “ “Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations” below), which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and typically has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Variable amount master demand notes are demand obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper (including variable-rate demand notes and variable- rate master demand notes issued by domestic and foreign bank holding companies, corporations and financial institutions, as well as similar instruments issued by government agencies and instrumentalities) will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Ratings Statistical Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Convertible Securities

 

The Funds may invest in convertible securities. A convertible security is generally a debt obligation or preferred stock that may be converted within a specified period of time into a certain amount of common stock of the same or a different user. A convertible security provides a fixed income stream and the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation resulting from a market price advance in its underlying common stock. As with a straight fixed income security, a convertible security tends to increase in market value when interest rates decline and decrease in value when interest rates rise. Like a common stock, the value of a convertible security also tends to increase as the market value of the underlying stock rises, and it tends to decrease as the market value of the underlying stock declines. Because its value can be influenced by both interest rate and market movements, a convertible security is not as sensitive to interest rates as a similar fixed income security, nor is it as sensitive to changes in share price as its underlying stock.

 

The creditworthiness of the issuer of a convertible security may be important in determining the security’s true value. This is because the holder of a convertible security will have recourse only to the issuer. In addition, a convertible security may be subject to redemption by the issuer, but only after a specified date and under circumstances established at the time the security is issued.

 

While a Fund uses the same criteria to rate a convertible debt security that it uses to rate a more conventional debt security, a convertible preferred stock is treated like a preferred stock for a Fund’s financial reporting, credit rating, and investment limitation purposes. Preferred stock is subordinated to all debt obligations in the event of insolvency, and an issuer’s failure to make a dividend payment is generally not an event of default entitling the preferred shareholder to take action. Preferred stock generally has no maturity date, so that its market value is dependent on the issuer’s business prospects for an indefinite period of time. In addition, distributions on preferred stock generally are taxable as dividend income, rather than interest payments, for federal income tax purposes.

 

Derivative Securities

 

The Funds may invest in various instruments that may be considered “derivative securities,” securities that derive their value, at least in part, from the price of another security or asset, or the level of an index or a rate, including structured notes, bonds or other instruments with interest rates that are determined by reference to changes in the value of other interest rates, indices or financial indicators (“References”) or the relative change in two or more References. Futures contracts and options transactions are also considered types of derivative securities, and are described more fully under the heading “Futures Contracts and Options Transactions” below.

 

7


Table of Contents

A Fund often invests in derivative securities as a “hedge” against fluctuations in the value of the other securities in that Fund’s portfolio, although a Fund may also invest in certain derivative securities for investment purposes only. While derivative securities are useful for hedging and investment, they also carry additional risks. A hedging policy may fail if the correlation between the value of the derivative securities and the other investments in a Fund’s portfolio does not follow the adviser’s expectations. If the adviser’s expectations are not met, it is possible that the hedging strategy will not only fail to protect the value of the Fund’s investments, but the Fund may also lose money on the derivative security itself.

 

In addition, some derivative securities represent relatively recent innovations in the bond markets, and the trading market for these instruments is less developed than the markets for traditional types of debt instruments. It is uncertain how these instruments will perform under different economic and interest rate scenarios. Because certain of these instruments are leveraged, their market values may be more volatile than other types of bonds and may present greater potential for capital gain or loss. Derivative securities and their underlying instruments may experience periods of illiquidity, which could cause a Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell or could force the Fund to sell a security at inopportune times or for prices that do not reflect current market value. The possibility of default by the issuer or the issuer’s credit provider may be greater for these structured and derivative instruments than for other types of instruments. As new types of derivative securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of derivative securities.

 

Additional risks of derivative securities include: the risk of the disruption of the Fund’s ability to trade in derivative securities because of regulatory compliance problems or regulatory changes; credit risk of counterparties to derivative contracts, and market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

The adviser uses a variety of internal risk management procedures to ensure that derivatives use is consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, does not expose a Fund to undue risk and is closely monitored. These procedures include providing periodic reports to the Board concerning the use of derivatives.

 

A Fund’s use of derivatives also is subject to broadly applicable investment policies. For example, a Fund may not invest more than a specified percentage of its assets in “illiquid securities,” including those derivatives that do not have active secondary markets. Nor may a Fund use certain derivatives without establishing adequate “cover” in compliance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules limiting the use of leverage.

 

Diversification

 

The California Limited-Term Tax-Free, California Tax-Free, Colorado Tax-Free, Minnesota Tax-Free, and Nebraska Tax-Free Funds are non-diversified, which means that they have greater latitude than a diversified fund with respect to the investment of their assets in the securities of relatively few municipal issuers. As non-diversified portfolios, these Funds may present greater risks than a diversified fund. However, each Fund intends to comply with applicable diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as discussed further below under “Federal Income Taxes.”

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

The Funds may enter into “dollar roll” transactions wherein a Fund sells fixed income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical,

 

8


Table of Contents

securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but the Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which a Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Funds’ use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Funds obligation to repurchase the securities. At the time a Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, it causes its custodian to segregate liquid assets such as cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid equity or debt securities having a value equal to the purchase price for the similar security (including accrued interest) and subsequently marks the assets to market daily to ensure that full collateralization is maintained.

 

Fixed-Income Securities

 

Investors should be aware that even though interest-bearing securities are investments which promise a stable stream of income, the prices of such securities are inversely affected by changes in interest rates and, therefore, are subject to the risk of market price fluctuations. Long-term securities are affected to a greater extent by interest rates than shorter-term securities. The values of fixed-income securities also may be affected by changes in the credit rating or financial condition of the issuing entities. Once the rating of a portfolio security has been changed to a rating below investment-grade, the particular Fund considers all circumstances deemed relevant in determining whether to continue to hold the security. Certain securities that may be purchased by the Fund, such as those rated “Baa” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and “BBB” by Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“S&P”) and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. (“Fitch”) may be subject to such risk with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher-rated fixed-income securities. Securities which are rated “Baa” by Moody’s are considered medium-grade obligations; they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured, and are considered by Moody’s to have speculative characteristics. Securities rated “BBB” by S&P are regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and, while such debt securities ordinarily exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for securities in this category than in higher-rated categories. Securities rated “BBB” by Fitch are considered investment-grade and of satisfactory credit quality; however, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on these securities and, therefore, impair timely payment. If a security held by a Fund is downgraded to a rating below investment-grade, such Fund may continue to hold the security until such time as the adviser determines it to be advantageous for the Fund to sell the security.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

The Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes and bonds. Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes that are obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between the Fund, as lender, and the borrower. The interest rate on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as a bank’s prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is adjusted. The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted automatically at specified intervals. The issuer of such obligations ordinarily has a right, after a given period, to prepay at its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the holders of such obligations. Frequently, such obligations are secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.

 

9


Table of Contents

There generally is no established secondary market for these obligations because they are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations that are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest. The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest rate risk and credit risk.

 

The floating- and variable-rate instruments that the Funds may purchase include certificates of participation in such instruments.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Delivery and payment on such transactions normally take place within 120 days after the date of the commitment to purchase. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date. The Funds will establish a segregated account in which they will maintain cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to each such Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, a Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Futures Contracts and Options Transactions

 

In General. The Funds may enter into and engage in futures contracts and options transactions as discussed below. A futures transaction involves a firm agreement to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date, while an option transaction generally involves a right, which may or may not be exercised, to buy or sell a commodity or financial instrument at a particular price on a specified future date. Futures contracts and options are standardized and exchange-traded, where the exchange serves as the ultimate counterparty for all contracts. Consequently, the primary credit risk on futures contracts is the creditworthiness of the exchange. Futures contracts, however, are subject to market risk (i.e., exposure to adverse price changes).

 

Although the Funds intend to purchase or sell futures contracts only if there is an active market for such contracts, no assurance can be given that a liquid market will exist for any particular contract at any particular time. Many futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit or trading may be suspended for specified periods during the trading day. Futures contract prices could move to the limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and potentially subjecting a Fund to substantial losses. If it is not possible, or a Fund determines not to close a futures position in anticipation of adverse price movements, the Fund will be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

 

An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time during the option exercise period. The writer (i.e., seller) of the option is required upon exercise to assume an offsetting futures position (a short position if the option is a call and a long position if the option is a put). Upon exercise of the option, the assumption of offsetting

 

10


Table of Contents

futures positions by both the writer and the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated cash balance in the writer’s futures margin account in the amount by which the market price of the futures contract, at exercise, exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of options on futures contracts is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option is fixed at the time of sale, there are no daily cash payments to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option may change daily, and that change would be reflected in the net asset value (“NAV”) of the relevant Fund.

 

The Funds may trade futures contracts and options on futures contracts in U.S. domestic markets, such as the Chicago Board of Trade and the International Monetary Market of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. The Funds’ futures transactions must constitute permissible transactions pursuant to regulations promulgated by the CFTC. Pursuant to regulations and/or published positions of the SEC, a Fund may be required to segregate cash or high-quality money-market instruments in connection with its futures transactions in an amount generally equal to the entire value of the underlying security.

 

The Trust has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CEA, and therefore, the Trust is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA.

 

Initially, when purchasing or selling futures contracts, a Fund will be required to deposit with the Custodian in the broker’s name an amount of cash or cash equivalents up to approximately 10% of the contract amount. This amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded, and members of such exchange or board of trade may impose their own higher requirements. This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures position, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, a Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, at the then prevailing price, thereby terminating its existing position in the contract.

 

The Funds may engage in futures contracts sales to maintain the income advantage from continued holding of a long-term security while endeavoring to avoid part or all of the loss in market value that would otherwise accompany a decline in long-term security prices. If, however, securities prices rise, a Fund would realize a loss in closing out its futures contract sales that would offset any increases in prices of the long-term securities they hold.

 

Another risk in employing futures contracts and options thereon to protect against cash market price volatility is the possibility that futures prices will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the prices of the securities in such portfolio (the portfolio securities will not be identical to the debt instruments underlying the futures contracts).

 

Options Trading. The Funds may purchase or sell options on individual securities or options on indices of securities. The purchaser of an option risks a total loss of the premium paid for the option if the price of the underlying security does not increase or decrease sufficiently to justify the exercise of such option. The seller of an option, on the other hand, will recognize the premium as income if the option expires unrecognized but foregoes any capital appreciation in excess of the exercise price in the case of a call option and may be required to pay a price in excess of current market value in the case of a put option.

 

11


Table of Contents

A call option for a particular security gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and a writer the obligation to sell, the underlying security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration of the option, regardless of the market price of the security. The premium paid to the writer is in consideration for undertaking the obligation under the option contract. A put option for a particular security gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the option to buy, the security at the stated exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option, regardless of the market price of the security.

 

The Funds will write call options only if they are “covered.” In the case of a call option on a security or currency, the option is “covered” if a Fund owns the instrument underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt obligations, in such amount are held in a segregated account by such Fund’s custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by it. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if a Fund maintains with its custodian a diversified portfolio of securities comprising the index or liquid assets equal to the contract value. A call option is also covered if a Fund holds an offsetting call on the same instrument or index as the call written. The Funds will write put options only if they are “secured” by liquid assets maintained in a segregated account by the Funds’ custodian in an amount not less than the exercise price of the option at all times during the option period.

 

Each Fund may buy put and call options and write covered call and secured put options. Options trading is a highly specialized activity which entails greater than ordinary investment risk. Options may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, and therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation than an investment in the underlying instruments themselves. Purchasing options is a specialized investment technique that entails a substantial risk of a complete loss of the amounts paid as premiums to the writer of the option. If the adviser is incorrect in its forecast of market value or other factors when writing options, the Fund would be in a worse position than it would have been had if it had not written the option. If a Fund wishes to sell an underlying instrument (in the case of a covered call option) or liquidate assets in a segregated account (in the case of a secured put option), the Fund must purchase an offsetting option if available, thereby incurring additional transactions costs.

 

Below is a description of some of the types of options in which certain Funds may invest.

 

Stock Index Options. The Funds may purchase and write (i.e., sell) put and call options on stock indices only as a substitute for comparable market positions in the underlying securities. A stock index fluctuates with changes of the market values of the stocks included in the index. The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options will depend upon the extent to which price movements of the securities in a Fund’s portfolio correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss from purchasing or writing stock index options depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indices, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of particular stock. When a Fund writes an option on a stock index, such Fund will place in a segregated account with the Custodian cash or liquid securities in an amount at least equal to the market value of the underlying stock index and will maintain the account while the option is open or otherwise will cover the transaction.

 

Stock Index Futures and Options on Stock Index Futures. The Funds may invest in stock index futures and options on stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is

 

12


Table of Contents

made. No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made. With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, each Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.

 

Foreign Currency Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions. The Funds may invest in foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions which entail the same risks as other futures contracts as described above, but have the additional risks associated with international investing (see “Foreign Obligations and Securities” above). Similar to other futures contracts, a foreign currency futures contract is an agreement for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price, will be secured by margin deposits, are regulated by the CFTC and are traded on designated exchanges. A Fund will incur brokerage fees when it purchases and sells futures contracts.

 

The Funds may invest in foreign currency transactions. Foreign currency transactions, such as forward foreign currency exchange contracts, are also contracts for the future delivery of a specified currency at a specified time and at a specified price. These transactions differ from futures contracts in that they are usually conducted on a principal basis instead of through an exchange, and therefore there are no brokerage fees, margin deposits are negotiated between the parties, and the contracts are settled through different procedures. The adviser considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the institutions with which the Fund enters into foreign currency transactions. Despite these differences, foreign currency futures contracts and foreign currency transactions (together, “Currency Futures”) entail largely the same risks, and therefore the remainder of this section will describe the two types of securities together.

 

Because the Funds may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and may temporarily hold funds in bank deposits or other money market investments denominated in foreign currencies, they may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rate between such currencies and the dollar. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates influence values within the Fund from the perspective of U.S. investors. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. The international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors affect these forces.

 

A Fund will purchase and sell Currency Futures in order to hedge its portfolio and to protect it against possible variations in foreign exchange rates pending the settlement of securities transactions. If a fall in exchange rates for a particular currency is anticipated, a Fund may sell a Currency Future as a hedge. If it is anticipated that exchange rates will rise, a Fund may purchase a Currency Future to protect against an increase in the price of securities denominated in a particular currency the Fund intends to purchase. These Currency Futures will be used only as a hedge against anticipated currency rate changes. Although such contracts are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currency increase.

 

The use of Currency Futures involves the risk of imperfect correlation between movements in futures prices and movements in the price of currencies which are the subject of the hedge. The successful use of Currency Futures strategies also depends on the ability of the adviser to correctly forecast interest rate movements, currency rate movements and general stock market price movements. There can be no assurance that the adviser’s judgment will be accurate. The use of Currency Futures also exposes a Fund to the general risks of investing in futures contracts: the risk of an illiquid market for the Currency Futures, the risk of exchange-imposed trading limits, and the risk of adverse regulatory actions. Any of these events may cause a Fund to be unable to hedge its securities, and may cause a Fund to lose money on its Currency Futures investments.

 

13


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options on Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The Funds may invest in interest rate futures contracts and options on interest rate futures contracts as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities. The Funds may also sell options on interest rate futures contracts as part of closing purchase transactions to terminate its options positions. No assurance can be given that such closing transactions can be effected or as to the degree of correlation between price movements in the options on interest rate futures and price movements in the Funds’ portfolio securities which are the subject of the transaction.

 

Interest Rate and Index Swaps. The Funds may enter into interest rate and index swaps in pursuit of their investment objectives. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund with another party of their commitments to pay or receive interest (for example, an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Index swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of cash flows based upon the performance of an index of securities or a portion of an index of securities that usually include dividends or income. In each case, the exchange commitments can involve payments to be made in the same currency or in different currencies. A Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis. In so doing, the two payment streams are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. If the Fund enters into a swap, it will maintain a segregated account on a gross basis, unless the contract provides for a segregated account on a net basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction.

 

The use of interest rate and index swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. There is no limit, except as provided below, on the amount of swap transactions that may be entered into by the Funds. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to swaps generally is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. There is also a risk of a default by the other party to a swap, in which case a Fund may not receive net amount of payments that such Fund contractually is entitled to receive.

 

Future Developments. The Funds may take advantage of opportunities in the areas of options and futures contracts and options on futures contracts and any other derivative investments which are not presently contemplated for use by the Funds or which are not currently available but which may be developed, to the extent such opportunities are both consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and legally permissible for the Fund.

 

Geographic Concentration

 

Certain Funds invest substantially all of their assets in municipal securities issued by issuers within a particular state and the state’s political subdivisions. These Funds are more susceptible to factors adversely affecting issuers of those municipal securities than would be a more geographically diverse municipal securities portfolio. These risks arise from the financial condition of the state and its political subdivisions. To the extent state or local governmental entities are unable to meet their financial obligations, the income derived by a Fund, its ability to preserve or realize appreciation of its portfolio assets or its liquidity could be impaired.

 

To the extent a Fund’s investments are primarily concentrated in issuers located in a particular state, the value of the Fund’s shares may be especially affected by factors pertaining to that state’s economy and other factors specifically affecting the ability of issuers of that state to meet their obligations. As a result, the value of the Fund’s assets may fluctuate more widely than the value of shares of a portfolio investing in securities relating to a number of different states. The ability of state, county or local governments and quasi-government agencies to meet their obligations will depend primarily on the availability of tax and other revenues to those governments and on their fiscal conditions generally. The amounts of tax and other

 

14


Table of Contents

revenues available to governmental issuers may be affected from time to time by economic, political and demographic conditions within their state. In addition, constitutional or statutory restrictions may limit a government’s power to raise revenues or increase taxes. The availability of federal, state and local aid to governmental issuers may also affect their ability to meet obligations. Payments of principal and interest on private activity securities will depend on the economic condition of the facility specific revenue source from whose revenues the payments will be made, which in turn, could be affected by economic, political or demographic conditions in the state.

 

High Yield/Lower-Rated Debt Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in debt securities that are in low or below investment-grade categories, or are unrated or in default at the time of purchase (also known as high-yield securities or “junk bonds”). Such debt securities have a much greater risk of default (or in the case of bonds currently in default, of not returning principal) and are more volatile than higher-rated securities of similar maturity. The value of such debt securities will be affected by overall economic conditions, interest rates, and the creditworthiness of the individual issuers. Additionally, these lower-rated debt securities may be less liquid and more difficult to value than higher- rated securities.

 

The market values of certain high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, issuers of high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities often are highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired.

 

The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to senior indebtedness. The Funds may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. The existence of limited markets for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities may diminish each Fund’s ability to: (a) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing such securities and calculating its net asset value; and (b) sell the securities at fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or in financial markets.

 

Although the general market for high yield/lower-rated debt and comparable unrated securities is no longer new, the market for such securities has not yet weathered a major sustained economic recession. The effect that such a recession might have on such securities is not known. Any such recession, however, could disrupt severely the market for such securities and adversely affect the value of such securities. Any such economic downturn also could severely and adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale and for which there may not be a readily available market and which may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Guaranteed Investment Contracts

 

Guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) are issued by insurance companies. In purchasing a GIC, a Fund contributes cash to the insurance company’s general account and the insurance company then

 

15


Table of Contents

credits to the Fund’s deposit fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest at a specified rate. The GIC provides that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. The insurance company may assess periodic charges against a GIC for expense and service costs allocable to it. There is no secondary market for GICs and, accordingly, GICs are generally treated as illiquid investments. GICs are typically unrated.

 

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

Each Fund may lend its portfolio securities pursuant to guidelines approved by the Trustees to brokers, dealers and financial institutions, provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of cash, securities of the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, or an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a bank organized under the laws of the United States, organized under the laws of a state, or a foreign bank that has filed an agreement with the Federal Reserve Board to comply with the same rules and regulations applicable to U.S. banks in securities credit transactions, and such collateral being maintained on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned plus any accrued interest or dividends; (2) the Fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities loaned upon sufficient prior notification; (3) the Fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4) the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed the limits established by the 1940 Act.

 

A Fund will earn income for lending its securities because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested subject to the investment objectives, principal investment strategies and policies of the Fund. In connection with lending securities, a Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Loans of securities involve a risk that the borrower may fail to return the securities or may fail to provide additional collateral. In either case, a Fund could experience delays in recovering securities or collateral or could lose all or part of the value of the loaned securities. Although voting rights, or rights to consent, attendant to securities on loan pass to the borrower, such loans may be called at any time and will be called so that the securities may be voted by a Fund if a material event affecting the investment is to occur. A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower or securities lending agent. Borrowers and placing brokers may not be affiliated, directly or indirectly, with the Trust, the adviser, or the distributor.

 

Wells Fargo Bank acts as Securities Lending Agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of the Funds’ investment adviser. Pursuant to an exemptive order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), Wells Fargo Bank MN is entitled to receive a portion of the revenues generated by securities lending activities as compensation for its services in this regard.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities (also known as mortgage pass-through securities), which represent interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage-related securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage-related securities created by private issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers. Collateralized mortgage obligations, adjustable rate mortgages and mortgage participation certificates are the primary types of mortgage-related securities utilized by the Funds.

 

16


Table of Contents

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). Certain Funds may invest in investment-grade CMOs. CMOs may be collateralized by whole mortgage loans but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) or Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). CMOs are structured into multiple classes, with each class bearing a different stated maturity. Payments of principal, including prepayments, are first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class; investors holding longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. A longer duration or greater sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations generally increases the risk level of the CMO.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgages (“ARMs”). Certain Funds each may invest in ARMs issued or guaranteed by a government agency such as the GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC, or by a private issuer. The full and timely payment of principal and interest on GNMA ARMs is guaranteed by GNMA and backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. FNMA also guarantees full and timely payment of both interest and principal, while FHLMC guarantees full and timely payment of interest and ultimate payment of principal. FNMA and FHLMC ARMs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. However, because FNMA and FHLMC are government-sponsored enterprises, these securities are generally considered to be high-quality investments that present minimal credit risks. The mortgages underlying ARMs guaranteed by GNMA are typically insured or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans Administration or the Farmers Home Administration, whereas those underlying ARMs issued by FNMA or FHLMC are typically conventional residential mortgages which are not so insured or guaranteed, but which conform to specific underwriting, size and maturity standards. The yields provided by ARMs issued by a government agency have historically exceeded the yields on other types of U.S. Government securities with comparable maturities, although there can be no assurance that this historical performance will continue.

 

Certain Funds may also invest in ARMs offered by private issuers. These securities generally offer a higher rate of interest, but also involve greater credit and interest rate risk than U.S. Government agency issued ARMs because they offer no direct or indirect governmental guarantees. However, many private issuers or servicers of ARMs guarantee or provide insurance for timely payment of interest and principal.

 

Mortgage Participation Certificates. Certain Funds also may invest in mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”), both issued by the FHLMC. PCs resemble GNMA certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool of mortgages. GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. These instruments, however, pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. Mortgage participation certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back by the borrower over the length of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity.

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities. As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the adviser will, consistent with a Fund’s investment objective, policies and quality standards, consider making investments in such new types of mortgage-related securities.

 

Prepayment and Extension Risk. The stated maturities of mortgage-related securities may be shortened by unscheduled prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgages, or extended in rising interest rate environments. Therefore, it is not possible to predict accurately the average maturity of a particular mortgage-related security. Variations in the maturities of mortgage-related securities will affect the yield of a Fund. Rates of repayment of principal on mortgage-related securities that are higher or lower than expected may also expose a Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, in the event of prepayment, the value of the premium would be lost. Like other fixed income securities, when interest rates rise, the value of a

 

17


Table of Contents

mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates decline, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed income securities.

 

Interest Rate Risk. The interest rates on the underlying mortgages of mortgage-related securities generally are readjusted at periodic intervals ranging from one year or less to several years in response to changes in a predetermined commonly recognized interest rate index. The adjustable rate feature should reduce, but will not eliminate, price fluctuations in such securities, particularly when market interest rates fluctuate. The NAV of a Fund’s shares may fluctuate to the extent interest rates on underlying mortgages differ from prevailing market interest rates during periods between interest rate reset dates. Accordingly, investors could experience some loss if they redeem their shares of a Fund or if the Fund sells these portfolio securities before the interest rates on the underlying mortgages are adjusted to reflect prevailing market interest rates.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

The Funds invest in municipal bonds. The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” and “revenue” bonds. Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes. Industrial development bonds are a specific type of revenue bond backed by the credit and security of a private user. Certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated facilities.

 

From time to time, proposals have been introduced before Congress for the purpose of restricting or eliminating the federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal obligations. For example, under federal tax legislation enacted in 1986, interest on certain private activity bonds must be included in a shareholder’s alternative minimum taxable income. Moreover, a Fund cannot predict what legislation, if any, may be proposed in the state legislature regarding the state income tax status of interest on such obligations, or which proposals, if any, might be enacted. Such proposals, while pending or if enacted, might materially and adversely affect the availability of municipal obligations generally for investment by the Fund and the liquidity and value of the Fund’s portfolio. In such an event, the Fund would re-evaluate its investment objective and policies and consider possible changes in its structure or possible dissolution.

 

Certain of the municipal obligations held by the Fund may be insured as to the timely payment of principal and interest. The insurance policies usually are obtained by the issuer of the municipal obligation at the time of its original issuance. In the event that the issuer defaults on interest or principal payment, the insurer will be notified and will be required to make payment to the bondholders. There is, however, no guarantee that the insurer will meet its obligations. In addition, such insurance does not protect against market fluctuations caused by changes in interest rates and other factors.

 

Municipal Notes

 

The Funds may invest in municipal notes. Municipal notes include, but are not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“TANs”), bond anticipation notes (“BANs”), revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and construction loan notes. Notes sold as interim financing in anticipation of collection of taxes, a bond sale or receipt of other revenues are usually general obligations of the issuer.

 

TANs. An uncertainty in a municipal issuer’s capacity to raise taxes as a result of such events as a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs. Furthermore, some municipal issuers mix various tax proceeds into a general fund that is used to meet obligations other than those of the outstanding TANs. Use of such a general fund to meet various obligations could affect the likelihood of making payments on TANs.

 

18


Table of Contents

BANs. The ability of a municipal issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s adequate access to the longer term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal of, and interest on, BANs.

 

RANs. A decline in the receipt of certain revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal of, and interest on, RANs.

 

The values of outstanding municipal securities will vary as a result of changing market evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet the interest and principal payments (i.e., credit risk). Such values also will change in response to changes in the interest rates payable on new issues of municipal securities (i.e., market risk). Changes in the value of municipal securities held in a Fund’s portfolio arising from these or other factors will cause changes in the NAV per share of the Fund.

 

Municipal Securities

 

Stand-by Commitments. The Funds may purchase municipal securities together with the right to resell them to the seller or a third party at an agreed-upon price or yield within specified periods prior to their maturity dates. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a stand-by commitment, and the aggregate price which a Fund pays for securities with a stand-by commitment may be higher than the price which otherwise would be paid. The primary purpose of this practice is to permit a Fund to be as fully invested as practicable in municipal securities while preserving the necessary flexibility and liquidity to meet unanticipated redemptions. In this regard, a Fund acquires stand-by commitments solely to facilitate portfolio liquidity and does not exercise its rights thereunder for trading purposes. Stand-by commitments involve certain expenses and risks, including the inability of the issuer of the commitment to pay for the securities at the time the commitment is exercised, non-marketability of the commitment, and differences between the maturity of the underlying security and the maturity of the commitment.

 

The acquisition of a stand-by commitment does not affect the valuation or maturity of the underlying municipal securities. A Fund values stand-by commitments at zero in determining NAV. When a Fund pays directly or indirectly for a stand-by commitment, its cost is reflected as unrealized depreciation for the period during which the commitment is held. Stand-by commitments do not affect the average weighted maturity of the Fund’s portfolio of securities.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company, and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

Participation Interests

 

Each Fund may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Fund may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of

 

19


Table of Contents

set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Privately Issued Securities

 

The Funds may invest in privately issued securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A Securities”). Rule 144A Securities are restricted securities that are not publicly traded. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Privately issued securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities. The adviser will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Rule 144A Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in its evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Rule 144A Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Rule 144A Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Rule 144A Security; and (4) the nature of the Rule 144A Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Rule 144A Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer).

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to a Fund agrees to repurchase that security from a Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. A Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to securities that could otherwise be purchased by such Fund. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, the Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

A Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 15% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days, restricted securities and illiquid securities. A Fund will only enter into repurchase agreements with primary broker-dealers and commercial banks that meet guidelines established by the Trustees and that are not affiliated with the adviser. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Funds may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which the Fund is obligated to repurchase the securities.

 

Stripped Securities

 

The Funds may purchase Treasury receipts, securities of government-sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) and other “stripped” securities that evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or

 

20


Table of Contents

the future principal payments on U.S. Government and other obligations. The stripped securities the Funds may purchase are issued by the U.S. Government (or a U.S. Government agency or instrumentality) or by private issuers such as banks, corporations and other institutions at a discount to their face value. The Funds may not purchase stripped mortgage-backed securities. The stripped securities purchased by the Funds generally are structured to make a lump-sum payment at maturity and do not make periodic payments of principal or interest. Hence, the duration of these securities tends to be longer and they are therefore more sensitive to interest rate fluctuations than similar securities that offer periodic payments over time. The stripped securities purchased by the Funds are not subject to prepayment or extension risk.

 

The Funds may purchase participations in trusts that hold U.S. Treasury securities (such as TIGRs and CATS) or other obligations where the trust participations evidence ownership in either the future interest payments or the future principal payments on the obligations. These participations are normally issued at a discount to their “face value,” and can exhibit greater price volatility than ordinary debt securities because of the way in which their principal and interest are returned to investors.

 

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars

 

A Fund may enter into interest rate, currency and mortgage (or other asset) swaps, and may purchase and sell interest rate “caps,” “floors” and “collars.” Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by a Fund and a counterparty of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest (e.g., an exchange of floating-rate payments for fixed-rate payments). Mortgage swaps are similar to interest rate swap agreements, except that the contractually based principal amount (the “notional principal amount”) is tied to a reference pool of mortgages. Currency swaps’ notional principal amount is tied to one or more currencies, and the exchange commitments can involve payments in the same or different currencies. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on the notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar entitles the purchaser to receive payments to the extent a specified interest rate falls outside an agreed range.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

The Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. Government Obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government Obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and GNMA certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with FNMA notes). In the latter case, investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government Obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government Obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Warrants

 

Warrants are securities, typically issued with preferred stock or bonds, that give the holder the right to purchase a given number of shares of common stock at a specified price, usually during a specified period of time. The price usually represents a premium over the applicable market value of the common stock at the time of the warrant’s issuance. Warrants have no voting rights with respect to the common stock, receive no dividends and have no rights with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants do not pay a fixed

 

21


Table of Contents

dividend. Investments in warrants involve certain risks, including the possible lack of a liquid market for the resale of the warrants, potential price fluctuations as a result of speculation or other factors and failure of the price of the common stock to rise. A warrant becomes worthless if it is not exercised within the specified time period.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

The Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no periodic interest payments, but are instead sold at discounts from face value. The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest, they are more sensitive to interest rate changes and are therefore more volatile. When interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security deepens and the securities decrease more rapidly in value; conversely, when interest rates fall, zero coupon securities rise more rapidly in value as the discount to face value narrows.

 

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations

 

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality, and debt securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase by the Funds, an issue of debt securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Funds. The adviser will consider such an event in determining whether the Fund involved should continue to hold the obligation. See the Appendix regarding the ratings of Moody’s and S&P.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING

CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 

In addition to the general financial condition of the State, certain California constitutional amendments, legislative measures, executive orders, civil actions and voter initiatives could adversely affect the ability of issuers of California municipal obligations to pay interest and principal on such obligations. The following summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all relevant facts. Although the Trust has no reason to believe that the information summarized herein is not correct in all material respects, this information has not been independently verified for accuracy or thoroughness by us. Rather, this information has been culled from official statements and prospectuses issued in connection with various securities offerings of the State of California and local agencies in California, available as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Further, these estimates and projections should not be construed as statements of fact. They are based upon assumptions which may be affected by numerous factors and there can be no assurance that target levels will be achieved.

 

General Economic Factors. The economy of the State of California is the largest among the 50 States and is one of the largest in the world, with prominence in the high technology, trade, entertainment, agriculture, manufacturing, tourism, construction and services sectors. The State’s General Fund depends heavily on revenue sources that are cyclical, notably personal income and sales taxes. During the boom in the mid to late 1990s, record revenues flowed into the General Fund. The Legislature absorbed the unanticipated revenues by enacting new spending mandates and significant tax cuts took effect. Beginning in 2001, California’s economy slid into recession, and as thousands of jobs were lost and capital gains taxes on stock transfers dropped, General Fund revenues sharply declined. The budgetary stresses resulting from dependence on cyclical revenue sources have been compounded by an underlying structural imbalance. In January 2005, in presenting the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget, the Governor acknowledged that expenditures

 

22


Table of Contents

in 2005-06 will exceed revenues by $9.1 billion unless policies change to close the budget gap. Even if all of the measures proposed in the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget to close the structural gap are adopted, the State is expected to continue to face a shortfall of about $5 billion in 2006-07, according to estimates of the Legislative Analyst’s Office (“LAO”), a nonpartisan agency.

 

General Fund revenue fluctuations are more pronounced than the volatility in California’s overall economy and more substantial than the revenue fluctuations in other states, according to a January 2005 study by the LAO. For fiscal years ending in June 2002, 2003 and 2004, revenue projections repeatedly proved too optimistic and shortfalls resulted. For the 2004-05 fiscal year, however, as of November 2004 General Fund revenues were about $1 billion higher than expected.

 

In early 2005, the general economic situation is seen to be improving, as personal income rises. Housing markets continue to set new records despite rising interest rates, with sales up 4.1 percent and median prices up 20.9 percent in the first 11 months of 2004. Employment figures remain weak; nonfarm payroll employment was up 0.9 percent from a year earlier in November 2004. In January 2005, the Governor’s office predicted annual job growth in 2005 and 2006 at 1.8 percent, up from 0.9 percent in 2004. Monthly unemployment figures for the State in December 2004 remained stable from the previous month at 5.8 percent, down from 6.5% in December 2003. The national unemployment rate in December 2004 was 5.4 percent.

 

Bond Ratings

 

Three major credit rating agencies, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, assign ratings to California long-term general obligation bonds. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of the municipal bonds they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, municipal bonds with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

 

In May 2004, Moody’s upgraded the credit rating of the State’s general obligation bonds from Baa1 to A3, because of an improving economy and growing political stability. In August 2004, S&P upgraded the rating of the same bonds from BBB to A, and in September 2004, Fitch Ratings upgraded the rating of these bonds from BBB to A-. It is not possible to determine whether or the extent to which Moody’s, S&P or Fitch Ratings will change such ratings in the future.

 

Notwithstanding the recent upgrades by the rating services, California’s general obligation bonds currently have lower ratings than many other states. Lower ratings make it more expensive for the State to raise revenue, and in some cases, could prevent the State from issuing general obligation bonds in the quantity otherwise desired. Downgrades may negatively impact the marketability and price of securities in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

State Finances. The monies of California are segregated into the General Fund and approximately 900 Special Funds. The General Fund consists of the revenues received by the State’s Treasury that are not otherwise required by law to be credited to any other fund, as well as earnings from State monies not allocable to another fund. The General Fund is the principal operating fund for the majority of governmental activities and is the depository of most major revenue sources of the State. Funds in the General Fund are appropriated pursuant to constitutional mandates or by legislation.

 

The unreserved fund balance of the General Fund is known as the Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties (“SFEU”). The SFEU consists of the residual of total resources after total expenditures and all legal reserves (such as reserve for encumbrances). The State draws on the SFEU to fund general activities when revenues decline or expenditures unexpectedly increase. Any appropriation made from the SFEU is an appropriation from the General Fund for budgeting and accounting purposes.

 

23


Table of Contents

Inter-fund borrowing permits the General Fund to transfer money from special funds when the General Fund is or will be exhausted. All transfers must be restored to the transferor special fund as soon as there is sufficient money in the General Fund to do so, and no transfer may be made if it would interfere with the objective for which such special fund was created. As of October 31, 2004, outstanding loans to the General Fund consisted of $2.97 billion from the SFEU and other special funds.

 

A new Special Reserve Fund was created in 2004 with the successful passage of Proposition 58, one of a pair of propositions advanced by Governor Schwarzenegger in March 2004. The State is required to contribute to the Special Reserve Fund one percent of revenues in 2007-07, 2 percent in 2007-08, and 3 percent in subsequent years, subject to a cap.

 

Governor Schwarzenegger successfully presented several proposals to plug the hole in the State’s finances during fiscal year 2003-04. Proposition 57 authorized $15 billion of economic recovery bonds (“ERBs”). The companion proposition, Proposition 58, prohibits future use of many types of deficit bonds (notably excluding short-term borrowing to cover cash shortfalls), and requires the Legislature to enact a balanced budget. Previously, governors were required to propose a balanced budget, but the Legislature could enact a deficit budget. Half of the Proposition 58 Special Reserve Funds are allocated to repayment of the ERBs authorized by Proposition 57; the Fund will also be used to cushion against future economic downturns or remediate natural disasters. The ERBs are also secured by a dedicated 1/4 cent sales tax; the net sales tax has not increased because Proposition 57 also reduced the authority of local governments to levy sales taxes by 1/4 cent.

 

In May and June 2004, the State Treasury issued $11 billion of an authorized $15 billion ERBs, leaving $4 billion in reserve. The Governor has proposed that another $1.7 billion be issued in 2005. The proceeds of the 2004 bond sale funded general obligations, including repayment of $14 billion in short-term revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and revenue anticipation warrants (“RAWs”) due in June 2004. A RAN is an obligation that is issued and repaid within a single fiscal year; a RAW is issued and redeemed in different fiscal years.

 

At the same time that State voters authorized the ERBs, they also approved issuance of $12 billion in general obligation bonds to construct and renovate public education facilities (kindergarten through university level). In November 2004, voters endorsed proposals to issue $3 billion of state general obligation bonds to fund stem cell research and $750 million in state general obligation bonds to fund grants to children’s hospitals.

 

Fiscal Year 2004-05 Budget. California’s fiscal year runs from July 1 to the following June 30. The January before the existing budget expires, the Governor proposes a new budget. The Governor’s proposal is based on assumptions about the budget act then in effect, is updated in May, and is subject to negotiation with the Legislature before enactment in the summer.

 

The 2004-05 Budget Act, enacted on July 29, 2004 (the “2004-05 Budget”), projected improvements in State revenues as a result of economic recovery. A budget shortfall of over $13.9 billion and a cumulated deficit of $26 billion were recognized. To close the budget gap, the State relied on the ERB offering of approximately $11 billion and other solutions. Those solutions include proposals to withhold approximately $2.6 billion from local governments; withholding about $2 billion in increased funds that would otherwise be allocated to K-12 education pursuant to Proposition 98; deferring $1.2 billion in Proposition 42 transportation spending; increasing tuition fees for higher education and reducing higher education spending by about $750 million; funding social services programs nearly $1 billion below

 

24


Table of Contents

otherwise mandated levels; sharing $300 million in Indian gaming revenue by renegotiating tribal gaming compacts; issuing nearly $1 billion in bonds to cover current pension fund payment obligations; and winning about $200 million in concessions from correctional officers.

 

When enacted, the 2004-05 Budget relied on savings opportunities that were uncertain. Some of the uncertainties have since been resolved favorably to the State. In November 2004, a constitutional initiative was passed that permits the State to withhold $1.3 billion per year in property tax revenue to local governments for 2004-05 and 2005-06. Beginning in 2006-07, the new law curbs State authority to reduce local governments’ share of tax revenue. Local entities with the capacity to charge user fees, providers of transportation, water and sewer services are facing the heaviest funding cuts, losing 40% of their property tax revenue to the State. At the same time, local governments’ right to levy a 1/4 cent sales tax was eliminated in exchange for a share of property tax revenue in the future. The LAO has criticized the local government proposal for merely shifting the budget crisis from the State level to the local level, rather than fixing it. To the extent that local entities are unable to recoup their losses with higher fees, service, capital investment and maintenance may suffer. For years after 2006, the proposal has been criticized for limiting the State’s future flexibility to manage revenue shortfalls, and by locking into place an unwieldy relationship between the State and local governments.

 

Some of the savings opportunities proposed in the 2004-05 Budget remain uncertain. Governor Schwarzenegger signed agreements with five Native American tribes that would result in a substantial payment to the State in exchange for expanded gambling rights. It was proposed that the State would underwrite a $1 billion bond, which would be secured by payments the tribes will make to the State under the compacts, projected to be in the range of $150 to $250 million annually. However, a lawsuit seeking to enjoin the new compacts is pending and revenue from this source is not included in the 2005-06 Budget. Also, the pension bond proposal has not yet been implemented—when substantially similar bonds were proposed in the past, a lower court enjoined their issuance and the State settled with the plaintiffs before judgment was rendered on appeal.

 

The LAO has observed that the 2004-05 Budget relies on borrowing and one-time fixes. As of November 2004, the LAO forecast that without corrective measures, an operating deficit of nearly $10 billion will re-emerge in 2005-06 and persist at similar levels through 2008-09 at least. For years after 2005-06, the LAO predicted that debt-service expenditures for general obligation and lease-venue bonds will grow at 10 percent annually, primarily to service bonds issued for capital outlay projects. The LAO also noted that the state has accumulated $26 billion in budget-related debt, consisting of $18 billion in bonds, $4 billion in loans from local governments and schools, and $4 billion in loans from transportation and special resource funds.

 

Proposed Fiscal Year 2005-06 Budget. On January 10, Governor Schwarzenegger released his proposed budget for the 2005-06 Budget (the “2005-06 Governor’s Budget”). The 2005-06 Governor’s Budget anticipates General Fund revenues of $83.8 billion, up 7.1 percent from the prior year, and General Fund expenditures of $85.7 billion, up 4.2 percent from the prior year. The budget proposes to cover the $1.9 billion gap between revenues and expenditures primarily with $1.7 billion in proceeds from a new deficit-financing bond sale, leaving a 2005-06 year-end reserve of $500 million. The 2005-06 Governor’s Budget projects a budget deficit of $8.6 billion, which is addressed by proposed savings of $1.1 billion in 2004-05 and $8 billion in 2005-06.

 

The most significant source of savings in the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget is a plan to maintain K-12 education at levels budgeted in the 2004 Budget Act, rather than increasing such funding at the level of increases in General Fund revenue, as required by Proposition 98. According to the formula of Proposition 98, the increase in General Fund revenue in 2004-05 would require an additional $1.1 billion to be devoted to K-12 education. The Governor intends not to spend this additional $1.1 billion in 2004-05, a decision

 

25


Table of Contents

that affects the Proposition 98 calculations for 2005-06 funding levels and results in a saving of $1.7 billion in 2005-06. Revenue-generating measures of the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget include revenue of nearly $400 million due to a two-year suspension of the teacher tax credit during fiscal years 2004-05 and 2005-06, and over $250 million due to a personal income tax amnesty program during the same two-year period.

 

If the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget were enacted as proposed, another $1.3 billion would be saved by withholding gasoline tax revenues required to be transferred from the General Fund to the Transportation Investment Fund. Other deferred obligations include a proposed $464 million bond to fund a judgment against the state for flood damage. Systemic reforms include proposals to discontinue state funding of certain contributions to teacher pensions, thereby shifting the obligation to local school districts or employees, and reducing other State pension contributions when labor agreements with other employee groups come up for renegotiation.

 

To address the ongoing structural imbalance, the Governor proposes to change the budgeting process to require future budgets to be balanced. The Governor supports a constitutional initiative that would require governors in future years to call a special session of the Legislature whenever the Director of Finance informs the governor that spending is likely to exceed revenues. The Legislature would face a deadline and would be unable to enact other legislation until the budget imbalance is addressed. If the Legislature and Governor were unable to agree within the deadline, across-the-board spending cuts would automatically go into effect, except for debt service obligations and spending required by the federal constitution.

 

The Governor’s constitutional reform proposals also include measures to prevent future governors and legislators from reducing spending. For example, Proposition 98, which guarantees increases in K-12 education spending, permits the Legislature to suspend increased spending with a two-thirds vote, provided that the suspended funding is later restored. The Governor proposes to eliminate the option to suspend increases, thereby depriving the Legislature of the option to “underfund” schools and accrue mounting obligations to restore suspended funds.

 

Similarly, the Governor proposes constitutional amendments to restrain the State from suspending transfers to the Transportation Investment Fund after 2006-07, to prohibit borrowing from other special funds, and to prohibit the State and any of its subdivisions from agreeing to defined-benefit pension plans with employees, instead mandating defined-contribution plans.

 

With respect to existing loans and outstanding obligations, the Governor proposes to consolidate these debts and repay them over a 15-year period. The obligations include: (1) currently outstanding $3.6 billion in the “maintenance factor” guaranteed under Proposition 98 and $1.3 billion in potential “settle-up” payments to schools, (2) unfunded mandates to local governments and schools (the latter from Proposition 98 funds), (3) Proposition 42 loans from transportation, and (4) other loans from special funds. While under existing law, maintenance factor payments restore ongoing funding for Proposition 98, under the Governor’s proposal these payments will be one-time adjustments, and will not raise the ongoing Proposition 98 minimum guarantee.

 

The LAO submits that the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget does not resolve the ongoing structural imbalance between revenues and expenditures, although it would reduce the imbalance by roughly one-half. The State would continue to face major budget imbalances in 2006-07 and beyond, absent additional corrective actions.

 

Many of the Governor’s budget proposals are controversial and there can be no assurance that any of the cost-cutting or revenue-raising proposals will be enacted by the Legislature or withstand judicial scrutiny. Final action on budget adjustments for 2004-05 and enactment of the 2005-06 Budget Act will occur following negotiations between the Legislature and the Governor.

 

26


Table of Contents

Future Budgets. We cannot predict what actions will be taken in the future by the State Legislature, the Governor and voters to deal with changing State revenues and expenditures. Governor Schwarzenegger has presented budget reforms directly to voters as ballot propositions that amend the California Constitution. Embedding near-term solutions into the State Constitution, particularly solutions that defer current costs and that anticipate benefits in the future, may impair the State’s flexibility and limit its options in the future. The State budget will be affected by national and State economic conditions and other factors.

 

State Indebtedness

 

The State Treasurer is responsible for the sale of debt obligations of the State and its various authorities and agencies.

 

General Obligation Bonds. California’s capacity to issue general obligation bonds is described in the State Constitution. General obligation indebtedness of the State may not be created without the approval of a majority of voters. Debt service on general obligation bonds is the second charge to the General Fund after the support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. General obligation bond acts provide that debt service on general obligation bonds shall be appropriated annually from the General Fund and all debt service on general obligation bonds is paid from the General Fund. Certain general obligation bond programs receive revenues from sources other than the sale of bonds or the investment of bond proceeds. As of April 1, 2004, the State had outstanding approximately $46.7 billion aggregate principal amount of long-term general obligation bonds and unused voter authorizations for the future issuance of $33 billion of long-term general obligation bonds.

 

Commercial Paper. Voter-approved general obligation indebtedness may be issued as commercial paper notes for some bond issues. Pursuant to the terms of the bank credit agreement supporting the general obligation commercial paper program, not more than $1.46 billion in general obligation commercial paper notes may be outstanding at any time. As of November 1, 2004, the State had $598 million aggregate principal amount of general obligation commercial paper notes outstanding.

 

Lease-Revenue Bonds. In addition to general obligation bonds, the State builds and acquires capital facilities through the use of lease-revenue bonds. Under these arrangements, the State Public Works Board, another State or local agency or a joint powers authority issues bonds to pay for the construction of facilities such as office buildings, university buildings or correctional institutions. These facilities are leased to a State agency or the University of California under a long-term lease, which provides the source of payment of the debt service on the lease-revenue bonds. The State had approximately $7.2 billion General Fund-supported lease- revenue debt outstanding at November 1, 2004.

 

Non-Recourse Debt. Certain State agencies and authorities issue revenue obligations for which the General Fund has no liability. Revenue bonds represent obligations payable from State revenue-producing enterprises and projects that are not payable from the General Fund, and conduit obligations payable only from revenues paid by private users of facilities financed by the revenue bonds. The enterprises and projects include transportation projects, various public works projects, public and private educational facilities (including the California State University and University of California systems), housing, health facilities and pollution control facilities. State agencies and authorities had outstanding about $40.2 billion in aggregate principal amount of revenue bonds and notes that are non-recourse to the General Fund as of June 30, 2004.

 

27


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Borrowings. As part of its cash management program, the State has regularly issued short-term obligations to meet cash flow needs. As of November 1, 2004, the State had outstanding $6 billion of RANs, which are to mature on June 30, 2005.

 

Borrowings from the United States Department of Labor. In 2003-04, California did not collect unemployment contributions sufficient to match unemployment claims, and the State obtained a loan from the U.S. Department of Labor to pay unemployment benefits in calendar year 2004. The loan was repaid prior to September 30, 2004. While unemployment insurance tax receipts have increased and unemployment benefits claims have fallen, the potential for calendar year 2005 borrowing remains.

 

Constitutional, Legislative and Other Factors. California voters have approved a series of tax-limiting initiatives, adding complexity to the revenue-raising process of the State and local entities. California also has a rule of taxpayer standing (Cal. C.C.P. 526a) that permits any citizen or corporation liable to pay a tax to challenge the assessment in court to prevent illegal expenditure, waste, or injury, provided that no bonds for public improvements or public utilities may be enjoined. With this relatively low bar to taxpayer lawsuits, the California judiciary has interpreted many of the tax-related initiatives, sometimes with results unexpected by taxing authorities. No assurances can be given that California entities will be able to raise taxes to meet future spending requirements. It is also possible that California entities have not successfully complied with the complex legislative framework, and may in the future be required to return revenues previously collected.

 

The initiatives began in 1978 with Proposition 13 (Cal. Const. Art. XIIIA), which, as amended, generally caps the maximum real property tax that may be imposed at one percent, caps annual increases in assessed property values at two percent, permits reassessment to market value only on sale (subject to certain exemptions), and requires local governments to obtain the approval of two-thirds of the electorate to impose special taxes (taxes imposed for specific purposes). Proposition 13 also gave the State legislature responsibility for allocating the remaining proceeds of the property tax. Proposition 13 was intended to stop local governments from relying on open-ended voter approval to incur governmental expenses deemed desirable from year to year, and from levying taxes accordingly. Proposition 13 is believed to have altered local land development policies by encouraging localities to approve development of retail facilities over housing: typically, cities and counties obtain the highest net revenues from retail developments, and housing and manufacturing developments often yield more costs than tax revenues. Furthermore, because the basic one percent ad valorum tax is based on the value of the property as of the owner’s acquisition, the amount of tax on comparable properties varies widely.

 

Proposition 4 or the “Gann Initiative” (Cal. Const. Art. XIIIB) was adopted in 1979 and restricts State and local spending of revenues derived from taxes, regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees. The spending limits are adjusted annually to reflect changes in the cost of living and population growth. If revenues exceed limits, local governments must return excess revenues to taxpayers in the form of rate reductions; the State is obligated to refund half of the excess to taxpayers, and to transfer the remaining half to schools and community colleges.

 

Both Propositions 13 and 4 have been amended several times, but both continue to constrain State and local spending. After the passage of Proposition 13, the State provided aid to local governments from the General Fund to make up some of the lost property tax revenues, including taking over the principal responsibility for funding local K-12 schools and community colleges. During the recession of the early 1990s, the State curtailed post-Proposition 13 aid to local government entities other than school districts by requiring cities and counties to transfer some of their allocated property tax revenues to school districts. Notwithstanding the cutbacks, local governments have continued to rely on the State to support basic local functions, including local law enforcement, juvenile justice and crime prevention programs. The State withheld these allocations in part in 2003-04 and 2004-05 to deal with the State’s financial challenges.

 

28


Table of Contents

In 1986, California voters approved Proposition 62, a statute that requires super-majority approvals of local government taxes. Two-thirds of the local entity’s legislative body and a majority of its electorate must approve any tax for general governmental purposes, and two-thirds vote of the electorate must approve any special tax for specific purposes. In 1995, the California Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of Proposition 62.

 

In 1996, California voters approved Proposition 218 (Cal. Const. Arts. XIIIC and XIIID), an initiative with a purpose of “limiting local government revenue and enhancing taxpayer consent.” Proposition 218 requires a majority of a local entity’s electorate to approve any imposition or increase in a general tax, and two-thirds of the local entity’s electorate to approve any imposition or increase in a specific tax. Proposition 218 also precludes special districts, including school districts, from levying general taxes; accordingly, special districts are required to obtain two-thirds approval for any increases. Proposition 218 has a retroactive effect, in that it enables voters to use initiatives to repeal previously authorized taxes, assessments, fees and charges.

 

Proposition 218 is generally viewed as restricting the fiscal flexibility of local governments, and for this reason, some California cities and counties experienced lowered credit ratings, and other local governments may be reduced in the future. In recent lawsuits, the California Court of Appeal has applied the anti-tax intent of Proposition 218 broadly to find city and county taxes and charges invalid.

 

Other litigation and initiatives complicate the State’s ability to spend tax revenue.

 

In 1988, voters passed Proposition 98, which, as modified by Proposition 111, guarantees K-12 schools and community colleges a minimum share of General Fund revenues. Proposition 98 permits the Legislature, by a two-thirds vote in both houses and with the Governor’s concurrence, to suspend the minimum funding formula for a one-year period. The 2004 Budget suspended the level of Proposition 98 spending by approximately $2 billion and added $2 billion to the existing “maintenance factor” (the difference between Proposition 98 guarantees and actual appropriations), bringing the cumulative maintenance factor to $4 billion, which must be restored in future years as economic conditions improve.

 

With a constitutional initiative in November 2004, voters endorsed a complex tax swap arrangement to provide funding for local governments. As described above, the measure would shift $1.3 billion from local governments in each of 2004-05 and 2005-06, but would prohibit such transfers in the future. At the same time, voters approved a 1 percent surcharge on incomes over $1 million to pay for county mental health services. The LAO cites this enactment as a potential obstacle to efforts to reduce the volatility of state revenues, because it may impede adjustments to the progressive structure of the State’s personal income tax.

 

The full impact of these propositions and initiatives on existing and future California security obligations remains to be seen. Further, it is unknown whether additional legislation bearing on State and local government revenue will be enacted in the future and, if enacted, whether such legislation will provide California issuers enough revenue to pay their obligations.

 

The State is involved in certain legal proceedings (described in the State’s recent financial statements) that, if decided against the State, may require the State to make significant future expenditures or may substantially impair revenues. Among other things, the lawsuits seek damages from the State relating to pension funding, flood damages, environmental remediation and energy contracts. Claimants seek refunds of corporate tax assessments and escheats, and prohibitions against deferral of payments to local governments.

 

29


Table of Contents

Penalties against the State for administrative errors may require the State to make significant future payments. The State of California expects to receive about $55 billion in federal funds in 2004-05, with roughly $27 billion dedicated to various health and social services programs and about $14 billion allocated to education. Compliance with federal program requirements is enforced by penalties. The State expects to defer until 2005 payment of a $220 million penalty for failure to implement a statewide computer system to track child support payments; if the system is operational in 2005, the penalty may be waived.

 

Other Considerations.

 

Certain debt obligations held by the Funds may be obligations payable solely from lease payments on real or personal property leased to the State, cities, counties or their various public entities. California law provides that a lessor may not be required to make payments during any period that it is denied use and occupancy of the property in proportion to such loss. Moreover, the lessor only agrees to appropriate funding for lease payments in its annual budget for each fiscal year. In case of a default under the lease, the only remedy available against the lessor is that of reletting the property; no acceleration of lease payments is permitted. Each of these factors presents a risk that the lease financing obligations held by a Fund would not be paid in a timely manner.

 

Certain debt obligations held by the Funds may be obligations payable solely from the revenues of health care institutions. The method of reimbursement for indigent care, California’s selective contracting with health care providers for such care and selective contracting by health insurers for care of its beneficiaries now in effect under California and federal law may adversely affect these revenues and, consequently, payment on those debt obligations.

 

Recent Developments Regarding Energy. The stability of California’s power grid and its transmission capacity remains of concern. In its 2004 Summer Assessment, California’s Independent Service Operator (“ISO”) predicted adequate capacity to meet anticipated summer 2004 demands, but with a narrow operating margin, and with the reliability of the power grid qualified by anticipated transmission bottlenecks in about 30 areas. Heat waves in Southern California in the spring of 2004 resulted in transmission emergencies, which have prompted cuts to certain volunteer customers and also short rotating blackouts. In 2000 and 2001, at the height of California’s energy crisis, the State experienced rolling blackouts, or cuts of power to entire blocks of the power grid. Since 2001, California’s supply of electric energy has been augmented by 36 new power plants with a combined capacity of 5,000 megawatts becoming operational, and transmission lines have been upgraded.

 

Financially, California is still paying the costs incurred in 2000-01, and it is still contesting those costs. In January 2001, then-Governor Davis directed the California Department of Water Resources (“CDWR”) to enter into contracts for the purchase and sale of electric power as necessary when three investor-owned utilities (“IOUs”) exhausted their cash reserves and became unable to purchase electricity in the spot market. Accordingly, CDWR entered into long-term contracts worth an aggregate $42.5 billion. When power prices subsequently fell, CDWR renegotiated the terms of these contracts, resulting in some cost savings. As of January 1, 2003, the CDWR’s authority to enter into new power purchase contracts was terminated.

 

California has asserted that certain long-term energy contracts should be invalidated by market manipulation by certain energy companies and it continues to seek disgorgement of up to $9 billion. The State is currently appealing decisions of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) denying the State’s claims. In addition, the State is engaged in a number of other court proceedings stemming from the energy crisis.

 

CDWR’s present liability for the 2001-02 power purchases consists of $11.263 billion in revenue bonds. Payment on the CDWR revenue bonds is made from bond service charges paid by customers of the

 

30


Table of Contents

IOUs. For calendar year 2004, the CDWR estimates that the aggregate bond service charge would be $873 million. The CDWR revenue bonds are not a debt or liability of the State and do not obligate the State to levy or pledge any form of taxation or to make any appropriation for their payment.

 

Natural gas prices in California are not regulated, and therefore, may fluctuate. One of the State’s IOUs also supplies natural gas, and its credit difficulties and bankruptcy filing have impaired its ability to obtain supplies. Significant interruption in natural gas supplies could adversely affect the economy, including generation of electricity, much of which is fueled by natural gas.

 

There can be no assurance that there will not be continued and future disruptions in energy supplies or related developments that could adversely affect State and local governments’ economies, and that could in turn affect State and local revenues.

 

Seismic Activity. Substantially all of California is within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. Northern California in 1989 and Southern California in 1994 experienced major earthquakes causing billions of dollars in damages. The federal government provided more than $13 billion in aid for both earthquakes, and neither event has had any long-term negative economic impact. Any California municipal obligation in the Fund could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities, or consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (i) an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage rates; (ii) an insurer to perform on its contracts of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (iii) the federal or State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

 

Fire. Due to hot summers, low humidity and dry winds, California is subject to certain risks with regard to wildfires. In October 2003, wildfires engulfed over 746,000 acres and hundreds of homes in Los Angeles, Riverside, San Bernadino, San Diego and Ventura Counties. The President declared disaster areas in four counties. Losses have been estimated in the range of $1.5 to $2.5 billion. As of May 2004, state and federal authorities had assembled more than $300 million in disaster relief funds.

 

Water Supply and Flooding. Due to aspects of its geography, climate and continually growing population, California is subject to certain risks with regard to its water resources. California has intermittently experienced droughts and floods. During droughts in the 1980s and 1990s, some urban areas resorted to mandatory rationing, farmers in several agricultural areas chose to leave part of their acreage fallow, and ecosystems in some regions endured severe deprivations. Heavy rainfall may result in floods. Following the 2003 fires, torrential rain in Southern California precipitated mudslides, which compounded losses suffered in the wildfires. In 2004, heavy rains again resulted in landslides in Southern California. As with the potential risks associated with seismic activity, any California municipal obligation in the Fund could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities or income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING

COLORADO MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The following highlights some of the more significant financial trends and issues affecting Colorado and its economy and is based on information drawn from official statements, government web sites and other resources publicly available as of the date of this SAI. Wells Fargo Bank has not independently verified any of the information contained in such resources, but is unaware of any fact that would render such information inaccurate.

 

31


Table of Contents

Overview of Colorado Economy and General Information

 

During the mid-1980’s, the State’s economy was adversely affected by numerous factors, including the contraction of the energy sector, layoffs by advanced technology firms and an excess supply of both residential and nonresidential buildings causing employment in the construction sector to decline. As a result of these conditions, certain areas of the State experienced particularly high unemployment. Furthermore, in 1986, for the first time in 32 years, job generation in the State was negative and, in 1986, for the first time in 21 years, the State experienced negative migration, with more people leaving the State than moving in.

 

During the 1990s, the Colorado economy became increasingly diversified moving from an economy formerly reliant on agriculture and mining to one based on services, communications, transportation, tourism, health care, high-tech and manufacturing, with small businesses predominating. During this period there was steady improvement in the Colorado economy: per-capita income increased approximately 60.1% from 1990 to 1999 (5.6% in 1999) and retail trade sales revenues increased approximately 100.6% from 1990 to 1999 (7.4% in 1999), reflecting, in part, an annual average population growth rate of 2.7% and an average unemployment rate of 4.4% during this period. In 2000, the peak year of the economic expansion, per-capita income increased approximately 3.0%, wage and salary income increased approximately 12.6% and retail trade sales revenues increased approximately 11.1%. In addition, the population increased 6.0% and the average unemployment rate hit a historic, and unsustainable, low of 2.7%.

 

In 2001 Colorado’s economy, like the national economy, began to weaken, taking a sharp downturn after the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. In 2001, per-capita income growth slowed to approximately 1.7%, wage and salary income growth slowed to approximately 3.6%, retail trade sales revenues slowed to approximately 1.6%, population growth slowed to 2.1% and the average unemployment rate increased to 3.7%. Colorado began to lose jobs in January 2001, and declines in the state’s high technology, communications, and finance industries combined with a dramatic slowdown in tourism (caused in part by the worst drought since the 1930s and related Colorado wild fires), caused significant job losses during 2002. Colorado lost 43,000 jobs in 2002 and 32,000 jobs in 2003. The losses in 2002 and 2003 were the most severe in any reported period in the last sixty years. It is estimated that in 2004 there was a net increase of approximately 17,000 new jobs compared to 2003. The employment growth is expected to be 2.3% in 2005 and 2.8% in 2006.

 

At the present time, Colorado government officials believe that the economic signals are encouraging and that evidence continues to mount that the worst of the recent negative economic conditions are over. Increasing national economic activity, however, will play a vital role in the continued strengthening and growth of economic activity in Colorado. The unemployment rate in Colorado averaged approximately 5.3% in 2004, following an average level of 6.0% in 2003. The unemployment rate is expected to fall to 5.0% or below in 2005 and gradually decline to approximately 4.1 % by 2009.

 

Personal income in Colorado increased by 2.2% in 2003. Colorado government officials estimate that the personal income growth for 2004 was 5.6% and will be 5.1% in 2005. It is expected that personal income growth will average about 7% from 2006 through 2009. Colorado wage and salary income increased only 0.9% in 2003 because employment levels were lower and because high-wage jobs in the advanced technology and financial sectors had been lost. As labor markets recover, Colorado government officials estimate that total wage and salary disbursements will increase 4.5% in 2004, 6.0% in 2005 and 6.2% in 2006. In 2007 and thereafter, wage and salary income growth is expected to be at or above 6.0%.

 

Growth in retail trade sales is estimated to be 5.0% in 2004 and 5.5% in 2005, compared to a 0.3 % decline in 2003. Population growth in Colorado in 2004 is estimated to be 1.2% and is expected to be 1.4% in 2005 and 1.6% by 2009. Government officials expect net corporate and net individual income tax revenue to increase 11.3% and 5.4%, respectively, in the 2005 fiscal year, and 17.7% and 8.2%, respectively, in the 2006 fiscal year.

 

32


Table of Contents

Government officials believe that Colorado’s economic recovery will begin to outpace the national recovery by the middle of 2005. A risk to the forecast of continued improvement in the Colorado economy, however, is that the Colorado economic recovery will likely mirror any major shift, positive or negative, in the national economic recovery, and if the national economy does not resume robust growth in the near term, Colorado’s recovery is likely to follow the national recovery. In addition, if housing prices, which increased dramatically in Colorado during the later half of the 1990s, become high relative to the underlying economic conditions, the State could see a drop in housing prices. Should this occur, consumer spending would decrease, cash-out financing would be much lower and slow spending and job growth in many industries that rely on home sales would be lower.

 

Political Subdivisions

 

The State of Colorado’s political subdivisions include approximately 1,600 units of local government in Colorado, including counties, statutory cities and towns, home-rule cities and counties, school districts and a variety of water, irrigation, and other special districts and special improvement districts, all with various constitutional and statutory authority to levy taxes and incur indebtedness. Certain obligations of Colorado state and local public entities are subject to particular economic risks, including, but not limited to, the vulnerabilities of resort economies, which depend on seasonal tourism, downturns in sales tax and other revenues, and fluctuations in the real estate market. Real estate construction levels are expected to grow moderately through 2005, after declining in 2003 and 2002. Nonresidential building construction is estimated to increase 15.9% in 2004 and 7.3% in 2005, while residential construction is estimated to increase 15.2% in 2004 and decrease 9.8% in 2005.

 

State Finances: General Fund

 

The State derives all of its General Fund revenues from taxes. The two most important sources of these revenues are sales and use taxes and income taxes, which accounted for approximately 34% and 62%, respectively, of total General Fund net collections during fiscal year 2004.

 

The State experienced a 6.7% increase in General Fund revenues for fiscal year 2004 and it is anticipated that General Fund revenues will increase 4.2% for fiscal year 2005. However, the State experienced a $179.0 million (or 2.9%) decline in General Fund revenues for fiscal year 2003—largely due to continued economic downturn and fallen stock values. The dismal performance of the stock markets for much of fiscal year 2003 impacted tax receipts on capital gains for that year. Similarly, the fact that a significant portion of Colorado’s use tax revenue is derived from the telecom industry resulted in a 2.9% decline in use tax revenues in fiscal year 2003. As a result of the revenue shortfall, budget reductions, transfers, and other decisions were made which resulted in a General Fund reserve of $223.1 million for fiscal year 2003 in lieu of a budget deficit that otherwise would have occurred. This compares with reserves of $165.3 million and $786.8 million in the previous two fiscal years.

 

Colorado Constitutional and Other Laws

 

State Constitution. The Colorado Constitution contains strict limitations on the ability of the State to create debt. However, the constitutional provision has been interpreted not to limit the ability of the State to issue certain obligations which do not constitute debt, including short-term obligations which do not extend beyond the fiscal year in which they are incurred and certain lease purchase obligations which are subject to annual appropriation. The State is authorized pursuant to State statutes to issue short-term notes to alleviate temporary cash flow shortfalls.

 

33


Table of Contents

TABOR Amendment. On November 3, 1992, the Colorado voters approved a State constitutional amendment (the “TABOR Amendment”) that restricts the ability of the State and local governments to increase taxes, revenues, debt and spending. The TABOR Amendment provides that its provisions supersede conflicting State constitutional, State statutory, charter or other State or local provisions.

 

Among other provisions, the TABOR Amendment requires the establishment of emergency reserves, limits increases in district revenues and in district fiscal year spending, and requires voter approval for new taxes, tax increases or debt not meeting certain exceptions. As a general matter, annual State fiscal year spending may change not more than inflation plus the percentage change in State population in the prior calendar year. Annual local district fiscal year spending may change no more than inflation in the prior calendar year plus annual local growth, as defined in and subject to the adjustments provided in the TABOR Amendment. The TABOR Amendment provides that annual district property tax revenues may change no more than inflation in the prior calendar year plus annual local growth, as defined in and subject to the adjustments provided in the TABOR Amendment. District revenues in excess of the limits prescribed by the TABOR Amendment are required, absent voter approval, to be refunded by any reasonable method, including temporary tax credits or rate reductions. Such “TABOR surpluses” for the State grew from $139 million in fiscal year 1997 to $927.2 million in fiscal year 2001, and over the past several years the State has refunded revenues in excess of applicable limits to certain taxpayers in the State in accordance with the TABOR Amendment.

 

During the 1990’s the federal government underestimated Colorado’s population. Therefore the State refunded $483 million to taxpayers under the TABOR Amendment that would not have been refunded if the proper population estimates had been made. The TABOR Amendment allows for the limit to be adjusted each decade in accordance with the Census count. The Colorado General Assembly determined that the proper way to make the adjustment was to use the percentage change in the State’s populations (6.0%) in the TABOR Amendment limit for the 2002 fiscal year and then measure the amount of revenue that comes in below that adjusted limit. The percentage points of population growth in the limit that are not used in the 2002 fiscal year can be carried forward into future years (referred to as the “growth dividend”) until such time as all of the population percentage change is carried forward or a new Census is conducted.

 

The State did not have a TABOR surplus for fiscal years 2002, 2003 and 2004. It is anticipated that the TABOR surplus will exist for the 2005 fiscal year and will continue through the 2010 fiscal year. The TABOR Amendment also provides that a local district may reduce or end its subsidy to any program (other than public education through grade 12 or as required by federal law) delegated to it by the State General Assembly for administration.

 

Since revenue fell below the limit in fiscal year 2003, none of the population adjustment was used that year. However, since the State would have been $374.7 million above its limit during the 2004 fiscal year without the population adjustment, 4.9 percentage points out of the six percentage points available were used to raise the limit enough to retain the revenue received. The remaining 1.1 percentage points of the population dividend will be used in the 2005 fiscal year. Use of the remaining population adjustment in the 2005 fiscal year will raise the limit by another $89.0 million for a total of $463.7 million plus growth in additional revenue kept under the limit that year. Because the population adjustment permanently increases the TABOR base, an additional $463.7 million plus growth will be retained annually due to the implementation of the population adjustment.

 

Other Considerations. This description is not intended to constitute a complete description of all of the provisions of the TABOR Amendment. Furthermore, many provisions of the TABOR Amendment and their application are unclear. Several statutes have been enacted since the passage of the TABOR Amendment attempting to clarify the application of the TABOR Amendment with respect to certain governmental entities and activities, and numerous court decisions have been rendered interpreting certain

 

34


Table of Contents

of the TABOR Amendment’s provisions. However, many provisions of the TABOR Amendment may require further legislative or judicial clarification. The future impact of the TABOR Amendment on the financial operations and obligations of the State and local governments in the State cannot be determined at this time.

 

The financial operations and obligations of the State and local governments in Colorado may also be affected directly or indirectly by future changes in law or the interpretation of the law. In recent years, several ballot initiatives approved by voters have had a significant impact on the State’s General Fund, and other ballot initiatives have been proposed which, if passed, would potentially have had a material adverse effect on development in the State and the State economy.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING

MINNESOTA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The following highlights some of the more significant financial trends and issues affecting Minnesota and its economy and is based on information drawn from official statements, government web sites and other resources publicly available as of the date of this SAI. Wells Fargo Bank has not independently verified any of the information contained in such resources, but is unaware of any fact that would render such information inaccurate.

 

Constitutional State Revenue Limitations. Minnesota’s constitutionally prescribed fiscal period is a biennium. No agency or other entity may spend more than its “allotment.” The state’s Commissioner of Finance, with the approval of the Governor, is required to reduce excess allotments to the extent necessary to balance expenditures and forecasted available resources for the then current biennium. The Governor may seek legislative action when a large reduction in expenditures appears necessary, and if the state’s legislature is not in session, the Governor is empowered to convene a special legislative session.

 

Effect of Limitations on Ability to Pay Bonds. There are no constitutional or statutory provisions that would impair the ability of Minnesota municipalities, agencies or instrumentalities to meet their bond obligations if the bonds have been properly issued.

 

Population Trends in the State. Minnesota resident population grew from 4,390,000 in 1990 to 4,934,000 in 2000 or, at an average annual compound rate of 1.2 percent, the same as the national average at an annual compound rate of during this period. From 2000 to 2003, Minnesota’s resident population grew at an annual compound rate of 0.8 percent compared to the annual rate for the U.S. as a whole of 1.0 percent. Minnesota population is currently forecast by the U.S. Department of Commerce to grow at annual rate of 0.8 percent through 2015.

 

Structure of the State’s Economy. Diversity and a significant natural resource base are two important characteristics of the state’s economy.

 

At an aggregate level of detail, the structure of the state’s economy parallels the structure of the United States economy as a whole. For 2003, state employment in 14 major sectors was distributed in approximately the same proportions as national employment. In all sectors, the share of the total state employment was within two percentage points of national employment share.

 

Some unique characteristics of the state’s economy are apparent in employment concentrations in industries that comprise the durable goods and non-durable goods manufacturing categories. In the durable goods industries, the state’s employment was highly concentrated in the fabricated metals, machinery and computers and electronics categories. Of particular importance is the computers and electronics category in which 24.6 percent of the state’s durable goods employment was concentrated in 2003, as compared to 15.2 percent for the United States as a whole.

 

35


Table of Contents

The importance of the state’s resource base for overall employment is apparent in the employment mix in non-durable goods industries. In 2003, 36.5 percent of the state’s non-durable goods employment was concentrated in food manufacturing. This compares to 27.3 percent in the national economy. Over half of the state’s acreage is devoted to agricultural purposes. Printing and related activities is also relatively more important in the state than in the U.S.

 

Mining is currently a less significant factor in the state economy than it once was. Mining employment, primarily in the iron ore or taconite industry, dropped from 6.1 thousand in 1990 to 3.5 thousand in 2003.

 

Employment Growth in the State. Between 1990 and 2000, Minnesota’s employment grew 23.3 percent compared with 19.9 percent nationwide. For the 2000 to 2003 period, Minnesota’s non-farm employment declined 0.9 percent compared to 1.4 percent nationally. However, Minnesota’s 0.9 percent employment growth for the first 10 months of 2004 lagged behind the 1.4 percent U.S. employment growth for that period.

 

Performance of the State’s Economy. Since 1990, state per capita personal income has been within nine percentage points of national per capita personal income. The state’s per capita income has generally remained above the national average. In 2003, Minnesota per capita personal income was 108.9 percent of the national average.

 

During 2002 and 2003, the state’s monthly unemployment rate was generally less than the national unemployment rate, averaging 4.4 percent in 2002, as compared to the national average of 5.8 percent. In 2003, Minnesota’s unemployment rate averaged 5.0 percent, as compared to the national average of 6.0 percent.

 

Local Obligations. The State of Minnesota has no obligation to pay any bonds of its political or governmental subdivisions, municipalities, governmental agencies, or instrumentalities, except that the state has adopted aid intercept programs under which, subject to appropriations, certain school and county obligations may be guaranteed. The creditworthiness of local general obligation bonds is dependent upon the financial condition of the local government issuer, and the creditworthiness of revenue bonds is dependent upon the availability of particular designated revenue sources or the financial conditions of the underlying obligors. Although most of the bonds owned by the Fund are expected to be obligations other than general obligations of the State of Minnesota itself, there can be no assurances that the same factors that adversely affect the economy of the state generally will not also affect adversely the market value or marketability of such other obligations, or the ability of the obligors to pay the principal of or interest on such obligations.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING

NEBRASKA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The concentration of the Nebraska Tax-Free Fund in securities issued by governmental units of only one state exposes the Fund to risks greater than those of a more diversified portfolio holding securities issued by governmental units of different states in different regions of the country. Nebraska’s Constitution limits the debt the State may incur and sets certain restrictions on debt incurred by municipalities and political subdivisions. Accordingly, the availability of Nebraska municipal securities and the economy of the State will affect the Fund. The following is a brief summary of data and economic trends based upon information drawn from government web sites and other resources publicly available as of the date of this SAI. The Trust has not independently verified such information, but has no reason to believe that such information is inaccurate in any material respect.

 

36


Table of Contents

Governmental Units and Finances

 

Nebraska has 93 counties, 531 incorporated municipalities and over 1,700 other political subdivisions or authorities. These include governmental units such as school districts, utility districts, the Nebraska Educational Facilities Authority, and the Nebraska Investment Finance Authority. While these various municipalities and public authorities dominantly rely on independent revenue sources, such as property taxes, these entities are not immune from State revenue shortfalls, which lead to reductions in State aid to the entities. Furthermore, municipal securities issued by public authorities in Nebraska are not backed by the State’s full faith and credit.

 

Throughout the early and mid 1990s, state and local revenues, in the aggregate, increased each year at a rate sufficient to cover all increases in state and local expenditures. The trend has continued into the 2000s. The ending balance in the State’s general fund for fiscal year 2002 was $55,733,722 and the ending balance of the general fund for fiscal year 2003 is $22,374,480. These ending balances do not include amounts held in the State’s Cash Reserve Fund. The continued increase in revenues at a level sufficient to cover current and future expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the State’s economy, property tax values and the financial condition of each municipality or public authority issuing municipal securities.

 

Generally, the municipal securities issued by the State’s various governmental units have been highly regarded. Notwithstanding, certain Nebraska municipal securities contain unique risks. Such municipal securities may include, without limitation, health care providers, nuclear power plants, facility offerings and other private activity bonds that lack governmental backing. The Fund’s success may be impacted by its ability to adequately evaluate the unique risks associated with the respective issuers.

 

Economic Conditions

 

During the mid and late 1990s, Nebraska’s economy experienced consistent growth. State employment steadily increased from 880,246 in 1994 to an estimated 899,429 in 2001 with almost uniform increases in all non-farm industries. Nebraska’s unemployment rate has consistently been among the lowest rates in the Nation. From 1994 through 2001, Nebraska’s unemployment rate ranged from 2.6% to 3.1%. Nebraska’s per capital income, while below the national average, grew from $21,168 in 1994 to $29,771 in 2002. Nebraska also experienced positive net migration and population growth in the mid and late 1990s, reversing net out migration from 1974 to 1990. Based upon Census information, Nebraska’s population increased from 1,621,551 in 1994 to 1,729,180 in 2002.

 

Historically, national economic downturns have had less economic impact on Nebraska than other states; while at the same time, Nebraska’s economy traditionally has not grown as fast as others in periods of national economic expansion. During the 1990s, the Nebraska economy increasingly diversified away from being heavily dependent agriculture. Increases in manufacturing, services and finance, insurance and real estate industries have helped to more uniformly distribute Nebraska’s gross state product. However, the Nebraska economy remains heavily dependent upon agriculture and may be adversely affected by the farm commodities markets, changes in federal agriculture programs, and production and weather conditions. Additionally, the diversification of the State’s gross state product over the last decade may affect the Nebraska economy’s response to nation economic cycles.

 

Nebraska’s economic trends of the 1990s appear to have slowed beyond the year 2002. As of the end of 2002, Nebraska’s labor force totaled 956,708 with an unemployment rate of 3.6%. Non-farm payroll jobs decreased by 0.88% between 2001 and 2002. Manufacturing jobs declined 2.3% over the same period. These numbers and current economic forecasts indicate that the Nebraska economy slowed in 2002 and recovery is going to be slow.

 

37


Table of Contents

As discussed above, most municipal securities owned by the Fund are expected to be obligations of municipalities or other governmental units. Thus, the actual impact of the State’s economy and factors that affect such economy on most of the municipal securities is uncertain. For example, a factor that may materially affect the State’s economy may or may not also affect an individual municipality’s financial condition or the municipality’s ability to meet its obligations pursuant to the respective municipal securities.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING

WISCONSIN TAX-FREE FUND

 

The following information is derived from public information, including from the State of Wisconsin, as of the date of this SAI. The Adviser has not independently verified any of this information.

 

The Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund may invest 25% or more of its net assets in municipal obligations whose issuers or projects are located in Wisconsin, Guam, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. The credit quality and credit risk of any issuer’s debt depend to a large extent on the state and local economy, the health of the issuer’s finances, the amount of the issuer’s debt, the quality of management, and the strength of legal provisions in debt documents that protect debt holders. Credit risk is usually low when (1) the economy is strong, growing, and diversified, (2) the issuer’s financial situation is sound, and (3) the issuer’s level of debt is reasonable given its financial status.

 

While Wisconsin’s economy is fairly diverse, which serves to limit the credit risk of its securities, Wisconsin, like many other states, is currently experiencing a significant budget deficit. Measures to reduce the deficit are likely to include general purpose revenue spending cuts, such as reduction in state operations and reduced financial aid to local government and individuals. As a result of Wisconsin’s weakened financial condition, in recent years rating agencies such as Moody’s and Fitch downgraded Wisconsin’s bond rating, which results in higher interest rates payable with respect to Wisconsin bonds.

 

Wisconsin’s economy is concentrated primarily in the manufacturing, dairy products, livestock and paper products industries due to the state’s supply of resources in these areas. Because the Fund invests in only a limited category of municipal obligations, concentration of issuers of these obligations will most likely occur in these industries as well.

 

Wisconsin’s total revenue is received from several sources including: various taxes levied by the state; fees, permits, licenses, and service charges paid by users of services, facilities, and privileges provided by the state; investment income; and donations and contributions. For the fiscal year 2003-2004, the Wisconsin state government received revenues totaling $25.2 billion from all sources, including federal and nontax revenue. Its expenditures totaled $26.2 billion.

 

Wisconsin has the ability to either increase or reduce appropriations from taxes in relation to the levels established in its budget. The Constitution of the State of Wisconsin requires that the annual tax be sufficient to pay the estimated expenses of the state for each year. When the expenses of any year exceed the income, the Legislature must impose a tax for the ensuing year that, combined with other sources of income, will pay the deficiency as well as the estimated expenses for the ensuing year. However, spending of additional appropriations historically has been accompanied by a reduction of disbursements, an increase in revenues, or both.

 

Wisconsin has experienced, and is currently experiencing, a negative cash position in its general fund. To address this situation, the Secretary of Administration may reallocate up to 5% of the general purpose revenue appropriations that are currently in effect. Payments in this form must follow this preference: (i) payments of principal on Wisconsin general obligation debt must have first priority, and may

 

38


Table of Contents

not be prorated or reduced; (ii) payments of principal and interest on operating notes have second priority and may not be prorated or reduced; (iii) payment of Wisconsin employee payrolls have third priority; and (iv) all remaining payments shall be paid according to the priority established by the Secretary of Administration.

 

Proposed federal budget cuts could also impact Wisconsin’s economy because the State may be required to increase support to those parties affected by reductions in federal aid.

 

Guam. Guam is a self-governed territory of the United States located west-southwest of Hawaii and southeast of Japan. Guam’s economy is dependent on revenues from tourism, the U.S. military and service industries. Its employment is concentrated in local government and federal jobs. A decrease in U.S. operations and natural disasters may have a negative impact on Guam’s economy.

 

Puerto Rico. Puerto Rico is a commonwealth of the United States. Its economy is based on manufacturing, services, tourism and generally parallels the United States’ economy. Historically, Puerto Rico’s economy benefited from tax incentives contained in Section 936 of the Internal Revenue Code. These tax incentives allow tax credit claims to U.S. domestic corporations that operate a large amount of their business in Puerto Rico; however, these incentives will be phased out by the year 2006. This may decrease Puerto Rico’s competitive advantage for attracting new businesses in the future. Economic difficulties in the United States and natural disasters could have a negative effect on the overall economy of Puerto Rico.

 

Virgin Islands. The Virgin Islands are a self-governed territory of the United States and includes St. Thomas, St. John, and St. Croix. The islands are located in the Lesser Antilles, southeast of Florida. The Virgin Islands’ economy is heavily dependent on tourism for both revenue and employment. Natural disasters and economic difficulties in the United States could have a negative impact on the tourism industry and may also have a negative impact on the overall economy of the Virgin Islands.

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

39


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho, 62

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A

Peter G. Gordon, 62

  

Trustee,

since 1998;

(Chairman, since 2001).

   Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A

Richard M. Leach, 71

  

Trustee,

since 1987

  

Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial

consulting firm).

   N/A

Timothy J. Penny, 53

  

Trustee,

since 1996

   Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A

Donald C. Willeke, 64

  

Trustee,

since 1996

   Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse, 60

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A
OFFICERS

Karla M. Rabusch, 45

  

President,

since 2003

   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

 

40


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with
Registrant/
Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

  

Treasurer,

since 2003

  

Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice

President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.

   N/A

C. David Messman, 44

  

Secretary,

since 2000

   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflects the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a

 

41


Table of Contents

combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended June 30, 2004


Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 82,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 92,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 82,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 82,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 82,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 78,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 78,000

* Retired as of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1 - $10,000; B = $10,001 - $50,000; C = $50,001 - $100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

42


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

    

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Funds


  

Aggregate

Dollar

Range of

Equity

Securities

of Fund

Complex**


Trustee


  

California

Limited -Term
Tax-Free
Fund


  

California

Tax-Free

Fund


  

Colorado

Tax-Free

Fund


  

Intermediate

Tax-Free
Fund*


  

Minnesota

Tax-Free

Fund


  

Municipal

Bond

Fund*


  

National

Limited-Term
Tax-Free
Fund


  

National

Tax-Free

Fund


  

Nebraska

Tax-Free

Fund


  

Short-Term

Municipal
Bond

Fund*


  

Ultra Short-Term

Municipal

Income

Fund*


  

Wisconsin

Tax-Free

Fund*


  
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D    0    0    0    0    D

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-adviser (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the Advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an Adviser, the Board reviewed the fees that would be payable for the new funds and a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreement, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the Adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

43


Table of Contents

For the California Limited-Term Tax-Free, California Tax-Free, Colorado Tax-Free, Minnesota Tax-Free, National Limited-Term Tax-Free, National Tax-Free and Nebraska Tax-Free Funds, the Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the performance and expenses of the Funds and was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. In addition to the performance information for each Fund, the Board reviewed the performance information for a “Peer Group,” a group of funds that was similar to the specific Fund, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad-based index. The Board also reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii) net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the Adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the Adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the Adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser. The Board recognized that the Adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-adviser. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the Advisers compliance procedures including the Advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics and the Advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the Advisers, and other activities and clients of the Advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the Advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each Adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the Advisers, the Board recognized that the Advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to the sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered the sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary Adviser through its relationship with the sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the Adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary Adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which the sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed the sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which the sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was the sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft

 

44


Table of Contents

dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed the sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the Advisers; (ii) the scope of each Adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

Investment Adviser

 

Funds Management, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser for the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-advisers who are responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.

 

As compensation for its advisory services, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

 
     Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   0.40 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

California Tax-Free Fund

   0.40 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

   0.40 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   0.40 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   0.40 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

National Tax-Free Fund

   0.40 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

 

45


Table of Contents
     Fee

 
     Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund

   0.50 %   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

 

    

Fee

Effective 4/11/05


 

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

Municipal Bond Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   0-499M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   0-4.99M
500-999M
1-2.99B
3-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.40
0.35
0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%
%
%

 

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the Funds listed below paid the following advisory fees, and the investment adviser waived the indicated fees:

 

Fund


   06/30/04

   06/30/03

   06/30/02

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

California Limited-Term Tax-Free

   $ 243,681    $ 212,303    $ 248,809    $ 183,453    $ 0    $ 238,055

California Tax-Free

   $ 1,007,443    $ 1,267,816    $ 1,555,968    $ 970,235    $ 1,641,301    $ 793,985

Colorado Tax-Free

   $ 253,809    $ 200,000    $ 270,736    $ 224,476    $ 168,381    $ 305,782

Minnesota Tax-Free

   $ 604,217    $ 278,545    $ 791,197    $ 241,346    $ 442,804    $ 310,231

National Limited-Term Tax-Free

   $ 480,462    $ 188,115    $ 343,320    $ 127,932    $ 161,923    $ 109,581

National Tax-Free

   $ 1,034,497    $ 508,329    $ 1,427,934    $ 416,239    $ 1,435,927    $ 287,233

Nebraska Tax-Free

   $ 262,969    $ 23,306    $ 299,771    $ 29,446    $ 282,513    $ 40,073

 

46


Table of Contents

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust, which occurred on April 8, 2005. Prior to the reorganization, SCM and Funds Management served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees payable to Funds Management were the same as those under the prior agreement with SCM. The fees were as follows:

 

Fund


   Breakpoints

   Annual Rate (as a
percentage of net assets)


 

Advisor Municipal Bond Fund

Intermediate Municipal Bond Fund

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.37
0.345
0.32
%
%
%

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.25
0.225
0.20
%
%
%

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   0-4B
4-6B
>6B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%

 

The table below shows the advisory fees paid by the predecessor portfolios. For the fiscal year-ends indicated below, the predecessor portfolios paid the following advisory fees to SCM and SCM waived the indicated amounts.

 

FUND


   Year Ended 10/31/04

   Year Ended 10/31/03

   Year Ended 10/31/02

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

Intermediate Tax-Free

   $ 146,953    $ 3,432    $ 74,618    $ 85,005    $ 10,443    $ 43,680

Municipal Bond

   $ 625,380    $ 33,850    $ 801,508    $ 0    $ 876,451    $ 0

Short-Term Municipal Bond

   $ 1,245,096    $ 38,898    $ 1,552,322    $ 0    $ 1,375,158    $ 0

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income

   $ 4,312,904    $ 89,104    $ 5,588,564    $ 0    $ 4,873,033    $ 0

Wisconsin Tax-Free

   $ 150,321    $ 56,621    $ 69,869    $ 208,363    $ 0    $ 166,345

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Trustees and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Adviser

 

Funds Management has engaged Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management” or the “Sub-Adviser”), an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as the investment sub-adviser to the Funds. Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, Wells Capital Management is responsible for the day-to-day investment and management of the Funds’ assets. Wells Capital Management furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds, as well as such additional reports and

 

47


Table of Contents

information as Funds Management or the Trust’s Board and officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time, and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

As compensation for its sub-advisory services to each Fund, Wells Capital Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of each Fund’s average daily net assets. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by a Fund. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by a Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly.

 

Fund


   Fee

 

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%

California Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%

Municipal Bond Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%

National Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.15
0.125
0.10
%
%
%

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   0-400M
400-800M
>800M
   0.20
0.175
0.15
%
%
%

 

Portfolio Managers.

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Portfolio Managers.” The information in this section is provided as of June 30, 2004, the most recent fiscal year end for the Funds managed by the portfolio managers listed below. These portfolio managers (each a “Portfolio Manager” and together, the “Portfolio Managers”) manage the investment activities of the Funds on a day-to-day basis as follows.

 

48


Table of Contents

Fund


   Sub-Adviser

   Portfolio Managers

California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

California Tax-Free Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Stephen J. Galiani

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

Nebraska Tax-Free Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Arthur C. Evans

Intermediate Tax-Free Fund

Municipal Bond Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA
Duane A. McAllister, CFA

Minnesota Tax-Free Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Stephen J. Galiani
Adrian Van Poppel

National Limited Term Tax-Free Fund

National Tax-Free Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Arthur C. Evans
Stephen J. Galiani

Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund

   Wells Capital Management    Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

 

Management of Other Accounts. The following table indicates the type of, number of, and total assets in accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers, including the Funds. The accounts described include accounts that a Portfolio Manager manages in a professional capacity as well as accounts that a Portfolio Manager may manage in a personal capacity, if any, which are included under “Other Accounts.”

 

Portfolio Manager


   Registered Investment
Companies


  

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles


   Other Accounts

     Number of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


   Number of
Accounts


   Total Assets
Managed


Wells Capital Management

                                   

Arthur C. Evans

   4    $ 653M    2    $ 240M    6    $ 77M

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

   5    $ 2.05B    0    $ 0    7    $ 290M

Stephen J. Galiani

   5    $ 810M    3    $ 866M    0    $ 0

Duane A. McAllister, CFA

   5    $ 2.33B    0    $ 0    37    $ 50M

Adrian Van Poppel

   1    $ 194M    1    $ 178M    38    $ 10M

 

None of the above accounts that are managed by the Portfolio Managers pay an advisory fee based on performance of such account.

 

Material Conflicts of Interest. The Portfolio Managers face inherent conflicts of interest in their day-to-day management of the Funds and other accounts because the Funds may have different investment objectives, strategies and risk profiles than the other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers. For instance, to the extent that the Portfolio Managers manage accounts with different investment strategies than the Funds, they may from time to time be inclined to purchase securities, including initial public offerings, for one account but not for a Fund. Additionally, some of the accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers may have different fee structures, including performance fees, which are or have the potential to be higher or lower, in some cases significantly higher or lower, than the fees paid by the Funds. The differences in fee structures may provide an incentive to the Portfolio Managers to allocate more favorable trades to the higher-paying accounts.

 

To minimize the effects of these inherent conflicts of interest, the Sub-Adviser has adopted and implemented policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, that it believes address the potential conflicts associated with managing portfolios for multiple clients and ensure that all clients are treated fairly and equitably. Additionally, the Sub-Adviser minimizes inherent conflicts of interest by assigning the Portfolio Managers to accounts having similar objectives. Accordingly, security block purchases are allocated to all accounts with similar objectives in proportionate weightings. Furthermore, the Sub-Adviser has adopted a Code of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act to address potential conflicts associated with managing the Funds and any personal accounts the Portfolio Manager may maintain.

 

49


Table of Contents

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers may experience conflicts of interest as a result of the disparate advisory fees they may earn from other accounts compared to mutual funds such as the Funds. Because advisory fees for mutual funds tend to be lower than those for other accounts, the Portfolio Managers may be inclined to give more time and attention to the other accounts. Similarly, unlike for mutual funds, the Portfolio Managers are more likely to develop personal relationships with clients in other accounts than with investors in the Funds and therefore may be inclined to allocate more time and attention to such client accounts. However, Wells Capital Management has adopted procedures to ensure that clients are treated fairly to minimize inherent conflicts of interest of managing multiple accounts.

 

Compensation. The Portfolio Managers were compensated using the following compensation structures:

 

Wells Capital Management. Wells Capital Management’s Portfolio Managers are compensated with a fixed cash salary, pension and retirement plan. They receive incentive bonuses based in part on pre-tax annual and historical portfolio performance measured against the following benchmarks over a calendar year period:

 

Portfolio Manager


  

Benchmark


Arthur C. Evans

   Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index; Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Bond Index

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

   S&P’s/Investortools 6-8 Year Municipal Index

Stephen J. Galiani

   Lehman Municipal Bond Index

Duane A. McAllister, CFA

   S&P’s/Investortools 6-8 Year Municipal Index

Adrian Van Poppel

   Lehman Municipal Bond Index

 

Bonuses are also based on an evaluation of contribution to client retention, asset growth and business relationships. Incentive bonuses for research analysts are also evaluated based on the performance of the sectors that they cover in the portfolio and their security recommendations. Investment team compensation structure is directly linked to the value added to clients’ portfolios as measured by the above-mentioned performance metrics. Long-tenured investment professionals with proven success may also participate in a revenue sharing program that is tied to the success of their respective investment portfolios.

 

Beneficial Ownership in the Funds. The table below shows for each Portfolio Manager the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Portfolio Manager, stated as one of the following ranges:

 

— = Not Applicable

0 = $0

A = $1 - $10,000

B = $10,001 - $50,000

C = $50,001 - $100,000

D = $100,001 - $500,000

E = $500,001 - $1,000,000

F = over $1,000,000

 

50


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds

 

Portfolio Manager


  

California

Limited-Term

Tax-Free Fund


   California
Tax-Free
Fund


   Colorado
Tax-Free
Fund


   Intermediate
Tax-Free
Fund


   Minnesota
Tax-Free
Fund


   Municipal
Bond Fund


   National
Limited-Term
Tax-Free
Fund


   National
Tax-Free
Fund


   Nebraska
Tax-Free
Fund


   Short-Term
Municipal
Bond Fund


   Ultra
Short-Term
Municipal
Income
Fund


   Wisconsin
Tax-Free
Fund


Wells Capital Management

                                                           

Arthur C. Evans

   —      —      0    —      —      —      0    0    0    —      —      —  

Lyle J. Fitterer, CFA, CPA

   —      —      —      0    —      0    —      —      —      0    A    0

Stephen J. Galiani

   A    A    —      —      0    —      0    0    —      —      —      —  

Duane A. McAllister, CFA

   —      —      —      0    —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —  

Adrian Van Poppel

   —      —      —      —      0    —      —      —      —      —      —      —  

 

Administrator

 

The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services; (ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

51


Table of Contents

Class


   Fee

 
   Prior to 8/1/04

   

Effective between

8/1/04 and 4/11/05


    Effective 4/11/05

 

Class A, Class B and, Class C Shares

   0.33 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.25 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.25
0.24
0.23
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Advisor Class Shares

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.33
0.32
0.31
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares

   0.15 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%
  0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

Investor Class and Class Z Shares

   N/A     N/A    N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.50
0.49
0.48
%
%
%

 

On behalf of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Funds Management is entitled to receive an administrative fee as indicated below as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

Class


   Fee

 

Class C

   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.28
0.27
0.26
%
%
%

Investor Class

   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.45
0.44
0.43
%
%
%

 

Administration Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends shown in the table below, the following Funds paid the following administration fees:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

6/30/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended
6/30/03

Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended

6/30/02

Funds Mgmt


California Limited-Term Tax-Free (Fund Level)

   $ 56,998    $ 247,066    $ 48,214

Class A

   $ 225,988      *      *

Class C

   $ 35,193      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 41,434      *      *

California Tax-Free (Fund Level)

   $ 284,407    $ 1,558,123    $ 925,311

Class A

   $ 1,059,622      *      *

Class B

   $ 320,566      *      *

Class C

   $ 111,290      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 72,288      *      *

Colorado Tax-Free (Fund Level)

   $ 56,726    $ 268,487    $ 178,126

Class A

   $ 153,096      *      *

Class B

   $ 35,205      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 92,403      *      *

Minnesota Tax-Free (Fund Level)

   $ 110,345    $ 528,973    $ 284,495

Class A

   $ 108,926      *      *

 

52


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Year Ended

6/30/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended

6/30/03

Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended

6/30/02

Funds Mgmt


Class B

   $ 52,775      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 325,881      *      *

National Limited-Term Tax-Free (Fund Level)

   $ 83,572    $ 238,999    $ 103,218

Class A

   $ 705      *      *

Class B

   $ 171      *      *

Class C

   $ 474      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 333,325      *      *

National Tax-Free (Fund Level)

   $ 192,853    $ 981,155    $ 648,881

Class A

   $ 309,637      *      *

Class B

   $ 113,670      *      *

Class C

   $ 36,042      *      *

Institutional Class

   $ 443,306      *      *

Nebraska Tax-Free (Fund Level)

   $ 28,627    $ 126,722    $ 97,408

Institutional Class

   $ 114,510      *      *

* For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based rate to a combination of a fixed Class-based rate and a Fund-based rate that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds were created as part of the reorganization of the certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust, which occurred on April 8, 2005. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investor Services, Inc. (“SIS”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds and was entitled to receive a fee from the predecessor portfolio at the annual rate shown below of the average daily net assets attributable to the predecessor share classes as follows:

 

Class


   Fee

 

Class C

   0.28 %

Institutional Class Shares

   0.02 %

Investor Class and Advisor Class Shares for Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund

   0.33 %

Investor Class for Intermediate Tax-Free Bond, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds

   0.28 %

 

The table below shows the administrative fees paid by the predecessor portfolios to SIS.

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

10/31/04


  

Year Ended

10/31/03


  

Year Ended

10/31/02


    

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


Intermediate Tax-Free

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 0    $ 113,805    $ 13,094    $ 107,844    $ 174    $ 40,754

Municipal Bond

                                         

Investor Class

   $ 527,384    $ 0    $ 641,607    $ 0    $ 692,262    $ 0

 

53


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Year Ended

10/31/04


  

Year Ended

10/31/03


  

Year Ended

10/31/02


    

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


    Fees
Waived


  

Fees

Paid


   Fees
Waived


Short-Term Municipal Bond

                                          

Investor Class

   $ 1,425,687    $ 0    $ 1,739,298     $ 0    $ 1,519,206    $ 0

Class C*

   $ 12,386    $ 0    $ 3,119 **   $ 0      N/A      N/A

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income

                                          

Investor Class

   $ 3,454,439    $ 0    $ 4,508,876     $ 0    $ 4,133,675    $ 0

Advisor Class

   $ 165,641    $ 0    $ 154,667     $ 0    $ 57,855    $ 0

Institutional Class

   $ 74,069    $ 0    $ 90,215     $ 0    $ 50,243    $ 0

Wisconsin Tax-Free

                                          

Investor Class

   $ 0    $ 149,585    $ 0     $ 206,956    $ 24,669    $ 103,999

Class C***

   $ 7,019    $ 0    $ 3,612 ****   $ 0      N/A      N/A

* First offered on January 31, 2003.
** For the nine-month fiscal period ended October 31, 2003.
*** First offered on December 26, 2002.
**** For the ten-month fiscal period ended October 31, 2003.

 

Distributor

 

Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as the distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds, except for the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds.

 

The Funds that offer Class B and Class C shares have adopted a distribution plan (the “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for their Class B and Class C shares. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the Class B and Class C shares of the Funds, as listed below, paid Stephens and will pay the Distributor an annual fee of 0.75% of the average daily net assets attributable to each such class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

Fund/Class


   Fee

 

California Limited-Term Tax-Free

      

Class C

   0.75 %

California Tax-Free

      

Class B

   0.75 %

Class C

   0.75 %

Colorado Tax-Free

      

Class B

   0.75 %

Minnesota Tax-Free

      

Class B

   0.75 %

Class C

   0.75 %

Municipal Bond

      

Class B

   0.75 %

Class C

   0.75 %

 

54


Table of Contents

Fund/Class


   Fee

 

National Limited-Term Tax-Free

      

Class B

   0.75 %

Class C

   0.75 %

National Tax-Free

      

Class B

   0.75 %

Class C

   0.75 %

Short-Term Municipal Bond

      

Class C

   0.75 %

Wisconsin Tax-Free

      

Class C

   0.75 %

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the above-indicated Funds and classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

The Funds listed below paid the following distribution-related expenses to Stephens pursuant to the Plan, for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004:

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund/Class


   Total

   Printing &
Mailing


   Advertising

  

Comp. to

Underwriters


  

Comp. to

Br./Dlrs.


   Other*

California Limited-Term Tax-Free

                                         

Class C

   $ 94,266    $ 0    $ 0    $ 66,166    $ 28,100    $ 0

California Tax-Free

                                         

Class B*

   $ 858,658    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 858,658

Class C

   $ 298,098    $ 0    $ 0    $ 77,452    $ 220,646    $ 0

Colorado Tax-Free

                                         

Class B*

   $ 94,300    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 94,300

Minnesota Tax-Free

                                         

Class B*

   $ 141,361    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 141,361

National Limited-Term Tax-Free

                                         

Class B*

   $ 458    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 458

Class C

   $ 1,270    $ 0    $ 0    $ 757    $ 513    $ 0

National Tax-Free

                                         

Class B

   $ 304,474    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 304,474

Class C

   $ 96,541    $ 0    $ 0    $ 29,261    $ 67,280    $ 0

* The Distributor has entered and Stephens previously entered into an arrangement whereby sales commissions paid to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Funds are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, the Distributor may assign, and Stephens previously assigned certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

55


Table of Contents

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Intermediate Tax-Free, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investments, Inc. (“SII”) served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Investor Class and Advisor Class shares of the predecessor portfolios paid up to 0.25% per year of each class’ average daily net assets to SII or others. Class B shares paid SII up to 1.00% per year of the class’ average daily net assets, out of which 0.25% could be used for service fees. The 12b-1 fees could also be used to pay SII for advancing commissions to securities dealers for the initial sale of Class C shares. The table below shows the distribution fees paid by the predecessor portfolios of these Funds to SII for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004.

 

DISTRIBUTION FEES

 

Fund


  

Gross

12b-1 Fees


   Absorptions

  

Compensation
to Unaffiliated

Broker-Dealers


   12b-1 Fees
Retained
by the
Distributor


   Remaining 12b-1
Fees Used to Pay
For 1) Advertising
and 2) Printing
and Mailing of
Prospectuses to
Other Than
Current
Shareholders


Intermediate Tax-Free

                                  

Investor Class

   $ 101,612    $ 101,612    $ 35,911    $ 67,182    $ 799

Short-Term Municipal Bond

                                  

Class C

   $ 44,237    $ 0    $ 10,730    $ 29,379    $ 0

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 125,486    $ 8,453    $ 146,301    $ 221    $ 0

Wisconsin Tax-Free

                                  

Investor Class

   $ 133,558    $ 133,558    $ 0    $ 0    $ 138,061

Class C

   $ 25,068    $ 11,947    $ 11,531    $ 13,797    $ 0

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the relevant class of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amounts payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan provides that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such Non-Interested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the respective Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Trustees have concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds

 

56


Table of Contents

Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent

 

The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled to an annual fee from the applicable Fund of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Class A, Class B, Class C, Class Z, Administrator Class, Advisor Class, and Investor Class shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Trustees and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such Plan or related Agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust, and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

57


Table of Contents

Custodian

 

Wells Fargo Bank, located at 6th and Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as the custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund, and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), located at 801 Pennsylvania Avenue, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, serves as interim custodian for the Municipal Bond Fund and Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim custodian, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund.

 

Fund Accountant

 

PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily

Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>85B

   0.0025 %

 

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund. Finally, PFPC is entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

State Street serves as interim fund accountant for the Municipal Bond Fund and Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund from approximately April 8, 2005 through April 22, 2005. For its services as interim fund accountant, State Street is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.30% of each Fund’s daily net assets, a fixed fund accounting base fee, multiple class fee and certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent

 

Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions

 

Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds (except the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds, on a continuous basis. For the Funds’ past three fiscal years

 

58


Table of Contents

(except the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds), the aggregate dollar amount of underwriting commissions paid to and retained by Stephens were as follows:

 

06/30/04

  06/30/03

  06/30/02

Paid

  Retained

  Paid

  Retained

  Paid

  Retained

$853,262   $ 136,728   $ 941,637   $ 118,151   $ 1,310,977   $ 149,788

 

Prior to April 11, 2005, SII served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds. The amount of underwriting commissions paid to and retained by SII is disclosed under “Distribution Fees” above.

 

Code of Ethics

 

The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser each has adopted a code of ethics, which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser are on public file with, and available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The NAV per share for each class of the Funds is determined as of the close of regular trading (currently 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time)) on each day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund’s investments are generally valued at current market prices. Securities are generally valued based on the last sales price during the regular trading session if the security trades on an exchange (“closing price”), and if there is no sale, based on the latest quoted bid prices. Securities that are not traded primarily on an exchange generally are valued using latest quoted bid prices obtained by an independent pricing service. Securities listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc., however, are valued at the Nasdaq Official Closing Price (“NOCP”), and if no NOCP is available, then at the last reported sales price. We are required to depart from these general valuation methods and use fair value pricing methods to determine the value of certain investments if we believe that the closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security, including securities that trade primarily on a foreign exchange, does not accurately reflect its current value when the Fund calculates its NAV. In addition, we also use fair value pricing to determine the value of investments in securities and other assets, including illiquid securities, for which current market quotations are not readily available. The closing price or the latest quoted bid price of a security may not reflect its current value if, among other things, a significant event occurs after the closing price or latest quoted bid

 

59


Table of Contents

price but before a Fund calculates its NAV that materially affects the value of the security. We use various criteria, including a systematic evaluation of U.S. market moves after the close of foreign markets, in deciding whether a foreign security’s market price is still reliable and, if not, what fair market value to assign to the security. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that are invested in other mutual funds, the Fund’s NAV is calculated based upon the net asset values of the other mutual funds in which the Fund invests, and the prospectuses for those companies explain the circumstances under which those companies will use fair value pricing and the effects of using fair value pricing. In light of the judgment involved in fair value decisions, there can be no assurance that a fair value assigned to a particular security is accurate. Such fair value pricing may result in NAVs that are higher or lower than NAVs based on the closing price or latest quoted bid price.

 

Money market instruments and debt instruments maturing in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost. Future contracts will be marked to market daily at their respective settlement prices determined by the relevant exchange. Prices for fixed income and other securities may be furnished by a reputable independent pricing service. Prices provided by an independent pricing service may be determined without exclusive reliance on quoted prices and may take into account appropriate factors such as institutional-size trading in similar groups of securities, yield, quality, coupon rate, maturity, type of issue, trading characteristics and other market data.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION

INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business. Each Fund is open for business each day the NYSE is open for trading (a “Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (each a “Holiday”). When any Holiday falls on a weekend, the NYSE typically is closed on the weekday immediately before or after such Holiday.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV calculation time on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the NYSE closes early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier then their stated NAV calculation time described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Funds. For further information about this form of payment please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which

 

60


Table of Contents

disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust may also redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Fund for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

The dealer reallowance for Class A share purchases for all Funds except the California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund and National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund is as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase


   Front-End Sales
Charge as % of
Public Offering Price


    Front-End Sales
Charge as % of Net
Amount Invested


    Dealer Reallowance
as % of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   4.50 %   4.71 %   4.00 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   4.00 %   4.17 %   3.50 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   3.50 %   3.63 %   3.00 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   2.50 %   2.56 %   2.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   1.00 %

1 We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

The dealer reallowance for Class A share purchases of the California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund and National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund are as follows:

 

Amount of Purchase


   Front-End Sales
Charge as % of
Public Offering
Price


    Front-End Sales
Charge as % of Net
Amount Invested


    Dealer Reallowance
as % of Public
Offering Price


 

Less than $50,000

   3.00 %   3.09 %   2.50 %

$50,000 to $99,999

   2.50 %   2.56 %   2.00 %

$100,000 to $249,999

   2.00 %   2.04 %   1.75 %

$250,000 to $499,999

   1.50 %   1.52 %   1.25 %

$500,000 to $999,999

   1.00 %   1.01 %   0.75 %

$1,000,000 and over1

   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.50 %

1 We will assess Class A share purchases of $1,000,000 or more a 0.50% contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) if they are redeemed within one year from the date of purchase, unless the dealer of record waived its commission with a Fund’s approval. The CDSC percentage you pay is applied to the NAV of the shares on the date of original purchase.

 

Class B CDSC Schedule – Municipal Bond Fund. Class B shares received in exchange for Strong Advisor Municipal Bond Fund shares purchased prior to March 9, 2003 have the following CDSC schedule:

 

Redemption Within


   1 Year

    2 Years

    3 Years

    4 Years

    5 Years

    6 Years

    7 Years

    8 Years

    9 Years

CDSC

   5.00 %   4.00 %   3.00 %   3.00 %   2.00 %   1.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   A shares

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders via the Internet. All existing shareholders, except Advisor Class shareholders, who purchased their shares directly from Wells Fargo Advantage Funds may purchase additional shares of the class of Funds that they already own and redeem existing shares via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank

 

61


Table of Contents

account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemptions may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Internet account access is available for institutional clients; shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Affiliated Funds. Any affiliated fund that invests in a Wells Fargo Advantage fund may purchase Class A shares of such fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Montgomery Fund Shareholders. Former Montgomery Fund Class P and Class R shareholders who purchased their shares directly from the Montgomery Funds and became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund, and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Shareholders who did not purchase such shares directly may purchase additional shares in the respective acquiring Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former C&B Portfolio Shareholders. Shareholders who purchased shares of the C&B Portfolios directly from the C&B Portfolios, and who became Wells Fargo Advantage Fund shareholders in the reorganization between the Advisors’ Inner Circle Fund and the Trust effective July 26, 2004 will be permitted to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund and any unnamed shares of WealthBuilder Portfolios at NAV. Please see your account representative for details.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Employees of the Transfer Agent. Employees of BFDS, transfer agent for the Trust, may purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Holders of Class C Shares. No CDSC is imposed on redemptions of Class C shares where a fund did not pay a sales commission at the time of purchase.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for Certain Former Fiduciary Accounts. Certain former fiduciary accounts that were previously invested in a Wells Fargo Advantage Fund may use the proceeds of the redemption from such Fund to purchase Class A shares of any Wells Fargo Advantage Fund at NAV. Shareholders may be required to provide appropriate proof of eligibility for this sales charge reduction.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the

 

62


Table of Contents

supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for the Funds’ portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction; the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission, if any. While the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of non-equity securities usually will be principal transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to broker-dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each of the Funds also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and may purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, municipal obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing a Fund’s portfolio securities transactions will consist primarily of broker-dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available. The Fund may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Distributor or Funds Management is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provisions of a rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the Board.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provide the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees the Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

The Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. The Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, the Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which the Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

63


Table of Contents

Portfolio Turnover. The portfolio turnover rate is not a limiting factor when the Sub-Adviser deems portfolio changes appropriate. Changes may be made in the portfolios consistent with the investment objectives and policies of the Funds whenever such changes are believed to be in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders. The portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities by the average monthly value of the Fund’s portfolio securities. For purposes of this calculation, portfolio securities exclude all securities having a maturity when purchased of one year or less. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expenses to the Funds, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and the reinvestment in other securities. Portfolio turnover also may result in adverse tax consequences to a Fund’s shareholders.

 

The portfolio turnover rates for the Intermediate Tax-Free Fund, National Tax-Free Fund, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income Fund and Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund varied significantly over the past two fiscal years. The variation in the rates for the Funds was primarily due to market volatility.

 

Brokerage Commissions and Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. For the last three fiscal years, only the California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund and California Tax-Free Fund paid broker commissions on brokerage transactions. No commissions were paid to affiliated brokers, and no commissions were directed to a specific broker for research-related services. The commissions paid by the Fund are shown below:

 

Fund


   Brokerage Commissions Paid

     6/30/04

   6/30/03

   6/30/02

California Limited-Term Tax-Free

   $ 1,180    $ 0    $ 0

California Tax-Free

   $ 1,750    $ 570    $ 2,250

 

As of June 30, 2004, none of the Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers.

 

Former Strong Funds. For the fiscal year ends listed below, the predecessor portfolios of the Funds listed below paid the following aggregate amounts of brokerage commissions on brokerage transactions:

 

Total Commissions

 

Fund


   Year Ended
10/31/04


   Year Ended
10/31/03


   Year Ended
10/31/02


Intermediate Tax-Free

   $ 6,372    $ 4,963    $ 218

Municipal Bond

   $ 21,845    $ 16,681    $ 11,958

Short-Term Municipal Bond

   $ 33,729    $ 33,004    $ 10,132

Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income

   $ 57,044    $ 61,426    $ 12,749

Wisconsin Tax-Free

   $ 2,797    $ 3,480    $ 1,924

 

As of October 31, 2004, none of the predecessor portfolios of these Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers.

 

FUND EXPENSES

 

From time to time, Funds Management may waive fees from the Funds in whole or in part. Any such waiver will reduce expenses and, accordingly, have a favorable impact on a Fund’s performance.

 

64


Table of Contents

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent auditors, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its Custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, organizational expenses and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against Fund assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including the Funds, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Trustees deems equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes and, as applicable, certain California, Colorado, Minnesota and Nebraska taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters other than those noted above.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

65


Table of Contents

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss)it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

66


Table of Contents

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As of June 30, 2004, the following Funds had capital loss carry-forwards approximating the amount indicated for federal income tax purposes, expiring in the year indicated:

 

Fund


   Year Expires

   Capital Loss
Carryforwards


California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   2012    $ 34,498

Colorado Tax-Free Fund

   2008
2009
2012
   $
$
$
224,971
410,897
232,615

National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund

   2009    $ 573,192

National Tax-Free Fund

   2008
2008
2009
2012
   $
$
$
$
10,177,442
102,780
157,637
267,373

 

If a Fund engages in a reorganization, either as an acquiring fund or acquired fund, its own capital loss carry-forwards and the use of its unrealized losses against future realized gains, or such losses of other funds participating in the reorganization, may be subject to severe limitations that could make such losses substantially unusable. The Funds have engaged in reorganizations or may engage in reorganizations in the future.

 

Equalization Accounting. Each Fund may use the so-called “equalization method” of accounting to allocate a portion of its “earnings and profits,” which generally equals a Fund’s undistributed net investment income and realized capital gains, with certain adjustments, to redemption proceeds. This method permits a Fund to achieve more balanced distributions for both continuing and redeeming shareholders. Although using this method generally will not affect a Fund’s total returns, it may reduce the amount that the Fund would otherwise distribute to continuing shareholders by reducing the effect of purchases and redemptions of RIC shares on Fund distributions to shareholders. However, the IRS may not have expressly sanctioned the equalization accounting method used by the Funds, and thus the use of this method may be subject to IRS scrutiny.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

67


Table of Contents

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its distributable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and non-equity listed options used by a Fund will be deemed “Section 1256 contracts.” A Fund will be required to “mark to market” any such contracts held at the end of the taxable year by treating them as if they had been sold on the last day of that year at market value. Sixty percent of any net gain or loss realized on all dispositions of Section 1256 contracts, including deemed dispositions under the “mark-to-market” rule, generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and the remaining 40% will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are excepted from the mark-to-market rule and the “60%/40%” rule.

 

Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income and losses and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of the Fund’s income. Under future Treasury Regulations, any such transactions that are not directly related to a Fund’s investments in stock or securities (or its options contracts or futures contracts with respect to stock or securities) may have to be limited in order to enable the Fund to satisfy the 90% income test described above. If the net foreign exchange loss for a year exceeds a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss), the resulting ordinary loss for such year will not be deductible by the Fund or its shareholders in future years.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

68


Table of Contents

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

The amount of long-term capital gain a Fund may recognize from derivative transactions is limited with respect to certain pass-through entities. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if the Fund directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements. In addition, payments received by the Funds in connection with securities lending and repurchase agreements will not qualify for reductions in individual federal income tax on certain dividends and so may be taxable as ordinary income.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. Except for exempt-interest distributions paid out by the Funds, defined below, all distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

69


Table of Contents

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in Government National Mortgage Association or Federal National Mortgage Association securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Under certain circumstances, an individual shareholder receiving qualified dividend income from a Fund, explained further below, may be required to treat a loss on the sale or exchange of Fund shares as a long-term capital loss.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. In addition, if a shareholder holds Fund shares for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares will be disallowed to the extent of the amount of exempt-interest distributions (defined below) received with respect to the shares. The Treasury Department is authorized to issue regulations reducing the six months holding requirement to a period of not less than the greater of 31 days or the period between regular distributions where a Fund regularly distributes at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest, if any. No such regulations have been issued as of the date of this SAI. The loss disallowance rules described in this paragraph do not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

70


Table of Contents

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate.

 

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of back-up withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

71


Table of Contents

In general, a foreign shareholder’s capital gains realized on the disposition of Fund shares, capital gain distributions and, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, “short-term capital gain distributions” (defined below) are not subject to federal income tax withholding, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless: (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the foreign shareholder; (ii) in the case of an individual foreign shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005, and before January 1, 2008, such gains or distributions are attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of a U.S. real property interest. If such gains or distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the foreign shareholder pursuant to an income tax treaty, the tax, reporting and withholding requirements applicable to U.S. persons generally applies. If such gains or distributions are not effectively connected for this purpose, but the foreign shareholder meets the requirements of clause (ii) described above, such gains and distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). Gains or distributions attributable to gain from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests are taxed to a foreign shareholder as if that gain were effectively connected with the shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, and therefore such gains or distributions may be required to be reported by a foreign shareholder on a U.S. federal income tax return. Such gains or distributions also will be subject to U.S. income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. holders and/or may be subject to federal income tax withholding. While the Funds do not expect Fund shares to constitute U.S. real property interests, a portion of a Fund’s distributions may be attributable to gain from the sale or exchange of U.S. real property interests. Foreign shareholders should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of such distributions. “Short-term capital gain distributions” are distributions designated as such from a Fund in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year generally attributable to its net short-term capital gain. The Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations.

 

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

72


Table of Contents

Tax-Exempt Investors and Tax-Deferred Plans. Shares of the Funds would not be suitable for tax-exempt institutions and may not be suitable for retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code, H.R. 10 plans and IRAs since such plans and accounts are generally tax-exempt and, therefore, would not benefit from the exempt status of distributions from the Fund, as discussed further below. Such distributions may ultimately be taxable to the beneficiaries when distributed to them.

 

Additional Considerations for the Funds. If at least 50% of the value of a regulated investment company’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable years consists of obligations the interest on which is exempt from federal income tax, it will qualify under the Code to pay “exempt-interest distributions.” The Funds intend to so qualify and are designed to provide shareholders with a high level of income exempt from federal income tax in the form of exempt-interest distributions.

 

Distributions of capital gains or income not attributable to interest on a Fund’s tax-exempt obligations will not constitute exempt-interest distributions and will be taxable to its shareholders. The exemption of interest income derived from investments in tax-exempt obligations for federal income tax purposes may not result in a similar exemption under the laws of a particular state or local taxing authority.

 

Not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, each Fund will notify its shareholders of the portion of the distributions for the taxable year that constitutes exempt-interest distributions. The designated portion cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest excludable from gross income under Section 103 of the Code received by the Fund during the taxable year over any amounts disallowed as deductions under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Code. Interest on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry shares of a Fund will not be deductible to the extent that the Fund’s distributions are exempt from federal income tax.

 

In addition, certain deductions and exemptions have been designated “tax preference items” which must be added back to taxable income for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). Tax preference items include tax-exempt interest on “private activity bonds.” To the extent that a Fund invests in private activity bonds, its shareholders will be required to report that portion of a Fund’s distributions attributable to income from the bonds as a tax preference item in determining their federal AMT, if any. Shareholders will be notified of the tax status of distributions made by a Fund. Persons who may be “substantial users” (or “related persons” of substantial users) of facilities financed by private activity bonds should consult their tax advisors before purchasing shares in a Fund. Furthermore, shareholders will not be permitted to deduct any of their share of a Fund’s expenses in computing their federal AMT. In addition, exempt-interest distributions paid by a Fund to a corporate shareholder is included in the shareholder’s “adjusted current earnings” as part of its federal AMT calculation, and may also affect its federal “environmental tax” liability. As of the date of this SAI, individuals are subject to federal AMT at a maximum rate of 28% and corporations are subject to federal AMT at a maximum rate of 20%. Shareholders with questions or concerns about the AMT should consult own their tax advisors.

 

Additional Considerations for the California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund and California Tax-Free Fund. If, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the total assets of a regulated investment company consists of obligations the interest on which, if held by an individual, is exempt from taxation by California (“California Exempt Securities”), then the regulated investment company will be qualified to make distributions that are exempt from California state individual income tax (“California exempt-interest distributions”). For this purpose, California Exempt Securities generally are limited to California municipal securities and certain U.S. government and U.S. possession obligations. The California Funds intend to qualify under the above requirements so that they can pay California exempt-interest distributions.

 

Within sixty days after the close of its taxable year, each California Fund will notify its shareholders of the portion of the distributions made the Fund that is exempt from California state individual income tax.

 

73


Table of Contents

The total amount of California exempt-interest distributions paid by a California Fund attributable to any taxable year cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest received by the Fund for such year on California Exempt Securities over any amounts that, if the Fund was treated as an individual, would be considered expenses related to tax exempt income or amortizable bond premium and would thus not be deductible under federal income or California state individual income tax law.

 

In cases where a shareholder of a California Fund is a “substantial user” or “related person” with respect to California Exempt Securities held by the Fund, such shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether California exempt-interest distributions paid by the Fund with respect to such obligations retain California state individual income tax exclusion. In this connection, rules similar to those regarding the possible unavailability of federal exempt-interest distributions treatment to “substantial users” are applicable for California state income tax purposes. Interest on indebtedness incurred by a shareholder in a taxable year to purchase or carry shares of a California Fund is not deductible for California state individual income tax purposes if the Fund distributes California exempt-interest distributions to the shareholder for taxable year.

 

The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important California state individual income tax considerations generally affecting the California Funds and their shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the California state income tax treatment of the California Funds or their shareholders, and this discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful planning. Further, it should be noted that the portion of any California Fund distributions constituting California exempt-interest distributions is excludable from income for California state individual income tax purposes only. Any distributions paid to shareholders subject to California state franchise tax or California state corporate income tax may be taxable for such purposes. Accordingly, potential investors in the California Funds, including, in particular, corporate investors that may be subject to either California state franchise tax or California corporate income tax, should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the application of such taxes to the receipt of the California Funds’ distributions and as to their own California state tax situation, in general.

 

Additional Considerations for the Colorado Tax-Free Fund. Individuals, trusts, estates and corporations subject to the Colorado income tax will not be subject to such tax on distributions paid by the Colorado Tax-Free Fund, to the extent that such distributions qualify as exempt-interest distributions and are attributable to (i) interest earned on any obligation of Colorado or its political subdivisions issued on or after May 1, 1980, which interest is exempt from federal income taxation under Section 103(a) of the Code, (ii) interest earned on any obligation of Colorado or its political subdivisions issued before May 1, 1980 to the extent that such interest is specifically exempt from income taxation under the Colorado state laws authorizing the issuance of such obligations, or (iii) interest on obligations of the United States or its possessions included in federal adjusted gross income. All other distributions, including distributions attributable to capital gains, generally will be subject to the Colorado individual and corporate income taxes.

 

Shareholders of the Colorado Tax-Free Fund should consult their own tax advisors about other state and local tax consequences of their investment in the Colorado Tax-Free Fund.

 

Additional Considerations for the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund. Shareholders of the Minnesota Tax-Free Fund (“Minnesota Fund”), who are individuals, estates, or trusts and who are subject to the regular Minnesota individual income tax will not be subject to such regular Minnesota tax on Minnesota Fund distributions to the extent that such distributions qualify as exempt-interest distributions which are derived from interest income on tax-exempt obligations of the State of Minnesota, or its political or governmental subdivisions, municipalities, governmental agencies, or instrumentalities (“Minnesota Sources”). The foregoing will apply, however, only if the portion of the exempt-interest distributions from such Minnesota Sources that is paid to all shareholders represents 95% or more of the exempt-interest distributions that are

 

74


Table of Contents

paid by the Fund. If the 95% test is not met, all exempt-interest distributions that are paid by the Minnesota Fund generally will be subject to the regular Minnesota individual income tax. Even if the 95% test is met, to the extent that exempt-interest distributions that are paid by the Minnesota Fund are not derived from the Minnesota Sources described in the first sentence of this paragraph, such distributions generally will be subject to the regular Minnesota individual income tax. Other distributions of the Minnesota Fund, including distributions attributable to net short-term and long-term capital gains, generally are not exempt from the regular Minnesota individual income tax.

 

State legislation enacted in 1995 provides that it is the intent of the Minnesota legislature that interest income on obligations of Minnesota governmental units, including obligations of the Minnesota Sources described above, and exempt-interest distributions that are derived from interest income on such obligations, be included in the net income of individuals, estates, and trusts for Minnesota income tax purposes if it is judicially determined that the exemption by Minnesota of such interest or such exempt-interest distributions unlawfully discriminates against interstate commerce because interest income on obligations of governmental issuers located in other states, or exempt-interest dividends derived from such obligations, is so included. This provision provides that it applies to taxable years that begun during or after the calendar year in which such judicial decision becomes final, regardless of the date on which the obligations were issued, and that other remedies apply for previous taxable years. The United States Supreme Court in 1995 denied certiorari in a case in which an Ohio state court upheld an exemption for interest income on obligations of Ohio governmental issuers, even though interest income on obligations of non-Ohio governmental issuers was subject to tax. In 1997, the United States Supreme Court denied certiorari in a subsequent case from Ohio, involving the same taxpayer and the same issue, in which the Ohio Supreme Court refused to reconsider the merits of the case on the ground that the previous final state court judgment barred any claim arising out of the transaction that was the subject of the previous action. It cannot be predicted whether a similar case will be brought in Minnesota or elsewhere, or what the outcome of such case would be.

 

Subject to certain limitations that are set forth in the Minnesota rules, Minnesota Fund distributions to shareholders who are individuals, estates, or trusts that are derived from interest on certain United States obligations are not subject to the regular Minnesota individual income tax or the Minnesota alternative minimum tax. However, Minnesota Fund distributions, including exempt-interest distributions, are not excluded in determining the Minnesota franchise tax on corporations that is measured by taxable income and alternative minimum taxable income. The Fund’s distributions may also be taken into account in certain cases in determining the minimum fee that is imposed on corporations, S corporations, and partnerships.

 

Minnesota presently imposes an alternative minimum tax on individuals, estates, and trusts that is based, in part, on such taxpayers’ federal alternative minimum taxable income, which includes federal tax preference items. As described above, the Code provides that interest on specified private activity bonds is a federal tax preference item, and that a exempt-interest distribution constitutes a federal tax preference item to the extent of its proportionate share of the interest on such private activity bonds. Accordingly, exempt-interest distributions that are attributable to such private activity bond interest, even though they are derived from the Minnesota Sources described above, will be included in the base upon which such Minnesota Sources described above generally is also subject to the Minnesota alternative minimum tax.

 

Additional Considerations for the Nebraska Tax-Free Fund. Individuals, trusts, estates and corporations subject to the Nebraska income tax will not be subject to such tax on distributions paid by the Nebraska Tax-Free Fund so long as the Fund continues to be a regulated investment company and to the extent that such distributions qualify as exempt-interest distributions and are attributable to (i) interest earned on Nebraska municipal securities to the extent that such interest is specifically exempt from the Nebraska income tax and the Nebraska alternative minimum tax; or (ii) interest on obligations of the United

 

75


Table of Contents

States or its territories and possessions to the extent included in federal adjusted gross income but exempt from state income taxes under the laws of the United States. Capital gain distributions generally will receive the same characterization for Nebraska income tax purposes. Additionally, if a shareholder is subject to the Nebraska financial institutions’ franchise tax, fund distributions may effect the determination of such shareholder’s franchise tax.

 

All shareholders of the Nebraska Tax-Free Fund should consultant their own tax advisors about other state and local tax consequences of their investment in the Fund.

 

Shareholders of the Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund who are subject to Wisconsin income tax will not generally be subject to such tax on distributions from the Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund to the extent the distributions are of exempt interest income. Exempt interest income generally includes interest from:

 

  1. public housing authority bonds issued by municipalities located in Wisconsin;

 

  2. Wisconsin Housing Finance Authority bonds;

 

  3. Wisconsin municipal redevelopment authority bonds;

 

  4. Wisconsin higher education bonds;

 

  5. Wisconsin Housing and Economic Development Authority bonds issued on or after January 1, 2004, if the bonds are issued to fund multifamily affordable housing projects or elderly housing projects;

 

  6. Wisconsin Housing and Economic Development Authority bonds issued before January 29, 1987, except business development revenue bonds, economic development revenue bonds, and CHAP housing revenue bonds;

 

  7. certain Wisconsin Housing and Economic Development Authority bonds used to fund an economic development loan to finance construction, renovation, or development of property that would be exempt from property taxes as a professional sports or entertainment home stadium;

 

  8. public housing agency bonds issued before January 29, 1987, by agencies located outside Wisconsin where the interest therefrom qualifies for exemption from federal taxation for a reason other than or in addition to section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

  9. local exposition district bonds;

 

  10. Wisconsin professional baseball park district bonds;

 

  11. bonds issued by the Government of Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands or, for bonds issued after October 16, 2004, the Government of American Samoa;

 

  12. local cultural arts district bonds;

 

  13. Wisconsin professional football stadium bonds;

 

  14. certain District of Columbia general obligation bonds issued prior to January 29, 1987 where the interest from the bonds qualifies for exemption from federal income for a reason other than or in addition to section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

76


Table of Contents
  15. certain Virgin Islands Housing Authority bonds issued prior to January 29, 1987 where the interest from the bonds qualifies for exemption from federal income for a reason other than or in addition to section 103 of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

  16. certain United States obligations; and

 

  17. other obligations the interest on which federal law prohibits the states from taxing.

 

Other distributions from the Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund will generally be subject to Wisconsin income tax.

 

This section is not intended to be a complete discussion of the state and local tax consequences of investing in the Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund. Shareholders of the Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund should consult their own tax advisors about the state and local tax consequences of their investment in the Wisconsin Tax-Free Fund.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted. Furthermore, Funds Management may solicit the input of underlying portfolio managers advising the Funds on particular issues.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds’ Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, name changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

77


Table of Contents
    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds’ Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the standing Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

78


Table of Contents

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B. Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

79


Table of Contents
  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but no less than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are twelve of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a contingent-deferred sales charge, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of the Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters affecting one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by Series, except where voting by a Series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one Series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one Series and would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement, since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by Series. Approval by the shareholders of one Series is effective as to that Series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other Series to approve the proposal as to those Series.

 

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of shares of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the class represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the

 

80


Table of Contents

class are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust. The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect Trustees under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share of the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund are entitled to receive the assets attributable to that Fund that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular Fund or portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below, as of March 16, 2005, is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of a Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


California Limited-Term Tax-Free

Class A

  

PFPC BROKERAGE SERVICES

FBO WELLS FARGO

ATTN MITCH BLOOMFIELD

420 MONTGOMERY ST 5TH FL

MAC A0101-057

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-1207

   Record    5.97%
    

WELLS FARGO BROKERAGE SERVICES, LLC

NORTHSTAR BUILDING EAST - 9TH FLOOR

608 SECOND AVENUE, SOUTH

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.37%
    

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT

OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    5.03%

Class C

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT

OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    5.16%

 

81


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO WF CA LTD TRM TX FR OMNIBUS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    71.15 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA

FBO WF CA LTD TRM TX FR OMNIBUS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    16.33 %
California Tax-Free  

Class A

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class B

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class C

  

MLPF&S FOR THE SOLE BENEFIT

OF ITS CUSTOMERS

ATTN MUTUAL FUND ADMINISTRATION

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    5.65 %

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

WELLS FARGO CA TAX-FREE BD FD CL I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    60.20 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

WELLS FARGO CA TAX-FREE BD FD CL I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    23.02 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

WELLS FARGO CA TAX-FREE BD FD CL I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPERATIONS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    5.84 %
Colorado Tax-Free  

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

420 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-1207

   Record    15.83 %
    

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    6.15 %

 

82


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.48 %

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

COLORADO TAX FREE FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    87.22 %
    

JONATHAN F SAWYER &

LYNN M SAWYER JTWROS

7210 EMPIRE DR

BOULDER CO 80303-5004

   Record    5.28 %
Intermediate Tax-Free  

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    34.41 %
    

WELLS FARGO FUNDS MANAGEMENT LLC

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS CUSTOMERS

STRONG ADVISOR PROGRAM

525 MARKET ST, MAC# A0103-122

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105-2708

   Record    13.05 %
    

NFSC FEBO

SKYWEST INC

ATTN: MIKE KRAUPP

444 S RIVER RD

ST GEORGE UT 84790-2085

   Record    6.62 %
Minnesota Tax-Free  

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    9.06 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.17 %

Class B

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    5.95 %

Class C

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class Z

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

 

83


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

MINNESOTA TAX FREE I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    43.17 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

MINNESOTA TAX FREE I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    39.66 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

MINNESOTA TAX FREE I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    11.13 %
Municipal Bond  

Class A

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class B

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class C

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Administrator Class

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    7.66 %
    

NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY TR

GEORGE WILLIAM TARRY TRUST

U/A DTD 06/07/76 AMD 09/23/92

1800 SHERMAN AVE STE 400

EVANSTON IL 60201-3788

   Record    5.07 %
National Limited-Term Tax-Free  

Class A

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

EXCLUSIVELY FBO THE CUSTOMERS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    24.26 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    11.35 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    9.16 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    8.37 %

 

84


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    7.84 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    7.74 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    7.51 %

Class B

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    23.41 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    17.28 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    16.57 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    13.24 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    11.37 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    7.98 %

Class C

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    35.13 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    22.46 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    20.87 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.19 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.04 %

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

LIMITED TERM TAX-FREE FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    65.28 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

LIMITED TERM TAX-FREE FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    16.81 %

 

85


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

LIMITED TERM TAX-FREE FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    14.01 %
National Tax-Free  

Class A

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class B

   NONE    N/A    NONE  

Class C

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS LLC

608 SECOND AVENUE SOUTH 8TH FL

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55402-1916

   Record    8.20 %
    

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT

SERVICES FBO

PO BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    6.58 %

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

TAX FREE INCOME FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    73.32 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

TAX FREE INCOME FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    15.79 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

TAX FREE INCOME FUND I

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    8.74 %
Nebraska Tax-Free Fund  

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK NA, FBO

NEBRASKA TAX FREE CL I - CASH/CASH

ATTN: MUTUAL FUND OPS

PO BOX 1533

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55480-1533

   Record    91.72 %
Short-Term Municipal Bond  

Class C

  

MERRILL LYNCH PIERCE FENNER &

SMITH INC

MERRILL LYNCH FIN DATA SERVICES

ATTENTION SERVICE TEAM

4800 DEER LAKE DR E FL 3

JACKSONVILLE FL 32246-6484

   Record    74.36 %
    

RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOC INC

FBO HOLMES TJ

880 CARILLON PKWY

ST PETERSBURG FL 33716-1100

   Record    12.87 %

 

86


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    20.40 %
Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income                 

Advisor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    89.56 %

Institutional Class

  

DRAKE & CO

FBO JOHN MALANDRO

C/O SMITH BARNEY

333 W 34TH ST FL 7

NEW YORK NY 10001-2402

   Record    22.10 %
    

US NATURAL RESOURCES INC

8000 NE PARKWAY DR STE 100

VANCOUVER WA 98662-6738

   Record    12.83 %
    

NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES CORP

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF OUR CUSTOM

ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS DEPT 5TH FL

ONE WORLD FINANCIAL CENTER

200 LIBERTY ST

NEW YORK NY 10281-1003

   Record    9.51 %
    

JAMES J STEARNS JR &

EDNA H STEARNS JT TEN

1546 W AVERILL PARK DR

SAN PEDRO CA 90732-3924

   Record    5.59 %

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    9.55 %
Wisconsin Tax-Free                 

Class C

  

AMERICAN ENTERPRISE INVESTMENT SVCS FBO

P.O BOX 9446

MINNEAPOLIS MN 55440-9446

   Record    11.48 %

 

87


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name And Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Class


 

Investor Class

  

CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC

SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCOUNT

FOR EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF CUSTOMERS

ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS

101 MONTGOMERY ST

SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122

   Record    15.67 %
    

ADP CLEARING & OUTSOURCING FBO

26 BROADWAY

NEW YORK NY 10004-1703

   Record    13.89 %

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund), or is identified as the holder of record of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The audited financial statements for the California Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, California Tax-Free Fund, Colorado Tax-Free Fund, Minnesota Tax-Free Fund, National Limited-Term Tax-Free Fund, National Tax-Free Fund, and Nebraska Tax-Free Fund for the year ended June 30, 2004, and the unaudited financial statements for those Funds for the semi-annual period ended December 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report, respectively. The audited

 

88


Table of Contents

financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Intermediate Tax-Free, Municipal Bond, Short-Term Municipal Bond, Ultra Short-Term Municipal Income and Wisconsin Tax-Free Funds for the year ended October 31, 2004 were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios, and are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Reports.

 

89


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

 

The following is a description of the ratings given by S&P and Moody’s to corporate and municipal bonds and corporate and municipal commercial paper.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

S&P

 

S&P rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “AAA” to “D,” according to quality, as described below. The first four ratings denote investment-grade securities.

 

AAA - This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in a small degree.

 

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for those in higher-rated categories.

 

BB - Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

B - Debt rated B has greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

 

CCC - Debt CCC is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

Plus (+) or minus (-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

CC - Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated CC is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated C is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC-. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. Debt rated C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

D - Debt rated D is currently in default, where payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

Moody’s

 

Moody’s rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “Aaa” to “C,” according to quality, as described below. The first four denote investment-grade securities.

 

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk, and interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, such bonds comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered upper to medium investment-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered medium-grade (and still investment-grade) obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not as well safeguarded during both good times and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca - Bonds rated Ca are speculative in a high degree. Such bonds are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds. Such bonds can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers (1, 2 and 3) to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds, those bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal, respectively.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (including Commercial Paper)

 

S&P:

 

A-1 - Debt rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 - Debt rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 - Debt rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B - Debt rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Moody’s:

 

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.

 

Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations, but earnings trends, while sound, will be subject to more variation.

 

Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 have acceptable credit quality and an adequate capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

Not Prime: Issuers rated Not Prime have questionable to poor credit quality and an uncertain capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

Telephone: 1-800-222-8222

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Dated April 11, 2005

 

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET TRUST

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE CASH INVESTMENT MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE HERITAGE MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LIQUIDITY RESERVE MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MINNESOTA MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MONEY MARKET TRUST

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE MUNICIPAL MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE NATIONAL TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE NATIONAL TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET TRUST

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE OVERLAND EXPRESS SWEEP FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE PRIME INVESTMENT MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE TREASURY PLUS MONEY MARKET FUND

WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE 100% TREASURY MONEY MARKET FUND

 

Class A, Class B, Administrator Class, Investor Class,

Service Class, Single Class and Institutional Class

 

Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) is an open-end, management investment company. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) contains additional information about sixteen Funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) — the Wells Fargo Advantage California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, California Tax-Free Money Market Trust, Cash Investment Money Market Fund, Government Money Market Fund, Heritage Money Market Fund, Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund, Minnesota Money Market Fund, Money Market Fund, Money Market Trust, Municipal Money Market Fund, National Tax-Free Money Market Fund, National Tax-Free Money Market Trust, Overland Express Sweep Fund, Prime Investment Money Market Fund, Treasury Plus Money Market Fund and 100% Treasury Money Market Fund. Each Fund, except the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, California Tax-Free Money Market Trust and the Minnesota Money Market Fund, is considered diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Funds offer certain classes of shares as indicated in the chart below. This SAI relates to all such classes of shares.

 

Funds


   A

   B

   Administrator

   Institutional

   Investor

   Service

   Single Class

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   ·                        ·     

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

                                 ·

Cash Investment Money Market Fund

             ·    ·         ·     

Government Money Market Fund

   ·         ·    ·         ·     

Heritage Money Market Fund

             ·    ·               

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

                                 ·

Minnesota Money Market Fund

   ·                              

Money Market Fund

   ·    ·              ·          

Money Market Trust

                                 ·

Municipal Money Market Fund

                       ·          

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   ·         ·    ·         ·     

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

                                 ·

Overland Express Sweep Fund

                                 ·

Prime Investment Money Market Fund

                  ·         ·     

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

   ·              ·         ·     

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

   ·                        ·     

 

This SAI is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Funds’ Prospectuses (the “Prospectuses”), dated August 1, 2004 and April 11, 2005. All terms used in this SAI that are defined in the Prospectuses have the meanings assigned in the Prospectuses. The audited financial statements for the Funds, except the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and reports of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended March 31, 2004, and the unaudited financial statements for those Funds for the semi-annual period ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports and Semi-Annual Reports, respectively. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds, which include the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended October 31, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Report. The Prospectuses, Annual Reports and Semi-Annual Reports may be obtained without charge by visiting our website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds (except the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Report), calling 1-800-222-8222 or by writing to Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, P.O. Box 8266, Boston, MA 02266-8266.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

   1

INVESTMENT POLICIES

   3

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

   5

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

   12

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING MINNESOTA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

   20

MANAGEMENT

   22

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

   36

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

   38

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   40

FUND EXPENSES

   42

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

   50

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

   52

CAPITAL STOCK

   53

OTHER

   65

COUNSEL

   65

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   65

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   66

APPENDIX

   A-1

 

i


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL FUND INFORMATION

 

On March 25, 1999, the Board of Trustees of Norwest Advantage Funds (“Norwest”), the Board of Directors of Stagecoach Funds, Inc. (“Stagecoach”) and the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board” or “Trustees”) approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios to the Funds (the “Reorganization”). Prior to November 5, 1999, the effective date of the consolidation of the Funds and the predecessor Norwest and Stagecoach portfolios, the Funds had only nominal assets.

 

In August 2004, the Board of Directors of the Strong family of funds (“Strong”) and the Board of the Trust approved an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization providing for, among other things, the transfer of the assets and stated liabilities of various predecessor Strong portfolios into various Funds of the Trust. The effective date of the Reorganization was April 8, 2005.

 

The Funds described in this SAI, except the Liquidity Reserve Money Market and Minnesota Money Market Funds, were created as part of either the reorganization of the Stagecoach family of funds that were advised by Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank” or the “Custodian”), and the Norwest Advantage family of funds that were advised by Norwest Investment Management, Inc. (“NIM”), into a single mutual fund complex, or the reorganization of Strong, advised by Strong Capital Management, Inc. (“SCM”), and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, advised by Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management” or the “Adviser”) into a single mutual fund complex.. The Reorganization followed the merger of the advisers’ parent companies. The reorganization between Strong and the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds followed the acquisition of certain asset management arrangements of SCM by Wells Fargo & Company.

 

The chart below indicates the predecessor Stagecoach, Norwest and Strong Funds that are the accounting survivors of the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds, as applicable.

 

Wells Fargo Advantage Funds


 

Predecessor Funds


California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

  Stagecoach California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

  Stagecoach California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

Cash Investment Money Market Fund

  Norwest Cash Investment Fund

Government Money Market Fund

  Norwest U.S. Government Fund

Heritage Money Market Fund

  Strong Heritage Money Market Fund

Money Market Fund

  Stagecoach Money Market Fund

Money Market Trust

  Stagecoach Money Market Trust

Municipal Money Market Fund

  Strong Municipal Money Market Fund

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

  Norwest Municipal Money Market Fund

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

  Stagecoach National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

Overland Express Sweep Fund

  Stagecoach Overland Express Sweep Fund

Prime Investment Money Market Fund

  Norwest Ready Cash Investment Fund (Public Entities Shares)

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

  Stagecoach Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

  Norwest Treasury Fund

 

The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund of Stagecoach. The predecessor Stagecoach California Tax-Free Money Market Fund was originally organized as a fund of Stagecoach and commenced operations on January 1, 1992.

 

The California Tax-Free Money Market Trust commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the California Tax-Free Money Market Trust of Stagecoach. The predecessor Stagecoach California Tax-Free Money Market Trust was originally organized on May 5, 1997.

 

1


Table of Contents

The Cash Investment Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Administrative, Service and Institutional Class shares of the Prime Money Market Fund of Stagecoach and the Service Class shares of the Cash Investment Fund of Norwest. (The Administrative Class shares were merged into the Service Class at this time.) The predecessor Norwest Cash Investment Fund, which is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes, commenced operations on October 14, 1987.

 

The Government Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Government Money Market Fund of Stagecoach and the U.S. Government Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest U.S. Government Fund, which is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes, commenced operations on November 16, 1987.

 

The Heritage Money Market Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Heritage Money Market Fund. The predecessor Strong Heritage Money Market Fund commenced operations on June 29, 1995.

 

The Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund commenced operations on July 31, 2002.

 

The Minnesota Money Market Fund commenced operations on August 14, 2000.

 

The Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Class A shares of the Prime Money Market Fund of Stagecoach, the Money Market Fund of Stagecoach and the Ready Cash Investment Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Stagecoach Money Market Fund, which is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes, commenced operations on July 1, 1992.

 

The Money Market Trust commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Money Market Trust of Stagecoach. The Stagecoach Money Market Trust commenced operations on September 6, 1996 as successor to the Money Market Trust of Pacifica Funds Trust (“Pacifica”). The Pacifica portfolio commenced operations on October 1, 1995 as the successor to the Money Market Fund of Westcore Trust, which originally commenced operations on September 17, 1990.

 

The Municipal Money Market Fund commenced operations on April 11, 2005, as successor to the Strong Municipal Money Market Fund. The predecessor Strong Municipal Money Market Fund commenced operations on October 23, 1986.

 

The National Tax-Free Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Institutional Class shares of the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund of Stagecoach and the Service Class shares of the Municipal Money Market Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Municipal Money Market Fund, which is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes, commenced operations on January 7, 1988. The Fund changed its name from the National Tax-Free Institutional Money Market Fund to the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund effective July 28, 2003.

 

The National Tax-Free Money Market Trust commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the National Tax-Free Money Market Trust of Stagecoach. The predecessor Stagecoach National Tax-Free Money Market Trust was originally organized as a fund of Stagecoach and commenced operations on November 10, 1997.

 

The Overland Express Sweep Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to an investment portfolio originally organized on October 1, 1991 as the Overland Sweep Fund (the “predecessor portfolio”) of Overland Express Funds, Inc. (“Overland”), an open-end management investment company formerly advised by Wells Fargo Bank. Effective December 15, 1997, the Overland predecessor portfolio was reorganized as the predecessor Overland Express Sweep Fund of Stagecoach.

 

The Prime Investment Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Ready Cash Investment Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Ready Cash Investment Fund was originally organized as a fund of Norwest and commenced operations on September 2, 1998.

 

2


Table of Contents

The Treasury Plus Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Administrative, Service and Institutional Class shares of the Treasury Plus Money Market Fund of Stagecoach and the Service Class shares of the Treasury Plus Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Stagecoach Treasury Plus Money Market Fund, which is considered the surviving entity for accounting purposes, commenced operations on October 1, 1985. The Fund changed its name from the Treasury Plus Institutional Money Market Fund to the Treasury Plus Money Market Fund effective July 28, 2003.

 

The 100% Treasury Money Market Fund commenced operations on November 8, 1999 as successor to the Treasury Fund of Norwest. The predecessor Norwest Treasury Fund was originally organized as a fund of Norwest and commenced operations on December 3, 1990.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following investment policies, all of which are fundamental policies; that is, they may not be changed without approval by the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund.

 

The Funds may not:

 

(1) purchase the securities of issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry if, immediately after the purchase and as a result thereof, the value of a Fund’s investments in that industry would equal or exceed 25% of the current value of the Fund’s total assets, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s: (i) investments in securities of other investment companies, (ii) investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, (iii) investments in municipal securities (for the purpose of this restriction, private activity bonds and notes shall not be deemed municipal securities if the payments of principal and interest on such bonds or notes is the ultimate responsibility of non-government issuers), (iv) investments in repurchase agreements provided further that each Fund reserves freedom of action to concentrate in the obligations of domestic banks (as such term is interpreted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), or its staff); and provided further that each of the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, the California Tax-Free Money Market Trust, the Minnesota Money Market Fund, the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund and the National Tax-Free Money Market Trust (a) may invest 25% or more of the current value of its total assets in private activity bonds or notes that are the ultimate responsibility of non-government issuers conducting their principal business activity in the same industry and (b) may invest 25% or more of the current value of its total assets in securities whose issuers are located in the same state or securities the interest and principal on which are paid from revenues of similar type projects;

 

(2) purchase securities of any issuer if, as a result, with respect to 75% of a Fund’s total assets, more than 5% of the value of its total assets would be invested in the securities of any one issuer or the Fund’s ownership would be more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and instrumentalities, or investments in securities of other investment companies; and further provided that this policy does not apply to the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, California Tax-Free Money Market Trust and the Minnesota Money Market Fund;

 

(3) borrow money, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder;

 

(4) issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptive orders obtained thereunder;

 

3


Table of Contents

(5) make loans to other parties if, as a result, the aggregate value of such loans would exceed one-third of a Fund’s total assets. For the purposes of this limitation, entering into repurchase agreements, lending securities and acquiring any debt securities are not deemed to be the making of loans;

 

(6) underwrite securities of other issuers, except to the extent that the purchase of permitted investments directly from the issuer thereof or from an underwriter for an issuer and the later disposition of such securities in accordance with a Fund’s investment program may be deemed to be an underwriting;

 

(7) purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business);

 

(8) purchase or sell commodities, provided that (i) currency will not be deemed to be a commodity for purposes of this restriction, (ii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of futures contracts, forward contracts or options, and (iii) this restriction does not limit the purchase or sale of securities or other instruments backed by commodities or the purchase or sale of commodities acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments;

 

(9) with respect to the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, the California Tax-Free Money Market Trust, the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund, and the National Tax-Free Money Market Trust, invest less than 80% of net assets plus investment borrowings, under normal circumstances, in investments the income from which (i) is exempt from federal income tax (including federal alternative minimum tax), and (ii) for the state-specific Funds, in investments the income from which is also exempt from such state’s income tax; nor

 

(10) with respect to the Minnesota Money Market Fund, invest less than 80% of net assets plus investment borrowings, under normal circumstances, in investments exempt from Minnesota individual income taxes.

 

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

 

Each Fund has adopted the following non-fundamental policies which may be changed by the Board at any time without approval of such Fund’s shareholders.

 

(1) Each Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and any exemptive orders obtained thereunder, provided however, that no Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act will acquire any securities of registered open-end management investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or 12(d)(1)(G) of the 1940 Act, and provided further that any Fund that has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company pursuant to an exemptive order relating to Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act that precludes underlying portfolios from acquiring any securities of any other investment company in excess of the limits contained in Section 12(d)(1)(A) of the 1940 Act, except for securities received as a dividend or as a result of a plan of reorganization of any company, will limit its acquisition of securities of other investment companies accordingly.

 

(2) Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 10% of the Fund’s net assets in illiquid securities. For this purpose, illiquid securities include, among others, (a) securities that are illiquid by virtue of the absence of a readily available market or legal or contractual restrictions on resale, (b) fixed time deposits that are subject to withdrawal penalties and that have maturities of more than seven days, and (c) repurchase agreements not terminable within seven days.

 

(3) Each Fund may lend securities from its portfolio to approved brokers, dealers and financial institutions, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, including the rules, regulations and exemptions thereunder, which currently limit such activities to one-third of the value of a Fund’s total assets (including the value of the collateral received). Any such loans of portfolio securities will be fully collateralized based on values that are marked-to-market daily.

 

4


Table of Contents

(4) Each Fund may not make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management, provided that this restriction does not limit a Fund’s investments in securities of other investment companies or investments in entities created under the laws of foreign countries to facilitate investment in securities of that country.

 

(5) Each Fund may not purchase securities on margin (except for short-term credits necessary for the clearance of transactions).

 

(6) Each Fund may not sell securities short, unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (short sales “against the box”), and provided that transactions in futures contracts and options are not deemed to constitute selling securities short.

 

(7) Each Fund that is subject to Rule 35d-1 (the “Names Rule”) under the 1940 Act, and that has a non-fundamental policy or policies in place to comply with the Names Rule, has adopted the following policy:

 

Shareholders will receive at least 60 days notice of any change to a Fund’s non-fundamental policy complying with the Names Rule. The notice will be provided in Plain English in a separate written document, and will contain the following prominent statement or similar statement in bold-face type: “Important Notice Regarding Change in Investment Policy.” This statement will appear on both the notice and the envelope in which it is delivered, unless it is delivered separately from other communications to investors, in which case the statement will appear either on the notice or the envelope in which the notice is delivered.

 

General

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing policies, any other investment companies in which the Funds may invest have adopted their own investment policies, which may be more or less restrictive than those listed above, thereby allowing a Fund to participate in certain investment strategies indirectly that are prohibited under the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies listed above.

 

ADDITIONAL PERMITTED INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES AND ASSOCIATED RISKS

 

Set forth below are descriptions of certain investments and additional investment policies for the Funds. Not all of the Funds participate in all of the investment practices described below. For purposes of monitoring the investment policies and restrictions of the Funds (with the exception of the loans of portfolio securities policy described below), the amount of any securities lending collateral held by a Fund will be excluded in calculating total assets.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Certain Funds may purchase asset-backed securities unrelated to mortgage loans. These asset-backed securities may consist of undivided fractional interests in pools of consumer loans or receivables held in trust. Examples include certificates for automobile receivables (“CARS”) and credit card receivables (“CARDS”). Payments of principal and interest on these asset-backed securities may be “passed through” on a monthly or other periodic basis to certificate holders and are typically supported by some form of credit enhancement, such as a letter of credit, surety bond, limited guaranty, or subordination. The extent of credit enhancement varies, but usually amounts to only a fraction of the asset-backed security’s par value until exhausted. Ultimately, asset-backed securities are dependent upon payment of the assets held by the issuer, and the Fund should expect no recourse to the entity that sold the assets to the issuer. The actual maturity and realized yield may vary based upon the prepayment experience of the underlying asset pool and prevailing interest rates at the time of prepayment.

 

5


Table of Contents

Bank Obligations

 

Certain Funds may invest in bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, time deposits, bankers’ acceptances and other short-term obligations of domestic and foreign banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, domestic savings banks and associations and other banking institutions. With respect to such obligations issued by foreign branches of domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries of domestic banks, and domestic and foreign branches of foreign banks, a Fund may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred by a Fund which invests only in debt obligations of domestic issuers. Such risks include possible future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of foreign withholding and other taxes on amounts realized on such obligations, the possible establishment of exchange controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which might adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these obligations and the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits. In addition, foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks may be subject to less stringent reserve requirements and to different accounting, auditing, reporting and recordkeeping standards than those applicable to domestic branches of U.S. banks.

 

Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates evidencing the obligation of a bank to repay funds deposited with it for a specified period of time.

 

Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a stated interest rate. Time deposits which may be held by a Fund will not benefit from insurance from the Bank Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Bankers’ acceptances are credit instruments evidencing the obligation of a bank to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the face amount of the instrument upon maturity. The other short-term obligations may include uninsured, direct obligations, bearing fixed, floating- or variable-interest rates.

 

Borrowing

 

The Funds may borrow money for temporary or emergency purposes, including for the purpose of meeting redemption requests. Borrowing involves special risk considerations. Interest costs on borrowings may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or exceed the return earned on borrowed funds (or on the assets that were retained rather than sold to meet the needs for which funds were borrowed). Under adverse market conditions, a Fund might have to sell portfolio securities to meet interest or principal payments at a time when investment considerations would not favor such sales. Reverse repurchase agreements, short sales not against the box, dollar roll transactions and other similar investments that involve a form of leverage have characteristics similar to borrowings but are not considered borrowings if the Fund maintains a segregated account.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Certain Funds may invest in commercial paper (including variable amount master demand notes, see “Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations” below) which refers to short-term, unsecured promissory notes issued in order to finance short-term credit needs. Commercial paper is usually sold on a discount basis and typically has a maturity at the time of issuance not exceeding nine months. Investments by the Funds in commercial paper will consist of issues that are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organization (“NRSRO”).

 

Dollar Roll Transactions

 

Certain Funds may enter into dollar roll transactions wherein the Fund sells fixed income securities, typically mortgage-backed securities, and makes a commitment to purchase similar, but not identical, securities at a later date from the same party. Like a forward commitment, during the roll period no payment is made for the securities purchased and no interest or principal payments on the security accrue to the purchaser, but the Fund assumes the risk of ownership. A Fund is compensated for entering into dollar roll transactions by the difference

 

6


Table of Contents

between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase, as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Like other when-issued securities or firm commitment agreements, dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the Fund may decline below the price at which a Fund is committed to purchase similar securities. In the event the buyer of securities under a dollar roll transaction becomes insolvent, the Funds’ use of the proceeds of the transaction may be restricted, pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Funds’ obligation to repurchase the securities. The Funds will engage in dollar roll transactions for the purpose of acquiring securities for its portfolio and not for investment leverage.

 

Floating- and Variable-Rate Obligations

 

Certain Funds may purchase floating- and variable-rate obligations such as demand notes, bonds, and commercial paper. These obligations may have stated maturities in excess of 397 days to the extent permitted by Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. They may permit the holder to demand payment of principal at any time, or at specified intervals not exceeding 397 days. The Funds may only invest in floating- or variable-rate securities that bear interest at a rate that resets based on standard money market rate indices or which are remarketed at current market interest rates. The issuer of such obligations may have a right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the holders of such obligations.

 

The adviser, on behalf of each Fund, considers on an ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and variable-rate demand obligations in such Fund’s portfolio. Floating- and variable-rate instruments are subject to interest-rate risk and credit risk.

 

Foreign Government Securities

 

Certain Funds may make investments in foreign government securities. Foreign government securities investments include the securities of “supranational” organizations such as the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the Inter-American Development Bank if the adviser believes that the securities do not present risks inconsistent with a Fund’s investment objective.

 

Foreign Obligations

 

Certain Funds may invest in high-quality, short-term (thirteen months or less) debt obligations, including debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars. Investments in foreign obligations involve certain considerations that are not typically associated with investing in domestic obligations. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than about a domestic issuer. Foreign issuers also are not subject to the same uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or governmental supervision as domestic issuers. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, taxes may be withheld at the source under foreign income tax laws and there is a possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, political or social instability, or diplomatic developments that could affect adversely investments in, the liquidity of, and the ability to enforce contractual obligations with respect to, obligations of issuers located in those countries.

 

Amounts realized on certain foreign obligations in which a Fund may invest may be subject to foreign withholding or other taxes that could reduce the return on these obligations. Tax treaties between the United States and foreign countries, however, may reduce or eliminate the amount of foreign taxes to which the Fund would be subject.

 

Forward Commitments, When-Issued and Delayed-Delivery Transactions

 

Each Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis and make contracts to purchase or sell securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond customary settlement time. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines, or the value of the security to be sold increases, before the settlement date.

 

7


Table of Contents

Each Fund will segregate cash, U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality debt instruments in an amount at least equal in value to the Fund’s commitments to purchase when-issued securities. If the value of these assets declines, the Fund will segregate additional liquid assets on a daily basis so that the value of the segregated assets is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

Funding Agreements

 

Certain Funds may enter into funding agreements. Funding agreements are investment contracts with insurance companies which pay interest at a fixed, variable, or floating rate, and pay principal on a certain mutually agreeable maturity date. The term to maturity cannot exceed 397 days. Funding agreements may or may not allow the Fund to demand repayment of principal after an agreed upon waiting period or upon certain other conditions. The insurance company may also have a corresponding right to prepay the principal with accrued interest upon a specified number of days’ notice to the Fund. The maturity date of some funding agreements may be extended upon the mutual agreement and consent of the insurance company and the Fund.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in securities not registered under the Securities Act of 1933 Act, as amended (the “1933 Act”) and other securities subject to legal or other restrictions on resale, and for which there may not be a readily available market and which may be difficult to sell promptly at an acceptable price. Delay or difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to a Fund. Each Fund may not invest or hold more than 10% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

 

Letters of Credit

 

Certain of the debt obligations (including certificates of participation, commercial paper and other short-term obligations) which certain of the Funds may purchase may be backed by an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit of a bank, savings bank or insurance company which assumes the obligation for payment of principal and interest in the event of default by the issuer. Only banks, savings banks and insurance companies which, in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to issuers of other permitted investments of each such Fund may be used for letter of credit-backed investments.

 

Money Market Instruments

 

Certain of the Funds may invest in money market instruments, which consist of: (a) short-term securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (b) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits and other short-term obligations of domestic banks (including foreign branches) that have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of the investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System or are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the FDIC; (c) commercial paper rated in one of the two highest ratings categories by a NRSRO or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the adviser; (d) certain repurchase agreements; and (e) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that at the time of investment: (i) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets and (ii) in the opinion of the adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by the Funds.

 

Mortgage-Related Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities. Mortgage pass-through securities are securities representing interests in “pools” of mortgages in which payments of both interest and principal on the securities are made monthly, in effect “passing through” monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on the residential mortgage loans which underlie the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). Early repayment of principal on mortgage pass-through securities may expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, in the event of prepayment the value of the premium would be lost. Like other fixed-income securities, when interest rates rise, the value of a mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates decline, the value of mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other fixed-income securities.

 

8


Table of Contents

Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Mortgage pass-through securities created by non-government issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers) may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance, and letters of credit, which may be issued by governmental entities, private insurers or the mortgage poolers.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

Certain Funds may invest in municipal bonds. The two principal classifications of municipal bonds are “general obligation” and “revenue” bonds. Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued to obtain funds for various public purposes, including the construction of a wide range of public facilities such as bridges, highways, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, streets, and water and sewer works. Other purposes for which municipal bonds may be issued include the refunding of outstanding obligations and obtaining funds for general operating expenses or to loan to other public institutions and facilities. Industrial development bonds are a specific type of revenue bond backed by the credit and security of a private user. Certain types of industrial development bonds are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately-operated housing facilities, sports facilities, convention or trade show facilities, airport, mass transit, port or parking facilities, air or water pollution control facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas, electricity, or sewage or solid waste disposal. Assessment bonds, wherein a specially created district or project area levies a tax (generally on its taxable property) to pay for an improvement or project may be considered a variant of either category. There are, of course, other variations in the types of municipal bonds, both within a particular classification and between classifications, depending on numerous factors.

 

Municipal Notes

 

Municipal notes include, but are not limited to, tax anticipation notes (“TANs”), bond anticipation notes (“BANs”), revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and construction loan notes. Notes sold as interim financing in anticipation of collection of taxes, a bond sale or receipt of other revenues are usually general obligations of the issuer.

 

TANs. An uncertainty in a municipal issuer’s capacity to raise taxes as a result of such things as a decline in its tax base or a rise in delinquencies could adversely affect the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding TANs. Furthermore, some municipal issuers mix various tax proceeds into a general fund that is used to meet obligations other than those of the outstanding TANs. Use of such a general fund to meet various obligations could affect the likelihood of making payments on TANs.

 

BANs. The ability of a municipal issuer to meet its obligations on its BANs is primarily dependent on the issuer’s adequate access to the longer term municipal bond market and the likelihood that the proceeds of such bond sales will be used to pay the principal of, and interest on, BANs.

 

RANs. A decline in the receipt of certain revenues, such as anticipated revenues from another level of government, could adversely affect an issuer’s ability to meet its obligations on outstanding RANs. In addition, the possibility that the revenues would, when received, be used to meet other obligations could affect the ability of the issuer to pay the principal of, and interest on, RANs.

 

The values of outstanding municipal securities will vary as a result of changing market evaluations of the ability of their issuers to meet the interest and principal payments (i.e., credit risk). Such values also will change in response to changes in the interest rates payable on new issues of municipal securities (i.e., market risk). Should such interest rates rise, the values of outstanding securities, including those held in the Fund’s portfolio, will decline and (if purchased at par value) sell at a discount. If interests rates fall, the values of outstanding securities will generally increase and (if purchased at par value) sell at a premium.

 

9


Table of Contents

Other Investment Companies

 

Certain Funds may invest in shares of other open-end management investment companies, up to the limits prescribed in Section 12(d) under the 1940 Act, subject to the Funds’ non-fundamental investment policies. Currently, under the 1940 Act, a Fund that invests directly in a portfolio of securities is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of such Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company and (iii) 10% of such Fund’s total assets. Other investment companies in which the Funds invest can be expected to charge fees for operating expenses such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those charged by the Funds.

 

Participation Interests

 

Certain of the Funds may purchase participation interests in loans or instruments in which the Fund may invest directly that are owned by banks or other institutions. A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided proportionate interest in a loan or instrument. Participation interests may carry a demand feature permitting the holder to tender the interests back to the bank or other institution. Participation interests, however, do not provide the Fund with any right to enforce compliance by the borrower, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it purchased a participation interest. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation interest.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

Certain Funds may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller of a security to the Fund agrees to repurchase that security from the Fund at a mutually agreed upon time and price. All repurchase agreements will be fully “collateralized,” as defined under the 1940 Act. The maturities of the underlying securities in a repurchase agreement transaction may be greater than twelve months, although the maximum term of a repurchase agreement will always be less than twelve months. If the seller defaults and the value of the underlying securities has declined, a Fund may incur a loss. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, the Fund’s disposition of the security may be delayed or limited.

 

Each Fund may not enter into a repurchase agreement with a maturity of more than seven days, if, as a result, more than 10% of the market value of such Fund’s net assets would be invested in repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days and illiquid securities. The Funds may participate in pooled repurchase agreement transactions with other funds advised by the adviser.

 

Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements (an agreement under which a Fund sells its portfolio securities and agrees to repurchase them at an agreed-upon date and price). At the time a Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement it will place in a segregated custodial account liquid assets such as U.S. Government securities or other liquid high-grade debt securities having a value equal to or greater than the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such value is maintained.

 

Restricted Securities

 

Certain Funds may invest in certain restricted securities, including those which may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act (“Rule 144A Securities”) and commercial paper issued in reliance on Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act (“4(2) Paper”). Rule 144A Securities and 4(2) Paper (“Restricted Securities”) are not publicly traded, and thus the liquidity of the market for such securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund. Restricted Securities that are “illiquid” are subject to the Funds’ policy of not investing or holding more than 10% of net assets in illiquid securities. The investment adviser, under guidelines approved by the Board, will evaluate the liquidity characteristics of each Restricted Security proposed for purchase by a Fund on a case-by-case basis and will consider the following factors, among others, in their evaluation: (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the Restricted Security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the Restricted Security and the number of other potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the Restricted Security; and (4) the nature of the

 

10


Table of Contents

Restricted Security and the nature of the marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the Restricted Security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer). In order for the adviser to determine that 4(2) Paper is liquid, the adviser must find that, in addition to satisfying the factors identified above, the following conditions are met: (1) the 4(2) Paper must not be traded flat or be in default as to principal or interest; and (2) the 4(2) Paper must be rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least two NRSROs or, if only one NRSRO rates the 4(2) Paper, by that NRSRO; or if the 4(2) Paper is unrated, the Board must have determined that the security is of equivalent quality.

 

Unrated and Downgraded Investments

 

The Funds may purchase instruments that are not rated if, in the opinion of the adviser, such obligations are of comparable quality to other rated investments that are permitted to be purchased by the Funds. The Funds may purchase unrated instruments only if they are purchased in accordance with the Funds’ procedures adopted by the Board in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. After purchase by a Fund, a security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. In the event that a portfolio security ceases to be an “Eligible Security” or no longer “presents minimal credit risks,” immediate sale of such security is not required, provided that the Board has determined that disposal of the portfolio security would not be in the best interests of the Fund.

 

U.S. Government and U.S. Treasury Obligations

 

Certain Funds may invest in obligations of agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. Government (“U.S. Government obligations”). Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States (as with U.S. Treasury bills and Government National Mortgage Association [“GNMA”] certificates) or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) notes). In the latter case, investors must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government will provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

 

Variable Rate and Amount Master Notes

 

Certain Funds may invest in variable amount master demand notes, obligations which permit the investment of fluctuating amounts at varying market rates of interest pursuant to arrangements between the issuer and a commercial bank acting as agent for the payee of such notes whereby both parties have the right to vary the amount of the outstanding indebtedness on the notes.

 

Because these obligations are direct lending arrangements between the lender and borrower, it is not contemplated that such instruments generally will be traded, and there generally is no established secondary market for these obligations, although they are redeemable at face value. Accordingly, where these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements, a Fund’s right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the borrower to pay principal and interest on demand. Such obligations frequently are not rated by credit rating agencies and each Fund may invest in obligations which are not so rated only if the adviser determines that at the time of investment the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which such Fund may invest.

 

Zero Coupon Bonds

 

Certain Funds may invest in zero coupon bonds. Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no periodic interest payments, but are instead sold at discounts from face value. The buyer of such a bond receives the rate of return by the gradual appreciation of the security, which is redeemed at face value on a specified maturity date. Because zero coupon bonds bear no interest, they are more sensitive to interest-rate changes and are therefore more volatile. When interest rates rise, the discount to face value of the security deepens and the securities decrease more rapidly in value; conversely, when interest rates fall, zero coupon securities rise more rapidly in value as the discount to face value narrows.

 

11


Table of Contents

Nationally Recognized Statistical Ratings Organizations (“NRSROs”)

 

The ratings of Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors Services (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Investor Services (“Fitch”) represent their opinions as to the quality of debt securities. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and not absolute standards of quality, and debt securities with the same maturity, interest rate and rating may have different yields while debt securities of the same maturity and interest rate with different ratings may have the same yield. Subsequent to purchase by the Funds, an issue of debt securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the Funds. The adviser will consider such an event in determining whether the Fund involved should continue to hold the obligation.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS AFFECTING

CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 

In addition to the general financial condition of the State, certain California constitutional amendments, legislative measures, executive orders, civil actions and voter initiatives could adversely affect the ability of issuers of California municipal obligations to pay interest and principal on such obligations. The following summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all relevant facts. Although the Trust has no reason to believe that the information summarized herein is not correct in all material respects, this information has not been independently verified for accuracy or thoroughness by us. Rather, this information has been culled from official statements and prospectuses issued in connection with various securities offerings of the State of California and local agencies in California, available as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information. Further, these estimates and projections should not be construed as statements of fact. They are based upon assumptions which may be affected by numerous factors and there can be no assurance that target levels will be achieved.

 

General Economic Factors. The economy of the State of California is the largest among the 50 States and is one of the largest in the world, with prominence in the high technology, trade, entertainment, agriculture, manufacturing, tourism, construction and services sectors. The State’s General Fund depends heavily on revenue sources that are cyclical, notably personal income and sales taxes. During the boom in the mid to late 1990s, record revenues flowed into the General Fund. The Legislature absorbed the unanticipated revenues by enacting new spending mandates and significant tax cuts took effect. Beginning in 2001, California’s economy slid into recession, and as thousands of jobs were lost and capital gains taxes on stock transfers dropped, General Fund revenues sharply declined. The budgetary stresses resulting from dependence on cyclical revenue sources have been compounded by an underlying structural imbalance. In January 2005, in presenting the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget, the Governor acknowledged that expenditures in 2005-06 will exceed revenues by $9.1 billion unless policies change to close the budget gap. Even if all of the measures proposed in the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget to close the structural gap are adopted, the State is expected to continue to face a shortfall of about $5 billion in 2006-07, according to estimates of the Legislative Analyst’s Office (“LAO”), a nonpartisan agency.

 

General Fund revenue fluctuations are more pronounced than the volatility in California’s overall economy and more substantial than the revenue fluctuations in other states, according to a January 2005 study by the LAO. For fiscal years ending in June 2002, 2003 and 2004, revenue projections repeatedly proved too optimistic and shortfalls resulted. For the 2004-05 fiscal year, however, as of November 2004 General Fund revenues were about $1 billion higher than expected.

 

In early 2005, the general economic situation is seen to be improving, as personal income rises. Housing markets continue to set new records despite rising interest rates, with sales up 4.1 percent and median prices up 20.9 percent in the first 11 months of 2004. Employment figures remain weak; nonfarm payroll employment was up 0.9 percent from a year earlier in November 2004. In January 2005, the Governor’s office predicted annual job growth in 2005 and 2006 at 1.8 percent, up from 0.9 percent in 2004. Monthly unemployment figures for the State in December 2004 remained stable from the previous month at 5.8 percent, down from 6.5% in December 2003. The national unemployment rate in December 2004 was 5.4 percent.

 

12


Table of Contents

Bond Ratings. Three major credit rating agencies, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch, assign ratings to California long-term general obligation bonds. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of the municipal bonds they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, municipal bonds with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

 

In May 2004, Moody’s upgraded the credit rating of the State’s general obligation bonds from Baa1 to A3, because of an improving economy and growing political stability. In August 2004, S&P upgraded the rating of the same bonds from BBB to A, and in September 2004, Fitch upgraded the rating of these bonds from BBB to A-. It is not possible to determine whether or the extent to which Moody’s, S&P or Fitch will change such ratings in the future.

 

Notwithstanding the recent upgrades by the rating services, California’s general obligation bonds currently have lower ratings than many other states. Lower ratings make it more expensive for the State to raise revenue, and in some cases, could prevent the State from issuing general obligation bonds in the quantity otherwise desired. Downgrades may negatively impact the marketability and price of securities in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

State Finances. The monies of California are segregated into the General Fund and approximately 900 Special Funds. The General Fund consists of the revenues received by the State’s Treasury that are not otherwise required by law to be credited to another fund, as well as earnings from State monies not allocable to another fund. The General Fund is the principal operating fund for the majority of governmental activities and is the depository of most major revenue sources of the State. Funds in the General Fund are appropriated pursuant to constitutional mandates or by legislation.

 

The unreserved fund balance of the General Fund is known as the Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties (“SFEU”). The SFEU consists of the residual of total resources after total expenditures and all legal reserves (such as reserve for encumbrances). The State draws on the SFEU to fund general activities when revenues decline or expenditures unexpectedly increase. Any appropriation made from the SFEU is an appropriation from the General Fund for budgeting and accounting purposes.

 

Inter-fund borrowing permits the General Fund to transfer money from special funds when the General Fund is or will be exhausted. All transfers must be restored to the transferor special fund as soon as there is sufficient money in the General Fund to do so, and no transfer may be made if it would interfere with the objective for which such special fund was created. As of March 31, 2004, outstanding loans to the General Fund consisted of $2.97 billion from the SFEU and other special funds.

 

A new Special Reserve Fund was created in 2004 with the successful passage of Proposition 58, one of a pair of propositions advanced by Governor Schwarzenegger in March 2004. The State is required to contribute to the Special Reserve Fund one percent of revenues in 2007, 2 percent in 2007-08, and 3 percent in subsequent years, subject to a cap.

 

Governor Schwarzenegger successfully presented several proposals to plug the hole in the State’s finances during fiscal year 2003-04. Proposition 57 authorized $15 billion of economic recovery bonds (“ERBs”). The companion proposition, Proposition 58, prohibits future use of many types of deficit bonds (notably excluding short-term borrowing to cover cash shortfalls), and requires the Legislature to enact a balanced budget. Previously, governors were required to propose a balanced budget, but the Legislature could enact a deficit budget. Half of the Proposition 58 Special Reserve Funds are allocated to repayment of the ERBs

 

13


Table of Contents

authorized by Proposition 57; the Fund will also be used to cushion against future economic downturns or remediate natural disasters. The ERBs are also secured by a dedicated  1/4 cent sales tax; the net sales tax has not increased because Proposition 57 also reduced the authority of local governments to levy sales taxes by  1/4 cent.

 

In May and June 2004, the State Treasury issued $11 billion of an authorized $15 billion ERBs, leaving $4 billion in reserve. The Governor has proposed that another $1.7 billion be issued in 2005. The proceeds of the 2004 bond sale funded general obligations, including repayment of $14 billion in short-term revenue anticipation notes (“RANs”) and revenue anticipation warrants (“RAWs”) due in June 2004. A RAN is an obligation that is issued and repaid within a single fiscal year; a RAW is issued and redeemed in different fiscal years.

 

At the same time that State voters authorized the ERBs, they also approved issuance of $12 billion in general obligation bonds to construct and renovate public education facilities (kindergarten through university level). In November 2004, voters endorsed proposals to issue $3 billion of state general obligation bonds to fund stem cell research and $750 million in state general obligation bonds to fund grants to children’s hospitals.

 

Fiscal Year 2004-05 Budget. California’s fiscal year runs from July 1 to the following June 30. The January before the existing budget expires, the Governor proposes a new budget. The Governor’s proposal is based on assumptions about the budget act then in effect, is updated in May, and is subject to negotiation with the Legislature before enactment in the summer.

 

The 2004-05 Budget Act, enacted on July 29, 2004 (the “2004-05 Budget”), projected improvements in State revenues as a result of economic recovery. A budget shortfall of over $13.9 billion and a cumulated deficit of $26 billion were recognized. To close the budget gap, the State relied on the ERB offering of approximately $11 billion and other solutions. Those solutions include proposals to withhold approximately $2.6 billion from local governments; withholding about $2 billion in increased funds that would otherwise be allocated to K-12 education pursuant to Proposition 98; deferring $1.2 billion in Proposition 42 transportation spending; increasing tuition fees for higher education and reducing higher education spending by about $750 million; funding social services programs nearly $1 billion below otherwise mandated levels; sharing $300 million in Indian gaming revenue by renegotiating tribal gaming compacts; issuing nearly $1 billion in bonds to cover current pension fund payment obligations; and winning about $200 million in concessions from correctional officers.

 

When enacted, the 2004-05 Budget relied on savings opportunities that were uncertain. Some of the uncertainties have since been resolved favorably to the State. In November 2004, a constitutional initiative was passed that permits the State to withhold $1.3 billion per year in property tax revenue to local governments for 2004-05 and 2005-06. Beginning in 2006-07, the new law curbs State authority to reduce local governments’ share of tax revenue. Local entities with the capacity to charge user fees, providers of transportation, water and sewer services are facing the heaviest funding cuts, losing 40% of their property tax revenue to the State. At the same time, local governments’ right to levy a ¼ cent sales tax was eliminated in exchange for a share of property tax revenue in the future. The LAO has criticized the local government proposal for merely shifting the budget crisis from the State level to the local level, rather than fixing it. To the extent that local entities are unable to recoup their losses with higher fees, service, capital investment and maintenance may suffer. For years after 2006, the proposal has been criticized for limiting the State’s future flexibility to manage revenue shortfalls, and by locking into place an unwieldy relationship between the State and local governments.

 

Some of the savings opportunities proposed in the 2004-05 Budget remain uncertain. Governor Schwarzenegger signed agreements with five Native American tribes that would result in a substantial payment to the State in exchange for expanded gambling rights. It was proposed that the State would underwrite a $1 billion bond, which would be secured by payments the tribes will make to the State under the compacts, projected to be in the range of $150 to $250 million annually. However, a lawsuit seeking to enjoin the new compacts is pending and revenue from this source is not included in the 2005-06 Budget. Also, the pension bond proposal has not yet been implemented—when substantially similar bonds were proposed in the past, a lower court enjoined their issuance and the State settled with the plaintiffs before judgment was rendered on appeal.

 

14


Table of Contents

The LAO has observed that the 2004-05 Budget relies on borrowing and one-time fixes. As of November 2004, the LAO forecast that without corrective measures, an operating deficit of nearly $10 billion will re-emerge in 2005-06 and persist at similar levels through 2008-09 at least. For years after 2005-06, the LAO predicted that debt-service expenditures for general obligation and lease-venue bonds will grow at 10 percent annually, primarily to service bonds issued for capital outlay projects. The LAO also noted that the state has accumulated $26 billion in budget-related debt, consisting of $18 billion in bonds, $4 billion in loans from local governments and schools, and $4 billion in loans from transportation and special resource funds.

 

Proposed Fiscal Year 2005-06 Budget

 

On January 10, Governor Schwarzenegger released his proposed budget for the 2005-06 Budget (the “2005-06 Governor’s Budget”). The 2005-06 Governor’s Budget anticipates General Fund revenues of $83.8 billion, up 7.1 percent from the prior year, and General Fund expenditures of $85.7 billion, up 4.2 percent from the prior year. The budget proposes to cover the $1.9 billion gap between revenues and expenditures primarily with $1.7 billion in proceeds from a new deficit-financing bond sale, leaving a 2005-06 year-end reserve of $500 million. The 2005-06 Governor’s Budget projects a budget deficit of $8.6 billion, which are addressed by proposed savings of $1.1 billion in 2004-05 and $8 billion in 2005-06.

 

The most significant source of savings in the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget is a plan to maintain K-12 education at levels budgeted in the 2004 Budget Act, rather than increasing such funding at the level of increases in General Fund revenue, as required by Proposition 98. According to the formula of Proposition 98, the increase in General Fund revenue in 2004-05 would require an additional $1.1 billion to be devoted to K-12 education. The Governor intends not to spend this additional $1.1 billion in 2004-05, a decision that affects the Proposition 98 calculations for 2005-06 funding levels and results in a saving of $1.7 billion in 2005-06. Revenue-generating measures of the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget include revenue of nearly $400 million due to a two-year suspension of the teacher tax credit during fiscal years 2004-05 and 2005-06, and over $250 million due to a personal income tax amnesty program during the same two-year period.

 

If the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget were enacted as proposed, another $1.3 billion would be saved by withholding gasoline tax revenues required to be transferred from the General Fund to the Transportation Investment Fund. Other deferred obligations include a proposed $464 million bond to fund a judgment against the state for flood damage. Systemic reforms include proposals to discontinue state funding of certain contributions to teacher pensions, thereby shifting the obligation to local school districts or employees, and reducing other State pension contributions when labor agreements with other employee groups come up for renegotiation.

 

To address the ongoing structural imbalance, the Governor proposes to change the budgeting process to require future budgets to be balanced. The Governor supports a constitutional initiative that would require governors in future years to call a special session of the Legislature whenever the Director of Finance informs the governor that spending is likely to exceed revenues. The Legislature would face a deadline and would be unable to enact other legislation until the budget imbalance is addressed. If the Legislature and Governor were unable to agree within the deadline, across-the-board spending cuts would automatically go into effect, except for debt service obligations and spending required by the federal constitution.

 

The Governor’s constitutional reform proposals also include measures to prevent future governors and legislators from reducing spending. For example, Proposition 98, which guarantees increases in K-12 education spending, permits the Legislature to suspend increased spending with a two-thirds vote, provided that the suspended funding is later restored. The Governor proposes to eliminate the option to suspend increases, thereby depriving the Legislature of the option to “underfund” schools and accrue mounting obligations to restore suspended funds.

 

Similarly, the Governor proposes constitutional amendments to restrain the State from suspending transfers to the Transportation Investment Fund after 2006-07, to prohibit borrowing from other special funds, and to prohibit the State and any of its subdivisions from agreeing to defined-benefit pension plans with employees, instead mandating defined-contribution plans.

 

15


Table of Contents

With respect to existing loans and outstanding obligations, the Governor proposes to consolidate these debts and repay them over a 15-year period. The obligations include: (1) currently outstanding $3.6 billion in the “maintenance factor” guaranteed under Proposition 98 and $1.3 billion in potential “settle-up” payments to schools, (2) unfunded mandates to local governments and schools (the latter from Proposition 98 funds), (3) Proposition 42 loans from transportation, and (4) other loans from special funds. While under existing law, maintenance factor payments restore ongoing funding for Proposition 98, under the Governor’s proposal these payments will be one-time adjustments, and will not raise the ongoing Proposition 98 minimum guarantee.

 

The LAO submits that the 2005-06 Governor’s Budget does not resolve the ongoing structural imbalance between revenues and expenditures, although it would reduce the imbalance by roughly one-half. The State would continue to face major budget imbalances in 2006-07 and beyond, absent additional corrective actions.

 

Many of the Governor’s budget proposals are controversial and there can be no assurance that any of the cost-cutting or revenue-raising proposals will be enacted by the Legislature or withstand judicial scrutiny. Final action on budget adjustments for 2004-05 and enactment of the 2005-06 Budget Act will occur following negotiations between the Legislature and the Governor.

 

Future Budgets. We cannot predict what actions will be taken in the future by the State Legislature, the Governor and voters to deal with changing State revenues and expenditures. Governor Schwarzenegger has presented budget reforms directly to voters as ballot propositions that amend the California Constitution. Embedding near-term solutions into the State Constitution, particularly solutions that defer current costs and that anticipate benefits in the future, may impair the State’s flexibility and limit its options in the future. The State budget will be affected by national and State economic conditions and other factors.

 

State Indebtedness. The State Treasurer is responsible for the sale of debt obligations of the State and its various authorities and agencies.

 

General Obligation Bonds. California’s capacity to issue general obligation bonds is described in the State Constitution. General obligation indebtedness of the State may not be created without the approval of a majority of voters. Debt service on general obligation bonds is the second charge to the General Fund after the support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. General obligation bond acts provide that debt service on general obligation bonds shall be appropriated annually from the General Fund and all debt service on general obligation bonds is paid from the General Fund. Certain general obligation bond programs receive revenues from sources other than the sale of bonds or the investment of bond proceeds. As of April 1, 2004, the State had outstanding approximately $46.7 billion aggregate principal amount of long-term general obligation bonds and unused voter authorizations for the future issuance of $33 billion of long-term general obligation bonds.

 

Commercial Paper. Voter-approved general obligation indebtedness may be issued as commercial paper notes for some bond issues. Pursuant to the terms of the bank credit agreement supporting the general obligation commercial paper program, not more than $1.46 billion in general obligation commercial paper notes may be outstanding at any time. As of November 1, 2004, the State had $598 million aggregate principal amount of any general obligation commercial paper notes outstanding.

 

Lease-Revenue Bonds. In addition to general obligation bonds, the State builds and acquires capital facilities through the use of lease-revenue bonds. Under these arrangements, the State Public Works Board, another State or local agency or a joint powers authority issues bonds to pay for the construction of facilities such as office buildings, university buildings or correctional institutions. These facilities are leased to a State agency or the University of California under a long-term lease which provides the source of payment of the debt service on the lease-revenue bonds. The State had approximately $7.2 billion General Fund-supported lease-revenue debt outstanding at November 1, 2004.

 

16


Table of Contents

Non-Recourse Debt. Certain State agencies and authorities issue revenue obligations for which the General Fund has no liability. Revenue bonds represent obligations payable from State revenue-producing enterprises and projects, which are not payable from the General Fund, and conduit obligations payable only from revenues paid by private users of facilities financed by the revenue bonds. The enterprises and projects include transportation projects, various public works projects, public and private educational facilities (including the California State University and University of California systems), housing, health facilities and pollution control facilities. State agencies and authorities had outstanding about $40.2 billion in aggregate principal amount of revenue bonds and notes which are non-recourse to the General Fund as of June 30, 2004.

 

Cash Flow Borrowings. As part of its cash management program, the State has regularly issued short-term obligations to meet cash flow needs. As of November 1, 2004, the State had outstanding $6 billion of RANs, which are to mature on June 30, 2005.

 

Borrowings from the United States Department of Labor. In 2003-04, California did not collect unemployment contributions sufficient to match unemployment claims, and the State obtained a loan from the U.S. Department of Labor to pay unemployment benefits in calendar year 2004. The loan was repaid prior to September 30, 2004. While unemployment insurance tax receipts have increased and unemployment benefits claims have fallen, the potential for calendar year 2005 borrowing remains.

 

Constitutional, Legislative and Other Factors. California voters have approved a series of tax-limiting initiatives, adding complexity to the revenue-raising process of the State and local entities. California also has a rule of taxpayer standing (Cal. C.C.P. 526a) that permits any citizen or corporation liable to pay a tax to challenge the assessment in court to prevent illegal expenditure, waste, or injury, provided that no bonds for public improvements or public utilities may be enjoined. With this relatively low bar to taxpayer lawsuits, the California judiciary has interpreted many of the tax-related initiatives, sometimes with results unexpected by taxing authorities. No assurances can be given that California entities will be able to raise taxes to meet future spending requirements. It is also possible that California entities have not successfully complied with the complex legislative framework, and may in the future be required to return revenues previously collected.

 

The initiatives began in 1978 with Proposition 13 (Cal. Const. Art. XIIIA), which, as amended, generally caps the maximum real property tax that may be imposed at one percent, caps annual increases in assessed property values at two percent, permits reassessment to market value only on sale (subject to certain exemptions), and requires local governments to obtain the approval of two-thirds of the electorate to impose special taxes (taxes imposed for specific purposes). Proposition 13 also gave the State legislature responsibility for allocating the remaining proceeds of the property tax. Proposition 13 was intended to stop local governments from relying on open-ended voter approval to incur governmental expenses deemed desirable from year to year, and from levying taxes accordingly. Proposition 13 is believed to have altered local land development policies by encouraging localities to approve development of retail facilities over housing: typically, cities and counties obtain the highest net revenues from retail developments, and housing and manufacturing developments often yield more costs than tax revenues. Furthermore, because the basic one percent ad valorum tax is based on the value of the property as of the owner’s acquisition, the amount of tax on comparable properties varies widely.

 

Proposition 4 or the “Gann Initiative” (Cal. Const. Art. XIIIB) was adopted in 1979 and restricts State and local spending of revenues derived from taxes, regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees. The spending limits are adjusted annually to reflect changes in the cost of living and population growth. If revenues exceed limits, local governments must return excess revenues to taxpayers in the form of rate reductions; the State is obligated to refund half of the excess to taxpayers, and to transfer the remaining half to schools and community colleges.

 

Both Propositions 13 and 4 have been amended several times, but both continue to constrain State and local spending. After the passage of Proposition 13, the State provided aid to local governments from the General Fund to make up some of the lost property tax revenues, including taking over the principal responsibility for funding local K-12 schools and community colleges. During the recession of the early 1990s,

 

17


Table of Contents

the State curtailed post-Proposition 13 aid to local government entities other than school districts by requiring cities and counties to transfer some of their allocated property tax revenues to school districts. Notwithstanding the cutbacks, local governments have continued to rely on the State to support basic local functions, including local law enforcement, juvenile justice and crime prevention programs. The State withheld these allocations in part in 2003-04 and 2004-05 to deal with the State’s financial challenges.

 

In 1986, California voters approved Proposition 62, a statute that requires super-majority approvals of local government taxes. Two-thirds of the local entity’s legislative body and a majority of its electorate must approve any tax for general governmental purposes, and two-thirds vote of the electorate must approve any special tax for specific purposes. In 1995, the California Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of Proposition 62.

 

In 1996, California voters approved Proposition 218 (Cal. Const. Arts. XIIIC and XIIID), an initiative with a purpose of “limiting local government revenue and enhancing taxpayer consent.” Proposition 218 requires a majority of a local entity’s electorate to approve any imposition or increase in a general tax, and two-thirds of the local entity’s electorate to approve any imposition or increase in a specific tax. Proposition 218 also precludes special districts, including school districts, from levying general taxes; accordingly, special districts are required to obtain two-thirds approval for any increases. Proposition 218 has a retroactive effect, in that it enables voters to use initiatives to repeal previously authorized taxes, assessments, fees and charges.

 

Proposition 218 is generally viewed as restricting the fiscal flexibility of local governments, and for this reason, some California cities and counties experienced lowered credit ratings, and other local governments may be reduced in the future. In recent lawsuits, the California Court of Appeal has applied the anti-tax intent of Proposition 218 broadly to find city and county taxes and charges invalid.

 

Other litigation and initiatives complicate the State’s ability to spend tax revenue.

 

In 1988, voters passed Proposition 98, which, as modified by Proposition 111, guarantees K-12 schools and community colleges a minimum share of General Fund revenues. Proposition 98 permits the Legislature, by a two-thirds vote in both houses and with the Governor’s concurrence, to suspend the minimum funding formula for a one-year period. The 2004 Budget suspended the level of Proposition 98 spending by approximately $2 billion and added $2 billion to the existing “maintenance factor” (the difference between Proposition 98 guarantees and actual appropriations), bringing the cumulative maintenance factor to $4 billion, which must be restored in future years as economic conditions improve.

 

With a constitutional initiative in November 2004, voters endorsed a complex tax swap arrangement to provide funding for local governments. As described above, the measure would shift $1.3 billion from local governments in each of 2004-05 and 2005-06, but would prohibit such transfers in the future. At the same time, voters approved a 1 percent surcharge on incomes over $1 million to pay for county mental health services. The LAO cites this enactment as a potential obstacle to efforts to reduce the volatility of state revenues, because it may impede adjustments to the progressive structure of the State’s personal income tax.

 

The full impact of these propositions and initiatives on existing and future California security obligations remains to be seen. Further, it is unknown whether additional legislation bearing on State and local government revenue will be enacted in the future and, if enacted, whether such legislation will provide California issuers enough revenue to pay their obligations.

 

The State is involved in certain legal proceedings (described in the State’s recent financial statements) that, if decided against the State, may require the State to make significant future expenditures or may substantially impair revenues. Among other things, the lawsuits seek damages from the State relating to pension funding, flood damages, environmental remediation and energy contracts. Claimants seek refunds of corporate tax assessments and escheats, and prohibitions against deferral of payments to local governments.

 

18


Table of Contents

Penalties against the State for administrative errors may require the State to make significant future payments. The State of California expects to receive about $55 billion in federal funds in 2004-05, with roughly $27 billion dedicated to various health and social services programs and about $14 billion allocated to education. Compliance with federal program requirements is enforced by penalties. The State expects to defer until 2005 payment of a $220 million penalty for failure to implement a statewide computer system to track child support payments; if the system is operational in 2005, the penalty may be waived.

 

Other Considerations. Certain debt obligations held by the Funds may be obligations payable solely from lease payments on real or personal property leased to the State, cities, counties or their various public entities. California law provides that a lessor may not be required to make payments during any period that it is denied use and occupancy of the property in proportion to such loss. Moreover, the lessor only agrees to appropriate funding for lease payments in its annual budget for each fiscal year. In case of a default under the lease, the only remedy available against the lessor is that of reletting the property; no acceleration of lease payments is permitted. Each of these factors presents a risk that the lease financing obligations held by a Fund would not be paid in a timely manner.

 

Certain debt obligations held by the Funds may be obligations payable solely from the revenues of health care institutions. The method of reimbursement for indigent care, California’s selective contracting with health care providers for such care and selective contracting by health insurers for care of its beneficiaries now in effect under California and federal law may adversely affect these revenues and, consequently, payment on those debt obligations.

 

Recent Developments Regarding Energy. The stability of California’s power grid and its transmission capacity remains of concern. In its 2004 Summer Assessment, California’s Independent Service Operator (“ISO”) predicted adequate capacity to meet anticipated summer 2004 demands, but with a narrow operating margin, and with the reliability of the power grid qualified by anticipated transmission bottlenecks in about 30 areas. Heat waves in Southern California in the spring of 2004 have resulted in transmission emergencies, which have prompted cuts to certain volunteer customers and also short rotating blackouts. In 2000 and 2001, at the height of California’s energy crisis, the State experienced rolling blackouts, or cuts of power to entire blocks of the power grid. Since 2001, California’s supply of electric energy has been augmented by 36 new power plants with a combined capacity of 5,000 megawatts becoming operational, and transmission lines have been upgraded.

 

Financially, California is still paying the costs incurred in 2000-01, and it is still contesting those costs. In January 2001, then-Governor Davis directed the California Department of Water Resources (“CDWR”) to enter into contracts for the purchase and sale of electric power as necessary when three investor-owned utilities (“IOUs”) exhausted their cash reserves and became unable to purchase electricity in the spot market. Accordingly, CDWR entered into long-term contracts worth an aggregate $42.5 billion. When power prices subsequently fell, CDWR renegotiated the terms of these contracts, resulting in some cost savings. As of January 1, 2003, the CDWR’s authority to enter into new power purchase contracts was terminated.

 

California has asserted that certain long-term energy contracts should be invalidated by market manipulation by certain energy companies and it continues to seek disgorgement of up to $9 billion. The State is currently appealing decisions of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) denying the State’s claims. In addition, the State is engaged in a number of other court proceedings stemming from the energy crisis.

 

CDWR’s present liability for the 2001-02 power purchases consists of $11.263 billion in revenue bonds. Payment on the CDWR revenue bonds is made from bond service charges paid by customers of the IOUs. For calendar year 2004, the CDWR estimates that the aggregate bond service charge would be $873 million. The CDWR revenue bonds are not a debt or liability of the State and do not obligate the State to levy or pledge any form of taxation or to make any appropriation for their payment.

 

Natural gas prices in California are not regulated and therefore may fluctuate. One of the State’s IOUs also supplies natural gas, and its credit difficulties and bankruptcy filing have impaired its ability to obtain supplies. Significant interruption in natural gas supplies could adversely affect the economy, including generation of electricity, much of which is fueled by natural gas.

 

19


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that there will not be continued and future disruptions in energy supplies or related developments that could adversely affect the State’s and local governments’ economies, and that could in turn affect State and local revenues.

 

Seismic Activity. Substantially all of California is within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. Northern California in 1989 and Southern California in 1994 experienced major earthquakes causing billions of dollars in damage. The federal government provided more than $13 billion in aid for both earthquakes, and neither event has had any long-term negative economic impact. Any California municipal obligation in the fund could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities, or, consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (i) an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage rates; (ii) an insurer to perform on its contracts of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (iii) the federal or State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

 

Fire. Due to hot summers, low humidity and dry winds, California is subject to certain risks with regard to wildfires. In October 2003, wildfires engulfed over 746,000 acres and hundreds of homes in Los Angeles, Riverside, San Bernardino, San Diego and Ventura Counties. The President declared disaster areas in four counties. Losses have been estimated in the range of $1.5 to $2.5 billion. As of May 2004, state and federal authorities had assembled more than $300 million in disaster relief funds.

 

Water Supply and Flooding. Due to aspects of its geography, climate and continually growing population, California is subject to certain risks with regard to its water resources. California has intermittently experienced droughts and floods. During droughts in the 1980s and 1990s, some urban areas resorted to mandatory rationing, farmers in several agricultural areas chose to leave part of their acreage fallow, and ecosystems in some regions endured severe deprivations. Heavy rainfall may result in floods. Following the 2003 fires, torrential rain in Southern California precipitated mudslides, which compounded losses suffered in the wildfires. In 2004, heavy rains again resulted in landslides in Southern California. As with the potential risks associated with seismic activity, any California municipal obligation in the fund could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities or income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions.

 

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

AFFECTING MINNESOTA MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS

 

The following highlights some of the more significant financial trends and issues affecting Minnesota and its economy and is based on information drawn from official statements, government web sites and other resources publicly available as of the date of this SAI. While the Trust has not independently verified such information, it has no reason to believe that such information is incorrect in any material respect.

 

Constitutional State Revenue Limitations. Minnesota’s constitutionally prescribed fiscal period is a biennium. No agency or other entity may spend more than its “allotment.” The State’s Commissioner of Finance, with the approval of the Governor, is required to reduce excess allotments to the extent necessary to balance expenditures and forecasted available resources for the then current biennium. The Governor may seek legislative action when a large reduction in expenditures appears necessary, and if the State’s legislature is not in session, the Governor is empowered to convene a special legislative session.

 

Effect of Limitations on Ability to Pay Bonds. There are no constitutional or statutory provisions which would impair the ability of Minnesota municipalities, agencies or instrumentalities to meet their bond obligations if the bonds have been properly issued.

 

20


Table of Contents

Population Trends in the State. Minnesota resident population grew from 4,390,000 in 1990 to 4,934,000 in 2000 or, at an average annual compound rate of 1.2 percent, the same as the national average at an annual compound rate during this period. From 2000 to 2003, Minnesota’s resident population grew at an annual compound rate of 0.8 percent compared to the annual rate for the U.S. as a whole of 1.2 percent. Minnesota population is currently forecast by the U.S. Department of Commerce to grow at annual rate of 0.8 percent through 2015.

 

Structure of the State’s Economy. Diversity and a significant natural resource base are two important characteristics of the State’s economy.

 

At an aggregate level of detail, the structure of the State’s economy parallels the structure of the United States economy as a whole. For 2003, State employment in 14 major sectors was distributed in approximately the same proportions as national employment. In all sectors, the share of the total State employment was within two percentage points of national employment share.

 

Some unique characteristics of the State’s economy are apparent in employment concentrations in industries that comprise the durable goods and non-durable goods manufacturing categories. In the durable goods industries, the State’s employment was highly concentrated in the fabricated metals, machinery and computers and electronics categories. Of particular importance is the computers and electronics category in which 24.6 percent of the State’s durable goods employment was concentrated in 2003, as compared to 15.2 percent for the United States as a whole.

 

The importance of the State’s resource base for overall employment is apparent in the employment mix in non-durable goods industries. In 2003, 36.5 percent of the State’s non-durable goods employment was concentrated in food manufacturing. This compares to 27.3 percent in the national economy. Over half of the State’s acreage is devoted to agricultural purposes. Printing and related activities is also relatively more important in the State than in the U.S.

 

Mining is currently a less significant factor in the State economy than it once was. Mining employment, primarily in the iron ore or taconite industry, dropped from 6.1 thousand in 1990 to 3.5 thousand in 2003.

 

Employment Growth in the State. Between 1990 and 2000, Minnesota’s employment grew 23.3 percent compared with 19.9 percent nationwide. For the 2000 to 2003 period, Minnesota’s employment declined 1.5 percent compared to 1.4 percent nationally. However, Minnesota’s 0.9 percent employment growth for the first 10 months of 2004 lagged behind the 1.4 percent U.S. employment growth for that period.

 

Performance of the State’s Economy. Since 1990, State per capita personal income has been within nine percentage points of national per capita personal income. The State’s per capita income has generally remained above the national average. In 2002, Minnesota per capita personal income was 108.3 percent of the national average.

 

During 2001 and 2002, the State’s monthly unemployment rate was generally less than the national unemployment rate, averaging 4.4 percent in 2002, as compared to the national average of 5.8 percent. In 2003, Minnesota’s unemployment rate averaged 5.0 percent, as compared to the national average of 5.8 percent.

 

Local Obligations. The State of Minnesota has no obligation to pay any bonds of its political or governmental subdivisions, municipalities, governmental agencies, or instrumentalities, except that the State has adopted aid intercept programs under which, subject to appropriations, certain school and county obligations may be guaranteed. The creditworthiness of local general obligation bonds is dependent upon the financial condition of the local government issuer, and the creditworthiness of revenue bonds is dependent upon the availability of particular designated revenue sources or the financial conditions of the underlying obligors. Although most of the bonds owned by the Fund are expected to be obligations other than general obligations of the State of Minnesota itself, there can be no assurances that the same factors that adversely affect the economy of the State generally will not also affect adversely the market value or marketability of such other obligations, or the ability of the obligors to pay the principal of or interest on such obligations.

 

21


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the section in each Prospectus entitled “Organization and Management of the Funds.”

 

Trustees and Officers. The Board supervises each Fund’s activities, monitors its contractual arrangements with various service providers, and decides upon matters of general policy.

 

General. The following table provides basic information about the Trustees and Officers of the Trust. Each of the Trustees and Officers listed below acts in identical capacities for the Wells Fargo Advantage family of funds which consists of 138 funds comprising the Trust, Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Master Trust (collectively the “Fund Complex” or the “Trusts”). The address of each Trustee and Officer is 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105. Each Trustee and Officer serves an indefinite term, with the Trustees subject to retirement from service as required pursuant to the Trust’s retirement policy at the end of the calendar year in which a Trustee turns 74.

 

In the table below and throughout this section, information for Trustees who are not “interested” persons of the Trust, as that term is defined under the 1940 Act (“independent Trustees”), appears separately from the information for the “interested” Trustee.

 

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with

Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho, 62

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Associate Professor of Finance, Wake Forest University, Calloway School of Business and Accountancy.    N/A

Peter G. Gordon, 62

  

Trustee,

since 1998;

(Chairman, since 2001).

   Chairman, CEO and Co-Founder of Crystal Geyser Water Company and President of Crystal Geyser Roxane Water Company.    N/A

Richard M. Leach, 71

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Retired. President of Richard M. Leach Associates (a financial consulting firm).    N/A

Timothy J. Penny, 53

  

Trustee,

since 1996

   Senior Counselor to the public relations firm of Himle-Horner and Senior Fellow at the Humphrey Institute, Minneapolis, Minnesota (a public policy organization).    N/A

Donald C. Willeke, 64

  

Trustee,

since 1996

   Principal of the law firm of Willeke & Daniels.    N/A
INTERESTED2 TRUSTEE

J. Tucker Morse, 60

  

Trustee,

since 1987

   Private Investor/Real Estate Developer; Chairman of White Point Capital, LLC.    N/A

 

22


Table of Contents

Name, Age and Address


  

Position Held with

Registrant/

Length of Service1


  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years


  

Other Public Company

or Investment Company

Directorships


OFFICERS

Karla M. Rabusch, 45

  

President,

since 2003

   Executive Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and President of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Senior Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC from March 2001 to March 2003. Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. from December 1997 to May 2000.    N/A

Stacie D. DeAngelo, 36

  

Treasurer,

since 2003

   Senior Vice President of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and Senior Vice President of Operations for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC. Prior thereto, Operations Manager at Scudder Weisel Capital, LLC from October 2000 to May 2001 and Director of Shareholder Services at BISYS Fund Services from September 1999 to October 2000; and Assistant Vice President of Operations with Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management from May 1993 to September 1999.    N/A

C. David Messman, 44

  

Secretary,

since 2000

   Vice President and Managing Senior Counsel of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. since January 1996. Vice President and Secretary of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC since March 2001.    N/A

1 Length of service dates reflect the Trustee’s commencement of service with the Trust’s predecessor entities, where applicable.
2 Basis of Interestedness. J. Tucker Morse is affiliated with a government securities dealer that is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but which is not itself affiliated with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC.

 

Committees. All of the independent Trustees are also members of the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee and Audit Committee.

 

(1) Nominating and Governance Committee. Whenever a vacancy occurs on the Board, the Nominating and Governance Committee is responsible for recommending to the Board persons to be appointed as Trustees by the Board, and persons to be nominated for election as Trustees in circumstances where a shareholder vote is required by or under the 1940 Act. Generally, the Nominating and Governance Committee selects the candidates for consideration to fill Trustee vacancies, or considers candidates recommended by the other Trustees or by the Trust’s management. Pursuant to the Trust’s charter document, only independent Trustees may nominate and select persons to become independent Trustees for the Trust, so long as the Trust has in effect one or more plans pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Shareholder nominees are not considered unless required by or under the 1940 Act. The Nominating and Governance Committee meets only as necessary, and did not meet during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Peter Gordon serves as the chairman of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

23


Table of Contents

(2) Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices, reviews the results of the annual audits of the Funds’ financial statements, and interacts with the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm on behalf of the full Board. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a separate charter, and met three times during the Funds’ most recently completed fiscal year. Thomas Goho serves as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Compensation. Prior to January 1, 2005, each Trustee received an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $56,000 from the Fund Complex, and also received a combined fee of $7,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a $2,000 per meeting combined committee fee plus a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Lead Trustee of the Fund Complex received an additional $10,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Lead Trustee.

 

Effective January 1, 2005, each Trustee receives an annual retainer (payable quarterly) of $80,000 from the Fund Complex. Each Trustee also receives a combined fee of $9,000 for attendance at in-person Fund Complex Board meetings, and a combined fee of $1,500 for attendance at telephonic Fund Complex Board meetings. In addition, the Chairman (formerly referred to as the Lead Trustee) of the Fund Complex receives an additional $25,000 annual retainer for the additional work and time devoted by the Chairman.

 

The Trustees do not receive any retirement benefits or deferred compensation from the Trust or any other member of the Fund Complex. The Trust’s Officers are not compensated by the Trust for their services. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the Trustees received the following compensation:

 

Compensation Table

Year Ended March 31, 2004

 

Trustee


   Compensation

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

Thomas S. Goho

   $ 77,000

Peter G. Gordon

   $ 87,000

Richard M. Leach

   $ 77,000

Timothy J. Penny

   $ 77,000

Donald C. Willeke

   $ 77,000
INTERESTED TRUSTEES

Robert C. Brown*

   $ 75,000

J. Tucker Morse

   $ 75,000

* Retired as I=of April 5, 2005.

 

Beneficial Equity Ownership Information. As of the calendar year ended December 31, 2004, Trustees and Officers of the Trust, as a group, beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. The table below shows for each Trustee, the amount of Fund equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee, and the aggregate value of all investments in equity securities of the Fund Complex, stated as one of the following ranges: 0 = $0; A = $1-$10,000; B = $10,001-$50,000; C = $50,001-$100,000; and D = over $100,000.

 

24


Table of Contents

Beneficial Equity Ownership in the Funds and Fund Complex

Calendar Year Ended December 31, 2004

 

Trustee


  

Dollar Range of Equity Securities

in the Funds


  

Aggregate

Dollar Range

of Equity

Securities

of Fund

Complex**


   California
Tax-Free
Money
Market
Fund


   California
Tax-Free
Money
Market
Trust


   Cash
Investment
Money
Market
Fund


   Government
Money
Market
Fund


   Heritage
Money
Market
Fund*


   Liquidity
Reserve
Money
Market
Fund


   Minnesota
Money
Market
Fund


   Money
Market
Fund


   Money
Market
Trust


   Municipal
Money
Market
Fund*


   National
Tax-
Free
Money
Market
Fund


   National
Tax-
Free
Money
Market
Trust


   Overland
Express
Sweep
Fund


   Prime
Investment
Money
Market
Fund


   Treasury
Plus
Money
Market
Fund


   100%
Treasury
Money
Market
Fund


  
Independent Trustees

Thomas S. Goho

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Peter G. Gordon

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Richard M. Leach

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Timothy J. Penny

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

Donald C. Willeke

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D
Interested Trustee

J. Tucker Morse

   0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    0    D

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005.
** Includes Trustee ownership in shares of other funds within the entire Fund Complex (consisting of 138 funds).

 

Ownership of Securities of Certain Entities. None of the independent Trustees and/or their immediate family members own securities of the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor, or any entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the adviser, any sub-advisers, or the distributor.

 

Approval of Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreements. Under Section 15(c) of the 1940 Act, the Board is generally required to approve annually the investment advisory and investment sub-advisory contracts (individually, an “Advisory Agreement,” and collectively, the “Advisory Agreements”) for the Funds. At each quarterly meeting, the Board reviews the performance information and nature of services provided by the investment adviser and any sub-advisers. At least annually, the Board is provided with quantitative and qualitative information to assist it in evaluating whether to approve the continuance of the Advisory Agreements, including comparative fee information, profitability information, performance data, a description of the investment philosophy, experience and senior management of the investment adviser and investment sub-adviser (individually, an “adviser” and collectively, “advisers”), a description of the quality and nature of the services provided by the Advisers.

 

Before approving an Advisory Agreement with an Adviser, the Board reviewed the fees that would be payable for the new funds and a detailed profitability analysis of the adviser based on the fees payable under the Advisory Agreements, including any fee waivers or fee caps, as well as any other relationships between the Funds and the adviser and affiliates. The Board also analyzed each Fund’s contractual fees, including investment advisory and sub-advisory fees, administration fees, shareholder servicing fees, and Rule 12b-1/distribution fees.

 

For all of the Funds, except the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds, the Board then reviewed statistical information regarding the performance and expenses of the Funds and was provided with a detailed description of the methodology used to prepare this information. In addition to the performance information for each Fund, the Board reviewed the performance information for a “Peer Group,” a group of funds

 

25


Table of Contents

that was similar to the specific Fund, the relevant Lipper category of funds (“Lipper Group”), and an applicable broad-based index. The Board also reviewed data relating to the risk of each Fund as compared to its total return. This data showed the statistical measurement of the volatility of each Fund’s total return throughout a specific time-period. The Board then also reviewed, for each Fund as compared to its Lipper Group and Peer Group, the: (i) combined contractual advisory and administration fees, (ii net expense ratio, (iii) maximum contractual advisory fees permitted under the Advisory Agreement (excluding fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements); and (iv) projected contractual advisory fees showing the impact of breakpoints, if any, on contractual advisory fees. During its review, the Board considered the advisory fees paid by the Funds as well as the total fees paid to the adviser for advisory and other services it provides to the Funds. The Board also reviewed information pertaining to the fee structure for each Fund and considered whether alternative fee structures (e.g. breakpoint fee structures, performance-based fees, fee waivers or fee caps) would be more appropriate or reasonable taking into consideration any economies of scale or other efficiencies that accrue from increases in a Fund’s asset levels.

 

The Board then analyzed the adviser’s background and services that it provides to the Funds. The Board discussed the fact that the adviser has established an investment program for each Fund and supervises and evaluates the sub-adviser. The Board recognized that the adviser has an expertise in hiring and overseeing the activities of the sub-adviser. The Board also recognized that the primary investment adviser’s oversight responsibilities include the monitoring of Fund compliance with federal securities laws and regulations. The Board reviewed the adviser’s compliance procedures including the advisers’ internal compliance policies relating to the respective codes of ethics and the advisers’ policies on personal trading, internal compliance procedures relating to the Funds’ portfolio investments and operations, the process for monitoring and evaluating work performed by third parties, compliance by the distributor on behalf of the Funds with SEC and other regulatory requirements, maintenance of books and records of the Funds and recordkeeping systems of the advisers, and other activities and clients of the advisers. The Board also received and reviewed information on all SEC and other regulatory inquiries or audits of the advisers, and a summary of any communications received from Fund shareholders since the last approval of the Advisory Agreements. The Board also considered the background and experience of the senior management of each adviser, and the level of attention given to the Funds by such persons. In evaluating the advisers, the Board recognized that the Advisers have the size, visibility and resources to attract and retain highly qualified investment professionals, including research, advisory, or marketing personnel.

 

In addition to the above considerations, the Board also analyzed certain factors relating specifically to the sub-adviser. For example, the Board considered the sub-adviser’s investment strategies, research capabilities, means for executing portfolio transactions and scope of investment services. The Board also considered soft dollar arrangements and other benefits received by the primary Adviser through its relationship with the sub-adviser (e.g. float income received by the Adviser on sale and redemption amounts, other contractual arrangements, or the general nature of the benefits received by affiliates of the primary Adviser that provide services to the Funds). The Board analyzed the degree to which the sub-adviser who oversees several funds can manage across asset classes and whether its investment disciplines are driven by proprietary research. The Board also reviewed the sub-adviser’s procedures for selecting brokers to execute portfolio transactions for the Funds. More specifically, the Board reviewed the method by which the sub-adviser selects brokers and the factors that the sub-adviser considers prior to selecting a broker to execute portfolio transactions. One such factor was the sub-adviser’s consideration of obtaining research services or other soft dollar arrangements through the allocation of Fund brokerage. The Board also considered the standards and performance in seeking best execution, whether and to what extent soft dollar credits are sought and how any such credits are utilized, the benefits from using an affiliated broker, the extent to which efforts are made to recapture transaction costs, and the existence of quality controls applicable to the Funds’ portfolios. The Board reviewed the sub-adviser’s method for allocating portfolio opportunities among the Funds and other advisory clients.

 

26


Table of Contents

Based on the above analysis, the Board determined that the Advisory Agreements, including the fee levels, were fair and reasonable in light of all relevant circumstances. This determination, was based on the following factors more fully discussed above: (i) the quality of services provided by each of the Advisers; (ii) the scope of each Adviser’s background and experience; (iii) an analysis of advisory fees paid by the Funds compared to other similar funds; and (iv) the level of profits realized by the primary investment adviser from its advisory arrangement with the Funds.

 

Investment Adviser. Funds Management an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company and an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, is the investment adviser to the Funds. Funds Management is responsible for implementing the investment policies and guidelines for the Funds, and for supervising the sub-adviser, who is responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Funds.

 

As compensation for its advisory services, Funds Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

    

Annual Rate

(as a percentage of net assets)


 

Fund


  

Prior to

8/1/04


    Effective 8/1/04

 

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   0.30 %   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   0.00 %   All asset levels    0.00 %

Cash Investment Money Market Fund

   0.10 %   All asset levels    0.10 %

Government Money Market Fund

   0.10 %   All asset levels    0.10 %

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

   0.35 %   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%

Minnesota Money Market Fund

   0.30 %   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
 
%
%

Money Market Fund

   0.40 %   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%

Money Market Trust

   0.00 %   All asset levels    0.00 %

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   0.10 %   All asset levels    0.10 %

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   0.00 %   All asset levels    0.00 %

Overland Express Sweep Fund

   0.45 %   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%

Prime Investment Money Market Fund

   0.10 %   All asset levels    0.10 %

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

   0.10 %   All asset levels    0.10 %

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

   0.35 %   0-999M
1-4.99B
>4.99B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%

 

    

Annual Rate

(as a percentage of net assets)

Effective 4/11/01


 

Fund


  

Heritage Money Market Fund*

   All asset levels    0.10 %

Municipal Money Market Fund*

   0-999M
1-4.99B
>5B
   0.30
0.275
0.25
%
%
%

 

27


Table of Contents

Advisory Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the following Funds paid to Funds Management the following advisory fees and Funds Management and/or Wells Fargo Bank waived the indicated amounts:

 

    

Year Ended

3/31/04


  

Year Ended

3/31/03


   

Year Ended

3/31/02


Fund


   Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

   Fees Paid

    Fees Waived

    Fees Paid

   Fees Waived

California Tax-Free Money Market

   $ 3,169,484    $ 4,646,694    $ 4,849,837     $ 3,026,815     $ 5,061,474    $ 3,015,758

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0     $ 0     $ 0    $ 0

Cash Investment Money Market

   $ 7,297,743    $ 7,752,607    $ 7,817,035     $ 9,038,438     $ 8,849,176    $ 8,791,110

Government Money Market

   $ 7,852,338    $ 2,794,722    $ 16,438,697     $ 2,071,995     $ 13,683,34    $ 1,521,361

Liquidity Reserve Money Market

   $ 2,173,164    $ 2,476,473      1,104,243 *     804,861 *     N/A      N/A

Minnesota Money Market

   $ 254,455    $ 132,217    $ 351,980     $ 39,389     $ 309,550    $ 33,781

Money Market

   $ 10,051,226    $ 21,675,448    $ 19,404,069     $ 18,215,433     $ 23,117,476    $ 20,750,910

Money Market Trust

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0     $ 0     $ 0    $ 0

National Tax-Free Money Market

   $ 550,793    $ 1,363,303    $ 113,965     $ 1,442,439     $ 116790    $ 1,366,168

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0     $ 0     $ 0    $ 0

Overland Express Sweep

   $ 8,226,760    $ 13,209,883    $ 24,592,924     $ 0     $ 25,131,904    $ 0

Prime Investment Money Market

   $ 1,948,538    $ 384,798    $ 2,394,978     $ 65,671     $ 1,775,127    $ 100,777

Treasury Plus Money Market

   $ 2,697,920    $ 2,101,060    $ 1,910,045     $ 401,379     $ 484,099    $ 1,475,130

100% Treasury Money Market

   $ 8,328,316    $ 2,188,082    $ 7,192,416     $ 2,669,711     $ 6,785,093    $ 2,560,224

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, SCM and Funds Management served as the investment advisers to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. For the period between January 1, 2005 and April 8, 2005 (the “Interim Period”), Funds Management served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment management agreement. Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM served as the investment adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds. Under the interim agreement, the contractual investment advisory fees payable to Funds Management were the same as those under the prior agreement with SCM. The fees were as follows: an annual rate of 0.15% of each predecessor portfolio’s average daily net assets. For the periods indicated below, the predecessor portfolios paid the following advisory fees to SCM and SCM waived the indicated amounts

 

28


Table of Contents

FUND


  

Year Ended

10/31/04


  

Year Ended

10/31/03


  

Year Ended

10/31/02


    

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Heritage Money Market

   $ 920,689    $ 197,683    $ 2,387,064    $ 144,414    $ 3,345,183    $ 0

Municipal Money Market

   $ 1,652,580    $ 0    $ 2,975,991    $ 0    $ 4,032,517    $ 0

 

General. Each Fund’s Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for more than two years from the effective date provided the continuance is approved annually (i) by the holders of a majority of the respective Fund’s outstanding voting securities or by the Board and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of any such party. A Fund’s Advisory Agreement may be terminated on 60 days written notice by either party and will terminate automatically if assigned.

 

Investment Sub-Adviser. Funds Management has engaged Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management” or the “Sub-Adviser”), an affiliate of Funds Management, to serve as investment sub-adviser to the Funds. Subject to the direction of the Trust’s Board and the overall supervision and control of Funds Management and the Trust, Wells Capital Management makes recommendations regarding the investment and reinvestment of the Funds’ assets. Wells Capital Management furnishes to Funds Management periodic reports on the investment activity and performance of the Funds. Wells Capital Management also furnishes such additional reports and information as Funds Management and the Trust’s Board and officers may reasonably request. Funds Management may, from time to time and in its sole discretion, allocate and reallocate services provided by and fees paid to Wells Capital Management.

 

As compensation for its sub-advisory services to each Fund, except the California Tax-Free Money Market Trust, Money Market Trust and National Tax-Free Money Market Trust, Wells Capital Management is entitled to receive a monthly fee equal to an annual rate of 0.05% of the first $1 billion of each Fund’s average daily net assets, and 0.04% of each Fund’s average daily net assets over $1 billion. These fees may be paid by Funds Management or directly by the Funds. If the sub-advisory fee is paid directly by the Fund, the compensation paid to Funds Management for advisory fees will be reduced accordingly. Wells Capital Management does not receive any fees for investment sub-advisory services provided to the Money Market Trust Funds.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Heritage Money Market Fund and Municipal Money Market Fund were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization during the Interim Period, Wells Capital Management served as the investment sub-adviser to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds pursuant to an interim investment sub-advisory agreement and was entitled to receive a monthly fee at the annual rates indicated below of the predecessor fund’s average daily net assets.

 

Fund


  

Sub-Adviser


   Fee

 

Heritage Money Market Fund

   Wells Capital Management    0-1B    0.05 %

Municipal Money Market Fund

        >1B    0.04 %

 

Prior to January 1, 2005, SCM had not entered into any sub-advisory agreements with respect to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds.

 

Administrator. The Trust has retained Funds Management (the “Administrator”) as administrator on behalf of the Funds pursuant to an Administration Agreement. Under the Administration Agreement with the Trust, Funds Management provides, among other things: (i) general supervision of the Funds’ operations, including communication, coordination, and supervision services with regard to the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, fund accountant and other service organizations that render record-keeping or shareholder communication services;

 

29


Table of Contents

(ii) coordination of the preparation and filing of reports and other information materials regarding the Funds, including prospectuses, proxies and other shareholder communications; (iii) development and implementation of procedures for monitoring compliance with regulatory requirements and compliance with the Funds’ investment objectives, policies and restrictions; and (iv) any other administrative services reasonably necessary for the operation of the Funds other than those services that are provided by the Funds’ transfer agent, custodian, and fund accountant. Funds Management also furnishes office space and certain facilities required for conducting the Funds’ business together with ordinary clerical and bookkeeping services.

 

In addition, Funds Management has agreed to pay all of the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers out of the fees it receives as Administrator. Because the administrative services provided by Funds Management vary by class, the fees payable to Funds Management also vary by class. For providing administrative services, including paying the Funds’ fees and expenses for services provided by the Funds’ transfer agent and various sub-transfer agents and omnibus account servicers and record-keepers, Funds Management is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rates indicated below, as a percentage of each Fund’s average daily net assets:

 

     Fee

 

Class


   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Class A and Class B Shares

   0.27 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.27
0.26
0.25
%
%
%

Service Class Shares

   0.17 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.17
0.16
0.15
%
%
%

Administrator Class Shares

   0.15 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.15
0.14
0.13
%
%
%

Institutional Class Shares

   0.13 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.13
0.12
0.11
%
%
%

Investor Class

   N/A     0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.44
0.43
0.42
%
%
%

 

     Fee

 

Funds


   Prior to 8/1/04

    Effective 8/1/04

 

Single Class Funds

   0.27 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.27
0.26
0.25
%
%
%

Trust Funds

   0.17 %   0-4.99B
5-9.99B
>9.99B
   0.17
0.16
0.15
%
%
%

 

30


Table of Contents

Administrative Fees Paid. For the fiscal year ends indicated below, the Funds paid the following administrative fees and the Administrator waived the indicated fees:

 

Fund


  

Year Ended

3/31/04

Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended

3/31/03

Funds Mgmt


  

Year Ended

3/31/02

Funds Mgmt


California Tax-Free Money Market (Fund Level)

   $ 1,302,696    $ 4,173,151    $ 4,038,616

Class A

   $ 4,958,132      *      *

Service Class

   $ 422,036      *      *

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust (Fund Level)

   $ 1,089,053    $ 949,135    $ 745,545

Cash Investment Money Market (Fund Level)

Administrator Class

Institutional Class

Service Class

Administrator Class

   $
$
$
$
$
7,525,175
89,933
4,395,629
11,359,058
788,408
   $
 
 
 
 
25,364,235
*
*
*
*
   $
 
 
 
 
26,460,429
*
*
*
*

Government Money Market (Fund Level)

Class A

Administrator Class

Institutional Class

Service Class

   $
$
$
$
$
3,081,291
658,114
62,788
625,221
6,022,950
   $
 
 
 
 
8,042,531
*
*
*
*
   $
 
 
 
 
6,516,302
*
*
*
*

Liquidity Reserve Money Market

   $ 3,586,863    $ 915,513      N/A

Minnesota Money Market (Fund Level)

Class A

   $
$
65,639
282,369
   $
 
1,201,095
*
   $
 
793,190
*

Money Market (Fund Level)

Class A

Class B

   $
$
$
3,965,834
12,730,896
3,564,970
   $
 
 
14,935,314
*
*
   $
 
 
16,450,645
*
*

Money Market Trust

   $ 2,881,176    $ 2,490,211    $ 2,099,207

National Tax-Free Money Market (Fund Level)

Class A

Institutional Class

Service Class

   $
$
$
$
957,048
969,117
137,379
1,562,237
   $
 
 
 
2,354,749
*
*
*
   $
 
 
 
2,224,438
*
*
*

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   $ 887,143    $ 707,587    $ 463,043

Overland Express Sweep (Fund Level)

   $ 12,861,985    $ 8,683,614    $ 8,377,301

Prime Investment Money Market (Fund Level)

Institutional Class

Service Class

   $
$
$
1,178,919
378,036
2,220,699
   $
 
 
3,724,500
*
*
   $
 
 
2,813,856
*
*

Treasury Plus Money Market (Fund Level)

Class A

Institutional Class

Service Class

   $
$
$
$
2,399,490
3,589,594
1,477,728
1,584,225
   $
 
 
 
 3,458,765
*
*
*
   $
 
 
 
2,938,844
*
*
*

100% Treasury Money Market (Fund Level)

Class A

Service Class

   $
$
$
1,502,342
439,658
3,365,809
   $
 
 
4,288,029
*
*
   $
 
 
4,005,136
*
*

* For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the administrative fee rate changed from a fixed Fund-based fee to a combination of a fixed Class-based fee and a Fund-based fee that is subject to breakpoints in asset levels of a Fund.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the ‘Historical Fund Information” section, the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds were created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investor Services, Inc. (“SIS”) served as the administrator to the predecessor portfolios of these Funds and was entitled to receive a fee from the predecessor portfolios at the annual rates shown below of the predecessor portfolio’s average daily net assets attributable to the predecessor classes of shares shown below:

 

Class


   Fee

 

Advisor Class and Institutional Class Shares

   0.02 %

Investor Class Shares

   0.37 %

 

The table below shows the administrative fees paid by the predecessor portfolios to SIS.

 

31


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Year Ended

10/31/04


  

Year Ended

10/31/03


  

Year Ended

10/31/02


    

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


  

Fees

Paid


  

Fees

Waived


Heritage Money Market

Investor Class

Advisor Class

Institutional Class

   $
$
$
703,309
1,602
0
   $
$
$
1,255,958
0
41,592
   $
$
$
1,326,662
2,468
3,415
   $
$
$
1,865,383
0
159,104
   $
$
$
2,051,885
2,979
742
   $
$
$
2,298,628
1,084
203,534

Municipal Money Market

Investor Class

   $ 4,076,363    $ 0    $ 6,893,834    $ 0    $ 9,938,102    $ 0

 

Distributor. Effective April 11, 2005, Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (the “Distributor”), located at 525 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, serves as distributor for the Funds. Previously, Stephens, Inc. (“Stephens”), located at 111 Center Street, Little Rock, Arkansas 72201, served as distributor for the Funds.

 

The Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund, Money Market Fund and Overland Express Sweep Fund have adopted a distribution plan (a “Plan”) under Section 12(b) under the 1940 Act and Rule 12b-1 thereunder (the “Rule”) for the classes of shares listed below. The Plan was adopted by the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who were not “interested persons” (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the Funds and who had no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan or in any agreement related to the Plan (the “Non-Interested Trustees”).

 

Under the Plan and pursuant to the related Distribution Agreement, the indicated classes of shares of the following Funds paid Stephens, and will pay the Distributor, on a monthly basis, an annual fee based on the rate indicated below, of the average daily net assets attributable to each class as compensation for distribution-related services or as reimbursement for distribution-related expenses.

 

Fund


   Fee

 

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

      

Single Class

   0.25 %

Money Market Fund

      

Class B

   0.75 %

Overland Express Sweep Fund

      

Single Class

   0.25 %

 

The actual fee payable to the Distributor by the above-indicated Funds and Classes is determined, within such limits, from time to time by mutual agreement between the Trust and the Distributor and will not exceed the maximum sales charges payable by mutual funds sold by members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”) under the Conduct Rules of the NASD. The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

32


Table of Contents

For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the Funds listed below paid to Stephens, pursuant to the Plan, the following fees for distribution-related expenses:

 

Fund


   Total

   Advertising

  

Printing &

Mailing


  

Underwriters

Compensation


  

Compensation

to

Broker/Dealers


   Other

Liquidity Reserve Money Market

                                         

Single Class

   $ 3,321,169    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 3,321,169

Money Market

                                         

Class B*

   $ 13,013,853    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 13,013,853

Overland Express Sweep

                                         

Single Class

   $ 14,291,095    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 14,291,095

* The Distributor, and previously Stephens, has entered into an arrangement whereby sales commissions payable to broker-dealers with respect to sales of Class B shares of the Money Market Fund are financed by an unaffiliated third party lender. Under this financing arrangement, Stephens has assigned certain amounts that it is entitled to receive pursuant to the Distribution Plan to the third party lender, as reimbursement and consideration for these payments.

 

The Distributor may enter into selling agreements with one or more selling agents (which may include Wells Fargo Bank, Funds Management and their affiliates) under which such agents may receive compensation for distribution-related services from the Distributor, including, but not limited to, commissions or other payments to such agents based on the average daily net assets of Fund shares attributable to their customers. The Trustees believe that these relationships and distribution channels provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Fund, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor, or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares. The Distributor may retain any portion of the total distribution fee payable thereunder to compensate it for distribution-related services provided by it or to reimburse it for other distribution-related expenses.

 

Former Strong Funds. As discussed in the “Historical Fund Information” section, the Heritage Money Market Fund was created as part of the reorganization of certain portfolios of Strong into certain Funds of the Trust. Prior to the reorganization, Strong Investments, Inc. (“SII”) served as the distributor to the predecessor portfolios of the Fund. Advisor Class shares of the predecessor portfolio paid up to 0.25% per year of the class’ average daily net assets to SII or others. The table below shows the distribution fees paid by the predecessor portfolio of the Heritage Money Market Fund’s Advisor Class shares to SII for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004.

 

Fund


  

Gross 12b-1

Fees


   Absorptions

  

Compensation

to Unaffiliated

Broker-Dealers


  

12b-1 Fees

Retained by

the

Distributor


  

Remaining 12b-1

Fees Used to Pay

For 1) Advertising

and 2) Printing

and Mailing of

Prospectuses to

Other Than

Current

Shareholders


Heritage Money Market

                                  

Advisor Class

   $ 20,232    $ 752    $ 22,697    $ 0    $ 270

 

General. The Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of both the Board and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any Distribution Agreement related to the Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Such Agreement will terminate automatically if assigned, and may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds or by vote of a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees on not more than 60 days written notice. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amounts

 

33


Table of Contents

payable thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Funds, and no material amendment to the Plan may be made except by a majority of both the Board and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Plan requires that the Treasurer of the Trust shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Plan. The Rule also requires that the selection and nomination of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust be made by such disinterested Trustees.

 

Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, interested persons (as that term is defined under Section 2(a)(19) under the 1940 Act) of the Trust, act as selling agents for the Funds’ shares pursuant to selling agreements with the Distributor authorized under the Plan. As selling agents, Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management have an indirect financial interest in the operation of the Plan. The Board has concluded that the Plan is reasonably likely to benefit the Funds and their shareholders because the Plan authorizes the relationships with selling agents, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management, that have previously developed distribution channels and relationships with the retail customers that the Funds are designed to serve. These relationships and distribution channels are believed by the Board to provide potential for increased Fund assets and ultimately corresponding economic efficiencies (i.e., lower per-share transaction costs and fixed expenses) that are generated by increased assets under management. In addition to payments received from the Funds, selling or servicing agents may receive significant additional payments directly from the Adviser, Distributor or their affiliates in connection with the sale of Fund shares.

 

Shareholder Servicing Agent. The Funds have approved a Shareholder Servicing Plan and have entered into related Shareholder Servicing Agreements with financial institutions, including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management. Under the agreements, Shareholder Servicing Agents (including Wells Fargo Bank and Funds Management) agree to perform, as agents for their customers, administrative services, with respect to Fund shares, which include aggregating and transmitting shareholder orders for purchases, exchanges and redemptions; maintaining shareholder accounts and records; and providing such other related services as the Trust or a shareholder may reasonably request. For providing these services, a Shareholder Servicing Agent is entitled from each applicable Fund a fee up to the fees listed below on an annualized basis, of the average daily net assets of the class of shares owned of record or beneficially by the customers of the Shareholder Servicing Agent during the period for which payment is being made. The amounts payable under the Shareholder Servicing Plan and Agreements are shown below. The Shareholder Servicing Plan and related Shareholder Servicing Agreements were approved by the Board and provide that a Fund shall not be obligated to make any payments under such Plan or related Agreements that exceed the maximum amounts payable under the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

Fund


   Fee

 

California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Class A

Service Class

   0.25
0.25
%
%

Cash Investment Money Market Fund

Administrator Class

Service Class

   0.10
0.25
%
%

Government Money Market Fund

Class A

Administrator Class

Service Class

   0.25
0.10
0.25
%
%
%

Heritage Money Market Fund

Administrator Class

   0.10 %

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

Single Class

   0.25 %

 

34


Table of Contents

Fund


   Fee

 

Minnesota Money Market Fund

Class A

   0.25 %

Money Market Fund

Class A

Class B

Investor Class

   0.25
0.25
0.25
%
%
%

Municipal Money Market Fund

Investor Class

   0.25 %

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

Class A

Administrator Class

Service Class

   0.25
0.10
0.25
%
%
%

Overland Express Sweep Fund

Single Class

   0.25 %

Prime Investment Money Market Fund

Service Class

   0.25 %

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

Class A

Service Class

   0.25
0.25
%
%

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

Class A

Service Class

   0.25
0.25
%
%

 

General. The Shareholder Servicing Plan will continue in effect from year to year if such continuance is approved by a majority vote of the Trustees of the Trust and the Non-Interested Trustees. Any form of Shareholder Servicing Agreement related to the Shareholder Servicing Plan also must be approved by such vote of the Trustees and the Non-Interested Trustees. Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be terminated at any time, without payment of any penalty, by vote of a majority of the Board, including a majority of the Non-Interested Trustees. No material amendment to the Shareholder Servicing Plan or related Shareholder Servicing Agreements may be made except by a majority of both the Board and the Non-Interested Trustees.

 

The Shareholder Servicing Plan requires that the Administrator shall provide to the Trustees, and the Trustees shall review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and purposes therefor) under the Shareholder Servicing Plan.

 

Custodian. Wells Fargo Bank located at 6th & Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479, acts as Custodian for each Fund. The Custodian, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund, receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity, collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund and pays all expenses of each Fund. For its services as Custodian, Wells Fargo Bank is entitled to receive an annual fee at the rate of 0.02% of the average daily net assets of each Fund.

 

Fund Accountant. PFPC, Inc. (“PFPC”), located at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as fund accountant for the Funds. For these services, PFPC is entitled to receive from each Fund an annual asset-based Fund Complex fee as shown in the chart below:

 

Average Fund Complex Daily Net Assets


   Annual Asset-Based Fees

 

0-85B

   0.0051 %

>85B

   0.0025 %

 

35


Table of Contents

In addition, PFPC is entitled to receive an annual base fee of $20,000 per Fund and a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares. PFPC is also entitled to receive a monthly multiple manager fee beyond the first manager as follows: $2,000 for the second manager in each Fund, $1,500 for the third manager in each Fund and $500 for each manager beyond the third manager in each Fund, a monthly multiple class fee per Fund of $500 per class beyond the first class of shares, and certain out-of-pocket costs.

 

Each Fund’s share of the annual asset-based Fund Complex fee will be based on its proportionate share of the aggregate average net assets of all the funds in the Fund Complex (excluding the Wells Fargo Master Trust portfolios). Prior to March 2005, the Fund Complex-wide fee was 0.0057% for assets totaling $0-$85 billion and 0.0025% for assets over $85 billion. PFPC was also entitled to receive an annual fee of $20,000 from each Fund. Finally, PFPC was also entitled to receive certain out-of-pocket expenses.

 

Transfer and Distribution Disbursing Agent. Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. (“BFDS”), located at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171, acts as transfer and distribution disbursing agent for the Funds. For providing such services, BFDS is entitled to receive fees from the Administrator.

 

Underwriting Commissions. Effective April 11, 2005, the Distributor serves as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds on a continuous basis. Previously, Stephens served as the principal underwriter distributing securities of the Funds, except for the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds. Stephens served as principal underwriter of the Stagecoach predecessor portfolios whereas Forum served as underwriter of the predecessor Norwest portfolios. The Funds, except the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds, paid no underwriting commissions to Stephens for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004, March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2002.

 

Prior to April 11, 2005, SII served as the principal underwriter for the predecessor portfolios of the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds. The amount of 12b-1 fees retained by SII from payments made by the Advisor Class shares of the Heritage Money Market Fund is disclosed above under “Distribution Fees” above.

 

Code of Ethics. The Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser each has adopted a code of ethics which contains policies on personal securities transactions by “access persons” as defined in each of the Codes. These policies comply with Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act and Rule 204A-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as applicable. Each code of ethics, among other things, permits access persons to invest in certain securities, subject to various restrictions and requirements. More specifically, each code of ethics either prohibits its access persons from purchasing or selling securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund or permits such access persons to purchase or sell such securities, subject to certain restrictions. Such restrictions do not apply to purchases or sales of certain types of securities, including shares of open-end investment companies that are unaffiliated with the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds family, money market instruments and certain U.S. Government securities. To facilitate enforcement, the codes of ethics generally require that an access person, other than “disinterested” directors or trustees, submit reports to a designated compliance person regarding transactions involving securities which are eligible for purchase by a Fund. The codes of ethics for the Fund Complex, the Adviser, the Distributor and the Sub-Adviser are on public file with, and are available from, the SEC.

 

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

The net asset value (“NAV”) per share for each class of the Funds is determined as of the times listed in the chart below:

 

Funds


  

NAV Calculation Time

(Pacific Time)


California Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   9:00 a.m.

California Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   9:00 a.m.

Cash Investment Money Market Fund

   2:00 p.m.

Government Money Market Fund

   2:00 p.m.

Heritage Money Market Fund

   2:00 p.m.

Liquidity Reserve Money Market Fund

   12:00 Noon

Minnesota Money Market Fund

   9:00 a.m.

Money Market Fund

   12:00 Noon

Money Market Trust

   12:00 Noon

Municipal Money Market Fund

   9:00 a.m.

National Tax-Free Money Market Fund

   9:00 a.m.

National Tax-Free Money Market Trust

   9:00 a.m.

Overland Express Sweep Fund

   12:00 Noon

Prime Investment Money Market Fund

   2:00 p.m.

Treasury Plus Money Market Fund

   2:00 p.m.

100% Treasury Money Market Fund

   10:00 a.m.

 

36


Table of Contents

If the markets for the instruments and securities the Funds invest in close early, the Funds may close early and may value their shares at earlier times under these circumstances. Expenses and fees, including advisory fees, are accrued daily and are taken into account for the purpose of determining the NAV of the Funds’ shares.

 

Each Fund uses the amortized cost method to determine the value of its portfolio securities pursuant to Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act. The amortized cost method involves valuing a security at its cost and amortizing any discount or premium over the period until maturity, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the security. While this method provides certainty in valuation, it may result in periods during which the value, as determined by amortized cost, is higher or lower than the price that the Funds would receive if the security were sold. During these periods the yield to a shareholder may differ somewhat from that which could be obtained from a similar fund that uses a method of valuation based upon market prices. Thus, during periods of declining interest rates, if the use of the amortized cost method resulted in a lower value of the Funds’ portfolio on a particular day, a prospective investor in the Funds would be able to obtain a somewhat higher yield than would result from investment in a fund using solely market values, and existing Fund shareholders would receive correspondingly less income. The converse would apply during periods of rising interest rates.

 

Rule 2a-7 provides that in order to value its portfolio using the amortized cost method, a Fund must maintain a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of 90 days or less, purchase securities having remaining maturities (as defined in Rule 2a-7) of thirteen months or less and invest only in those high-quality securities that are determined by the Board to present minimal credit risks. The maturity of an instrument is generally deemed to be the period remaining until the date when the principal amount thereof is due or the date on which the instrument is to be redeemed. However, Rule 2a-7 provides that the maturity of an instrument may be deemed shorter in the case of certain instruments, including certain variable- and floating-rate instruments subject to demand features. Pursuant to Rule 2a-7, the Board is required to establish procedures designed to stabilize, to the extent reasonably possible, a Fund’s price per share as computed for the purpose of sales and redemptions at $1.00. Such procedures include review of the Fund’s portfolio holdings by the Board, at such intervals as it may deem appropriate, to determine whether the Fund’s NAV calculated by using available market quotations deviates from $1.00 per share based on amortized cost. The extent of any deviation will be examined by the Board. If such deviation exceeds 1/2 of 1%, the Board will promptly consider what action, if any, will be initiated. In the event the Board determines that a deviation exists that may result in material dilution or other unfair results to investors or existing shareholders, the Board will take such corrective action as it regards as

 

37


Table of Contents

necessary and appropriate, including the sale of portfolio instruments prior to maturity to realize capital gains or losses or to shorten average portfolio maturity, withholding dividends or establishing a NAV per share by using available market quotations. It is the intention of the Funds to maintain a per share NAV of $1.00, but there can be no assurance that each Fund will do so.

 

Instruments having variable or floating interest rates or demand features may be deemed to have remaining maturities as follows: (a) a government security with a variable rate of interest readjusted no less frequently than every thirteen months may be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate; (b) an instrument with a variable rate of interest, the principal amount of which is scheduled on the face of the instrument to be paid in thirteen months or less, may be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate; (c) an instrument with a variable rate of interest that is subject to a demand feature may be deemed to have a maturity equal to the longer of the period remaining until the next readjustment of the interest rate or the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand; (d) an instrument with a floating rate of interest that is subject to a demand feature may be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the principal amount can be recovered through demand; and (e) a repurchase agreement may be deemed to have a maturity equal to the period remaining until the date on which the repurchase of the underlying securities is scheduled to occur or, where no date is specified but the agreement is subject to demand, the notice period applicable to a demand for the repurchase of the securities.

 

ADDITIONAL PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION

 

Shares of the Funds may be purchased on any day a Fund is open for business (a “Business Day”). Each Fund is open on any day that both the New York Stock Exchange and Federal Reserve are open. The New York Stock Exchange is currently closed in observance of New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Washington’s Birthday, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. The Federal Reserve is closed on all days listed above (except Good Friday) as well as Columbus Day and Veterans Day.

 

Purchase orders for a Fund received before such Fund’s trade deadline generally are processed at such time on that Business Day. Purchase Orders received after a Fund’s NAV calculation time generally are processed at such Fund’s NAV on the next Business Day. Selling Agents may establish earlier cut-off times for processing your order. Requests received by a Selling Agent after the applicable cut-off time will be processed on the next Business Day. On any day the trading markets for both U.S. government securities and money market instruments close early, the Funds will close early. On these days, the NAV calculation time and the distribution, purchase and redemption cut-off times for the Funds may be earlier than their stated NAV calculation times described above.

 

Payment for shares may, in the discretion of the Adviser, be made in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Funds. For further information about this form of payment please contact the Distributor. In connection with an in-kind securities payment, the Funds will require, among other things, that the securities be valued on the day of purchase in accordance with the pricing methods used by a Fund and that such Fund receives satisfactory assurances that: (i) it will have good and marketable title to the securities received by it; (ii) that the securities are in proper form for transfer to the Fund; and (iii) adequate information will be provided concerning the basis and other matters relating to the securities.

 

The Funds reserve the right to reject any purchase orders, and under the 1940 Act, may suspend the right of redemption or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings), or during which trading is restricted, or during which, as determined by SEC rule, regulation or order, an emergency exists as a result of which disposal or valuation of portfolio securities is not reasonably practicable, or for such periods as the SEC may permit. The Trust may also

 

38


Table of Contents

redeem shares involuntarily or make payment for redemption in securities or other property if it appears appropriate to do so in light of the Trust’s responsibilities under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Trust may redeem shares involuntarily to reimburse the Funds for any losses sustained by reason of the failure of a shareholder to make full payment for shares purchased or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of a shareholder which is applicable to shares of a Fund as provided from time to time in the Prospectuses.

 

Purchases and Redemptions for Existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds Account Holders Via the Internet. All existing shareholders (except for Advisor Class shareholders) with an existing Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account may purchase additional shares of classes of Funds that they already own, and redeem shares, via the Internet. For purchases, such account holders must have a bank account linked to their Wells Fargo Advantage Funds account. Redemption proceeds may be deposited into a linked bank account or mailed via check to the shareholder’s address of record. Shareholders should contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 or log on at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds for further details. Shareholders who hold their shares in a brokerage account should contact their selling agent.

 

Purchases and Redemptions Through Brokers and/or Their Affiliates. A broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase and/or sale of Fund shares in addition to those fees described in the Prospectuses in the Summary of Expenses. The Trust has authorized one or more brokers to receive on its behalf purchase and redemption orders, and such brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to receive purchase and redemption orders on the Trust’s behalf. The Trust will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order for Fund shares when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, receives the order, and such orders will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next calculated after they are received by the authorized broker or the broker’s designee.

 

Reduced Sales Charges for former Norwest Advantage Fund Class B Shareholders. No contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on redemptions of Money Market Fund Class B shares received in exchange for Class B shares of a former Norwest Advantage Fund purchased prior to October 1, 1999, to effect a distribution (other than a lump sum distribution) from an Individual Retirement Account (“IRA”), Keogh plan or Section 403(b) custodial account or from a qualified retirement plan.

 

In general Class B shares exchanged for Money Market Fund Class B shares retain their original CDSC schedule and any reduced sales charges privileges. Please refer to the prospectus for the original shares regarding applicable schedules and waivers.

 

Minimum Initial Investment Waivers for Institutional and Administrator Class shares. Upon approval by Funds Management, the minimum initial investment amounts for Institutional and Administrator Class shares of Wells Fargo Advantage money market funds may be waived or satisfied for purchases made under the following circumstances:

 

  1. Money market trading platforms and employee benefit plan programs that have plan assets of at least $10 million for Administrator Class shares and $100 million for Institutional Class shares.

 

  2. Former Strong money market fund shareholders who received shares of a Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund as a result of the reorganization of the Strong Funds into the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds and whose Wells Fargo Advantage money market fund account record remains active on the Fund’s transfer agency system.

 

39


Table of Contents
  3. Related shareholders or shareholder accounts may be aggregated in order to meet the minimum initial investment requirement. The following are examples of relationships that may qualify for aggregation:

 

    Related business entities, including:

 

  i. Corporations and their subsidiaries;

 

  ii. General and Limited partners; and

 

  iii. Other business entities under common ownership or control

 

    Shareholder accounts that share a common tax-id number.

 

    Accounts over which the shareholder has individual or shared authority to buy or sell shares on behalf of the account (ie., a trust account or a solely owned business account).

 

Funds Management retains the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or discontinue any or all of the minimum investment policies listed above.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

The Trust has no obligation to deal with any broker-dealer or group of broker-dealers in the execution of transactions in portfolio securities. Subject to the supervision of the Trust’s Board and the supervision of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser is responsible for each Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of portfolio transactions. In placing orders, it is the policy of the Sub-Adviser to obtain the best overall results taking into account various factors, including, but not limited to, the size and type of transaction involved; the broker-dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved; the nature and character of the market for the security; the confidentiality, speed and certainty of effective execution required for the transaction; the general execution and operational capabilities of the broker-dealer; the reputation, reliability, experience and financial condition of the firm; the value and quality of the services rendered by the firm in this and other transactions; and the reasonableness of the spread or commission. While the Sub-Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive spreads or commissions, the Funds will not necessarily be paying the lowest spread or commission available.

 

Purchases and sales of non-equity securities usually will be principal transactions. Portfolio securities normally will be purchased or sold from or to broker-dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price. Each of the Funds also will purchase portfolio securities in underwritten offerings and may purchase securities directly from the issuer. Generally, municipal obligations and taxable money market securities are traded on a net basis and do not involve brokerage commissions. The cost of executing a Fund’s portfolio securities transactions will consist primarily of broker-dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Trust are prohibited from dealing with the Trust as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC or an exemption is otherwise available. The Funds may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Distributor or Funds Management is a member under certain conditions in accordance with the provisions of a rule adopted under the 1940 Act and in compliance with procedures adopted by the Board. However, the Funds and Funds Management have adopted a policy pursuant to Rule 12b-1(h) under the 1940 Act that prohibits the Funds from directing portfolio brokerage to brokers who sell Fund shares as compensation for such selling efforts.

 

In placing orders for portfolio securities of a Fund, the Sub-Adviser is required to give primary consideration to obtaining the most favorable price and efficient execution. This means that the Sub-Adviser will seek to execute each transaction at a price and commission, if any, that provides the most favorable total cost or proceeds reasonably attainable in the circumstances. Commission rates are established pursuant to negotiations with the broker-dealer based, in part, on the quality and quantity of execution services provided by the broker-dealer and in the light of generally prevailing rates. Furthermore, the Adviser oversees the Sub-Adviser’s trade execution procedures to ensure that such procedures are in place, that they are adhered to, and that adjustments are made to the procedures to address ongoing changes in the marketplace.

 

40


Table of Contents

The Sub-Adviser may, in circumstances in which two or more broker-dealers are in a position to offer comparable results for a Fund portfolio transaction, give preference to a broker-dealer that has provided statistical or other research services to the Sub-Adviser. In selecting a broker-dealer under these circumstances, the Sub-Adviser will consider, in addition to the factors listed above, the quality of the research provided by the broker-dealer. The Sub-Adviser may pay higher commissions than those obtainable from other broker-dealers in exchange for such research services. The research services generally include (1) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing, or selling securities, and the advisability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (2) furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and (3) effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto. By allocating transactions in this manner, the Sub-Adviser is able to supplement its research and analysis with the views and information of securities firms. Information so received will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Adviser under the advisory contracts, and the expenses of the Sub-Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of this supplemental research information. Furthermore, research services furnished by broker-dealers through which the Sub-Adviser places securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the Sub-Adviser in servicing its other accounts, and not all of these services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with advising the Funds.

 

Brokerage Commissions. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the Funds listed below paid brokerage commissions as listed below:

 

Fund


   Total Commissions

California Tax –Free Money Market

   $ 750

 

For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2002, the Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions and did not direct brokerage transactions to a broker for research services.

 

Former Strong Funds. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2004, October 31, 2003 and October 31, 2002, the predecessor portfolios of the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions and did not direct brokerage transactions to a broker for research services.

 

Securities of Regular Broker-Dealers. As of March 31, 2004, the following Funds held securities of their regular broker-dealers as indicated in the amounts shown:

 

Fund


  

Broker/Dealer


   Value

Cash Investment Money Market

  

Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   $
$
165,000,000
180,000,000

Liquidity Reserve Money Market

  

Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   $
$
10,000,000
15,000,000

Money Market

  

Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   $
$
50,000,000
85,000,000

Money Market Trust

  

Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc.

Goldman Sachs Inc.

   $
$
20,000,000
20,000,000

Overland Express Sweep

  

Bear, Stearns & Co.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

   $
$
30,000,000
50,000,000

 

Former Strong Funds. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2004, the predecessor portfolios of the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds did not hold any securities of their regular broker dealers.

 

41


Table of Contents

FUND EXPENSES

 

Funds Management is contractually obligated, subject to certain conditions, to reimburse each Fund for some of its operating expenses or to waive a portion of the fees payable to it in order to maintain a certain operating expense ratio. Funds Management also may voluntarily waive fees and/or reimburse expenses, which can reduce operating expenses. During the last fiscal year, Funds Management voluntarily waived certain fees for the Money Market Fund and Overland Express Sweep Fund. Actual reimbursements and waivers have a positive effect on a Fund’s performance.

 

Except for the expenses borne by Funds Management, the Trust bears all costs of its operations, including the compensation of its Trustees who are not affiliated with Funds Management or any of its affiliates; advisory, shareholder servicing and administration fees; payments pursuant to any Plan; interest charges; taxes; fees and expenses of its independent auditors, legal counsel, transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent; expenses of redeeming shares; expenses of preparing and printing prospectuses (except the expense of printing and mailing prospectuses used for promotional purposes, unless otherwise payable pursuant to a Plan), shareholders’ reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to regulatory agencies; insurance premiums and certain expenses relating to insurance coverage; trade association membership dues; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution of portfolio transactions; fees and expenses of its custodian, including those for keeping books and accounts and calculating the NAV per share of a Fund; expenses of shareholders’ meetings; expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of a Fund’s shares; pricing services, and any extraordinary expenses. Expenses attributable to a Fund are charged against a Fund’s assets. General expenses of the Trust are allocated among all of the funds of the Trust, including a Fund, in a manner proportionate to the net assets of each Fund, on a transactional basis, or on such other basis as the Board deems equitable.

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

 

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in each Prospectus entitled “Taxes.” The Prospectuses generally describe the federal and certain state income tax treatment of distributions by the Funds. This section of the SAI provides additional information concerning federal income taxes, and as applicable, certain California and Minnesota taxes. It is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations, judicial authority, and administrative rulings and practice, all as of the date of this SAI and all of which are subject to change, including changes with retroactive effect. The following discussion does not address any state, local or foreign tax matters other than certain California and Minnesota taxes.

 

A shareholder’s tax treatment may vary depending upon his or her particular situation. This discussion only applies to shareholders holding Fund shares as capital assets within the meaning of the Code. Except as otherwise noted, it may not apply to certain types of shareholders who may be subject to special rules, such as insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding Fund shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as 401(k) Plan Accounts or IRAs), financial institutions, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding Fund shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

 

The Trust has not requested and will not request an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to that discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the foregoing discussion and the discussions in the Prospectuses applicable to each shareholder address only some of the federal and state income tax considerations generally affecting investments in the Funds. Prospective shareholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors and financial planners as to the particular federal tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund, as well as the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign laws, and the effect of possible changes in applicable tax laws.

 

42


Table of Contents

Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. It is intended that each Fund qualify as a “regulated investment company” (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code, as long as such qualification is in the best interests of the Fund’s shareholders. Each Fund will be treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes. Thus, the provisions of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies generally will apply separately to each Fund, even though each RIC is a series of the Trust. Furthermore, each Fund will separately determine its income, gains, losses and expenses for federal income tax purposes.

 

In order to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, each Fund must, among other things, derive at least 90% of its annual gross income from dividends, interest, certain payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, and other income attributable to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts). Pursuant to future regulations, the IRS may limit qualifying income from foreign currency gains to the amount of such currency gains are directly related to a Fund’s principal business of investing in stock or securities. Each Fund must also diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the fair market value of its assets consists of (A) cash and cash items (including receivables), government securities and securities of other regulated investment companies, and (B) securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (A)) to the extent such securities do not exceed the greater of 5% of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets consists of the securities of any one issuer (other than those described in clause (i)(A)), or in two or more issuers the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses. The qualifying income and diversification requirements applicable to a Fund may limit the extent to which it can engage in transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts and swap agreements.

 

In addition, each Fund generally must distribute to its shareholders at least 90% of its investment company taxable income, which generally includes its ordinary income and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt income earned in each taxable year. A Fund generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the investment company taxable income and net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) it distributes to its shareholders. For this purpose, a Fund generally must make the distributions in the same year that it realizes the income and gain. However, in certain circumstances, a Fund may make the distributions in the following taxable year. Furthermore, if a Fund declares a distribution to shareholders of record in October, November or December of one year and pays the distribution by January 31 of the following year, the Fund and its shareholders will be treated as if the Fund paid the distribution by December 31 of the first taxable year. Each Fund intends to distribute its net income and gain in a timely manner to maintain its status as a regulated investment company and eliminate Fund-level federal income taxation of such income and gain. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to federal income taxation.

 

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirements, such Fund would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and all distributions from the Fund’s earnings and profits (including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains) to its shareholders would be taxable as ordinary income. To qualify again to be taxed as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year, the Fund may be required to distribute to its shareholders its earnings and profits attributable to non-regulated investment company years reduced by an interest charge on 50% of such earnings and profits payable by the Fund to the IRS. In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gain (the excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been realized if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, to be subject to taxation on such built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

 

43


Table of Contents

Excise Tax. A 4% nondeductible excise tax will be imposed on each Fund’s net income and gains (other than to the extent of its tax-exempt interest income, if any) to the extent it fails to distribute during each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses), at least 98% of its net capital gains (adjusted for ordinary losses) for the 12 month period ending on October 31, and all of its ordinary income and capital gains from previous years that were not distributed during such years. Each Fund intends to actually or be deemed to distribute substantially all of its net income and gains, if any, by the end of each calendar year and, thus, expects not to be subject to the excise tax. However, no assurance can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the excise tax.

 

Capital Loss Carry-Forwards. A Fund is permitted to carry forward a net capital loss from any year to offset its capital gains, if any, realized during the eight years following the year of the loss. A Fund’s capital loss carry-forward is treated as a short-term capital loss in the year to which it is carried. If future capital gains are offset by carried-forward capital losses, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. Accordingly, the RICs do not expect to distribute such capital gains. The Funds cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses. As a money market Fund, each Fund does not expect to have material capital loss carry-forwards, but no assurance can be given to this effect.

 

Taxation of Fund Investments. In general, if a Fund realizes gains or losses on the sale of portfolio securities, such gains or losses will be capital gains or losses, and long-term capital gains or losses if the Fund has held the disposed securities for more than one year at the time of disposition.

 

If a Fund purchases a debt obligation with original issue discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount (“OID”), such as a zero-coupon bond, the Fund may be required to annually include in its taxable income a portion of the OID as ordinary income, even though the Fund will not receive cash payments for such discount until maturity or disposition of the obligation. A portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities may be treated as a dividend for federal income tax purposes. Gains recognized on the disposition of a debt obligation (including a municipal obligation) purchased by a Fund at a market discount, generally at a price less than its principal amount, generally will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of the portion of market discount which accrued, but was not previously recognized pursuant to an available election, during the term that the Fund held the debt obligation. A Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the OID on debt securities that is currently includible in income, even though the cash representing such income may not have been received by the Fund. Cash to pay such distributions may be obtained from borrowing or from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund which the Fund otherwise might have continued to hold.

 

Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain financial forward, futures or options contracts may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” “Straddles” are defined to include “offsetting positions” in actively traded personal property. The tax treatment of “straddles” is governed by Section 1092 of the Code which, in certain circumstances, overrides or modifies the provisions of Section 1256. If a Fund is treated as entering into “straddles” by engaging in certain financial forward, futures or option contracts, such straddles could be characterized as “mixed straddles” if the futures, forward, or option contracts comprising a part of such straddles are governed by Section 1256 of the Code, described above. A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to “mixed straddles.” Depending upon which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by the Fund may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle and the conversion transaction rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be recharacterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain or ordinary income. Further, the Fund may be required to capitalize,

 

44


Table of Contents

rather than deduct currently, any interest expense on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry any positions that are part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character of gains and losses, defer losses, and/or accelerate the recognition of gains or losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income of long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to if a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.

 

If a Fund enters into a “constructive sale” of any appreciated financial position in stock, a partnership interest, or certain debt instruments, the Fund will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the property and must recognize gain (but not loss) with respect to that position. A constructive sale occurs when a Fund enters into one of the following transactions with respect to the same or substantially identical property: (i) a short sale; (ii) an offsetting notional principal contract; (iii) a futures or forward contract; or (iv) other transactions identified in future Treasury Regulations. The character of the gain from constructive sales will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property. Losses from a constructive sale of property will be recognized when the property is subsequently disposed of. The character of such losses will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the property and the application of various loss deferral provisions in the Code. Constructive sale treatment does not apply to transactions if such transaction is closed before the end of the 30th day after the close of the Fund’s taxable year and the Fund holds the appreciated financial position throughout the 60-day period beginning with the day such transaction was closed.

 

Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of swap agreements are in a developing stage and are not entirely clear in certain respects. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If it did not, the status of a Fund as a regulated investment company might be jeopardized. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a regulated investment company may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements.

 

In addition to the investments described above, prospective shareholders should be aware that other investments made by the Funds may involve sophisticated tax rules that may result in income or gain recognition by the Funds without corresponding current cash receipts. Although the Funds seek to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by the Funds, in which case the Funds may distribute cash derived from other sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described above. In this regard, the Funds could be required at times to liquidate investments prematurely in order to satisfy their minimum distribution requirements.

 

Taxation of Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, a Fund’s earnings and profits, described above, are determined at the end of the Fund’s taxable year and are allocated pro rata over the entire year. Except for exempt-interest distributions, defined below, paid out by the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund, the California Tax-Free Money Market Trust, the Minnesota Money Market Fund, the National Tax-Free Money Market Fund and the National Tax-Free Money Market Trust (collectively, the “Tax-Free Funds”), all distributions paid out of a Fund’s earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether paid in cash or reinvested in the Fund, generally are deemed to be taxable distributions and must be reported on each shareholder’s federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s earnings and profits will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then capital gain. A Fund may make distributions in excess of earnings and profits to a limited extent, from time to time.

 

Distributions designated by a Fund as a capital gain distribution will be taxed to shareholders as long-term capital gain (to the extent such distributions do not exceed the Fund’s actual net long-term capital gain for the taxable year), regardless of how long a shareholder has held Fund shares. Each Fund will designate capital gains distributions, if any, in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year.

 

45


Table of Contents

Some states will not tax distributions made to individual shareholders that are attributable to interest a Fund earned on direct obligations of the U.S. Government if the Fund meets the state’s minimum investment or reporting requirements, if any. Investments in GNMA or FNMA securities, bankers’ acceptances, commercial paper and repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. Government securities generally do not qualify for tax-free treatment. This exemption may not apply to corporate shareholders.

 

Sales and Exchanges of Fund Shares. In general, as long as a Fund maintains a net asset value of $1.00 per share, no gain or loss should be recognized upon the sale or exchange of Fund shares. If a shareholder sells, pursuant to a cash or in-kind redemption, or exchanges his or her Fund shares, subject to the discussion below, he or she generally will realize a taxable capital gain or loss on the difference between the amount received for the shares (or deemed received in the case of an exchange) and his or her tax basis in the shares. This gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if he or she has held such Fund shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange.

 

If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, he or she subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or a different regulated investment company, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Also, if a shareholder realizes a loss on a disposition of Fund shares, the loss will be disallowed to the extent that he or she purchases substantially identical shares within the 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. Any disallowed loss generally will be included in the tax basis of the purchased shares.

 

If a shareholder receives a capital gain distribution with respect to any Fund share and such Fund share is held for six months or less, then (unless otherwise disallowed) any loss on the sale or exchange of that Fund share will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of the capital gain distribution. In addition, if a shareholder holds Fund shares for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares will be disallowed to the extent of the amount of exempt-interest distributions (defined below) received with respect to the shares. The Treasury Department is authorized to issue regulations reducing the six months holding requirement to a period of not less than the greater of 31 days or the period between regular distributions where a Fund regularly distributes at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest, if any. No such regulations have been issued as of the date of this SAI. The loss disallowance rules described in this paragraph do not apply to losses realized under a periodic redemption plan.

 

Foreign Taxes. Amounts realized by a Fund on foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund will be eligible to file an annual election with the IRS pursuant to which the Fund may pass-through to its shareholders on a pro rata basis foreign income and similar taxes paid by the Fund, which may be claimed, subject to certain limitations, either as a tax credit or deduction by the shareholders. However, none of the Funds expect to qualify for this election.

 

Federal Income Tax Rates. As of the printing of this SAI, the maximum stated individual federal income tax rate applicable to (i) ordinary income generally is 35%; (ii) net capital gain realized prior to May 6, 2003 generally is 20%; and (iii) net capital gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 generally is 15%. The date on which a Fund sells or exchanges a security is the date used in determining whether any net capital gain from such sale or exchange distributed to an individual shareholder will qualify for the pre-May 6 or post-May 5 net capital gain federal income tax rate. Reductions in the individual federal income rate tax on certain qualified dividends generally will not apply to Fund distributions.

 

46


Table of Contents

The maximum stated corporate federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and net capital gain is 35%. Actual marginal tax rates may be higher for some shareholders, for example, through reductions in deductions. Naturally, the amount of tax payable by any taxpayer will be affected by a combination of tax laws covering, for example, deductions, credits, deferrals, exemptions, sources of income and other matters. Federal income tax rates are set to increase in future years under various “sunset” provisions of laws enacted in 2001 and 2003.

 

Backup Withholding. The Trust may be required to withhold, subject to certain exemptions, at a rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) on all distributions and redemption proceeds (including proceeds from exchanges and redemptions in-kind) paid or credited to a Fund shareholder, unless the shareholder generally certifies under penalties of perjury that the “taxpayer identification number” (“TIN”), generally the shareholder’s social security or employer identification number, provided is correct and that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or the IRS notifies the Fund that the shareholder’s TIN is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding. This tax is not an additional federal income tax imposed on the shareholder, and the shareholder may claim the tax withheld as a tax payment on his or her federal income tax return, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. An investor must provide a valid TIN upon opening or reopening an account. If a shareholder fails to furnish a valid TIN upon request, the shareholder can also be subject to IRS penalties. The rate of backup withholding is set to increase in future years under “sunset” provisions of law enacted in 2001.

 

Tax-Deferred Plans. The shares of the Funds may be available for a variety of tax-deferred retirement and other tax-advantaged plans and accounts. Prospective investors should contact their tax advisors and financial planners regarding the tax consequences to them of holding Fund shares through such plans and/or accounts.

 

Foreign Shareholders. Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to taxable years of a Fund beginning on or after January 1, 2005 and before January 1, 2008, distributions designated by a Fund as “interest-related distributions” generally attributable to the Fund’s net interest income earned on certain debt obligations paid to a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust (i.e., a trust other than a trust which a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of that trust and one or more U.S. persons have authority to control substantial decisions of that trust), foreign estate (i.e., the income of which is not subject to U.S. tax regardless of source) or a foreign corporation (each, a “foreign shareholder”) generally will be exempt from federal income tax withholding tax, provided the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status from such foreign shareholder (“exempt foreign shareholder”). Each Fund will designate any interest-related distributions in a written notice mailed by the Fund to its shareholders not later than 60 days after the close of the Fund’s taxable year, although the Funds provide no assurance they will make any such designations. Distributions made to exempt foreign shareholders attributable to net investment income from other sources, such as dividends received by a Fund, generally will be subject to non-refundable federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). However, this tax generally will not apply to exempt-interest distributions from a Fund, described below. Also, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment) of the recipient foreign shareholder, federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and the distribution will be subject to the tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons.

 

As a money market fund, each Fund does not expect to realize any capital gain, but no assurance can be given to this effect. If a Fund realizes any short-term capital gain, the rules attributable to the qualification of Fund distributions of short-term capital gain to foreign shareholders are complex, and foreign shareholders therefore are urged to consult their own tax advisors and financial planners.

 

47


Table of Contents

If a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the U.S. at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will be deemed property situated in the U.S. and will be subject to federal estate taxes (at graduated rates of 18% to 55% of the total value, less allowable deductions and credits). Under recently enacted tax legislation, with respect to estates of decedents dying after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, if a foreign shareholder is a resident of a foreign country but is not a citizen or resident of the United States at the time of the shareholder’s death, Fund shares will not be deemed property situated in the United States in the proportion that, at the end of the quarter of the Fund’s taxable year immediately preceding the shareholder’s date of death, the assets of the Fund that were “qualifying assets” (i.e., bank deposits, debt obligations or property not within the United States) with respect to the decedent bore to the total assets of the Fund. In general, no federal gift tax will be imposed on gifts of Fund shares made by foreign shareholders.

 

The availability of reduced U.S. taxes pursuant to the 1972 Convention or the applicable estate tax convention depends upon compliance with established procedures for claiming the benefits thereof, and may, under certain circumstances, depend upon the foreign shareholder making a satisfactory demonstration to U.S. tax authorities that the shareholder qualifies as a foreign person under federal income tax laws and the 1972 Convention.

 

Special rules apply to foreign partnerships and those holding Fund shares through foreign partnerships.

 

Additional Considerations for the Tax-Free Funds. If at least 50% of the value of a regulated investment company’s total assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable years consists of obligations the interest on which is exempt from federal income tax, it will qualify under the Code to pay “exempt-interest distributions.” The Tax-Free Funds intend to so qualify and are designed to provide shareholders with a high level of income exempt from federal income tax in the form of exempt-interest distributions.

 

Distributions of capital gains or income not attributable to interest on a Tax-Free Fund’s tax-exempt obligations will not constitute exempt-interest distributions and will be taxable to its shareholders. The exemption of interest income derived from investments in tax-exempt obligations for federal income tax purposes may not result in a similar exemption under the laws of a particular state or local taxing authority.

 

Not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, each Tax-Free Fund will notify its shareholders of the portion of the distributions for the taxable year which constitutes exempt-interest distributions. The designated portion cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest excludable from gross income under Section 103 of the Code received by the Tax-Free Fund during the taxable year over any amounts disallowed as deductions under Sections 265 and 171(a)(2) of the Code. Interest on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry shares of a Tax-Free Fund will not be deductible to the extent that the Fund’s distributions are exempt from federal income tax.

 

In addition, certain deductions and exemptions have been designated “tax preference items” which must be added back to taxable income for purposes of calculating federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). Tax preference items include tax-exempt interest on “private activity bonds.” To the extent that a Tax-Free Fund invests in private activity bonds, its shareholders will be required to report that portion of a Tax-Free Fund’s distributions attributable to income from the bonds as a tax preference item in determining their federal AMT, if any. Shareholders will be notified of the tax status of distributions made by a Tax-Free Fund. Persons who may be “substantial users” (or “related persons” of substantial users) of facilities financed by private activity bonds should consult their tax advisors before purchasing shares in a Tax-Free Fund. Furthermore, shareholders will not be permitted to deduct any of their share of a Tax-Free Fund’s expenses in computing their federal AMT. In addition, exempt-interest distributions paid by a Tax-Free Fund to a corporate shareholder is included in the shareholder’s “adjusted current earnings” as part of its federal AMT calculation. As of the printing of this SAI, individuals are subject to federal AMT at a maximum rate of 28% and corporations are subject to federal AMT at a maximum rate of 20%. Shareholders with questions or concerns about the AMT should consult own their tax advisors.

 

48


Table of Contents

Additional Considerations for the California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and California Tax-Free Money Market Trust. If, at the close of each quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of the total assets of a regulated investment company consists of obligations the interest on which, if held by an individual, is exempt from taxation by California (“California Exempt Securities”), then the regulated investment company will be qualified to make distributions that are exempt from California state individual income tax (“California exempt-interest distributions”). For this purpose, California Exempt Securities generally are limited to California municipal securities and certain U.S. government and U.S. possession obligations. The California Tax-Free Money Market Fund and California Tax-Free Money Market Trust (“California Tax-Free Funds”) intend to qualify under the above requirements so that they can pay California exempt-interest distributions.

 

Within sixty days after the close of its taxable year, each California Tax-Free Fund will notify its shareholders of the portion of the distributions made the Fund that is exempt from California state individual income tax. The total amount of California exempt-interest distributions paid by a California Tax-Free Fund attributable to any taxable year cannot exceed the excess of the amount of interest received by the Fund for such year on California Exempt Securities over any amounts that, if the Fund was treated as an individual, would be considered expenses related to tax exempt income or amortizable bond premium and would thus not be deductible under federal income or California state individual income tax law.

 

In cases where a shareholder of a California Tax-Free Fund is a “substantial user” or “related person” with respect to California Exempt Securities held by the Fund, such shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether California exempt-interest distributions paid by the Fund with respect to such obligations retain California state individual income tax exclusion. In this connection, rules similar to those regarding the possible unavailability of federal exempt-interest distributions treatment to “substantial users” are applicable for California state income tax purposes. Interest on indebtedness incurred by a shareholder in a taxable year to purchase or carry shares of a California Tax-Free Fund is not deductible for California state personal income tax purposes if the Fund distributes California exempt-interest distributions to the shareholder for taxable year.

 

The foregoing is only a summary of some of the important California state individual income tax considerations generally affecting the California Tax-Free Funds and their shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of the California state income tax treatment of the California Tax-Free Funds or their shareholders, and this discussion is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Further, it should be noted that the portion of any California Tax-Free Fund distributions constituting California exempt-interest distributions is excludable from income for California state individual income tax purposes only. Any distributions paid to shareholders subject to California state franchise tax or California state corporate income tax may be taxable for such purposes. Accordingly, potential investors in the California Tax-Free Funds, including, in particular, corporate investors which may be subject to either California franchise tax or California corporate income tax, should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the application of such taxes to the receipt of the California Tax-Free Funds’ distributions and as to their own California state tax situation, in general.

 

Additional Considerations for the Minnesota Money Market Fund. Shareholders of the Fund who are individuals, estates, or trusts and who are subject to the regular Minnesota individual income tax will not be subject to such regular Minnesota tax on Fund distributions to the extent that such distributions qualify as exempt-interest distributions under Section 852(b)(5) of the Code which are derived from interest income on tax-exempt obligations of the State of Minnesota, or its political or governmental subdivisions, municipalities, governmental agencies, or instrumentalities (“Minnesota Sources”). The foregoing will apply, however, only if the portion of the exempt-interest distributions from such Minnesota Sources that is paid to all shareholders represents 95% or more of the exempt-interest distributions that are paid by the Fund. If the 95% test is not met, all exempt-interest distributions that are paid by the Fund generally will be subject to the regular Minnesota individual income tax. Even if the 95% test is met, to the extent that exempt-interest distributions that are paid by the Fund are not derived from the Minnesota Sources described in the first sentence of this paragraph, such distributions generally will be subject to the regular Minnesota individual income tax. Other distributions of the Fund, including distributions from net short-term and long-term capital gains, generally are not exempt from the regular Minnesota individual income tax.

 

49


Table of Contents

State legislation enacted in 1995 provides that it is the intent of the Minnesota legislature that interest income on obligations of Minnesota governmental units, including obligations of the Minnesota Sources described above, and exempt-interest distributions that are derived from interest income on such obligations, be included in the net income of individuals, estates, and trusts for Minnesota income tax purposes if it is judicially determined that the exemption by Minnesota of such interest or such exempt-interest distributions unlawfully discriminates against interstate commerce because interest income on obligations, is so included. This provision applies to taxable years that begun during or after the calendar year in which such judicial decision becomes final, regardless of the date on which the obligations were issued, and other remedies apply for previous taxable years. The United States Supreme Court in 1995 denied certiorari in a case in which an Ohio state court upheld an exemption for interest income on obligations of Ohio governmental issuers, even though interest income on obligations of non-Ohio governmental issuers was subject to tax. In 1997, the United States Supreme Court denied certiorari in a subsequent case from Ohio, involving the same taxpayer and the same issue, in which the Ohio Supreme Court refused to reconsider the merits of the case on the ground that the previous final state court judgment barred any claim arising out of the transaction that was the subject of the previous action. It cannot be predicted whether a similar case will be brought in Minnesota or elsewhere, or what the outcome of such case would be.

 

Subject to certain limitations that are set forth in the Minnesota rules, Minnesota Fund distributions, if any, that are derived from interest on certain United States obligations are not subject to the regular Minnesota personal income tax or the Minnesota alternative minimum tax, in the case of shareholders of the Minnesota Fund who are individuals, estates, or trusts.

 

Fund distributions, including exempt-interest distributions, are not excluded in determining the Minnesota franchise tax on corporations that is measured by taxable income and alternative minimum taxable income. Fund distributions may also be taken into account in certain cases in determining the minimum fee that is imposed on corporations, S corporations, and partnerships.

 

Minnesota presently imposes an alternative minimum tax on individuals, estates, and trusts that is based, in part, on such taxpayers’ federal alternative minimum taxable income, which includes federal tax preference items. The Code provides that interest on specified private activity bonds is a federal tax preference item, and that an exempt-interest distribution of a regulated investment company constitutes a federal tax preference item to the extent of its proportionate share of the interest on such private activity bonds. Accordingly, exempt-interest distributions that are attributable to such private activity bond interest, even though they are derived from the Minnesota Sources described above, will be included in the base upon which such Minnesota alternative minimum tax is computed. In addition the entire portion of exempt-interest distributions that is received by such shareholders and that is derived from sources other than the Minnesota Sources described above generally is also subject to the Minnesota alternative minimum tax. Further, should the 95% test that is described above fail to be met, all of the exempt-interest distributions that are paid by the Fund, including all of those that are derived from the Minnesota Sources described above, generally will be subject to the Minnesota alternative minimum tax, in the case of shareholders of the Fund who are individuals, estates or trusts.

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures (“Procedures”) that are used to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds of the Trusts. The Procedures are designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interests of Fund shareholders.

 

The responsibility for voting proxies relating to the Funds’ portfolio securities has been delegated to Funds Management. In accordance with the Procedures, Funds Management exercises its voting responsibility with the goal of maximizing value to shareholders consistent with governing laws and the investment policies of

 

50


Table of Contents

each Fund. While the Funds do not purchase securities to exercise control or to seek to effect corporate change through share ownership, they support sound corporate governance practices within companies in which they invest and reflect that support through their proxy voting process.

 

Funds Management has established a Proxy Voting Committee (the “Proxy Committee”) that is responsible for overseeing the proxy voting process and ensuring that the voting process is implemented in conformance with the Procedures. Funds Management has retained an independent, unaffiliated nationally recognized proxy voting company, as proxy voting agent. The Proxy Committee monitors the proxy voting agent and the voting process and, in certain situations, votes proxies or directs the proxy voting agent how to vote.

 

The Procedures set out guidelines regarding how Funds Management and the proxy voting agent will vote proxies. Where the guidelines specify a particular vote on a particular matter, the proxy voting agent handles the proxy, generally without further involvement by the Proxy Committee. Where the guidelines specify a case-by-case determination, or where a particular issue is not addressed in the guidelines, the proxy voting agent forwards the proxy to the Proxy Committee for a vote determination by the Proxy Committee. In addition, even where the guidelines specify a particular vote, the Proxy Committee may exercise a discretionary vote if it determines that a case-by-case review of a particular matter is warranted.

 

The Procedures set forth Funds Management’s general position on various proposals, such as:

 

    Routine Items – Funds Management will generally vote for the ratification of auditors, uncontested director or trustee nominees, changes in company name, and other procedural matters related to annual meetings.

 

    Corporate Governance – Funds Management will generally vote for charter and bylaw amendments proposed solely to conform with modern business practices or for purposes of simplification.

 

    Anti-Takeover Matters – Funds Management generally will vote for proposals that require shareholder ratification of poison pills, and on a case-by-case basis on proposals to redeem a company’s poison pill.

 

    Mergers/Acquisitions and Corporate Restructurings – Funds Management’s Proxy Committee will examine these items on a case-by-case basis.

 

    Shareholder Rights – Funds Management will generally vote against proposals that may restrict shareholder rights.

 

In all cases where the Proxy Committee makes the decision regarding how a particular proxy should be voted, the Proxy Committee exercises its voting discretion in accordance with the voting philosophy of the Funds and in the best interests of Fund shareholders. In deciding how to vote, the Proxy Committee may rely on independent research, input and recommendations from third parties including independent proxy services, other independent sources, investment sub-advisers, company managements and shareholder groups as part of its decision-making process.

 

In most cases, any potential conflicts of interest involving Funds Management or any affiliate regarding a proxy are avoided through the strict and objective application of the Funds’ voting guidelines. However, when the Proxy Committee is aware of a material conflict of interest regarding a matter that would otherwise be considered on a case-by-case basis by the Proxy Committee, either the Proxy Committee will instruct the proxy voting agent to vote in accordance with the recommendation the proxy voting agent makes to its clients generally, or the Trust’s Board will exercise its authority to vote on the matter. In addition, the Proxy Committee does not permit its votes to be influenced by any conflict of interest that exists for any other affiliated person of the Funds (such as a sub-adviser or principal underwriter) and the Proxy Committee votes all such matters without regard to the conflict. The Procedures may reflect voting positions that differ from practices followed by other companies or subsidiaries of Wells Fargo & Company.

 

51


Table of Contents

In order to not hinder possible economic benefits to the Funds and Fund shareholders, Funds Management will generally refrain from voting proxies on foreign securities that are subject to share blocking restrictions. In addition, securities on loan will typically not be recalled to facilitate voting. However, if the Proxy Committee determines that the importance of the matter to be voted upon outweighs any potential loss of benefits or revenue, the security will be recalled for voting.

 

Information regarding how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available annually through the Funds’ website at www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds and on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR DISCLOSURE OF FUND PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

 

The Trusts and Funds Management have adopted policies and procedures to govern the disclosure of portfolio holdings and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about portfolio holdings for the Funds. Under no circumstances do Funds Management or the Funds receive any compensation in return for the disclosure of information about a Fund’s portfolio securities or for any ongoing arrangements to make available information about a Fund’s portfolio securities.

 

Disclosure of Fund Portfolio Holdings. As required by the SEC, each Fund (except money market funds) files its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings made with the SEC on a quarterly basis. Each fund (including money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter on Form N-CSR, and each fund (except money market funds) is required to file its complete portfolio schedules for the first and third fiscal quarters on Form N-Q, in each instance within 60 days of the end of the fund’s fiscal quarter. Through Form N-CSR and Form N-Q filings made with the SEC, the Funds’ full portfolio holdings are publicly available to shareholders on a quarterly basis. Such filings are made on or shortly before the 60th day following the end of a fiscal quarter. Full holdings may be posted on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) simultaneous with or following the filing of such information with the SEC. In addition, top ten holdings information for the Funds is publicly available on the Funds’ website (www.wellsfargo.com/advantagefunds) on a monthly, seven-day delayed basis.

 

Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedules for the second and fourth fiscal quarter, required to be filed on Form N-CSR, is delivered to shareholders in the Fund’s semi-annual and annual reports. Each Fund’s complete portfolio schedule for the first and third fiscal quarters, required to be filed on Form N-Q, will not be delivered to shareholders. Each Fund, however, includes appropriate disclosure in its semi-annual and annual reports as to how a shareholder may obtain holdings information for the Fund’s first and third fiscal quarters.

 

List of Approved Recipients. Below is a list that describes the limited circumstances in which a Fund’s portfolio holdings are disclosed to selected third parties in advance of their inclusion in the quarterly filings made with the SEC on Form N-CSR and Form N-Q. In each instance, a determination has been made that such advance disclosure is supported by a legitimate business purpose and that the recipients are subject to an independent duty not to disclose or trade on the nonpublic information.

 

  A. Portfolio Managers. Portfolio managers shall have full daily access to fund holdings for the Fund(s) for which they have direct management responsibility. Portfolio managers may also release and discuss portfolio holdings with various broker/dealers for purposes of analyzing the impact of existing and future market changes on the prices, availability/demand and liquidity of such securities, as well as for the purpose of assisting portfolio managers in the trading of such securities.

 

  B.

Funds Management. In its capacity as adviser and administrator to the Funds, certain Funds Management personnel that deal directly with the processing, settlement, review, control, auditing, reporting, and/or valuation of portfolio trades shall have full daily access to Fund portfolio holdings through access to PFPC’s Datapath system. The list of personnel authorized to

 

52


Table of Contents
 

use the Datapath system will be reviewed quarterly by a fund reporting manager to ensure that each user falls into one of the approved access categories for receipt of daily fund holdings information and that each user has access only to the Fund(s) that they manage.

 

  C. External Servicing Agents. Appropriate personnel employed by entities that assist in the review and/or processing of Fund portfolio transactions, which include the fund accounting agent, the custodian and the trading settlement desk at Wells Capital Management (only with respect to the Funds that Wells Capital Management sub-advises), shall have daily access to all Fund portfolio holdings. Funds Management utilizes the services of Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and SG Constellation to assist with proxy voting and B share financing, respectively. Both ISS and SG Constellation may receive full Fund portfolio holdings on a weekly basis for the Funds for which they provide services.

 

  D. Rating Agencies. S&P and Moody’s receive full Fund holdings for rating purposes. S&P receives holdings information weekly on a seven-day delayed basis. Moody’s receives holdings information monthly on a seven-day delayed basis.

 

  E. Ranking Agencies. Morningstar and Lipper Analytical Services receive the Funds’ full portfolio holdings on a calendar quarter, 60-day delayed basis.

 

Additions to List of Approved Recipients. Any additions to the above list of approved recipients requires approval by the President and Chief Legal Officer of the Funds based on a review of: (i) the type of fund involved; (ii) the purpose for receiving the holdings information; (iii) the intended use of the information; (iv) the frequency of the information to be provided; (v) the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information will be disclosed; (vi) the proposed recipient’s relationship to the Funds; (vii) the ability of Funds Management to monitor that such information will be used by the proposed recipient in accordance with the stated purpose for the disclosure; (viii) whether a confidentiality agreement will be in place with such proposed recipient; and (ix) whether any potential conflicts exist regarding such disclosure between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Fund’s investment adviser, principal underwriter, or any affiliated person of the Fund.

 

Board Approval. The Board is charged with reviewing and reapproving these Procedures, including the list of approved recipients, as often as they deem appropriate, but not less than annually, and making any changes that they deem appropriate.

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Funds are sixteen of the funds in the Wells Fargo Funds Trust family of funds. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on March 10, 1999.

 

Most of the Trust’s funds are authorized to issue multiple classes of shares, one class generally subject to a front-end sales charge and, in some cases, classes subject to a contingent-deferred sales charge, that are offered to retail investors. Certain of the Trust’s funds also are authorized to issue other classes of shares, which are sold primarily to institutional investors. Each share in a Fund represents an equal, proportionate interest in the Fund with all other shares. Shareholders bear their pro rata portion of the Fund’s operating expenses, except for certain class-specific expenses (e.g., any state securities registration fees, shareholder servicing fees or distribution fees that may be paid under Rule 12b-1) that are allocated to a particular class. Please contact Investor Services at 1-800-222-8222 if you would like additional information about other funds or classes of shares offered.

 

With respect to matters that affect one class but not another, shareholders vote as a class; for example, the approval of a Plan. Subject to the foregoing, all shares of a Fund have equal voting rights and will be voted in the aggregate, and not by series, except where voting by a series is required by law or where the matter involved only affects one series. For example, a change in a Fund’s fundamental investment policy affects only one Series and

 

53


Table of Contents

would be voted upon only by shareholders of the Fund involved. Additionally, approval of an advisory agreement since it affects only one Fund, is a matter to be determined separately by each Series. Approval by the shareholders of one Series is effective as to that Series whether or not sufficient votes are received from the shareholders of the other Series to approve the proposal as to those Series.

 

As used in the Prospectuses and in this SAI, the term “majority” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of a class of a Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of such class of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of such class of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Fund, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. The term “majority,” when referring to the approvals to be obtained from shareholders of the Trust as a whole, means the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% of the Trust’s shares represented at a meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the Trust’s outstanding shares.

 

Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held and fractional votes for fractional shares held. Shareholders are not entitled to any preemptive rights. All shares are issued in uncertificated form only, and, when issued, will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Trust.

 

The Trust may dispense with an annual meeting of shareholders in any year in which it is not required to elect directors under the 1940 Act.

 

Each share of a class of a Fund represents an equal proportional interest in the Fund with each other share in the same class and is entitled to such dividends and distributions out of the income earned on the assets belonging to the Fund as are declared in the discretion of the Trustees. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust, shareholders of a Fund or class are entitled to receive the assets attributable to the Fund or class that are available for distribution, and a distribution of any general assets not attributable to a particular investment portfolio that are available for distribution in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion may determine.

 

Set forth below as of March16, 2005, is the name, address and share ownership of each person known by the Trust to have beneficial or record ownership of 5% or more of a class of each Fund or 5% or more of the voting securities of each Fund as a whole. The term “N/A” is used where a shareholder holds 5% or more of a class, but less than 5% of a Fund as a whole.

 

5% OWNERSHIP AS OF MARCH 16, 2005

 

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO SERVICE COMPANY

FBO Sweep Funds CATF

Retail Sweep Operations

3401 N. 4th Avenue, #N9777-131

Sioux Falls, SD 51104-0783

   Record    69.17 %

 

54


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


    

Percentage

of Fund


 
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alec O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record      15.90 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK, NA

ATTN Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC-N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record      7.37 %

Service Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, NA

ATTN Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record      28.49 %
    

TRAITEL HOLDING CORP

c/o J P Morgan Private Bank PWM

1999 Avenue of the Stars 26th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

   Record      24.80 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

c/o Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record      11.86 %
CALIFORNIA TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET TRUST                   

Trust Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record      96.49 %
CASH INVESTMENT MONEY MARKET FUND                   

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SYSTEMS

ATTN: SEAN O’FARRELL

608 2nd Ave S # N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55402-0001

   Record      90.39 %

 

55


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
    

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    8.24 %

Institutional Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    42.93 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

c/o Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    41.64 %

Service Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    38.81 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alec O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    22.45 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

c/o Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    17.89 %
GOVERNMENT MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Administrator Class

  

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

c/o Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    64.69 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    33.45 %

 

56


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alec O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    81.15 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK MN NA FBO

Retirement Plan Svcs

99020308

P.O. Box 1533

Minneapolis, MN 55480-1533

   Record    14.51 %

Institutional Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    69.04 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alec O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    28.19 %

Service Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, NA

ATTN Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    88.40 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

c/o Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. S #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    6.64 %
HERITAGE MONEY MARKET FUND*                 

Administrator Class

  

US Clearing Corp

FBO Customer Accounts

26 Broadway

New York NY 10004-1703

   Record    21.73 %

Institutional Class

  

Richard T. Weiss

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Falls WI 53051-4400

   Record    8.38 %
    

Bear Stearns Securities Corp FBO

1 Metrotech Center North

Brooklyn NY 11201-3870

   Record    8.10 %

 

57


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
    

US Clearing Corp

FBO Customer Accounts

26 Broadway

New York NY 10004-1703

   Record    6.99 %
    

Strong Investments Inc

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Fall WI 53051-4400

   Record    6.83 %
    

Edvest Stable Value

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Fall WI 53051-4400

   Record    5.47 %
LIQUIDITY RESERVE MONEY MARKET FUND                 
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alex O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    99.95 %
MINNESOTA MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alex O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    91.39 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

c/o Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. S #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    7.55 %
MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO SERVICE COMPANY

FBO Sweep Funds FA

Retail Sweep Operations

3401 N. 4th Avenue, #N9777-131

Sioux Falls, SD 57104-0783

   Record    54.47 %

 

58


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    10.15 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    10.11 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    8.02 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    5.35 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alex O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    38.53 %

Class B

  

WELLS FARGO SERVICE COMPANY

FBO Sweep Funds FB

Retail Sweep Operations

3401 N. 4th Avenue, #N9777-131

Sioux Falls, SD 57104-0783

   Record    98.46 %

 

59


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    27.39 %
    

Edward D Jones and Co F/A/O

Michelle J Gonzalez TTEE

U/A Dtd 5/25/01

PO Box 2500

Maryland Hts MO 63043-8500

   Record    23.91 %
    

Wells Fargo Investments LLC

608 Second Avenue South 8th Fl

Minneapolis MN 55402-1916

   Record    19.83 %
    

State Street Bank & Trust Co

Cust for the Simple IRA of

Geraldine Laubert

11571 Old Dallas Rd

West TX 76691-1916

   Record    13.73 %
    

State Street Bank & Trust Co

Cust for the Simple IRA of

Wade M Hutmacher

802 E 7th St

Oacoma SD 57365-6502

   Record    5.86 %

Investor Class

  

US Clearing Corp FBO

Customer Accounts

26 Broadway

New York NY 10004-1703

   Record    18.37 %

MONEY MARKET

TRUST

                

Trust Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    99.95 %

MUNICIPAL

MONEY MARKET

FUND*

                

Investor Class

  

US Clearing Corp FBO

Customer Accounts

26 Broadway

New York NY 10004-1703

   Record    5.95 %

 

60


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
NATIONAL TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO SERVICE COMPANY

FBO Sweep Funds NTF

Retail Sweep Operations

3401 N. 4th Avenue, #N9777-131

Sioux Falls, SD 57104-0783

   Record    55.12 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alex O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    41.15 %

Administrator Class

  

N/A

   N/A    N/A  

Institutional Class

  

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

c/o Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. S #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    46.60 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    39.83 %
    

Bear Stearns Securities Corp FBO

1 Metrotech Center North

Brooklyn NY 11201-3870

   Record    9.70 %

 

61


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 

Service Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    46.62 %
    

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alex O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    27.06 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    13.93 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

ATTN: Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. S #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    10.11 %
NATIONAL TAX-FREE MONEY MARKET TRUST                 

Trust Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    97.99 %
OVERLAND EXPRESS SWEEP FUND                 
    

WELLS FARGO BANK

MAC #A0247-010

Sweep Dept Operations

3440 Walnut Avenue Bldg B

Freemont, CA 94538-2210

   Record    67.02 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK

MAC #A0247-010

Sweep Dept Operations

3440 Walnut Avenue Bldg B

Freemont, CA 94538-2210

   Record    32.98 %

 

62


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
PRIME INVESTMENT MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Institutional Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    75.00 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

ATTN: Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. S #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    15.72 %
    

Computer Associates International Inc

One Computer Associates Plaza

Islandia NY 11749-7000

   Record    5.93 %

Service Class

  

WELL FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    64.09 %
    

WELL FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    33.16 %

 

63


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
TREASURY PLUS MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO BANK

MAC# A0247-010

Sweep Department Operations

3440 Walnut Ave Bldg B

Fremont, CA 94538-2210

   Record    45.17 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK

MAC# A0247-010

Sweep Department Operations

3440 Walnut Ave Bldg B

Fremont, CA 94538-2210

   Record    22.63 %
    

HARE & CO

Bank of New York

1 Wall Str Fl 2

New York, NY 10005-2501

   Record    20.73 %
    

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

C/O Alec O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave, Fl 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    9.62 %

Institutional Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    63.49 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

ATTN: Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. S. # N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55402-1916

   Record    27.44 %

Service Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    80.11 %
    

HARE & CO

Bank of New York

1 Wall Str Fl 2

New York, NY 10005-2501

   Record    5.57 %

 

64


Table of Contents

Fund


  

Name and

Address


  

Type of

Ownership


  

Percentage

of Fund


 
100% TREASURY MONEY MARKET FUND                 

Class A

  

WELLS FARGO INVESTMENTS, LLC

c/o Alex O’Connor

625 Marquette Ave., Fl. 12

Minneapolis, MN 55402-2308

   Record    97.33 %

Service Class

  

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Attn: Cash Sweep Dept.

MAC: N9306-04C

733 Marquette Ave.

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    85.50 %
    

WELLS FARGO INST BROKERAGE SERVICES

ATTN: Sean O’Farrell

608 2nd Ave. S #N9303-054

Minneapolis, MN 55479-0001

   Record    13.21 %

* These Funds commenced operations on April 11, 2005

 

For purposes of the 1940 Act, any person who owns directly or through one or more controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company is presumed to “control” such company. Accordingly, to the extent that a shareholder identified in the foregoing table is identified as the beneficial holder of more than 25% of a class (or Fund) or is identified as the holder of record or more than 25% of a class (or Fund) and has voting and/or investment powers, it may be presumed to control such class (or Fund).

 

OTHER

 

The Trust’s Registration Statement, including the Prospectuses and SAI for the Funds and the exhibits filed therewith, may be examined at the office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. Statements contained in the Prospectuses or the SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to herein or in the Prospectuses are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

COUNSEL

 

Morrison & Foerster LLP, 2000 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 5500, Washington, D.C. 20006, as counsel for the Trust, has rendered its opinion as to certain legal matters regarding the due authorization and valid issuance of the shares of beneficial interest being sold pursuant to the Funds’ Prospectuses.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

KPMG LLP has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust. KPMG LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of certain SEC filings. KPMG LLP’s address is 1601 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.

 

65


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The portfolios of investments, except the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds, and audited financial statements for the Funds for the year ended March 31, 2004 and the unaudited financial statements for those Funds for the semi-annual period ended September 30, 2004, are hereby incorporated by reference to the Funds’ Annual Reports and Semi-Annual Reports, respectively. The audited financial statements for the predecessor portfolios of the Heritage Money Market and Municipal Money Market Funds, which includes the portfolios of investments and report of independent registered public accounting firm for the year ended October 31, 2004 were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm for the predecessor portfolios, and are hereby incorporated by reference to the predecessor portfolios’ Annual Report.

 

66


Table of Contents

APPENDIX

 

The following is a description of the ratings given by S&P and Moody’s to corporate and municipal bonds and corporate and municipal commercial paper.

 

Corporate Bonds

 

S&P

 

S&P rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “AAA” to “D,” according to quality, as described below. The first four ratings denote investment-grade securities.

 

AAA - This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

 

AA - Debt rated AA is considered to have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from AAA issues only in a small degree.

 

A - Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than for those in higher-rated categories.

 

BB - Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

B - Debt rated B has greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal.

 

CCC - Debt CCC is currently vulnerable and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely interest and principal payments.

 

Plus (+) or minus(-) The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

CC - Debt rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated CC is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. Debt rated C is subordinate to senior debt rated CCC-. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. Debt rated C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

D - Debt rated D is currently in default, where payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

 

Moody’s

 

Moody’s rates the long-term debt obligations issued by various entities in categories ranging from “Aaa” to “C,” according to quality, as described below. The first four denote investment grade securities.

 

Aaa - Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk, and interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group, such bonds comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A - Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered upper to medium investment-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa - Bonds rated Baa are considered medium-grade (and still investment-grade) obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not as well safeguarded during both good times and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B - Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa - Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca - Bonds rated Ca are speculative in a high degree. Such bonds are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds. Such bonds can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers (1, 2 and 3) to rating categories. The modifier 1 indicates that the bond being rated ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the bond ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category. With regard to municipal bonds, those bonds in the Aa, A and Baa groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols Aal, A1 or Baal, respectively.

 

Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings (including Commercial Paper)

 

S&P:

 

A-1 - Debt rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2 - Debt rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3 - Debt rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B - Debt rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C - Debt rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D - Debt rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Moody’s:

 

Prime-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.

 

Prime-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay senior short-term debt obligations, but earnings trends, while sound, will be subject to more variation.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Prime-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 have acceptable credit quality and an adequate capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

Not Prime: Issuers rated Not Prime have questionable to poor credit quality and an uncertain capacity for timely payment of short-term deposit obligations.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

File Nos. 333-74295; 811-09253

 

PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 23. Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number


       

Description


(a)    -    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust, filed herewith.
(b)    -    Not Applicable.
(c)    -    Not Applicable.
(d)(1)(i)    -    Investment Advisory Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 66, filed October 1, 2003; Schedule A, filed herewith.
(ii)    -    Amended and Restated Fee and Expense Agreement between Wells Fargo Funds Trust and Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 32, filed February 8, 2002; Schedule A, filed herewith.
(2)(i)    -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Barclays Global Fund Advisors, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22, filed June 15, 2001; Appendix I, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49, filed November 1, 2002.
(ii)    -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Galliard Capital Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20, filed May 1, 2001; Schedule A, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 29, filed November 1, 2001; Appendix A, filed herewith.

 

C-1


Table of Contents
(iii)      -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Peregrine Capital Management, Inc., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20, filed May 1, 2001; Schedule A, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 32, filed February 8, 2002; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(iv )    -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Schroder Investment Management North America Inc., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 20, filed May 1, 2001; Schedule A, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58, filed June 9, 2003; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(v )    -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Smith Asset Management Group, L.P., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 49, filed November 1, 2002; Schedule A, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69, filed January 30, 2004; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(vi )    -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Wells Capital Management Incorporated, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22, filed June 15, 2001; Appendix A, Schedule A, and Appendix A to Schedule A, filed herewith.
(vii )    -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with RCM Capital Management, LLC (formerly Dresdner RCM Global Investors, LLC), incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 32, filed February 8, 2002; Schedule A, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58, filed June 9, 2003; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(viii )    -    Not Applicable.
(ix )    -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Cadence Capital Management, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 26, filed September 12, 2001; Appendix A, filed herewith.

 

C-2


Table of Contents
(x)     -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Sutter Advisors LLC, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 66, filed October 1, 2003; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(xi )   -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Systematic Financial Management, L.P., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 66, filed October 1, 2003; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(xii )   -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with LSV Asset Management, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 69, filed January 30, 2004; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(xiii )   -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Cooke & Bieler, L.P., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74, filed July 26, 2004; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(xiv )   -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Artisan Partners Limited Partnership, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 82, filed March 1, 2005.
(xv )   -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with LSV Asset Management, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 82, filed March 1, 2005.
(xvi )   -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with New Star Institutional Managers Limited, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 82, filed March 1, 2005.
(xvii )   -    Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc., filed herewith.
(e)     -    Distribution Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC, along with related Form of Dealer Agreement, filed herewith.
(f)     -    Not Applicable.
(g)(1)     -    Custodian and Investment Accounting Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company, filed herewith.

 

C-3


Table of Contents
(2)     -    Amended and Restated Custody Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., filed herewith.
(i )   -    Delegation Agreement (17f-5) with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 75, filed August 1, 2004; Exhibit A, filed herewith.
(3)     -    Securities Lending Agreement by and among Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 22, filed June 15, 2001; Exhibit A, filed herewith.
(4)     -    Not Applicable.
(h)(1)     -    Administration Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65, filed August 15, 2003; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(2)     -    Accounting Services Agreement with PFPC Inc., along with Amended and Restated Letter, filed herewith.
(3)     -    Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with Boston Financial Data Services, Inc., incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 16, filed October 30, 2000; Amendment to Transfer Agreement, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 65, filed August 15, 2003; Schedule A, filed herewith.
(4)     -    Shareholder Servicing Plan, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 16, filed October 30, 2000; Appendix A, filed herewith.
(5)     -    Shareholder Servicing Agreement, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 8, filed December 17, 1999.
(i )   -    Legal Opinion, filed herewith.
(j)(A)(1)     -    KPMG Consent of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, filed herewith.

 

C-4


Table of Contents
(j)(A)(2)   -    PWC Consent of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, filed herewith.
(j)(1)   -    Power of Attorney, Robert C. Brown, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(2)   -    Not Applicable.
(3)   -    Not Applicable.
(4)   -    Power of Attorney, Thomas S. Goho, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(5)   -    Power of Attorney, Peter G. Gordon, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(6)   -    Not Applicable.
(7)   -    Power of Attorney, Richard M. Leach, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(8)   -    Power of Attorney, J. Tucker Morse, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(9)   -    Power of Attorney, Timothy J. Penny, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(10)   -    Power of Attorney, Donald C. Willeke, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(11)   -    Not Applicable.
(12)   -    Power of Attorney, Karla M. Rabusch, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(13)   -    Not Applicable.

 

C-5


Table of Contents
(14)   -    Power of Attorney, Stacie D. DeAngelo, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72, filed June 30, 2004.
(k)   -    Not Applicable.
(l)   -    Not Applicable.
(m)   -    Rule 12b-1 Plan, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 23, filed July 1, 2001; Appendix A, filed herewith (see Exhibit (e) above for related Distribution Agreement).
(n)   -    Rule 18f-3 Plan, filed herewith.
(o)   -    Not Applicable.
(p)(1)   -    Joint Code of Ethics for Funds Trust, Master Trust and Variable Trust, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(2)   -    Joint Code of Ethics for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC and Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC, filed herewith.
(3)   -    Barclays Global Investors, N.A. Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(4)   -    RCM Capital Management, LLC (formerly Dresdner RCM Global Investors, LLC) Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15, filed October 2, 2000.
(5)   -    Appendix A to the Galliard Capital Management, Inc. Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(6)   -    Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(7)   -    Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 15, filed October 2, 2000.

 

C-6


Table of Contents
(8)    -    Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(9)    -    Wells Capital Management Incorporated Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(10)    -    Cadence Capital Management Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(11)    -    Not Applicable.
(12)    -    Sutter Advisors LLC Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 54, filed December 27, 2002.
(13)    -    Systematic Financial Management, L.P. Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(14)    -    LSV Asset Management Code of Ethics and Personal Trading Policy, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 77, filed November 1, 2004.
(15)    -    Cooke & Bieler, L.P. Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74, filed July 26, 2004.
(16)    -    Artisan Partners Limited Partnership Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 81, filed February 1, 2005.
(17)    -    New Star Institutional Managers Limited Code of Ethics, incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 81, filed February 1, 2005.
(18)    -    Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. Code of Ethics, filed herewith.

 

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Fund.

 

Registrant believes that no person is controlled by or under common control with Registrant.

 

C-7


Table of Contents

Item 25. Indemnification.

 

Article IX of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust limits the liability and, in certain instances, provides for mandatory indemnification of the Registrant’s Trustees, officers, employees, agents and holders of beneficial interests in the Trust. In addition, the Trustees are empowered under Section 3.9 of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust to obtain such insurance policies as they deem necessary.

 

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser.

 

(a) Effective March 1, 2001, Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC (“Funds Management”) assumed investment advisory responsibilities for each of the Funds. For providing these services, Funds Management is entitled to receive fees at the same annual rates as were applicable under the advisory contract with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo Bank”). Funds Management, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, was created to succeed to the mutual fund advisory responsibilities of Wells Fargo Bank in early 2001.

 

To the knowledge of Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Funds Management is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature, except that they also hold various positions with and engage in business for Wells Fargo Bank.

 

(b) Barclays Global Fund Advisors (“BGFA”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Global Investors, N.A. (“BGI”), serves as a sub-adviser to various Funds of Wells Fargo Funds Trust (the “Trust”) and as adviser or sub-adviser to certain other open-end management investment companies. The descriptions of BGFA in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. The directors and officers of BGFA also serve as directors or officers of BGI. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of BGFA is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(c) Wells Capital Management Incorporated (“Wells Capital Management”), an affiliate of Funds Management, serves as sub-adviser to various Funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Wells Capital Management in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Wells Capital Management is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(d) Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. (“Peregrine”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company, serves as sub-adviser to various Funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Peregrine in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Peregrine is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

C-8


Table of Contents

(e) Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. (“Schroder”), serves as sub-adviser to the Small Cap Opportunities Fund of the Trust. The descriptions of Schroder in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. Schroder Capital Management International Limited (“Schroder Ltd.”) is a United Kingdom affiliate of Schroder which provides investment management services to international clients located principally in the United States. Schroder Ltd. and Schroder p.l.c. are located at 31 Gresham St., London ECZV 7QA, United Kingdom. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Schroder is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(f) Galliard Capital Management, Inc. (“Galliard”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company serves as sub-adviser to various Funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Galliard in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Galliard is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(g) Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. (“Smith”), in which Wells Fargo Bank maintains an indirect, minority-ownership interest, serves as sub-adviser to various Funds of the Trust. The descriptions of Smith in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of this sub-adviser is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(h) RCM Capital Management, LLC (formerly Dresdner RCM Global Investors, LLC) (“RCM”), a wholly owned subsidiary of RCM US Holdings LLC, serves as sub-adviser for the Specialized Technology Fund and Specialized Health Sciences Fund of the Trust. The descriptions of RCM in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of RCM is or has been at any time during the last two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(i) Cadence Capital Management (“Cadence”) serves as sub-adviser for the Large Cap Appreciation Portfolio of Wells Fargo Master Trust (“Master Trust”) in which several Funds of the Trust invest. The descriptions of Cadence in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Cadence is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature.

 

C-9


Table of Contents

(j) Sutter Advisors LLC (“Sutter”) serves as the sub-adviser to the High Yield Bond Fund of the Trust. The descriptions of Sutter in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Sutter is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(k) Systematic Financial Management, L.P. (“Systematic”) serves as sub-adviser to the Large Cap Value Portfolio of Master Trust in which several Funds of the Trust invest. The descriptions of Systematic in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Systematic is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(l) LSV Asset Management (“LSV”) serves as co-sub-adviser for the International Equity Fund of the Trust. The descriptions of LSV in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of LSV is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(m) Cooke & Bieler, L.P. (“Cooke & Bieler”) serves as sub-adviser for the Wells Fargo C&B Mid Cap Value Fund and Wells Fargo C&B Tax-Managed Value Fund of the Trust and for the C&B Large Cap Value Portfolio of Master Trust in which the C&B Large Cap Value Fund invests. The descriptions of Cooke & Bieler in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Cooke & Bieler is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(n) Artisan Partners Limited Partnership (“Artisan”) serves as co-sub-adviser for the International Equity Fund of the Trust. The descriptions of Artisan in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of Artisan is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(o) New Star Institutional Managers Limited (“New Star”) serves as co-sub-adviser for the International Equity Fund of the Trust. The descriptions of New Star in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of New Star is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.

 

(p) Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. (“Matrix”) serves as Sub-Adviser for the Growth and Income Fund and Large Company Core Fund of the Trust. The descriptions

 

C-10


Table of Contents

of Matrix in Parts A and B of the Registration Statement are incorporated by reference herein. To the knowledge of the Registrant, none of the directors or officers of New Star is or has been at any time during the past two fiscal years engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature.

 

Item 27. Principal Underwriters.

 

(a) Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC (“Funds Distributor”), distributor for the Registrant, also acts as principal underwriter for Wells Fargo Variable Trust and Wells Fargo Funds Trust, and is the exclusive placement agent for Wells Fargo Master Trust, all of which are registered open-end management investment companies.

 

(b) The following table provides information for each director and officer of Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC as of April 5, 2005.

 

(1)

Name and Principal Business

Address


 

(2)

Positions and Offices with

Underwriter


 

(3)

Positions and Offices with

Fund


Cara Peck

Wells Fargo Funds

Management, LLC

525 Market Street, 12th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

  Director, President & Secretary   None

Kevin J. Scott

Wells Fargo Funds

Management, LLC

100 Heritage Reserve

Menomonee Falls, WI 53051

  Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer   None

Carol A. Jones Lorts

Wells Fargo Funds

Management, LLC

525 Market Street, 12th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

  Director   None

Matthew H. Lobas

Wells Fargo Funds

Management, LLC

525 Market Street, 12th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

  Director   None

 

(c) Not Applicable.

 

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records.

 

(a) The Registrant maintains accounts, books and other documents required by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder (collectively, “Records”) at the offices of Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC, 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

C-11


Table of Contents

(b) Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC maintains all Records relating to its services as investment adviser and administrator at 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

(c) Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. maintains all Records relating to its services as transfer agent at Two Heritage Drive, Quincy, Massachusetts 02171.

 

(d) Barclays Global Fund Advisors and Barclays Global Investors, N.A. maintain all Records relating to their services as sub-adviser (and through April 12, 2002, as custodian for the Asset Allocation and Index Allocation Funds) at 45 Fremont Street, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

(e) Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC maintains all Records relating to its services as distributor at 525 Market Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

(f) Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (formerly Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A.) maintains all Records relating to its services as custodian at 6th & Marquette, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0040.

 

(g) Wells Capital Management Incorporated maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 525 Market Street, 10th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

(h) Peregrine Capital Management, Inc. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 1850, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

 

(i) Galliard Capital Management, Inc. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 800 LaSalle Avenue, Suite 2060, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

 

(j) Smith Asset Management Group, L.P. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 200 Crescent Court, Suite 850, Dallas, Texas 75201.

 

(k) Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 875 Third Avenue, 22nd Floor, New York, New York 10022.

 

(l) RCM Capital Management, LLC (formerly Dresdner RCM Global Investors, LLC) maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at Four Embarcadero Center, San Francisco, California 94111.

 

(m) Cadence Capital Management maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 265 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

C-12


Table of Contents

(n) Sutter Advisors LLC maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 550 California Street, San Francisco, California 94104.

 

(o) Systematic Financial Management, L.P. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 300 Frank W. Burr Boulevard, Glenpointe East, 7th Floor, Teaneck, New Jersey 07666.

 

(p) LSV Asset Management maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at One North Wacker Drive, Suite 4000, Chicago, Illinois 60606.

 

(q) Cooke & Bieler, L.P. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 1700 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103.

 

(r) Artisan Partners Limited Partnership maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 875 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 800, Milwaukee, WI 53202.

 

(s) New Star Institutional Managers Limited maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 1 Knightsbridge Green, London, SW1X 7NE, England.

 

(t) Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. maintains all Records relating to its services as investment sub-adviser at 747 Third Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10017.

 

Item 29. Management Services.

 

Other than as set forth under the captions “Organization and Management of the Funds” in the Prospectuses constituting Part A of this Registration Statement and “Management” in the Statement of Additional Information constituting Part B of this Registration Statement, the Registrant is not a party to any management-related service contract.

 

Item 30. Undertakings. Not Applicable.

 

C-13


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Amendment to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A, pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, and has duly caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized in the City of San Francisco, State of California on the 11th day of April, 2005.

 

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST
By:  

/s/ Carol J. Lorts


    Carol J. Lorts
    Assistant Secretary

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 83 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated:

 

Signature


    

Title


 

Date


                                *


Thomas S. Goho

     Trustee    

                                 *


Peter G. Gordon

     Trustee    

                                 *


Richard M. Leach

     Trustee    

                                 *


J. Tucker Morse

     Trustee    

                                 *


Timothy J. Penny

     Trustee    

                                 *


Donald C. Willeke

     Trustee    

                                 *


Karla M. Rabusch

    

President

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

                                 *


Stacie D. DeAngelo

    

Treasurer

(Principal Financial Officer)

   
           4/11/2005

*  By:

 

/s/ Carol J. Lorts


    Carol J. Lorts
    As Attorney-in-Fact
    April 11, 2005


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized in the City of San Francisco, State of California on the 11th day of April, 2005.

 

WELLS FARGO MASTER TRUST
By:  

/s/ Carol J. Lorts


    Carol J. Lorts
    Assistant Secretary


Table of Contents

WELLS FARGO FUNDS TRUST

FILE NOS. 333-74295; 811-09253

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number


 

Description


EX-99.B(a)   Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust
EX-99.B(d)(1)(i)   Schedule A to the Investment Advisory Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
EX-99.B(d)(1)(ii)   Schedule A to the Amended and Restated Fee and Expense Agreement between Wells Fargo Funds Trust and Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
EX-99.B(d)(2)(ii)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Galliard Capital Management, Inc.
EX-99.B(d)(2)(iii)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Peregrine Capital Management, Inc.
EX-99.B(d)(2)(iv)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Schroder Investment Management North America Inc.
EX-99.B(d)(2)(v)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Smith Asset Management Group, L.P.
EX-99.B(d)(2)(vi)   Appendix A, Schedule A, and Appendix A to Schedule A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Wells Capital Management Incorporated
EX-99.B(d)(2)(vii)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with RCM Capital Management, LLC
EX-99.B(d)(2)(ix)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Cadence Capital Management
EX-99.B(d)(2)(x)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Sutter Advisors LLC
EX-99.B(d)(2)(xi)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Systematic Financial Management, L.P.
EX-99.B(d)(2)(xii)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with LSV Asset Management
EX-99.B(d)(2)(xiii)   Appendix A to the Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Cooke & Bieler, L.P.
EX-99.B(d)(2)(xvii)   Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement with Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc.
EX-99.B(e)   Distribution Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC, along with related Form of Dealer Agreement


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number


 

Description


EX-99.B(g)(1)   Custodian and Investment Accounting Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company
EX-99.B(g)(2)   Amended and Restated Custody Agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
EX-99.B(g)(2)(i)   Exhibit A to the Delegation Agreement (17f-5) with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
EX-99.B(g)(3)   Exhibit A to the Securities Lending Agreement by and among Wells Fargo Funds Trust, Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
EX-99.B(h)(1)   Appendix A to the Administration Agreement with Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC
EX-99.B(h)(2)   Accounting Services Agreement with PFPC Inc., along with Amended and Restated Letter
EX-99.B(h)(3)   Schedule A to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement with Boston Financial Data Services, Inc.
EX-99.B(h)(4)   Appendix A to the Shareholder Servicing Plan
EX-99.B(i)   Legal Opinion
EX-99.B(j)(A)(1)   KPMG Consent of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
EX-99.B(j)(A)(2)   PWC Consent of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
EX-99.B(m)   Appendix A to the Rule 12b-1 Plan
EX-99.B(n)   Rule 18f-3 Plan
EX-99.B(p)(2)   Joint Code of Ethics for Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC and Wells Fargo Funds Distributor, LLC
EX-99.B(p)(18)   Matrix Asset Advisors, Inc. Code of Ethics